'ill I'lLTil JFlWl i!ll!LJU

^

/*

'mt-; -^ y**

^=»!

^

A.

*^

THE UNIVERSITY

OF ILLINOIS

LIBRARY

From the collection of
I Julius Doerner, Chicago
Purchased, 1918.

<b34-.03
M\4-

<al

■£

it

'k

v) . ^J co-p. <C_

ft
JUiwlia IBaubntttt.

»w

ft

\

ff»Tl*^'j?

. iR05Bfr*3d?':s^^^

Six.

■

Dfc-i'ii: - *

: L

w

V

-T-

GENERAL DICTIONARY

OF

PRACTICAL GARDENING, &c.

J A C

J ACA TREE. See Artocarfus.

JACK-IN-A-BOX. See Herxandia.

JACQUINIA, a genus containing plants of
the shrubby exotic kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandrta
Monogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
Dumosee.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved perianthium : leaflets roundish, concave,
Eermanent : the corolla is one-petalled : tube
ell-shapcd, ventricose, longer than the calyx :
border ten-cleft : divisions roundish, of which
the five interior ones are shorter: the stamina
have five awl-shaped filaments, arising from the
receptacle : anthers spear-shaped : the pistillum
is an ovate germ : style the length of the sta-
mens : stigma headed : the pericarpium is a
roundish acuminate berry, one-celled : the seed
single, roundish, and cartilaginous.

The species cultivated are T I. J. armilUiris,
Obtuse-leaved Jacquinia; 8. J. ritscifolia, Prick-
ly Jacquinia.

The first is a very elegant upright shrub, sel-
dom more than four or five feet liigh: the trunk
round, thicker, and knobbed where the brant Irs
come out, covered with an 'ash- coloured bark :
the branches four or five from each joint to-
wards the top, in whorls,' spreading, stiff, r< and,
grooved, brittle, hoary, subdivided, and form-
ing altogether a neat globular head : the leaves
scattered, alternate, petioled, clustered towards
the ends of the twigs, wedge-shaped, ovate,
obtuselymargined, quite entire, reinless, smooth,
pale underneath, with very minute black dots :

Vol. ii.

J A C

the racemes terminating, commonly shorter
than the leaves, about two inches long, solitary,
erect, loose, simple, seven-flowered, or there-
abouts : the peduncles scattered, spreading
one-flowered: the flowers small, stiffish, white
smelling like Jasmine, and retaining their sweet
scent several days. It is a native of South
America, flowering in February and March.

The second species is a shrub three feet in
height, having the habits of the first ; but it
differs in the leaves being lanceolate, acuminate
pungent, extremely stiff, and one-flowered. It
is a native of South America, flowering in
January and February.

Culture. — These plants arc capable of being
increased by sowing the seeds, procured from
their native situation, in pots of light earth, in
the spring season, plunging them in a bark
hot-bed. When they have attained a few
inches in growth, they must be removed into
separate pots, and be rcplunged in a hot-bed
in the stove, where they must be constantly
kept.

They may likewise be raised by planting cut-
tingsorthe young shoots, in pots of the same sort
of earth, in the early spring, plunging them in
the bark hot-bed, as in the other case ; but in
this way they are raised with difficulty.

They afterwards require to be carefully ma-
naged, by having little water given in the win-
ter time, but a free admission of air during the
hot summer season, and occasional refreshings
of water.

They afford variety in stove collections.
B

80:V3i)0

J A S

J A S

JASMINUM, a genus containing plants of
the hardy and tender deciduous and evergreen
shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diandria
T\hmngyiiia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sepiarioe.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, tubulated, oblong: mouth
five-toothed, upright, permanent : the corolla
one- petalled, salver-shaped: tube cylindric, long:
border five-parted, flat: the stamina have two
short filaments: anthers small, within the tube
of the corolla : the pistillum is a roundish germ:
style filiform, length of the stamens : stigma
bifid : the pericarpium is an oval berry, smooth,
two-celled, or two-capsuled : the seeds two,
large, ovate-oblong, arillated, convex on one
side, flat on the other.

The species cultivated are: 1. J. officinale,
Common White Jasmine; 2. ./. frutkans,
Common Yellow Jasmine ; 3. J. Immile, Italian
Yellow Jasmine ; 4. J. odnratissimum, Yellow
Indian Jasmine; 5. J. grandiflorum, Spanish,
or Catalonian Jasmine ; 6". J. Sambac, Arabian
Jasmine; 7 . J. sizoricum, Azorian Jasmine.

The first has a shrubby, weak, climbing,
round, smooth, branching stem : the leaflets
usually seven, broad, lanceolate, quite entire,
smooth, dark green, the end one larger and
more pointed than the rest : the peduncles few-
flowered: the calycine segments capillary: the
corolla white and odorous : the flowers appear
most part of summer. Its native country is not
well ascertained ; probably the East Indies.

It varies with white striped leaves, and with
yellow striped leaves.

The second species has weak angular branches
which require support, and rise to the height of
eight or ten feet, if planted against a wall or
pale: the leaves arc trifoliate, simple, alternate:
the flowers are yellow, coming from the sides and
ends of the voting branches. It is a native of the
south of Europe. It sends out numerous suck-
ers from the roots.

The third has shrubby firm stalks and angular
branches, of low strong growth, and bushy: the
flowers are generally larger than those of the
preceding, but have very little scent, and are
seldom produced so early in the season : the
simple leaves arc frequently intermixt with the
terriate ones. Its native country is not known;
but it flowers from July to September.

The fourth species rises with an upright woody
Stalk eight or ten feet high, covered with a
brown bark, sending out several branches, w hich
want no support : the leaflets are of a lucid
green, ovate and entire, continuing green all
the year, the two side ones much less than the
8

end one: the flowers are produced at the ends
of the shoots in bunches, of a bright yellow
colour, and a most grateful odour. It is a na-
tive of the island of Madeira, flowering from
July to October and November, which are fre-
quently succeeded by oblong oval berries.

The fifth has much stronger branches than
the first sort: the leaflets are placed closer, and are
of a lighter green ; the side ones are obtuse, but
the odd one ends in an acute point : the (lowers
are axillary, on peduncles two inches long, each
sustaining three or four (lowers, of a blush red
on their outside, hut white within. It is a na-
tive of the East Indies, flowering from Julv to
November.

The sixth species rises with a winding stalk to
the height of fifteen or twenty feet, sending out
many small branches ; the leaves are smooth,
near three inches long, and almost two broad,
of a light green, on short foot-stalks, endiiv
in acute points : the flowers are produced at the
end of the branches, and also upon the side
shoots, on short peduncles, each generally sus-
taining three flowers, the two lower opposite,
and the middle one longer : these flowers are of
a pure white, and have a most agreeable odour,
somewhat like orange flowers, but sweeter;
when fully blown they drop out of their cups
upon being shaken, and frequently fall out in
the night, changing soon to a purplish colour :
the plants continue flowering great part of the
year, when they are kept in a proper tempera-
ture of warmth. It is a native of the East In-
dies.

There are varieties of it with single and dou-
ble flowers, and with large double flowers.

The seventh has longer slender branches,
which require support, and may be trained
twenty feet high : the leaves are of a lucid
green, continuing all the year : the flowers ter-
minaiing, in loose bunches, of a while colour,
and very agreeable scent. It is a native of the
Azores, flowering from May to November.

Culture. — The first sort is readily increased
by layers or cuttings. The young branches
should be laid down in the early autumn, and
in the following autumn be taken oft", and plant-
ed where they are to grow. The cuttings of
the young shoots may be planted either at the
same time or in the eaijy spring, being protect-
ed in the first case, in severe weather, in the
winter. When they1 arc well rooted, they may
be removed, with balls of earth about their roots,
to the places where they are to grow.

The different varieties are increased by bud-
ding, or grafting them upon stocks of the
plain or common kind. See Budding and

GRAFTING.

J A S

J A S

The common sort must be planted against
walls, pales, or other fences, that may serve as

a support. When planted as a standard, it is
difficult to train to a proper head, and keep in
order, without destroying the flowering branches
which are the extremities of the same year's
shoots. On this account they should be per-
mitted to take their natural growth in the Bum-
mer, and not pruned or nailed till towards the
latter end of March, when the frosts arc over,
to prevent their being injured by them.

The varieties should be planted in a wanner
situation, with a southern aspect, than the
common sort, especially the first, which, in
very severe winters, should be protected with
mats.

The second sort may be increased by layers,
or planting the suckers taken from the roots, in
the spring or autumn. The layers may be made
as in the first sort.

The third sort is capable of being propagated
either by budding or inarch -grafting upon
stocks of the second kind, or by layers of the
young tender branches made in the autumn or
early spring seasons; but the former is the bet-
ter practice, as producing more hardy plants.
It should have a rather warm aspect, as a south
wall, and, in very severe winters, have the pro-
tection of mats.

It requires the same pruning as the first sort.

The four following sorts are more tender.

The first of them may be increased by seeds
or layers of the young shoots. The seeds
should be sown in the early spring, in pots of
fresh light earth, plunging them in a moderate
hot-bed, and when the plants are up, removing
them into a second hot-bed to forward them,
giving them frequent slight refreshings of wa-
ter, and gradually hardening them to the full
air. They should be occasionally watered in
the winter, and in the spring following be re-
moved into separate pots, the earth being care-
fully presence! about their roots. Their first
growth may be promoted by placing them in a
mild hot-bed. They afterwards require a pretty
free air, and slight protection from frosts in
winter. They should have the decayed branches
pruned out in the spring, without the others
Leiug shortened, as the flowers are produced at
the extremities of the branches.

In the laser method the young shoots should
-be laid down in the early spring, as about
March, being slightly nicked underneath at a
joint, and often slightly watered in dry weather.
In the following spring they may he taken off,
and planted out in pots filled with light earth,
separately ; being afterwards managed as the
other-.

They may likewise be raised by m.rch-grnft-
ing into stocks of ihe second species; bat tin-
plants produced in this way are not SO strong as
those upon their own stocks, and they are apt
to send out too many suckers from the roots.

The second of these tender kinds ma
raised by budding or inarch -grafting upon
stocks of the tirst species, which renders it
more hardy than on its own : but the plants arc
mostly brought from Italy, in bunches of four
together, and which, after having their roots
moistened, and the shoots and dead parts
pruned away, as well as the tops cut down to
within a few inches of the grafted part=, may
be planted in pots filled witTi light fresh earth,
plunging them in a moderate bark hot-bed,
shading them from the sun, and giving them
water. When they begin to grow, all the
shoots below the grafts should be rubbed off",
and the top shoots cut off, free air being ad-
mitted, so as CO gradually harden them to be set
out in a warm situation. They must have the
protection of the green-house in winter, and
be frequently sparingly watered, a free air being
admitted in mild weather.

The third of these tender sorts may be raised
by layers and cuttings; but the first is the best
method, as the cuttings require much care to
make them strike. The young branches should
be laid down in the spring, in pots filled with
soft loamy earth, plunging them in a tan hot-
bed, and watering them occasionally. In the
autumn, when they have stricken root, they
should he taken off, and planted out in separate
small pots, plunging them in a hot-bed, due
shade being given. The cuttings may be planted
in pots of the same sort of earth during the
summer, plunging them in a tan hot-bcd7 and
covering them close with a bell or hand glass,
due shade being given, and occasional waterings.
When they have taken good root, in the begin-
ning of autumn, they may be removed int<T se-
parate pots, and be managed as those from
layers.

These plants succeed best when kept in the
stove.

The last of these sorts may be increased in
the same way as the fourth species, and re-
quires the same management afterwards.

The three first species may be employed as
plants of ornament for covering walls, palings,
and other naked erections about houses, as well
asoccasionallyintroduced as standards in clumps,
borders, and other parts of pleasure- grounds.

The other sorts afford variety amongother pot-
ted green -house and stove plants. Some may
liken i<c be trained against warm walls or palings,
especially the last kind, which hasatmefragrance

J A T

J A T

. JATROPHA, a genus containing plaats of
the flowering shrubby perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Menadelphia, and ranks in the natural order of
TricocccB.

The characters are : that in the male flowers
the calyx is a scarcely manifest perianthium :
the corolla one-petalled, funnel-form: tube
very short : border five-parted: divisions round-
ish, spreading, convex, concave beneath : the
stamina have ten awl-shaped filaments, approxi-
mated in the middle : the five alternate ones
shorter, upright, shorter than the corolla: an-
thers roundish, versatile : the pistillum is a
weak rudiment, latent in the bottom of the
flower : female flowers in the same umbel with
the males : calvx none: the corolla five-petalled,
rosaceous: the pistillum is a roundish, three-
furrowed germ : styles three, bifid : stigmas
simple: the pericarpium is a roundish capsule,
tricoccous, three-celled, cells bivalve : the seeds
solitary and roundish.

The species cultivated are : 1 .J. gossi/pifolia,
Cotton-leaved Physic-nut, or Wild Cassava;
2. J. multifield, French Physic-nut; 3. J.ma-
Tii/iot, Eatable-rooted Physic-nut, or Cassava;
4. J. wrens, Stinging Physic-nut.

The first has the stem from two to three feet
high, herbaceous, branched, smooth : the
branches subdivided, round, beset at the base
with branched glanduliferous cilias or bristles :
the leaves are digitate, veined, tender, often
three-lobed : lobes acute, seriate, toothed and
ciliate: eilias glandular: the common peduncle
terminating: partial cymed, bifid : male flowers
very copious, females solitary, in the forks of
the peduncles : in the males, calvx five-leaved :
leaflets ovate, acute, ciliate : corolla deeply five-
parted, dark purple: segments ovale: at the
base of the stamens are five roundish uectareous
glands. Il is a native of the West Indian
islands.

The second species grows generally to the
height of five, six, or seven feet, with a very
smooth fuftrutescent stem, and spreading
branches: the stipules bristle -shaped, multifid
at the base of the branches and petioles : the
leaves alternate, subpeltate, multifid : the divi-
sions pinnate, with the odd leaflet longer,
smooth, but whitish underneath : the peduncles
terminating, very long, round, thick, very
smooth, subdivided: the pedicels coloured, in
corymbs : the flowers small, red : males very
numerous : females solitary, subsessile. It is
common in most of the islands in the West
Indies, flowering from June Jo July.

The third shoots from a tough, branched,
woody root, whose slender collateral fibres

swell into those fleshy conic masses for which
the plant is cultivated ; and rises by a slender
woody knotted stalk to the height of four, five,
or six feet, sometimes more: the leaves alter-
nate, smooth, on long petioles, seven-lobed :
lobes narrow at the base, growing broader till
within an inch and half of the top, where they
diminish to an acute point; the three middle
lobes are about six inches long, and two broad
where broadest ; the two next are about an inch
shorter, and the two outside lobes are not more
than three inches long; the middle lobes are
sinuated on each side near the top, but the two
outer are entire : the flowers are produced in
umbels at (he top of the stalks, some male, and
others female. It is a native of South Ame-
rica.

It is observed by Martyn, that " it grows to
perfection in about eight months; but the roots
will remain a considerable time in the ground
uninjured. They are generally dug up as occa-
sion requires, and prepared for use in the fol-
lowing manner: being first well washed and
scraped, then rubbed to a pulpy farina on iron
graters, they are put into strong linen or palm-
etto bags, and placed in a convenient press,
until the juice is entirely expressed : the Farina
is then taken out and spread in the sun for some
time, pounded in large wooden mortars, run
through coarse sieves, and afterwards baked on
convenient irons. These are placed over proper
fires, and, when hot, bestrewed with the sifted
meal to whatever size or thickness people please
lo have the cakes made : this agglutinates as it
heats, grows gradually harder, and, when tho-
roughly baked, is a wholesome well-tasted
bread. Tapioca is also prepared from this
root."

The fourth species has a thick, swelling, fleshy
root, from which arises an herbaceous stalk as big
asa man's thumb, four or five feet high, and divid-
ing into several branches; these are very closely
armed with long brown spines : the foot-stalks
of the leaves are six or seven inches lomr, which
are also armed with spines, but not so closely,
nor are the spines so long as those on the stalk
and branches : the leaves are deeply cut into five
lobes, which are jagged deeply on their sides,
and the nerves are armed with stinging spines :
the flowers are produced in umbels at the top of
the branches, standing upon long naked pedun-
cles; they are of a pure white colour : the male
flowers appear first; they are five-petal led, form-
ing a short tube at bottom, and spreading open
flat above. It is a native of Brazil, flowering
from May to July.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of being
increased by seeds and cuttings.

I B E

I B E

The seeds should be sown in the earlv spring,
in pots of light earth, plunging them in a mifd
hot-bed of bark. When they have attained a
little growth, the plains should be prieked out
into separate small pots, and be replunged in
the hot-bed, a little water being given.

The cuttings should be made from the stalks
or young branches live or six inches in length,
and planted in pots of light earth in the spring
or summer months, plunging them in the bark
hot-bed. When they have stricken good root
they should be removed with earth about their
roots into separate pots, and be repluuged in
the hot-bed, being duly watered and shaded.

The third sort, or the Cassava, according to
Martyn, " thrives best iu the West Indies, in
a fiee mixed soil where it is propagated bv the
bud or gem, in the following manner: The
ground is first cleared, and hoed up into shallow
holes, of about ten or twelve inches square, and
seldom above three or four inches in depth.
When they intend to plant, they provide a suf-
ficient number of lull-grown stems, and cut
them into junks, of about six or seven inch.es
length, as tar as thev find them tough and
woody, and well furnished with prominent,
well grown, hardy bud= : of these thev lav one
or two in every hole, and cover them over with
mould from the adjoining bank; but care must
be taken to keep the ground clean, until the
plants rise to a sufficient height to cover the
mould, and to prevent the srrowth of all weaker
weeds."

This root, though of a poisonous quality,
serves for bread to the inhabitants of the West
Indies, when divested of this propcrtv, which
is done by rubbing the root forcibly upon a
strong copper grater, till reduced to a rough
saw-dust-hkc powder, or meal : it is then put
into a press to squeeze out the poisonous juice ;
and, being sufficiently pressed and sifted, is
made into bread, by spreading it two or three
inches thick, upon an iron plate heated over
the fire ; and thus the parts join, incorporate,
and become cake bread, which is accounted
very nourishing.

They all require to be sparingly watered in
the winter season, to prevent their rotting ; and
to be kept constantly in the stove, where thev
afford variety, and a fine appearance in their
lanre foliage and 'lowers.

IBERIS, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous, annual, perennial, and under-
abnibby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Telradijiia-
miu SUiaulosa, and ranks in the natural order of
SttiqitOSce, or Crucijormts.

The characters are : that the calvx is a four-

leaved perianthium : leaflets obovatc, concave,
spreading, small, equal, deciduous : the corolla
is four-petalled, unequal : petals obovatc, ob-
tuse, spreading: claws oblong, upright: of
these the two exterior petals are far larger, and
equal to each other : the two interior very small,
reflex : the stamina have six awl-shaped fila-
ments, upright : of which the two lateral ones
are shorter: anthers roundish: the pistillum is
a roundish, compressed germ: stvle simple,
short : stigma obtuse : the pericarpium is an
upright, suborbieulate, compressed silicle, cmar-
ginate, surrounded by a sharp edge, two-celled:
partition lanceolate: valves navicular, com-
pressed, carinated : the seeds a few, and sub-
ovate.

The species are: 1. /. umhellata, Purple
Candy-tuft; 2. /. amara, White Candy-tuft;
3. /. iinifolia, Flax-leaved Candy-tuft; 4. I.
odorata, Sweet-scented Candy-tuft; 5. J. ro-
tiindifolia, Round-leaved Candy-tuft; 6. /. setn-
pcrjiortns, Broad-leaved Evergreen Candy-tuft;
7- /. sempervircm, Narrow-leaved Evergreen
Candy-tuft; S. /. Gilraltarica, Gibraltar Can-
dy-tuft.

The first has an annual root, white, oblong,
fusiform: the stem upright, leafy, half afoot, or
from aspanftoafoot in height, subangular. green,
smooth, branching: the leaves arefrequcnt,"alter-
nate, lanceolate, acuminate, smooth : the flowers
in a hemispherical corymb, on peduncles half
an inch in length, of a pale purple colour. It
is a native of the south of Europe, flowering in
June and Jul v.

There are varieties with bright purple flowers,
and with white flowers.

The second species resembles the first verv
much, but is smaller: the stem is seven or
eight inches high, pubescent, somewhat rugged,
branched: branches diffused, alternate, the
lower ones sometimes opposite, not rising all to
the same height : the leaves are alternate, ob-
lanceolate, or linear-lanceolate, blunt, sessile,
decurrent, bright green, thickish, smooth, the
lower ones serrate, the rest loothletted, espe-
cially in front, or with a tooth or two on each
side: the flowers white, in a terminating spike-
like raceme; or rather, in a corymb lengthened
into a raceme as the inflorescence advances. It
is a native of Switzerland, &c.

The third has a simple, white, twisted root,
having few fibres: the root-leaves lanceolate-
linear, serrate, withering and falling as the stem
advances: stem-ka\e> linear, quite entire, ses-
sile, few, gradually shorter, sharpish : the stem
herbaceous, straight, slender, branched at top:
branches mostlv bifid : the flowers of a purple
colour, in corymbs, the outer ones pedunclcd,

1 B E

I C E

■with the two other petals larger. It is a na-
tive of: Spain, Sec. anil is annual, (lowering in

July.

The fourth species seldom grows so large as
the first, and the flowers' are much smaller, but
have au agreeable odour. They are in close
corymbs and are of a snowy whiteness. It is a
native of Geneva.

The fifth has a creeping stem : the leaves are
smooth, soft; those next the root quite entire
and petioled, those on the stem smooth and en-
tire : the flowers are reddish purple, almost re-
<uilar, in racemes, on spreading peduncles. It is
a native of Switzerland, flowering from May to

Jnly.

The sixth species is a low shrubby plant,
which seldom rises above a foot and half high,
having many slender branches, which spread on
every side, and fall towards the ground if they
are not supported. These branches are well
furnished towards their extremity with leaves,
which continue green all the year; and in sum-
mer the flowers are produced at the end of the
the shoots, are white, and grow in an umbel,
continue long in beauty, and,"~being succeeded by
others, the plants are' rardiy destitute of them
from the end of August to the beginning of
June. It is a native of Persia, &c.

There is a variety with white striped leaves.
The seventh is of humbler growth than the
sixth, seldom rising more than six or eight
inches high, the branches rather herbaceous:
the leaves continue green through the year, and
the flow ers are of as long duration as those of
the sixth species. It is a native of the Island of
Candia, flowering from April to June.

In the eighth species thestems are many, thick,
green, striated, ascending from a foot to eighteen
inches in length, divided into several branches :
the leaves alternate, gradually widening from a
narrow ba«e, ending in a blunt point, thick,
smooth, veinless except in the middle, dark
green above, somewhat paler underneath : the
flowers terminating in corymbs, at first white,
afterwards pale purple, without scent. It is a
native of Spain, flowering early in the spring.

Thestems are ridged and woody, and the leaves
larger and less bluntly toothed in the culti-
vated plant. The flowers are also twice as
larec.

Culture. — The four first annual sorts must be
raised annually from seed, by sowing it at dif-
ferent times in the spring, in patches, in the
fronts of borders, clumps, and other parts of
pleasure-grounds, where the plants are to flower,
thinning "them properly afterwards.

The fifth sort maybe raised by planting the
root off-sets and cuttings as below.

The three shrubby perennial sorts may Tje in-
creased by slips and cuttings, which should be
planted out in pots, plunging them in a moderate
hot-bed, or in a warm shaded border in the later
spring and early summer months, water being
occasionallv given. When well rooted in the au-
tumn, they should be removed into pots, being
protected in the winter season in the green-hou^e.
The first sorts are verv ornamental in the open
ground, when properly varied. And the latter
in green-house, and other potted collections.
A few of them may likewise be set out in the
warm shrubbery borders.
IBISC'JS. 'See Hibiscus.
ICACO. See Chrysobalaxus.
ICE-HOUSE, a sort of building sunk in the
ground for the purpose of preserving Ice in for
use in the summer season.

The proper situation for an Ice-House, is that
of a dry spot of ground ; as wherever there is
moisture, the Ice will be liable to dissolve: of
course in all strong soils, which retain the wet,
too much care cannot be taken to make drains
all round the houses to carry off moisture; as
when this is lodged near them, it w ill occasion
a damp, which is always prejudicial to the keep-
ing of Ice.

The places should likewise be elvated, that
there may be descent enough to convey oft" any
wet that may happen near them, or from the lee
melting; and also, as much exposed to the sun
and air as possible ; not under the drip, or in the
shade of trees, as is too often the practice, under
the supposition, that if exposed to the sun, the
Ice will melt away in summer, which never can
be the case where there is sufficient care taken
to exclude the external air, as the heat of the tun
can never penetrate through the double arches
of the buildings, so as to add any warmth to
the internal air; while, when entirely open to
the sun and wind, all damps and vapours are
readily removed.

The form of the building may be according
to the fancy of the owner ; but for the well
into which the Ice is put, a circular form is the
most convenient ; the depth and diameter of it
beino proportioned to the quantity of Ice want-
ed; but it is always best to have sufficient room,
as when the house is well built, it will keep ll»e
Ice two or three years : and there will be this
advantage in having it large enough to contain
Ice forlwo years consumption, that, if a mild
winter should happen, when there is not Ice to
be had, there will be a stock to supply the want
in the House.

Where the quantity wanted is not great, a
well of six feet diameter, and eight feet deep,
will be large enough ; but for a large consump-

r c e

I C E

lion, it should not be less than nine or ten feet
diameter, and us many deep : where the situation
i> either of a dry chalky, gravelly, or sandy kind,
the pit may I).' made entirely below the surface
of the ground ; but i;i strong loamy, clayey, or
moist ground, it will be belter to raise it so high
above the surface, as that there may be no dan-
ger front the witness of the soil.

At the bottom ofthe well thereshould be aspace
about two feet deep left, for receiving an v moisture
which may drain from the Ice, and a small un-
derground drain should be laid from this, to
carrv off the w et ; over this space should be plac-
ed a strong grate of wood, to let the moisture
fall down, which may at any time happen, from
the meltingofthelce. The sides ofthe well must
be walled up with brick or stone at least two
feet thick ; but if it be thicker it will be better,
as the thicker the walls are made, the less danger
there is of the well being affected by external
causes. When the wall of the well is brought
within three feet of the surface, there must be
another outer arch or wall begun, which must be
carried up to the height of the top of the intend-
ed arch ofthe well ; and if there be a second arch
turned over from this, it will add to the goodness
of the House ; but this must depend on the per-
son who builds going to the expense. When
not, the plate into which the roof is to be fram-
ed must be laid on this outer wall, which should
be carried high enough above the inner arch to
admit of a door way in, to get out the ice.
Where the building is to be covered with slate
or tiles, there should be a thickness of reeds,
straw, or other similar material laid under, to
guard against the effects of the sun and ex-
ternal air; where they are laid two feet thick,
and plastered over with lime and hair, there
will be no danger of the heat penetrating.

The external wall of the house need not
be built circular, but of any other form,
as square, hexangular, or octangular; and where
it stands much in sight, may be so contrived as
to make it a pleasing object.

Ice-Houses may be built in such a manner
as to have alcove seats in the front, having pas-
sages to get out and put in the Ice behind tbem ;
or the entrance may be behind, to the north ;
small passages being left next the scats, through
which to enter to take out the Ice, a large door be-
ing contrived with a porch wide enough for a
small cart to hack in, to shoot down the ice
upon the floor near the mouth of the well, where
it may be well broken before it is put down.
The aperture of this mouth of the well need not
be more than two feet and a half in diameter,
which will be large enough to put down the ice,
a stone beins left to stop it, which must be closed
up as securely as possible after the ice is put in,

and ail the vacant sp;ice above and between
this and the outer door be tilled close with
bailey straw, or other similar material, to ex-
clude the external air.

The door to enter for taking out the ice should
be no larger than is absolutely necessary for the
coming at the ice, and must be strong and clo.-e
to exclude the air ; and al live or six feet distance
from this another door should be con:;
which should be closely shut before the inner
door is opened, whenever the ice is taken out
of the House.

When the House is thus finished, it should
have time to drv before the Ice is put into it ;
as when the walls arc green, the damp of theui
frequently dissolves the lee. And, at the bot-
tom of the well, upon the wooden grate, some
small faggots should be laid ; and if upon these
a layer of reeds be placed smooth tor the' Ice to
rest upon, it will be better than straw, which is
commonly used. In the choice of the Ice, the
thinner it is the better it may be broken to
powder; as the smaller it is broken the better it
will unite when put into the well. In putting
it in, it should be rammed close, and a space
left between it and the wall of the weil, by straw
being placed for the purpose, so as to give pas-
sage to any moisture that may be collected by
the dissolving of the Ice on the top or other-
ways.

In putting the Ice into the House, some mix
a little nitre with it, to make it congeal moic
fully ; but this is not necessary.

As the Ice becomes solid in the well, an
iron crow is necessary to take it up with.

The Ice-House is, as has been seen, capabl »
of being made an ornamental building ; but this
is seldom done; it being generally placed in a
sequestered spot, on the sicfe of a hill or sloping
ground, the base of which is lower than the bot-
tom of the well ; the outside being well banked up
with earth, to keep out all external air and heat,
and neatly covered with turf.

In the annexed plate is the plan of an im-
proved Ice-House.

Fig. 1. is a section in the direction of the
entrance passage.

A. Upper covering of earth.

B. and K. Strata of day.

C. Wall of the arched roof of passage.

D. Entrance passage.

E. Entrance aperture of the well.

F. Well.

G. Side-walls of well, and the cavities of it
for the retention of the warm air, which would
otherwise make its way to the well.

II. Pipe for carrying off the water or moisture.

I. Drain of it.

L. Door of passage.

I L E

I L E

Fig, 2. Plan of the well on the level of the
passage floor.

Fig. 3. Ground plan of the well.

Fig. 1. Front elevation of the durance.

N. B. In figures 2, 3, and 4, the letters of
reference are plared to the same parts of the
building; respectively, as in fig. 1.

ICE-PLANT. See Mesembryanthemum.

JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE. See Heli-

ANTHUS.

JERUSALEM SAGE. See Phlomis.

ILEX, a genus containing plants of the
hardv evergreen tree or shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Tctratidria
Tetragynia {Pohjgamiu Dioecia), and ranks in
the natural order of Dumosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
toothed perianthiuni, very small, and perma-
nent: the corolla one-petalled, four-parted,
wheel-shaped; divisions roundish, spreading,
rather large, with cohering claws: the stamina
have four awl-shaped fiUrments, shorter than
the corolla : anthers small: the pistillum is a
roundish germ : style none : stigmas four, ob-
tuse: the pericarpiuwi is a roundish berry, four-
celled : the seed solitary, bony, oblong, obtuse,
gibbose on one side, cornered on the other.

The species cultivated are : 1. /. uqit'ifolutm,
Common Holly j 2. /. Cassine, Dahoon Holly;
3. I. vomitoria, South-sea Tea, or Evergreen
Cassine.

The first rises from twenty to thirty feet, and
sometimes more ; but its ordinary height is not
above twenlv-tive feet. The trunk is covered
with a gravish smooth bark, and those trees
which are not lopped or browzed by cattle, are
commonly furnished with branches the greatest
part of their length, and form a sort of cone :
the leaves are petioled, about three inches long,
and one and a half broad, of a lucid green on
their upper surface, and pale on their under,
having a strong midrib ; the edges are indented
and waved, with sharp stiff thorns terminating
each of the points, some raised upwards, others
bent downwards, being fixed into a strong woody
border, which surrounds the leaf. When this
tree grows naturally, it has flat, entire leaves,
without thorns, only ending in a sharp point,
mixed with the others, especially as it advances
in age : the flowers in clusters from the base of
the petioles (from a sort of scale upon the
branch) on very short peduncles, each sustain-
ing five, six, or more flowers (generally three
together), appearing in May. They are suc-
ceeded by roundish berries (crowned with the
calyx, which turns black), turning to a beauti-
ful scarlet about Michaelmas, and continuing
the greatest part of the winter.

There are a great many varieties of both the

green-leaved and variegated sorts. Of the first
the Common Green-leaved Prickly, the Smooth
Green-leaved, the Narrow Serrated Green-leav-
ed, the Green-leaved Yellow-berried, the Box-
leaved Green, the Hedgehog Green ; and of the
latter, the Common Prickly, with Silver-striped
Leaves, with Gold-striped Leaves, with Blotch-
ed Leaves, the Smooth with White-striped
Leaves, with Yellow-striped Leaves, with
Blotched Leaves, with Narrow-striped Leaves,
the Blotched Yellow berried, the Cream-co-
loured, the Copper-coloured, the White-leaved,
the Mottled-edged, the Hedgehog Silver-edged,
the Gold-edged Hedge-hog, the White Blotch-
ed Hedgehog, the Yellow Blotched Hedgehog,
the Painted Lady variegated.

The second species rises with an upright
branching stem to the height of eighteen or
twenty feet ; the bark of the old steins is of a
brown colour, but that of the younger stems or
branches green and smooth : the leaves more
than four inches long, and one and a quarter
broad in the broadest part, of a light green and
thick consistence; the upper part is serrate, each
serraturc ending in a small sharp spine; they
stand alternately on every side of the branches,
on very short foot-stalks : the flowers come out
in thick clusters from the side of the stalks ;
they are white, and shaped like those of the
first, but smaller. Both the female and herma-
phrodite flowers are succeeded by small round-
ish berries, making a fine appearance in winter;
but they have not yet produced fruit in this cli-
mate. It is a native of Florida and Carolina.

There are varieties, as with broad leaves, and
with narrow leaves, with scarcely any serra-
tures.

The third rises to the height of ten or twelve
feet, sending out branches from the ground up-
wards, which form themselves into a sort of
pyramid : the leaves are about the size, shape,
texture, and colour of the small-leaved alater-
nus, but somewhat shorter, and a little broader
at the base : the flowers are produced in close
whorls at the joints of the branches, near the
foot-stalks of the leaves : thev are white, and
are succeeded by bright red berries, which con-
tinue upon the plants most part of the winter,
and make a fine appearance, intermixed with
the green leaves. It is a native of West Flo-
rida.

Culture. — These plants are all capabje of
being increased from seeds, and by the opera-
tions of budding and grafting.

The seeds or berries should be sown as soon
as they are perfectly ripened, in small beds
prepared for the purpose. But as they are long
in germinating, it is the practice with some to
deposit them lor a year before they are sown in

I L L

I L L

the beds, in pots filled with earth or sand, or in
a hole in the earth, in a <Jrv situation; the first
is probablv the best method.

The plants mostly rise in the second spring,
when they should he kept well weeded and wa-
tered.

Alter they have had two years' growth in
these beds, they sho-.dd be removed, and planted
out in nursery rows at the distance of two feet,
ana one apart in the rows. They should remain
in these till or' proper size to be planted where
they are to remain, keeping them perfectly clean,
and the ground occasionally stirred about them.

The proper seasons lor removing them are
either the early autumn or spring; the former
in dry grounds, and the latter in those that are
of a retentive nature.

In the second sort the seeds, after beina: pre-
pared as above, should be sown in pots, and
plunged the second spring in a gentle hot-bed,
in order to bring up the plants. They should
then be kept in the pots, and have protection in
the winter season till they have become of hardv
growth, when they may be turned out, and
planted in warm situations. They afterwards
require protection in very severe winters.

The third sort may be managed in the same
way as the second, the young plants being trra-
dually inured to the open air, having only the
morning sun at first. They should be kept in
the pots four or five years, as thev crow slowlv,
being well protected in the winter. They all
succeed best in a drv soil.

All the varieties of the different sorts are to
be continued either by budding or grafting upon
stocks of the first sort. The first should be
performed in the latter part of the summer, and
the latter in the earlv spring, upon stocks of
two years' growth. See Bidding and Graft-
ing.

All the sorts and varieties are hichly orna-
mental in the clumps, borders, and other parts
of pleasure-grounds, affording much variety
when judiciously intermixed. The first sort
frequently rises to a large tree, having a tine
white hard wood, useful for various purposes.
1 he haik also affords the substance called iirci-
Ume, which is prepared by boiling it till the
green part is capable of being separated from
the white, then laving it in a cool cellar for a
few days, afterwards pounding it till it becomes a
tough paste, washing it repeatedly, rill it becomes
quite^-har, then placing it in an earthen •■
to ferment or become line, when it will befit
for i

ILLECEBRUM, a genus containing plants
of the herbaceous, flowery, bienuial, and shrub-
bv perennial kinds.

Vol.IL

Ii belongs to the class- and order Penlauidria
:yn':a, and ranks in tlic natural order of
Holaraceee.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved cartilaginous perianthium, live-cornered,
with coloured leaflets, which are sharp, with
distant points, permanent : there is no corolla :
the stamina have (wc capillary filament-., within
the calyx : anthers simple : the pistillum is an
ovate germ, sharp, ending in a short bifid style :
stigma simple, obtuse: the pericarpium is a
roundish acuminate capsule, both ways tive-
valved, one-celled, covered by the calyx : the
seed single, roundish, sharp on both sides, very
large.

The species cultivated are: 1. /. Innafum,
Woolly Illeccbrum ; 8. /. suffruticowm, Shrub-
by lllecebrum, or Knot-grass ; 3. /. Parony-
chia, Mountain Illeccbrum, or Knot-grass.

The first has a rigid round stem, somewhat
hairy, branched only at the base : the leaves arc
lanceolate, ovate, subsessile, opposite, petioled,
quite entire, sharpish, naked, pubescent un-
derneath: (spikes close, oblong, and axillary :)
the peduncles lateral, very short, in three or
four sessile spikes, unequal to the leaflet: sta-
mens connected at the base by means of a fit -
toothed crown : the seed kidney-form. It is a
native of the Last Indies, biennial, and flower-
ing most part of the year.

It varies in size. This is the smaller one.
The Great Woolly lllecebrum has solitary, not
aggregate spikes. And, according to Retzius,
there is a remarkable variety with round leaves,
in Malabar.

The second species has woody stems about a
foot high, with small leaves like those of
Knot-grass : the flowers come out singly on the
side of the stems, and make no great appear-
ance. It is a native of the south of Europe,
flowering from May to August.

The third has trailing stalks near two feet
long, with leaves like those of the second kind ;
the heads of flowers come out from the joints of
the stalk, having neat silvery bractes surround-
ing them, which make a pretty appearance : the
flowers appear in June, and there is generally a
succession of them for at least two months. It
is perennial, and a native of the south of Europel

Culture. — The first sort may be increased by
sowing the seeds in pots of light mould, in the
spring, in the same manner as the amaranthus,
plunging them in a mild hot-bed. And if they
be afterwards plunged in the tan-bed in the
stove, these branches will often put out roots
by which they may be raised.

Cutting:- of the branches managed in
same way will sometimes <j;row.
G

I M P

I M P

• The two last sorts may be propagated by seeds
and cuttings.

The former should be sown in the spring, as
about April, in pots, or on a bed of light earth.
When the plants have attained some growth,
they should be taken up carefully with earth
about their roots, and placed, some in pots, and
the others in a dry warm border, due water and
shade being given; those in pots being pro-
tected by a frame and glasses in the winter, and
those in the open ground screened in severe
frosts, by mats or other means, and kept per-
fectly clean.

They may also be increased by planting cut-
tings of the branches, in the summer months,
as about June, in pots or a shady border. When
they have taken good root, they may be removed
to the places where they are to grow, or into other
pots, moist weather being chosen for the purpose.
The first sort affords variety in the stove or
green-house collections ; and the latter in the
borders, and among potted plants of the more
hardy kinds.

IMMORTAL FLOWER. SeeGNAPHALiuM.
IMPATIENS, a genus containing plants of
the flowery annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia
Monogamia, and ranks in the natural order of
Corydales.

The characters are : that the calyx is a two-
leaved perianthium, very small : leaflets round-
ish-acuminate, equal, placed towards the sides
of the flower, coloured, deciduous : the corolla is
five-petalled,ringent: petals unequal; of which the
■superior is roundish, flat, upright, slightly trifid,
constituting the upper lip: lower pair reflex,
very large, outwardly larger, obtuse, irregular,
constituting the lower lip : intermediate pair
opposite, rising from the base of the upper pe-
tal: nectary one-leafed, receiving in the manner
of a hood 'the base of the flower, oblique at the
mouth, rising outwardly, ending in a horn at the
base: the stamina have five filaments, very
short, narrower towards the base, incurved : an-
thers as many, connate, divided at the base : the
pistillum is a superior germ, ovate-acuminate :
style none : stigma simple, shorter than the an-
thers : the pericarpium is a one-celled capsule,
five-valved, springing open elastic-ally, the valves
rolling spirally: the seeds several, roundish,
fixed to a columnir receptacle.

The species cultivated are : 1. 1. Balsamina,
Garden Balsam ; 2. 1. Noli me tangere, Common
Yellow Balsam.

The first is an annual plant, rising a foot and

half high, and dividing into many succulent

branches : the leaves long and serrate : the

flowers come out from the joints of the stem,

1

upon slender peduncles about an inch long, each
sustaining a single flower ; but there arc two,
three, or four of these peduncles arising from
the same joint : the flowers red or white. It is
much increased in size by cultivation ; and is a
native of the East Indies, Sec.

There are varieties with single and double red
flowers, with single and double scarlet flowers,
with single and double white flowers, with single
and double purple flowers, with variegated single
and double flowers, with large double varie-
gated scarlet and white flowers, with large double
variegated purple and white flowers, with double
red and purple flowers, and with large double
bizarre flowers.

The second species has an annual root : the
stem a foot high, upright : stem and branches
pale yellowish green, smooth and shining,
somewhat transparent, thickest at the joints,
succulent and brittle : the branches sometimes
opposite: the lower leaves ovate, uppermost
elliptical or lanceolate, irregularly serrate, all
smooth, petioled : the upper part of the stem
flexuose, forming an obtuse angle opposite to
each leaf: some of the branchings of the pe-
duncles have bractes, and some not : the flowers
yellow ; the lateral petals spotted with red, by
cultivation changing to pale yellow or purplish;
these are blunt, slightly two-lobed, with an oval
appendix at the base, about an inch in length,
and above half an inch in breadth. It is a na-
tive of Europe.

When the seeds are ripe, upon touching the
capsule they are thrown out with force ; hence
the name.

Culture. — These beautiful plants are all capa-
ble of being increased by sowing the well-ri-
pened seeds of the best varieties annually, in
the spring, in the first sort, in pots filled with
lio-ht, dry, good earth, or in the mould of the
bed, plunging them in the former case in the
hot-bed; or \n the natural ground, in the bor-
ders, in a warm dry situation, covering them
with glasses"; but the two former are the best
methods. When the plants are up, they must
have air admitted freely every day when fine,
and occasional moderate waterings. After they
have attained a few inches in growth, they
should be carefully removed into separate pots,
with balls of earth to their roots, being re-
plunged in the hot-bed, or be pricked out on a
freshT hot-bed. Those in the natural ground
should be kept properly thinned, and be remov-
ed into pots, or the situations where they are to
flower, about the end of June, with balls of
earth, as in the others.

It is a practice with some to remove those in
pots and on hot-beds a second time in about a

I N D

I N D

Month ; but they grow stronger where this is
avoided, by placing them at first in larger pots,
and thinner in the Led, so as to have full room
to rise to a proper sire. The frames should he
raised as the plants advance in growth.

Abo;:t the beginning of June they should be
gradually exposed to the influence of the full
air, in order to harden them, that they may be
set out towards the end of it ; when they should
hue sticks placed for their support, to which
they should he neatly tied. The potted plants
should likewise be often refreshed with water
once or more in the day, when the season is
hot. Those in the open ground should also be
occasionally watered in dry weather. See An-
nual Plants.

All these plants may be raised with exeat fa-
cility in the stove, in the same manner as above.

In the second species the seed may be sown
either early in the spring, or in the autumn. In
both the species those in the natural ground
should be sown later than in the hot-bed me-
thod.

In order to save seed, a few of the best
plants, of the different finest varieties, should he
placed, when in full blow, in some airy situation,
so as to be exposed to the sun, and at the same
time protected from wet by glasses.

The fine potted species and varieties of these
plants are highly ornamental among other
potted plants, in the most conspicuous places
about the houses ; and the Jess valuable kinds
in the fronts of the borders, clumps, and other
parts of pleasure-grounds, in mixture with other
flowery plants.

INARCH-GRAFTING. See Grafting.

INARCHING, a method of grafting by
which the parts of different trees are bent down
and united, while the trees remain growing. See
Grafting.

INDIAN AUROW-ROOT. See Maran-

TA.

INDIAN CORN. See Zea.

INDIAN CRESS. See Trop^olum.

INDIAN FIG. See Cactus.

INDIAN GOD TREE. See Ficus.

INDIAN MALLOW. See Sida.

INDIAN OAK. SeeTF.CTONA.

INDIAN REED. See Canna.

INDIAN SHOT. See Canna.

INDIGO. See Indigofera.

INDIGO, BASTARD. SeeAMORPHA.

INDIGOFERA, a genus containing plants
of the shrubby exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelpfiia
Dccandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Papilionaceee or Isguminosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-

leafed perianthium, spreading, nearly flat, frVc-
toothed : the corolla papili : standard

rounded, reflex, emarginate, spreading: wings
oblong, obtuse, spreading al he infenor mar-
gin, of the shape of the standard: keel obtuse,
spreading, deflex, marked oil each side by an
awl-shaped hollow dagger or point: the stamina
have diadelphous filaments, disposed in a cylin-
der, ascending at their tips: anthers roundish:
the pistillum is a cylindrfc germ ! style
ascending: stigma obtuse : the p nisi

roundish long legume (linear-oblong, com-
monly four-cornered) : the seeds some, kidney-
shaped (kidney-ifetuse or cuboid).

The species cultivated are : t . /. tinctoria,
Dyer's Indigo; 2. J. argentea, Silvery-leaved
Indigo; A. T.edttdicans, White Indigo; }. J.
ama'/ia, Scarlet-flowered Indigo.

The first has the stem filiform, subflexnose,
angular, smooth, upright, a foot and half high,
a Tittle branched at top: the branches like the
stem, alternate, upright: the leaflets in four
pairs or more, very blunt with a point, smooth,
very finely villose underneath, almost equal
the racemes from the axils of the leaves, when
they begin to flower, much shorter than the leaf,
but becoming longer as they advance : the le-
gumes drooping, subcolumnar, sharp, straight,
very finely villose. It is a native of the East
Indies.

The second species has the whole plant silky
and glaucous: the stem suflruticosc, upright,
branched, round, from half a yard to three
quarters of a yard in height, and gray: branches
alternate, stiff, round, finely silky, and hoary :
the leaves alternate, petioled, two-paired (seldom
ternate), spreading, three inches Jong : leaflets
opposite, subsessite (the end one larger and pe-
tioled), quite entire, bluntish, the older ones
subemarginate, the midrib raised only under-
neath, finely silky, glaucous, spreading, flat,
from twelve to fifteen lines in length, and from
6ix to eight lines in breadth : the petioles round
on one side, grooved on the other : the racemes
axillary, solitary, upright, shorter than the
leaves, an inch and baft long : the flowers on
short, alternate, reflex pedicels, and drooping.
It is a native of Egypt or the West Indies.

The third is distinguished by the whiteness of
the stem and the under-side of the leaves ; the
flowers are red, not many (five to eight or nine)
in a spike. It is a native of the Cape, flowering
from July to September : but it.-, principal time
of flowering,- according to Mr. Curtis, is from
the beginning of May to the middle of June.

The fourth is a native of the Cape, flowcrm;;
in March and April.

Culture. — The tiist sort of these plants may
C •_•

I N O

be increased by seeds, which should be sown in
the spring, in pots or" light fresh earth, and
plunged into a mild hot-bed. When the plants
have attained some growth, they should be re-
moved into separate pots, and be replimged in
the bark-bed of the stove, where they must be
constantly kept.

The other sorts may be propagated by planting
cuttings of the young shoots, in pots of good
fresh earth, in the spring or summer, plunging
them in the bark hot-bed of the stove. When
they have stricken good root, they should be
removed into separate pots of the same sort of
mould, preserving some earth about their roots,
replungmg them in the hot-bed, due shade and
water being given. They may afterwards be
preserved in a dry stove or good green-house.

Such of the sorts as ripen seeds here may also
be increased in that way.

The first is the plant from w hich Indigo, a ma-
terial much employed in dyeing, is prepared.

This and the second kind also afford variety
in stove collections ; and the two others among
plants of the green-house kinds.

INOCULATING, the practice of inserting
the buds of trees of the same kind into their
stocks.

The most proper season for this sort of work
is, from the middle of June until the middle of
August, according to the forwardness of the
season, and the particular sorts of trees to be
increased ; but it may be easily known, by try-
ing whether the buds will come off well from
the wood or not. The most general rule is,
when the buds are found to be formed at the
extremity of the same year's shoots, which is a
sign of their having finished their vernal growth.
The first sort commonly inoculated is the Apri-
rot, and the last that of the Orange-tree, which
should never be done until the middle of Au-
gust. In doing this sort of work, choice should
be made of cloudy weather; as, when done in
the middle of the day, in very hot weather, the
shoots perspire so fast as to leave the buds de-
stitute of moisture; nor should the cuttings be
taken off from the trees long before they are
used ; but if fetched from some distance, the
leaves should be cut off, but all the foot-stalks
left, and then wrapped up in wet moss, and
put in a tin box, to exclude the external air.

And the practice of throwing cuttings into
water is improper; as it saturates the buds so
with moisture, that they have no attractive
force kit to imbibe the sap of the stock; for
want of which they very often miscarry, and
disappoint the operator.

It is remarked by Mr. Forsyth, that when
the Pear-trees which are grafted in the spriug

I N O

have not taken, he would advise the cutting them
off, a little below the graft, at a joint or bud.
The tree then throws out a great number of
healthy shoots ; all of which should be rubbed
off, except so many as are sufficient to fill the
wall; nailing those up, to prevent the wind from
breaking them. About the latter end of July
the shoots will be fit to inoculate, which should
then be done, leaving a little of the wood on
the inside of the bud when inserted into the
stock, and rubbing in some of the composition,
tying on the bass.

Having grafted some summer Bonchretiens
with the Bergamot de Pasque (or Easter Berga-
mot) and Pear d'Auch, in the spring, most of
which failed, he cut them off below the grafts,
and in July following they had produced shoots
from five to six feet long, which he inoculated
in the latter end of that month with the before-
mentioned sorts, which all took. About the
begfmning of September he ordered the basses to
be slackened ; which being left too loose, the
barks began to separate. He then made them
be tightened, letting them remain till the fol-
lowing spring. About the beginning of April,
when he saw the buds begin to shoot, he cut
the shoots near to the buds ; but finding many
where the bark had not united, and some of the
eyes apparently dead, he took a sharp pen-
knife, and cut out all the decayed bark, rubbing
in some of the composition, in the liquid state,
till the hollow parts were filled up; he then
smoothed it off with the finger, even with the
bark of the stock. He also rubbed some of the
composition over those eyes that were in the
worst state, being quite black ; but with very
little hope of recovery. " To his great asto-
nishment, many of those which seemed per-
fectly dead, recovered, and by the middle of
July had shoots from five to six feet long
(many of the shoots which took well having
fruit-buds formed for next year), and covered a
space of wall larger than a young tree would
have done in eight years; all the cavities where
he cut out the dead baik and applied the com-
position, were, in the course of the summer,
filled up with sound wood, and the bark be-
tween the stocks and grafts perfectly united."

" Three vears ago he inoculated some Brown
Beurres and Crasanes with Pear d'Auch, one
of which now covers a wall sixteen feet high,
and fifteen feet long, and has more fruit on it
this year than a maiden tree would have pro-
duced twenty years after planting." But he
" never recommends inoculating or grafting of
old trees, except when bad sorts, or more of any
sort is wanted for a supply : in that case, he
would recommend to inoculate or graft with Pear

I N S

I N S

d'Auch, Colmars, and Winter Bonchretiens,
which keep much longer than Bcurres, Crasanes,
&c "

For standards that have been grain J in the
spring] and have missed, he advises that they
should be cut below the graft, as, when so
treated, they throw out a great number of shoots,
which should bv no means be tOO soon thinned,
as in that ease they will be liable to be broken
bv the wind. The weakest shoots may be be-
gun to be taken off about the latter end of May
or beginning of June. About the middle of
the latter month, they will have acquired consi-
derable strength : then thin them ; leaving as
main- strong regular shoots, and of those near-
est the top of the stem, as will form a handsome
head. If the stem be very strong it will be ne-
cessary, perhaps, to leave more than are intend-
ed to be inoculated, on purpose to receive the
sap, which will flow in great abundance from a
large trunk, and, without this precaution, he apt
to burst the shoots. He has often seen shoots
as large as his arm burst by a superabundance
of sap. When that is likely to happen, the
best thingis, to scarify the shoots, and rub a little
of the composition into the wounds.

INSECT DISEASES, such vegetable diseases
as arc produced by different sorts of animals of
the insect tribe. See Vegetable Insect Dis-
eases.

The chief insects that affect plants of the
fruit-tree kinds, are those of Aphis, Acaras,
Ant, Chermes, Cicada, Coccus, Earwig, Papi-
iio, Phahena, and T/irips tribes.

Of the first sort there are a vast number of
epecies, each tree being said to be infested by a
different distinct species. Hence the author of
the Systema Vegetabitium has denominated
them from the trees on which they are found ;
as, the Cherry Aphis, Currant Aphis, Plum
Aphis, &c. The males are few in comparison
with the females, and have wings, while the
latter are numerous, and without them. See
Puceron and Vine-Frettku.

The second is a highly destructive insect in
houses where forcing is practised. It is not fur-
nished with wings, but the female is oviparous.
The species, as in the former, are very nume-
rous. It often commits great mischief on
vines, peaches, nectarines, cherries, forced kid-
ney-beans, melons, he. See Ri-.d Spider.

The thirds or Ant, is highly injurious to
fruits, especially those of the peach kind, as they
become in a state of maturity. They run all
over the trees, and the best fruit is occasionally
filled with them. It has been supposed by some
that they arc of use by devouring the Aphides on
the trees'; but Mr. Forsyth is of a different opi-

nion, and we have often seen fruit much spoiled
by them.

The best methods of destroying them, ac-
cording to the above author, is, bv making
holes in the ground along the side of the wall
where the fruit-trees are, oy an iron crow, so
that.thr inside surface may be quite smooth.
These insects, from being disturbed, soon come
to the hole-, and fall into them; when, being
prevented from getting up by the smoothness of
the sides, they may he readily destroyed 1)'.'
pouring water upon them. But more effectual
methods are, either by mixing quick-lime with
soot, and placing it in their tracks, or putting it
in their nests, and then pouring water, or urine
and soap-suds, upon it, so as to slake it, confining
the heat by a turf, or some earth. The heat
thus produced soon destroys them. The pow-
der of stavTsaerc laid round the stems of trees, i?
said to prevent their running up them.

The fourth, or Chermes, Delongs to the order
Hemiptera.

There are several species. Their specific
.names are taken from the different plants on
which they are principally met with; as the
Chermes graminis, or Grass Bug; Chermes fiats,
or Fig-tree Bug, £cc. The last is one of the
largest of the ixenus, being; brown above and
greenish beneath, and has four long wings,
placed in the form of an acute roof. The larva
is of an oblong form, and has six feet, but its
motion is slow. When attempted to be caught,
the Chermes makes its escape rather by leaping
than flying, by means of its hinder legs, which
play like springs. Several of the species are
provided at the extremity of their bodies with
small sharp-pointed implements, but which lie
concealed ; and these they draw out in order to
deposit their eggs, by making punctures in thB
plants that suit them. It is in this way that the
Fir-tree Chermes produces that enormous scaly
protuberance which is sometimes found at the
summit of the branches, and which is formed
by the extravasation of the juices occasioned by
the punctures. The young larva." shelter them-
selves in cells contained in the tumour. These
insects are capable of being destroyed in the
same manner as the Cocci tribe.

The fifth, or Cicada, belongs to the same
order as the above.

The larvx of many of this tribe void large
quantities of frothy matter upon the leaves and
branches of the plants and trees, in the midst
of which they are always concealed, probably
for protection, and to he shaded from the sun's
influence. These insects should be destroyed,
as the froth is unpleasant, and the leaves of the
trees are often devoured, by rubbing off the

I N S

I N S

larvse with the hand, and afterwards watering the
trees well with soft water, such as that of ponds.

The sixth, or Coccus, also belongs to the
same order, and the males have wings, but the
females none.

The sorts most commonly met with, when

Tt is further remarked, that ec a very destruc-
tive species of the Coccus tribe has lately done
incredible damage to the Apple-trees in the nur-
series and gardens in the neighbourhood of Lon-
don. Some nurserymen have lost several thou-
sand Apple-trees in one year. These insects

full grown, have somewhat the form of a boat, attach themselves to the bark by their suckers,
with the keel uppermost, being apparently with-
out feet, eyes, &c. while in this state resembling
some sorts of galls or excrescences of the bark
of trees.

Mr. Forsyth observes, that " a thin film of a
white cotton-like substance is interposed between
the flat part of the body and the tree. This is
common, in a greater or lesser quantity, to all
the species, and appears at first all round the
edge as a kind of cement, to join it to the tree.
The males are very few in proportion to the fe-
males, and not nearly one-fourth of their size ;
they are beautiful little flics, which, after a short
but active life, terminate their existence without
having tasted food, being provided with no sort
of organs for that purpose."

" The Peach, Nectarine, and Pear Trees are
very much infested with these insects : they fre-
quently cut through the bark, and the trees then
appear as if they bad been scratched by cats."
He has " seen some with this appearance all
over them."

He advises, that " when these insects first ap-

and, by feeding on the juices of the tree, rob it
of its nourishment. Such trees as are infested
with them have a sickly appearance. These in-
sects generally make their nests where branches
have been cut off, or in hollow places, where
the canker has eaten holes in the trees. Their
first appearance is like a white down; on touch-
ing or rubbing them, they tinge the fingers of
a crimson colour, like cochineal. If suffered to
remain long on trees, they take wing, like
Aphides."

The method that he has followed for these ten
years to destroy them, is, to " rub the places
where their nests are with an old brush, such as
painters use, till they are all cleaned off; and
if the part be canker-eaten, to cut it clean out
with a knife or chisel : he then takes of soap-
suds and urine equal parts, and with this he
washes the wound and the bark all round it ; and
with a brush applies the composition, mixed with
wood-ashes and the powder of burnt bones,
covering the wound all over with it. Afterwards
he shakes some of the powder of wood-ashes

pear on the bark, they should be scraped off and burnt bones, mixed with an eighth part of

with a wooden knife, and the stem and branches
of the tree well washed with soap-suds and urine,
applied with a stiff painter's brush. This should
he done in February, before the buds begin to
come out. But if the outer bark is perforated,
it must be cut or pared off with a long knife ;

unslaked lime finely powdered and sifted, over
the hollows, or where knobs have been cut off."

And he advises, that " at the same time
that the trees are cleared of the cocci the cater-
pillars should be picked off."

He adds, that " the first time that he ob-

and if you find any brown spots in the inner served the new coccus which has done so much

hark, they must be carefully cut out. This dis- mischief to the Apple-trees about London, was

ease is, he thinks, one great cause of the canker, in a garden of his own at Chelsea, about the year

and of the death of the tree." 1 782 or 3 ; and, as far as he can learn, they were

And it is added, that " when this disease has imported, among some Apple-trees, by the late

made its way through both harks, as is often the Mr. Swinton, of Sloane-street. Mr. Swinton

.case, the branches on each side of the tree may afterwards removed his nursery to the King's

be cut close to the stem, if it has an upright one; Road, near Chelsea Colleae, which now goes bv

but if the tree be trained fan-fashion, the best the name of the Foreign Nursery."

way is to head it -near to the place where it was Train oil has been tried, laid on with a painter's

grafted."

He has " headed old Pear-trees which were
so dead, except a small strip of live bark on one
side, that you might rub the bark off them as

brush, but without effect.

The seventh, or Earwig, is often very destruc-
tive to fruit, particularly "that of the Peach kind.
The method recommended by Mr. Forsyth for

easily as off a bundle of faggot-sticks that had destroying them, and which he has long pursued

been cut upwards of a year ; yet these tree6 have with success, is, to " take old bean-stalks, and

shot out fresh branches to the length of seven- cut them about nine inches long, tying them up

teen feet in two years, and produced fine fruit in small bundles with some pack-thread, or

the second year." It is advised to apply the with small yellow willows, and hanging them

(Composition immediately after heading, or cut- on nails against the wall, at different parts of

iting, or paring off the diseased bark. the trees. The first thing in the morning, be-

I N S

I N U

ing provided with a board about eighteen inches
square, and a small wooden trowel, takedown the
bundles of bean-stalks, one by one, strike them
•against the board, and with your trowel kill the
Earwigs as they fall out of the stalks. If you
follow this up every morning (or every other
morning) you wtll be able to keep them under."

This method answers for any sort of trees
infested with Earwigs. In some years lie
has " seen a great part of the fruit, espe-
cially the smooth-skinned sorts, destroyed by
these insects, and a small green caterpillar ;
and in a scarce year of fruit, the leaves of
peaches are frequently destroyed by them.''" It
is advised, that " the shreds taken from trees
that have been unnailed in autumn, should be
soaked in boiling hot soap-suds for three or four
days, previous to their being used again ; as this
will kill the eggs of Earwigs and other insects
that maybe deposited on them."

The eighth, Papilio, or Butterfly, belongs to
the order Lepidoptera.

There are a great many species of this genus,
mostly distinguished by the colour of their
wings. The more common sorts, with their
caterpillars, are well known.

Mr. Forsyth advises, that the caterpillars and"
chrysalids should be carefully picked off, and
the trees be well watered with clear hme-water
and tobacco-water mixed.

The ninth, Phalcena, or Moth kind, are ex-
tremely numerous, their caterpillars differing
much in size, shape and colour. After casting
their slough several times, all of them spin their
cod, in which they are transformed to chrysalids.
In this state they are often found rolled up in
the leaves of fruit-trees, especially those of the
pear, plum, and cherry kind. See Phalcena.

Of the Sphinx, or Hawk Moth kind, there
are a vast number of species. Their caterpillars
apply the hinder part of their bodies to the
branches of trees, holding the rest erect; hence
the name. In general they spin their cod under

ground.

They appear early in the morning, or after
sun-set, flying heavily, and making a sort of
noise. Several of the caterpillars are green, and
some brown, yellow, spotted, or belled. See
Phalcena.

The Phalcena nustria, or Lackey Moth, de-
posits its eggs in rings or circles round the
branches of fruit-trees, having the appearance
of a necklace. See Phal^na.

The tenth, or Thrips, belongs to the order
Hemiptera; and there are several species. It
is extremely small, so as scarcely to be disco-
vered. It produces much mischief on fruit-
trees, devouring the fruit as well as the leaves.

It may be destroyed in the same manner as
the Cocci.

The pernicious effects of these different in-
sects, as well astbc means of removing them, will

be more fully explained in speaking of Those vege-
table diseases that are caused by the attack B of
insects. See Vegetable Insect Diseases.

INULA, a genus comprehending plants of
the herbaceous and shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Sy?ige>icsia
Polygamic! Superflua, and ranks in the natural
order of Composites Discoidece.

The characters are : that the calyx is common
imbricated : leaflets lax, spreading : the exterior
ones larger, of equal length : the corolla com-
pound, radiated, broad : "corollules hermaphro-
dite, equal, very numerous in the disk : females
strap-shaped, numerous, crowded, in the ray :
proper of the hermaphrodite, funnel-form : bor-
der five-cleft, rather upright : female strap-
shaped, linear, perfectly entire : the stamina in
the hermaphrodite have five filaments, filiform,
short : anther cylindric, composed of five smaller
linear conjoined ones; each ending below in
two straight bristles of the length of the fila-
ments: the pistillum in the hermaphrodite is an
oblong germ : style filiform, length of the sta-
mens : stigma bifid, rather upright : in the
females, germ long: style filiform, half bifid:
stigmas erect : there is no pericarpium: the ca-
lyx unchanged : the seeds in the hermaphro-
dites solitary, linear, four-cornered : pappus ca-
pillary, length of the seeds : in the females like
the hermaphrodites : the receptacle naked,
flat.

The species cultivated are: 1. /. Helenium,
Common Inula, or Elecampane ; 2. J. Britan-
nica, Creeping-rooted Inula ; 3. I. sa/ici/w,
Willow-leaved Inula; 4. 1. Canariensis, Canary
Inula; 5. I. sature'w'ules, Savory-leaved Inula;
6*. I. ffuticosa, Shrubby Inula.

The first has a perennial, thick, fusiform,
brown, branching, aromatic root ; according to
some, biennial : it is one of the largest herba-
ceous plants, being from three to five or six feet
high, with the stem striated and downy, branch-
ed towards the top: the lower leaves on foot-
stalks, lanceolate, .i foot long, and four inches
broad in the middle; upper embracing, ovate*
lanceolate, wrinkled, serrated or toothed, deep
green, and slightly hairy above, whitish green
and thickly downy beneath: th Bo ■ rinj lv ads
very large, single, terminating the stun and
branches. It is a natue of Japan, 8tc. flowering
in June and July.

The secji'ii Bpecics has a perennial root: the
stem near two feet high, dividing ia the upper
part into two or three upright brain lies or pe-

I N U

I P O

duncles, each sustaining one pretty large flower,
of a deep yellow colour. These arc in beauty
in July, but seldom ripen seeds in this climate.
It is a native of Germany, &c.

The third has a perennial root, aromatic, sub-
astringent, smelling like cinnamon : the stem

spring the ground should be kept clean from
weeds, and be slightly dug over in the autumn
following. The roots will be fit for use after
two years growth, but will abide many years if
permitted to stand.

The two following sorts may be increased by

from a foot to two, and even three feet in height, parting the roots, and planting them in the

upright, smooth, hard, firm, tinged with red, autumn, in the borders or other places where

grooved or angular towards the top, where it is they are to remain. They should not be remov-

iisually branched : the leaves alternate, sessile, ed oftener than every three years,
or half embracing, stiff, smooth, of a dark The fourth and fifth sorts may be raised by

shining green, very slightly cut, and somewhat planting cuttings of the branches, in the summer

Tugged" about the edge : the flowers terminating, season, in pots of light earth, in shady borders.

on alternate, one-flowered, grooved, reddish pe- They must be removed into shelter in autumn,

duncles, forming altogether a eorymb : the ca- but should have as much free air as possible at

Jycine scales in two rows, smooth, brown, Ian- all times, when the weather is mild. In cold

ceolate, curved back a little at the end : the weather the first should have but very little wa-

flower an inch in diameter. It is a native of ter, as, the stalks and leaves being succulent,

Germany, &c. they are very apt to rot. In summer they

The fourth rises with several shrubby stalks should be placed abroad with other hardy exotic

near four feet high, which divide into smaller plants, in a sheltered situation,
branches: the leaves in clusters, narrow, fleshy, The last sort is propagated by seeds procured

divided into three -segments at their points : the from where it grows naturally. These must

flowers come out on the side of the branches at be sown in pots, or upon a hot-bed, and when

the top of the stalks; they are small, and of a the plants are fit to remove, be each put into a

pale yellow colour, appearing in August. It is small pot filled with light earth, and plunged

a native of the Canarv islands. into a fresh hot-bed ; treating them in the same

The fifth rises with' a shrubby stalk about two manner as other similar tender plants. It re-
feet high, dividing into many smaller branches, quires to be kept constantly in the stove.

which are hairy : the leaves narrow, stiff, sessile:
from the edges of these arise long hairs, which
are stiff, and come out by pairs; at the end of
the branches arise naked peduncles, four or five
inches long, sustaining one small, yellow, radi-
ated flower. It is a native of Vera Cruz.

The first sort may be cultivated for the me-
dicinal use of the roots, or for ornament, in large
borders.

The two following sorts may have places in
the same way.

The fourth and fifth kinds afford variety

The sixth has a stem ten or twelve feet high, among other potted green-house plants, and the

divided into several woody branches : the leaves last among stove plants.

five inches long, and one'inch and a half broad IPOMCEA, a genus containing plants of the

In the middle, smooth on the upper side, but on herbaceous flowery kind.

their under having three longitudinal veins: the It belongs to the class and order Pentandria

flowers are produced at the end of the branches, Monogi/niu, and ranks in the natural order of

having very large scaly calyxes ; they are as large Campanacece

as a small Sim-flower, of a pale yellow colour.
It is a native of Carthagena in New Spain.

Other species may be cultivated.

Culture. — The first sort may be propagated
by seeds sown in autumn toon after they are
npe, on a warm, loamy, rather moist border

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-
toothed perianthium, oblong, very small, per-
manent: the corolla one-pctalled, funnel-form :
tube subevhndric, very long: border five-cleft,
spreading: divisions oblong, flat: the stamina
have five awl-shaped filaments, almost the length

The plants should be transplanted to the places of the corolla : anthers roundish : the pistillum
where thev are to grow in the following au- is a roundish germ : style filiform, length of the

turau.

But the common practice is to increase il by
onsets, which, when taken from the old roots
carefully, with a bud or eye to each, take root
easily : the best season is the autumn, as soon
as the leaves begin to decay ; planting them in
rows about a foot asunder, and nine or ten
inches distance in the ro\

corolla: stigma headed- globose : the pericar-

pi em 1 is a roundish capsule, three-celled : the
seeds some, sub-obovate.

The species cultivated are: 1. /. Quamoclit,

Winged-leaved Ipomsea ; 'J. I. cocci/iea, Scar-
let-flowered Ipomeea.

The first is an annual plant, rising with two
The following oblong pretty broad seed-leaves, winch remain

I R I

I R I

a considerable time before they fall off: ibe
stems slender, twining, and rising by support to
the height of seven or eight feel ; sending out
several Bide -branches, which twine about each
other and the principal stem, and about any
neighbouring plants : the leaves are composed
of several pairs of verv tine narrow lobes, not
thicker than fine sewing thread, about an inch
long, of a deep green, either opposite or alter-
nate : the flowers come out singly from the side
of the stalk.*, on slender peduncles about an inch
long : the tube of the corolla is about the same
length, narrow at bottom, but gradually widen-
ing to the top ; where it spreads open flat, with
five angles ; it is of a most beautiful scarlet co-
lour, and makes a fine appearance. It is a na-
tive of the Indies.

The secondspecies has aherbaceous stem, twi-
ning, quadrangular, flexuose : the leaves petioled
pentangular, smooth on both sides : the peduncles
very long, axillary, upright, round, two-parted-
bifid, on one-flowerea pedicels : the flowers
loug, scarlet, larger than those of the first sort :
calyx five-cleft, with lanceolate segments : tube
of the corolla narrower at the base, long, co-
lumnar, curved a little, and shining : border
plaited, blunt : base nectareous. It is an an-
nual plant, six or eight feet high, and a native
of the West Indies.

There is a variety with orange-coloured flowers,
Culture. — These plants are increased by sow-
ing the well ripened seed in small pots, plun-
ging them in a mild hot-bed, or in the earth of
the bed, in the early 6pring months, proper air
and water being given. When the plants have
attained some growth, and in the first sort be-
gin to climb, they should be removed with balls
of earth about their roots into the places where
thev are to grow, or, which is better for the first
kind, into separate large pets, replung'mg them
in the bark hot-bed. They should have proper
sticks set for them to twine about, some pots of
the first kind being placed in the stove, as being
more tender.

The first sort affords variety in the stove, and
among other tender potted plants in the sum-
mer ; and the latter in the fronts of warm bor-
ders, as well as among the less tender potted
flowering plants.

IMS, a genus containing plants of the fi-
brous, tuberous, and bulbous-rooted flowery
herbaceous perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Triandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ensatee.

The characters are : that the calyx lias bivalve
spathes, separating the flowers, permanent: the
corolla six-parted : petals oblonur, obtuse; the
Vol. II.

three exterior ones reflex, the three interior Up-
right and sharper ; all connected at the claws
into a tube, of different lengths in the different

species : the stamina have three awl-shaped fila-
ments, incumbent on the reflex petals: anthers
oblong, straight, depressed : the pistillum is an
inferior oblong germ : style simple, very short :
stigmas three, petal-form, oblong, carinated
within, furrowed without, incumbent on the
stamens, two-lipped: outer lip smaller, eniar-
ginate: inner larger, bifid, subinflccted: the pe-
ricarpium is an ohlong, cornered capsule, three-
celled, threc-valved : the seeds several and large.
The species cultivated are: I. I. pumila.
Dwarf Iris; 3. 1, susiana, Chalccdonian Iris;
3. I. Florenlia, Florentine Iris; 4. 7. I) flora,
Twice-flowering Iris ; 5. I. aphylla, Leafless
Iris; 6./. varicgata* Variegated Iris; 7.7. Ger-
nianica, German Iris ; 8. I. saml'iicina, Elder-
scented Iris; 9. 7. squalen*, Brown-flowered
Iris; 10. I. cristata, Crested Iris; 11.7. /n-
cuspis, Tri fid -Detailed Iris; 12. I. Xiplvum,
Bulbous-rooted Iris ; 13. I. Pscudacorm, Com-
mon Yellow or Water Iris; 14. l.fivtiJissima,
Stinking Iris: 15. I. Virginica, Virginian Iris;
16. I. versicolor, Various-coloured Iris; 1". 7.
ocliroleuca, Pale-yellow Iris; 18. 7. verna.
Spring Iris; 10. I. Persica, Persian Iris; 20.7.
graminea, Grass-leaved Iris; si. J. spuria,
Spurious Iris ; 22. 7. Silirica, Siberian Iris ;
23. 7. Martiniceims, Martinieo Iris ; 24. 7. Pa-
vonia, Peacock Iris ; 25. 7. tuberose, Snake's-
head Iris.

The first has the root brownish on the out-
side, white within, knobbed, with pale fibrils:
the leaves acute, sometimes shorter, sometimes
longer than the flower: the stem or scape very
short, often scarcely an inch in length : genu
oblong, bluntly and obscurely three-cornered,
an inch long, inclosed within two spathes, end-
ing in the tube of the corolla, whi h i- slender,
and from two to three inches in length : all the
petals are almost entire, blue or purple, varying
much in colour, insomuch that the same flower
changes, and from blue becomes more and more
red : outer beards blue, inner white, with yellow
tips. It is a native of Austria, flowering in
April.

There are varieties with white flowers, with
straw-coloured flowers, with pale blue flowers,
with blush-coloured flowers, with yellow varia-
ble flowers, with blue variable flowers.

The second species has the scape simple,
round," grooved, a span high : the leaves alter-
nate, sheathing, upright, ' very finely striated,
obscurely waved: the corolla the largest of all
the species, very thin : the claws ol the larger
petals purple on the outside, dotted and sir .. .
L>

I R I

I R I

with purple within; border suborbicul'ate, waved,
bent in at top, upright: border of the smaller
petals ovate, bent down, with the edge frequent-
ly bent baek, blunt, of the same colour with
the larger ones, but shorter and narrower; the
daws bearded within from the flexure to the
base with ■brownish-yellow cilias. It flowers at
the end of May or beginning of June, and is a
native of the Levant.

The third has the scape round, striated, sim-
ple, upright, a foot high and more, bearing two
or three flowers : the leaves nerved, subfalcated,
obscurely curved on the outer edge : the lower
petals connate at the base: the claws of the
larger ones thickish, with a thin winged edge,
an "inch long, green on the outside, bearded
within, with white cilias, yellow at the top: border
blunt, emarginate, an inch wide, alittle more in
length, hanging down, white, striated near the
flexure: smaller petals oblong', from upright
bent in with a reflex margin, blunt, emarginate,
white : claws thickish, attenuated, greenish. It
is a native of the South of Europe, flowering in
Mav and June.

The fourth species has the scape simple, stri-
ated, longer than the leaves, a span in height,
sustaining two or three flowers, sometimes four :
the leaves' subfalcated, acute, striated, from erect
patulous : the petals violet-coloured, entire :
capsule cylindric, with three streaks. It is a
native of Portugal, flowering in April and
May, and again in autumn, whence the name.

The fifth has three or four large bright purple
flowers, which stand above each other, and have
purplish sheaths : the three bending petals or
falls are striped with white from the base to the
end of the beard: the capsules are large, blunt,
and triangular. It flowers at the end of May.
Its native place is unknown.

The sixth species has the scape striated,
scarcely longer than the leaves, a foot and more
in height : leaves acute, striated, upright ; the
lower ones the length of the s_cape, but the up-
per ones gradually shorter : the flowers at the
top of the scape divided, alternate, coming out
successively, handsome, yellow, netted with
black : the upper part of the stem is naked,
and divides into three branches, each of which
has two or three flowers one above another: the
three upright petals or standards are yellow, and
the bending petals or falls are variegated with
purple stripes. It flowers in June, and is a na-
tive of Hungary.

The seventh has the scape divided at top,
larger than the leaves: the leaves reflex-falcated,
nerved, an inch wide : the flowers blue, with the
smaller petals quite entire, having an agreeable
scent : the stalks rise near four feet high, and

divide into several branches, each supporting
three or four flowers, which are covered with a
thin sheath ; the three bending petals or falls are
of a faint purple inclining to blue, with purple
veins running lengthwise : the beard is yellow,
and three erect petals or standards are of a bright
blue, with some faint purple stripes. It is a na-
tive of Germany, flowering in Mav and June.

The eighth species has the scape divided at top,
longer than the leaves, two (or three) feet high :
the leaves inflex-falcatcd at top, striated, the
upper ones gradually shorter. It resembles the
seventh, from which it differs in having the
larger petals of a deeper violet colour, and sub-
emarginate; the smaller petals emarginate, and
of a deeper blue colour: the stigmas acute and
serrate, with a blueish keel. It derives the tri-
vial name from the smell of the flowers, which
is very like that of Elder in bloom. It flow ers
at the end of May, and in June, and is a native
of the South of Europe.

In the ninth, the roots are very thick, fleshy,
and divided into joints, spreading just under the
surface of the ground : they are of a brownish
colour on their outside, but white within : the
leaves rise in clusters, embracing each other at
their base, but spread asunder upwards in form
of wings : they are a foot and a half long, and
two inches broad, having sharp edges, ending
in points like swords : the stalks between these,
which are a little longer than the leaves, having
at each joint one leaf without a foot-stalk ; these
diminish in their size upwards : the stalks divide
into three branches, each of which produces two
or three flowers one above another at distances,
each inclosed in a sheath : they have three large
violet-coloured petals which turn backward, and
are called falls : these have beards near an inch
long on their midrib towards their base, and have
a short arched petal which covers the beard, with
three broad erect petals of the same colour, call-
ed standards : the stamina lie upon the reflexed
petals. It flowers in June. It is a native of the
South of Europe.

There are varieties with blue standards and pur-
ple falls, with pale purple standards, with white
standards, and with a smaller flower.

The tenth species has a tuberous, creeping
root : the stems several, short, inclining upwards,
compressed, leafy : the leaves scarcely six inches
long, sharpish, a little curved like a sickle at the
tips, entire, with a pale membranaceous margin :
the flower generally solitary, a little shorter than
the leaves, erect, of a pale purplish blue : outer
petals drooping, obtuse, blue, with deeper blue
spots, crested in the place of the beard with three
longitudinal, elevated, waved ribs, variegated
with orange and yellow ; inner petals narrower,

1 R 1

I R I

pointed, uniform in colour. It is a native of
North America; flowering ill May.

In the eleventh species, the bulb is the size
of a hazelnut : the scape simple, round, jointed,
upright, bearing one or two flowers, a foot and
half in height : the leaf single, nerved, upright,
with the tip hanging down, two feet long: the
border of the larger petals white, suborbiculate,
with a point ; claws green on the outside, yellow-
within, dotted with black : the smaller petals se-
veral times shorter and less : claw s convex on the
outside, green, concave within, dotted with
brow n, the length of the larger ones, but nar-
rower ; segments lanceolate, divaricating, a line
in length, the middle one of the three a little
longer, white dotted with brown. It is a native
of the Cape.

It varies in the shape of the larger petals, and
much in the colours, as blue, purple, yellow,
white, and spotted.

The twelfth has the leaves channelled aud
convoluted, not only at the base, as in the other
species, but the whole length of them ; they are
aw 1- shaped at the tip, and shorter than the scape :
the flowers are blue, with emarginate petals. It
is a native of the South of Europe.

There are varieties with blue flowers, with vio-
let-coloured flowers, with white flowers, with
purple flowers, with yellow flowers, with, blue
standard petals and white falls, with blue standards
and vellow falls, with striped (lowers, the broad-
leaved w ith blue flowers, the broad-leaved purple-
flowered, the ssveet-scented blue-i'owcred, the
sweet-scented purple flowered, with variegated
sweet-scented flowers, and the double-flowered.

The thirteenth has a fleshy root, the thickness
of the thumb, spreading horizontally near the
surface, blackish on the out side, reddish and
spongy within, the upper part covered with nu-
merous ridged fibres, the lower part sending
down many long, whitish, wrinkled, stringy-
roots : the leaves from the root two or three
feet long, upright, an inch or more in breadth,
striated, having a prominent longitudinal mid-
rib, equal to the scape, deep green, smooth :
stem-leaves shorter, forming a sheath at the bot-
tom : scapes from one to three feet in height,
upright, alternately inclined from joint to joint,
round or flatted a little, smooth and spongy: the
peduncles axillary, flat on one side, and smooth ;
each sustaining two or three flowers, the two outer
(when there are three) having one sheath, and
middle flower two. It is common in most parts
of Europe; flowering at the end of June, or the
beginning of July.

The fourteenth species has a thick, tufted,
fibrous root : the leaves grass-green, when broken
emitting a strong odour, not much unlike that of

hot roast beef al the 6rs( scent. They arc acute
aud nerved. hotter than the scape ; which

is single, cylindrical, but angular on one side,
jojnted, sheathed with alternate spathaccous'
-. two feet high, bearing several flowers.
It is a native of France, 8tc.

Tlu fifteenth has the root white within, black
without, the thickness of the thumb, having
white fibres, and bristly at top, with the remains
of leaves: the scape compressed, upright, joint-
ed, sheathed with alternate ka\e-, many-power-
ed, the length of the leaves, or a little higher, a
foot in length: the leaves narrow, sharp, curved-
ill at the tip, nerved and smooth, as is the whole
plant : the spathes membranaceous, acute,
brownish, shorter than the peduncles, very thin
at the edge and tip : the peduncles two or three
inches long, round, slender, upright, one-flower-
ed; the flowers elegant, but without scent : claws
of theouterpctals channelled, green on the out-
side, yellow on the inside, streaked with dark
purple: border flat, rounded-ovate, blunt, quite
entire, pale at the base, then blue with deep-blue
streaks : inner petals spatulate, blunt, upright,
shorter, bluer and streaked. It is a native of
Virginia, flowering here in June and July.

The sixteenth species lias the scape jointed,
bifid at the top, or simple, many-flowered, higher
than the leaves, two feet in length : the leaves
alternate, sheathing; the upper ones gradually
shorter : the flowers blue, large. Mr. Curtis re-
marks, that it has, for the most part, a stalk
unusually crooked or elbowed. It is a native of
North America, flowering in May and June.

The seventeenth has the scape round or round-
ish, covered with the sheaths of leaves, many-
flowered, longer than the leaves, a foot high :
the leaves falcated, acute, striated, nerved: spathes
membranaceous at the edge : the larger pe-
tals dilated at the base with dusky veins ; lesser
snowy-white, with yellowish veins at the base :
stigmas snowy-white. From its being the high-
est of the species of Iris cultivated in gardens,
Mr. Curtis has named it Tall Iris. It is a na-
tive of the Levant, flowering in July.

The eighteenth species has tufted fibrous roots,
from which arise many grass-like leaves about
nine inches long ; from between them come out
the stalks, which arc shorter than the leaves, and
support oncpurple (lower w ith blue standards. It
flowers in May, and is a native of North America.

The nineteenth has an oval bulbous root, from
which come out five or six pale-green leaves,
hollowed like the keel of a boat, about six inches
long, and one inch broad at the base, ending in
points : between these the fiowcr-stalk .
which is seldom above three inches high, sup-
porting one or two flowers, inclosed ia spathes ;
D 2

I R I

I R 1

these have erect petals or standards, of a pale
sky-blue colour, and three reflexed petals or falls,
which on their outside are of the same colour,
but the lip has a yellow streak running through
the middle, and on each side are many dark spots,
with one large deep-purple spot at the bottom :
the leaves are striated and nerved, unequal, and a
span in length. It is a native of Persia.

This is greatly esteemed for the beauty and
extreme sweetness of its flowers, as also for its
early appearance in the spring, being generally
in perfection in February or "the beginning of
March, according to the season.

Martyn observes, that " like the Hyacinth
and Narcissus, it will blow within doors in a
water-glass, but stronger in a small pot of sand
or sandy loam, and a few flowers will scent a
whole apartment."

The twentieth species has narrow, flat, glass -
like leaves, about a foot long, of a light-green
colour ; between these arise the stalks about six
inches high, having two narrow leaves much
longer than the stalks : the flowers two or three,
small : the petals have a broad yellow line with
purple stripes ; the three falls are of a light pur-
ple colour striped with blue, and have a convex
ridge running along them : the others are of a
reddish purple variegated with violet ; they have
a scent like fresh "plums. It is a native of
Austria, flowering in June.

The twenty-first has a knobbed root, blackish
on the outside, whitish within, with long pale
fibres : the stem round, very slightly compressed,
straight or a little flexuose, from two to three
feet in height, taller than the leaves : the flowers
commonly two, on short peduncles, each in-
volved in its spathe ; sometimes there are three ;
they have no scent : the colour blue-purple ; but
under the stigmas the reHex petals are more in-
clined to red : upright petals Hat, and usually
quite entire. According to Miller, the flowers
have light blue standards, and purple variegated
falls, having a broad white line in the middle
instead of the beard. It is a native of Germany,
&c. flowering in July.

The twenty-second species has a higher stem,
the scape a foot high or more, dividing at top,
three flowered or many-flowered, longer than the
leaves : which arc nerved and flat : the flowers blue,

at the base, above simple, from upright spread-
ing, few : the flowers few, coming out succes-
sively from the same spathe, yellow, without
scent, peduncled : the petals have a black shin-
ing glandular hole or pit, like that which is com-
mon to several species of Ranunculus. It is a
native of Martinico; flowering in November and
December.

The twenty-fourth species has the scape round,
jointed, villose, simple, a foot high, sustaining
one or two flowers : the leaf somewhat channel-
led, striated, villose, the length of the scape :
the spathes acute, striated, smooth, two inches
long : the peduncles subancipital, one-flowered,
smooth: all the petals united at the base : the
three outer several times bigger than the others,
ovate, obtuse, entire ; the three inner much nar-
rower and shorter by half, lanceolate, acute.
This beautiful flower is orange-coloured, with
black spots and dots at the base, and a hart-
shaped blue spot above the base, which at hot-
ton is tomentose and black. It is a native of
the Cape.

The twenty-fifth has a tuberous root ; there
arise from it five or six long narrow four-cor-
nered leaves, and from between these the stalk,
supporting one small flower, of a dark purple
colour. It flowers in April, but does not pro-
duce seeds in this climate. It is a native of the
Levant.

Culture. — Most of the sorts may be readily
increased, by parting the roots or separating the
off-sets from the bulbs, and planting them out
in the situations where they are to flower; the
first sort in the autumn, or very early in the
spring, and the latter in the close of summer,
when the leaves decay, managing them in the
same manner as other bulbs. As they in-
crease and spread rapidly in their roots, they
should be divided and taken off every two or three
years.

New varieties of the different sorts may be
raised from seed, by sowing it in the autumn in
a bed of light sandy mould. The plants come
up in the following spring, and in the autumn
may be transplanted where they are to grow.
They flower a year or two afterwards.

The bulbous - rooted sorts succeed best in
such soils as are of the light, sandy, loamy kind.
The last sort answers most perfectly in such

in brown scariose spathes : the inner petals are

upright: the germ 'trigonal, not grooved at the aspects as are towards the east, the roots being

angles. It is a native of Siberia, &c. flowering in prevented from going too deep. _ -

Mav and June. As the second sort is liable to be injured by

The twenty-third has a solid sub-bulbose root, severe winters, a few should be planted in pots

surrounded by whitish fibres, and throwing out to have protection

This sort is well suited for

other tubers: the stem upright, roundish, two forcing.

feet high, simple: the root-leaves acuminate,
quite entire, somewhat rigid, distich, flat, keeled

When planted in the open ground, it requires
a rather dry soil and situation.

3

I T E

I V A

The Cape sorts should be retained in the dry
Stove, and be propagated and managed in the
same manner as other bulbous-rooted plants of
the same kind.

All the sorts are proper for affording variety
in the borders, clumps, and other parts of plea-
sure-grounds ; and some of the more tender
sorts among potted plants of similar growths.

IROX-\\ OOD. See Sidkroxylon.

ITEA, a genus containing plants of the har-
dy deciduous shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pcntandria
Moiiogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Rhfxiodendra .

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, tive-cleft, upright : segments
lanceolate, acute, permanent, coloured : the co-
rolla has tive petals, sessile, lanceolate, acuminate,
spreading, deciduous : the stamina have live
awl-shaped, upright filaments, the length of the
corolla, inserted into the base of the calyx : an-
thers roundish, incumbent: the pistillum is an
ovate superior germ : style permanent, cylindri-
cal, thelength ofthe stamens : stiemas two, blunt:
the pericarpium is an ovate capsule, longer than
the calyx, niucronated by the stvle, two-celled,
two-valved, many-seeded : the seeds very small,
oblong, and shining.

The species cultivated are: 1.7. Vira'mica,
Virginian Ttea ; 2. I. cyrilla, Entire-leaved Ilea.

The first is a shrub six or seven feet high, send-
ing out many branches from the bottom to top :
the leaves are alternate, slightly serrate, reflex,
veined, light green. At the extremity of the
same year's shoots, in the month of July, are
produced fine spikes of white flowers, three or
four inches long, and erect. When this shrub
is in vigour, it is entirely covered with these
flowers, making a fine appearance. It is a native
of North America.

The second species is also a shrub, three feet
in height : the stem is upright, somewhat
branched, round, ash-coloured : branches alter-
nate or scattered, spreading, angular, rufous,
smooth: the leaves alternate, bluntish, revolute,
with the edges a little waved, one-nerved : the
midrib marked with lines above, prominent un-
derneath, smooth, paler underneath, dry, spread-
ing, flat, permanent, three inches long, and an
inch wide : the petioles very short, evlindric be-
low, flat above, reddish : the racemes very many,
lateral at the base of the new shoots, one from
each bud, on short peduncles, spreading, from four
to six inches long : the flowers are scauered-, pedi-
celled, spreading, white, two or three lines in dia-
meter. It is a native of Carolina, flowering in
July and August.

Culture. — The first is capable of being in-

creased by layers, which should be laid down in
the autumn, when they will put out roots so as to
be fit to takeoff" by the following autumn, when
they may be removed into the nursery, or the
places where they are to grow. It does not suc-
ceed well on dry gravelly soils.

It may also be raised from seed, by sowing it
in the spring, as soon as procured from abroad.

The second sort mav be increased by layers or
cuttings, planted in pots of good mould in the
spring; in the latter case, placing them in a mild
hot-bed till they have stricken root, afterwards
removing them into separate pots, placing them
in airv situations in the green-house.

The first is vcrv ornamental in the borders and
clumps, and the latter among green-house col-
lections.

I\ A, a genus containing plants of the hardy,
deciduous, shrubbv, and herbaceous annual
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Moncccia
Pentandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Compositce Nucamentacece.

The characters are : that the calyx is com-
mon roundish : leaflets about five, subovate,
blunt ; almost equal, permanent, containing very
many florets : the corolla compound convex :
corollets male,verymanv in the disk ; female five
in the ray; proper, males one-petallcd, funnel-
form, five-toothed, the length of the calyx ;
females none : stamina males, five filaments,
bristle-shaped, the length of tbe corollet : an-
thers erect, approximating : the pistillum fe-
males, oblong germ, the length of the calyx :
styles two, capillar)', long: stigmas acute : there
is no pericarpium : calvx unchanged : the seeds
solitary, naked, the length of the calvx, at top
thicker, blunt : the receptacle chaffy ; chaff's li-
near, and interior.

The species are: 1. J. annua. Annual Iva;
2. 1.frutescens, Shrubby Iva, or Bastard Jesuu's-
bark-Tree.

The first is an annual plant, with an herba-
ceous stalk, rising from two to three feet high,
sending out several branches from the sides :
the leaves have three deep longitudinal veins and
arc serrate : the stalks and branches are termi-
nated bv small clusters of pale blue flowers,
which appear in July, and the seeds ripen in au-
tumn. It is a native of South America.

The second species has slender woody branches,
eight or ten feet high : the leaves serrate : the
branches terminated by small clusters of p<tle
purple flowers. It is a native of Virginia, flow er-
ing in August.

Culture. — The first sort is raised by sowing
the seeds on a moderate hot-bed in the spring,
and when the plants are fit to remove, placing

J U G

JUG

them in another hot-bed, treating them as the
less tender annual sorts.

In the second sort, the young branches should
belayed down in the spring, when they will have
put out roots in about six months ; or cuttings
may he planted in a shady border in May, and
when they have taken root, removed with earth
about their roots to the places where they are to
grow. It succeeds best in a dry soil and warm
sheltered situation.

The first affords ornament among the less ten-
der annuals, and the latter in the warm borders
and clumps in shrubberies.

JUDAS TREE. See Cercis.

.1UGLANS, a genus containing plants of the
hardy deciduous tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Pohjandna, and ranks in the natural order of
Amentacece.

The characters are: that in the male flowers
the calyx is a cylindrical ament, imbricate-
scattered all round, with one-flowered scales,
turned outwards : perianthium elliptic, flat, six-
parted : segments upright - concave, blunt :
there is no corolla : the stamina have many
filaments (eighteen to twenty-four, twelve to
twenty-four) very short : anthers oval : female
flower's heaped: the calvx is a one-leafed peri-
anthium, bell-shaped, four-cleft, upright, very
short, one-flowered : the corolla one-petalled,
four-cleft, upright, acute, a little larger than
the calyx : (none :) the pistillum is an oval
germ, large, inferior: style very short : (styles
two :) stigmas two, large, reflex, jagged at top :
the pericarpium is a dry drupe, oval, large, one-
celled : the seed a nut, very large, roundish,
netted - grooved, half- four-celled : (corticated,
two - valved : nucleus four - lobed, variously
grooved.

The species cultivated are : 1. J. regia, Com-
mon Walnut-tree; 2. J. alba, White Walnut-
tree, or Hickery; 3. J. nigra, Black Walnut-
tree.

The first is a very large and lofty treec, with
strong spreading boughs : the leaves pinnate,
with a very strong but not unpleasant smell : the
leaflets three pairs (sometimes two or four),
nearly equal, except that the odd one is larger ;
they are entire, smooth, and shining : the male
flowers in close, pendulous, subterminating
aments : the females scattered, frequently two
or three together: fruit an ovate, coriaceous,
smooth drupe, inclosing an irregularly grooved
nut, which contains a four-lobed, oily, eatable
kernel, with an irregular knobbed surface, and
Covered with a yellow skin. It is a native of
Persia.

JViartyn remarks, that as " they all vary again

when raised from the seed, and that as nuts from
the same tree will produce different fruit : per-
sons who plant the Walnut for its fruit, should
make choice of the trees in the nurseries, when
they have their fruit upon them."

There are several varieties, as the Oval Wal-
nut, the Round Walnut, the Large Walnut, the
Small -fruited Walnut, the Double Walnut,
the Early Walnut, the Late Walnut, the Ten-
der Thin-shelled Walnut, and the Hard Thick-
shelled Walnut.

The second species has the leaves composed of
two or three pairs of oblong lobes, terminated
by an odd one ; these are of a light green, and
serrate ; the lower pair of lobes are the smallest,
and the upper the largest : the fruit is shaped
like the common Walnut, but the shell is not
furrowed, and is of alight colour. According to
some, it is a tall tree. In North America, where
it prevails, it is termed Hiccory Nut-tree.

The third grows to a large size : the leaves are
composed of five or six pairs of leaflets, which
end in acute points and are serrate ; the lower
pair is the least, the others gradually increase, but
the pair at top and the terminating leaflet are
smaller : these leaves when bruised emit a strong
aromatic flavour, as does also the outer cover of
the nuts, which is rough, and rounder than that
of the first sort. The shell is very hard and
thick, and the kernel small, but very sweet to
-the taste.

Culture. — All the sorts are capable of being in-
creased by planting the seed or nuts, which in the
first sort should be of the best varieties when in-
tended as fruit trees, after they are become per-
fectly ripe, and have been preserved in dry sand
till about theend of February, eitherinslight drills,
five or six inches apart in the rows, and a foot
distant, or by the dibble, at the same distances,
putting them in to the depth of two or three
inches^ the ground having been previously well
dug over. When the plants have had two years
growth in the seed-bed, they should be removed
into nursery rows, shortening the tap roots, but
preserving the tops entire, putting them at the
distance of two feet and a half from row to row,
and a foot and half in the rows : they should
remain in this situation till they have attained
five or six feet in height, training them with
single stems ; after which they may be removed
into the situations where they are to grow.

When the trees are intended for timber, it is
a good practice to plant them out at once where
they are to grow, as they thrive faster, and form
better trees.

In raising the Walnut for fruit, Mr. Bout-
cher, however, recommends flat stones, tiler
sherds, or slates, to be buried eight inches>deep,

JUG

J U N

under the nuts when they are set: the distance
to be six inches, and the depth two inches.
After two seasons they should be removed early in
autumn, and planted Fourteen or sixteen inches
asunder, on the same kind of bottom, or any
hard rubbish, to prevent them from striking
downwards, and to induce them to spread their
roots on the surface. At the end of two or
three years this should be repeated again, mak-
ing the bedding at the depth of fifteen or sixteen
inches, and planting them two feet asunder :
here let them remain three or four years, when
thev will be lit to remove tor the last time. The
soil for fruit-trees should be dry and sound, with
a sandy, gravelly, or chalky bottom. The trees
managed in this way, he says, will have higher
flavoured fruit, ripen earlier, and bear a plenti-
ful crop twenty years sooner than in the usual
method. The best manure for them is ashes,
spread the beginning of winter, the land having
been first ploughed or dug over.

And as plants raised from the nuts of the
same tree bear fruit of very different qualities, he
advises the inarching one of the best sorts on
the common Walnut-tree; by which method
the planter is secure of his sort, and u ill have
fruit in one-third of the time that he would ob-
tain it from the nut. This method can, how-
ever, be practicable only in few situations. The
length of time in which the Walnut bears well
from the nut is about twenty years.

The nuts of the two other sorts are procured
from America by the nurserymen.

The first sort is cultivated for ornament, as
well as the nut or fruit which it affords. The
fruit is used in two different stages of its growth ;
as, when green, to pickle ; and when ripe, to
eat the kernel. For the first purpose, the young
greeu Walnut, when about half or near three
parts grown, before the outer coat and internal
shell become hard, is most excellent ; for which
they are generally ready in July or the fol-
lowing month, and should be gathered by hand,
chusincsuchasareas free from specks as possible.
The fruit is discovered to be fully ripe by the
outer husk easily separating from the nut, or by
the husks sometimes opening, and the nuts
dropping out ; it is usually about the latter end
of September, which, in trees of considerable
growth, is commonly beaten down with long
poles; for, as the Walnuts grow mostly at the
extremity of the branches, it would, in very
large spreading trees, be troublesome and tedious
work to gather them by hand. As soon as ga-
thered, they should be laid in heaps a few days
to heat and sweat, to cause their outer husks,
which closely adhere, to separate from the shell
of the nuts; then be cleaned from the rubbish,

and deposited in a dry room for use, cover-
ing them over close with dry straw, a foot thick,
where they will keep three or four months.
They are always ready sale at market, in large
towns, wlure, at their first coming in, they are
brought with their hn-ks on, and sold by the
sack, or bushel, but afterwards cleaned, and
sold both by measure and the thousand.

Plantations of these trees are therefore profitable,
in their annual crops of fruit, while growing
and in their timber, when felled or cut down.
These, as well as the other sorts, may many
of them he admitted into clumps and planta-
tions, in large pleasure-grounds, for variety.
After one or two years the other sorts are nearly
as hardy as the first; but till that time should
be protected against frosts in the winter season.
JUNIPfclRUS, a genus containing plants of
the evergreen tree and shrub kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Mo-
nadelp/ua, and ranks iu the natural order of Co-
nij'crep.

The characters are : that in the male the calyx
is a conical anient, consisting of a common
shaft, on which are disposed three opposite-
flowers in triple opposition ; a tenth terminating
the anient : each flower has for its base a broad,
short, incumbent scale affixed to the column of
the receptacle: there is no corolla : the stamina.
have filaments (in the terminal ftoscule) three,
(four to eight), awl-shaped, united below into.
one body : (in the lateral flow ers scarce mani -
test:) anthers three, distinct in the terminal
flower, but fastened to the calveine scale, in the la-
teral ones : inthefemalesthecalyxisathree parted
perianthium, very small, growing to the germ,,
permanent : the corolla has three petals, perma-
nent, rigid, acute : the pistillum is an inferior
germ : styles three, simple : stigmas simple :
the pericarpium is a fleshy berry, roundish,
marked on the lower part with three opposite
obscure tubercles (from the calyx having grown
there), and at the tip by three teeth (which be-
fore were the petals),' umbilicated : the seed
three ossicles, convex on one side, cornered on
the other, oblong.

The species cultivated are: I.J. communis,
Common Juniper; S. J. Oxycedrtu, Brown-
berried Juniper; 3. J. thwjfera, Spanish Ju-
niper; -]. J. Barbadensis, Barbadoes Juniper;,
5. J. Bermudiana, Bermudas Juniper ; fi. ./.
Sabina, Savin; 7- J- Virginiana, Virginian
Juniper, or Red Cedar; 8. J. Phanicea, I'hce-
nician Juniper, or Cedar; y. J. Lycia, Lycian
Juniper, or Cedar.

The first is a low shrub, seldom rising more
than three feet high, sending out many spread-
ing tough branches, which incline ou ever*

J IT N

J U N

side, covered with a smooth, brown, or reddish
bark, with a tinge of purple : the leaves narrow,
awl-shaped, ending in acute points, placed by
threes round the branches, pointing outwards,
bright green on one side, and gray on the other,
continuing through the year : the male flowers
are sometimes on the same plant with the fe-
males, but at a distance from them; but they
are commonly on distinct plants : the female
flowers are succeeded by roundish berries, which
are first green, but when ripe of a dark purple
colour, continuing on the bush two years. It
is common in all the northern parts of Europe.
The second species has the branchlets three-
sided : the leaves sessile (by no means adnate),
altogether as in the first sort, but larger in all
the parts : berries rufescent, the size of a hazel-
nut : the height ten or twelve feet, branched the
whole length : branches small and taper, having
no angles, as most of the other Junipers have :
the male flowers at the ends of the branches in
conical scaly aments : the berries below from the
side of the same branch : it is feathered from
top to bottom, if left untouched from the first
planting, or if not crowded with other trees :
the short sharp-pointed leaves give the shrub a
fine look ; and the large brownish red berries
have a handsome appearance when ripe. It is a
native of Spain.

The third grows to the height of twenty-five
or thirty feet, and sends out many branches,
which form a sort of pyramid : the leaves are
acute, lying over each other in four rows, so as
to make the branches four-corned : the berries
very large, and black when ripe. It is a native of
Spain.

The fourth species has been confounded with
the Bermudas Cedar ; but the branches spread
very wide, the leaves are extremely small, and
are every where imbricate : the bark is rugged,
splits oil" in strings, and is of a very dark co-
lour : the berries are smaller than those of the
Bermudas Cedar, and are of a light brown co-
lour when ripe. It is a native of the West In-
dies, where it rises to be one of the largest timber
trees.

The fifth, or Bermudas Cedar, whilst young,
has acute-pointed leaves, which spread open,
and are placed by threes round the branches;
but as the trees advance their leaves alter, and
the branches become four-cornered : the leaves
are very short, and lie over each other by fours
round the branches : the berries are produced
towards the ends of the branches, and are of a
dark red colour, inclining to purple : the wood
has a very strong odour. It is a native of Ame-
rica.
The sixth is divided into two species by Mil-

ler; the Common, or Cypress-leaved, and the
Tamarisk-leaved, or Berry-bearing Savin. In
the first the branches grow more erect, the leaves
are shorter, and end in acute points, which
spread outwards : it rises to the height of seven
or eight feet, and produces great quantities of
berries. The second sends out its branches ho-
rizontally, and seldom rises more than three or
four feet high, but spreads to a considerable di-
stance every way : the leaves are very short, acute-
pointed, running over each other along the
branches, with the ends pointing upwards: the
berries are smaller than those of the first, but
of the same colour, and a little compressed :
the whole plant has a very rank odour when
handled. It is a native of the South of Europe.
There is a variety with variegated leaves.
The seventh has the leaves mutually opposite
by threes, fastened at the base by their inner
side, in the new shoots imbricate in four rows,
giving them the appearance of being quadran-
gular; the year following these spread from the
branch at an acute angle, and appear to be dis-
posed in six rows or longitudinal phalanges : the
berry dark blue, covered with a white resinous
meal. It is a native of North America, &c.

There are varieties, as the Swedish, or Tree
Juniper, which rises to the height of ten or
twelve (even sixteen or eighteen) feet : the
branches grow more erect than those of the
common Juniper ; the leaves are narrower, end
in more acute points, and are placed further
asunder on the branches : the berries also are
longer.

The Alpine, or Mountain Juniper, which has
the leaves broader and thicker: the berries rather
oval than spherical.

The eighth species grows with its branches in
a pyramrd: the lower ones have short, acute*

Eointed, grayish leaves, pointing outwards;
ut those on the upper branches are dark-green
and imbricate, ending, however, in acute
points ; the male flowers are produced at the ex-
tremity of the branches, in a loose, scaly, coni-
cal ament, standing erect on a short peduncle :
the fruit is sometimes upon the same tree, at a
distance from the male flowers, but more gene-
rally on separate trees : the berries pale yellow
when ripe, about the size of those of the first
sort. It is a native of the South of Europe.

The ninth has the branches growing erect,
and covered with a reddish-brown bark : the
leaves small, obtuse: the male flowers at the
ends of the branches in a conical ament; and
the fruit single from the axils below them, on
the same branch : the berries large, oval, and
when ripe brown. It is a native of the South
of Fiance.

J UN

J U S

Culture. — All those plants, except llie fifth
sort, may be increased either by seeds, layers,
or cuttings. The latter methods arc proper for
the Savin kinds.

The seeds or berries should be sown in beds
of light earth, in the early autumn or spring,
but the former 1-. the better in light soiN, in a
warm sheltered situation, in the open ground,
being well raked in. The beds should be kept
perfectly clear from weeds, and the young plants
be occasionally watered during the summer sea-
son. When the plants have had two years'
growth in these beds, and are become strong,
they should be removed into nursery rows at two
feet apart, and a foot or eighteen inches distant
in the rows. They should remain in these situ-
ations till of proper growth to be planted out
where they are to remain.

The layers of the young branches should be
laid down at either of the above seasons, and,
when well rooted taken off", and planted in the
nurserv, in the same manner as the seedling
plants.

The cuttings should be made from the young
branches, and be planted in a shady border, in
the latter end of summer, watering them occa-
sionally till they have stricken good root ; when
thev may be taken up with earth about their
roots, and be managed in the same manner as
bv the other methods.

The plants raised in these last ways seldom
grow so upright, or to so large a size, as in the
Seed method.

The common upright and striped Savins may
likewise be increased by planting slips of the
vounc branches; for the last sort the most va-
riegated being made use of, in the latter end of
summer, or in the autumn, in a shaded border,
due water being given. When the plants are
come up, they must be managed as the other sorts.

The fifth sort must be sown in pots or tubs,
at the same seasons as the other sorts, being
placed in a frame to have the protection of
glasses when the weather is frosty and severe.
As the- seeds are long in coming up, the mould
in the pots, Sec. must remain undisturbed till
they appear, being shaded from the sun, and
slightly watered occasionally. The young plants
should be kept quite-free from weeds, and be
dulv watered till they have attained sufficient
growth to be removed into separate small pots,
filled with light earth, which is generally when
from one to two years old. In removing them,
they should have balls of earth pteserved about
their roots, and be watered, and "placed in a
warm situation. The best season for this is in
the earlv spring. But it is of great advantage
to plunge the pots in a mild hot-bed. They

Vol. ll.

must be protected in the winter, either in frames,
or under a warm fence, the pots being plti
in the earth. Winn they have been removed into
different larger pots till of sufficient large growth,
they may he planted out where they are to
grow, which should he in a ■> arm situati )n. Jt
is proper to shelter them the first two winters
during severe frosts, by mats, or other similar
coverings.

The proper periods for removing ail the dif-
ferent sorts into the open ground, are in the
earlv autumn or spring months.

These plants all succeed in the open ground,
and grow in any common soil and situation,
with other hardy plants of the tree kind, though
they are the most prosperous in a light sandy
soil, where the aspect is sheltered.

In placing these kinds of plants in the clumps
ami shrubbery plantations, attention should be
had to arrange them according to their degrees
of growth, so as to exhibit a regular gradation
of height, placing the low-growing sorts, as
the common Juniper and Savin kinds, towards
the fronts, and the other larger growing sorts
more backwards, in assemblage with other or-
namental shrubs and trees of the evergreen
tribe; and some may be placed as single stand-
ards, onopenspacesof short grass, in the pleasure-
ground quarters. Some of the large-growing
sorts may also be introduced into the forest-tree
plantations; as they have a fine effect, and
afford excellent timber for many uses, more par-
ticularly the Virginia Cedar, which arrives at a
considerable size, especially when the under
branches are trimmed off occasionally while
voting.

JUPITER'S BEARD. See Anthvxlis.

JLJSTICIA, a genus containing plants of the
shrubbv and herbaceous kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Ditmdria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Personates.

The characters are : that the calvx'is a one-
leafed perianthium, very small, live-parted,
acute, upright, narrow : the corolla one-petal-
led, ringent: tube gibbose : border two-lipped :
lip superior oblong, emarginate: lip inferior,
of the same length, reflex, trilid : the stamina
haw two awl-shaped filaments, hid under tlu-
upper lip : anthers upright, bifid at the base :
the pistillum is a top-shaped germ : style fili-
form, length and situation of the star.,
stigma simple: the pericarpium is an oblong
capsule, obtuse, narrowed at the base, two-
celled, two-valved : the partition opposite to
the valves, gaping with an elastic claw : the
seeds roundish.

The species cultivated arc: 1. J. sexangb ■

JUS

I X I

Chickweed-leaved Justicia; 2. J. Scorpioides,
Scorpion-tail Vera Cruz Justicia j 3. J. Eclo-
lium, Long-spiked Justicia; 4. .7". Adhaloda,
Malabar Nut; 5. J. hyssopifolia, Snap-tree.

The first is an annual plant, with an upright
stalk, having six angles, rising two or three
feet high, anil dividing into many branches j
the leaves opposite, an inch and half long, and
one inch broad ; smooth, as are also the stalks :
at each joint come out clusters of small bractes:
long before the stalks decay, most of the leaves
fall oft", leaving only these bractes : the flowers
are in small spikes at the side of the branches,
sitting very close : they are of a beautiful car-
mine colour. It is a native of La Vera Cruz,
&c.

The second species has a brittle stem, five or
six feet high, sending out many branches : the
leaves two inches long, and one inch broad,
hairy, opposite : the flowers large, of a carmine
colour, and ranged on one side of the spike. It
is a native of La Vera Cruz.

The third has a roundish stem, compressed,
jointed : the leaves petioled, smooth, acuminate,
quite entire : the spike strobile-shaped, with
spreading, upright bractes : it grows five feet
high : the flowers grow in very long spikes from
the end of the branches, and are of a greenish
colour, with a shade of blue. It is a native of
the East Indies.

The fourth species rises here with a strong
woody stem to the height of twelve or fourteen
feet, sending out many spreading branches : the
leaves more than six inches long, and three
inches broad, placed opposite: the flowers on
short spikes at the end of the branches. It
flowers in July, and is a native of Ceylon.

The fifth has the stem from three to four feet
hi^h, sending out branches on every side from
the bottom, so as to form a pyramid ; they are
covered with a white bark : the leaves entire,
near two inches long, and one third of an inch
broad, smooth, stiff, deep green, opposite: at
the base of the foot-stalks come out clusters of
smaller leaves, of the same shape and texture :
the peduncles short : the flowers white, with
long calyxes : the capsules oblong, when ripe
throwing out their seeds, whence the name of
Snap-tree. It is a native of the Canary islands.

Culture. — These plants may be increased,
some of them by seeds, and the others by layers
and cuttings; but the latter modes are mostly
practised, as the seeds are obtained with diffi-
culty.

Where the seeds are capable of being pro-
cured, they may be sown in small pots filled
with light fresh earth, in tin- early spring, being-
plunged in a hot-bed of bark, watering the

mould of the pots moderately when it becomes-
dry. As they often remain long before the
plants appear, the pots should not be dis-
turbed, but be kept in the hot-bed. When the
plants appear, fresh air should be admitted in.
mild weather, and slight waterings given; and
when they have attained a few inches in growth,
they should be removed into separate pots filled
with fresh earth, replunging them in the hot-bed,
watering and shading them till they have taken
fresh root; air being then freely admitted, and a»
the season grows warm, due waterings being given.
As they advance in growth, they should be
placed in larger pots, taking care not to over-
pot them, keeping them constantly in the hot-
bed.

The layers should be laid down in the early
spring, in pots filled with light earth, a little
water being given at the time.

The cuttings may be made from the young
shoots, and planted in pots filled with the same
sort of earth in the later spring or summer
months, giving them a little water, and plun-
ging them in the hot-bed of bark in the stove,
due shade being given.

When the plants have become perfectly root-
ed, they may be taken off, or removed into se-
parate pots, keeping them constantly in the stove
or green-house, according as they are more or
less hardy. The two first sorts are the most
hardy ; the others succeeding best in the hot-
house or stove.

The two first afford ornament and variety
among the other potted plants of the less tender
sorts, and the other among those of the stove
kinds.

IVY. SeeHEDEKA. ■

IXIA, a genus containing plants of the her-
baceous, bulbous, and tuberous root peren-
nial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Triandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ensatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a spathe,
bivalve, inferior, shorter than the corolla :
valves oblong, permanent, the exterior wider,
sheathing the interior : the corolla one-petalled,
regular, superior: tube filiform, gradually en-
larged, straight : border regular, bell-shaped,
six-parted : divisions oblong, obtuse, equal,
spreading : the stamina have three filaments,
thread-subulate, inserted into the tube near the
orifice, shorter than the corolla : anthers oblong,
furrowed: the pistillum is an inferior, triangu-
lar germ : style simple, filiform, upright: stig-
mas three, filiform: the pericarpium is an ovate
capsule, three-sided, obtuse, three-celled, three-
valved: the seeds several, roundish, smooth.

I X I

i r i

The species cultivated are: 1. 1. BiiUocodtum ,
Crocus-leaved Ixia ; e. /. Chhunsis, Chinese
lxia ; 3. J. rosea, Rose-coloured Ixia; 4. /.
' ra, Bulb-bearing Ixia; 6. /. ari<tata,
Bearded Ixia; 6.1. jlexuosa, Bending-stalkeJ Ixia;
' . J. polyslac/tia, Manv-spiked Ixia; S. /. macu-
lata, Spotted lxia; 9. /. crocata, Crocus-flowered
Ixia.

The first has a roundish bulb, placed on the
withered bulb, double the size of a pea, white,
covered with a bay-coloured skin: the leaves
three or four, in the flowering plant radical, in
the fruiting cauline, spreading horizontallv, half
a foot or thereabouts in length, smooth, sharp-
ish : the stem solitary, upright, two inches
high, above the uppermost leaf, convex on one
side, flat on the other ; in the fruiting plant a
little higher, in the cultivated one sometimes
half a foot in height : the spathe terminating,
uvo-valvc-d : leaflets narrow-lanceolate, acute,
concave, opposite; one upright, green, almost
the length of the corolla; the other a little
shorter, green on the back, but otherwise mem-
branaceous and pellucid, patulous, whence the
flower becomes as it were lateral. It is inodo-
rous, and a native of Italy, flowering about
the middle of April.

It varies with white and yellow flowers, with
purplish and yellow flowers, with blue and
white flowers, with white flowers, and with
yariegated flowers.

The second species has the scape round,
fistulous, jointed, upright, simple at bottom,
panicled-dichotomous or trichotomous at top,
smooth, almost the thickness of a finger, two
feet high : the leaves alternate, embracing, cqui-
tant, acute, entire, striated, smooth, the lower
a little longer, about half the length of the
stem, a span long and more : the flowers from
the tips of the branches of the panicle, in um-
bels, from three to seven, peduncled : pedun-
cles striated, one-flowered, an inch long : the
spathe under the divisions and the umbel, wi-
thered. In India, the stalks rise to the height
of five or six feet, but in this climate they are
seldom more than half that height. The flow-
ers are of a yellow colour within, and variegated
w'uh dark red spots ; the outside is of an orange
colour : these appear in July and August, and
in warm seasons are succeeded bv seeds. It is
a native of the East Indies, &c.

The third has an ovate bulb, smooth, sub-
truncated : the scape three- (or four-) cornered,
sheathed at bottom, branched, few -flowered,
jmooth, from a hand to a span in height : the
leaves acute, grooved, smooth, the lowest,
which is the longest, frequently double the
length of the scape, or more, is lax and reflex;

the two or three others are about the length of
the scape, and upright : the flowers at the ends
of the branches rather large, coming out one
alter the other: the outer spathe ovate, green ;
inner lanceolate, acute, membranaceous, sheath-
ing the- capsule.

It varies with the three inner segments of the
corolla yellow, atid ;he three oute"? green ; with
the three inner white-yellow, ihe three outer
greenish ; with the three inner blue-white, the
three outer greenish; with the three inner white,
the three outer green ; with corollas wholly yel-
low; or wholly Glue, or rose-coloured with a yel-
low base ; also in the size of the flowers.

The fourth species has the scape simple or
branched, somewhat compressed, striated,
smooth, sheathed at bottom with leaves, from a
hand to a foot in height : the leaves nerved and
striated, distich, upright, smooth, a span long:
the flowers three or more, large, with the rachis
between the flowers flexuose : the spathe nerv-
ed and netted, grav, with a dusky tip : tube of
the corolla only a line in length : border divided
beyond the middle, but not to the tube : seg-
ments large, ovate-oblong, very blunt, spreading.

It varies with the corolla purple, red and
white, yellow; with the scape very short and
simple, higher and branched, and bulbiferous.

The fifth has a netted bulb, the size of a hazel
nut : the scape simple, round, upright, smooth,
from a hand to a foot in height and more : the
leaves four or five, linear, five-nerved, the mid-
dle nerve and edges thicker, acute, upright,
shorter by half than the scape: the flowers
pointing one way (very seldom one onlv) on
two branches, often from five to nine on a
scarcely flexuose rachis : the spathes submem-
branaceous, awn-toothed : the corollas white
flesh-coloured.

It varies with the segments of the borders of
the corolla of a deep and elegant purple-violet
colour within, three of them of the samp colour
on the outside, but the three others alternately
of a pale dirty violet ; one of these with two on
the side of it has a double band in the throat
meeting at one end; and, according to Mr.
Salisbury, with whitish corollas, having a purple
star, violet-coloured and yellow. In .Miller's
figures, with the corolla of a beautiful purple on
the outside, but white within, and the stem
terminated by two or three flowers ; with the
stalk terminated by two large flower.- ; the out-
side of a violet co'nur, edged with white, and
the inside pale blue; and with one flower, and
the corolla of a most beautiful purple colour
both within and without.

The sixth specie- has a very small round bulb:
the leaves three or four, long, slender,
E 3

I X I

I X o

like, dark green : the stem very slender, round,
a foot and half high: at the top the flowers are
collected in a spike sitting; close, to the stalk, each
having a thin, dry spathe, which covers the cap-
sule after the flower is fallen. The corolla is
pure white, and small.

The seventh species has a bulb the size of a
hazel nut: the leaves three or four, many-nerved,
upright, smooth, half the length of the scape:
the scape round, smooth, upright, many-spiked,
from a foot to two feet in height : the branches
alternate, capillary, upright, a finger's length :
the flowers on the scape and branches in spikes, on
a flexuose rachis of a finger's length: thespathes
submembranaceous and awned. The flowers ap-
pear in May.

It varies with the corollas yellow and violet,
of one colour.

The eighth species has the bulb double the
size of a hazel nut : the leaves three, four, or
live, many-nerved, half the length of the scape:
the scape usually simple, seldom many-spiked,
round, upright, from a span to a foot high and
more: branches filiform, upright, or spreading
very much : flowers in terminating spikes, on a
flexuose rachis : spathes membranaceous, gray
at the base, brown at the tip, somewhat jagged :
the corolla, above the mouth of the tube, has
a dusky spot at the base of the border.

According to Miller, the stalk is slender, stiff,
a foot and half long, naked to the top, where it
is terminated bv a round bunch of flowers, each
inclosed in an oblong spathe, which is perma-
nent, and splits open on one side : the flowers
are on short peduncles, deep yellow with a
dark-purple bottom. It flowers in May and
June.

The ninth has the bulb a little larger than a
hazel nut : the leaves about five, reflex-subfal-
cate, many-nerved, from au inch to a finger's
length, half or one-third of the length of the
scape : the scape simple, round, or branched,
somewhat flatted, flexuose, upright, smooth,
from a hand to a span in height : the branches
spreading very much, naked, like the scape :
the bractcs gray at the base, ferruginous at the
tip, slightly toothed and jagged: the flower?
pointing one way, handsome, bell-shaped, with
a short tube, orange-coloured with a paler hya-
line or transparent mark above the mouth of the
tube ; seldom two, but most commonly five or
seven. It is one of the handsomest of the Ixias,
and like other sorts becomes handsomer and more
branched by cultivation.

It varies with a short, simple, few-flowered
scape, and a dark spot above the windowed or
hyaline one, with a lofty, many-spiked, many-
flowered scape, and with bright red flowers.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds or off-sets.

The seeds of "such sorts as can be procured
should be sown in pots filled with light earth,
in the spring, plunging them in a mild hot-bed.
When the plants have attained some growth,
they should be removed into separate pots of the-
same earth, being placed under the protection,
of a frame till they have taken root. They should
be placed during the winter in a hot-bed frame.
They mav afterwards be removed into warm bor-
ders, being protected from frosts in the winter,
and a few retained in pots under the frame, or in
a dry stove.

They are three or four years in flowering when
raised from seeds.

The common way is therefore to increase them
by planting off-sets from the roots, which are
afforded in great plenty ; the proper season for
this is in the early spring, before the shooting
of the root, when the roots should be removed,
and the off- sets taken off and planted out.

The old roots should not be removed ofteneu
than every three years.

When the stems and leaves decay to the roots
in the borders in autumn, they should be cover-
ed over with tan a few inches thick, to protect
them from frost and the depredations of mice.

The hardy sorts serve to adorn the borders in
the open ground, and the other tender sorts
among other potted green-house plants, that re-
quire protection in winter.

IXORA, a genus containing plants of the
flowering shrubby exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tetrandria
Monogyrua, and ranks in the natural order of
Stellatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
parted perianthium, very small, upright, per-
manent: the corolla one-pctalled, funnel-form:
tube cylindric, very long, slender : border four-
parted, flat: divisions ovate : the stamina have
tour filaments, above the mouth of the corolla,
very short : anthers oblong: the pistillum is a
roundish, inferior, germ : style filiform, length
of the tube : stigma two-cleft : the pericarpium
a roundish berry, two-celled : the seeds by fours,
convex on one side, cornered on the other.

The species cultivated are: 1. J. coccinea,
Scarlet Ixora ; 2. /. alba, White Ixora.

The first has a woody stem, five or six feet
high, sending out many slender branches covered
with a brown bark : the leaves opposite, or three
or four at a joint: the flowers terminating in
clusters ; they have very long slender tubes, are
cut into four ovate segments, and are of a
deep red colour. It is a native of the Easi
Indies.

I £ O

I X O

The second species has a woody stem, six or
seven feet high, sending out weak branches :
the leaves are opposite, sessile : the flowers ter-
minating in small clusters; they have long slen-
der tubes, divided into four segments at top, and
arc white, without scent. It is a native of the
East lot .

Culture. — These plant* may be increased by
seeds, when they can be procured from the coun-
tries whcix iIkvjtow naturally, as they do not per-
fect them in this climate. They should be sown
in small pots as soon as they arrive, andbe plunged
into a hot-bed, when they arrive in autumn or
winter seasons, the pots being plunged in the
tan-bed in the stove ; but when they come in the
spring, it is best to plunge thein in a tan-bed
under frames. The seeds sometimes come up
in about six weeks, if they are quite fresh ; other-
wise they lie in the ground four or live months,

or longer. The earth should therefore not be
thrown out of the pots till there are no hopes
of their growingi When the plants, come up,
and are fit to remove, they should be each planted
in a separate small pot, filled with light earth,
being preserved in the green-house or stove.

They may also be increased by cuttings, which
should be planted during the summer months,
in small pots, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed, covering them close either w ith bell or hand
glasses, to exclude the external air, shading them
carefully from the sun in the heat of the dav
until they have put out good roots, when they
should be parted, and each put into a separate
pot, treating them as the seedling plants. Mr.
Curtis thinks it probable, that these plant; die
less tender than is supposed.

They afford variety among other stove orgn eu-
house plants.

KiEM

KADANAKU. See Aloe.
LEM PFERIA, a genus containing plants
of the herbaceous perennial flowery kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monar.dria
Monogyma, and ranks in the natural order of
Scitaminece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a su-
perior perianthium, obscure : the corolla is one-
petalled : tube long, slender : border flat, six-
parted : the three alternate divisions lanceolate,
equal: the othertwodivisionsovate; theupperone
two-parted: the divisions obcordate : all equal in
length : the stamina have one membranaceous
filament, subovate, emarginate; anther linear,
doubled, entirely adnate, scarce emerging from
the tube of the corolla : the pistillum is a round-
ish germ : style the length of the tube : stigma
two-plated, roundish: the pericarpium is a
roundishcapsule, three-sided, three-celled, three-
valved : the seeds are several.

The species cultivated are: 1. A'. Galanga,
Galangale ; 2. K. rotunda, Round Krempferia.

The first is an annual, stemless, juicy plant :
the root is bulbous, palmate, creeping, with ovate
smooth lobes, aud awl-shaped thick simple fibres:
the leaves are broad-ovate, forming a ring next
the ground, quite entire, smooth, with many
longitudinal grooves, dark green, on short mem-
branaceous, subterraneous petioles, embracing

K JE M

the inner ones: the flower radical, solitary,
sessile, juicv, very white, with a large violet spot
in the middle. It is a native of the East
Indies.

The second has the roots somen hat like those
of the first, but shorter, grow ing in large clusters,
covered with an ash-coloured skin, but within
white: from the roots arise the leaves, which
fold over each other at their base : they arc six or
eight inches long, and three broad in the middle,
gradually ending in acute points; the flowers
arise immediately from the roots, each having a
spatha at bottom cut into two segments, which
closely embrace the foot-stalk : they have six
petals, the three lower which decline downward
are Ions; and narrow, the two upper are divided
so deeply as to appear like a flower with four
petals, and the side petal is bifid : thev arc
of mixed colours, blue, purple, white, and
red, having a fragrant odour. It flowers in
July and August, and is a native of the EasJ
Indies.

Culture. — These plants are increased by parting
the roots, and planting them out in the spring,
before they send forth new leaves, in pots of light
rich mould ; keeping them in the hot-house,
giving water plentifully in the summer, but
sparingly in the winter season.

They afford variety in stove collcctijns*

KAL

K I G

KALE. SeeBnASSiCA.

KALMIA, a genus containing plants of the
hardy evergreen shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Bicorrres.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted periantluum, small, permanent: segments
subovate, acute, rather columnar -

the

11a

most humble of the two, not only produces the
most brilliant flowers, but in greater abundance.
It is reputed poisonous to sheep and cattle in
North America, where it is a native.

The third is much inferior in size to the first,
rarelv exceeding two feet in height. It is a na-
tive of Newfoundland, flowering in April and May.

The fourth species is usually in height from

the flowers

two to three feet, growing upright
one-petalled, salver-funnel-form : tubecylindric, are about the same size with those of the pre-
lono-er than the calvx : border with a flat disk ; ceding, are of a purple colour, and grow in ra-

long

the margin upright, half-five-clett : ten nectari-
ferous hornlets projecting outwardly from the co-
rolla, and surrounding k where the border of it is
upright : the stamina have ten awl-shaped fila-
ments, upright-spreading, rather shorter than the
corolla, inserted into the base of the corolla : an-
thers simple: the pistillum is a roundish germ:
style thread-form, longer than the corolla, bent
down : stigma obtuse : thepericarpium a capsule,

cemes : the stalk, leaves, and calyx are covered
with strong hairs. It is a native of Carolina.

Culture. — These plants are increased by seeds,
layers, and suckers.

The first sort is mostly raised from seeds pro-
cured from America, which should be sown in
pots or boxes of light sandy mould, in the
spring, plunging them in an easterly border, or
in beds of light mould in the same aspect.

sub<dobose, depressed, five-celled, five-valved, When placed on a gentle hot-bed they succeed

five-partite : the seed numerous.

The species cultivated are : 1 . K. lutifolia,
Broad-leaved Kalmia ; 2. K. angustifolia, Nar-
row-leaved Kalmia; 3. K. glauca, Glaucous
Kalmia; 4. K. hirsuta, Hairy Kalmia.

The first rises with a branching stalk to the
height of ten or twelve feet, with very stiff
leaves, which are two inches long and one broad,
of a lucid green on their upper side, but of a pale
iireen on their under : they have short foot-stalks,
and stand without order round the branches :
between these the buds are formed for the next
year's flowers, at the extremity of the branches;
these buds swell during the autumn and spring
months, till the beginning of June, when the
flowers burst out from their empalements, torm-
ina; a round bunch, or corymbus, sitting very
close to the branch : they are of a pale blush
colour, the outside of the petal a peach colour.
In its native soil it continues flowering a great
.part of the summer, and is highly ornamental.
It is a native of Carolina.

The noxious qualities of this elegant shrub
lessen its value.

The second 6pecies rises from three to six feet
high, dividing into small woody branches, which
are very close, and covered with a dark-gray
bark : the leaves are stiff, about two inches long,
and half an inch broad, of a lucid green, placed
without order upon the branches, on slender
foot-stalks : the flowers are in loose bunches on
the side of the branches, upon slender peduncles :
they arc bright red when they first open, but
afterwards fade to a blush or peach -bloom
.colour.

There arc varieties, with pale and deep-red
flowers, differing in their habit : the Liter, the

better. They must, however, be inured to the
full air in summer, being sheltered during the
winter from frost. When the plants have had
two years' growth, they may be removed into
separate pots, to be continued two or more years,
when they may be planted out in the open
ground in warm situations.

The second sort is mostly increased by layers,
which should be made from the young shoots,
and laid down in the early autumn. When they
are well rooted, in a year or two, they may be
taken off, and planted in pots separately filled
with bog earth, or in a warm border of the
same sort of earth. This is more hardy than
the former.

The third sort is increased in the same way
as the first, and requires similar management.

The fourth is preserved with difficulty in this
climate, but may be raised by layers.

The most of the plants may likewise be in-
creased by suckers, which should be taken off
and planted in the spring, in nursery rows, for
two or three years, when they may be removed
to the places where they are to grow.

These plants, in the more hardy sorts, afford
ornament and variety in the fronts of shrubbery
borders and clumps ; and in the more tender
sorts, among other potted green-house plants.
KIDNEY-BEAN. See'PuASEOLOS.
KIDNEY-BEAN TREE. See Glycine.
KIDNEY-VETCH. Sec Anthyllis.
KIGGELAUIA, a genus containing a plant
of the evergreen shrubbv kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia De-
candria, and ranks in the natural order of Co-
lumniferee.

The characters are: that in the male the calyx

1

K I T

is a one-leafed perianthium, five-parted, con-
cave : divisions lanceolate, concave : the corol-
la has live lanceolate petals, concave, rather
longer than the calyx, and forming with it a
pitcher-shaped figure : nectary, glandules ob-
tusely tbree-lobed ; middle lohe largest, depres-
sed, coloured, each growing to the claw of each
petal : the stamina have ten filaments, very
small : anthers oblong, shorter than the calvx,
gaping at the tips with two holes: female, the
calyx as in the male: the corolla as in the male :
thepistillum is a roundish germ : styles five, sim-
ple : stigmas obtuse : the pericarpiutn is a lea-
thery, globose capsule, rough, one-celled, five-
valved : the seeds about eight, roundish, corner-
ed on one side, covered by a proper coat.

The species cultivated is K. Africana, Afri-
can Kiggelaria.

It is a tree exceeding the height of a man,
with the trunk and branches gray : the leaves
are alternate, lanceolate, petioled, smooth, stiff,
and straight, sharply serrate, acute, spreading :
the petioles roundish, without stipules, one
eighth of the length of the leaves : at the back
of the leaf, where the larger lateral vessels come
out, in the sinus or axil, there is a slight pubes-
cence with a cavity, which forms a prominence
on the upper surface of the leaf. On the male
plant, one or two branched peduncles bear se-
veral flowers, nodding, in a panicle j the petals
are white, and the nectaries yellow. The female
produces a single flower on a simple peduncle :
the fruit is a globular, rugged, one-celled, ber-
ried capsule, with a thick coriaceous rind, pu-
bescent on the outside, and rugged, with gra-
nular atoms. It grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope, where it rises to be a tree of mid-
dling stature; but it does not grow to a great
magnitude in this climate.

K I T

Culture. — The plants may be increased by
seeds, layers, and cuttings ; but the first is the
best method, as they root sparingly by layers
and cuttings.

The seeds should be sown in the early au-
tumn, in pots filled with fresh loamy earth,
plunging them in a hot-bed. When they ln\e
a few inches growth, they should be removed
into separate small pots, replungincr ihem
in the hot-bed ; and when well rooted they
should be gradually hardened to the open
air.

The layers should be made from the young
shoots of the same year, laying them down in
the summer.

The cuttings of the young shoots should he
planted in the spring, immediately before the
plants begin to shoot, in pots filled with soft
loamy earth, being plunged in a very moderate
hot-bed, and covered with glasses, to exclude ihe
air ; due shade being afforded, and little water
given after the first planting. Such as strike
root may be removed into separate small pots
of loamy earth, and be exposed to the air in a
warm sheltered situation, till the autumn, when
they should be placed under the protection of
the green-house, and managed in the same way
as trees of the Orange kind^

They afford variety among potted plants of
the creen-house kind.

KING'S SPEAR. See Asphodelus.

KITCHEN-GARDEN, that sort of Garden
which is principally destined to the growth of
different sorts of culinary vegetables and roots.

The land designed for this sort of garden
should be sufficiently spacious, of a good depth
and quality of mould, dry, and at the same
time well situated for warmth, and the influence
of the sun. See Garden.

KITCHEN- GARDEN PLANTS, all such plants as are cultivated, for the purpose of food

Names and Sorts.

Agaricus campestris, thcfield agaric or mush-
room. '

Album, garliek, onion, lick, &c. Of the
first kind, large white garliek — red garliek.

In the second, or rocambole.

In the third or onion, common oval Stras-
burgh onion — great ova! Portugal onion — Bat
white Spanish onion — flat red Spanish onion —
silver-skinned onion — bulbless-rooted Welch
onion.

In the fourth, chives, or cives.

In the filth, cscalot, or shallot."
In the sixth, or Canada tree-onion.

In the seventh, or the leek, broad-leaved
Lor.don leek — narrow-leaved leek.

Modes of Culture.
By the spawn of i he root, or invisible seed, run-
ning in lumps of earth or dung, in the autumn.
By the cloves of the root.

By the root and bulbs from the stalk.
By seed annually, which should be sown at
different times in the early spring months.

By dividing the roots, and planting them out
in spring.

By offsets of the root, planted out in sprinc

By offset bulbs of the root, and the bulbs at
top of the stalk, planted out in <prino-.

By seed annually, which should be sown in
the early spring.

K I T

K I T

Names and Sorts.
Pastinaca sativa, parsnep — common garden
parsnep.

Phaseolus vulgaris, common kidney-bean —
dwarfs and runners. Dwarf kinds— early white —
early yellow — liver-coloured— speckled dwarf— -
Canterbury white dwarf— Battersea white dwarf

large white dwarf — cream-coloured dwarf — ■

black dwarf— sparrow-egg dwarf— amber-spec-
kled dwarf.

Running kinds — scarlet runner — white variety
—large Dutch runner — Battersea white runner —
negro runner — variable runner.

Pisum, the pea — Charlton pea — golden Charl-
ton— earliest golden Charlton — long Reading
hotspur — Masters' hotspur — Spanish morotto —
green nonpareil — early dwarf marrowfat — large
marrowfat — green rouncival, or union — white
rouncival— Ledman's 'dwarf pea— small sugar
pea — large sugar pea — cluster pea — crown pea
— esjg-pea — sickle pea, &c.

Portulaca oleracea, purslane — green purslane
rslane.

-common gar-
den burnet.

Raphanus sativus, the radish — short-topped
early radish — long-topped radish — deep-red ra-
dish— pale-red, transparent, mild radish — sal-
mon-coloured radish — small white turnip-rooted
radish — small red turnip radish — large, white,
turnip-rooted Spanish radish — large, black, tur-
nip-rooted Spanish radish.

Rosmarinus, rosemary — some varieties.

Rumex acetosa, sorrel — common long-leaved
sorrel — round-leaved French sorrel — barren sor-
rel.

Ruta graveolens, rue ; several varieties.

Salvia, sage, clary, &c.
common sage — red
sage — narrow-leaved
hoary sage — sage of virtue — wormwood sage, &c.

Clary.

Satureja, savory — winter perennial savory
summer annual savory.

Scandix Cerefolium, chervil — annual
chervil.

Modes op Culture.

By seed sown annually, in spring, for winter
use.

By seed sown annually, at different times
from April till July or the following month.

By sowing the seed like the former, but prin-
cipally in the summer months.

By seed sown annually, at different times from
October till June, but principally in the early
spring months.

— golden pursli

Poierhim Sanguisorba, burnet-

The sorts are —
sage — broad -leaved green
green sa^e — broad-leaved

garden

By seed sown at different times in April and
May.

By seed sown in autumn or spring, and part-
ing the roots.

By seed sown at different times from Christ-
mas till July or August; but the latter sorts
sown principally in June and July, for autumn
and winter use.

By planting layers, slips, and cuttings, in
spring.

By parting the roots, and the first sort also
plentifully by seed.

By planting slips and cuttings ; also by seed.
By planting slips, hi April, May, and June;
also by sowing the seed in the spring season.

Scorzonera, scorzonera — Spanish scorzonera.

Si/iupis, mustard — white mustard — black
mustard — field or wild mustard ; the former to
use young in sallad, and the two last for their
seed's, to make the table sauce called mustard.

Slum sisarum, sisarum or skirret.

Smyrnium Olusalnun, Alisandcrs, or com-
mou Alexanders,

By seed sown annually in the spring.

Both by seed sown in the spring season, and
the former also by planting slips.

By seed annually, in August, for winter and
spring use, or sown also in spring and summer,
for succession crops.

An eatable root, raised from seed sown in spring.

By seed in spring; or, if for sallads, at any
time of the. year.

An eatable root, raised by planting offsets
commonly, of the root, also by seeds.
By seed annually in spring.

K N A

K N A

Names and Sorts.

Solatium, night-shade, furnishing the potatoc
and tomatoc — tuberous-rooted solatium, or pota-
to^— the common round red potatoc— early round
red — oblong red — deep red — pale red — rough
red — white kidney* shaped — large red-ended
kidney — white round — white cluster — prolific
American.

Tomatoe, or love-apple; varieties.

Spinacia, spinach — round, thick-leaved, or
smooth-seeded — triangular-leaved, or prickly-
seeded ; the former for spring and summer
trops, the latter to stand the winter.

Tanacetum vulgare, common tansey.

Thymus vulgaris, common thyme — the varie-
ties with broad leaves — with narrow leaves —
with striped leaves.

Tragopogon porrifniutni, salsafy.

Tropcpolum, Indian Cress, or nasturtium —
nasturtium minus — nasturtium majus ; their
flowers tor garnish and sallads, and their seeds
to pickle.

Valeriana Locusta, com-sallad, or lamb's-
lettuce.

tlcia Fala, the bean — early Mazagan — earlv
Lisbon — long-pod — Turkey long-pod — toker
bean — Sandwich bean — Windsor bean — white-
blossomed — red-blossomed — Spanish bean —
nonpareil bean — dwarf fan bean, very low.

See the different Genera.

KNAUTIA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous, annual, and biennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tetrandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
-dggregatce.

The characters are: that the calyx is a com-
mon perianthium, containing the floscules dis-
posed in a simple orb, simple, cylindric, oblong,
upright : divisions awl-shaped, approximated,
oj the number of the floscules : perianthium
proper, very small, crowning the germ, quite
entire, coriaceous, pervious at top : the corolla
is universal, equal : proper one-petalled, un-
equal : tube the length of the calyx : border un-
equal, four-cleft; the exterior segment larger
and ovate: the stamina have four filaments,
longer than the tube of the corolla, inserted into
the receptacle : anthers oblong, incumbent : the
pislillum is an inferior germ : stvle filiform,
length of the stamens: stigma thickish, two-
cleft : there is no pcricarpium : the seeds soli-
tary, four-sided, crowned with the down, and
covered with the proper involucre of the llower :

Modes of Culture.
By planting pieces of the root*, or the rools
whole, in spring; also by sowing seed occasion-
ally to obtain new varieties.

By sowing the seed annually, on a hot-bed,
in the spring.

By sowing seed annually, in spring, summer,
and autumn, for use most part of the year.

By parting the roots, and planting in spring or
autumn.

By sowing scedb in March and April ; also by
planting slips of the root and branches, and by
cuttings ; but seed is the only way to raise a
quantity of the common sort; and the other
methods to continue the varieties, or for a gene-
ral supply.

An esculent root, by seeds annually in spring.

Raised annually from seeds, sown at different
times in spring.

By seed sown in spring and autumn.

By seed sown annually, at different times from
October until June, but principally in the early-
spring months.

the receptacle common, scarcely remarkable,
flat, naked.

The species cultivated are: 1. A'. Orient alls,
Oriental Knautia ; 2. A'. Propontica, Levant
Knautia.

The first rises with an upright branching
stalk four feet high : the branches terminated
by single peduncles, each supporting one flower,
with the florets of a bright-red colour; the
leaves on the middle of the stem are pinnatilid ;
the rest only serrate : the flowers radiate, with
five florets (four). It is annual, and a native
of the Levant, flowering from June to September.

The second has the stem biennial, the thick-
ness of a finger, two feet high, villose: the leaves
somewhat hairv, rugged, and serrate, except the
upper ones, which are quite entire, and a span
long: thecalyxesoblong, cylindrical, consistingof
eight or ten lanceolate leaflets, awl -shaped at
the tip: corollas not longer than the calyx,
four-cleft , the marginal ones larger, with the
outer segment larger, purple : middle corollcts
often four, smaller, less irregular : anthers pur-i
F 2

K N A

K N O

pie : the filaments and pistils are white. Found
in the Levant.

Culture. — These plants may he easily increas-
ed by seeds, which, when permitted to scatter
in the autumn, produce good plants. They may
afterwards he taken up, and planted in the bor-
ders or' pleasure-grounds, among low shrubs
near the walks. The plants in this way live

through the winter, and flower in June. There
is no culture required but to keep the plants
clean from weeds. The seeds fall as soon as
they are ripe.

They afford variety among other hardy flower-
ins plants of similar growths.

KNEE-HOLLY. See Ruscus.

KNOT-GRASS. See Illecebrum.

L

LAC

ABRADOR TEA. See Ledum.
4 LABURNUM. See Cytisus.

LABYRINTH, a sort of maze or wilderness
plantation, abounding with hedges and walks,
distributed into many windings and intricate
turnings, leading to one common centre, ex-
tremely difficult to be found out, designed by way
of amusement.

It is commonly formed with hedges, in double
rows, leading in various twistings and turnings,
backward and forward, with intervening planta-
tions and gravel - walks alternately between
hedge and hedge. The great object is to have
the walk contrived in so many mazy intricate
windings, as to cause much labour and difficulty
to find out the centre, by meeting with frequent
stops and disappointments, as the hedges
must not be crossed or broken through. In a
well-contrived Labyrinth a stranger often en-
tirely loses himself, so as neither to find his way
to the centra, or out again the way he came in.

They are now, however, rarely introduced in
modern garden designs ; and scarce to be seen,
except in some old gardens.

The hedges for this- use are usually of horn-
beam, but may be of beech, elm, or ap.y other
sort that can be kept in neat order by clipping.
The walks should be five feet wide at least, laid
with gravel, and neatly rolled; and the trees and
shrubs to form the thicket of wood hetween the
hedges of any of the hardy kinds of the de-
ciduous tribe, interspersed with some evergreens.
In the middle, a space should be left open as the
centre.

Si? all Labyrinths arc occasionally formed
with box edgings, and borders for plants, and
alleys for walking in, in imitation of the large
ones, and which have a good effect in small
garden-grounds.

LAC, "r CUM LAC. Sec Ckoton.

LACL-BARK, Sec Daphne.

5

LAC

LACHENALTA, a genus containing plants
of the bulbous-rooted kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Comuarice.

The characters are : that there is no calvx :
the corolla has six petals, erected into a tube,
oblong, connate at the base, unequal : the three
exterior ones shorter, often callous at the tip :
the stamina have six awl-shaped, upright fila-
ments, growing to the base of the petals", and of
the same length with them: anthers oblon"- :
the pistillum is a superior subovate germ : style
awl-shaped, length of the stamens : stigma
simple: the pericarpium is a subovate capsule,
three-winged, three-celled : the seeds several,
globose, affixed to the receptacle.

The species cultivated are: 1. L. orchioides,
Spotted-leaved Lachenalia; 2. L. pallida, I ale-
flowered Lachenalia ; 3. L. tricolor;, Three-co-
loured Lachenalia.

The first has a roundish, whitish bulb : the
whole of the plant is smooth: the leaves usually
two from the bulb, from six inches to a foot in
length, one always much narrower than the
other, sharpish, thick, spreading at top, flattish,
sheathing and channelled at bottom, rough and
cartilaginous at the edge, dirty green, marked
with lines on the inside, and having dusky spots
scattered over them : the scape round, upright,
pale green with dusky spots, commonly longer
than the leaves : the bractes lanceolate, acu-
minate, concave at the base, spreading very
much, white: the flowers. are almost upright;
the upper ones in the spike abortive. It is a
native of the Cape.

In the second species the bulb is roundish,
flatted a little, the size of a hazel nut: the root-
leaves two, a foot long and more, acute, chan-
nelled, and sheathing' u bottom, flat ai top, li-
near-lanceolate, almost equal in length, one

LAC

LAC

near an inch in width, the other much narrow-
er, deep green on both sides, unspotted, shin-
ing, quite entire, and not rough about the
the scape round, shining, pale green, unspotted,
almost upright, weak: the raceme upright,
three inches long, with about twenty flowers,
somewhat remote, and inodorous: the bractes
sessile, concave, acuminate, whitish: the pedi-
cels one-flowered, round, almost upright, the
length of the bractes at least: petals whitish,
the"three outer wholly green above the middle,
the inner marked tlurc only with a green line.
It is a native of the Cape.

In the third the leaves two, radical, lanceolate,
like those of the common white lily, thin, not
tteshv, dusky-spotted on the upper surface : the
scape round, like that of the garden hyacinth,
scarcely a foot high, dusky-spotted : the flowers
alternate : the petals lanceolate, unequal ; the
three outer fastened lo the inner ones, which do
not at all cohere at the base : the filaments de-
clining, inserted into the receptacle: the anthers
blood-red : Btigma white : the stem is almost
comose, with abundance of awl-shaped bractes
that sprine out below the upper rudiments of
the rlowe-rs.

It varies with yellow, saffron-coloured, blood-
red purple at the tip, and greenish yellow co-
rollas; also in the proportion between the inner
and outer petals ; and in the breadth of the
leaves. It is a native of the Cape.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
offsets from the bulbs, aud by seeds, when they
are produced.

The offsets should be planted out in pots of
Kgbt fresh earth, when the bulbs are in a stale of
inactivity of growth, placing them in a warm
border to be covered with hand glasses, or, what
is better, in a drv stove or green- house.

They b^.tr forcing tolerable, and their flower-
ing is much promotetl by being preserved in the
warmth of the stove.

They aff.ird variety among collections of pot-
ted bulbous-rooted flowering plants.

LACTUCA, a genus containing a plantof the
herbaceous annual kind.

It belongs to tne c^s and order Syngenesia
,imia jEqualis, and r.mks in the natural
order of Composite Semiftosaulosce.

The characters are: that the calvx is common,
imbricated, cvhndric : scales very mane, sharp,
membranaceous on the margin: the corolla
compound, imbricated, uniform : conflicts her-
maphrodite, very many, equal : proper one-pe-
talled, lieu ate, truncated, four- or five-toothed :
the stamina have live capillary filaments, very
short: anther cvhndric, tubular : the pistillum
is a subovate germ : style filiform, length of the

stamens: stigmas two, reflex: there is no pcri-
carpium : calyx converging, ovate-cvlindric : the
seeds solitary, ovate, acuminate, even, com-
d : down capillary, on a long stipe attenu-
ated below : the receptacle naked.

The species is L. saliva, Common Garden
Lettuce.

It has the leaves large, milky, frequently
wrinkled, usually pale green, but varying much
in colour, form, &c. in the different van i:
the stem strong, round, two feet or three quar-
ters of a yard in height, bearing abundance of
small yellow (lowers. In native place is un-
known ; and it is not improbable but that it
may be improved by cultivation from one of the
wild sorts.

There are several varieties cultivated: the prin-
cipal of which are, of the Cabbage Lettuce
kind, the Hardy Green, White Hon.
Admirable White, Brown Dutch, Small Early,
White Ball, Green BhII ; and of the Coss Let-
tuce kind, the Green Coss, White Coss, Egyp-
tian Coss, Spotted Coss, Black Coss, Brown
Cilicia, Green Cilicia, Bed Capuchin, Green
Capuchin, Large Imperial, the Boman, the
Prince: but the three or four first of the dif-
ferent sorts are the most valuable, and it is of
much consequence to have the best kinds.

Culture. — This species, and all the varieties,,
are raised by sowing the seed annually, at dif-
ferent times, as in February and the three fol-
lowing months, for the summer supply of
plants; and in August aud the follow ing month,
for the autumn, winter, and very early, spring
supplies.

These different sowings should be performed
upon beds of line light drv earth, in an open
situation, and exposed to the sun. Some of
the late sowings may be made under hand
glasses, orin frames or boxes, inorder to have the.
young plants protected from frosts. Each of the
varieties or sorts should be sown separately, and
t from the others, and be slightly raked in.

It is sometimes the practice to sow them
among other low growing crops, such ;.- ra-
-, spinach, onions, See. to save ground ;
but this should always be avoided as much as
lie, as a verv small portion of laud is suf-
ficient for raisinu large supplies of plants.

For the very early spring use, as open Let-
tuces, the early white cabbage sorts are the most
proper; but for the main crops, to remain for
owth, the principal sorts of the Coss and
bage kinds must be employed.

W hen the plants appear, they must be kept

perfectly free from weeds, and properly thinned.

As they attain a proper growth, as three or four

. - in height, some of the different sort.*

LAC

LAC

must be planted out into beds in the open
ground, drawing them up carefully, and plant-
ing them immediately. This work should be
performed by a line and small dibble, in rows, a
foot or more distant, with the same space from
plant to plant. The quincunx mode is mostly
adopted, which a fiords the most room, and at
the same time has the neatest appearance. As
soon as the planting is finished, the whole
should be well watered; and when the weather
is drv, repeated once or twice.

By thus planting out the several sorts at dif-
ferent times, at the distance of three weeks or a
month, from the early spring till the latter end
of the autumn, due successions of good Let-
tuces may be provided.

In the summer plantings out, when the wea-
ther proves very dry, it is sometimes the prac-
tice to plant them in small drills, in order to
preserve the moisture more effectually.

After the beds of the different principal sow-
ings have been considerably thinned by the
-several transplantations that have been made
from them, the plants that remain may be set
out to proper distances by the hoe, and left to
take their full growth.

When the plants of the main spring and
summer crops have attained a pretty full growth,
especially those of the Coss kinds, it is neces-
sary to tie the leaves of them up with bass pretty
close, when the plants are quite dry, in order to
blanch the inner parts, and render them per-
fectly crisp and tender.

Culture in the winter and very early spring
crops. — For this purpose some seed of the
Hardy Green and White Cabbage sorts, and the
Brown Dutch, and White and Green Coss kinds
should be sown about the middle of August,
and beginning of September, in open situations,
when theplants willcomeupinaweek orten days,
and about the end of September; and in Octo-
ber, a parcel of the best plants of each sowing
should be planted out in a warm dry situation,
five or six inches asunder; and at the latter
period some in shallow frames, to be covered
with glasses on cold nights, and in bad weather;
or under hand-glasses, or in a bed arched over
with hoops or rods, to be covered with mats in
winter frosts.

Under either of the above shelters the plants
should have the free air in mild dry weather,
covering them in cold nights with proper covers,
especially after this month; also in all very cold,
and in very wet weather, day or night, particu-
larly those in the frames and under glasses ; and
those in hand-glasses may have the glasses
almost constantly over them in winter, tilting
up one side in mild weather, only setting them

entirely off in fine mild dry days; but in sharp
frosty weather keeping those under every kind
of shelter quite close; allowing also additional
covering of mats or litter, when the frost is very
intense. Those in the borders may be defend-
ed by some light litter ; but the covering should
never be suffered to remain longer on any of the
crops than the bad weather continues, the free
air being admitted every mild day.

In this method Lettuces may be had the
greatest part of winter and early in spring, parti-
cularly the Cabbage sorts : those planted out
first will be fit for use in November and Decem-
ber, and the second plantings come in towards
Christmas, and, being sheltered by the glasses,
continue coming in for use till succeeded by the
other latter autumn sowings ; being careful that,
as any are gathered out of the frames or glasses,
others be removed from the borders to fill up the
vacancies, whereby the glasses may be constantly
supplied during the winter season.

It is sometimes the practice where Lettuces
are intended to be planted in frames late in au-
tumn, for winter use, to have a moderate hot-
bed made for their reception, in order that they
may be well forwarded in the beginning of win-
ter; and if the heat is continued moderately by
aid of lining's, allowing plenty of air in mild
weather, the plants may be very fine by Christ-
mas or a little after.

Culture in the luinter standing spring crops. —
In order to have good Lettuces for spring use,
some seed should be sown toward the middle
and latter end of August, for the plants to
stand the winter, some where sown, others
transplanted into warm borders, to stand with-
out any other shelter than that of the walls or
other fences ; and another sowing should be
performed about the middle of September, to
provide plants for pricking out under frames, to
have the shelter of the glasses all winter, as a re-
serve in case those in the borders are destroyed :
where both stand, one may succeed the other as
crops.

In the first case a quantity of the best plants,
when two or three inches high, should be plant-
ed out towards the latter end of October, into
a south border, under a wall, &c. and in some
other warm dry situation, in rows six inches
asunder, and four inches in the rows ; or some
close under a south wall, or other fence, in a
foot-wide space all the way along, pricking them
therein four or six inches distant ; as they
will have a better chance of standing the winter
than those situated more distant from the shelter
of the wall. In each method the plants are to
remain to take their chance all winter: out of
the whole many of them will prob »bly escape

L A C

LAC

the frost ; but in vcrv severe weather they may
be protected by a light covering of dry long
litter, which should be removed again in due
time when the frost breaks. In March or
April, if they remain too thick, some should be
thinned out and planted in another place, in
rows twelve or fifteen inches asunder: the
crops thus wintered in the open ground, come
in for use in April and Mav, to succeed those
sown in autumn, and sheltered occasionally all
winter, and will remain good till the spring
sown plants are ready for use.

In the latter case, or those sown in September,
to be wintered in frames, they should be planted
about the latter end of October, or beginning of
the following month, in rows, from the back to
the front of the frame, three inches distant,
closing the earth well about each plant, finishing
with a moderate watering all over the plants,
and putting on the glasses to promote their
more speedy rootiiu. afresh, shoving the lights,
however, two or three inches down, to give vent
to the moist vapour arising from the mould ;
but when the plants have taken fresh root, and
are set to growing, the full air should be admit-
ted every mild drv dav, by taking the glasses
entirely off, which must be continued through-
out the winter season, in all dry mild weather,
but putting them on every night in cold or very
wet weather ; also in the day-time when great
rains prevail ; and in frosty weather keeping the
glasses always on, except in the middle of sunny
days, and when the frost is but slight; using
also other coverings of mats or long litter over
the glasses, and around the sides of the frame,
when the frosts are very severe ; during the
winter keeping all decayed leaves clean picked
off; and as the spring and warm weather ad-
vance, letting them have the benefit of warm
showers. In this way they may be effectually

E reserved, if those in the open ground should
e destroyed by the frost or excessive moisture.
About March some of them should be trans-
planted into the open ground, in rows, a foot
asunder, watering them moderately till fresh
rooted; leaving a crop remaining in the frames
or winter-bed, a foot apart, to stand to cabbage;
which will arrive to perfection a considerable
time before the transplanted ones, and those
thai have been fully exposed all winter, are ready.
Where frames cannot be spared, a quantity of
the plants may be pricked out under hand- or
bell-glasses in autumn, to stand the winter,
either by themselves for a full crop, or some
under the hand- or bell-glasses, that are placed
over early cauliflowers, as practised by the
London gardeners, planting them round just
within the glasses, and managing them as di-

rected for those in the frames; or for want
either of a sufficiency of frames or hand-glasses,
a quantity may be planted out in Octoocr, in
four-feet wide beds, in a warm situation, arched
over with hoops or rods, to cover with mats
and litter in bad weather. In this way thev
have a better chance of surviving the winter
than those fully exposed ; and in spring trans-
planting a quantity, by way of thinning, into
other beds, as directed above.

Savins seed. — For this purpose some of the
best cabbaged early plants of all the sorts should
be chosen, as those of the latter crops rarelv run
soon enough to ripen seeds perfectly before thev
are attacked by the autumnal rams and cold,
which greatly retard the ripening of the seed.

It is likewise of importance to have the dif-
ferent varieties intended for seed at some di-
stance from each other, as when too near toge-
ther, the farina of the different sorts mav mix
and fecundate one another, and thereby dege-
nerate plants be produced.

The seed usually ripens in August and Sep-
tember, but that of different plants rarely equal-
ly together; so that, as it arrives to perfection,
the respective steins, Sec. of ripe seed should be
pulled up or cut off in drv davs. and spread
upon a cloth, or tied in small bunches, and
hung up across lines in a dry airy place for a
week or two, for the seeds to become dry and
harden ; then beaten or rubbed out, and cleaned
from the down and other rubbish, and exposed
upon cloths a few days to dry for keeping ; being
afterwards put up in bags for use, and hung in
a dry room.

These plants mav in general be considered as
annuals and biennials ; as those sown in spring
and summer attain perfection, run up to seed,
and perish the same yearj while the autumn
sowings stand all winter until the spring follow-
ing, when thev attain perfection, shoot up to
seed, and perish root and branch. All the sorts
are sufficiently hardy to grow in any good dry
common soil, in a free situation open to the
sun and air.

The use of these plants is principally in sal-
lads, when arrived at full growth and cabbaged,
that the inner leaves become blanched, crisp, and
sweet; and sometimes also the young open plants
of the Cabbage Lettuce sorts are used in winter
and spring, till the other general crops arrive at
perfection. Young open Lettuces are also often
u-i d as small sallad herbs, sow mg them thick in
rows, like cresses, 8cc. and gathering them in
the same manner; but this mode is more parti-
cularly practised in winterand earlyspring. Thev,
however, in general, do not eat any way so
crisp, sweet, and palatable as when fully cab-

B

LAG

LAN

baged. The fully cabbaged Lettuces are also
excellent tor stewing and for soups, as well as
many other purposes.

LADANUM. Sec Cistus.
LADIES' BOWER. Sec Clematis.
LADIES' MANTLE. Sec Alchemiixa.
LADIES' SLIPPER! See Ovpripedium.
LAGERSTROEMIA, a genus containing a
plant of the exotic tree kind, for the green-
house.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
J\lonogijnia, and ranks in the natural order of
SaUcarite.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed, six-cleft, bell-shaped perianthium, rather
acute, smooth, permanent ; the corolla has six
ovate, obtuse petals, crisped, undulated, con-
torted : claws filiform, longer than the calyx,
inserted into the receptacle : the stamina have
very many filiform filaments, longer than the
calyx, inserted into the calyx below the germ :
the six exterior ones arc twice the thickness of
the rest, and arc longer than the petals : anthers
oval, incumbent : the pistillum is a subglobose
germ : style filiform, length of the longer sta-
mens : stigma simple : the pericarpium is a sub-
globose capsule, crowned with the style on its
bluntish top, six-furrowed, six-celled, six-valv-
ed, the dissepiments coalescing with the su-
tures : the seed several, ovate, awl-shaped at
the base, compressed, adhering to a central
hexagonal pillar.

The species cultivated is L. Iudica.
It has the trunk about a fathom high, or
somewhat more, smooth all over : the branches
alternate, somewhat angular, flexuose, rigid,
spreading: the branchlets four-cornered: the
leaves alternate, subsessile, on the twigs ovate,
on the branches oblong, obtuse, entire, nerved,
stiffish, from half an inch to an inch in length :
the flowers in a decompound, trichotomous,
naked, spreading panicle at the ends of the
twigs. Jt is a native of the East Indies, &c.
flowering from August to October.

Culture. — This plant is capable of being in-
creased cither by layers or cuttings of the young
branches.

The layers should be made from the young
shoots of the preceding summer, and be laid
down in the autumn. When they are well
rooted in the succeeding autumn, they should
be taken off and planted out in separate pots.

The slips or cuttings should be made from
shoots of the same year's growth, and be plant-
ed out early in the summer, in pots of light
earth, being plunged in a bark hot-bed, and co-
veted with small bell hand-glasses, due shade
and water being giveo. When well rooted in

the spring following, they may be taken up and
planted in separate pots, filled with light mould,
being afterwards managed as other green-hutisc
plants.

They afford variety in collections of potted
plants.

LAGOECIA, a genus containing a plant of
the herbaceous kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentcmdria
Monogipiui, and ranks in the natural order of
Umbeuatce or Umbelliferce.

The characters are: that the calyx is an uni-
versal involucre, eight-leaved : leaflets feather-
toothed, ciliated, reflex, containing the umbel-
lule: involucre proper four-leaved : leaflets hair-
feathered, involving a single footstalk shorter
than the leaflet itself: perianthium proper five-
leaved, hair many-cleft, superior : the corolla
has five two-horned petals, shorter than the ca-
lyx : the stamina have five capillary filaments,
length of the corolla : anthers roundish : the
pistillum is a roundish germ, below the recep-
tacle of the perianthium : stvle length of sta-
mens : stigmas two, the one truncated : there is
no pericarpium : the seeds solitary, ovate-ob-
long, crowned bv the perianthium.

The species is L. cuminoides, Wild or Bastard
Cumin.

It is an annual plant, about a foot hioh : the
leaves resemble those of Moneywort: the flowers
are collected into spherical heads at the extre-
mity of the stalks, and are of a greenish yellow
colour: the fruit is small, pediccllcd, ovate-
acuminate, crowned with a ciliate calyx, villose,
one seed only ripening, the other abortive, and
fixed laterally to the apex of the other, like a
withered scalelet : the fertile seed is of a duskv
black colour, sprinkled all over with hoar)' vil-
lose hairs, convex on one side, with five capil-
lary raised whitish streaks, flattish on the other,
with three very slender streaks, marking .out
the place of the abortive seed, which is con-
stantly and easily found when the fruit is well
softened in water. It is a native of the Levant,
flowering in June and July.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
sowing the seeds in autumn, on a warm border,
soon after they are ripe, or where thev are to re-
main ; or when permitted to scatter, they come
up and form good plants. They afterwards re-
quire only to be kept clean from weeds, and in
the former cases planted out, when of sufficient
growth, where they are to grow.

They afford ornament and variety in the bor-
ders and other parts of shrubberies.

LAMB'S LETTUCE. See Valeriana.
LANTANA, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby, exotic, green-house, and stove kinds.

LAN

LAN

It belongs to the class and order Didifnamia
nia, and ranks in the natural order of
■ 1'iaUe.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a one-
Ieafed periauthium., very shun, converging, ob-
scurely four-looiHed, tubular: the corolla one-
petallcd, nearly equal: tube cvlindric, slender,
longer than the calyx, raiher oblique: bcrder
flat, unequally four-cleft, obtuse: the stamina
have four filaments, very small, placed in the
nnd--t of the lube of the corolla, very slender,
of which two are a little higher : anthers round-
ish : the pistillum is a roundish germ : style
filiform, short: stigma refracted, sharp down-
• like a hook, and as it were obliquely
growing to the tip of the style : the pericarpium
is a roundish, one-celled drupe : the seed a
round-pyramidal, three-celled nut : the lowest
cell steril : the kernels solitary, oblong.

The species cultivated are: 1. L. mista, Vari-
ous-flowered Lantana ; S. L. Camara, Various-
coloured Lantana ; 3. L. inrolucrala, Round-
leaved Lantana; 4. L. melisscefblia, Baum-leav-
ed Lantana; 5. L. aculcata, Prickly Lantana;
6. L. aurea, Golden-flowered Lantana.

The first is about five feet in height : the trunk
round or roundish, with an ash -coloured bark :
the branches at top, several, short, ash-coloured,
and from these several others, a Ions: span or. a
foot in length, quadrangular, green, hairv: the
leaves above bright green and somewhat shining,
beneath paler, deeply notched, much wrinkled,
and very rugged : whilst the flower is yet closed,
the lower part of the border appears of a pale
red; when it opens, the lube and upper part of
the border are saffron-coloured, but become
reddish, and finally dark red : this change of
colour begins from the circumference and
finishes in the centre : hence the flowers in an
umbel not being all opened at once, the middle
appears of a saffron yellow, and the circumference
of a red colour, whence the name. It is a na-
of An. erica.

The second species has a shrubby stem, a
fathom in height, angular, somewhat rugged:
the branches subdivided, almost upright, rugged,
quadrangular: the brancblets' quadrangular,
grooved, strict, hirsute, dark green : the leaves
on long p -.ued, spreading, ovate,

acuminate, serrate, nerved, hirsute : the flowers
terminating : the peduncles shorter than the
Laves, solitary, angular, grooved, hirsute : the
bractes broad-lanceolate, concave, entire, pubes-
It is a native of-the West Indies, flower-
ing from April to September.

The third has a round woodv stem, branched,
scarcely hairy : the branches opposite : the
leaves pelioled, scarcely crenate, membrana-

VOL. If.

ceous, rigid, less wrinkled than in the others
aim d beneath, tomentose: the leaves

seldom if ever in thn peduncles short :

the spikes rounded: the bractes huge, >e>s:lc,
cordate-ovate, with six or more nerves running
in right lines from the centre, all a little exca-
vated their whole length, ami tomentose : the
flowers whitish, with pale flesh-coloured niar-
ginfl. It is a native of the West Indies, li > -
crin.: from May to July.

The fourth species is lower than most of the
others, being seldom more than two feet in
height : the stem round, ash -coloured, not
hairv : the younger branches have bundies of
hairs spreading out at top: the leaves opposite,
bat sometimes in threes, pettoled, cordate-.! -
urinate, more deeply crenate than in the other
species, wrinkled, rugged and green on the up-
per surface; paler and tomentose-hairy under-
neath : the flowers axillary, with three pedun-
cles, where there are three leaves .- the bra<
oblong, entire, tomentose-hairy, deciduous,
differing in size: the colour of the corolla con-
stant, and always yellow. It is a native of
South America.

The fifth has the stem in its native situation
ten feet high, an inch and a half thick, square
from top to bottom, armed with long, strong,
reflex prickles, or rather thorns, for they cannot
be torn off without injuring the wood ; but in
the stove only five orsix feet in height : the leaves
ovate-oblong or cordate-oblong, wrinkled, rug-
ged, crenate : the peduncles long, with fewer and
shorter prickles : the colour of the tube of the co-
rolla pale red: border lemon-coloured, changing
into an orange and sometimes a deeper colour:
the peduncles are terminated by roundish heads
of flowers ; those on the outside are first of a
bright red or scarlet, and change to a deep pur-
ple ; those in the centre arc of a bright yellow,
and change to an orange colour. It is a native
of the West Indies, flowering from April to
November.

The sixth species has the stem seven feet high,
at first obscurely quadrangular, but afterwards
round, striated, very thinly beset with prickles,
and not hairv : the leaves ovate-oblong or al-
most elliptic, bluntly notched about the ed
very short stiff hairs at the upper surface, the
lower rugged with a harsh down, dark green
and shining as if they were varnished : the pe-
duncles short: the bractes deciduous, short : the
colour of the flower yellow, becoming golden
and then saffron-coloured. It is a native of the
Bahama LI m Is.

i 'urc. — These plants are capable of beii.o-
raised by seeds and cuttings of the young
branches.

G

L A T

L A T

The seeds should be sown in pots of light
mould in the eariv spring, plunging them in a
bark hot-bed. When the plants have attained
some inches growth, they should be removed
into separate" pots of a small size, and be re-
plunged in the bark-bed, due shade and air being
given. The plants should afterwards, when
they have acquired strength, be removed into an
airy glass-case, or dry stove, where they may
have a large share of air in warm weather, but be
protectedl'iom the cold. This is necessary for
ihe young plants, which should not the first
\ ear 'be exposed to the open air, but after-
wards thev mav be placed abroad in the warm-
part of summer, 3nd in winter be placed
upon stands in the dry stove, where they will
continue Ions in flower, and many of the
sorts ripen their seeds. In winter nicy should
be sparingly watered, as much moisture rots their

roots.

The cuttings should be planted in pots in the
soring and summer months, as in July, and be
pranged in a moderate hot-bed, due shade be-
ing; given.

Thev soon take root, and should afterwards
be removed into separate pots filled with light
earth, and managed in the same manner as those
raised from seed.

Thev afford ornament and variety among coi-
ns of stove and green-house plants.
LARCH TREE. "See Pin us.
LARKSPUR. See Delphinium.
L.VfHYRUS, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous climbing flowery kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia
DecandricT, and ranks in the natuial order of
Papilionncete or Legnminosa? .

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianfhium, half five-cleft, bell-shaped :
divisions lanceolate, sharp : the two upper ones
shorter; the low est longer: the corollapapiliona-
ceous : standard obcordate, very large, reflex on
the sides and tip : wings oblong, lunulate, short,
obtuse : keel half-orbiculate, size of the wings,
and wider than the wings, gaping inwards in the
middle : the stamina have diadelphous filaments,
(single and nine-cleft) rising upwards : anthers
roundish : the pistillum is a compressed germ,
oblong, linear: style erected upwards, flat, wider
«4>0ve, with sharp' tip : stigma, from the middle
of the style to the tip villose in front : the peri-
verv long, cvlindric or com

be cultivatd where

Several other species may
variety is wanted.

The first is an annual plant, which rises from
three to four feet high by means of its long
claspers or tendrils : the flower-stalks come out
at the joints, are about six inches long, and sus-
tain two larse flowers, which have a strong
odour, and are succeeded by oblong hairy pods,
having four or five roundish seeds in each. It
is a native of Sicily.

There are several varieties ; as the purple-
flowered, the white-flowered, the variegated or
painted ladv, sweet-scented, and the scarlet.

The second species has the stem four or five
feet high: the lea lets veined: the peduncles
short, sustaining two large flowers with purple
standards, the wings and keel bright red:
the legumes long, jointed, containing several
seeds.

Martyn observes, the whole plant is very
smooth : the stem branched, running out on
each side- into a slender sharp wing : the petioles
angular, ending in bitid, trifid or simple tendrils :
the stipules lanceolate, acuminate, produced
downwards into an earlet, similar but much
smaller : the peduncles sometimes one-flow ered.
It is a native of Barbarv, flowering in June and
Julv ; and although it has not the agreeable
scent, or variety of colours, or continuance in
blow of the Sweet Pea, it is usually sown in
gardens with other annual seeds.

The third has a perennial root : the stalks se-
veral, thick, climbing by means of tendrils to
the height of six or eight feet, or even higher

in autumn

these die to the ground n iuiw
ones rise in the spring from the

in woods :
and new

same root : the leaves stiff, marked with three
or five strong ribs, rolled in at the edge, blunt
at the end, but terminating in a little point or
bristle ; they are always in pairs, and on a w ing-
ed petiole; at the base of this are large stipules,.
shaped somewhat like the head of a halbert : tin-
tendrils multifid or branched : the peduncles
eieht or nine inches long. Each flower has an
awl-shaped bracte at the base of the pedicel : the
corolla pale purplish rose-colour : the legumes an
inch and half long, and half an inch in breadth.
It is a native of many parts of Europe, flower-
ing at the end of June and beginning of Julv.

"It is a showv plant for shrubberies, wilder-
ness quarters, arbours, and trellis-work ; but too
lame and rampant for borders of the common

carpi urn is a legume,

pressed, acumuiite, one-celled, bivalve: the seeds flower-garden.

several, cvlindric. globose, or but little cornered. There are manv varieties

The species cultivated are: 1. L. odor at us,
Sweet Lathvrus, or Pea; 2. L. Tmgitetms,
Tangier Lathy rus, or Pea; 3. L. lutifoUus,
Broad-leaved i.attiyrus, or Everlasting Pea.

as the red-flowered,
the purple-flowered, the scarlet-flowered, and
the large -flow ered. -

Culture. — These plants may be readily raised,
bv sowing the seeds of the different sorts in the

LAV

LAV

autumn or spring seasons at different '.imes, in
patches of six or •eight together, in the places.
where they are togrow. Whercthc - il - lightand
dry, the autumn is the best season, as the plants
rmore early, but in other cases the spring
should be preferred. The plants afterwards only
require to be kept clean from weeds, and be pro-
perly supported by branchy sticks.

The last sort may likewise he increased by
transplanting the roots in the autumn; but
the plants in this way arc seldom so good as by-
seeds.

The two first sorts must be sown annually, but
the last will remain many years.

It is the practice with the gardeners who raise
the first sorts for the London maikcts, to sow
them in the autumn in pots, and secure them
from severe weather, by placing them in hot-bed
frames; by which means they can bring them
much more early to market. They may be con-
tinued in flower the whole summer by repeated
sowings in the spring. When sown in pots
they should be watered frequently

They are all highly ornamental in the borders,
clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds,
when properly intermixed in their species and
different varieties.

LAVANDULA, a genus comprising plants
of the shrubby evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of J'ertkillatcE.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed pcrianthium, ovate : mouth obscurely
toothed, short, permanent, supported by a bracte:
the corolla one-pctalled, ringent, resupine: tube
cylindric, longer than the calyx : border spread-
Uig: one lip looking upwards, larger, bifid,
spreading : the other lip looking downwards,
trifid: divisions all roundish, nearly equal : the
stamina have four short filaments, within the
tube of the corolla, deflected, of which two are
shorter: anthers small : the pistil I um is a four-
parted germ : style filiform, length of the tube :
stigma two-lobed ; obtuse, converging : there is
no pericarpium: calyx converging with the
mouth and guarding the seed: the seeds four,
obovate.

The species cultivated are: 1. L. Spica, Com-
mon Lavender; 2. L. Stwchas, French Laven-
der; 3. L. dentata, Tooth-leaved Lavender;
4. L. multifida, Canary Lavender.

The first has a perennial, thick, woody root :
the stem shrubby, much branched, frequently five
or six feet high, four-cornered, acute-angled,
tomentose: the leaves numerous, blunt, hoary,
the upper ones sessile, the lower petioled : the
Bowers are produced in terminating spikes from

the youngshoots, on long peduncles ; the spikes
arj composed of interrupted whorls in whi< h thq
flowers are from six to ten, the lower whorls
more remote: each flower upright, on a

pedicel : the bracte.s broad-ovate, awned, acu
minate, veined : the c minion colour i I
rolla is blue, but it varies with white (lowers:
the whole plant is covered with a down con.,
of forked hairs. It is a native of the South of Eu-
rope, flowering here from July to September.

There are varieties with narrow (eaves < i
blue flowers, and with white flowers with broad
leaves, and Dwarf Lavender.

This species is lhe,Common Lavender ; but
the narrow-leaved variety with blue Sowers is
the sort cultivated for its flowers, for medicinal
purposes.

The broad-leaved sort has much shorter and
broader leaves, and the branches are shorter,
more compact, and fuller of leaves: it, con-
tinues several years without producing flowers ;
and when it does, the leaves on the flowering-
stalks approach nearer to those of the Common
Lavender, but arc Still broader : the stalks grow
taller, the spikes are looser and larger, the flowers
smaller, and appear a little later in the season.

The second species has a low, thick, shrubby
stalk, about two feet high, sending out woody
branches the whole length : the leaves about an
inch long, hoary and pointed, of a strong aro-
matic scent, opposite at each joint, with smaller
leaves of the same shape coming out at the same
places : the branches arc terminated with scaly
spikes of purple flowers, four-cornered, anil an
inch in length ; and at the topis a coma or small
tuft of purple-leaves. When it begins to flower,
there are only four flowers in a whorl, but these
are afterwards increased by the lateral gems, till
it becomes gradually round. The whole plant
has a very strong, aromatic, agreeable odour.
It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering
from May to July.

There are varieties with white flowers; and \\ ith
purple flowers.

The third species has a woody stalk two or
three feet high, with four-cornered branches on
c\ cry side the whole length : the leaves are oppo-
site about an inch long, and an eighth of an inch
broad, indented regularly on both sides almost
to the midrib, of a grayish colour, a pleasant
aromatic odour, and a biting warm taste : the
flowers arc produced in scaly spikes at the ends
of the branches upon long naked peduncles : the
spikes are four-cornered, hairy, and about an
inch long, terminated by a tew purplish leave}.
It is a native of Spain, flowering from June to
September.

The fourth is an annual (or rather a biennial
G 2

LAV

LAV

plant, with an upright branching woolly stalk
two feet high : the leaves hoary, opposite, cut
into many divisions to the midrib : these seg-
ments are again divided on their borders towards
the top into three blunt ones, so that they end
in many points : the peduncle is continued from
the end of the branch, is naked, and about six
fnches long, quadrangular, and terminated by a
close spike of flowers about one inch long : the
rows of flowers are twisted spirally. There are
commonly two small spikes below this, and about
an inch from it : the corolla varies from blue to
white. Tt is a native of Spain.

There is a variety which rises with an upright,
branching, square stalk, four feet high : the
leaves longer, and cut into narrower segments
than the Spanish plant : they are of a lighter
green, and almost smooth : the naked flower-
stalk is also much longer, and terminated with
a cluster of spikes of blue flowers : at two or
three inches below these are two small spikes,
one on each side: the flowers are smaller than
those of the first sort. It is a native of the Ca-
nary Islands.

Culture. — All the sorts are readily increased,
by planting slips or cuttings of their young shoots
in the spring.

In the first two sorts, a quantity of slips or
cuttings should be taken off in the early spring,
as March or April, from three or four to six
inches long, stripping off the under-leaves, then
planting them in a shady border, four inches
asunder, giving a good watering, and repealing
it occasionally in dry weather. When the plants
are well rooted in summer, they should be trans-
planted into the place were they are lo grow,
early in autumn, as September or October, with
balls of earth about their roots.

When the first sort is intended to produce
flowers for economical purposes, it should
be planted in rows, two or three feet asunder,
and about the same distance in the rows, or in a
single row one or two feet asunder, along the
edge or divisions of garden-grounds, in a sort
of edging or dwarf hedge ; in either of which
modes the plants grow freely, continuing in root,
stem and branches several years, and produce
abundance of spikes of flowers annually forgather-
ing in the hitter end of summer: the culture
afterwards is principally to cut down any re-
maining decayed flower-stalks in autumn, prun-
ing or cutting away any disorderly out-growing
branches at top and sides, and digging the
ground occasionally in spring or autumn along
the rows of plants.

The second sort may also often be raised from
seeds, which should be sown in a bed of light
earth in the early spring, and raked in evenly

with a light hand. The plants rise in about a
month, when, if there be dry weather, water
should he given ; and after they are three
inches high, they should be pricked out in beds,
half a foot apart, watering them as thev require,
until fresh rooted. They should stand here till
the following spring, and then be thinned out,
and planted where they are to remain.

The two first sorts are useful for their fine
spikes of flowers, as well as ornamental in as-
semblage with other shrubby plants, in the
borders and clumps of pleasure-grounds ; and
the two last sorts in green-house collections
with other potted plants.

Those designed for shrubberies or other similar
places, being previously raised to some tolerable
bushy growth, and a foot high or more, should
be planted either in the early autumn, or in the
spring, disposing them singly at proper distances
in the fronts.

The third and fourth sorts may be increased
by slips and cuttings, planted in pots in the early
spring months, and placed under frames, due wa-
ter and shade from the mid-day sun being given
till they are rooted ; and when a lit tie advanced in
growth, transplanted into separate small pots, and
managed as other green-house exotic plants.

LAVATfc'.RA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous shrubby perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Monadtlphia
Potyandriq, and ranks in the natural order of
Columniferce.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a double
perianthium : exterior one-leafed, trifid, obtuse,
short, permanent: interior one-leafed, half five-
cleft, more acute, more erect, permanent : the
corolla has five obcordate flat petals, spreading,
affixed below to the tube of the stamens : the
stamina have numerous filaments, coalescing
below into a tube; loose above (gaping at the
tip and surface of the tube) : anthers reniform :
the pistillum is an orbicular germ : style cylin-
dric, short: stigmas several (seven to fourteen),
bristly, length of the style: the pericarpium is
an orbicular capsule, composed of as many cells
as there are stigmas, bivalve, and articulated in
a whorl round the columnar receptacle, at length
falling off: the seeds solitary and reniform.

The species cultivated are : 1 . L. Cretica,
Cretan Lavatera; 2. L. irimestris, Common
Annual Lavatera; 3. L. Tkuringiaca, Great-
flowered Lavatera ; 4. L. arlbrea, 'free Lavatera,
or Mallow ; 5. L. OU'w, Downy-leaved Lava-
tera ; 0. L. triloba, Three-lobed Lavatera; 7.
L. Lusitanica, Portuguese Lavatera.

The first lias an annual fibrous root of thick
fibres, a foot in length, with innumerable other
capillary Litres : the stem round, rugged, Live

LAV

LAV

feet hi^h. branched : the leaves on lone petioles,
yen? soft, tomentose, toothed, seven-angled, the
angles of the upper ones sharper: the stipules
lanceolate, ciliate, bowing at bottom and then
. t : the flowers axillary, about tour together,
on upright peduncles: the outer calyx cup-
shaped, with ovate segments : inner a little
longer, live-cornered above, with lanceolate scg-
ments: the corolla twice the length of the calyx,
pale blue, with oblong, emarginate petals : the
genu orbicular-flatted, ten-grooved: the stigmas
ten : the iruit smooth, within the calyx: the
capsules ten, round a column terminated by a
hemisphere with a very small point at top, dis-
appearing when the fruit is ripe, and leaving a
hole in the middle of the capsules, which then
turn black. It is a native of the is'and of Can-
dia or Crete, flowering in July.

It i red flowers, with white flowers,

ind with purple lie alts.

The second his also an annual root, white,
with spreading beards : the stem round, two
i I high, branched, ihe lower branches almost
horizontal : es crenate-toothed, smooth,

on long petioles, gradually narrowed towards the
tip : stipules ovate-lanceolate, ciliate, bowed at
bottom and then straight: the flowers solitary,
axillary, on peduncles shorter than the petiole :
outer calyx semi-trifidj with keeled segments;
inner larger, with lanceolate segments, curled at
the edge: the corolla large, spreading, bell-
shaped, pale fiesh colour, with whitish lines:
petals broader above, crenate, frequently rolled
up, the edges of the claws deep purple: the germ
very smooth : the style niultilid : the stigmas
pale-flesh-coloured, longer than the tube, thir-
teen to eighteen: the fruit hemispherical, con-
vex beneath, covered at top with a circular, con-
cave, smooth lid or peltate umbrella : there are
about twenty capsules in a whorl ; they are brown,
closed all round and not opening, with a longi-
tudinal raised line along the back, elegantly mark-
ed on the sides w tth flexuose streaks drawn from
the circumference to the centre: the seeds are
ferruginous. It is a native of the South of Europe,
&c. flowering from July to September.

There are several varieties.

The third has the stem five or six feet high,
woolly, branched : the lower leaves heart-shap-
ed, crenate, roundish-lobed : upper hastate, on
short petioles : the stipules lanceolate : the
flowers axillary, solitary, peduncled ; peduncles
longer than the leaf: the calyxes subtomentose :
the segments of the outer heart-shaped, with a
very sharp point; of the inner oblong acute:
the corolla large, spreading, pale violeT or pur-

Elish, shaped like those of the Marsh-mallow,
ut larger: petals emarginate: the capsules

about twenty (fourteen) in a wing of a papery
substance, somewhat rugged, about a columnar
receptacle, which has many wings from the
permanent sides of the capsules, like the cogs of
a mill wheel, ending in a conical awl-shaped
point: the seeds flatted a little, smooth, sub-
cinereous or brown. It is a n ttive of Sweden,
flowering from Jul) to September.

The fourth species rises with a strong thick
stalk the height of eight or ten feet (in gardens),
dividing into many branches at the top: in its
wild stale, when largest, from four to six feet
ind as much as four inches in diameter r
the leaves are alternate, numerous, cordate,
roundish-seven-angled (some live- and others
three-angled), the angles blunt, soft as velvet,
shorter than the petioles: the stipules short,
smooth, acuminate at the tip, broad at the ba-c :
the ll >w ers mostly in pairs, sometimes three to-
gether, on upright peduncles an inch and a half
in length : the outer calyx ovate at the base, di-
vided half wav into three broad blunt segments ;
inner only half the size, divided half wav into
five sharp segments : the corolla purplish red,
with dark blotches at the base, spreading
siiaped (like that of the common Mallow), an
inch or more in diameter : the petals broader at
top, narrow at the base, so that the calyx ap-
pears between the claws : the cylinder of fila-
ments purple, woolly at the base: the germ very
smooth: the style usually eight-cleft at top:
the stigmas revolute, reddish : the ring or whorl
of fruits is seven- or eight-capsuled : the com-
mon receptacle awl-shaped, with a conoid glo-
bule at toil, and small crescent-shaped lamellae
at the base and the interstices of the capsules:
the capsules arc reniform-rounded, sharply
three-cornered, mcmbranaceouSjWrinkled, closed
on all sides, pale bay-coloured, ,not opening:
the seeds kidney-shaped, and ash-coloured. It
is a native of Italy, etc. flowering from June or
July to September or October.

The fifth has a round branched stem, five feet
high, villose at top, reddish: the leaves soft,
sh, tomentose, unequally serrate; the lower
rd ite-hastate, five-angled ; the upper ovate,
three-cusped, the middle lobe narrowed, acute,
oblong: the stipules ovate-lanceolate, villose:
the flowers on short peduncles, axillary, solitary,
vi rv seldom two together; terminating ones in a
spike: the outer calyx ovate, with roundish-
acute segments ; inner larger, with lanceolate-
acute segments: the corolla large, spreading
very much, reddish-purple : the petals with nar-
rowed claws, covered with white hairs, inserted
into a flesh-coloured tube: the stamens purple:,
the germ roundish>-compressed, with W tuy
grooves : the style divided into about twenty

LAV

L A U

parts : the stigmas long, recurved : the capsules
about twenty, black, "smooth, fixed in a ring
about a thick striated cone : when the seeds are
ripe, that part which is next to the axis appears
naked, on account of the pellicle which forms
the internal part of the capsule adhering to the
axis. According to Linnaeus, the leaves of the
first year are very large, and those of the fol-
lowing much smaller," which is a circumstance
common to this with other plants of the same
natural order. It is a native of the South of
France, flowering from June to October.

The sixth species has a round branched stem,
from three to four feet in height: the leaves
are alternate, petiolcd, shorter than the petioles,
roundish, but with the border so rolled back as
to appear triangular: the stipules cordate, broad,
acuminate, sen-ate: the flowers axillary: three
peduncles, mostly one-flowered, in each axil,
upright, shorter than the petiole : the segments
of the outer calyx broad-cordate, acuminate :
the inner calyx twice as large, five-cornered,
acuminate, with the corners prominent : corolla
large, spreading, pale purple, with the claws
white, hairy : the capsules about fifteen, in a
ring about a column ending in a point. Ac-
cording 10 Linnaeus, the whole plant is tomen-
tose, being covered with very small glutinous
hairs, with other larger ones stellate at top mixed
among them. It is a native of France and
Spain, flowering from June to September.

The seventh is a native of Portugal, flowering
in August and September.

Culture. — The first two, or annual sorts, are
readily increased, by sowing the seeds in a light
soil in the places where the plants are to remain,
or in pots, in the spring season, as about the
latter end of March, in" patches of four or five
in each, giving them water occasionally when
the weather is dry. When the plants have at-
tained a little growth, they should be thinned
out to one or two of the strongest plants. When
any are to be removed to other places, it should
be done at this period, and with a little earth
about the roots, due water and shade being
given ; but they seldom succeed well by trans-
planting.

All the other shrubby perennial sorts may
likewise be increased by sowing the seeds, and
managing the plants in the same manner.

Most of these sorts will not last more than
two years in this climate, unless the soil be dry,
when they continue three or four.

They in general require a warm dry situation,
or to have their roots covered by old tan, or the
protection of the green-house during the
severity of the winter season.

They are all highly ornamental in different

parts of pleasure-grounds. The annual sorts
have great beauty, in their flowers being large*
numerous, and conspicuous, and are proper
where large showy-flowering plants are required.
The perennial kinds are also suitable for large
borders and shrubbery compartments, having
large, straight, upright, durable stems, termi-
nated by branchy bushy heads, and very large-
soft foliage, that form a fine variety in assem-
blage with other plants, though their flowers are
often hidden bv their lari>c leaves.

LAVENDER. See Lavandula.

LAVENDER COTTON. See Santoltna.

LAUREL. See Laurus and Prunits.

LAUREL SPURGE. See Daphne.

LAUREOLA. See Oestrum and Daphne.

LAURESTINE. See Viburnum Ti.ntjs.

LAUROCERASUS. See Prunus.

LAURUS, a genus containing plants of the
evergreen and deciduous tree kinds for the borders,
green-house, and stove.

It belongs to the class and order Eimeandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Holoracece .

The characters are : that there is no calyx
(unless the corolla be so called) : the corolla has
six ovate acuminate petals, concave, erect: the
alternate ones exterior : nectary consisting; of
three acuminated coloured tubercles, ending in
two bristles, standing round the germ : the sta-
mina have nine filaments, shorter than the co-
rolla, compressed, obtuse, three in each rank:
anthers growing on each side to the margin of
the filament on the upper part : glandules two,
globose, with a very short footstalk, affixed to
each filament of the inner rank near the base:
the pistillum is a snbovategerm : the stvle sim-
ple, equal, length of the stamens : stigma ob-
tuse, oblique : the periearpium is a drupe (or
berry), oval, acuminate, one-celled, compre-
hended by the corolla : the seed is an ovate-
acuminate nut : the kernel of the same form.

The species cultivated are: 1. L. nobitis,
Common Sweet Bay ; 2. L. cestivalis, Willow-
leaved Bay; 3. L. Benzoin, Common Benja-
min-tree ; 4. L. Sassafras, Sassafras-tree ; 5.
L. Indlca, Royal Bay, or Indian Laurel ; 6. L.
Borlonia, Broad-leaved Carolina Bay, or Red
Bay; 7. L. Camphora, Camphor, or Gamphire-
tree ; 8. L. Cinnamomum , Cinnamon-tree ; 9.
L. Cassia, Cassia, or Wild Cinnamon-tree;
10. L. Persea, Alligator Pear.

The first in this climate appears as a shrub,
but in the southern parts of Europe it becomes
a tree of twenty or thirty feet in height ; much
subject, however, in general, to put out suckers:
the leaves are evergreen, of a firm texture, the
largest from an inch and a half to two inches in

L A U

L A IT

breadth in the broad -leaved variety, and from

t foui inches m length, entire, on short

. having an agreeable smell, and an aro-

m .. bitterish tastes the flowers are

i us, or male and female on difierent i

in racemes shorter than the leaves, of an he

ceous colour: the corollas four-pctalled in the

male flowers, with from eight to twelve, stamens:

the berry si ovate, fleshy, dark purple

almost black: the receptacle none, except a

small tubercle at the bottom, whence a vascular

•:i each side the whole length of the

. ovate, slightly mucronate

above. It ' of the southern parts of

re are several varieties ; as the broad -
. which is almost too tender for the open
air in this climate, with leaves much broader
and smoother than those of the common sort : —
the common, which is seldom hurt in this cli-
mate, except in very severe winters, of which
there are two subvarietie-, one with plain leaves,
the other with leaves waved on the edges : — the
narrow-leaved, with very long narrow leaves,
not so thick as those of the preceding two sorts,
and of a light green, the branches covered with
a purplish bark, and the male flowers come out
in small clusters from the axils of the leaves,
sitting close to the branches : of which there are
subvarieties in the nurseries with variegated
lea'. . - .

What is now called Bav was formerly called
Laurel, which has introduced some confusion.

The second species rises with a shrubby
branching stalk eight or ten feet high, covered
with a purple bark : the leaves are opposite, near
two inches long and one inch broad, smooth on
their upper side, but veined on their under,
where they are rough: the berries red, nearly
the size and shape of the common Bay-berrv.
It is a native of North America.

The third rises to the height of ten or twelve
feet, dividing into many branches : the leaves arc
near three inches long, and an inch and a half
broad, smooth on their upper surface, but with
many transverse veins on their under side: the
flowers of a white herbaceous colour, with six
stamina in each : the involucre is sessile, four-
leaved, mueh resembling that of Cornus, in-
cluding five petioled florets, the length of the
involucre : proper calyx (or corolla) six -parti
yellow, with linear segments : the stamens eight
or nine, the length of the calyx, appuidicled
on the s,ides : the germ ovate, « calyx :

the style simple. It is a native of Virginia.

•yn observes that it has been confounded
with the- true Benzoin tree. See Sty rax Bln-

ZuIN.

The fourth species is commonly a shrub, seldom
rising more than eight or ten feet high (it some-
times, however, grows into a large tree) : the
leave- are of difierent shapes and sizes: some
ov.d and entire, about four inches long and tl
broad: others are deeply divided "into three
lobes : these are ~ix inches long, and as much in
breadth from the extremity or the two outside
lobes ; they are placed alternately on pretty long
stalks, and are of a lucid green ; they fall
oil early in the autumn; and in the spring, soon
after the leaves begin to come out, the fiov.
appear just below them, on slender peduncles,
each sustaining three or four small, yellow
(greenish white) flower-, which have rive oval
concave petals, and eight stamina in the male
flowers, which are upon different plants from
the hermaphrodite- flowers : these are succeeded
by an oval berry, which, when ripe, is blue.
It is a native of America. Its wood is of a
light and spongy texture, having a fragrant
smell, and a sweetish aromatic taste.

The fifth is a large tree with ascending
branches : the branches, and particularly the
shoots, are tubercled with scars from the fallen
leaves; they are alternate, curved inwards,
wrinkled and smooth : the leaves scattered, acu-
minate with a bluntish point, quite entire,
Oth, veined, reflex, four inches long: the
petioles semi-cylindric, grooved, smooth, re-
I'tx : the Bowers terminating, below racemedj
above panicled : the panicle tritid: ovate, red
nectareous scales at the base of the filaments,
which vary in number from seven to nine; six
outer, and one, two, or three inner : they are
unequal, flat, and nearly equal to the calyx :
the anthers compressed, four-celled : the germ
roundish : the style very short : the berry globu-
lar, small, and brown. It is a native of Ma-
deira.

Tiie sixth species rises with a straight larcrc
trunk to a considerable height near the sea ; but
in the inland parts of the country it is of
humbler stature : the leaves are much longer
than those of the Common Bay, and are a little
woolly on their under side; their edtrcs are a
little reflexed ; the veins run transversely from
the midrib to the sides : the male flowers come
out in long buncb.es from the axils of the leaves:
the female flowers in loose bunches on prettv
long red peduncles: the berries are blue, in red
cups, growing two and sometimes three toge-
ther. It is a native of America.

The seventh species i- very near akin to the

ninth, from which it differs in the leaves, those

ot the latter having three ribs running lon<ri-

tudinally from the foot-stalk to the point,

e they soon diminish ; whereas in this the

LAU

L A U

ribs are small and extend towards the sides; flat horizontal surface be left. This they hollow
their surface is smooth and shining: they are
male and hermaphrodite in Different trees : it is
a large tree, with ascending branches : the leaves
quite entire, smooth, mostly alternate, but
some opposite, petioled. whitish underneath :
the flowers white, on simple, long, lateral pe-
duncles : the berry small, ovate, dusky or
brownish red. It is a native of China, &c.
Its wood is in much esteem for carpenters' pur-
poses, being easily wrought, light, durable, and
not liable to be injured by insects, particularly
the toomlang, a species of bee, which, from
its faculty of boring timber for its nest, is called
the Carpenter

out, till it is of a capacity to receive a quart :
then put into the hollow a bit of lighted reed,
and let it remain for about ten minutes, which
acting as a stimulus, draws the fluid to that
part. Tn the space of a night the liquor tills
the receptacle previously made. The trees are
soon exhausted.

The eighth in its native situation is a tree
twenty feet high or more, the trunk about six
feet high, a foot and a half in diameter, the outer
bark smoothish, and of a dusky cinereous co-
lour; it has spreading branches that form an
elegant head ; but in our stoves it is only of low
growth : the leaves are opposite or nearly so.

The chief of the Camphor used in Europe is ovate-oblong, oblong-acuminate, or sflbovate,
prepared from this tree in Japan, by splitting bluntly acuminate, quite entire, shining, coria-
the wood into small pieces, and subliming or ceous, on short petioles, from three to live
distilling it with water in an iron retort, covered inches long; the three nerves spring from the
with an earthen or wooden head, in the hollow petiole, and either immediately recede from each
of which they fasten hav or straw, to which the other, or continue united for a line or two and
Camphor, as it rises, adheres. This Camphor then diverge ; they are of a bright green on the
is brownish or white, but in verv small semi- upper surface, but pale on the under, with the
pellucid grains. It is packed up in wooden nerves whitish. On the younger branches or
casks, and thus sent to India and Europe, where twigs arise slender common peduncles, from
it is purified by a second sublimation, and re- opposite axils, the terminating ones an inch, the
duccd into the solid mass as found in the shops, others two or three inches long, three-flowered
Native Camphor, or the Capoor Barroos of the at top, or else trilid, with each division three-
Malays, is a production obtained in Sumatra flowered : the flowers small, greenish yellow,
and Borneo by cutting down the trees, and almost insipid, with a somewhat fcetid smell :
splitting them with wedges into small pieces, the fruit the form and size of a middling Olive,
theCamphor being found in the interstices in the insipid, deep blue and soft, inclosing a thin,
state of a concrete crystallization. Some have pale-coloured nut with a white kernel, which
asserted that it is from the old trees alone that germinates soon after it falls, and therefore can-
this substance is procured, and that in the young not easily be transported to a distance: the inner
trees it is in a fluid state, called meenio capoor bark perfectly resembles the Oriental cinnamon
or Camphor oil ; but this is a mistake : the in smell, taste, and figure ; the only difference
same sort of tree that produces the fluid does is, that it has a coarser texture, and a more
not produce the dry, transparent flaky substance, acrid taste, which may arise from the climate.
nor ever would. Thev are readily disfmguished It is a native of Martinico and Brazil, flowering

by the natives. Many of the trees, however, pro-
duce neither the one nor the other. The traders
usually distinguish three degrees of quality, by
the names of head, belli/, and foot, according
to its purity and whiteness. Some add a fourth
sort, of extraordinary fineness, of which a few

in February and March.

There are several varieties ; but it is the Cey-
lon Cinnamon that is chiefly used as a spice.

The ninth is supposed, according to Marty n, not
to be a distinct species from the true Cinnamon.
The difference of the bark may, he. supposes, be

pounds only are imported to Canton, and sell owing to soil or situation, but more probably to

there at the rate of two thousand dollars the
pecul.

The Common Camphor will evaporate till it
wholly disappears ; while that of Sumatra and
Borneo, called Native Camphor, though subject
to some decrease, does not appear to lose much
in quantity from being kept.

Camphor oil is obtained by the Sumatrans
by miking a transverse incision into the tree, to

want*of skill or attention in the cultivators. The
Cassia bark is coarser, and will not roll up like
true Cinnamon ; but the essential difference be-
tween the bark of Cinnamon and Cassia is, that
the former is always dry, whereas the latter be-
comes mucilaginous in chewing ; hence it has
been suggested here, as a conjecture on the most
respectable authority, that the superior excel-
lence of Cinnamon bark"mav be in a great mea-

the depth" of some inches, and then cutting sure owing to its having been deprived of that
filopingly downwards from above the notch, till a mucilage which adheres to its interior surface,

L A U

L A U

Marsden asserts that the Cassia tree grows from
fifty to sixty feet high, with large spreading ho-
rizontal branches, almost as low as the earth :
the leaves are about lour inches long, narrower
than those of the Bay, and more pointed, deep
green, with a smooth surface and plain edge :
the principal fibres or nerves take their rise from
the peduncle: the young leaves are mostly of a
reddish hue: the blossoms grow six in number
upon slender footstalks, close to the bottom of
the leaf: ihev are monopetalous, small, white,
and stellated in six points: the stamina are six
(nine), with one style growing from the germ,
w hich stands up in three brow nish segments re-
sembling a cup. It is a native of Malabar.

The bark is commonly taken from such trees
as are a foot or eighteen inches in diameter, as
when they are younger, it is said to be so thin
as to lose all its qualities very soon. Those trees
which crow in a high rocky soil havered shoots,
and the bark is superior to that which is pro-
duced in a moist clay where the shoots are
green. Marsden has been assured by a person
of extensive knowledge, that the Cassia pro-
duced in Sumatra is from the same tree that
yields the true Cinnamon, and that the apparent
difference arises from the less judicious manner
of quilling it. Perhaps the younger and more
tender branches should be preferred; perhaps
the age of the tree, or the season of the year,
oughlTto be more nicely attended to; and it is
suggested, that the mucilage which adheres to
the "inside of the fresh - peeled rind, when
not carefully wiped off, injures the flavour of
the Cassia, and lenders it inferior to that of the
Cinnamon.

The tenth species grows to the height of
thirty feet or more in the West Indies, and has
a trunk as large as common Apple-trees : the
bark is smooth, and of an ash colour : the
branches are beset with pretty large, oblong,
smooth leaves, like thoseof Laurel, of a deep green
colour, are succulent, and soft. The (lowers
are for the most part produced towards the ex-
tremities of the branches : the fruit is the size
of one of our biggest pears, inclosing a large
seed with two lobes, included in a thin shell.
It is held in great esteem in the West Indies:
the pulp is of a pretty firm consistence, and has
a delicate rich flavour; it gains upon the palate
of most persons, and becomes soon agreeable
even to those who cannot like it at first; but it is
so rich and mild, that most people make use of
some spice or pungent substance to give it a poig-
nancy ; and for this purpose, some make use of
wine) 6ome of sugar, some of lime-juice, but
most of pepper and salt. It is a native of the
West Indies.

Vol. II.

Culture. — The first s'-rt may be increased by
Seed, layers, and sucl

The seed should be sown soon after the berries
Me ripe, or early in spring, either in beds, co-
vering than with earth near an inch deep, or in
drills half a foot asunder, the same depth : w hen
the plan's are come up, they should be supplied
with frequent waterings during summer, and in
winter defended from severe frost by the shelter
of mats, or some other covering, being tender
while young; and after having two summers'
growth in the seed-bed, in the spring following
the strongest should be removed into nursery rows,
one or two feet asunder, and a foot apart in each
row, giving water in dry weather, till they have
taken good root, and keeping them clear from
weeds. When thev are half a yard, or two or
three feet high, they are of proper growth for
transplanting into the shrubbery in autumn or
spring.

The berries may also be sown in pots,
and plunged in a hot-bed in spring, which
brings the plants forwarder, being careful to
inure them to the full air in the summer
season.

Some of the lower branches that are well
furnished with young shoots may be laid down
in the early spring, or in August, but the latter
is the better season ; each shoot being slit-laved :
they become rooted in one year, when in spring
they may be taken off, and planted in the nur-
sery, as directed for the seedlings.

The suckers shoidd be taken up with good
roots in autumn or spring, and be planted in the
nursery like the seedlings and layers.

It is also capable of growing by cuttings,
planted in the beginning of April on a moderate
hot-bed of tanners' bark covered eight inches
deep with rich loose fresh earth, rive inches
deep, and eight or nine asunder, rubbing off
their leaves, and watering them gently every
evening while the bed continues warm, co-
vering the glasses with mats during the heat of
the day. When the cuttings have shot roots, they
should receive all mild gentle showers, and the
evening dews. In the beginning of August, the
glasses mav be taken off, being replaced when
the weather begins to he frosty ; keeping them
open every mild day. In the beginning of the
April following, or as soon as the weather be-
comes temperate, both glasses and frames should
be removed, continuing frequent and plentiful
waterings during the summer months, as the
weather may require; and in the succeeding
April the plants will be strong, well rooted,
and fit for planting out.

When tlie plants raised in these wavs arc re-
moved to the nurseiy, they should have their
H

I, A U

LAW

superfluous roots and branches cut away, en-
couraging the leading shoots; planting them in a
well-sheltered quarter of light mould. The
ground should be, dug over in autumn and
spring, keeping it clean, loose, and mellow in
summer, and the plants be annually pruned in
April.

The gold-striped variety is tender, being com-
monly "kept in pots, and housed with hardy
green-house plants. When it stands in the
open ground, it is sometimes much injured in
severe winters. The method of increasing it is
by budding it on the plain sort.

' The broad-leaved and narrow-leaved varieties
are not so hardy as the common sort, being
scarcely able tolive abroad whilst young, in com-
mon winters, without shelter. As in severe win-
ters the old trees are frequently killed, or at least
the branches much injured, the plants are fre-
quently kept in tubs, and housed in winter.

The second, third, and fourth sorts may be
increased by seed, by layers, and sometimes by
suckers and cuttings. The seeds or berries pro-
cured from America, and preserved in sand,
should be sown as soon after they arrive as pos-
sible, in a bed of light earth an inch deep, or in
largish pets the same depth, plunging them in
mould, in an eastern border, up to their rims,
till the spring following ; when they should be
placed in a hot-bed, which greatly forwards the
germination of the seed, and soon brings up
the plants. They must be timely inured to the
full air. The plants raised by either method
should, while young, be watered during sum-
mer, and sheltered from frost in winter, and
when two years old be planted out in nursery
rows, as directed for the other plants. They may
also be increased by layers and suckers in the
same manner as directed for the first sort; but
it is sometimes long before the layers are rooted.
They are likewise sometimes capable of being
increased by cuttings, by the aid of a good hot-
bed.

The fifth, sixth, and seventh sorts may be
increased bv layers, but they are sometimes two
vears before they are sufficiently rooted. They
inay also be raised from seeds, procured from
the places of their natural growth, sowing them
in pots, and plunging them in a hot- or bark-
bid ; but without tins aid, they do not always
grow freely the first season ; in which case they
should he placed in the open air in summer, and
ma frame or in the green-house, near the win-
dows, in winter; and in spring the pots be
plunged in a hut-bed, which will bring up the
plants, giving air daily, and frequent waterings,
and inuring them by degrees to the open air as
the summer advances; placing them in shelter

in winter, and in the following spring planting
them out in separate small pots, managing them
as other green-house shrubs.

The eighth, ninth, and tenth sorts are also
raised by layers and seed, sown and managed as
above, generally assisted by the bark -bed of the
stove; the plants being planted off into separate
pots, and managed afterwards as other hot-
house plants.

The first, second, third, and fourth sorts are
highly ornamental in the borders and clumps in
pleasure-grounds; the three following in green-
house collections ; and the three last among
other stove plants.

LAWN, an open space of short grass-ground,
in the front of a residence, or in a garden, park,
or other pleasure-ground.

Lawns extended in the principal fronts of
habitations, add considerably to the neatness
and grandeur of their appearance, by laying
them open, and admitting more extensive pro-
spects. Where there is a sufficient scope of
ground, they should be as large as the nature
of the situation will admit, always being plan-
ned in the most conspicuous parts immediately
adjoining the houses, and extended outward
as far as convenient, allowing width in pro-
portion; having each side or verge bounded
by elegant shrubbery compartments in a va-
ried order, separated in some parts by inter-
vening spaces of grass-ground, of varied dimen-
sions, and serpentine gravel-walks, gently wind-
ing between and through the plantations, for
occasional shady, sheltered, and private walking;
or similar walks carried along the fronts of the
boundary plantations, and immediately adjoining
the Lawns, for more open and airy walking in ;
and in some concave sweeps of the plantations
there may be recesses and open spaces both of
grass and gravel, of different forms and dimen-
sions, made as places of retirement, shade, &c.

The usual situations of Lawns are those just
mentioned ; but if the nature of the ground ad-
mit, or in cases where there is good scope of
ground, they may be continued more or less each
way ; but always the most considerably on the
principal fronts, which if they be to the south,
or any of the southerly points, they are the
most desirable for the purpose.

The dimensions may be from a quarter of an
acre or less, to six or eight acres or more, ac-
cording to the extent and situation of the
ground. Sometimes Lawns are extended over
lia-has, to ten, twenty, or even to fifty or sixty
acres or more.

The form must be directed by the nature of
the situation ; but it is commonly oblong, square,
oval, or circular. But in whatever figure they

1. A W

1. A Y

are designed, they should widen gradually from
the house outward to the furthest extremity, to
have the greater advantage of prospect ; and by
having that part of them within the limits
of the pleasure-ground, bounded on each side
by plantations of ornamental trees and shrubs,
thev may be continued gradually near towards
each wing of the habitation, in order to be
sooner in the walks of the plantations, under
shade, shelter, and retirement. The termina-
tions at the further ends may be either by ha-has
to extend the prospect, or by a shrubbery, or
plantation of stately trees, arranged in sweeps
and concave curves. But w here they extend
towards any great road, or distant agreeable
prospect, it is more in character to have the ut-
most verge open, so as to admit of a grand
view from and to the main residence.

The side-boundary verges should have the

E Imitations rurally formed, airy, and elegant,
y being planted with different sorts of the
most ornamental trees and shrubs, not in one
continued close plantation, but in distinct sepa-
rated compartments and clumps, varied larger
or smaller, and differently formed, in a some-
-vhat natural imitation, being sometimes sepa-
rated and detached less or more, by intervening
breaks and open spaces of short grass, commu-
nicating both with the Lawns and interior di-
stricts; and gcnerallv varied in moderate sweeps
and curves, especially towards the Lawns, to
avoid stiff, formal appearances, both in the
figure of the Lawns and plantations. In plant-
ing the trees and shrubs, which should be both of
the deciduous and evergreen kinds, where intend-
ed to plant in distinct clumps, either introduce
the deciduous and evergreens alternately in sepa-
rate parts, or havesomeof both interspersed in as-
semblage; in either method placing the lower
growth of shrubs towards the front, and the taller
backwards in proportion to their several statures,
so as to exhibit a regular gradation of height, that
the different sorts may appear conspicuous from
the main Lawns. Thev may be continued back-
wards to a considerable depth, being backed
with trees and shrubs of more lofty growth.
The internal parts of the plantations may have
gravel or sand walks, some shady, others open ;
with here and there some spacious short grass
openings of different dimensions and forms.

Extensive Lawns in parks or paddocks, &c.
have seldom any boundary plantations close to
u bat may he considered as a continuation of
them beyond the pleastire-grouud, but are some-
times dotted with noble trees, dispersed in various
parts, at great distances, so as not to obstruct
the view ; some placed singly, others in groups
by two.-, three-, fives, c<e. and some plac< d
irregularly, in triangle*, sweeps, straight lines,

mm\ other different figures, to cause the create*
variety and effect, each group being diversified
with different sorts of trees, all suffered to take
their natural grow th.

These kind of spaces or openings should al-
ways be kept perfectly neat, by being often poled,
rolled, and mown. See Guass-Ghound, ami
Tl'HFINti.

LAWSONTA, a genus containing plants of
the exotic tree kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order OctOJidria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Salicar'ue.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
cleft perianthium, small, permanent : the corolla
has four petals, ovate-lanceolate, flat, spreading:
the stamina have eight filiform filaments, length
of the corolla, in twin pairs between the petals:
anthers roundish : the pistillum is a roundish
germ : style simple, length of the stamens,
permanent : stigma headed : the pericarpium is
a capsule (or berry), globose with a point, four-
celled : the seeds many, cornered and pointed.

The species arc : 1 . L. inermis, Smooth Law-
sonia; 2. L. spinosa, Prickly Lawsoni a.

The first rises with a shrubby stalk eio-ht or
ten feet high : the branches come out by pairs
opposite; they are slender and covered with a
whitish yellow bark : the leaves are small, op-
posite, oblong, ending in acute points, pale
green: the flowers in loose terminating bunches,
gray or dirty white : the petals small, turning
back at the lop. It is a native of India, &c.

The second species rises with a woodv trunk
eighteen feet high or more : the wood is hard
and close, covered with a light gray bark : the
branches alternate: the leaves oblong-oval : at
the joints where the leaves arc placed come out
single, strong, sharp thorns: the flowers are in
loose bunches from the sides of the branches,
pale yellow, of a disagreeable scent. It is a
native of the East Indies.

Culture. — These plants may be raised by
sowing the seeds in pots of light mould in the
early spring, plunging them in the bark-bed of
the stove. When the plants have acquired a
few inches growth, they should be removed
into separate small pots tilled with light sandy
earth, replunging them in the bark-bed, and
giving a little water, with proper shade. They
afterwards may be placed BO :is to have pretty
free air, but be constantly kept in the stove,

Thev afford variety among other Stove plants.

LAY ER, the young shoot or branch of sued
trees as are capable of being raised !>v being laid
into the ground. It is the part which is placed
in the earth in order to Strike root.

LAYING, the opi . i f placing layers in

the soil. It is a method adapted to most son*
il -J

LAY

LAY

of trees and shrubs, and many herbaceous
plants. It is effected by laying branches and
young shoots of trees and plants in the earth,
from two or three to five or six inches deep,
leaving their tops out, that the part layed in the
earth may emit roots, and become a plant.
The layers, when rooted, should be separated
from the parent, and planted in the nursery, or
other pioper place, to acquire due strength and
size, for the purposes for which they are de-
signed.

They require different lengths of time for be-
coming rooted, from a few months to two or
more \ ears.

Numbers of shrubs and trees are increased
by layers, but the practice is more particularly
applicable to the shrub kind ; as their branches
grow near the ground, convenient for being
laid down. It may, however, be practised with
success on fruit-trees and forest-trees, when
their branches are situated low enough for being
laid, though the varieties of many fruit-trees
are better propagated by grafting and inocula-
tion. The vine and fig, however, often admit
of being increased by layers ; and forest-trees,
for the continuance of varieties ; as the plants
raised in this method continue exactly the same
as the parent plant from whence they were
raised. This is a certain method to continue
any approved variety, as well as to increase such
shrubs or trees as do not produce seeds here, and
which cannot be easily obtained. It is likewise
an expeditious and easy mode of propagation ;
as by it many new plants are often raised in a
few months, which would take two or three
years to bring them to the same size from seed.
In many sorts it is so easy that all the shoots of
any branch situated near the ground, or conveni-
ent for laying down, maybe made distinct plants.
For all sorts of the tree or shrub kinds, it is
generally performed on the young shoots of the
preceding summer, which should be laid down
in spring or autumn; but sometimes on shoots
of the same year, in summer, especially in the
hard-wooded evergreen trees and shrubs, that
do not strike root readily in the older wood.
Many sorts of trees that have their wood of a
soft loose texture often grow pretty freely by
Layers of them, of two or several years growth.
In herbaceous plants capable of being propa-
gated by layers, such as carnations, pinks,
double sweet-williams, &c. the young shoots
of the same year, laid down in June and July,
are commonly the most successful.

The season for performing this sort of work,
in most sorts of trees and shrubs, is autumn
and spring, though it may be performed at al-
most any time of the year.

Many kinds of under-shrubby and herba-

ceous plants also succeed, if layed any time in
spring or summer till the end of June; though
that and the following month are the most suc-
cessful for the herbaceous tribe, as carnations
and others usually propagated by laying, as they
then rootthe same season in from three orfourto
five or six weeks, so as to be proper for trans-
planting.

When it is intended to lay trees or shrubs that
naturally run up to stems, without furnishing
any considerable quantity of lower branches for
laying, a sufficient number of strong plants
should be set in the nursery, at proper di-
stances, and headed down in the autumn or
spring after, within a few inches of the ground,
that they may throw out a good quantity of
young shoots the following summer, near the
earth, so as to be convenient for laying down in
the succeeding autumn ; or, by waiting another
year many more, shoots for the purpose of layers
will be provided, by the first shoots throwing out
many lateral ones, each of which when layed will
form a plant. And on the layers being rooted,
and all cleared away, the stool remaining will
furnish another crop of shoots for laying next
year, and the same in succession for many years.
When layers are wanted from trees that are
grown up, and whose branches are at a distance
from the ground, a temporary stage or scaffold is
erected, on which pots or tubs of mould are
placed to receive the layers.

The general method of merely laying the
branches or shoots in the earth, is practised
for all sorts; but previous to laying, they are
often prepared in different ways to facilitate their
rooting, according as the trees of different na-
tures require; as by simple laying, twisting,
slitting, cutting the bark, piercing the shoot,
wireing, &c.

Simple Laying. — This is merely laying the
shoots in the earth, as directed below, without
any previous preparation of twisting, slitting,
&c. and is sufficient for a great number of trees
and shrubs of the soft-wooded kinds; but for
such as do not readily root by this simple me-
thod, recourse must be had to some of the fol-
lowing ways.

Twisting the Layer. — By giving the shoot a
gentle twist in the part designed to be layed in
the ground, it greatly promotes and facilitates
the emission of fibres from the bruised part.

Slitting or Tonguing the Layer. — This is the
most universal and successful mode, where any
preparation of the shoot is necessary to promote
its rooting ; it is performed by slitting the
shoot at a joint underneath, up the middle,
half an inch or an inch or more long, according
to the size and nature of the layer, forming a
sort of tongue nearly the same' as directed for

LAY

LED

tarnation layers; laying lhat part in tl:c earth,
and raising the top upright, or rather pointing
inward?, so as to separate the tongue or the slit
from, the other part, and keeping the slit open, as
directed bel

Cutting the Bark. — This i- d by cut-

ting the bark all round at a joint, taking out
small chips all the way below the cut, and
ins that part in the earth, by which it readily
emits r

Piercing the hover. — This is done bv thrust-
ing an awl through the sdioot, at a joint, in se-
vcuii places, laying that part in the- ground, bv
which it will emit fibres from the wounds more
readily.

If'ireing the Layer. — This is bv twisting a
piece of w ire hard rouud the shoot at a joint,
and pricking it \\ ith an awl on each side of the
wire in several places, laving it in the earth, bv
which it breaks out into roots at the confined
and wounded parts; often proving successful in
such trees and shrubs as do not readily emit
fibres bv the other methods.

Bv some of these methods almost all sorts of
trcts and shrubs may be propagated.

The general method or laving all sorts of trees
or plants, either bv simple laying, or anv of the
other meihods, is the following.

The ground about each plant must be duo for
the reception of the layers, making excavations
in the carih to lay down all the shoots or
branches properly situated for the purpose,
pegging each down with a hooked stick, laving
also all the proper young shoots on each branch
or main shoot, fixing each layer from about
three or four to six inches deep, according as
thev admit, and directlv moulding them in that
depth, leaving the tops of every layer out of
ground, from about two or three to rive or six
inches, according to their length, though some
shorten their tops down to an eve or two only
above the earth, raising the top of each layer
somewhat upright, especially the slit or tongucd
layers, to ketp the slit part (pen. As all
the layers of each plant or stool arc thus laved,
all the mould should be levelled in equally in
even' part, close about even- layer, leaving an
even smooth surface, with the I each

layer out.

It sometimes happens that the brand1
Irees are so inflexible as not to be easily brought
down for laying : in which case thev must be
plashed, nuking the gash or cut on {he upper
side; and when they are grown too large lor

Clashine, or the nature of the wood will not
ear that operation, thev mav be thrown on
their sides, by opening the earth about the roots,
and loosening or cutting all those on one side,
that the plant may be brought to the ground,

to admit of the branches being laiJ down into
the earth.

W hen layers are to be made from green-house
shrubs, or other plants iu pots, the work should
generally be performed in pots, either in thtir
own, or others placed for that purpt

After laving in cither of the above methods,
there is no particular culture necessarv, except
in the heat ot summer giving occasional wa-
terings to keep the earth moist about the layers,
which will greatly forward them, and promote a
good supply ot roots against autumn, when
those that are properly rooted should be taken
off and transplanted.

1 he laved branches or shoots should be exa-
mined at the proper season, October and Novem-
ber, and those that are rooted be cut from the
mother plant, with all the root possible, plant-
ing them out in nursery rows, a foot or two
asunder, according to their natureof growth, there
to remain till of due size for their several pur-
poses; but those of the tender kinds must be. pot-
ted, and placed among others of similar nature
and growth.

W hen the Livers are all cleared from the
stools or main plants, the head of each stool,
when to be continued for furnishing layers,
should be dressed ; cutting off all decayed and
_.v parts, digging the ground about them,
working some fresh mould in close about their
heads, to refresh and encourage their producing
a fresh supply of shoots for the following vear's
laying down.
'LEATHERWOOD. See Dirca.

LEDON. See Cistus.

LEDt _\], a genus containing plants of the
hardy evergreen kind. The Marsh Cistus, or
W ild Rosemary.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Monogyma, and ranks in the natural order of

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed penanthium, very small, five-toothed;
the corolla one-petalled, flat, five-parted': divi-
sions ovate, concave, rounded: Hie stamina have
ten filiform filaments, spreading, length of the
corolla: anthers oblong: the pislillum is a
roundish germ : style filiform, length of the
stamens: stigma obtuse : the: periaarpium is a
roundish capsule, live-celled, gaping five ways
at the base : the seeds numerous, oblong, nar-
row, sharp on each >ide, extremely slender.

The species cultivated is L. pauutn, Marsh
Ledum.

It has a branched root, running widelv and
deeply into the ground : the steins are shrubby,
slender, three or four feet long, dividing into
simple branches, and covered "with a brown
bark, which is tomentose or villose whilst thev

L E P

LET

are young, but afterwards becomes smooth :
the leaves are linear-lanceolate, dusky green
above, and smooth, underneath covered with a
brown pile, quite entire, resembling those of
Rosemary, but wider, petioled, and perennial : the
flowers are on peduncles an inch or more in
length, nodding before and after flowering,
whitish, in axillary bundles or corymbs : the
capsule small, obovate, terminated by a long
permanent style : valves coriaceous: partitions
membranaceous, springing from the edges or
the valves, doubled, opening at their inner an-
gle bv a longitudinal chink : the receptacles
five, filiform, "curved a little, springing from
the upper part of the axis of the fruit, and hang-
ing down freely in the cavity of the cells. It
is a native of the north of Europe, flowering in
April and May.

It varies with erect and decumbent branches.
Culture. — These plants are increased by sow-
ing the seeds in pots filled with boggy earth, or
in shady borders of the same kind of mould, in
the spring season.

But the best method is to take up the plants
in their native situations, with balls of earth
about their roots, and plant them in borders of
the above kind, keeping them well watered.
Layersofthevoung shoots sometimes will grow.
They afford variety in shady situations, where
the soil is of the bogey kind.
LEEKS. See Allium.
LEMON TREE. See Citrus.
LEPIDIUM, a genus containing a plant of
the herbaceous annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Telradynamia
Siliculosa, and ranks in the natural order of Si-
liqitosce or Crucijhrmes.

The. characters are : that the calyx is a four-
leaved perianlhium : leaflets ovate, concave, de-
ciduous : the corolla four-petalled, cross- shaped :
petals obovate, twice the length of the calyx,
with narrow claws : the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, length of the calyx, the two
opposite ones shorter: anthers simple: the pis-
tillum is a heart-shaped germ: style simple,
length of the stamens : stigma obtuse : the pe-
ricarpium is a silicle, heart-shaped, emarginate,
compressed, sharp on tie margin, two-celled :
valves navicular, keeled, opposite the lanceolate
dissepiment : the seeds ovate-acuminate, nar-
rower at the base, nodding.

The species cultivated is L. sativum, Garden
or Common Cress.

Other species may be cultivated for variety.
It has an annual, while, fusiform, slender
root: the stem upright, round, smooth, from a
foot to two feet in height, branched at top:
both stem and branches terminated by loose nar-
row spikes of flowers : the leaves oblong, al-

ternate, pinnate, the pinnas of the lower multi-
fid, of the upper more entire, linear or lance-
olate: the flowers small : the calyx very small,
greenish : the petals u bile, larger than the calyx :
the silicic roundish, without any style: the
valves winged : the seeds small, rufescent, ovate,
marked with lines, having a sharp taste like
Mustard. Its native place is unknown.

There are several varieties, as with broad
leaves, with curled leaves, and the common sort
with the leaves multifid.

Culture. — These plants are raised by sowino-
the seed as wanted for use, at different times
of the year, as once a week or fortnight, where
a constant succession of small herbs in their
young growth is wanted for sallads, when only
a few days or a week or two old ; or where a con-
stant supplv of those small herbs are required in
their young seedling growth, some should, as
has been observed, be sown in succession every
week or fortnight at furthest, all spring, sum-
mer, and autumn j and once a fortnight in the
winter season.

The order of sowing them in the different
seasons is ; in a warm south border or other si-
milar situation, or under a frame, 8cc. in the
early spring months ; and as the warm season
advances, in any open compartment, all in as
light earth as the garden affords ; but in summer,
or hot drv weather, in somewhat shady borders,
or in a free situation, shaded with mats from
the scorching sun, and daily watered ; and in
winter in the warmest situation, or in shallow
frames defended with lights, and under hand
glasses : but in frosty or other very cold weather,
in that season, on moderate hot-beds ; and
hot-bed sowings are also requisite during the
colder part of the spring, or at any time in cold
seasons, where a supplv of these and other small-
sallad herbs are required to be raised as quickly
as possible.

The method of sowing the seed in all
cases is veiy thick, as the plants are mostly
used in small young growth, and mostlv in
small, flat, shallow drills, about three inches
asunder, so thick as almost to cover the earth,
being lightly earthed over a quarter of an inch
thick, or less ; or on the plain surface, first raking
it smooth, then sowing the seed thick as above,
smoothing it down with the back of the spade,
and either with the spade spreading some fine
earth lightly over it as thinly as possible, or
covering it by sifting earth over it evenly a small
depth, just to cover all the seed properly. This
sort of sallad herb should always be cultivated
so as to grow as rapidly -as possible, being cut
while perfectly young. See Small Sallau
1 IsRBS,
LEiTUCE. See Lactuca.

LEU

L E U

LEUCOJUM, a genus containing plants of
the bulbous-rooted Bowery perennial kind.

It belongs to tiie class and order Hexandria
Monogynia, and ranks in tlic natural order of
lhaceee.

The characters are : that i he calyx is an ob-
long, obtuse, compressed spathe, gaping on the
flat side, withering j the corolla is bell-shaped-
expanding: petals six, ovate, fiat, conjoined at
the base, with the tips thickish and stiffish :
the stamina have six setaceous filaments, very
short : anthers oblong, obtuse, quadrangular, up-
right, distant: the pistilluin is a roundish infe-
rior genu: style clavate, obtuse : stigma setace-
ous, upright, sharp, longer than the stamens :
the pericarpium is a top- shaped capsule, three-cell-
ed, three- valved : the seeds several, roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. L. centum,
Great Spring Snow-drop ; 2. L. cestiuum, Sum-
mer Snow-drop ; 3. L. autumnale, Autumnal
Snow-drop ; 4. L. slrumoium, Many-flowered
Cape Leucojum.

The first has an oblong bulb, shaped like that
of the Daffodil, but smaller : the leaves are flat,
deep green, four or five in number, broader and
longer than those of the Common Snow-drop :
the scape angular, near a foot high, hollow and
channelled : towards the top comes out a whitish
sheath, opening on the side, out of which come
out two or three flowers, hanging on slender
peduncles : the corolla is much larger than that
of the Common Snow-drop; and the ends of
the petals are green. They appear in March,
and have an agreeable scent, not much unlike
those of the Hawthorn.

The flowers, which at first sight resemble
those of the Common Snow-drop, are easilv
distinguished by the absence of theThree-lcavcd
Nectarv : thev do not come out so soon by a
month. Ttis called by Mr. Curtis, Spring Snow-
flake. It i< a native of Italy, &c.

The second species has a bulb the size of a
Chestnut, somewhat ovate, outwardly paJebrown,
inwardly white ; c< ats mum-rous, thin, and close-
ly compacted. But Miller asserts, thai it is nearly
as large as that of the Common Daffodil, and
very like it in shape : that the leaves also are not
unlike those of the Daffodil, more in number
than in :'.._ first, and keeled at the bottom, where
. over each other, and c mbrace the stalk :
the leaves are about a toot and half in length, up-
right, nearly linear, almost an inch in breadth,
obtuse; the lower ones shortest: the scape a
little higher than the leaves, hollow, slightly flat-
ted, two-edged, a little twisted, one side some-
times obtuse, the other acute : the peduncles
for the most part live from the same sheath, each
supporting a single flower, angular, and ot un-

equal lengths : the flowers are pendulous, crow-
ing all one way, having little scent : the |
are white, finely grooved within, not at all unit-
ing at bottom ; the tips thickish, a little puc-
kered, and marked with a green spot. The
flowers appear at the end of April or the I
ning of May, and there is a succession of them
during three weeks, or longer in cool weather.
It is a native of Hungary, l

To distinguish it from Galanthus, Mr. Curtis
names it Summer Snow-flake; and in gardens
it is know n by the name of Great Summer Snow-
drop; L<itc or Tall Snow-drop.

The third has a thick bulb for the size of the
plant, composed of ma:iv glutinous coats, bitter,
covered with a whitish membrane : the scape slen-
der, brownish, ahand in height, supporting two or
three small white flowers (sometimes only one),
hanging down, having no smell. It is distin-
guished by its four or five capillary leaves ; which
begin to spring up alter the flower is past, when
the seeds are ripening, and sometimes after the
heads are ripe. They abide all the winter and
spring following, and wither away in the begin-
ning of summer; leaving the scape to appear
naked : the flowers are a little reddish at the
bottom next the stalk. It is a native of Portu-
gal, flowering in September.

The fourth lias a roundish while bulb, less
than a hazel nut : the leaves two or three, in-
closed at the base in a white sheath, filiform,
dotted with white, keeled at bottom, flat, or a
little convex on the back, weak, and more or less
lying on the ground : scape flexuose-crect, slen-
der, about half a foot high, roundish, termi-
nated by a spreading umbel of from three to
seven flowers : the valves of the spathe lanceo-
late,acute, membranaceous, opposite, sometimes
equal, sometimes not, pale: the peduncles fili-
form, one flowered, unequal, from one to two
inches in length : flowers without scent, coming
out successively : petals white within, purplish
without, oblong, lanceolate, three lines in length;
the three inner bluntish ; the three outer acute,
with a blunt, greenish keel : anthers purple :
germ three-cornered, arecn : style white, swelled
out at bottom into a body larger than the germ,
plaited at bottom; thence awl-shaped, bluntly
three-cornered, the length of the stamens : stig-
ma obscurely trilid : capsule subglobular, three-
cornered: the whole plant is smooth. It is a
native of the Cape, flowering in November.

Cult mi . — These plants are readily inci
by off-sets from the roots, which should be se-
parated from the old roots about every third year,
IU the summer season, as soon as their leaves
begin to decay, in the same manner as other
bulbous roots. See Bulbous Roots.

L I G

L I G

They may also be increased by seeds, which
should be be sown in the latter end of August,
in a border of light bog earth. The plants
should remain in this situation till the second
summer, and be then taken up at the proper
period and planted in beds, till they begin to
flower, when they should be removed into the
borders. In this way they are three or four years
before they flower.

The best method is, to procure the roots from
the nurservmen, and plant them in the begin-
ning of the autumn, in an eastern or northern
border, where the soil is of a boggy quality, in
patches of three or lour together, in the fronts,
putting them in to the depth of about three or
four inches.

The off-sets should be planted out in beds a
year or two after being taken off, till fit to be
set out for flowering.

A soft loamy soil, or a mixture of loam and
bog earth, are the most suited to their healthy-
growth. The last sort requires protection in the
house with other Cape bulbs.

Bv planting them in the different aspects men-
tioned, a longer succession of flowers may be
produced.

They are very ornamental in the fronts of the
borders, or the sides of the lawns, and other
parts near the house.

LIGHT, a subtile fluid highly necessary to
the healthy growth and vigour of plants.

The author of the Philosophy of Gardening re-
marks, that the contest for light as well as for air,
which is so visible in the growth of vegetables,
shows the former to be of great consequence to
their existence, as well as the latter. "Thus," says
he, " many flowers follow the sun during the
course of the day, by the nutation of the stalks, not
by the rotation of them, as observed in the Sun-
flower, by Dr. Hales, and the leaves of all plants
endeavour to turn their upper surfaces to the light,
which is their respiratory organ, or lungs. The
great use of all plants turning the upper surfaces
of their leaves to the light, is thus rendered in-
telligible ; the water perspired from those sur-
faces is, he conceives, hyperoxygenated ; and, as
it escapes from the sharp edges of the mouths
of the perspiring vessels, when acted upon by
the sun's light, gives out oxygen ; which oxy-
gen thus liberated from the perspired water, and
added to that of the common atmosphere, pre-
sents to the respiratory terminations of the
pulmonary vessels on the upper surfaces of leaves,
an atmosphere more replete with vital air. This
necessity of light to the respiration of vegetables
is so great, he thinks, that there is reason to
believe that many plants do not respire during
the night, but exist in a torpid state, like winter-

sleeping insects. Thus the Mimosa, Sensitive
Plant, and many others, close the upper surfaces
of their opposite leaves together during the night,
and thus preclude them both from the air and
light ; and the internal surfaces of innumerable
flowers, which are their respiratory organs, are
closed during the night, and thus unexposed
both to light and air.

" It is however observed, that ihejwigi, which
are termed vegetables because they are fixed to
the earth, or to the stones, or trees, or timber,
where they are found, can exist without light, or
much air, as appears in the truffle, which never ap-
pears above ground ; and by othery«ff07, which
grow in dark cellars ; and in esculent mushrooms,
which are cultivated beneath bed sof straw."

The etiolation or blanching of vegetables also
depends upon keeping the light from them.

It is further contended, that " the element of
light, as well as that of heat, is necessary to vege-
tation. In this climate they both seem in ge-
neral to be injurious only by their defect, and
seldom by their excess. But as light acts as a
stimulus on the more irritative or sensitive parts
of plants, which appear by the expansion of
many flowers, and of some leaves, when the
sun shines on them, and by the nutation of the
whole flower, as of the Sun-flower (Helianthus),
and by the bending of the summits of all plants
confined in houses towards the light ; there may
be diseases owing to the excess of this stimulus,
which have not been attended to; to prevent
which, the flowers of Tragopogon, Salsafi, and
of other plants, close about noon. Other un-
observed diseases may be owing to a defect of
the stimulus of light ; as a Mimosa, Sensitive
Plant, which had been confined in a dark room,
did not open its foliage, though late in the day,
till many minutes after it was exposed to the
light." The excess of light has not, however,
been observed to be attended by vegetable dis-
eases in these more northern latitudes.

Experience has shown its infinite service to
the growth of vegetables, contributing exceed-
ingly to facilitate their vegetation, and increase
their perfection and duration ; as it is obvious
that most plants are considerably more prosper-
ous, and attain greater perfection, in a free expo-
sure fully open to the light and air, than in
shady places ; the same is observed of fruits.
Those growinsr in a situation full to the light
of the sun, are in general more large and fair,
ripening sooner, and more perfectly, as to beau-
ty and richness of flavour, than such as grow
in the shade : these reasons should therefore de-
termine us to cultivate* most of the principal
plants and fruits in situations open as much as
possible to the full light and influence of th«

3

L I G

L I G

sun ; though upon particular occasions, in the
heat of summer, shady places may be necessary
lor some sorts of plants , though not where
shaded and darkened by spreading trees, Sec. but
a border open above to the lull light, and only
shaded from the immediate rays of the sun.
For the general crops, a perfectly open, sunny,
light situation, free from the shade of spread-
ing trees, is always the most proper.

Its utility is very evident, from plants growing
in garden-frames, green-houses, Sec. in winter,
whin, in time of severe weather, covers or
shutters have been continued long over the
-, so as to exclude the rays of light, be-
coming sickly, growing pale, and assuming an
unhealthy appearance lor a longtime; the leaves
often either decaying or dropping off; and fre-
quently when the covers are continued very long
without the admission of light, the whole plant
in many sorts gradually dwindles and perishes.
Great attention is of course requisite in this
ease, when, from the severity of the weather, the
use of other covers besides the glasses is neces-
sary, to take every opportunity of a favourable
day, or even an hour or two of a day, to admit
the light as fully as possible.

The same is also the case with plants in
early hot-beds, such as Cucumbers, Melons, Sec.
which, early in the year, require a covering of
mats over the glasses every night ; as when these
additional covers are applied too soon in the
afternoon, and continued late in the morning,
so as to keep the plants long in darkness, it is
highly disadvantageous to their growth, causing
them to grow weak, pale, and sickly.

As light is, therefore, so beneficial to plants
in general, it should be increased as much as
possible to those in frames, green-houses, stows,
&c. In these situations it may be useful to paint
the inside of all such departments white, to re-
fleet the rays of light as much as possible,
and particularly in the niyht>, and in day-time
when the severity of the season requires covers
or shutters to be placed over the glasses.

LIGHTS, a term applied to the moveable
glazed sashes which cover srarden-frames ; and
which, according to the number of lights, or
separate moveable glasses, are denominated one-
light, two-light, and three-light frames; these
being the general different sizes of garden-
frames. S» Frame.

LIGUSTICUMj a genus containing plants
of the herbaceous, biennial, and perennial kinds.

ft belongs to the class and order Ptntundria
Digynia, and ranks in the natural order of
I sellatce ox Umbelllfi

The characters are : that the calyx is an
real umbel, manifold: partial manifold;

Vol. II.

involucre universal membranaceous, seven -leav-
ed, unequal .- partial scarcely four-leaved, mem-
branaceous: perianthium proper five-toothed,

obscuie : the corolla is universal uniform : flo-
rets all fertile: proper of live petals, which are
equal, involute, flat, entire, inwardly keeled:
the stamina have live capillary filaments, shorter
than the corolla: anthers simple : the pistillum
isan inferiorgerm : styles two, approximated: stig-
mas simple : there is no pericarp, urn : fruit oblong,
cornered, five-furrowed, biparliteon each side: the
seeds two; oblong, smooth, marked on one
side with five elevated striae, flat on the other
side.

The species cultivated are: 1. /,. levisticum, ■
Common Lovagc ; i.L. Scoticum, Scotch Lov-
age ; 3. L. Austriacum, Austrian Lovage.

The first has a strong, fleshy, perennial root,
striking deep into the ground,' and composed of
many strong fleshy fibres covered with a brown
skin, and having a strong hot aromatic smell
and taste: the leaves are large, composed of
many leaflets shaped like those of Small age, but
larger, and of a deeper green : the stems six or seven
feet high, large and channelled, dividing into
several branches, each terminated by a large um-
bel of yellow flowers. It is a native of the Alps
of Italy, Sec. flowering in June and .July, and
the seeds ripening in autumn.

The second species has a biennial root, (per-
ennial) of much less size than the preceding:
the leaflets are broader and shorter ; each leaf
having two or three ternate leaflets, indented on
their edges : the stalk rises about a foot high,
and sustains a small umbel of yellow flowers,
shaped like those of the preceding. It is a
native of Scotland, North America, Sec.

The third has a root half a foot long or more,
the thickness of the human thumb, often branch-
ed, yellowish brown on the outside, pale within
and spongy : the stem upright, from two to
three feet in height, grooved, hollow without
any partitions at the joints, the whole leafy, as
thick as the thumb or finger, simply branched
at top only: the root-leaves very large; th< stem-
leaves above the middle sessile : the leaflets of
the general involucre lanceolate, acute, pale
green with a whitish membranaceous edge,
about half the length of the umbel, n Hex, en-
tire, or variously gashed j of the partial invo-
lucre about six, all commonly quite entire, the
outer equalling the umbel lets, and not bent
back: terminating umbel of about fort) rays,
from four to seven inches in diameter : the rest
much smaller; all close: these, which are at
the tops of the branches, flower later, and gra-
dually exceed the primary umbel in height, ur-
rounding it when in fruit : the flowersarc strong*
I

L I G

L I G

smellinjr, InrCe. all fertile. It is a native of rises with a stronger stem, the branches Jess
Austria &c. flowering from June to August. pliable, and grows more erect ; the bark is of a
Culture — These plants are increased by sow- lighter colour; the leaves much larger ending in
ine the seeds either in the places where they are acute points, of a brighter green, and continue
to remain, or in beds of light earth, in the au- till they are thrust oft by the young leaves m the
tumn or spring, but the former is the better spring: the flowers are rather larger, and are
method raking them lightly in. When the plants not often succeeded by berries in this climate,
have ttained afew inches growth, they should be The chief use of the common sort is to form
removed from the beds into other beds, where the such hedges as are required in dividing gardens
soil is moist, and set out two feet apart each way, for shelter or ornament ; and for this the Itali-
andin the autumn those for the border removed an or Evergreen kind is usually preferred: it
into them : but the above is the better practice, bears clipping well, is not liable to be disngu-
The plants sown where they are to grow, red by insects, and having only fibrous roots, it
should be thinned out in the spring, and be kept robs the ground less than almost any other
clean from weeds. shrub : ll 1S one oi the tew Plants that wlU
' They may be admitted in large borders for thrive in the smoke of large towns, though it
the purpose of variety. The first is also used as seldom produces any flowers in the closer parts
a medicinal plant. after the first year : it also grows well under the
LIGUSTRUM, a genus containing a plant of drip of trees and m shade : the Sphinx lAgustri,
the hardy deciduous and evergreen shrubby or Privet Hawk Moth, and Pkaleena Syringana,
kjncj pfivet. feed on it in the caterpillar state, and Meloe ve-
il belongs'to the class and order Diandria sicatorius, Cant.harid.es or Blister Beetle, is found
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of on it. From the pulp of the berries a rose-co-

Sepiurice.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, tubular perianthium, very small: mouth
four- toothed, erect, obtuse : the corolla one-
petalled, funnel -form: tube cylindric, longer
than the calyx: border four-parted, spreading:
divisions ovate : the stamina have two filaments,

loured pigment may be prepared : with which,
by the addition of alum, they dye wool and silk
of a good durable green : for which purpose they
must be gathered as soon as they are ripe.

Culture. — These plants are capable of being
increased by seed, layers, suckers, and cuttings ;
but the first method affords the best plants :
the seed should be sown in autumn, in a bed of
common earth an inch deep, or in drills the

opposite, simple : anthers upright, almost the
lendh of the corolla : the pistil lum is a round-
ish o-erm : style very short : stigma two-cleft, same depth ; but as they do not always grow
obtuse, thickish : the pericarpium is a globose freely the first year, they may be buried till
berrv, smooth, one-celled: the seeds four, con- next autumn, in pots of sandy earth, in the

vex on one side, cornered on the other.

The species cultivated is L. vulgare, Com-
mon Privet.

It T? a shrub, usually about six feet in height,
branched, the bark of a greenish ash-colour, ir-
regularly sprinkled with numerous prominent

ground, and then sown as above : when the
plants come up they should be kept well weed-
ed, and, when a year or two old, be planted out
in nursery-rows, to remain two or three years,
then removed where they are wanted to re-
main : the lavers should be laid down, from some

points : branches opposite, the young ones flexi- of the pliable young branches, in the earth, in
ble and purplish: the leaves opposite, on very autumn or winter, when they will be well root-^
short petioles, smooth on both sides, perfectly ed by the autumn following ; then take them oft
entire, the lower ones at the bottoms of the small from the stool, with their roots, and plant them
branches least : the panicle about two inches in in the nursery for a year or two, or till of pro-
length, close and somewhat pyramidal ; branch- per size for the purposes they are intended for:
is and pedicels appearing villose when magnifi- the suckers which rise annually from the roots
ed : the corolla white, b~ut soon changing" to a should be taken up in autumn, winter, or spring,
reddish-brown : the flowers are sweet-scented : with roots, and planted in the nursery as above:
berry superior, fleshy, subglobular, shining, of the cuttings of the young shoots, eight or ten
so dark a purple as to seem black : it is found inches long, should be planted in the autumn,
wild in most parts of Europe, &c. flowering in in a shady border, where they will be properly
July, and the berries ripening in autumn. * rooted by the following autumn, when they may
There are several varieties; as withtheleaves in be planted out in nursery rows, to acquire pro-
threes and enlarged atthe base, with silver-striped per growth, in the manner directed above.
leaves, with gold-striped leaves, with white ber- The varieties with striped leaves may be mcreas-
lies; and Evergreen or Italian Privet, which ed by budding, or inarching, upon the plain

L I L

L I L

sort j or by laying down the branches, — but they
seldom shoot so ta>t as to produce branches pro-
per tor this purpose ; and being more tender, they
should have a dry soil and a warm situation :
in a rich soil they soon lose their variegation,
and become plain. The Italian or Evergreen
sort, which is now generally found in the nurse-
ries, is equally hardv, and thrives in almost any
situation : it is increased in the same manner ;
but as it seldom produces berries in this cli-
mate, they must be procured from the place of
its native growth.

The plants, besides their use as above, may be
introduced in the shrubberies and other parts, by
way of variety, especially the Evergreen sort.

LILAC. See Svringa.

LILIUM, a genus containing plants of the
bulbous-rooted Bowery perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Coronar'up.

The characters are : that there is no calyx :
the corolla is six-petalled, bell-shaped, narrow-
ed beneath : petals upright, incumbent, obtuse-
ly earinated on the back, gradually more ex-
panding, wider ; with thick, reflex, obtuse tips :
nectary, a longitudinal, tubular line, engraven
on each petal from the base to the middle : the
stamina have six awl-shaped filaments, up-
right, shorter than the corolla : anthers oblong,
incumbent : the pistilluiu is an oblong cerm,
cvlindric, striated with six furrows : style cy-
lindric, length of the corolla : stigma thickish,
triangular : the pericarpium is an oblong six-
furrowed capsule, with a three-cornered, hol-
low, obtuse tip, three-celled, three-valved ; the
valves connected by hairs disposed in a cancel-
lated manner ; the seeds are numerous, incum-
bent in a twin order ; flat, outwardly semi-orbi-
cular.

The species cultivated are : 1 L. candidum.
Common White Lily ; 2. L. CatesbcBt, Cates-
by's Lily ; 3. L. tulbiferum, Bulb-bearing or
Orange Lily ; 4. L.Marlagon, Purple Martasron
Lily, or Turk's Cap; 5. L. Pompomttm, Pom-
ponian Lily ; 6'. L. ehalcedonicum, Scarlet Mar-
tagonLily ; 7- L. superbum, Great Yellow Mar-
Lily ; 8. L. Canadense, Canada Martagon
I.,i\ ; y. L. Ctmschatceiue, Kamtschatka Luy ;
io. L. PkUadelphicum, Philadelphiao Martagon
Llv.

The first has a larce bulb, from which proceed
several succulent fibres : the stem stout, round,
upright, usually about three feet in height : the
leaves numerous, long, narrow-pointed, smooth,
sessile : the flowers large anil white, terminat-
ing the stem in a cluster on short peduncles :
the petals within of a beautiful shining white;

on the outside ridged and less luminous. It is a
native of the Levant, Howerimj; in June and
July.

The principal varieties are ; with striped flowers,
or with blotched purple flowers, or with variegated
stri]K-d leaves, or with yellow-edged leaves, with
double flowers, and with pendulous flowers.

The first of these varieties is now become
common; but the purple stain giving the flower
a dull colour, the common white is generally
preferred : the second is chiefly valued for it*
appearance in winter and spring ; for the leaves
coming out early in the autumn, spreading
themselves flat on the ground, and being finely
edged with a broad yellow band, make a pretty
appearance during the winter and spring months,
as it flowers earlier than the plain sort : the
third is of little value, as the flowers never open
well unless they are covered with glasses, nor
have they any of the rich odour of the com-
mon sort: the fourth came originally from
Constantinople ; the stalk is much more slen-
der; the leaves narrower and fewer in number;
the flowers not quite so large, and the petals
more contracted at the base ; they always hang
downwards ; the stalks are sometimes verv
broad and flat, appearing as if two or three were
joined together : when This happens, they sus-
tain from sixty to one hundred flowers, and
sometimes more; this however is merelv acci-
dental, as the same root scarcely ever produces
the same two vears together.

The second species is one of the least of the
cultivated sorts, the w hole plant when in bloom
being frequently little more than a foot high ;
in its native soil it is described as growing to
the height of two feet : the stalk is terminated
by one upright flower : it is purple, slender, up-
right, round, smooth with a slight glaucous
bloom on it, solid, stirfish : the root-leaves few,
often only on the barren plant, on long peti-
oles : the stem-leaves are numerous, alternately
scattered, sessile, curved back, narrow -lanceo-
late, the upper ones gradually more ovatc-lan-
ccolate, quite entire, blunt with a purple tip,
even on botli -ides, slenderly nerved, flat, a little
fleshy, shrivelling: the flower ha> no scent, but
is said by Catesby, to be variously shaded with
red, orange, and lemon colours: it is remarked
by Mr. Curtis, that it varies considerably in the
breadth of its petals, in their colour and spots ;
and that it (lowers usually in July or August.

The third hasaspbovate bulb in u- native state,
consisting of thick white loosely imbricate scales,
putting out a feu thick fibres from the bottom :
the stem upright, a toot and hall high, stri-
ated-angular, >;.mm,i|i or slightly bairy, with nu-
merous scattered leaves, the upper ones spnad-

i i

L I L

L I L

ing out horizontally, acute, quite entire, obso-
letely hirsute, a little rough to the touch, dark
green, slightly nerved, sessile, lanceolate-linear,
three or four inches long ; each, excepting the
lower, frequently producing a roundish and
shining pale-green bulb or two in the axil: the
peduncle terminating, round, thick, somewhat
villose; either solitary, or two, three or four
together, forming a sort of umbel ; some naked,
others having a bracte or two: the flower with-
out scent, red-orange within, pale-orange on
the outside. It is a native of Austria, &c.

There are varieties with double flowers, with
variegated leaves, with smaller stems, and the
bulb^bearing fiery Lily, which seldom rises more
than half the height of the others : the leaves
are narrower : the flowers smaller, and of a
brighter flame-colour, few in number and more
erect ; they come out a month before those of
the common sort, and the stalks put out bulbs
at most of the axils, which, if taken oft' when
the stalks decay, and planted, produce plants.

The sub-varieties are : the great broad-leafed,
the many-flowered, the small, and the hoary
bulb-bearing Lily.

The fourth species rises with a strong stalk from
three to four feet high : the leaves are broad; the
flowers dark purple, with some spots of black; they
are produced in loose spikes, appear in June, and
have a disagreeable odour when near, but not so
offensive as the seventh sort: the bulb is, accord-
ing to Martyn, composed of lanceolate, yellow,
loose scales, with thick, long, whitish fibres at
bottom : the stem straight, round, shining,
from a foot and a half to four feet in height, at
the top of the bulb furnished with rooting
fibres in whorls, pale green at bottom, the rest
having black spots scattered over it, above and
below the leaves are scattered, but in the middle
they are in whorls ; lanceolate, acute, somewhat
nerved, quite entire, subpetioled ; the stem ter-
minates in a loose raceme, many-flowered, few-
flowered, or sometimes one-flowered only : the'
peduncles purple, dotted with black, with lan-
ceolate sharp bractes, two to the lower, and
one to the upper flowers : the petals purple or
pale, more or less spotted with black on both
sides, the three outer hirsute, with a raised line
along tlie middle. It is a native of the south of
Europe, See.

It varies will) white flowers, with double
flowers, with red flowers and hairy stalks, and
with imperial divided stalks.

The tilth species has a pretty large yellow
scalv root, from which arises an upright stalk
nearly three feet high, with long narrow leaves,
almost triangular, having a longitudinal ridge on
their under side ; they arc deep green, and ter-
1

minate in acute points ; the upper part of the
stalk divides into four or five peduncles, each
sustaining a single flower of a fine carmine co-
lour, with a few dark spots scattered over it;
they appear in July, and, when the season is not
hot, continue a considerable time in beauty.
It is a native of the Pyrenees, &c.

It varies with double red flowers, with white
flowers, with double white flowers, with red spot-
ted flowers, with white spotted flowers, with yellow
flowers, with yellow spotted flowers, with early
scarlet flowers, and the Major Scarlet Pom pony.

The sixth species is from three to four reet in
height ; the leaves are much broader than those
of the fifth sort, and appear as if they were
edged with white ; they are placed very closely
upon the stalks : the flowers are of a bright
scarlet, and seldom more than five or six in
number : it flowers late in July, and in cool
seasons continues in beauty great part of Au-
gust. It is remarked by Linnxus, that the ra-
ceme, before the flowers open, is scarcely curved
in, as in the fifth sort, and that the stem is
clothed with clustered leaves to the very top.
It is a native of the Levant.

According to Mr. Curtis, it varies in the
number of flowers, from one to six, and the
colour in some is of a blood red : also with
deep scarlet flowers, with purple flowers, and
with large bunches of flowers.

The seventh has a round stem, very smooth
and even, panicled at top, two feet high and
more ; the branches alternate, divaricating, up-
right, like the stem, reflex at top, flower-bear-
ing: the stem-leaves alternate, subpetioled,.
foFdcd together at the base, ovate-oblong, a-
cute, quite entire, smooth, five-nerved beneath,
spreading ; one flower at the end of each branch :
the corollas are large and handsome : the petals
oblong, acute, white with large purple spots
and smaller black ones from the middle to the
base : ncctareous keel bearded : according to
Catesbv the flowers grow alternately on long
footstalks, and are of an orange and lemon
colour, thick spotted with dark brown; but
Miller savs they are produced in form of a py-
ramid, and when the roots are strong there are
forty or fifty on a stalk, large, yellow with
dark spots, and make a fine appearance, but
smell so disagreeably, that few persons can en-
dure to be near them: they appear at the end of
June. It is a native of North America.

The eighth species has oblong and large bulbs :
the stems from four to live feet high : the leaves

obk

and pointed : the Bowers large,

spotted with black, shaped like those of the
orange lily, and the petals not turned back so
much as m the other Martagons : they come out

L I L

L I L

in the ln-ginning of August, and, when the roi is
are large, in great numbers, maki ie ap-

pearance. According to Catesby, on i hi
the stern are about twelvt pendulous flowers on
long arched peduncles, and the petals ai re-
flected very little. It Rowers in July and Au-
gust, and is round in North Ann

There i- ;i variety with larger deeper-colour-
ed flowers.

The ninth has a roundish small bulb: the
stem quit* sim| Ie round, even, a foot high : the
haves lanceolate or lanceolate-linear, sessile,
four or six, striated, rather blunt, even, up-
right ; two or three of the upper ones usually
alternate, narrower: the flowers terminating,
few, an inch and a halt' in diameter, on verv
short, naked, almost upright peduncles : the
petals ovate, blunt, even, striated, purple,
not rolled back, attenuated at the base : the fila-
ments shorter bv hall than the corolla: the an-
thers upright : the germ triangular and oblong :
style none : stigmas three, oblong, curved
back, almost the length of the germ. It is a
native of Kamtschatka.

The tenth species lias a smaller root than in
the other sorts, scaly and white : the stem
single, upright, near a foot and half high : the
leaves in four or five whorls, short, pretty-
broad, obtuse : the stem terminated by two
flowers which stand erect, upon short separate
peduncles ; thev are shaped like those of the
bulb-bearing fiery Lilv, but the petals are nar-
rower at their base, so that there is a consider-
able space between them, but upwards thev en-
large and approximate, forming a sort of open
bell-shaped corolla, but thev terminate in acute
points : are of abright purple colour, marked with
several dark purple spots towards the base. It
flowers in Julv, and the seeds ripen at the end of
September. It is a native of North America.

Culture. — All the sorts are capable of being
increased by planting the off-sets of the root,
and by sowing seeds to obtain new varieties.

All the sorts of these roots afford plenty of
off-sets every year, which when greatly wanted
may be taken oil' annually in autumn ; but once
in two or three years is better, according as they
arc wanted ; the proper time for which is in
summer and autumn, when the flower is past
and th d, either separating the

off-sets from the mother bulbs in l«;e ground, or
takiu : the whole up, and separating all the off-
sets, small and great, from the main bulbs; the
sin .11 off-SCtS being then planted in beds a foot
asunder and three inches deep, to remain a year
or two; and the huge bulbs again in the bor-
ders, &c. singly. The oft"- sets in the nursery
beds may er baving obtained size and

strength for flowering in perfection, he pi

out v . are « anted.

The sowing of the seed is chiefly practised
for the Martagons to obtain new varieties,
which should be done in autumn, soon after
id is ripe, ill pots or boxes of rich light
saudy earth, with holes in the bottoms half an
iuch deep; placing the pots in a sunny sheltered
situation all winter, refreshing them at lirst
often with water, and the plant.- will appear in
the spring; when, about April, remove them to
have only the morning sun all the summer, giv-
ing moderate waterings : in August the bulbs
should be transplanted into nurserv-beds in flat
drills, an inch deep, and three or four asunder ;
when, as the bulbs will be verv small, scatter the
earth and bulbs together into the drills, cover-
ing them with earth to the above depth ; and
after having grown in this situation till the Au-
gust or September following, they should be
transplanted into another bed, placing them
eight or nine inches each way asunder, to re-
main to show their first flowers ; after which
they may be finally planted out into the plea-
sure-ground.

New varieties of the other sorts may be rais-
ed in the same way.

The bulb-bearing varieties may also be in-
creased bv the little bulbs put forth from the
axils of the leaves without taking up the old
bulbs.

The same method of planting and general
culture answers for all the different sorts.

The most proper time, as has been seen, for
planting and transplanting then; is in autumn,
w hen their flowers and stalks decav, which is
generally about September, the roots being then
at rest for a short ispace of time, as well as for
procuring roots to plant. The bulbs taken up
at the above season may be kept out of ground,
if necessary, till October or November : the
White Lilies, however, do not succeed if kept
long out of the earth, and all the others succeed
bestwhen planted againas soon as possible. The
bulbs of all the sorts are sold at the nurserii -.

They should be planted singly, as they soon
increase by off-sets into large bunches, dispos-
ing them in assemblage in different pan- of
the borders, and towards the fronts of the prin-
cipal shrubbery clumps; placing them three or
four inches deep, ami at good distances from
one another, intermixing the different sorts,
placing some forward-, and others more back-
ward, to effect tin greater show and variety.

Some may likewise hi- planted in separate
beds by themselves, twelve or fifteen inches
asunder; cither of different sorts together, or
each in distinct bed.-, or in separate rows, 6<c.

L I L

L I M

After being thus planted out, few of the sorts however, all flowers so large as that of the Lily,

require any particular culture, as they are capa- some being considerably smaller ; and as the

bleof enduring all weather at every season. It is common Lily has no calyx, so several of the li-

however necessary to destroy all weeds ; and, as liaceous flowers are also destitute of a cup ; and

some of them run up with pretty tall slender others have cups, which are principally of that

stalks, to support them with sticks to preserve sort called a spathe. They may therefore be

effectually their upright position, by which distinguished into such as have cups and such

their flowers will appear to the best advantage. as have not.

Some of the more tender sorts, as the second, Those without cups are: all the different sorts

fourth, eighth, and tenth species, should, how- of common lily; the tulip, all the kinds; fri-

ever, be protected in severe winters, by applying tillary, and crown imperial ; hyacinch ; star of

tanner's bark or some other similar substance Bethlehem; bastard star of Bethlehem; tuberose;

over their roots. asphodel ; squill ; hemerocallis, or day-lily ; an-

Thev should all, as has been said, remain un- thericum, or spider-wort; aloe ; yucca, or Adam's

disturbed two or three years, or longer, as by needle; gloriosa, or superb lily, &c.
remaining they flower stronger after the first Those with spathes or cups are : the crocus;

year ; and having increased by off-sets into large galanthus, or common snow-drop; leucojum,or

bunches, many stalks will rise from each bunch great snow-drop ; daffodil, narcissus, and jon-

pf roots, so as to exhibit a large cluster of quil; crinum, or asphodel lily ; colchicum; iris,

flowers: it is, however, proper to take up the orflower-de-luce; hsemanthus, or blood-flower;

bulbs entirely every three or four years at least, gladiolus, or sword-lily ; Virginia spider-wort ;

at the decay of the stalk, *to separate the in
qreased off-sets, both for propagation and to
disburthen the main roots, and give them room
to take their proper growth in.

After being taken up in the autumn, all the

amaryllis, including the tJuernsey lily, bella-
donna lily, and Jacobaea lily, &c. ; pancratium
lily, &c.

The greater part of these liliaceous plants of
both kinds are bulbous-rooted ; some, how-

sorts should, as just observed, be replanted as ever, have tuberous and some fibrous roots;

soon as possible, especially the White Lily sorts, and all of them are perennial in root, but annual

as they soon begin to emit roots. in stalk.

They are all valuable as plants of ornament They are all ornamental garden-flowers, and

for the beauty of their flowers, which have a most of them sufficiently hardy to grow in the

noble appearance : they are of course proper or- open ground ; though a few are proper for the

naments for the pleasure-ground ; and when the green-house and stove. See the different Ge-

different sorts are properly intermixed, they nera.

effect a most elegant variety, succeeding each LILY. See Amaryllis, and Lilium.
other in blow upwards of three months. When LILY-OF-THE-VALLEY. See Conval-

w anted particularly for shady or close places, the laria.

common White Lily, Orange Lily, and com- LIME TREE. See Citrus.
ni'on Martagons, are the most proper, as they LIME WATER, such as is prepared by

thrive under trees. The Orange Lily also an- slaking caustic lime in soft water, in the pro-

swers well in small gardens/ in the midst of portion of half a peck of the former to thirty-

bu ldinsrs in towns and cities. Besides plant- two gallons of the latter, letting them remain

in" the'difterent sorts for the beauty of their some time before they are made use of, stirring

flmvers, many of the striped- leaved White Lily them well, two or three times a day, for two or

sots should be placed towards the fronts of the three days. This liquid, when the lime has

UU»t conspicuous parts lor the beauty of their
leaves in autumn, winter, and .-; ring, which, if
disposed alternately with the Common White
Lily, whose leaves are entirely green, a most
striking variety will be produced.

subsided, is found highly useful in clearing
fruit-trees from the ravages of the Aphis Puce-
ron, or Vine-Fretter. It should be applied
once a dav by means of an engine so as to be
thrownasmuch as possible on the under sides of

ie tall-crowing soris are only proper for the leaves, ai .1 with considerable force, pressing

large borders and clumps, in mixture with
oilier lame herbaceous plants.

LILfACEOUS PLANTS, such as resemble
those of the Lily kind, in their flowers having
six regular pelals,in 'lie form of a Lily, or three,
or even one petal deeply divided into six segments,
assuming a lily-flower form; they have not,

the fore finger upon the end- of the pipe, to
make it spread like small rain, and taking care
that every part of the tree be well watered. It
should be done as much as possible in cloudy
weather, and w heir the- sun is off the walls.
Where the trees have an easterly aspect, they
may be watered about half past eleven o'clock
2

L I M

L I N

in the forenoon, ami in a northern MM, the first
thing in the morning; hut in a southern aspect,
ahout four o'clock in the afternoon. And when
northerly or easterly winds and frosty nights pre-
vail, ii should be discontinued nil the weath
comes mild. The trees should always get dry be-
fore night, and never be watered when the sun is
upon them. Care must likewise bo taken that
the grounds of the lime be not made use of, as
it would make the tre.s have a di e ap-

I S : PofjBRON and Vink-Fretter.

LIMODORUM, a genus containing |
of the bulbo-tuberous-rooted herbaceous peren-
nial kind

It belongs to the class am! order Gyndndria
Diandria, and ranks in the natural order of Or-
chutete.

The characters are : that the calyx has v
spathes: spadix simple : there is no perianth i a-:
the corolla, petal* the, ovate-oblong, about
equal, spreading: the superior ones converging :
nectary one-leafed, concave, footstalked, with-
in the lowest petal; the length of the petals:'
the stamina two : filament an oblong, ascend-
ing body, the length of the corolla: anthers
two, ovate, looking forwards: the pistillum
is a columnar germ, the length of the corolia;
inferior: style filiform, growing to the body of
the filaments: stigma funnel-form : the pericar-
piuin is a columnar capsule three- valved, one-cell-
ed, gaping at the corners : the seeds numerous,
saw-dust-like.

The species cultivated are : 1. L. tuberosum,
Tuberous-rooted Limodorum : 2. L.altum, Tall
Limodorum : 3. L. Tunktrv'tllice, Chinese Li-
modorum.

The first has a tuberous root : the stem a
foot and half high : the number of flowers not
exceeding five, dark purple : in a more luxuri-
ant state it is probabl) a larger plant, and pro-
duces more flowers. It is a native of North
America.

The -econd species has a root shaped like
that of the true Saffron, but the outer co-
ver of a darker brown colour ; from this come
out two or three leaves nine or ten inches long,
and near three quarters of an inch broad in the
middle, being contracted towards both ends,
terminating with long acute points, folding
over each other at their base : they have five
longitudinal furrows, like the first leaves of
young palms : the Hower-stalk arises immedi-
ately from the root, on one side of the leaves ;
it is naked, smooth, and of a purplish colour
towards the top : it is near a foot and a half
high, and terminated by a loose spike of pur-
plish red flowers on short peduncles. The
bulb tubercled, roundish, of a fleshy and fibrose

substance, covered with a coriaceous shining
skin, and havingtome torn . ,„n_

demeath : the leave- from the bulb, vernal, two
feet long, broad -lanceolate, longitudinally folded

at the nerves, even, verj like those of .1 young
plan, of the coco palm : scape simple, upright,
sometimes subdivided at top, two feet high,
even, round ; it has little sheaths on it, which
aie remote, pnvmorsc, embracing, netted, pale:
the flowers terminating, scattered, alternate,
Luge, purple, sometimes varying to white. It
is a native of the West Indie's, flowering in
June ami July.

The third has a bulb fibrous root, from which
proceed three or four oblong, oval, pointed
leaves plaited and narrowed at the base, ahout a
foot and a half in length, and seven inches in
breadth in the middle part : the Bower-s
fis - from the root upwards of two feet in
height, and is furnished with along -pike of laMc
beautiful tloucrs, each consisting or live oblong
spreading petals of a pure white on their upper-
side, and brown underneath, with a large con-
cave nectarium tinged with red towards ^he ex-
tremity, and succeeded by a three-cornered co-
lumnar gernien inclosing the seeds. It is a
native of China, flowering in March and April.

( ulture. — These plants are increased bv
planting the off-sets from the roots in pots of
bog earth, plunging them in the first sort in a
mild tan-pit, and in the others in the tan hot-
bed of the stove. The proper time of taking
them off is when the plants are the most desti-
tute of leaves.

The two last sorts should have a loamv mould,
and but little water in the winter season.

The first requires the protection of a
green-house in winter, and the two last must
be kept in the bark-bed of the stove.

They afford variety in the green-house and
stove collections.

LIMON. See Citrus.

LINING HOT-BEDS, the practice of ap-
plying a layer of hot-dung to the sides of the
beds to revive and keep up the declining I
It is essentially necessary in the culture of
plants on dung hot-beds in early seasons in
winter or spring, until May. As the6e hot-beds
generally in from three or four to fiw or -i\
weeks, according to their substance, begin to
decline in their degree of heat, they require
a revival to continue them in regular heat ;
which in dung hot-beds can only be eff
in this manner. It is applied to one or both
sides as there may be\>ceasion.

Thus, by t he occasional repetition of two, three,
or more linings, a hot-bed is continued in a
proper degree of heat several months, as exem-

L I N

plificd in early cucumber aad melon hot-beds,
which, without the aid of occasional linings,
would not retain sufficient heat to forward
their respective plants, &c. to proper perfec-
tion. .

Dung for this purpose must be of the best
fresh horse stable kind, moist and full of a
steamy lively heat, being prepared in the man-
ner described under Hot-bed, and in proper
quantity to make the lining substantial, fifteen
or eighteen inches wide, and as high as the
dung of the hotbed; as when too slender they
do not effect the intended purpose, especially in
early beds, or when the heat is considerably
decreased.

In early hot-bed work, care should be taken,
according to the extent of the bed or beds and
season of the year, to allot and reserve a suffici-
ency of dung for linings : early beds in very cold
weather will generally require more substan-
tial and frequent linings than later-madcbeds in
the advanced spring-months; and some hot-beds,
for slight or temporary uses, just to raise plants
for two or three weeks, will sometimes require
but very little or no linings. Hot-beds made
late, as in the beginning or any time in May,
willneed but very trifling linings, or some not at
all, except in particular uses as when plants are
rather backward in growth, the weather cold,
and the bed declined~much in heat, when, pro-
bably, even in May, or beginning of June, a-
fina) moderate lining may be necessary.

The requisite linings should be applied to the
respective hot-beds in proper time, as it may be
necessary on examining the state of heat, not
letting them decline too considerably before
they °are applied, but to continue always a
moderately lively heat, but never violent : lin-
ings are sometimes applied by degrees, raising
them only half way at first, adding more in
height in a few days, and thus proceeding till
they are raised to the height of the hot-beds.

In the application of linings, it is generally
necessary to line only one side at a time, com-
monly the back part of the bed first ; and in a
week or fortnight after to line the front side,
and both ends if necessary; or in particular
cases of the hot-bed having suddenly declined,
or been permitted to decrease very considerably
in heat before applying the lining, to line both
sides moderately at' once, about twelve or fifteen
inches in width, but only as high as the dung of
the bed at first ; being afterwards a little aug-
mented by degrees according as the dung of the
lininsr settles.

The general requisite substance of the linings
is from° twelve to fifteen or eighteen inches
width m dung, and as high as the dung of the

L I N

bed, or sometimes a few inches higher : but for
early beds of cucumbers, melons, or other plants
of long continuance in hot-beds, they should
generally be laid from fifteen to eighteen inches
in width at bottom, as conceived necessary,
narrowing the width gradually upwards to
eight, ten, or twelve inches at top, which may
be" raised at once to the full height of the dung
of the bed, or a few inches higher up the side
of the frame, to allow for settling ; but with a
strong lining, be cautious in raising it much
above the dung of the hot-bed, especially when
made of very strong, hot, steamy dung, for
fear cither of its throwing in a too strong heat
above to burn the internal earth of the bed, or
imparting a copious rank steam to penetrate
within the frame, which would steam-scald
tender plants.

In general, as soon as the linings are raised
to the intended height, it is proper to lay a
stratum of earth at top two inches thick, close
up to the bed or bottom part of the frame, slop-
ing a little outward to throw off the falling wet
of rain, snow, &c. which top covering of earth is
essential, both to Iceep thehcat of the linings from
escaping too considerably above:, in order that it
may be directed more effectually to its intended
purpose of imparting its whole or principal heat
internally to the revival of that of the bed, and
prevent the strong steam arising immediately
from the rank dung from entering the frame at
bottom, or through any small crevice, or at
top, when the lights are occasionally raised for
the admission of fresh air, as the rancid dung-
steam thus produced, without being moderated
by first passing through a stratum of earth, if it
should enter within the frame considerably,
would prove very pernicious to most plants, and
the total destruction of some kinds.

As the heat of the linings declines to any ex-
tent, they must be renewed by a supply of fresh
hot dung. This may sometimes be effected by
turning over, and shaking up the same dung
mixedly together, directly forming it again into
a lining : or some of the best or least decayed
or exhausted parts of the old lining may only
be used, mixing it up properly with a good sup-
ply of new dung, applying it immediately in a
proper substantial lining as before

When the dung of the linings is greatly ex-
hausted, fresh dung should mostly be used in the
renewal.

Linings of hot dung arc sometimes used sub-
stantially, in working some sorts of forcing-
frames, in raising early flowers and fruits, by
applying the dung against the back ol the
frame, two or three feet in width at bottom, nar-
rowing gradually to a foot and a half, or less, at

1 I N

L I N

tnc top, raiding the whole according to the
height of the frame, from tour or five to six or
seven feet ; which heating considerably against
the whole back of the frame, communicates

the heat internally, by which the different plants
are forwarded to early production; supporting

ihe internal heat by renewing the linings. See
Forcing Frame.

Linings of dung are also sometimes used in
supporting the heat of nursery hot-beds for
youi pple plants, and some other ex-

otics of the hot-house or stove, both in dung
and tan-bark hot beds, under proper frames and
glasses ; as well as those wintered in these detached
hot-beds distinct from the hot-house, ke. and
in which a constant regular heat, almost equal
to that of the stow-, must be supported, so that,
when the natural heat of the bed is on the de-
cline, astronsr lining of hot dungmustbeapplicd,
half a vard or two feet wide below, narrowing
moderately upward, and continued on both
sides occasionally ; and as the heat of these lin-
ings subsides, it roust be immediate! v renewed
bv a supply of fresh dung, either worked up
with the best of that of the declined lining, or,
if this is much decayed, wholly of new ; and
thus the hot-beds maintained in a proper degree
of heat from autumn till spring.

The decayed dung of the different linings,
when done with, becomes excellent manure for
the kite hen-garden.

LIXL'M, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous, annual, and perennial shrubby
kinds.

It belongs to the class and ord; r Pentandria
Ptiilagi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
Gruinales.

The characters arc: that the calyx is a live-
leaved lanceolate perianthium, upright, small,
permanent : the corolla funnel-form : petals
five, oblong, gradually wider above, obt
more spreading, large: the stamina have live
awl-shaped filaments, upright, length of the
calyx {also five rudiment?, alternating) : anthers
simple, arrowed : the pistillum is an ovate germ:
styles five, filiform, upright, length of the
stamens : stigmas simple, reflex : the peri-
carpium a globose capsule, rudely pentagonal,
ten-vahredj gaping at the tip : partitions mem-
branaceous, v<_rv thin, connecting the valves :
the seed= solitary, ovate-flattish, acuminated,
smooth.

Tin I. L.usitatissimum, Com-

mon Flax ; -2. L. perenne, Perennial Flai ;
L. ntffruticosum, Shrubby Flax ; 4. L. arbo-
ratw, Tree Flax: 5. L. Afr'tcanum, African
x.

The first has an annual, simple, fibrous, pale
Vol. II.

brown root : the stem upright, eighteen inches,
two feet, and even m >re in height, round,
smooth, leafy, branched only at top: the rea >
are sessile, growing close together, almost up-
right, perfectly entire : the tfowers large, grow-
ing in a panicle, on round smooth peduncles :
the calvcine leaflets ovateki led, with a mem-
branous e a magnified appearing to be
fringed with hairs: 'he petals wedge-shaped,
deciduous, sky-blue, streaked with deeper-co-
loured lines : white a: the claws, and somewhat
gnawed at the tir>. It is a native of Egypt,
flowerinsi in Jr.de and July.

It may bcs:'id to be one of the most valuable
plants in the w hole vegetable kingd \m ; as from
the bark of it; stalks is manufactured flax or lint,
for making all sons of linen cloth ; from the
cloth, when worn to rags, i- made papers and from
the seeds of the plant linseed oil is expressed,
which is much used by painters, and in other
arts; and the refuse, lfter expression, forms the
oil-cakes so valuable in the fattening of cattle
and sheep.

In the second specie3, from its perennial root
rise three or four inclining stalks, having short
narrow leaves towards their base, but scarcely
any about the top: the flowers are producedat the
ends of the stalks, sitting very close; they arc
blue, and about the size of the cultivated sort,
being succeeded by pretty large round seed-ves-
sels, ending in acute points. Its flowers appear
from June to August, and are of a delicate tex-
ture and vcrv elegant blue colour, and the roots
continue four or live years.

There is a variety which is procumbent, with
smaller flowers.

The third has a shrubby stalk a foot high,
sending out several branches : the leaves very
narrow, coming out in clusters, but on the
flowering branches broader and longer : the
flowers at the ends of the branches, erect, on
Ions slender peduncles.: the calyxes acute-
pointed: the petals large, entire, white, but
before the flowers open pale yellow : they appear
in July, but the seeds seldom ripen in this cli-
mate : the flowering stalks decay in the autumn,
but the lower shrubbv part continues with the
other branches all the year. It is a native of
Spain, Sec.

The fourth species forms, if not a tree, is
ii~ name implies, a shrub of the height ol seve-
ral feel : it begins to flower in March, and con-
tinues flowering to the close of summer j but
has not yet produced seeds in this climate. It
is ,i native of the island of Candia.

The fifth has a suffniticose stiff stem, a foot
high, round, with simple branches : the '.

--de, upright, even, generally shorter thatt
tv

LIN

L I Q

the internodcs : the flowers in a terminating
umbel, which is four-or five-cleft, with dichoto-
mous rays : the petals are yellow with villose
claws, and turning tawny : the calyx acuminate
and rugged at the edge. It is a native of Afri-
ca, flowering ill June and July.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds and layers, or cuttings.

The two first sorts arc raised by sowing the
Seeds in the early spring months, as March or
the following month, "the former in fields or
plantation-grounds, where the soil is fresh,
good, and well reduced into order by frequent
digging over, or ploughing and harrowing, in
narrow drills, or broadcast, and raked or liar-
rowed in with a light harrow ; the plants being
afterwards kept perfectly clean from weeds by
repeated hoeings.

Towards the end of August, when the plants
have attained their full growth, and begin to
turn yellow at bottom, and brown at top, and
their seeds to ripen, it is proper time to pull them ;
though, if it were not for the sake of the seed,
they might be pulled a little before the seeds
ripen, by which the flax is generally better co-
loured and finer; but if suffered to stand till
the seeds are fully ripe, it is commonly stronger,
somewhat coarser, and more in quantity. It
should be pulled up by handfuls, roots and
all, shaking off" all the mould; then either
spreading them on the ground by handfuls, or
binding them in small bunches, and setting
them upright against one another, for ten days
or a fortnight, till thev are perfectly dry, and the
seed fully hardened, then housed, and the
seed thrashed out, cleaned, and placed in a dry
airy situation, being afterwards put up for use.
The flax, after being rippled and sorted, should
be carried to a pond of nearly stagnant water,
being placed in it with the bundles crossing
each other in different directions, so as to keep
the whole in a close compact state, being kept
just below the surface of the water, by proper
weights applied upon it. It should remain in
this steep till the stems become brittle and the
bark readilv separates, when it. must be taken
out and spread thinly on a short pasture, being
occasionally turned until it becomes perfectly
bleached and dry, when it is in a proper state
for the purpose of being converted into flax.

The latter, or perennial sort, should be sown
in a bed or border of good earth, in shallow drills
at the distance of six inches ; and when the
plants are two or three inches in height they
should be thinned to the same distances, and
in autumn be planted out in the places where
they arc to grow. But it is probably a better
practice to sow them at once in the places

where thev are to grow, thinning them out
properly afterwards.

The three other sorts may be best increased
by planting cuttings of the branches in pots of
light fresh earth, plunging: them in the tan hot-
bed, or by layers laid down in the later summer
months. When the plant* in either mode have
stricken good root, they may be removed into
separate pots, and be managed as other tender
exotic plants that require the protection of the
green -house.

Thev may likewise be raised from seeds when
they can be procured, which should be sown
in pots and placed in a hot-bed in the spring
season.

A few plants of the two first sorts may be
introduced in the clumps and borders of the
pleasure-ground ; and the three other sorts af-
ford variety in green-house collections among
other potted plants.

LION'S FOOT. See Catananche.

LION'S TAIL. See Phlomis.

LIQUIDAMBAR, a genus furnishing plants
of the hardy deciduous tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Polyandria, and ranks in the natural order of
ConiJercB.

The characters are : that the male flowers are
numerous, on a long, conical, loose ament :
the calyx a common four-leaved involucre ;
leaflets ovate, concave, caducous ; the alternate
ones shorter : there is no corolla : the stamina
have numerous filaments, very short, on a body
convex on one side, flat on the other: anthers
upright, twin, four-furrowed, two-called : the
female flowers at the base of the male spike,
heaped into a globe: the calyx an involucre as
in the male, but double : perianthiums proper
bell -shaped, cornered, several, connate, warty :
there is no corolla: thepistillumis an oblong germ:
growingtotheperianthium: styles two, awl-shap-
ed : stigmas growing on one side, length of the
style, recurved, pubescent : the pericarpium has
as many capsules, ovate, one-celled, bivalve at
the tip, acute, disposed into a globe, woody :
the seeds several, oblong, glossy, with a mem-
brane at the point mixed with a gr?at many
chaffy corpuscles.

The species are : l.L. Siyracijlua, Maple-
leaved Liquidambar, or Sweet Gum : 2. L.
imherle, Oriental Liquidambar.

In the first, in its native situation, the trunk
is commonly two feet in diameter, straight, and
free from branches to the height of about fif-
teen feet ; from which the branches spread and.
rise in a conic form to the height of forty feet
and upwards from the ground: theleavcsarefive-
pointed, divided into so many deep sections, (or

L I Q

L I R

tometimes seven,) and set on long slender pe-
tioles : thev arc shaped somewhat like those of
the lesser Maple, but of a dark green colour,
with their upper surfaces shining : a sweet glu-
tinous substance exsudes through their pores in
warm weather, which renders them clammy
to the touch. In February, before the leaves
are formed, the blossoms begin to break forth
from the tops of the branches into spikes of
yellowish-red, pappose, globular Mowers, which
swell gradually, retaining their round form,
to the full maturity of their seed-vessels, which
are thick set with pointed hollow protuberances,
and, splitting open, discharge their seeds. It is
a native of North America.

In the second species the leaves have their
lobes shorter, and much more sibilated on their
borders, ending in blunt points, and not serrated.
They have also none of those tufts of hair which
are found on the leaves of the first sort : its
native country is unknown.

Culture. — These plants are increased by seed,
and layers.

The seed should be sown as soon as it is pro-
cured from abroad, in spring, in a bed of light
earth, half an inch deep, when the plants will
rise some the same year and others not till the
spring following, moderate waterings being occa-
sionally given, keeping them clean from weeds
all summer, and protecting them from severe
frost the first two winters. When two years
old, plant them out in spring, in nursery rows,
two feet asunder, to remain three or four years,
or till wanted for planting out in the shrubbery,
or other places.

Some sow the seeds in pots, or boxes, in order
to move them to different situations as the sea-
son requires ; and that when the plants do not
come up the same year, the pots may be plun-
ged in a hot-bed in the following spring to for-
ward their rising.

The layers should be made from the young
shoots of the preceding summer, by slit-laying,
when most of them will be rooted bv the follow-
ing autumn, though in a dry poor soil they are
sometimes two vears before they are sufficiently
rooted for being removed to plant out.

These trees have great merit for ornamenting
shrubbery plantations, in assemblage with
others of similar growths, being handsome,
straight-growin<r trees, with tine heads, as well
as adapted for planting, detached as single ob-
jects, in spacious short urass openings, in which
they appear verv ornamental, perfuming the air
all round in summer.

They succeed in any common soil and situa-
tion, and endure the severest cold without injury.
They are usually kept in the nurseries for sale.

LIQUORICK. See Glyctrrhiza.

LIUIODENDRUM, a genus containing it
plant of the hardy deciduous ornamental tree
kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyundria
Polygyria, and ranks in the natural order of
Coudunatcc.

The characters are : that the calyx is a proper
two-leaved involucre- the leaflets triangular, flat,
deciduous : perianthium three-leaved: leaflets
oblong, concave, spreading, petal-form, deci-
duous : the corolla six-petalled, bell-shaped :
petals spatulate, obtuse, channelled at the base ;
the three exterior deciduous : the stamina have
numerous filaments, shorter than the corolla,
linear, inserted into the receptacle of the fruc-
tification : anthers linear, growing longitudi-
nally to the sides of the filament : the pistillum
has numerous germs, disposed into a cone :
style none : stigma to each globose : there is
no pericarpium : seeds imbricated into a body
resembling a strobile : the seeds numerous,
ending in a lanceolate scale, emitting an
acute angle towards the base of the scale from
the inner side, compressed at the base, acute.

The species cultivated is: L. tidipifera, Com-
mon Tulip-Tree.

It has the young shoots covered with a
smooth purplish hark ; they are garnished with
large leaves, whose foot-stalks are four inches
long ; they are ranged alternate ; the leaves are
of a singular form, being divided into three
lobes ; the middle lobe is blunt and hollowed at
the point, appearing as if it had been cut with
scissars : the two side lobes are rounded, and
end in blunt points : the leaves are from four
to five inches broad near their base, and about
four inches long from the foot-stalk to the
omt, having a strong midrib, which is formed
y the prolongation of the foot-Stalk : from the
midrib run many transverse veins to the
borders, which ramifv into several smaller:
the upper surface of the leaves is smooth, and
of a lucid green, the under is of a pale green :
the flowers are produced at the end of the
branches ; they are composed of six petals,
three without, and three within, which form a
sort of bell-shaped flower, whence the name :
these petals are marked with green, yellow,
and red spots, making a fine appearance when
the trees are well charged with flowers: the
time of flowering is in July ; and when the
flowers drop, the germ swells, and forms a kind
of cone, which docs not ripen in this climate.
It is a native of North America.

It grows so large as to be a trie of the first
magnitude in its native situation] and is gene-
rally known bv tin- title of poplar : of late
K 2

E

LOB

LOB

there have been great numbers raised from seeds
here, so that they are become common inthe nur-
series , and there are many of the trees in differ-
ent parts which annually produce flowers.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
sowing the seeds, imported annually from America
by the seed-dealers, in spring, either in the full
ground, in beds of rich light earth, in a warm situ-
ation, placing the seed length-wise, and covering
it nearly an inch deep, or in pots or boxes, plun-
ging them in a gentle hot-bed : when the young
plants appear they should be well screened from
the sun, and have free air. They usually come
up the same season ; when in the former method
water should be given them in dry weather ; and
if the bed be arched over with hoops, to have
occasional shade from the mid-day sun in scorch-
ing weather, it will be beneficial to the germina-
tion of thesceds and growth of the voting plants;
continuing the waterings with care occasionally
during the summer; and in winter, sheltering
them with mats in frosty weather to preserve
their tops, which are sometimes a little tender
the first year, and apt to suffer.

When the plants are two years old, they
should be set out in spring in nursery-rows, two
feet distant, and a foot asunder in the rows; to
remain a few years, till from three to six or eight
feet high, when they may be planted where they
are to remain.

They are raised best in the open ground, where
the beds arc prepared of good mellow rich earth,
blended with old rotten cow-dung, sifting over
the seeds fine turf-mould, mixed with fine sea-
or pit-sand.

These trees succeed best afterwards in a light
soil, not too dry. They should have their roots
and branches as little pruned as possible.

They are highly ornamental in large planta-
tions, among others of similar growth, and have
a fine effect when planted out singly in large
openings, kept in short grass, in pleasure-
grounds.

LOBELIA, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous and under shrubby perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia
Mouoganria, and ranks in the natural order of
Campanacece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, five-cleft, very small : grow-
ing round the germ, withering : toolhlets nearly
equal : the two superior ones looking more up-
ward : the corolla one-petallcd, irregular : tube
c ylindiic, longer than the calyx, divided longi-
tudinally above: border five-parted, divisions
lanceolate; of which the two superior ones are
-mailer, less reflex, more deeply divided, con-
stituting an upper )ip; the three inferior ones

more spreading, frequently larger : the stamina
have five awl-shaped filaments, the length of the
tube of the petal, connate above: anthers con-
nate into an oblong cylinder, gaping five ways
at the base: the pistiilum is a sharp-pointed-,
inferior germ : style cylindric, length of the sta-
mens : stigma obtuse, hispid: the pericarpium
an ovate capsule, two- or three-celled, two- or
three-valved, gaping at the top, girt by the calyx :
dissepiments contrary to the valves : the seeds a
great many, very small : receptacle conic.

The species cultivated are : ] . L. cardinalh,
Scarlet Lobelia, or Cardinal's Flower ; 2. L. si-
philitica, Blue Lobelia, or Cardinal Flower; 3.
L. Inugiflora, Long-flowered Lobelia; 4. L.
pinifblia, Pine-leaved Lobelia ; 5. L. injiata,
Bladder-podded Lobelia.

In the first, the root is composed of many
white fleshy fibres : the lower leaves are oblong,
and of a dark purplish colouron their upper side:
the stalks are erect, about a foot and half high,
with leaves about three inches long, and an inch,
and half broad in the middle, on very short pe-
tioles and placed alternately : the stalk is termi-
nated by a spike (raceme) of flowers, of an ex-
ceeding beautiful scarlet colour; they have a
pretty long tube, which is a little incurved, and
at the top they are cut longitudinally into five
segments; the two upper, which are the smallest,
are greatly reflexed ; the three under, which form
the lower lip, are longer, and spread open. They
appear at the end of July and in August, when
they make a fine appearance for a month or more,
and when the autumn proves favourable pro-
duce good seeds. It grows naturally in North
America.

The second species has a perennial root : the
stem simple, from a foot to two feet in height,
and upwards, strong, simple, smooth, with an-
gles formed by the decurrent edges of the leaves
having stiffish hairs on them : the leaves are
alternate, sessile, somewhat rugged : the flowers
axillary, solitary, numerous, large, on short
peduncles, forming altogether a long spike of a
pale blue colour. It is a native of Virginia,
flowering from August to October.

The third is an annual herbaceous elegant
plant, seldom above fourteen or sixteen inches
in height ; the whole of it rough-haired : the
stem almost upright, very much branched from
all the axils : the leaves are alternate, sessile,
subpinnatifid-toothed, sharpish, smooth, half a-
foot long : the peduncles one-flowered, axillary,
solitary, villose. The whole plant is poisonous.
It is a native of Jamaica, flowering from June to
August.

The fourth species is a shrubby, upright,
branched plant, the branches surrounded with

LOB

L O N

abundance of narrow sharp leaves an inch in pots of light sandy earth in the autumn, ami pl'un-
length : the flowers many, small, blue, at the ged in the bark-bed ; and when the plants are three
tops of tlic twigs, among the leaves. It is a inches high, planted in Beparate pots, being re-
native of the Cape of Good Hope. plunged in the bark-bed, giving water and occa-
The. fifth is a biennial plant m this climate : sional shade till they are fresh rooted. They
the stems channelled, hairy, two feet huh : the must remain constantly in the hot-house, and
leaves about two inches long, and one broad in have frequent moderate waterings given them.

["he first two sorts have a fine appearance m
the borders and clumps of pleasure-grounds,
where they will succeed when protected in winter
from frosts.

And the tender sorts afford a fine variety in
hot-house collections.

LOBLOLLY BAY. See Gordonia.

LOCUST-TREE. See Ckratonia.

LOGWOOD. See Hjbmatoxylom.

LONDON-PRIDE. Sec Saxifbaoa,

LONICERA, a genus containing plants of
the deciduous flowering shrubbv and evergreen

the middle, sessile, light green : flowers smal

on long, slender, axillary peduncles, forming a
loose spike: the corolla light blue. It flowers
in July, and is a native of Virginia, Sec.

Culture. — The two first kinds may be in-
creased by seed, cuttings of their stalks, and
parting the roots.

The seeds should be sown in autumn, or early
in spring, in a warm border, or in pots or boxes,
so as to be moved lo different situations in dif-
ferent seasons, to have shelter from frost, and
shade from the mid-day sun in summer. Those

sown in autumn generally come up more freely kinds.

the following spring than those which are It belongs to the class and order Pentandria

sown in that season. They should have shelter Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of

in bard frosts, cither under a frame, or awning Aggregates.

of mats, but be fully exposed in mild weather, The characters are : that the calyx is a five-part-
giving occasional waterings in the spring and ed, superior periarrthium, small : the corolla one-
summer. When the plants have attained two or petalled, tubular : lube oblong, gibbous : bolder
three inches growth, they should be pricked out five-parted : divisions revolutc, one of which is
in separate small pots of rich earth, giving \va- more deeply separated : the stamina have live
ter, and placing them in the shade" till fresh awl-shaped filaments, nearly the length or the
rooted, repeating the waterings occasionally in corolla: anthers oblong: the pistillum is a round-
hot dry weather, and shifting them into larger ish, inferior germ: style filiform, the length of
pots as they may require ; in winter movingthem the corolla: stigma obtuse-headed : the pericar-
into a frame to have occasional shelter from incle- piutn is an umbilicated, two-celled berry: the
men t weather; and in the spring following some seeds roundish, and compressed,
of them may be turned out into the full ground The species are : 1 . L. nigra, Black -berried
about March, when they will flower the ensuing Upright Honeysuckle; 2. L. Talarica, Tarta-
summer. Some should also be retained in pots to be rian Upright Honeysuckle; 3. L. Xylosteum,
moved under shelter in winter, as a reserve in case Fly Honeysuckle; 4. L. Pyrenaica, Pyrenean
those in the open air should be killed by frost. Upright Honeysuckle; 5. L. alpigena, Red-
As these plants generally flower in the greatest berried Upright Honeysuckle; 6. L. cceritlea,
perfection the first and second year of their Blue-berried Upright Honeysuckle ; 1 . L. si/m-
blowing, it is proper to raise a supply of new pkoricarpos, Shrubbv St. Peter's-wort ; b. L.
plants every year or two, in order to have them diervillu, Yellow - flowered Upright Iloney-
rlower in the utmost perfection every year. suckle ; 9. L. periclymenum, Common Honey-
Tbe cuttings of the young stalks should be di- suckle; 10. L. caprifolium, Italian Honey-
Tided into lengths of five or six inches, and be suckle; 11. L. sempervtrens^ Trumpet Honey-
planted in an easterly border, two parts deep, suckle; 18. L. grata, Evergreen Honey-
being covered down with hand-glasses, and wa- suckle.

tere mally. They mostly emit roots, and The first is three or four feet in height: the

form young plants in a month or six weeks; leaves are small, the younger ones hirsute, quite

when the glasses should be taken away, and the entire, but plaited a little, so as to appear serrate:

plan • managed as the others. stipules ovate-lanceolate: bractes two dry scales

These hanty sorts sometimes afford off- sets from and thrc, transverse broad leaflets : the peduncles

their sides at bottom, which u. larated in are axillary, slender, an inch long, opposite : the

autumn, and potted for \oung plants, being ma- calyx broadish : the corolla purple on the outside,

naged as the seedlings. white within, or quite while, pubescent: the

'111. last three sorts may also be raised by seeds berries black, a little- oblong, containing three,

procured frorn abroad, which should be sown in five, and sometimes ten seeds. It is a native of

L O N

L O N

France, See. flowering in March, April, and

May.

Tie second species grows about the same
height with the first and sixth sorts, and bears
a great resemblance to them in the branches ; but
the leaves are heart-shaped, and the berries are
red, growing sometimes single, at others double,
and frequently there are three joined together ;
they are about the same size with the first sort.
It is a native of Russia, flowering in May and
June.

It varies with white flowers in shady groves.

The third rises with a strong woody stalk,
fix or eight feet high, covered with a whitish
bark, dividing into many branches : the leaves arc
ovate, opposite, entire, and covered with a short
hairy down, soft, like cloth to the touch: the
flowers come out on each side of the branches
opposite, on slender peduncles, each sustaining
two white flowers standing erect : the three low-
er segments of the corolla are narrow and reflex,
the other two are broader and upright. It is a
native of the North of Europe, flowering in
May.

The fourth species seldom rises more than
three or four feet high, dividing into several
spreading irregular branches : the leaves are
smooth : the flowers come out from the side of
these on slender peduncles, each sustaining two
white flowers, which are cut into five segments
almost to the bottom. It is a native of the Py-
renean Mountains, flowering in April.

The fifth has a short thick woody stem, which
divides into many strong woody branches grow-
ing erect: the leaves arc petiolcd, entire, dark
green above, but pale underneath : the flowers
upon very long slender peduncles, which come
out opposite on each side of the branches, at the
base of the leaves ; they are red on the outside,
but pale within, shaped like those of the third
sort, but a little larger, and standing erect.
They appear at the end of April, and are com-
monly succeeded by two ovate red berries, joined
at the base, and having two punctures. It is a
native of the South of Europe.

The sixth species seldom rises more than four
or five feet high : the branches arc slender, co-
vered with a smooth purplish bark : the joints
are distant, where leaves come out opposite, and
sometimes there are two on each side : the pe-
duncles are very short, each sustaining two white
flowers, succeeded by blue berries single and di-
stinct. The flowers appear in May (March or
April), and the berries ripen in August. It is a
native of Switzerland.

The seventh is about four feet in height,
sending out many slender branches : the leaves
ovate, Dairy, opposite, on very short petioles :

the flowers are produced in whorls round the
stalk ; they are of an herbaceous colour, and ap-
pear in August: the fruit, which is hollow,
ai'd shaped like a pottage pot, ripens in the
winter : the corollas are regular and bell-shaped :
the fruit fleshv, globular, the form and size of
the flowers of Arbutus, four-celled, containing
cartilaginous roundish seeds. It is a native of
Virginia, Sec. flowering in August and September.

The eighth species is alow shrub, seldom rising
more than three feet high: the stalks are slen-
der and woody, and have a reddish-coloured
bark : the leaves oblong, pointed, slightly serrate,
opposite : the flowers small, pale yellow, two or
three on each division of the raceme : the berries
oval, black, four-celled, with one hard seed in
each cell : the roots creep far under ground, and
send out many stems : many of these which
come up in the spring produce flowers the same
year, so that there is generally a succession
of them from May to September; the shoots of
the former year (lowering early, the side branches
soon following, and then the young shoots. It
is a native of North America.

The ninth trails over bushes, and twines round
the boughs of trees, with its very slender hairy
(or smooth) branches, which are opposite, and
commonly stained with purple, in part at least,
or on one side : the leaves opposite, ovate,
smooth (or hairy), underneath glaucous, all
distinct and more separated from the stem,
though even in these there is a slight membrana-
ceous ring running round the branch, and con-
necting the two opposite leaves: the upper floral
leaves are sessile and cordate : the peduncles short,
single, or more often triple, covered with glan-
dular hairs, as are also the calyx, and tube of the
corolla: theflowers are in a thick roundish whorled
spike, many together (from ten or twelve to
nineteen ortwenty) ; the tube an inch long, curved
a little; the border two-parted, both parts reflex ;
the upper one divided into four blunt and nearly
equal segments, the lower one linear and entire :
the tube is wider and shorter, the border much
longer than in the tenth sort : the border being
turned back, the stamens stand much above the
corolla, and the pistil much above them : the co-
rollas are usually red on the outside, and yellow-
ish within, but they vary much in colour, be-
tween red, purple, and yellow, and in the shade
are very pale : they smell very sweet, especially in
theevening. Itisanativeofniost parts of Europe,
flowering here from the end of May to July.

The great beauty and exquisite fragrance of
the flowers of this plant give it a place in most
ornamental plantations. In climbing it turns
from east to west, with most of our climbers ;
and in common with them it bears clipping and

LON

L O N

pruning well ; for, in a state of nature, those
plants that cannot ascend without the assistance
of others are ofun liable to lose large branches ;
they have therefore a proportional vigour of
growth to restore accidental damages. It is
subject, when placed near buildings, to be
disfigured and injured by sjfihidei, vulgarly
termed Blights : these insects are not very nu-
merous in spring, but as the summer advances
thev increase in a surprising degree J their first
attacks should of course be watched, and the
branchestheyfirstappearonbecut oft" and destroy-
ed, for when they have once gained ground they
are defended bv their numbers. Small plants
may be cleared of them by tobacco dust or
Spanish snuff, but this is not practicable for
large trees : the leaves are likewise liable to be
curled up by a small caterpillar, which produces
a beautiful little moth, Phaleena Tortrix. In
the evening some species of Sphinges or Hawk-
Moths are also frequently seen to hover over the
blossoms, and with their long tongues to extract
the honey from the very bottom ot the flowers.

There are several varieties ; as the Late Red,
which produces a greater quantity of flowers to-
gether than either the Italian or Dutch sorts,
making a finer appearance than either of them
during the time of flowering ; but it has not
been so long cultivated as the latter.

It was formerly termed Flemish Honeysuckle.
There are also sometimes varieties with striped
leaves.

The Dutch variety may be trained with
stems, and formed into heads, which the wild
sort cannot, the branches being too weak and
trailing for the purpose : the branches of this
are smooth, of a purplish colour, garnished
with obiong oval leaves, three inches long,
and an inch and three quarters broad, of a lucid
green on their upper side, but pale on their un-
der, having very short foot-stalks ; they are
placed by pairs, but are not joined at their base :
the flowers are produced in bunches at the end
of the branches, each flower arising out of a
scalv cover, which, after the flowers fade, forms
an oval head, whose scales lie over each other
like those of fish : the flowers arc of a reddish
colour on their outside, and yellowish within, of
a very agreeable odour. Jt flowers in June,
July, and August.

There arc two sub-varieties of it, the Long
Blowing and the Late Red.

The stems are stronger, the leaves, flowers,
and heads of berries larger, and the corollas
redder than in the Woodbine sort.

The Oak -leaved variety has sinuate leaves,
cut like the oak, and smooth.

There is likewise a variety with variegated
leaves.

In the tenth species the branches arc slender,
covered with a light green bark, and garnished
with oval leaves of a thin texture, placed bv pairs,
sitting close to the branches ; but those which
are situated towards the end of the branches
join at their base, so that the stalk seems as if
it came through the leaves : the flowers are pro-
duced in whorled bunches at the ends of the
branches ; are white, and have a verv fragrant
odour, but of short duration, so thai in about a
fortnight they arc entirely over; and soon after
the leaves appear as if blighted and sitklv, mak-
ing an indifferent appearance the whole summer,
which has rendered them less valued than the
others. It flowers in May, and is a native of
the South of Lurope.

The variety which is the next m succes-
sion to the white, is the yellow, in which
the shoots are much like those of the former,
but have a darker bark : the leaves are also of a
deeper green ; the flowers of a yellowish red,
and appear soon after the white ; they are not of
much longer duration, and are succeeded by red
berries, containing one hard seed inclosed in a
soft pulp, which ripens in the autumn.

Besides this, some mention other varieties, as
the early red -flowering, the late red-flowerin<r,
and the evergreen red-flowering.

The eleventh grows naturally in Virginia,
and many other parts of North America, but has
been long cultivated in gardens by the title
of Virginia Trumpet Honeysuckle. Martvn re-
marks, that of this there are two varieties, if
not distinct species, one being much hardier
than the other. The old sort, whieh came from
Virginia, has stronger shoots ; the leaves are of
a brighter green ; the bunches of flowers larger,
and deeper coloured than in theotherwhich came
from Carolina. These plants have the appear-
ance of the ninth sort, but the shoots are weaker
than any of those, except the wild sort called
Woodbine ; they are of a purplish red colour, and
smooth : the leaves are of an oblong oval shape
inverted, and closely surrounding the stalk ; of
a lucid green on their upper side, but pale on
their under : the flowers are produced in bunches
at the end of the branches; these have long
slender tubes, which are enlarged at the top.
where they are cut into five almost equal seg-
ments : the outside of the flower is ot a bright
scarlet, and the inside yellow; thev have a great
appearance of the Honeysuckle, but are not so
decplv divided, nor are the segments reficxed.
They have no odour, but are cultivated for the
beauty and long continuance of their flowers,

L O N

L O N

and their evergreen leaves. It flowers from The only culture which any of the sorts after-

Mry to August. wards require is, in the uprightsorts, to have their

'the twelfth species has strong branches, co- straggling shoots shortened, and the dead wood

vored with a purple bark, which are garnished cut out; and those trained as climbers, to have

with lucid green leaves embracing the stalks, and their branches conducted in a proper manner

continuing their verdure all the vear : the flowers upon their respective supports ; and every year

arc produced in whorled bunches at the ends of all rambling shoots reduced and trained as may

the branches; there are frequently two and some- be proper, so as to preserve them within due

times three of these bunches rising one out of limits and order,' except designed to run wild in

another ; they arc of a bright red on their out- their own rural way, especially those intended to

side, and yellow within, of a strong aromatic
flavour. This sort begins to flower in June, and
there is a succession of flowers till the frost puts
a stop to them, so that it is the most valu-
able of all sorts. It is a native of North
America.

climb among the branches of trees, shrubs, and
bushes ; those also intended to cover arbours and
seats should be pruned and trained annually,
laying the shoots along at their length, till they
have^covered the allotted space ; shortening
or clearing out all such stragglers as cannot be.
Culture. — All the sorts mav be increased properly trained : also such of those sorts as are
either by lavers or cuttings, but the latter is the trained against walls, 8cc. must have an annual
better .practice. The layers should be made pruning and training, by going over them two
from the young shoots, and be laid down in the or three times in summer, laying in some of the
autumn or eaily spring, the straggling tops being most convenient proper shoots, some at their
removed, when by the following autumn they will length, shortening or retrenching others as ne-
bave taken root, and should be cut off from the cessarv to preserve regularity, and the proper
plants, being either planted where they are to re- successionof flowers; beingcareful to train enough,
main, or into a nursery to be trained for standards, at this time, of such as appear necessary to con-
by fixing down stakes to the stem of each plant, tinue the bloom as long as possible ; and in win-
to which the principal stalk should be fastened, ter-pruning, all those left in summer, which
all the others being cut off; training it to the in- may appear superfluous or unnecessary, should
tended height, when it should be shortened to be turned out, shortening all such as are too
force out lateral branches, and these be again long for the space allotted for them, especially-
stopped to prevent their growing too long. By all those with weak straggling tops, nailing m
constantly repeating this as the shoots are pro- the remaining proper branches and shoots close
duccd, they maybe formed into a sort of standard ; to the wall, or other support.
but if regard is had to their flowering, thev can- They arc all proper for plantations, both from

not be formed intoregular heads, as the constant
shortening will destroy the flower-buds.

The cuttings should be taken from the strong
shoots of the former summer, with three or four
joints, and be planted in rows in a shady border,
to the depth of two or three of them, a foot
apart, and six inches from plant to plant.
When they have taken good root in the autumn

thevarietyoftheirdifferentgrowths, andtheorna-
ment and' fragrance of their flowers ; though the
flowers of the upright kinds are not so showy as
those of the trailers7; but they exhibit an exceed-
ingly agreeable variety.

The trailing species have, however, the great-
est merit, not only in their numbers, but size,
elegance, and odour, as well as in duration.

or spin k following, they may be removed into The shrubs of all the sorts arc, notwithstand-

the nursery, and be planted out in rows two ing, proper to be introduced in shrubberies,

feet distant, and a foot asunder in them, where the upright kinds to intermix as standards. The

they may be kept a vear or two, till wanted for trailing kinds, whose branches are great ramblers,

planting out where thev are to remain. and, without support, trail along the ground,

The eighth sort mav be raised from suckers, should generally be introduced as climbers, hav-

which it affords in plenty, by taking them off ing stout stakes placed to each for them to climb

and planting them as above in the autumn in a upon, which they effect by ascending spirally

rather moist soil. round the support, to a considerable height ;

Several of the sorts mav likewise be increased and also be placed to ascend round the stems of

bv sowing the seed or berry in a bed of light trees, and to climb among the houghs of the
mould in the autumn, to the depth of an inch.
The plants rise in the first or second
and afterwards require the same
jis the others.

;

management

adjacent bushes, shrubs, and hedges, which they
effect in a very agreeable-manner, by interweav-
ing their branches with them.

The climbers are likewise proper for training

LOP

LOT

■gainst walls and arbours, Sec., for the orna-
ment and fragrance of their flowers, laving their
branches in four or live inches asunder; thin-
ning out the superabundant shoots annually,
and training in souk- of the most robust for
succession wood, either at full length, or short-
ened as mo-t proper to fill the space.

The evergreen kinds are principally of the
climbing tribe, and have much effect in their
evergreen foliage and the elegance of their
flowers, as well as in their long continuance in
blow.

LOOKIXG-OEASS PLANT. See Heri-

TIBBA.

LOOSE-STRIFE See Anagallis.

LOPPING TREES, the practice of cutting
off the boughs or branches of pollard or other
trees. This work should be done with great
care and attention, so as to prevent the decay
of the trees.

Loppingof trees, at tenor twelve vears growth,
is said to preserve them much longer, and oc-
casion the shoots to grow more into wood in
one year than they do in old tops in two or
three. When great boughs are ill taken off, it
often spoils the trees; they should therefore
always be spared, unless there is an absolute
necessity. When they must be cut off, it
should be close and smooth, and not parallel to
the horizon, covering the wound with loam
and horse-dung mixed, or some of Mr. Forsyth's
composition, to prevent the wet from entering
the bodies of the trees and destroving them.

There arc various signs of the decay of trees;
as, the withering or dying of their top branches;
the wet entering at a knot ; their being hollow,
or discoloured ; their making but poor shoots,
and woodpeckers making hole* in them.

Nothing i- more injurious to the growth of
timber-trees, than that of lopping or cutting off
the great branches from them; as they grow
better without it, and do not decav so soon.

The dead branches should however be re-
moved.

The proper seasons for this sort of business,
are the very early autumn and spring months.

All sorts of resinous tret--, or such as abound
with a milky juice, should be lopped verv si l-
ringly, as they are subject to decav when often
lopped. The. best Beason for lopping •

is the latter end of summer or beginning
of autumn ; they then seldom bleed much, and
the wounds are eoinmonlv healed over before
the colli weather sets in.

lew sorts of ornamental tree' should be
much lop|x-d, ttly injures their beauty

and appearance. The only thing necessary, is
to take off such straggling branches as may grow

Vol. II.

in an awkward or improper direction. Sae
Pruning of Trees.

This sort of work is mostly performed with a
saw, hedging-bill, or ax.

LORANTHUS, a genus containing a plant
of the exotic kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of

The characters are: that the calyx has the pcri-
anthiumofthe fruit inferior: margin entire, con-
cave ; of the flower superior, or the margin entire,
concave: the corolla has six, oblong petals, revo-
lute, equal : the stamina have six aw l-shaped fila-
ments, fastened to the ba-e^ of the petals, the
length of the corolla : anthers oblong j the pis-
tilluin is an oblong germ, between the two calyx-
es, or inferior : style simple, the length of the
stamen-: stigma blunt : the pericarpuim is au.
oblong berry, one-celled: the seed oblong.

The species cultivated is L. AmericAnus,
American Loranthus.

Its branches are subdivided, leaf)', smooth,
pale green, brittle : the leaves pettolcd, oppo-
site, entire, subcoriaceous, nerved, and pale :
the petioles short, compressed, smooth : the
racemes subdivided, terminating, with three-
cornered branchlets ; the last pedicels trifid.
one-dowered : the flowers red.

It ramps over the highest trees in Jamaica,
8cc, especially the Cocco/ola grandifolia, with
the root adhering firmly to the bark like Mis-
tletoe.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
sowing the seeds as soon as they are fully
ripened, in pots of light rich earth, being kept
in a mild hot-bed until the beginning of the
autumn, when they must Ik- plunged in the bark
hot-bed of the stove, being afterwards treated
as other lender plants of the same kind.

It affords variety in stove collections.

LORDS AND-LADIES. See Ahum.

LOTE-THEE. See Celtis.

LOTUS, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous and under-shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diatlr/phii
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
PapUioBacete or Lespiminosee.

The characters are : tbatthecalyx is a sin ip'e um-
bel : perianthiurp one-leafed, tubular, half-five-
cleft : teeth acute, wpial, erect, permanent: the co-
rolla papilionaceous: banner roundish, benl down:
■long, concave .- wmgs roundish, sh irter
than the banner, broad, converging upwards :
keel gibbous below, closed above,
ascending, short : the stamina have diadelphous
filaments, simple and nine-cleft, . .

with broadish tips : anthers small, simple : the

LOT

L O T

pistilluvn is a columnar germ, oblong: style quently send up several of these stalks, especi-
siniple, ascending : stigma an inflected point : ally if the old ones be cut down : they are hairy,
the pericarpium is a legume cylindric, stiff and and divide into several branches : the leaves are
straight, stuffed, longer than the calvx, many- ternate, hoary, with two stipules: the flowers
celled, two-valved : the seeds several and cy- in heads on long axillary peduncles: the calyxes

very hairy : the corollas dirty white, with a few
marks of pale red : the pods short, thick,
chestnut-coloured, containing several roundish
seeds. It is a native of the South of Europe,
flowering from June to August.

The fifth species rises with weak shrubby
stalks three or four feet high, sending out many
slender branches, thinly set with small hoary
leaves, having five leaflets, spreading like the
fingers, and sessile : the flowers at the extremi-
ty of the branches in small heads. They are
..s axillary, alternate, from two to three inches very small and white, appear at the end of
long, each sustaining one (sometimes two) large June, or in July, continue to September, and are
redllowers at the top, with three leaves just succeeded by short pods, containing two or three

It is a native of the South

lindric.

The species cultivated are : \ . L. ietragnnn-
loloSj Winged Rird's-foot Trefoil ; 2. L. jaco-
Iceus, Dark-flowered Bird's-foot Trefoil ; 3. L.
creticus, Silvery Bird's-foot Trefoil; 4. L.
hirsutus, Hairy Bird's-foot Trefoil ; 5. L. Du-
ryenium, Shrubby Bird's-foot Trefoil.

The first has an annual root : the stems seve-
ral, decumbent, upright, about a foot long,
having at each joint a ternate leaf : the leaflets
ovate ; the stipules of the same shape : pedun-

under the flower. The wings are very dark pur-
ple, appearing to be black at the end : the le-
gume thick, with four broad undulatine wings :
the seeds sub-globular, the size of a small
pea, smooth, pale or livid purple, without

small round seeds,
of Europe.

Culture. — The first sort is raised by sowing
the seed annually in spring, in the open ground,
in the places where the plants are to remain, in

spots. It flowers in June and" July, and the patches in different parts, of live or six seeds in
seeds ripen in autumn. It is a native of each, half an inch deep. The plants soon come
Sicily. up, which, remaining in the same place for flow-
It was formerly cultivated as an esculent ering, require only occasional weeding, being
plant, for the green pods, wheh are said to be either suffered to trail, according to their natu-
still eaten hi spine of our northern counties, ral growth, or tied up to sticks,
but they are very coarse. It is now chiefly The other sorts may be increased by seeds and

cuttings.

The seeds should be sown in pots of light
earth or in a moderate hot-bed ; and when the
plants are about three inches high be planted
out in separate small pots of light rich earth,
giving water, and placing them in the shade till

cultivated in flower-gardens for ornament.

The. second species has a slender woody stem,
from two to three feet high, sending out many
slender herbaceous branches : the leaves sessile,
hoary : leaflets narrow, white : the flowers ax-
illary from the upper part of the stem, four or

five, on very slender peduncles, of a yellowish fresh-rooted,

deep purple colour : the pods taper, slender, The cuttings of the young stalks and

little more than an inch long, containing five branches may be planted any time in the spring

or six small roundish seeds. It is a native of or summer, in beds or pots of rich mould,

the Cape Verd Islands, flowering all the sum- giving shade and water. They emit roots, and

mer and autumn, and many times a great part form plants in a few weeks, but may be greatly

of the winter. facilitated by covering them close with hand-

The third species rises with slender stems glasses till they begin to shoot at top ; then

which require support, from three to four feet they should be gradually inured to the air,

high, sending out a few side branches. At each and soon after be transplanted into separate

joint is a neat silvery ternate leaf, with two pots.

appendages or stipules : the peduncles axillary, The young green seed-pods of the first sort

from two to three inches long, sustaining were formerly dressed and eaten as peas, or in

heads of yellow flowers, which part in the mid- the manner of kidney-beans,

die, each head containing four or six flowers : The other kinds effect an agreeable variety in

these appear in,*May, June, and July, and are collections of green-house plants, both in their

succeeded by long taper pods filled with roundish foliage and flowers. They all require shelter

seeds, which ripen in the autumn. It is a native from frost, the two first in particular ; the two

of Spain and the Levant. last are somewhat hardier-, and sometimes suc-

The fourth species has a perennial stalk three ceed in the full ground all the year, in warm dry

feet high : when the roots are large, they fre- situations. A few plants should however con-

LUN

L U P

stantly be kept in the pots, to be protected in
the winter season.

LOVAGE. See LlGUSTICUM.

LOVE-APPLE. See Solanum Lycoper-
sicum.

LOVE-LIES-BLEEDING. See Amaran-

THUS CORDATOS.

LUNARIA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous annual and perennial kinds.

It belongs to the- class and order Tetradyna-
mia SilicuTosa, and r.mks in the natural order
of Siiiqnosce or Crut J' rmes.

The character^ are : that the calyx is a four-
Jeavcd perianthium, oblong: leaflets ovate-ob-
long, blunt, converging, deciduous, of which the
two alternate ones are gibbous and bagged at
the base : the corolla four-petalled, cruciform :
the petals entire, blunt, large, the length of
the calyx, ending in claws of the same length :
the stamina have six awl-shaped filaments ; four
the length of the calyx, two a little shorter:
anthers from upright, spreading : the pistillum
is a pedicelled germ, ovate-oblong: style short :
stigma blunt, entire: the pericarpium is an el-
liptic silicic, flat, entire, upright, very large,
pedicelled, terminated by the style, two-celled,
two-valved : partition parallel and equal to the
valves, flat : the seeds some kidney-shaped,
compressed, marginal, in the middle of thesili-
cle : the receptacles filiform, long, inserted into
the lateral sutures.

The species cultivated are: 1. L. redirha,
Perennial Honesty ; 2. L. annua, Annual Ho-
nesty, Moor-wort, or Satin-flower ; 3. L.
ASgyptiaca, Egyptian Honesty.

The first is a very large plant : the root is
perennial, white: stem from three to four feet
high, upright, simple, channelled, green tinged
with purple, hirsute : the lower leaves op-
posite; upper alternate, on long petioles, smooth
or rough-haired, cordate, unequally serrate,
nerved, acuminate, near a span long, and three
or four inches wide: the flowers terminating,
on long slender peduncles, often bilid and
tririd, of a white purple colour, and odorous.
They have two glands on each side between the
longer stamens and the style, and one between
the style and each shorter stamen, which ac-
counts for the bagging of the perianthium. It
is a native of the South of France, &C.

The second specie* has a biennial, knobbed
root: the stem smaller than the first; upright,
branched, hirsute, round, half a yard high : the
- are rough haired, the floral ones almost
always opposi : stem-leaves petioled,

much smaller than those of the first sort, cordate,
dull green, and serrate : the flowers are of a pur-
plish violet <>r blue-purple colour, and inodorous.

Tt is a native of Germany. Roth these species
flower in May and June.

The seed-vessels, when fully ripe, become
transparent, and of a clear sinning white like
satin ; whence the name of Satin-flower.

The third is an annual plant, with a smooth
branching stalk little more than a foot high :
the leaves are uuequally pinnate: lea-le's differ-
ing in size and form ; some almost entire,
others cut at their extremities into three parts ;
they are smooth, and of a lucid green : the
tlowers stand each upon pretty long slender pe-
duncles, which come out from the side, and
also at the end of (he tjranches, in loose small
clusters; thev are of a purple colour, and are
succeeded bv oblong compressed pods, which
hang downward, and when ripe arc of a feuille-
mort colour. It is a native of Egypt, flower-
ing here, in June and July.

Culture. — These plants may be raised by
sowing the seed in a shady border, or, which is
better, in patches in the situations where they
are to remain, in the autumn, keeping the plants
afterwards propcrlv thinned out and free from
weeds. They may likewise be sown in the
early spring; but the former is the belter sea-
son, as the plants rise stronger. The last sort
should have an open situation. When sown in
beds, the perennial sort should be set out where
they are to remain, in the following autumn
after being sown.

They all afford ornament and variety in the
borders and clumps of pleasure-grounds, in
which the first sort should be placed more
backward.

LUPINUS, a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous annual and perennial flowery
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadrlphia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
PapUUmacece or Leguminosas,

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, bifid : the corolla papilio-
naceous : banner cordate-roundish, emarginate,
bent back at the sides, compressed: wing
subovatc, almost the length of the banner,
not fastened to the keel, converging below :
keel two-parted at the base, sickle-shaped up-
wards, acuminate, entire, the length of the
wings, narrower: the stamina have ten fila-
ments, united, somewhat ascending, distinct
above: anthers li\e, roundish, and as many
oblong: the pistillum is an awl-shaptd germ,
compressed, rillose : style awl-shaped, ascend-
ing : stigma terminating, blunt : the peri-
carpium is a large legume, oblong, coriaceous,
compressed, acuminate, one-celled: tliff PCcdl
several, roundish and comprtsscd.
L 2

L U P

LUX

The sprrics cultivated are: 1. L. allu*,
White Lupine : 2. L. rutins, .Small Blue Lu-
pine ; 3. L. avgustifolius, Narrow-rleaved Blue
J.U])ine : 4. L. hirsutll-t, Cheat Blue Lupine;
.^. L. titteiis, Yellow Lupine; 6. L. perennis,
Perennial Lupine.

The first has a thick upright stalk about two
feet high, dividing towards the top into several
smaller hairy branches: the leaves are digitate,
composed of seven or eight narrow oblong
leaflets, joining at the base ; they arc hairy, of
a dark grayish colour, and have a silvery down :
the flowers are produced in loose spikes at the
end of the branches ; they are white and sessile:
the legumes are straight, hairy, about three
inches" long, containing five or six seeds, which
are roundish, flatted like a lens, extremely
smooth and even, perfectly white without any
spots, smaller than most of the others. It
flowers in Julv, and the seeds ripen in the
autumn : growing naturally in the Levant.

'I he second species is an annual plant, with
a firm, straight, channelled stalk near three feet
high, divided towards the top into several
branches : the leaves are digitate, composed of
five, six. or seven oblong or linear leaflets, which
join at their base, and are hairy : the flowers
are produced in spikes at the end of the
branches, standing round the stalk in halt
whorls ; they are of a light blue colour. It
is a native of the South of France, &c. flowering
in Julv.

The third has much the appearance of the se-
cond sort, but the stalks rise higher : the leaves
have more leaflets, and stand upon longer foot-
stalks: the leailcts are blunt: the seeds are
variegated ; and, according to Linnaeus, they are
linear, and the flowers blue. Kay describes it
as more upright, and much taller, being
eighteen inches high, and as tall as the first. It
is a native of Spain, &c.

The fourth species is also an annual plant,
which rises with a strong firm channelled stalk,
from three to four tect high, covered with a
soft brownish down, dividing upward into se-
veral strong branches, garnished with digitate
leaves, composed of nine, ten, or eleven wedge-
shaped hairy leailcts, which are narrow at their
base, where thev join the foot-stalk, but enlarge
upward, and are rounded at the top, where they
are broadest : the foot-stalks of the leaves are
three or tour inches long: the flowers are placed
in whorls round the stalks above each other,
forming a loose spike, which proceeds from the
end of the branches ; arc large, and of a beau-
tiful blue colour, but have no scent : they ap-
pear iu July, and the seeds ripen in autumn :
the pods are huge, almost an inch broad, and

three inches long; inclosing three lanre round-
ish seeds, compressed on their sides, very rough
and of a purplish brown colour. It is a native
of the South of Europe.

There is a variety with flesh-coloured flowers,
commolv called Rose Lupine.

The fifth has a stem a foot high, branching :
the leaves are digirate, composed of seven,
eight, or nine narrow hairy leailcts, nearly two
inches long: the flowers are yellow, odorous, in
loose spikes at the end of the branches, com-
posed of several (six or seven) whorls, with
spaces between them, and about five flowers in
each, terminated by three or four flowers, sit-
ting close at the top ; these are succeeded by
ovate flattish hairv pods, about two inches long,
standing erect, and inclosing three, four, or five
roundish seeds, a little compressed, yellowish
white, variegated with dark spots. It is a na-
tive of Sicily, flowering in June and July.

The sixth has a perennial creeping root, from
which aiise several erect channelled stalks a
foot and a half high, sending out two or three
small side branches, garnished with digitate
leaves, composed of from live to ten or eleven
narrow spear-shaped leaflets, which join at
their base, and stand upon very long foot-stalks,
having a few hairs on their edges : the flowers
giow in long loose spikes, which terminate the
stalks, ar.d are placed without order on each
side ; they are of a pale blue colour, and on
short peduncles'; appearing in June, and the
seeds ripening in August, which are soon scat-
tered if they are not gathered when ripe ; for,
after a little moisture, the sun causes the pods
to open with elasticity, and cast out the seeds to
a distance. It is a native of Virginia.

Culture. — These plants may be readily raised
by sowing the seeds in patches in the borders,
with other annuals in the spring, where they are
to remain ; thinning them afterwards where
they are too close, and keeping them clean from
weeds. In order to have a succession of flowers,
they should be sown at different times, as in
April, May, and June. The seed of those only
which are first sown ripens well.

In order to have good seed of the fourth
kind, some seeds should be sown on a sunny
bonier under a wall, or in pots placed under
frames, the plants in the latter case being turn-
ed out and planted with balls of earth about
them in the spring.

They arc all useful plants for producing va-
riety, in the borders, clumps, and other parts.
The last sort should be sown at many different
times.

LUXURIANT PLANTS, a term in garden-
ing, signifying such as become greatly any;-

LUX

LUX

mentcd in growth beyond ilieir comition natu-
ral state, . tcquire that degree of
1 rfecuon which ia the case with those of mi

wths. Tins sometimes happens
from excess of nourishment, and sometimes
from the nature of th? plants.

It is produced differently : s iraetimes prevail-
ing in the whole plant, sometimes in particular
pans, as in some of the shoots, aud frequently
in tin. r -Mrs.

The tirst may be considered such as shoot
much stronger than plants of the same species
generally do, and happens both in herbaceous
plants and tries, 8cc. which never attain per-
fection so soon :<s the more moderate growers :
thus many sort- of esculent plant- which shoot
luxuriantly to leaves and stalks, &c. as cucum-
bers, melons, cabbages, cauliflowers, turnip-,

radishes, beans, peas, cee.. never arrive BO
soon to perfection as those of moderate srrowth;
and such plants as appear to be naturally of
themselves of a very luxuriant nature, are very
improper to stand, from which to save seed for
ful ire increase.

This is also the case in fruit-trees ; as such
- ire very luxuriant shooters are much longer
before they attain a bearing state than those
of middling growth; and they never bear so
plentifully, or have the fruit attain such per-
fection. This luxuriance is frequently acquired
bj unskilful pruning, especially in wall-trees,
N:e., as it is often the practice, when wall or

alier trees assume -ueh a growth, to cut all
tile shoots short; by which, instead of reducing*
the tree to a i f state of shooting, it has

its vigour increased, as too considerabre short-
ening of strong shoots promote- their throw-
ing out still stronger, and producing more
abundant or superfluous wood. Therefore, in
pruning very luxuriant espalier and wall-fruit

s, they should be assisted somewhat i:t
their own way, as it were, by iraimni: in plenty
or shoots annually for a year or two, to divide
the redundancy of sap ; or in the summer and
winter primings, always leaving them rather
thicker than in the common practice, and
mostly at full length, unless it be necessary to
shorten such as are of very considerable length,
or in some particular part of the tree, to torce
out a supply of wood to (ill a vacancy. Some-
sorts of fruit-trees should indeed never be gene-
rally shortened in the common course of prun-

. except in casual very extended irregular

.-. ihs, or occasionally for procuring a supply
of wood as mentioned above, i rticuiarly

,-sary in apples, pears, plums, cherries,
and tig-trees; for, if general shortening was to be
practised in these sorts, they would continue
shooting e\ery year so luxuriantly to wood, that

they would never form themselves into a proper
bearing st i e: even in those I ,-

ing is necessarily practised in wiutei, .a m<
the annual supplies of shoots, .- .a |> acli -,
nectarines, ccc, in cases of luxuriant growth,
it should be very sparingly performed, the gene-
ral shoots not being cut very sh rt, and some
of the most vigorous hit almost or quite at the
full length.

I in- is the proper method to reduce luxuriant
tree- to a moderate growth, and to a bearing
state ; as by training the shoots thicker, and
leaving them longer, and continuing it for a
year or two, the redundant sap having greater
scope to divide itself, cannot break out with
that luxuriance, as when it has not half the
quantity of wood to supply with nourishment,
a- in the case of short pruning. See Emw-
her, Wall-treks, and Pruning.

'1 his state seldom occurs with any continu-
ance in standard-tree-, where permitted to take
their natural growth, except in casual stran-
gling shoots, which should always be taken
out.

Over luxuriant shoots are mostly met with in
trees anil shrubs ; but require more particularly
to be attended to in the culture of the fruit
tree kind, especially those of the wail and espa
her sort, which undergo annual pruning.

They are such as shoot so vieorously ia
length and - ibstance, as greatly to^exceed the
h ol thos asi ally pr , m

the same kind of plant or tree, and are some-
times general, but in other cases on I v happen
to particular shoots in different parts of a tree,
8cc. They are discoverable by their extraordi-
nary length and thickness, and by their vigour
of growth, which always greatly impoverishes
tile other more moderate shoots in their neigh-
bourhood, and likewise the fruit, \c, as well
as often occasions a very irregular gro \ih in the
respective trees. Such shoots frequently occur
in wall and espalier fruit-trees, and are' the ef-
fects of injudicious pruning. \\ hi n liiev are in
general wholly so, they should be managed as
directed above : but when ouly in particular
its here and there in a fruit or other tree or
shrub under training, such shoots being of
such a very luxuriant n itun . - t i d aw away the
nourishment, at the expense of the adj.

rate shoots, and winch, by their vigorous
irregular growth, cannot be trained with any
degree of regularity ; they should for the most
part, as soon as discoverable, in the summer or
winter primings, be cut out, taking them off as
close as possible to the part of the branch
whence they originate, that no eye may be left
i loot again ; unless such a shoot Should rise
Ln any part of a tree or shrub, where a further

L Y C

L Y C

supply of wood may be requisite ; in which
ease it may be retained, and shortened as conve-
nient, to force out a supply or more shoots la-
terally to fill the vacancy.

When it prevails in other tree9 and shrubs
than those of the fruit kind, they should have
occasional attention, pruning them in regular
order in their younger advancing growth, or
afterwards occasionally in particular sorts, as
niavbe necessary ; observing, in either, when any
strangling shoots, &c. assume a very luxuriant
rambling growth, greatly exceeding the other
general branches, that they be more or less
reduced, or cut entirely away close to their ori-
gin, as may be most expedient, according to the
nature of grow th of the trees or shrubs, either in
summer or winter, &c.

Most double flowers may be considered as
luxuriant, especially such as have the cup or
corolla multiplied, or so augmented in the num-
ber of their leaves, or flower-petals, inward, as
to exclude some part of the fructification, as
the same thing occurs in flowers as in esculent
plants and fruit-trees, from their over luxuriant
growth ; for, as the flower is designed for per-
fecting the fruit and seed, when the petals are
multiplied to the diminution of the stamina,
Etc. no impregnation ensues, and of course no
fruit or seed is produced.

In the double varieties of most kinds of flow-
ers produced on ornamental flowering plants,
this luxuriance is generally considered as a su-
perior degree of perfection ; and has different
modifications.

The highest degree of this sort of luxuriance
is met with in carnations, anemones, ranuncu-
luses, the poppy, lychnis, peony, narcissus, vio-
let, and some others.

LYCHNIS, a genus containing plants of the
hardy, herbaceous, flowcrv, perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandrht
Pentagynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Cari/ophi/lki.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianlhium, oblong, membranaceous,
live toothed, permanent: the corolla has five
petals : claws the length of the calyx, flat, mar-
gined : border often cloven, flat: the stamina
have ten filaments, longer than the calyx, alter-
nately shorter, each of these fixed to a claw of
each petal: anthers incumbent : the pistillum is
a subovate germ : styles five, awl-shaped,
longer than the stamens : stigmas reflex against
the sun, pubescent : the periearpium is a cap-
sule approaching to an ovate form, covered,
one-, three-, or five-celled, five-valvcd : the
seeds very many, and roundish.

The species cultivated are : 1 . /,. chalcedonica }
Scarlet Lychnis ; 2. L. Flos cuculi, Red-flower-

ed Lychnis, Meadow Pink, or Ragged Robin ;
3. L. coronata, Chinese Lychnis; 4. L. viscaria,
Viscous Lichnis, or Catchfly ; 5. L. diurna,
Rose-flowered Lychnis, Wild Red Campion, or
Red Bachelor's Buttons; 6. L. vespert'ma, White-
flowered Lychnis, Wild White Campion, or
White Bachelor's Buttons.

The first has a perennial root: the stems three
feet high, upright, stiff, round, jointed, hairy :
at every joint are two large leaves of a brownish
green colour : the flowers terminating in a large
flat-topped tuft, consisting of several bundles :
the corolla is of a scarlet or bright red orange
colour, varying to white, blush, and variable,
that is, pale red, growing paler till it be-
comes almost white. It is a native of Russia,
&c.

Besides its varying as above, there is a variety
with very double flowers of a beautiful scarlet
colour : it has a perennial root, from which arise
two, three, or four stalks, according to the
strength of the roots, which in rich moist land
grow upwards of four feet high ; the stalks are
strong, erect, and hairy, being garnished the
whole length with spear-shaped leaves sitting
close to the stalks, placed opposite; and just
above each pair of leaves there are four smaller
leaves standing round the stalk : the flowers are
produced in close clusters sitting upon the top
of the stalk : when the roots are strong, the
clusters of flowers are very large, and make a
fine appearance, coming out the latter end of
June, and in moderate seasons continue near a
'month in beauty. The stalks decay in autumn,
and new ones arise in the spring following.

The second has also a perennial root, brownish
white, subacrid : the stems from one to three
feet high, upright, somewhat angular and groov-
ed, swelled at the joints, purplish : they are pro-
cumbent, and become upright at the time of
flowering: the stem-leaves opposite, connate,
lanceolate, keeled, upright, smooth: the pe-
duncles opposite, with one generally between
them : the calyx ten-angled, of a deep purple
colour: the corolla pink or purplish red, vary-
ing sometimes to white: the border of the petals
dividing into four segments, of which the two
outer are shorter and narrower: the claws have
two small spear-shaped teeth at the top: the
capsule one-celled, the month having five teeth
which turn back : the seeds flattish, rugged, of
a brown ash-colour. It is a native of most parts
of Europe, flowering in May and June.

In the third the whole plant is smooth: the
stem simple, round, upright, a foot high : the
leaves opposite, embracing, oblong-ovate, acute,
entire, an inch or a little more in length : the
flowers aggregate, about three, sessile : the ca-
lyx is ten-angled : the petals are gashed, ere-

L Y C

LYC

nate-multifid : the filaments the length of the
tube of the corolla, filiform : the germ superior:
style* five, much shorter than the tube of the

corolla. It is a native of China ami Japan,
flowering in June and July-

The fourth specie? has long, narrow,
like have-, which come out from the root with-
out order, sitting close to the ground ; between
these come up straight single sulks, which in
good eround rise a foot and half high ; at each
joint of the stalk come out two leaves opposite,
of the same form as the lower, hut decreasing
in their size upwards; under each pair ol I
for an inch in length, there sweats out of the
stalk a glutinous liquor, which is almost as
clammy as birdlime, so that ants and other in-
sects which happen to light upon these place-,
or attempt to creep up to the Bowers, are fasten-
ed to the stalk ; whence the title of Catchfly : the
root is perennial, yellowish on the outside, white
within: the stem round, not grooved, smooth,
beinsr terminated by a cluster of purple flowers,
and from the two upper joints come out on each
side of the stalk a cluster of the same flowers,
so that the whole forms a sort of loose spike :
these appear in the beginning of May, and the
sinele flowers are succeeded by roundish sccd-
vessels, which are full of small angular seeds,
ripening in July. It is a native of most parts
of Europe.

The fifth has likewise a perennial root, the
thickness of the little finger, white, of a slight -
lv acrid and bitter taste, furnished with nume-
rous fibres: the stalks are several, upright, from
one to three feet high, round, hirsute, jointed,

Eurple, the joints swelled : the uppermost
ranches forked : the leave- opposite, connate,
ovate-acuminate, hirsute, slightly nerved : the
calyx is hairy, striated, purple, five-toothed ; in
the female more turgid : the petals purple, ob-
cordate : at the bottom of the lamina or broad
spreading part are two or four small upright
white blunt appendicles: the germ is ovate, sur-
rounded bv a nectary at the base : the capsule
one-celled, with ten teeth at the mouth: seeds
gray, somewhat rugged. It is a native of many-
parts of Europe.

There is a variety with double flowers, culti-
vated in gardens by the name of Red Bachelor's
Buttons, which is an ornamental plant, and
continue- long in flower.

The sixth species ha< the stalks branched out
much more than in the fifth sort, being w
and more flaccid : the leaves are longer and
more veined: the flowers Bland singlv upon
pretty long peduncles, and are not produced in
clusters as in that ; it is very hairy, the calyx is
ttpte swollen, and it flowers a month alter it.

And Dr. Withering remark-, that the petals on
the male plant have the laminae divided down
to the claws, but in the female ihty are only
cloven half way down. Dr. John Sibthorp also
states that the capsules in the fifth are roundi
and that its scentless flowers stand open through
the day ; while this has conical capsules, and us
odoriferous flowers open only towards evening.
This also prefers a dry soil, while that spreads
in a moist one. It is common in Siberia.

There are varieties with put pie or blush-co-
loured flowers ; with quadrifid petal- ; with 1.
maphrodite flower- ; w uh double flowers, i
tivated in gardens by the name of Double White-
Bachelor's Buttons.

Culture. — They may be increased with facility
in the single sorts by seed, and parting the roots;
and in the double- by dividing or slipping the
roots, ami sometimes by cuttings of their stalks.
The seed should be sown in the early spring,
as in March, in a bed or border of light earth,
in an eastern aspect, each sort separate, raking
them in lightly, or they may be sown in small
drills. The plants come up in two or three
weeks, when they should have occasional wa-
terlogs and hand w eedings : and when the plants
are two or three inches high, be planted out in
beds or borders, in rows six inches asunder,
watering them till fresh rooted, letting them re-
main till the autumn or following spring, when
thev should be transplanted where they are to
remain.

Both the single and double may be Increased
bv slipping the roots ; but it is more particularly
applicable to the double sort, as they cannol
with certainty be obtained from seed: the sea-
son for performing this work is the autumn,
after the stalks decay, when the whole root may
either be taken up, and divided into as many
slips as are furnished with proper root-fibres, or
the main root stand, and as many of the outi r
offsets as seem convenient be slipped ofl : these
slips, when strong, should be planted at omv
where thev are to remain; but when rather
small and weak, it is better to plant them in
mnserv-rows, half a foot asunder, to remain a
year, and then transplant them for good where
thev are to stand.

The planting of cuttings of the stalks is
mostly practised tor the double scarlet sort,
when it increase- but sparingly bv offsets of the
root. It is performed in summer, when the
stalks are well advanced in growth, hut before
they flower, or have become hard and woody.
Some of them should be cut off doM lo the
bottom, and divided into lengths of from three
to five joints, planting them in an easterly bor-
der of rich moist loamy earth, two-think

L Y C

their length into the ground, leaving only one
joint or eve out, watering them directly, and
repeating it occasionally with necessary shade
in hot weather. They will he well rooted, and
form proper plants for transplanting in the au-
tumn. If the cuttings, as soon as planted, are
covered down close with hand-glasses, it will
greatly promote their rooting, so as to form
stronger plants before the winter season comes
on.

The only culture they require afterwards is
clearing them from weeds in summer, and sup-
porting with stakes them which need it, cutting

down and clearing away the decayed stalks in
the autumn.

Of the third sort, as being rather more tender,
some plants should be planted in pots, for mov-
ing under the protection of a frame or green-
house in the winter season.

They are all very ornamental for the pleasure-
ground, particularly the doubles, and prosper
in any common soil, remaining in all weathers
unhurt, being of many years' duration in root;
and, when of some standing, send up many
stalks every spring, terminated by numerous
flowers, making a fine appearance in summer.
TheScarletDoubleLychnis claims the preference,
though the single scarlet sort is also very showy.
And all the other species in their respective
double-flowered states are ornamental. They
are all kept in the nurseries for sale. In plant-
ing out, the tallest growers should be placed the
most backward, and the others more towards
the front.

LYCIUM, a genus containing plants of the
shrubbv exotic kind.

Ii belongs to the class and order Pentatidria
Mmiogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
LuridcB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a sub-
quinquerid perianthium, obtuse, erect, very
small, permanent : the corolla monopetalous,
funnel-form : tube cylindnc, spreading, incurv-
ed: border live-parted, obtuse, spreading, small:
the stamina have five awl-shaped filaments,
from the middle of the tube, shorter than the
corolla, closing tile tube with a beard : anthers
erect: the pistillum is a roundish germ : style
simple, longer than the stamens : stigma bind,
thickish : the pericarpiuni ii a roundish berry,
two-celled: the seeds several and kidney-form :
the receptacles convex, affixed to the partition.

The species are : 1. L. Afrum, African Box-
thorn; 2. L. barbarum, Willow-leaved Box-
thorn; 3. L. Europamm, European Box-thorn j
4. L. Tartaricum, Tartarian Box-thorn.

The first rises with irregular shrubby stalks
ten or twelve feet high, sending out several

L Y C

crooked knotty branches, covered with a whitish
bark, and armed with long sharp spines, upon
which grow many clusters of narrow leaves ;
these thorns often put out one or two smaller on
their sides, which have some clusters of smaller
leaves upon them : the branches are garnished
with very narrow leaves an inch and a half long,
and at the base of these come out clusters of
shorter and narrower leaves : the flowers come
out from the sides of the branches, standing
upon short foot-stalks, and are of a dull purple
colour: the berry is of a yellowish colour when
ripe, very dark red, inclosing several hard
seeds. It usually flowers in June and July, and
the seeds ripen in the autumn -r but frequently
a few flowers come out in all the summer
months. It is a native of the Cape.

The second species is a weak shrub, nodding
and decumbent unless supported : the bark of
the branches whitish : the flowers from each
bud from two to five, each on its proper pedun-
cle. It differs from all the other sorts in having
the mouth of the calyx two-lobed, or sometimes
three-lobed : the border of the corolla spread-
ing, with the throat pale streaked with black,
and purple or pale red within. It is a native of
Europe, Asia, and the Cape, flowering from
May to October.

There are several varieties. The first has a
shrubby stalk seven or eight feet high, sending
out several irregular branches, armed with strong
spines, and furnished with short thick leaves :
the flowers, which come out from the side of
the branches are small and white. They appear
in July and August, but do not produce seeds
m this climate.

The second has the stalk four or five feet high,

sending out many irregular branches, covered ,
with a very white bark, and armed with a few
short spines : the leaves are about three inches
long, and one inch broad in the middle, alter-
nate, pale green. The flowers appear in June
and July, and are succeeded by small round ber-
ries that ripen in the autumn, when they be-
come as red as coral.

The third rises with weak irregular diffused
branches to a great height, requiring support :
some of these branches have in one year been
upwards of twelve feet long: the lower leaves are
more than four inches long, and threebroad in the
middle; they ate of a light green and a thin
consistence, placed without order on every side
the branches. As the shoots advance in length,
the leaves diminish in size, and towards the
upper part are. not more than an inch long and
a quarter of an inch broad; sitting close to. the
stalks on every side. The (lowers come out
singlv at every joint towards the upper part of

LYC

LYS

■the branches, on short slender peduncles, and
are of a pale colour with short tubes; the brims
are spread open, broader than either of the former
•orts, and the style is considerably longer than
the lube of the corolla. It flowers in August,
September, and October, retaining its leaves
t:Il November, and is a native of China.

The third is able to stand upright without
support; differing from the above in having the
leaves, though lanceolate, not flat but oblique
or flexuose: the branchlets flexuose, not render-
ed angular bv a line running down from the pe-
tiole; the surface not smooth, but subtomciitose;
and finally, spines from every bud. It differs
from the first in having lanceolate leaves, and
round flexuose branehlet*. It i> a native of the
South of Europe.

The fourth species is an elegant shrub, on
account of the whiteness of the branches, rods, or
twigs, which are many, a foot or eighteen inches
long or more, branched, ascending: the spines
alternate, awl-shaped, rigid, spreading, white or
yell wish, surrounded with leaves and flowers
at the base : the leaves are sessile, fleshy, blunt :
flowers from the upper part of the twigs among
the leaves, two or three to each spine, on
short peduncles : the berries the size of a cur-
rant, black and succulent. It is a native of
Tartary. It differs from the third sort in size,
and the colour and form of the flower.

Culture. — These plants may all be increased
by seeds, cuttings, orlavers.

The seeds should be sown in the autumn soon
after they are ripe, in pots, being plunged into an
old tan-bed in winter, and covered with the glasses
in Frosty weather; but in mild weather be open
to receive moisture: in the following spring the
pots should be plunged into a moderate hot-bed,
to bring up the plants, which must be inured to
bear the open air as soon as the danger of frost
is over, and when they are three inches high,
be shaken out of the pots, and each planted in
a small separate pot filled with loamy earth,
being placed in the shade till they have taken
new root, when they mav be removed to a shel-
tered situation, to remain till the autumn, when
they should be either removed into the green-
house, or placed under a hot-bed frame, to
shelter them from hard frost. They must at
first be kept in pots, and treated in the same
way a-; mvrtlcs, and other hardy grcen-honse
plants; but when they are grown strong, a few
of them mav be planted out in the open ground
in warm situations, where they stand moderate
winters, but are commonly destroyed by hard
frosts.

The cuttings should be made from the young
thoots, and be planted in a shadv border in Julv,
Vol. II.

being duly watered; and when they have talccri
root, be treated in the same way as the seedbuo
plants. This is the usual mode of increasing

them, as some sorts never produce seeds in this
climate.

In the third sort the cuttings should be plant-
ed in the spring, in an eastern border; and the
plants should not be removed till the autumn,
when they may be planted to cover walls, as the
branches are too weak to support themselves.

The third varietv may also be increased b\'
dividing and planting its creeping roots.

Tlie layers must be nude from the young
branches, and be laid down in the spring; and
when rooted in the autumn, taken off, and ma-
naged as in the other methods.

The hardy sorts afford varietv in warm situa-
tions in the open ground, and the other sorts
among trreen-hmise collections.

LYSIMACHIA, a genus containing plants
of the hardy herbaceous biennial and perennial
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Pentamlria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Rotdct-a-.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianthiuni, acute, erect, permanent :
the corolla one-petalled, wheel-shaped : tube
none: border five-parted, flat : divisions ovate-
oblong: the stamina have five awl-shaped iila*
ments, opposite to the divisions of the corolla :
anthers acuminate : the pistillum is a roundi-K
germ : style filiform, the length of the stamens :
stigma obtuse : the pericarpium is a globular
capsule, mucronate, cue -celled, ten-valved
(five-valved) : the seeds very many, and angu-
lar: the receptacle globular, very large, dotted,
(free.)

The species cultivated are : 1. L. Epltemcrum,
Willow-leaved Loose- strife ; 2. L. dulia, Pur-
ple-flowered Loose-strife; 3. L. strata, Up-
right Loose-strife.

The first has a perennial root: the stems st-
veral, upright, more than three feet high : the
leaves narrow, smooth, and at the base of these
come out short side branches, with smaller
leaves of the same shape: the flowers are pro-
duced in a long close upright spike, at the top
of the stalk : the corolla is white : the stamens
longer than the corolla. It is very distinct from
the second sort bv its size, five-valved capsuli -,
white flowers, and leaves without dots. It is a
native of Spain, flowering from Julv to Sep-
teniber.

The second species is an annual (biennial)
plant, too tender for the open air of this cli-
mate: it agrees with the Srsl sort in habit,
structure, and glaucous colour: it has no. dots
M

LYT

L Y T

under the leaves : the petals are acuminate, a
little longer than the calyx, converging, and
deep red: the stamens are longer than the co-
rolla, with brown anthers : and the flowers ses-
sile in a spike. It is nearly allied to the first
sort, and is a native of the Levant, flowering
in July and August.

The third has the stem erect, four-Cornered,
smooth : the leaves quite entire, acute, smooth,
dotted : the racemes simple : the pedicels in a
sort of whorl, filiform, an inch long : the
bractes lanceolate, very short : the divisions of
the calyx lanceolate, smooth, dotted with red :
the petals three times as long as the calyx, yel-
low, with red stripes and dots, and two dark-
red spots : the stamens shorter than the corolla.
It is a native of North America, flowering in
July and August.

Culture. — These may all be readily increased
either by sowing the seeds in the autumn, as
soon as they are fully ripened, on a moist border,
with an eastern aspect ; or by parting the roots,
and planting them out at the same season, in
the, same situations.

The plants should afterwards be kept clean,
and in the first method removed into the situa-
tions where they are to remain in the autumn.

In the second sort the seeds should be sown
on a hot-bed.

The third sort is increased by planting the
bulbs thrown out from the axils of the leaves.

They all afford ornament and variety in the
borders and other parts of pleasure-grounds.

LYTHKUM, a genus containing plants of
the hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria
Monogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
Cali/cau I htmcE.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, cylindric, striated, with
twelve teeth, alternately smaller : the corolla has
six oblong petals, bluntish, spreading, with the
claws inserted into the teeth of the .calyx : the
stamina have twelve filiform filaments, the
length of the calyx ; the upper ones shorter
than the lower: anthers simple, rising: the
pistillum is an oblong germ : style awl-shaped,
the length of the stamens, declined : stigma
orbiculale, rising : the pericarpium is an oblong
acuminate capsule, straight, two-celled or one-
eelled : the seeds numerous and small.

The species cultivated is L. Salicaria, Com-
mon or Purple Willow-herb.

Other species may be introduced into cultiva-
tion.

It has a perennial root, thick branched,
somewhat woody, widely extended : the stem
frotniwo or three to four or six feet high, up-

right, tinged with red, below smooth and four-
cornered, above pubescent and five-cornered j
corners sharp, membianaceons, rugged : the
upper branches scattered, lower opposite, four-
cornered, rugged, and slightly downy, upright,
shortish, numerous: the leaves sessile, em-
bracing, about three inches long, smooth above,
underneath slightly downy, somewhat rugged,
veined, spreading, all oppv>site, or all alter-
nate, or the lower opposite, and the upper
alternate : the Powers in clusters, placed at a
little distance from each other, in the axils of*
the leaves, each consisting of about eight flow-
ers (six or twelve), together forming a long
leafy spike. It is a native of most parts of Eu-
rope, flowering late in the summer.

There are several varieties ; in the first of
which the stalks are upright and branching,
three feet high : the leaves cordate-ovate, an
inch long, and three quarters of an inch broad,
downy, and placed by threes : the flowers in
long spikes, disposed in thick whorls, with
spaces between each ; they are of a fine purple
colour. It is smaller than the common sort,
much more downv, and the leaves broader. It
often varies with three, leaves to a joint ; in
which case the stem is six-cornered ; and some-
times even with four leaves at a joint. And
Linnceus mentions a variety, in which the stem
is a foot high and simple: the leaves alternate,
cordate-lanceolate, sessile : the flowers from
each upper axil, solitary, and sessile.

There is also a variety which does not grow
more than a foot high : the leaves smooth,
growing by threes, narrower and shorter than
the common sort : the flowers in terminating
spikes, of a light purple colour, appearing in
July. Likewise, in which the stalks are slender,
not more than nine or ten inches long, spread-
ing out on every side : the lower part has ob-
long-ovate leaves, placed opposite : on the up-
per part the leaves are narrower and alternate :
the flowers come out singly from the side of
the stalks at each joint ; they are larger than
those of the common sort, and of a deeper
purple colour; making a fine appearance in July,
when they are in full beauty and perfection.

Culture. — This sort and varieties may be rea-
dily increased by parting the roots in autumn,
and planting them out in the situations where
they are to remain. They may likewise be rais-
ed from seed sown at the same time; but the
first is the readiest method.

They delight in a rather moist soil.
All of them are highly ornamental in the
larger borders, clumps, and other parts of
pleasure-grounds, being placed towards the
back parts.

M A G

M A G

MACAW -TREE. See Cocos.
MACEDONIAN PARSLEY. See

BUBON.

MAD APPLE. SeeSoLANtM.

MADDER. SeeRuBiA.

MADWORT. See Alysslm.

MAGNOLIA, a genus containing; plants of
the evergreen and deciduous tree kinds*

It belongs to the class and order Pohjandria
Polygyria, and ranks in the natural order of
Coadunatte.

The characters aTe : that the calyx is a three-
leaved perianth. urn : leaflets ovate, concave, pe-
tal-shaped, deciduous: the corolla has nine ob-
lone petals, concave, blunt, narrower at the base:
the stamina have numerous filaments, short, acu-
minate, compressed, inserted into the common
receptacle of the pistils below the germs : anthers
linear, fastened on each side to the margin of the
filaments: the pistillum has numerous germs,
ovate-ciblong, two-celled, covering a club-shap-
ed receptacle : styles recurved, contorted, very
short : stigmas longitudinal of the style, villose:
the pericarpium is an ovate strobile, covered
v. ith capsules, which are compressed, roundish,
scarcelv imbricate, clustered, acute, one-celled,
two-valvcd, sessile, opening outwards, perma-
nent: the seeds two or one, roundish, berried,
hanging bv a thread from the sjnus of each scale
of the strobile.

The species cultivated are : 1 . M. grandiflora ,
Laurel-leaved Magnolia ; 2. M. <>lai/ca, Swam])
Deciduous Magnolia; 3. Af. acuminata, Blue
Magnolia; 4. M. tripetala, Umbrella Magnolia,
or Umbrella Tree.

The first rises with a straight trunk of two
feet or more in diameter to the height of seventy
or eighty feet, or more, dividing into many spread-
ing branches, that form a larec regular head :
the leaves are nine or ten inches long, and three
inches broad in the middle, of a thick consist-
ence, resembling those of the common laurel,
but much larger, entire, but a little waved on their
edges, of a lucid green on the upper surface, and
sometimes russet-coloured underneath ; they are

-lie, placed without order on every side the
tranches, and continue green throughout the year,
falling off" onlv as the branches extend, and new
leaves are produced : the flowers are produced at
the ends of the branches ; are very large, and
are composed of eight or ten petals, narrow at
their b.ise, but broad", rounded, and a little waved
at their extremities; they spread open very wide,
are of a pure white colour, having an agreeable

scent. In its native country it begins to produce
flowers in May, and continues a long time ia
flower, so thai the woods are perfumed with their
odour the greatest part of the summer: but in
this rlimate it seldom begins to flower till the
middle or end of June, and does not continue
long in beauty. It is a native of Florida and
Carolina.

It varies with broad leaves, and w ith narrow
leaves.

The second species grows about fifteen or
sixteen feet high, with a slender stem, covered
with a smooth whitish bark : the wood is white
and spongy: the leaves thick and smooth, re-
sembling those of the bay, entire, dark green on
their upper surface, but whitish or glaucous
and a little hairy underneath : the flowers
are produced in May and June at the extremity
of the branches; are white, and have an agree-
able sweet scent, with onlv six concave petals :
after these are past tin- frail increases to the size
of a walnut, with its cover an inch or more in
length, and three-fourths of an inch in diame-
ter, of a conical shape : (he seed is about the
size of a kidney-bean : this fruit is at first green,
afterwards red, and when ripe of a brown co-
lour. Where it grows naturally, there is a suc-
cession of flowers on the trees for two months
or more : but in this climate there arc seldom
more than twelve or fourteen flowers on a tree,
and those of short duration. It is a native of
North America.

The young plants often retain their leaves
through the greatest part of w inter ; but, when
three or four years old, constantly cast their
leaves by the beginning of November.

There is a variety with long leaves, which is
evergreen.

The third grows sometimes to the height of
thirty or forty feet, in its native state, and the trunk
is eighteen inches or more in diameter: the!
near eight inches long, and five broad: the Dowers
come out early in the spring, are composed of
twelve large blueish-coloured petals: the fruit is
about three inches long, somewhat resembling
a small cucumber; whence the inhabitants of
North America call it Cucumber Tree : the
wood is of a line grain, and an orange colour.
It is a native of North America.

The fourth specie^ grows from sixteen to
twenty feet high, with a slcnc'cr trunk, covered
with a smooth bark, and dividing into several
branches : the leaves are remarkably lar^e,
often from twelve to fifteen inches or more in
M 3

M A G

M A H

! fire or six in width, narrowiner to and when turned out, matted occasional^' ' '" se-

length, and

a point al each extremity, placed at the ends of
-the branches in a circular manner, someu hat
like an umbrella, whence its name : the flowers
are composed of ten, eleven, or twelve large,
oblong, white petals ; the outer ones hanging
down": the seed-vessels are oblong, conical, be-

vere winters, retaining some in pots to be ma-
naged as green - house plants of the more
hardy kind.

The lavers should be laid down in autumn or
spring, choosing the young pliable shoots tor
the purpose, giving them a gentle twist, or a
n three and four inches in length, and about slit in the partlaid into the earth. Some will be
an inch and half in diameter. The wood is soft well rooted in one year, others probably net m
an'l spongy; and the leaves drop off at the be- less than two; then lake them off, and plant
ginning of winter. It is a native of Carolina, each in a pot in the early spring, plunging them
Virginia &c. m a moderate hot-bed for a month or two,

Culture.— These plants may all be increased to promote their growing freely at first,,
bv seed, lavers, and cuttings.' and they will form good strong plants by the

' In the first mode, the seed, which is received following autumn, allowing them shelter in
annually from America, preserved in sand, early winter for a year or two, when they may be
in the spring, should be sown as soon after as planted out.

possible in pots of light rich earth, half an inch The cuttings should be made from the short
deep, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed, young shoots of the preceding year, and be
to brino- up The plants an inch or two in height, or planted in pots of good earth, plunging them to
in the common earth under a warm wall or hedge, the rims in the common or stove hot-bed, giving
or in a frame, in the full sun, till the middle water and occasional shade; some of them will
or latter end of April, then replunging them in be rooted the same year, when they must be
an easterly border open to the morning sun ; inured by degrees to the open air, after which,
givino- moderate sprinklings of water in dry they may be managed as the layers,
weather. The plants will "rise the same year; The first or evergreen sort is one of the most
those in the hot-bed, probably in April, and the beautiful trees in nature, both in its growth,,
others in May, inuring those' in the first situa- and in the luxuriance of its noble leaves,
lion timely to the full air. The plants should which render it singularly conspicuous at alt
all summer be regularly supplied with water, and seasons.

at the approach of winter be removed into a The deciduous sorts are also highly orna-
green-house, or rather under a garden-frame, mental trees, and may be introduced into clump*
to be sheltered from frost all winter, indulging and shrubberies, where by their fine foliage
them with the open air in mild weather. If the they exhibit an elegant variety,
pots be plunged in a bark hot-bed, &c. about All the different species are cultivated in the
March, under a frame, two or three months, it nurseries, for sale, from which they maybe taken
will forward the plants greatly; being careful up and planted outin the early spring or autumn
to crive water, and harden them to the open air months; but the former is the better.
gradually, so as to be removed into it in their In their disposition in the shrubbery, as they
pots fully in June, to remain till the autumn, are rathertender in theirearly growth, they should
when they should be allowed shelter in winter, have a sheltered sunny situation, in a rather dry
as before.' The spring following, they should soil, being planted in the most conspicuous
be planted into separate pots, and plunged into places, and not too closely crowded with other
a hot-bed as before to set them forward, giving shrubs.

water, occasional shade, and the benefit of free They have also a good effect when disposed
air ; and in June removing the pots to a shady singly in different parts, in open spaces of short
border for the remainder of the summer. In grass-ground, in sheltered situations; especially
winter they should have shelter as before, from the firsl sort.

severe frost, but have the full air in all open MAHh'.RNIA, a genus containing plants of
v- eather. They require the same care for two or the shrubby exotic kind, for the green-house,
three v. inters, when some of them may be turn- It belongs to the class and order Poitandria
ed out of the pots with bails of earth about their Pcntagynia, and ranks in the natural order of
roots, into the full ground, in a warm sheltered Culinnnij'ercB.

situation, particularly the deciduous kinds ; but The characters arc : that the calyx is a one-
ihe first or evergn en sort should not be too soon leafed perianthium, five-cleft, bell-shaped ; with
exposed to the winter's cold, but be continued in awl-shaped longer teeth; permanent: the co-
occasional shelter in the above manner four rolla has five heart-shaped petals, oblong, spread-
er five, years, till two, three, or more feet high; ing, twice as long as the calyx: nectaries live,

M A L

M A r.

•bcordate, pediceHed, surrounding the germ,
shorter than the calyx : the stamina have 6ve
f laments, capillary, placed on the ncctarv, united
at the base, shorter than the calyx : anthers ob-
long, acuminate, erect: the pistillum is a sub-
pcdicelied germ, obovate, five-angled : styles live,
bristle-shaped, erect, the length or the petals:
stigmas simple : the pericarpiuai is an ovate
capsule, Eve-celled, five-valved : the seeds few,
and kidncv-form.

The species cultivated are: 1. Al. pimiala,
Wing-leaved Mahernia; 2. 3/. incisa, Cut-
Laved Mahernia.

The first rises with a shrubby stem near three
feet high, sending out nianv slender delicate
branches, covered with a reddish bark : the
flowers con-.e out from the side of the branches
in small clusters, are of a lively red when they
first open, and hang down like lirtle bells, com-
monly two together ; appearing from June to
August and September. It is a native of the
Cape.

In the second species, the stalks to the naked
eye discover a manifest rousrhness ; with a mag-
nifying glass, it appears that they are beset on
every side with little protuberances, whence issue
U'.fis of pellucid hairs, and here and there a
single hair is discoverable with a small red viscid
globule at its extremity : a portion of the stalk,
when highly magnified, somewhat resembles
that of the creeping Cereus : the leaves, which
arc not so manifestly hairy as the stalk and
calyxes, are deeply jagged on the edges, and
somewhat resemble those of Pelargonium Tri-
color: the flowers when in bud are of the rich-
est crimson : as they open they incline to a deep
orange, and finally become yellowish. It is a
native of the Cape.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
planting cuttings of the young branches in the
summer season singly, in pots of light mould,
watering them, and plunging them in a hot-
bed till they have stricken root. When thev
have become well rooted, thev may be removed
into the green-house tor protection during the
winter season : being managed as the less tender
plants of this sort.

They atf-rd variety among other potted plants
of a similar kinJ.

M \H'H kNY TREE. See Swietknia.

M MDENH UR TREK. See Salisbury.

MALABAR NUT. SeeJusriciA.

MALE BALSAM APPLE. See Momor-

JMCA.

MALLOW. See Malva.
MALLOW, INDIAN. Sec Sida.
MALLOW TREE. See Lavateua.

MALLOW, VENICE. See Ilinrsco*.

MALOPE, a genus containing a plant of ih«
herbaceous kind.

It bc-h ?! > to the class and order Monadelphia
Poh/a/t:/ri;.-, and ranks in the natural ordir of
ColumnifertB.

The character are: that the calyi is a double
penanthium : outer three-leaved, broader: leaf-
lets cordate, acute, permanent : inner one-leaf-
ed, hall-live-cleft, more erect, permanent : the
corolla has live obcordate petals, praemorse,
spreading, fastened to the tube of the stamens
at the bast : the stamina have numerous fila-
ments, at bottom united into a tube, above,
at, and below the apex of the tube, separate
and loose : anthers almost kidney-form : the
pistillum has roundish germs r stvle simple, the
length of the stamens : stigmas many, simple,
bristle-shaped : the pcricarpiurn is a roundish
capsule, many-celled: cells as many as there
are stigmas, conglomerated into a head : the
seeds solitary and kidnev-foim.

The species cultivated is M. JSlalacoldes,
Betonv-leaved Malopc.

In the whole plant it has greatly the appear-
ance of the mallow , but differs from it in hav-
ing the ce"s collected into a button, somewhat
like a blackberry : the branches spread, and lie
almost flat upon the ground, extending a foot
or more each way : the flowers are produced
singly upon long axillary peduncles, and are in
shape and colour like those of the mallow. It is
a native of Tuscany, 8cc.

Culture. — This may be increased bvsow insthe
seeds, in the places where the plants are denn-
ed to remain, as it does not bear transplanting
well : when they are sown upon a warm border
in August, the plants also frequently stand
through the winter, and flower carlv the fol-
low ing season, so as to produce good seeds : but
w hen sown in the spring, this is rarely the ease.

The plants sown in the spring in pots should
be protee'ed in winter under a frame-. They
seldom continue longer than two or three years.

They afford variety among other plants in the
borders, &c.

MALP1GHIA, a genus containing plants of
the exotic evergreen shrubby kind, for the stove,

It belongs to the class and order Deamdria
Trigi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
TrthiluttB.

I he characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved erect pcrianlhium, \crr small, perma-
nent, converging: there ..re two melliferous
glands, <>> al and gibbous, fas the caly-

eme leaflets on the outside and at bolt
corolla lias live peu!*, kidney-form, large.

MAL

M A L

tlaited, ciliatc, spreading, concave; with long
inear claws : the stamina have ten broadish
filaments, awl-shaped, erect, placed in a cy-
linder, united below, small : anthers cordate :
the pistillum is a roundish germ, very small :
styles three, filiform : stigmas blunt : the peri-
carpium is a globular berrv, torulose, large, one-
celled : the seeds three, bony, oblong, blunt,
angular; with an oblong blunt kernel.

The species cultivated arc: 1. M. glabra,
Smooth-leaved Barbadoes Cherry ; 2. M.pimici-
folia, Pomegranate-leaved Barbadoes Cherry ;
3. JSI. urens, Stinging Barbadoes Cherry ; 4.
M. nitida, Shining-leaved Barbadoes Cherry ;
5. M. angustijoiia, Narrow-leaved Barbadoes
Cherry ; 6. M. crassifolia, Thick-leaved Bar-
badoes Cherry ; 7. M. vtrbascifolia, Mullein-
leaved Barbadoes Cherry ; 8. M. coccigeia,
Scarlet Grain-bearing Barbadoes Cherry.

The first grows to the height of fifteen, six-
teen, or eighteen feet, with several trunks, co-
vered with a clay-coloured smooth bark, and
dividing into many spreading branches, making
a pleasant round head : the leaves are opposite,
subsessile, acute, continuing all the year : the
flowers are in axillarv and terminating bunches,
or umbels, on peduncles half an inch long, and
about four flowers on each, of a bright purple :
the pedicels have a single joint : the fruit red,
round, the size of a cherry, smooth-skinned,
having one or more furrows on the outside, and
containing within a reddish, sweetish, not un-
pleasant, copious, juicy pulp.

It is found in the West-Indies, flowering
from December to March.

The second species rises with a shrubby stalk
from seven to ten or twelve feet high, dividing
into several slender spreading branches, covered
•with a light brown bark : the flowers are pro-
duced in small ' umbels at the end of the
branches, upon short peduncles : the corolla is
pale rose-colour: the berry roundish, pulpy,
with several furrrows, red when ripe, inclosing
three or four hard angular seeds. It is of the
same size and make with our common cherries,
very succulent, and of a pleasant subacid taste ;
having much the appearance of the pomegra-
nate. It is a native of the West-Indies.

The third is a shrub, which rises with a strong
upright stem about three feet high, covered
with a brown bark, sending out several side
branches which grow erect : the leaves ending
in acute points, sessile, covered with fine bris-
tles, which do not appear unless closely viewed :
these bristles are double-pointed, and sustained
by pedicels of the same fragile transparent sub-
stance with themselves, descending from the

middle of them : these are easily broken, but
the bristles enter pretty deep in, and stick close
to whatever has forced them off. The flowers
come out upon long slender peduncles from the
axils at each joint, four, five, or six together, in
a sort of whorl. It flowers in July and August,
(to October), and is found in the West-
Indies.

The fourth species is a shrub, a fathom in
height: the stem upright, round, even: the
branches decussated, upright, round, covered
with a shining bark : the haves decussated
opposite, oblong, blunt, with a convex margin,
nerved, veined, firm, pale-green, shining, on
short petioles : the racemes axillary, shorter
than the leaves, manv-flowcred : the flowers
peduncled, the same size as in the first sort,
yellow : the berry three-lobed, three-seeded,
and blood-red. It is a native of the West-
Indies.

The fifth rises with a shrubby stalk seven or
eight feet high, covered with a bright purplish
bark, which is spotted and furrowed, dividing
towards the top into several smaller branches :
the leaves are numerous, about two inches long,
and a quarter of an inch broad, acuminate, of
a lucid green on their upper side, but of a russet
brown on their under, where they are closely
armed with stinging bristles : the flowers are
from the side and at the end of the branches in
small umbels, small, and of a pale-purple
colour: the fruit small, oval, furrowed, and dark
purple when ripe. It is a native of the West-
Indies, flowering in June.

The sixth species is a tree, with the leaves a
hand in length, thick, subpetiolcd, quite entire,
pubescent above, tomentose underneath, com-
monly alternate : the racemes long, tomentose;
and according to Brown, the upper branches
terminate, in loose bunches of flowers, each of
the divisions being simple, as well as the top
of the main supporter, which terminates also
in a single spike. It is a native of the West-
India islands.

The seventh has the leaves ending in the
petioles, a foot long, villose, clothed under-
neath with a very close nap : the racemes long
and villose. It is a native of South Ame-
rica.

The eighth species is a very low shrub,
seldom rising more than two or three feet
high : the stalk thick and woody, as are also
the branches, which come out on every
side from the root upwards, and are cover-
ed with a rough gray bark : the leaves lucid,
half an inch long, and almost as much broad,
appearing as if cut at their ends, where they

MAL

M A t

are hoilowcd in, and the two corners rise
like horns, ending in a. slurp thorn, as do also
the indentures on the sides : the Hovers come
out from the side of the branches, upon pedun-
cles an inch long, each posiaining one small
yvxlc blueish flower : the fruit is small, conical,
furrowed, changing to a purple red colour when
ripe, his found in the West-Indies.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
sowingthe seeds in the upriag, in pots of light rich
earth, and plunging them in a hot-bed. When
the plants have attained a few inches in growth
they should be planted out into separate small
pots, re -plunging them in a bark hot-bed in the
stove, w here thc\ should remain, the two first
winters, being afterwards placed in a dry stove,
and kept in a moderate warmth, water being
occasionally given in small quantities.

Thev afford ornament among collections of
plants of similar kind-.

MALVA, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous, annual, biennial, perennial, and
shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Monadclpflia
Polyandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Colummferee.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a double
pcri.uithium : outer three-leaved, narrower :
leaflets cordate, acute, permanent : inner one-
leafed, half-five-cleft, larger, broader, perma-
nent : the corolla has live obcordate petals,
pnemorse, flat, fixed to the tube of the stamens
at the base: the stamina haVc numerous fila-
ments, united below into a tube, seceding and
loose at the top and surface of it : anthers
kidney- form: the pistillum is an orbicular
germ : style cvlindric, short : stigmas very
many, bris ly, the length of the style: the pe-
ricarpium is a roundish capsule, composed of
very many cells, (;:s many as there are stigmas,)
two-valved, placed in a whorl about a colum-
nar receptacle, finally falling : the seeds arc
solitary, very seldom two or three, kidney-
form .

The species cultivated arc: I. T\I. spicata,
Spiked Mallow ; e. -V. Americana, Ameri-
can Mallow ; 3. Mil Peruviana , Peruvian Mal-
low : 4. M. Carol'miana, Creeping Mallow :
5. M. Orient a IU, Oriental Mallow : 6. M. ver-
ticillata, Whorl -flowered Mallow ; 7- M.
erispa, Curled Mallow ; 8. M. Mgyptia, Pal-
mated Mallow ; o. M. ..'Ik a, Vervain Mal-
low; 10. M. mosc/iala, Musk Mallow; 11.
M. Capensis, Gooseberry-leaved or Cape Mal-
low.

The first has the stem pale-green, two or three
feet high, and branched : the leaves are almost
round, an inch and quarter long, and three

quarters of an inch broad at the base, pale-
green, smooth, on petioles three quarters of an

inch in length : the tops of the twigs and
branches, for the length of an inch, are thick
set, in a spike with orange-coloured Rowers, in
very hirsute calyxes. It is a native of Jamaica,
flowering in September and October.

The second has an annual root : the stem is
a foot his.'i, stiff, round, somewhat hairy:
branches4 lew, short, upright, from the lowe
axils : the leaves scarcely fomentose : pedun-
cles axillary, upright, solitary, one-flowered :
the spike terminating, with many sessile flow-
ers, expanding after noon : the corolla yellow.
It is a native of North America, flowering in
June and July.

The third is also an annual plant : the stem
from two to three feet high, with hairs thinly
scattered over it, usually in pairs : the haves
seten-lobed, (five or three) plaited, smooth,
veined, sharply serrate, on petioles the length
of the leaf: the stipules ovate-lanceolate: the
peduncles long, naked : the spike directed to
one side, turned upwards, recurved before the
flowers open: the corollas small, purple. Ac-
cording to Jacquin, the flowers arc red : but
others say, pale blue, and set very closely on
the spikes, appearing in June. It grows
naturally in Peru.

The fourth has an annual root : the stems
creeping, eighteen inches and longer, round,
putting out roots at the lower joints, hairy :
the leaves villose, soft; those next the root large,
roundish, gash-serrate, smaller and more
deeply divided as they ascend, five-lobed and
scven-lobed, all on long hairy petioles, dashed
and serrate on the edge: the flowers are axillary
and terminating, on almost upright peduncles,
from an inch to an inch and half m length,
small, the colour of Burgundv wine : the claws
of a darker red. It is a native of Carolina.

The fifth species is an annual plant, with an
upright stalk : the flowers arc large, and of a soft
i\d-eoloiir. According to Martyn, the stalk is
six feet or more in height, and the flowers
not purple, but dark red, with the veins so
dark as to be almost black. It was found in the
Levant.

The sixth has the root annual, ihree feet
high : the leaves cordate, five- or seven-angled,
subcrcnatc, smooth, on long alternate petioles :
the flowers are whitish red, small, on one-flow-
ered peduncles. It is a native of China, and
Cochmchina, flowering in June ami July,

The seventh species is also annual : the stem
upright, four or five feet high : the leaves curled
on their edges : the stem thick, round, green,
hirsute below, branched, from three to four

a

M A L

feet high : the lower leaves a hand wide, on
long petioles ; the upper ones smaller, on
shorter petioles ; the uppermost very small, al-
most sessile : all obscurely angular, sinuate,
bi ioht green, pubescent : the flowers sessile in the
axils, over the whole stem and branches, small
in proportion to so large a plant. It is a na-
tive of Syria, flowering from June to Au-
gust.

The eighth is likewise an annual plant, with
stalks about a foot long, smooth, and declining:
the leaves on pretty long footstalks : the flowers
single from the axils, and at the top in clusters:
the calyxes large, acute : the corollas small,
pale blue. It is a native of Egypt, flowering
in June and July.

The ninth has the root long, branched, and
perennial : the stem from two to three feet high,
found, rugged, hairy: hairs in bundles, spread-
in^ : brandies alternate : the leaves alternate,
semiorbicular, five-parted to the base, with the
lobes oblong, three- or five-parted, bright green,
whitish underneath, pubescent, somewhat rug-
ced : the petioles round, with very small awl-shap-
ed stipules atthehase: the flowers terminating, in
panicles or bundles : the calyx small in propor-
tion t<> the size of the corolla, pubescent ;
outer small, inner much larger: the corolla an
inch and half or two inches long, live-parted to
the base, bright purple; with blunt two-lobed
segments. It is a native of many parts of
Europe.

The tenth species has root-leaves roundish,
kidney shaped, entire, except being crenate on
the margin: the first stem-leaves three- lobed,
divided half way down : side-lobes divided
a^ain into two or three, but not so deeply :
above these they are threc-lobed to the foot-
stalk : lobes again deeply divided ; divisions
deeply jagged : higher ones five-lohed, lobes
pinnatifid, segments of the upper ones more
divided, and narrower ; uppermost linear : the
stem round, much branched, slightly hairy:
at the orisr'ui of each branch, two lanceolate
hairy stipules : the flowers crowded on the top
of the stem and branches on short peduncles,
and single ones from the axils of the upper
leaves : petals heart-shaped, divided nearly to
the base, pale red or flesh-coloured, with deeper
veins. It differs from the ninth sort, with
which it has been confounded, in having the
stem not so tall, with solitary upright hairs
rising from a prominent little point: the arils
rough with hairs : the flowers of an ambrosial
or musky scent : the musky smell is not how-
ever always to be perceived. Mr. Curtis, on
cultivating both species together, found the
ninth grow nearly to twice the height of this^

M A M

and to be in every respect a stronger plant, and'
harsher to the touch. It is a native of many
parts of Europe.

The eleventh rises with a woody stalk ten or
twelve feet high, sending out branches from
the side, the whole length : the stalks and
branches are closely covered with hairs : the
leaves are hairy, indented, on their sides, so as
to have the appearance of a trilobate leaf : those
on the voung plants are three inches long and
two broad at their base : but as the plants grow
older, they are scarcely half that size : the flowers
come out from the side of the branches, upon
peduncles an inch long; they are of a deep
red colour, shaped like those of the common
mallow, but smaller. It flowers great part of
the year, and is a native of the Cape.

There are varieties in which the stems are
thicker and higher, of a brownish red colour: the
leaves hirsute, broader, with wider segments, less
deeply cut, but with the toothlets sharper and
serrate : the whorls of fruit a little larger, and
not muricated; and in which the hairs of the
leaves and stem are simple, not compound :
the flowers almost upright, not drooping.

Culture. — The ten first sorts are all capable
of being raised from seeds, which, in the hardy
kinds, should be sown in the situations where
the plants are to grow, in patches of four or
five in each, in the spring or beginning of au-
tumn, covering them to the depth of halt an
inch. They may likewise be sown upon a bed
of fine earth, and be afterwards removed to the
places where they are to flower. Those which
are natives of hot climates, should be sown in
pots and plunged in a hot bed.

When the plants in the two latter modes
have attained some growth, they should be re-
niovedinto their proper situations, or into other
pots, to be afterwards managed according to the
difference of the kinds.

The last sort and varieties may be raised also
bv seed, which should be sown upon a hot- bed,
of in pots and plunged in it. When the plants
have attained some growth, they should be re-
moved into separate pots, replunging them in
the hot-bed till fresh rooted, when they should
be gradually inured to the full air, managing
them afterwards in the same manner as otlur

exotics of the green-house kind

The hardy sorts afford a pleasing variety in
the shrubbery and other parts, while those of
the more tender and shrubby kind produce a
good effect in the green-house, and among
potted collections.

MAMMEA, a genus containing plants of
the evergr- i n exotic tree kind.

It ranks in the class and or.ler Polygamiu

M A M

M A N

Monoecia, or Dioecia, and ranks in the natural
order of GuttifertB.

The characters arc : that in the hermaphro-
dite, the calyx is a one-leafed pejianthium, two-
parted: divisions roundish, concave, coriace-
ous, coloured, spreading very much, deciduous:
the corolla has four roundish petals, concave,
spreading very much, Bubeoriaceous, longer
than the calyx : the stamina have numerous
bristle-shaped erect filaments, \ery short, in-
serted into the receptacle, ending in oblong,
blunt, erect anthers: the pistillum is a rouncl-
ish, depressed germ : style cylindric, erect,
longer than the stamens, permanent : stigma
capitate, convex : the periearpium is a round-
ish fleshy berry, very large, acuminate with
part of the Style, with a coriaceous rind, one-
celled : the seeds four, subovate, rugged, distinct
from the flesh : male on the same or a different
tree : the calyx, corolla, and stamina, as in the
hermaphrodite.

The species is M. Americana, American
Mam mee>

It is a tall upright handsome tree, with a
thick spreading elegant head, and a long down-
right tap-root, which renders it very difficult to
transplant : the younger branchlets arc qua-
drangular : the leaves oval or obovate, quite en-
tire, blunt, extremely shining, leathery, firm,
with parallel transverse streaks, on short pe-
tioles, opposite, from five to eight inches in
length: the peduncles one-flowered, short, scat-
tered over the stouter branches : the flowers are
sweet, white, an inch and half in diameter :
the fruit roundish, or obsoletely three-cornered
or four-cornered according to the number of
seeds, one or two of w hich are frequently abor-
tive, varvins: in size from three to seven inches
in diameter, being covered with a double rind :
the outer leathery, a line in thickness, tough,
brownish yellow, divided by incisures longi-
tudinally decussated ; the inner thin, yel-
low, adhering strongly to the flesh ; which is
firm, bright "yellow, has a pleasant singular
taste, and a sweet aromatic smell ; but the ?'r:in
and seeds are very bitter and resinous. It is
eaten raw alone, or cut in slices with wine and
sugar, or preserved in sugar. It is a native of
the Caribbee islands.

Culture. — These trees may be raised from
seeds procured from America, which should be
sown in the earlv spring, in pots filled with
light fresh mould, plunging them in a bark hot-
bed, keeping the mould moist by occasional
watering, when they will soon come op. The
young plants should be often watered in dry
weather. When they have attained some
growth, they should be removed with earth
Vol. II.

about them, into other pots a little larger, being
replunged in the hot-bed till fresh rooted,
filling up the pots with fresh mould ; due shade,
air, and water being given. In the autumn they
should be removed into the stove, where they
must be kept, being shifted into other pots in
the following spring; having regard nottoovcr-
,pot them.

They may also be raised by placing the
stones of the fruit under the pots upon the tan,
more expeditiously than when planted in the
mould of the pots.

They afford a fine variety among other
stove plants.

MANGA. See Mahgifera.

MANGIFEUA, a genus containing a plant
of the tree exotic kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
It ifliiilacece.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-
parted perianthium : divisions lanceolate : the
corolla has live lanceolate petals, longer than
the calyx : the stamina have five awl-shaped
filaments, spreading, the length of the corolla:
anthers subcordate : the pistillum is a roundish
germ : style filiform, the length of the calyx :
stigma simple : the periearpium is a kidney-
form drupe, oblong, gibbous, compressed : the
seed is a kernel, oblong, compressed, lanuci-
nose.

The species cultivated is M. Indira, Mango-
tree.

It is a large spreading tree in its native slate :
the wood is brittle, brown, and used only for
indifferent works : the bark becomes rugsred by
age : the leaves are seven or eight inches lone,
and two or more broad, lanceolate, quite entire,
smooth, of a fine shining green, and a sw eet
resinous smell, terminating in points, and hav-
ing several transverse parallel opposite ribs ;
they are on short petioles, and grow in bunches
at the extremity of the branches. The Bowers
are produced in loose bunches at the end of the
branches. The fruit, when fully ripe, is yellow
and reddish, replete with a fine agreeable juice,
being sometimes as big as a large man's list. It
grows naturally in most parts of India, &C.
re are several uncultivated varict;

Culture.— -As the vegetative property of thi
or nuts of this species does not seem to belong
preserved, the readiest method to obtain plants,
is to have a quantity of the nuts set in tubs of
earth in the country where they grow naturally,
and when the plants are grown a foot high, to
have them shipped, placing a covering over
them to defend them from the water ami spray
of the sea, being careful not to give them too
X

MAN

M A N

much water in the passage. When they arrive ness, tainting the juices of the plants. This
in a cold climate, they should he screened from effect is, however, much to be disputed, since
cold. The plants should afterwards be set in the different substances are changed and elabo-
pots rilled with light kitchen-garden earth, and rated in the vessels of the vegetables before
be placed in a dry stove, where, in warm wea- they become fit for the purpose of their Hi-
ther, thev should have fresh air dailv, and in crease.

winter the air be kept up to temperate, as The author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener

marked on the botanical thermometer; as they asserts that « a combination of stable dung,

do not succeed well in the tan-bed. sea weed, lime, and vegetable mould, which

Where the nuts are made use of, they should has lain in a heap for three or tour months, and

be sent over in wax to preserve their vegetative has been two or three times turned during that

property.

They may also be increased from cuttings, in
the manner of Gardenia, in this climate.
MANGO-TREE. See Mangifera.
MANGROVE GRAPE-TREE. See Coc-

COLOBA.

MANNA ASH. See Fraxinus.
MANURE, such substances or materials,

period, will make an excellent Manure for most
kinds of garden land." Also that of " cow dung
and sheep dung, mixed with soot or any of the
kinds of ashes ;" and that " pigeon dung,
marie, and vegetable mould, well mixed, will
make an excellent Manure for heavy land ; or
even for lighter soils, provided the pigeon dung
be used sparingly. " But that " pigeon dung,

whether of the duns, compost, or other kinds, lime, soot, ashes, &c, should never be applied

as are useful in the improvement of land, so as in a simple state : the quantity of them requir-

to produce good vegetable crops. ed being comparatively small, and the regular

Materials of this kind are necessary to all distribution difficult without the admixture of

soils, to repair them when exhausted by the other matter. He further observes, that he has

growth of vegetables, and cure their defects ; " witnessed the astonishing effects of whin

being thus beneficial in enriching and fertilizing ashes alone, in producing herbage in a five or

such as are poor, and in rendering such as arc six fold degree; which was the more obvious,

strong or stubborn more light, loose, and fri
able, as well as those which are very light, loose,
and dry, more compact and moist, and those
that are too wet drier, &e. In this view, moist
stiff land is the most improved by light Manures,

on account that the field on which they were
applied was much alike in quality (a stiff, wet,
clayey loam), and the ashes applied partially.
The effect was visible for several successive
years. Also, on the timber trees with which the

conceives

which open and loosen its particles ; very light field was afterwards planted." He
land by the more heavy and moist sorts ; and that " marie is an excellent Manure for almost
wet land by dry light composts. Some soils any soil; and may be applied as a simple with
also require Manure annually, while others as much propriety as any of the kinds of cattle
only once in two or three vears. See Dung, &c. dung, or even vegetable earth. The kind called
The most proper sorts of Manure for the use shell marie is, he thinks, much to be preferred;
of the kitchtn-garden are those of the stable, and should be freely applied to strong lands,but
cow, sheep, and pigeon dung, soot, lime, loamy
marie, shell marie, sea-weed, wood, whin, fern,
and coal ashes, the vegetable mould of decayed
tree-leaves, and decayed vegetables of all kinds,
as cabbage leaves, haulm, weeds, &c. And to
these may be added the fluid substance which
drains from dunghills, which is capable of af-
fording the nutrition of plants in a very high
degree, from the large proportion of carbona-
ceous matter that it contains.

These materials may be applied either in a
simple or compound state ; but the latter me-
thod is probably in general the most eligible ;

sparingly to light : the loamy kind being best
adapted to light lands."

When stable dung is used in a simple state,
it " should not," he supposes, "be applied in too
rank a state, nor should it be too much fer-
mented. It should generally lie in a heap for
two or three months; during which time it
should be turned twice or thrice. A ton of it
in this state is worth three that has been used
in the hot bed, and is a year old. This Ma-
nure, and indeed dung of any kind, when thus
applied, should never be carried from the heap
to the ground till it is to be digged in ; as, by

as it is supposed by some, that if they have not its exposure to the air, the virtues evaporate,

undergone a proper degree of fermentation, and it is the less effectual."

they have the effect of giving a rank and disa- And when made use of in a simple condi-

greeable flavour to some fruits and vegetables ; tion, he imagines " the necessity of the in-

aiul when a large quantity is applied," of pro- stant application of sea weed after its landing, is

dncing a considerable degree of unwholesome- even greater than the above case j as it instantly

M A N

M A R

corrupts, and its juices not only evaporate, but
flow downwards, and are lost. If this Manure
d as a compound, the heap wherein it is
compounded should be more frequently turned
on its account, that none of the juices may be
lost, but that the other part of the compost
may absorb them."

In his opinion " vegetable mould may either
be used in a simple or compound state, and
may be applied with equal propriety to all soils.
None can," says he, " be hurt by it in any de-
gree ; since almost every plant will grow luxu-
riantly in it entirely, without the aid of any soil
or manure whatever." He considers Manures
as having the effect of correcting tenacity,
crudity, and porosity in soils, exciting their
fermentation, communicating nutritive matter,
and affording nourishment to the roots of plants,
by which the vegetation and perfect growth of
plants is promoted.

There are considerable differences in the ma-
terials made use of as Manures, in their afford-
ing their nutritious properties, some affording
them much more readily and more abundantly
than others. This is the case with animal, ve-
getable, and all such matters as are rich in mu-
cilage, the saccharine principle, and calcareous
earth, and which readily afford carbon, phospho-
rus, and some gaseous fluids, such as the carbonic
acid gas, oxygen, Sec. while others which arc
greatly deficient in all or most of these principles,
or which do not part with them easily, are found
by experience much less beneficial in promoting
the growth of vegetables.

As the effects and importance of Manure are
now generally acknowledged and understood, it
would appear to be the indispensable duty of
the gardener and cultivator to be particularly
careful in the collection of it, and also to dis-
tribute it with the most skilful frugality. "For
this purpose, it is suggested that a well, cistern,
Sec. should be contrived so as to collect the
dunghill drainings; and that in the application
of Manure of any kind, the greatest care should
be taken to divide it equally, according to the
quantity to be applied." And further, that
'• the dunghill may be considerably increased by
throwing ihe haulm, stalks, and leaves of all ve-
getables into a common heap, letting them re-
main till well rotted, and afterwards, or in the
process of collection, mixing them with lime,
marie, ashes, soot, kc. Watering the whole fre-
quently with the drainings of the dunghill,
would also greatly enhance its value."

The ground of gardens may often be greatly
ameliorated and improved by proper draining,
before the manures are applied, and sometimes
by the use ol sandy, gravelly, and other similar

materials, that have the power of opening, and
rendering it less close and adhesive.

MAKANTA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous perennial exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monniuhia
Mouogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
ScitaminecB.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a three-
leaved perianthium, lanceolate, small, superior:
the corolla is one-petalled, ringent: tube oblong,
compressed, oblique, bent in : border six-cleft:
alternate outer segments ovate, equal, smaller;
one of these the lowest, two the uppermost :
two alternate, lateral, very large, roundish, re-
presenting the lower lip : uppermost small, two-
parted : the stamina have membranaceous fila-
ments resembling a segment of the corolla :
anthers linear, fastened to one edge of the fila-
ment: the pistillum is a roundish inferior germ:
style simple, the length of the corolla : stigma
obsolete!}' three-cornered, bent in : the pericar-
pium is a roundish capsule, obsoletely three-
cornered, three-celled, three-valved : the seed
single, ovate, wrinkled, and hard.

The species cultivated is M. arundinacea,
Indian Arrow-root.

It has a thick, fleshy, creeping root, which is
very full of knots, from which arise many
smooth leaves, six or seven inches long, and
three broad towards their base, lessening to-
wards each end, terminating in points : thev
are of the consistence and colour of those of
the reed, and stand upon reed-like foot-stalks,
which arise immediately from the root: be-
tween these come out the stalks, which rise
near two feet high ; these divide upward into two
or three smaller, and have at each joint one leaf
of the same shape with the lower, but smaller :
the ends of the stalks are terminated bv a loose
bunch of small white flowers, standing upon
peduncles near two inches long: the flowers
are cut into six narrow segments, which are
indented on their edges ; these sit upon the
embryo, which afterwards turns to a roundish
three-cornered capsule, inclosing one hard
rough seed. It is a native of South America,
flowering in June and July, in this climate.

The root washed, pounded line, and bleached,
makes a line nutritive powder, which is made
use of as food.

Culture. — These plants may be increased bv
dividing the roots and planting them in pots of
light rich earth, in the Spring, just before they
begin to shoot, plunging them in the bark hot-bed
of the stove, where they must be kept in general,
being frequently refreshed with water, when in
a state of growth, having free air, after they be-
come of some strength.

MAR

MAR

They afford ornament and variety in stove col-
lections.

MARIGOLD. See Caltha.

MARJORAM. See Origanum.

MARLE, a sort of fossile earthy substance,
made use of for rendering stiff adhesive garden-
lands more open and light.

It varies much in its nature, some being
nearly of the nature of fuller's earth, and of a
fat enriching quality, of which there are blue,
gray, yellow, and red coloured; but the blue is
esteemed the best. In other cases, it has the
appearance of a kind of soft stone, or rather slate,
of ailueish or gray colour, called stone or slate
marie, being found commonly near river-sides,
and the sides of hills, &c. and though hard when
dug, easily dissolves by rain and frost. There
arelikewise calcareous, or shell and claymarles,
the latter resembling a fat sort of clay or loam.
The last sort is accounted good manure for im-
proving light, loose, sandy, garden lands. See
Manure.

MARRUBIUM, a genus containing plants
of the shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of Vtrticillatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, salver-shaped perianthium, rigid, ten-
streaked; mouth equal, patulous, often ten-
toothed : toothlets alternate, smaller : the co-
rolla one-petalled, ringent; tube cylindrical :
border gaping, with a long tubular opening :
upper lip erect, linear, bifid, acute : lower re-
flex, broader, half- three-cleft ; the middle seg-
ment broader, emarginate, the lateral ones
acute ; the stamina have four filaments, short-
er than the corolla, concealed beneath the
upper-lip, two longer; anthers simple : the pis-
tillum is a four-cleft germ : stile filiform, of
the same length and in the same situation with
the stamens : stigma bifid : there is no pericar-
pium : calyx contracted at the neck, spread out
at the mouth, inclosing the seeds : the seeds four,
somewhat oblong.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. Pscudo-
Dktammis, Shrubby White Horehound ; 2.
M. acetabulosum, Saucer-leaved White Hore-
hound.

The first rises with a shrubby stalk two feel
high, dividing into many branches : the leaves
are small, sitting pretty close to the stalks : the
whorls of flowers not so large as those of the
eighth sort: the rim of the calyx flat: the Rowers
white : the whole plant very hoary with a dense
compact cotton. It is a native of the island of
Candia, flowering from June to August.

The second species has the stems hairy, about

two feet high: the leaves heart-shaped, rough
on their upper side, and hoary on their under,
dceplv serrate : the whorls large : the border of
the calyx flat ; segments many, membrana-
ceous, angular, and rounded at the top : the co-
rolla small, pale purple, scarcely appearing out
of the caiyx : upper lip erect. Martyn observes-,
that after flowering time the border of the ca-
lyx grows out till it becomes twice as long as
the tube, is naked and membranaceous, not
villose as in the first species. It is also a native
of the island of Candia, flowering from June
to August.

Culture. — These sorts are capable of being
increased by planting cuttings of the young
shoots or branches in a shady border in the
early spring, as about April. When the plants
are well rooted, they may be removed into the
places where they are to remain in the early
autumn, with earth about their roots ; but it is
better to raise them at once in the places where
they are to grow : when they grow strongly they
should be screened from hard frosts in winter..

They continue the longest in poor dry soils,
from their having a less luxuriant growth.

They afford variety in the borders, clumps, and
other parts of pleasure grounds.

MARSH-ELDER. See Viburnum.

MARSH-MALLOW. See Althaea.

MARSH-MARYGOLD. See Caltha.

MARTYNIA, a genus containing plants of
the tender herbaceous flowery kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
jingiospermia, and ranks in the natural order of
Personatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
cleft perianthium, unequal, shrivelling : the co-
rolla one-petalled, bell-shaped : tube spreading,
ventricose, gibbous below at the base, mellife-
rous : border five-cleft, obtuse, spreading: seg-
ments almost equal ; the lower straight, the
lowest more erect, concave, crenate : the sta-
mina have four filiform filaments, curved in-
wards; the rudiment of a fifth filament within
the upper pair of stamens, short like a cusp :
anthers connected-converging: the pistillum is
an oblong germ : style short, simple, the length of
the stamens: stigma two-lobed: the perieapium
is a woody oblong capsule, gibbous, quadarangu-
lar, two-furrowed on each side, acuminate, with
the tip bent back, opening two ways, four or
five-celled, inclosing the seeds as in a four-celled
nucleus : the seeds several, oblong, berried.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. diandra,
Two-stamened Martynia; 2. M. proloscidea,
Hairy Martynia; 3. M. perennis, Perennial
Martynia.

Other species may be cultivated.

M A R

M A S

The first is a handsome large plant, two feet
high, straight, with large I .scid, from

small, slender, simple, white, villose hairs,

of which ha* a pellucid clammy globule at the
top : the stem single, round, reddish green :
the branches several, brachiate, dichotomous :

the root-leaves none : the stem-leaves opposite,
angular, with teeth remote by a long sinus,
• d, green, white from the closeness of the
villcse hairs, veined; the largest six inches long:
petioles on the stem horizontal, on the branches
spreading, the same length with the leaf: the
flowers several, on short peduncles, hanging
down, so that the throat is turned towards the
ground, disposed in a thyrse in the forks of
the branches, two inches and a half long. It
is a native of La Vera Cruz, in New Spain.

The second species is a large plant, two feet
high, flexuose, herbaceous, villose, viscid : the
stem single, round, pale green: the branches
several, scattered, resembliug the stem : the root-
leaves none : the stem-leaves opposite and al-
emate, stiffish, waved, veined, yellowish green,
five inches long: the petioles horizontal, slight-
ly channelled above, the length of the leaf:
the flowers several, peduncled in a loose thyrse
in the forks of the branches, two inches long.
It is a native of America, flowering from June
to August.

The third has a perennial root, thick, fleshy,
divided into scalv knots, somewhat like those of
Tooth-wort: the stems annual, about a foot
high, thick, succulent, purplish : the leaves are
oblong, thick, sessile, rough, and of a dark
green^on their upper-side, but purplish under-
neath : the stem is terminated by a short spike
of blue bell-shaped flowers, not spreading open
so much at the rim as in the first sort. It is a
native of Carthagena, in New Spain.

Culture. — The" two first sorts may be in-
creased by sowing the seeds in pots filled with
light rich mould, in the spring, plunging them
in a bark hot-bed, giving water frequently.
When the plants have^attained a little growth,
they should be removed into separate pots of
the same sort of earth, replunging them in the
bark bed, giving due water and shade, till they
become properly rooted, when they must have
free air in fine weather: after they are a little
advanced in their growth, they should be re-
moved into larger "pots, and be replaced in the
bark bed in the stove, due room being allowed
them. They should be constantly kept in this
situation, and be duly watered and supplied
with fresh air in warm weather.

The third sort may be raised by dividing the
roots, and planting them in the spring about the
middle of March, in pots of light rich earth,

and plunged in the bark-bed of th
When the plants are up, they should be duly
watered in a slight manner, and in warm \
ther fresh air be freely admitted, keening them
from being shaded by oilier plan .

The cuttings of the shoots of the young
stems 'planted in pots, and managed in theab
manner, will also take root and form plants.

They afford ornament and variety among other
stove plants.

MARVEL OF PERU. See Mirabilis.

IWARYGOLD. See Calbndula.

MASSONIA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous bulbous-rooted flowery perennial
kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Coroiuirhc.

The characters are : that there is no calvx :
the corolla has six lanceolate petals, spreading,
upright, placed externally on the nectary, which
is inferior, cylindrical, membranaceous, six-
streaked, six-toothed : the stamina six, filiform,
incurved, a little longer than the petals, inserted
into the teeth of the nectary : anthers ovate,
upright, yellow: the pistillum is a superior germ
(in lespect of the nectary) : style awl-shaped,
declining, the length of the stamens: stigma
simple, acute : the pericarpium is a three-sided
capsule, thickening above, obtuse, smooth,
three-celled, three-valved, opening longitudi-
nally at the corners : the seeds very many, an-
gular-globular, and smooth.

The species cultivated are : ] . M. hit'ifol'ia,
Broad-leaved Massonia ; -2. JSI. angustifblia,
Narrow-leaved Massonia.

The first has the leaves next the root, one pair,
smooth and even : the flowers aggregate, sessile,
without any scape : the fruit not berried, but a
membranaceous capsule ; in which it differs from
Hsemanthus. It is a native of the Cape, flower-
ing in March and April.

The second species has the same structure ;
but the. leaves are narrow, of an oblong-lanceo-
late form, and the segments of the corolla bent
back at the end ; whereas in the first they spread
straight out. It is a native of the Cape, flower-
ing in March and April.

Culture. — They may be increased by planting
the off-sets from the roots, when the leaves drop
off, in pots of sandy earth, plunging them in a
hot-bed in the stove.

They are likewise capable of being raised from
seeds sown in pots of the same sort of earth,
plunging them in a hot-bed.

The plants should afterwards have a free air
in the green-house, where they must be kept.

They afford variety in these collections.

M A T

JIAT

MASTICK TREE. See Pistacia.
MAT, GARDEN, a son of covering formed
of bass, which is much used in gardening, for
sheltering various sorts of plants in winter and
spring, in frosty and other cold weather ; and
in summer for shading many sorts of young or
tender kinds occasionally from the sun; and
many other purposes in the different garden de-
partments.

They are of different sorts in regard to size
and substance, there being small, middling, and
large sizes : but for geueral use, those called
Russia Mats arc superior, both in size, sub-
stance, and durability. It may also be proper
to have some of the smaller or middling sizes
for particular occasions, and small gardens, in
which, for some purposes, they may be more
convenient than large ones. They are sold by
most of the principal nursery and seedsmen,
at from six or eight to twelve or fifteen shillings
per dozen, according to size and strength.

They are also of essential use in all hot-bed
work, for covering or spreading over the lights or
glasses of the frames in the nights, in winter and
spring, to exclude the external night cold ; also
occasionally in the day time in very severe wea-
ther, and heavy falls of snow or rain.

Likewise for occasionally covering several sorts
of small young esculent plants with, in the full
ground in beds and borders, in these seasons ;
as young lettuces, cauliflowers, small - sallad
herbs, early radishes, &c. in the open beds, and
under frames and hand-glasses, to defend them
from cutting frosts, snow, and other inclement
weather : and sometimes in raising, transplant-
ing, or pricking out small or moderate portions
of particular sorts of plants, both of the hardy
and tender kinds, whether of the esculent or an-
nual flowery kinds in the spring, on beds or
borders of natural earth, or in hot-beds, with-
out frames, by being arched over with hoops or
rods. They are likewise extremely useful in the
spring and summer, in hot, dry, sunnv weather,
in shading several sorts both in seed-beds before
and after the young plants are come up, and in
beds of pricked-out small young plants, to shade
them from the sun till they take fresh root ; as
also for shading the glasses of hot-beds occa-
sionally, when the sun is too powerful for parti-
cular sorts of plants in the heat of the day, as in
Cucumbers, Melons, and various other kinds.

In kitchen and other garden districts furnished
with wall-trees, they arc of great use in spring-
to cover the trees of particular sorts with when
in blossom, and when the young fruit is setting
and advancing in its early growth after the de-
cay and fall of the bloom ; "by which assistance,
in cold winters and springs, when sharp frosts

sometimes prevail, a tolerably good crop is often
saved, while in trees fully exposed the whole is
cut off by the severity of such weather.

In the Mower -garden and pleasure-ground,
Mats are also found useful on different occasions ;
in the former, in sheltering beds of curious sorts
of choice flower- plants, and both in their ad-
vancing growth, to protect them from cold in
winter and spring; and when in full bloom, to
shade and screen the flowers from the sun and
rain, to preserve their beauty more effectually,
and to continue them longer in blow of a
fine lively appearance ; as well as to cover beds,
&c. in raising various tender annual plants from
seed in the spring ; and in the latter occasionally
in winter to defend some kinds of curious tender
evergreens, Sec. such as some of the Magno-
lias, Broad-leaved M\ rtle, Olive, Tea Tree,
See. when standing detached and trained against
walls.

And in nurseries, they are of considerable
utility in the propagation and culture of nume-
rous sorts of tender curious exotics, in defending
them from cold, and shading from scorching
sun, while they are in their minor growth, &x.
They are necessary also for matting round bun-
dles or baskets of tender or curious plants, when
conveyed to a distance.

They arc also of great use occasionally in se-
vere winters on such glass-work as green-houses,
hot-houses, forcing-frames, Sec. in covering the
glasses externally on the nights, and occasion-
ally in the day time.

In using these Mats, when the ends are open
or loose, they should be secured by tying the
end threads or strings of the bass close and firm,
otherwise they soon ravel out loose in that part,
and are spoiled.

When made use of in the work of covering
and shading, &c. they should generally in un-
covering, if rendered wet by rain or snow, be
spread across some rail, hedge, or fence, Sec.
to dry, before folding them together, that they
may be preserved from rotting, otherwise they
will not last long.

These Mats should never have anv bass drawn
out of them for tying up plants with, as is too
commonly the practice, as by such means they
are soon spoiled.

MATRICARIA, a genus containing plants
of the hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia
Volygamia Supcrffuct, and ranks in the natural
order of Composite? Discoidec.

The characters are : that the calyx is common
hemispherical : scales linear, imbricate, almost
equal, not scariose : the corolla compound radi-
ate: corollcts hermaphrodite, tubukir, numerous,

M A U

M E D

in a hemispherical disk : females in the ray se-
veral : proper of the hermaphrodite funnel-form,
I -cleft, spreading: female oblong, three-tooth-
ed : the stamina to the herroaphrodii
five capillary filaments, very short: anthers cy-
lindrical, tubular : the pistilltim to the herma-
phrodites an oblong germ, naked: style filiform,
the length of the stamens: stigma bifid, spread-
ing: to the females germ naked: style filiform,
almost the length of the hermaphrodite : stigmas
two, revolute: there is no pericardium; calyx
unchanged: the seeds solitary, oblong,' without
any pappus or down, to both sorts of florets : the
receptacle naked, and convex.

The species cultivated is M. par t hen i urn,
Common Feverfew.

It has a perennial or biennial root, composed
of a great number of libres, and spreading wide
on every side : the stem from two to three feet
high, erect, firm, round, striated, slightly hairy,
branched on every side : the leaves petioled, al-
ternate, pale green, soft and tender, pinnatifid
with two or three pairs of ovate jagged pinnas,
and a larger one terminating, tbree-lobed, wedge-
shaped, the middle lobe tritid, the side-lobes
notched, roughish, slightly hairy : when mag-
nitied they appear as if sprinkled with minute
spangles : the flowering heads solitary, some-
times on simple, but oftener on branched pe-
duncles, forming together a loose umbel or rather
corymb, hairy; the peduncles are thickest just
beneath the flower, and about two inches Ions*.
It is a native of many parts of Europe, flower-
ing in June.

There are several varieties, as with full double
flowers, with double flowers, having the florets
of the ray plane, of the disk fistular ; with very
small rays ; with very short fistular florets ; with
naked heads, having no rays ; with naked sul-

fihur-coloured heads, and with elegant curled
eaves.

Culture. — These plants may be raised from
seeds, by parting the roots and cuttings.

The seeds should be sown in the spring, as
M^rch, upon a bed of" light earth, and, when
they are come up, planted out into nursery-U
at about eight inches asunder, where thev may-
remain t:ll the middle < t Mav <* hen thev should
be taken up, with a ball of earth to their roots,
and planted in the middle of large borders, or
other parts, for flowering.

They should not be permitted to seed, as it
often weakens and decays the roots ; therefore,
when their flowers are past, their stems should
be cut down, which will cause them to push out
fre.-h heads, whereby the roots may be preserved.

MALRITIA, a genus containing a plant of
the exotic tree kindt

It belongs to the Appendix Palmce, and rank;
in t'ne natural order ot

The characters are : that the male-flowers are
in in oblong ament, covered all round with flow-
approximating, with blunt scales be-
tween the flowers : the calyx is a one-leafed, cup-
shaped periant hi urn, truncated, entire, three sided,
short: the corolla is one-petalled : tube short,
the length of the calyx : border three-parted :
segments equal, spreading a little, lanceolate,
rigid (in a manner woody), blunt : the stamina
have six filaments inserted into the throat of
the tube, thick, very short: anthers linear, an-
gular, the length of the segments of the co-
rolla; three alternate ones extended between
the segments of the corolla, and horizontal ;
the three others are generally erect, and pressed
close to the channel or the segments : female,
unknown.

The species is M. Jle.ruma, Maidenhair
Tree, or Ginkgo.

It is a singular tree, almost without leaves :
the branches are angular, flexuose, smooth,
with short joints, thickening upwards, some-
what recurved, terminated by embracing sheaths :
with a cup-shaped and sharper knee joint: from
the axils of these come out over the whole
stem, strobile-shaped aments, in two rows,
spreading very much, sessile, with two large-
upright scales, sickle-shaped upwards at the
base: theamentsovate-oblong,cylindric, covered
with closely approximating, ferruginous flowers,
spreading very much ; falling off and leaving
the ament, with its scales. It is a native of
the woods of Surinam.

Culture. — It may be increased by laying the
young branches in the summer season, and
when they have stricken root fully, taking them
oft' and planting them with earth about their
roots in pots filled with light fresh mould, plac-
ing them in the green-house, where they must
be kept.

Cuttings of theyoungshoots mavalso be plant-
ed in pots in the same manner, plunging them
in a moderate hot-bed till thev have suieken
root, when they may be managed as the other
plants.

It affords variety in the green -house, and
when trained against walls; but in the last case
must be sheltered by mats, in severe weather in
winter.

MEALY-TREE. See Viburnum.

MKDEOLA, a genus comprising plants of
the herbaceous climbing kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sarmentu

The characters are : that there is no calyx,

3

MED

unless the corolla be called so : the corolla has
six petals, ovate-oblong, equal, spreading, re-
volute : the stamina have six awl-shaped fila-
ments, the length of the corolla: anthers in-
cumbent : the pistillum has the germs, three-
horned, ending in styles: stigmas recurved,
thickish : the pericarpium is a roundish berry,
three-cleft, three-celled: the seeds solitary and
heart-shaped. . .

The species cultivated are : 1. M. Virginiana,
Virginian Medeola; 2. M. asparagoides, Broad -
leafed Shrubby Medeola ; 3. M. angustijo/ia,
Narrow-leaved Shrubby Medeola.

The first has a small scaly root, from which
rises a single stalk, about eight inches in height;
there is one whorl of leaves, at a small distance
from the ground, and at the top are two leaves,
standing opposite : between these, come out
three slender peduncles, which turn downwards,
each sustaining one pale herbaceous flower,
with a purple pointal. It is a native of Vir-
ginia, flowering in June.

The second species has the root composed of
several oblong knobs, which unite at the top,
like that of the Ranunculus; from which arise
two or three stiff winding stalks, dividing into
branches, and rising four or five feet in height,
when they meet with support : the leaves are
sessile, ending in acute points, of a light green
beneath, but dark above : the flowers come
out from the sides of the stalks, singly, or
two on a slender short peduncle : the petals are
dull white. It flowers in the beginning of
winter, and the seeds become ripe in the spring.
It is a native of the Cape.

The third has a root like the second, but the
stalks are not so strong ; they climb higher, but
do not branch so much : the leaves are much
longer and narrower, and are of a grayish colour :
the flowers come out from the sides of the
branches, two or three upon each peduncle :
they are of an herbaceous white colour, shap-
ed like those of the second sort, appearing
about the same time ; but have not produced
fruit in this climate. It is likewise a native
of the Cape, flowering from December to
March.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
planting offsets, taken from the roots in the sum-
mer season, about July, in pots filled with good
rich light mould, remaining* in the open air till
autumn, when they should be removed into the
green- or hot-house; but the latter when in-
tended to fruit. While the plants have a
vigorous growth, they should be frequenly
refreshed with water ; 'but as the stems decay,
very little, especially when placed in an eastern
aspect.

MED

The second and third sorts may be Taised
from seeds, but they commonly remain long in
the earth before they come up.

The first sort is sufficiently hardy to stand in
the open air during winter.

They afford variety in green-house and stove
collections, in the winter season.

MEDICAGO, a genus furnishing plants of
the shrubby evergreen and herbaceous annual
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelpkia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Papilionacece or Leguminosce :

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, straight, campanulate-cylin-
drical, half-five-cleft, acuminate, equal : the
corolla papilionaceous : banner ovate, entire;
the margins bent in, the whole bent back :
wings ovate-oblong, affixed by an appendage
to the keel, with the sides converging under the
keel : keel oblong, bifid, spreading, blunt, bent
down from the pistil, and gaping from the ban-
ner: the stamina have diadelphous filaments,
united almost to the tops : anthers small : the
pistillum is a pedicelled oblong germ, curved
in, compressed, involved in the filaments,
starting from the keel, bending back the
banner, ending in a short, awl-shaped, almost
straight style : stigma terminating, very small :
the pericarpium is a compressed legume, long,
bent in : the seeds several, kidney-shaped or
angular.

The species cultivated are : 1 . M. arlorea,
TreeMedick, or Moon Trefoil ; 2. M. polymor-
pha, Variable Medick, or Snail and Hedge-hog
Trefoil.

The first is a shrub growing to the height of
from four or five to eight or ten feet, and being
covered with a gray bark, the whole has a hoary
appearance : the stem divides into many
branches, with ternate leaves at each joint, on
foot-stalks about an inch in length : there being
several of these leaves together, the whole
shrub is closely covered with them ; and it is
never destitute of leaves : the component leaf-
lets are small, lanceolate, (or wedge-shaped,
emarginate,) and hoary on their under side: the
flowers arc produced on peduncles from the
side of the branches, four or five together, and
are of a bright yellow : the pods contain three
or four small seeds. It flowers a great part of
the year, and when sheltered is seldom destitute
of them ; beginning in the open air to flower in
April, and continuing till December.

It arows in great plenty in Abruzzo, and
Naples.

The second species has an annual, oblong,
branched root ; the stems more or less procum-

M E D

MEL

bent, somewhat angular, ho;irv, from a band to
afoot in length, ternate: leaflets roundish, re-
tuse, subserrate, glaucous-green, petioled i the
upper ones smaller] Boft, tomentose: the stipules
entire or toothed, sessile, in pairs at the base of
the petioles : the peduncles axillary, much longer
than the leaves, round, pubescent, forming a
spike : flowers very small, commonly yellow :
the calyx smaller than the corolla, hirsute,
green-hoary : the legumes shell-snailed, small,
one-celled, of different shades of brown or
blackish when ripe, ciliatc, aculeate or naked :
the seeds ovate, smooth, convex on one side,
flat on the other, lemon-coloured. It is a na-
tive of the South of Europe.

There arc numerous varieties and subvarieties,
but the principal are: the Common Snail Medica-
go, with large smooth pods, shaped and twisted
like a snail : the Hedge-hog Medicago, with
large pricklv snail-shaped pods, armed with spines
pointing every way like a hedge-hog; with turbi-
nated pods; with globular pods ; with orbicular
pods ; with long crooked pods ; with double
pods ; with clustered pods ; with twisted pods ;
and with jagged leaves.

Culture.— The first sort may be raised from
seeds or cuttings.

The seeds should be sown in the early spring,
on a warm border, or in pots of light mould,
and plunged in a moderate hot-bed, till the
plants have attained a little growth; when they
should be gradually hardened to the full air. In
both methods the plants should be kept clean,
and have protection in the following winter
from frost, and in the spring they should be
planted out, some into pots to have the manage-
ment of green-house plants, and others into
the borders and nursery-rows, in dry warm si-
tuations, the former to remain, and the latter to
be occasionally transplanted.

When they are increased by cuttings, they
should be planted on a bed of light rich
earth, or in pots of the same sort of mould,
and plunged in a moderate hot-bed, due shade
and water being given; and when they have
formed good roots, in the autumn they may be
removed into other pots or the situations in
which they are to remain, shading and watering
them till they are well rooted, when they
should be trained up to sticks, to have straight
stems and regular beads, their irregular shoots
being annually pruned to keep them in order.
These plants are found to grow stronger and flower
better when kept in warm situations in the
open air, than when managed as green-house
plants. They should, however, be sheltered in
very severe winters.

The second sort and varieties mavbe raised from
Vol. II.

seed, which should be sown in the early spring
months in the places when- the plants are to
remain, in patches ol Beveral seeds, afterwards
thinning the plants to two or three of the best,
when they require no further culture. It is the
double sorts that are chiefly cultivated in the
garden.

They both afford variety in the borders and
other parts, and the former in the green-
house.

MEDLAR. See Mespiujs.

MEDUSA'S HEAD. See Euphorbia.

IMELASTOM A, a genus containing plants
of the evergreen tree and shrub exotic kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dccaruiiia
Monogijniii, and ranks in the natural order of
Cah/caiilhemcc

The characters are . that the calyx is a one-
leafed, bell-shaped perianth ium, vcnlricose at
the base, four or five-cleft, permanent : the co-
rolla has four or five roundish petals, inserted into
the throat of the calyx : the stamina have eight
or ten filaments, inserted into the calyx, short :
anthers long, somewhat curved, upright, one-
celled, gaping at top with an oblique hole :
scale-lets two, very small, diverging, annexed to
each filament below the anther, the rudiment of
another cell : the pistillum is a roundish germ,
in the belly of the calyx : style filiform, straight :
stigma blunt or headed : the pericarpium is a
two-, three-, four-, or five-celled berry, wrapped
up in the calyx, roundish, crowned with a
cylindric rim : the seeds very many and nest-
ling.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. grossu-
lariodes, American Gooseberry of Surinam ;
2. M. holosericea, Satiny-leaved Melastoma of
Brazil.

Other species may be cultivated for variety.

The first seldom grows more than seven or
eight feet high, spreading out into many slender
branches, covered with a smooth purple bark :
the leaves are lanceolate, five inches long, and
two broad in the middle, smooth on both sides,
entire, acute-pointed: the flowers are produced
in pretty long hanging bunches, of an herba-
ceous colour, with styles stretched out a good
length beyond the petals, and permanent : the
fruit small and black when ripe. Itis a nativeof
Surinam.

The second species has a shrubby stem,
rough-haired, with membranaceous corners :
the leaves cordate at the base, acuminate, whit-
ish underneath, nine-nerved, with three nerves
thicker : the racemes opposite, subdivided, with
a sessile flower in the forkings: the last pedicels
three-flowered : the corollas rather large : the
calyx oblong, five-cleft ; segments lanceolate,
()

M E L

M E L

acute : the petals five, obovatc, roundish,
blunt, spreading, longer than the segments of
the calyx, violet-purple : the filaments ten, the
length of the corolla, filiform, purple: the
anthers very long, sickle-shaped : the germ
oblone : the style long and curved : the stigma
thickish : the fruit a berry. It is a native of
Brazil.

Culture. — These plants are best obtained by
having the entire fruits put up in their native
places in dry sand as soon as ripened and im-
mediately forwarded, which as soon as they ar-
rive should be taken out, and the seeds sown in
pots of light earth, plunging them in a moderate
hot-bed of tanner's bark : when the plants are up,
and fit to remove, they should be planted each
in a small pot of light earth, re-plunging them
into the tan-bed.

They afterwards require the management of
other woodv stove plants.

They mav also be increased by laying the
young branches in the spring and by plant-
ing cuttings of the young shoots in the summer
season in pots, and plunging them in a hot-bed.
They must afterwards have the same culture as
the others.

MELIA, a genus containing plants of the
deciduous and evergreen exotic tree kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Trihilatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, very small, five-toothed, up-
right, blunt : the corolla has five linear lanceo-
late petals, spreading, long : nectary cylin-
dric, one-leafed, the length of the corolla, with
a ten-toothed mouth : the stamina have ten fila-
ments, very small, inserted within the apex of
the nectary : anthers not exceeding the nec-
tary, oblong : the pistillum is a conical germ :
style cylindric, the length of the nectary : stig-
ma capitate, with five converging valves : the
pericarpium is a ^lobular soft drupe : the seed
a roundish nut, five-grooved, five-celled.

The species are: \.M. Azedarach, Common
Bead-tree : 2. M. semper vir ens, Evergreen
Bead -tree; 3. M. Azedirachla, Indian Ever-
green Bead tree.

The first, in its native situation, grows to a
Targe tree, spreading out into many branches:
the leaflets are notched and indented on their
edges, deep green above, and paler underneath:
the flowers come out from the side of the
branches in long loose bunches : the petals
are blue : the fruit oblong, the size of a small
cherry, green at first, but when ripe changing
to a pa!e yellow : the nut four- or five-celled,
with one oblong seed in each cell. It flowers in

July, but seldom produces seeds : it drops the
leaves in autumn, and puts out fresh ones in
the spring: the pulp surrounding the nut is said
to be poisonous. The nuts are bored and strung
for beads. It is a native of Syria.

The second species, which has generally been
regarded as a variety, is thought by Swartz to
be a distinct species, differing from that in
being smaller and often flowering for two years
together : the leaflets, which are bright green,
are seldom more than seven, wrinkled a little,
deeper and more unequally serrate and acumi-
nate. It is a native of the East Indies.

The third becomes a large tree in India. The
stem is thick, the wood of a pale yellow, and
the bark of a dark purple colour, and very bitter :
the branches extend wide on every side : the
leaves are composed of five or six pairs of ob-
long acute-pointed leaflets, terminated by an
odd one; they are serrate, of a light green colour,
and of a strong disagreeable odour; they stand
upon pretty long foot-stalks, opposite, or
alternate: the flowers are produced in long
branching panicles from the side of the
branches : they are small, white, and sit in
small calyxes, cut into five acute segments :
fruit oval, the size of small olives, green,
turning yellow, and when ripe changing to
purple : the pulp is oily, acrid, and bitter :
the nut is white, and shaped like that of the
former.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of being
increased by seeds, which in the first sort are
obtained from abroad, and should be sown in
pots of light rich earth in the spring, plunging
them in a hot-bed of tanner's bark or dung,
under frame and glasses, giving frequent water-
ings and fresh air when the plants are come
up, being fully exposed in a moderate shade,
during the summer, and placed under a frame
in the autumn, &c. to have the free air all
winter in open weather, and be sheltered from
frost.

In the following March they may be planted
in separate small pots, plunged in a bark-bed,
&c. Though this last is not absolutely neces-
sary, when practised it greatly facilitates their
rooting and early growth.

When they have been thus managed for three
or four years, and shifted occasionally into larger
pots ; some of the strongest and most woody
plants may be planted out in the full ground
under a warm wall, or in a dry sheltered part of
the shrubbery. . The proper season for this
work is the first fortnight in April.

Some plants should likewise be placed in
pots, to have the management of green-house
exotic plants, lest those in the open ground

M E L

P. I E 1.

should be destroyed by the frost during the
winter season.

(u the second and third sorts, the seeds
should be sown in pots ana plunged in the
bark-bed, and managed nearly as the first sort ;
but, as being much more tender, must be always
kept in pots, and plunged in the tan-bed in the
stove during their early growth ; afterwards,
when they have acquired considerable size and
strength, they may Ik- placed in the open air f>r
a mouth or two in the heat of summer, but
the resi of the sear be kept in the hot-house :
managing them as other woody exotic stove
plants.

last sort is not common in the gardens.
The first sort is proper for shrubberies and
other parts in warm situations as well as for
the green-house, and the others for stove
collections.

MI.LIANTHUS, a genus containing plants
of the perennial exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didijnumia
Angiosptrmia, and ranks in the natural order of
Can/dales.

The characters are : that the calyx is a large
perianthium, five-parted, coloured, unequal : the
two upper segments oblong, erect ; the lowest
very short, like a bag, gibbous downwards ; the
middle segments opposite interior, lanceolate,
the uppermost simple, erect: the corolla has
four petals, lanceolate-linear, with the tops
reflex, from parallel spreading, turned outwards,
forming the lower lip, as the calyx itself does
the upper, connected at the sides in the middle:
nectary one-leafed, placed within the lowest
segment of the calyx, and fastened to it with
the receptacle, very short, compressed at the
sides, gashed at the edge, turned dow nwards by
the back : the stamina have four awl-shaped
filaments, upright, the length of the calyx ; the
two lower shorter, united at the base : anthers
cordate-oblong, four-celled in front: the pistil-
lum is a four-cornered germ, gibbous, four-
toothed: style upright awl-shaped, of the same
length, and in the same situation with the
stamens : stigina four-cleft, with the upper
segment larger : the pericarpium ts a quadran-
gular capsule, half-four-cleft, angles sharp, di-
stant : cells inflated : partitions open in the
centre for a receptacle of the seeds, gaping be-
tween the angles : the seeds in fours, suoglo-
bular, annexed to the centre of the capsule.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. major,
Great Honey -flower j 2. M. minor, Small
Honey- flower.

The first has a woody, perennial, spreading
root: the steins main, woody, tour or five
feet high, herbaceous towards the top: the

leaves large, embrai nig the stein at the base,
where they have a la:-g>^ single stipule fastened
on the upper side of the foot-stalk, with two
ears al the base, which also embrace the stem:
the leaves have tour or live pans of very large
leafl ts, deeply jagged into acute segments; and
between them runs a leaf) jagged border or wing
along the upper side of the midrib, so as to
connect the leaflets at the base ; they arc of a
grav colour : the spikes are pretty lone, spring-
ing from between the leaves towards the top of
the stalks : the corolla is brown or chocolate
colour. It has been remarked by Linnaeus, that
when shaken while in flower it distils a
shower of nectar. It is a native of the
(.'ape.

The second s-pecies rises with round, soft,
woody stalks; five or s>x K-ct high, sending out
two or three branches from the sides: the leaves
are not half so large as those of the preceding,
deep green on the upper, and whitish on the
under side : the flowers come out from the side
of the s'alks in loose handing panicles, each
sustaining six or eight flowers, smaller than
those of the first sort : the lower part of the
petals is green, the upper saffron-coloured, and
on the outside, in the swelling part of the pe-
tals, is a blush of fine red. Mr. Curtis re-
marks, that the stem, which is shrubby, during
the flowering season is apt to exhibit a naked
appearance, having then fewer leaves on it,
and those not of their full size : that the
foliage has an unpleasant smell ; and that the
nectar does not flow so copiously as in the large
sort, but is retained at the bottom of the corolla,
and is of a dark brown colour. It is a native of
the Cape.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
suckers from the roots and cuttings of the young
stalks or branches.

The first sort is best raised by planting the
suckers or side-shoots, any time in the spring
or summer seasons, choosing such as are furnish-
ed with root fibres, in pots, or the places where
they are to remain, which, after they are
planted and have taken root, require little fur-
ther care but to keep them clean from weeds.
The cuttings may be planted during any or' thr
summer months, due water and shade being
given. When they have taken root thev should
be planted out where they are to remain, or in
separate pots, to be managed as green-house
plants.

The second sort is raised with moredifiicultv.
and chiefly from cuttings, which should be
planted upon an old hot-bed, the heat of which
is over, and covered close with bell- or hand-
glasses to exclude' the air. When thev have
O 2

MEL

M E L

taken root they may be planted out in pots and
sheltered in the winter under a frame for a year
or two till they are beeome strong, .liter which
they may be set out in a warm border, and be
managed in the same manner as the first sort.

They succeed best in a dry soil and warm
situation ; but some plants should always be
kept in pots and treated as green-house plants,
lest those in the open ground be destroyed by
severe frosts.

They afford ornament and variety in the
borders and clumps, as well as among other
plants in the green-house.

MELISSA, a genus containing plants of
the hardy herbaceous, fibrous-rooted perennial
kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnosptrmia, and ranks in the natural order
of VerticiUala.

The charaters are : that the calyx is a one-
leaved perianthium, subcampanulate, dry-sca-
riose, spreading a little, angular, striated, per-
manent, with a two-lipped mouth : upper lip
three-toothed, reflex-spreading, flat; lower lip
shorter, sharpish, two-parted : the corolla one-
petalled, ringent : tube cylindrical : throat
gaping: upper lip shorter, erect, arched, round-
ish, bifid: lower lip trifid : middle segment
larger, cordate : the stamina have four awl-
shaped filaments; two the length of the corolla,
two shorter by half: anthers small, converg-
ing in pairs : the pistillum is a four-cleft germ:
style filiform, the length of the corolla, inclin-
ing along with the stamens beneath the upper
lip of the corolla : stigma slender, bifid, reflex:
there is no pericarpium : calyx larger, unchang-
ed, fostering the seeds in its bosom : the seeds
four, ovate.

The species cultivated are : 1. M. officinalis,
Officinal or common garden Baum or Balm ;
2. M. grandiflora, Great-flowered Baum ; 3.
M. Cretica, Cretan Baum ; 4. M. jruticosa,
Shrubby Baum.

The first has a perennial root, and an an-
nual stalk, which is square, branching, from
two to three feet high : the leaves by pairs at
each joint, two inches and a half long, and al-
most two inches broad at the base, growing
narrower towards the top, indented about the
edges ; the lower ones upon pretty long foot-
stalks ; flowers grow in loose small bunches
from the axils in whorls, upon single peduncles:
they are white, or yellowish, and appear in
July. It is a native of the southern parts of
Europe.

It varies, with variegated leaves, and with
the stalks slender, the leaves much shorur, the
whole plant hairy, and of a Strong disagreeable

odour : the flowers in whorls, sitting pretty
close to the branches, and smaller than those
of the common sort. This is the Roman
Baum.

The second species has a perennial root
and an annual stalk, rising about a foot high :
the leaves in pairs at each joint, an inch and a
half long, and three quarters of an inch broad,
serrate, of a lucid green on the upper side,
and whitish on the under : single peduncles
come out from the axils, half an inch long,
and dividing into two smaller ones, each sustain-
ing two flowers upon short separate pedicels: the
flowers are large, of a purple colour. It flowers
in June, ripening seeds in August, and is a
native of Tuscany, &.c.

There are varieties with white flowers; with
red flowers ; and with variegated leaves. They
are all inferior to the purple.

The third has slender steins, low, straight, a
little woody, and dark purple : the leaves are
small, roundish, hoary : the flowers small and
white, appearing in June; the seeds ripen in
autumn. It seldom continues more than
two or three years, and is a native of the South
of Europe.

The fourth has also slender shrubby stems,
about nine inches long, putting out small, op-
posite side-branches : the leaves small, hoary,
ovate-acuminate : the flowers are in whorled
spikes at the end of the stalks : they are small
and white or pale purple, appearing in July,
and ripening seeds in autumn. The whole
plant has a strong scent of pennyroyal, and is
of short continuance.

Culture. — The first and second sorts may be
readily increased by parting the roots and
planting them out in the early autumn, as Octo-
ber, time enough for the offsets to be establish-
ed before the winter frosts come on. They
should be divided into small pieces with three
or four buds to each, and the first sort planted
two feet a-part in beds of common garden earth,
and the second sort in the borders or other
parts singly, in larger offset slips. The only
culture they afterwards require is to keep them
clean from weeds, and to cut off the decayed
stalks annually in autumn, digging or stirring
the ground between the plants in the common
sort.

The third sort may be raised by sowing
the seeds in the autumn or spring, or where the
seeds are permitted to scatter there will be a
sufficient supply of young plants.

The fourth species may also be increased by
seeds sown in the spring on beds or in pots, or by
cuttings planted in the same manner, in any of
the summer months, and shaded from the sun.

M E I.

M E L

Tliev frequently live through the winter in
warm borders; but ii is always proper to keep
a plant or two in pots, sheltered under a frame
during that season.

The first sort is useful for various domestic
purposes, and the others ornamental in the
borders, clumps, and other parts, as well as
affording variety among potted plains.

MELIT'l IS, a genus containing a plant of
the flowery perennial kind.

[t belongs to the class and order Diili/riamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of f'erticillatcP.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthiuni, hell-shaped, round, straight,
with a two-lipped mouth: upper lip higher,
emarginate, acute; lower shorter, bilid, acute,
with die divisions gaping : the corolla one-pe-
talled, ringent : tube much narrower than the
calyx: opening scarcely thicker than the tube :
upper lip ercct^ roundish, entire : lower spread-
ing, trifid, blunt ; middle segment larger, flat,
entire : the stamina have four filaments, awl-
shaped, under the upper lip, the middle ones
shorter than the two outer: anthers converging
by pairs in form of a cross, bilid, blunt : the
pistillum is a blunt germ, four-cleft, villose :
style filiform, the length and situation of the
stamens : stigma bifid, acute : there is no peri-
carpium : calyx unchanged, containing the
seeds at the bottom : the seeds four.

The species cultivated is : M. Melissophyl-
lum, Bastard Baum.

It has a perennial root, sending up in the
spring three, four, or more stems, a foot and a
half high or more, upright, with a few branches
at the" base : the whole plant is hairy : the
leaves opposite, petioled, ovate, elliptic, or
ovate-lanceolate, somewhat pointed, unevenly
and bluntly serrate, the serratures terminating in
purplish glands, slightly villose, wrinkled : pe-
tioles channelled aliove, hirsute, united at the
base; the flowers large, handsome, growing
chiefly on one side, in half whorls, about six
lowers together, of a purplish white colour. It
is a native of several parts of Europe, flowering
in May or June.

Much honey is secreted from a gland that
encircles the base of the germ ; it is a favourite
plant with bees.

There is a variety smaller in all respects, with
the leaves ovate and heart-shaped, the flowers
not so large, and usually of a pale red, but
sometimes white, which is a native of Switzer-
land, lice.

Cul'urc. — These plants are capable of being
increased by part ing the roots and planting
them out early in the autumn where they are to

remain. The roots should not be parted oftener
than every third year. W hen seeds can be
procured] they may also be raised by sowing
them in the early spring, where they are to re-
main. The plants succeed best in a loamy soil
and eastern asi

They afford ornament in the borders and
other part- of pleasure-grounds.

MELON7. See Ci ci mis.

MELON-GROUND, the space or portion of
ground m the kitchen-garden, or other place,
appropriate! to the culture of Melons ami
other vegetables that require artificial heat. See
Garden, and Melonart.

MLLONAKY, the portion of ground in the
kitchen-garden principally allotted for the busi-
ness of early and general hot-bed work, in the
culture of Melons and Cucumbers as well as
occasionally in other framing culture.

These places are mostly inclosed by some sort
of fence, and are particularly convenient and
useful, as in the practice of hot-bed culture
there is unavoidably a considerable littering oc-
casioned at times, by means of the necessary
supplies of hot-dung, straw, litter, and other
materials, both in the making of the beds and
after-culture : which by this means being con-
fined to a particular part, the whole is perform-
ed more conveniently, and without incommoding
the ceconomy of the other parts of the garden.

They are also very useful when properly-
chosen in the driest and warmest situations, in
the advantage of having the hot-beds on dry
ground, and sheltered from cutting winds, with
the full benefit of the whole day's sun, as well
as in being more secure.

In considerable gardens, the places allotted for
this use are sometimes of such extent, as to have
the hot-houses, or forcing-houses, and other ap-
purtenances of that kind, where culture by arti-
ficial heat is required, near together, by which
time and trouble is saved.

In the choice of a place for this purpose,
some part of the warmest, best-sheltered, dry
quarter of the garden, which is well defended
from the northerly and north-easterly winds,
and where the ground is dry at all seasons-, not li-
able to inundation or the stagnation of water, ami
conveniently situated for bringing in dung, tan,
earth, Sec, should be fixed upon.

And if, with these advantages, it lies rather
a little higher or very gently sloping towards
some lower part, it will be more proper, espe-
cially when towards the full sun from iv
setting, so as to admit of ranging the hot-b
longitudinally east and west, or as nearly in thai
direction as possible. SeeGAUDLN.

The extent or dimensions must beaccordi'

I

M E N

M E N

the quantityof hot-bed framing required, as from
two or three, to ten, twenty, or thirty frames,
or more; and sometimes also for hot-bed ridges
f >rhand-e;lasses in the same proportions. They
may of course be from two or three to five or
ten rods square, or to that of a quarter, or half
an are, or more; in which, besides the part im-
mediately allotted for the hot-beds, it is conve-
nient to have room for the previous preparation
of the dang, &c. as well as for compost, heaps
of earth, Sc. in preparation for earthing the
hot-beds.

In respect to form, the most eligible shape is
that of square, either an equal or an oblongsquare.

\VYien inclosed, the fences may be six, seven,
or eight feet high in the northerly or back part
and five or six in front, the sides corresponding,
though when extensive they may be nearly of
equal" height all round.

The internal part, or immediate place for the
•hot-beds, even when dry, should be a little ele-
vated to throw off the falling wet of heavy rain,
&c. ; and when unavoidably low, or liable to be
wet in winter or spring, be raised, with some dry
materials, considerably above the general level,
that the hot -beds may stand dry, as well as to
afford advantage in performing the business of
culture.

The ground for the immediate place of the
hot-beds may generally remain even or level :
some however form shallow trenches, the width
and length of the intended hot-beds, as from six
to twelve inches deep, and make the lower part
of the bed in the trench ; which, however, is
more proper in a dry or somewhat elevated si-
tuation than in low or wet ground, as water is
apt to settle in the bottom, and chill the beds,
occasioning the heat to decline suddenly.

Besides, bv having the hot-beds wholly above-
ground, there is a better opportunity of ap-
plying the occasional linings quite from the
bottom upwards. See Garden, and Cucjjmis.

By proper attention in the construction of the
different parts of these grounds and in the build-
ing of the fences, they may also be rendered
highly useful in raising; various kinds of fruit.

MELON-THISTLE. See Cactus.

MELOPF.PO. See Cucurbita.

MEN I S PER MUM,a genus containing plants
of the hardy climbing kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Do-
decahdria, and ranks in the natural order of
Sarmentacece .

The characters are : that the male has the calyx
a two-leaved perianthium : leaf ets linear, short:
the corolla petals outer six , ovate, spreading, equal,
inner eight, obcordatc, concave, smaller than
the outer, four of them in the inner row wider :

the stamina have sixteen filaments, cylindric, a
little longer than the corolla : anthers terminat-
ing, very short, bluntly four-lobed : female ; ca-
lyx and corolla as in the male : the stamina have
eight filaments, like those of the male: anthers
pellucid, barren : the pistillum has two or three
germs, ovate, curved inwards, converging, pedi-
celled : styles solitary, very short, recurved :
stigmas bifid, blunt : the pericarpium has two
or three berries, roundish -kidney-form^ one-
celled : the seeds solitary, kidney-form, large.

The species cultivated are: 1. JSl. Canadense,
Canadian Moon-seed; 2. M. Virginicam, Vir-
ginian Moon-seed ; 3. M. Carolinian, Carolina
Moon-seed.

The first has a thick woody root : the stems
many, climbing, becoming woody, and rising
to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, twisting
themselves about the neighbouring plants for
support : the leaves are large, smooth, with the
footstalk almost in the middle, and a hollow
there on the upper side : the flowers come out
in loose bunches from the side of the stem:
they are of an herbaceous colour, small, and
composed of two rows of oblong oval petals :
the stem twines in a direction contrary to the
sun's apparent motion, and is smooth and even.
It is a native of Canada, Sec, flowering in June
and July.

The second species differs from the first in
the shape of the leaves, which are angular and
sometimes heart-shaped, but not peltate, having
the footstalk at the base: the stems become
woody, and rise nearly as high as those of the
first sort : they are round, slender, twining :
the leaves are alternate, bright green, the form,
colour and consistence of Ivy-leaves, on the
upper part of the stem entire, as on old Ivy ;
on the middle and lower part not unfrequently
angular, as in young Ivy ; although they have
very slender hairs on them, yet they have the
appearance of being smooth and shining, espe-
cially the younger leaves, for the older ones are
subhirsute and less shining ; underneath they
are of a paler green. The flowers and berries
differ little from the first sort. It is a native of
Virginia, &c.

The third differs from the second sort in its
branches not becoming woody as in that : the
stems are herbaceous, the leaves entire and
hairy, and not more than half so large; nor is
the plant so hardy, so that it does not produce
flowers in this climate, unless the season be
very warm. It is a native of Carolina.

Culture. — The first and second sorts are easih
propagated bv laying down the branches in the
autumn season, and when the layers have made
good roots, in the following autumn they may

M E N

M E 17

be separated and planted out where tliey are to
remain. As their branches are weak and Blender,
they require support; and when planted near
tree-; thrive better than in an open situation.

The third sort may be increased by parting
the roots, and planting them out in the spring,
a little before the plants beein to shoot, in
warm situations where the soil is light, as in
strong retentive land the roots are apt to rot.
When planted close to a wall exposed to the
south or west, their stalks may be fastened
against the wall, to prevent their trailing upon
the ground ; in which situations the plants fre-
quently Bower. They should have a little shel-
ter in severe frost in order to preserve their
stalks.

They afford ornament and variety as climbers
in the shrubberies and other parts.

MENTHA, a genus containing plants of
the hardv herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of f'erticillalce or Latiatie.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, tubular perianthium, upright, five-
toothed, equal, permanent : the corolla one-
petalled : petals upright, tubular, a little longer
than the calyx : border four-parted, almost
equal ; the upper segment wider, emarginate :
the stamina have four filaments, awl-shaped,
upright, distant, the two nearest longer: anthers
roundish : the pistillum is a four-cleft germ :
style filiform, upright, longer than the corolla :
stigma bifid, spreading : there is no pericar-

Eium : calyx upright, with the seeds in the
ottom : the seeds four and small.
The species cultivated arc: 1. M. liridis,
Spear Mint ; 2. M. rotundifolia, Round-leaved
Mint: 3. M. crispa, Curled Mint; 4. M.
piperita, Pepper-Mint ; 5. M. gentUis, Red
Mint ; 6. M. Pulegium, Pennyroyal ; 7 • M.
cervina, Hyssop-leaved Mint, or Upright Pen-
nyroyal.

The first has long, creeping, very spreading
roots; the stalks are upright, square, single,
green, rising two or three feet in height : leaves
spear-shaped, serrated, close-sitting, smooth,
very green : the stalks arc terminated by purp-
lish flowers, in oblong erect spikes : the stamina
longer than the corolla, the latter of which is
purplish red. It is a native of Britain, &c."

As it is not so hot to the taste as Peppermint,
and bavins: a more agreeable flavour than most
of the other sorts, it is generally preferred for
culinary and other purposes. The leaves and
tops are used in spring salads, and eaten as
sauce with lamb, and, when dried, in soups,
&c.

There are several varieties : as broad-leafl'J :
narrow -kafed ; curled-leafed; variegated-leafed ;
silver-striped-leafed ; gold -striped -leafed.

nd species has the stems from tw
three feel in height, erect, hairy or shaggy, the
hairs pointing more or less downwards : the
leaves are somewhat cordate, rugged, strongly
and sharply crenate or rather senate, the teeth
and points of the small upper ones beins: often
very taper : the under side is shaggy not hoary,
and all the veins are fringed as it were with
close hairs : the spikes are several, terminating
erect, sharpish, not very densely whorlcd : th
bractcs lanceolate, hairy, sharp and projecting:
the flowers reddish : tile ealycine teeth broad at
the base ; the stamens always much longer than
the corolla. It is a native of several parts of
Europe, flowering in August and September;
It it found in gardens variegated.

The third has the stems lia.ry, much branch-
ed, about the same height with common
Spear Mint : the leaves deeply indented on
their edges, waved and curled, light green : the
flowers purple, growing in thick interrupted
spikes at the top of the stalks: the calyx cut
almost to the bottom : the style standing out
beyond the corolla. It is a native of Den-
mark, or Siberia.

The fourth species has smooth purple stalks :
the leaves are smaller than those of Spear
Mint ; they are lanceolate, serrate, very dark
green, with purple midrib and veins, and they
are a little hairy on their under side : the spikes
of flowers are shorter and thicker than those of
Spear Mint, and are broken or interrupted at
bottom, the lower whorls peduncled, distant,
consisting of from nine to twelve: the corolla
is of a dark purple colour, and the stamens are
longer than the corolla.

In external appearance it corresponds with
the first sort, for which it may easily be
mistaken ; but in that the stem is taller, the
leaves have scarcely any petioles, and are nar-
rower in proportion to their length, the spikes
are longer and composed of more whorls. It is
a native of Britain, flowering in August.

The fifth has several erect stems, growing in
tufts, about eighteen inches high, with harsh
somewhat hairy angles, more or less reddish in
the upper part, branched, leafy : the leaves
most crowded towards the upper part, sharplv
serrate, veiny, punctuated with shining dots,
having a few short hairs scattered over them,
especially about the margin, and along the
nerves on the back : their usual scent is much
like that of the first sort, but the -mell of
Mints is very variable. It is a native of several
parts of Europe.

MEN

MEN

There is a variety with the scent of Basil ;
Orange scented Mint; Gold striped orange Mint ;
Yellow orange Mint; and Reddish oransre
Mint.

The sixth species has a fibrous perennial root :
the stems smooth, and putting out roots at every
joint: the leaves lor the most part entire: the
flowers towards the upper part of the branches,
just above the leaves at each joint, in whorls :
the corolla small, pale purple; upper lip entire :
the stamens of the same length with the corolla,
but the style somewhat longer. It is a native of
many parts of Europe, flowering in August and
September.

It varies with a white flower, and with the
stems erect, nearly a foot high: the leaves longer
and narrower : the whorls of flowers much
larger : the stamens longer than the corolla :
this is Spanish Pennyroyal, which has almost
superseded the other sort ; the stems being
more erect, it is easier to tie in bunches, and it
conies earlier to flower, and has a brighter ap-
pearance.

The seventh has also erect stems, nearly two
feet high, sending out side branches all their
length : the leaves are very narrow, and of a
thicker substance than those of common
Pennyroyal : the whorls of flowers are rather
larger, and the stalks are frequently terminated
by them : the scent is not quite so strong as that
of the sixth sort. It flowers about the same
time, and is a native of the South of France
and Italy.

There is a variety with white flowers, grow-
ing taller than the common one with purple
flowers, which is by some preferred to the sixth
sort for medicinal use, and called Hart's
•Pennyroyal.

Culture in the mint kind. — These plants may
all be increased with facility by young offset plants
or shoots, or by parting their roots, and planting
them out in the spring, or by planting cuttings
during any of the summer months in a moist
soil. After the cuttings are planted, when the
season is dry, they should be often watered un-
til they have taken root ; when they require no
further care, but to be kept clean from weeds.
The best method is to plant them in beds about
four feet wide, allowing a path about two feet
broad between them, to water, weed, and cut
ihc plants; being set four or five inches or more
distant in the rows, as the plants spread much
at their roots ; on which account the beds
should not stand longer than three years before
planting them again," as by that time the roots
become so closely matted, as to rot and decay
<rach other when they stand longer.

The general culture is that of clearinT them

from weeds in spring and summer, cutting down
all the remaining stalks annually in autumn ;
clearing them of all weeds ; digging the alleys,
and spreading a little of the earth over the
beds.

Plantations thus formed will afford several
cuttings every summer, when only wanted
young for use, for culinary purposes ; but when
for drying to keep in winter, or green for dis-
tilling or medicinal use, the plants should gene-
rally be suffered to stand until nearly full grown,
and they are just coming into flower; which
being then cut down close, the roots send up
another crop fit for cutting again in the begin-
ing of autumn, or towards Michaelmas ; each
general cutting being always made as close to
the ground as possible.

Forcing Mint on hot-beds. — When it is much
wanted for salads in the winter and early spring-
seasons, a hot-bed should be made for this purpose,
any time after November till the spring, about
two feet thick of dung, covering it with garden-
frames and glasses, or with mats, on arched
sticks, which should then be earthed over with
rich mould, six inches thick ; when a quantity
of the roots should be taken up from a bed and
planted pretty close together upon the surface
of the bed, moulding them over an inch deep
with fine earth, putting on the lights, or other
coverings, keeping them close in the nights and
in bad weather, but admitting fresh air in mild
weather. The plants soon come up, when con-
tinue to admit fresh air in fine weather, and
give moderate waterings, and they will soon
be ready to have their young green tops gather-
ed for use.

When the plants are two or three inches
high, they are ready for being cropped, after
which they readily break out again, and fresh
shoots rise from the bottom ; so that the same
bed furnishes fresh supplies a long time; two
beds, made at different times, being generally
sufficient for the whole winter use.

In this way Mint may be obtained young
and green from the time that in the natural
ground goes oft" in autumn until it comes in
again in the spring season.

It may also be procured by planting some
roots thick in large pots, and placing them in a
hot-house, as they quickly shoot and furnish
plants of young green Mint.

Where this practice is much attended to,
small fresh plantations should be made annu-
ally in the open ground for the purpose of
furnishing a sufficiency of roots, proper for
taking up at forcing time, without disturbin"'
those of the principal crop-;.

Culture in the Pennyroyal kinds. — These may

M E S

M E S

be increased in the same manner as above, and
also by tlieir creeping stems, which should be
cut on and planted out in fresh heds, allowing
at least a' foot distance every way. The young
shoots planted in the spring in the same way
also lake root like the other sons.

The proper time for this work is in the early
autumn, that the plants may he well routed be-
fore w inter.

In this was the plants are much stronger and
produce larger crops than when planted out in
the spring. When the roots remain so elose
as is generally the case, they arc apt to rot in
the winter season. They succeed best in a
moist strong soil.

Sonic of the species and varieties may be in-
troduced in the horders and other puts of plea-
sure-grounds, for ornament and variety.

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM^a genus con-
taining plants of the succulent flowery exotic
kinds.

It belongs to the elass and order Tcosandria
Pentagynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Succulent ec.

The characters are: that the eal\x is a one-
leafed perianthium, five-cleft, superior, acute,
spreading] permanent: the corolla is one-petal-
led: petals lanceolate-linear, very numerous, in
several rows, a little longer than the calyx,
slightly united at the claws into one: the sta-
mina have numerous capillary filaments, the
length of the ealvx : anthers incumbent : the
pistillum is an inferior germ, with five blunt
angles : styles commonly five, awl-shaped, up-
right, and then bent hack: stigmas simple: the
pcricarpium is a fleshv capsule, roundish, the
navel marked with rays ; the cells correspond-
ing with the styles in number: the seeds very
niauy and roundish.

The species cultivated are : 1 . M. crystallinum,
Diamond Pig Marigold, or Ice Plant ; 2. M.
pinnatijidum, Pinnated Pig Marigold; 3. M.
Tripolium, Plane-leaved Pig Marigold ; 4. M.
caducum, Small-flowered Fig Mangold ; 5. J/.
papillosum, Angular-stalked Pig Marigold : C>.
M. gen iatli /lorn m, Jointed Fig Mangold ; ' .
M. nocliflorum, Night-flowering Pig Marigold;
8. M. splendens, Shining Pig Marigold ; o.
M. umlellatum, LJmbelled Fig Marigold; lo.
M. expansion, Houseleek-leaved Fig Marigold;
II. At, calamtforme, Quill-leaved Pig Mari-

fold ; 12. M. bellidiflorum, Daisy-lowered
'ig Marigold; 13. M. dclloides, Delta-leaved
Pig Marigold ; l t. M. harbatum, Bearded Pig
Marigold; i>. M, h'tspidum, Bristly Fig Mari-
gold; \G. M. villosum, Hairy-stalked Fig Ma-
rigold ; 17. M. scalnun, Rugged Pig Mari-
gold; is. M. replant, Creeping Pig Mari-
Vol. II.

gold ; 19. M. uncinalum, I look-leaved Fig
Marigold ; --'0. .1/. spinosum, '1 borny I
rigold; 91. M. tuberosum, Tuberous-ro
Marigold; 22. M. ienuifbl'mm, Slender-leaved
Fig Mangold; 23. M. stipulaccum, Upright-
shrubby Pig Marigold 3 24. M. ■ «,
Thick-leaved Fig Marigold 3 25. M. Jalcatu/m,
Sickle-leaved Fig Marigold ; 26. M. glomera-
tum, Clustered Fig Marigold; 27. M, bicolo-
rum, Two-coloured 1 'ig Marigold; 28. M.
serratum, Serrate-leaved" Pig Marigold; 29.
M. micatis, Glittering Fig Mangold; '-in. M.
veruciilatum, Spit-leaved Fig Marigold; 31.
J\l. glaucum, Glaucous-leaved Fig Marigold j

32. M. cornictdalum, Homed Fig Marigold;

33. M. ringens, Ringent Pig Marigold; ;t.
M. daiabriforme, Hatchet-leaved Fig Marigold 3

35. M. diffbrme, Various-leaved Fig Mangold ;

36. M. albidum, White Fig Marigold; 37.
M. luiguiforme, Tongue-leaved Fig Marigold j
3s. M. pugionif'orme, Dagger-leaved Pig Mari-
gold ; 39. M, tortuosum, Twisted-leaved Pig
Marigold; 40. \I. (marginatum, Notch-flow-
ered Fig Mangold; -11. M. Iracteatum, Brac-
teated Pig Marigold.

There are other species that may he culti-
vated.

The first is an annual plant, distinguished by
its leaves and stalks being closely covered with
pellucid pimple; full of moisture, which when
the sun shines on them reflect the light, and
appear like small bubbles of ice, whence it
is called the Ice Plant : others name it the
Diamond Plant, or Diamond Ficoides. The
stem has opposite and alternate cylindrical
branches, which, when luxuriant, trail upon the
ground, and arc from one to two feet Ions;. The
first four or six leaves are opposite, each pair
crossing the other, very lax and succulent, waved,
blunt, attenuated or wedge-shaped at the base,
and connate, rather keeied underneath, especi-
ally at the base, with a slight corresponding
channel along the centre of the upper surface,
which is covered with less and duller pimpled
than any other part of the plant: the margin is
regularly edged, with globular papula: or pim-
ples, which are less than those on the stems ;
the upper leaves aie alternate, growing lc?j and
less, nearly sessile, small : the peduncles ex-
tremely short or none, alternate, from the axill
of the upper leaves : the segments of the calyx
unequal, three of them large and leafy, beset
with pilescent pimples, and acuti ly pointed ; 1
two inner much smaller, frequently coloured
with a purplish tinge, acute at the punts ; the
petals very narrow, blush-coloured <n\\\\
whitish within, sometimes entirely white. It is
a native of Greece, ilowcring in Jul) and Augu.i .

M E S

M E S

The second species is an annual root, not much
branched, of short duration : the whole plant is
sprinkled over with glittering particles, like the
Ice-plant, to which it bears some affinity in
its duration : the stems are branching, or' a
bright red colour, trailing: the leaves yellowish-
green, opposite, attenuated at the base : the
flowers small, axillary, solitary, on longish pe-
duncles, yellow : the calycine segments une-
qual, three being short, two longer and broader:
the petals numerous, scarcely equal to the long-
est segments of the calyx, linear, expanding in
the afternoon: the filaments numerous, yellow :
the anthers yellow : the germ roundish : capsule
obtuse-angled, obtruncate : the seeds nume-
rous, small, roundish, and brown. Introdu-
ced from the Cape, flowering in July and
August.

The third species has a biennial root : the
stems are prostrate, smooth, finally terminating
in flowers : the lower leaves many, almost as
long as the stems, resembling those of Aster
Tripolium, but thicker and more succulent :
among these spring three or four stems, some-
times more round, and having two or three
joints, at each of which are two smaller leaves
at the lower, and three or four at the upper
joints : the surface in all smooth and even, and
very minute white teeth about the edge, more
perceptible in the smaller leaves, and the lower
part of the others : the flowers are usually soli-
tary, silvery white, opening in the middle of the
day, and of short duration. It is a native of
the Cape, flowering from June to September.

The fourth is a biennial plant. A native of
the Cape, flowering in July and August.

The fifth species has a biennial root: the
stem is short, nearly the thickness of the little
finger: the branches are opposite, spreading
very much, obscurely angular, or round, her-
baceous, green, the lower ones procumbent, and
a fout and half long : the leaves thick, nar-
rowing into a short petiole, subsessile, en-
tire, flat, somewhat waved, opposite on the
branches, at the flowers single; that is, the flow-
ers come out singly on a peduncle opposite to a
leaf; these, the stems, peduncles, calyxes, and
germs, are covered with very minute shining
dots, which when examined with a magnifier
appear to be clear drops like ice: the flowers
have no scent, and are open from three to six in
the afternoon. It is a natis'e of the Cape,
flowering from April to October.

In the sixth the plant whilst voung is herba-
ceous, but becoming shrubby by age: the trunk
is then woody, a linger or more in thickness,
covered with a brownish ash-coloured bark :
the branches are decumbent, divaricating whilst

young, cyhndric, tender, covered with minute
pimples, dark green, thick, fleshy, the bark
when old becoming somewhat woody,- and as-
suming various rlexuose contorted directions :
all the branches are nearly of the same thick-
ness ; but the upper ones are shorter, and more
woody next the stem : the leaves are mostly
opposite, but not always so, especially on the

flowering branches, smooth, cylindric, convex
beneath, slightly channelled above, minute-
ly pimpled : the flowers are small. It is a
native of the Cape, flowering from June to
August.

In the seventh, the trunk, which attains the
thickness of the little finger, is smooth and
even, covered with a bay-coloured bark, and
has frequent joints where branches have fallen :
the branches are opposite, spreading irregularly,
and decumbent from the weight of the leaves :
the leaves pale green and slightly glaucous, ob-
tusely triangular, smooth and even, opaque, mi-
nutely and thickly dotted so as to make a very fine
net: the lower ones longer; their upper ones,
whence the peduncles arise, shorter and thicker:
the calyx four-cleft : the petals narrow, the inner
ones gradually shorter, inwardly white, out-
wardly purple : the flowers are closed during
the day, open in the evening, and continue
so during the night, at which lime they are
very sweet. It is a native of the Cape,
flowering from June to August.

There is a variety in which the flowers are
sowewhat larger, and of a very pale yellow on
the outside.

The eighth species has woody stems, a foot
and more in length, with many short branches
and clustered leaves, with which they are so-
loaded that they cannot support themselves: the
leaves are short, bluntly three-sided, thick,
smooth, and shining, pale green, scarcely if at
all glaucous, with a few thick green dots: the
flowers solitary, at the ends of the branchlets, on
very short peduncles, large, whitish or very pale
yellow within, reddish on the outside and at the
lips: the petals very narrow, the inner ones gra-
dually smaller : they appear in July and August,
and open before and after noon when the sun
shines, opening and closing several times, and
finally closing about the fruit, which is ovate,
with five lines or angles, five-celled. It is a
native of the Cape.

The ninth has woody stems, forming a
regularly branched handsome shrub, standing
without support, with a stout stem, from two to
three feet high and even more : the branches
many, spreading every way, having four lines
runningalongthem, which give them the appear-
ance of being quadrangular : the leaves are subtri-

MES

MES

«juetrous, wrinkled, bending this way and that,
somewhat resembling bulls' horn?, glaucous,
except the younger ones, which arc green and
less wrinkled ; when, held up to the light they
appear to have innumerable pores : front one
axil of each pair of leaves, sometimes from both,
one pair of leaves usually springs, which be-
comes a shoot, with several pairs of leaves on
it : the flowers terminating, white, opening
when the sun shines, from seven or eight in the
morning to two or three in the afternoon, and
smelling like those of May- or White-thorn.
Il is a native of the Cape, flowering from June
to September.

The tenth has the stems and branches irregu-
lar and distorted, as in the thirty-ninth sort,
from which, however, it differs in being some-
what higher and more branched ; the branches
interwoven, le^s woody, but softer and more
fleshy, with the bark smoother and of a paler
yellow ; the leaves greener, something w ider
and thinner, with the ridge on the outer and
the groove on the inner part more conspi-
cuous, though less concave ; the dots rather
oblong than round, shining like silver in the
sunshine ; they are not produced in bundles, as
in that sort, but more loosely, and decussated :
the flowers are somewhat larger and paler : the
petals rather wider, becoming yellowish with
age. It is a native of the Cape, flowering in
Julv and August.

In the eleventh the leaves are numerous,
either upright or bending upwards, rigid, thick,
and fleshy, about a finger's length, appearing to
be round, but slightly flatted on the inside,
especially near the base ; they are deep green
and glaucous, thickly set with small green dots
and some transverse lines, pointed at the end ;
the point purple or green : the flowers solitary,
on a short scape from the centre of the plant,
large: the calycine segments are unequal: the
petals very narrow, white, shining like silver in
the sun, void of scent, opening about noon in
July, August, and September. It is a native of
the Cape.

The twelfth species has the leaves clustered,
decussated, from an inch to two inches in
length, deeply glaucous, flat above, but below
produced into a sharpish back, towards the end,
both above and below, or on all the sides armed
with stiffish sharp toothlets ; they are smooth,
and do not appear to be dotted unless they are
held up to the light, but they have a few trans-
verse wrinkles : the peduncles are from an inch
to an inch and half and two inches in height,
tender, round, usually leafless, but sometimes
having a pair of leaves: the flowers are solitary,
terminating, the form and size of a Daisy,

whitish with a tinge of purple, and streaked
with a purple line along the middle of each
petal both within and without; they Bpread out
regularly in two or three rows, and are some-
times entire, sometimes cut a little at the end,
opening about noon. It is a native of the Cape,
flowering from June to August.

The thirteenth has the peduncles one-flowered,
two-leaved : the corollas pale purple, sweet-
smelling, not longer than the calyx : the sta-
mens white, upright, and forming a cones the
anthers are yellow : the flowers open in the
morning as soon as the sun shines strongly upon
them. It is a native of the Cape.

There are different varieties; as the Great
Delta-leaved, the Small Delta-leaved Marigold.
In the fourteenth species, the leaflets of the calyx
being bearded at the tip, as well as the leaves
of the plant, show the origin of the perian-
thium. The least interior petals, which sur-
round the stamens, are white. It is a native of
the Cape.

There are several varieties; as the shrubby,
bearded, the small dwarf-bearded, and the great
dwarf-bearded.

The fifteenth has the peduncle very rug-
ged downwards, rather to the sight than the
touch : the calyx is awnless: the flower is
sweet-smelling, very like that of the preceding,
from which perhaps it originally sprung, losing
the beard of the leaves, and having it scat-
tered over the stem. It is a native of the Cape,
flowering the greater part of the year.

There are different varieties; as the purple
flowered, the pale flowered, and the striped flow-
ered.

The sixteenth species has the leaves linear,
semicylindric, channellcd-flat, opaque, with
villose hairs scattered over them, especially at
the base : the stem is pubescent, with villose
hairs scarcely standing out : the plant is hairy,
prostrate, finally shrubby : the branches in di-
stant pairs, crossing each other, axillary, cy-
lindrical, covered with the permanent, cylindri-
cal, hairy sheaths of the connate leaves,' whose
hairs are not very thick set, but short, white,
and rather pressed to the stem ; some of them
expanding, but pointed upwards : the leaves
are less succulent than those of any other species,
connate, but appearing distinct, unless attentive-
ly examined ; they are linear, scarcely pimpled,
or, if so, the pimples are extremely minute,
shining in the sun, and of a dark green colour ;
they are channelled above, with a convex or
rounded keel, slightly attenuated both ways,
rather dilating again at the very base, and em-
bracing the stem, where they arc quite destitute
of succulcncy, and slightly membranaceous at

MES

M E S

the edges, -with a white midrib : the membrane qticnt green dots, pellucid when held up to the

at the base is ciliate ; the rest of the leaf nearly
smooth, or having distant small white hairs
scattered over both sides : the flowers are soli-
tary, terminating, rarely seen, opening to a very
warm sun only in the forenoon. It is a native
of the Cape.

The seventeenth species has woody stems, at
bottom bav : the branches yellowish-brown,

light ; all the angles blunt, slightly swelled at
the inner bases, very firm to the touch, termi-
nating in a very small white cartilaginous point,
or harmless bristle : the upper leaves are much
shorter : the spines appear as if terminating,
but soon cease to be so, from the protrusion of
young shoots ; they are branched, nearly hori-
zontal, divaricating and trichotomous, each

procumbent, round at bottom, but somewhat from half an inch to an inch in length, awl-
angular above: the peduncles, however, are shaped, very sharp, resembling those of the
round : the leaves are acutelv triquetrous, glau- common Hawthorn, but not so strong or
cous, somewhat shorter and thicker, rougher pungent, covered with a grayish bark, and be-
and more rigid, with frequent tubercles larger set with a pair of distinct, opposite, chiefly
and whiter, especially on the back, than in the barren leaves, like tho«e of the branches, but
fortieth sort : the flowers are solitary, few only a-third of the size : the flowers small,
(two or three), violet purple and shining, but pale violet purple, on slender, leafless, green
becoming; paler, opening two or three times, peduncles. It is a native of the Cape.
before and after noon : the petals mostly of the The twenty-first species forms a low, much
same size, entire or slightly cloven at the end, branched, spreading shrub; and, when old, has
firmly connected at the base ; they end suddenly a very large tuberous root, sometimes as big as a
ia filaments, which are not scattered, but col- man's head, partly protruded above the surface

lected into a head about the stamen*,
crown. It is a native of the Cape.

The eighteenth has the leaves between papu-
lose and tubercled ; much rougher, more glau-
cous, and more acutely pointed, than in any
other reptant species : the branches are angular,
and finally somewhat woody : in its triquetrous

like a the stem woody, very thick at bottom, covered
with a bay-coloured bark : the branches bend-
ing, entwined: the leaves short, bluntly trique-
trous, with the back convex, the inner or upper
surface somewhat swelling, subglaucous, with
silver dots, so small as not to be visible except
when the sun shines : the flowers are at the ends

leaves and reptant stems it is allied to the twenty- of the branches, on slender cinereous, or reddish
fourth sort. In the open air it will extend the peduncles ; are small, of a pale red or vinous co-
branches above a foot and a half every way, and lour: petals not numerous, broadish, blunt, equal

they are fixed firmly to the ground at every joint
by strong fibres. It is a native of the Cape,
flowering in July and August.

The nineteenth species has the stems slender
and round: the branches rather frequent, reclin,

in size: the stamens collected into a bottle in the
middle. It flowers about noon, and is a native
of the Cape, flowering from June to September.
It is observed, that in old plants the extreme
branches sometimes become thorny ; which

in<r, with muchsmallerand more recurved leaves- thorns are the peduncles of the preceding year;
havincr only one short spinule at the back : they thorns also sometimes come out from the fork-
end in a spinule short and whitish : the stems ings of the branches, instead of flowers,
and branches, though rigid, are procumbent : The twenty-second has the stems woodv,
the leaves, and intemodes, which are elonga- procumbent, slender, round, with a yellowish

the branches from each of the upper
the leaves on the inner surface flat, on
the outer convex, bright green, inclining to
gray, from their slcnderness often hanging
down, appearing dotted when held up to the
light : the flowers at the ends of the branches
solitary, on long slender peduncles ; they are
large, especially on young plants, pale scarlet,
shining, and appearing powdered with gold dust

tions of the leaves, investing the stems, are bark
dotted with small dots of a fuller glaucous axils
green colour, and not s - white : the bark of the
stem rather of a yellow and brown dusky
whitish colour : the internodes are thickened
above, and narrower beneath : the flowers are
axillary, on leafy peduncles. It is a native of
the Cape, flowering from June to August.
There are different varieties.

The twentieth is an upright thorny shrub, in full sunshine: the petals very numerous ; the

from two to three feet high, much branched : inner ones gradually smaller, entire or cuspidate

the branches opposite, axillary, ascending, at the end, sometimes slightly bifid, cohering

roundish-compressed, with a smooth cinereous at bottom : the flowers abundant, and opening;

bark, throwing out in various places branching several days successively about noon, especially

spines : the leaves are in pairs, at an interval of in June.

an inch or an inch and half, glaucous, with Ire- According to Mr. Haworth, in many stages of

2

M E S

MES

its growth it is very liable to be taken for the
twenty-seventh sort, and that it frequently emits

roots froii) the joints of the stems, and thereby
becomes creeping. It is a native of the Cape,
flowering from June to September.

The twenty-third species is an upright plant,
woody, tirm, growing to a larger size than most
of the species: the flowering-stem is rigid and
somewhat gray : the branches axillary, opposite,
from erect spreading, crossing each other in
pairs, and beset thickly with voung leaves on
their first outset, whitish or glaucous, but final-
ly brownish, gradually shorter upwards, form-
ing a beautiful pyramidal glaucous plant, well
covered with fine leave- ; these when full
grown are from two to three inches long,
slightly curved upwards or falcate, very glau-
cous, crossing each other in pairs ; very much
compressed at the sides, having pellucid dots
scattered over them, flatfish above and mucro-
nate : the flowers terminating in a sort of
corvmb, large, showy, purple. It is a native
of the Cape.

The twenty-fourth has the stems a palm or
long span in length, creeping, when young
herbaceous and soft, three-sided, green, fre-
quently purple next the sun ; when old, more
round, still not woody but soft, tough, and
fungous, covered with a cinereous bark : the
leaves are usually in the same plane, or not de-
cussated, divaricating, or not approximating like
manv of the other species, thick, succulent,
bluntly three-sided, smooth and somew hat
shining, green : the flowers on short peduncles,
sometimes naked, but more frequently with a
pair of leaves on them; solitary, small, violet
purple : the petals not very numerous : the
stamens many, short, not very much scattered,
but not collected into a head or upright. It
creeps so much that it :?eIdom flowers, and
when it does the flowers do not continue long.
It is a native of the Cape.

The twenty-fifth species is a very low, bushy,
divaricating almost decumbent shrub, rarelv
more than six or eight inches high : the branches
are opposite, slightly angular, axillary, divari-
cating, and densely crowded : the leaves very
minute and much crowded, glaucous, having
smooth pellucid dots, attenuated at the base,
verv gibbous on the keel, sharply incurved or fal-
cate, near a quarter of an inch long, and ending
in an acute, white, just perceptible, bristly point
in the direction of the leaves : the flowers are
purple, large, solitary, opening in the morning,
on short terminating peduncles : the leaves arc
sometimes so much incurved as to form half
& circle, and are remarkably small. It is a na-
tive of the Cape.

The twenty-sixth is a small, very bushy,
rather glaucous shrub, from six inches to .1 foot
or more in height : the branches almost upright,
or often diffuse and panicled, round whilst

young, -lightly angular when old, covered with
a brown bark, for the most part opposite and
crowded : the leaves are also opposite and
crowded, rather glaucous, having pellucid -
usually distinct, but sometimes confluent ; they
are subtrigonous with blunt angles, awl-shaped,
attenuated at the base, slightly incurved, some-
times almost sabre-shaped, from three quarters
of an inch toan inch and half in length: the flow -
er- are very numerous, reddish purple, like thn-e
of the thirteenth sort hut more handsome, expand-
ing in the fore part of the day in such profusion
as often to cover the surface of the plant: petals
linear, numerous. It is a native of the Cain,
and flowers from June to August.

It is verv variable, assuming different appear-
ances, according to its treatment, and the dif-
ferent stages of itS growth : its very numerous
beautiful purple flowers, covering the whole
plant, and produced every season, make it a
valuable species.

The twenty-seventh species grows up into a
long, slender, and not much branched shrub,
from a foot to two feet high and more : the
leaves are slender, oblong, bluntly three-sided,
green, not glaucous, rugged to the sight, not the
touch, with frequent green tubercle-, which
when held to the light appear whitish and pel-
lucid: similar tubercles are observed in the
lower part of the fruit: the flowers terminating,
middle-sized, golden within, red on the outside.
It is a native of the Cape, flowering from May
to September.

The twenty-eighth is an elegant species, three
quarters of a yard in height, with woody stems,
not so thick as the little finger, and not much
branched, procumbent, covered with an ash-
coloured bark : the flowers are on the upper
branches, solitary, terminating, large, of an
elegant yellow colour, composed of two or
three row s of petals, which are blunt, entire, and
sometimes jagged, the outer longer and flat, the
inner suddenly shorter, more erect, concave,
and at their base a circle of saffron-coloured
anthers on very short filaments ; the bottom of
the flower being void, smooth, and even, hol-
lowed out like a dish : they open several times
from eight m the morning to three or four in
the afternoon if the sun shines, and have a
little smell. It is a native of the Cape, flower-
ing in June.

The twenty-ninth species has stems from a
foot to two feet in height, procumbent, woodv,
and much branched : the branches are round,.

M E S

M E S

slender: the leaves in pairs, at an inch or an
inch and half distance, an inch in length,
thickish, on an old plant narrower and shorter,
on a young one longer and thicker, not quite
round, but1" obtusely triangular, with the angles,
however, so blunt that they are rather cylradric
than three-sided ; are overspread with glittering
spangles of a greenish yellow colour : the stems
and lower branches are bay-coloured and
smooth; the upper ones reddish brown, rough
to the touch, with many whitish dots, which
were originally spangles: the peduncles and
calyxes shine with spangles like those of the
leaves, but thicker: the Bowers are terminating,
on peduncles from an inch to an inch and
"half in length ; they are large, concave, with
the margin" bent back, composed of numerous
petals, cohering to the base, gradually smaller,
and filamentose in the middle, of a dirty red
colour on the outside, but within very dark
orange-coloured, deepest at the edge; the nar-
row middle petals next the white filaments be-
ing very dark, by which it is easily distinguished
from the other sorts. It is a native of the
Cape, flowering from May to August.
It varies with paler smaller flowers.
The thirtieth has the stem woody, from a
foot to two feet in height, covered with an ash-
coloured bark, deformed by age with irregular
wide fissures, knotted and jointed, divided and
subdivided into several opposite branches : the
leaves so bluntly triangular as to appear to be
round, an inch and half or two inches in
length, the size of a swan's quill, with dense
bundles of other leaves coming out from the
axils, glaucous, smooth, appearing pellucid
when held up to the light, purple at the end, as
are also the branches : the branches and leaves
are at short intervals; and, affecting an upright
position, this plant has the appearance of a
shrub, though probably it would be weighed
down by the number and size of the leaves and
branches : the flowers are in a sort of umbel at
the ends of the branches, from the axils of the
leaves, small, pale yellow, and sweet smelling.
It is a native of the Cape, flowering in May and
June.

It varies with shorter and more manifestly
three-sided leaves and fewer flowers.

The thirty-first species has the stems half a
yard high and more, woody, with frequent
joints, ash-coloured, with fissures at bottom,
bay-coloured and more smooth above : the
lower and middle branches are twisted, the up-
per ones are straight and little divided : the pe-
duncles an inch and half or two inches long :
the flowers large, pale yellow, or sulphur-colour-
ed on both sides, sometimes slightly tinged with

red on the outside : the petals long, narrow,
cuspid, with smaller ones interspersed among
the others : they remain expanded only a few
hours, and contract about noon : but open
several times, and have a succession during the
summer months. According to Mr. Hawoith,
it is a strong upright shrub, the flowers being
produced only by old plants, and by them but
sparingly. It is a native of the Cape, flower-
ing in June and July.

The thirty-second species has the stems
longer, less pressed to the ground than the va-
riety below : all the leaves at the joints are very
long, more thick and glaucous : the peduncles
not naked, but surrounded by a pair of short
leaves : the flower of a deeper yellow colour,
with a red line along the back : the stamens
numerous, neither collected nor much scattered:
yellowish, and whitish anthers : the styles very
many, (according to Linnaeus, ten) reddish,
slender, villose : the capsules round, depressed,
fifteen- or sixteen-celled, with a crown on the
top of the same number of rays : the leaves
which spring from the axils of the larger ones
are less frequent and less bent in ; but these
younger leaves have the angles more acute, and
are more glaucous than the longer leaves at the
joints, which the nearer they are to the root,
the paler and more flaccid they seem to be ; the
rest are more rigid and succulent, not wrinkled,
and scarcely dotted, but the lower ones have
transverse lines on their flat sides, are somewhat
wrinkled, and much dotted underneath : the
flowers are flat, and continue some days expand-
ing about noon.

There is a variety which throws out many
procumbent branches, tough at the lower part,
but not properly woody, herbaceous at the up-
per part, about three inches in length, round or
slightly angular, jointed at short intervals, with
bluntly triangular leaves, from which other
leaves spring in bundles, of the same form, but
shorter ; the root-leaves and those at the base
of the branches remarkably long : the leaves
bend like the horns of kine, whence the trivial
name ; they are somewhat glaucous, become
soft and flaccid, and then appear marked with
many lines and dots : the peduncles six inches
in length, or nearly so, and naked : the flowers
the sizeand almost the form of those of Dandelion,
but paler, or sulphur-coloured, composed of nu-
merous petals, of which the inner ones are shorter,
with a red purple streak running along the mid-
dle on the outside, the same tinge appearing at
the extremity and base of the petals. It is a
native of the Cape.

The thirty-third is stemless whilst young, but
acquires by age considerable trailing woody

MES

M E S

stems : the leaves are connate, spreading, glau-
cous, opaque, not marked with lucid dots, some-
what sabre-shaped, or attenuate from the mid-
dle downwards to the base, where they are semi-
cvlmdrie; thickening towards the points, where
they are triquetrous, "with a sharp keel, and sides
edged with irregular harmless teeth ; terminating
in a similar tooth, placed on the inner side : the
flowers are large, showy, yellow, opening in the
afternoon, and closing in the evening. It is
a native of the Cape, flowering from May to
July.

There is a variety which is entirely sessile, of
a whitish glaucous colour, with the leaves paler
at the base, with frequent round whitish dots,
tspeciallv towards the end ; they are shorter than
those of the preceding, more rssupine, less tri-
quetrous, but with a rounder back, and more
frequent, longer, incurved prickles, termi-
nated by slender harmless spinules, which are
sometimes white, sometimes reddish : the leaves
have a white line at the end, which is continued
towards the back : there is first a flower in the
middle, and afterwards several come out suc-
cessively at the sides, all sessile. It is called
Cat- Cliap Marigold.

Mr. Haworth has two other varieties; the
Ti^cr-Chap Fig-Marigold, which is stemless in
all the stages of its growth; being more succu-
lent and gross than the follow ing : the leaves
are rathershorter, beset with much longer hairs
on the sides, and having numerous whitish spots :
the flowers are sessile, yellow, and large; — and
the Mouse-Chap Fig-Marigold, in which the
branches in very old plants are some inches long,
and numerous, forming a fine tufted plant : the
leaves connate, when young resembling the gap-
ing jaws of a small quadruped, the denticiila-
tions on each side resembling teeth ; when old,
the leaves spread out, and are even recurved ; all
very glaucous, only about a fourth part of the
size "of the others, and often roughly dot-
ted : the dots lucid, elevated into small tu-
bercles : the flowers small and of a yellow
colour.

The thirty-fourth species at first is a low plant,
but it becomes larger and stronger; it docs not
however rise above a long span in height in six
years : the stem is then thick and woody, and
several reclining twisted branches spring from
it alternately, covered with a dusky reddish bark,
smooth, but transversely chinked and irregular ;
at the end of which come out several leaves dis-
posed crosswise ; they arc thickish, bluntly flat
at top, with a roundish back below , more com-
pressed towards the end, and terminating in a
process at the lower part ; their colour is deep
glaucous gTctn, except the old ones, which are
^3

yellowish, and when dry, brown : the whole co-
vered with frequent green dots, pellucid when
held up to the light, protuberant towards tin- end
of the leaves, and rendering them somewhat
rugged there: the peduncles an inch and half or
two inches long, bracteated : the flowers openinc
in the afternoon, (about four o'clock) cominu-
out frequently several from the same peduncle,
but much smaller, and of a paler yellow colour
than in the Dog-Chap Fig-Marigold. It is a
native of the Cape, flowering from May to July.

The thirty-fifth is a middle sort, between the
caulescent and sessile ones, properly belonging
to those which are procumbent, and acquiring
by age woody branches, short and pressed to the
ground, from which) at short distances, and on
short slender woodv petioles, of a dusky pale
brown colour, spring thick leaves in clusters,
bright green and shining, triquetrous inclining to
round, wider towards the base, and somewhat
flatted on the upper part, the lower part rounded,
towards the middle, where the flat part ends ;
some short processes come out on both
sides, sometimes on one side onlv, and some-
times they are wholly wanting; hence to*
wards the point the leaves take a different
form, and have the sides from round flatted ;
they are not however broad and flat, but trique-
trous-cylindric. It is a circumstance peculiar
to these leaves, that one side of each is much
shorter than the other, and hence thev are called
difform : they have frequent largish dots on
them, which appear pale and pellucid, but some-
times dusky green ; they are generallv protube-
rant, and thereby render the surface irregular :
the peduncles thick, herbaceous, bluntly trique-
trous, from half an inch to an inch and half in
length : the flowers rather large, like those of the
Tongue-leaved sort, but somewhat smaller, and
of a deeper yellow, internally of a shining golden
colour, externally of a reddish saft>on"-colour,
and when far advanced, saffron-coloured within.
It is a native of the Cape.

The thirtv-sixth species has the lower leaves
oblique, the others more upright, not at all or
but little bent in or sickle-shaped ; they are long,
thick, rigid, smooth and shining, flat within or
on the top, underneath produced into a sharpish
back, which becomes blunter and rounder in the
lower part ; all the sides are nearly equal : they
are of a white elegantly glaucous colour, except
that they are yellowish near the base with slender
transverse lines : the flowers are large, yellow,
on a long thick peduncle.

The thirty-seventh has the leaves in it as well
as in all the varieties not decussated, but lying
in the same oblique plane. It is a native of the
Cape.

M E S

M E S

There are several varieties.

In the first, the leaves are wide and com-
pre.-sed ahout the edge : the flowers somewhat
large, with hlunt petals, scattered and not nu-
merous, with scarcely any peduncle : one plant
has several heads, from each of which are pro-
duced clusters of leaves in pairs, disposed like
those of the Tongue Aloes, hut with the edges
not horizontal but oblique: there are generally
three or four pairs of these leaves ; they are
broad and thick, flat above, pillowed below,
bright green, smooth and shining, sometimes
blunt, sometime:) a little pointed, generally in
the shape of a shoemaker's knife: the younger
leaves in this and the other varieties are folded
together and obliquely inserted into each other:
the flowers come out successively in August and
September from the axils, beginning with the
lowest, they are subscssile, large, yellow, some-
what paler than in the following variety, shining
iii the sun : petals somewhat blunter, entire, or
sometimes cut here and there.

The Broad Tongue-leaved variety has thick
]■ aves, flat above, convex beneath, with the
margins thicker and less upright than in the
preceding, smooth and shining, pale green, es-
pecially toward the base, when held up to the
light appearing to be composed of innumerable
vesicles: three or four pairs of these leaves lie
in the same inclined plane; these are sometimes
flatter and blunt at the end, sometimes very
much cut at the edge : from the lower pair first,
and then from the next, a short peduncle arises,
obtusely triquetrous, bearing a large flower of a
shining golden colour, with many stamens, hav-
ing oblong golden anthers.

The Narrow Tongue-leaved variety is very
like the preceding, but the petals have a slight
tinge of red on the outside : the older leaves are
more reflex ; the younger ones, which are closer
and more luxuriant, are somewhat twisted in and
excavated, and are of a fuller green colour: the
fruit is smaller and softer, not elevated, but
rather depressed, roundish, and commonlv
streaked with eleven angles; it is generally
eleven-celled ; the cells being the same in nuin-
l>i i as there are horns of the style, which are
depressed at the bottom of the flower under the
stamens, and are curled and wrinkled: the pc-
tals in two or three rows, almost of the same
length, of a shining yellow colour. It flowers
in August and September.

There is another variety, which is distinguish-
ed from the others by the leaves being longer and
more erect : the peduncles of the flowers longer:
the capsules less globular, commonly divided
into nine cells : the calyeine segments lour, three
longer and narrower, one shorter and broader,

with a membranaceous margin : the flowers have
a double or triple row of petals, shining in
the sun with the splendour of gold : the sta-
mens numerous, with oblong saffron-coloured
anthers.

The thirty-eighth species grows up into a stem
an inch and morein thickness, and two or three
feet in height, standing upright with little or
no assistance, with a crown of clustered leaves
along span in length at the top, and branches
a foot long and more at the base, which hang
down with the weight of a multitude of leaves:
very old plants grow a yard in height, with long
incurved tw isted branches : the stems and low cr
branches are of a dusky yellowish colour, but
the upper flowering branches green ; on the low-
er part of these the leaves are alternate, but on
the upper part, where the flowers come out,
clustered and somewhat shorter, in pairs at
short intervals, triquetrous, with equal angles,
slightly grooved on the sides, especially on the
inner side ; hut the alternate ones have the inner
side rather flat : they are not dotted, but are of a
deep green, almost glaucous, like the leaves of
Pinks, at the angles towards the base tinged
slightly with purple : the peduncles from the
axils of the upper leaves a span in length, thick,
at first hanging down, but afterwards erect : the
flowers large, expanding when the sun shines,
straw-coloured above, tinged with red under-
neath, composed of numerous slender cuspid
petals, gradually smaller, and the inner ones lila-
mentose. The flowers are open from eight or
nine in the morning to four or five in the after-
noon. It is a native of the Cape, flowering
from May to August.

The thirty-ninth has the stem short, thickish :
the branches unequal, spreading irregularly on
the ground, covered with a smooth bark of a
dusky yellowish colour, with other smaller sim-
ple ones springing from them, which are also
irregular and twisted : the leaves are pointed,
slightly excavated within in the middle, the outer
part produced and swelling, of a yellowish green
colour, with frequent minute dots regularly in
lines: the flowers are somewhat small, but
white: the petals narrow, peduncles short, so
that the flowers frequently scarcely emerge from
the bundles of haves : they arc liiaimntosc, and
where white shine with a silvery brightness in
the sun; but in the middle, next the stamens,
arc slightly tinged with yellow, and shine less :
they are without scent, open two or three times,
and in the day time only. It is a native of the
Cape, flowering from June to October.

The fortieth has the stem shrubby, but procum-
bent ; oven when tied up its irregular twisted
branches will hang down: thev are round tosvards

M E S

M E S

f.ie top. an d of a yellowish bay colour, butquadran-
gularat the bottom : the leaves tender, mucronate,
curved inwards, in bundles, acutely triangular,
deep green and glaucous, hiving small dots and
tubercles : the flowers are several, terminating,
middle-sized, with scarcelv any odour, on slen-
der oblong peduncles : the calycine segments
sometime? hooked, sometimes not : the petals
very ir.anv. King one over the other ; the outer
larger, bifid or trilid at the end ; the inner ones
gradually smaller, entire, but not Blamentose :
they are of a most vivid violet purple colour,
but the flowers expand only about noon, when
the sun is very hot: the flowers continue long,
and open several times if the sun shines hot.
It is a native of the Cape, flowering from June
to August.

The forty-first species is from a foot and half
to two feet in height : the stem not very shrubbv,
nor very thick : the branches woody, the thick-
ness of a straw, procumbent, round, covered
with an ash-coloured bark : the upper shoots of
a yellowish bay colour, becoming pale herba-
ceous; they are broadish immediately under the
flowers, thence gradually more slender, slightly
compressed, and winged on each side ft ilh a
process from the back of the leaves : the leaves
diflorm ; those which are fastened to the pedun-
cles (bractes) short and thick, the others longer
and not so thick, with other smaller leaves from
the axils ; all uncinate, subglaucous, rugged
with frequent tubercles of the same colour,
which when held up to the light appear lobe
eomany porous dots: the flowers are on peduncles
from an inch to two inches in length, alternately
axillary, small, pale purple, petals twisted about,
narrower towards the base, broader towards the
end, entire, in a single row, smelling like, those
of the Hawthorn, open both day and night, for
a long time, and in great abundance, there be-
ing a succession of them from July to October.
It is native of the Cape.

Culture. — The annual and biennial sorts may
be increased by sow ing the seeds in the early
spring months, on a'fresh hot-bed, covered
with sandy earth, or in pots of fine sandy
mould.

When the plants have attained a few inches
in grow tli, they should be planted on fresh
hot-beds, or in pots plunged in them, to bring
them forward; and when they have taken root,
they should have very little water: when large
enough, each should be plan ted in a small pot, tilled
with light fr. . but not rich, plunging them

into a hot-bed of tan, shading them in the heat of
the day until they have taken new root, when thev
should have plenty of fresh air. About the begin-
ning of summer some of the plants may be inured
Vol. 11.

to the open air, and afterwards be turned out of
the pots, and planted with balls of earth about
them in a warm border, where they often thrive
and spread, but are not very productive of flowers
in this wav. Some must also be continued in
pots, and removed to the shelves of the stove,
where thev flower more plentifully.

The culture which they afterwards require, is,
for those in the pots to have frequent slight
waterings in dry weather, and the others kept
clean, and their branches permitted to spread
upon the surface of the ground.

All the perennial sorts may be easily increas-
ed by cuttings planted during: the summer
months. Those having shrubby stalks and
branches, readily take root when planted out
in beds or in pots of light sandy soil, covered
with mats or glasses : in the latter case, being
shaded when the sun is warm. The cuttin
these sorts need not be cut from the plant more
than five or six days before they are planted,
during which time they should be laid in a dry
room, not too much exposed to the sun, that
the parts which w ere separated from the old plants
may heal over and dry, otherwise they are apt
to rot. They may then be planted at about three
inches distance from each other, the earth being
pressed very close to them, and none of their
leaves buried in the ground, as from their
abounding with moisture, when they are covered
with the earth it is apt to cause them to rot,
which often destroys the cuttings. When they
are taken from the old plants, they should there-
fore be divested of their lower leaves, so as to
allow a naked stalk of sufficient length for
being planted in the earth.

Those in pots may be plunged in a hot-bed,
or in a warm border, due shade and shelter be-
ins: given, and slight waterings in dry weather.
When they have stricken gootl roots, they should
be removed with balls of earth into other separate
small pots of light sandy mould, being placed
in a shady situation, a very slight watering being
•riven to settle the earth about them. After they
become well rooted, they may be removed, so as
to have more sun ; when they may be kept till
autumn, being watered very slightly twice a
week in summer and once afterwards, care be-
imr taken to prevent their roots shooting through
the pots, by shilling them two or three times
in the summer, to pare them off,

In the autumn and winter they should be
protected in the green-house.

The cuttings of the more succulent sorts
should be left to heal over a much longer time,
being a little freed from leaves, and covered
with glasses to prevent the wet. Thev should
have less water, and be removed less fte-

2

MES

M E S

qucntly. They succeed well in an airy glass
case during the winter, when screened from the
frosts.

Such sorts as do not afford cuttings, may also
be increased by planting and managing the bot-
tom side-heads or off-sets in the above manner.
They may likewise be increased bv seeds or cut-
tings readily in the stove.

The only culture necessary afterwards is, only
to give water frequently in small quantities in
summer, and very sparingly in winter, shift-
ing the plants occasionally into larger pots.

These are plants which afford a fine variety in
green-house collections, and among other pot-
ted plants of similar growths.

MESPILUS, a genus containing plants of
the deciduous tree, flowering shrubby, and ever-
green kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Peiitagi/niu, and ranks in the natural order of
Pomaceee.

The characters are : that the calvx is a one-
leafed periamhium, concave-spreading, five-cleft,
permanent! the corolla has five roundish con-
cave petals inserted into the calyx : the stamina
have twenty awl-shaped filaments, inserted into
the calyx,: anthers simple : the pistillum is an
inferior germ : styles live, simple, erect: stigmas
headed : the periearpium is a globular berry,
lunbilicated, closed by the converging calyx,
but almost perforated bv the navel: the seeds
five, bony, gibbous.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. Ger-
manica, Dutch or Common Medlar ; 2. M.
arlutif'olia, Arbutus -leaved Mespilus ; 3. M.
Amtlanchier, Alpine Mespilus ; 4. M. Chamce-
Mespikts, Bastard Ouince, or Mespilus; 5.
M. Canadensis, Snowy Mespilus ; 6. M. co-
toneaster, Dwarf Mespilus ; 7. M. lomenlosa,
Quince-leaved Mespilus ; 8. M. pyracantha,
Evergreen Thorn or Mespilus.

The first is a small or middle-sized branch-
ing tree : the brandies woolly, armed in a wild
state with stiff spines, covered with an ash-co-
loured bark : the leaves oval-lanceolate, serrate
towards the point, somewhat woolly, on very
short channelled petioles ; the bractes linear, as
long as the corolla : the. calyxes terminating,
fleshy, woolly within ; teeth longer than the
corolla : the petals white, blunt, entire, with a
very short claw : the stamens unequal, thirty or
more, with cloven anthers : the fruit an inferior
turbinated berry, urnbilieated at top with a wide
depressed area, and crowned with the five linear
calycine leaflets, fleshy, reddish brown; pulp
thick mixed with eallose granules, containing
five gibbous, wrinkled, one-celled stones, in
each of which are two seeds.
3

It is observed that the wild tree differs from-
the cultivated one in having more slender,
strigose, thorny branches, and ranch smaller
leaves, flowers, and fruits. Pallas found all the
parts very small, in his specimens from Persia,
with narrower leaves, serrulate frequently al-
most o the base. In those from Caucasus the
leaves were somewhat larger, ami sometimes
quite entire: and according to Gmelin, in the
Persian Medlar, the leaves are red when they
burst from the buds : the spines only three or
four lines in length, stout, very sharp, spread-
ing : the styles four or five : the fruit much
smaller than in the garden sort. It is a native
of the South of Europe, flowering in June and
July.

There are two varieties, the narrow-leaved and
the broad-leaved ; the first growing to a large
tree, rising with a straighter stem, and the
branches growing more upright than those of
the Dutch Medlar : the leaves are narrower and
not serrate : the flowers smaller ; and the fruit
shaped like a pear. It is a native of Sicily.

The latter never rises with an upright trunk,
but sends out crooked deformed branches at a
small height from the ground : the leaves are
very large, entire, and downy on their under
side: the flowers very large, as also the fruit,
which is rounder, and approaches nearer to the-
shape of an apple : this, bearing the largest
fruit, is now generally cultivated ; but there is
one with smaller fruit, called the Nottingham
Medlar, of a much quicker and more poignant
taste. There are also other varieties in the fruit,
which are now little attended to.

The second species seldom rises more than
five or six feet high, where it grows naturally ;
and three or four feet is the greatest height it
attains in this climate : the branches are lew,
slender, upright: the leaves alternate,pale green
above, ash-coloured underneath : the flowers
produced in small bunches, on long peduncles,
at the sides and extremities of the branches :
the petals dull white, with several brown spots
on their upper side : the fruit small, roundish,
a little compressed, purple when ripe. It
flowers in May, and the fruit ripens in October.
It is a native of Virginia.

It varies with red, with black, and with
white fruit.

The third rises with many slender stems
three or four feet high, putting out small side
branches covered with a dark purple bark : the
leaves are three quarters of an inch long, and
half an inch broad, slightly serrate: the small
side branches, which sustain the flowers, are
very hairy and woolly, as are also the footstalks
and under side of the leaves, but their upper

M E S

M E S

sides are smooth ami grceii : the flowers come
out in bunches at the end of the shouts, are
lar^e and white : the petals are long and nar-
row, and the stamens about ten in number :
the fruit small ami sweet, black when ripe.
According to IinotSUS, while young the
branches, petioles, peduncles and under sur-
face of the leaves are tomentose ;. but when so
far advanced as to bear fruit, it puts off the
pubescence and becomes smooth. It is a na-
tive of the South of Europe.

The fourth species has a smooth stalk, about
four or five feet high, sending out slender
branches covered with a purplish bark : the
leaves are about two inches long, and one inch
and a half broad, yellowish green on both sides,
on long slender foot-stalks: the flowers axillary,
four or" live together in a close head, purplish ;
with lonsr, narrow, purplish bractes : the fruit
small red7 While young, it is also woolly, but
w hen further advanced naked. It is a native of
the Pyrenees, &c.

The fifth is a low shrub, seldom more than
Jive feet high, dividing into several smooth
branches, covered with a purplish bark : the
leaves grow upon long slender foot-stalks ; are
an inch and a half long, and an inch broad,
smooth on both sides, and serrate : the flowers
come out in smali bunches at the ends of the
branches ; arc about the size of those of the
common Hawthorn, and succeeded by small
fruit of a purplish colour. It is a native of Ca-
nada and Virginia, flowering in April and May.

The sixth species is a low spreading shrub,
not more than four or five feet high, covered
with a smooth ash-coloured or purple bark,
when voung pubescent, but becoming smooth
with ai.re : The leaves alternate, the upper surface
brightgreen and smooth, the lower white-to-
mentose, finely netted, about an inch long-,
and three quarters of an inch broad : the pe-
tioles two Hues in length, channelled above :
there are two lanceolate, acuminate, deciduous,
reddish stipules at the base of the petioles :
the peduncles either solitary and unbranched
from the tops of the twigs, or forming 'little
corymbs of three or four flowers, which are pe-
<luncled, somewhat nodding, round and pubes-
cent, with a small bractc at the base. It is a
native of many parts of Europe and Siberia,
flowenng in April and May.

The seventh has a smooth stalk about eight
feet high, dividing into many smooth branches:
the leaves are two" inches and a half loug, of a
thick substance, dark green on their upper side,
but downy on the under, standing upon short
toot- stalk's : the flowers come out of the side of
the stalk, upon short small branches, five or six

grow -ing upou each in a close bunch : the petals
are of a purple colour,little longer than the calyx,
which is woolly, with blunt segments : the
fruit is large, roundish, and of a line red colour
when ripe. It flowers in April and May.

The eighth species is a bushy irregular Bhrubi
the branches strigose and ruirged, testaceous-
brown, divaricated, alternately spinose: the
spines are axillary, commonly branched with
secondary spines, sometimes gemmiferous and
producing branchlets : the leaves scattered,
smooth, petioled, continuing till winter, lan-
ceolate with a point, crenatc; but in the garden
serrate: the corymbs copious on the branches,
compound, subsessile, or elevated on the leafy
branchlets, on divaricating peduncles: the
flowers white, scarcely larger than those of
Elder : the berry globular, fulvous, the size of
a pea, umbilicated with the calyx ; pulpv and
five-seeded. But according to Scopoli, the
fruit is as large as the common Medlar ; the
seeds subovate and compressed. It is a native
of the South of Europe, flowering in May.

Culture. — They are all easily raised by seeds,
layers, grafting and budding ; but it is the best
practice to raise the Medlar kinds principally by
grafting orbuddmg, inorderto continue thesorts.

In the first method, the seeds should be sown
in autumn, in a bed of common earth, as they
usually lie a year, or more, before they germi-
nate, as in the haw and holly-berries, &c.

When the plants appear they should be watered
frequently in dry weather ; and in the autumn or
spring following, the largest be thinned out and
planted in nursery-rows, two feet by one
asunder ; and in another year all the rest may
be set out in the same manner ; and in three or
four years they will be proper for being planted
out in the garden or shrubbery.

In the second mode the young branches should
be laid down in theautumn in the common method;
and they will be properly rooted by the autumn
followins, when they should be planted out in
nursery-rows in the same way as the seedlings.

The two last methods should be performed on
stalks of the larger Medlar kinds, or sometimes
upon those of the White Thorn, raised from
seed, as above ; but the Pear-stock is to be
preferred for the common Medlars, when intend-
ed as fruit-trees. The operations are performed
in the usual way, low in the stocks to form
dwarfs ; and for half or full standards, training
the first shoot lor a stem, or the slock may be
let form a stem, and then be wrought at from
about three or four to five or six feet in Height.
See Budding and G raiting.

Those intended for fruit-trees, whether
dwarfs, half or full standards, in training, should,
Q2

M E S

M I C

for dwarf, have the first shoots from the graft It belongs t« the class and order Monadel-
or bud headed down short in spring, if necessa- phia Pdyandna, and ranks ,n the natural
rv in order to force out a proper supply of hot- order of Guttijera.

lom branches, which must be trained as other The characters are : that the calyx .8 a four-
dwarf fruit-trees, either for standard-dwarfs or leaved pen
espaliers. When for half or full standards, and
wrought low in the stock, the first shoot of
each should be trained for a stem, topping
afterwards at the proper height to
lateral shoots to form the head ,

"form the
in the stock,

out

when wrought high

shoots may either be shortened or sunered to
grow, as may seem most proper, according to
the natural disposition of the leading shoot, in
respect to its furnishing lateral branches. Af-
ter this training for the first year or two, to
give the trees their first proper formation, there
?u~,,i,i nnt Un 5iw further creneral shortening; of

the first

should not be any further general shortening
thebranches, practising it only occasionally to
particular shoots, to procure more wood, when
necessary, to fill vacancies, to reduce any irregu-
lar growth, or to cut off dead parts.

In other respects the branches should be
principally left at full length, and the stand-
ards left to assume nearly their own natural
way of branching. See Pruning and Train-
ing.

They are all hardy, succeeding in any com-
mon soil and situation.

The first sort and varieties are cultivated as

leaflets ovate, concave,
blunt, permanent ; the two outer smaller ones
opposite : the corolla has four petals, retuse,
waved : the stamina are numerous filaments,
force capillary, the length of the corolla, connate at
but the base into a pitcher: anthers ovate: the
pistillum is a roundish germ : style cylindric :
stigma thickish, concave : the pericarpium is a
roundish nut, acuminate, with four longitudinal
raised sutures : the seed single and roundish.

The species is M. ferrea, Ferreous Indian
Mesua.

In its native situation it is a tree with oppo-
site lanceolate leaves, five times as long as the
internodes, quite entire, the upper surface
smooth and green, the under glaucous and
smooth; on very short petioles : the flower in
each axil of the leaves sessile : the petal very
large and rounded : the germ within the calyx :
the style thick, the length of the stamens:
the stigma capitate. According to Rheede, it is
a very large tree, spreading like the lime, with
flowers the size and shape of the wild rose or
sweet brier, being much cultivated in Malabar
for the beauty of the flowers, which come out

and bearing smooth

there in July and August :
lit-trees, principally as standards, but some- green fruit in six years from the nut. It is a
times as espaliers for variety ; and are often native of the East Indies. _

introduced into the shrubbery plantations. All Culture.— This plant may be increased by

the

in

the other species are proper for ornament seeds, layers, and cuttings,
in shrubbery or other plantations, where they The seeds should be sown m the spring,
effect a fine variety, by their different foliage pots of light earth, plunging them in a bark hot-
and flowers, as well as their fruit in autumn and bed in the stove. When the plants have at-
winttr, which remains long on the branches, tabled some growth, they should be planted in
They should be disposed— the deciduous kinds separate pots and replunged in the bark -bed,
principally in assemblage with others of that where they must be kept.

sort, « d the ever-green kind also chiefly with

those of their own sort, arranging each sort ac-
cording to iia height of growth ; but the last

sort, being agreeably ornamental, both as an

ever-green and in its numerous clusters of fine

red berries in winter, should have a conspi-
cuous situation. From its being of a rather

slender growth, it is however ,commonly

trained against walls or the fronts of houses, for

the support of its flexible branches, as well as to

exhibit its berries more ornamentally. It may

however be trained as a standard shrub, like

the other sorts, in the open shrubbery ; in

which case it should be generally trained with

short single sterns, and permitted to branch out

upwards into spreading heads.

MESUA, a genus containing a plant of the

exotic shrubby kind, for the hot-house.

The layers should be made from the young
branches, and be laid down in the autuumoreariy
spring, being taken off when well rooted, and
planted in separate pots, haying the same ma-
nagement as the others.

The cuttings should be taken from the young
branches and be planted in the summer, in pots
of light mould, and plunged in the bark-bed.
When they have stricken root, they should be
removed into separate pots, and be managed as
the others.

They afford variety among other stove plants.

MICHAUX1A, a genus containing a plant
of the herbaceous, flowering, exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Odandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order
of Campanacece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-

M I C

M I L

leafed perianthium, sizteen-parted : segments
lanceolate, unequal, the alternate one.-, reversed :
the con. 11a one-pctallcd, wheel-shaped, eight-

E axled, larger than the calyx : segments linear-
mceolate, spreading verv much, rcvolute at
the tip: nectary eight-valvcd, suniinilcrous :
the stamina have eight awl-shaped, permanent
filaments : anthers linear, very long, pressed
close to the style : the pistilluni is an interior,
turbinate germ: style columnar, permanent:
stigma eight-parted : segments aw [-shaped, re-
volute: the pericarpium is a turbinate capsule,
truncated, eight-celled, valveless: cells rhomb-
cd : the seeds very numerous, small, oblong,
inserted into the receptacles.

The species is M. aimpanu oides, Rough-
leaved Michauxia.

It is a handsome biennial plant : the stem
simple, panicled when in flower, upright, her-
baceous, rough-haired, green, two feet high,
the thickness of the little finger, milky, as are
also the branches, peduncles and calyxes : the
branches alternate, axillarv, flowering alll over,
spreading, reclining at the end: the root-
leaves are petioled, cordate : the next pe-
tioled and runcinate : the stem-leaves half-
embracing, lanceolate, acute, widening into
ears at Uie base, irregularly gashed, serrate,
nerved, wrinkled, rough- haired, rigid, waved,
ascending at the sides, purple at the edge, four
inches long, an inch and a half wide: the flow-
ers are in a panicle, peduncled, bracted, bang-
ing down, white, four inches in diameter: some
slightly tinged with purple on the outside. It
was found in the Levant.

Culture. — It may be raised from seed procur-
ed from its native situation and sown in the
early spring season, in pots plunged in a hot-
bed, or on a moderate hot-bed. When the
Elants have attained a little growth thev should
e removed into separate pots and be re-plunged
in the hot-bed. It must afterwards be mana-
ged as tender green-house plants.

It affords variety in collections of this sort.

MICIIELIA, a genus containing a plant of
the tree or shrub kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pohjamlria
Pohjcrynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Coaaunatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a three-
leaved perianthium: leaflets petal-form, oblong,
concave, deciduous: the corolla has fifteen pe-
tals, lanceolate ; the outer ones larger : the
stamina have very many awl-shaped filaments,
very short : anthers erect, acute : the pistilluni
has numerous germs, imbricate in a long spike:
styles none : stigmas reflex, blunt : the peri-
carpium berries (berried capsules) as many,

I

globular, one-celled, half-bivalved, dispersed
in a raceme ■ the seeds tour, (from two to
eight,) convex on one side, angular on the
other.

The species is 71/. C/iampaca, Champaca or
Indian Michclia.

In its native situation it is a loftv tree, with a
trunk as large as a man can compass, covered
with a thick ash-coloured bark, but in this
climate it is only the size of a shrub : the leaves
are a span or more in length, and four or live
inches in width, contracted into an oblong nar-
row point, of a hard texture, flat and smooth,
dusky green above, brighter green beneath, on
petioles an inch in length : The flowers on the
extreme twigs, axillary, on thick, upright pe-
duncles an inch and a half in length, and hav-
ing a very fragrant smell : the petals narrow, in
three rows ; in the outer row eight, three times
as broad as those in the middle row, which arc
also eight; towards the top they are more round
and sometimes pointed or cusped, but less so
than in the middle row : in the inner row they
are small, short, very much cusped towards the
top, pale yellow : fruit oblong spheroidal, with
athickish rind, first green, then pale whitish
yellow, having a very sharp ta<te, and not vcrv
pleasant smell. It is a native of the East
Indies.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
seeds, layers, and cuttings, managed in the
same manner as the above sort.

It affords variety in collections of stove
plants.

.MILFOIL. See Achillea.

MICE, a sort of vermin highly destructive to
several sorts of garden crops, such as peas and
beans in the early spring, and lettuces, melons
and cucumbers in frames in the winter season.
When discovered they should be immediately
destroyed. See Vehm in.

MILDEW, a vegetable disease verv hurtful to
some kinds of plants. It is suppose ' o proci ed
from different causes: some consider it as a kind
of thick clammy moisture, which falls on, or
rather transpires from, the leaves and blossoms
of plants, which, by stopping up the pores,
prevents perspiration, and binders their growth.
The author of The Philosophy of Gardening
suspects it to be a plant of the fungous kind,
which grows without light or change of air,
and with its roots penetrates the vessels of the
vegetables to which it adheres, which arc probably
previously diseased, and thus deprives them of
their due nourishment. But what is common-
ly denominated mildew is an insect which is
frequently found in vast numbers feeding upon
the effused moisture, lu a treatise upon this

M I M

M I M

disease by Mr. Segar, it is conceived to "be of a
very sharp corrosive nature, and by its acrimony
to hinder the circulation of the nutritious sap ;
in consequence of which the leaves begin to
fade, and the blossoms and fruit to be greatly
injured.

The author first mentioned conceives the best
method of removing it to be by admitting more
light and air, by proper thinning or pruning
so as to restore the natural vigour of the plants.
Mr. Forsyth has observed that, " contrary
to the common opinion, trees are more liable to
mildew on south and west walls, than on an
east wall ; and has frequently removed such
trees from a south or west wall, to a north
or east wall, where they have perfectly re-
covered.

He advises " whenever danger is appre-
hended, to wash or sprinkle the trees well
with urine and lime-water mixed ; and when
the young and tender shoots are much infected,
to wash them well with a woollen cloth
dipped in the following mixture, so as to clear
them of all the glutinous matter, that their re-
flation and perspiration may not be ob-
structed.

" Take of tobacco one pound, sulphur two
pounds, unslaked lime one peck, and about a
pound of elder-buds ; pour on them ten gallons
of boiling water ; cover it close and let it stand
till cold ; then add as much cold water as will
fill a hogshead. It should stand two or three
-days to settle, when the scum may be taken off,
and it is fit for use.

■"There is a sweet saccharine substance found
on the leaves of certain trees, which is generally
but erroneously supposed to fall from heaven
like dew. It is known bv the title of Honey-
dew. There are supposed to be two kinds of
it, one of which" Mr. Forsyth says "transpires
from the leaves of the trees where it is found ;
and the other is the excrement of a small insect
called a Vine-frettcr, a species of the Aphis.
Bees and ants are very fond of both these
kinds of honey-dew." As this exudation, "by
its viscous quality," closes up the pores and
stops (he perspiration of trees, it must of course,"
he thinks, " be very hurtful to them."

It is a vegetable disease, which should, in his
opinion, be treated in the same manner as the
.mildew, by washing at the same times.

MIMOSA, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby and under shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polygamic/
Morueria and ranks in the natural order of Lo-
metttacex.

T he characters are : that the calyx is a one-
ieafed perianthium, five-toothed, very small :

the corolla has one petal, funnel-form, half-
five-cleft, small : the stamina have capillars-,
very long filaments : anthers incumbent : the
pistillum is an oblong germ : style filiform,
shorter than the stamens; stigma truncated:
the pericarpium is a long legume, with several
transverse partitions: the seeds rftaay, roundish,
of various forms.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. plena-,
Double-flowered Annual Sensitive Mimosa; 2.
M. viva, Lively Mimosa ; 3. M. quadrivalvis,
Ouadrivalve-podded Humble Mimosa; 4. jW.
sensiliva, Sensitive Plant; 5. M.pvdica, Mumble
Plant ; 6. M. virgaia, Long- twigged Mimosa;
7. M. punctata, Spotted -staiked Mimosa : 8.
M. pemambucana, Slothful Mimosa: 9. M.
asperate, Hairy-podded Mimosa; 10. M. p'gra,
Slow American Sensitive Plant; 11. M. gtauca,
Glaucous Mimosa ; 12. M. cornigera, Horned
Mimosa, or Cuckold Tree; 13. M. horrida,
Horrid Mimosa; 14. M. Famesiana, Farnesian
Mimosa, or Sponge Tree; 15. M. Ni/otica,
Egyptian Mimosa; 16. M* verticillata, Whori-
leaved Mimosa ; 17. M. arborea, Rough Tree
Mimosa; 18. M. Lehleck, Lebbeck, or Egyp-
tian Mimosa; 19- M. latis'diqua, Broad-pod-
ded Mimosa; 20. M. tamarindifulia, Tama-
rind-leaved American Mimosa ; 21. M. circi-
nalis, Spiral Mimosa; 22. M. pennatu, Small-
leaved Mimosa ; 23. M. latifolia, Broad-leav-
ed Mimosa; 24. M. purpurea, Purple Mimosa,
or Soldier Wood; 25. M. reticulata, Netted
Mimosa; 26. M. scandens, Climbing Mimosa;

27. • M. myrtifolia, Alyrtle-leaved Mimosa;

28. M. suaveolens, Sweat-scented Mimosa.
The first, when cultivated in the garden, has

great resemblance to the seventh sort ; but the
stalks never grow so erect, the wings of the
leaves are longer, and stand more horizontal :
the heads of flowers are much larger, the
stamens are longer, and the flowers on the
under side of the spike which have no stamens
are double ; the pods also are shorter, and much
broader than those of that sort.

•It is annual ; the stems round, herbaceous,
smooth, procumbent, rooting at all the joints ;
the leaves three-paired or four-paired, contract-
ing with the least touch : from the axils of
these spring erect peduncles, four or five inches
high, with scales the whole length, sustaining
handsome, yellow, almost globular heads, the
same size with those of red clover: the flowers
different in shape, nature and use; those in the
middle truly five-petallcd, in small five-cleft
calyxes, with many long stamens; but those in
the circuit, instead of stamens have oblono-,
beautiful, golden leaflets, much wider and hand-
somer than the true petals, which are small

m r m

M I M

and of a greenish colour. These double flowers
arc bantu ; but the single ones are succeeded by
flat, smooth, two-vahed legumes, containing
several black, shining, compressed seeds. It is
a native of La Vera Cruz.

The second species has trailing herbaceous
stalks, putting out roots at every joint, and
spreading to a considerable distance. A single
plant, in the stove, in one summer, has spread
inar three feet square, and the branches so
closely joined, as to cover the surface of the
bed; but when permitted to grow thus, the
plants seldom produce flowers : the leaflets are
narrow, and the petioles are short and smooth:
the flowers axillary, < n naked peduncles about
an inch in length ; they arc of a pale yellowish
colour, and are collected into small globular
heads : the legumes short, flat, jointed, con-
taining ibree or four compressed, roundish seeds.
It is a native of Jamaica.

The third has a creeping root : the stalks
slender, having four acute angles, armed pretty
clo=elv with short recurved spines : the leaves
on "long prickly foot-stalks, and thinly placed
on the branches : the w in£;s two pairs, about an
inch asunder, short : the leaflets narrow, not
very close : the peduncles axillary, sustaining a
small globular head of purple flowers : the le-
gumes four-cornered, two inches long, four-
celled, four-valved ; containing several angular
seeds in each cell, It was found at La Vera
Cruz.

The fourth species rises with a slender woody
stalk, seven or eight feet high, armed with short
recurved thorns : the leaves grow upon long
foot-stalks which are prickly, each sustaining-
two pairs of w insrs ; the outer pair has two lobes
which join at their base, and are rounded on
the outside, but straight on the inner edge-..
shaped like a pair of sheep-shears ; they are
much larger than the inner, are almost two
inches Ions:, and one inch broad in the middle :
ffom the place where these are inserted into the
sialk, come out small branches, which have
three or four globular heads of pale purplish
flowers coming out from the side, on short pe-
duncles ; and the principal stalk has many of
those heads or flowers on the upper part for
more than a foot in length ; and this, as also
the branches, is terminated by similar heads of
flowers : the pods arc broad, flat, jointed, open-
ing by two valves, containing one, two, or
three compressed orbicular seeds : the leaves
move but slowly when touched, but the foot-
stalks fall when they are pressed very hard.
It is a native of Brazil.

The fifth ha- the roots composed of many
hairy fibres, which sit close together, from

which come out several woody stalks, which
decline towards the ground, unless they are sup-
ported ; tl i v are armed with short recurved
spines, and have winged or pinnate leaves, coin-
posed ol lour, and sometimes live pinnas, whose
bases join at a point, where they are inserted
into the loot-stalk, spreading upwards like the
fingers of a hand : the flowers from the axils,
on'short peduncles, collected in small globular
heads, of a yellow colour: the pods short, flat,
jointed, in close clusters, almost covered with
Bringing hairy covers. It is a native oi IJrazil.

The sixth species has the spike roundish, nod-
ding: the flowers ten-stamened, and yellow;
the lower ones of the spike without stamens or
petals. It is a native of the West Indies, flower-
ing in July and August.

The seventh rises with upright branching stalks
six or seven feet high, becoming woody towards
the root, with callous dots dispersed upon it,
but not perennial (at least they are not so here
in any situation, the plants always decaying in
winter) ; they are smooth, and the leaves arc
composed of four or five pairs of long winged
lobes, which have about twenty pairs of small
leaves ranged along the midrib ; are smooth and
rounded at their points, of a full green on their
upper side, but pale on their under : these small
leaves contract themselves together on their be-
ing touched, but the foot-stalks do not decline,
at the same lime, as those do which are titled
Humble Plants: it is therefore called the Sensi-
tive Plant by way of distinction : the flowers are
produced upon long foot-stalks, which come
out from the wings of the leaves, and arc dis-
posed in globular heads which nod downward,
are yellow"; and all those which have petals have
ten stamina in each, hut those situated round
the border have neither petals nor stamina ; those
on the upper part of the spike arc succeeded by
pods an inch and a half long, and a quarter o£
an inch broad, which change 10 a dark brown
when ripe, inclosing three or four compressed,
shining, black seeds. It is probably a name of
America.

The eighth species has tbestems seldom more
than two feet and a half high, and smooth: the
leaves arc composed of three or Jour pmnas,
which are shorter, and the leaflets much nar-
rower than in the tiist and seventh sort.-: the
heads of the flowers are smaller, being made up
of many long while filaments, forming altoge-
ther a round head, and the pods longer and
narrower, an inch long, and a quarter ot an inch
broad, with a round protuberance at each
It grows naturally in all the islands of the
West Indies, where it has its name from toe
leave-- not contracting on being touched.

M I M

The ninth species has a shrubby erect stalk
about five feet high, hairy and armed with short,
broad, strong thorns, which are white, standing
on each side, almost opposite, or alternate : the
leaves live- or six-paired, with a strong midrib,
and between each pair two short strong spines,
pointing out each way : the leaflets extremely
narrowband very close: towards the upper part
of the stalk the flowers arc produced from the
sides on short peduncles ; they are collected
into globular heads, and are of a bright purple
colour : the stalks are also terminated by smaller
heads of the like flowers : the pods flat, jointed,
about two inches long, and a quarter of an inch
"broad, spreading like rays, there being com-
monlv live or six joined together at the base:
they separate at each articulation, leaving the
two side membranes or borders standing : the
seeds, which are compressed and square, drop
out from the joints of the pods, which arc hairy
at first, but as they ripen become smooth : the
petioles do not fall on being touched, but the
leaflets close up. It is a native of La Vera
Cruz.

The tenth has the stem recurved, prickles scat-
tered over it in pairs : the leaves commonly six-
paired, with many paired pinnas : on the universal
petioles there are recurved prickles between each
of the partial ones ; and there is a straight upright
prickle which is longer, between each pair of
the partial ones, in place of a gland : the heads
are globular : the legumes membranaceous-com-
pressed, jointed, rugged. It is a native of South
America.

The eleventh species has the spikes globular,
large, peduncled: the flowers white, apetalous,
ten-stamened : the legumes long, flat. It flowers
in April, and the seeds ripen in autumn ; found
at La Vera Cruz.

The twelfth is a tree which seldom exceeds
twelve feet in height : it has numerous branches
forming a pvramidal figure : the leaves are small ;
the flowers are small, yellow, and void of scent, in
a close cylindrical spike, an inch and a half long :
the legumes coriaceous, containing a buttery
pulp, in which the seeds are rolled up : the spines
are verv singular, subaxillary and connate at the
base, resembling the horns of oxen; brown, shin-
ing, hollow, and the longest more than five inches
in length; they are all over the tree; and when the
pods are ripe and the leaves fallen, they have a
singular appearance, ft is a native of Carthagcna,
flowering in June and July, and ripening seeds
in September.

The thirteenth species has the branches angu-
lar, smooth, with a brown bark : the leaves
sometimes two from the axil of the spines :
jiartial four- or five-paired, inner shorter, with

M I M

leaflets from five- to seven-paired, outer eight-t(j
eleven-paired : leaflets linear, acute, smooth :
the spines in pairs white, purple at the tip : the
flowers in a globular head, axillary and solitary,
first sessile, then peduncled, shorter than the
leaves : the legumes compressed, and attenuated
at the base. It is a native of the East and West
Indies, &c.

The fourteenth has the flowers many-stamen-
ed, very fragrant, yellow, in sessile heads : the
petioles have a gland below the leaflets : the le-
gumes are fusiform. On account of the sweet-
ness of its flowers, ii has been dispersed through
most parts of Europe. It is brought bv the
Italian gardeners, who bring over Orange-trees,
&c. in young plants, under the name of Gazia.
It is a native of Saint Domingo, flowering from
June to August.

The fifteenth species is a tree which arrives at
a large size in countries where it grows naturally,
but in this climate is rarely seen more than eight
or ten feet high : it has the habit of the four-
teenth sort ; differing in having no callous dots
upon the branches : the bark is purple : the
spines in pairs, and longer than those of the
fourteenth : the branches purple, even : the par-
tial leaves about five pairs ; between two pairs
of the outer ones a gland is inserted into the
common petiole : the legumes necklace-shaped,
compressed: the joints roundish-rhomb-rshaped :
flowers manv-stamencd, in peduncled heads. It
is a native of Egypt and Arabia. It is the tree
which yields the Gum Arabic.

The sixteenth has leaves simple, linear, and
pungent or hard and pricklv at the end, and
growing in whorls six or seven together ; hut it
has dissimilar leaves, and the primordial ones,
or two or three first leaves which appear on the
seedling plants, arebipinnate. It is a native of
New South Wales, flowering from March to
May.

According to Mr. Curtis, it is some years in
arriving at its flowering state.

The seventeenth is a lofty tree, with an up-
right smooth trunk, covered with an ash-colour-
ed bark : the branches diverging, bent down,
smooth : the partial leaves twelve-paired : the
universal petiole round, striated, ferruginous-
pubescent : partial petioles also ferruginous : the
elands roundish, concave, between the petioles:
the scalelets bifid, minute, at the base of the
partial petioles: pinnas sixteen- or eighteen-pair-
ed, halved, subscssile, acute, entire, smooth :
the spikes peduncled, subglobular, composed of
aggregate, sessile, white flowers : the peduncles
axillary, and slender: the seeds spherical, shin-
ing black. .It is a native of Jamaica, where it
is called Mountain or Wild Tamarind Tree.

M I M

M I M

The eighteenth has the leaves destitute of
Is : the pinnas from twelve to twenty, an
mch in length : the bundles of flowers pedun-
cled : the legume a span long. It is cultivated
in the gardens at Cairo, where it flowers in June,
and becomes a large tree. It is probably a na-
tive of Egypt.

The nineteenth has the bracteas half-cordate:
the peduncle? in threes: the flowers in beads:
an obsolete gland on the common petiole below
the partial pinnas : the germs are globular, two-
valved ; with two roundish, concave or hemi-
spherical leaflets : the leaves very smooth. It is a
native of the West Indies, flowering most part of
the summer.

The twentieth species has the branches with
few recurved prickles : the leaves tour- or live-
paired : a gland between the lowest partial ones,
which are twelve-paired, but the lowest pinnule
wants the opposite on the inside : on the com-
mon petiole are two remote prickles, underneath
between each partial one : the stipules wide,
acuminate, purple : the legumes very wide. It
is a native of America.

In the twenty-first, the leaves divide into
many ramifications : the leaflets are roundish,
and placed in a vcrv regular order : the seeds,
which arc fiat, and one half of a beautiful red
colour, the other halt' of a deep black, crow in
long twisted pods, and hanging by a small thread
for some time out of the pod, when they are
ripe, make a very agreeable appearance. It was
brought from the Bahama Islands.

The twenty -second species is frutescent, be-
ing a large procumbent branching shrub : the
panicle very much branched, naked, terminat-
ing the stem and branches : the prickles small,
scattered over the stem and panicle : the leaves
having from twelve to twenty pairs of partial
leaves, with an oblong melliferous pore at the
of the general petiole : the, leaflets linear
and almost capillary : there are no prickles on
the petiole? or peduncles, but a gland above the
base of the petioles: the flowers white, poly-
gamous, in a vast diffused terminating panicle,
of very many small globular heads. It is a native
of the East Indies.

T he bark is there converted into a sort of tow,
which is used for .-t< pping cracks both in houses
and !:

The twenty-third • the flowers many-

sile : the leaves arc like those of the

\\ alnui : and th i are purple. It is a

. ■.;>..
twenty-! - also purple flo .

ar.d i? a nath

The twenty-fifth is a tree with rigid branches,
ti ' .. :uose from bud to bud" under each

. II.

bud is a pair of horizontal, whitish, stipular
thorns, the length of th : the Icavi

petioled, coojug , with pinnate,

tred leaflets : the contra rmi-

nated above by a gland, beneath by a pri
the leaflets oblong-linear, blunt, at equal di-
stances, the lowest smaller : the legume oval, a
hand in length and half as much in b:
compressed, with large scattered seeds. It is a
of the l

The twenty-sixth climbs to the tops of the
tallest trees, to the height of one hundred and
fifty feet, frequent h any of the

neighbouring branches, and fori' e ar-

bours : the with lender, but touch ar.d

flexile, striated, stiff, and smoi th : common
petioles long, opposite, thickened at the
round, very smooth, terminating in a tendril, by
which the branches are supported : the pinnas
four-paired, petioled, oblong, blunt at top,
einarginate, nerved, smooth on both sides,
shining: the glands none: the tendril lone,
upright, bifid at the end : the spikes axillary,
erect, very long, many -flowered : the flower?
proximating, subsessile, small: most of them
are abortive : and according to Browne, the fe-
male plants throw out their flowers separate .
arc succeeded In so many pods. It is a native
of both Indies, and in the West Indies is called
Cocoon.

The twenty-seventh species is in height three
or four feet: the branel.es alternate, upright,
angular, with a very tough smooth bark : the
leaves of the young seedlings in pairs and pin-
nated, with oval leaflets : but when the stem
rises, the common footstalks of its Laves be-
come dilated, the leaflets cease to appear, and
the whole shrub is furnished only with such di-
lated naked footstalks, which are to all intents
and purposes leaves . they are alternate, vertical,
smooth, firm and glaucous : the stipules none :
on their upper edge near the base a small con-
cave gland : the racemes are axillary, solitary,
erect, of about six alternate heads, each haviiiy;
three or four small white flowers: the pod linear,
pointed, zigzag, brown, with a very thick mar-
gin : the seeds about six, oblong: the flowers
on the young branches are very numerous, and
fragrant, like til a L'lmaria. It is a

native of NewjSouth V

It produces ripe pods, and perfects seeds in the
stove, but in the green-house the flowers go off
without any tendency to produce fruit, ft is a
shrub of quick growth, and which blows very
readily.

irdiag he Mr. Curtis, the foliage is usually
edged w ith red.

in the twenty-eighth the branches are .
~ R

M I M

M I M

acutely triangular, and much compressed ; their
edges bright" red: the leaves alternate, four or
five inches long, with a rib and margin like the
last : the flowers in axillary racemes, yellowish
white, fragrant: the petals four: stamens nu-
merous : the young capsules smooth and glau-
cous. It is a native of New South Wales.

Culture. — They are all capable of being in-
creased bv seed, and some of the sensitive kinds
by layers and cuttings, but the first is by much
the best method.

The seed, procured from the nurseries or seed-
shops, should be sown in pots of light rich
mould earlv in the spring, covering it in with fine
earth a quarter of an inch deep, and plunging
the pots in the hot-bed ; if in a common hot-
bed under frames and glasses, managing them
nearly in the manner of tender annuals, and
when in a bark-bed in the stove, little trouble is
required. But moderate sprinklings of water
should be given; and when the plants are two or
three inches high, they should be planted out
singly into small pots, preserving the earth to
their roots, replugging them in the hot-bed, &x.,
giving water and occasional shade till they are
well rooted, repeating the waterings frequently.
The plants thould afterwards be continued either
in the hot-bed under glasses, or plunged in the
bark-bed of the stove, to facilitate their growth,
preserve them in vigour, and increase the sen-
sibility of the Sensitive kinds ; admitting fresh
air pretty freely.

The perennial sorts, both shrubbv and her-
baceous, must be kept in the stove all winter,
and principally the year round.

And they must be frequently removed into
larger pots to prevent the roots from getting
through the pots, which they are apt to do,
and by that means are often destroyed.

The Acacia kinds are the most tender, re-
quiring the stove almost constantly, except a
little in the heat of summer, when they must
be placed in a warm situation.

They should always have a bark hot-bed, and
be put in very small pots rilled with sandy mould,
the heat of the stove being kept up to above tem-
perate : as the leaves of some of them are shed,
they have often the appearance of being dried
v. hen that is not the ease.

Where there is not the convenience of a stove,
those who are curious to have the plants, may
have them in summer, by the aid of a common
dung or tan-bark hot-bed under frames and
g'asses, though not in winter ; by raising some
of the annual, or any of the other kinds, bv seed
in spring, in a hot-bed under a frame, &e.
keeping up the heat ol the bed until the middle
of Julie, and continuing the plants always un-
8

der the frame, raising one end of the lights a
little, Occasionally, in warm days to admit fresh
air; and as they rise in height, raise the frame at
bottom, to allow them full room to grow-. About
Midsummer, or soon after, some of the low
spreading kinds may likewise be turned out with
balls, or" plunged in their pots into a warm sun-
ny border, and covered with large hand-glasses,
which may be lifted off" occasionally just to view
the plants". By these methods the plants may
be preserved through the summer in their sensi-
tive quality, though not equal in perfection to
those in stoves; nor can they be preserved alive
in winter out of the stove.

The shrubby kinds that afford spreading
branches may be layed any time in summer, in
pots plunged in the bark-bed, where they then
take root," and are ready to pot off singly in the
autumn season.

The Sensitive and Humble sorts often branch
out profusely, so as to furnish plenty of young
shoots for cuttings, which should be planted
in pots in the summer season, plung'ng them in
the bark-bed, where they often readily take root,
and form good plants.

These modes should, however, only be prac-
tised when seed cannot be procured.

The general culture of all the species is after-
wards to keep them always in pots placed in
stove, being plunged occasionally in the bark-
bed, especially the Spreading Sensitive kinds,
frequent waterings being given in summer and
winter, but considerably the most in the summer
season ; shifting them into larger pots as they
increase in growth. And although most of the
sorts will live in the open air in the heat of sum-
mer, it is the best practice to expose them but
sparingly.

The fourth and fifth sorts are held in high
estimation on account of the singular sensibility
lodged in their leaves ; which, in consequence
of being touched or shaken, either by the hand,,
a stick, or the least wind blowing upon them,
the wings of the leaves suddenly close, and the
foot-stalks fall down.

The periods of time which the leaves, Sec.
require to recover themselves, after falling from
anv irritation, are according to the vigour of the
plant, the hour of the day, the sereneness <J the
atmosphere, and the temperature of the heat of
the stove, he. being often from ten or fifteen
minutes to an hour or more.

The plants also every evening naturally
contract themselves, and expand again in the
morning. They are all ornamental and curious.

MIMULUS, a genus containing a plant of
the herbaceous flowery ornamental kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia

M I M

M I R

Aneiospermia, and ranks in the natural order
•of Personatee.

The characters are : that the calyx is aone-kafed
perianthium, oblong, prismatic, live-cornered,
five-folded, live-toothed, equal, permanent: the
corolla is one-pctallcd, ringent : tube the length
of the calyx : border two-lipped: upper lip up-
right, bilid, rounded, bent back at the sides:
lower hp wider, trifid, with the segments round-
ed; the middle one smaller: palateeonvex, bifid,
protruded from the base of the lip : the stamina
ha\e four filaments, filiform, within the throat;
two shorter: anthers bifid - kidney-form : the
pistillum is a conical germ : style filiform, the
length of the stamens : stigma ovate, bifid, com-
pressed: the pericarpiuin is an oval, two-celled
capsule, opening transversely at top : partition
membranaceous, contrary to the valves: the
seeds very many, and small : the receptacle ob-
long, fastened on each side to the partition.

The species cultivated are : 1. M. riiigens,
Oblong-leaved Monkey-flower j 2. M. alalus,
Wing-stalked Mimulus; 3. M. aurtuUufcus,
Orange Monkey-flower.

The first has a perennial root : the stalk is
annual, square, a foot and half high, with two
oblong smooth leaves at each joint, broadest at
their base, where they join round the stalk, but
ending in acute points : the lower part of the
stalk sends out two or three short branches, and
the upper part is adorned with two flowers at
each point, from the bosom of the leaves on each
side ; they are of a violet colour, and have no
scent. It is a native of Virginia and Canada,
flowering in July and August.

The second species has the appearance of the
first sort : the stem is winged with four mem-
branes running down from the base of the peti-
oles, simple, smooth, with a branchlct or two at
top: the leaves are two inches long, veined, un-
equally serrate: the peduncles axillary, solitary,
»site, four-eornered, thickened at top. It
is a native of North America, flowering in July
a;id Augi l.

The- third has the stalk about three feet high,
much branched, shrubby,, round, the young
wood green, with a tinge of purple towards the
lower part of each joint, slightly viscid, as it
becomes older changing to a light-brown colour,
and discovering manifest fissure- : the branches
ahernately opposite, flower-bearing quite to the
base : the leaves are opposite, sessile, slightly
connate, the bluntness at the end particularly
apparent when contrasted with a leaf of the lir-'t
sort, toothed or slightly serrate, smooth, veiny
the flowers inodorous, large, nearly twice it.
size of those of the first sort, uniformly p
orange, growing in pairs from the axils of the

leaves, on peduncles that are about half the !

of the calyx. It flowers during most of the

summer.

Culture. — This plant is very hardy in re^pict
to cold, but should have a loamy soft soil,
rather moist than dry, and not too much exposed
to the sun.

The first sort may be increased by parting the
roots not too small, and planting them in au-
tumn, or the early spring, but the former is the
better season. It may also be raised by seeds,
which should be sown in autumn, soon after
they become perfectly ripe, on a border exposed
to the morning sun.

The third sort may likewise be increased in
the same manner.

The fourth kind is best propagated by plant-
ing cuttings of the young shoots or branches in
the early spring in pots of fresh mould, plun-
ging them in a mild hot-bed, being afterwards
managed as the other sorts.

The first is capable of bearing cold when
planted in a loamy, soft, rather moist soil, not
too much exposed to the sun.

This and the second sort may be introduced
in the borders and clumps, and the third among
other potted plants of the less tender kinds.

MINT. See Mentha.

-MIHABILIS, a genus furnishing plants of
the flowery perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandiia
]\Ionogi/7i/a, and ranks in the natural order of
Nyctagines.

The characters are: that the calvx has the outer
perianthium one-leafed, erect-ventricQSe, infe-
rior, five-parted : segments ovate-lanceolate,
sharp, unequal, permanent : interglobular nlacid
under the petal, with a contracted entire mouth,
and permanent : the corolla is onc-petilled, fun-
nel-form: the tube slender, long, thicker at top,
placed on the inner calyx : border from upright
spreading, entire, bluntly five-cleft, plaited: nec-
tary spherical, fleshy, surrounding the germ,
with a five-toothed mouth: teeth very small,
triangular, converging : the stamina have live fila-
ments inserted into theorifice of the nectary, and
alternate with its teeth, within the inner calyx
free, more slender, fastened at bottom to the
tube of the corolla, filiform, the length of the
corolla, inclining, unequal : anthers twin, round-
ish, rising : the pistiUuRi is a turbinate germ,
within the nectary : style filiform, the length and

I ition of the &tan" ;1< : stigma globular, ti.-t-
t< !.. rising: there is no pericarpiuin : the inner
calyx iiicrn>t- the seed and falls with it : the seed
single, ovate-five-cornered.

The species cultivated are: I. M. jalfba,
Common Marvel of Peru ; g. M. dichetoma.

lis

M I R

M I R

Forked Marvel of Peru ; 3. M. longlflora,
Sweet-scented Marvel of Peru.

The first has a thick fleshy root: the stem
thick, upright, much branched, and divided
three feet or more in height : the leaves are broad,
oblong, and opposite: flowers terminating, about
six, in clusters close together without any leaf-
lets between them, and not longer than the leaf.
It i- 1, and a native of both the Indies,

fiowe i n July to October.

There are several varieties in the colour of the
flower.-, as purple or red, white, yellow, variegat-
ed purple and white, and variegated purple and
yellow, but which resolve themselves into two
principal varieties; as with purple and white
flowers, which arc variable; some being plain
purple, others plain while, but most of them va-
riegated with the two colours, and all found occa-
sionally on the same plant ; and with red and
yellow flowers, generally mixed, but sometimes
distinct on the same plant ; some plants having
only plain flowers, others only variegated, and
others again both plain and variegated: but the
plants which are raised from seeds of the purple
and white never produce red and yellow flowers,
or the contrary.

All these varieties are highly ornamental du-
ring the months of July, August, and September,
and, when the season continues mild, often last
till near the end of October. The flowers open-
ing only towards the evening, while the weather
continues warm, but in moderate cool weather,
when the sun is obscured, they continue open
almost the whole day, and are produced so plen-
tifully at the ends of the branches, that when ex-
panded the plants seem entirely covered with them,
and from some being plain, others variegated, on
the same plant, have a fine appearance".

The second species resembles the first sort
very much : the stalks have thick swollen joints:
the leaves are smaller: the flowers not much
more than half the size, and do not vary in their
colour from their natural purplish red : the fruit
is verv rough. It is a native of Mexico; and com-
mon in the West Indies, where it is termed
the Four o' Clock Flower, from the circumstance
of the flowers opening at that time of the day.

In the third, the stalks fall on the ground, if
not supported ; they grow about three feet in
length, and divide into several branches; are
hairy and clammy: the flowers come out at the
ends of the branches, are white, have very long
slender tubes, and a faint musky odour, as in
the other sorts ; are shut during the day, and ex-
pand as the sun declines : the seeds are larger
than those of the other species, and as rough as
tho:e of the second sort. It is a native of
Mc.ico, flowering from June till September.
1

Culture. — In all the sorts the propagation is
led by sowing the seed in the spring season,
either on a warm border or in a hot -bed ;
but the latter method produces the plants con-
siderably more early, and in the greatest per-
fection.

When cultivated on warm south borders, in
the places where the plants arc to remain, the
seed should be sown about the middle of April,
either in patches or in shallow drills, half an
inch deep, and six inches asunder : and when
the places can be covered with hand-glasses, or
a frame and lights, or the seed be sown in pots
under those protections, or any other occasional
shelter during the night-time and in cold wea-
ther, it will greatly forward the germination of
the seed, as well as the growth of the young
plants afterwards. In the latter method, about
June, the plants will be fit to plant out into the
borders or into pots. Moist weather should be
chosen for this purpose, and water and occa-
sional shade be given till well rooted : they then
readily grow, and acquire a tolerable size ; but
they donot attain to a large size, or flower so
early by a month or six w eeks as those forward-
ed in the hot-bed.

In the latter method, a hot-bed should be
prepared in March, or early in April, under
frame and lights, and earthed over about sis
inches deep ; then sowing the seed in the
earth of the bed in shallow drills half an
inch deep, as directed above, or in pots of
rich earth the same depth, plunging them in the
earth of the bed. The latter is the better me-
thod. The plants soon rise; when they should
have fresh air daily, in common with the other
plants of the bed, and frequent refreshings of
water ; and when nearly two inches high, be
planted out into another fresh hot-bed to for-
- ward them, placing them either in the earth of
the bed, four or five inches asunder, or singly
in small pots (thirty-twos), plunging them in
the bed : water and shade should be immediately
given till fresh-rooted, continuing the care of
admitting fresh air every mild day ; and about the
middle or latter end of May, when they have
acquired a good size and strength, they should
be inured by degrees to the full air, so as that
they may be removed into it fully about the bc-
ginningof June, choosing mild cloud)' moist wea-
ther, if possible, for the business ; taking up such
as grow in the beds, with balls of earth about
then- roots, and planting them in the borders; but
those in pots may be turned out with the whole
ball entire, and planted in that way. Some
should also be removed into large pots for moving
into particular situations. Water should be di-
rectly given, and occasional shade to such as

MOL

M O M

rrquirc it, repeating the waterings lo the whole,
till they have struct fresh root and begun to
Crow, when they will not require any Further
culture, except the occasional support of sticks,
which is mo I necessary in the last sort.

As the seed ripens well, it will frequently pre-
vent the trouble of preserving the roots.

But when these arc taken out of the ground
in autumn, and laid in dry sand during the
winter, secure from frost, and planted again in
the spring, they grow much larger and flower
earlier than the seedling plants : or when the
roots are covered in winter with tanner's hark
to keep out the frost, they often amain secure
in the borders, where the soil is dry. When the
roots thus taken out of the ground are planted
the following spring in large pots, and plunged
into a hot-bed, under a deep frame, they may be
brought forward, and raised to the height
of four or live feet, and flower much earlier in the
season.

In collecting the seeds, care should be taken
not to save any from the plants which have plain
flowers : and in order to have variegated flowers,
the plain flowers should be pulled off from those
plants which are intended to stand for seed.

As the second sort is less hardy than the first
and third, unless the plants are brought forward
in the sprinsr they seldom flower till very late,
and their seeds do not ripen perfectly.

All the sorts are proper for the principal bor-
ders of pleasure-grounds, being very ornamental
in their large branchy growth, as well as in their
extensive flowering.

The root of all the sorts is a strong purgative.

MOLUCCA BAUM. See Molcccella.

MOLUCCELLA, a genus containing plants
of the herbaceous annual exotic kind;

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of VerticillaUB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leah-d perianthium, very large, turbinate, gradu-
ally finishing in a very wide, bell-shaped, ' >ofh-
spiny, incurved, permanent border: the corolla
is one retailed, ringent, less than the calyx:
tube and throat short : upper lip upright, con-
cave, entire; lower lip trilid : the middle seg-
ment more produced, emarginate; the stamina
have four filaments, under the upper lip, of
which two are shorter : anthers simple : the pis-
tillum is a four-parted germ : style the size and
situation of the stamens: stigma bifid: there is
no pericarpium : fruit turbinate, truncate, in the
bottom of tlie open calyx: tin .-, con-

\exononc side, angular on the other, at lop
wide and truncate.

The species cultivated arc: 1. M. he lis,

Smooth Mi lucca Banm ; 2. M. sf 'nosa; Prickly
Molucca Baum.

The first has an annual root: the stem three
feet high, spreading out into many branch -.
which are smooth, and come out by pairs:
the leaves are roundish, deeply notched on their
. . on long petioles, smooth, light
green on both sides: at the base of the petioles
the (low crs come out in whorls: immediately uir-
der-the calvx also come out two bunches of pretty
long spines, one on each side, each bunch con-
sisting of five or six spines arisine from the satire
point : the corolla is small, and being placed at
the bottom of the larj x is not visible at a

distance ; it is white with a cast of purple.
It is a native of Syria, flowering in July and
August.

In the second the root is also annual : the
stems smooth, purplish, four feet high, branch-
ing out in the same manner with the first : the
leaves are smaller, on shorter foot-stalks, deeper
and more acutely indented on their edges : the
calyx not so lirgc, and cut into eight segments,
each terminated by an acute spine : the flowers
like those of the lirst sort. It is a native of the
Levant, flowering in July and August.

Culture. — These plants may be increased bv
sowing the seeds in the early autumn on a mild
hot-bed, or in pots plunged into it, and when
the plants have attained a little growth be
planted in small pots, and placed under a hot-bed
frame in winter, where they may have free air
in mild weather bv taking off the glasses, being
carefully covered in frosty weather, keeping them
pretty dry, otherwise they arc apt to rot. (n the
sprint: the plants may be turned out of the pot-,
with their earth about their-foots, and planted
iii a warm border, defended from strong winds,
giving them a little water to settle the earth to
their roots ; after which they require no other
care but to be kept clean from weeds, and be
irted w iih stakes.

They afford ornament and variety in the bor-
imohg other tend r annuals.

MOLY. See Allium.

MOMOP.DiCA, a genus furnishing plants oi
the annual trailing and perennial kin

It belongs to the class and order
Syngenesia, and ranks in the natural on
'bitacecE.

Thechai e: tl it in the male flowers the

calyx is a one-kafed perianthium, concave, five-
ck St : i lanceolate, | ng: the corolla

five-parted, fastened to the calyx,
ing, large, veined, wrinkled: mina have

three awl-shaped filaments, short: anthei .
filaments bifid, eared at the sules ; on the third
simple, one

M O M

MOM

body and a fariniferous line once reflex: female
flowers on the same plant : the calyx is a peri-
anthium as in the male, superior, deciduous:
the corolla as in the male : the stamina have
three filaments, very short, without anthers : the
pistillum is an inferior germ, large : style
single, round, trifid, columnar : stigmas three,
gibbous, oblong, pointing outwards : the peri-
carpium is a dry, oblong pome, opening elasti-
cally, three-celled : cells' membranaceous, soft,
distant : the seeds several, and compressed.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. balsamina,
Common Momordica, or Male Balsam Apple ;
2. M. charantia, Hairy Momordica; 3. M.
Luffa, Egyptian Momordica ; 4. M. elaterium,
Elastic Momordica.

The first has a trailing stem, like those of the
Cucumberand Melon, extendingthree or four feet
in length, and sending out many side branches
which have tendrils : the leaves are shaped like
those of the Vine, smooth, deeply cut into se-
veral segments, and spreading open hke the hand.
According to Martyn, the fruit is fleshy, ovate,
drawn to a point at each end, obscurely angular,
remotely tubercled in longitudinal rows, smooth
jn the other parts, red when ripe, one-celled,
inflated, bursting irregularly, and dispersing the
seeds, winch are ovate and pale brown, with
a spring. It is a natiye of India, flowering in
June and July.

The second species has a round, slender,
branched stem, climbing by lateral tendrils : the
•leaves are sinuate-palmate, wrinkled, smooth,
toothed, spread out into a ring, having the nerves
pubescent ; they are alternate and petioled : the
powers are sometimes hermaphrodite, on long,
axillary, one-flowered peduncles, of a yellow or
orange colour : the fruit oblong, bluntly angular,
tubercled, drawn to a point at each end, white,
yellow, or green on the outside; within very red
and fleshy, one-celled ; it bursts clastically : the
seeds ovale, flat, bitten at the edge. It is a na-
tive of the East Indies, flowering in June and
July. It varies, according to some, with short
pointed fruit.

The third has an angular, very much branched
stem, climbing by bifid spiral tendrils : the
leaves having live or seven sharp angles, the
middle one double the length of the others, un-
equally serrate, veined, wrinkled, on long alter-
nate petioles : the male flowers are several to-
gether, terminating: the females lateral, and so-
litary : (he pome a foot long, two inches thick,
round h, usually drawn to;i point at each end,
hairy, three-celled, with a white, flaccid, escu-
lent pulp, of an insipid flavour : the seeds are
oblong, compressed, and smooth. It is a native
of the .East Indies, flowering in July and August.

The fourth species has a large fleshy perennial
root, somewhat like that of Bryony : the stems
thick, rough, trailing, dividing into many
branches, and extending every way two or three
feet : the leaves are thick, rough, almost heart-
shaped, gray, on long foot-stalks : the flowers
axillary, much less than those of the common
Cucumber, of a pale yellow colour, with a green-
ish bottom : the male flowers stand on short
thick peduncles; but the female flowers sit on
the top of the young fruit, which grows to an
inch and half in length, swelling like a Cu-
cumber, of a gray colour like the leaves, and
covered with short prickles : the fruit does not
change its colour, but when ripe quits the pedun-
cle, and casts out the seeds and juice with great
violence. It is a native of the South of Europe.
When the fruit is designed for medicinal use,
it should be gathered before it is ripe, otherwise
the greatest part of the juice, which is the only
valuable part, is lost, as the expressed juice is
not to be compared with that which runs out of
itself; and the elaterium made from the clear
juice is whiter, and keeps much longer than that
which is extracted by means of pressure. All
the parts of the plant are bitter, and strongly
purgative.

Culture. — All these plants mav be increased
by sowing the seeds in the first three sorts upon
a moderate hot-bed in the early spring months,
as about March ; and when the plants have had
a little growth, let them be pricked out into
another hot-bed, fresh air being given in fine
weather, and water occasionally ; or they may
be let remain in the first hot-bed till they have
acquired sufficient growth, and have four or five
leaves, when they should be removed into the
hot-bed where they are to remain, one or two
plants being put into each light, due shade and
water being given till fresh rooted. They after-
wards demand the same management as the Cu-
cumber kind, the branches being suffered to ex-
tend themselves in the same manner. When
thus -nanaged and properly treated in respect to
air and water, they produce fruit and ripe seeds
in the latter end of summer, when it must
he immediately gathered to prevent its being
dispersed.

The plants may likewise be set in pots, and
placed in the hot-house, their vines or stems
being supported by sticks, in which mode they
have a much better appearance and effect.

The fourth sor; mav besown orsuffered toscat-
ter, where the plants are to remain, or on beds
of fine mould in the autumn ; the plants being
afterwards thinned out or removed into rows in
an open situation, three or four feet apart,
and as many distant in them, requiring only the

M O N

M O N

further culture of being kept clean from weed;.
When the soil is dry, they often continue three
or four years.

All the sorts afford orn . the first three

sorts in the stove, and the last in the open bor-
der*. The Fruit of the last also affords a medi-
cinal substance by iospissation.

MONARDA, a genus containing plat
the fibrous-rooted herbaceous flowery bien-
nial am1 perennial kind?.

It belongs to 'he class and order Diandric
Mixnogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
J'i riicillolw.

The cb meters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed tubular pcrianthium, cj lindric, sti
with a five-toothed equal mouth, j :rmanent: the
corolla unequal : tube cylindric, longer than the
calyx : border ringent : upper lip straight, nar-
row, linear, entire; lower lip reflex, broader,
trifid ; middle segment longer, narrower, cmar-
Sl'mate ; lateral blunt : the stamina have two
bri>tle-aluped filaments, the of the up-

per lip, in which they are involved : anthers
compressed, truBcate at top, convex below,
erect: the pistillo.n is a four-clef germ: style
filiform, involved w ith the stamens : stigma bifid,
acute : there is no pericardium : calyx contain-
ing the seeds at the bottom : the seeds four,
roundish.

The species cultivated are : 1 . AT. jislulosn,
Purple Monarda; 2. M. oblongata, Long-leav-
ed Monarda; 3. M. dklyma, Scarlet Monarda,
or Oswego Tea; 4. M. rugosa, White Monarda;
j. M. punctata, Spotted Monarda.

The first has a perennial root, composed of

many g tar on every

side: . . items, near three - high, are hairy

and obtuse-angled : they send out two or four

- de brani ties towards the top : the leaves

_', broad ai the base, but terminating in

acute points, ry, a little indented on their

edges, ot-stalks: the stem and

branches terminating by heads of purple flowers,

3 involucre, i | Bed of five

acute-pointed leaves. It is a native of Canada,

fi ring from Jut . gust.

The second specie • from the first, i:i

having the leaves ovate at the base, and a little at -

. . more villosc underneath It is a

native forth America, flowering from July

' S

third ha I root:

ab int two feet high, smooth, acul '. : the

leaves indented on the e

stalk?; when emit a very grateful

refreshing odour : towards the top of the plant
come out two or four sn . with

smaller leaves of the same shape: the i -

produced in large heads or whorls at the top of the
stalk, and there is often a smaller whorl at a
joint below the head ; and out of the head arises
a naked peduncle, sustaining a small head or
whorl : the (lowers are of a bright red colour.
They come out in July; and in a moist season,
or when the plant- crow in a moist soil, they
continue till the middle or end of September. It
is a native ol North America.

The fourth species resembles the following,
but the leaves arc longer, smooth, wrinkled a
little like those of Sage, and the flowers white.
It is a natii e of North America, flowering from
July to September.

The fifth has ^tems about two feet high,
branching out from the bottom to the top :
the leaves lanceolate, coming out in clusters at
. joint, where there are two larger leaves,
and Beveral smaller ones on each side ; the larger
leaves are two inches and a half lone, three
quarter* of an inch broad, and slightly indented
on their i s: towards the upper part of the
stem the flowers come out in large whorls, with
an involucre to each whorl composed of ten
or twelve small lanceolate leaves, of a purplish
red colour on their upper side (four larger, and
four smaller, besides-the leaves of the whorls) :
the flowers are pretty large, of a dirty yellow-
colour spotted with purple. It is a biennial
plant; and a native of Maryland and Virginia,
fioweiing here from June to October.

Culture. — All these plants may be increased
by partinc the roots, and some of them by slips
and cuttings as well as seeds.

As the iir?t sort does not increase fast bv the
roots, the seeds may be sown in the autumn
on a bed of good earth, and in the following
summer the plants be removed into nursery rows
half a root apart, in a rather shady situation, and
in the beginningof the following autumn set out
v. here they are to remain and flower. Thev
succeed best in a soft loamy soil not too much
exposed.

The roots should be divided either
tmnn or very early spring, but the former is the

■ .r, being afterwards either planted out in
rows to remain till they are strong, or, when
str ing, at once where they are to remain.

Strong slips or cutting, of the branches may
beta! in tl inning <d' summer, and

planted out in a shady border, due -
water bt ' ■'■ veil rooted, when in the

auti reui >v< d ti

to re 11

third sort succeeds best in a light soil,
in an "astern situation.

■ dl afford ornament in the b
clumps of pleasure-grounds.

M O N

M O R

MONKEY-FLOWER. See Mimtjlus;
MONKEY's-BREAD. See Adaivsonia.
MONK'S-HOOD. See Aconitum.
MQNK's-RHUBARB. See Rumex.

MONSONTA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous under-shrubby biennial and per-
ennial kinds, for the green-house.

It belongs to the cla^s and order Mown!:
Dodecandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Grii'iiial i.

The characters arc. that the calyx is a five-
leaved penanthium : leaflets lanceolate, awned,
equal, permanent : the corolla has five petals,
obovate, prannorse - toothed, longer than the
calyx, inserted into the base of the pitcher of
stamens: the stamina have fifteen filaments,
united in five bodies, three in each, all connected
at the ba-e, and forming' a very short pitcher:
lanthers oblontr : the pistillum is a five-cornered
short germ : stvle awl-shaped: stigmas five, ob-
long : the pericarpium is a five-cornered capsule,
live-celled: each cell fixed to a very long, twisted,
terminating tail : the seeds solitary.

The species are: 1. M. speciosa, Fine-
leaved Monsonia; 2. M. lohata, Broad-leav-
ed Mcmsoniaj 3. M. ovutu, Undulated
Monsonia.

The first has the radical leaves petioled, se-
veral, bipinnate-quinate: leaflets linear, pinnate,
pinnassublanceolate : thescapes twoorthree, one-
flowered, a span high, twice as long as the leaves,
having in the middle a small six-leaved involucre,
with lanceolate leailets : the (lower handsome :
in habit and fructification it bears great affinity
to Geranium, but is distinguished from it by
having the appearance of Anemone^ and by the
stamens and style being different.

The second species is very like the preceding,
differing in no respect from it, not even in the
very singular crown of the germ ; but the leaves
are sir.: pie, bluntlv seven-Iobed, crcnate, blunt,
snbpubesccnt (as the whole herb is), entirely
resembling thi •■. of some sorts of Geranium :
the fruit has a beak to it, with a very long
point.

The third has the stem herbaceous, columnar,
and filiform: the leaves opposite; about equal
in length to the foot-stalks, ovate, ( r nat< I,
aboi j, with >mc hairs : I

; . . * : ' ; vers

are axilla! ,on \ cry li ig fool <\\ ofa« hi i h
yellow colour; the 1

of the II when

I'ruil iii pules, onc-

ol tie < : the
two first bei ■:, flowering in A] il

and May, and the third biennial, flowering^m
August.

Culture. — The first sort rarely, if ever, ripen-
eds in this climate, must be increased by
cuttings of the root, which should be planted
good mould, and plunged in a ;an-
hot-bed, watering them occasionally, when in a
little time buds appear on the tops of the cuttings
are left out' of the ground. Tliev should
tied as hardy green-house plants, .orbe after-
removed into separate pots, and shel-
i under a od garden irame in the winter

season.

And the second sort should be raised in the
same manner.

But the third should be raised from seeds,
which must be sown in the early spring in pots
of light earth, and plunged in a mild hot-bed.
When the plants are come up, they should be
removed into other pots separately, and be ma-
naged as the other kinds.

They afford variety among other potted plants.

MOON TREFOIL. See Medicago.

MOR/EA, a genus furnishing plants of the
bulbous-tuberous-rooted herbaceous flowering
perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Tr/andrin
Moriogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
/ atce.

The characters arc: that the calyx has uvo-
valved spathes : the corolla six-petalled : three
inner parts spreading; the rest as in Iris : the
stamina consist of three short filaments : anthers
oblong : the pistillum is an inferior germ : style
simple: stigmas three, bifid : the pericarpium
is a three-cornered capsule, three-grooved, three-
celled : the seeds very many, round.

The species cultivated arc : l.M. Iriopetala,
Iris-petalled Moraea ; 2. M. Iridioides, Iris-
like Sword-shaped Morsea.

The first sort has two varieties, the first of
which has the bulb with the se des connected at
the sides a little compressed, but distinct at the
base: with ten compressed teeth, and as many
alternately shorter : the skin smooth, and dark-
coloured : the culm branched: branches three
or four : the leaves three or four, awl-shaped,
pale-green, from five to seven or ei.ht inches in
length, and about half at in< h broad, terminat-
ing with three angli ::1 ics two-vah d,
ibular, two-fio \ • \\\ ers are « hitc:
the sei Idish rust colour. Itisanative
of tl e Cape, fl i in .In .

1 he second has (he conn icted at the

bifid, depressed, but n eompn ssed : the

; two d, two- low er d : the

two, seldom more than two on a scape : the

roots are fibrous, like those o/ the Hag-leaved

M O R

M O R

] , \«. hence ai isc many small swordshaped leaves,
five or six inches long, and half an inch broail
in the middle, diminishing towards both ends,
of a deep green colour, lying over each other at
the base : the scape about eight inches high,
having one small leaf at each pint, and termi-
nated b\ -er, covered with a two-vatved
spathe, of a dirty white, with a blush of purple.
It is a native of the Cape, flowering in June,
and ripening seeds about the end of July.

The second species has a fibrous root ; the
scane a sp:-n or foot high, roundish or scarcely
com] - . jointed, smooth, simple or little
branched, upright, the length of the leaves : the
leaves ensiform, narrowed at the inner base,
nerved, smooth, acuminate, upright : "the iiowers
from the uppermost axils of the leaves, some-
times three, but often only one : the spathe two-
valvcd : the germ pedicelled, sublrigonal, stri-
ated : the corolla is six-petalled : the three
outer petals obovate, oblong, bearded, spreading,
with a yellow spot in the middle : the three in-
ner white without spots, spreading like the outer
ones : the seeds numerous, variously angular,
depressed, with two flat sides. It is a native of
the Cape.

Culture. — These plants are all increased either
by seeds, offsets, or parting the roots, which should
be performed in August, in all the methods ;
the seeds beinsr sown in small pots, and plunged
into a bed of old tanner's bark, under a com-
mon frame. The seed is chiefly sown for the
sake of raising new varieties.

The plants also require the shelter of a frame
in winter, being apt to draw up weak when
placed in the dry stove. Where they can enjoy
the free air in winter, when the weather is mild,
and be secured from frost and hard rain, they
flower and ripen their seeds better than with more
tender management. In summer they should be
fully exposed to the open air till the approach of
autumn, w hen they should be removed into the
shelter of the frame.

They afford variety among other potted plants
in the green-house, Sec.

MOKIXA, a genus furnishing plants of the
hardy herbaceous flowery perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
ugalcB.

Tile characters are : that the calyx is double :
the perianth ium of the fruit interior, one-leafed,
cylindric, tubular, permanent: mouth toothed:
toothlets two, opposite, longer; all subulate,
acute: perianthium of the flower superior, one-
leafed, tubular, bifid ; segments unarginate,
blunt, permanent, uj right, the size of the outer :
the corolla one-pctallcd, two-lipped : tube very

Vol. II.

long, widening above, a little curved in, filiform
at bottom: border flat, blunt, upper lip semi-bifid,
smaller: lower tri fid; segments all blunt, uniform,
the middle one more lengthened : the stamina have
two bristle-shaped filaments, aproximating to the
style, parallel, shorter than the border : anthers
erect, cordate, distant: thepistilluixj is a globular
germ, under the receptacle of the flower: style,
longer than the stamens, filiform: stigma bead-
ed-peltate, bent in : there is no pericarpium : the
seed single, roundish, crowned with the calyx
of tlie flower.

The species is J\T. Persica, The Persian or
Oriental Morina.

It has a taper and thick root, running deep
into the ground, sending out several thick strong
fibres as large as a finger : the stem nearly three
feet high, smooth, purplish towards the bottom,
but hairy and green at the top : at each joint are
three or four prickly leaves, four or five inches
long, an inch and half broad, of a lucid geeen
on the upper side, but of a pale green and a
little hairy underneath, armed on their edges
with spines; the flowers axillary on each side,
some white and others purplish red on the same,
plant ; appearing in July, but do not produce
seed in this climate. According to some it has
the odour of Honeysuckle. It is a native of
Persia near Ispahan.

Culture. — This is increased by seed or off-sets
from the roots.

The seeds should be sown in the autumn in
the places where the plants are to sirow, as, from
their having a strong tap-root, thev do not bear
shifting well. The ground in the bed or border
near them should not be afterwards much disturb-
ed, the plants being only kept clean. They most-
ly flower ni two or three years alter bei.ur raised.

The ofl'-sets should be slipped from the roots
while young, and be planted out where thev are
to stand, in the latter end of the summer, being
afterwards treated as those raised from seed.

They decay to the ground in the autumn, new
leaves being sent up in the spring ; but the roots
continue several years when not stirred, or injured
by severe frosts.

They are highly ornamental in the principal
beds and borders of pleasure-grounds.

MOROCCO, RED. SeeAnoxis.

MORL'S, a genus containing plants of the
deciduous tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia Te-
trumlria, and ranks in the natural order of Sca-
l rid or.

The characters are : that the male flowers are
in an anient : the calyx is a four-parted perian-
thium : leaflets ovate, concave : there is no co-
rolla: the stamina have four awl-shaped fila-
S

M O R

M O R

nients, erect, longer than the calyx, one within
each calycine leaf: anthers simple: female
flowers heaped either on the same, or a different
individual from the males: the calyx a four-
leaved perianthium : leaflets roundish, blunt,
permanent, the two opposite outer ones incum-
bent : there is no corolla : the pistillum is a cor-
date germ : styles two, awl-shaped, long, reflex,
rugged : stigmas simple : there is no pericar-
pium : calyx very large, fleshy, become suc-
culent, like a berry : the seed single, ovate, acute.

The species cultivated are: 1. M. nigra,
Common Mulberry Tree : 2. M. allu, White
Mulberry Tree ; 3. M. papyri [era, Paper Mul-
berry Tree : 4. M. rubra, Red Mulberry Tree;
5. M. indica, Indian Mulberry ; G. M. tincto-
ria, Dyer's Mulberry or Fustick-wood.

The. first differs from the second sort, accord-
ing to Linnaeus, in having the leaves subquin-
quelobate, bluntish, and rugged, undivided and
shining; the fructification of the second dioe-
cious, of this monoecious. These distinctions
are not however exact, as this is a larger, stronger
tree; and the fruit is dark blackish red and more
acid. According to Miller, it has generally male
flowers or catkins on the same tree w ith the fruit,
but it often happens that some of the trees which
are raised from seeds have mostly male flowers
and produce no fruit ; and he has observed
some trees which produced only catkins for ma-
ny years after they were planted, and afterwards
have become fruitful. "This," Martyn says,
" agrees with a general remark that he has made
on monoecious trees, that whilst they are young
they bear male flowers chiefly and very little
fruit." Trees of this sort of a certain age are
not only more fruitful than young ones, but
their fruit is much larger and better flavoured.
It grows naturally in Persia; whence introduced
into Europe.

This is the sort usually cultivated as a fruit-
tree in the garden.

There is a variety with palmate or elegantly
cut leaves and a smaller fruit.

The second species is a middle-sized tree, with
a whitish bark, of which a coarse sort of paper
may be made, and spreading branches: the
leaves arc broad-lanceolate, obliquely cordate,
subscrrate, undivided, or three-lobed, some cut,
smooth, petioled, scattered : the berries lateral,
iuicy, insipid, pale, oblong. It is a native of
China, &e. flowering in June.

Miller observes that there are two or three va-
rieties of this tree, which differ in the shape of
their leaves, and in the size and colour of the
fruit ; but as it is of no other use but for the
leaves, the strongest-shooting and the largcst-
laeved should be preferred.
3

This sort is commonly cultivated for its leaves
to feed silk -worms in France, Italy, &c; and in
Spain, according to Mr. Townsend, they prefer
the White Mulberry in Valencia, and the Black
in Granada. But the Persians generally make
use of the latter; and Mr. Miller was assured by
a gentleman who had made trial of both sorts of
leaves, that the worms ted with the latter pro-
duced much the best silk ; but that the leaves of
the black should never be given to the worms
after they have eaten for some time of the white,
lest they should burst. And Sir George Staunton
states, that the tender leaves growing on the
young shoots of the black sort are supposed in
China to- he the most succulent or juicy.

The third is a tree which makes very strong
vigorous shoots, but seems not to be of tall
growth, as it sends out many lateral branches
from the root upwards. The leaves are large,
some of them entire, others deeply cut into
three or five lobes, especially whilst the trees are
young ; they are dark green and rough to the
touch on the upper surface, but pale green and
somewhat hairy on the under side, falling off on
the first approach of frost in autumn. The fruit
is little larger than peas, surrounded with lonf
purple hairs, when ripe changing to a black-pur-
ple colour, and full of sweet juice. It is a na-
tive of Japan and the South Sea islands.

The fourth species, which is the Virginian Red
or Large-leaved Mulberry Tree with black shoots,
grows to the height of thirty or forty feet in its
native situation, sending forth many large
branches. The leaves are not only larger but rougher
than those of the common Mulberry, though
in other respects they somewhat resemble them.
It produces plenty of catkins, in shape like those
of the Birch, and it has a dark reddish fruit. It
is a native of Virginia and Carolina.

The fifth is a large tree, with a soft, thick,
yellowish bark, and a milky juice like the Fig,
which is astringent. The branches come out on
every side. The leaves are on short footstalks,
rough, dark green above, pale underneath, al-
ternate. The flowers in round heads, at the
footstalks of the leaves, on each side the
branches, of an herbaceous white colour : the
fruit roundish, first green, then white, and fi-
nally dark red. According to Miller it is a mo-
noecious tree, but Linnaeus suspects it to be di-
oecious. It is a native of the East Indies.

The sixth species is a tall branching tree with
a fine head, the whole abounding in a slightly
glutinous milk of a sulphureous colour: the
timber is yellow, and is used in dveing : the
spines awl-shaped, solitary, few; entire branches
are frequently without any : the leaves acuminate,
serrate, smooth on both sides, veined, distichous,

M O R

M O R

on short petioles of various sizes : aments soh-
tary, pendulous, axillary between the petiole and
the spine, two or three inches in length, cylin-
<lric and very close: the female (lowers on a dif-
ferent tree, collected into a globe : their recep-
tacles axillary, glaucous-green, solitary, with
short petioles : among the. female flowers arc
chaffy bodies, which perhaps were Mowers
suffocated by their neighbours and dried up : the
Fruit yellowish green, sweet, but eaten chiefly
bv birds. It is a native of Brazil.

Culture. — All the sorts are capable of being
increased by seeds, layers, cuttings, grafting,
and inoculating or budding.

The seed method is chiefly practised for those
which are not intended as fruit-trees, as thev
are very liable to vary in that way. It should be
sown in the early spring, as about March, on
a bed of fine earth, in a warm aspect, or upon
a moderate hot-bed protected with glasses, in chills
to the depth of a quarter of an inch. Water
should be given slightly in dry weather ; and in
the heat of the day shade; covering it in cold
nights. When the plants appear, they should
be well guarded from frost in the early spring,
and be kept clean during the summer, and pro-
pcrlv shaded and watered, protecting them the
first autumn and winter, removing them in the
following March into nursery rows two feet
apart, and one distant, to continue a few years,
when they may be set out where they are to grow.
They should not be removed, either from the
•ecd-bed or nursery rows, till perfectly strong.

When intended for feeding silk-worms, they
should be kept in a low shrubby state.

They appear, from Sir George Staunton, to
succeed best in China, on beds about a foot
high in moist loamy soils.

When raised for fruit, great care should be
taken that the layers or cuttings be not only
taken from old fruit-bearing trees, but that the
branches made use of be also fruit-bearing.

The layers may be made from stools formed
for the purpose, or bv raising large boxes, baskets,
or pots of earth, so as to lay the branches in
them in the autumn, by the. slit method,
heading them down to two eyes each. When
they have taken root in the autumn following,
they may be removed into the nursery and
managed as the seedlings.

The cuttings should he made from the former
year's shoots of such trees and branches as bear
well, and have fine fruit, not being shortened,
but planted their whole length, leaving two or
three buds above the ground. They should be
planted in March on light rich earth, pressing
the mould well about them, in order that it may
be kept from getting too dry.

When well rooted in the following spring,
they may be removed into the nursery, being
regularly trained to stems bv means of stakes
fixed to each of them, to which the principal
shoots should be trained, removing most of the
rest, except such as are necessary to detain the
Bap for the support of the stem.

They may be trained to Standards, Hall
Standards, and Dwarf Standards. Sec I'kun-

ixg and Training.

Alter standing three or four years in the nur-
sery, they will be ready to plant out for good.

They should have but little sun at the first
planting of the cuttings, but afterwards as much
as possible, provided the earth about them be
prevented from becoming dry, by moss or other
means. The cuttings also succeed well when
planted in a hot-bed ; and in all cases when
covered by hand glasses.

Some also plant them in October.

The grafting and budding, or inoculating, arc
certain methods of continuing the proper kinds,
and should be practised in the usual manner upon
the seedling stocks of any of the species. See
Grafting and Budding.

Mr. Forsyth remarks, that " as the fruit is
produced on the young wood, only such branches
as cross others, and such as are decayed, or
broken by accident, should be cut out, applying
at the same time the composition. When, how-
ever, the heads become too full of wood, it will,
he thinks, be necessary to thin them, as the
fruit is larger and better flavoured where the
heads are kept thin of wood."

He advises planting these trees, when for fruit,
in grass orchards and pleasure-grounds, as " the
finest of the fruit, when ripe, frequently drops,
which, if it fall on dug or ploughed ground,
will be soiled and rendered unlit tor use^ as the
earth will adhere so to the fruit as to render
the cleaning of it impracticable; but if planted
on lawns, or in grass orchards, the fruit can be
picked up without receiving any injury. An-
other reason for planting these trees on lawns or
in orchards is," he says, "that when full grown,
they are too large for a kitchen-garden. The soil
in which they thrive best is a rich, light, and
deep earth."

" lie has tried the efficacy of his composition
on several of these trees in a very decayed hol>-
low state of the trunk, cutting out all the dead
wood and cankered parts of some, and heading
down others that w ere stunted and sickly. Alter
these operations they put forth vigorous branches,
and bore excellent crops of fruit, more than dou-
ble the size of that which they produced in their
former state."

And he advises " those who have any old
S a

M O T

M O T

decayed Mulberry-trees, to treat them in the
same manner; but those which are very much
decayed should be headed down ; tills will throw
them into a healthy bearing state, and in two or
three years they will, he asserts, produce plenty
of tine fruit."

And as old trees of this sort bear better and
have finer fruit than young ones, it is of impor-
tance, he thinks, to restore them.

The fifth and sixth sorts are tender, requiring
the protection of the bark stove.

Hie first sort is raised for the fruit; but the
others chiefly for the purpose of variety and or-
nament. The third is used for having the bark
made into paper in some countries.

MOSSING OF FRUIT-TREKS. This is a
disease arising from the Moss Plant establish-
ing itself upon such fruit-trees as are in an un-
healthy state of growth or which are planted so
close together as to prevent a due circulation
of air and dryness. The trees, by this means, are
not only injured, from the plant fixing itself upon
them, and restricting their growth, but probably
by the quantity of moisture that it attracts, and
the dampness that is produced in that way.

For the prevention and removal of this state
of fruit-trees, Mr. Forsyth advises the washing
them with a mixture of fresh cow-dung, urine
and soap-suds, as by this means the moss is not
only prevented from growing on the trunks and
branches, but the ova of insects are destroyed,
the trees nourished, and the bark kept in a fine
healthy state. It may also be removed by scrap-
ing the trees.

Apple-, Pear- , and Plum-trees are very liable to
be affected in this way.

MOTION OF PLANTS, the course or direc-
tion of growth in different parts of them.

In the roots and stems the direction is totally
opposite, the former either running directly
downward into the ground, or horizontally un-
der the surface; while the latter direct their
motion towards the air and light of the sun,
mostly in an upright manner, but sometimes
horizontally along the surface of the ground.
The causes which operate in promoting these are
the quest of nourishment in the root, and the
influence of the air and light of the sun
on the stem ; for when any number of plants
growing in pots is placed in a room, which only
admits a small portion of light at one place, the
stems all incline towards that side ; in close dark
thickets, the young trees always lean to the part
where the most light penetrates ; and the new
shoots of espalier or wall-trees detach them-
selves from those supports, in quest of free-
air and light.

It seems that the force of motion is greater in

the roots than in the stems ; the roots, without
ever once going out of their way, pierce the
hardest soils, penetrate into walls, which they
overturn, and even into rocks, which they split;
whereas the stems and branches surmount ob-
stacles by leaving their natural direction, and
over-topping them.

Though the natural tendency of most stems
or trunks is to ascend, some by their weakness,
or natural growth, descend : and occasionally by
means of roots breaking out all alon? the stem3
and branches, as in the Strawberry, Penny-royal,
and many other creeping plants, the stems arc, by
the roots striking into the earth, tethered as it
were to the ground, and only their extremities
have the power of directing their course upwards.

The leaves and flowers of plants also direct
their course towards the air, and light of the sun;
the leaves always turning their upper surface
outward to the air and light; which is very ob-
vious in Wall-trees, and when a branch is over-
turned, so that the leaves are inverted, they na-
turally direct their surfaces again gradually up-
wards to the light and air, though this often
takes them several days' growth. Some flowers
are also supposed to have a particular daily
motion, so as to present their surfaces directly
to the sun, and follow the diurnal course of it,
as the Sun-flower, and most of the compound
flowers ; in all of which the disk or surface is
believed to look towards the east in the morning,
the south at noon, and the west in the evening.

And during the heat of the sun, the pinnated
or winged leaves, particularly of the papiliona-
ceous tribe of plants, rise vertically upward; the
opposite lobes or folioles, which compose these
leaves, rise so as to be generally applied close
together by their upper surfaces; but in that
state of the atmosphere which generally precedes
a storm, or during a close, moist, cloudy air,
the lobes of the same sort of leaves extend them-
selves commonly along the foot-stalk ; and
after sun-set incline still lower, and hang di-
rectly down under the foot-stalk, being applied
close together like the leaves of a book, by their
lower surfaces ; a state which by Linnaeus is-
called the sleep of plants.

The simple leaves of many plants, when their
surface is exposed to an ardent sun, also become
concave above, but gradually recover as the-
heat declines. But, of all the motions of the
leaves of plants, none is so sudden and rapid as
those of the Sensitive and Humble, kinds.

There is another kind of motion in plants;
that is, elasticity ; which is resident particularly
in some sorts of seed-vessels, such as the Yel-
low Balsamine, and Spurting Cucumber, Sec
in which their fruits, when arrived at maturity,.

MUS

M U S

burst open like a spring, and dart out their seeds
with an elastic force to a considerable distance
in many cases.

MOULD, such earthy substances as consti-
tute soils, when reduced into a fine pulverized
state in their particles. It is of different quali-
ties according to the nature or' the earth or soil
in which it is found. But the best is probably
that which contains a large proportion of car-
bonaceous or vegetable matter. It is of very
different colours indifferent cases, as hazel, dark-
gray, russet, ash, yellowish red. and various others.
But the first three colours are generally con-
sidered as denoting the best qualities, and the
last the most unfriendly for the growth of
tables.

For the purpose of the gardener, those moulds
which are capable of working well at all seasons,
are rather light and dry, perfectly mellow and fine
in their particles, being well enriched with vege-
table and animal matters, are the most proper
and capable of affording the largest crops of good
vegetables. See Earth and Soil.

MULCH, a term made use of in gardening
to signify such strawy dung as is somewhat moist
and not rotted. It is found useful for protecting
the roots of new-planted choice trees or shrubs
from severe frost in winter, and from being
dried by the fierce sun or drying « inds in spring
and summer, before they are well rooted ; in
which cases it is spread evenly on the surface of
the ground round the stems of the trees, as far
as the roots extend, about three or four inches
thick, but which should be augmented in winter,
when the severity of the frost renders it neces-
sary. It may also be employed for many other
purp<

MOUNTAIN ASH. See Sorbi s.

MOUSE-EAR. See Hiebaciom.

MUGWORr. See Artemisia.

MULBERRY-TREE. See Moris.

MUSA, a genus containing plants of the
perennial kind for the hot-house.

It 1) - to the class and order Poh/aamia

Mciwciic', and ranks in the natural order of
Scitaminece.

'J he characters are : that the hermaphrodite
flowers arc more towards the base of the simple
spadix, separate in alternate spathes: the calyx
is a partial, ovate-oblong spathc, plano-concave,
large, many-flowered : the corolla unequal, rin-
gent : the petal constituting the upper lip, but
the nectarv the under lip: petal erect, ligulate,
truncate, five-toothed, converging in front at
the base : nectary one-leafed, cordate, boat-
shaped, compressed, acuminate, spreading out-
wards, shorter than the petal, inserted within
Use sinus of the petal ; the stamina have six

awl-shaped filaments, live of which within the
petal are erect, the sixth within the nectary is
reclining : anthers linear, from the middle to the
top fastened to the filament ; but most frequently
there is only one anther on the sixth filament,
and very small ones or none on the re-t: the
pistillum is a very large germ, obtuselv three-
.!, very long, inferior : style cylindnc, erect,
the length of the petal : stigma headed, roundish,
obscurely six-cleft : the pericarpium is a fleshy
berrv, covered with a husk, obscurely three-
sided, or six-sided, gibbous on one side, one-
celled, hollow in the middle: the seeds very
manv, nestling, subglobular, wrinkled-tubercled,
excavated at the base, or only rudiments : males
on the same spadix, above the hermaphrodite
flowers, separated by spathes : the calyx, corolla,
and nectary as in the hermaphrodite : the stami-
na have filaments as in the hermaphrodites, equal,
erect : anthers as in hermaphrodites, on the fila-
ment placed within the nectary, most frequently
very small or none : the pistillum is a germ as
in the hermaphrodites, but less : style and stig-
ma as in them, but less and more obscure : the
pericarpium is abortive.

The species cultivated are : 1 . M. paradhiaca,
Plantain Tree : 2.3/. sapient urn, Banana Tree.

The first rises with a soft herbaceous stalk,
fifteen or twenty feet high, and upwards, in its
native situation : the lower part of the stalk is
often as large as a man's thigh, diminishing
gradually to the top, where the leaves come out
en every side, which are often more than six
feet long and near two feet broad, with a strong-
fleshy midrib, and a great number of transverse
veins running from the midrib to the borders :
the leaves are thin and lender, so that where they
are exposed to the open air thev are generally
torn by the wind ; for, as thev are large, the wind
has great power over them : these leaves come
out from the side of the principal stalk, inclos-
ing it with their base ; they are rolled up at their
first appearance, but when they are advanced
above the stalk they expand quite flat, and tur.-i
backward : as these leav< s come up rolled in the.
manner before mentioned, their advance upward
is so quick, that their growth may be almost dis-
cerned bv the naked eye ; and if a line is drawn
across, level with the lop of the leaf, in an hoi
time the leaf will be near an inch above it:
when the plant is grown to its full height, the
spike of flowers will appear from the centre of
the leaves, which is often near four feel in K n
and nods on one side : the flowers come oul in
bunches, those on the lower part of the spike
being the largest ; the others diminish in their
size upward; each of these bunches is covi
with a spathc or sheath, of a fine purple colour

M U S

M Y R

-within, which drops off when the flowers open :
the upper part of the spike is made up of male
or barren flowers, which are not succeeded by
fruit : the fruit is eight or nine inches long, and
above an inch diameter, a little incurved, and
lias three angles ; it is at first green, but, when
ripe, of a pale yellow colour, having a tough
skin, within which is a soft pulp of a luscious
sweet flavour: the spikes of fruit are so large as
to weigh upwards of forty pounds in some cases.
It is a native of the East Indies, flowering from
October to November.

The second species, or Banana Tree, differs
from the preceding in having its stalks marked
with dark purple stripes and spots: the fruit is
shorter and rounder, with a softer pulp of a more
luscious taste : but Mr. Dampier says, it is less
luscious, though of a more delicate taste. And
according to Long, it has a softer, mellower
taste, and is more proper for fritters than the
Plantain. A very excellent drink is made from
the juice of the ripe fruit fermented, resembling
the best Southam cyder. It is found in the
West Indies.

There are several varieties of each species.

It is observed by Brown, that " these two
fruits are among the greatest blessings bestowed
by Providence upon the inhabitants of hot cli-
mates." And that " three dozen Plantains are
sufficient to serve one man for a week instead of
bread, and will support him much better."

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
planting the young suckers of the roots of such
plants as have fruited, taken off carefully with
root-fibres, in large pot.s filled with light rich
earth, and plunged in the tan-bed of the stove,
in the summer season.

They afterwards require to have water given

Eretty plentifully in the hot summer months,
ut more sparingly in the winter, and in less
proportions at a time. They succeed best in about
the same degrees of heat as the Pine Apple.
They should have the pots increased in size as
they advance in growth.

But the best way to have them fruit well in
this climate is to shake them out of the pots,
after they have become fully established, with
the balls of earth about their roots, and plant
them in the tan-bed in the stove, old tan being-
laid round them for their root-fibres to strike
into.

When new tan is added, care should be taken
hot to disturb their roots, and always to leave
plenty of old tan about them, to guard against
too much heat. They should have water twice
a week in winter, about two quarts each plant
at a time, and in summer twice as much at a
rime and every other day. The signs of per-

fecting their fruit, are their pushing out their
flower-stems in the spring. The stoves should
be sufficiently high for this purpose, as twenty
feet or more.

In their native countrv, these trees thrive
best where the soil is rich, cool, and moist.
Their fruiting in the South Sea islands is said
to be promoted by the use of lime and wood-
ashes.

They are mostly cultivated here by way of
curiosity and for variety.

MUSHROOM. SeeAGARicus.
MUSTARD. See Sinapis.
MYRICA, a genus furnishing plants of the
deciduous and evergreen shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia
Tetrandrla, and ranks in the natural order of
Amentacece.

The characters are : that in the male the
calyx is an ovate-oblong anient, imbricate on all
sides, loose, composed of one-flowered, crescent-
shaped, bluntly acuminate, concave scales : pe-
rianthium proper none: there is no corolla : the
stamina have four filaments (seldom six) filiform,
short, erect: anthers large, twin, with bifid
lobes : female — the calyx as in the male : there is
no corolla : the pistillum is a subovate germ :
styles two, filiform, longer than the calyx : stig-
mas simple : the pericarpium is a one-celled
berry : the seed single.

The species cultivated are: l. M. Gale,
Sweet Gale, Sweet Willow, or Candle-Berry
Myrtle ; 2. M. cerifera, American Candle-
Berry Myrtle; 3. M. quercifolia, Oak-leaved
Candle-Berry Myrtle ; 4. M. cordifolia, Heart-
leaved Candle-Berry Myrtle.

The first rises with many shrubby stalks, from
two to near four feet high, dividing into several
slender branches, and is covered with a dusky
or rust-coloured bark, sprinkled with white dots :
tire buds are composed of nine leafy shining
scales, the first nearly opposite, very short, rect-
angularly pointed, the rest ovate, and blunt :
the leaves are alternate, stiff, an inch and half
long, and half an inch broad in the middle, light
or yellowish green, smooth, a little serrate to-
wards their points, and emitting a fragrant odour
when bruised ; which is occasioned by the resi-
nous points with which they are sprinkled : they
are convoluted and petioled : the flowers appear
before the leaves ; and the flower-buds are above
the leaf-buds, at the ends of the branches, whence
as soon as the fructification is completed the end
of the branch dies, the leaf-buds which are on
the sides shoot out, and the stems become com-
pound : the aments or catkins are of a short
ovate figure, of a yellowish brown colour, and
frequently sprinkled with shining resinous golden

M Y R

M Y R

particles : the fruit is acoriaceous hern.-: the male
and female aments are Bometiroes on distinct

plants, and sometimes on the same individual.
It is a native of thenorthern parts of Europe.

It is said, that " the northern nations for-
merly used this plant instead of Oops." and
that " it is still in use for that purpose in some
of the Western I?lcs, and a few places of the
Highlands of Scotland."

It is here known by the names of Sweet Gale,
Goule, GiuL1, Sunt Willow, II' ild Myrtle,
and Dutch Myrtle.

The second species is a shrub, or a tree ac-
quirins: a height of thirty feet in its native state:
the bark is waited : the branches unequal and
straight : the leaves evergreen, somewhat clus-
tered, blunt at the end, membranaceous-rigid,
wrinkled, smooth, covered underneath with very
minute, shining, orange - coloured, glandular
pores: the flowers are in aments, on different
individuals : the male aments, according to
Miller, are about an inch long, and stand erect :
and Martvn savs, the female aments ate sessile,
axillary, linear, shorter than the leaves : scales
very minute, and between each of them an ob-
long minute germ, longer than the scales : two
filiform styles, the length of the germ ; and
reflex stigmas : the berry minute, roundish,
yellow. It is a native of America.

The third has the stalks slender, shrubbv,
about four feet high, dividing into smaller
branches : the leaves are about an inch and half
long, and almost an inch broad, some of them
having two, others three deep opposite inden-
tures on their sides; they sit close to the branches,
and end in obtuse indented points : between the
leaves come out some oval catkins, which drop
off : it retains its leaves all the vear, and is a
native of the Cape, flowering in June and
Julv.

The fourth species has a weak shrubbv stalk,
five or six feet high, sending out many long
slender branches, closely garnished their whole
length with small heart-shaped leaves, sitting
close to the branches, slightly indented and
waved on their edges: the flowers. come out be-
tween the leaves in roundish bunches: they have
an uncertain number of stamens, and are all in-
cluded in one common scaly involucre or cover.
The leaves continue all the year green. It is
also a native of the Cape.

Culture. — The first two sorts may be raised
from seed, and the two last by lavcrs. The first
kind requires a boggy moist situation, or to
be cultivated on bog earth in such circum-
stances.

The seeds should be procured from their native
situation, and sown in pots of rich earth, in the

spring, to the depth of half an inch, watering and
shading them during the following summer", and
on the approach of winter placed in a warm shel-
tered situation, or under a common frame. When
the plants have attained some growth, they
should be planted out in the spring in nursery
rows, to remain till of proper size to be planted
out in the pleasure-ground, where they succeed
best in a soil that is not too drv.

The two last sorts are mostly raised bv laying
down the young shoots in the latter end of sum-
mer or in the autumn, twining them at a joint,
and watering then: well during the following
summer, when the season is drv ; and when
they have formed good roots, which is seldom
the case till the second year, thev should be
taken oil" and planted in small pots filled with soft
loamy earth, being placed under glasses in a
common frame, and shaded from the mid-day
sun till fully rooted; when thev may be re-
moved into a warm sheltered place during the
summer, and in the autumn removed into the
green-house, being afterwards managed as other
plants of that kind.

The first sorts are likewise sometimes raised
by planting the suckers of the roots in nursery-
rows as above in the autumn ; and all the sorts
occasionally by cuttings, though thev strike
root with great difficulty. In this last way the
young shoots are the most proper, which should
be planted in pots, and plunged in a hot-bed,
covering them close with glasses.

They are introduced, the two first in sheltered
clumps and borders, and the latter sorts in col-
lections of the green-house kind, where they
afford a fine fragrance in their leaves.

MYRSINE, a genus comprising a plant of
the evergreen exotic shrubbv kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Bicoi

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted pcrianthium, small -. leaflets subovate,
permanent: the corolla one-petalled, half-live-
cleft: segments half-ovate, converging, blunt:
the stamina have live filaments, scarcely visible,
inserted into the middle of the corolla: anthers
awl-shaped, erect, shorter than the corolla : the
pistilluni is a subglobular germ, almost filling
the corolla: style cylindric, longer than the co-
rolla, permanent : stigma large, woolly, hanging
on the outside of the flower: the pericarpiuin
is a roundish berry, depressed, one-celled: the
seed one, subglobular, fixed obliquely to the
bottom of the berry.

The species cultivated is Af. slfrh.iua, African
Myrsine.

It has the flowers axillary, in threes, on short

M Y R

M Y R

peduncles : the corolla is pale, rugged with tes-
taceous dots; ciliate, closed: the stamens op-
posite: to, not alternate with, the segments of
the corolla: the stigma is pencil-shaped: the
berry of the same form and shape with that of
UvaUrsi, and blue: the nucleus of the same
shape, globular, depressed a little. It is a native
of the Cape, flowering from March to May.

Culture. — This plant may he increased by
sowing the seeds in spring on a hot-bed ; and
when 'the plants are fit to~transplant, planting
them out singly into small pots of good mould,
due shade a"nd water being given, and in
the autumn they may be removed into the
green-house for protection in winter.

They may also be raised by planting cuttings
of the voung shoots in pots in summer, due shade
and water being given. They afterwards require
the management of other green-house plants.

They afford variety among collections of this
sort of plants.

MYRTLE. See Myrtus.

MYRTLE, CANDLEBERRY. SeeMviticA.

MYRTLE-LEAVED SUMACH. See Co-

RIARIA.

MYRTO-CISTUS. See Hypericum.

MYRTUS, a genus furnishing plants of the
evergreen shrubby kind for the green-house and
stove.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
HesperidecB.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianlhium, four- or five-cleft, bluntish,
superior, raised internally into a subvillose ring,
permanent: the corolla has four or five petals,
ovate, entire, large, inserted into the calyx : the
stamina have very many capillary filaments, the
length of the corolla, inserted into the calycine
ring : anthers roundish, small : the pistillum is
an inferior germ, two-celled or three-celled ; the
seeds fixed To the partition: style simple, filiform:
stigma blunt : the pericarpium is an oval berry,
umbilicated with the calyx, one-, two-, or three-
celled: the seeds few, kidney-form.

The species cultivated arc: 1. M. communis,
Common Myrtle; 2. M. tomentosa, Woolly-
leaved Myrtle; 3. M. biflora, Two-flowered
Myrtle; 4. M. lucida, Shining Myrtle ; 5. M.
dioica, Dioecious American Myrtle ; G. M.
Zeylanka, Ceylon Myrtle ; 7- M- acris, Cut-
leaved Myrtle;' 8. M. eoriaeea, Sumach-leaved
Myrtle; 9. M. Pimenia, Pimento, Jamaica Pep-
per, or Allspice.

The first is well known as an elegant ever-
green shrub, but just too lender to abide the
winter without some protection in ibis climate,
except in the most southern and western parts :

the trunk is irregular, branching, covered with
a brown rough scaling bark : the leaves ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, entire, smooth on both sides,
dark-green, paler underneath, opposite and de-
cussated : the flowers come out singly from the
axils, and have a two-leaved involucre under
them. It is a native of Asia and the southern
parts of Europe, flowering in July and August.

There are several varieties, the principal of
which are:

The Common Broad cleaved or Roman Myrtle,
which grows to the height of eight or ten feet
in this climate, but much higher in Italy, where
it is the principal underwood of some of the
forests : the leaves are broader than most of the
other varieties, being an inch in breadth ; they
are an inch and half long, of a lucid green, ending
in acute points, and are subsessile or on very
short foot-stalks : the flowers are larger than
those of the other varieties, on pretty long slen-
der peduncles, from two to four at the same axil :
the berries ovate, and of a dark purple colour.
It is termed by some the Flowering Myrtle, be-
cause it flowers more freely here than the others,
and Roman Myrtle, because it abounds about
Rome.

The Box-leaved Myrtle, which has the leaves
oval, small, sessile, of a lucid green, and ending
in obtuse points ; the branches weak, and fre-
quently hanging down when permitted to grow
without shortening ; the bark is grayish : the
flowers are small, and come late in the summer :
the berries small and round.

The Common Italian Myrtle, which has ovate-
lanceolate leaves ending in acute points ; the
branches grow more erect than in either of the
preceding, as also the leaves, whence it is called
by the gardeners Upright Myrtle. The flowers
are not large, and the petals are marked with
purple at their points, whilst they remain closed :
the berries are small, oval, and of apurple colour.
There is a subvariety of this with white ber-
ries : and the Nutmeg Myrtle seems, according
to Miller, to be only a subvariety of it.

The Orange-leaved, or what is sometimes
termed Bay-leaved Myrtle, which has a strong-
er stalk and branches, and rises to a greater
height : the leaves are ovate-lanceolate, in clus-
ters" round the branches, and of a dark green :
the flowers are of a middling size, and come out
sparingly from between the leaves : the berries
are oval, and smaller than those of the first va-
riety, but it is not so hardy as that.

The Portugal Myrtle, which has the leaves
much smaller than those of the next, being less
than an inch long, and not more than half an
inch broad, lanceolate-ovate acute, of a dull
green, set pretty close on the branches : the

M Y R

M Y R

Bowers arc smaller, and the berries small and
oval.

The Broad-leaved Dutch Myrtle, which has
- much less than I hose of the common sort,
and more pointed, Handing close together en the
branches : the midrib on tiie under side of the
5 is of a purple colour : they are of a darker
green, and sit closer to the branches: the flowers
arc smaller, on shorter peduncles, and come out a
little later than those oi the common sort.

The Double-flowering Myrtle, which is pro-
bably a sub-variety of this : the leaves and
growth of the plant, the size of the flowers, and
the time of the flowering, agreeing better with
this than any of the others.

The Rosemary -leaved or Thvnie-leaved My-
tle, which has the branches grow ing pretty erect;
the leaves small, narrow, acute, sessile, and of
a lucid green : the flowers are small, appearing
late in the season. These varieties are con-
stant j but there are others which are propagated
iu gardens and nurseries for sale, which are less
considerable and more variable, as ; the Gold-
striped Broad-leaved Myrtle; the Broad leaved
Jew's Myrtle, having frequently the leaves in
threes ; the Gold-striped Orange-leaved Myrtle ;
the Silver-striped Italian Myrtle; the- Striped Box-
leaved Myrtle; the Silver-striped Rosemarv- leav-
ed Myrtle; the Silver-striped Nutmeg Myrtle ;
and the Cock's-comb or Bird's-nest Myrtle.

The second species has the branches round,
tomentose : the leaves are an inch and half long,
elliptic, blunt, above dark and veined, reflex at
the edge, the nerves more conspicuous under-
neath, smooth above, hoary underneath, on very
short petioles : the peduncles axillary and ter-
minating, solitary, opposite, tomentose : bractes
two, small, oblong, at the base of the calyx,
which is turbinate and tomentose, with four
rounded segments: the petals oblong, tonientose-
bairy without, purple within. It is a native of
China, flowering in June and Julv.

The third rises with a divided trunk to the
height of eight or ten feet, sending out many
opposite branches covered with a gray bark :
the leaves are shorter and rounder at the points,
smoother and of a firmer texture than in the ninth
the flowers come out from the side of the
branches between the leaves, on slender foot-
stalks, about an inch in length, two generally
from the same point: the berries are round, and
brighter than in the ninth: but the leaves and fruit
not being aromatic aire not in use.

As it retains its leave.-, which arc of a spk-n-
greeu, all the year, it makes a good ap-
pearance; but the flowers, being small and grow-
ing thinly upon the branches, do not make any
■ figure. It is a native of Jamaica.

Vol. II.

The fourth species has the leaves of a sin
structure, being from ovate remarkably attenu-
ated into a lanceolate top: the Rowers are livc-
petalled. It is a native of Surinam.

The fifth has thick leaves : peduncles axillarv
and terminating, bracbiate-panicled, length oi
the leaves : petals few. Native of Ameri

The sixth species has a strong upright stalk,
covered with a smooth gray bark, dividing to-
wards the top into many slender stiff branches :
the leaves are near two inch.es long, and an inch
and quarter broad, of a lucid green, and on very
short foot-stalks : the flowers come out at the
ends of the branches, several on one common pe-
duncle, which branches out ; and each flower
stands on a very slender pedicel : they are very
like the (lowers of the Italian Myrtle. It is a
native of Cevlon.

The seventh sort may contend the palm of
elegance with most trees. It grows slowly, and
flowers late, twice in a year. By age it acquires
thickness and height beyond the mediocrity : the
trunk is handsome, straight, formimr, a very
lofty thick beautiful pyramidal head : the bark
in the younger trees is brown, then ash-coloured,
finally white entirely, or w ith large yellow spots ;
it is very smooth and even, especially in old
trees, but here and there hangs down in slender
shreds; the flavour is astringent, not without
something of aromatic : the timber very hard,
red, compact, ponderous, and capable of being
polished ; used for the cogs of wheels in the
sugar-mills, and other works where considerable
friction is required : the younger branches are
acutely four-cornered and green : the leaves nu-
merous, quite entire, shining, bright green,
with transverse veins, blunt, attenuated Into a
short petiole ; they are always opposite, com-
monly three or four inches long, of a very sweet
aromatic smell, and on account of their agree-
able astringency are used for sauce with food :
the flowers small, white with a slight tinge of
redness: the berries round, the size of peas,
crowned with the remains of the ealv:^ having
an aromatic smell and taste, which render them
agreeable for culinary purposes. It is a native
of the West Indies, where it is sometimes
called L?o:\- d'lnde.

The eighth species has the whole of the plant
smooth : the leaves pelioled, an inch lon«r,
emarginate, from a reflex margin becoming con-
vex, the upper surface shining \ er\ much, vcin-
le.--, transversely but obliquely marked with
di.sky nerved lines; the under surface less shin-
ing : the younger leaves veined on both sides,
with minute raised dots scattered over the- under
surface, which vanish in the older leaves, and
tbey have duskv spots impressed on the upper
T

MYR

M Y R

surface : the peduncles are purplish, twice as
long as the leaves, subracemose, in pairs : the
pedicels opposite, commonly four, very remote,
three-flowered : the flowers are pedicelled : the
calyx is purplish, with roundish segments : the
petals oblong, small : the fruit globular, the
size of a pepper-corn. It is a native of the
West Indies.

The ninth grows to the height of thirty feet
or more, in its native state, with a straight trunk,
covered with a smooth brown bark, dividing up-
wards into many branches which come out op-
posite, garnished with oblong leaves, resembling
those of the Bay-tree in form, colour, and tex-
ture, but longer, and placed by pairs : when
these are bruised or broken, they have a very
fine aromatic odour like that of the fruit : the
branches grow very regular, so that the trees
make a fine appearance, and as they retain their
leaves through the year, they are worthy of be-
ing propagated for ornament and shade about
the habitations of the planters : the flowers are
produced in large loose bunches from the side
of the branches, towards their ends ; each branch
is »l»o terminated by a larger bunch than the
other ; the flowers are small, and of an herba-
ceous colour. It is a native of the West Indies,
flowering in June, July, and August.

The berries arc chiefly imported from Jamaica,
whence the name Jamaica Pepper; and it is also
named All -spice, from a notion of its taste being
compounded of several other spices.

It begins to bear fruit in three years after it is
planted, but does not arrive at maturity until
seven, then often yielding one thousand pounds
weight of fruit from an acre.

According to the editor of Miller's Dictionary,
*f the berries are generally gathered in July in their
green stale, bv twisting oft" the twigs with the
hand, or a pole cleft at one end ; and are laid
on cloth spread over the baibacues or terraced
floors raised a little above the ground, inclosed
with an upright ledge of eight or ten inches in
height, and divided by transverse partitions into
four or more square compartments, that each
may contain a day's picking. During the first
and second day they are turned often, that the
whole may be more exposed to the sun; but
when they begin to dry, they are frequently
winnowed, and laid in cloths to preserve them
better from rain and dews, still exposing them
to the sun every day, and removing them under
corer every evening, till they are sufficiently
dried ; which usually happens in ten or twelve
days, and is known by the darkness of their
complexion, and the rattling of the seeds : they
appear at this time wrinkled, and changed to a
very dark brown. In this state, being ready for the

market, they are stowed in bags or casks.
Some planters also kiln-dry them with great
success."

Culture.— The first sort and all the different
varieties are capable of being increased by plant-
ing cuttingsofthestrongyoungshooisofthe same
year, making them about six inches long, clear-
ing about three inches of the bottom parts, then
twisting them and setting them into pots filled
with light rich earth, closing it well about them,
and watering them to settle it. The pots should
then be plunged in the tan hot-bed under glasses,
carefully shading them from the sun. This
should be done in the beginning of July, or in
the early spring. It is likewise useful to cover
them close with small glasses.

They may also sometimes be stricken in pots
in the natural earth, under a shallow frame and
glasses in the summer months, as well as in the
open ground in a warm situation.

Slips set out or treated in the same manner as
the cuttings, often strike root and produce good
plants.

After the plants raised in any of the modes are
well rooted and begin to shoot, they should be gra-
dually inured to the open air, so as to be set out
in it towards the latter end of August in a warm
sheltered situation, being brought under the pro-
tection of the green-house in the beginning of
autumn, and placed in the less warm parts of
it, having free air admitted when the weather
will permit. They should be gently watered
during the winter, removing any decayed leaves-
that may appear upon them, and the mould of
the pots kept quite clean. The plants also suc-
ceed perfectly when placed under a common
frame in the winter season, air being freely ad-
mitted in fine weather.

In the succeeding spring the plants should be
removed carefully with balls of earth about their
roots into separate small pots of rich light earth,
watering them well at the time, and setting
them under a frame, or in the green-house, till
perfectly established, when they may be removed
into the open air, being placed in a warm
aspect.

Towards the beginning of autumn they should
be examined, and such plants as have their roots
proceeding through the holes in the bottoms of
the pots must be removed into others a size larger,
loosening the mould and matted roots, after-
wards filling the pots up with fresh rich earth,
and watering them well. They should then he
placed in a sheltered situation, trimming them
to a regular figure, and turning them up-
right, when they have a tendency to be
crooked, by proper slicks. When thus care-
fully trained while in their young growth,

M Y R

M Y R

the stems will afterwards continue straight
without support.

Thev are also capable of being increased by
layers. Allsuch plants as are furnished with young

bottom shoots low enough tor laying may have
them laved in spring, in the usual way, when
thev readily emit roots, and become fit to
transplant into separate pots in the autumnal
in.

And where seed is made use of it should be
sown in spring, in pots of light mould, and
plunged in a moderate hot-bed : the plants soon
ne up, which, when two or three inches high,
should be potted off separately into small pots,
and be managed afterwards as the others.

As the plants advance in growth, some new
varieties may perhaps be produced.

Those who raise large quantities of these plants
annually, should always keep some strong
busby plants, in order to furnish slips or cut-
tings for the purpose.

The Double-flowering and Orange- leaved
Mvrtles are the mostdifficult to raise by cuttings;
and the last sort, and those with variegated leave-,
arc more tender than the others.

The common Broad-leaved, and Broad-leaved
Dutch, as well as the Portugal sorts, succeed
in the open ground in warm situations and dry
soils.

Where thev are intended to have bushy heads,
the lower shoots should be trimmed off, and the
plants only suffered to branch out at the top in
different directions, so as to form handsome
heads. Those which are designed to be shrubby,
should have their lateral branches encouraged so
that they may be well feathered from the top to
the bottom. They should afterwards in general
be left to take their own natural growth, except
just taking off the rambling shoots. When
their heads become thin and straggling, those
shoots which are proper for sending out new
shoots to fill up the vacancies and produce re-
gularly should be shortened bv the knife.

The practice of clipping the shrubs with gar-
den-shears into globes, pyramids, Sec, as is some-
times done, is very injurious ; the necessary
trimming should always be performed with the
knife, and that only «is above, as the plants ap-
pear to the most advantage when they grow
naturally.

When the heads of the plants become very
irregular, or thin and stubby, they may be re-
newed by heading down all the branches pretty
short in spring, and shifting them into larger
pots of fresh mould, with the balls of earth about
their roots, giving plenty of water during sum-
mer, when they will branch out again finely,
and form handsome full heads.

Tn respect to d al culture, as the plant*

advance in stature they should annually be re-
moved into larger pots, according to the siz<
their roots; bill care should be taken nol to put
them into pots too large, which causes them to
t weak, and sometimes proves the destruc-
tion of them. V. ii ;i tluy are taken out of the
former pots, the earth about their i >uld

be pared off, and that withinside the ball gen-
tly loosened, that the roots may not he too clos
confined ; and then often replace them in the.
same pots, when not too small, filling up the
sides and bottom with fresh rich earth, and giv-
ing them plenty of water to settle the earth to
their roots; which hould be frequently repeated,
as thev require to be often wan red both in win-
ter and summer, and .11 hot weather they should
have it in large quantities.

The proper season for shifting these plants is
in April and August; for, if it be lone much
sooner in the spring, the plants are in a slow
growing state, and not capable to strike out fresh
roots again quickly ; and when done later in au-
tumn, the cold weather coming on prevents their
taking root.

In the autumn, when the nights begin to be
frosty, the plants should be removed into the
green-house ; but when the weather proves fa-
vourable they may remain abroad until the be-
ginning of November ; for, if they are carried
into the green-house too soon, and the autumn
should prove warm, they make fresh shoots at
that season, which are weak, and often grow
mouldy in winter. When the weather is so se-
vere as to require the windows to be kept closely
shut, they are often also greatly defaced; on
which account they should always be kept as
long abroad as the weather will permit, and be
removed out again in the spring before they
shoot out; and while they are in the green-house
should have as much free air as possible when
the weather is mild and proper for the purpose.

The tender kinds are mostly increased by seeds ;
but when any of them are pretty branchy, they
may also be tried by layers and cuttings. And
the eighth sort succeeds best in this way.

The seed should be procured from abroad,
preserved in sand, See., and be sown in spring
in pots of fresh mould, plunging them in the
bark-bed: the plants come up the same sea-
son; which, when two or three inches in height,
should be planted out in separate small pots, and
plunged in the bark-bed, supplying '.hem with
water, and managing them as other woody plants
of the same kind.

As the second sort often branches out low,
some of the young shoots may be layed in spring,
by slit-la) ing or wiring, plunging the pots in

Tar

NAP

which they are laved in the tan-bed ; when they
will probably be well rooted in one year, though
it is sometimes two before they strike good root,
when they should be potted off into separate pots
and managed as the others.

The last sort is best raised in this way.

The cuttings of some of the short young
shoots should be made from such of the plants as
afford them, planting them in pots of fresh com-
post in July, plunging them in the bark-bed,
and covering them close with a low hand glass,
giving due water.

They mostly take good root the same year, and
are fit to plant out in separate small pots in the
following spring.

The general "management of these sorts is

NAP

only that of keeping them always in the stove,
except a month in the heat of summer, when
they may be set out in the open air. They
should he suffered to shoot nearly in their own
way, keeping them, however, to upright stems,
and allowing their heads to branch out accord-
ing to nature, except just reducing the very ir-
regular branches, giving frequent waterings in
common with other woody plants of the same
kind, and shifting them occasionally into larger
pots.

The first sort and varieties are highly orna-
mental plants for the borders and green-house,
and the other tender sorts in the stove col-
lections.

N

kind.

NAP

APiEA, a genus containing plants of
the hardy herbaceous flowery perennial

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia
Monadelphia (Monadelphia PolyandriaJ , and
ranks in the natural order of Columniferce.

The characters are : that in the male the calyx
is a bell-shaped five-cleft perianthium, round,
permanent : the corolla has five oblong petals,
concave, patulous, convex with oblong claws :
the stamina have very many capillary filaments,
of a middling length, connected in a column :
anthers roundish, compressed: the pistillum is a
conical germ, minute : style cylindric, ten-cleft,
capillary: stigmas none: the pericarpium abor-
tient : female on a distinct individual : the calyx
and corolla as in the male : the stamina have
filaments as in the male, but shorter : anthers
small, effete : the pistillum is a conical germ ":
style as in the male, longer than the stamens :
stigmas blunt : the pericarpium has ten capsules,
converging into anovate form, sharpish, awnless :
the seeds are solitary, and kidney-form.

The species cultivated are: 1. N. Icevis,
Smooth NapEea ; 2. N. scabra, Rough Napa:a.

The first has a perennial root, frequently
creeping : the stems smooth, about four feet
high : The leaves alternate, upon pretty long
slender foot-stalks, deeply cut into three lobes,
which end in acute points, and arc regularly
serrate ; those on the lower part of the stem are
mar four inches long, snd almost as much in

NAP

breadth, but they diminish gradually to the top
of the stem. At the base of the leaf comes out
the peduncle, about three inches long, dividing
at top into three smaller, each sustaining one
white flower, smaller than in the second sort, with
a longer column of stamens, the anthers stand-
ing out beyond the corolla. It is a native of
Virginia.

The second has also a perennial root, com-
posed of many thick fleshy fibres, striking deep
into the ground, and connected at the top into
a large head, from which come out many rough
hairv leaves, near a foot diameter each way,
deeply cut into six or seven lobes, irregularly in-
dented on their edges, each lobe having a strong
midrib, all meeting at the foot-stalk, which is
large and long, arising immediately from the
root : the flower-stalks seven or eight feet high,
dividing into smaller branches, having one leaf at
each joint, of the same form as those below, but
diminishing in size towards the top, where they
seldom have more than three lobes, which are
divided to the foot-stalk. Towards the upper
part of the stalk comes out from the side at each
joint a long peduncle, branching out towards the
top, and sustaining several white flowers, which
are tubulous at bottom where the segments of
the petal are connected, but spread open above,
and are divided into five, obtuse segments : the
male plants are barren ; but in the female plants
the flowers are succeeded by ten capsules, placed
in a ring, semicircular, finishing at top in a re-

N A R

N A R

curved dagger-point, compressed wedge-shaped,
convex oiTihe back, with a raised line along the
middle, flat at the sides and subcrcuulate to-
wards the dorsal margin, one-celled, va'.velcss,
or sometimes but seldom opening by two valves:
the flowers are in heads, and the fruit orbicular,
depressed, consisting of eight or ten joints. It
is also a native < f Virginia.

Culture. — These plants are easily increased by
s, which should be sown on a bid of com-
mon earth in the spring, keeping them clear from
ds till autumn, and then transplanting them
where thev are to remain. They succeed best in
a rich moist soil, in which they will grow very
luxuriantly, and must be allowed room.

The first sort may also be increased by part-
ing the roots, and planting them out where they
to remain in the autumn.

They afford variety among other plants in the
boru

NAPELLUS. See Aconitlm.

NAFO-BRASS1CA. See Bkassica.

NAPUS. SeeBBASSiCA.

NARCISSO-LEl COIUM. See Leucoium.

NARCISSIS, a genus containing plants of
the bulbous-rooted perennial flowering kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexamlria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Spathaccce.

The characters are : that the calyx is an ob-
long spathe, obtuse, compressed, opening on the
flat^side, shrivelling : the corolla has six ovate,
acuminate petals, flat, equal, inserted into the
tube of the nectary externally above the base :
nectary one-leafed, cylindrie-funnel-form, co-
loured on the border : the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, fixed to the tube of the nectary,
shorter than the nectary : anthers oblongish : the
pisuilum is a roundish germ, obtusely thrce-
J, inferior: stvle filiform, longer than the
stamens : stigma bifid, concave, obtuse : the
pericarpium is a roundish capsule, obtusely three-
tornered, three-celled, three-valved : the seeds
are many, globular, and appcndicled.

The species cultivated are: \.N. psettdo-nar-
i, Common Daffodil ; 2. A", poeticus, Po-
etic, or White Narcissus ; 8. N. lljloms, Two-
flowered Narcissus, or Pale Daffodil ; 4. N. ii-
color, Two-coloured Narcissus; 3. A. mim/r,
Least Daffodil : C. A*. IrianJrus, Rush-leaved
Narcissus, or Reflexed Daffodil ; 7- A", oriental'!-,,
Oriental Narcissus ; 8. N. Bulbocodium, Hoop-
Petticoat Narcissus ; 9- A*, taxeita, Polyanthus
Narcissus; 10. A", serotinus, Late-flowering
Narcissus; 11. A", odonis, Sweet-scented Nar-
us, or Great Jonquil; 12. N. calaihimu,
Calathine Yellow -Narcissus; 13. X. jonquil la,
Common Jonquil.

The first has a large bulbous root, from which

come out five or six flat leaves, about a foot long,
and an inch bn colour, and a

little hollow in the middle like the keel of a boat :
the stalk rises a foot and half high, having two
sharp longitudinal angles; at the top conns out
one nodding flower, inclosed in a thin spathe :
the corolla is of one petal, being connected at
the base, but cut almost to the bottom into six
spreading parts ; in the middle is a bell-shaped
nectary, called by gardeners the cup, which
is equal in length to the petal, and stands erect :
the petal is of a pale brimstone or straw colour,
and the nectary is of a full yellow : the seeds are
roundish, black. It is a native of many parts of
Europe, flowering in March.

'I here are varieties with white petals and a pale
yellow cup, with yellow- petals and atrolden cup,
with a double flower ; with three or four cups
within each other ; Tradescant's large doftb'c ;
long-tubed flowered; short-tubed ; dwarf-stalk-
ed : and the peerless Daffodil.

Many other varieties have likewise been no-
ticed by writers.

The second species has a smaller and rounder
bulb than the first : the leaves are longer, nar-
rower, and flatter : the stalk or scape does not
rise higher than the leaves , w hich are of a gray co-
lour : at the top of the stalk conies out one flower
from the spathe, nodding on one side : the co-
rolla snow white, spreading open flat, the petals
rounded at the points : the nectary or cup in the
centre is very short, and fringed on the border
with a bright purple circle : the flowers have an
agreeable odour, appear in May, and seldom
produce seeds. It is a native of Italy, &c*
flowering in April.

There are varieties with double white flowers,
with purple-cupped flowers, and with yellow -cup-
ped flowers.

The third usually produces two flowers : it fre-
quently occurs, however, with one, more rarely
with three ; in a high state of culture it probably
mav be found with more. When it has only
one flower, it mav easily be mistaken for one of
the varieties of the second sort, but may be di-
stinguished from it by the petals being of a yel-
lowish hue, or rather a pale cream colour : the
nectary wholly yellow, not having the ora:.
crimson rim, and by it^ flowering at least three
weeks earlier: the top also of the (lowering stem
very soon after it emerges from the ground
bends down and becomes elbowed: whereas in
that it continues : 'ill within a short time

of the Sower's expanding. It is a native of sew ral
parts of Euro; ing in M

There are two or three varieties, as with
sulphur-coloured fli :id with white re-

! petals, with gold-coloured borders.

fourth species resembles the first; but

N A R

N A R

the petals are white, thenectary is dark yellow and tudinal furrow on one side; they are seldom

larger, with a speading, waved, notched border, more than eight or nine inches long : the flower-

Gouan thinks it is easily distinguished by its stalk slender, taper, about six inches long : petal

leaves, which are scarcely a palm in length and scarce half an inch long, cut into six acute seg-

halfaninch in breadth; by its large flower, meats : thenectary or cup is more than two

with cordate-ovate petals, imbricate at the base, inches long, very broad at the brim, lessening

and sulphur-coloured; and by the nectary hav- gradually to the base, formed somewhat like the

ing a reflex mouth, twelve-cleft or there- old farthingale or bell-hoop petticoat worn by

abouts, the lobes also being toothed and curled :
the scape is the length of the leaves, or a little
shorter, and thick, ft is a native of the South
of Europe, flowering in April and May

the ladies. It is a native of Portugal, flowering
in April or May.

The ninth species has a large, roundish bulb :
the leaves three or four, long, narrow, plane:

There is a large variety, which approaches in the scape or flower-stalk upright, broadish,

its general appearance very near to the first angular, concave, from ten or twelve to eighteen

sort; but it is a much taller plant, and has its inches in height: the flowers six or seven to ten

leaves more twisted, as well as more glaucous : from one spathe, very fragrant, clustered, white

the flower, but especially the nectary, is much or yellow. It is a native of Spain and Portugal,

larger, and the petals are more spreading. It &c, flowering in February and March.

is oba fine deep yellow colour, having sub-va-
rieties with double flowers, and is a native of
Spain, flowering in April. It is sometimes
known bv the title of Great Yellow Spanish-Bas-
tard Daffodil.

The fifih is nearly related to the first sort, but
is three times smaller in all its parts : the scape
is scarcely striated: the spathe is greenish : the

There are a great many varieties : the principal
of which are ; with yellow petals, with orange,
yellow, or sulphur-coloured cups or nectaries ;
with white petals, with orange, yellow, or sul-
phur coloured cups or nectaries; with white petals,
with white cups or nectaries ; and with double
flowers of the different varieties.

The flower catalogues contain about a hun-

flowers more nodding: the petals distinct at the clred sub-varieties under these heads. It may be
base, lanceolate, straight, not oblique or ovate : observed, that "the varieties with white petals and
the margin of the nectary six-cleft, waved, white cups are not so much esteemed as the
curled. But though the flowers are not so large others ; there are, however, two or three with
as those of the other species, when the roots large bunches of small white flowers, which are
are planted in a cluster, they make a very pretty valuable for their agreeable odour, and for flower-
show, and have this advantage, that they flower ing later than most of the others. There is also
somewhat earlier than any of the others. It is one with very double flowers, the outer petals

a native of Spain.

The sixth is of the same size with the second,
but the leaves arc narrower by half and channel-
led : the spathe one-flowered: the whole corolla
snow-white : the petals ovate-oblong : the nec-

white, those in the middle some white, others
orange-coloured," which " has a very agree-
able scent, flowers early, and is generally called
the Cyprus Narcissus," and is the most beautiful
of all the varieties when blown in glasses in

tary bell-shaped, shorter by half than the corolla, rooms or other places.

with the margin straight, and unequally crenu- The tenth has a small bulb : the leaves few,

late: the stamens three, seldom six : theanthcrs narrow: the stalk jointed, nine inches high : the

dark yellow, shorter than the nectary. In corolla white, cut into six narrow segments : the

nurseries the flowers are of a pale yellow, having cup yellow. It flowers late in the autumn, and

two and sometimes three flowers from a spathe. is a native of Spain, Italy, and Earbary.

It is a native of Portugal. The eleventh species has the flower deep yel-

Therc are varieties with cup and petals wholly low, threetimesaslargeas thatof the ninth, some-

of a gold colour ; with yellow with a white cup; times one only from a spathe, but frequently

and w ith white, with a yellow cup. more: the nectary not fringed, but divided at the

The seventh species is broad-leaved, having mouth into six blunt lobes. It possesses more

the appearance of the ninth sort: the corolla is fragrance than many of the others. It is a na-

whitej the nectary erect, half or one-third of tive of the South of Europe, flowering in April

the length of the petals, trifid, yellow, with the and May.

lobes emarginate. It is a native of the Levant, It varies with double flowers,

flowering in May. The twelfth resembles the ninth very much,

There are several varieties. but the petals are a little larger and sharper; the

The eighth has small bulbs : the leaves very nectary is the same length with the petal : the

narrow, having some resemblance to those of leaves two or three, a foot or more in length :

the Rush, but a little compressed, with a longi- the stem is slender, strong, afoot in length : the
3

N A R

N A R

flowers two or three from a spathe, very elegant, remain till of sufficient size to be planted out as

large and loose : the petals yellow : the cup half above.

an inch long, sinuatcd at the edge, of a deeper They should afterwards be kept clean ; and

yellow colour. It flowers in April, and is a when tli - tain their

native of the southern parts of Europe and of the properties, they may be removed, and managed

Levant. in the manner directed bel

The thirteenth is named from the narrow The orF-set bulbs of the old plants, especially

of its leaves, like those of Rushes; there arc two the double sorts, should be separated from the

or three of them usually on a plant, and they are roots annually, or at furthest every two or three

angular, fleshy, and almost round: the scape is years, in the latter part of the summer, when

round, hollow, producing at top from three to their leaves and stems decay, planting their larger

five flowers from a spathe, sometimes no more bulbs out at different times, from the end of Au>

than two, very fragrant petals orbiculate or mu- gust to the beginning of November, in order to

cronatc, both they and the cup yellow : the bulb afford variety ; but The earlier they are planted

small, white, covered with dark membranes. It the stronger they blow. When left out of:

is a native of Spain, flowering in April and the ground till February, or later, they mostly

May. appear weak.

It varies with double flowers. They succeed best where the soil is of a light,

Culture. — All these different species and va- dry, fresh, hazel, loamy quality, and the aspect

rieties may be increased with facility, by plant-
ing the off-set bulbs from the roots; and by
sowing the seed in order to procure new varieties,

south-easterly; as where inclined to moisture
they are very apt to be destroyed.

They afterwards only require to be kept free

which is chietly practised for the fine sorts of from weeds, and to have the ground stirred

Polyanthus Narcissus. above them in the autumn.

For this last purpose the seed should be care- The small bulbs may be planted out in rows

fully saved from the best and most curious plants in nursery-beds to increase for being planted out

after being perfectlv ripened. in the same manner.

The seed should be sown soon after it becomes When these roots are planted in the open bnr-

ripe, as about the beginning of August, in shal- ders orother places, in assemblage with other bul-

low boxes or flat pans perforated with holes in bous flowers, they should be deposited in little

the bottoms, aud filled with fresh light sandy patches, about three or four roots in each, putting

earth, being covered about a quarter of an inch
deep with fine sifted mould, and placed in such
situations as are onlv exposed to the morning
sun, till the beginning of winter, when they
should be removed to have the full sun, and be
sheltered from severe weather. In the spring,
when the plants appear, thev should be occa-
sionally watered in dry weather, and be screen-
ed from the mid-day heat, removing them into
cooler situations as the warm season advances,
keeping them free from all sorts of weeds. To-
wards the latter end of the summer, when
their stems decay, the surface mould of the
boxes or pans should be stirred or wholly
removed, and some fresh mould sifted ov< r
the plants, being careful not to disturb the

them in with a blunt dibble, or holing them in
with agarden-lrowel, three or four inchesdeep; in
which mode they display their flowers more con-
spicuously than when planted singly.

Where a large quantity are planted out alone
in beds in order to exhibit a full bloom, as often
practised with the fine Polyanthus-Narcissus,
Jonquils, Sec. the beds should be four feet wide,
with foot-and-half or two-feet wide alle;
tw ecu them ; in these beds the roots should be
planted in rows length-ways, nine inches asun-
der, either with a blunt dibble or with a hoe,
three or four inches deep, and six distant in each
row, covering them evenly with the earth, and
raking the surface smooth.

In order to blow the Polyanthus- ""•

roots, and keeping them rather dry in a shaded and .Jonquil in the highest perfection, curious

place.

They should have the same manage-
ment annually, till the period of their leaves
decaying in the third summer, when the bulbs
should Tie taken up, and the largest separated
and planted out on raised beds of light line
mould, in rows six inches apart, and three or

florists often bestow particular care in their cul-
ture : some, preparing beds of compost, as for the
fine Hyacinths, 8cc. managing them in the same
manner. But they succeed well in beds of light
dry mould.

Where the bulbs of this sort are intend-
ed for sale, thev should be lifted at furthi -I

four distant in them, having the depth of two every two years, to prevent their becoming Bat-
or three inches. The smaller bulbs may be tencd by pressure, and of course less valu
covered in on another bed with fine mould, to The bulbs may be retained out of the ground

NEP

N E P

two or three months where it is necessary; but
it is better to replant them as above.

Culture in Glasses. — It is sometimes the
practice to cultivate the Polyanthus Narcissus
and some of the large Jonquil kind in glasses in
rooms, in order to blow in the winter or early
sprine; season. For this purpose dry firm bulbs
should be chosen, and one placed in each single
glass or bottle provided for the purpose, any time
from October till the spring, being then filled
up to the roots of the bulbs with soft water, and
deposited inalight warm place: in'this method the
plants soon begin to grow, and send forth flower-
stems, afTordiiig good flowers, which have a very
ornamental appearance.

The principal circumstances to be regarded in
this management are, those of kecpingthe glasses
well supplied with fresh portions of water, so as
constantly to be up to the lower part of the
roots, and changing the whole, so as to keep it
always in a pure state.

They may likewise be raised in pots filled with
light sandy mould, and placed in the same
situations.

Also in hot-houses, they may be made to
blow early, when kept either in pots or
glasses.

When planted out in the manner mentioned
above, in the borders, clumps, and other parts
ot pleasure-grounds, they are most of them
highly ornamental, producing much variety in
the early spring months.

All the different principal sorts may be pro-
cured from the seeds-men in London, who
import them for sale from Holland, where they
are raised in large quantities.

NASTURTIUM. See Tromolum.

NAVELWORT. See Cotyledon and Cy-

NOGLOSSUM.

NAVEVV. Sec Brassica.

NECTARINE. See Amygdalus.

NELUMBO. SeeNvMPHJEA.

NKPETA, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dhh/namia
Gymnoipcrmia, and ranks in the natural order
of VcrticillatCB.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, tubular, cylindric: mouth
five-toothed, acute, erect : upper toothless lon-
ger ; lower more spreading : the corolla is one-
petalled, ringent: tube cylindric, curved inwards :
border gaping, opening, spreading, cordate,end-
ing in two reriex blunt very short segments : up-
per lip erect, roundish, emarginatc ; lower round-
ish, concave, larger, entire, crenulate : the sta-
mina have four awl-shaped filaments beneath
the upper lip, approximating, two of them

shorter : anthers incumbent : the pistiillum is a
four-cleft germ : style filiform, length and situa-
tion of the stamens : stigma bifid, acute: there
isnopericarpiuni : calyx straight, containing the
seeds in its bosom : the seeds four, and sub-
ovate.

The species cultivated are: 1. N, cataria,
Common Catmint ; 2. N. Pannonica, Hunga-
rian Catmint; 3. N. nuda, Naked or Spanish
Catmint ; 4. N. Ilalica, Italian Catmint ; 5. A7".
tuberosa, Tuberous-rooted Catnnnt.

The first has a perennial root, from which
arise many branching stalks, two feet high and
more, upright, pubescent: the leaves are of a
velvet-like softness, wrinkled, ash-coloured or
hoary, particularly underneath : spikes composed
of interrupted whorls terminate the stem, and
comeout in branches from the axils of the leaves:
the flowers are subsessile, and separated at the
base by a small lanceolate bracte : the calyx
downy with green ribs : the corolla white, with
a tinsre of red, and spotted with purple :
the whole plant has a strong scent between Mint
and Pennyroyal. It is called Catmint, from
cats being very fond of it. It is a native of
most parts of Europe, flowering from July to
September.

The second species has a perennial root,
branched, woody, the size of a quill or more,
brown on the outside, knobbed at the end : the
stems several, from three to four feet in height,
grooved, smoothish, with opposite branches
forming a panicle : the leaves oblong, blunt,
scarcely cordate, bluntly serrate, smooth, the
lower ones on longer petioles, the upper ones on
very short ones ; they are successively smaller as
they approach the racemes, till they become so
small that the ends of the racemes seem to be
leafless : the racemes are axillary and opposite,
containing about twenty flowers : the bractes
almost bristle-shaped : the calyx somewhat vil-
lose and striated : the corolla inore or less red ;
in the cultivated plant very deep, and elegantly
dotted. It is a native of Hungary, &c., flowering
from August to October.

The third has the stems two feet high, smooth,
strict, four-grooved; the older ones dark purple :
the leaves blunt, veined, naked, rugged on both
sides: the racemes brachiate : the bractes linear:
the flowers distinct: the corollas w hitish-rufes-
cent, with the beard of the palate white, and
the throat dotted with purple. According to
Haller, the flowers are blue and white. It is a
native of the South of Europe, flowering from
June to August.

In the fourth species, 1he stalks seldom
rise more than a foot and half high, sending
out very few branches: the whorls of flowers

NER

I\T E R

which form the spike are distant from each other,
and sit close to the stalk : the leaves short, oval,
heart-shaped : the plant is hoary and strong scent-
ed. It is a native of Italy, flowering from .lime
to August.

Tlu- fifth lias a thick knobbed root, from which
come out one or two stalks, that often decline
to the ground ; they are about two feet and a
half long, and send out two side branches op-
posite: the leaves are oblong, civnatc, sessile,
deep green : the upper part of the stalk, for more
than a foot in length, has whorls of flowers, the
lower ones two inches asunder, but nearer all
the way up ; thev sit very close to the stalks, and
are guarded by small bractes: the corolla is blue.
It is a native of Spain and Portugal, flowering
from June to August.

Culture. — These plants are capable of being
increased by seeds, parting the roots, slips, and
cuttings, but the first is the. principal mode.

The seeds mav be sown in the autumn or
spring, on a bed of light earth, raking it in
lightly : when the plants have attained some
growth, they may be planted out in nurserv rows,
to remain till the autumn, when they may be set
out where they are to remain ; or they may re-
main where sown, only thinning them properly
out.

The partings of the roots may be set out se-
parately, where they are to remain, in the be-
ginning of the autumn, or spring, being after-
wards kept free from weeds.

Slips or cuttings of the branches may be
planted out in the spring in shady situations,
occasional supplies of water being given till
thev have stricken root.

The first sort and varieties, as well as manv of
the others, may afford variety in the borders,
clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, in
mixture with herbaceous plants of different de-
scriptions. Thev are likewise some of them
cultivated for medicinal use.

NKKIUM, a genus comprehending plants of
the evergreen flowering shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Motngynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Contortce,

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianthiuro, acute, very small, perma-
nent: the corolla is one-petalled, funnel -form-;
tube cylindric, shorter than the border: bonier
very large, five-parted) segments wide, blunt,
oblique: nectary a crown termin.uiiiLr the tube,
short, lacerated into capillary segments : the
stamina have five, awl-shapetl fjlarn nts, very
short, in the tube of the corolla : anthers sagit-
tate, converging, terminated by a long thread:
the pistilltm a roundish germ, bifid: style cy-

\ CM.. II.

limbic, the length of the tub" : stigma truncate,
sitting on an orblet, fastened to the anthers : the
pericarpium has two follicles, round, long, acu*

initiate, erect, one- valvcd, opening longitudinally:
the seeds numerous, oblong, crowned with down,
placed imbricately.

The species cultivated are: 1. A', oleander,
Common Rosebay, or Oleander ; 2. A. odorum,
Sweet- Scented Rosebay, or Oleander: 3. /V.
antidysentericum, Oval-Leaved Rosebay; 4. A''.
coronarium, Broad-Leaved Rosebay.

The first rises with several stalks to the height
of eight or ten feel : the branches come out
by threes round the principal stalks, and have
a smooth bark, which in that with red flowers i-.
of a purplish colour, but in that with white
flowers of a light green : the leaves for the most
part stand by threes round the stalks, upon very
short footstalks, and point upwards; they are three
or four inches long, ami three quarters of an inch
broad in the middle, of a dark green, very stir!',
and end in acute points : the flowers come out
at the end of the branches in large loose bunches,
and are of a bright purple, or crimson colour,
or of a dirty white. It is a native of the Levant,
flowering in July and August.

In warm dry summers this plant makes a fine
appearance, the flowers then opening in great
plenty; but in cold moist seasons the flowers
often decay without expanding, unless the plants
are placed in a green-house or under a glass-
case.

The variety with white flowers is the most ten-
der; but there are others, as the Stripe-leaved ; the
Broad-leaved Double-flowered, the Striped Dou-
ble-flowered, and with different shades of red
from purple to crimson or scarlet.

The second species rises with shrubby stalks
six or seven feet high, covered with a brown
bark : the leaves are stiff, from three to four
inches long, and not more than a quarter of an
inch broad, of a light green, and the edges re-
flexed ; they are opposite, or alternate, or
by three'; round the branches : the flowers are
produced in loose bunches at the ends of the
branches ; tlu y are of a pale red, ami have an
agreeable musky scent. It grows naturally in
India, flowering from June to August.

There is a variety with leaves six inches lone,
and one inch broad in the middle, ofa much thin-
ner texture than those of the first, and their ends
are generally reflexed ; they arc ofa light green,
and irregularly placed on the branches by pairs,
alternately, or by threes : the flowers are pro-
duced in very large bunches at the end of
the branches, upon long peduncles ; thev have
three or four rows of petals one w ilhin another:
tbev are much larger than those of the common
U

N E R

N I C

*

sort, and smell like those of hawthorn : the
plain flowers are of a soft red or peach colour;
but in most they are beautifully variegated with
a deeper red, and make a fine appearance: the
usual time of flowering is in July and August,
but in a warm stove it will continue in flower tdl
aelmas : from the Bowers being double,
they are not succeeded by seeds. They arc all sup-
posed to have a poisonous finality.

The third is a middle sized tree, with bra-
chiate branches : the leaves opposite, Hat, quite
entire, smooth : the flowers herbaceous or green-
ish white, in short subternnnating racemes : the
segments of the crown oblong, alternately trilid
and linear. It is a native of the East Indies.

The fourth species is an elegant branched
shrub, four feet high, milky, with an ash-
coloured bark : the younger branches are shin-
ing, green, compressed a little, apposite at the
end: the leaves long, lanceolate, acute, quite
entire, shining, on short petioles, opposite : the
peduncles one-flowered, thickish, in pairs from
the divisions of the branchlets and decussating
with them : the flowers handsome, but without
scent: the perianthium green: tube of the corolla
greenish yellow : the border snow-white. It is a
native of the East Indies, flowering most part
of the summer.

Ctdlure. — These plants may be increased by
layers, cuttings, and suckers from the roots.

The layers should be made in the early spring
months, as from March till Mav, but the earlier
the better; the youngest lower branches being
chosen for the purpose, which should beslit-lay-
ed, giving plenty of water during the summer, and
they will be mostly rooted by the autumn follow-
ing ; but by plunging the pots in which they are
laved in a bark hot-bed their rooting may be
greatly forwarded : when thev are properly root-
ed, they may be taken off and removed into se-
parate pots.

The cuttings should be planted in the spring
or the early part of summer, taking off the young
shoots, five or six inches long, and planting
them in large pots of rich mould, placing them
under glasses, and giving water and shade
occasionally: but if plunged in a bark-bed it
will greatly promote and forward their rooting.

The suckers arising from the bottom are
sometimes furnished with roots, but when this
is not the case a small slit should be given at
the lowest part ; afterwards applying fresh mould
around it, when fibres will be emitted by the
end of summer; they may then be taken off and
potted separately.

The first sort and varieties is rather hardv, but
should be kepi constantly in pots or tubs,' to be
protected through severe winters.

The other sorts arc often placed in the hot-
house during winter, but when less tenderly
treated and supplied more freely with air in mild
weather, they are said by some to succeed bet-
ter, provided they be carefully screened from
every effect of frost or severe cold.

Thev are verv ornamental among other potted
plants of the les.s lender kinds.

NE'ITLE-TREE. See Ckltis.

NEW JERSEY TEA. See Ckanothus.

NICKER TREE. . See Guilandina.

NICOTIAN A, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentcmdria
Moiiogy/iict, and ranks in the natural order of
Luridce.

The characters arc: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, ovate, half-five-cleft, per-
manent: the corolla is one-petalled, funnel-form :
tube longer than the calyx : border somewhat
spreading, half-five-cleit, in five folds: the sta-
mina have five awl-shaped filaments, almost the
length of the corolla, ascending : anthers oblong:
the pistillum is an ovate germ: style filiform, the
length of the corolla: stigma capitate, emarginate :
the pericarpium is asubovatecapsule, marked with
a line on each side, two-celled, two-valved, open-
ingat top : receptacles half-ovate, dotted, fastened
to the partition : the seeds numerous, kidney-
form, wrinkled.

The species cultivated are : 1 . N. fridicosa,
Shrubby Tobacco ; 2. JV. Talacum, V'irginian
Tobacco ; 3. N. rustica, Common or English
Tobacco.

The first rises with very branching stalks
about five feet high : the lower leaves a foot
and half long, broad at the base where they
half embrace the stalks, and about three inches
broad in the middle, terminating in long acute
points : the stalks divide into many smaller
branches, terminated by loose bunches of flow ers
of a bright purple colour, succeeded by acute-
pointed seed-vessels. It was found at the Cape.

There is a variety which rises about five feet
high : the stalk does not branch so much as that
ot the former : the leaves are large and oval, about
fifteen inches long and two broad in the middle,
but diminish gradually in size to the top of the
stalk, and with their base half embrace it: the
flowers grow in closer bunches than those of the
former, and are white: they are succeeded by
short, oval, obtuse seed-vestels. It (lowers about
the same time with the former, and grows natu-
rally in the woods of the island of Tobago.

The second species has a large, long, annual
root; an upright, strong, round, hairy stalk,
branching towards the top; leaves numerous,
large, pointed, entire, veined, viscid, pale green ;

N I C

N I C

bractes long, linear, pointed : the flowers in loose
clusters or panicles : the calyx hairy, about half
the length of the corolla, cut into five narrow
ments: tube of the corolla hairy, gradually
swelling towards the border, where it divides
into five folding acute segments of a reddish
colour. It is a native of Virginia.

There are several varieties; as the great broad-
leaved, in which the leaves arc more than a foot
and a half long, and a foot broad, their furfaces
very rough and glutinous, and their bases half
embrace the stalk. In a neb moist soil the
stalks are more than ten feet high , and the up-
per pari divides into smaller branches, which
are terminated by loose bunches of Bowers
standing erect: they have pretty long tubes,
and are of a pale purplish colour. It flowers in
July and August, and is the sort commonly
brought to market in pots, being sometimes
called Oronoko Tobacco.

There is another, in which the stalks seldom
rise more than live or six feet high, and divide
into more branches. The leaves are about ten
inches lone and three and a half broad, smooth,
acute, sessile ; the flowers are rather larger, and
of a brighter purple colour. It flowers at
the same time; and is called by some Sweet-
scented Tobacco.

The narrow -leaved rises with an upright
branching stalk, four or five feet high. The
lower leaves are a foot long, and three or four
inches broad: those on the stalks are much
narrower, lessening to the top, and end in very
acute points, sitting close to the stalks ; they
arc very glutinous. The flowers grow in loose
bunches at the top of the stalks; they have
Ion a; lubes, and are of a bright purple or red
colour. They appear at the same time with the
former. — The^e varieties are also all natives of
America.

The third has the stalks seldom rising more
than three feet high : the leaves smooth, alter-
nate, upon short footstalks : the flowers in
small loose bunches on the top of the stalks, of
an herbaceous yellow colour, appearing in July.
It is commonly called English Tobacco, from its
having been the first introduced here, and being
much more hardy than the other sorts. It came
originally front America, under the name of
IVtum.

There is a variety which rises with a strong
•-talk near four feet high ; the leaves arc shaped
hke those of the preceding, but arc greatly fur-
rowed on their surface, and mar twice the size,
of a darker green, and on longer footstalks.
The flowers are of the same shape, but larger.

Culture. — The two first sorts may be increas-
ed by sowing the seeds annually in the spring,

as March, on a hot-bed, tne last in the natural
ground.

'I be siid- should be covered about a quarter
of an inch deep ; ami when the plants are come
up they should be allowed fresh air dnl\-, and
occasional waterings, managing them as tender
annuals. When the plants are from three to
six inches high, as in May or the following
month, they should be planted out in moist
weather, in the open ground : such as are de-
signed tor ornament, singly, and those intended
for use, in rows, any where, three feet asunder ;
giving a good watering as soon as planted, re-
pealing it occasionally till the plants have got
fresh root.

The second species may also be raised bv
sowing the seeds in a warm border in April, tor
setting out in the same manner, or bv sowing
in patches in the flower borders, &c. to remain,
thinning the plants afterwards to one in each
patch.

In the third sort the seeds may be sown in any
bed or border in the spring, raking them in
lightly. When the plants are three inches hisrh,
they should be planted out where they are to
remain ; or they may be sown in patches to
remain, thinning the plants out afterwards as
above.

In America, where regular plantations arc
made, the method is this :

" The beds being prepared and well turned up
with the hoe, the seed, on account of its small-
ness, is mixed with ashes, and sown upon
them, a little before the rainy season. The
beds are raked, or trampled with the feet, to
make the seed take the sooner. The plants ap-
pear in two or three weeks. As soon as they
have acquired four leaves, the strongest are
drawn up carefully, and planted in the field by
a line, at the distance of about three feet from
each plant. If no rain fall, they should be
watered two or three times. Every morning
and evening the plants must be looked over, in
order to destroy a weirm which sometimes in-
vades the bud. When they are about four or
five inches high they are to be cleaned from
weeds and mouleled up. As soon as they have
.r nine leaves, and are ready to put forth
a stalk, the top is nipped oil', in order to make
the leaves longer and thicker. After this the
buds which sprout at the joints of the leave s
are all plucked, and not a day is suffered to pass
without examining the leaves, to destroy a large
caterpillar which is sometimes very destructive
to them. When they aie lit for cutting, which
is known by the brittleness of the leaves, th v
are cut with a knife clo<e to the ground; and,
after lying some time, arc carried to the drying

N I G

N I G

shed or house, where the plants are hung up by
pairs, upon lines, leaving a space between that
they may not touch one another. In this state
they may remain to sweat and dry. When per-
fectly dry, the leaves are stripped from the stalks,
and made into small bundles tied with one of the
leaves. These bundle.; are laid in heaps, and
covered with blankets. Care is taken not to
overheat them, for which reason the heaps are
laid open to the air from time to time and
spread abroad. This operation is repeated till
no more heat is perceived in the heaps, and the
Tobacco is then stowed in casks for exporta-
tion." But, " In China, where the use of to-
bacco both in snuff and for smoking is very
general, buildings are not thought necessary, ac-
cording to sir George Staunton, as they are in
the West Indies, for curing it ; there being little
apprehension of rain to injure the leaves when
plucked. They are hung on cords to dry
without any shelter, upon the spot in which
thev grew."

It Is probable that this plant might be grown
with advantage in this climate if it were not
prohibited.

These sorts, when cultivated for the purpose
of ornament, produce a fine effect by their leaves
and Mowers in the autumn, and alfo afford much
variety.

NIGELLA, a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous flowering annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandr'ia
Pentagi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
Multisiliquce,

The characters are: that there is no calyx:
the corolla has five petals, ovate, flat, blunt,
spreading, more contracted at the base: the
nectaries eight, placed in a ring, very short;
each two-lipped; outer lip larger, lower, bifid,
fiat, convex, marked with two dots; inner lip
shorter, narrower, from ovate ending in a line :
the stamina have numerous awl-shaped fila-
ments, shorter than the petals. Anthers com-
pressed, blunt, erect: the pistillum has several
germs (five to ten), oblong, convex, compress-
ed; erect, ending in styles which are awl-shap-
ed, angular, very long, but revolute, permanent:
stigmas longitudinal, adnate: the pericarpium
capsules as many, oblong, compressed, acumi-
nate, connected on the inside by the suture.
gaping on the inside at top: the seeds very
many, angular, and rugged.

The species cultivated are: 1. N. damascene!,
Common Fennel-flower; 2. N. sativa, Small
Fennel-flower; 3. AT. arvensis, Field Fennel-
flower; 4. N. Hispanica, Spanish Fennel-
flower ; 5. A', orient alls } Yellow Fennel-
flower.

The first rises with an upright branching stalk
a loot and a half hign: the leaves much longer
and finer than those of the third: the flowers
are large, pale blue, with a five-leaved involucre
under each, longer than the flower ; they are
succeeded bv laiger swelling seed-vessels, with
five horns at the^top. It is a native of the
South of Europe, flowering from June to Sep-
tember.

From the fine cut leaves about the flower, it
has the names of Fennel-flower, Devil-i/i-a-
bush, and Love-in-a-mist ; but the first is be-
come obsolete.

There is a variety with single white flowers,
and another with double flowers, which is fre-
quently cultivated in gardens with other an-
nuals for ornament.

The second species rises to the same height as
the preceding : the leaves are not so finely cut,
and are a little hairy: at the top of each stalk is
one flower, composed of five white petals, which
are slightly cut at their end into three points;
these are succeeded by oblong swelling seed-
vessels with five horns at the top, filled with
small pale-coloured seeds. It is a native of
Candia and Egypt, flowering from June to Sep-
tember.

The third rises with slender stalks near a foot
high, either single or branching out at the bot-
tom, and having a few very fine-cut leaves^
somewhat like those of Dill. Each branch is
terminated byeue star-pointed flower, of a pale
blue colour, without any leafy involucre: they
are succeeded by capsules, having five short
horns, inclining different ways at the top, and
are filled with rough black seeds. It is a native
of Germany, &c. flowering from June to Sep-
tember.

There is a variety with white flowers, and
another with double flowers.

The fourth species rises near a foot and half
high; the lower leaves are finely cut; but those
on the stalks are cut into broader segments: the
flowers are larger than those of the other species,
and of a fine blue colour, with green veins at
the back : the nectaries of a sea-green colour :
the pistils are of equal length with the petals ;
thev with the stamens are of a deep purple or
puce colour: the capsule has five horns, and
is of a firmer texture than any of the other. It
grows naturally in Spain and the South of
France, flowering from June to September.
There is a variety with double flowers.
The fifth rises with a branching stalk a foot
and a half high; with pretty long leaves, finely
divided : the flowers are produced at the end of
the branches : the petals are yellowish ; at the
base of these are placed eight nectaries, between

N O L

N U R

which arise a greal number of stamens, with an
unequal number of germs, from the to eight
or nine, oblong and compressed : the capsules
are joined together on their inner side, terminate
in horns, open longitudinally, and contain many
thin compressed seeds, having borders round
them. It is a native of Syria, flowering from
.Ink to September.

Culture. — They are all increased by sowing
the seeds on light earth where the plants are to
remain, as they seldom succeed well when trans-
planted in patches at proper distances , and when
the plants are come up, they should be thin-
ned, leaving onlv three or four in each patch,
keeping them afterwards clear from weeds.

The oest season for sowing is March ; but if
some be sown in August, soon after they be-
come ripe, on a drv soil and in a warm situation,
thev will abide the winter, and flower strong the
Succeeding year. Bv sowing the seeds at dif-
ferent times, they may be continued in beauty
most part of the summer season.

As thev are all annual plants, they require to
be raised every year.

The varieties' with double flowers are chiefly
introduced into Rower gardens.

They afford ornament and variety among other
annuals in the clumps and borders.

NIGHTSHADE. See Solaxim.

NOLANAj a genus containing a plant of the
herbaceous trailing annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Moiwgynia. and ranks in the natural order of
Asperijolice, or Luridce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, turbinate at the base, five-
parted, five-cornered : segments cordate, acute,
permanent : the corolla is one-petalled, bell-
shaped, plaited, spreading, somewhat five-lobed,
twice as large as the calvx : the stamina have
five awl-shaped filaments, erect, equal, shorter
than the corolla: anthers sagittate : the pistillum
is as five roundish srerms : style among the
germs, cylindric, straight, the length of the sta-
mens : stigma capitate: the pericarpium pro-
none : (drupes five, decumbent, three- or
i. ■ • -celled :) the seeds live, with a succulent rind,
roundish, with the inner base naked, immersed
in the receptacle, two-celled and four-celled
(soli;.

The species is AT. pros tr a fa, Trailing Xo-
lana.

It has an annual root, simple, filiform, often

three Feet long, blackish : the stem a foot long,

herbaceous, prostrate, roundish, very smooth,

white dots scattered over it : the branches

..;tc, the lower ones the length of the stalk :

the leaves alternate, two together, reflex, rhomb-
ovate, quite entire, blunt, somewhat fleshy, ah
inch long, somewhat papulose, even, flat, veined,
unequal, alternately larger and smaller. Accord-
ing to Miller thev come out single at some
joints, by pairs at others, and Frequently three or
four at the upper joints : the petioles aucipilal,
scarcely shorter than the leaves, smooth, those
belonging to the upper leave.- vaguely ciliate : the
peduncles lateral, solitary, spreading a little, an
inch long, one-flowered, round, thicker at top,
hairy: the flowers inferior. It is a native of
Java.

Culture. — These plants maybe raised by -.ow-
ing the seeds on a hot-bed in March. When
the plants are fit to remove, they should be
planted out singly into small pots fillet] with
light earth, plunging them into a fresh hot-bed
to bring them forward. When their flowers
open in the summer, as July, they should have
a large share of air admitted when the weather
is warm, to prevent their failing away without,
producing seeds. Under this management the
plants often continue flowering till the early frosts
destroy them, and ripe seeds are produced in the
beginning of the autumn.

They afford variety among other tender an-
nuals.

NOLI ME TANGERE. See Impatiexs.

NONE-SO-PRETTY. See Saxifraga.

NOSE-BLEED. See Achillea*.

NUCIPFRSICA. SeeAMYGDALcs.

NURSERY, a portion of ground set apart
for the raising and nursing various sorts of trees,
shrubs, and herbaceous plants to proper states of
crowthfor supplying the different gardens, orch-
ards, plantations, and other departments.

In these situations are raised all the different
sorts of fruit-trees, and fruit-bearing shrubs, by
nursinn and training them up to proper sizes
and growths for planting where thev are to re-
main to produce their fruit, as well as the vast
train of forest- trees, hardy ornamental trees, and
deciduous and ever-green shrubs, training them
up properly for the purposes for which thev are
designed in plantations and pleasure-grounds.

And various sorts of hardy herbaceous |
both of the fibrous-, bulbous-, am us-

rooted kinds may be here provided in propel
tor being planted out.

These different sorts ol plants arc raisi
seed, suckers, layers, cutting-. -..; ■. off-sets,
parting the roots, grafting, budding, Jfec. as di-
rected under their several heads.

And as some of the various sorts are drawn
off annually, to supply different situations, a
fresh supply of voting plants should be accoid-

NUR

N U R

ingly raised every year in the Nursery, of most
of the various kinds, so as to have it always
fully stocked with most kinds in different states
of growth ; some in seed-beds, others trans-
planted in nursery-rows ; some one year, others
two, three, or several vears : all of which should
be well attended lo, that there may be a suffici-
ency of plants of all sorts for furnishing every
different department of gardening as they may
be wanted.

In public Nurserv-grounds, it is customary to
have convenient green-houses, glass-cases, and
stoves, with their proper appendages, for raising
tender exotics from the warmer parts of the globe,
\\ hich are always placed in the warmest and most
sunny situations, having their fronts directly fac-
ing the south, to have all possible benefit from
the sun's influence; which serve for raising and
nursing the various tender plants to a proper
grow th for furnishing other larger conservatories,
green-houses, &c.

Size, Soil, ami Situation. In respect to the
extent or dimensions of Nurserv-grounds, they
should be according to the quantity of plants re-
quired, or the demand for sale : if for private
use, from a quarter or half an acre to five or six
may be proper, which should be regulated ac-
cording to the extent of the garden-ground and
plantations they are required to supply; and if for
public or general cultivation, not less than three
or four acres of land will be worth occupying,
and from that to fifteen or twenty acres, or
more, may be requisite, in proportion to the de-
mand.

The soil for Nursery-grounds should be of
different qualities, in order that it may suit dif-
ferent sorts of trees and plants.

Nursery-men generally prefer a loamy soil of a
moderately light nature: however, they maybe
formed of anvgood moderately light land, that has
fifteen or eighteen inches depth of good working
soil, but if two or three spades deep it will be the
better; and where there is scope of ground to
choose from, that where there is a eood depth, and
a naturally rich or good soil, should be preferred,
as the sol! of a Nursery cannot be too good,
notwithstanding what has been advanced to the
contraiy ; as where the soil is poor and lean, the
plants are mostly languid, weak, and stunted,
1:0 ait being able to improve them ; while those

1 1 i in a good mellow soil always assume a free
■ , • ili, and advance with strength and vigour.
It is not requisite, however, that the soil should
be very rich, nor over manured : a medium
1 en the two extremes is the most pro-
per, such as good mellow pasture land, having
the sward trenched to the bottom, which is ex-
p-

edient for the growth of trees; and any similar
eligible soil of corn-fields is also extremely pro-
per : any other good soil of the nature of com-
mon garden-earth is likewise well adapted for a
Nursery-ground.

As to situation ; where it is rather low than
high it is better, as being naturally warmer, and
more out of the power of cutting and boisterous
winds than a higher situation, though where
some parts of the ground are high and others
low, it may be an advantage, in better suiting
the nature of the different plants. It is also of
vast advantage to have Nursery-grounds fully
exposed to the sun and free air, and, if possible,
where there is the convenience of having water for
the occasional watering of young seedlings, and
newly removed plants.

When for private use, where there is room,
Nursery -grounds mav either be entirely detached,
or contiguous to the outer boundaries of the
shrubbery plantations of the pleasure-ground,
and so contrived as to lead insensibly into it by
winding walks, so as to appear part of the gar-
den or shrubbery.

Method of inclosing, preparing, and laying out.
In respect to the outside fence, it may either be
a hedge and ditch, or a paling; the former is the
cheapest, and most durable; though where hares
and rabbits abound paling fences are most
eligible.

Paling, or other similar close fence, is how-
ever in general, for some part, extremely use-
ful to train young wall-trees to a proper growth
for garden-walls, &c.

After thus fenced in, the ground should be all
rcgularlv trenched over one or two spades deep,
according to the natural depth of the soil ; after
which, proceed to divide it by walks into quarters,
and other parts ; letting a principal walk lead di-
rectlv through the middle or some principal part,
which may be from five to eight or ten feet wide, ac-
cording to circumstances, having a broad border
on eacli side : another walk should be carried all
round next the outward boundary, four or five
feet wide, leaving an eight or ten feet border
next the fence all the way ; dividing the internal
part by smaller cross walks, so as to form
the whole into four, six, or eight principal
divisions.

One or more of these divisions should be ap-
propriated for the reception of all sorts of seeds,
for raising plants to furnish the other parts;
subdividing it into four feet wide beds, with
foot-wide alleys at least between bed and
bed. In these beds shouldi be sown seeds,
kc. of all such trees, shrubs, and herbaceous
plants as arc raised from seed ; and which should

NUR

N U R

contain ttie various sorts ol nd stone*

of fruit, to

upon, as v • seeds oi . orna-

mental trt

bace.>.; ;.il>, of the i- I bulbous-

rooted ti i

The - for sowing i- both > t intr and au-
tumn, according to the nati fferent
sorts, as m. ■. be seen under their dill -rent I

i the young tree .md sh
thus raised are one or two years old, the) should
be planted Nursery-rows into the other

principal divisions, but many kinds oi herba-
ceous plants require to be pricked out from the
seed-beeis when only from two to three or l ur
months old. And, on the- contrary, m «t kinds
of bulbous seedlings will not be lit tor planting
out in less than one or two years at the shortest
periods.

Another part of these grounds should he al-
lotted tor stools of various trees and shrubs, for
propagation by layers, by w hich vast numbers
of plants of different kinds may be raised.
These should be strong plants set in rows three
or four feet distance every way : such of them as
naturallv rise with tall stf r being planted

one year, are headed down n'.ar the ground, to
force out many lower shoots conveniently situ-
ated tor laying them down. Sec Stools and
Laying.

The cuttings, suckers, slips, off-sets, &c. of
hardy trees, shrubs, and plants, may be planted
out in any convenient part of the ground in
shadv borders, &c. ; but for the more tender
kinds, some warm sheltered situation should be
provided.

The other principal divisions of these grounds
should be left for the reception of various sorts
of seedling piants from seminary quarters; as
well as for those that arc rased from suckers,
lasers, cuttings. Sec. to be planted in rows from
one to two or three feet asunder, according to
their natures and growths, allowing the tree and
shrub kinds treble the distance of the herba-
ceous perennial sorts. Of the tree and shrub
kinds some aie to be planted for stocks to graft
and bud the select sorts of fruit-tfees and other
choice plants upon, that are usually propagated
uch methods; others should be trained up
entirely on their own roots without budding
and grafting, as in most forest and oilier hardy
tree kinds ;~as well as almost all the sorts of
shrubs.

It is also proper to have some dry warm shel-
tered situation in the full sun in Uksc grounds,
for occasional hot-beds of dung or tan, tor rais-
ing and forwarding iuany sorts of tender or curi-

ous exotics by seed, cuttings, ,)s, See.

which should ire furnished with suitable iramcs
and lights, hand -gl issi •. g irden-mats, and other
requisites lor thai sort or en i

Mi tkods ■ ' i ' -

The particular m cultivation arc hilly

a under the different heads of the plants,
and the operations tint are necessary in raising
them to the best ad

As to th - for performing the works of

ing, planting, Sec. the. are different in different
kinds, but the autumn and spring are the prin-
cipal seasons : for planting out or removing, the
principal season is about October and in April,
for tender kinds, especially the .
but most other hardy tries and shrubs may be
transplanted any time in winter, in open mild
weather. The nature of the soil should, how-
ever, be regarded in this business.

The hardy herbaceous librous-rooted plants
may be removed almost any time, either in au-
tumn or spring, and many sorts even in the
summer, liut tor the older or larger plants, the
autumn or very early spring are the best periods,
which are the only proper seasons for divi-
dm«i or slipping the roots of all these kinds tor
further increase.

And lor the bulbous and such tuberous roots
whose leaves, like most of the bulbous tribe,
decay in the summer, the proper season for
planting or removing them is the spring and
summer months, when their flower-stalks
decay, as well as to separate their off-sets tor
increase; which may either be planted again
directly, or kept out of ground one, two, or se-
\cral months, though it is proper to plant the
principal part again in autumn, unless where
retained for sale. 8cc

The succulent perennial sorts may be removed
almost any time in the spring, summer, or early
autumn, but tlie last is the best. But most kineis
of succulent cuttings succeed best when planted
in the summer season.

Methods of disposing the Planls. — In the distri-
bution of the different sorts in these grounds, each
should be separate: the fruit- forest trees, Sec. oc-
cupying spaces by themselves nearly together; all
the shrub kind should also be ranged in separate
places, allotting suitable spots for herbaceous | -
ennials aud tender plants, defended with yew or
privet hedges, or a reed fence, Sec. in which may
be set s ich plants, in po.s, as are a little tender
whilst young, and require occasional shelter from
frost, but not so tender as to require to he housed
as green-house plants, Sec. AnJ in such places,
frames of various sizes may be placed, either
to be covered occasionally with glaas lights, oi

N U R

N U R

with mats, to contain some of these more choice
tender kinds in pots, to be nursed a year or two,
or longer, with occasional shelter, till gradually
hardened to bear the open air.

The arrangement of all the sorts in the open
grounds should always be in lines or nursery-
rows, as already suggested ; placing the fruit-
tree stocks, &c. for grafting and budding upon,
in rows two feet asunder, when for dwarfs ;
but for standards two feet and a half, and a foot
and a half in the lines. But as after being graft-
ed and budded they become fruit-trees, See.
where they are to stand to grow to any large
size, they should be allowed the width of a yard
between the rows. Forest-trees should also be
placed in rows from two to three feet asunder,
and half that distance in the rows; varying the
distance both ways, according to the time
they are to stand : the shrub kind should like-
wise be. arranged in rows about two feet asunder,
and fifteen or eighteen inches distant in each
line; and as to the herbaceous plants, they may
generally be disposed in four-feet-wide beds,
or large borders, in rows, or distances, from six
to twelve or eighteen inches asunder, according
to their nature of growth, and time they are to
stand or remain in them.

By this mode of arrangement, a great number
of plants are included within a narrow com-
pass, but which is sufficient, as they are only
to remain a short lime; and besides, they are
more readily kept under proper regulation.

In public grounds of this sort, many kinds of
seedling-trees and shrubs are planted out often
in much closer rows at first than these, not only
in order to husband the ground to the best ad-
vantage, but by standing closer it encourages
the siem to shoot more directly upward, and
prevent their expanding themselves much any
where but at top; as for instance, many sorts
of ever greens that are of slow growth the
first yea* or two, such as the pine-trees, firs,
and several others ; which the nursery-gar-
deners often prick out from the seminary, first
into four feet-wide beds, in rows lengthways, six
inches asunder; and after having one or two years
growth here, transplant them in rows a foot
asunder ; and in a year or two alter, give them
another and final transplantation in the Nursery,
in rows two or three feet asunder, as above :
these different transplantings encourage the
roots to branch out into many horizontal fibres,
and prepare them better for being finally plant-
ed out.

The various sorts of Nursery-plants, after
bein^ raised in some of the above methods, are
sometimes pricked out by dibble, in other

cases put in by the spade, either by trenches,
slitting-in, trenching, or holing ; and some are
drilled in by a spade or hoe, according to the
kinds.

Sometimes young seedling-trees and shrubs
are pricked out from the seminary by dibble ;
sometimes put in by the spade in the following
methods: first, having set a line to plant by,
the spade is stricken into the ground with its
back close to the line, and another stroke given
at right angles with it; then a plant set into the
crevice made at the second stroke, bringing it
close up into the first-made crevice even with the
line, pressing the mould close to it with the foot ;
thenproceeding to plant another in the same way,
and so on. — A second method, for plants with
rather larger roots, is to strike the spade down
with its back close to the line, and then cut out a
narrow trench with it close along the line, making
the side next the line perfectly upright, placing
the plants upright against the back of the trench
close to the line, at the proper distances ; and as the
work proceeds, trimming in the earth upon their
roots : when one row is thus planted, the earth
should be trodden gently all along close to the
plants; and then proceed to plant another row
in the same manner. Another method of plant-
ing out small tree and shrub plants is, after hav-
ing set the line as above, to turn the spade edge-
ways to the line, casting out the earth of that
spit, then a person ready with plaats, setting
one in the cavity close to the line, and directly
taking another such spit, turning the earth in
upon the roots of the plant, and then placing
another plant into the second cut, covering its
roots with the earth of a third spit, and so on
to the end : but sometimes, when the roots are
much larger, holes are made along by the line
wide enough to receive the roots freely every
way, covering them in as above^ as the work
proceeds, always pressing the earth gently with
the foot close to the roots, and closing it about
the stems, to settle the plants firmly in their
proper positions.

Fibrous-rooted herbaceous plants are mostly-
planted with a dibble, except when the roots are
large and spreading, or such as are removed with
balls of earth ; when they are more commonly
planted by holing them in with a garden trowel,
or small spade for the purpose.

But bulibous and tuberous-rooted plants, such
as lilies, tulips, anemones, ranunculuses, &c.
are commonly planted with a dibbje, and many
sorts may be planted in drills drawn with a
hoe.

They are also sometimes planted, by raking or
trimming the earth from off the top of the beds

NUR

N U R

from about three to four or five inches deep,
into the alleys, then placing the roots in rows
upon the surface, thrusting the bottoms a little
into the ground, and immediately covering them
with the" earth which was drawn off into the
alleys, spreading it evenly over every part, so as
to bury all the roots to an equal depth in the
soil.

The tender kinds of exotic plants, that require
occasional shelter whilst young, should many of
them be potted, in or ler for moving to warm
ttlons in winter ; or some into frames, ice.
to have occasional shelter from frost, by glasses
or mats, as they may require ; hardening' them,
however, by degrees to bear the open air fully
in the Nursery the year round. And the most
tender kinds, that require the aid of a green-
house or stove, should all be potted, and placed
in their proper situations. See Gbeen-House
and Stove Plants.

General Culture of the Plants. — In the manage-
ment of the various hardy Nursery-plants, those
intended as stocks or fruit-trees, should have
their items generally cleared from lateral shoots,
so as to form clean straight stems, but never to
shorten the leading shoot, unless it is decayed,
or becomes very crooked, in which case it may
be sometimes proper to cut it down low in
spring, to shoot out again, training the main
shoot for a stem, with its top entire, till grafted
or budded. See Grafting, Budding, and
Training.

But in the culture of the fruit-tree kind, the
sorts designed for principal wall-trees, particu-
larly such as peaches, nectarines, apricots, ccc.
should, when of one year's growth from graft-
ing and budding, be planted against some close
fence, as a wall, paling, reed -hedge, &c. and
their first graft or bud-shoot headed down in the
spring, to promote an emission of lower lateral
bhoots and branches, in order to be regularly
trained to the fence in a spreading manner for
two or three years, or till wanted, to form the
head in a regular spreading growth, which in
public grounds of this kind should always be
readv in proper training, to supply those who
niav wish to have their walls covered at once
by such ready trained trees. And a similar train-
ing, both for wall and espalier fruit-trees, "may
be practi-ed with some principal sorts in the
Nursery-rows in the open quarters of the ground,
by directing their branches, in a spreading man-
ner, to stakes placed for the purpose.

Standard fruit-trees should only be trained
with a clean single stem, five or six feet for full
standards, by cutting off all lateral shoots
arising below : half-standards should be trained

Vol. II.

with three- or four-feel stems, and dwarf stand-
ards in proportion bv the same means.

The hi ads i I the standards in some m.iv be
directed by having the first immediate shoot--
from the graft or bud, when a year old, pruned
short in spring, to procure lateral shoots, in or-
der to form a fuller spread of branches, proceed-
ing regularly together from near the summit of*
the steins, and thus give a more regular branchy
growth to them.

Forest-trees should, in genera!, be encouraecd
to form straight clean single stems, hy occasional
trimming off the largest lateral branches, which
also promotes the leading top-shoots in rising
straight, and faster in height ; always suffering
that part of each tree to shoot at full length ; that
is net to top it, unless when- the stem divides into
forks, when the weakest should be trimmed off,
and the strajghtest and strongest shoots or
branches left to shoot out at their proper Ln<nh
to form the aspiring tops.

The different sorts of shrubs should raostlv
be suffered to bianch out in their own natural
way, except merely regulating very disorderly
growths; and some sorts maybe trained with
single clean stems, from about one foot to
two or three high, according as may be thought
proper. But shrubs in general appear the
most agreeable when permitted to shoot out la-
terally ail the way, so as to be branchy or feather-
ed to the bottoms of the stem*.

The fruit-trees in each species should, a- =oonas
grafted or budded, have all the different varieties
numbered, by placing large fiat-sided sticks at the
ends of the row s, for which purpose the spokes
of old coach-wheels, or any thing about that size
of any durable wood, answers very well, paint-
ing or marking upon them the numbers, and
entering them in the Nurserv-book, with the
name of the varieties to which the number-sticks
are placed; by which, at all limes, a ready re-
course may be had to the sorts w anted.

And it is useful to employ the same means to
trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants, especially
the varieties of particular species, when they are
numerous, such as in many of the fiowerv tribes ;
as auriculas, carnations, tulips, anemones, ra-
nunculuses, ike.

Watering Nursery-plants is very requisite in
dry hot weather, in sprint; and summer; such ai
seed- beds and tender seedling-plants,while young,
and when first planted out, till they have taken
good root ; also, occasionally, to new -laved layers
and newly-planted cuttings in dry warm weather;
but as to hardy trees and shrubs of all sort-,
when planted out at the proper time, as not ton
late in the spring, no great rcgurd need be paiJ

N U R

NYC

in this respect, as they generally succeed very open ground, and need only be covered in frosty
„ • . ' . ° weather; at all other times they should remain

well without. , „ > , ., r j '.i

The next business is, in every winter or fully expbsed, and, by degrees, as they acquire age
swing todig theground between the rows of all and strength, become inured to bear the open
sorts of transplanted plants in the open Nursery- air fully ; so as when they arrive at from two or
quarters, a practice which is particularly neces- three to tour or five years old, they may be
sarv to all the tree and shrub kinds that stand turned out into the open ground
wide cnourti inrows to admit the spade between The stove and green-house kinds must be
them • this work is by the Nurserv-men called managed according to the directions given un-
the most ceneral season for which der these heads. See Green-house Plants.

NUT, BLADDER. See Staph yljea-.
NUT, CASHEU. See Anacardium.
NUT, COCOA. See Coces.
NUT, MALABAR. See Justicia.
NUT, PHYSIC. SeeJATROPHA.
NUT-TREE. See Corvlus.
NYCTANTHES, a genus containing plants
of the shrubby exotic flowering kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sepiarice.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, tubular, truncate, quite en-

turning-tn ,

is any time from October or November until
March; but the sooner it is done the more ad-
vantageous it will be to the plants. The ground
is to be dug only one spade deep in these cases,
proceeding row by row, turning the top of each
•ipit clean to the bottom, that all weeds on
the top may be buried a proper depth. It is a
most necessarv annual operation, both to destroy
weeds, and to increase the growth of the young

plants.

And in the summer season great attention is
necessary to keep all sorts clean from weeds ; the
seedlings growing close in the beds must be

hand-weeded ; but among plants of all sorts that tire, permanent: the corolla one-petalled, salver-
grow in rows wide enough to admit the hoe, it shaped : the tube cylindric, the length of the

will prove not only most expeditious, but, by
loosening; the top of the soil, promote the growth
of all kinds of plants. It should always be per-
formed in dry weather, and before the weeds

3w large. See Hoe and Hoeing.

As soon as any quarter or part of these

gro

calyx : border five-parted, spreading, with the
lobes two-lobed : the stamina have two filaments
in the middle of the tube, very short : anthers
oblong, the length of the tube : the pistillum is,
a superior germ, subovate : style filiform, the
length of the tube : stigmas two, acute : the pe-

grounds are cleared from plants, others ricarpium is an obovate capsule, compressed, with
must be introduced in their room from the an emarginate dagger-point, coriaceous, two-
seminary ; the ground being previously trench- celled, bipartite : cells parallel, appressed, valve-
ed over for the purpose, giving it the addition less: the seeds are solitary, obovate, convex on
of manure if necessary. one side, flat on the other, fastened to the bottom

It is supposed by some to be of advantage to of the cell. •

plant the around with plants of a different kind The species cultivated is: N. arbor tristis,

from those which occupied it before ; but this Square-stalked Nyctanlhes. Other species may

is probably not very material. - be cultivated for variety.

The tender or exotic plants of all kinds that It is a shrub, with four-cornered

require shelter only from frost whilst young,
and bv degrees become hardy enough to live in
the open air, should, such of them as are seed-
lings in the open ground, have the beds arched

rugged
branches : the leaves are opposite, petioled,
ovate, oblong, quite entire, longer than the
branch-joints, rugged on both sides : the pedun-
cles axillary, opposite, solitary, four-cornered,

over with hoops, or rods, at the approach of shorter by half than the leaf, two-leaved at top,

winter in order to be sheltered with mats in with three-flowered pedicels : the partial involu-

severe weather; and those which are in pots, ere four-leaved? the leaflets are obovate, the

either seedlings or transplanted plants, should length of the calyxes, blunt, containing three

be removed in October in their pots to warm sessile florets : the corolla funnel-shaped, with

sunny situations sheltered with hedges, Sec. plac- a six- or eight-cleft border : the capsule coriace-

ino- some close under the fences facing the sun, ous, superior, obcordate or obovate, turgidly

where they may have occasional covering of mats lenticular, in the twin, middle ventricose and

in frosty weather; others that are more tender be- marked with a longitudinal elevated streak, com-

ing placed in frames, to have theoccasional cover- pressed at the sides into a narrow sharp margin,

inl' either of glass-lights 6r mats, &c. observing the rest brittle, two-celled, bipartite; with the

that they are gradually to be hardened to the segments plano-convex, of a brown chestnut
8

N Y M

N Y M

colour on the outside, pale within, quite entire,
valvclcss. It is a native of the East Indies.

Culture. — It may he increased by layers and
cuttings. The layers may be laid down in the
early part of the summer, in the .usual method.
being made from the young branches, plugg-
ing the pots containing them in a hark hoi-
bed.

The cuttings should he taken from the young
shoots, be planted out at the same tunc, and ma-
naged in the same manner.

The plants, when fully rooted in either way,
may be removed into separate pots. They should
have due supplies of water, and he pruned and
removed into larger pots as there may be
occasion .

They are very ornamental and fragrant among
other potted tender plants.

NYMP1LEA, a genus comprising plants of
the herbaceous flowery aquatic kind.

It belongs to the cla->s and order Polyandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Succulentce.

The characters are : that the calyx is an in-
ferior perianthium, four-, five-, or six-leaved,
large, coloured above, permanent : the corolla
has numerous petals (often fifteen) placed on the
side of the germ, in more than one row : the
stamina have numerous filaments (often seventy)
flat, curved, blunt, short : anthers oblong, fast-
ened to the margin of the filaments : the pistil -
him is an ovate germ, large: style none : stig-
ma orbiculate, flat, peltate-sessile, rayed, crc-
nate at the edge, permanent : the periearpium is
a hard berry, ovate, fleshy, rude, narrowed at
the neck, crowned at the top, many celled,
(cells from ten to fifteen) full of pulp : the seeds
very many, and roundish.

The species are : 1 . N. lulca, Yellow Water
Lily; 2. A", alia, White Water L'dy ; 3. N.
Lotus, Egyptian Water Lily ; 4. N. nelumbo,
Peltated Water Lily.

The first has the leaves smooth, plane, except
that they turn up a little at the edge to keep off
the water, tough and pliant, ten oi twelve inches
in diameter, floating, ovate or nearly orbicular,
bright green above, paler underneath, with
branched raised nerves or veins: the petioles
are smooth, three-sided, their length depending
on the depth of water, sometimes live (let and
a half in length. The case is the same with
the peduncle, which always elevates the flower
above the water ; hut alter it is impregnated, the
seeds are ripened unci . into the

mud at bottom to produce new plant-. : the pe-
duncles are round, succulent, and one-flowei
the flowers an inch and half in diameter, i

a vinous smell. It is a native of most parts of
Europe, flowering in July and August.

The second species has a tuberous mot, fre-
quently the size of the hum. in arm, creeping
far and wide and deep in mud : the whole pianl
is larger in all its parts than the first : the leaves
are much the same, only larger: the petioles
and peduncles round, within lull ofpores, four
of which are generally larger than the rest ; hairs
interwoven between: the flowers large, being
sometimes six inches in diameter, very hand
some and double.

According to Linnaeus, the flower raises itscll
out of the water and expands about seven o'clock
in the morning, and closes again, reposing upon
the surface, about four in the evening. It is a
native of mo*t parts of Europe, flowering in
July and August. /

The third resembles the second very much in
the form of the flower and leaves, but the latter are
toothed ibout the edge. It is a native of the hot
parts of the East I tithes, Africa, and America,
flowering about the middle of September near
Cairo, in Lower Egypt. The Arabians^'call it
Nuphar. A bread was formerly made of the
seed when dried and ground.

The fourth species has a horizontal root, long,
creeping, consisting of joints linked together,
ovate-oblong, white, fleshy, esculent, tubular
within : the leaves exactly peltate, with a cavitv
in the centre above, and dichotomous veins
springing from the same centre, orbiculate,
with a point on each side, a little waved, thin,
paler underneath, smooth, of different sizes,
from four to twelve inches : the petioles erect,
very straight, round, hispid or muricated,
thicker below, attenuated above : the peduncle
the thickness of a linger below, attenuated above,
spongy, muricated, one-flowered : the flowers
as large as the palm of the band, or larger,
purple. It is a native of the Indies, &C.

The Chinese have the roots not only served up
in summer with ice, but laid up in salt and vine-
gar for w inter : the seeds arc somewhat of the
si ye and form of an acorn, and of a taste more
delicate than that ot almonds: the ponds in
China are generally covered with it, and exhi-
bit a very beautiful appearance when it is in
flower; and the flowers arc no less fragrant than
handsome.

Culture. — The two first suit.-, may hi' bcsl in-
creased by procuring some of their seed -vessel?
just as they become ripe and ready to open, and
throwing them into canals, ponds, ditches, 01
oilier .lauding w at< i -. w b( re the seeds, sinking to
the bottoms, afford plant- in the following spnn*
i»g upon the suiface of their waters,
X S

N Y S

When they hwe been once fix-cd to the place
b this way, they multiply greatly, so as to cover
?uch places in a short time.

They are also capable of being cultivated in
larce troughs or cisterns of water, having earth
at "the bottoms, nourishing very well, and pro-
ducing annually large quantities of flowers.

The third and fourth species, as being tender,
should be kept in such troughs or cisterns, and
be set in a comer of the stove. In their native
situations they arc increased both by their roots
and seeds as the common sorts in this climate.

NYSSA, a genus containing a plant of the
aquatic ornamental tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polygamia
Dioecia, and ranks in the natural order of

Hohr'act oe.

The characters are : that in the male the
calvx is a five-parted perianthium, spreading,
with a plane bottom : there is no corolla : the
stamina have ten awl-shaped filaments, shorter
than the calyx: anthers twin, the length of
the filaments : hermaphrodite— the calyx is a
perianthium as in the male, sitting on the germ :
there is no corolla: the stamina have five awl-
shaped filaments, erect: anthers simple: pis-
tillum is an ovate'germ, inferior: style awl shaped,
curved inwards, "longer than the stamens : stig-
ma acute : the pericarpium is a drupe : the seed
is an oval nut, acute, scored with longitudinal
grooves, angular, irregular.

The species are: 1. N. inle^rifolia, Moun-
tain Tupelo ; 2. N. denticulate/, Water Tupelo.

The first rises with a strong upright trunk
•to the height of thirty or forty feet, and some-
times llear two feet in diameter; sending oft"
manv horizontal, and often depending branches :
the leaves are obovate, a little pointed, en-
tire, of a dark green and shining upper surface,
but lighter and a little hairy underneath : those
of the^mak trees arc often 'narrower and some-
times lance-shaped. The flowers arc produced up-
on pretty long common footstalks, arising from
the base of the young shoots, and dividing
irregularly into several parts, generally from
six to ten, each supporting a small flower, hav-
ing a calvx of six or seven unequal leaves, and
from six to eight awl-shaped spreading stamens,
supporting short four-lobcd anthers : the female
trees have fewer flowers produced upon much
longer simple cylindrical footstalks, thickened at
the extremity, and supporting generally three
flowers, sitting close, and having a small invo-
lucre. They arc composed of five small oval
leaves, and in the centre an awl-shapcd incurved
style, arising from the oblong germ, which is
iufcrior, and becomes an oval oblong berry, of
\

N Y S

a dark purplish colour when ripe: the timber is
close-drained, -and curled so as not to be split or
parted ; and therefore much used for wheels,
8cc. It grows naturally in Pennsylvania, and
perhaps elsewhere.

The second species rises with a strong upright
trunk to the height of eighty or a hundred feet
in its native situation, dividing into mam-
branches towards the top : the leaves are pretty
large, of an oval-spear-shaped form, generally
entire, but sometimes somewhat toothed, and
covered underneath with a whitish down : they
are joined to long slender footstalks, and affixed
to the branches in somewhat of a verticillate or-
der, presenting a beautiful varied foliage : the
berries are near the size and shape of small
olives, and are preserved as that fruit is by the
French inhabitants .upon the Missisippi, where
it greatly abounds, and is called the Olive-tree.:
the timber is white, and soft when unseasoned,
but light and compact when dry, which renders
it verv proper for making trays, bowls, 8cc. It
grows naturally in wet swamps, or near large
rivers, in Carolina and Florida.

Culture. — These trees may be increased by
sowing the seeds procured from the places where-
they grow naturally, putting them into the
ground as soon as they are procured, as they lie
long before they vegetate.

They should be sown in pots filled with light
loamy earth, placing them where they may have
only the morning sun ; and during the first sum-
mer the pots should be kept clean from weeds,
being well watered in dry weather. The pots
should be plunged into the ground in the fol-
lowing autumn ; and, if the winter prove severe,
cover them with old tan, peas-haulm, or other
similar light covering. And in the following
spring they should be plunged into a moderate
hot-bed, hooped and covered over with mats ;.
keeping; the earth constantly moist.

By this means the plants arc brought up in the
spring, when they should be gradually hardened
to bear the open air ; and during the following
summer, the pots again plunged into an eastern
border, watering them in dry weather, care-
fully removing them into a frame in the au-
tumn, where they may be screened from frost ;
but in mild weather be exposed to the open air.
In the spring following, before they begin
to shoot, they should be parted carefully, plant-
in"- each in a small pot filled with loamy mould ;
and when they are plunged into a moderate hot-
bed, it will promote their putting out new roots ;
after which they maybe plunged in an eastern bor-
der, and be sheltered again in winter under a frame.
In the third spring, such plants as have made

N Y S

N Y S

the greatest progress may be planted out in a
loamy soil, in a sheltered situation, where they
may be capable of enduring the cold of this cli-
mate. They make the greatest progress where
the soil is inclined to be moist.
They may likewise be propagated by layers

and cuttings, planted out in the autumn or
spring in tiie usual manner.
The plants afford ornament and variety in

shrubbery and other parts, where the ground
is of a moist quality.

O C I

OAK. See Olercus.
OAK JERUSALEM. SeeCHEXOPODitiM.

OCIML M, a genus containing plants of the
tender herbaceous aromatic annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didy/iamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of Vetticillatee.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, two-lippecl, very short, per-
manent: upper-lip flat, orbieulate, wider, ascen-
: lower-lip four-cleft, acute, converging:
the corolla is one-petalled, ringent, resupine :
tube very short, spreading; one lip turned up-
wards, wider, half-four-cleft, blunt, equal ; the
other lip turned downwards, narrower, entire,
serrate, longer : the stamina have four filaments,
declined ; two a little longer, and two putting
forth a reflex process at the base : anthers half-
mooned : the pistillum is a four-parted germ:
the style filiform, situation and length of the
stamens : stigma bifid : there is no pericarpium :
calyx closed, cherishins: the seeds : the seeds
four, ovate.

The species cultivated arc : l. 0. Basiliaan,
Common Sweet Basil ; 2. 0. minimum, Bush
Basil ; 3. 0. ttiir.iflorum, Slender-spiked Basil.

The first has the stem suffruticose, three feet
biirh (a foot and half), erect, round, tomentose;
with straight, ascending branches: the leaves
somewhat acute, serrate, pubescent, brownish-
red, waved, petioled, smelling like cloves : the
flowers are white, small, in long, upright, termi-
nating spiked racemes. The whole plant has a
strong scent of cloves. It is a native of the
East Indies, flowering in July and August.

There arc varieties with purple fringe-leaves;
with green fringe-leaves ; green with stud-
ded leaves; and the Lariic-lcaved Basil.

The middle-sized variety, or that which is
used in the kitchen, especially in French cookery,
rises about ten inches high, sending out opposite,
four-cornered branches from the very bottom :

O C I

the leaves are ovate-lanceolate, ending in acute
points, indented on their edges. The whole
plant is hairy, and has a strong scent of cloves,
which to some i* very agreeable.

The chief sub-varieties of which are: the
Common Basil, with very dark green leaves and
violet-coloured flowers; the Curled-leaved Basil,
with short spikes of flowers; the Narrow-leaved
Basil, smelling like fennel ; the Middle Basil,
with a scent of citron ;. the Basil with studded
leaves ; and Basil with leaves of three colours.

The second species is a low bushy plant, sel-
dom more than six inches high, branching from
the bottom, and forming an orbicular head : the
leaves small, smooth, on short footstalks : the
flowers in whorls towards the top of the branches,
smaller than those of the first sort, and sel-
dom succeeded by ripe seeds in this climate. It
is a native of the East Indies, annually flowermg
in July and August.

There are varieties with black purple leaves,
and with variable leaves.

The third has the stem from one to two feet
high, roundish, purple, brachiate, having spread-
ing hairs scattered over it : the branches shorter:
the leaves bluntly serrate, soft, on long petioles :
the spikes terminating, in threes, Ions;, narrow.
peduncled; with opposite, smooth, bractes,
closely reflex : the flowers three from each
bracte, subsessile, which are so small a; Bcarcely
to he visible to the naked eye : they begin to
open from the top of the spike. It is a native
of Malabar, kc.

Culture. — They are all capable of heino; increas-
ed by sowing the fresh seeds in the latter end of
March, upon a moderate hot-bed, coveted to the
depth of five or six inches with good light mould,
putting them in a quarter of an inch deep, fresh
air being given daily, and slight wateriags occa-
sionally. When the plants have atiained a few
inches in growth they should be pricked out upon
another hot-bed lour inches apart, or set i.'i pot.-

O E N

O E N

of a small size, plunging them in the hot-bed,
water and occasional shade being given till fresh
rooted, with fresh air and water in small propor-
tions afterwards. In the latter end of the spring or
beginning of summer, they should be begun to be
hardened, and in the hot weather set out in the
open air where wanted. Some may be set out in
the borders in the open ground, a slight watering
being given at the time.

In order to obtain good seeds, a few of the
potted plants should be placed in a good green-
house or glass case in the latter end of the sum-
mer, fresh air being freely admitted.

The first sort and varieties are often used as
culinary herbs, and all the sorts may be set out
among other potted pknts in rooms and win-
dows, especially the bush sort, as well as in the
borders and clumps for ornament and variety.

OENOTHERA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous, biennial, perennial and under
shrubby perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Oclandria,
Mouagynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Cahjcanthfrnce.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leaf-
ed, superior, deciduous perianthium: tube cylin-
drical, erect, long, deciduous : border four-cleft :
the segments oblong, acute, bent down : the co-
rolla has four petals, obcordate, flat, inserted into
the interstices of the calyx, and the same length
with the divisions of the calyx : the stamina have
eight awl-shaped filaments, curved inwards, in-
serted into the throat of the calyx, shorter than
the corolla: anthersoblong, incumbent: thepistil-
lum is a cylindrical germ, inferior : style filiform,
the length of the stamens : stigma four-cleft,
thick, blunt, reflex: the periearpium is a cylin-
drical capsule, four-cornered, four-celled, four-
valved, with contrary partitions : the seeds very
many, angular, naked : the receptacle columnar,
free, four-cornered, with the angles contiguous
to the margin of the partitions.

The species cultivated arc: 1. 0. biennis,
Broad-leaved Tree- Primrose ; 2. 0. lungijiora,
Long-flowered Tree-Primrose; 3. O. moflisslma,
Soft Tree -Prim rose; 4. 0. frutkoui, Shrubby
Tree- Primrose ; 5. O. pavrila, Dwarf Tree-
Primrose.

The first has a biennial fusiform fibrous root,
yellowish on the outside, white within : from
■this, the first year, arise many obtuse leaves,
which spread flat on theground ; and from among
which, the second year, the stems come out,
three or four feet high, upright, of a pale green
colour, the thickness of a finger, not hollow but
pithy, angular, slightly pubescent and rugged,
tinged with purple, especially towards the bottom,
branched alternately almost from the ground:

the root-leaves run down into a three-sided pe-
tiole an inch in length : the stem-leaves sessile,
bright ligl.tish green, pubescent on both sides,
waved a little about the edge, and having a few
small teeth near the base : they are from five to
seven inches in length and two inches in breadth,
having a considerable midrib running the whole
length, very wide and tinged with purple towards
the base, at the back very prominent, with white
nerves springing from it, and curved towards the
point : the flowers are. produced all along the
stalks on axillary branches, and in a terminating
spike : the leaves on the former are similar to the
stem-leaves, but much smaller, being not more
than two inches long, and little more than half
an inch in breadth : the flowers are solitary, each
being separated by a leaflet or bracte, wider in
proportion at the base than the proper leaves,
and drawn more to a point, diminishing gradu-
ally towards the top of the spike, till they be-
come linear, scarcely half an inch in length, and
a line in breadth.

It is observed that the flowers usually open
between six and seven o'clock in the evening,
whence the plant is called Evening or Night-
Primrose : the uppermost flowers come out first
in June, the stalk keeping continually advancing
in height, and there is a constant succession of
flowers till late in autumn. It is a native of
North America. The roots are said to be eaten
in some countries in the spring season.

The second species has also a biennial root :
the root -leaves are numerous, broad-lanceolate,
toothletted, pubescent, with a white rib, ob-
liquely nerved : the stems usually five, springing
out below the root-leaves, quite simple, ascend-
ing, rough-haired, green with long spreading
white hairs : the central stem grows up later :
the stem-leaves are ovate-oblong, sessile, like the
root-leaves : the flowers axillary from the upper
leaves, with the germ and calyx hairy. It is
remarked by Curtis, that luxuriant specimens
exceed five feet in height, that the flowers are un-
commonly large and showy, and continue blow-
ing from July to October. It is a native of
Buenos Ayres.

The third has a shrubby slalk more than two
feet high, hairy, with narrow-lanceolate sessile
leaves, a little waved on their edges, and ending
in acute points: the flowers are axillary like the
other sorts, at first pale yellow, but as they de-
cay changing to an orange colour, smaller than
those of the first sort : the seed-vessels slendef,
taper, hairy. It is also a biennial plant, and a
native of Buenos Ayres. flowering from June to
October.

The fourth species is a perennial, but alto-
gether herbaceous, at least here, and therefoie

O E N

OFF

improperly named frutieosa : the flowers which
arc large and showy, though they open in the
evening, remain expanded during most of the
ensuing day : the flower-buds, germ, and stalk,
arc enlivened by a richness of colour which
contributes to render this species one or' the
most ornamental and desirable. It is a native
of Virginia.

The fifth has also a perennial fibrous root :
the lower leaves ovate, small, close to the
ground : the stalk slender, near a foot high :
the leaves smaller, light green, sessile, ending
in blunt points ; the Bowers small, bright yel-
low : it sends up many flowering-Stems, pro-
ducing blossoms from April to July, opening in
the morning as well as evening. It is a native
of North America.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of being
raised from seeds, and some of them by parting
the roots and cuttings.

The seed shotild'be sown cither in the autumn
or early spring, in the first and third sorts, upon
a bed or border in the open ground, thinning and
watering the plants properly, and keeping them
free from weeds till the following autumn, when
they may be removed with balls of earth about
their roots to the places where they are to re-
main. Or some may be set out at the time of
thinning in nursery-rows, six inches apart.

They also rise without trouble from the scat-
tering of the seeds.

In the second sort, the seed'should be put in-
to the ground in the open borders or other parts,
about the latter end of March, where the plants
are to remain. One plant is sufficient in a place,
which should have a stick set to support its
branches when they have advanced a little.

The fourth sort may be readily increased by
sowing the seeds as above, and by parting the
roots and cuttings of the young branches, plant-
ing them out in the open borders or other places
where they are to grow in the autumn, for the
first method, and the spring for the latter, giving
water as there may be occasion.

In the fifth sort, the seeds should be sown in
pots of light earth in the autumn, plunging them
in a hot-bed frame during the winter. When
tbe plants have attained proper growth in the
spring, they should be removed into separate
pots, which should he protected in the following
winter under a garden frame. And some may
be planted out in the open ground, where they
often succeed in mild winti

The parted roots should be planted out in the
spring, either in pots or the open ground.

The plants raised from seed are in genera! the
best, as flowering more strongly.

By cutting down the stems of the plants in
the first year of their (lowering before they per-
fect their seeds, the plants ma\ sometimes be
rendered more durable.

Tbe first two soiN, as has beenseen, are bien-
nial, and the others perennial j the lormer should
of course be raised annually.

They are all proper for affording ornament and
variety, either in the open ground or among
other potted plants. The second and third sons
are often considered as grcccn-house plants, but
they succeed well in the open ground.

OFF-SET, a sort of sucker or small young
plant, issuing from the sides of the main root
of different sorts of perennial plants, whether
bulbous-, tuberous-, or fibrous-rooted, by means
of which they are often readily increased.

The method of increasing by Off-sets is appli-
cable in general for all sorts of bulbous- and
tuberous-rooted perennial plants, such as tulips,
anemones, &c. in which there are small bulb-,
or tubers, that on being planted out afford
plants of exactly the same kind as those from
which they are taken, and which, after having
one or two years' growth, ilower, proauce
seed, and furnish a supply of Off-sets in their
turn.

In the vast tribe of fibrous-rooted perennial
plants, most sorts afford a progeny of this sort,
for propagating and perpetuating their respective
species and varieties, both in the flowery kind,
ike, ar.d in some esculents, but more consider-
ably in the former ; bv which numerous sorts of
the most beautiful flowering perennials are mul-
tiplied.

Oif-sets arc therefore not only an expeditious
and certain method of propagation, but by which
there is a certainty of having the desired sorts
continued, whether species or particular varieties.

They have this advantage over seedlings, that
the plants of the flowery kind often flower in
one year; whereas seedling plants of the bulb-
ous kinds are frequently four, five, and some-
times six or seven years before they flower in
perfection. By seedlings new varieties are prin-
cipally gained, the roots of which furnishing
Off-sets by which they arc increased.

The separating Oil-sets may be performed in
some sorts every year, in others once in two or
three years, according to the sorts, and the in-
of Off-sets afforded by the main roots.

The proper seasons lor separating or taking
them off, in the bulbous- and many tuberous-
rooted plants, are chiefly summer and autumn,
when they have done 'dueling, and the leaves
are decayed, as at that period the roots of these
sorts, having had their full growth, assume aa

O I L

OLE

inactive slate, drawing little nourishment from
the earth for a few weeks. It is also the only-
proper period for moving all the bulbous kinds
in particular, both to separate Off-sets and
transplant the main roots, or to take them tip
lor keeping for a while. See Bulb.

The roots should be taken up in dry weather
if possible, and all the Off-sets separated singly
from the main bulb, &c. planting them in
nursery-beds, in rows six inches asunder, by
dibble, or in drills two or three inches deep, or
in any other method that may be suitable.
They should remain a year or two, according to
their size, in this situation to get strength ; then
be transplanted, at the proper season, where they
are lo continue, managing them as other bulb-
ous- and tuberous-rooted plants. See Bulb
and Tuber.

The Off-sets of fibrous-rooted perennial
plants, may either be slipped off from the sides
of the main roots as they stand in the ground,
or the roots may be wholly taken up, and parted
into as many slips as there are Off-sets properly
furnished with fibres.

In this sort the proper season is autumn,
when their stalks decay, or early in spring, be-
fore new ones begin to shoot forth ; though
some hardy sorts may be slipped any time in
open weather from the autumn to the early
spring, and others almost any time when they
occur; planting them by dibble, the smaller
ones in nursery-beds, in rows six or eight in-
ches asunder, to have a year's growth ; and
the larger ones at once where they are to re-
main.

In several sorts of under-shrubby perennial
plants that arc capable of being increased by Off-
sets from the bottoms, the proper season for tak-
ing them off is the autumn and spring, or in the
hardy kinds any time in open weather, during
the autumn or early spring, planting them in
nursery-rows for a year or two, or till of proper
size for the purposes they are designed for.

The Off-sets of succulent plants should gene-
rally he slipped off in summer, and, previous to
planting those of the tender kinds, be laid on a
dry shelf for some days, till the moisture at bot-
tom is dried up 3 then planted in pots of dry
soil, and managed according to their different
kinds and habits of growth. See Succulent
Plants.

Off-sets arc never produced from annual
plants of any kind.

The particular management that is requisite
in the different kinds is fully explained under
the Culture of the plant to which it belongs.

OIL-TREE. See Ricinus.

OLD-MAN'S-BEARD. See Clematis.

OJLEA, a genus containing plants of the
exotic tree kind. The Olive Tree.

It belongs to the class and order Diandna
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sepiarice.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, tubular, small, deciduous :
mouth four-toothed, erect : the corolla one-
petalled, funnel-form : tube cylindrical, the
length of the calyx : border four-parted, flat :
segments subovate : the stamina have two, op-
posite, awl-shaped filaments, short : anthers
erect : the pist.illum is a roundish germ : style
simple, very short ; stigma bifid, thickish, with
the clefts emarginate ; the pericarpium is a sub-
ovate drupe, smooth, one-celled: the seed is
a nut, ovate-oblong and wrinkled.

The species cultivated are : 1.0. F.uropcear
Common European Olive; 2.0. Capensis, Cape
Olive; 3. 0. Americana, American Olive; 4.
0. fragrant, Sweet-scented Olive.

The first grows naturally in woods in the
South of France, Spain, and Italy, and is there-
fore not cultivated : the leaves are much shorter
and stiffer than those of the cultivated Olive :
the branches are frequently armed with thorns,
and the fruit is small and of little use.

There are several varieties; as the Warted
Olive, which is a native of the Cape. The Long-
leaved, which is chiefly cultivated in the South,
of France, and from which they make the best
oil. The young fruit is the most esteemed
when pickled.

There are several sub-varieties. The Broad-
leaved, which is chiefly cultivated in Spain,
where the trees grow to a much larger size than
the preceding ; the leaves are much larger, and
not so white on their under side: the fruit is
near twice the size of the Provence Olive, but of
a strong rank flavour, and the oil is likewise
strong.

There are also other varieties; as the narrow-
leaved, short hard-leaved, shining-leaved, Afri-
can, Lucca, &c.

It is observed that the Olive seldom becomes
a large tree ; but two or three stems frequently
rise from the same root, from twentv to thirty
feet high, putting out branches almost their whole
length, covered with a gray bark: the leaves are
stiff", about two inches and a half long, and half an
inch broad in the middle, gradually diminishing
to both ends, of a lively green on their upper side
and hoary on their under, standing opposite :
the flowers are produced in small axillary
bunches ; they are small, white, and have short
tubes spreading open at top : the fruit is a su,-

OLE

OLE

pcrior-berried drupe, of an oblong spheroid il
form, and of a yellowish green colour, turning
black when ripe

The usual method of nuking oil from Olives
in Italy is, to crush ihe fruit to a paste n ith
a perpendicular mill-Stone running round a
trough; which is then put into flat "round bas-
kets, made of rushes, piled one upon another
under the press : after the first pressure, scald-
ing water is poured into each basket, it? contents
stirred up, and the operation repeated till no
more oil can be skimmed off the surface of the
tubs beneath: but this is not a <rood method: the
oil is seldom pure, keeps ill, and soon crows
rancid: but by another process, which is that of
pounding the fruit in a mortar, the crushed
substance being then thrown into a long wool-
len bag, and rubbed hard upon a sloping board,
and then wrung, adding afterwards hot water,
and continuing to press as long as a drop of oil
can be drawn, the work is much more effectually
performed.

The unripe Olives when pickled, especially
the Provence and Lucca sorts, are to many
extremely grateful, and supposed to excite ap-
petite and promote digestion. -According to
Miller they are prepared by repeatedly steeping
them in water ; to which some add alkaline salt
or quick-lime, in order to shorten the process ;
after which they are washed, and preserved in a
pickle of common salt and water, with some-
times the addition of an aromatic.

The best salad oil is of a bright pale amber
colour, bland to the taste, and without the least
smell.

It has been observed that, with a little pro-
tection in severe frost, the Olive-tree may be
maintained against a wall about London, but
that in Devonshire there are some of these trees
which have grown in the open air many years,
and are seldom injured by frost, yet the sum-
mers are not warm enough to bring the fruit to
any great perfection.

The second species is a small tree, or rather
shrub, not branching much : the trunk straight,
with many joints ; bark subhirsute, blackish
brown, with ash-coloured dots and lines : the
leaves conjugate, decussated, sometimes sinu-
ated at the end, but commonly entire, dense,
and rigid, moderately concave, paler or deeper
green, out always paler underneath, with oblique
smooth veins, less conspicuous underneath than
above : from the axils and at the end of the
branches the flowers come out in racemes in
June and July, sometimes thinly disposed, but
sometimes so numerous that the racemes hang
down. It is a native of the Cape.

The third has the leaves opposite, evergreen,
Vol. II.

petioled, shining : the racemes sT;ort, axillary,
brachiate, with opposite pedicels : the segm. :i
of the corolla revoluie : the stvle so short as to
be scarcely any : the stigma bifid : the dn .
globular, even, handsome: the nut obovate,
substriated, perforated at the base: and there are
male and female flowers on the same plant with
the hermaphrodites. Ii is a native of Carolina
and Florida, flowering in June.

The fourth species is a large tree in it- native
situation, the branches and branchlets tr.cholo-
mous, obscurely four-cornered, smooth: the
leaves decussated, oblong, sharp, a little bent
back at the edge, parallel-nened, reticulated,
smooth, deep green above, paler underneath,
spreading, frequent on the branchlets, a finger's
length : the petioles semieylindne, grooved,
smooth, a quarter of an inch in length : the
flowers on the branchlets, aggregate m umbels,
about six or eight together; peduncles filiform,
one-flowered, smooth, half an inch in length :
the flowers are very sweet-scented. It is a
native of China, &c, flowering in July and the
following month.

Culture. — These plants may be propagated in
this climate by layers, which should be made
from the young branches in the spring, in the
usual manner, and be occasionally watered
during the summer season, when in the autumn
following thev may be taken off and be planted
in separate pots, being dulv watered and placed
in proper shade till fresh rooted, removing them
in the beginning of the autumn into the shelter
of the sreen-house. The layers sometimes, how-
ever, require two summers before they become
perfectly" rooted.

It is notwithstanding the best method to pur-
chase plants ofthis sort, which are annually sent
to the Italian warehouse-men in London, of
pretty large sizes, with orange and other trees, as
thev are very tedious in raising from layers.

These plants, after being thus procured, and
cleaned from filth bv soakin<r their roots in water,
should be planted in pots filled with fresh sandy
light earth, plunging them in a moderate hot-
bed, shading them in the hot sun, and refreshing
them occasionally with slight waterings as the
earth in the pots becomes dry. When they begin
to shoot they should have air admitted pretty
freely in proportion to the weather, being after-
wards inured to the open air in a place defended
from winds, removing them in the beginning of
autumn into the green-house.

When they have in this management acqui-
red strong roots, they mavbe removed with earth
about them, and be planted out in the open
ground in a drv warm situation, being managed
as myrtles and other similar plants. When
Y

O N O

O N O

covered by mats in the winter frost, great care
must be taken to prevent their becoming mouldy,
bv not letting them remain covered too long.
without the air being admitted.

THey flower and produce fruit sometimes in
two or three years.

They all afford variety among other green-
house plants as well as- in other situations.

OLIVE. See Olea.

ONONIS, a genus containing plants of the
sbrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dladelphia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Papilionacece or Leguminosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianthium, almost the length of the
corolla : segments linear, acuminate, slightly
arched upwards ; the lowest under the keel : the
corolla is papilionaceous : banner cordate, stri-
ated, depressed at the sides more than the other
petals : wings ovate, shorter by half than the
banner . keel acuminate, as long as or longer
than the wings: the stamina have ten filaments,
connate in an entire cylinder : anthers simple :
the pistillum is an oblong germ, villose : style
simple, rising: stigma blunt : the pericarpium
is a rhomb-shaped legume, turgid, subvillose,
one-celled, two-valved, sessile: the seeds few
and kidney-form.

The species principally cultivated are : 1. O.
Nalri.r, Yellow-flowered Shrubby Rest-harrow;
2. 0. Irldentata, Three-tooth-leaved Rest-har-
row ; 3. 0. fruticosa, Shrubby Rest-harrow;
4. 0. rotundifolia, Round-leaved Rest-harrow.

There are other species both of the annual
and perennial kinds, that may be cultivated for
variety.

The first is a very strong-smelling plant, with
a resinous odour, and not very clammy : the
leaves oval, flattish, serrate only at the top, not
fleshy : the peduncle the length of the awn :
root large and wrinkled: the stems more or less
upright, commonly a foot high : leaflets oblong,
villose, toothed at the end : the flowers large,
yellow, solitary, on a peduncle elbowed at two-
thirds of its length, whence springs a thread
like an awn : the upper part of the flower is
rayed with red lines: legumes oblong and vil-
lose. It is a native of the South of France,

The second species has erect shrubby stalks,
a foot and a half high, dividing into slender
branches very full of joints : the leaflets are
narrow, thick, fleshy, on short footstalks : the
flowers at the ends of the branches in loose pa-
nicles, some of the peduncles sustaining two
and others but one flower : they are of a fine
purple colour, and appear in June; the seeds

ripening in September. Tt is a native of Spain
and Portugal.

The thud species is a very beautiful low
shrub, rising with slender stalks about two feet
high, dividing into many branches : the flowers
come out in panicles at the ends of the branches
upon long peduncles, which for the most part
sustain three large purple flowers : the legumes
are turgid, about an inch long, hairy, inclosino-
three or four seeds. It is a native of the South
of France, flowering in May and June.

It varies with white flowers.

The fourth has the stem round, striated,
somewhat villose, a foot and half or two feet
in height: the leaves are petioled, serrate-tooth-
ed, with the teeth alternately larger and smaller,
villose, large ; the end leaflet larger and rounder
than the others : the stipules green, sheathing,
obsoletely serrate, with longitudinal prominent
nerves : the flowers form handsome bunches at
the ends of the branches ; they arc on a long
peduncle, frequently three together, each on its
proper pedicel, of a purple colour. It is a
native of Switzerland, flowering from May to
July.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, cuttings, and slips, according to the
different kinds.

The seeds of the first sort should be sown
upon beds of light earth in the early sprin,, as
about April, thinly in drills, when they should
be properly thinned out during the summer
months, and kept perfectly free from weeds ;
when in the beginning of the autumn they may
be removed into the places where they are to
remain. It may likewise be increased by cuttings
planted out at the same time.

Though this sort is pretty hardy when the
winters are not very severe, a few plants should
always be kept in the green-house. And as it
is apt to grow out of form it should be kept well
cut iii, and new plants be frequently raised
from seeds.

These plants cannot be preserved in pots.
They flower the second vear.

The second sort should have the seeds n >vn
in pots and placed in a mild hot-bed, or on
a very warm sheltered border, in the early
spnng; but the first is the best method, the
plants being afterwards managed as tender
plants, having cither the protection of the green-
house or of mats.

The third sort is raised from seeds sown either
in pots or warm borders in the early spring
months. It succeeds best in shady situations
where the soil is of a sandy quality. The pot-
ted plants are often introduced in green-house
collections ; but they are capable of with-

O P II

O P II

standing the severity of most winters in the open
air.

The fourth sort should have the seeds sown in
the early spring on an open hordes, the plants
being aftei wards properly thinned and kept clean
from weeds. It may likewise be raised bom
slips planted out at the same season. It is very
hardy, and requires little trouble in its cultivation.
They are all plants which afford ornament and
variety in the borders, or among other potted plants
of the green-house kind.

OPHIOXYI.L'M, a genus containing a plant
of the shrubby climbing kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polysomia
Monoecia, and ranks in the natural order of
jipocmeae.

The characters are : that in the hermaphrodite
flowers, the calyx is a five-cleft perianthium,
acute, erect, verv small : the corolla is one-
petallcd, funnel-form : tube long, filiform, thick-
ened in the middle : border five-parted, spreading
a little, without a nectary: the stamina have five
filaments, very short, in the- middle of the tube:
anthers acuminate : the pistillum is a superior
germ, roundish: style filiform, the length of the
stamens : stigma capitate : the pericarpium is a
berrv twin, two-celled : the seeds solitary, round-
ish. Male flowers on the same plant: the calyx
as in the hermaphrodites (bifid) : corolla one-
petalled, funnel-form : tube long: border five-
cleft : nectary in the mouth of the corolla, cy-
lindric, quite entire : the stamina have two
filaments, very short: anthers acuminate, con-
verging within the nectary.

The species is 0. strpt-ntinum, Scarlet-flow-
ered Ophioxylum.

It has the stem upright, round, quite simple:
the leaves in fours placed cross-wise, lanceolate-
ovate, smooth, acuminate, petioled : nectary like
that of narcissus ; but according toBurmann the
stem is three-cornered, jointed, stiiated; at each
joint are threeleaves, which are oblong acuminate,
entire not serrate, in which they differ from those
of the peach-tree, whose form they resemble,:
petioles short : at the top of the stem are many
iiorets in a sort of umbel ; and Jussieu describes
it as a shrub with three or four leaves in whorls;
flowers glomerate, terminating, males mixed
u ith the hermaphrodites, two-stamened only,
with a cylindric entire crown at the throat of
tire tube, without any germ: the berry fleshy,
two-lobed, within a very small three- or five-cleft
calyx, lenticular-compressed, two-celled, of a
brick-red : it is a native of the East Indies,
flowering in May and the following month.

Culture. — This may be raided by seeds, which
should be sown in pots in the early spring and
be pluuced in a bark hot-bed, and when the
7

plants have attained some growth, removed into
E J .u ate pots and l.-pUinsied in the bark hot-bed
of, the stove, win re the plan;-. nu:>t be constantly
kept. It may likewise be increased by layers and
cuttings, which should be laid down or planted
out 3t the same season and have the same sort of
management as those procured from seeds.
They are ornamental stove plants.
Ol'IIRYS, a genus comprising plants of the
bulbo-fibrous-rooted perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Gynandria
Diantlria, and ranks in the natural order of
Orchidece.

The characters are : that the calyx has wander-
ing spatbes: spadix simple : perianthium none :
the corolla has five oblong petals, converging
upwards, equal ; two of these exterior : neetarv
longer than the petals, hanging down, posteriorly
one somewhat keeled : the stamina have two fila-
ments, very short, placed on the pistil: anthers
erect, covered with the inner margin of the
nectary: the pistillum is an oblong germ, con-
torted, inferior : style fastened to the inner mar-
gin of the nectary : stigma obsolete: the peri-
carpium is a subovate capsule, three-cornered,
blunt, striated, three- valvetj, one-celled, opening
at the keeled angles : the seeds numerous, like
saw-dust : the receptacle linear, fastened to each
valve of the pericarpium.

The species cultivated are: 1. O.ovata, Com-
mon Ophrys or Twayblade; 2. 0. spiralis, Spiral
Ophrys, or Triple Lady's Traces; 3. 0. nidus
avis, Bird's-nest Ophrys; 4. 0. muscifcra, Fly
Ophrys -5.0. apifera, Bee Ophrys ; C. 0. arani-
fcra, Spider Ophrys; 7. 0. monorchia, Yellow
or Musk Ophrys ; 8. 0. anthropoplwra, Man
Ophrys.

The first has a perennial root, consisting like
the third of numerous thick fleshy bundled fibres,
and renewed every year : the stem from twelve
to eighteen inches, and even two feet in height,
below the leaves much thicker than above, and
naked ; above the leaves downy ; the lower part
of-the stem immediately above the root i» clothed
with a membranaceous spalhe of two or three
leaves ; about one-third of the height of the stem
areplaced two very broad ovate leaves, one embra-
cing the other at the base, marked with about
seven nerves, and much resembling the leaves of
the broad plantain ; above these are two or three
very short ovate, acuminate stipules : the fk>«l
numerous, in a loose spike, four inches long or
more, yellowish green. '1 he flowers have a li i-
grant musky scent. It is a native- of most parts
of Europe.

It varies with three leaves.
The second species has from one to three bulb-
or sometimes four, varying from oblong, and halt
Y e

O P H

O P H

an inch in length, to cylindrical and an inch and
halt long, rough or villose, pointed, and furnished
with a few fibres-: the stem from six to nine
inches high, the lower part smooth, the upper
downy : the root-leaves four or more, forming a
tuft, ovate-lanceolate, smooth, entire at the
margins, bright green, half an inch in breadth,
dotted when magnified, and faintly ribbed. By
the side of these, and not from amongst them,
arises the stem, clothed with three or four lance-
olate, acuminate, embracing leaves, downy, and
membranous at the edge : the spike from two to
four inches long, twisted in a spiral form, with
numerous (fifteen or more) flowers, growing from
one side, and following its spiral direction. It
is a native of many parts of Europe, flowering
from August to October.

The third has the root composed of many
strong fibres, from which arise ,two oval veined
leaves, three inches long, and two broad, joined
at their base; between these springs up a naked
stalk about eight inches high, terminated by a
loose spike of herbaceous flowers, resembling
gnats, composed of five petals, with a long hifid
lip to the nectarium, a crest or standard above,
and two wings on the side. It is a native of
manv parts of Europe.

The fourth species has the bulbs roundish :
the stem from nine to fifteen inches high : the
leaves three or four, sheathing the stem at the
base, lanceolate, pale green, smooth, shining,
marked with numerous longitudinal nerves, the
intermediate space covered with a thin somewhat
pellucid puckered skin, giving thein a silvery hue :
the upper part of the stem naked, yellowish green.
nearly round, smooth : the bractes linear-lance-
olate, much longer than the germ, pale yellowish
green : the flowers in a long thinly scattered
spike; sometimes fifteen in number, but seldom
more than four or five : it has much resemblance
to a fly. It is a native of Sweden, &c. It
flowers in May and June.

There are several varieties, as the flv-shaped ;
the great fly ; the large green fly ; the blue fly ;
and the yellow fly.

The fifth has the stem about afoot high, leafy,
round except between the fructifications, where
it is compressed : the leaves alternate, lanceolate,
sheathing, pubescent, nerved: the bractes longer
than the germs, lanceolate. The three outer
petals large, spreading, purple, with the keel and
two nerves green; the two inner petals very
small, hairy, reflex, green : the lower lip of the
nectary large, wide, but slmrtcr than the petals,
dusky purple mixed with yellowj thrcc-lobed,the
side-lobes smaller, hairy, reflex, triangular, acu-
minate ; the middle one very large, pubescent,
thrce-dobed, bent down, the middle segment

longer, acuminate; upper lip narrowed above
with a point, longer than the lower lip, of a green
colour: the filaments long: anthers very large :
the germ longer than the petals, but shorter than
the bracte, large, deeply grooved. It is a native
of Europe, flowering in June and July.

The sixth species has the stem six inches high,
more or less according to its place of growth,
round, smooth, covered below with leaves em-
bracing it: the leaves next the root an inch and
half long, almost an inch broad, ovate-lanceolate,
somewhat blunt, marked with impressed lines,
smooth, spreading on the ground ; those of the
stalk few, narrower and more pointed : the flow-
ers from three to six, in a thin spike. It is a
native of Britain, flowering in June.

It is fancied by some to resemble a bee, by
others a spider ; from the breadth of the lip, and
its being marked with diflerent shades of brown,
it derives its resemblance to the latter. Others
have dicovered a likeness to a small bird in the
flower.

The seventh has a single bulb, round or some-
what oblong, with a few thick fibres from the
crown : the stem about six inches high, round
and smooth : the root-leaves two or three, sheath-
ing the stem, lanceolate, acute, smooth, of a
shining yellowish green, marked with parallel
veins: on the stein one or two sessile awl-shaped
leaves : spike an inch or an inch and half long,
of numerous flowers, which are greenish yellow,
with a faint musky smell. It is a native of many
parts of Europe; Sweden, Denmark, 8tc, flower-
ing in July.

The eighth species has a stem about a foot
high, firm, smooth, round at the base, some-
what angular upwards: the root-leaves four or
five, sheathing the stem at the base, lanceolate
but varying in breadth, spreading: above these
one or two more, closely embracing the stem:
the flowers numerous, in a long loose spike.
They vary in number from ten to fifty. The lip
of the nectary is so divided as to bear a coarse
resemblance to the human arms and legs, whence
it has been named Man Orchis. It is a native
of the southern parts of Europe, and England,
flowering in June.

It varies in size, and in the colour of its
flowers, from yellow green to bright ferruginous.
Culture. — All these plants may be introduced
into the different parts of pleasure-grounds from
the places where they grow naturally in this coun-
try, and be preserved ; but they do not admit of
being propagated in them ; the proper period for
this purpose is just before the stalks decay, in the
latter end of summer or beginning of the autumn,
as at that season the bulbs will be in the best state
for growing strong and flowering the following

O R C

O R C

year. The roots should be taken up with ! ^rgc
balls of earth round ihem, and be planted again
as soon as possible. Thev should also be placed
as as that the soils and situations may be as
nearly as possible similar to those from winch
thev were taken ; those taken from woods being
planted out in shadv situations; those from bog^y
or niarshv places, in the more moist and boggy
parts; and those from dry elevated situations, in
such as have the greatest decrees of dryness and
are the most open. Thev should afterwards be
as little disturbed a* possible by any sort of cul-
ture ; — with this sort of management the roots
will often continue for several years, flowering
annually during t'.ve summer.

In trie culture of the sixth sort Mr. Curtis
succeeded, by taking them up from their natural
situations when ia flower, and baring their roots
no more than was necessary to remove the roots
of other sorts of plants ; then liiling large-sized
garden-pjts -\ ith th-ee parts good" moderately
stirl" loam and one part chalk mixed well 6
ther, passing them through a sieve somewhat Bnei
than a cinder sieve, afterwards planting the roots
in them to the depth of two inches, and, where
there is more than one, three inches apart, water-
ing them occasionally during the summer season
in dry weather, and on the approach of winter
placing the pots under the protection of a frame
and elasses in order to prevent their being injured
bv wet or frosts.

They all afford variety, and are highly orna-
mental in the clumps, borders, and other parts of
shrubberies, kc.

ORCHARD, a portion of garden-ground set
apart for the growth of different sorts of the more
common sorts of fruit, but mostly that of the
apple kind. The trees in this case are mostly of
the standard ku: J, especially when large supplies
of fruit are wanted, and generally consist of Apple-
trees, Pear-trees, Plum-trees, and Cherry-trees;
and, to render it more complete, should contain
Ouinces, Medlars, Mulberries, Service-trees,
Filberts, Spanish Nuts, and Barberries, as well as
Walnuts and Chestnuts. As the two last sorts are
well adapted for sheltering the others from hi<rh
winds, they should, Mr. Forsyth thinks, be plant-
ed in the boundaries of the orchard, a little closer
than ordinary, for that purpose.

In providing trees, especially of the apple kind,
for this purpose, too much care cannot be taken
to admit of none but such as have good roots,
fair clean stems, and proper heads; and at the
same time attention should be paid that a proper
assortment of the different sorts be procured for
the supply of the table during the whole year, a
tew of the Summer sorts are sufficient, but more

of the Autumn, and still a larger quantity of the
Winter kind will be necessary ; as upon this ItM
sort the chief dependence must be placed from
the beginning of the year till nearly the period
of the fruit being ready again.

In districts where the process of cyder-making
is conducted upon a large scale, large Qrchafds
of apples only are often met with ; and in some
counties, as Kent, there are orchards wholly of
Cherries, or these and Filberts. In general, how-
ever, there ought to be a much larger proportion
of Apples than ofany other fruit in orchards, as in
proper situations they are very profitable; and, in
addition, the trees have a delight:;.! appearance
when in blossom, as well as when the lruit is
ripe.

tatum arid Soil. — In respect to situation,
an o. chard should rather be elevated than low, as
on a gentle declivity ; open to the south and
s uth-eaat, to give free admission t<> the air and
ravs of the sunraswcll as dry up the damps
and disperse the fogs, in order to render the trees
healthy, and give a tine flavour to the fruit. It
should likewise be well sheltered from the east,
north, and westerly winds, by suitable planta-
tions, where not naturally sheltered by hills or
rising grounds. Such plantations, when they
consist of forest-trees, should neither be too large
nor too near the orchard ; as where that is the
case they prevent a free circulation of air,
which is injurious to the trees. Where the
ground does not admit of such plantations, Mr.
Forsyth advises planting cross rows of fruit-trees,
in the manner directed in gardens, as well as
some of the largest-growing trees nearest the
outsides exposed to those winds, two or three
rows of w hich should, he savs, be planted closer
than ordinary, which would greatly shelter those
in the interior parts of the Orchard, and be of
great service, in addition, to the walnut and
chestnut trees, as mentioned above.

Orchards are planted on many different sorts
of <oil and succeed well ; but a dry friable loam
is probably the most suitable, as trees of this
sort are impatient of moisture. Such as have
been mentioned for gardens will answer perfectly
well, and such as produce good crops of corn,
gras*, or other vegetables, are mostly proper for
an Orchard ; ana though the above sort is to be
preferred, any of a good quality, not too light
or dry, nor wet, heavy, or stubborn, but of a
moderately soft and pliant quality, will be found
to answer the end perfectly. The shingly and
gravelly soils disagree very much with fruit-trees,
unless there be loam intermixed with them.
They succeed much better on a chalk bottom,
or subsoil. On such a soil, Mr. Forsyth, has

ORG

O

XV.

seen root-, twelve feet deep, and the trees thrive
well. Where the bottom is clay, the roots
should, lie says, be cut-in once in lour years, to
prevent them from penetrating the clay, which
would greatly injure the trees. Whatever the
nature of the soil may be, it should have a good
.depth, as two or three feet. Where the sods
«re wet they should be well drained in the same
manner as has been directed for gardens, or by
forming the land in ridges with furrows between
the rows to convey off the moisture, the turf
being relaid in case of the ground being in the
state of sward.

Size. — In regard to the size of an Orchard, it
■nay vary Irom^one to ten and fifteen or more
acres, according to the quantity of fruit wanted,
or the proportion of ground that is fit for the
purpose.

Preparation.— This is effected in different
ways : but the best method is, probably, before
planting the trees, to trench it two spits deep,
and ten feet broad, where the rows are to be
planted, and to loosen a spit below, unless it be
clay, which should, Mr. Forsyth says, be trodden
down. Where the ground is in pasture, it should,
he says, be ploughed, and well summer-fallowed,
tiil the grass beVilIed, otherwise when it is laid
in the bottom in trenching, which it gene-
rally is, it will be very apt to breed grubs,
which do much mischief. In bad shingly or
•.gravelly soils, he recommends that holes should
be dug at least three feet deep, and filled up with
good mould: if mixed up with rotten dung,
rotten leaves, or other manure, the trees will in
time amply repay the expense: the dung used
for this purpose should, he says, be that from
the melon and cucumber beds, mixed with the
mould from the same, when the beds are broken
up in autumn, or winter; and be laid up in
heaps, and continued so for one year at least ; but
be frequently turned and have some good fiesh
mould mixed with it. It is the practice with
some to only dig holes large enough to receive
the roots, especially in grass-ground which is to
be continued so. Others prepare the ground
by deep ploughing, if the Orchard is to be
of great extent. The sward, if pasture, should
be ploughed-in some time in spring; a good
summer-fallow should be given it, ploughing it
two or three times, which will lot the turf. A
fortnight or tl.r. e weeks before planting, it should
have a good deep ploughing to prepare it for the
reception of the trees. In Kent, and some other
•hop districts, they prepare their orchard-ground
by the growth of hops upon it with the fruit-
trees. b\ which they are much protected and
brought forward.

Season of Plant 'in g. — In relation to the period
of planting, it maybe peri. 1 with success

at different seasons, according to the nature
of the land. The best time lor planting on a
dry soil is, Mr. Forsyth says, in October; but,
if wet, the latter end of February, or the month
of Match, will be a more lit season; The chief
circumstance in this business is to suit the trees
as much as possible to the soil, and to plant
them at proper distances, from each other ; which
may be from forty to eightv feet, according to
the size of the trees when full grown. He ob-
serves that fruit-trees, when planted too thick,
are very liable to blights, and to be covered with
moss, which robs them of a great part of their
nourishment, besides spoiling the ii.ivour of the
fruit.

Procuring the Trees. — In providing the trees
it is a good practice to procure their: from a soil
nearly similar to, or rather v\ >rse than , that where
they are intended to be planted ; as trees trans-
planted from a rich soil to a poorei oac never
thrive so well ; but it from a poor to a richer soil,
they generally succeed in a perfect mam er.
Good trees, which have been properly pruned,
which are quite free from bruises and disease,
should always be carefully selected; and their
roots be preserved as much as possible when
taken up.

The most proper sorts of trees for small or-
chards may be those of the Janetmg, Golden
Pippin, Nonesuch, Hihston Pippin, Nonpareil,
Queen, Sky-house, Golden Rennet, Aromatic
Pippin, Grey Leadington, Scarlet Pearmain,
Lemon Pippin, Pommegrise, French Crab,
Russeting and Codling kinds. But various
other sorts may be employed where the orch-
ards are exttnsive, and a great variety of fruit
necessary.

> Planting the Trees. — With regard to the pro-
per distance ol planting the trees, it should be
regulated by the natural growth or spreading of
them when fullv grown, as well as the nature
and goodness of the soil. It was formerly the
practice to have them put in at narrow distances ;
but at present ten, twelve, or fifteen yards are
more common, and in the cyder districts from
twenty to twenty live yards are in use. The
usual mode of arranging the trees is, in open
grounds in lines or row s ; but in close plantation*
the quincunx method is more in use. In the
row method, when it can be done, they should
be in the direction of north and south, or one
point more to the east, as by this means they
will have the advantage of the sun from the early
part of the morning in the spring season, which
will in a great measure prevent the damp

O R C

ORG

• ■ from hanging upon them and hindering
lue increase ol the fruit.
In the act of planting or putting them into
t round, great care should be taken th.it they
are not put in to too rival a depth, as where that
ia tlie ca?e they are 1:1 great danger of being de-
stroyed. It is also necessary, that a bed of fine
good mould be provided for them, and that it be
carefully put in with them, so as to be properly
insinuated among the fibres of the roots, and
afford them due support ; the whole being
carefully trodden round the plants in finishing
the business.

Upon this being performed in a proper and
perfect manner, and the young trees afterwards
kept perfectly steady by suitable supports, the suc-
cess of the planter in a great measure depend-.

Where the trees are^planted in the quincunx
order, and at the distance of eighty feet, Mr.
Forsvth says, " the groundbetwecn the rowsmay
be ploughed and sown with wheat, turnips, &c.
or planted with potatoes : the ploughing or dig-
gins the ground, provided it be not done so deep
as to hurt the roots, by admitting the sun and
rain to meliorate the ground, will, he thinks,
keep the trees in a healthy flourishing state. It
will be necessary to support the young trees by
tying them to stakes until they are well rooted,
to prevent their being loosened or blown down
by the wind.

" In the spring after planting, if it proyedry,
some turf should be dug and laid round the stems
of the young trees with the grassy side down-
wards; which will keep the ground moist, and
save a deal of watering : if the trees have taken
well, this need not be repeated, as they will be
out of dansxer the first year. The turf should be
laid as far as the roots of the trees are supposed
to extend ; and when it is rotted it should be
dus-in, which will be of great service to their
roots.

•'Such trees as are ofyery different sizes when
full grown should not, he says, be planted pro-
mtfcoousiy ; but, if the soil be properly adapted,
the larger planted in the back parts or higher
grounds, or at the north ends ot the rows, if
tbev run nearly north and south, and the others
in succession according to their size. The trees
when planted in this manner will have a fine
effect when grow n up j but if they are planted pro-
miscuously, they .-.ill not appear so agreeable to
the eye; and, besides, the smaller tr.es will be
shaded by the larger, which injures them, and
spoils the flavour ot the fruit.

" It is advised that Orchards should be dunged
once in two or three years with some surt of
good manure, as this is of much advantage in
rendering them fruitful and productive.

"The stems of trees in tho-e where cattle feed
should be high enough to prevent their eating
the lower branches ; ami fenced ia such a man-
ner as to prevent their being barked, or injured
by the cattle rubl' nit them, particularly

when young; which may be done by triang
of wood, or the trees may be bushed with
thorn-.

But in orchards where cattle are not permitted
to go, Mr. Forsyth prefers " dwarf- trees to
standards, taking care to proportion the distance
of the rows to the size of the trees."

After- Management . — This chiefly consist- in
keeping the trees properly pruned and cut-in; as
where this is judiciously done the trees will come
into bearing sooner, and continue in vigour for
nearly double the common time. But with these
standard-trees less culture is necessary than in
other cases. No branch should ever be short-
ened, unless fir the figure of the tree, and then
it should be taken off close at the separation.
The more the range of branches shoot circularly,
a little inclining upwards, the more equally will
the sap be distributed, and the better the tree
bear. The ranges of branches should not be
too near each other, that the fruit and leaves
mav not be deprived of their full share of sun ;
and where it suits, the" middle of the tree
should be so free from wood, that no branch
may cross another, but all the extremities point
outwards.

About October or November, or as soon as
the fruit is removed, is the most proper sea-<ei
for this work. It is the best practice to take off
superfluous branches with a saw, and afterwards
to smooth the place with a knife; for it is essen-
tial that every branch which is to come off
should be cut perfectly close and smooth. The
wounded part may then be smeared over with a
proper composition. Such branches should al-
ways be taken off as come near to the ground,
that have received any material injury, where I
leaves are much curled, or that have a tendency
to cross the tree or run inwards. And a little
attention may be given to the beauty of the head,
leaving all the branches as nearly equidistant
as possible. Where there are any remain
blotches, they should be opened or scored with
a knife ; and where the bark is ragged from any
laceration) it should be pared gently down to
the live wood : touching over each with a pro-
per composition. Thisbciugdone, the moss should
be rubbed clean off, and the trees scored. In
this last operation, care should be taken not to
cut through the inner or white rind, which joins
the bark to the wood. When trees are much
thinned, they are subject to throw out great
quantity of young shoots in the spring, which

ORG

O R C

should be rubbed off, and not cut, as cutting is
apt to increase the number.

The great enemy to orchards where apples
are grown, is Misletoe, and is often permitted
to become very injurious to them. The usual
method of clearing trees from it, is to pnll it
out with hooks in frosty weather, when brittle,
and readily broken off from the branches. A
labourer is capable of clearing fifty or sixty trees
in a day.

Moss, moist spring frosts, blights, and several
other similar causes are highly injurious to
this sort of tree, as is shown under these parti-
cular heads.

ORCHIS, a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous bulbous-rooted flowery per-
ennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Gyimndria
Diandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Orchidece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a wan-
dering spathe: spadix simple: perianthium none :
the corolla has five petals ; three outer, two in-
ner, converging upwards into a helmet : nectary
one-leafed, fastened to the receptacle by the
lower side between the division of the petals :
upper lip erect, very short ; lower lip large,
spreading wide : tube behind horn-shaped, nod-
ding : the stamina have two filaments, very slen-
der, very short, placed on the pistil : anthers ob-
ovate, erect, covered with a bilocular folding of
the upper lip of the nectary : the pistillum is an
oblong germ, twisted, inferior : style fastened
to the upper lip of the nectary, very short : stig-
ma compressed, blunt: the pericarpium is an
oblong capsule, one-celled, three-keeled, three-
valved, opening three ways under the keels, co-
hering at the top and base : the seeds numerous,
very small, like. saw-dust.

The species cultivated are: 1. 0. llfolia, But-
terfly Orchis ; 2. 0. mono, Female or Meadow
Orchis; 3.0. musculo. Male or Early Spotted Or-
chis ; 4. O.militaris, Man Orchis; 5. 0. lafifo-
lia, Broad-leaved or Marsh Orchis ; 6. 0. macula-
tn, Spotted Orchis; 7. 0. cviwpita, Long-spurred
Orchis; 8. O. abortiva, Purple Bird's Nest, or
Bird's Nest Orchis.

The first has ovate bulbs, tapering to a point
at the base, white within and without ; thick
fleshy fibres come out above them from the base
of the stem : the stem .t foot or eighteen inches
high, smooth, six-angled, three ribs running
down from each leaf: leaves usually two, (some-
times three,) springing from the root, ovate,
blunt, tapering at the base, five or six inches long,
and from two to three inches wide, smooth, pale
green above, silvery beneath, marked with nu-
merous parallel veins : on the stem are three

or four lanceolate, sessile leaves, the lowest
of which are longest : the flowers are numer-
ous in a long loose spike. It is a native of
Britain, &c.

The second species has roundish bulbs, the
size of a hazel-nut or of a nutmeg, one fixed to
the base of the stem, and the other connected to
the base by a fibre half an inch long, and the
thickness of packthread : above them are largish
spreading fibres : the stalk from six or seven
inches to a foot or more in height, upright and
leafy : the leaves embracing, lanceolate, marked
with lines, glaucous, shining on the upper side,
underneath silvery ; the bottom ones for the
most part turning back and variously contorted;
the flowers few, from six to eight, seldom more
than twelve, purple, sitting loosely on the stalk.
It is a native of this country.

There are varieties with purple flowers, with
red flowers, with violet flowers, with flesh-co-
loured flowers, and with white flowers.

The third has large, oval bulbs, both fixed to
the base of the stem, which is about a foot high,
round, smooth, upright, solid, above naked and
purplish, below clothed with surrounding leaves;
these are lanceolate, alternate, broadish, the
lower ones sheathing at the base, spreading up-
wards, bright green and shining above, glaucous
beneath, marked longitudinally with parallel
veins, and usually spotted with large brown or
dark purple spots : the upper leaves closely sheath
the stem, and are pale green : the flowers in
a loose spike, numerous. It is a native of
England.

The fourth species has the stem about one
foot high, round and smooth : the leaves about
four, sheathing, acutely lanceolate, the three
lower spreading, the upper one closely embra-
cing,bright green, with numerous parallel veins:
the spike from one to two inches long, with
numerous flowers : bractes very short, membra-
naceous, oval but pointed, and terminated with
an awn : petals all convergent, three exterior
large and broad, oval-lanceolate, acute, two in-
terior, narrow, linear or somewhat awl -shaped,
all greenish white with purple lines: lip of the
ncctarium purplish, or white with purple dots,
long and narrow, divided intothree segments, the
twoouter near the upper part linear, half as long
as the lip, the lower again slightly divided into
three, the two outer broader, rounded, slightly
serrate, the middle one appearing like a spine :
horn blunt, half as long as the germ : cases to
the anthers distant : the anthers yellow. It is a
native of Britain.

There are several varieties.

The fifth has broad and flat bulbs, divided intoa
few fingers, which sometimes run out into a long
6

ORG

O R I

fibre, striking downwards ; several shorl thick
fibres alio sboot oat laterally from the top of the
bulbs: the stein about a toot (or eighteen
inches) high, smooth, hollow, somewhat angu-
lar towards the ti>p : the leaves li\e or six, alter-
nate, sheathing the stem to the spike, acutely
lanceolate, keeled and marked w ith parallel veins,
pale green, rarely spotted, and when so, very ob-
seurel v ; the bractes much longer than the flowers,
resembling the uppermost leaves, acutely lanceo-
late, srreen, sometimes with a tinge ol purple:
the flowers vers' numerous (forty), in a close
somewhat conical spike, lor the most part roseos
flesh-coloured with us, often purple, rarely white.
It is a native of Europe, flowering at the end of
May.

Theie are different varieties.

The shall species has palmated, compressed
bulbs, with the segments much divaricated : stem
solid, from seven or eight to eighteen inches
high, the lower part round, the upper somewhat
angular: the lower leaves embracing the stem,
lowest constantlv short, broad and blunt, the
next considerably longer, bluntly lanceolate;
above these more acutely lanceolate ; upper ones
very narrow and apparently sessile, but the mar-
gins are decurrcnt, whence the angular appear-
ance of the stem ; beneath thev are silvery green,
with parallel green nerves, above pale green, often
partially covered with the same silvery skin,
marked with numerous reddish brown spots,
mostly oval and transverse, but sometimes irre-
gular: the flowers numerous (fortv) in a close
conical spike. It is a native of Europe.

It varies with purple flowers, red flowers, and
white flowers.

The seventh has palmated, compressed bulbs;
the stem twelve to eighteen inches high, smooth
and firm, round below; angular upwards; lower
leaves sheathing the stem, long, narrow, and
acutely lanceolate, bright green, shinine, keeled,
with a strong midrib, on each side of which are
two or three faint veins and one strongly marked :
the lower stem-leaves embracing, upper sessile,
lanceolate, acute, decreasing in size till thev re-
semble the bracte : the flowers flesh-coloured or
pale purple, (forty-two) in a loose spike, three
inches long, smelling very sweet. It is a native
of Europe.

The eighth species has the roots composed of
thick horizontal (ibres wrinkled transversely:
the stem straight, upright, eighteen inches or
more in height, blue or violet, leafless but sheath-
ed with scales: the flowers in a verv long thin
spike, violet. It is a native of France, ixc.

The whole plant is of a violet or deep purple
colour.

Vol. II.

Culture. — These curious plants may all be in-
troduced and preserved in the pleasure-grounds,
by proper care in removing them from theif ni-
tive situations, which should always be done
when their leaves decline, being previously mark-
ed. When removed at other seasons, they sel-
dom succeed.

. They should be taken up with balls of earth
about their roots, and be immediately replanted,
in a soil and situation as nearly as possible the
same as that from which thev were taken.
When thus managed, thev continue many years
flowering in a strong manner.

They afford much variety where the different
kinds are introduced in the borders and other
parts.

ORIGANUM, a genus affording plants of the
herbaceous annual and under-shrubby perennial
kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diih/namin
Gymnosptrnua, and ranks in the natural order
of VerticillatcE,

The characters are : that the calyx is a spiked
involucre, composed of imbricate, ovate, co-
loured bractes: perianthium unequal, various: the
corolla onc-petalled, ringent: tube cylindrical,
compressed: upper lip erect, flat, blunt, emargi-
nate: lower trifid, the segments almost equal: The
stamina have four filiform filaments, the length
of the corolla, of w hich two are longer : anthers
simple : the pislillum is a four-cleft germ : stvle
filiform, inclined to the upper lip of the corolla:
stigma very slightly bifid : there is no pericar-
pium : calyx converging, fostering the seeds at
bottom : the seeds four, ovate.

The species cultivated are: 1. 0. vulgare.
CommonMarjoram ; 2. O.oniies, Pot Marjoram ;

3. 0. majorana, Sweet or Knotted Marjoram ;

4. 0. heracleoticum, Winter Sweet Marjoram ;

5. 0. sEgi/ptiacum, Egyptian Marjoram ; 6. 0.
diclamnus, Dittany of Crete or Candia.

The first has a perennial, creeping, horizontal,
brown root, tufted with numerous fibres: the
stem a foot, eighteen inches, or near two feet in
height, upright, somewhat woodv, a little downy,
and often tinged with purple : the branches op-
posite, upright, more tender than the stalk, in
other respects similar: the leaves are ovate,
pointed, finely and thinly toothed, above nearly
smooth, beneath downy, dotted on both sides, the
edges finely ciliate, spreading: tbenetinlesdou ny :
axils of the leaves, in the cultivated plant, bear
numerous smaller leaves. It is an aromatic and
ornamental plant, growing wild in thickets ami
hedges, chiefly in a calcareous soil; and flower-
ing from the end of .lime through the following
month. It is found in most parts of Europe.

O R 1

O R I

There are varieties with white flowers and
liffht-crecn stalks; with purple flowers and with
variegated leaves; which is sometimes cultivated
in gardens, under the title of Pot Marjoram, used
in soups.

The second species has the habit of Sweet
Marjoram, but it is woody : the stems woody,
perennial, a foot and half high, branched, spread-
ing with-long hairs : the leaves small, subscssile,
acute, thinly serrate, tomentose on both sides ;
with rudiments of branches from the axils : the
spikes heaped, as in the third sort, but oblong,
bv threes on each peduncle, the middle ones
sessile, villose : the flowers are white, appearing
in July. It is a native of Sicily.

The third has a biennial, brown root, with
many long tough fibres : the stems numerous,
woody, branched, a foot and half high : the.
leaves are downy, entire, pale green, pctioled :
the flowers small, white, appearing successively
between the bracteal leaves, which are nume-
rous, and form roundish compact terminating
spikes. It begins to flower in Julv, when it is
cut for use, and called Knotted Marjoram, from
the flowers being collected into roundish knot-
ted close heads. Jt ispvobably a native of China.

The fourth species has a perennial root, from
which arise many branching stalks a foot and
half high, hairy, and inclining to a purplish
colour : the leaves ovate, obtuse, hairy, greatly
resembling those of Sweet Marjoram, on short
foot-stalks : the flowers in spikes about two
niches long, several arising together from the
divisions of the stalk : the flowers are small,
•white, peeping out of their scaly covers. It
grows naturally in Greece, Stc.

It is at present commonlv known by the name
of Winter Sweet Marjoram, but was formerly
called Pot Marjoram, being chiefly used for
nosegavs, as coming sooner to flower than
Sweet Marjoram.

There is a variety with variegated leaves.

The fifth is a perennial plant with a low
shrubby stalk, seldom rising more than a foot
and half high, dividing into branches: the
leaves roundish, thick, woolly, hollowed like
a ladle; thev are like those of common Marjo-
ram, but of a thicker substance, and have much
the same scent: the flowers are produced in
rotindish spikes, closely joined together at the
top of the stalks, and at the end of the small side
branches ; they are of a pale flesh colour, peep-
ing out of their scaly coverings. It is a native
of Egypt, flowering from June to August.

The sixth species is also a perennial plant :
the stalks hairy, about nine inches high, of a
purplish colour, sending out small branches

from the sides by pairs : the leaves round, thick,
wooliv, very white ; the whole plant has a
piercing aromatic scent, and biting taste : the
flowers are collected in loose leafy heads of a
purple colour, nodding, and small. It is a na-
tive of the island of Candia, flowering from
June to August.

Culture. — The four first sorts may be readily
increased by slips, cuttings, and parting the
roots, and in the first and third sorts also by
seeds.

The seed should be procured fresh from the
seed-shops, and be sown in the early spring
months, as March or the following month, on a
bed or border of good light mould, raking it in
lightly. When the plants are up and have at-
tained a few inches in growth, they should be
planted out during moist weather, in a warm dry
situation, in rows ten or twelve inches distant, to
remain, water being given occasionally till they
become perfectly rooted. When the plants are
designed for the borders or clumps, the seeds
may be sown in patches where the plants are to
remain.

The roots of the strongest plants may be
parted so as to have some root-fibres to each in
the early autumnorspring season, and be planted
out in rows in the same manner as those raised
from seed; having the same management after-
wards till fresh rooted. The slips or cuttings
of the branches should be taken off in the sum-
mer, and immediately planted out where the
plants are to remain.

All the sorts should be afterwards kept per-
fectly clean from weeds during the summer sea-
son, and in the autumn have the decayed stalks
cleared away, loosening the mould about the
plants ; and when in beds, disaing the allevs and'
throwing a little of the earth over the beds.

When necessary the plants may be removed
into the pleasure ground, with small balls of
earth about their roots, either in the autumn or
early spring.

The other tender kinds may be increased by
planting slips or cuttings of the young shoots,
in the spring and summer months; in the
former season in pots of light earth, plunging
them in a mild hot-bed, but in the latter either
in pots or warm shady borders ; water being
immediately given and occasionally repeated in
small proportions, being covered down by hand
glasses in the latter case, to expedite their root-
ing ; being removed, when the plants begin to
shoot at the top. In the autumn the plants may
be removed into separate small pots, and after-
wards treated as the more hardy plants of the
green-house kind.

O R N

O R N

The three first sorts are useful as culinary
plants, as well as ornamental m the borders
or the pleasure ground : and the other kinds
afford variety in the green-house collections.

ORNITHOGAL1 M, a L,im> containing
plams or' the bulbous-rooted, flowery, herba-
ceous, perennial kind.

U belongs to the class and order Hexandria
ta, and ranks in the natural order of
Corona) ice .

The characters arc: that there is no calyx:
the corolla has six petals, lanceolate, upright
below the middle, above it spreading, perma-
nent, losing their colour: the stamina have
six upright filaments, alternately widening at
the base, shorter than the corolla: anthcis
simple : the pistillum is an angulai germ : style
awl-shaped, permanent : stigma blunt: the pe-
ricarpium is a roundish capsule, angular, three-
celled, three-valved : the seeds many and
roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. 0. umleUatum,
Umbclled Star of Bethlehem ; 2. 0. luteum,
Yellow Star of Bethlehem ; 3. 0. minimum,
Small Star of Bethlehem ; 4. 0. Pyrenaicum,
Pyrenean Star of Bethlehem ; 5. 0. latifoliiim ,
Broad-leaved Star of Bethlehem; C>. O.pyr ami-
dale, Pyramidal Star of Bethlehem ; ',. 0.
intifoliinn, One-leafed Star of Bethlehem ; 8.
0. nutans, Neapolitan Star of Bethlehem ; 9.
O.Capense, Cape Ornithogalum; 10. O.aureum,
Golden Star of Bethlehem.

The first has a solid bulb, having smaller
bulbs joining to it : the root-leaves (sometimes
five) soft, keeled, or convex on the outside and
channelled within, with a white silvery streak,
from one to two lines in width, and above a
foot in length, linear, bright green : the scape
upright, round, very smooth, a long span or
a foot in height, terminating at top in alter-
nate peduncles, very long and broad ; all toge-
ther forming a sort of corymb, resembling an
irregular umbel, but not springing from the
same point, the lower ones being longer: the
flow ers are all nearly of the same height ; they
are one -flowered, and each has a white, mem-
branaceous, lanceolate, very large bracte.
Woodward remarks that it is improperly called
urn tiUatum, as the flowers are in a most evident
spike (or rather corymb). It is a native of the
southern parts of Europe, Sec., flowering in April
and May.

The second species has the root-leaves gene-
rally single, and longer than the stem, which is
from four to six inches high : the stem-leaves
two, three, or four, one very large, the other
.smaller, all unequal ; fringed with fine white
.hairs : from these arise a few fruit-stalks, (three

to seven) each supporting one flower, and form-
ing an umbel. It is a native of most parts of
Euroj ; ing in April.

Its roots have been u^i\ lor food in times oi
scarcity, in Sw eden.

In the third, according to Miller, the bull
not larger than peas. There is one or two nar-
row kccl-sh. , live inches long,
dt' a grayish colour, arising from them. The
-talk is angular, about four inches high, having
two narrow keel-shaped leave.-, just below the
flowers, w bich are-disposcd man umbel on branch-
ing peduncles, yellow within hut of a purplish
green on the outside ; they appear in May, and
are succeeded by small triangular capsules tilled
with r ddish uneven seeds. Jt is a native of
Sweden eve.

The fourth spi 1 ies has a naked stem, a foot
and half or two feet high : the flowers are in a
long spike on slender peduncles, each arising
from a membranaceous hall-embracing bracte,
broad at the base, tapering to a point : the bulb
pretty large, with several long keeled leaves
coming out from it and spreading on the
ground ; among these comes out a single naked
stalk about two feet long, sustaining a long loose
spike of flowers of a yellowish green colour,
on pretty long peduncles, and spreading wide
from the principal stalk. The flowers have an
agreeable scent, and appear in May. It is a na-
tive of some parts of Europe.

1 he Gfth has a large bulb ; the root-leaves
are several, broad, sword-shaped, spreading on
the ground : the stalk thick, strong, between
two and three feet high, bearing a long spike of
large white (lowers, upon long pedicels : the
leaves are a foot long, and more than two inches
in breadth. It has been obverved by Clusias,
with above one hundred flowers on a spike'. It
is a native of Egypt and Arabia, flowering in
June.

The sixth species has a very large oval bulb,
from which arise several long keeled leaves, of
a dark green colour ; in the middle of these
springs up a naked stalk, near three feet high,
terminated by a long conical spike of white
flowers, on pretty long pedicels. It grows na-
turally in Spain and Portugal, flowering in
June.

The seventh has an ovate bulb, the size of
a hazel nut: the leaf is upright, flat, broad-
lanceolate, blunt, naked, ciliate, sheathing the
scape at the base : the scape upright, round,
longer than the leaf, terminated by a few-
flowered raceme ; the flowers peduncled, alter-
nate. It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope.

The eighth species has a pretty large, coin -
Z 2

ORN

O R O

pressed bulbous root, from which come out
many long, narrow, keeled leaves of a dark green
colour . the stalks a;e very thick and succulent,
about a foot high, sustaining ten or twelve
flowers in a loose spike, each hanging on a
footstalk an inch long. Jt is a native of Italy,
flowering in April and Way.

The ninth has an irregular tuberous root,
varying greatly in form and size, covered with
a dark brown skin, from which spring several
leaves, upon pretty long footstalks, having several
longitudinal veins : the flower-stalks are slender,
naked, and about a foot high, sustaining several
small greenish-white flowers, formed in a loose
f;pike, standing upon long slender pedicels : they
come out in November. It is a native of the
Cape of Coed Hope.

The tenth has a whitish bulb, from which
spring three or four smooth, somewhat fleshy,
upright, dark green leaves, about half an inch
wide, and three or four inches long, edged with
white, and, if magnified, appearing fringed with
very fine villose hairs: the stalk is naked, from
eight to twelve inches high, supporting many
flowers, which spring from the axils of large,
hollow, pointed bractes, and, opening one after
another, keep the plant a considerable time in
flower; they are usually of a bright orange or
gold colour, but sometimes paler. It is a native
of the Cape of Good Hope, flowering in
January and February.

Culture. — Ail the sorts are capable of being
increased by planting the strong off-sets from
the old roots in the latter end of the summer
season, when tbeir leaves and stems begin to de-
cay,, cither in beds or the borders ; the old roots
may cither be immediately replanted or kept out
of the ground some time, but thev flower much
stronger when put into the ground in autumn,
than if kept out till the spring. The small off-
set bulbs should be planted out in nursery rows
in beds for some time, till sufficiently large to be
finally set out where they are to grow. They
should have a light sandy soil, little manured.

They afterwards require the same mangement
as other hardy bulbs. SeeBui.B; but they should
be removed every other year, as when let remain
longer they become weak.

The two last sorts should have the off-sets or
slips planted in separate pots, at the same time
with the above, filled with good light earth,
placing them under a hot-bed frame, so as to be
protected from wet during the winter season,
giving them full air in the summer. The old
roots may be taken up in the autumn as in the
other sorts, and after being kept a little while out
of the ground, be replanted in the beginning of
the autumn.

The hardy sorts are all highly ornamental
among other flowering bulbous-rooted plants, in
the borders, clomps, cic.

And the two last kinds afford variety in the
collections of potted plants of the flowering
bulbous rooted sorts.

OROBUS, a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous fibrous-rooted perennial flowery
kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelp/iia
Decrmdria, anil ranks in the natural order of
PapillonacecB or Lcgum'mosce.

The characters are : that the calvx is a one-
leafed perianthium, tubular, blunt at the base :
mouth oblique, five-toothed, very short; the three
lower toothlets sharper; the two upper shorter,
more deeply and bluntly divided : shrivelling:
the corolla is papilionaceous : banner obcordatc,
reflex at the tip and sides, longer: wings two,
oblong, almost the length of the banner, rising,
with the edges converging : keel manifestly bifid
below, acuminate, rising; with the edges con-
verging, parallel, compressed ; the bottom ventri-
cose : the stamina have diadelphous filaments,
(simple and nine-cleft), ascending: anthers
roundish : the pistillum is a cylindrical germ,
compressed : style filiform, bent upwards, erect :
stigma linear, pubescent on the inner side from
the middle to the top : the pericarpium is a round
legume, long, acuminate, and ascending at the
end, one-celled, two-valved : the seeds very many
and roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. O. lathyroides,
Upright Bitter-Vetch ; 2. 0. luteas, Yellow
Bitter- Vetch ; 3. 0. vermis, Spring Bitter-Vetch ;
4. 0. tuberosus, Tuberous Bitter-Vetch ; 5. O.
viger, Black Bitter- Vetch ; 6. 0. Pyrenuicus ,
Pyrehean Bitter- Vetch.

The first has a perennial root : the stalks three
or four, branching, about a foot high : the leaf-
lets smooth, stiff, of a lucid green: the flowers
in close spikes on short peduncles, from the axils
of the leaves at the top of the stalks, where are
generally three or four of these spikes standing-
together : the corolla is of a fine blue colour :
the flowers appear in June. It is a native of
Siberia.

The second species has a very thick root, often
transverse, hard, with the fibres widely diffused :
the stem is afoot high and more, straight, angular,
striated, smooth : the leaij'ets four or five pairs,
entire, veined on both sides, netted, smooth,
whitish underneath, terminated by a bristle ;
sometimes there is an odd leaflet: the stipules
semisagittate, entire, or obscurely serrate with
distant teeth, of the same colour with the leaves :
peduncles angular, striated, smooth, naked, twice
as long as the leaves : the flowers in loose spikes,

O R 0

0 R Y

all directed the same way, twelve or more, of a
yellow colour. It is a native of Siberia.

Tiie third has a perennial root, creeping, not
tuberous, woody; black, with many strong fibres :
the stem about a toot high, upright, unbranched,
smooth, angular, twisted or elbowed at each in-
sertion of the leaves : the leaves alternate, peli-
oled, leaflets two or three pairs, without an odd
one, large, ovate-lanceolate, sessile, quite entire,
nerved, bright green, smooth, tender : the sti-
pules at the base of the petioles large, wide : the
flowers arc blue. It is a native of many parts of
Europe, flowering in March or April.

There are varieties with purple flowers, with
pale blue flowers, with deep blue flowers.

The fourth species has a perennial root, con-
sisting of tough fibres, swelling here and there
into irregular tubercles, each of which produces
a stalk about a foot high, simple, upright, hav-
ing two or three leafy or winded angles: the
leaves are alternate, three or four in number;
each consisting of two or three pairs of smooth
sessile leaflets without an odd one, the petiole
terminated by a kind of awn, as are the leaflets,
being a production of the midrib ; leaflets all el-
liptical, blueish underneath, the lower ones
broader, the upper approaching to linear, all hav-
ing three nerves or longitudinal veins : the stipules
in pairs at the base of each leaf, frequently en-
tire, but more often jagged at bottom, with one
or several teeth : the flowers from two to four
or five in a thin spike on naked slender axillary
peduncles, ofa reddish purple. It is a native of
most parts of Europe, flowering in May and June,
and sometimes in April.

It is sometimes called JVuod-Pea and Heath-
Tea.

The fifth has a perennial root, strong, woody :
the stems many, branching, two feet high, hav-
ing one pinnate leaf at each joint, composed of
five or six small, oblong, oval leaflets : the flowers
are on ray long axillary peduncles, having four,
five, or six purple flowers at the top. It is a na-
tive of most parts of Europe, flowering from
May to July.

The sixth species has the stem angular, wish
the angles slightly winged, branched, somewhat
villose~: the leaflets on'short petioles ; the nerves
underneath villose : the stipules oblong, one-
tailed: the racemes striated : the flowers directed
one way, pendulous: standard obcordate, red,
with lines of a deeper colour. It is a native of
the South of Europe.

Culture. — All the sorts are capable of being
increased by seeds and parting the roots. The
seed should be sown in the beginning of the au-
tumn, as in September or October, in the clumps,
borders, or other parts where they are to remain,

or on a bed of good earth, to be afterward* prick-
ed out and transplanted. The plants should be
kept perfectly free from weeds.

The roots of the large plant* may be parted in
the autumn, and immediately planted out where
the plants are to grow. The sniali roots may he
Bet in nurserv rows, to remain till sufficiently
strong for being finally planted out.

They are all hardy flowering ornamcn'al plants
for the borders, clumps, and other parts (.1'
pleasure-grounds.

ORYZA, a genus containing plants of the
exotic annual kind.

It belongs 'to the class and order Hexandria
Digunia, and ranks in the natural order of Gra-
mma or Grasses.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
flowered glume, two-valved, very small, acu-
minate, almost equal : the corolla two-valved :
valves boat-shaped, concave, compressed, the
larger live-angled, awncd : nectary (petals of
Michel i) two-leaved, flat, on one side of the
germ, very small : leaflets narrow at the base,
truncate at the tip, caducous : the stamina have
six capillary filaments, the length of the corolla:
anthers bifid at the base : the pistillum is a tur-
binategerm: styles two, capillary, reflex : stigmas
club-shaped, feathered : there is no pericarpium :
corolla growing to the seed, oval-oblong, com-
pressed, margins thin, two streaks on each side
at the side : the seed single, large, oblong, blunt,
compressed, with two streaks on each side.

The species is 0. satiia, Rice.

It has the culm from one to six feet in length,
annual, erect, simple, round, jointed : leaves su-
bulate-linear, reflex, embracing, not fleshv : the
flowers in a terminating panicle : the calvcine
leaflets lanceolate : the valves of the corolla equal
in length ; the inner valve even, awnless j the
outer twice as wide, four-grooved, hispid, awned :
the style single, two-parted. It is a native of
India.

There arc several varieties.

The Common Rice has the culm four feet high :
the panicle spiked, the spikes commonly sim-
ple: the fruit oblong, pale, with long awns. It
is late, and is cut from six to eight months aflei
planting.

The Early like has the culm three feet high :
the panicle spiked ; spikes branching : the fruit
turgid, brownish red, with shorter awns. It
ripens and is cut in the fourth month from
planting.

The Dnjov Mountain Rice has the culm three
feet high, and more slender : the fruit longish,
with awns the longest of all. It is sown on
mountains, and in dry soils.

The Clammy Rice has the culm four feet high :

O S T

the leaves wider, yellowish : panicle large, with
shorter awns : the seed oblong, largish, glutinous,
usually very white. This is cultivated both in
wet mid dry places.

It varies' with a black seed, which is higher
flavoured, and also with a red seed.

There are other varieties.

O S T

lono- and narrow, and set on without any order :
the flowers are produced singly at the ends of the
shoots ; they are all yellow, and appear in .July
and August.' It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, flowering from February to October.

The second" species has the angles of the
branches toot'r.leted by the back or the peti-

te—These plants maybe increased by oles running down, and are frqgiiendy wholly

seeds in the early spring. involved in w ool, winch disappears with age : the

The seeds should be sown on a hot-bed, and leaves are wedge-form, erose : the peduncles

when the plants are come up, be transplanted scaly: the flowers small : the seeds obovate :

into pots filled with rich light earth, and placed the stem four or five feet high dividing into many

in nans of water, which should be plunged into branches towards the top, which spread out flat

a hot-bed- and as the water wastes, it must he on every side ; they have a purplish bark. It

renewed from time to time. Thev must be kept produces tufts ot yellow flowers at the extremity

in the stove all the summer, and towards the end of the shoots, from spring to autumn
of August they will produce the grain, which The third rises with a shrubby stalk seven or

will ripen tolerably well, provided the autumn
prove favourable for the plants.

They afford variety in the hot-housecollections.

OSIEK. SeeSALix.

OSTEOSPERMUM, a genus comprising
plants of the shrubby exotic kind for the green-
house.

It belongs to the class and order Syngeiwsia
Polysomia Necessaria, and ranks in the natural
order of Compoiitce Discoidea

eight feet high, covered with a smooth gray
bark, and dividing into several branches : the
leaves alternate, of a thick consistence, covered
with a hoary down, which goes off from the
older leaves, , unequally indented on their edges :
the flowers are in clusters at the ends of the
branches, six or eight coming out together on pe-
tioles an inch and half long, of a yellow colour.

It seldom flowers in this climate; but the time
of its flowering is July or August.

The fourth species has three small branches

The characters are: that the calyx is common,

simple, hemispherical, many leaflets awl-shaped, the leaves small, oblong, sessile, on some ot the

small • the corolla is compound, rayed : the co- upper branches imbricate : the flowers come out

rollets hermaphrodite very many, 'in the disk : at the end of the branches, standing singly on

females about ten in the ray : proper of the her-
' maphrodite tubular, five-toothed, the length of
the calyx : of the female ligulatc, linear, three-
toothed, very long: the stamina in the herma-
phrodites have five capillary filaments, very
short : anther cylindrical, tubulous ; the pistil

peduncles about an inch long.

The fifth is an undershrub, three feet high,
with a strong smell : the root woody, branching,
fibrous : the stem somewhat woody, erect, round,
regularly branched, gray : the leaves alternate,
spreading : segments alternate, (some almost

ium in the hermaphrodites has the germ very opposite,) oblong, acute, serrate; the lower si-

small : style filiform, scarcely the length of the
stamens: stisrma obsolete :— in the females, germ
globular: style filiform, the length of the sta-
mens : stigma cmarginate : there is no pericar-
pium : calyx unchanged : the seeds in the her-
maphrodites none: — in the females solitary, sub-
globular, coloured, at length hardened, inclosing
a kernel of the same shape : pappus none : the
receptacle is naked and flat.

The species cultivated are: 1. 0. sphiosmn,
Prickly Osteospermum ; 2. 0. pisiferum,
Smooth Osteospermum; 3. 0. monilifemm,
Poplar-Leaved Osteospermum ; 4. 0. poly
gahides ; 5. 0. cterukinn,
Osteospermum

nuses wider, deeper, parallel to the midrib ; the
upper ones rounded ; they are without veins, and
have only one nerve prominent beneath ; are of
the same colour on both sides, and fragrant, from
an inch and a half to two inches in length, and
fifteen lines in breadth: the flowers terminating,
very loosely corymbed, peduncled, erect, blue,
an inch wide. It is a native of the Cape.

Culture. — These plants mav be increased by
cuttings of the young shoots, which may be
planted in any of the summer months, upon a
bed of light earth, being watered and shaded
until they have taken root, when they must be
Blue -flowered taken up and planted out separately in pots ; as
when they are suffered to stand long, they are

Thc'first is a low shrubby plant, which sel- apt to make strong vigorous shoots, and be dirH-

dom rise;, above three feet high, and divides into cult to transplant afterward, especially the second

many branches : the ends of the shoots are beset and third sorts ; but there is not so much danger

with green branching spines : the leaves are very of the first, which is not so vigorous, nor so easy

clammy, especially fn warm weather; they are in taking root as the other. In the summer season

o

5 Y

O T II

the pols should be frequently removed, to pi
the plants from rooting through the holes in the
bottoms of the pots into the gr mnd, which the)
lo when they continue long undis-
turbed, and when thc\ shoot very luxuriantly;
and on their being removed, these shoots, and
sometimes the whole plants, are destroyed.

A< the plants are too tender to live in the open
air in this climate, they should be placed in the
green-house in October, and he treated in the
same manner as Myrtles, and other hardy green-
house plants, which require a large shire i
in mild weather j and in the beginning ol
the plants removed into the open air, and ;
in a sheltered situation during the sunnnei sea-
son. As the lirst and second sons are very
thirsty plants, tbey should have plenty of water.

These plants afford variety among other
the green-house kind.

OSW t'.GO TEA . See Mona r da .

OSYRIS, a genus containing a plant of the
shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia
Triandiia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ca/i/ciflorce.

The characters are : that in the male, the
calyx is a one-leafed perianthium, trilid, turbi-
nate: segments equal, ovate, acute : there is no
corolla, except a triple nectariferous rim: the
stamina have three filaments, very short : anthers
roundish, small : in the female, the calyx is a
perianthium as in the male, superior, permanent,
very small : there is no corolla, as in the male :
the pistillum is a turbinate germ, inferior : style
the length of the stamens : stigma three-parted,
spreading, (roundish) : the pericarpium is a
globular berry, one-celled, umbilicated : the
seeds bonv, globular, filling the pericarpium.

The species cultivated is O. alia, Poet's Casia.

It is a very low shrub, seldom rising above
two feet high, having woody branches : the
leaves long, narrow, of a bright colour: the
flowers of a yellowish colour , succeeded by
berries, which at first arc green, and afterwards
turn to a bright red colour, like those of the
Asparagus. Tt is a native of France, Sic.

Culture. — These plants are increased, by sow-
ing the berries in autumn as soon as ripe, in some
gravelly, stony, or similar situation, on the side
of a rising ground, either in the places where the
plants are to remain, which is the most success-
ful, or in a nursery-bed for transplanting. As
the seeds often remain two years before they ve-
getate, the places should be kept clear from
weeds during that time, or till the plants appear.
They afterwards require only to be freed from
weeds.

They afford variety m beds, borders, or other
places, 1 v the beauty of their fruit,

OTHONNAj a genua containing plants oi
the sli ubby exotic < vcrgreen kind.

It h longs to the class and ordi l nc.lia

Poly gam ) saria, and ranks in the natural
order of Composil ■

The characters are .- that the calyx is common,
quite simple, one-leafed, blunt at the base, sharp
at the end, equal, divided into eight or twelve
segments: the corolla compound, rayed: corol-
lets hermaphrodite many, in the disk : females iu
the ray, the same number with the segments of
the calyx, often eight (about ten,) : proper of the
hermaphrodite, tubular, live-toothed, scarcely,
longer than the calyx : of the female, ligulate,
lanceolate, longer than the calyx, three- toothed,
re ! x : the stamina in the hermaphrodites, fila-
ments five, capillars very shorl : anther cylindric,
tubular, the length of the eorojlet : the pistillum
in the hermaphrodites, germ oblong: style fili-
form, commonly longer than the stamens : stig-
ma bifid, simple : in the females, germ oblong :
style filiform, the same length as in the others:
stigma reflex, larger: there is no pericarpium :
calyx unchanged, permanent : the seeds in the
hermaphrodites none: in the females solitary,
oblong, naked or downy : the receptacle is nak-
ed, dotted : (somewhat villose in the middle, ex-
cavated about the edge.)

The species cultivated are: 1. O. bullosa,
Bulbous African Ragwort ; 2. 0. peclinata,
Wormwood-leaved African Ragwort; 3. 0.
abrotanifolia, Southernwood - leaved African
Ragwort ; 4. 0. coronopifolia, Buckshorn-leav-
ed African Ragwort ; 5. 0. cheirifolia, Stock-
leaved African Ragwort ; 6. 0. arlorescins,
Tree African Ragwort.

The first has a thick shrubby stalk, dividing
into several branches, which rise fwc or six feet
high; the leaves come out in clusters from one
point, spread on every side ; they are smooth,
narrow at their base, enlarging gradually to their
pi lints, which are rounded ; their edges are acute-
ly indented like those of the Holly : from the
centre of the leaves arise the foot-stalks of the
flowers, which arc five or six inches long,
branching out into several smaller, each sustain-
ing one yellow radiated flower, shaped like the
former; these are succeeded by slender seeds
crowned with down. It flowers in May and June.
It is herbaceous, and varies with ovate,
quite entire leaves; with the root-leaves pin-
nate, quite entire; with the leaves linear, very
narrow; with the leaves lanceolate, quite en-
tire; with the leaves lanceolate, toothed; with
the leaves lanccolate-sub-elliptic; with the leaves

O T II

O A X

sublarccolate, three-toothed, or shrubby ; with
the leaves of the top lanceolate, subsessile ;
and with the leaves alternate, laneeolate, tooth-
ed. It is an extremely variable plant.

The second species rises with a shrubby stalk
about the thickness of a man's thumb, two or
three feet high, dividing into many branches,
covered with a hoary down : the leaves hoary,
about three inches long and one broad, cut into
many narrow segments almost to the midrib ;
these segments are equal and parallel, and have
two or three teeth at the end : the flowers are
produced on long axillarv peduncles towards the
ends of the branches ; they have large yellow
ravs ; and are succeeded by oblong purple seeds
crowned with down. It flowers in May and
June.

The third has a low, shrubby, branching stalk :
the leaves are thick, like those of Sampire, and
are cut into many narrow segments: the flowers
are produced on short peduncles at the ends of
the branches, arc yellow, and the seeds brown.
It flowers from January to March.

The fourth species rises with a shrubby stalk
four or five feet high, dividing into several
branches: the leaves grayish, placed without
order; those on the lower part narrow andentiie,
but the others indented on the edges : the flowers
are produced in loose umbels at the. ends of the
branches, and are yellow. It flowers from July
to September.

The fifth has a strong fibrous root, which
shoots deep in the ground, and sends out many
woody stems, which spread on every side, and
trail upon the ground : the leaves grayish, ses-
sile, and of a thick consistence, narrow at the
base, enlarging upwards, and broad at their
points, where they are rounded : the flowers are
produced upon. long] thick, succulent, peduncles
at the ends of the branches, and from the axils;
they are yellow, the ravs sharp jointed, and not
much longer than the calvx, which is cut into
i ight equal segments at top ; the disk is large,
and the florets as long as the calyx. It is a na-
tive of Africa.

The sixth species has the height (at five years
of age) of one foot, with a stem the thickness
of a human finger, resembling Sedum arborescent;,
and like that fleshy and woody, though never so
tall or thick, pliant, covered with a brownish
ash-coloured bark, not rough but rather smooth,
and having woolly tubercles scattered over it:
the branches also have them, and are obliquely
curved inwards: the ends of the branches and
base of the leaves have a fine wool on them,
not conglobated but scattered : the branches
are otherwise naked, somewhat woody, covered

with a bark like that of the stem, brownish green
towards the end, more tender and herbaceous ;
these leaves come out alternately at short di-
stances ; they are oblong, wider towards the top,
and blunt; contracted towards the base, green
on both sides, somewhat glittering, and as it were
mealy, like those of Auricula, flat,thickish, suc-
culent and smooth, veinless, with only a white
nerve protuberant underneath, and on the upper
part a little hollowed next the base. It is a plant
that makes very slow progress in this climate.
In August it puts out young leaves, which it
keeps all the winter; the heads of flowers ap-
pear about the end of November, and do not
open till the middle or end of January : in sprino-
the leaves gradually drop off. and the plant ap-
pears as if dead till the succeeding autumn.

All the species, except the fifth, are natives of
the Cape.

Culture. — These plants may be increased, by
planting slips and cuttings of the young shoots
or branches during the summer months, in pots
filled with fine earth, plunging them in an old
tan hot-bed under glasses, carefully shadino-
them from the heat of the sun till pcrlectly
rooted ; their striking may be promoted by be-
ing covered with small glasses. When thev are
become well rooted, they should be removed with
balls into separate pots filled with loamy mould,
placing them in a sheltered shady situation till
autumn.

They should be preserved in a good green-
house in the winter, having as much free air as
possible, raid in the summer placed in a sheltered
warm situation.

The fifth sort may sometimes be preserved in
the open ground in such situations.

They produce variety among other potted
plants of the green-hou6e kinds.

OXALIS, a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Pen/agi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
Gruiiii;/cs.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianthium, acute, very short, perma-
nent: the corolla five-parted, often cob erino- by
the claws, erect, obtuse, emarginate: border
spreading: the stamina have ten capillary fi'a-
it.ents, (awl-shaped,) erect; theouter ones short-
er: anthers roundish, grooved: the pistilhiiit
is a five-cornered germ, superior: styles five, fili-
form, the length of the stamens : Stigmas blunt:
the pericarpium is a capsule, five-cornered, five-
celled, ten-valved, (Jacqu.) five-valved gapine
at the corners longitudinally : the seeds are round-
ish, flying out covered with a fleshy clastic aril.

O X A

O X A

The species cultivated arc : 1.0. ..'-, loseila,
Common Wood Sorrel; 2. 0. strata, I

i Sorrel; 3. O. caprina, Goat's-foot Wood
1; 4. 0. versicolor, Striped-flowered
i ; 3. 0. purpurea, Purple W<
I .;, Flesh-coloured Wood Sorrel.

.c many other species thai may be
cuhiva;

The first has a perennial root, branched, round,
knobbed, creeping, with very line librils on every
partly white, partly red) having an ovate,
. thick, rigid scale like a tooth at the knobs :
Stipe partly subterraneous, partly standing out,
sometimes verv little, sometimes several inches,
then procumbent and striking roots into the
ground, toothleted at the knobs like the root,
bat hirsute, red, closely toothlet-
ed above with the permanent joints of decayed
leaves, perennial, putting forth from its top
several aggregate leaves and scapes : the petiole
jointed, round, somewhat hirsute, red, especially
at bottom, from two to three inches long, al-
most upright but weak : the leaflets subsessile,
nLar half an inch long, wider, green and hirsute
■on both sides, shortly ciliate : the scapes one or
two, jointed at the base, round, somewhat villose,
red, the length of the leaves; with embracing,
villose, jointed bractes above the middle : the
ealycine leaflets oblong, acute, sometimes bifid,
somewhat hirsute, ciliate, purple at the tip, up-
right. It is a native of Europe.

There is a variety with purple flowers.

The second species has a perennial,, creeping
root, round, putting out capillary fibres at the
knots, branched : the stems from the root as it
creeps along several, roundish, slender, some-
what villose, purplish, finally branched, half a
loot high and more, upright, but being weak
often lying down, annual : the leaves are alter-
nate, a lew sometimes opposite, tcmate : the
petiole springing from a joint margined in front,
round, villose, spreading, from two to four inches
long, flaccid : the leaflcts^uhpetiolcd, somewhat
hirsute on both sides with decumbent hairs and
green, ciliate, scarcelv half an inch long: the
peduncles axillary, jointed at the base, round,
villose, rpright, about the same length with the
haves, bavins!: from two to seven Howers in an
umbel, with a pedicel often branched. It is a
native of North America, flowering from June
to October.

The third has the bulb ovate-triangular, even :
the stipe subterraneous, terminated by an umbel
of leaves and scapes : leave> several : the petiole
jointed at the base, channelled, smooth, from
two to three inches in length : leaflets ubcordate,
sessile, green above, bright purple underneath, a
third part of an iuch in length ; lobes oblong,
Vol. II.

rounded; the soa| I, smooth, erect, slan-

der, half a foot in length, umbelliferous: the

lets of the involucre few, acute, mini
smooth: pcduncl Four, one-flower-

. sometimes villoai . . about an inch in

length: the flowers of a yellow colour. It i i
ii ui\ a'of the Ca| .

- has an ovate bulb, half an
inch long, covered with a black -kin, within
which are frequently several bulbs : hence when
cultivated it has almost always many sli;
these arc out of tiie ground, bave a lew si
on them, are round, slender, have a very few
hairs scattered over them, are six inches long,
sometimes leafless, sometimes having a single
leaf at top, when young almost upright, but af-
terwards wholly procumbent, terminated by a
dense umbel of leaves and Bowers : leaves seve-
ral, upright, and spreading a little : petiole jointed
at the base, filiform, \illose, from one to two
inches in length: leaflets subsessile, wedgc-form-
liuear, emarginate, at the edges and underneath
appearing somewhat villose when magnified,
above smooth and dotted, underneath ha-
two orange-coloured calluses below the tip,
about half an inch in length : the scapes several,
jointed at the base, round, a little hirsute at top
with capitate hairs, in other parts with simple
ones, almost upright, longer than the petioles
and twice as thick ; bractes alternate, approxi-
mating, and ciliated at top with capitate hairs :
calycinc leaflets lanceolate, acute, erect, ciliate
and hirsute with capitate or simple hairs, green
with theedges blood-red, and two oblong orange-
coloured calluses below the tip connected at top.
It is a native of the Cape.

The fifth has also an ovate bulb, loose, small,
loosely inclosed in a skin, from three to six time*
the size of the bulb : the stipe subterraneous,
from one to three inches long, round, slender,
often bulbiferous, terminated by a dense umbel
of leaves and flowers : the leaves very main-,
spreading or lying on the ground : the petiole
jointed at the base, densely villose, pale green,
from one to three inches long : the leaflets sessile,
quite entire, villose at the edges, quite smooth
above, underneath somewhat hirsute and much
dotted, always green on both sides without any
other colour, half an inch and more in length :
scapes several, jointed at the base, round, some-
what villose, pale green, almost upright, longer
than the leaves : bractes sublincar, sharp, villose,
approximately alternate at bottom : the calycine
leaflets lanceolate, acute, hirsute, ciliate, with
simple hairs, green with blood-red spots at the
edges, erect. It is a native of the Cape.

The sixth species has the bulb in the young
plant ovate, covered with a brown skin, twice
2 A

O X A

O X Y

the size of a pea : the root in the mature ptant
consists of several le^s slenderly fusiform, ter-
minating in a long fibre, round, the thickness of
a reed and more, some inches in length, fleshy,
brittle, pale, somewhat pellucid and sweet: the
stipes very many, herbaceous, round, the thick-
ness of a pigeon's quill, or even of a reed, thick,
green or purplish brown, a foot and a half high,
upright, but so weak as not to be able to sup-
port themselves without assistance, at the base
and origin of the branches having an ovate-
acuminate stipule ; both they and the branches
terminated by distant umbels of leaves and
flowers : the leaves several, at remote distances
in whorls : the petiole jointed at the base, round,
slender, smoothish, spreading a little, about two
inches in length, green : the leaflets on short
petioles, equal, quite entire, flat, spreading very
much, about half an inch in length, above green
and smooth, underneath dotted, more or less
purple-flesh-coloured, appearing densely villose
in the magnifier, with a row of orange-dots, be-
coming black in the dried leaves, and observable
only in the microscope with the light thrown on
it : the peduncles jointed at the base, axillary,

round, pubescent in the magnifier, green, the
length of the leaves ; with bractes towards the
top opposite, erect and jointed : above these nod-
ding and purple.

Culture. — The first sort may be readilv in-
creased, by planting the divided roots in a moist
shady border in the early spring season ; and
afterwards they requite only to be kept clear from*
weeds.

The other sorts may be increased, by planting
ofT-scts from the roots or bulbs that come out
from the sides of the steins, in pots filled with
good light mould, sheltering them in the drv
stove or under a frame during the winter, ad-
mitting as much free air as possible in mild
weather. They only require to be protected in
the winter season afterwards, and occasionally
removed into other pots.

T he two first sorts and varieties may be intro-
duced in the borders, and the others afford va-
riety among other potted plants.

OX-EYE. See Buphthalmum.

OX-SLIP. See Primula.

OXYACANTHA. See Berbeius.

OXYCEDRUS. See Juniperus.

PiEO

P^EONTA, a genus comprising plants of the
large herbaceous flowery perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria
Digynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Mullisiliquce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved perianthium, small, permanent : leaflets
roundish, concave, reflex, unequal in size and
situation: the corolla has five roundish petals,
concave, narrower at the base, spreading, very
large: the stamina have numerous filaments,
(about three hundred) capillary, short: anthers
oblong, quadrangular, erect, four-celled, large :
the pistillum consists of two ovale germs, erect,
tomentose : styles none : stigmas compressed,
oblong, blunt, coloured : the pericarpium has as
many capsules, ovate-oblong, spreading and re-
flex, tomentose, one-celled, one-valved, open-
ing longitudinally inwards : the seeds several,
oval, shining, coloured, fastened to the opening
future,

P M O

The species are : 1. P. officinalis, Commot
Peony ; 2. P. tenuifolia, Slender-leaved Peony.

The first has a thick large root, constituted
of several thick fleshy tubers, hanging by strings
to the main head, with upright round smooth
stems, branching half a yard or two feet in
height: the leaves are larsre, many-lobed, with
oblong-oval spreading folioles: the flowers large,
deep red or purple, on the terminations of the
stalks.

There are two principal varieties: the Com-
mon Female and Male Peony.

The former of these has the roots composed of
several roundish thick knobs or tubers, which
hang below each other, fastened with strings :
the stalks are green, about two feet and a half
high: the leaves composed of several unequal'
lobes, which are variously cut into many seg-
ments : they are of a paler green than those of the
latter sort, and hairy on their under side: the
flowers are smaller, and of a deeper purple colour..

PIO

P M O

The latter has the roots composed of several
nblontr. knobs hanging bv string* fastened to the
main head : the stems the same height with the
■preceding: the leaves are composed of several
ovate lobes, Bomeof which are cut into two or
three segments; they are of a lucid green on
their upper side, but are hoary on their under:
the stems are terminated by large single Bowers,
composed ot five or six Luge roundish red
petals.

The flowers in both sorts appear in May, and
are natives of several parts of Europe, as Switz-
erland, Dauphine, Carniola, Piedmont, Sile-
sia, Sec.

Miller savs, that " it is scarcelv necessary to
observe that the old names of Male and Female
have nothing to do here with the sexes, the
flowers of both being hermaphrodite."

There are several subvarieties of the Female
Peony wiih double flowers, differing in size and
colour, cultivated in gardens. The Male Penny
also varies with pale, and white flowers, ind with
larger lobes to the leaves: they also vary much
in different countries.

" There is the Foreign Peony, with a deep-
red flower: the roots are composed of roundish
lenobs, like those of the Female Peon:/ : the
leaves are also the same, but of a thicker sub-
stance: the stalks do not rise so high: the
flowers have a greater number of petals, and ap-
pear a little later. It is a native of the Levant.
The large double purple Peony is probably a sub-
variety of this."

The Hairy Peony, with a larger double red
flower: the roots likethe common female Peony;
but the stalks taller, and of a purplish colour :
the leaves much longer, with spear-shaped entire
lobes : the flowers large, and of a deep red
colour.

The Tartarian, with roots composed of oblong
flesh v tubers of a pale colour : the stalks about
two feel high, pale green : the leaves composed
of several lobes, irregular in shape and size,
some having six, others eight or ten spear-shaped
lobes, some cut into two or three segments,
and others entire; of a pale green, and downy
on their under side: the stalks are terminated
bv one flower of a bright-red colour, a little less
than that of the common Female Peony, having
few er petals.

The Portugal Peony, with a single sweet flow er,
has not roots composed of roundish tubers, hut
has two or three lung taper forked fangs like
fingers : the sialk rises little more than a loot
high: the leaves are composed of three or four
oval lobes, of a pale colour on their upper side,
and hoary underneath : the stalk is i< rminated
by a single dower, which is of a bright red co-

lour, smaller than the above, and of an agree-
able sweet scent.

The second species has a creeping root, put-
ting forth tuberous fibres, with tubercles the
size of a hazel nut, white, fleshy, ot a bitterish
taste : the stem scarcely a loot high, and com-
monly single, but in the garden eighteen inches
high, and several from the same root : ihe root-
leaves none: the stem round, very obscurely
erooved, smooth, as is the whole plant, naked at
bottom, having thereonlyafew sheathing scales :
the leaves frequent, alternate, the upper oiks
gradually less, on a round petiole, channelled
above, quinate: the leaflet scut into very many nar-
row segments : the upper leaves simply multifid :
the flower sessile at the uppermost leaf, subglo-
bular, accompanied by two leaflets, one multifid,
the other simple, both dilated at the base. It
is a native of the Ukraine.

Culture. — The single sorts are easily raised by
seed, a;:d the double by parting the roots.

The seed should be sown in autumn, soon
after it is perfectly ripened, or very early in the
spring, (hut the former is the better season,) on
a bed or border in the open ground where the
soil is rather light, raking it in lightly. It may
also be sown in small drills.

The plants should afterwards be properly thin-
ned, kept perlecilv free from weeds, and be occasi-
onally watered when the weather is hot and dry.

As they should remain two seasons in the beds,
it is necessary in the second autumn to spread
some light mould over them, to the depth of an
inch ; and in the autumn follow ing they mav be
removed where they are to remain. Plants of the
double-flowered kinds are often produced from
these.

The roots of the old double-flowered plants
mav be taken up in the beginning of the autumn,
and divided so as to have one bud or eve or more
to each part, or crown, as without care in ibis
respect they never form good plants. And
where regard is had to the flowering, they should
not be too much divided, or the off-sets made
too small, as when that is the case they do not
flower strong. But where a great increase is
wanted, they may be divided more, being left
longer in the nursery-beds.

They should be planted out as soon as possible
after they are separated, though when necesary
they mav be kept some time out of the earth.
The large oil-sets mav be set out at once where
they are to remain; but the small one.-, are best
set in nursery-beds for a year, or till of proper
strength for planting out.

The plants may afterwards be suffered to re-
main several years unrenioved, till the roofs are
increased to very large bunches, and then be

sA's

PAN

PAN

taken up, when the stalks decay, in autumn,
divided, and replanted in their allotted places in
the manner directed above.

All the sorts are hardy plant?, that are capable
of nourishing in any common soil in almost any
situation, either in open exposures or under
the shade of -trees.

The Portugal variety, however, should have a
warmer situation and lighter soil than the others.
They are proper ornamental flowery plants for
large borders, and maybe had at all the public nur-
series. In planting, one should be put here and
. there in different parts, placing them with tne
crowns of the roots a little within the surface of tne
earth, and at a yard at least distant from other
plants, as, they extend themselves widely every way,
assuming a large bushy growth ; and, togteher
with their conspicuous large flowers, exhibt a
fine appearance, and are often planted at the
terminating corners of large borders adjoining
principal walls, displaying a bushy growth in
their foliage and flowers. When the flowers are
gone, the capsules opening lengthways discover
their coloured seeds very ornamentally, especially
in that called the Male Peony and varieties. And
to forward this, the capsules maybe slit open on
the inside at the proper valve; whereby they will
expand much sooner, and display their beautiful
ted seed more conspicuously.

PAINTED LADY PEA. See Lathyrus.
PALM TREE. See Chamjerops and Cocos.
PALM A CHRISTI. See Ricinus.
PALMETTO. See Cham^rops.
PANAX, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous and shrubby perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Polygamic,
Dioecia (Pentandria Digynia), and ranks in the
natural order of Hederacece .

The characters are : that in the hermaphrodite
flowers the ealyxisasimpleumbel, equal, cluster-
ed: involucre 'many-leaved, awl-shaped, small,
permanent : perianthium proper, very small, five-
toothed, permanent : the corolla universal uni-
form: proper, of fiveoblongequal recurved petals:
the stamina have five filaments, very short, cadu-
cous: anthers simple: pistillum a roundish germ,
inferior: Styks two, small, upright : stigmas sim-
ple: thepericarpium isacordate berry, umbilicate,
two-celled : the seeds solitary, cordate,acute, pla-
no-convex : male Bowers on a distinct plant : the
calyx is a simple umbel, globular; with very many
equal coloured rays : involucre composed of lan-
ceolate sessile leaflets, the same number with the
external rays: perianthium turbinate, quite entire,
coloured : the corolla has five petals, oblong,
blunt, narrow, retlox, placed on the perianthium :
the stamina have live filaments, filiform, longer,
inserted into the perianthium : anthers simple.
1

The species cultivated are : 1 . P. qumquefoliO}

Ginseng ; 2. P. tri folia, Three-leaved Panax ;
3. P. aculenla, Prickly Panax.

The first has a fleshy taper root as large as a
man's finger, jointed, and frequently divided
into two branches, sending off many short slen-
der fibres : the stalk rises near a foot and half in
height, and is naked at the top, where it gene-
rally divides into three smaller foot-stalks, each
sustaining a leaf composed of five spear-shaped
leaflets, serrate, pale green and a little hairy : the
stalk is erect, smooth, round, simple, tinged of
a deep purple colour : the leaves arise with the
flower-stem from a thick joint at the extremity
of the stalk; are generally three, but sometimes
more : the five leaves into which each of these is di-
vided are of an irregularoval shape, veined, point-
ed, smooth, deep green above, on short foot-
stalks, from a common petiole, which is long,
round, and almost erect : the flowers grow on a
slender peduncle, just at the divisions of the pe-
tioles, and are formed into a small umbel at the
top ; they are of an herbaceous yellow colour,
and appear at the beginning of June : the berries
are first green, but afterwards turn red ; and in-
close two hard seeds, which ripen in the begin-
ning of August, or soon afterwards. It is a na-
tive of Chinese Tartary.

The second species has the stem single, not
more than five inches high, dividing into three
foot-stalks, each sustaining a trifoliate leaf, with
the leaflets longer, narrower, and more deeply
indented on their edges than in the first species :
the flower-stalk rises, as in that, from the divi-
sions of the petiole. It is a native of North
America.

It is so nearly allied to the first sort, -that Lin-
naeus doubts whether it be any thing more
than a variety of that, only much smaller.

The third is a shrub with a recurved prickle at
the base and at the tip of the petioles : the leaves
are solitary, ternate, tern at the flowers; with
ovate, blunt leaflets : the umbels are peduncled,
hemispherical, and simple: the flowers with three
styles. Tt is a native of China.

' Culture. — The first and second sorts are in-
creased by sowing the seeds procured from
abroad upon a moderate hot-bed, or in pots
plunged into it, in the early spring season; and
when the plants have acquired a few inches in
growth, removing them intobeds or borders where
the mould is good, and the situations sheltered.

The third sort is increased by layers or cut-
tings, laid down or planted out in the summer
months in pots, and plunged in the bark-bed of
the stove. When they have stricken root, they
may be removed into separate pots, and be con-
stantly kept in the stove.

PAN

PAN

The two first sorts afford variety in the borders,
and the last among stove collections.

PANCRATIUMi a genus containing plants
of the bulbous-rooted Rowery perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and prder Hexandria
:ynla, and ranks in the natural order of
Spathacece.

The characters are \ that the calyx is an oblong
spathe, obtuse, compressed, opening on the Hat
side, shrivelling : the corolla has six petal-, lance-
olate, Hat, inserted into the tube of the nectary on
the outside above the bases nectary one-leafed,
cvlindric-funnel-form, coloured at ton, with the
mouth spreading and twelve-cleft: the stamina
have six filaments, awl-shaped, inserted into the
lip- of the nectary, and longer than they are :
anthers oblong, incumbent : the pistillum is a
blnntlv three-cornered germ, inferior: style fili-
form, longer than the stamens : stigma blunt :
the pericarpium is a roundish capsule, three-
sided, three-celled, three-valved : the seeds seve-
ral, globular.

The species cultivated are: 1 . P. maritimum,
Sea Pancratium; 2. P. TUyricum, Illyrian Pan-
cratium ; 3. lJ. Zeylanicum, Ceylonese Pan-
cratium; -1. P. Vfexicaman, Mexican Pancra-
tium; 5. P. Carittciun, Caribean Pancratium ;
6. P. CaroUnia.u.n, Carolina Pancratium; 7-
P. Amioimnse, Broad-leaved Pancratium; 8. P.
vereaindum, Xarcis-us -leaved Pancratium.

The (irst has a lame, coated, bulbous root, of
an oblong form, covered with a dark skin: the
leaves arc shaped like a tongue ; are more than
a foot Ions, and one inch broad, of a deep green,
six or seven of them rising together from the
same root, encompassed at bottom with a sheath :
between these arises the stalk, which is a foot
and half long, naked, sustaining at the top six or
eight white flowers, inclosed in a sheath, which
withers and opens on the side, to make way for
the fiowers to come out.

According to Mr. Miller, the root resembles
that of the Squill, but i3 less, covered with a
brown skin, and white within, the coats pellucid
and gently striped, viscid or full of a clammy
juice," bitter to the taste without acrimony. It
is a native of the South of Europe.

1 he second species has a large bulb, covered
with a dark skin, sending out many thick strong
fibres, striking deep in The ground : the leaves
are a foot and half long and two inches broad,
of a grayish colour : the scapes thick, succulent,
near two feet high: the flowers six or seven,
white, shaped like those of the first sort, but
with a shorter tube, and much longer stamens.
It flowers in June, and frequently produces seeds.
It is a native of the South of Europe.

The third hasa nrctty large bulbous root: the

leaves long and narrow, of a grayish colour, and
pretty thick, standing upright: the stalk rise*
among them, a loot ami half high, naked.
taining one flower at the top: the nectary is
large, cut at the hum into many acute segments:
the stamens long, and turning towards each other
at their points ;Tn which it differs from the other
species: die flower has a very agreeable scent,
but is of short duration. It is a native of
Ceylon.

'flu- fourth species lias the stem or scape a
long span in height, round, forked towards the
top, or dividing into two peduncles, with two
oblong tender membranaceous greenish leaflets,
and terminated each with a wjhite flower, divided
to the very base into six narrow segments; in
the middle of these is a white bell-shaped lube,
which Linna?us names the nectary, more tender
than the petals ; the mouth angular, and from
each angle putting forth a li lament, long, slender
and white, terminated by an oblong incurved
saffron-coloured anther : the flow ers have no
smell, and shrivel up over the fruit : leaves four,
reclining, smooth, pale green and somewhat
glaucous, ridged, lightly grooved in the middle,
and with a single streak on each side, otherwise
veinless, a long span or a little more in length,
an inch or an inch and half in width, produced
to a point at the end. It flowers in May.

The fifth has the leaves about a foot long
and two inches broad, having three longitudinal
furrows: the stalk rises about a foot higii, then
divides like a fork into two small foot-stalks, or
rather tubes, which are narrow, green, and at lirst
encompassed bv a thin spathe, which withers,
and opens to give way to the flowers : these arc
white, and have no scent. It is a native of the
West Indies.

The sixth species has a rouiwlish bulbous root,
covered with a light brown skin, from which
arise several narrow dark green leaves, about a
foot long: among these comes out a thick stalk
(scape) "about nine inches high, sustaining six
or seven white flowers, with very narrow petals,
having large bell-shaped nectariums or cups,
deeply indented on their brims: the stamens do
not rise far above the nectarium. It is a native
of Jamaica and Carolina.

The seventh has the bulb oblong, white, send-
ing out several thick fleshy fibres, which strike
downward: the le I -n very long foot-

stalks, some ovate, others heart-shaped, about
seven inclu riding in points,

having many > liual furrows; they

are or a light green, and their borders turn in-
wards: the stalk thick, round and succulent,
rising near two feet high, sustaining at the top
several white flowers, shaped like those of

PAN'

PAP

■the oilier sorts ; bat the petals are broader, the germs, sessile, five-cornered, convex at top,
tube is shorter, and the stamens are not so long smooth: style none: stigmas two, cordate, mar-
as the petals: there is a thin sheath, which gined: the pericarpiuma sub-globular truit, large,
splits open longitudinally. It is a native of consisting of numerous wedge-shaped drupes,
Amboyna. convex at top, angular, farinaceous, one-seeded :
There are several varieties : as the American, the seed solitary, oval, even, in the centre ot the
which grows naturally in the islands of the West drupe.

Indies,where it is called White Lily ; and the The species is P. odoratissimtis, Sweet-sccnt-

latifoluim and ovatum also grow naturally in cd Pandanus, or Scrw Pine,
the same place. This is sometimes found with a single and

The eighth species has the leaves a foot and pretty erect trunk of ten feet in height, and a
a half long, half an inch w ide : the scape erect, branching round head ; but is generally in form
compressed, a foot high : thespathes oblong-lau- of avery large, branching, spreading bush. From
certlate, acuminate, whitish, shrivelling; the outer the steins or larger branches issue large carrot-
larger, an inch and half in length : the flowers shaped blunt roots, descending till they come to
fragrant, on three-cornered pedicels, scarcely the ground, and then dividing : the substance of
haff an inch long. It is a native of the East the most solid is something like that of a cab-
Indies ; flowering from June to August. bage stalk, and by age acquires a woody hardness

Culture. — All these plants are capable of be- on the outside : the leaves are confluent, stem-

iog increased by planting off-sets from the roots clasping, closely imbricated in three spiral rows,

in the latter end «f summer, when their stems round the extremities of the branches, bowing,

and leaves decay. The roots may be divided
-every second or third year.

In the two first sorts, the off-sets may be plant-
ed out in nursery-beds for a year or two, to be-
come sufficiently strong, when they may be re

from three to five feet long, tapering to a very
long fine triangular point, very smooth and glossy ;
margins and back armed with very fine sharp
spines ; those on the margins point forward ;
those of the back point sometimes one way,

moved into warm sheltered dry borders ; the first sometimes the other,

being sheltered from frost in severe winters, and The male flowers are in a large, pendulous,

the latter in very severeweather, by being covered compound, leafy raceme, the leaves of which are

with tanner's bark, straw, or peas-haulm. The white, linear-oblong, pointed and concave,

second sort may also be increased by seeds sown The female flowers are on a different plant,

in pots, and plunged in a hot-bed. terminating and solitary, having no other calyx

The other sorts must be planted out in small or corolla than the termination of the three rows

pots filled with light earth, separately plunging of leaves forming three imbricated fascicles of

them in the bark-bed of the stove. They should white floral leaves, like those of the male raceme,

he kept constantly in the tan-bed, and have the which stand at equal distances round the base of

management of other tender bulbs. In this way the young fruit. It is a native of the warmer parts

they generally succeed well. of Asia, flowering chiefly during the rainy sea-

The two first sorts aflbrd variety in the dry son ; it is much employed there for hedges, and
warm borders of the pleasure-ground, and the answers well, but takes much room. The ten-
other kinds produce variety as well as fragrance der white leaves of the flowers, chiefly those of
in the stove collections. the male, yield that most delightful fragrance

PANDANUS, a genus containing a plant of for which they are so generally esteemed ; and

Jhc herbaceous perennial exotic kind, for the of all the perfumes, it is by far the richest and

ftove. most powerful.

and

Dioecia

It belongs to the class
Mpnandrm.

The characters are : that in the male the calyx
has alternate spathes, sessile, serrate-spiny: spa-
dix decompound, naked: pcrianthium -proper
none: corolla none: the stamina have very many
filaments, solitary, placed scatteredly on the outer
ramifications of the spadix, very short : anthers
oblong, acute, erect: in the female, the calyx has
four spathes, terminating, converging: spadix glo-
bular, covered \\hh numerous fructifications,

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
sowing the seeds, brought from the places where
it grows naturally, in pots of light earth, and
plunging them in the bark-bed of the stove,
where they must be constantly retained, having
the management usually practised for Dthei
tender exotic plants.

They have a fine ornamental effect among
other stove plants, in their large spreiding
foliage.

PA PAVER, a genus containing plants of the

scarcely included: peiianthium none : there is no hardv herbaceous fibrous-rooted annual and pcr-
.corojla : the pis till um has numerous aggregate cnnial kinds,

P A P

P A P

Tt belongs to the class -in-! order Pfh/midria
Monogynui, and ranks in the natural order of
Rhiiulece.

The characters are : tint the calyx is a two-
leaved perianthimn, ovate, emarginate : 1.
subovate, concave, obtuse, caducous : the corolla
has tour roundish petaN. Bat, spreading,
narrower at the base : alternately less : the sta-
mina have numerous filaments, capillary, much
shorter than the corolla: anthers oblong, com-
pressed, erect, obtuse : the pisriilum has a round-
ish, large germ : style none : stigma peltate, fiat,
radiate : the pericarpium is a crowned capsule,
with the large stigma, one-celled, half-many-
celled, opening bv many holes at the top under
the crown : the seeds numerous, very smail :
receptacles, longitudinal plaits, the same num-
ber with the rays of the stigma, fastenc! to the
wall of the pericarpium.

The species cultivated arc : 1. P. somnift-rnm,
White Poppy ; 9. P. Rhoeas, Corn or Red Poppy ;
3. P. Camlricrim, Welsh Peppy; 4. P. Ori-
ental*, Oriental Poppy.

The first has the stalks large, smooth, five ^r
six feet hish, branching : the leaves large, grayish .
embracing at the base, irregularly jagged on their
sides : the flowers terminating, whilst inclosed
in the calvx hanging down, bui before the co-
rolla expands becoming erect : the calyx is com-
posed of two large oval grayish leaves, that se-
parate and soon drop off: the corolla is com-
posed of four large, roundish, white petals, of
short duration ; and succeeded by large roundish
heads as big as Oranges, flatted at top and bot-
tom, and having an indented crown or stigma :
the seeds are white. It is a native of the south-
ern parts of Europe, but probably originally from
Asia.

There are several varieties, differing in the
colour and multiplicity of their petals, which
are preserved in gardens for ornament : the
Single-flowered sort is chiefly cultivated for use.

The Common Black variety of Poppy has
stalks about three feet high, smooth, and divid-
ing into several branches : the leaves arc large,
smooth, deeply cut or jagged on their edges,
and embracing: the petals purple with dark
bottoms; succeeded bv oval smooth capsules
filled with black seeds, which are sold under the
Dame of Maw-seed.

Of ibis there are many sub-varieties: as with
lar^e double flowers, variegated of several colours;
with red and white, purple and v. bite, and some
finely spotted like Carnations.

There are few plants ". i I E so

handsome; but as they have an scent,

and are of short duration, they arc uot in ge-

neral much regarded : they are annual, flower-
ing in .lime.

The second species has the stem from one
to two feet high, upright, round, branched,
purplish at bottom, with spreading hairs, bul-
bose at the base: the leaves are sessile, form
a kind of sheath at bottom, hairy on both sidi • :
the segments or leaflets unequally tooihc!
rate, each tooth rolled back at the edge, callous
at top, and terminated bv a small spine: the pedun-
cles long, round, upright, one-flowered, red, the
hairs on it spreading horizontally. It is a native
of every part of Europe, 8ec. flowering from June
to August.

There is a variety with an oval black shin-
ing spot at the base of each petal, from which
many beautiful garden sub-varieties are produced
which have double flowers, white, red bordered
with white, and variegated.

In the third the stalks are a foot high, and
smooth : the pinnas of the leaves are deeply cut
on their edses ; and there are a few small lea -
on the stalk shaped like the lower ones : the up-
per part of the stalk is naked, and sustains one
hree yellow flower, appearing in June ; being
filled with small purplish seeds. It is a native
of Wales, &c.

The fourth species has a perennial root, com-
posed of two or three strong fibres as thick as a
man's little finger, a foot and a half long, dark
brown on the outside, full of a milky juice,
which is very bitter and acrid : the leaves a foot
long, closelv covered with bristly white hairs :
the stems two feet and a half high, v<rv rough
and hairy, having leaves towards the lower part
like the root-leaves, but smaller: the upper part
is naked, and sustains at the top one very large
flower, of the same colour with the common
red sort. It was found in Armenia, and flowers
here in May.

There are a few varieties, differing in the colour
of the flowers ; and it is said that the flower is
sometimes double, but with us it is always
single.

Culture. — All the different sorts may be in-
creased bv seeds, and the two last sorts also
bv parting and planting out the roots.

The seeds should be sown in the autumn, or
very earlv in the spring, (but the former is the
better season,) either in the places where the
plants are to grow, or in beds, to be afterwards
planted out. The first is probably the best me-
thod, as these plants do not bear removing welL

When they are cultivated for ornament, seed
of the finest double sorts should be carefully pro-
vided and made use of, and be sown in palcfa

InthepracticeofMr.Ball iueuluvatingthe first

PAP

PAP

sort for the purpose of preparing opium from it,
" the seed was sown at the end of February, and
Again the second week in March, in beds three
foot and a half wide, well prepared with good
rotten dung, and often turned or ploughed, in
order to mix it well, and have it fine, either in
small drills, three in each bed, or broadcast ; in
both cases, thinning out the plants to the di-
stance of a foot from each other, when about
two inches high, keeping them free from weeds."
They produced from four to ten heads each,
and showed large flowers of different colours.
" With an instrument something like a rake,
but with three teeth, the drills may, he says, be
made at once." He found that the plants did
not bear transplanting ; as, out of 4000 which he
transplanted, not one plant came to perfection.

The roots of the two last sorts may be divided
in the autumn, or spring, (but the first period is
the better,) leaving some root fibres to each part-
ing, planting them out where they are to remain,
as soon afterwards as possible.

In all the sorts the plants only require after-
wards to be kept free from weeds, and those
raised from seed properly thinned out.

They all afford ornament and variety in the
clumps, borders, and other parts of pleasure
grounds and gardens ; and the first sort may
sometimes be grown to advantage for the pur-
pose of having the juice which it affords made
.into opium.

PAFAW-TREE. See Carica.

PAPER-FRAMES, such as are formed with
oiled paper upon a slight frame-work of thin
•slips of wood.

They are useful for several purposes in the
earlv spring and summer season; such as in de-
fending late hot-beds, and sometimes in parti-
cular natural ground beds of curious tender
^plants, seeds, cuttings, See.

In making them when formed as above, either
in a ridge manner, with two sloping sides,
longways, or arch -fashion, in dimensions from
live to ten feet in length, three to four in width,
and two to three feet in perpendicular height;
the wood-work is covered with large sheets of
strong white paper pasted on securely, and when
■dry, brushed over regularly with linseed oil, to
resist and shoot off the falling wet of rains and
dews, and to render them more pellucid, so as to
admit the rays of light and the heal of the sun
in a proper degree. When thus prepared and
perfectly dry, they are ready for placing over the
teds, for the purposes required ; in which the
paper continues durable generally only one sea-
son ; but the frame-work will last several years,
'by being fresh papered.

These kinds of temporary Frames are also use-
ful in some of the hand-glass crops of melons,
and occasionally in those of cucumbers, but more
generally in the former; which alter having ad-
vanced in growth, to fiil and extend beyond the
compass of the hand-glasses, they should be re-
moved , and the Paper-frames placed over the bed,
covering it wholly in width and length, the run-
nersof the plants being traincdout regularly along
the surface; continuing them constantly over the
plants, which are thereby protected from external
injuries, and inclement weather, either cold or
excessive rains, winds, &c, likewise from the too
powerful heat of the sun. See Cucumis Melo.

They may also be used for late hot-bed cu-
cumbers, when in want of garden-frames or
hand-glasses for the purpose, being placed over
the bed, at once, finally to remain : and with
proper care in giving occasional air, water, and
covering over the frames with mats in cold
nights, and very hard rains, &c, cucumbers
may be raised in a tolerable manner.

They may likewise be employed occasionally,
in default of others, in the raising most of the
less hardy or tenderer annuals, both in sowing
them in hot-beds and warm borders of natural
earth.

Paper-frames may likewise be used advanta-
geously in pricking-out many sorts of small
tender seedling plants in the hot summer
months, to defend them from casual unfavour-
able night air, heavy rains, &c., and afford a
fine growing shade from the hot rays of the mid-
day sun. The same kind of frames may still
further be beneficial in raising many sorts of
tender exotics, from small cuttings and slips in
summer, both of the woody, herbaceous and
succulent kinds, either planted in hot-beds or in
the natural earth, as the different kinds may
require ; which being covered close with them,
they exclude the outward air, admit the light
aid influence of the sun in a proper degree, and
at the same time afford a peculiar kindly shade.

They are chiefly made in the forms mentioned
above, in an open manner, having the ribs or
spars twelve inches asunder, first forming a
bottom frame, rather stronger than the other
parts, with a ridge-piece supported at a proper
height, extending longways in the middle; then
narrow side rafters, arranged from the bottom
to the ridge rail at top, a foot distant, both for
the advantage of pasting the paper regularly,
and to admit a proper degree of light between
them, through the paper: but when of great
length, it is proper to have one or two pannels
on one side, eighteen inches or two feet in
width, to open outward with hinges, convenient

PAR

PAR

for admitting air, and performing other occa-
sional culture : the whole being thus formed in
the wood work, it is then proper to extend lines
of packthread cross-ways of the ribs, going
round each, level or even with the upper surface
of the frame, continuing two or three rows a
foot asunder, from the lower part upward,
drawing other lines, crossing and intersecting
thpse at the same distance, regularly between the
ribs of the frame-work ; which arrangement of
the lines is of essential service for the more
effectual support of the paper when pasted on
the frame, and strengthening it against the
power of winds and heavy rains. The paper for
this use should be of the larger strong printing
or demy kind; which, previously to pasting on the
frame, should be moderately damped with water,
that it may not sink in hollows after being fixed;
and as soon as thus prepared it should be pasted
on, sheet and sheet, in a regular manner, one
large sheet and a half, or two at most, generally
Tannine from bottom to top, contriving to have
whole ones along the ridge-rails above, extend-
ing lengthways and across, placed conveniently
to join regularly with the other sheets below ;
and if, at the intersections of the packthreads,
a small square or round bit of the same paper
be pasted on the inside to the main sheets over
that part of the packthread, it will give it addi-
tional strength against rain and wind.

When the paper is thus pasted on, and per-
fectly dry, it must be oiled over with linseed oil,
either raw or boiled : the latter is however ra-
ther apt to harden the paper, and more liable to
crack or break : it may be applied by means of
a painter's soft clean brush, dipping lightly,
and brushing the outside of the paper all over,
equally in every part ; then placing the frame
in some dry covered shed, to remain til! the
whole is thoroughly dry; when it may be used.

Though these sorts of frames may be cheap,
and answer many little purposes of the gardener,
they are not by any means so useful as those
made with glass.

PAR1ETARIA, a genus containing a plant
of the shrubby kind for the green-house.

It belongs to the class and order Pohjgamia
Monoecia, and ranks in the natural order of
Scobridee.

The characters are : that the hermaphrodite
flowers are two, contained in a flat six-leaved
involucre: the two opposite and outer leaflets
l:ir2er : the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
four-cleft, flat, blunt, the size of the involucre
halved : there is no corolla, unless the calyx be
called so : the stamina have four awl-shaped fi-
laments, longer than the flowering perianthium
and expanding it, permanent : anthers twin :

Vol. II.

the pistillum is an ovate germ : style filiform,
coloured : stigma pencil form, capitate : there id
no pericarpium : perianthium elongated, larger,
bell-shaped, the mouth closed by converging
segments : the seed one, ovate : female flower
one, between the two hermaphrodites', within the
involucre: the calyx as in the hermaphrodites :
there is no corolla : the pistillum as in the herma-
phrodites : there is no pericarpium : perian-
thium thin, involving the fruit: the seed, as in
tin' hermaphrodites.

The species cultivated is P. arhorea, Tree
Pellitory.

It is an upright soft shrub, the height of a
man : the root woody, branched, fibrous, rufes-
cent : the stein woody, upright, round, the
bark full of chinks, ash-coloured : branches
and branch lets alternate, spreadina:, villose,
pithy : the shoots red, very villose with hoary
hairs : the leaves alternate, spreading, entire,
nerved, three-nerved above the base, veined :
nerves and veins prominent underneath, grooved
above, somewhat wrinkled, the younger ones
very much so, underneath villose sort, above
bright green, scarcely paler beneath, from four
to six inches long, and from two to four wide:
the flowers commonly three, clustered, from the
axil of each bracte, sessile, in the male yellow,
in the female red herbaceous. According to
L'Heritier, the male and female flowers are on
different plants. It is a native of the Canary
islands, flowering from February to May.

Culture. — This may be increased by planting
cuttings of the young shoots in the summer
season, watering them occasionally till thev
have stricken root. When the plants arc well
rooted, they may be removed with balls about
their roots into separate pots, and have the con-
stant protection of the green-house.

They afford variety in these collections.

PARKINSONIAN a genus containing a plant
of the exotic flowering tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Monogi/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
Lnmeiitncece.

The characters of which are: that the calyx-
is a one-leafed perianthium; at the base bell-
shaped flattish, permanent: border five-parted :
segments lanceolate-ovate, acute, coloured, re-
flex, almost equal, deciduous : the corolla has
five petals, with claws, almost equal, spreading
very much, ovate ; the lowest kidney-form ;
claw upright, very long: the stamina have ten
awl-shaped filaments, villose below, declined :
anthers oblong, incumbent : the pistillum is a
round germ, long, declined: style filiform, rising,
the length of the stamens: stigma blunt: ih<-
pericarpium is a leguni^ very Ions;, ro

PAR

PAR

swelling ever the seeds, (whence it is nccklace-
foni),) acuminate : the seeds several, one to each
joint of the legume, oblong, subeylinthie, lih.iit.

The species is /'. aculcutu, Prickly Parkin-
soni.i.

It is a small tree, with a trunk ten or twelve
feet high, unarmed, even : the branches long,
subdivided, flexuose, prickly, strict : the prickles
two opposite at the sides of the petioles, one
between them three times as long as the others,
awl-shaped, upright : the leaves alternate, in
loins from the same bud, pinnate, very long,
linear: general petioles linear, thicker at the base,
flat, somewhat convex, spreading, very smooth :
leaflets extremely small, on very short petioles,
ovate, smooth : racemes terminating and axillary,
solitary, shorter than the leaves, erect, (eight to
ten,) many-flowered : flowers alternate, scatter-
ed, yellow, on long peduncles. In Jamaica it
is called Jerusalem Thorn. It was first intro-
duced there from the main, but now grows
wild in many parts, and in the other islands of
the West Indies, where it was originally culti-
vated for inclosures : it seldom rises above eight
feet in height, and is well supplied with strong
thorns on every part: the branches are flexile
and small, and the trunk seldom grows to any
considerable thickness. It flowers several times
in the year, and is said to bear long slender
bunches of yellow flowers, hanging down like
those of laburnum : they perfume the air to a
considerable distance ; for which reason the in-
habitants of the West Indies plant them about
their houses.

Culture. — It is capable of being increased by
sowing the seeds in pots filled with light rich
mould, early in the spring season, plunging
them in a hot-bed. When the plants have at-
tained a few inches in growth, they should be
carefully removed into other small pots, sepa-
rately re-plunging them in the hot-bed, shading
them till fresh rooted, when fresh air should be
admitted according to the warmth of the season.
The only method by which these plants have been
kept with success through the winter, in this
climate, has been by hardening them in July and
August to bear the open air; and in September
placing them on shelves in the dry stove, at the
greatest distance from the fire, so that they may
be in a very temperate state of warmth.

These plants afford ornament among other
potted plants of the stove kind.

PARTKRRK, a spacious level plot of ground in
the pleasure garden, divided into many Tittle par-
titions of different figures and dimensions ; by
means of edgings or lines of dwarf-box, or by ver-
ges of grass turf, with fine gravel walks between,
ixc. This sort of works were formerly in great

estimation, and were commonly situated directly
in the front of the house, generally the whole
width and sometimes more, extending propor-
tionally in length : and where the intermixture
of the figures is artfully disposed, they strike the
eve very agreeably, and aflord an ornamental
effect at all seasons.

The general figure of a Parterre is an oblong or
long square, about as long again as broad : a level
open spot in some conspicuous part, as above, is
mostly chosen for the purpose: first formingalong
bed or border of earth, all round, for a boundary ;
the internal space within this border being then
traced out into various little partitions, or inclo-
sures, artfully disposed into different figures cor-
responding to one another, such as long squares,
triangles, circles, various scroll-works, flourishes
of embroidery, and various other dtvices ; all of
which are formed cither by lines of dwarf- box,
with intervening alleys and tracks of turf, sand,
fine gravel, small shells, Sec. as above, or formed
sometimes entirely of verges of fine turf, dis-
posed into wide or narrow compartments, as the
figure may require : and sometimes they consist
of box-edgings, and tracks of turf together ; the
partitions or beds of earth formed by the tracks
of box and turf, &c, being planted with some
choice flowers ; but no large plants to hide the
form, as the regularity of it, in the artful distri-
bution of the different figures, is intended as a
decoration to the whole place long after the
season of the flowers is over. Some prefer Par-
terres composed entirely of turf and beds of
earth, perfectly even, without any other figure
than the long square, forming a border of earth
all round, within which are spots of grass, and
beds or borders of earth of different sizes.
And sometimes Parterres, with box-edgings,
are formed into labyrinths or mazes ; and some
are made to represent coats of arms with the
proper supporters. All crowded designs, how-
ever, lose their effect.

Works of this sort are now almost wholly in
disuse in this country : however, for the sake of
variety, they may still be admitted, though not
immediately in the front of the house.

PARTING ROOTS, the practice of dividing
the roots of some sorts of plants in order to their
being set out ; which is an expeditious mode of
increasing a great number of fibrous-rooted per-
ennial plants. A great number of herbaceous-,
fibrous-, and tuberous-rooted perennial plants
often increase by the root into large clusters
or bunches, composed of numerous small slips
or off-sets, particularly many of the flowery
tribe, such as the campanula, perennial sun-
flower, golden-rod, perennial aster, polyanthus,
and daisy, balm, mint, bumct, ciyes, and penny-

PAR

PAR

royal, with innumerable other sorts; which
from one small siip or ofT-sci of the root, ohen
in a season or two multiply into a large cluster
of such off-sets; and these clusters of roots be-
ine; parted into several sepai with root-

libies at their bottom, and one or more buds at
top, each commences a distinct plant ; m) that,
hv parting the roots in this way. one plant may
instaniK be multiplied into many, each of which
becomes alike m growth and general habit to
the original, and all flower the ensuing season in
their due course; and in their turns detach from
their sides all around, a due supply of off-sets tor
further propagation.

The best general season for Parting Roots is in
the latter end of summer or autumn, after they
have done flowering, and the stalks are decayed ;
which is in August, and the two following
months; in which, when the detached off-sets
are planted directly, thev will take good root
before winter. But in many hardy sorts it may
be performed almost any time, in open weather,
from September till March; and some of the
tender kinds succeed best in spring. In these
cases it should, however, be done before they
l>egin to shoot forth their stalks or advance con-
siderably in their spring shoots.

In performing the business, when anv plant
designed to be increased lias multiplied by its
roots into a cluster of off-sets, the whole may
either be taken up entirely, and the root parted
into as many slips as are furnished with fibres,
8cc, or a quantity of slips may be detached
from the sides all around as the parent plant
stands in the ground : in either method, the
work may in many sorts be effected easily with
the hand ; and in others by the assistance of a
knife, &c. And when it i< wanted to make as
great an increase as possible, the root mav be
parted into as many slips as may be convenient,
provided each is furnished with some fibre or
root-part, and crowned with one or more buds
or eyes for forming shoots at top. But in the
flowery tribe, when the detached off-sets arc
wanted for flattering as strong as possible the
ensuing season, thev should not be parted too
small, but into middling-sized slips, where prac-
ticable; which beinc planted in the proper
places will flower in Tolerable perfection in the
following season. The slips should generally
be planted directly by dibble ; the very small
ones in nursery-beds to stand till next autumn,
to acquire strength: then transplanted with balls
into the places where thev arc to remain; but the
larger ones at once where they arc to grow.

This method may be practised in many sorts
annually, as numbers of the herbaceous peren-
nial.- multiply in oir into large bunches.

PARSLEY. See Annv.

PARSNEP, See Pastinaca.
PARTHENIUM, a genus containing plants

of the annual and perennial KimJ -.

It belongs to the class and order Man
Pi -ntandrla, and ranks in the natural order of
tfucamentaceee.

The characters are : that the calyx is a com-
mon quite simple pcrianthium, five-!)
spreading : leaflets roundish, flat, equal : the
corolla compound convex: corollets herma-
phrodite many in the disk : females five in the
ray, scarcely surpassing the others : proper of
the hermaphrodites onc-petalled, tubular, erect,
with the mouth five-cleft, the length of the
calvx : of the females one-pelalled, tubular, h-
gulate, oblique, blunt, roundish, tlie same length
with the other: the stamina in the hermaphro-
dites— filaments five, capillary, the length ol
the corollet: anthers as main', tmckish, scarcely
cohering : the pisUHum of the hermaphrodite —
germ below the proper receptacle, scarcely ob-
servable : style capillary, generally shorter than
the stamens : stigma none: of the female, germ
inferior, turbinate-cordatc, compressed, large :
style filiform, the length of the corollet: stigma-
two, filiform, the length of the style, spreading
a little : there is no pericarpium : calvx un-
changed: seeds in the hermaphrodites abortive;
in the females solitary, turbinale-cordate, com-
pressed, naked: the receptacle scarcely anv, Hal :
chaffs separate the florets, so that each female
has two hermaphrodites behind.

The species are: I, P. fhrsterophorus, C\i\-
leaved Parthenium, or Bastard Feverfew ; u). /'.
iniegrifblittm, Entire-leaved Parthenium.

The first is an annual plant, growing wild in
great plenty in the island of Jamaica, where it is
called Wild Wormwood; and thrives very luxu-
riantly about all the settlements in the low lands.
It is observed to have much the same qualities
with Feverfew. It flowers here in July and
August.

The second species is a perennial plant, which
dies to the ground every autumn, and shoots up
again the following spring. It rises three feet
and more, with thick, round, fleshy stems : the
leaves half embracing, hirsute, not hairy, some-
what paler underneath, with frequent oblique
veins or nerves : root-leaves large and long, on
keeled petioles: the flowers grow in a coivmb
at the ends of the stem and branches: the I
are snow -white above, hke those of Gnapha-
lium, whitish green below, and villose at
It is a native of Virginia, flowering in July,
but seldom produces g ds in" tin? cli-

mate.

Culture. — The first sort mav be increased by

8 B a

PAS

PAS

Boning the seeds on a hot-bed early in the
spring; and when the plants come up, trans-
planting them upon another hot-bed, about five
or six inches distant, giving them water and
shade until they have taken new root ; after
which, they must have a pretty large share of
fresh air in warm weather, by raising the glasses
of the hot-bed every day, and be duly watered
every other day at least. When the plants have
grown so as to meet each other, they should be
carefully taken up, preserving a ball of earth to
their roots, and each planted into a separate pot
filled with light rich earth; and be plunged into a
moderate hot-bed till fresh rooted; after which
they may be exposed, with other hardy annual
plants, in a warm situation, where they will
flower in July : but if the season should prove
cold and wet, it will be proper to have a plant
nr two in shelter, either in the stove, or under
i. il frames, in order to have good seeds, if those
plants which are exposed should fail.

The second sort may be increased by parting
the roots in autumn, and be planted in the full
ground, where it will abide the cold of our or-
dinary winters.

They afford ornament in the borders and
among potted plants.

PASQUE-FLOWER. See Anemone.
PASSEKINA, a genus containing plants of
the shrubby exotic evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Octandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
VepreculcB.

The characters are : that there is no calyx :
the corolla is one-petalled, shrivelling: tube cy-
lindrical, slender, ventricose below the middle :
border four-cleft, spreading: segments concave,
ovate, blunt : the stamina have eight filaments,
bristle-shaped, the length of the border, placed
upon the point of the tube : anthers subovate,
erect : the pistillum is an ovate germ, within
the tube of the corolla : style filiform, spring-
ing from the side of the very point of the germ,
the same length with the tube of the corolla :
stigma capitate, hispid all over with villose
ban's : the pericarpium is coriaceous, ovate,
one-celled : the seed single, ovate, acuminate
at both ends, with the points oblique.

The. species cultivated are: l. P. Jiliformh,
Filiform Sparrow-wort ; 2. P. hirsuta, Shaggy
Sparrow -wort j 3. P. capilqla, Headed Spar-
row-wort; -4. P. ciliata, Ciliated Sparrow-
wort; 5. P. unifiora, One-flowered Sparrow-
wort.

The first rises with a shrubby stalk five or six
fret high, sending out branches the whole
length, which, when young, grow erect, but
as they advance in length, they incline towards

a horizontal position ; but more so, when the
small shoots at the end are full of flowers and
seed-vessels: the branches are covered with a
white down like meal, and are closely beset
with very nanow leaves in four rows, so that the
young branches seem as if they were four-cor-
nered : the flowers come out at the extremity of
the young branches, from between the leaves,
on every side, are small and white, so that thev
make no great appearance. It is a native of the
Cape, dowering from the month of June to
August.

The second species has shrubby stalks, which
rise to a greater height than the former : the
branches grow more diffused, and are covered
with a mealy down: the leaves imbricate, short,
thick, succulent, smooth and green on the
outside, but downy on the inner: the flowers
small and white, like those of the former, ap-
pearing about the same time. It is a native of
Spain and Portugal.

The third has the leaves scattered : the heads
terminating, globular : the peduncles tomen-
tose, thickened : the flowers many, white, sessile
without a tube : the stamens above the throat
sixteen, the eight inner of which are castrated :
stems shrubby, compound, with rod-like red
branches: the leaves erect, acuminate: the com-
mon peduncles from the end of the branches,
turbinate, tomentose. It is a native of the
Cape.

The fourth species has a shrubby stalk, rising
five or six feet high, sending out many branches
which are naked to their ends, where they have
oblong leaves, standing erect, and having hairy
points : the flowers are small, white, and come
out among the leaves at the end of the branches:
but according to Linnaeus purple, with the throat
villose. It is a native of the Cape, flowering
here in June.

The filth has a shrubby stalk, seldom rising
more than a foot high, dividing into maiiv
branches, which are slender, smooth, and spread
out on every side : the leaves dark-creen, having
the appearance of those of the fir-tree, but
narrower : the flowers arc larger than those of
the former, and the upper part of the petals is
spread open fiat : they are of a purple colour, and
appear about the same time as the former. It is
a native of the Cape.

Culture. — All the sorts may be increased by
cuttings planted in a bed of loamy earth, during
the summer months, and closely covered with
a bell or hand glass to exclude the air, shading
them from the sun, and refreshing them now
and then with water. When well rooted they
may be planted out, each into a small pot filled
with loamy earth ; placing them in the shade

PAS

PAS

till they have taken new root ; then he removed
into a sheltered situation] to remain till the be-
ginning of autumn, when they must be placed

in the green-house, and treated as the myrtles*
Tbey may likewise be increased by lasers.

The second sort may also be raised by sowing
the seeds in autumn, soon after they are ripe, in
small pots tilled with light earth, plunging them
into an old bark-bed under a common Frame in
winter : the plants rise in the spring, and must
be treated like the cuttings. The seedling plant!
grow the most erect, and make the handsomest
appearance.

This sort is capable of living abroad in com-
mon winters, in a dry soil and warm situation;
but in hard Imsts the plants are frequently de-
stroyed : one or two should therefore be kept in
pots, and sheltered during that season.

They- afford variety among other potted green-
house plants.

PASS1FLORA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous and shrubby flowering kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Gynandria
Pentandria' [Pentandria Trigynia,) (Monadel-
phia Pentandria,) and ranks in the natural order
of Cuatrbitaceae.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parttd perianthium, flat, coloured : the corolla
has live petals, semilanceolate, flat, blunt, of the
same size and form with the calyx: nectary a
triple crown ; the outer longer, encircling the
style within the petals, more contracted above :
the stamina have five awl-shaped filaments, fast-
ened to a column at the base of the germ, and
united at bottom, spreading : anthers incum-
bent, oblong, blunt : the pistillum is a roundish
germ, placed on the apex of a straight, cylin-
drical column : styles three, thicker above,
spreading: stigmas capitate : the pcricarpium is
a fleshy berrv, subovate, one-celled, pedtcellcd :
the seeds very many, ovate, arilled : receptacle
of the seeds triple, growing longitudinally to
the rind of the pericarp.

The species cultivated are: 1. P. ccerulca,
Commou or Blue Passion-flower ; ?. P. incar-
nata, Rose-coloured Passion-flower; 3. P. lutea,
Yellow Fas-ion-flower ; 4. P. strrntijolia,
Notch-leaved Passion-flower; 5. I', malijormis,
Apple-fruited Passion-flower ; 6. P. quadran-
gular is, Square-stalked Passion-flower; 7- -P.
uluti, Wing-stalked Passion-flower; s. P. Uucri-
fo/ia, Laurel-leaved Passion-flower, or Water
Lemon; 9. P. multiflora, Many-flowered Pas-
sion-flower: 10. P. rubra, Red-fruited Passion-
flower: 11. P. Murucuja, Moon-shaped -leaved
Passion-flower; 12. P. Vesper liUo, Fat-winged
Pa-sion-flowcr; 13. P. rotundifolia, Round-
leaved Passion-flower ; 14. P. ciliatu, Ciliated

Passion-flower; 15. P. sulerosa, Cork-barked
Passion-flower; 16. P. i , Si'ky-leaved

Passion-flower ; 1 7. /'. glauca, Glaucous-leaved
Passion-flower; is. /'. minima, Dwarl Pas

flower.

The first rises in a few years to a great height,
with proper support: it mav be trained up more
than forty feet high: the stalks will grow almost
as large as a man's arm, and are covered with a
purplish bark, but do not become very woody :
the shoots often grow to the length of twel
fifteen feet in one summer, and being very
slender, must be supported, otherwise they will
hang to the ground, intermix with each other, and
appear very unsightly : at each joint is one leaf
composed of live smooth entire lobes; the middle
one, which is longest, almost four inches i
and one inch broad in the middle; the others
are gradually shorter, and the two outer lobes
are frequently divided on their outer side into
two smaller ones : their foot-stalks are near two
inches long, and have two embracing stipules at
their ba>e ; and from the same point is-
long clasper or tendril : the flowers come out at
the same joint with the leaves, on peduncles
almost three inches long ; they are blue, have
a faint scent, and continue onlv one day :
the fruit is egg-shaped, the size and shape of
the Mogul-plum, and when ripe of the same
yellow colour. It grows naturally in Brazil.

There is a variety with much narrower lobes,
divided almost to the bottom: the flowers come
later in the summer : the petals are narrower,
and of a purer white colour.

The second species has a perennial root : the
stalks are annual, slender, rising four or five Fi el
high : at each joint one leaf, on a short foot-
stalk, having mostly three oblong lobes, but the
two side ones are sometimes divided part of then
length into two narrow segments, and thus be-
coming five-lobed ; they are thin, of a light
green, and slightly serrate: the flowers are pro-
duced from the joints of the stalk, at the loot-
stalks of the leaves, on long slender pedum lis

in succession as the stalks advance in hi

during the summer month- : they have an aj
able scent, but are of short duration, opening,
in the morning, and fading away in the even-
ing : the fruit is as large a- a middling apple,
changing to a pale orange colour when ripe.
It gro t a naturally in Virginia.

The third has a creeping root, sending up
many weak stalks, three or four feet high : the
leaves are shape 1 like those of ivy, and almost
as larL-c, but of a pale green and very thin
• •: the peduncle is slender, an inch
and half long: the flowers dirty yellow, n t
larger than a sixpence when expanded. It id

PAS

PAS

a native of Virginia and Jamaica, flowering in
May and June.

The fourth species is perennial and shrubby : the
stems are round ; the younger ones very slightly
villose, and climbing very high : the stipules are
linear and acuminate : the footstalks of the leaves
furnished with two pairs of glandules : the leaves
ovate, smooth, and slightly serrated round their
whole outline : the peduncles are one-flowered
and solitary : the flowers have an extremely
agreeable odour. It is a native of the West
Indies, flowering from May to October.

The fifth has a thick stem, triangular, by-
stander tendrils thrown out at every joint rising
to the height of fifteen or twenty feet : at each
joint is one leaf, six inches long, and four broad
in the middle, of a lively green and thin texture,
havinsc a strong midrib, whence arise several
small nerves, diverging to the sides, and curving
up towards the top : petioles pretty long, having
two small glands in.the middle: two large sti-
pules encompass the petioles, peduncles and ten-
drils at the base : the peduncles are pretty long,
having also two small glands in the middle : the
cover of the flower is composed of three soft
vclvetv leaves, of a pale red, with some stripes
of a lively red colour ; the petals are white, and
the rays blue : the flowers being large make a fine
appearance, but are of short duration ; there is
however a succession for sometime: the fruit
is roundish, the size of a large apple, yellow when
ripe, having a thicker rind than any of the other
sorts. It grows naturally in the West Indies.

In the sixth the stem is almost simple, thick,
membranaceous at the four corners, somewhat
hispid : the leaves are petioled, five or six inches
long, entire, somewhat rugged, but without any
pubescence : the tendrils very long, axillary : sti-
pules in pairs, ovate at the base of the petioles,
on which are six glands: the peduncles oppo-
site to the petioles, thicker: the flowers very
large, encompassed by a three-leaved involucre,
the leaves of which are roundish, concave, entire,
smooth, pale : the fruit is very large, oblong,
and fleshy: the flower is much larger, though
very like the above sort in colour. It is a native
of Jamaica.

The seventh species is verv like the preceding
at first sight : the open flower has also a general
resemblance ; but the peduncle is cylindrical ;
the three divisions of the involucre small, lan-
ceolate, with glandular serratures ; the pedicel
thickest at the insertion into the convex base
or the flower : the live or six outer petals are
oblong with an awn, the inner longer j the
outer principal rays thinnest and shortest; im-
perfect rays in a double row, below and distinct
trom them a single row : no impcriect opercu-

lum ; operculum partly horizontal and partly
turning up to the column, then folding back
down again and embracing the column, with
which it is so connected that it appears inseparable,
but is not joined to the column : nectary round
the column, confined by the base : the column
comes to the bottom of it. It is a native of the
West Indies.

If this does not equal the first sort in elegance,
it exceeds it in magnificence, in brilliancy of co-
lour, and in fragrance, the flowers being hi^blv
odoriferous.

The eighth has a suflrutescentstem, with very
divaricating, filiform branches : the leaves a lit-
tle emarginate at the base, nerved, and very smooth,
on short petioles compressed a little, having two
glands under the base of the leaf: the tendrils are
very long : the peduncles the length of the peti-
oles : the three leaflets of the involucre are round-
ish, concave, with blunt glandular toothlets about
the edge, and pale : the five leaflets of the calyx
are broad-lanceolate, slightly membranaceous at
the edge, horned with a point or awn, smooth,
variegated on the inside with blood-red dots :
petals five, the length of the calyx, narrower,
acuminate, with blood-red dots scattered over
them : the flowers are very handsome and odori-
ferous, but the fruit ovate and waterv. It flowei >
in June and July, and is a native of Jamaica.

The ninth species has slender stalks, sending
out many small branches, and climbing to the
height of twenty-five or thirty feet : by age they
become woody towards the bottom, and their
joints are not far asunder : the leaves are on short
slender petioles, three inches and a half long,
and two broad in the middle, rounded at the
base, but terminating in a point at top, smooth,
entire, and of a lively green colour : the flowers
are axillary, on long peduncles, having an agree-
able odour, but seldom continuing twenty hours
open. There is a succession of them from June to
September, and the fruit will sometimes ripen in
this climate. It grows naturally at La Vera Cruz.
The tenth has an herbaceous stem, twining
round, grooved, hirsute, red: the lobes of the
leaves entire, nerved, somewhat hispid, soft: the
petioles round, red, villose, without glands : the
tendrils subaxillary : the (lowers alternate, nod-
ding, on solitary one-flowered peduncles: the
fruit spherical, marked with six lines, scarlet
when ripe, hirsute. It is a native of the West
Indies, flowering in April and May.

The eleventh species has an herbaceous,
grooved, smooth stem : the leaves ovale or
oblong, two-horned, with an intermediate bristle,
three-nerved, veined, smooth, entire: dots on the
back hollow ed, pellucid: the petioles grooved,
smooth, destitute of glands : the tendrils sub-

I s

P A 6

axillary, filiform, Ion»; : the flowers in pair?,
axillary) scarlet, large: the berry ovate, the
size of a pige »n'i egg, and pedicelled. It is a
native of the West Indies.

The twelfth has slender, striated, roundish
Stalks, less than a straw, of the same thick-
ness from top to bottom, and of a brownish
red colour, dividing into many slender branches:
the leaves shaped like the wings of a bat when
extended, about seven inches m length, or rather
breadth, from the base to the ton not more than
two inches and a half, the upper ones smaller,
the middle wider, and the lower narrower,
smooth and somewhat shining ; the colour in
the upper ones pale, in the middle deeper, in
the lower darker green, w ith two purple tuber-
cles or glands towards the base, where they are
connected with the petiole; which is set half
an inch from the base of the leaf, three nerves
springing from it, two extending each way to
the oarrow points of the leaf, the other rising
upright to the top, where is the greatest length
of the leaf: the flowers are on short round pe-
duncles from the axils of the middle and upper
leaves, white and of a middle size, about three
inches in diameter when expanded : they are
without scent, open in the evening or during the
night, in the month of July, and finally close
about eight or nine o'clock in the morning. It
is a native of the West Indies.

The thirteenth species has the stem sufTrutes-
cent at bottom, subdivided, angular, grooved :
the leaves semiovate, three-nerved, veined,
smooth on both sides, marked behind longitu-
dinally with pellucid clots : lobes terminated bv
verv small bristles; the middle one a little
larger than the others : the petioles short, with-
out glands : the tendrils filiform, very long: the
stipules two, opposite, awl-shaped : the pedun-
cles axillary, filiform, an inch long : the flowers
nodding, pale green, rather large: the berry egg-
shaped. It is di tinguisbed from the other sorts
by its rounded leaves slightly thrce-lobed at top
only. Ii is a native of Jamaica.

The fourUenth runs to a great height, and has
dark-rrreei glossy leaves: the involucrum is com-
po ed of ihree leaves divided into capillary seg-
ments, each terminating in a viscid globule : the
pillar supporting thegt rmen is bright purple with
darker spots : the petals ire greenish on the out-
side, ami red within : the crown consists of four
rows of radii, which are varied with white and
purple. It is a native of Jamaica.

The fifteenth species rises with a weak stalk to
the height of twenty feet : as the stalks grow
old, thev have a thick fungous bark like that of
the Cork-tree, which cracks and splits : the
smaller branches are covered with a smooth bark :
7

the leaves are smooth, on very short petioles :
the middle lobe is much longer than the lateral
ones, so that the whole leaf is halbert-shaped :
the Bowers are small, of a greenish yellow co-
lour: the fruit egg-shaped, dark purple when
ripe. It is perennial, and a native of the Wesl
Indies, flowering from June to September.

In the sixteenth species the stalks ri-e twenty
feet high, dividing into many slender branches,
covered with a soft hairy down : the leaves are
shaped like the p tint of a halbert, three inches
long, ami an inch and half wide at the has. , light
green, soft and .silky to the touch, standing ob-
liquely to the foot-stalks: the flowers are not
half so large as those of the common or blue
Passion-flower: the fruit small, roundish, yel-
low when ripe, leaves ovate, tomentose on
both sides: lateral lobes short; with an obsolete
gland underneath behind the sinus of the lobe.
It grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, flowering
most part of the summer.

In the seventeenth, the whole plant is very
smooth and even : the leaves glaucous undcrncaih,
undotted : the petioles furnished with two or lour
glands below the middle: the stipules acute, quite
entire, more than half an inch in length : the
flowers are sweet. It is a native of Cayenne.

The eighteenth species has the stem twininc,
simple, becoming corky at the base with age,
round, smooth: the leaves subpeltate, subcor-
date: lateral lobes almost horizontal; all acute,
nerved, smooth on both sides: the petioles short,
round, reilex, smooth : the glands two, opposite,
small, sessile, concave, brown, in the middle of
the petioles: the stipules two, opposite, awl-
shaped, bv the side of the petioles: the tendrils
long, between the petioles : peduncles axillary,
solitary, longer than the petioles, loose, one-
flowered : the flowers small, whitish : the berry
small, blue, egg-shaped.

Culture. — In all the sorts it is either by seeds,,
layers, or cuttings, according to the kinds.

The first or hardy sort is capable of being
raised either by seeds, layers, or cuttings: the
seed should be sown in the early -prmg, as
March, in large pots, half an inch deep, either
plunging them in a warm border, and a> the wea-
ther becomes warm moving them to the shade ; or
in a hot-bed, which will forward the germination
of the seed more fully, and the plants will rise
sooner ; which should afterw ards he hardened
gradually to the open air till the autumn, and
then placed under a garden-frame for the win-
ter, to have shelter from frosts, and in the
spring planted out in pots, or some in the nur-
sery ; and in a year or two they may be trans-
planted where they are to remain, against some
warm south wall.

PAS

PAS

The layers should be laid down from some
of the branches in the common way in the
spring, when they will readily emit roots, and
make proper plants by autumn ; when, or ra-
ther in spring following, they should be taken
off and transplanted either into pots in nursery
rows, or where they are to remain.

The cuttings should be made in February or
March from the strong young shoots, in length
from about eight to ten or twelve inches, plant-
ing them in any bed or border of common
earth, giving frequent watering in dry weather,
and when sunny and hot, if in a situation ex-
posed to them, a moderate shade of mats will
be of much advantage. They will emit roots
at bottom, and shoots at top, and become good
plants bv autumn, allowing them the occasional
shelter of mats, &c. during the winter's frost;
and in the spring let them be planted out. If a
quantity of these cuttings be planted close, and
covered down with hand-glasses, it will forward
their rooting; observing, however, when they
begin to shoot at top, to remove: the glasses, in
order to admit fresh air.

The second and third, or green-house kinds,
may be increased by seed, layers, and parting
the roots : the seed, obtained from America,
should be sown in pots in March or April,
plunging them in a hot-bed to raise the plants,
which afterwards inure to the open air in sum-
mer, giving them the shelter of a green-house
or frame in winter; and in the spring following
plant some out in pots, placing them among
the green-house plants; and others may be
planted in the full ground, under a warm fence,
to take their chance.

The layers should be made in the summer
from young shoots, which will readily grow,
and become good plants for potting off in au-
tumn. The parting the roots should be done in
spring, before they begin to shoot. The second
tort multiplies exceedingly by its creeping roots;
which should be divided into slips, and planted
in a bed of rich earth till autumn, when some
should be transplanted into pots for occasional
shelter in winter.

All the other more tender stove kinds are ca-
pable of being increased by seeds, lavers, and
cuttings : The seeds are procured chiefly from
abroad; and should be sown in spring in pots,
plunging them in a hot-bed, or in a stove bark-
bed : the plants soon appear, which, when three
inches high, should be pricked out in separate
small pots, giving water, and re-plunging them
in the hot-bed, occasionally shading them till
rooted : as they advance in growth, they should
be shifted into larger pots, and be retained con-
stantly in the stove.

The layers should be made from the young
branches in the spring or beginning of summer,
which will readilv grow, and be fit to pot off
separately in autumn.

The cuttings should be made in the spring or
summer, from the voung 'hoots, planting them
in pots, plunging them in the bark-bed, and
giving water frequently; when most of them will
take root, and be fit to pot off singly in autumn.

In respect to their general culture ; as in se-
vere winters, in the first sort, the branches,
if not duly protected, are sometimes killed, it is
advisable at such times, whilst the plants are
young in particular, to give them the shelter of
mats during the inclement season, and protect
their roots with drv litter laid over the ground;
carefully uncovering their branches as eoon as
the frost breaks: this covering, however, is only
necessary in very severe frosts.

The green-house sorts should generally be
potted, to move to shelter in winter, either of
a green-house, or deep garden-frame: some
plants of each sort may also be planted in the
full ground, in a warm border, to take their
chance; covering the ground over their roots in
severe weather ; and in the different orders of
planting, placing stakes for the support of their
climbing growth in the summer. And all the
stove kinds must constantly be kept in pots,
placed in the stove, and for the most part
plunged in the bark-bed; placing strong stakes
for the purpose of training the branches to, and
managing them as other stove-plants of a si-
milar growth. See Stove-Plants.

The first sort is highly ornamental in the
open ground when trained against southern
walls, 8cc. ; and those of the green-house, and
stove kinds, among other plants in these col-
lections.

PASTINACA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous esculent kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Dlgynia, and ranks in the natural order of Um-
lellatce or Umhelliferce.

The characters are : that the calvx is an uni-
versal umbel, manifold, flat : partial manifold :
involucre universal none : partial none : perian-
thium proper obsolete : the corolla universal
uniform: florets all fertile : proper of live lance-
olate involute entire petals : the stamina have
five capillary filaments : anthers roundish : the
pistillum is an inferior germ : styles two, reflex:
stigmas blunt : there is no pericarpium : fruit
compressed llat, elliptic, bipartite : the seeds two,
elliptic, girt' round the edge, almost flat on both
sides.

The species cultivated are : 1 . P. saliva, Com-
mon Parsnepj 2. P. Ofjopanuj-, Rough Parsnip.

PAS

PAS

In the first, in the wild plant, the root is
biennial, simple, whitish, putting forth sonic
h c fibres from the side: tire sum single, three
or four reet high, erect, rigid, angular, pu-
'. scent, bollow,*branched : the leaves alternate,
smaller than those of the cultivated kind,
and of a darker green ; in open situations pu-
1 scent, especially die root-leaves: the flow-
ering-branches come out from the axils of the
1 aves from top to bottom, supporting umbels
which are smaller than that which terminates
the stem: the flowers small, yellow, with infiex
; . »r petals.

~h is a native of most parts of Europe; but
the garden or cultivated variety has smooth
leaves, of a light or yellowish grem colour, in
v.hirh it dirfeis from the wild plant : the "talks
also rise higher, and are deeper channelled : the
peduncles an much longer, and the rlo.\crs of
•a deeper yellow colour: the roots are sweeter
than those of carrots, and are much eaten by
those who abstain from animal food in Lent, or
eat salt-fish; and are highly nutritious. Hogs
are fond of these roots, and cattle will eat them.

The second species has a perennial root, as
thick as the human arm, yellow, branched: the
branches an inch or an inch a. id half in thick-
r. --. .1 foot and half in length, lubercled, with
a corky bark : the stem from three feet to the
height of a man, the thickness of a finger, stri-
ated, covered at the base with scariose mem-
branaceous scales, like the Terns; in other parts
very smooth and shining; angular at top, cspe-
cially at the branches. Primary (or root) leaves
quite simple, cordate, acutely crenate: the others
ternate or qumate, with the end leaflet always
-cordate and vcrv lartre ; the lateral ones ob-
liquely cordate, with the upper lobe shorter:
the lowest stem-leaves more compound, consi-
dered as a wltoie triangular, two feet loiig, bi-
pinnate, having five pinnules on each ^x\<.-; the
lowest pinna pinnate, commonly with live leaf-
lets, the end cue cordate, the rest sessile and
obliquely cordite: the leaflets are an inch to
two inth''s lone? the other pinnules are first
temate, then simple. The other stem-leaves
decrease, and are first qumate, next ternate,
and at the branches simple. Petiole of the
root-leaves from the sheath to the first pinna
flattijb above and thence angular-keeled; on
the contrary, that of the branch-leaves is fur-
rowed. Sheaths ited, in the root-leaves
■very stri^fo?e : iu the stem-lea th. All
the leaflet- are hairy, especially at the b u k. At
the flowering-branches there are eous
sheaths, which are naked, or destitute of It
The u nil v smooth ;
firsi alternate, erect, then two, three, or four
Vol. II.

together in a sort of whorl, two or three inches
long, with one or two spathaceous leaflets lo-

the middle, or at the top. The unr
umbels have usually seven or eight rays, an inch
long, of a yellowish green colour: the I

flatT with the rim thicker, three or four lines m
diameter, and a little longer: the juice is yel-
low, bearing no marks of a resinous or aro-
matic principle. It Hows out where either the
leaf or stalk is broken. Tiny arc both very
rough : the p rmer dark green, the latter -

bt feet high : the stalks divide towards the
top into many horizontal branches, each ter-
minated by a large umbel of yellow flowers;
which appear in July. It is a native of the
south of Europe.

It commonly ripens its seeds in this climate,
and its juice manifests some of the qualities dis-
covered in the officinal Opopanax : but it is
only in the warmer regions of the East, where
this plant is also a native, that the juice con-
cretes into this gum-resin. It is obtaim
means of in made at the bottom oi the

stalk.

( 'lire. — Tnth: first sort it isea-ily effected by
sowing fresh seed in the latter end of February,
or beeinnine of the following month, u]
bed prepared in a spot of the best light, rich,
deep soil, in one of the most open airy quarters of
the garden, bv being trenched one full spade
deep" at least, or if two the better, provided the
depth of good staple admit, that the roots may
have a due depth of loose soil to run down
straight to their full length. And if the ground
be previously trenched up in rough ridges in
winter, especially where stilt" or wet,
exposed some time to the sun and air, it \\ ill
be much improved for this purpose. At the time
of sowing, the ground should be made lei
even on The surface, but no! i alter the

seed is sown, which should be. performed while
the ground is fresh stirred, or before
facebecomes too dry, so as, in r. . clods

will readily fall under ti.e rake to bur}

regularly.

The seed should be sown broad-cast t!
either all over the surface, or the ground m.-y
be divided into four-feet-wide bed-.
convenient, but for la: ge quantities the former
is the most eligible practice. As soon as
sowingis done, if liebt ground, it is the pr
with some to Head down Is evenrj .

finish with an even good raking, to cover all the
Is equally, - n g the surface. In about

three weeks the seeds begin to germinate,
the plants soon appear round". When

they are two or three in ■

be thinned to regular distances, and cl
S (

PEA

PEA

from weeds ; which may be clone either by hand
or small-hoeing ; but the latter is preferable for
the benefit of the crop, and considerably the
most expeditious : it should generally be per-
formed bv a three- or four-inch hoe. Dry wea-
ther should be chosen for the purpose, and the
plants cut out to about ten or twelve inches di-
stance, as they should have large room, cutting
up all weeds as the work proceeds. After
this, no more culture is required till the future
progress of the weeds renders another hoeing
nectssarv ; and probably another repetition may
also be required, till the plants are in full leaf,
when they cover the ground, and bid defiance
to anv further interruption from weeds.

In the autumn, about October, the roots will
be arrived nearly at their full growth ; when the
leaves begin to turn yellow and decay, which is
a certain sign of their maturity: they may then
be dug up for use, as they are wanted.

These roots may either remain in the ground
all winter, and be taken up as wanted, or a
quantity may be dug up in autumn, and their
tops pared off close, and then buried all winter
in sand, in a shed or other dry place, to be
ready at all times for use : some should also be
left in the ground for spring service, as January
or the beginning of February, digging them up
just before they begin to shoot, and laying them
in the sand ; as bv taking them up at this time,
it retards their effort for shooting, so as that
they continue in tolerable perfection until the
latter end of April or longer.

In order to have parsneps in due perfection,
great care is necessary to save seed only from
some of the finest rooted plants ; for which pur-
pose, a quantity of the large, long, straight
roots should _be selected, trimming off their
leaves, and planting them in rows three feet
asunder, and two distant in the lines, about an
inch deep over their top ; in which method they
will shoot up strong in spring for flowering, and
ripen seed in the latter end of August, or -early
in September ; when in a dry day, the umbels
of seed should be cut off ana spread upon mats
to dry and harden, afterwards thrashing out the
seeds, and putting them up in bags for use.

The second sort may be raided, by sowing the
seed in the places where the plants are to remain,
at the same season as the above; keeping the
plants afterwards properly thinned and clear
from weeds.

The first is an useful esculent root, that con-
tains a large proportion of nutritious matter;
but the latter is chiefly cultivated for affording
variety in the borders or other parts of pleasure-
grounds.

PEA. See Pisom.

PEA, EVERLASTING. See Lath tr us.

PEA, HEART. See Cardiospermum.

PEA, PIGEON. See Cytisus.

PEA, SWEET. See Lathyuus.

PEA, WING. See Lotus.

PEACH TREE. See Amygdalus.

PEAR TREE. See Pyrus.

PELARGONIUM, a genus containing plants
of the fine shrubby under shrubby evergreen
and herbaceous perennial kinds for the green-
house.

It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia
Heptandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Gruinaks.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, five-parted : segments ovate,
acute, concave, permanent, upper segment end-
ing in a capillary nectariferous tube, decurrent
along the peduncle : the corolla has five petals,
obcordateorovate, spreading, large, irregular: the
stamina have ten awl-shaped filaments, united at
the base, spreading at top, unequal in length, all
shorter than the corolla, three' of them (seldom,
five) castrated : anthers seven, oblong, versatile:
the pistillum is a five-ycornered germ, beaked :
style awl-shaped, longer than the stamens, per-
manent: stigmas five, reflex: the pericarpium is
a five-grained capsule, beaked, the cells opening
inwards : the beak spiral, bearded on the in-
side: the seeds solitary, ovate-oblong.

The species cultivated are: 1. P. alchemil-
loides, Ladv's-mantle-leaved Crane's-bill ; 2.
P. odoratissimum, Sweet-scented Crane's-bill;
3. P. grossularioides, Gooseberry-leaved Crane's-
bill ; 4. P. coriandrifolium, Coriander- leaved
Crane's-bill; 5. P. carnosum, Fleshy-stalked
Crane's-bill; 6. P. ceraiopliyllum, Horn-leaved
Crane's-bill ; 7- P. gibbosum, Gouty Crane's-
bill ; 8. P. radula, Multifid leaved Crane's-bill ;

9. P. papilionaceitm, Butterfly Crane's-bill;

10. P. inquhians, Scarlet-flowered Crane's-bill;

11. P. zonule, Common Horse-shoe Crane's-
bill ; 12. P. bicolor, Two-coloured Crane's-
bill; 13. P. vit if (ilium, Balm-scented Crane's-
bill; 14. P. capitatum, Rose-scented Crane's-
bill; 15. P. gluti/iosum, Clammy Crane's-bill;
16. P. cuculliitum, Hooded Crane's-bill ; 17.
P. cordatum, Heart-leaved Crane's-bill; 18. P.
echhwtum, Prickiv-stalked-Crane's-bill ; 19. P.
tctragonum, Square-stalked Crane's-bill; 20.
P. letulinum, Birch-leaved Crane's-bill; 21. P.
glaucum, Spear-leaved Crane's-bill ; 22. P.
acctosum, Sorrel Crane's-bill; 23. P. scabrum,
Rough-leaved Crane's-bill ; 24. P. ternatumt
Ternate Crane's-bill ; 25. P. tricolor, Three-
coloured Crane's-bill.

The first sends out several herbaceous stalks
about a foot and half in length. The flowers are

PEL

P E L

pale blush -colour, several together upon very
lone peduncles : and there is a succession of
them during all the summer months.

There is a variety with a dark circle in the
middle of the leaves.

The second species has a very short fleshy
stalk, dividing near ihe ground into several
heads, each having many leaves, on separate
footstalks from the heads ; they are son and
downy, and have a strong scent like- ani~ml.
From these heads come out several slender stalks,
near a foot in length, prostrate, with rounder
leaves than those near the root, but of the same
texture and odour : the Sowers are produced
from the side of these stalks, three, four, or five
standing together upon slender peduncles ; they
are w hue, but being small ihey make little ap-
pearance.

The third has the stem prostraie, four-corner-
ed, smooth ; as is also the whole plant, which is
biennial, sending out a great number of very
slender trailing stalks, extending a foot and half
in length : the leaves are small, marked with
lines: the peduncles are capillary, with two or
three small flow ers, of a pale flesh-colour. They
continue in succession all the summer.

The fourth species is an annual or rather bien-
nial plant, with branching stalks near a foot
high : the lower leaves stand upon long foot-
stalks, but those on the upper part sit close to
the stalks : the flowers stand upon naked pe-
duncles, which proceed from the side of the
stalks, on the side opposite to the leaves : they
.grow three or four together upon short separate
pedicels : they are of a pale flesh-colour, and
appear in Jul v.

The fifth has a thick fleshy knotted stalk,
rising about two feet high, sending out a few
slender fleshy branches, thinly set with leaves,
which on the lower part of the stalk are petioled,
but above sessile : the flowers are produced in
small clusters at the ends of the branches : the
petals are narrow and white, making no great
appearance ; they continue in succession most
part of the summer.

The sixth species flow ers in May, and con-
tinues to do so during most of the summer
months : the seeds ripen in this climate. It is
a native of the South-west coast of Africa.

The seventh has a round fleshy stalk with
swelling knots at the joints, rising about three
feet high, and sending out several irregular
smoothbranches : the leaves are thinly disposed,
smooth, fleshy, gray, ending obtusely, and
standing on short footstalks : the flowers four
or five on a peduncle: the petals dark-purple,
having a very agreeable scent in the evening :
it flowers most part of the summer.

The eighth species has a shrubby stem, cover-
ed with an ash-coloured bark, branched, two
feet high : the leaves are numerous, alternate,
nearly equal to the petioles, very deeply five-
cleft; the segments pinnate and hipinnate,
linear: stipules wide, acuminate and shrivel-
ling: the peduncles axillary, solitary, with one,
two, or three flowers : involucre generally five-
cleft, shrivelling. The whole plant has a strong
smell of turpentine. The leaves in the young
plants are often three inches long ; but in old one*
only one third of the size, and more numerous.
It has the name Radula, from the rough rasp-
like surface of its leaves. It flowers from
March to July.

There are two varieties, a larger and a smaller:
and as it is readily raised from seeds, it affords
many seminal varieties.

The ninth rises with an upright shrubby stalk
seven or eight feet high, sending out several side
branches with large, angular, rough leaves, on
short footstalks : the flowers are produced in
large panicles (umbels) at the ends of the
branches : the two upper petals, which are
pretty large, turn upwards, and are finely varie-
gated ; but the three under ones are very small,
and, being bent back, are screened from sight,
unless the flower be viewed near. It flowers
from April to July.

The tenth species rises with a soft shrubby
stem to the height of eight or ten feet, sending
out several branches, which are generally erect :
the leaves of a thick substance, and a lucid
green, on pretty long foolstalks, covered with
soft hairs on their under side : the flowers
are in loose bunches (umbe's), on long, stiff",
axillary peduncles: the corolla bright scarlet:
the flowers make a fine appearance, and there
is a succession of them during all the summer
months.

The eleventh rises with a shrubby stalk four
or five feet high, and divides into a great num-
ber of irregular branches, so as to form a large
bush, frequently eight or ten feet m height : the
leaves are indented on the edge in several obtuse
segments, cut into short teeth ; there is a pur-
plish curved zone in form of a horse-shoe, from
one side of the base to the other, correspond-
ing with the border; and when gently rubbed,
the leaves have a scent like scalded apples : the
flowers are produced in pretty close bunches, on
axillary pcduncJes, live or BIX inches in length,
coming out towards the ends of the branches ;
they are of a reddish purple colour, and con-
tinue in succession great part of the sum-
mer.

There is a variety with fine variegated leaves,
and the flowers vary ranch in colour front
SCJ

PEL

PEL

purple, through the different shades of red to
high scarlet.

The twelfth species has the stem shrubby,
twisted, covered with an ash-coloured bark : the
branches round, villose, sub-herbaceous, a foot
long : the leaves opposite, on long petioles,
glaucous, rugged; lobes curled, toothed: the
stipules almost embracing", acuminate : the
common peduncle often opposite to a leaf, or
lateral, sometimes axillary, longer than the leaf:
involucre one-leafed, many-parted, shrivelling ;
rays about thirteen, scarcely an inch long. It
is remarked by Jacquin, that the whole has a
very strong smell : and Curtis says that it ob-
viously differs from all the other species in the
particular shape of its leaves, and the colour of
the flowers, which are usually of a rich and very
dark purple edged with white. It flowers from
June to August.

The thirteenth species rises with an upright
shrubby stalk to the height of seven or eight
feet, sending out many pretty strong branches :
the leaves arc somewhat like those of the vine ;
the lower on long petioles, the upper on short
ones ; when rubbed, they have a scent of balm :
the flowers grow in compact clusters, on the top
of long, naked, axillary peduncles, rising much
higher than the branches: being small and of a
pale blue colour, making no great figure ; but
containing a succession for most part of the
summer.

The fourteenth rises with a shrubby stalk four
or five feet high, dividing into several weak ir-
regular branches : the leaves are divided into
three unequal lobes, which are hairy, and waved
on their edges ; they are placed alternately, and
their footstalks are hairy : the flowers grow in
close roundish heads, forming a sort of corymb ;
are of a purplish blue colour, and continue in
succession a great part of the summer : the
leaves, when rubbed, have the odour of dried
roses.

The fifteenth species has a shrubby stem,
covered with a gray bark, three feet high and
more : branches declining and decumbent, green,
clammy, as is the whole plant: the leaves are
alternate, the uppermost sometimes opposite,
often shorter than the petioles, large, acute,
sinuate : the stipules wide-acuminate, shrivel-
ling : the common peduncles axillary, lateral,
or opposite to a leaf, erect, solitary, longer than
the leaves: involucre five-leaved, the leaflets
ovate-acute, shrivelling : rays from three to
tight, half an inch long : the middle of the leaf
is generally stained with purple. It flowers in
May and June, continuing to September.

Several varieties have been produced from
feed.

The sixteenth rises with a shrubby stalk eight
or ten feet high, sending out several irregular
branches : the leaves are roundish, with the
sides erect, so as to form a hollow or hood,
whence termed cowled ; are heart-shaped at the
base, or kidney-shaped, and from the footstalk
run many nerves arising from a point, but di-
verging towards the sides ; the borders are
sharply indented ; those on the lower part of the
branches have long footstalks, and are placed
without order on every side, but those on the
upper part have shorter footstalks, and stand
opposite: the floweis are produced in large pa-
nicles (or umbels) on the tops of the branches,
of a purple blue colour. It flowers from June
to September.

The seventeenth species has a shrubby branch-
ed stem, when young red, when very young
green and villose, when old covered with an
ash-coloured bark : the leaves are alternate, al-
most equal to the petioles, tomentosc, whitish
underneath : the stipules subovate : the flowers
at the ends of the stem and branches in nume-
rous umbels. It flowers from March to July.
There are several varieties.
The eighteenth has the stalk green, surface
smooth and somewhat glossy, beset with spines
which bend back and terminate in brownish-
weakish points ; these appear to have been pri-
marily the stipules, which become thus fleshy
and rigid : the leaves are on long footstalks,
veiny, soft and downy, especially on the under
side, which is of a much lighter colour than the
upper : the flowering stem proceeds from the
summit of the stalk, and is a foot or more in
height : as it advances it throws out its branches
or peduncles, ultimately about five in number,,
each of which has a leaf at its base, similar to
the other leaves of the plant, but smaller, and
terminates in an umbel of seven or eight
flowers of a spotted purple colour. In its habit
it somewhat resembles ihe preceding. It flowers,
from May to September.

It varies with petals of a rich purple colour,
in which the spots are similar, but not so con-
spicuous.

The nineteenth species has angular stems,
angles four, sometimes three, succulent, as is
the whole plant, procumbent when they shoot
out into length, at first hairy, afterwards very
smooth, much branched, and three feet high :
the leaves alternate, almost equal to the petioles,
orbiculate, five-lobcd ; the younger villose, tooth-
crenate, violate-coloured underneath, and above
having a dark red zone ; the older crenate,
fleshy, dark green, with a few villose hairs,
and frequently with a zone : the stipules short,
semicircular, spreading, shrivelling: the pe-

P K L

PEL

E

dunclcs axillary, erect, nigged; with four sub-
ovate stipules at the forks. Mr. Curtis observes
that a vein of singularity runs through the whole
ot" this plant : it.- stalks are unequally and ob-
tusely quadrangular* sometimes more evidently
triangular : its leaves few and remarkably small:
its owers, on the contrary, are uncommonly
large, and, what is more extraordinary, have only-
tour petals; previous to their expansion the
body ot filaments is bent so as to form a kmd of
bow.

:e is a variety with beautifully coloured
I

The twentieth has a shrubby stem, four or
five feet Inch, sending out several branches : tl e
eduucles long, coming out from the side of the
ranches: the flowers vary eonsidcrably both in
size and colour : its foliage is different From
that of the other sorts, and, as its name imports,
like that of the birch-tree. It flowers most part
of the summer.

In the twenty-first, the whole plant is very
smooth, glaucous, and in a manner whitish:
the stem shrubby, with round, rod-like, d<
iug branches, two feet high : the leaves opposite,
often shorter than the petioles, which are round
and erect : the stipules lanceolate-acuminate,
fleshy, deciduous : the peduncles alternately
axillary, very long, one- or two-flowered. It
flowers from June to August.

The twenty- second species has a shrubby
stem, six or seven feet high, sending out several
side branches : the leaves of a gray colour, and
having an acid taste like sorrel : the peduncles
axillary, lone, sustaining three or four flowers,
with narrow unequal petals, of a pale blush-co-
lour, with some stripes of a light red : the '.lowers
continue in succession most part of the summer.

There is a variety with scarlet flowers raised
from seed.

The twenty-third has a shrubby stem, round,
three or four feet high, the thickness of a fit
upright, of a reddish bay colour, branching from
the axils, very rough, as is the whole plant, but
becoming smooth with age: the leaves on long
petioles, very widely wedge-shaped, three-nerv-
ed, acute, stiffish, alternate, except the upper
ones next the flowers, which are opposite, the
lower ones seven or eight inches in length
reckoning the petioles ; the lobes gashed or
thinly toothed, but sometimes quite entire : the
stipules small, ovate-acuminate, on each side
next I he petioles: the common peduncles ter-
minating and axillary, short, sustaining com-
monly from four to six flowers, of a purple
rose-colour, with dark blood- red spots. It
flowers from August to November.

The twenty-fourth has a suffruticosc stem.

dichotomous, round, purple, viHose, erect, two'

feet high and more: branches simple, short,

ibling the stem : the leaves rigid, str'u

» : serratures purplish • the
1 villoSC, the length of the leaves : the
stipules two or more, ovate-acute, a ncave, a
line in length : the flowers lateral and t.rminat-
: involucres lanceolate, purple,
subciliate. It differs materially from the oilier
sorts in the unusu 1 roughness of the stalks, as
well as in its whole habit.

The twenty-fifth species, which is but n
introduced, scarcely exceeds a foot in In
growing up with a shrubby stem, and spreading
widely into numerous flowering branches,
much disposed to produce (lowers in a constant
ssion, that during most of the summer the
plant is loaded with a profusion of them. For
the most part they go off without seed; and
when any is produced, there is generally one
it and four abortive. The whole plant is
covered with short white hairs, which give to
e a somewhat silvery hue. I he two
upper; Is are of a beautiful red, having

their ba=es nearly black ; the three lowermost
are w hite.

Most of the above species are natives of the
Cape.

There are also many other species that maybe
cultivated.

Culture. — All the sorts mav be increased by
seeds, which should be sown in the early spring
in pots filled with kitchen garden mould, plunging
them in a moderate hot-bed. The plants soon
appear; when they should have fresh air as much
as possible, to prevent their being drawn up
weak. When the plants have attained mjhic
growth, they should be removed into separate
small pots filled with the same sort of earth, re-
plunging them in the hot-bed till fresh rooted,
and giving proper shade. They should after-
wards be gradually inured to the open air, in
order to be placed out in it in the summer
- - in in a she It, -red situation.

They may also be raised in the open ground
without the hot-bed, but not so well.

But they are more commonly increa
cially the shrubby sort-, by cuttings of the young
branches, which should he planted in a shady
border in the o inner, or in pot-, and pluri
any hot-bed; which is the better method, when
rooted the] taken up, and planted

into separate pot-, placing them iu the shade .1
they have taken i ; after which thev

may be remove red situation, and

be treated in the same man ei as the seedling
plants. The fifth, seventh, and fifteenth sorts
have more succulent stalks than the others : the

PEL

PEL

•.cuttings should therefore be planted in pots
filled with the same son of" earth, and plunged
into a very moderate hot-bed, where they may
be shaded from the sun in the heat of the day,
and have but little water ; for these are very apt
to rot with much moisture. When these are well
rooted, theymay be removed, and planted in se-
parate pots'filled with the same sort of earth, and
placed in the shade till they have taken new
root; then they may be removed into a sheltered
situation, where thev may remain till au-
tumn. These sorts should be sparingly watered,
especially in the winter season, as they are apt
to take a mouldiness with moisture, or in a
damp air. They thrive much better in an airy
glass-case than in a green-house, as in the
Former they have more sun and air than in the
latter. But all the other shrubby sorts are pro-
per lor the green-house, where they only re-
quire protection from frost, but should have a
large share of free air when the weather is mild.
They require water every week, in mild weather
once or twice ; but it should not be given them
in too great plenty, especially in frosty weather.
These plants should be hardened in the spring
gradually, and towards the middle or end of
May be taken out of the green-house, and at
first placed under the shelter of trees, where
they may remain a fortnight or three weeks to
harden ; and then be removed into a situation
where they may be defended from strong winds,
and enjoy the morning sun till eleven o'clock,
where they will thrive better than in a warmer
situation. And as these sorts grow pretty fast,
they soon fill the pots with their roots ; and
when they stand long unremoved in summer,
they frequently put out their roots through the
holes at the bottom of the pots into the ground,
when the plants grow vigorously; but rf suffered
to continue long in this manner, it is difficult to
remove them ; as, if their roots be torn off, all
the younger blanches decay, and the plants are
Frequently killed. The pots should therefore be
moved once in a fortnight or three weeks, in
the summer months, and the roots which
may be then pushing through the holes cut off,
to prevent their striking into the ground.

They require also lo be new potted at least
twice in the summer ; the fiTSt time after they
have been thiee weeks or a month out of the
green-house ; the second towards the end of
August, or the beginning of September, that the

Clants may have time to establish their new roots
efore they are removed into the green- house.
When this is performed, all the roots on the
outside of the balls of earth should be carefully
pared off, and as much of the old earth drawn
away from the loots, as can be done with safety

to the plants; then, where they require it, they
should be put into pots a size larger than those
out of which they were taken, putting a quan-
tity of fresh earth into the bottom of each pot,
placing the plants upon it, being careful that
the ball about the roots of the plant be not
so high as the rim of the pot, that some room
may be left to contain the water wdiich may be
given to them. Then the cavitv all round the
ball should be filled up with fresh earth, be
gently pressed down, and the bottom of the pot
beaten upon the ground, to settle the earth ; the
plant being then well watered, and the stem
fastened so as to prevent the wind from dis-
placing the roots before they are fixed in the
new earth.

Where such mould as has been -mentioned
cannot be procured, fresh hazel loam from a
pasture, mixed with a fourth or a filth part of
rotten dung ; or, where the earth is inclinable to
bind, a mixture of rotten tan ; and, where light
and warm, a mixture of neat's-dung may be em-
ployed. This compost should be mixed three
or four months before it is used, and be turned
over three or four times, that the parts may be-
well incorporated.

The shrubby sorts require to be looked over
frequently during the winter, while they are in
the green-house, to pick off all decayed leaves
from them, which if left on will not only
render the plants unsightly, but by their falling
off make a litter among the other plants ; and
if thev are suffered to rot in the house, they
occasion a foul, nasty, damp air, which is very
prejudicial to all the plants.

The first sort from having herbaceous stalks
is best increased by seeds, though cuttings of it
will take root.

And the second sort may not only be propa-
gated by seeds, but also from heads slipped off
from the short fleshy stalk ; which should have
their lower leaves stripped off, and be then
planted single in a small pot; Or where the
heads are small, two or three may be put into
one pot; plunging them into a very moderate
hot-bed, shading and refreshing them gently
with water. They take root in a month or live
weiks ; when they should be hardened gradu-
ally to the open air, where they may remain till
autumn, when they must be removed into shel-
ter, as in the other kinds.

The sixth kind is capable of being increased
both by seeds and cuttings, but is found to be
more tender than many other sorts, and more
liable to be injured by damps. The eighth
species is readily increased by cuttings ; hut
the twelfth is more difficultly raised in this way.
The fifteenth is easily raised by cuttings, and

TEN

PEN

sometimes bv seeds : and the seventeenth rea- further in length, so that the leaves greatly re-

dilv strikes from cuttings : the eighteenth pro- semblc the points of halberts in their shape j they

daces seeds, but is more usually increased by arc slightly serrate, and of a lucid green
cuttings : and the nineteenth and twentieth are
readily propagated intae same way: the twenty-

first is likewise raised from cuttings, but they
arc n >t very tree in striking : the twenty-fourth
IB raised in this manner without difficulty: but
in the twenty-fifth, from the branches running
out speedily into Bowering stalks, few arc
formed proper for cuttings, and these are struck
with difficulty.

oil
their upper side, but paler on their under, stand-
ing upon pretty long footstalks: the leaven

which arc on the upper part <>i the branches are
much narrower, and some of them have verv
small indentures on their sides ; they sit closer
to the stalks, and are. placed alternately : the
flowers are miliary; they come out lor the most
ptrt singly, hut sometimes there are two arising
at the same place from the side of the fob 31 ill:

All these plants are highly ornamental, and of the leaves: the peduncle is short and slender;

afford considerable variety in collections 01
green-house plants.

PELLI rORY, BASTARD. See Achillf.vs.

PELLITORY OF SPAIN. See Anthbmis.

PENNY-KOYAL. See Mentha 1'lle-

BIl '•:.

PENTAPETES, a genus comprising a plant
of the exotic kind, for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Monadelpkia

they are of a fine scarlet colour, appearing in
July. It is a native of India.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
sowing the seeds upon a good hot-bed earlv in
March ; and when the plants are fit to remove
there should he a new hot-bed prepared to re-
ceive them, into which must be plunged some
small pots filled with good kitchen garden earth;
into each of which one plant should he put,

Dodtcandria, and ranks in the natural order of giving them a little water to settle the earth to
Cobimniferce. their roots, shading them from the sun till they

The characters arc : that the calyx is a double have taken new root; when they should he

perianthium : outer three-leaved, one-sided,

caducous : lea'Vts linear, acuminate : inner

one-leafed, five-parted, permanent : segments

lanceolate, acuminate, spreading, longer than

the corolla : the corolla has live petals, roundish,

spreading, fastened to the pitcher ot stamens: the so as to fill the pots with their roots,

stamina Tiave fifteen filaments, filiform, upright, should be shifted into larger pots, filled

treated in the same way as other tender exotic
plants, admitting the free air to them every day
in proportion to the warmth of the season, and
covering the glasses with mats every evening.
When the plants are advanced in their growth.

they
with

shorter than the corolla, united below into a pen- the same sort of earth as before, and plunged
ttgon pitcher, but free above : anthers sagittate, into another hot-bed, where they may remain
upright : ligules live, linear-lanceolate, petal- as long as they can stand under the glasses of

shaped, upright, each between every three sta-
mens, springing from the pitcher : the pistillum
has an ovale germ : style filiform, thickened
above, striated, longer than the stamens, per-
manent : stigma obsolete!)' five-toothed : the
pcruarpium is a membranaceous capsule, sub-
globular, acuminate, five-celled, live-valved :
partitions contrary : the seeds eight, ovate, acute,

the bed without being injured ; and afterwards
thev must be removed either into a stove or
a ^iass-case, where they may be screened from
the cold, and in warm weather have plenty of
fresh air admitted to them.

These plants are sometimes turned out of the
pots, when they are strong, and planted in warm
borders; where, if the season prove very warm,

four on each side, fastened within side to the the plants will flower tolerably.

PENTSTEMON, a genus containing plants
of the hardy herbaceous flowering kind.

It belongs to the class and order D'lJynumia

partition.

The species is P. Plucnicca, Scarlet-flowered
Pentapetes.

It is an annual plant, which dies in the au-
tumn soon after it has ripened seeds : it has an
uptight stalk from two to near three feel high,
Bending out side branches the whole length :
those trom the lower part of the stalks aie the
longest : the others «raduallv diminish, so as to
form part of a pyramid. They are garnished
with leaves of different forms ; the lower leaves,
which are largest, arc cut on their sides tow. rds
the base into two side lobes which arc siiort, .aid

Angiospermia, and ranks in the natural order of
I'd so alts.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, five-parted, permanent:
segments lanceolate, almost equal: the corolla
one-petalled, two-lipped: tube longer than the
calyx, gibbous above at the base, wider at top,
and there ventricose underneath : *upper lip up-
right bifid ; segments ovale, blunt, shorter than
the lower lip: lower lip three parted ; segments

the middle is extended two or three niches ovate, blunt, bent down, shorter than the tube :

1

r e R

PER

•the stamina have four filiform filaments, diverg-
ing al the tip, inserted into the base of the tube,
and shorter than it ; the two lower longer :
anthers roundish, distant, included, bifid ;
with the lobes divaricating : the rudiment of
a fifth filament between the upper ones in-
serted into the tube, the same length with the
stamens, filiform, straight, bearded above at the
tip: the pistillum is an ovate germ: style fili-
form, the length of the tube, bent down at the
tip: stigma truncate: the pericarpium is an
ovate capsule, acute, compressed, two-celled,
two-valved : the seeds numerous, subglobular :
•the receptacle large.

The species cultivated is P. laevigata, Smooth
Pentstemon.

It has a perennial, creeping, fibrous, white
root : the stem a foot and half high and more,
round, purple below, brachiate : the lower leaves
ovate-acuminate, quite entire, petioled, some-
times purple underneath, on petioles winged
to the base : the stem-leaves ovate-lanceolate,
opposite, embracing, toothletcd, smooth on both
sides : the flowering branches in a manner dicho-
tomous, with the flowers two together : the corolla
pale purple, somewhat hirsute on the outside.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
sowing the seeds either in the autumn or early
spring in the places where they are to remain,
or in beds, to be removed in the beginning of
the summer to the borders or clumps of the
pleasure-grounds.

They afford variety among other plants of si-
milar growth in these situations.

PEPPER. See Piper.

PEPPER, GUINEA. See Capsicum.

PEPPER, JAMAICA. Sec Myrtus.

PEPPERMINT. Sec Mentha.

PERENNIAL PLANTS, are such as are of
long duration. Such plants as are perpetuated
by the roots, whether the leaves and stalks decay
annually in winter, or always remain, provided
the roots are of many years duration, are per-
ennial. All plants, therefore, with abiding
roots, both of the herbaceous, shrub, and tree
kinds, are perennials ; though in the general ac-
ceptation of the word perennial, it is most com-
monly applied to herbaceous vegetables with
durable roots, more especially tho^c oi'-the flow ery
kind, which among gardeners are commonly
called simply perennials, particularly the fibrous-
rooted tribe: but it is equally applicable to fibrous,
tuberous, and bulbous-rooted plants, whose
roots are of several years' duration : likewise all
shrubs and trees of every denomination, as hav-
ing ab ding roots, are perennial plants.

And these sorts of plants consist both of de-
ciduous and ever-green kinds; those that cast

their leaves, ?cc. in winter being termed decidu-
ous perennials, and those which retain their
leaves, ever-greens.

The herbaceous perennials, of the fibrous,
tuberous, and bulbous-rooted kinds, for the
greater part have annual stalks, rising in spring
and decaying in winter; and a great many lose
their leaves entirely also in that season, such as
the perennial sun-flower, asters, and numerous
other sorts; and many retain their leaves all the
year, but not their stalks ; as is exemplified in
the auricula, polyanthus, some campanulas,
pinks, carnations, and many other plants.

Numbers of the herbaceous perennials multi-
ply exceedingly by off-sets of the root, by which
they are readily propagated. See Off-set, cnic.

All the tree and shrub perennials are durable
in root, stem, and branch ; but' renew the ir
leaves annually. Even the ever-green kinds,
although they are in leaf the year round,
put forth new leaves every year, to which the
old ones gradually give place. See Deciduous
and Evek-green Trees, £cc.

PERIPLOCA, a genus comprising plants of
the woody climbing kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Digi/i/ia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ccmtortae.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
cleft perianthium, very small, segments ovate;
permanent: the corolla one-petalled, wheel-
shaped, five-parted : segments oblong, linear,
truncated, cmarginate: nectary very small, five-
tlelt, surrounding the genitals, putting out five
threads, curved inwards, shorter than the corolla,
and alternate with it : the stamina have short
filaments, curved inwards, converging, villose :
anthers twin, acuminate, converging over the
Stigma; with lateral cells : pollen bags five, at
the notches of the stigma, each common to two
anthers : the pistillum consists of two ovate
germs, approximating: styles united at top:
stigma capitate, convex, five-cornered, with the
corners notched : the pericarpium consists of t\\ o
huge follicles, oblong, venlricose,.one-celled, pne-
valved, gjued together at the tip : the seeds \ erv
many, imbricated, crowned with a down : the
receptacle longitudinal, filiform.

1 lie species cultivated are: 1. P. Greece,
Common Virginian Silk or l'criploea ; -J. P.
Secamone, Greea Periploca ; 3. /-'. hu/ica, In-
dian Periploca; 4. P. Africana, African 1'e-
riploet.

The first has the stems shrubby, twining round
any support more than forty feet in iiei:!it, co-
vered with a dark bark, and sending out slen-
der branches which twine round each other the
leaves are ovate-lanceolate, near four inches long,

P F. R

PET

and two broad in the middle, of a lucid green
on their upper side, but pale on their under,
opposite, on short footstalks : the flowers come
out towards the ends of the small branches in
bunches, and are of a purple colour. It is a
native of Syria, flowering in July and August,
but rarely ripening seeds in this climate.

ft is sometimescalled Climiing Dog's-Bane.
The second species has a twining.shi ubby,evcn
stem: the leaves are opposite, petioled, even, un-
derneath paler, veined transversely : the panicles
axillarv, alternate, dichotomous, shorter than the
leaves: the flowers are small. It differs obviously
from the first sort in its small copious flowers. It
is said to be a native of Egypt ; but its place of
growth is uncertain ; flowering in July.

The third has many slender stalks, which
twine about each other, and by a shrub or other
support will rise near three feet high, putting out
several small side-branches; these are hairy, as
are also the leaves; which are about thrcequarters
of an inch long, and half an inch broad, stand-
ing by pairs upon very short footstalks : the
flowers come out in small bunches from the side
of the stalks; are small, of a dull purple colour,
and have a sweet scent. It flowers in the sum-
mer, but does not produce seeds in this climate.
It is a native of the Cape.

There is a variety with smooth leaves and
stalks, which comes from the same place.

Culture. — These plants maybe easily increased
by layers made from the young wood in the early
spring or summer season. When they are fully
rooted, they may be taken off and planted out,
the first or hardy kind, either where they are
to remain, or in the nursery, to be afterwards
removed; and the two last, or tender sorts, into
pots, to be protected during the winter.

The first sort likewise often succeeds by
cuttings, and also the two last by the use of
the hot-bed.

They may all be increased also by sowing the
seeds procured from abroad in pots of light earth,
plunging them in the hot-bed.

They should all beplaced near support, to pre-
vent their trailing upon the ground and fasten-
ing about other plants.

Where the two last sorts are kept constantly
plunged in the tan-bed of the stove, they thrive
and flower much better than in any other situa-
tion,but they should not be kept too warm in win-
ter; and in the summer they should have a large
share of free air admitted to them ; for when
thevarekept too close their leaves will be coveied
with insects, and the plants become sickly in a
short time.

The first sorts onlv require a little protection
Vol. II.

in the winter. They all afford variety among
potted plants.

PERIWINCLE. SeeViNCA.

PEROLA. See Momordica.

PERSE A. See Lauhus.

PERSIAN LILY. See Fkitillaria.

PERSICA, See Amygdalus.

PERSICARIA. See Polygonum.

PERUVIAN MASTICK TREE. See Scm-

NUS.

PETIYERIA, a genus containing plants of
the woody exotic perennial evergreen kind for
the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Tclragijma (Heptamhia hfonovyniu), and ranks
in the natural order of Holoracece.

The characters are: that the calvx is a four-
leaved perianthium: leaflets linear, blunt, equal,
spreading, permanent : there is no corolla (ex-
cept the coloured calyx): thestamina have six or
eight unequal, awl-shaped, convergingfilaments:
anthers erect, linear-sagittate, bifid at top : the
pistiilum is an ovate germ, compressed, emar-
ginate : style very short, lateral, in the groove of
the germ : styles four, permanent, finally bent
outwards, spinescent: stigma pencil - shaped :
there is no pericarpium, except the crust over
the seed : the seed single, oblong, narrower be-
low, roundish, compressed, emarginate; with
four barbed hooks, bent back outwards, rigid,
acute, the middle ones longer (naked, but arm-
ed above with reflex spines}.

The species are: 1. P. alliacea, Common
Guinea-Hen Weed ; 2. P. cctaridra, Dwarf
Guinea-Hen Weed.

The first has a strong root, striking deep into
the ground : the stems from two to three feet,
high, jointed, and becoming woody at bottom :
the leaves oblong, three inches long and an
inch and half broad, of a deep green and
veined, placed alternately on short footstalks :
the flowers are produced in slender spikes at the
ends of the branches; are very small, and make
no figure. It is common in the West Indies,
flowering here in June.

It thrives most in a dry gravelly soil and a
shady situation.

The second species differs from the first, in
having a shorter and narrower stalk ; and in the
flowers having eight stamens ; and, according to
Linnaeus, the leaves are more rigid and quite
smooth, the filaments purple and not white. It
is a native of the West Indies.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
slips or cuttings planted out in the summer, as
well as By seeds ; which must be sown on a hot-
bed early in the spring. When the plants are
2D

PET

P H A

come up, they should be removed into separate pots,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed. When
theplantshavcobtained a good share of strength,
thev should be inured by degrees to the open air,
into which they may be removed towards the end
of June, placing; them in a warm situation,
where they may remain till autumn, when they
must be placed in the stove, and during winter
have a moderate degree of warmth.

They afford variety, and produce a good effect
among other potted plants.
PETOLA. See Momordica.
PETREA, a genus containing a plant of the
climbing exotic shrubby kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Angiospermia, and ranks in the natural order of
Personates.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, bell-shaped perianthium : border five-
parted, spreading, very large, coloured, perma-
nent : segments oblong, blunt, closed at the
throat by five doubled, truncated scales : the co-
rolla one-petalled, wheel shaped, unequal, less
than the calyx : tube very short : border flat,
five-cleft: segments rounded, almost equal,
spreading very much ; the middle one larger and
of a different colour: the stamina have fourfila-
ments, concealed within the tube of the corolla,
ascending, two shorter : anthers oval, erect : the
pistillum is an ovate germ : style simple, the
length of the stamens : stigma blunt : the peri-
carpium is a capsule obovate, flat at top, two-
celled, concealed at the bottom of the calyx : the
seed single, fleshy.

The species is P. volubills, Twining Petrea.
This rises with a woody stalk to the height of
fifteen or sixteen feet, covered with a light-gray
bark, and sending out several long branches,
having a whiter bark than the stem : the leaves
are at each joint, on the lower part of the
branches placed by threes, but higher up by
pairs ; are five inches long, and two inches and
a half broad in the middle, drawing to a point
at each end ; stiff, and their surface is rough,
of a light green, having a strong dark midrib,
with several transverse veins running to the bor-
ders, which are entire : the flowers are produced
at the ends of the branches in loose bunches,
nine or ten inches long ; each flower upon a slen-
der pedicel about an inch in length, of a fine blue
colour.

There is a variety with bright blue petals.
Culture. — This is increased by seeds, which
must be obtained from the places where the
trees grow naturally, and be sown in pots
plunged in a good hot-bed; and when the plants
<^orne up, they should be each planted in a sepa-

rate small pot filled with light loamy earth, and
replunged into a hot-bed of tanner's bark, and
be afterwards placed in the bark-bed in the
stove, where they must constantly remain, and
be treated like other plants of the same country.
They afford ornament in stove collections.
PETTY WHIN. See Genista.
PHASEOLUS, a genus containing plants of
the climbing esculent and flowering kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Papilionacece or Leguminosce .

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, two-lipped perianthium : upper lip emar-
ginate ; lower three-toothed : the corolla pa-
pilionaceous : banner heart-shaped, blunt, emar-
ginate, reclined ; the side bent back : wings ovate,
the length of the banner, placed on long claws :
keel narrow, rolled spirally contrary to the sun :
the stamina have diadelphous filaments, (simple
and nine-cleft,) within the keel, spiral : anthers
ten, simple : the pistillum is an oblong germ,
compressed, villose : style filiform, bent in spi-
rally, pubescent above : stigma blunt, thickish,
villose: thepericarpiumis a legume long, straight,
coriaceous, blunt with a point : the seeds kidney-
form, oblong, compressed.

The species is P. vulgaris, Common Kidney-
Bean.

Other species may be cultivated for the pur-
pose of variety as flower-plants.

It has the stem more or less twining,
but in some of the cultivated dwarf varieties
scarcely at all so, quite simple or unbranched :
the leaves ternate, acuminate, rounded at the
base, rough, on long petioles : the flowers axilr
lary, in twin racemes, or else on twin petioles :
corolla white, yellow, purple or red : the banner
has a callus, but a small one, and placed near
the edge above the claw : there is a white necta-
riferous scale between the claw of the banner
and the single stamen, bent upwards, and grow-
ing to the filament : besides this, an obliquely
bell-shaped, pellucid, striated nectary surrounds
the pedicel of the germ within the connate fila-
ment; the size differs in the several varieties:
the legume oblong, swelling a little at the seeds,
when ripe one-celled : the seeds several, ovate or
oblong kidney-shaped, smooth and shining;
varying much in shape and size, but particularly
in colour ; being white, black, blue, red, and
variously spotted. It is annual, and a native of.
both the Indies.

They were formerly called Sperage Beans,
French Bea?is, &c. ,

The principal sub-varieties of the dwarf, or
low-growing sorts, are : the early white dwarf,

P H A

P H A

the early speckled dwarf ; the early yellow ; the
early liver-coloured; the early dun-coloured
dwarf; the larger white or cream-coloured
dwarf; the larger black and white speckled dwarf;
the black-streaked dwarf; the red speckled
dwarf; the speckled amber dwarf; the spar-
row-egg dwarf; the Canterbury white dwarf;
the Battersea white dwarf; the China speckled
dwarf, consisting of black and white speckled,
brown and white, red and white, &c. These are
of upright dwarf bu>hv growth, rarely exceeding
fifteen or eighteen inches in height ; and seldom
throw out runners, except the Canterbury and
Battersea sorts, which sometimes send out a
few stragglers, but which seldom extend to much
distance.

The first three or four sorts are at present in
most esteem for their coming early into bearing:
being of smaller growth than the other sorts,
they sooner form themselves for blossom and
bearing, of course are proper for planting for
the earliest crops, and for forcing in hot-beds,
Sec. As thev, however, do not continue long
in bearing, they are not so proper for the main
crops as the larger dwarf sorts ; particularly the
black and white speckled, the Canterbury and
Battersea kinds, which are all excellent bearers;
but the two latter most of all, and the pods are
smaller, more numerous, and esteemed the
sweetest eating of all the dwarf kinds whilst
young, though the pods of the large white dwarf,
and the speckled kind in particular, continue
exceedingly good, even when of pretty large
size, but superior in the latter, both in a more
plentiful longer production, and goodnevs for
eating, being excellent for a principal crop in
a family garden ; as are also the Battersea and
Canterbury sorts, which should not be omitted
on the same occasion ; and these two varieties
are in most esteem for general culture by the
market-gardeners, for main crops, as being by
them considered both the most profitable in
bearing, and having a smaller pod, the most sale-
able in the markets : however, any of the other
dwarf sorts are also proper to cultivate occa-
sionally, for variety, both for private and public
use.

There is a scarlet bean which is by some con-
sidered a distinct species, but probably a variety
of this, the running or twining stalks of which,
if properly supported, rise to the height of
twelve or fourteen feet: the leaves are smaller
than those of the common garden-bean : the
flowers grow in large spikes, are much bigger,
and of a deep scarlet colour: the pods are large
and rough ; and the seeds are purple marked
with black, sometimes pure white.

The principal subvarieties of these are : the

large scarlet climber, which rises with many
twining runners upon support, eight or ten to
twelve or fifteen feet high, having numerous
larce clusters of scarlet flowers, succeeded by
large, thick, rough, fleshy seed-pods, containing
large, thick, purplish beans.

The large white climber; having large clusters
of white flowers, large, thick , rough seed-pods, and
white seed. These sorts are alike in respect to
their growth, differing only in the colour of their
flowers and seed, which is pretty permanent :
thev are great bearers ; and the plants of the
same crop continue in bearing from July or Au-
gust until October; the pods, even when large,
boiling exceedingly green, being remarkably
tender and well flavoured.

The large Dutch climber, which rises with
twining runners, upon support, ten or twelve
feet high ; numerous clusters of white flowers,
succeeded by long, broad, compressed-flat,
smooth pods, containing large, oblong, flat,
white seed : this is also a very great bearer, but
it does not continue near so long in production
as the two former climbers; its pods, however,
which are very long, smooth, and fleshy, boil
exceedingly green, tender, and good : and, of
the runner kind, it is a very desirable family
bean, inferior to none for sweetness of fla-
vour.

But the following sorts are of a more mode-
rate growth. The negro runner : the Battersea
white runner : and, the Canterbury runner ;
which, though climbers, ramble less, but bear
plentifully and continue some time. The pods
are smaller, but very tender, very delicate in
eating, while in moderate young growth.

Culture. — As these are all plants of the an-
nual tender tribe, they require to be raised every
year, in the latter spring and summer months,
as from April till June or later, by different sow-
ings, at the distance of a few weeks, when the
danger of frosts is over.

Culture in the Dwarf Kind1:. — In cultivating
these sorts, proper kinds should be chosen for
the different crops. As for the forward ones, any
of the early sorts are proper, but the early white,
early speckled, dun, and yellow kinds are rather
the earliest bearers ; and for the main crops any of
the larger dwarf kinds, though preference should
be given to the speckled, the Battersea, and the
Canterbury dwarf kinds, as being all plentiful
bearers, and continuing long in successional
bearing on the same plants.

These sorts of beans, from their tender nature,
seldom admit of being sow n or planted earlier
than April, when the weather is become a little
settled ; as the seed is not only impatient of
cold moi sture in the gcound, and vf-y subject
2Di

•

P H A

P H A

to rot, but the young plants that happen to come
tip early are often cut off, or greatly injured, by
the morning frosts, or cold cutting winds, that
frequently prevail in the beginning of this and
the following month. But towards the middle
of it, if the weather is fine and dry, some maybe
ventured in a warm dry situation and light soil,
for the early natural crops; and in the latter end
of it, or beginning of the following month,
when the weather is suitable, it is proper to be-
gin to put in the first general crops in the open
quarters, &c, and to continue planting some
every fortnight or three weeks until the middle
or latter end of July; by which means regular
supplies of young kidney-beans may be had for
the table or market, from about the middle or
latter end of June until the beginning of the
autumn season.

Where, however, it is desired to try them as
early as possible in the full ground, some may
be put in about the beginning of April, in dry
weather, close under a warm wall, or other
similar situation where the soil is dry ; and in
a fortnight after some more, in a larger por-
tion. If the first should fail, these sometimes
succeed ; and if both are attended with success,
one will follow the other in bearing ; though it
is two to one against the success of the first
planting. But as only a few should be planted
bo early, if they fail, it is only the loss of a little
labour and seed, as the same ground will do
again ; and if they succeed and produce only a
few but a week sooner than common, they will
be esteemed a rarity, either for family use or
the market.

They all succeed in any common dry soil of
the garden ; but for the forward crops, a dry
light soil should constantly be chosen, rejecting
heavy and wet grounds, for in such a soil most
of the early-planted seed infallibly rot. Like-
wise for the early crops, it is higly requisite to
have a sheltered warm situation full to the sun:
a warm south border is a very proper exposure ;
but for the main crops, any of the open quar-
ters may be made use of with propriety.

The methods of sowing or planting all the
sorts is in shallow drills, from two to three feet
asunder, to remain where sown.

For the early crops, taking advantage of a dry
day, neat drills should he drawn with a hoe
from north to south, two feet or thirty inches
asunder, and near an inch deep ; and to afford a
greater chance of success, a drill may be made
close along under the wall, where practicable ;
in these drills the beans should be dropped in
rows along the bottoms, only about an inch
and a half asunder, as many of this early sowing
may fail ; covering thf m evenly with the earth,

not more than an inch deep ; as when covered
too deep at an early period many are apt to rot,
by the cold moist dampness of the earth. As
soon as they are covered in, the surface should be
lightly raked smooth ; when the work is finish-
ed. They come up in about twelve days or a
fortnight ; when they should be managed as di-
rected below ; and the plants mostly come into
bearing in six or eight weeks afterwards.

For the main crops to be planted aftewards, al-
most any situation, either in theborders, or an open
exposure, may beemployed; though an open situa-
tion in any of the large quarters is, as has been seen,
the most proper. In this case drills should be
drawn two feet and a half asunder, and about one
inch deep; or, when it is designed to plant rows
of savoys or cabbage-plants between, (as is often
practised where necessary to husband the ground
to the best advantage, but which should always
be avoided if possible,) the drills should be a
yard asunder at least ; the beans being dropped
in singly along the bottom of each drill, about
two or three inches asunder, covering them in
evenly afterwards with the earth about an inch
deep, and finishing with a light raking to smooth
the surface. They mostly come up at this season
in ten or twelve days, and sometimes sooner in
fine weather ; and the plants usually come
into plentiful bearing in six or eight weeks af-
terwards.

In planting out the later general crops, when
the weather proves very dry and hot, and the
ground of course very dry, it is proper either to
soak the beans a few hours in soft water pre-
vious to planting; or, instead of this, letting
the drills for the reception of the beans be. well
watered, and planting them immediately as above,
covering them in the proper depth. Either of
these methods is very advisable in dry weather
in the heat of summer ; it being necessary at
such times to promote the free germination of
the seed, in order to bring them up soon and
regularly, as they would otherwise rise in a
straggling manner.

In regard to the general Culture. — When the
plants of all the above crops are come up, they
are in general to remain where sown or planted,
to yield their produce ; though when necessary
some may be transplanted, keeping them clean
from weeds by occasional hoeing in dry weather j
and when the plants are advanced about three or
four inches high, hoeing up a little earth to their
stems on each side, which willforward theirgrowth
and promote their strength ; continuing the care of
destroying weeds as often as their growth may
render it necessary ; which is principally all the
culture required for these sorts, in the full
ground, till they arrive at a bearing state, and

P H A

P H A

their produce is fit to gather ; except to the
earliest crops on warm sunny borders, in very
drv hot weather, when it may be beneficial to
give occasional waterings to the plants in the
mornings or evenings, especially when in blos-
som, and fruiting.

In gathering the produce of these sorts of
beans, it shoiild always be performed when the
pods are quite young, or at least before they be-
come large, and the beans in them attain any
considerable size, as they are then tough,
stringv, and rank tasted ; and in order to con-
tinue the plants in bearing as long as possible,
the gatherings should be regularly repeated two
or three times a week ; for by gathering the
pods often and clean, as they become fit, the
plants blossom more abundantlv, and continue
fruiting more plentifully and for a much longer
period.

Large quantities of these dwarf kinds are
often cultivated in the gardens and fields in the
neighbourhood of large towns, for supplying the
markets during the latter part of the summer
season.

Culture of early Crops ly artificial Heat. —
In order to have these sorts of beans as early as
possible, recourse is had to raising them by the
aid of heat, in two or three different methods,
as by raising the plants in a hot-bed, an inch or
two high, and then planting them out into a
warm border, by raising and continuing the
plants in a hot-bed so as to bear their crops,
and by aid of a hot-house.

In the first of these methods, they may be
forwarded a fortnight earlier than those sown en-
tirely in the full-ground; for this puipose, to-
wards the latter end of March, or early in the
following month, a moderate hot-bed should
be prepared a foot and a half or two feet in
depth of dung, covered either with a frame or
hand glasses, or arched over with hoops or rods,
to be covered with mats ; earthing the bed with
fine, light, rich mould, six inches deep; then
having some seed of the early sorts, it should be
sown pretty close either all over the surface, an
inch or two apart, covering them with earth
about half an inch deep, or in small close drills,
earthing them over the same depth ; or where
only a few are wanted, they may be sown in
large pots at about an inch distance and half a
one deep, and the pots plunged into a hot-bed,
or placed in a hot-house ; and when the plants
come up, the pots be removed by degrees into
the full air in warm days, to harden the plants
for transplantation : and it is a good method to
plant a quantity of beans in small pots (thirty-
twos or forty-eights), three in each pot, plun-
ging the pots in a hot-bed, and when the plants

arc fit for being transplanted out, they can be
readily turned out of the pots with the whole ball
of earth about their roots, so as not to feel their
removal. But in raising the plants in either of
these methods with this view, attention is par-
ticularly necessary to inure them gradually to
the full air, by takingoffthe covers of theglasses
or mats in all mild weather from those in hot-
beds, and only covering them in cold nights ;
or the pots in the hoc-house should-Afc placed
abroad in fine days ; but as they advance in
growth, and the weather becomes warmer, they
must be exposed by degrees to the full air, day
and night, to harden them properly, previously
to their being finally transplanted out. They
should also be allowed frequent moderate re-
freshments of water.

When they have shot out their proper leaves
an inch or two broad, and all danger of frosty
mornings and other bad weather is apparently
over, proceed to plant them out into a warm
border, under a wall or other fence, takinc
them up with their roots as entire as possible,
and with as much earth as will hang about them,
or with a small ball of earth ; and . those raised
in small pots by threes may also be easily turned
out with the whole ball of earth entire : and as
to the mode of planting them, those which can-
not readily be taken up with balls may be
planted by dibble, in a row along close under a
south wall, or some in cross rows two feet
asunder, forming shallow drills for their recep-
tion, in which the plants should be set three or
four inches apart; but those with good balls
about their roots should be holed in with a
trowel ; and if some of those for a small early
production are also disposed in patches, three
plants in each, so as to be covered occasionally
in cold nights with hand-glasses, it will be
found very beneficial in forwarding their growth.
As soon as they are planted, in either method,
a moderate watering should be given to settle
the earth close about the roots, and repeated in
dry weather as thtVe may be occasion, till the
plants have taken fresh root in their new situa-
tions.

After this they should be kept clean from
weeds ; and when they are a little advanced in
growth, some earth drawn lightly up about their
stems; and as the warm season advances, if it
prove hot and dry, refreshments of water will
greatly forward and strengthen the growth of
the plants and fonvard their perfection.

In the second method — about the beginning or
towards the middle of February a dung houbed
should be made, cither a small one in which to-
sow the beans thick for being transplanted, when
the plants are about an inch high, into a larger

P H A

P H A

hot-beJ,to remain for bearing ; or a large one at
first, in which to sow the seed and continue the
plants to attain perfection, as for one, two, or
more three-light frames, about two feet and a
half high in dung : and when the great heat and
steam are a little abated, the bed should be
covered with light, rich, dry mould, six or eight
inches thick, for the reception of the seed; then
small drills should be drawn from the back to
the front of the bed, near an inch deep, and
about fifteen or eighteen inches asunder ; pla-
cing the beans twer or three inches apart, and
covering them evenly with the earth the above
depth, then putting on the lights, tilting them
behind an inch or two high daily, to give vent
to the steam ; and h hen the plants appear, con-
tinuing every day to admit air to them at all op-
portunities, in proportion to the temperature of
the weather and heat of the bed, to prevent their
drawing up weak, and promote their strength as
they rise in height ; bestowing also at this time
moderate refreshments of water in sunny days ;
and when they are two or three inches high,
applying a little earth to their shanks ; likewise
supporting a moderate heat in the bed during
the cold weather, by occasional linings of hot
dung : and accordingly as the plants advance in
growth, and the warm season increases, aug-
menting gradually the portion of fresh air daily
to harden them by degrees, so as almost to be
fully exposed occasionally in verv warm days,
especially when beginning to blossom; but
keeping them close on nights ; continuing also
the care of frequent light waterings, which must
be increased in quantity as the plants advance in
size, particularly when they are in blossom and
in a fruiting state : in their advanced growth, if
they press much against the glasses of the frame,
it is proper to raise it at bottom two or three
inches, to give rooom at top for their free
growth, which is necessary to promote a plen-
tiful bloom for furnishing a sufficiently full
crop of beans.

In this mode they may be "had at as early a
period as possible, as in April or earlv in May ;
but to have a constant succession of early kidney-
beans till crops in the natural-ground come in,
another crop should be brought forward in hot-
beds, as above, in three weeks after the first hot-
bed is made up.

Where frames cannot be afforded for the
above purpose, it may be effected in March with
occasional coverings of mats ; a hot-bed being-
made about two feet high of dung, earthing it
directly six or seven inches thick, sowing the
beans as directed above, then arching the bed
over with hoops, &c, and covering it every
night, and in all bad weather, with mats; but

admitting the free air every mild day, gradually
hardening the plants as they acquire strength,
and giving occasional waterings.

In the third method — early kidney-beans may
be obtained with very little trouble at almost
any time in winter or spring, by raising them
in pots, or long narrow trough-like boxes, about
two or three feet long and eight or ten inches
broad at top, placing them any where in the
lower part of the hot-house ; when the plants
will succeed.

The proper kinds for this purpose are : the early-
white, yellow, and dun-coloured dwarfs, the
latter being rather a preferable bearer, continuing
in longer production ; and the speckled dwarf
also succeeds very well, and continues long in
bearing in this mode of culture.

In respect to the method of management in
these cases, any time in winter or early in spring,
some large pots (sixteens or twenty-fours) or
boxes may be filled with light rich earth, and
placed in the hot-house, some being arranged
upon the top of the surrounding wall of the
bark-bed, and on the top of the front flues to-
wards the upright glasses, and in other similar
convenient situations as room may admit,
planting in each pot four beans, near an inch
deep ; or, if boxes, along the middle, in a sort of
double row, triangular-ways, about four inches
asunder, and the above depth : they soon germi-
nate, and in a few days appear above ground :
when they begin to sprout, it is proper to
moisten the mould with a little water, which
facilitates the protrusion of the plants out of the
earth.

Their after-culture is very easy : — when they
are come up, frequent waterings should be
given, as three times a week, as the earth dries
very fast. It should always be kept moderately
moist, in order that the plants may blossom free-
ly and produce a plentiful crop, which is often
in as great perfection as in the full-ground.

As in the other crops, they should be gathered
often ; as it is the way to continue the plants
long in a hearing state.

A regular succession of early young crops of
these beans may be obtained in this way two
or three months, by repeated sowings at the in-
terval of about three weeks, so as to have young-
plants advancing in pots or boxes in two or three
different degrees of growth succeeding each
other.

Where there is not much stove-room, it may
be proper to plant the beans for succession crops
in small pots (forty-eights), three beans in each;
and as these take up but little room, they may
be stowed any where close together, or between
the other larger pots : the plants will come up

P II A

P H A

and be advancing in growth, so as that when
those of" the preceding crops are going off, these
may be readily tamed out of the small pots with
the whole ball of earth about their roots, and
replanted into large pots, &c. to remain for fruit-
ing, giving water at planting, and frequently
afterwards, as above, in the first crop: by this
practice a month's growth in the plants may
be gained, and a constant succession of beans
for the table be had.

Culture in the Climbing Kinds. — These are
raised from the seed, by sowing it annually in the
later spring and summer months, as in the
dwarf sorts. For this purpose the scarlet run-
ner and the white sub-variety of it are the most
proper for the general crops, as being not only
very great bearers and continuing in perfection
two or three months, but from their pods,
when even pretty large, remaining green, fleshy,
tender, and well flavoured. Some of the Dutch
runners, and any of the other climbers, may
also be cultivated with advantage.

The most proper season to begin planting the
main crops of all those sorts is the first or
second week in May, if the weather be fine ; as
being of a delicate nature like the dwarfs, when
planted earlier, both the seed and plants are
subject to danger from the same causes : how-
ever, in a south border, or some similar warm
situation and dry soil, a few may be planted in
the middle or towards the latter end of April,
to take their chance ; but for the general crops,
the most successful season for planting is from
the above period until the middle or latter end
of June, but not later than the beginning of
July : but where the scarlet kind and variety arc
planted principally, one planting in May or be-
ginning of June will come into bearing in July
or August ; and when the pods are kept gathered
clean, according as they are fit for use, the plants
continue shooting, blossoming, and bearing
abundantly until the end of September, and
uiten until the end of October, or even till de-
stroyed by the cold and frosts : but two plant-
ings of any of the sorts of runner;, one in Mav
and the other in June, or early in Jtdy, are
amply sufficient to furnish a very abundant
supply for the whole season of this sort of
crop.

All these kinds prosper almost any where in
the gardeu, both in close and open situations ;
choosing principally a lightish sod, especially for
the forward crops : and the richer the ground,
the better it is for the purpose.

As all the running kinds require support of
some kind or. other to climb upon, they should
be planted either in wide rows, for the conveni-
ence of placing tall sticks or poles along each

row for the runners of the plants to wind them-
selves round for support] or be planted agam>t
some sort of fence or treillage work for the
same purpose of training up and supporting the
runners. When, however, it is designed to
train them upon sticks or poles, drills should be
drawn four feet or four and a half asunder, es-
pecially for the larger kinds, and an inch deep,
in which the beans should be dropped three or
four inches apart ; covering them in evenly with
earth, and raking the surface smooth. The
beans will sprout m a Jew days, and come up in
less than a fortnight.

When the plants arc three or four inches
high, a little earth should be drawn with a
hoe up to their steins, to strengthen them, and
encourage them to send forth strong runners.
At this time also all weeds between the rows
should be cut up and he removed.

As soon as they begin to push forth their
runneis, some tall sticks or polgs should be
placed for them to ascend upon; and as they arc
placed, conducting the runners towards them,
in a direction according to their natural mode of
climbing, which is generally to the right, or con-
trary to the sun's motion : they will thus natu-
rally encircle the sticks or poles, and ascend to
their tops, even if ten or fifteen feet high,
producing blossoms aud fruit from bottom to
top.

When it is intended to plant these sorts
against fences for support, it should be done in
a row close along to the fence; and if against a
wall or paling, cither placing tall poles, or draw-
ing some strong packthreads from top to bottom
at six inches distance; the plants readily twining
round them, and supporting themselves to a
great height.

In gathering the produce of all these kinds,
the same circumstances should be attended to as
in the dwarfs — to gather the pods whilst young
and tender; and to continue the plants long in
full hearing, always gathering the pods clean as-
they become of a proper sixe :.and they will con-
tinue fruiting more abundautly and in better
perfection..

When it \& intended to cultivate any of these
climbing beans as flowering-plants, the scarlet
kind and its variety are the best sorts for the
purpose. They should be sown as above in any
of the compartments of the pleasure-garden, in
patches, alternately scarlet anil white sort, two
or three beans in each patch, about an inch
deep ; and when the plants are up and begin to
push forth runners, tall poles or branchy sticks
should be placed for them to climb upon: they
will thus effect a very fine variety all summer,
until the autumn.

P H I

P H I

These kinds of beans are also often employed
to run over arbours, and to twine round lines,
from the top of tall stakes, and stems of small
trees ; also to run up along the sides of houses,
or against walls, either upon poles, or upon
packthread-strings, suspended from above, about
which they will twine themselves many feet
h'iffh, bearing abundance of flowers and fruit :
they are likewise sometimes trained to form
shady walks, by means of sticks or poles ar-
ranged along each side, or by support of a sort
of treillage-work, ranging some tall stakes five
or six feet asunder, railing them along the
top with poles, or pan-tile laths, or extending
strong packthread lines; and from eitherof which
suspending strings to the ground, six or eight
inches asunder, fastening them down with pegs :
upon these strings theplants will climb, and form
a close hedge; or they might be occasionally
arched over the top in a similar manner, for the
runners to extend, and form a vaulted roof and
complete shade. Thu3 this fine climber may
be trained in various ways according to fancy,
both for use and ornament ; from which those
not accommodated with gardens may plant them
in pots or boxes, to be placed in court-yards,
windows, balconies, Ecc.

Saving Seed. — In order to have perfectly
good seed, it is necessary to sow a sufficient
quantity in rows on purpose, suffering the whole
crop of the plants to remain without gathering
anv for use: by this means the seed ripens early,
and in the highest perfection ; which is essen-
tially necessary for those who design the seed for
public supply. In private gardens, and many
others, they often, however, after having ga-
thered the prime of the principal crops, leave
the latter produce of them to grow for seed ;
which, although it may be tolerably good, is not
always so large, plump, and fine, as in the
former method.

When the seed is quite ripe, which is easily
known byexamining a few of the pods, the plants
should be pulled up and spread loosely along in
rows, or upon any low hedges, &c, turning
them occasionally that the beans may dry and
harden well ; which when effected, either thrash
them out directly, or lay them up in some dry
loft or other room till convenient ; and when
thrashed out and cleared from the rubbish,
spread them upon some clean airy floor, or some
such place in the dry, to harden perfectly ; then
they should be put up in bags for next year's
use: — some think the change of seed of this
kind to be of much consequence.

I'HILADELPHUS,a genus containing plants
of the hardy deciduous flowering shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria

Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Hesperidece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, four- or five-parted, acumi-
nate, permanent : the corolla has four or hve
roundish petals, flat, large, spreading : the sta-
mina have twenty or twenty-five awl-shaped
filaments, the length of the calyx : anthers erect,
four-grooved : the pistillum is an inferior germ :
style filiform, four- or five-parted : stigmas
simple : the pericarpium is an ovate capsule,
acuminate at both ends, naked at the top bv the
calyx beina; barked, four- or five-celled: parti-
tions contrary: the seeds numerous, oblon^,
small, decumbent, arilled, fastened to the thick-
ened edge of the partitions : arils club-shaped,
acuminate, toothleted at the base.

The species is P. coronarius, Common Sy-
ringa or Mock Orange.

It is a shrub that sends up a great number of
slender stalks from the root, seven or eight feet
in height, having a gray bark, and putting forth
several short branches from their sides: the leaves
ovate or ovate-lanceolate; those upon the young
shoots three inches and a half long, and two
broad in the middle, terminating in acute points,
and having several indentures on their edges ;
they are much and of a deep green on their
upper side, and pale on their under ; stand op-
posite upon very short footstalks, and have tlie
taste of fresh cucumbers : the flowers come out
from the side, and at the end of the branches,
in loose bunches, each on a short pedicel ; they
are white, and have a strong scent, which at
some distance resembles that of orange-flowers ;
but near, it is too powerful for most persons t
the flowers appear at the end of May, and con-
tinue a great part of June. It is a native, proba-
bly, of the South of Europe.

There are two varieties : the dwarf syringa,
which seldom rises above three feet high : the
leaves are shorter, more ovate, and little indent-
ed on their'tdges : the flowers come out singlv
from the side of the branches, and have a double
or treble row of petals of the same size and form
as the other, and the flowers have the same
scent ; but flowering very rarely, it is not so
much in estimation.

The Carolina syringa, which rises with a
shrubby stalk about sixteen feet high, sending
out slender branches from the sides, opposite to
each other: the leaves smooth, shaped like those
of the pear-tree, entire, opposite, on pretty long
footstalks : the flowers are produced at the ends
of the branches ; they are large, but without
scent ; each has four white oval petals spreading
open, and a large calyx composed of four acute-
pointed leaflets.

P H I

P H I

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
suckers, layer*, and cuttings.

Tin suckers are sent from the roots in great
plenty; these should be taken from the old
plants in autumn, and be planted in a nursery,
to crow one or two years till they have obtained
sufficient strength, when they may be removed
to the places where they arc to remain.

The layers may be laid down in the autumn,
being made from the young twigs. These may
be taken off in the following autumn, when well
rooted, beiii" planted out wherctheyare to remain.

The cuttui£rs of the young shoots may be
planted in the autumn, in a shady situation,
where they soon form plants.

The plants arc extremely hardy, and thrive
in almost any soil or situation, but grow taller
in light 2'ood ground than in that which is
stifl".

They arc commonly disposed in plantations
of flowering shrubs, among others of the same
growth ; mixing very well with lilacs, gelder
roses, and laburnums; and particularly valuable
from their thriving under the shade of trees,
and forming a blockade against low buildings,
where persons have no objection to their strong
smell.

PHILLYREA, a genus containing plants of
the hardy evergreen shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diandria
ilonogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sep iarieu.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium,' tubular, four-toothed, very
small, permanent: the corolla onc-petalled,
funnel-form : tube scarcely any : border four-
parted, revolute, acute ; segments ovate : the
stamina have two filaments, opposite, short :
anthers simple, erect : the pistillum is a supe-
rior roundish germ : style simple, the length of
the stamens : stigma thickish : the pericarpium
is an ovate-globular, two-celled berry : the seeds
solitary, rlattish on one side, convex on the
other, one of them frequently abortive.

The species are : 1 . P. media, Lance-leaved
Phillyrca ; 2. P. angustifolia, Narrow-leaved
Phillvrea ; 3. P. latifolia, Broad-leaved Phil-
lyrca.

The first rises to an equal height with the
third or true sort, but the branches are more
diffused, and have a darker bark : the leaves are
of a darker green, arc more than two inches
long, and almost an inch and hall broad, a little
serrate on their edges, opposite on short loot-
stalks : the flowers axillary, in long bunches, of
an herbaceous white colour.

There are several varieties : namely, the privet-
leaved and olive-leaved ; which are of humbler

Vol. II.

growth, seldom more than tight or ten feet high I
the branches of the lir t are weaker, and spread
wider, and arc covered with a light brown
bark : the leaves are stifl, almost two inches long,
and half an inch broad in the middle, drawing to a
point at both ends, and sit close to the branches:
the flowers arc in little axillary clusters, small
and whiter. In the litter the branches are
stronger, and spread out wider; the bark is of
a lighter colout : the leaves arc stiff", smooth,
and entire, on very short footstalks, of a lucid
green, and terminating in a point: the flowers
in clusters, on pretty long peduncles, from the
axils of the young branches, small and white.
And in the Kew catalogue there are three other
varieties mentioned : namely, the long-branched,
which has long upright branches; the drooping,
which has the branches hanging down and
straddling ; and the box-leaved.

The second species has the stalk ten or twelve
feet high, sending out opposite branches, covered
with a brown bark spotted with white: the leaves
are smooth, stiff", narrow, entire, sessile, about
an inch and half long, and half an inch broad
in the middle, drawing to a point at both ends, >
of a light green, and pointing upwards : the
flowers come out in large clusters at each joint
of the branches, sitting close like whorled
flowers, and almost surrounding them; they
are small and white.

There is a variety termed rosemary-leaved,
which is of humbler growth, seldom rising
more than four or five feet high, sending out
slender, opposite, straight branches, sparsedly
disposed : the leaves dark green, stiff", and en-
tire ; about an inch long, and not more than an
eighth of an inch broad, sessile: the flowers are
small, white, in clusters from the side of the
branches: the berries very small, rarely ripening
in this climate. And in the Kew catalogue
another variety is mentioned, under the name5 of
Dwarf Phillvrea.

The third, True or Smooth Broad-leaved, rises
with a strong upright stem to the height of
eighteen or twenty feet, dividing into several
branches, covered with a smooth grayish bark :
the leaves arc entire (or obscurely serrate), firm,
of a light green, an inch and half long, and an
inch broad, on short footstalks: the flowers are
axillary, on each side, of an herbaceous white
colour, in small clusters ; they come out in
March, but being small make no great appear-
ance.

There is a variety, the prickly broad-leaved,
which is as high as the smooth one, and sends
out several strong branches, which crow erect,
and are covered with a gray bark : the leaves are
an iuch and half long, and an inch broad, (inn. '

2 e

P H I

P H I

of a lucid green, and serrate, each serrature end-
ins in a spine. And the Kew Catalogue has
another, under the name of Ilex-leaved.

Culture. — These plants are capable of being
increased either from seeds or layers, but the
latter being the most expeditious method is
chiefly preferred in this climate.

The best season for laying them down is in
autumn, when the ground should be dug round
the stems of the plants intended to be layed,
rendering it very loose ; then making choice of a
smooth part of the shoot, a slit should be made
in it upwards, in the manner practised in
laving carnations, bending the branch gently
down to the ground, making a hollow place to re-
ceive it; and having placed the part which was
slit into the ground, so as that the slit may be
open, it should be fastened down with a forked
stick that it may remain steady, covering that
part of the branch with earth about three inches
thick, keeping the upper part erect. The layers
must be kept clean from weeds in the spring
and summer following, as if suffered to grow
■up amongst them, they will prevent their taking
root.

In the autumn following most of the plants
thus laid will be rooted, at which time they may
be taken off, and carefully planted in a nur-
sery, where they may be trained three or four
years in the manner they are intended to grow ;
during which time the ground should be dug
between the rows, and be cut about the roots
of the plants every year, to cause them to
strike out strong fibres, so as to support a good
ball of earth when they are removed. Their
stems should likewise be well supported with
stakes, in order to make them straight, other-
wise thev are very apt to grow crooked and un-
sightly. When they have been thus managed
three or four years, they may be removed into
the places where they are designed to remain.
The best time for this is the end of Septem-
ber, or the beginning of October, but in remov-
ing them, their roots should be dug round ; and
all downright or strong roots, which have shot
out to a great distance, be cut off", that they may
have balls of earth preserved to their roots, other-
wise they arc liable to miscarry : and when
placed in their new situations, some mulch
should be laid upon the surface of the ground
to prevent its drying.

The plants should likewise be supported with
stakes until they have taken fast hold of the
earth, to prevent their being turned out of the
ground, or displaced by the winds, which de-
stroy the fibres that are newly put out, and
greatly injure the plants.

They delight in a middling soil, which is

neither too wet and stiff nor too dry, though the
latter is to be preferred to the former, provided
it be fresh. The sorts with small leaves are
commonly two years before they take root when
laved : therefore they should not be disturbed, as
the raising them out of the ground greatly re-
tards their rooting.

In the seed method, the seeds should be sown
in the autumn soon after they are ripe, as when
thev are kept outof the ground till spring they do
not grow the first year. They succeed best when
sown in pots or boxes filled with light loamy
earth, and placed under a garden frame where
they may be screened from hard frost, but always
exposed to the open air in mild weather. If the
seeds are sown early in the autumn, the plants
appear in the spring; but if they should not
come up, the pots should be plunged into the
ground in an east border, where they may only
have the morning sun, in which situation they
should remain the following summer; during
which time they may be constantly kept clean
from weeds, and in the autumn removed again
under a frame for shelter in winter, and the
spring following the plants will certainly come
up, it the seeds were good. Towards the mid-
dle of April, the pots should be again plunged
into the ground on an east border, to prevent
the air from drying the earth through the pots,
which is generally the case when the pots stand
upon the ground ; so that they must then be
frequently watered, which should not be prac-
tised to these plants where it can be avoided.
In the autumn following the plants should be
carefully taken out of the pots and planted out
in a nursery-bed, covering the surface with old
tan to keep out the frost ; and if the winter
prove severe, they should be covered with
mats : afterwards they may be treated as those
from layers.

These shrubs are so hardy as to thrive in the
open air in this climate, and are never injured
except the winters are very severe, which some-
times causes their leaves to fall, and kills a few
of the weaker branches, but these are repaired
by new shoots the following summer ; so that
there are few evergreen trees which are hardier,
or that more deserve to be cultivated for the
purposes of ornament.

The first and third sorts and varieties are
very proper to inteimix with other evergreens of
the same growth, to form clumps in pleasure-
o rounds and parks, or to plant round the borders
of woods which are filled with deciduous trees,
where in the summer time their dark shades
make a fine contrast with the brighter green
leaves of the deciduous trees ; and in winter,
when the latter are destitute of leaves, they have a

P II L

1> II L

fine effect. These may be trained up to stems,
so as to be out of the reach of cattle, and be
planted in open places, where, it' they are Fenced
against cattle till they are grown up, they may
be afterwards exposed. The others, which arc of
humbler growth, should be confined to gardens
or other inclosurcs, where they may be secured
from cattle, ixc. They should only have the
■dar branches pruned in, occasionally as
it it.

PHLOMIS, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby and under-shrubby evergreen kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of f'trtk'iUatcc or Labiates.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, tubular, oblong, fiwe-coruer-
ed, toothed, permanent : involucre below the
whorl: the corolla one-petalled, ringent : tube
oblonor: upper lip ovate, vaulted, incumbent,
compressed, villose, obsoletely bifid : lower lip
triiid : the middle segment larger, two-lobed,
blunt ; the side ones small, mire acute : the
stamina have four filaments, concealed under
the upper lip, of which two are longer : anthers
oblong: the pistillum is a four-parted germ: style
the length and situation of the stamens : stigma
bitid, acute ; the lower cleft longer : there is no
pcricarpium : calyx containing the seeds at the
bottom : the seeds four, oblong, three-sided.

The species are : 1. P. Jfuticosa, Shrubby
Phlomis, or Jerusalem Sage ; -2. P. purpurea,
Sharp-leaved Purple Phlomis ; 3. P. Italica,
Blunt-leaved Purple Phlomis; 4. P. Lycknitis,
Sage-leaved Phlomis ; 5. P. laciniala, Jagged-
leaved Phlomis; 6. P. tuberosa, Tuberous Phlo-
mis; 7. P. Ztylanica, White Phlomis; 8. P.
nepetifolia, Cat-mint-leaved Phlomis ; 9. P.
Iqomtrus, Narrow-leaved Phlomis, or Lion's-
Tail ; 10. P. Lconilis, Dwarf Shrubby Phlomis.

The first has a pretty thick shrubby stalk,
covered with a loose bark, rising live or six feet
in height, and dividing into many irregular
branches, which are four-cornered, woolly
when young, and afterwards become woody :
their joints are prettv far asunder; at each of
these are placed two roundish leaves opposite,
on short footstalks ; they are woolly on their
underside: the flov out in thick whorls

, the stalks, and are yellow ; they appear
from June to August ; but the seeds very rarely
ripen in this climate. It grows naturally in
Spain and Sicily.

There arc two varieties iw-lcaved

shrubbv Phlomis, or Jerusalem Sag . which does
no; rise so high as the above; the branches arc
weaker; the leaves longer, narrower and round-
er; the whorls of liowers smaller, but the

flowers of the same shape and colr.ur. ",
have been long cultivated under the title of
French Sage, I

The Broad-leaved shrubby Phlomis, which
has a shrubby stalk like the former, but much
lower, seldom rising more than three feet and
a half high, sending out branches on every side:
the leaves hoary, broader than either of the
former, of an oblong ovate form, on prettv
long footstalks and whiter: the whorls large,
with bigger flowers, the upper lip of which is
very hairy.

The second sppcies has the stem rather shrub-
by, erect, branched, slightly quadrangular, co-
vered with thick wool, especially the younger
branches : the leaves are opposite, ovale-oblong,
obtuse, crenate, netted- veined, woolly on both
sides, but most on the under one ; the lower-
most cut off at the base, but not heart-shaped,
on long footstalks ; the upper ones on shorter :
the footstalks channelled, very woolly : the
wool of the whole plant is formed like little
stars: the whorls sessile in the axils of the
upper leaves, consisting of six or eight flowers
which are sessile, the same size with those of
the first sort, but pale purple. It has a soapv
smell, and is a native of Spain, flowering in
June.

The third has the leaves less distinctly veined
on tlie under side than in the second sort, and
almost equally woolly on both sides, instead of
being green on the upper ; the lowermost are
heart-shaped at the base : the bractes are blunt,
by no means pungent ; half as long as the calyx,
which is alsoj-emarkablv obtuse. It is a native
of Italy and Portugal, flowering from June to
August.

The fourth species has the habit of the first,
but the leaves are narrower: the corolla is
scarcely bigger than the calyx : the involucres
linear, crinite with long hairs : the root is hard,
thick, twisted: the leaves oblong, russet-co-
loured, cottony : the flowers of a golden colour,
handsome, and very apparent : the bractes
date, acuminate. It is a native of the South
of Prance, &cc., flowering from June to Au-

The fifth has a perennial root: the stalk a
foot and a half high which decays in the au-
tumn, but the lower leaves continue all the yi ar:
the stem leaves are of the same shape with the
lower, but smaller: the flowers in whorls: calvx
downy : corolla of a dusky purple colour: thev
appear in .hme, but the seeds do not ripen in
this climate. It was found in the Levant.

sixth specie.-, has a tuberous ro it ; (he
stalks are purp 1 . orncrcdj.five or six fed

hi«rh : the leaves six inches long] broad

P H L

P H L

at the bast, terminatirtg in acute points, deeply
crenate on their edges : the flowers of a pale
purple colour and hairy : they appear in June
and July, and the seeds ripen in September ;
soon after which the stalks decay; but the roots
abide many years. It is a native of Siberia.

The seventh species has the stem of the same
stature with the ninth, two feet high, upright,
herbaceous, four-cornered, blunt : the leaves
sub-tomentose, marked with lines, petioled, re-
motely subserrate, longer than the internodes :
the whorls sub-terminating with an awl-shaped
involucre.

It is biennial, and a native of the East Indies,
flowering from June to October.

The eighth has the stem simple, upright,
quadrangular, blunt: the leaves deeply and
somewhat bluntly serrate, green: the petioles
the length of the leaves: the whorls few towards
the top, globular, many-flowered : the calyx '
somewhat hairy, cylindrical, with a spiny and
very sharp border, the upper tooth twice as
large as the rest, and from four to six small
teeth : the corolla villose, of the same appear-
ance and colour with that of the ninth sort, but
only one-third of the size ; upper lip roundish,
long, emarginate; lower short, trifid, even: in-
volucre awl-shaped, reflex : filaments cohering
in pairs: stigmas two, filiform, the upper shorter
by half than the under. It is annual, and a na-
tiveof the East Indies, floweringherein September
and October. v

The ninth species is a very handsome plant
when it is in flower. It rises with a shrubby
stalk seven or eight feet high, sending out seve-
ral branches, which are four-cornered: the
leaves are about three inches long, and half an
inch broad, hairy on their upper side, and vein-
ed on their under : the branches have each two
or three sessile whorls of flowers towards the
ends : the corolla is of a tawny or golden co-
lour, and shining like silk ; upper lip long, to-
mentose, ciliate, quite entire; lower lip short,
naked, membranaceous; the lateral segments
reflex, dry, the intermediate one trifid, emargi-
nate in the middle: the filaments snow-white:
the anthers two-lobed, yellow, having globular
meal sprinkled over them only at the base. Tt
is a native of the Cape, flowering from October
to December.

There is a variety of it with variegated leaves.
The tenth has the stalk shrubby, square, three
feet high': branches four-cornered, in pairs:
leaves rough on their upper side, veined, and
pale green on their under : the corolla neither
so long nor so deep coloured as in the ninth sort,
to which it bears much resemblance, and is near-
ly allied ; but the leaves are ovate, not lanceo-
l

late, and more tomentose : it differs materially
from it by its awned calyxes : it agrees more
with the eighth, but differs from it in having a
shrubby stalk ; small, blunt, more compact
leaves ; and the neck of the calyx rough-haired.
It is a native of the Cape, flowering in June
and July.

Culture. — All these plants may be increased
by layers and cuttings.

The two first hardy sorts in particular grow
freely by the first method : the young branches
should be chosen, and laid in the common way,
any time in autumn, spring, or summer ; when
they readily strike root, and commence proper
plants by the autumn following, when they
should be planted where they are to grow.

The cuttings should be made from the younc
shoots in spring and summer, being planted in
a shady border, giving plenty of water in dry
weather; when many of them will lake root,,
and make good plants by the autumn following.
The cuttings of the green-house kinds should,,
when made in the spring, be planted in pots, in
order to be continued in shelter until May ; or
if the pots be plunged in a. hot-bed, it will
greatly forward their rooting ; though, when
the young shoots are planted in June or July,
in a bed or border of rich earth, many of them
take root, but may be much forwarded if cover-
ed down close with hand glasses, removing the
glasses when the cuttings begin to shoot.

The fifth may likewise be increased by slips
planted at the same time; and the sixth by off-
sets. The seventh should be preserved in the
bark stove.

They are all very ornamental plants in the
borders, green-house, and stove collections, ac-
cording to the kinds.

PHLOX, a genus comprising plants of the
herbaceous, fibrous-rooted, flowery, perennial
kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogy/iia; and ranks in the natural order of.
RolucecB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, cylindrical, ten-cornered,
five-toothed, acute, permanent : the corolla
one-petalled, Salver-shaped : tube cylindrical,
longer than the calyx, narrower below, curved
in : border flat, five-parted : segments equal,,
blunt, shorter than the tube : the stamina have
five filaments, within the tube of the corolla,
two longer, one shorter : anthers in the throat
of the corolla : the pistillum is a conical
germ : style filiform, the length of the stamens :
stigma trifid, acute: the pericarpium is an ovate
capsule, three-cornered, three-celled, three-valv-
ed : the seeds solitary, ovate.

PHL

P II L

The species are: I. P. pankitlala, Panicled
Lvchnidea; 2. P. suarrolens, White-flowered
Lvchnidea; 3. P. maculata, Spotted-stalked
Lvchnidea; 4. P. piloia, Hairy-leaved Lvch-
nidea; 5. P. Carolina, Carolina Lvchnidea j G
P. alalerriina, Smooth Lvchnidea; 7. P.di-
varicata, Earlv-flowering Lvchnidea.

The fast has the Stalk smooth, of a light
green, about two feet high, sending out a tew
side branches : the leaves are near three inches
long, and one broad in the middle, of a dark
green, and sessile : the flowers in a terminating
corymb, composed of many smaller bunches,
which have each a distinct footstalk, and sup-
port a great number of flowers, which stand on
short slender pedicels : the calyx short, cut al-
most to the bottom into five narrow acute seg-
ments : the corolla is pale purple, appearing
late in Julv, and often followed by seeds which
ripen in autumn. It is a native of North Ame-
rica, flowering in August and September.

The second species has white flowers, mo-
derately sweet-scented. It is a native of North
America, flowering in July and August.

The third has upright stalks, of a purplish
colour, closely covered with white spots, and
about three feet high : the leaves about three
inches long, and one broad at their base, ending
in acute points. Towards the upper part of the
stalks are small branches opposite, each ter-
minated by a small bunch of flowers ; but on
the top of the principal stalk is a long loose
spike of flowers, composed of small bunches
from the axils at each joint; each cluster having

The sixth species has the stalks near a foot
and half high, dividing into three or four small
branches towards the top, each terminated by a
corvmb of flowers : the lower leaves opposite,
three inches long, and near half an inch broad
at the base, ending in long acute points, smooth
and sessile ; the upper ones are alternate : the
tube of the corolla twice the length of the ca-
lvx ; segments of the border roundish, spread-
ing, of a light purple colour: the flowers appear
in" June, but seldom produce seeds in this
climate. It is a native of North America, flow-
ering from June to August.

The seventh species has the stems almost up-
right, simple, and then divided into two branches :
the leaves opposite on a simple stem, in five
oppositions, softish, rugged ; the upper ones al-
ternate : the flowers from the partings of the
stem and the axils of the alternate leaves, two
together on separate pedicels: the calyx five-
parted: the corollas pale blue, with a crooked
tube : the flowers appear at the end of May, or
beginning of June, but are rarely succeeded by
seeds in this climate. It grows naturally in
North America.

Culture. — These are generally increased by
parting their roots, as they do not often produce
seeds m this climate. The best time for per-
forming this is in autumn, when the stalks be-
gin to decay. The roots should not, however,
be divided into too- small heads, when they are
expected to flower well the following summer j
nor should they be parted oftener than every
other year, as, when they are too often removed

one common peduncle near an inch long, but and parted, it greatly weakens the roots, so that
the pedicels are short. The flowers are of a they send out but few stalks, and those so weak

bright purple colour, and appear late in July :
if the season be temperate, or the soil moist,
they continue in beauty a great part of August,
but rarelv perfect seeoSi in this climate. It is a
native of North America, flowering in August.

as not to rise their usual height, and the bunches
of flowers are much smaller.

The large root off-sets may be planted out at
once where they are to remain ; but the small
ones in nursery-rows, for further increase in.

The fourth species has the stalks about a foot size

high : the leaves narrow-lanceolate, ending in When the roots are parted and removed, it is

acute points, sessile, a little harry : the calyx a good way to lay some old tan, or mulsh, upon

out into acute segments almost to'the bottom : the surface of the ground about their roots, to

the tube of the corolla slender and pretty long, prevent the frost from penetrating; for, as they

cut at top into five ovate spreading segments : will have put out new roots before winter,

the flowers light purple, appearing at the end of the frost, when it is severe, often kills the fibres,

June, but seldom producing seeds in this cli- whereby the plants suiter greatly, and are some-

mate. It is a native of North America.

The fifth resembles the sixth, but the stem is
three times as high, and somewhat rugged : the
Waves wider, and ovate-lanceolate : the corymb
consisting of numerous flowers, with several
pedunelerfrom the uppermost axils of the leaves,
erect, and fastigiate into a sort of corymb of a
dark purple colour. It grows naturally in Ca-
rolina, flowering from July to September.

times wholly destroyed.

The first and sixth sorts may be increased
prettv expeditiously by t!u-ir spreading roots, but
the others but slowly this way ; of course it is a
better method to have recourse to cuttings. The
best season for planting the cuttings is about
the end of April, or the beginning of the follow-
ing month, when the young shoots from the
roots, which arc about two inches high, should

P II CE

P H GE

be cut off close to the ground, and their tops
shortened, being then planted on a border of
light loamy earth, and shaded from the sun un-
til they have taken root ; or if they are planted
pretty close together, and covered with bell- or
hand-glasses, or in pots, shading them every
day from the sun, they will put out roots in five
or six weeks; but on their beginning to shoot,
the classes should be gradually raised to admit
the free air to them, otherwise they are apt to
draw up weak, and soon spoil : as soon as they
are well rooted, the glasses should be taken off",
and the plants inured to the open air; being
soon afterwards removed into a bed of good soil,
planting them about six inches distance every
way, shading them from the sun, and watering
till they have taken new root ; after which, when
kept clean from weeds, they require no other
care till autumn, when they should be removed
into the borders or other parts, where they are
designed to remain.

When some of the plants are put into pots,
and sheltered under a hot-bed frame in winter,
they flower stronger the following summer.

These plants succeed best in a moist rich mel-
low soil, growing taller, and flowering more
strongly and in larger bunches. In poor dry
soils thev often die during the summer, when
not constantly watered with care.

Some of the plants afford ornament in the
borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-
grounds ; and those planted in pots to be placed in
court-yards, or other places near the habitation,
when they are in beauty, and being mixed with
other (lowers, are highly ornamental.

PHCENIX, a genus containing a plant of
the evergreen exotic tree kind.

It belongs to Appendix Palmcp, (Dioecia Tri-
atidria,) and ranks in the natural order of Palmoc,
or Palms.

The characters are : that in the male flowers
the calvx is an universal one-valvedi spathe :
spadix branched: perianthium three-parted, very
small, permanent : the corolla has three petals,
concave, ovate, somewhat oblong : the stamina
have three very short filaments : anthers linear,
four-cornered, the length of the corolla: female
flowers on a different plant, or on the same spa-
dix : the calvx as in the male : the pistillum is
a roundish germ : style awl-shaped, short :
stigma acute : the pencarpiem is an ovate, one-
celTed drupe : the seed single, bony, subovate,
with a longitudinal groove.

The speties i6 P. ductylifera, Date Palm-
tree.

It rises to a great height in warm climates :
the staiks are generally lull of rugged knots,
which are the vestiges of the decayed leaves, for

the trunks of these trees are not solid like other
trees, but the centre is filled with pith, round
which is a tough bark full of strong fibres while
young, but as the trees grow old, this bark
hardens and becomes woody : to it the leaves
are closely joined, and in the centre rise erect,
being closely folded or plaited together ; but alter
they are advanced above the sheath which sur-
rounds them, they expand very widely on every
side the stem, and as the older leaves decay the
stalk advances in height : the leaves when
grown to a size for bearing fruit are six or eight
feet long, and may be termed branches (for the
trees have no other); these have narrow long
leaves (or pinnae) set on alternately their whole
length : the small leaves or lobes are towards
the base three feet long, and little more than
one inch broad ; they are closely folded together
when they first appear, and are wrapped round
by brown fibres or threads, which fall off as the
leaves advance, making way for them to ex-
pand ; these never open flat, but are hollow like
the keel of a boat, with a sharp ridge on their
back ; are verv stiff, and, when young, of a
bright green, ending with a sharp black spine.
These trees have male flowers on different plants
from those which produce the fruit, and there is
a necessity for some of the male trees to grow
near the females, to render them fruitful ; or at
least to impregnate the germ, without which the
stones which are taken out of the fruit will not
grow : the flowers of both sexes come out in
very lone; bunches from the trunk between the
leaves, and are covered with a spatha (or sheath)
which opens and withers ; those of the male
have six short stamina, with narrow four-cor-
nered anthers filled with farina. The female
flowers have no stamina, but have a roundish
germ, which afterwards becomes an oval berry,
with a thick pulp inclosing a hard oblong stone,
with a deep furrow running longitudinally : the
bunches of fruit are sometimes very large. It is
a native of the Levant.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
seed, procured from abroad, or taken out of the
fruit, which should be sown as soon as possible
in pots of light rich earth, plunging them in a
tan hot-bed, or in the bark-bed in the stove,
giving moderate waterings ; when thev soon
come up; and when a few inches high, thev
thould be pricked out into separate small pots,
plunging them in the hot- bed or bark- bed;
where thev must remain, giving frequent water-
ings, and shifting them into larger pots, accord-
ing as their progress of growth may require.
When thev are removed, great care should be
taken not to injure their large roots, or to over-
pot them.

P II Y

PHY

ThiSj like the rest of the Palm tribe, ha; no
other branches th.'.n its large li ich of

which i- comp «sed of a leaf and branch, al-
ways arising from the top ; and as the old lea\es
fall, the stem forma itself and advance? in
height ; but although the leaves grow very tall in
a few yea tin advances but slowly, and

can never be ( > arrive at a flowering and

fruiting state in this climate : it, however, merits
a place in the hot-house collections for its sin-
gularity.

Tin- berries of this tree are the dates of the
shops, which are imported from Africa and
the countries in the Levant.

PHYLICA, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby, evergreen, exotic kind. .Bastard Ala-
tcrnus.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
jMunozynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Dumosoe.

The characters are : that the calyx is a com-
mon receptacle of the fructifications collecting
the flowers into a disk : perianthium proper one-
leafed, live-cleft, turbinate, mouth villose, per-
manent: there is no corolla: scalelets live, acu-
minate, one at the base of each division of the
calyx, converging : the stamina have live fila-
ments, very small, inserted under the scalelet :
anthers simple : the pistillum is a germ at the
bottom of the corolla: stvle simple: stigma ob-
tuse : the pericarpium is a roundish capsule,
three-grained, three-celled, three-valved, crown-
ed : the seeds solitary, roundish, gibbous on
one side, angular on the other.

The species are : J . P. ericokles, Heath-
leaved Ph\hca ; 2. P. frhimoiu, Woolly-le.u td
Phvlica ; 3. P. Lusifolia, Box-leaved Phylica.

The first is a low busby plant, seldom rising
more than three feet high : the stalks are shrub-
by and irregular, dividing into many spreading
branches, subdividing into smaller ones: the
young branches a-e ciosely beset with short,
narrow, acute-pointed, sessile leaves, of a dark
green, and continuing all the year. At the end
of every shoot, the flowers are produced in
small clusters sitting close to the ieaves : they
"are of a [Hire white, begin to appear in the au-
tumn, continue in beauty all winter, and decay
in spring. It trrows naturally at the Cape, and
the Bowers are slightly odoriferous.

The second specie^ bas an erect shrubby stalk,
which ar three feet high, covered with a

purplish hark, and here and there some white
down upon it: the leaves are narrow, short,
acute-pointed, sessile, alternate on every side,
thick, nerved, dark green on their upper surface,
but hoary on their under: flowers collected in
small heads at the end of the branches, white,

woolly, fringed on their borders, cut into six
acute segments at top. It (lowers from March
to May.

The third rises with a shrubby upright stalk-
five or six feet high, when old covered with a
rough purplish bark, but the younger branches
have a woolly down: the leaves are thick, the
of those of the box-tree, veined, smooth
and of a lucid green on their upper side, hut
hoary on their under; they have short footstalks,
and stand without order on the branches : the
flowers are collected in small heads at the ends
of the branches ; they are of an herbaceous
colour, and make no great appearance. It
flowers during a great part of the year.

Culture. — They are chiefly increased by cut-
• and slips of the young shoots.

In spring, as about March or April, a quan-
tity of young cuttings, or slips of the small
shoots, should he taken off, planting them in
pots of rich earth, plunging them in a hot-bed,
or in the bark-bed in the stove ; giving frequent
ngs, and occasional shade from the sun,
when the) 1 emit roots, and become

proper plants ;,; for potting off separately in
autumn.: or the young cuttings or slips maybe
planted anytime insummer, particularly in June
and July, in p >ts as above, and placed under a
hot-bed frame, or covered close with hand glas -.
being watered and shaded; when they will
ako grow, but not be so forward as those of the
spring planting.

They are somewhat tender plants, requiring
slicker in winter in this climate: of course thev
must always he kept in pots, and placed anionir
the green-house exotics, where they will effect
a very agreeable variety at all seasons, and ilower
annually a great part of the autumn and winter,
but do not produce seed in this climate.

PIIYLLAXTIJ I S, a genus furnishing plants
of the evergreen exotic tree and shrubby kind.
Sea-side Laurel.

It belongs to the class and order Monoeda
Trunnlria, and ranks in the natural order of

The characters are : that the male calvx is a
one-ltafcd perianthium, six-parted, hell-shaped,
coloured : segments ovate, spreading, blunt, per-
manent : there is no corolla, except the calyx
be called so: the stamina have time filam
shorter than the calyx, approximating at the base, .
distant at the tips : anthers twin : females — the
calvx a perianthium as in the , here is no

corolla : nectary a rim of twelve angles, suround-
ing the germ : the pistillum is a roundish germ,
obtusely three-conured : styles three, spreading,
bilid: stigmas blunt: the pericarpium is ;i
roundish capsule, three-grooved, three-celled :

PHY

PHY

cells bivalve : the seeds are solitary and round-
ish.

The species are : 1. P. Niruri, Annual Phyl-
lanthus ; 2. P. grandifolia Great-leaved Phyl-
lanthus; 3. P. Emblica, Shrubby Phyllanthus.
The first has a filiform, long, white root :
the stem herbaceous, about a foot high, branch-
ed, erect, roundish, even : the leaves alternate,
distant, often onlv terminating : the petioles
filiform, bearing both leaves and flowers : the
leaflets contract every evening, turning their
under side outwards : the flowers are produced
on the under side of the leaves along the midrib,
and turn downwards. It usually flowers here
from June to October. It is common in Bar-
badoes.

The second species rises with a tree-like stem
and branches: the leaves are large, ovate, ob-
tuse, and entire. It is a native of North Ame-
rica.

The third rises in its native situation, with a
tree-like stem, to the height of twelve or four-
teen feet, but in this climate not more than
half that height, sending out from the side many
patulous branches : the leaves have very narrow
leaflets. It has a berry-like fruit, and is a native
of the Indies.

Culture. — These plants, where seeds can be
procured from their native situations, may be
raised in that way. They should be sown
in pots filled with light earth, and plunged
in a hot-bed ; and when the plants have acquired
some growth, they should be planted out into
separate pots filled with the same sort of mould;
being replunged in the hot-bed, due shade and
water being given, until they become perfectly
rooted; after which they should be constantly
kept in the bark-bed of the stove, and have the
management of other plants of the same tender
sort.

They may also sometimes be raised bv plant-
ing out slips, or by layers managed in the same
way as those from seeds.

They afford a fine variety in their beautiful
foliage, and the flowery kinds have a singular
effect in their flowers.

PHYLLIS, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby evergreen exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Digyniu, snd ranks in the natural order of Stel-
late?.

The characters are : that the calyx has no
umbel (but a panicle) : perianthium very small,
superior, two-leaved, obsolete : the corolla has
five petals, lanceolate, obtuse, revolute, scarcely
connected at the base : the stamina have five
filaments, shorter than the corolla, capillary,
flaccid : anthers simple, oblong : the pistilluin

is an inferior germ : style none : stigmas two,
awl-shaped, pubescent, reflex: there is no peri-
carpium : fruit turbinate-oblong, blunt, angu-
lar : the seeds two, parallel, convex and angular
on one side, flat on the other, wider at top.
The species is P. Nobla, Bastard Hare's-Ear.
It rises with a soft shrubby stalk about two
or three feet high, which is seldom thicker than
a man's finger, of an herbaceous colour, and full
of joints. These send out several small side
branches towards the top, garnished with spear-
shaped leaves near four inches long, and almost
two broad in the middle, drawing to a point at
each end ; they are of a lucid green on their
upper side, but pale on their under, having
a strong whitish midrib, with several deep veins
running from it to the sides : the leaves are for
the most part placed by threes round the
branches, to which they sit close : the flowers
are produced at the ends of the branches, in
loose panicles ; are small, of an herbaceous co-
lour at their first appearance, but before they
fade, change to a brown or worn out purple, and
are cut into five parts to their base, where they
are connected, and fall off without separating.
It is a native of the Canary Islands, flowering m
June and July.

Culture. — The plants may be increased by
sowing the seeds in the early spring months, as
about March, in pots filled with light earth, and
plunged in a hot-bed ; and when the plants have
attained some growth, they should be planted
out in separate pots, replunging them in the hot-
bed, due shade being given till they become well
rooted. In the summer season they should be
set out in a sheltered situation; so as to have
the morning sun, and be frequently watered.
In the winter they must be well sheltered from
frost, but have as much air as possible in mild
weather,

In the second year, when the plants are
shaken out of the pots and placed in a proper
situation in the open ground, they flower better
and afford more perfect seeds than when kept
in pots.

They may also be raised by cuttings planted
out in the summer season.

New plants should be raised every two or
three years, as they do not last long.

They afford an agreeable variety among other
evergreen plants of the green-house kind.

PHYSALIS, a genus comprising plants of
the herbaceous and shrubby ornamental kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
J\lonogy/iia, and ranks in the natural order of
Liindce.

The characters are : that the calvx is a one-
leafed perianthium, ventricose, half-live-cleft,

P H Y

P II Y

Small, five-cornered, with acuminate segments,
permanent: the corolla onerpetalled, wheel-
shaped : tube very short : border half-fire cleft,
large, plaited : segments wide, acute: the Ma-
mma have five filaments, awl-shaped, very
small, converging: anthers erect, o
the pistillum ia a roundish germ : style filiform,
generally longer than the stamens: stigma blunt:
the pericarpium is a subglobular berry, two-
ceiled, small, within a very large, inflated,
closed, five-cornered, coloured calyx : the re-
ceptacle kidney-form, doubled: the seeds very
many, kidney-form, compressed.

The species are: 1. P. angulata, Tooth-leaved
Winter Cherry; 2. P. pubescens, Woolly Win-
ter Cherry ; 3. P. Alkektvgi, Common Win-
ter Cherry ; 4. P. Pensylvatiica, Pennsylvanian
Winter Cherry ; 5. P- viscosa, Clammy Win-
ter Cherry ; (3. P. somnifera, Clustered Winter
Cherry; ~. P.flexwsa, Flexuous Italian Winter
Cherrv; S. P. arborescens, Tree-like Physalis, or
Winter Cheny; p. V. Curassavka, Curassavian
Winter Cherry.

The first has a staight stem, the thickness of
the little linger, about a foot high, three-corner-
ed below, four-cornered above, as are also the
branches, which come out obliquely from top to
bottom, in alternate order, and are thicker at
the base: the lower leaves wider and rounder
than those about the middle of the stem, and
these larger than those of the branches, deeply
toothed or jaaeed: the flowers five-cornered, of
an extremely pale yellow colour, with spots of a
darker yellow at the base. It is a native of both
the Indies, Sec.

There is a variety which is taller, with entire
leaves, smaller flowers of a paler yellow colour.

The second species branches out very wide
close to the ground, and the branches frequently
lie upon it; they are angular and lull of joints,
dividing again into smaller branches : the leaves
are on pretty long footstalks, about three inches
:id almost two broad, having several acute
indentures on their edges: the flowers pro-
ide of the branches upon short,
slender, nodding peduncles ; they are of an her-
. colour wish dark bottoms, and
are succeeded bv large, swelling bladders; of a
green, inclosing berries as large as com-
mon cherries, which are yellowish when ripe.
It flower- m July, and is a native of Virginia.
■e both annual plan

Tin- third has perennial roots, creeping to a
great distance : they shoot up many stalks in
the sprint: a toot high or more: the leaves of
. some angular and obtuse, others
oblong an -pointed, of a dark green, on

long i talks : the flowers axillarv, on slender

V j.. 1L

peduncles, white, Appearing in July; the berry
round, the size of a small cherry, inclosed ill
the inflated calyx, which turns of a deep red in
the autumn. It is a native of the South of
pe, Sec.
The fourth species bis many procumbent
or erect stems, scarcely a foot in height, some-
w hat flexuose, roundish or obscurely angular on
the top, at the flowers branched, having an ob-
scure down scattercil over them : the leaves are
alternate, ovate, blunt, scrrate-repand, almost
n. iked above, obscurelv tomentose underneath,
next the flowers in pairs : the flowers axillary
on very short peduncles, larger than those (if
the common sort, anil of a p. ale vellow colour.
They are succeeded by very small yellowish
berries, which ripen in the autumn when the
season proves warm. It is a native of North
America, and flowers from July to September.

The filth has a creeping root, sending up a
great number of smooth stalks, about a toot
high, dividing towards the top into small spread-
ing branches : the leaves heart-shaped or ovate,
about three inches long, and two broad near
their base, entire, rough to the touch, of a pale
yellowish green, alternate, on pretty long foot-
stalks : the flowers are towards the top, axillarv,
on long slender peduncles, of a dirty yellow
colour with purple bottoms. They appear in
June and July, and are succeeded by viscous
berries about the size of the common sort, of
an herbaceous yellow colour, inclosed in a
Iioht-srreen swelling bladder. It is a native of
America.

The sixth species rises with a shrubby stalk,
near three feet high, dividing into several
branches which grow erect, and are covered
with a woolly down : the leaves ovate-lance-
olate, almost three inches long, and an inch
and a half broad in the middle, downy, and on
short petioles : the flowers small, of an herba-
ceous white colour, sitting verv close to the
branches, and succeeded by small berries nearly
of the same size as the common winter cherry,
and red when ripe. It is a native of Spam.
Sicily, 8cc, flowering in Julv ami August.

The seventh rises to the height of five or
feet, sending out long flexuose branches covered
with a grav bark : the leaves oblong-ovate,
often placed opposite, sometimes by threi s
round the branches, to which they sit close:
the Bowers in clusters at the base of the petiole .
small, of an herbaceous yellow colour: tin v
arc succeeded bv round purplish berries having
ten cells, each including one seed. It flowers
in July ami . but not unless the season

IS warm. It is a native of the East Indies.

The eighth species has a shrubbv stalk,
2F

PHY

PHY

ten or twelve feet high, dividing towards the
top into several small branches, covered with
a gray hairy bark : leaves on the lower part
alternate, but towards the end of the branches
opposite ; the lower leaves from three to four
inches long, and two broad in the middle, draw-
ing to a point at both ends ; they are of a pale
green, and downy: the flowers from the axils
towards the end of the branches, one or two at
the same joint opposite, on short nodding pe-
duncles ; are small, of a pale dirty yellow co-
lour, with purple bottoms: berries small, spheri-
cal^ red, inclosed in an oval dark-purple blad-
der. It flowers in June and July.

The ninth has a perennial creeping root :
the stalks several, slender, about a foot high,
becoming somewhat woody, but seldom lasting
above two years ; the leaves alternate, on short
footstalks ; they are about two inches long, and an
inch and half broad: the flowers axillary towards
the top, on short slender peduncles: petals small,
sulphur-coloured with dark-purple bottoms :
they appear in July and August, but are rarely
succeeded by berries in this climate. It is a
native of Curassao in the West Indies.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of
heing increased by seeds ; the second, third,
fourth, and fifth sorts, also by parting the roots ;
the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth, likewise
by cuttings.

In the first sort, the seed should be sown in
the early spring, as April, in pots of light earth,
plunging them in a moderate hot-bed. When
the plants have acquired a few inches in growth
they should be removed into separate pots, gra-
dually inuring them to the open air, in order
that they may be removed with balls into the
clumps or borders. But it is probably a better
method to sow them in the latter end of May
in the places where they are to remain, as they
do not bear transplanting well.
They must be raised annually.
In the herbaceous kinds the seeds should be
sown in the autumn as soon as they are ripe, or
early in the spring, in the beds, borders, or
clumps where they are to remain ; or they may
be transplanted into other beds to remain till
the following autumn, when they may be re-
moved to the situations where they are to re-
main.

The roots may be parted either in the early
autumn or spring season, when the weather is
mild. The divided parts should have root-fibres
left at the bottoms and a bud in each at the
tops in order to their sucreeding properly.

In the sixth and seventh sorts, the seed
should be sown in pots of light mould in the
early spring and plunged in a mild hot-bed.

When the plants have had a little growth they
should be pricked out into separate small pots,
proper shade and water being given ; being af-
terwards managed as the shrubbv exotics of less
tender plants.

They may likewise be raised from cuttings
made in the later spring or summer months,
which should be placed in pots of light mould
and plunged in the hot-bed, due shade and
water being given till they have stricken root.

And the two last sorts may be raised from
seeds or cuttings in the same way, by the aid
of the bark hot-bed of the stove.

The first and the other herbaceous sorts are cu-
rious ornamental plants in the borders, clumps,
and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and the
four best shrubby sorts in the green-house and
stove collections.

PHYTOLACCA, a genus affording plants
of the herbaceous hardy kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Decagynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Miscellanea;.

The characters are : that there is no calyx,
unless the corolla be called a coloured calyx :
the corolla five petals, roundish, concave, spread-
ing, bent in at top, permanent : the stamina
have eight, ten, or twenty, awl-shaped fila-
ments, the length of the corolla: anthers round-
ish, lateral : the pistillum is an orbiculate germ,
depressed, divided externally by swellings, end-
ing in eight or ten very short spreading-reflex
styles : the pericarpium is an orbiculate berry,
depressed, marked with ten longitudinal grooves,
umbilicated with the pistils, and having as many
cells : the seeds are solitary, kidney-form and
smooth.

The species cultivated are: 1. P. octandra,
White-flowered Phytolacca ; 2. P. decandra,
Branching Phytolacca, or Virginian Poke ; 3.
P. icosandra, Red Phytolacca; 4. P. dioica,
Tree Phytolacca.

The first has the stalk herbaceous, two feet
high, about the size of a man's finger, and'
divides at top into two or three short branches :
the leaves ovate-lanceolate, near six inches long,
and almost three broad ; they have a strong
midrib, and several transverse veins, are of a
deep green, and the footstalks are an inch and
half long: the peduncles come out from the side
of the branches opposite to the leaves, are seven
or eight inches long ; the lower part, about two
inches in length, is naked ; the remainder has
sessile Rowers, white with a blush of purple in
the middle, cut into five segments almost to
the bottom, and having from eight to fourteen
stamens, and ten styles : the berries flat, with
ten deep furrows.

P II Y

P I M

In some places it is found a palatable whole-
some green : the tcmlcr stalks arc frequently

served up tor young asparagus.

In the second species the root is very thick
and fleshy, as large as a man's leg. divided into
J thick fleshy branches, which run deep
in the ground : the stems three or lour, herba-
ceous, as larize as a good walking-stick, of a
purple colour, six or seven feet high, dividing
into many branches at the top: the leaves rive
inches long, and two inches and a hair' broad,
rounded at their base, but terminating in a point,
placed without order on short footstalks ; they
are of a deep green, and in the autumn change
to a purplish colour: the peduncles come out
from the joints and divisions of the branches,
and are about live inches long ; the lower
part is naked, but the upper half sustains a
number of flowers ranged on each side like com-
mon currants. Each flower stands upon a pe-
dicel half an inch long, and the petals are pur-
plish: the berry depressed, with ten furrows.
It flowers in July and August. It is a native of
Switzerland, ccc.

In some places the young shoots are boiled
and eaten as spinach.

The third rises with an herbaceous stalk, from
two to three feet high, with several longitudinal
furrows, and changes at the end of summer to

Eurple. It divides at top into three or four
ranches : the leaves are lanceolate, six or seven
inches lone, and almost three broad in the mid-
dle, of a deep green, on short footstalks ; some
are alternate, others opposite, and they are fre-
quently oblique to the footstalk : the peduncles
come out from the side of the branches oppo-
site to the leaves; they are nine or ten inches
lonsr, the lower part being naked, but for a
shorter space than in the other sorts ; the upper
part narrow and commonly inclined : the flowers
are larsrer, white within, of an herbaceous co-
lour on their edges, and purplish on the out-
side, on short pedicels.

The fruit is a globular berry. It is annual.
The fourth is a shrub two fathoms in height :
*he stem upright, a little hranched, very thick,
gray : the leavi s scattered, oblong-ovate, acu-
minate, entire, smooth, flat or ascending on the
. five inches long, and two inches and a
half wide: the petioles spreading, cylindrical,
reddish, equal to half the leaf in length : the
racemes terminating, pcduncled, solitary, pen-
dulous, bracteate, six inches long: the flowers
scattered, pedicelled, spreading very much,
whitish srrecn : the males five or six lines in
breadth, the females smaller by half. Both the
male and the female plants flower every spring,

but the latter is probably barren. It is a native
of South America.

Culture. — The three first sorts may be in-
creased by seeds, which sin mid be sown in
in the spring, and plunged in a moderate hot-
bed : when the plants have had a few inches
growth, they should be removed into separate
pots in the first and third sorts, but in the se-
cond into the borders or other parts, allowing
them good room. The two former may be set
out in warm borders or other places during the
summer in the pots, being carefully watered,
shaded, and kept free from weeds.

The fourth sort may be raised by planting
cuttings in the summer season, in pots filled
with light earth, plunging them in the bark
hot-bed and covering the pots with hand g! i
proper shade being given. When well rooted,
they should be removed into separate pots of a
small size, re-plunging them in the hot-bed
with proper shade till rooted, when they should
be gradually inured to the open air, being re-
moved into a moderate stove during the winter
season.

They afford ornament and variety amonc;
potted plants of the stove kind ; and the se-
cond sort, in the borders of the natural ground.
PIGEON PEA. See Cytisus.
PIG-NUT. SecBoKit'M.
P1LEWOKT. See Ranunculus.
PIMENTO. See Myrtus.
PIMPERNEL. See Anagallis.
PIMPINELLA, a genus containing a plant
of the annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Prmtandria
Digynia, and ranks in the natural order of Um~
leflatce or UmlelLiJertr.

The characters are: that the calyx is an uni-
versal umbel of many rays : partial of still more :
involucre universal none : partial none : perian-
thium proper scarcely observable : the corolla
universal almost uniform: florets all fertile:
proper, petals five, inf.ex-cordate, almost equal :
the stamina have five filaments, simple, longer
than the corolet: anthers roundish : the pistil-
lum is an inferior germ : styles two, very short:
stigmas subglobular : there is no pericarpium:
fruit ovate-oblong, bipartite : the seeds two,
oblonsr, narrower towards the top, on one side
convex and striated, on the other flat.

The species cultivated is P. Anisum, Anise.
It has an annual root: the lower leaves arc
divided into three lobes, which are deeply cut on
their edges: the stem a foot and half high, di-
viding into several slender branches, which have
narrow leaves on them, cut into three or tour
narrow segments : the umbels prctlv lame and
2 !•' 'J

P I N

P I N

loo?e, on long peduncles : the flowers small,
yellowish white : the seeds oblong, swelling.
It flowers in July ; and if the season prove warm
the seeds will ripen in autumn. It is a native of

Egypt.

The seeds have an aromatic smell, and a plea-
sant warm taste, accompanied wish a consider-
able degree of sweetness.

Culture. — The seeds should be sown in the
early part of April on a dry warm border, where
the plants are to remain, being afterwards
properly thinned out and kept free from weeds.
These plants, however, seldom afford much profit
bv their seeds in this climate.

They produce variety in the borders, &c, of
pleasure-grounds, as well as in pots in other
places when cultivated in that way.

PINASTER. See Pinus.

PINEA. See Pinus.

PINE-APPLE. See Eromelia.

PINE, SCREW. See Pan dan us.

PINE-TREE. See Pinus.

PINGUIN. See Bromelia.

PINUS, a genus containing plants of the
evergreen and deciduous tree-kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Monadelpkia, and ranks in the natural order of
Coniferce.

The characters are : that the male flowers are
disposed in racemes : the calyx has scales of the
bud opening, and no other: there is no corolla :
the stamina have very many filaments, connect-
ed at bottom into an upright column, divided at
top: anthers erect, naked: female flowers on
the same plant : calyx is a subovate strobile,
consistinsi of scales which are two-flowered, ob-
long, imbricate, permanent, rigid : there is no
corolla : the pistillum is a very small germ :
style awl-shaped : stigma simple : there is no
pericarpium : strobile serves for a calyx, having
before been closed, but now only converging: the
seed is a nut augmented by a membranaceous
wing which is larger than the seed, but less than
the scale of the strobile, oblong, straight on
one side, gibbous on the other.

The species are: 1. P. iylves.tr is, Wild Pinc-
Trce ; 2. P. Pinaster, Pinaster, or Cluster Pine-
Tree; 3. P. inops, Jersey Pine-Tree ; 4. P.re-
sinosa, American Pitch Pine-Tree ; 5. P. hale-
pensis, Aleppo Pine-Tree ; 6. P . Pi/tea, Stone
Pine-Tree ; 7. P. Tceda, Torch Pine, or Three-
leaved Virginia Pine ; 8. P. palustris, Swamp
Pine-Tree; {)• P. cemlra, Siberian Stone Pine-
Tree ; 10. P. occidentalis, West Indian Pine-
Tree; 1 1 . P. Strobus, Weymouth Pine-Tree;
IS. /'. Cednti, Cedar of Lebanon; 13. P.pen-
dula, Black Larch-Tree; 14. P. Larix, Com-

mon White Larch-Tree; 15. P. Picea, Silver
Fir-Tree ; 16. P. Bulsamea, Halm of Gilead.
Fir-Tree; \~J.P. canadensis, Hemlock Spruca
Fir-Tree; is. P. nigra, Black Spruce Fir-Tree;
19- P- Allies, Norway Spruce Fir-Tree ; 20. P.
alia, White Spruce Fir-Tree; 21. P. orien-
talis, Oriental Fir-Tree.

The first in a favourable soil grows to the
height of eighty feet, with a straight trunk : the
bark is of a brownish colour and full of crevices :
the leaves issue from a white truncated little
sheath in pairs ; they are linear, acuminate,
quite entire, striated, convex on one side, flat
on the other, mueronate, bright green, smooth,
from an inch and half to two inches or a little
more in length, shorter than in the Pinaster and
Stone- Pine, broader, twisted, and of a grayish
colour : the scales of the male calkins roll back
at top, and are feathered ; the inner and upper
scales of the cones gradually terminate in a short
awn, but the lower scales have none ; the scales
open very readily ; the cones small, pyramidal,
ending in narrow points, of a light colour, with
small seeds. It is here often called Scotch
Fir, from its growing naturally in the moun-
tains of Scotland; but is common in most parts
of Europe, particularly in the northern parts.
The wood affords the red or yellow deal, which
is the most durable of any of the kinds yet
known : the leaves are much shorter than those
of the Pinaster and Stone Pine, broader, of a
grayish colour and twisted: the cones are small,
pyramidal, and end in narrow points ; they are
of a light colour, and the seeds are small.

The trunk affords masts to our navy, and
from it and the branches tar and pitch are ob-
tained, as also by incision barras, Burgundy
pitch and turpentine.

There are several varieties : as the Tartarian,
which has a great resemblance to it, but the
leaves are broader, shorter, and their points are
more obtuse; they emit a strong balsamic odour
when bruised : the cones are very small, as arc
also the seeds, some of which are black, and.
others white. It grows naturally in Tartary.

The Mountain, or Mughoe, which has very
narrow green leaves, grows sometimes by pairs,
sometimes by threes from the same sheath,
generally standing erect : the cones are of a
middling size and pyramidal: the scales flat,
having each a small obtuse rising, but very com-
pact till they are opened by the warmth of the
sun the second spring: the seeds of this are
much less than those of the second sort, but
larger than those of the first. It is a native
of the Swiss mountains, where it is often called
Torch Pine, growing to a great height.

P I N

P I N

;, which has smooth leaves : the
ii _ and slender : and the seeds
size with those of

!t crovvs in the maritime parts of
.
ire likewise mentioned by writers,
second species grows to a large si^e :
t I on every side to a cons

a - 5t the trees are young,

i. are iullv furnished with lea cialTy

not so close as to exclude t
ft .'. those within ; but a; they advance in
appear naked, and all those
i are situated below become unsightly ; 1' ir
i - i, and because the timber i- I

preferable to it, the first species has
more generally cultivated. Its branches grow
at a wider distance than those of the first sort,
and are more horizontal : the leaves much larger,
thicker, and lo ■ straight, have a broad

surface on their inside which has a furrow or
channel running longitudinally ; they are of a
darker green and their points* obtuse : the coues
arc seven or eight inches long, pyramidal, with
pointed scales: the seeds oblong, a little flatted
on their sides, and have narrower wings on their
tops. It grows naturally in the mountains of
Italy, &c.

The third never rises to anv great height, and
is the least esteemed in the country of all the sorts.
While the trees are young they make a pretty good
appearance, but when they get to the height of
seven or eight feet they become ragsred and un-
sightly, and are seldom worth cultivating in
this climate. It is a native of North Ame-
rica.

The fourth species is also a native of North
America, and may be cultivated in this cli-
mate.

The fifth species branches out on every side
near the root; they at first urow horizontally,
but turn their ends upwards; their bark is
smooth and of a dark gray colour: the leaves
are long and very narrow, of a dark green, and
if they are bruised emit a strong resinous odour :
the cones come out from the side of the
brandies ; are not much more than half the
length of those of the second species, but are full
as lan-c at their base: the scales are flatted, and
the point of the cones obtuse : the -
less, but of the same shape. It is a native of
Aleppo, &c.

The sixth has the leaves not quite so Ion
those of the second species, and of a grayish or
sea-green colour : the cones are not mure than
aches long, but very thick, roundish, and
and obtusely: the scales are flat, and the
mure than twice the size of those of the second

sort : the kernels arc frequently served up in de-
sert* during the winter season in Italy and the
South ol '.

It grows to a considerable height, with a
straight and lair stem, bm rough bark : the
contribute to diversify the scene in plan-
tations, as they differ in colour from the other
sorts, and are arranged in a different manner:
the cones are wry large and turbinate, striking
the eye by their bold appearance when banging
on the trees; and when closely examined, a'.iord
ornament from the beautiful arrangement of
their scales. It is a native of the South of
France, 8cc, is chiefly grown for ornament and
the kernels which it affords.

The seventh has very long narrow leaves,
grow ing by threes out of each sheath • the cones
areas large as those of the sixth sort, but more
pointed, and the scales looser, openiog hori-
zontally and discharging the seeds. The wood
of this tree is like that of the first sort, but has
sin. It is a native of North America,
and is cultivated under the name of Erankin-
ct rise Pine.

There are different varieties ; as the Three-
leaved Virginia, winch has the leaves long, ge-
nerally three in each sheath: the cones in clus-
ters round the branches, as long as those of
the second sort, but with rigid scales : the seeds
also nearly as large as those of it. It grows na-
turally in Virginia, and other parts of North
America, where it rises lo a. great height.

The others differ but little from tins.

The eighth species, in its native swampy situa-
tion, grows to the height of twenty-five or thirty
feet : the leaves are a foot or more in length,
growing in tufts at the ends of the branches,
having a singular appearance. The wood is of
little use but for fuel. It is a native of Carolina
and Georgia.

The ninth is often confounded with the sixth
sort ; but the cones of the latter are short and
roundish, with close scales, whereas those of it
are long and the scales looser : the leaves have
a near resemblance; but the plants raised from
seeds of that sort make much greater progress
than this, which can scarcely be kept alive in this
climate. It is a native of Switzerland, Siberia,
&c.

The tenth species has been confounded with
the eleventh sort, and is a native of Hispa-
mola.

The eleventh is one of the tallest species,
often attaining a bundled feet in height in its
native country : the bark is very smooth and
delicate, especially whilst the tree is young :
the leaves are long and .-lender; they are pretty
closely placed on the branches, aud make a fine

P I N

P I N

appearance : the cones are long, slender, and
vcrv loose, opening with the first warmth of the
spring; so that if the seeds are not gathered in
winter, the scales open and let them out : the
wood is esteemed for masts of ships. It is often
called the White and New England Pine, and is
highly ornamental.

The twelfth species is a noble tree, which has
a general striking character of growth so pecu-
liar to itself that no other tree can possibly be
mistaken for it. Tt is placed with the Larch, in
the germs with Firs and Pines, as agreeing with
the former in its foliation, with the latter in be-
ing evergreen. Its arms grow in time so weighty
as often to bend the very stem and main shah :
the leaves much resemble those of the Larch,
but are somewhat longer and closer set, erect,
and perpetually green, which in that are not ;
but hanging down, dropping oft', and deserting
the tree id winter : the cones are tacked and
ranged between the branch-leaves, in such order
as nothing appears more curious and artificial,
and at a little distance exceedingly beautiful :
they have the bases rounder, shorter, or rather
thicker, and with blunter points; the whole cir-
cumzoned, as it were, with pretty broad thick
scales, which adhere together in exact series to
the very summit, where they are somewhat
smaller, but the entire lorication smoother
couched than those of the Firs ; within these
repositories, under the scales, nestle the small
nutting seeds, of a pear-shape: the cones grow
upon the upper part of the branches, and stand
erect, having a strong, woody, central style,
by which they arc firmly attached to the branch,
so as with difficulty to be taken off; and which
remains upon the branch after the cone is fallen
lo pieces, which never drops off whole, as in
the Pine sort. It is a native of Mount Leba-
non, &c.j and is very lasting, being indestruc-
tible by insects.

The Cedar is now so far naturalized to our
country as to produce ripe seeds; we may there-
fore have supplies without depending on the
cones from the Levant: but it is found that
they are more apt to produce and ripen their
cones in hard winters than in mild ones ;
which is a plain indication that they will suc-
ceed even in the coldest seasons of the north-
ern pans of the Island, where, as well as in
the other parts, they might be propagated lo
great advantage.

The thirteenth sort is not much cultivated ;
but a particular sort of it has been brought
from North America, which differs from the
European sort in having darker shoots, but
which has not long been known ill Europe,
though it grow- plentifully in some of the north-

ern parts of America. As it does not promise to
make so large trees as the European sort, it
should be planted with those of lower growth,
to make a variety. It endures the severest cold
of this climate.

The fourteenth is of quick growth, rising to
the height of fifty feet: the branches ars slender,
and their ends generally hang down : the leaves
are long and narrow, in clusters from one point,
spreading open above like the hairs of a painter's
brush, of a light green, and falling off in au-
tumn; in which circumstance this and the pre-
ceding differ from all the other species. In the
month of April the male flowers appear, dis-
posed in form of small cones : the female
flowers are collected into egg-shaped obtuse
cones, which in some have bright purple tops,
but in others they are while ; this difference is
accidental, for seeds taken from either will pro-
duce plants of both sorts : the cones are about
an inch long, and the scales are smooth ; under
each scale two winged seeds are generally lodg-
ed. It is a native of the South of Europe, and
highly useful for planting in bleak situations,
for the purpose of timber, £cc.

There are different varieties : — the American,
the Siberian, and the Chinese, require a colder
climate than England, for the trees are apt to
die in summer here, especially if they are planted
on a dry soil ; the cones of these which have been
brought to England seem to be in general
larger than those of the common sort ; but
there is so little difference between the trees in
their characteristic notes, that they cannot be
distinguished as different species, though in tlv:
growth of the trees there is a remarkable dif-
ference.

In the last, the cones are much larger than
those of the common sort, and end in acute
points : the scales prominent like those of the
first species, and have little resemblance to those
of the Larch. They are of a shrubby, spread-
ing, but so hardy, as to thrive m the open air
without any protection.

In the first, of which the branches are more
slender, with a bark more inclining to yellow, and
the sears more slender and clustered, the leaves
arc more tender, narrow, more glaucous, and
the outer ones in each bundle shorter : cones
only one-third of the size, blunt, with scales
scarcely exceeding twelve in number, thinner,
more shining, retuse-cmarginale ; the wings of
the seeds are straight, more oblong, narrower,
and, together with the seed itself, of a more dilu-
ted gray colour.

In the second, the bark of the branches is of
an ash-coloured gray : the leaves a lit tie wider,
bright green, all nearly equal, commonly more

P I N

P I N

than fnrtv in a bundle : the cones an inch long,
With above thirty woody, striated, rounded, en-
tire scales : the seeds brownish-gray, with sub-
triangular wings somewhat bent in. In both,
the cones are bent upwards on very short pe-
duncles.

It is observed by the editor of Miller's Dic-
tionary-, that " do tree is more valuable, or bet-
ter deserves our attention in planting than the
Larch." It is a native of the South of Europe
and Siberia.

The timber is not only used in houses, but in
naval achitecture also. " It seems to excel," he
■'lor beams, doors, windows, and masts of
ships: it resists the worm: being driven into the
ground it is almost petrified, and will support
an incredible weight : it bears polishing excel-
lentlv well, and the turners abroad much desire
it. It make- everlasting spouts, pent-houses
and featheredffe, which needs neither pitch or
painting to preserve them ; excellent pales,
posts, rails, props for vines, &c. ; to these we
uiav add the pallcttes on \\ hich painters separate
and blend their colours.

The fifteenth species is a noble upright tree :
the branches not very numerous, but the bark
smooth and delicate : the upper surface of the
leaves of a fine strong green, and their under
has two white lines running lengthwise on each
side of the midrib, giving the leaves a silvery-
look, from which it takes its name : the cones
are large and grow erect, and when warm
weather comes on soon shed their seeds : the
scales wide, deltoid, rounded above, below-
beaked, and appendiclcd with a membranaceous
spatulate dorsal ligule, terminated by a recurved
daceer-point : the nuts rather large, membra-
naceous, variously angular, dun-coloured. It is
a native of Switzerland, ecc.

It has been observed in Ireland, that no tree
grows so speedily to so large a size as the Silver
Fir. — Some at forty vcars growth, in a wet clay
on a rock, measuring twelve feet in circum-
ference at the ground, and seven feet and a half
at five feet high : one tree containing seventy-
six feet of solid timber. The earl of Fife also re-
marks, that no trees make ■ greater progress
than this and the Larch. It is found to be ex-
cellent for boat-building.

The sixteenth is a beautiful tree, which rises
with an upright stem: the leaves are dark-green
on their upper surface, and marked with whitish
lines underneath : the cones arc roundish and
small : the buds and leaves arc remarkably fra-
grant. From wounds made in this tree a very
fine turpentine is obtained, which is sometimes
sold for the true Balm of Gilead. It grows to

a large size in America, but has not done so in
this climate.

It has very much the habit of the Silver
but the l> r. BS are wider and blunter, disposed
on each side along the branches like the teeth
of a comb, but in a double row, the upper one
shorter than the under : underneath marked
with a double glaucous line, and each
rows of white dots, and are often cloven at top.
It is a native of Virginia.

The seventeenth species is a beautiful but de-
licate tree, and must have a good soil, with a
warm situation ; and it will be improved by
tying its leading shoot to a stake annually as it
advances.

It has the cone of the size and shape of a
small hen's egg, and the whole of an ash-co-
loured bay : the scales coriaceous, thick, triangu-
lar, the outer side rounded and somewhat crenu-
late : the nuts a little smaller than in the Black
Spruce, with a winged membrane on the outer
side only. It is a native of many parts of
North America, and does not thrive well in
this climate.

The eighteenth, or Black Spruce, has shorter
leaves, whiter on their under side than the
White : the cones also are smaller and more
compact. There is also a Red Spruce ; but
there seems to be no difference between this
and the Black, either in the cones which have
been brought from Newfoundland, or the
young plants which have been raised in gardens
in this climate.

The appellations of White and Black are
given from the colour of the bark, as their
is little difference in the colour of the wood, anil
the leaves of the Black are whiter on their under
side than those of the White. They are both na-
tives of North America ; — the White upon the
mountains ; the Black upon the low grounds,
generally- in hoes or swamps. The first is by
much the largest tree. This sort is easilv
known by its narrow leaves, placed on every
side of the branches, and its long pendulous
cones, which do not fall to pieces on the tree,
but drop off entire the following summer: the
scales open and emit the seeds on the first
warmth of the spring.

There is a variety of this tree cultivated,
under the title of the Long-coned Cornish Fir,
m which the leaves are lonsrer, broader, of
a lighter colour, and fuller on the branches : the
cones also Ion

The nineteenth species is the loftiest of Eu-
ropean trees, attaining a height from l?3 to
150 Feet, with a very straight trunk, and throw-
ing out its spreading branches so . ;n an

P I N

P I N

elegant pyramid: the leaves arc clustered, with- water when the season is dry, in a very gentle
out order, from an oblong cortical scale, four- manner, so as Mot to disturb the plants.
cornered, drawn out into a sharp point, thickrsh. When they come up too close the plants
commonly curved a little; compressed, slightly should be thinned out in the summer, the thin-
keeled on both sides, shining on the upper sur- nings being planted out immediately in a sepa-
face -: the male cones or calkins are ovate, scat- rate bed, in a shady place, being gently watered
tered in the axils of the haves, purple : the as there may be occasion. They should be set
voting female cones are also purple; and when out in rows at the distance of four or five, and
'ripe pendulous : they have eight rows of scales three or four in the rows. The tender kinds
in a spiral, each row having from twenty to should be she' tered during the winter by frames
twenty-three scales, in eaqh of which are two or mats from the frosts, but with the others it is
seeds.' It is a native of Norway. unnecessary.

There are two principal varieties : the White When the plants have remained in these beds

and the Reel, both of which afi'ord the white a year or more according to circumstances, they

deals. And Bur°vndy Pitch is prepared from should be removed into other rows in the

the resin procured from this tree by boiling and nursery at the distance of two feet, and one or

straining it through a cloth. more in the rows. In this situation they should

There is no tree that yields greater profit than remain till the periods of their being finally

the Spruce Fir in cold land ; no tree is more planted out.

The best season for the removal of the plants
in all cases is to\va>ds the latter end of March
or the beginning of the following month.

Where it can be done, it is the best way not to
let them remain too long in these nursery situa-
tions, as the plants are always found to succeed
best when planted out before they have acquired
too large a growth.

When large plantations are to be made it is ad-
vised by some to raise the plants on a portion of

as

beautiful standing single on turf in large planta-
tions, or more useful for shelter in cold soils and
situations.

The twentieth is distinguished from the Black
Spruce by the marks which have been given
under theVightecnth species.

The twenty-first species was found in the Le-
vant, and may be cultivated for variety.

Culture. — In all the sorts and varieties the
increase is effected by means of seeds, which

maybe obtained from the well ripened cones by the same ground, or as nearly similar to it

exposing them to the heat of a gentle fire or possible.

that of the sun, in which way the cells open and It is advantageous when they are to remain to

the seeds may be readily taken out. When the have a large size to transplant them every two

cones arc not made use of in this way, they years, as by that means they form better roots

will remain several years without the seeds and such as spread out more laterally, and of

being injured, especially where they are close. course the plants may be afterwards removed

They should be sown in the early spring with greater safety. -

months, as March or the following month, on In removing the plants, at all times great care

beds of line earth, in a north-east aspect, or in should be taken to preserve the roots as much

lurue puts or boxes for the purpose of being oc- as possible, as well as all the branches, without

casionallv removed into different situations as cutting them.

may be found necessary* They should be co- YV hen they have been finally removed, they

vered with nets to prevent the birds from peek- require little more trouble, it being only n

ing oft' the tons of the young plants, while the sary to keep them perfectly free from weeds, and

husks of the :>ecds are upon them; ami be supporting the larger sorts of plants with proper

likewise screened from the heat of the sun at stakes : all the sorts should be suffered to take

first. their own natural growth; being careful to pre-

All the soits, except the Stone Pine and a few serve their lops perfectly entire, to shoot up as

others, the scales of the cones of which aie fast as possible and tobranch out in theirown way

very hard, soon come up; but these frequently as no pinning is wanted, unless in the lowermost

emaiii more than a year: the ground should branches in particular trees which are thought

therefore not be disturbed, being only kept clean
from weeds in such eases.

Soaking the seed.- m ihcse cases maybe useful,

o ing the in in shaded situations.
The vouug plants in all the sorts should he
kept quite clean and occasionally refreshed with
J

too low and straggling, when these mav be oc-
casionally trimmed, cutting them close to the
stem; but pruning should be very sparingly
practised to these resinous trees, as loppiuj
branches contributes to retard their g. iwth as
well as impair their beauty. In large forest

p I p

p I p

plantations, where the trees arc arrived to a
large growth, it is however customary to lop
lower branches gradually for faggots, ac-
cording as they begin to decay ; tor where these
t« ss stand cloVe, the upper branches generally
kill those below, so that the lower tiers decay
gradually and successively ; in which case these
decaying lower branches may be lopped bv de-
grees in winter.

After the plantations designed lor timber-
trees have had eight, ten, or twelve years'
grow th, it may be proper to begin to thin them ;
those thinned out may serve tor many smaller
purposes, being careful in thinning to leave a
sufficiency of the finest plants standing at pro-
per distances to grow up tor timber.

These trees are all highly ornamental ever-
greens for the pleasure-grounds.

In regard to the distribution or arrangement
of the trees in the plantations, and mode of plant-
ing, those designed for the shrubbery and for
ornamental plantations may be disposed both in
assemblage with other trees, and to form
clumps, and continued plantations. Those in-
tended as forest- trees should generally be dis-
posed alone in considerable plantations. The
method of planting them is the same as in
other hardy trees ; but where large plantations
in out-grounds are intended either for pleasure
or profit, there will not be any great necessity
for a previous preparation of the soil, with re-
spect to digging or ploughing, only just to dig a
hole for each tree : the same rule may also be ob-
served in planting clumps of them in lawns, parks,
and other grass-grounds, the mould being made
fine in the bottoms of them. Those designed
principally for ornament should be disposed at
such distances as that their branches may ex-
tend freely every way ; as the beautiful display
of the head is a great merit in these trees in such
plantations: but those intended for timber plan-
tations may be put only four or five feet distant,
in order that they may draw one another up
straight and tall more expeditiously, and to ad-
mit of a gradual thinning after a few years'
growth, for poles, Sec.

The proper methods of raising and planting
out all tlie dilferent sorts, in the view of afford-
ing timber or shelter in large plantations, may
be seen in the new edition of Miller's Dicti-
onary.

PIPER, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous shrubby perennial exotic kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diandria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Pi-
p< ril a-.

The characters are : that the calyx has no
Vol. II.

perfect spathc : spadix filiform, quite simple,
covered with florets, perianihium none : there
is no corolla : the stamina hav no filaments :
anthers two, opposite, at the root of the germ,
roundish : the pistillum has a larger ovat< germ :
style none: stigma threefold, hispid: the pe-
ricarpium is a roundish one-celled berry : the
seed single, globular.

The species are: I. P. nigrum, Black Pepper:
2. P. AmalagO, Rough-leaved Pepper; 3. P.
longum, Long Pepper j 4. P. methysticum, In-
toxicating Pepper, or Ava; 5. P. reticvlatum,
Netted-leavcd Pepper; fl. P.adininnn, Hooked-
spiked Pepper ; '. P '. pi-llucidvm. Pellucid-leaved
Pepper ; 8. P. obtusifolhtm, Blunt-leaved Pep-
per.

The first has a shrubby, very long, round,
smooth, jointed stem, swelling towards each
joint, slender, branched, scandent or trailing,
rooted at the joints : the leaves acuminate,
quite entire, equal at the base, flattish, bent back
a little at the top and edges, alternate, of a dirk
green colour, at the joints of the branches upon
strong sheath-like footstalks: the flowers ses-
sile, lateral, and terminating, in simple, longish
spikes, opposite to the leaves : the berry globu-
lar, of a red brown colour. It grows in the
East Indies and Cochinchina.

Martyn observes, that " White Pepper was
formerly thought to be a different species from
the Black ; but it is nothing more than the ripe
berries deprived of their skin, by steeping them
about a fortnight in water ; after which they
are dried in the sun. The berries, falling to
the ground when over-ripe, lose their outer
coat, and are sold as an inferior sort of White
Pepper."

The second species is a shrub from three to
ten feet in height : stem even: branches dicho-
tomous, jointed, subdivided, round, brownish
green : the leaves alternate, acuminate, not ob-
lique, nerved and veined, very thin, bright
green, smooth, paler underneath : the petioles
round, smooth : the joints swelling: the spikes
peduncled, opposite to the leaves, filiform, loose,
many-flowered: the flowers clustered : the berry
sessile, containing a single seed, double the size
of hempseed, black when ripe, of a taste slightly
pungent. It is a native of Jamaica and Hispa-
niola.

The third has the stems shrubby, round,
smooth, branched, slender, climbing, but not
to any considerable height: the leaves differing
much in size and form ; but commonly heart-
shaped, pointed, entire, smooth, nerved, deep
green, alternate : the flowers small, in short
dense terminating spikes, which are nearly cj -
2 G

p I p

p I p

lindiical : the berries are very small, and lodged '
ina pulpy matter: like those of Blaek Pcpp.'r they
are lirst green, and become reel when ripe ; they
are hottes'. to the taste in the immature state,
and are therefore gathered whilst green, and dried
ill the sun, when they change to a blackish
<vr dark gray colour. It is a native of the East
Indies.

The fourth species has a dichotomous stem,
spotted, attaining the height of a fathom : the
leaves oblong-cordate, not roundish-cordate :
the spikes straight, short, solitary, and not ag-
gregate, long, and nodding. It is a native of
the islands of the South Seas.

It has the property of intoxicating when
ehewed.

The fifth is a shrub: the stem about five
feet high, sending out several side branches
which have protuberant joints: the leaves six
inches long and five broad near their base; thev
have five veins springing from the footstalk, the
middle one going in a direct line to the point ;
the two side veins diverge towards the edges of
the leaves in the middle, but approach again at
the top ; the surface of the leaves is full of small
veins, which form a sort of net-work : the spikes
come out from the side of the branches opposite
to the leaves ; they are slender, and about five
inches long, a little bending in the middle, and
arc closely set with very small herbaceous
flowers. It is a native of Jamaica.

The sixth species has the stems several, shrub-
by, round, knobbed at the joints, smooth, an
inch and more in thickness, branched, ash-co-
loured, upright, eight feet high : the branchlets
green, the thickness of a quill, spreading very
much : the leaves alternate, on short petioles,
in a double row, a little shorter at the inner
base, deep green above, rugged backwards,
rough-haired when examined by a glass ; un-
derneath pale green, villose but not rugged ;
quite entire, netted with numerous veins, many-
nerved if the principal veins be considered as
nerves ; they are about half a foot in length, and
have little taste or smell : the stipule lanceolate,
acute, converging, smooth, striated, caducous:
the peduncles alternate, opposite to a leaf, soli-
tary, erect, round, somewhat villose, half an
inch long : the spikes solitary," slender, yellow-
ish, two or three inches in length, towards the
origin of the branchlet bowed, so closely co-
vered with minute fructifications, that it is scarce-
ly possible to detect their structure even with a
microscope. It is called Spanish Elder in Ja-
maica, where it is a native.

The seventh is annual : the stalks are succu-
lent, seven or eight inches high : the leaves an

inch and half long, and three quarters of an inch
broad : the spikes of flowers come out at t! i
end of the stalks, are slender, about an inch
long, ami straight : the flowers are very small,
and sessile, appear in July, and are succeeded bv
very small berries, each containing a small
seed like dust. It is a native of South Ame-
rica.

The eighth species sends out from the root
many succulent herbaceous stalks almost as large
as a man's little finger; they are jointed, and
divide into many branches, never rising above a
foot high, but generallv spread near the ground,
putting out roots at each joint, propagate very
fast, and soon cover a large space of ground :
the leaves are very thick and succulent ; they are
about three inches long and two broad, very
smooth and entire : the peduncle comes out at
the end of the branches ; this is also very suc-
culent, and the whole length, including the
spike, is about seven inches : the spike is
straight, erect, and about the size of a goose-
quill, closely covered with small flowers which
require a glass to be distinguished ; the whole
spike much resembles the tail of a lizard. It is
a native of South America, flowering from
April to September,

Culture. — All these plants may be increased
by seeds, procured fresh from the countries
where the plants grow naturally, which should
be sown upon a good hot-bed in the spring,
and when the plants come up and are fit to
transplant, be each put into a separate small pot
filled with light fresh earth, and replunged into
a hot-bed of tanner's bark, shading them every
day from the sun till they have taken fresh root,
when they must be treated in the same way as
other lender exotic plants, admitting fresh air to
them daily in proportion to the warmth of the
season, to prevent their drawing up weak ; and
when the nights are cold the glasses of the
hot-bed should be covered with mats.

They all require the constant protection of a
hot-house.

As the stalks of most of them are tender when
young, they should not have much wet, which
rots them ; and when water is given it must be
with caution, not to beat down the plants ; for
when that is the case they seldom rise again, af-
terwards.

In some of the sorts they may be raised from
layers or cuttings.

In the after-management of the plants, they
must be plunged into the tan-bed of the bark-
stove in the autumn, and during the winter be
sparingly watered: they require the same warmth
as the Coffec-trec. In the summer a large

P I s

P I s

khare of fresh air must Ik- admitted in hot
weather, ami they must be constantly kept in
the stove, as suggested above.

They afford ornament and variety in stove-
collections.

PIPER. See Capsicum.

PIPER JAMAICA. See Myrtus Pimenta.

PIPER1DGE TREE. See IIkiuikris.
PISCIDfA, a genus furnishing pants of the

exotic tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dltidelphia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Papilionacetv or Leguminosa.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, bell-shaped, five-toothed periantbimn :
the upper teeth nearer: the corolla papiliona-
ceous: banner ascending, emarginatc : wings
the length of the banner : keel crescent-shaped,
ascending : the stamina have ten filaments,
uniting in a sheath cloven above : anthers ob-
long, incumbent : the pistillum is a pedicel led
germ, compressed, linear : style filiform, ascend-
ing : stigma acute : the pericarpium is a pedi-
ceTlt-d legume, linear, with four longitudinal
membranaceous angles, one-celled, separated
by doubled isthmuses: the seeds some, subcy-'
lindric.

The species arc : 1 . P. Enjthrina, Jamaica
Dogwood Tree ; 2. P. Carthaginiensis, Cartha-
ginian Piscidia.

The first in its native situation rises with a
stem to the height of twenty-five feet or more,
almost as large as a man's body, covered
with a light-coloured smooth bark, and sending
out several branches at the top without order:
the leaves are pinnate, with seven leaflets for the
most part, two inches long, and one inch and a
half broad, commonly opposite : the flowers of
a dirty white colour, succeeded by oblong pods,
which have four longitudinal wings, and are
jointed between the cells. It is a native of
Jamaica.

The second species differs from the first in
the shape and consistence of the leaves, which
arc more oblong and of a firmer texture ; in
other respects they are very similar. It is a na-
live of the Wist Indies.

Culture. — They arc capable of being increased
bv seeds, when they can be obtained fresh from

the countries where they "row naturalK

They

should be sown upon a good hot-bed in the
spring, and when the plants come up and are
fit to transplant, be each planted in a small pot
filled with light earth, anil plunged into a hot-
bed of tanner's bark, and afterwards treated in
the same way as the other tender exotics of the
same kind.

v afford variety in the stove.

PI?' '. ' . plants of the

exotic tree kind lor .:

It belongs to th class ... irder !'

iff, [Replandi ia M and i nks in

th ■ natural order of Nit

i \t > traders ai in the male— tRe

calyx i ly any: the corolla one-petalled,

bell -shaped, five-cleft: segments acute, ;
lotts : the stamina have five, six, or seven awl-
shaped filaments: anthers roundish, twin: th?
pistillum is an oblong germ :
ma pencil-shaped: female — the calyx and
rolla as in the male: the pistillum is an oblong
germ : style simple, cylindrical, longer than the
corolla, erect: stigmas bifid: the pericarpium is
an oval berry, often five-cornered, valvi
one-celled: the seed single, smooth, oblong.

The species is P. aculeata, Prickly Pisonia.

The male and female plants differ consider-
ably.

The first has stalks as thick as a man's arm,
which rise ten or twelve feet high : the bark is
of a dark brown colour, and smooth : these send
out many branches by pairs opposite, which are
much stronger than those of the female, and do
not hang about so loose : they are garnished
with obovate stiff leaves, an inch and a half long,
and an inch and a quarter broad, standing op-
posite, on short footstalks. From the side of
the branches come out short spurs, like those of
the Pear-tree, having each two pairs of small
leaves at bottom, and from the top comes out
the peduncle, which is slender, about half an
inch long, dividing at the top into three; each
of these sustains a small corymb of herbaceous
yellow flowers, each having five stamina stand-
ing out beyond the petal, terminated by obtuse
anthers.

In the female the stalks arc not so strong as
those of the male, of course require support.
These rise eighteen or twenty feet high, sending
out slender weak branches opposite, which are
armed with short, strong, honked spines, and
have small oval leaves, about an inch and three
quarters broad; these stand opposite on the
larger branches, but on the smaller they arc al-
ternate, and have short footstalks : the flowers
are produced in small bunches at the ends of the
branches, silting upon the germ; they are shap-
ed like those of the male, but have in. stamina ;
in the centre is situated a cylindrical style,
crowned with five spreading stigmas : the germs
afterwards turn to a channelled, five-cornered,
glutinous capsul( , armed v lib small ci
spines, each containing one obli rtg, oval, smooth
seed. Ii is a native of Jamaica, where it i>
called Cock' s-spiir\ or Fingrigo; and (lowers in
March and April.

e (i s

P I s

P I s

Culture. — It is increased by seeds, which
should be sown in pots filled with light rich
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner's
bark; and when the plants come up, they
should be transplanted into separate pots, and
plunged into the hot-bed again, where they may
remain till autumn, when they should be re-
moved into the stove, and plunged into the bark-
bed, and treated in the same manner as has been
directed for several tender plants of the same
country ; in hot weather giving them plenty
of water, but in winter more sparingly.

They arc too tender to thrive in the open air
of this country at any season of the year, they
should therefore be constantly kept in the stove.
They retain their leaves most part of the year in
this climate.

They afford variety in stove collections of
exotic plants.

PISTACHIA NUT. See Pistacia.

PISTACIA, a genus containing plants of the

exotic deciduous tree and shrubby evergreen kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia

Pentandria, and ranks in the natural order of

Amentacece.

The characters are : that in the male — the
calyx is a loose ament, scattered, compressed, of
small one-flowered scalelets : perianthium pro-
per, five-cleft, very small : there is no corolla :
the stamina have five filaments, very small :
anthers ovate, four-cornered, erect, patulous,
large : female — the calyx ament none : perian-
thium trifid, very small : there is no corolla :
the pistillum is an ovate germ, larger than the
calyx ; styles three, reflex : stigmas thickisb,
hispid : the pericarpium is a drupe dry, ovate :
the seed is a nut ovate, smooth.

The species are : I . P. vera, True Pistacia
Tree ; 2. P. Terebinthus, Common Turpentine
Tree ; 3. P. Lentiscus, Mastiek Tree.

The first grows to the height of twenty-five
or thirty feet ; in its native situation the bark
of the stem and old branches is of a dark russet
colour, but that of the young branches is of a
light brown : the leaves are composed of two--Qr
three pairs of leaflets terminated by an odd one ;
ihev approach towards an ovate shape, and their
edges turn back. They emit an odour like that
of the nut, when they are bruised. Some of
the trees produce male flowers, others female ;
and some, when they are old, have both on the
same tree. The male flowers come out from
the side of the branches in loose bunches, and
are of an herbaceous colour : the female (lowers
come out in the same manner in clusters. It is
a native of Persia.

In the second species the situation of the
bud- is similar to that in the preceding species :

the leaflets seven, the middle ones for the most
part larger, or the odd leaflet and the two inmost
smaller than the four others; each ovate-oblong,
by no means acuminate but styled, most of
them also are wider on one side. It is by some
described as a low shrub, but very thick : the
wood is odorous and balsamic: the leaves have
two pairs of leaflets, terminated bv an odd one
which is larger: they are firm, and shining on the
upper surface : the flowers from branching cat-
kins at the axils of the leaves, and are reddish.
It is a native of Barbary and the South of Eu-
rope, flowering here in June and Jul v.

The Cyprus or Chtan Turpentine, which this
tree furnishes, is procured by wounding the
bark of the trunk in several places, during the
month of July, leaving a space of about three
inches between the wounds ; from these the
Turpentine is received on stones, upon which it
becomes so much condensed by the coldness of
the night, as to admit of being scraped oft" with
a knife, which is always done before sun-rise :
in order to free it from all extraneous admixture,
it is again liquefied by the sun's heat, and passed
through a strainer; it is then fit for use.
. The third rises to the height of eighteen or
twenty feet, the trunk being covered with a gray
bark. It sends out many branches, which have
a reddish brown bark : the leaves have three or
four pairs of small leaflets, of a lucid green on
their upper, but pale on their under side : the
midrib has two narrow borders or wings running
from one leaflet to another : the male flowers
come out in loose clusters from the sides of the
branches, are of an herbaceous colour, appear in
May, and soon fall off; they are generally on
different plants from the fruits, which ' also
grow in clusters, and are small berries, of a
black colour when ripe. It is a native of the
South of Europe and the Levant.

There is a variety which rises to the same
height as the preceding; but differs from it in
having a pair or two of leaflets more to each leaf,
much narrower and of a paler colour. It is a
native of the country about Marseilles, Sec.

Culture. — The first is capable of being increased
by the seeds or nuts, procured from abroad and
planted in the spring, in pots filled with lioht
kitchen-garden earth, plunging them into a mo-
derate hot-bed : when the plants appear, a large
share of air should be admitted to them, to pre-
vent their drawing up weak ; and by degrees
they should be hardened to bear the open air, to
which they may be expused from the beginning
of June till autumn, when they should be placed
under a hot-bed frame to screen them from the
frost in winter ; as while young, they arc too
tender to live through the winter in this climate

P I s

P I s

without protection, but should always be ex-
posed to the air in mild weather : they shed
their leaves in autumn, and therefore should not
have much wet in winter. In the spring, before
the plants begin to shoot, they must be removed
each into a separate small pot ; and be plunged
into a very moderate hot-bed, to forward their
putting out new roots. As soon as they begin
to shoot, they mint be gradually hardened, and
placed abroad again.

These plants may be kept in pots three or
four years till thev have got strength, during
which time they should be sheltered in winter;
and afterwards be turned out of the pots, and
planted in the full ground, some against high
walls to a warm aspect, and others in a shel-
tered situation, where they bear the cold of our
ordinary winters very well, but in severe frosts
are often liable to be destroyed. The trees
flower and produce fruit, but the summers are
seldom warm enough to ripen the nuts.

The third sort is also capable of being in-
creased by laying down the young branches,
which, if properly managed, put out roots in
one year, and may be cut off from the old plants,
and be planted out into separate small pots.
These must be sheltered in winter, and in sum-
mer placed abroad in a sheltered situation, and
treated in the same way as other hardy kinds of
green-house plants.

When raised from seeds they should be taken
from trees growing in the neighbourhood of the
male plants, as otherwise they will not grow.
When these plants have obtained strength,
some of them may be turned out of the pots,
and planted against warm walls ; wdicre, if theiF
branches are trained against them, they endure
ordinary winters very well, and with a little
shelter in severe winters may be preserved with
safety.

Thev are curious and ornamental in different
situations.

PISUM, a genus comprising plants of the
hardy herbaceous kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dio<lelp/iia
Decandriu, and ranks in the natural order of
Papilionaeece or Lcgumijioste.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, five-cleft, acute, permanent perianthium :
the two upper segments shorter: the corolla is
papilionaceous: standard very broad, obcordate,
reflex, emarginate with a point: wings two,
roundish, converging, shorter than the standard :
keel compressed, semilunar, shorter than the
wings; stamina have diadelphons filaments ;
one simple, superior, flat, awl-shaped : and
nine awl-shaped below the middle united into a

cylinder which is cloven at top : anthem round-
ish: the pistillum i< an oblong, comp;
germ : style ascending, triangular, membrana-
ceous, keeled with the sides" bent outwards :
stigma growing to the upper angle, oblonir,
villose : the pericarpium is a large legume, long,
roundish or compressed downwards, with the
top acuminate upwards, one-celled, two-valved:
the seeds several, globular.

The species are: 1. P. sativum, Common
Pea j 2. /'. maritimum, Sea Peaj 3. P.Ochrus,
Yellow-flowered Pea.

The lirst has an annual, slender, fibrous root :
the stems hollow whilst young, brittle, branched,
smooth, weak, climbing by terminalinfj ten-
drils: leaves abruptly pinnate, composed usually
of two pairs of leaflets, which are oval and
smooth: the stipules large, surrounding the stem
or branch : the flowers lateral, two or three to-
gether on long peduncles: the corolla white,
greenish white, purple or variegated : the le-
gumes commonly in pairs, about two inches
long, of an oblong form, smooth, swelling at the
straight suture, where the seeds are fastened,
flatted next the other suture, which arches, espe-
cially towards the end : the seeds from five or
six to eight or nine, commonly globular, but in
some varieties irregular or approaching to a
cubic form, smooth, white, yellow, blue, gray,
brown, or greenish, with a small oblong umbi-
licus : the colour of the whole plant is glaucous,
or hoary green, from a wdiite meal which cover-
it. It is said to be a native of the South of
Europe.

There arc two principal varieties, the while
and gray; and several sub-varieties, the principal
of which are :

Early kinds. — The Early Golden Hotspur ;
Early Charlton Hotspur; Nichols's Early Gold-
en Hotspur; the Early Charlton ; the Head in 2
Hotspur; Masters's Hotspur; O.-mrod's Hot-
spur; Early Dwarf Hotspur; Leadman's Dwarf;
Fan Spanish Dwarf; Early Dwarf Frame Pea;
Pearl Pea; Cluster Pea; Royal Green Pea;
Li-sex Hotspur; the Dwarf 1'ea ; the Sugar
Pea.

Late kinds. — Spanish Morotto : Nonpareil ;
Sugar Dwarf; Sickle Pea; Marrowfat; Dwarf
Marrowfat; Rose or Crown Pea; Rouncival
Pea; Gray Pea; Large Gray Pea; Crooked Grav
Pea; Long-bearing Pea; Green Field
White Field Pea : Pig IVa.

v of the lirst sub-varieties are very early,
and, being low growers, require sticks of three
or four feet only in height, and often not - .
much. New varieties of these arc raised almost
every war, which, because they differ in •

P I s

P I s

slight parheular, are sold at an advanced price, Culture in the open Ground.— All the sorts
and have frequently the names of the persons of the first kind are raised from seed, sown an-
who raised them, or the place where they first nually ; and as those of one sowing continue but
grew. These varieties are not permanent, and a short time in bearing, several sowings are re-
without the greatest care will soon degenerate, quisite each season, to continue successions for
The second species has a perennial" root, run- the table all summer : each sowing to remain
nine far and deep among the stones or into the where sown, choosing a warm dry border, &c.
sand in every direction : The stems are procum- for the earliest crops ; and for the succeeding
bent, quadrangular, a little compressed, si.iated, ones, any of the common quarters, in a free ex-
smooth, leafy, many-flowered, glaucous, often posure, distant from the shade of trees, &c,
reddish : the leaves alternate, alternately and bu^open to the sun

abruptly pinnate, spreading : the leaflets sessile,
oval, obtuse u ith a little point, entire, smooth,
many-veined, glaucous ; common footstalk lial-
tish, striated, ending in a branched thread-
shaped smooth tendril : the stipules two toge-
ther, equal, acute, toothed at the base, of the
texture and colour of the leaflets, but smaller :

For the late crops the more moist parts are
the best.

The general sesaon for sowing is any time in
open weather, from the latter end of October, or
in November, until May or June.

But in order to have green Peas as early as
possible, recourse must be had to the assistance

are

the clusters of flowers axillary, solitary, as long of hot-beds, by the aid of which they
as the leaves, erect, many-flowered :' the com- obtained in March and April, and continued till
mon peduncle round, striated, smooth : pedicels the coming in of the natural ground crops, in
alternate, short, single-flowered : the flowers the latter end of May or beginning of the fol-
rather lame, a little drooping : the corolla beau- lowing month.

tifully variegated with red and purple. The early and first general Crops. — To-

According to Mr. Woodward, the stems are wards the latter end of October, in November
slightly pubescent and short : leaves numerous : or December, as the weather may be convent-
leaf-stalks angular, pubescent: leaflets alternate, ent, the earliest crops should be put into the
on the lower leaves five or seven, upwards nine ground. In warm soils and situations it is al-
or eleven; there being always one more on the ways advisable to sow a few in the two former
lower than on the upper side of the leaf-stalk, months ; but in general, and especially in open
v\hich is terminated by a tendril, sometimes exposed grounds, November and December is
simple, but oftener bifid at the extremity : sli- time enough to begin the principal sowings,
pules oval-lanceolate, broad, arrow-shaped at For this purpose the Earliest Charlton or Gold-
the base : flowers crowded on the summit of en Hotspurs are the most proper,
the naked peduncle : pods lone and narrow. And in order for their reception a warm south

It is remarked by Dr. Smith, that this spe- border, or some other dry, sheltered, sunny
eies i: almost as nearly allied to Lathyrus as situation should be dug over and prepared;
to Pisum, both in habit and generic character ; when, in a dry day, drills should be drawn by a
and that Pisum sativum is not more different in
external appearance from the genus of Lathy-
rus, than Vicia Faba or the Bean is from the
oilier Vicine. These, however, he adds, are
matters of opinion: and in so natural a class,
it is very difficult to find out certain and obvi

line, ranging south and north, to enjoy the
greater advantage of the sun's influence, making
them an inch and a half deep, and two feet and
a half at- least asunder ; but if designed for
sticks, three feet and a half will be a more pro-
per distance. Then the seed should be scatter-
ous marks of distinction. It is a native of the ed in evenly along the middle ot each drill,
sea-shores of Europe, kc. rather tbickish, as they are liable to accidents

The third has an annual root: the stalk is an- from vermin and the season, covering them
gular, near three feet high : the leaves on wing- in regularly with the earth cither with a rake or
ed footstalks, each sustaining two oblong leaf- hoe, being careful that they are all equally co-
lets : the flowers are pale yellow, and small

the pods two inches long ; containing live or sis
roundish seeds, a little compressed on their
sides ; these may be eaten green, but unless
they arc gathered very young, they are coarse,
and at best not so good as the common Pea. It
is a native of the South' of Europe, and of the
Levant. It flowers in June and July.

vered the depth of the drills; and then with
rake lightly trim the surface smooth; which
finishes the work.

The peas begin to germinate in a fortnight, if
mild weather, and come up in three weeks or a
month, but seldonl in less time at this season;
when the plants are to be managed as directed
below.

p r s

p i s

Another sowing should be performed in three
- or a month after this ; or when the first
>wed in October or early in the Following
■booth, it is better to repeat tin in a

t - ight or three weeks, for fear the Grst should
fail ; and alter this continue sowing once in
three weeks or a month all winter in mild wea-
ther. Bui towards spring a principal crop of
the Reading and other large Hotspurs should
be sown; and as the season advances, the Bow-
ings be made in more open cxpo-ures, and more
in quantity than the early ones; and as the spring
draws on, the sowings should also be repeated
oftener; as from the close or the year till the
beginning of April, they should be once in three
weeks ; and from that time till May, once a
fortnight, especially as the warm weather in-
creases.

The winter and early spring sowings differ
materially in the time they require to germinate :
those sown any time in winter are sometimes
three weeks or near a month before they ap-
pear, while those sown towards spring come up
i so-.mer in the later spring sowings, often
in a very short time.

In the later or the above sowings, some of the
dwarf sorts mav be introduced ; as Leadman's
Dwarf, both for middle and late crops.

As the plants of each sowing come up, and
are advanced two or three inches in height, it is
proper to begin the first culture by drawing a
little earth with a hoe, or small rake, lightly up
to their stems on each side of the different rows
to strengthen and forward their growth; re-
peating the earthing once or twice at proper in-
tervals, as occasion may require, and at the
same time cutting up and clearing away all
weeds ; and when the crops are six or eight
inches in height, those designed for support
should be sticked.

As the earliest cr >ps are often in danger from
the severity of frosts, it is proper, when they
are about an inch or an inch and a half high, to
draw a little line earth lightly up to their stems
in a drv dav ; it will also be of much advantage
to give occasional protection to such crops in
seve.e weather, by covering tin in lightly with
Ions;, light, dry litter, of the stsawy kind, or by
mats; which, where there is bat a moderate
quantity in warm borders, may be more
( fleeted ; but this need only be practised in very
severe frosts. They must however be carefully
uncovered every line dav in temperate weather ;
and the moment the frost disappears the cover-
ing be entirely removed ; as they must by no
means be kept too close, which would draw
them up weak and tender.

When in blossom, if the weather should

prove dry and warm, a few rood waterings in

the morn :>• '.•< nclicial ; and when the

soming ; la ns arc advanced a consi lerabte

height, if thee are then topped, it will promote
their podding and coming to perfection.

A- to the succecdingcrops of the different kinds,
all theyr theearth to their stems

occasion lllj . and lilting kip a'l weeds when thev
appear; those designed for support being always
sticked as soon as they are half a foot high, or a
little mil". . begin to fall down on their

sides, pro sticks about four or live feet

long, and placing one range to each row princi-
pally on the south or most sunny side of the
rows, as the plants naturally incline towards tha
sun, and of course more readily attach them-
selves to the sticks.

In the culture of the larger kinds, for succes-
siooal general crops, such as the Marrowfats ;
Spanish Morattos; Sec. ; thev mav be begun
sowing in January, tbe Dwarf Marrow la's first :
but the three following months are the most
proper for the general crops of all the large
kinds ; a free exposure in the most open quar-
ters being made use of, drawing drills by line,
about an inch and a half or two inches deep,
and not less than a vard asunder, and when
sticked, four feet, and for the lamest sorts four
feet and a half to live feet, in single or double
rows.

In these cases the seed should be sown thinlv
along the middle of each drill, drawing the earth
evenly over them with the rake, hoe, or feet,
covering them equally the depth of the drills,
and raking the surface smooth ; these sow inns
being repeated once a fortnight or three weeks;
and as the spring advances, once a fortnight,
especially from the beginning of April until
the end of the following month. Afterwards a
few may be sown every ten or twelve days. Late
sowings are, however, seldom very fruitful, be-
ing often attacked with the mildew ; but it is
proper to endeavour to have some as long in the
a as possible.
When these different crops are come up about
three inches high, they should have earth laid up
to them on each side of the rows, cutting down
ail weeds, and repeating the hoeing* occasion-
ally according as the growth of weeds mav re-
quire ; and when thev are half n foot, or ei
or ten inches high, they should have the sticks
placed to them ; which for these large sorts
require slicks six or seven feet 'nigh, at least,
placing them on the sunny side of the rows, as
directed above.

late crops, any of the sorts, either Hob

P I s

P I s

spurs or larger kinds, may be continued sowing
all May and until the middle or latter end of
June ; likewise some of the dwarf sorts at a later
period for late production. It may be proper
to sow larger portions of Rouncivals for the
latest crops, on account of their being rather the
hardiest to struggle with the summer's heat and
drought, and thereby most to be depended on
for a late production.

For these crops some of the moistest ground
should be chosen ; and if the weather should
prove very dry and hot, it will be of importance
to soak the seed in soft water six or eight hours
previous to sowing ; or the drills may be well
watered after it has been done; either of which
Will promote their rising expeditiously and more
regularly.

Jt may be observed, in respect to the times of
sowing, that it is a good rule, in the different
sorts, as soon as one crop appears fairly
above around, to sow another to succeed it of
the same kind, so as to have a regular succession
of crops following one another in bearing ; and
if a crop of Marrowfats, &x., and another of
Hotspurs, be sown on the same day, the Hot-
spurs will come into bearing a fortnight the
soonest, and the Marrowfats will arrive to a
bearing state about the time the others are going
out, just in due time to succeed them ; which
should be attended to in order to have these sorts
form a regular succession to each other.

In gathering the crops, both hands ought al-
ways to be employed ; one to hold the peduncle
or footstalk of the fruit, while the other pulls the
pods ; otherwise the stem or main stalk of the
plant, being slender, fragile, and weak, is liable
to be broken and destroyed ; and the gatherings
should always be regularly performed according
as the pods fill, never letting them stand to grow
old, as they are in the greatest perfection
for eating while green, and the plants continue
longer in bearing. Crops of peas continue only
about a fortnight in full bearing, during which
time they furnish a plentiful gathering of pods
in their perfection ; though in moist showery
weather they sometimes continue shooting and
flowering three or four weeks ; but the produce
after the first fortnight is generally inferior both
in quantity and quality.

As soon as the crops are past bearing, all the
sticks should be taken up and tied in bundles,
being set upright in any dry corner for future
use.

Culture in Hot -beds. — In order to have
green I'eas as early in the year as possible, re-
course must be had to the assistance of hot-
taeds ; and the proper sorts for this purpose are
I

the early dwarf kinds, which by this means
may be brought into bearing in March, or the
following month.

In this intention it is rather the best mode to
raise the plants first in the natural ground, by
sowing in October or the following month,
giving occasional protection from frost ; and
when one or two inches high, to transplant them
into the hot-bed, in January or the beginning of
the following month, as by this practice the
luxuriant growth of the plants is so checked by
the removal, that they shoot more moderatclv,
and thereby blossom and bear sooner and more
abundantly.

The sowings should be performed in a warm,
drv, south border, or in some similar dry
sheltered part of light good earth, in a bed of
proper dimensions to have the protection of a
frame, &c, in severe weather ; sowing them in
drills about a foot asunder, in the manner as for
the common crops: when they are come up and
advanced a little in growth, in a dry day some
fine earth should be drawn up to their stems,
giving suitable protection in bad weather.

But they may be sown on a moderate hot-bed
in December or January, under frames, &c,
and when the plants are up, plenty of free air
should be admitted every temperate day, and be
defended in the nights from frost, snow, and
cutting cold ; or some may be sown in large
pots, and be placed in a hot-house, &c, to
bring up the plants quickly for transplanting in-
to the intended hot-bed in January. And they
may be sown at once in a hot-bed at the above
periods, to remain for bearing : but it is gene-
rally more eligible to have the plants previously
raised an inch or two in height, either by early
sowing in the full ground, or forwarded under
frames, or in a hot-bed, &c, as above, for trans-
planting into a fresh -made hot-bed for bearing.
In either of the above methods of raising the
plants for transplanting, when advanced from
one to two inches in growth, or little more, they
are proper for planting out into the hot-bed to
remain for fruiting.

In mild weather, towards the middle or latter
end of January, or the beginning of the fol-
lowing month, at furthest, a hot-bed for one or
more of the largest three-light frames and glasses
should be prepared, which niay be either of
dung or tan ; the latter, where it can be obtained
easily at a moderate expense, is considerably the
best for this purpose. It should be made two
feet and a half or a yard thick, and covered
with frames and lights, and when in a moderate
temperature the earth be put on for the recep-
tion of the plants. Any light good dry earth

P 1 s

5n.iv be employed, which should be laid eight or
• n inches thick all over the bed ; then in a dry

mild day the plants may be taken up, raising
them with their roots as entire as possible, with
what earth will readily hang about the fibres ;
aud alter drawing small drills in the earth of
the hot-bed, from the back to the front of the
frame, a foot and a half asunder, and abom an
inch dec;, the plants should be put in the drills,
not more than an inch apart, covering in the
earth close to their roots and sterna, and giving a
vc-rv light watering, just to settle the earth ; after
which the lights should be put on ; being care-
ful to raise them occasionally at the upper end
to give vent to the. steam, Sec: and at first plant-
ing out, when in sunny weather, if the plants
should flae;, a moderate shade should be given in
the middle of the day, till the plants have taken
root and established themselves.

After this, fresh air must be admitted to the
plants daily in line weather to strengthen them,
bv tilting the upper end of the lights according
to the temperature of the bed and outward air ;
keeping them close in cold nights, and covering
also with mats : occasional moderate waterings
should likewise be given in fine days, and, as
the plants advance in growth, a little earth be
drawn up to their stems once or twice; repeat-
ing the moderate refreshments of water fre-
quently as the warm season advances; which
may be given more freely when the plants are in
bloom. And according to the advanced growth
of the plants and increased warmth of the wea-
ther, a larger share of fresh air in proportion
should be given ; and when they arc in blossom,
if the sun at any time appears too violent for
them through the glasses, it is advisable to give
a very slight shade an hour or two in the heat
of sunnv days ; likewise, when in full blossom
and fruiting, to admit plenty of free air, even
sometimes in fine days shoving the glasses en-
tirely off ; also still continuing the waterings
moreabundantlv during the time of setting and
growth of the pods, and indulging them with
the benefit of warm showers of rain. In this
way the plants mav be brought to bearing in
March or April ; and bv a succession of two
crops, in hot-beds made at three or four weeks1
interval, and managed as above, a supply be
continued till the natural ground crops come
into bearing in May.

Where there is the convenience of fruit for-
cing-houses, hot-walls, &c. a few of the earliest
kinds, either previously raised in young plants
an inch or two in growth, as in the hot-bed cul-
ture, or in default of it, the seed sown ; and
which being in pots, are placed in these depart-
ments ; or where there are internal borders of

Vol. 11.

earth, BOme young plants may be placed th
The internal moderate heat of the above depart
menu, effected either by bark-beds, &c.oi

or both occasionally, in a requisite degree foi
forcing the fruit-trees to early production, for-
wards the malso, so as to have some for gathering
in the most earlv season, in a small proportion.

Culture hi the Field. — Where designed to
raise crops in order to gather the produce green
and voting for the supplv of markets, Novem-
ber, or rather December, is soon enough to be-
gin the first sowings, especially in open exposed
grounds ; a dry light soil being chosen for the
more forward sowings. As to the sorts, any of
the Hotspurs may be used for the forward crops,
and for a general crop the Reading Hotspur i>
excellent ; and alter that sort, theMasters's and
Ornirod's, &c. but of the large kinds the Mar-
rowfats and Spanish Morattos should be chosen
for the main crops.

The ground for their reception must be pre-
pared by proper ploughing and harrowing ; drills
are then to be drawn with a hoe crossways the
lands, or with a drill- plough lengthways, two
feet at least, or two and a half asunder for the
early and three for the larger sorts. As no sticks
are intended for these large field crops, having
sown the seed, it should be covered in either
with the hoe, rake, or harrow ; but the hoe or
rake will cover them more evenly, and almost as
expeditiously. When they come up they must
be kept clean from weeds, by broad-hoeintr ;
but this is sometimes performed in fields by
horse-hoeing for the sake of expedition; which,
having hoes fixed in a sort of plough horizon-
tally, is drawn by a horse between the rows, a
man holding the plough-shafts to guide it :
but as this can only cut down the weeds, a com-
mon drawing hand-hoe must be used to earth
up the plants : though this is often disregarded
in the field-culture, it however proves very be-
neficial to the crops.

In these cases the rows should be laid down
so as to face the sun as much as possible.

Saving Seed. — In order to save seed, some <>t
each sort should be suffered to stand entirely for
that purpose, or some sown of each purposely in
different parts, and the whole produce suffered
to remain and ripen for seed.

In the latter mode they should be sown in
February in some open ground, in rows two or
three feet asunder, no sticks being required, and,
when the plants come up, be kept clean from
weeds by hoeing, the earth being laid up to their
stems once or twice. When thev are in bloom,
they should be examined row by row, to see if
there be any degenerate sort, which, when pre-
sent, must be pulled out; or if any improved
2 II

P L A

P L A

variety be discovered, to mark it ; which is the
only method to preserve both the purity of the
known sorts, and to procure new varieties.
For example, if amongst the Hotspurs any large
sorts appear, they should be removed directly ;
also any Hotspurs, See,, from amongst the large
kinds, and different sorts of any of these from
each other ; and if any new sort discovers itself
either by flowering earlier than all the rest, or
possessing some other singularity, or noticeable
merit for culture, it should be carefully marked,
the seed being saved separate, to sow separately
for furnishing a proper increase.

According as the seeds of the different sorts
ripen in July and August, which is discoverable
by the pods changing brown, and the seed be-
coming a little hard, the haum should be cut or
pulled up in dry weather, and exposed in heaps
in the sun, turning them every day ; and when
the seed is become perfectly dry and hard, it
may either be threshed out directly, or stacked
up in a dry situation till another opportunity :
but when threshed, each sort must be kept se-
parate, and when properly cleaned be put up in
saeks with the name of each upon them.
PLANE TREE. See Platan us.
PLANTAIN TREE. See Heliconia.
PLANTATION, a large collection of differ-
ent sorts of trees, planted out cither for orna-
ment, or the advantage of the wood as timber,
or for both purposes.

Plantations of these kinds not only afford
great improvement to estates, but are highly or-
namental to the country. They should there-
fore be more particularly attended to where there
are large tracts of poor barren lands that cannot
be converted to the more profitable purposes of
tillage or grass.

They have also a fine effect in the vicinity of
habitations and pleasure-grounds. And in
many cases the proprietors of estates, whether
of large or moderate sizes, may reap great plea-
sure and advantage in allotting a part of them to
this use, as they give grandeur as well as an air of
fertility ; and, alter the first eight or ten years,
in many cases bring in great profit by the gradual
thinning of the underwood, besides leaving a
sufficiency of standards to attain full growth.

The expense attending the making of Planta-
tions, and the knowing that they must wait seve-
ral years before the trees have made any consi-
derable progress, or can afford any advantage,
often prove an obstacle in attempting the pro-
secution of the business ; but the expense of
planting where the plants are raised on the
grounds, will not be so great as may be imagined,
especially as a small spot of nursery-ground
will raise plants enough in three or four years,

to plant a great many acres of land, and the
expense of raising and planting, with the loss of
lime in waning until the plants attain some
growth, will be compensated by the first fall or
thinning, in eight or ten years after planting ;
and the stools which remain shoot up again, in
many of the deciduous kinds, and afford a lop-
ping every eight or ten years, exclusively of the
due portion of standards left at proper distances,
to attain full growth for timber.

In making Plantations, it is necessarv to
choose such trees as are the best adapted to the
nature of the particular soil and situation.

As to the proper sorts of trees or shrubs,
most of the deciduous and ever-green kinds may
be employed with propriety, and young plants,
of from about two or three to five or ten feet
in height, always prove more successful than
such as are older; for although some, from their
being in haste to have Plantations as forward as
possible, transplant tall trees, perhaps twelve or
fifteen feet high or more, especially for those
of the ornamental kind; those of younger
growth always take root sooner, and establish
themselves more firmly, so as to form consider-
ably the finest Plantations at last, and are of
longest duration : for though large trees of from
fifteen to twenty feet in height, especially of the
deciduous kind, may with care be transplanted,
so as to grow, and probably thrive tolerably for
some years, yet by not rooting firmly like young
plants, they often fail, and after some years'
standing have hardly made any shoots, and at
last gradually dwindle and perish. Large trees
should of course never be employed except on
particular occasions, where a few may be neces-
sary to form an immediate shade or blind, &cc.
in some particular place : but for general work,
young plants, either raised, or purchased from
the nurseries, should be made use of. And for
principal Timber Plantations in particular, such
plants as are only from about two or three, to
five or six feet in height, or eight or ten at most,
must be employed, having those of the same
Plantation, as nearly of equal growth as possi-
ble. See Planting.

Where Plantations are intended principally
for ornament, as great a variety as possible of
the different sorts of hardy trees and shrubs
should be employed, and should consist of lofty
and middling growing trees, as well as of
shrubs. See Deciduous and Evek-green
Trees,

In regard to the disposition of the plants,
the deciduous and ever-green kinds may be
planted in separate compartments, or in mix-
ture, and sometimes the tree-kinds by them-
selves, some iu running varying Plantations,

1> L A

P L A

towards the boundaries of lawns, parks, pad-
clocks. Sec. others in rvalues, groves, thickets,

and clumps, variously disposed in different
parts ; and sometimes the trees and shrubs toge-
ther, forming shrubberies, w ildemesses, shady
walks, and wood -works ; placing those of taller

growth backward, and the lower in front ; bor-
deriiiir the whole with the most beautiful flow-
ering shrubs and showy cver-grcens, especially
next the principal walks and lawns, varying the
form of all the several compartments, sometimes
by moderate sweeps and curves outward and in-
ward, of different dimensions, other parts in
long easv bends, varied projections and breaks,
so as to diversify the scene in imitation of natu-
ral Plantations. The proper distances, in plant-
ing, may be from live or ten to fifteen or twenty
feet : for example, the tall trees designed for
continued Plantations may be from ten to fifteen
or twenty feet, varying the distance in difTerent
parts, according to light and shade, See. and
those in groves, where open mav be fifteen or
twenty feet distance, and where close ten or
twelve; for thickets, five or six feet, or closer
in particular places where a very dark shade or
thick coverture of wood is required ; and in
clumps of trees, from five or ten to twenty feet
between the trees in each clump, varying the
distance occasionally, according to growth, as
also the sorts and numbers of trees in each, from
two or three, to five, ten, or more. The form
of the clumps may sometimes be triangular, at
other times quadrangular, pentangular, Sec. and
some in curves, others in straight lines, to cause
the greater variety. And in shrubbery clumps,
and wilderness compartments, where the trees
and shrubs are employed promiscuously, they
may be planted from iive to ten feet distance ;
the taller growths being placed backward eight
or ten feet asunder, placing the lower plants
gradually forward according to their gradations,
to the lowest in front, as above, at four or five
feet distance : and if the trees and shrubs of the
plantations in general are disposed somewhat in
the quincunx way, they appear to the greater
advantage, and produce a better effect.

But wheu large Plantations are to be formed
into woods, &c. composed principally of forest
and timber trees for profit, particular sorts must
be chosen, consisting of deciduous and ever-
green trees. Of the first kinds the oak, elm, ash,
beech, chesnut, hornbeam, birch, alder, ma-
ple, sycamore, plane, poplar, lime, walnut,
wild cherry, mountain-ash, larch, willow, hazel,
Sec. and of the latter sort, the pine, firs, cedar
of Lebanon, holly, bay, laurel, yew, ever-green
onk. box tree, and some others. See FoRtsT

i'llt.KS.

In forming woods, or Plantation-, of timber-
there are two methods chiefly practised :

one is by raising the trees from seed at once on
the ground where the Plantation is intended to
specially the deciduous kind, and which is
effected bv sowing the seed in drills, a yard
asunder, the plains remaining where raised,
thinning them gradually : the other method is
bv previously raising the plants in a nursery, till
two or three tea high, then transplanting them
into the places allotted them, in rows at the
above distance, to al\p\v also for gradually thin-
ning. Lather of these methods maybe practised,
as most convenient; but the former, or that of
raising the plants where they are to remain,
though it may he more expeditious, and at once
gets rid of the trouble of transplanting, will
require greater attendance for a few years, till
the plants have shot up out of the way of weeds ;
but the trees, from their alwavs remaining where
raised, without being disturbed by removal, may
probably make a greater progress. The latter
method, or that of raising the trees first in a
nursery, is rather the most commonly practised,
a< being thought the least troublesome and ex-
pensive, with regard to the attendance at first
of the young growth.

The preparation of the ground for the final
reception of the seed or plants, is mostly per-
formed bv deep ploughing and harrowing, upon
such ground as the plough can be employed
on; but, where this or other tillage is not prac-
ticable, only young plants from the nursery can
be used, digging holes, Sec. at proper distances,
one for the reception of each plant: where, how-
ever, the ground can be tilled, it will prove very
advantageous bv performing it a year before ;
sowing it with a crop of turnips, or others of a
similar kind; and when these come off plough-
ing and harrowing the ground again, for the re-
ception either of the seed or plants the ensuing
season.

The most proper season for performing this
sort of planting, either by seed or plants, is
any time in dry mild weather, in the autumn,
as from October till February, or later on moist
soils. Where large tracts are to be planted, both
the seed and plant methods must be pursued all
winter, at every favourable opportunity.

The seeds mav be put in, in furrows or drill?
one to two or three inches deep, and three >r
four feet asunder, scattering them along the
middle of the drills, and covering the earth
evenly over them, the depth of the drill* or fur-
rows ; but sometimes the seeds are scattered or
sown promiscuously over the general SUl
and harrowed into the ground, being well pro-
tected from birds and vermin.
I 11 3

P L A

P L A

Where young plants are employed, they
should be planted out in rows, three or lour feet
asunder, as directed for the seed, and one or
two feet apart in the lines ; thev may be planted
either by opening smalt apertures or holes with
the spade for each plant ; or, if very small
plants, it is sometimes performed by making
only a slit or crevice with the spade for each
plant ; and sometimes by opening or forming
small trenches the whole length, then inserting
the plants, one person holding whilst another
trims in the eartli about their roots : some again,
in very large tracts, where the situation admits
of previous ploughing and harrowing to divide
and break the earth into small particles, open
furrows with the plough, two or more persons
being employed in depositing the trees in the
furrow, whilst the plough following" immediately
with another furrow covers the roots of the
plants with the earth, and afterwards treading
each row upright. See Planting.

The grounds where the Plantations are made
should be previously well fenced in all round
with a deep ditch, &e. to guard against the en-
croachments of cattle or other animals.

In the after management, while the Planta-
tions are young, they must have some attend-
ance to destroy weeds, which may be expedi-
tiously executed by hoeing between the rows in
dry weather, or occasionally by horse-hoeing ;
and this care will be needful for two or three
years, especially to the seedling plantations, un-
til the trees are advanced out of the reach of
weeds ; after which no further trouble will be
required until the trees are ready for the first fall
or thinning, for poles, faggots, &c.

After eight or ten years growth, they are
mostly of a proper size to begin the first fall by
a moderate thinning, which will serve for poles
and faggot-wood, to repay some of the expense
of planting, he. But only part of the Plantation
should be lopped the first year; thinning out
the weakest and most unpromising growth first j
leaving a sufficiency of the most vigorous plants
pretty close, to grow up for larger purposes ;
the year following thinning another part, and
so continue an annual thinning-fall till the
whole Plantation has been gone over ; cutting
each fall down near the ground, leaving the
stools to shoot out again, especially in the deci-
duous kinds ; and by the time the last fall has
been made, the first will have shot up, and
be ready to be cut again. So the returns of fall-
ings may be contrived to be every six, seven,
eight, or ten years, or more, according to the
uses the poles or wood are wanted for: and if
larger poles, Ike. are wanted, the fall may be
only once in fourteen, eighteen, or twenty

years, still, at every fall, being careful to leave
enough of the most thriving plants for stand-
ards ; being- left pretty close at first, that they
may mutually draw each other up in height ;
but thinned out everv succeeding fall as they
increase in bulk and meet, so as to leave a suf-
ficient quantity of the principal trees at proper
distances to grow up to timber, which in their
turn, as they become fit for the purposes in-
tended, may also be felled according as there
may be a demand for them, to the most ad-
vantage; having young ones from the stools
coming up in proper succession as substitutes,
so as the ground may be always occupied as
completely as possible.

PLANTING, the operation of inserting
plants, seeds, and roots, into the earth, for the
purpose of vegetation and future growth.

There are various methods of performing this
business in practice for different sorts of plants,
seeds, and roots; as Hole Planting; Trench
Planting; Trenching-in Planting; Slit or Cre-
vice Planting; Holing-in Planting; Drill Plant-
ing; Bedding-in Planting; Furrow Planting;
Dibble Planting ; Trowel Planting ; Planting
with balls of earth about the root ; Planting in
pots, &c. all of which are occasionally used by
different practitioners in the several branches of
gardening, according as the methods are most
proper for different particular 6orts of plants.

In tlw first, or Hole Planting, which is the
principal method practised with most sorts of
trees and shrubs in the full ground, and which
is performed by opening with a spade round
holes in the earth, at proper distances, for the
reception of the plants, each hole should be
dug large enough to admit all the roots of the
tree or shrub freely"every way to their full spread,
without touching the sides of the hole, and
about one spade deep, or a little more or less,
according to the size of the roots and nature of
soil, so as, when planted, the uppermost ones
may be only about three or four inches below
the common surface, or as low as they were
before in the ground; though in very humid
soils, where the water is apt to stand, the holes
should be shallower, so as the uppermost roots
may stand full as high as the general level, or
higher if necessary, raising the ground about
them, especially when performed in winter.
When the soil has been thus dug out, the bot-
toms should be well loosened ; the mould in
digging out being laid in a heap close to the
edge, in order to be ready to fill in again : the
holes being thus prepared, and having slightly
trimmed the roots, &c. of the trees, one tree
or plant must be placed in the middle of the
hole, making all its routs spread equally around;

P L A

P L A

a person holding the plant erect by the stem,
while another with his spade casts in the earth
about the roots, taking particular care to break
all large clods, and trim in some of the finest
mould first all round about the roots in general,
shaking the tree occasionally, to cause the fine
Soil to tall in close among all the small root
fibres ; and where the tree s'ands too deep,
shake it up gently to the proper height ; and
having filled in the earth to the top of the hole,
it should b«troddeu gently all round, first round
the outside to settle the earth close to the ex-
treme roots, continuing the treading gradually
towards the stem, to which the mould should
be pressed moderately firm, but no-where too
hard, only just to settle the earth, and steady
the plant in an upright position : then all the
remaining earth should be pared in evenly round
the tree, to the width of the hole, raising it
6omewhat above the general level of the ground,
to allow for settling, giving it also a gentle
treading; and finishing it off a little hollow at
top, the better to receive and retain the moisture
from rains, and giving occasional waterings in
spring and summer, ' especially for the choicer
kinds of trees and shrubs.

After this, iu winter, or late in spring, it
may be of advantage to the choicer kinds of
trees and shrubs, to lav some long mulch at top
of all the earth, both to keep out the winter's
frost, and prevent the drying winds and drought
of spring and summer from penetrating to the
roots before the trees are well rooted in their
new situations. But some, instead of mulch,
use grass turfs tumod upside down, especially
when planting upon grass ground, or any out-
plautations where uufs of grass can be obtained;
or in orchards, where the ground isingiass;
in which case it may be proper to bank some
turfs round the sides and top of each hole, par-
ticularly for large trees; which will steady them
more effectually, as well as preserve the mois-
ture, if much dry weather should happen the
succeeding summer.

In the second, or Trenck Planting, which is
a method sometimes piaciised in the nursery, in
putting out seedling and other small trees and
shrubs in rows ; and also used for box edgings,
as well as sometimes for small hedge-sets, &:c.
and always in setting out Asparagus; it is
performed by opening a long narrow trench with
a spade, making one side upright, then placing
the plants against the upright side, and turning
the earth in upon their roots. When used for
young seedlings, or other small trees, shrubs,
&c. the ground is previously trenched or dug
over : a line is then set, and with a spade
held with its back towards the line, a narrow-

trench six or eight inches deep is cut out,
turning the earth from the line, making the line
side nearly perpendicular: the nlants arc then
inserted in the trench at small instances, close
to the upright side, covering in the earth about
the roots in planting ihem : and having planted
one row, the earth should be evenly trodden in
all the way along, to settle it (lose, and fix the
plants steady, proceeding from row to row in
the same manner.

But in planting larger trees in the nursery way
by this method, a larger trench will be requi-
site: sometimes a trench one or two spades
wide, with proportionable depth, according as
the roots of the trees require, is made; and
having opened it all the way along the intended
row, the trees are placed along the middle of the
trench, filling in some earth to each tree as
placed, one person holding it erect whilst an-
other throws in the earth ; and having placed one
row, trim in all the remaining earth evenly ;
then treading it closely all the way to fix the
plants steady and in a perfectly upright manner.

In the third, or Trenching- in Planting,
which is also sometimes practised in light plia-
ble-working ground, for young trees in the
nursery way, and sometimes with hedge-sets,
&c. being performed by digging along by a line,
about one spade m width, and planting at the
same time ; a line is set ; and then having the
plants readv, with a spade begin at one end, and
standing side-ways to the line, throw out a spit
or two of earth; which forming a small aperture,
another person being ready with the plants, he
directly deposits one in the opening, while the
digger proceeds with the digging one spade wide,
covering the roots of the plants with the earth of
the next spit ; and another aperture being
thus formed, another plant is placed in : the
digger, still proceeding, covers its roots, as be-
fore, with the next spit of earth; and so
on to the end of the row, placing then: at
about a foot, or fifteen or eighteen inches
asunder, according to the size of the plants.
WThen larger tries with more spreading roots
are used, instead of digging the trench only
one spade wide, two max probably be requisite
for the proper reception of the roots; likewise,
in forming the openings for the plants, they
should be made large enough to receive the
roots freely, di^tc'inu the earth over them as
above. After having planted one row of plants,
the earth should be trodden evenly along to set-
tle it to the roots, and steady the plants in an
upright position. There is another method ol
tins sort of planting lometimes used for some
sorts of roots, such as horse-radish ..ets, pota-
toes, 8cc. which it performed by eoBUl

P L A

P L A

trenching, placing a row of sets in each trench
'I he horse-radish should be planted in the bot-
lom of the open trench, twelve inches in depth,
turning the earth of the next over them; and
the potatoe-sets be placed about from four to
iive or six inches deep, covering them also with
the earth of the next trench.

In the fourth mode, or that of Slit Planting,
which is performed by making slits or crevices
with a spade in the ground, at particular di-
stances, for the reception of small trees and shrub
plants, a slit is made for each plant, which
is inserted as the work proceeds; and is practised
sometimes in the nursery-way, &c, in putting
out rows of small plants, suckers, &c, at from
about a foot to eighteen inches or two feet high,
and which have but small roots: it is also some-
times practised in out grounds, where large
tracts, of forest-trees are planted, and which are
planted out at the above sizes, and in the most
expeditious and cheapest method.

It is performed in this manner : a line is set,
or a mark made; and then having a quantity of
plants ready, they are planted as the work pro-
ceeds in making the slits : a man, having a good
clean spade, strikes it into the ground with its
back close to the line or mark, forming a cre-
vice, taking it out again directly, so as to leave
the slit open, giving another stroke at right
angles with the first ; then the person with the
plants inserts one immediately into the second-
made crevice, bringing it up close to the first;
and directly presses the earth close to the plant
with the foot ; proceeding in the same manner
to insert another plant; and so on till all is
finished: which is a very expeditious way of
putting out small plants, for large plantations,
but should never be employed where other bet-
ter methods can be used.

A man and a boy in this method will plant
out ten or fifteen hundred plants, or more, in
a day.

In the fifth, or Holing-in Planting, which
is sometimes used in the nursery, in light loose
ground : also sometimes with potatoes, 8cc, in
pliable soils ; the ground being previously dug
or trenched, and a line placed, it is thus per-
formed : a person with a spade takes out a
small spit of earth, to form a little aperture, in
which another person directly deposits a plant,
kc. The digger at the same time taking an-
other spit at a little distance, turns the earth
thereofinto the. first hole over the roots: placing
directly another plant in the second opening,
the digger covers it with the earth of a third
spit, and so on to the end of the row.

In I he sixth, or Drill Planting, which is
hv drawing drills with a hoe from two to tour

or five inches deep, for the reception of seed-*
andTOOts, and is a convenient method for many-
sorts of large seeds, such as walnuts, chesnuts,
and the like ; sometimes also for broad beans,
and always for kidney-beans, and peas ; like-
wise for many sorts of bulbous roots, when de-
posited in beds bv themselves; the drills for
these should be drawn with a common hoe,
two or three inches deep; and for large kinds of
bulbous roots, four or five inches in depth, co-
vering in the seeds and roots with tlfc earth, al-
ways to the depth of the drills.

In the seventh, or Bedding-in Planting,
which is frequently practised for the choicer
kinds of flowering bulbs, such as HyacinthSj
&c, also for the larger seeds of trees, as acorns,
large nuts, and other larger kinds of seeds,
stones, and kernels, it is performed by draw-
ing the earth from off the tops of the beds some
inches in depth, then planting the seeds or
roots, and covering them over with the earth,
drawn off for that purpose; for which the ground
should be previously dug or trenched over, raked,
and formed into beds three or four feet wide,
with alleys between ; then with a rake or spade
trimming the earth evenly from off the top of
the bed into the alleys, from two or three to
four inches deep for bulbous roots, and for seeds,
one or two, according to what they are, and
their size ; afterwards, for bulbous roots, draw-
ing lines along the surface of the- bed, nine
inches distance, placing the roots bottom down-
ward, along the lines, six or eight inches apart,
thrusting the bottom into the earth : but when
for seeds, they may be scattered promiscuously;
and having thus planted one bed, then with the
spade, let the earth that was drawn oft' into the
alley be spread evenly upon the bed again over
the roots or seed, &e., being careful that they
are covered all equally the above depth, raking
the surface smooth and fine.

This method is in occasional practice, in
planting several kinds of the larger prime sorts
of bulbous- rooted flowers in beds; and nursery-
men also practise it in planting many of their
larger seeds, nuts, &c.

And another method of this kind is occa-
sionally practised in some parts, particularly for
planting potatoes in low wet grounds, which is
by dividing the ground into beds, four feet wide,
with alleys two" or three feet in width ; then
dioging the beds, and placing the potatoe-sets
in threfe rows along each bed, a foot asunder in
the rows : this done, the alleys are dug one
spade depth, casting the soil upon the beds over
the sets, so as to cover them lour or five inches
deep : in this way, where the ground is very wet,
the alleys drain the moisture from the beds, so

P L A

V L A

as sometimes to afford great crops. Sometimes,
in low moist grounds, that arc in g; .ws W Bward,
the bed* .uc marked out as above, and without
digging the ground; placing the \> [s im-

mediately upon the sward, iben digging tne al-
| firei turning up the sward, and placing it

topsy-turvy upon the bed, so as i^> l>e sward to
sward over the seta ; then finishing by applying
more earth from the alleys, to cover in the sets,
the proper depth of tour or five inches. This,
in some counties, is called the lazy-bed method,
because the ground is not dug over.

In the eighth, or Furrnu Planting, which
is bv di awing furrows with a plough, and de-
positing sets or plants in them, covering in also
with the plough : it is sometimes practised for
planting potatoe-sets in tields, and has been
adopted" in planting young trees for large tracts
of forest-tree plantations, where the cheapest
and most expeditious method is required ; but
this meth k. can be practised only iu a light
pliable ground, and is performed thus : a furrow
bcinsi draw i, one or two persons are employed
in placing iIk -cts or plants iuthe furrow, whilst
the plough following immediately with another
furrow, turns the earth in upon the roots of
the plants. This is not a mode to be much
advised.

In the ninth, or Dibble Planting, which is
the most commodious method for most sorts of
fibrous-rooted seedling plants, particularly all
the herbaceous tribe; also for slips, off-sets,
and cuttings both of the herbaceous and shrub-
by kinds; likewise for some kinds of seeds and
roots, such as broad-beans, potatoe-sets, Jeru-
salem artichokes, and horse-radish-sets, with
numerous sorts of bulbous roots, &c, it is ex-
peditiously performed with a dibble or setting-
sticky bv making a narrow hole in the earth tor
each plant, inserting one iu each hole always
as the work proceeds.

Having a dibble or setting-stick, it is used by
thrusting it into the earth in a perpendicular de-
scent, in depth as the particular plants, &c,
mav require; directly inserting the plant, seed,
or set, as each hole is made, closing it imme-
diately by a stroke of the dibble. In setting
anv kind of plants, slips, cuttings, Sec, having
long shanks or steins, it is proper to make holes
a proportionable depth, to admit them a con-
siderable way in the ground : for example, cab-
bage-plants, savoys, &c, should be planted
down to their leaves; ^lips and cuttings should
be inserted two parts of three, at least, in the
ground ; being particularly careful in dibbling-
in all sorts of plants, to close the holes well in
part about the roots, by striking the dib-
ble slautways iuto the ground, so as to strike

the mould first firmly up to the root and fibres,
at tin- same time bringing it close to the stem.
See Dibki. .

/// tht Unth mode, or Trowel Planting,
it is performed with a garden trowel, made-
hollow like a scoop, and is useful in transplant*
iiig mauv sorts of' young fibrous-rooted plants
with balls of earth about their roots, m> as not
to feel their removal.

The trowel is employed both in taking up the
plants, and planting them.

In tht eleventh^ or Planting with Balls of
Berth about the Roots, which is the removing
a plant with a large ball of earth about its root-,
so as bv having its roots firmly attached to the
surrounding earth, it still, during the operation,
continues its crowing state, without receiving
any, or but very little check From us removal :
this is often practised more particularly for the
more delicate and choicer kinds of exotics, both
trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants ; and occa-
sionally for many of the fibrous-rooted, flowery
plants, both annuals, perennials, and biennials,
even in their advanced growth and flower,
state, when particularly wanted to supply any
deficient compartments ; though it is not so eli-
gible for bulbous-rooted kinds : likewise, when
intended to remove any sort of tree or plant out
of the proper planting season, as very late in
spring, or in summer, it is proper to transplant
it with a good ball of earth, to preserve it more
certainly in a state of growth. Some trees and
shrubs are more difficult to remove with a ball
than most kinds of herbaceous fibrous-rooted
plants, though many of the tree and shrub kinds
having very tibry roots, also readily rise with
good balls.

In transplanting any of the tree and shrub
kinds by this method, if they grow in the full
ground, the operator must be careful to begin to
open a trench with a spade ;it some distance from
and round the stem, perhaps a foot, or two or
three, according to the size of the tree ar.d ex-
pansion of the roots, digging a sort of trench all
round, a spade or two wide, or more if large
trees, and in depth below all the roots; all the
time having great care not to disturb the ball or
mass of earth between the stem and trench, but
preserve it as entire as possible. When the
whole has been detached, the plant should be re-
moved into the situation tor which it is intend-
ed, with the whole of it< hall about itr. roots.

When tries or shrubs, with balls to their
roots, are intended to be sent to cons
distances, thev should he placed singly ■
baskets, in order to preservi the ball; i.
a basket for each tree; the baskets to be of m:
upright make, in width and depth in proport

P L A

P L A

to the ball, with two handles at top, especially
if large, and generally Wotked rather open at the
sides, as sometimes the basket and ail is placed
in the ground, when the plant cariuot be readily
removed without danger of breaking the ball of
earth about it.

In respect to the method of planting in pots
in general, having the pots and mould ready
for the reception of the plants, previous to
planting them place some pieces of tde, pot-
sherds, or oyster-shell, &c, over each hole at
the bottom of the pots, to prevent the holes be-
ing clogged and stopped with the earth, and the
earth from being washed out with occasional
watering; also to prevent the roots of the plants
getting out : then having secured the holes, put
some earth in the bottom of each pot, from two
or three to five or six inches or more in depth,
according to the size of the pot, and that of the
roots of the plant ; then insert the plant in the
middle of the pot upon the earth, in an upright
position, making its roots, if without a ball of
earth, spread equally every wav; directly adding
a quantity of fine mould about all the roots and
fibres, shaking the pot to cause the earth to set-
tle close thereto : at the same time, if the root
stand too low, shake it gently up ; and, having
filled the pot with earth, press it gently all
round with the hand, to settle it moderately
firm in every part, and to steady the upright
posture of the plant, raising the earth however
within about half an inch, or less, of the top of
the pot, as it will settle lower; for some void
space at top is necessaary to receive waterings
occasionally : as soon as the plant is thus potted,
give it directly a moderate watering to settle the
earth more effectually close about all the roots,
and promote their rooting more expeditiously in
the new earth ; repeating the waterings both be-
fore and after they have taken root, as occasion
may require.

In transplanting plants in pots from one pot
to another, they may in general be shifted with
the whole ball of earth contained in the pot
about their roots entire, so as to preserve the
plant all along in its growing state, as scarcely
to shrink or retard its growth by the operation;
for plants growing singly in pots, and of
some standing, whose roois and fibres have
established themselves firmly in the earth, will
readily remove out of the pots with the entire
ball in one compact lump, surrounding all the
roots and fibres, retaining their growing state by
still drawing nourishment from the surrounding
ball of earth.

The removing of plants from one pot to
another with hails, is in some cases to be
avoided; as where a plant appears diseased or in

a bad state of growth, as it is most probable the
fault is in the root or earth ; therefore, it is eli-
gible to shake the whole entirely out of the earth,
in order to examine its roots, and trimotfall
decayed and other bad parts ; then, having a
fresh pot, and some entire new compost, re-
plant the tree, &c, therein.

In potting plants from the full ground, or
beds of earth, &c., if they have been previously
pricked out at certain distances, and have stood
long enough to fix their roots firmly, many sorts
may be potted with balls, paiticularly most of
the herbaceous, fibrous-rooted kinds, and many
of the shrubby tribe, by taking them up care-
fully with the garden-trowel, or with a spade,
as may be convenient, according to the size of
the plants; and, if necessary, pare the balls
round to fit the pot.

Seedling plants, or those raised from seed-
beds, by their growing so close together, rarelv
admit of potting with balls to their roots; so that
when it is intended to pot such,- they must be
drawn out of the earth with the root as entire as
possible, and be potted separately in small pots,
shifting them occasionally into larger.

Sometimes in pot-planting, to save room,
and for other purposes, several small plants are
planted in each pot, especially when de-
signed as nursery-pots, to receive either small
seedlings, off-sets, slips, cuttings, &c, just to
strike them, and forward them a little at first,
either in hot-beds, or for removing them to dif-
ferent situations, such as occasional shade,
shelter, &c, and in which some sorts of small
slips and cuttings are sometimes planted many
together, in one or more wide pots, especially
where large supplies of some particular sorts are
required, such as myrtle cuttings and pipings of
pinks, ~fkc., sometimes to the amount of a hun-
dred or two of these small sets in one capacious
pot or wide store pan. The small seedlings,
slips, cuttings, off-sets, &c, when they are a
little forwarded, or properly rooted, and shoot a
little at top, should be all potted off, in pro-
per time, each in a separate pot, especially
if plants of any duration ; giving them small
pots at first, and as they increase in size shift-

g them into larger ones.

When any large growing plants, such as
orange- and lemon-trees, or any other kinds, are
become too large for pots, they should be shifted
into tubs: these tubs should be made of full-
inch thick staves, and adapted to the size of
the respective plants; each tub to be well hooped
with iron, and furnished with two hooked or
bow iron handles at top, by which to move
them, either by hand, or, when very large tubs,
to receive poles between two men for moving

P L A

PLA

the plants where wanted ; having holts at the
bottom or the tubs to discharge the superfluous
moisture ; placing some stones, &c, to prevent
the holes being clogged with the earth ; the me-
thod of planting and transplanting being the
same as in Pot-Planting.

//; the twelfth mode, or Planting in Pots,
which is practised to all tender exotics, in order
for moving them to shelter occasionally, such as
all kinds of green-house and hot-house plants;
and likewise for many sorts of hardv flowenng-
plants, for the convenience of moving them oc-
casionally to adorn particular compartments ;
and for the convenience of moving some curious
sorts when in flower to occasional shelter from

pot with something; or, if small plants, you
may turn the pot mouth downward, and strike
the edge gently against any firm substance. In re-
planting those potted plants, if the sides of the
ball of earth is much matted with the fibres of
the root, it is proper to pare off the <ir
part, together with a little of the old earth,
cially if to be planted in pots again ; then put it
in a pot a size larger than before, rilling up ali
round with fresh mould, finishing with a mode-
rate watering.

In regard to the proper state and preparation
of trees for planting, it mav be observed that
young trees, both of the fruit and forest kinds, .
are the most suitable, and succeed best; as

the sun's rays and excessive rains, in order to from three or four to six or eight feet in hcioht,
preserve their beauty and prolong the time of and from three or four to five or six years old.
their bloom ; such as the fine auriculas, carna- See Forest-, Dwatf-, and Standard-Tru s.
tions, &c. In forest-trees, the straightest, most vigorous.

In planting in this way, it is highly requisite and thriving plants of the respective kinds~should
carefully to adapt the sizes to the size and na- alwavs be chosen.

ture of the different plants intended to be potted: In preparing for planting, in taking up the
if small plants, begin first with small pots, one trees out of the nursery", the greatest care is nc-

Elant only to each pot, especially if to remain ; cessary in raising them with as great a spread of
ut according as the different plants advance in roots as possible^ which is often ill attended to,
f;rowth shift them into pots one or two sizes especially when large orders of plants are to be
arger, which may be requisite to many sorts drawn in a hurry. The ground about the trees
once a year, to others once in two or three should always be opened" with the spade widely
years, according to circumstances. round the roots, and deep enough to get to their

Garden-pots for this use are of several regular bottom without hacking and cutting them with
sizes, from two to sixty in a cast, distinguished the spade, but so as to raise each pTant with all
at the pot-houses accordingly ; as twos, sixes, its roots as entire as possible. After havinc
twelves, sixteens, twenty-fours, thirty-twos, taken up the trees out of the nursery, Sec, it is
forty-eights, sixties, or sixty-fours, Sec, each also of great moment to have them' replanted as
pot having one or more apertures at bottom to' soon as possible in the places allotted for them ;
discharge the superfluous moisture. They are for, although by properly covering the roots
sold by the potters at so much per cast, large with litter, or, if sent to any considerable
and small, all of a-price; those of only two m distance, by tying them in bundle's, and pack-
a cast the same as those of sixty ; and from two ing them up with plentv of straw about the
shillings to half a crown or three shillings per roots, and afterwards closely matted round, they
cast is the general price. See Pot, Garden. may be preserved in tolerable good condition a
Sometimes, instead of baskets, small young fortnight or longer — yet, where it is possible tc
tree* and other plants with balls, intended to be plant them the same dav, or in a dav or two
sent to any distance, are put separately in after, before the small fibres are shrunk or dried,
pots, and when they are to be placed in the full it will be of much advantage in the first growth
ground, each should be turned out of the pot of the trees ; but when this~cannot be done thev
with the ball entire. should be immediately laid in the ground in a

Trees and other plants that have generally trench.

grown in pet-, where they have been of some
standing, have the whole earth bv means of
the numerous fibres formed into one compact
lump, so that it will readily come out entire^nd
firm ; or to such as do not so easily quit the pot,
a long blade of a knitc, or some other thin in-

fo preparing for planting, the roots must have
an occasional trimming, net however to re-
trench or reduce any bul the maimed and de-
cayed parts ; therefore previous to planting ex-
amine the root, and cut out all such parts as
have been broken or damaged in taking up, and
strument, may be throat down between the out- any casual decayed parts or other blemishes be-
side of the ball and pot all round, and it will ing careful to leave all the sound roots every
then readily come out, either in drawing by the where entire; leaving also all the small fibres
stem of t'.e plant, or by striking the edge of the that are fresh and vigorous, only trimming off
Vol.. II. • g I

P L A

P L A

such as are become dry and mouldy ; suffering vere retrenching and a general shortening, of
all the main roots to remain, mostly at full fruit- trees in particular, in most sorts the very
length, except just to tip off their end's a little parts where fruit would have been soon first pro-
em the under side, sloping outward ; and reduce duced are cut off, and it will probably cost the
any very long stragglers, and shorten long per- tree two or three years growth to furnish new
pendicu'lar tap-roots, more particularly of fruit- branches equal to those cutaway, as well as re-
trees, to prevent their running down into a bad tard its bearing in proportion. And it often
soil, and to promote their throwing out others happens by such a general amputation of the
horizontally. branches of all new planted trees at the time of
And with regard to the preparation of the planting, that they, for want of branches to
heads of the trees, the principal care is to trim off collect vegetative nourishment, either make very

the straggling shoots and branches from the
stems, leaving the heads for the generality entire,
only just retrenching very irregular branches, and
shortening any very long stragglers ; always suf-
fering the main or leading top shoot to remain
at length, particularly in forest-trees, and all
others that are to grow to a lofty stature.

Fruit-trees, however, sometimes require a

little progress in shooting for two or three years
after, or sometimes, when they do shoot, throw
out a profusion of unnecessary wood from the
remaining eyes or buds.

Therefore if young fruit-trees at planting, whe-
ther dwarfs or standards, are furnished with five
or six or more good regular principal branches,
of one, two, or more years growth, it is im-

vnorc accurate regulation of the head preparatory proper to retrench any part of them, and dis
to planting, particularly dwarfs for espaliers and figure the tree, particularly apples, pears, plums,

walls. If the fruit-tree is taken from the nur-
sery at one year old from the budding and graft-
ins:, and with its first shoot from budding and
grafting entire, this first shoot must necessarily
be shortened or headed down to force out lateral
wood below, to furnish the bottom properly ;
but this heading down is not necessary at the
time of planting, but should remain till spring,

and cherries, which should at all times be but
sparingly shortened ; and since several good
branches being already obtained in the proper
parts to give the head its first regular form, they
in their turn readily furnish more ; and if there
is a vacancy in any part, it will be better to en-
deavour to fill it by stopping some of the young
shoots produced the summer after planting, by

until the tree has taken fresh root and begins to either pinching or pruning them in May or June

shoot; for the head remaining greatly promotes the same year to three or four eyes, or cutting

the rooting; when in March or the beginning of them down to that length in the winter or spring

April, head it down within half afoot, or five following. — Some fruit-trees, however, such as

or six eyes of the insertion of the bud or graft, peaches, nectarines, &c, against walls, require

and the shoot so headed will throw out, from most of their young shoots to be shortened an-

its remaining lower eyes, several lateral branches nually.

the ensuing summer. Forest-trees, Sec, in their preparation pre-

If it is two, three, or more years old from the vious to planting, after being drawn out of the

budding and grafting, and the first shoots were nursery, should only have the blemished roots

headed down in the nursery at the proper time, trimmed, and all branches from the lower part

it is proper to pTunt it with its whole head en- of the stem pruned off, cutting the lower ones

tire, only retrenching any irregular branch, or close, the others to two, three, or four inches,

any very luxuriant shoot ; or thin out the worst particularly the deciduous kinds, leaving the

of such as are evidently too close or crowded, head always tolerably branchy, and mostly en-

leaving however all the regular branches at full tire ; not to trim away all the branches to one

leading shoot only, as is often practised, but
leave a proportionable share of the upper more
erect branches, to form some tolerable head, and
only just retrenching the lower stragglers, very
long rambling luxuriants, and very irregular
growths, to preserve a little regularity ; being

length, except just to reduce any very long
rambler.

For new planting trees it is very improper to
retrench the branches too severely, and cut all
that remains short, as is very often practised, on
a supposition of strengthening their roots, which

however has often the contrary effect; for the particularly careful to leave always the top or
branches and leaves imbibe the refreshing influ- leading shoot perfectly entire, unless it is de-
ence of the air, &c., which, being conveyed caved, or is very crooked, bending much down -
to the roots, proves nutrimental, and contri- wards, &c, in which cases, if any straight
butes exceedingly towards vegetation, and con- shoot is conveniently situated, the crooked part
sequoDtly promotes the rooting afresh more ex- may be retrenched down to the straight shoot,
peditiously and effectually. Besides, by a se- which leave entire to run up in height, as with-

P L A

I'LA

out a leader a tree can never aspire to any con-
siderable stature; for the leader, by its annua!
erect shoot, gradually increases the length of
the stem, and", as it advances, sends out a sup-
ply of laterals to furnish the head, branching
and spreading.

In planting tall trees, where it is designed to
form shade, shelter, or blind as soon as possi-
ble, very little reduction of the branches of the
head should be suffered, only to reduce any very
irregular growers.

In removing pretty large trees of any sort
"with considerable heads, especially when very
spreading or crowded, it may be proper to re-
duce the whole recularlv in some proportion to
the root, that the winds may not have too much
power to incommode it after planting ; in which
cases it may he necessary to retrench or re-
duce some of the most extensive lower
branches, and thin out some where much crowd-
ed, reducing others down to some convenient
lateral branch thev may support, so as each re-
duced branch may, notwithstanding its reduc-
tion, terminate in a leader, having its top en-
tire, not to exhibit naked ends of branches,
standing up like stumps.

In respect to the preparation for planting of all
the shrub kind, only just trim the straggling un-
der branches and shoots from the lower part of
the stem, retrenching any luxuriants of the heads
that seem to shoot away very irregularly and vi-
gorously at the expense of the neighbouring
Branches, and reducing long ramblers, &c.,
just to preserve a little regularity.

AH new planted tall trees should be staked as
soon as planted, in order to support them steady
every where till they arc well rooted and have
somewhat established their roots, that winds may
not overset, or otherwise incommode them;
particularly all trees of six, eight, or ten feet
high, and upwards ; one tall stout stake being
placed to each tree, or more, if the trees are of
large size, sharpening the lower ends, and driv-
ing them firmly into the ground near the stem ;
or if larger trees, place it slantways, at a little di-
stance, so as its top reach the upper part of the
stem, on the opposite side to that most exposed
to the winds, in which it will have the greatest
effect ; but large trees with full heads, should
generally have very tall strong stakes, three to
each tree, placed triangular-wavs, in an oblique
or slanting direction, afterwards binding the
stems of the trees firmly to the stakes, previ-
ously wrapping some soft substance, such as
hay-bands, Sec, round them, at the part where
it is to be fastened to the stakes, in order to save
the bark from being rubbed off against the stakes
by the motion of the winds, which is more par-

ticularly necessary to tall plants that are much
exposed.

Large trees of considerable stature, with full
heads, arc often supported with ropes suspended
from the top of the stem three different ways,
straining them tight, and the end of each rope
staked securely down to the ground ; so that
whatsoever way the wind blows the ropes stay
the tree still in its upright position.

Such new planted trees as are exposed to cat-
tle should each be well fortified all round the
stem with thorn bushes.

The general season of planting, for all sorts
of trees, is autumn and spring, as from the be-
ginning of the decay of the leaf, in October,
until December, for the former; though ever-
creens mav be begun to be transplanted towards
the middle or latter end of September and con-
tinued till December. And for the spring plant-
ing, February and March is the principal time,
but may be continued occasionally until April ;
and several sorts of tender young evergreens
succeed best when planted the beginning of
that month, or later. Much, however, in this
business, must depend on the soil and state of
the weather.

In preparing to plant herbaceous fibrous-rooted
plants, care is to be had to remove them with
good roots ; young seedlings, &c, especially
require particular care in drawing them with
proper roots. When they are to be taken all
clean up, they may be readily loosened and
raised out of the earth with some instrument
with all their fibres entire ; but when they are
only to be thinned, they do not admit of this,
as it would disturb the remaining plants, so
must be drawn out by hand carefully, with as
much root as possible.

Many sorts of fibrous-rooted plants, however,
are so hardy, and apt to grow, that if taken up
almost any how, with a little root, they will
strike : it is nevertheless advisable to use care in
drawing all sorts for planting with tolerable
roots, as they will in proportion make more
progress in their future growth. And as to any
trimming preparatory to planting, very little is
wanted, only in some sorts, just shortening
very long naked spindly roots, and trimming
any straggling fibres ; though in numbers of
plants of this tribe hardly any trimming at all
is required, either in root or top.

PLATAN US, a genus containing plants of
the exotic deciduous tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Polyandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Amentacece.

The characters are : that the male flowers are
compound, forming a globular anient. The
SIS

P L A

P L A

calyx is a few small jags. The corolla scarcely
apparent : the stamina have oblong filaments,
thicker at top, coloured : anthers four-corner-
ed, growing round the filament at the lower
part — female flowers forming a globe, nume-
rous, on the same tree : the calyx has many very
small scales : the corolla has many petals, con-
cave, oblong, club-shaped: the pistillum many
awl-shaped germs, ending in awl-shaped styles ;
with a recurved stigma : there is no pericarpium :
fruits many, collected into a globe : the seed
roundish, placed on a bristle-shaped peduncle,
and terminated by the awl shaped style; with a
capillary pappus adhering to the base of the
seed.

The species are : 1 . P. orientalls, Oriental
Plane Tree; 2. P. occidentalis, American Plane
Tree.

The first has the stem tall, erect, and covered
with a smooth bark, which annually falls off;
it sends out many side branches, which are ge-
nerally a little crooked at their joints; the bark
of the young branches is of a dark brown, in-
clining to a purple colour; the leaves are placed
alternate, on foot-stalks an inch and a half long;
the leaves themselves are seven inches long and
eight broad, deeply cut into five segments, and
the two outer are slightly cut again into two
more ; these segments have many acute inden-
tures on their borders, and have each a strong
midrib, with many lateral veins running to the
sides; the upper side of the leaves is of a deep
green, and the under side pale. The flowers
come out upon long peduncles hanging down-
ward, each sustaining five or six round balls of
flowers; the upper, which are the largest, are
more than four inches in circumference; these
sit verv close to the peduncle. The flowers are
so small as scarely to be distinguished without
glasses ; they come out a little before the leaves,
which is in the beginning of June; and in warm
summers the seeds will ripen late in autumn,
and if left upon the trees will remain till spring,
when the balls fall to pieces, and the bristly
down which surrounds the seeds helps to trans-
port then) to a great distance with the wind. It
is a native of Asia.

There are two varieties, as the Maple-leaved,
which has not its leaves so deeply cut as those
of the eastern plane: they are divided into five
segments, pretty deep, but are not lobed, like
those of the occidental plane. The petioles are
much longer than in either of the species, and
the upper surface of the leaves is rougher, so
that they might be taken for different sorts, if
it was not known that they rose from the same
seeds.
The Spanish Plane, which has larger leaves

than either of the sorts, and are more di-
vided than those of the occidental, but not so
much as those of the oriental. Some of the
leaves arc cut into five, and others into three
lobes only ; these are sharply indented on the
edges, and are of a light green ; the footstalks
are short, and covered with a short down. This
is by some called the Middle Plane Tree, from the
leaves being of a shape between the two species.

These are highly ornamental trees for plea-
sure-grounds.

The second species grows to a large size, the
stem very straight, and of equal girth most part
of the length ; the bark is smooth, and annu-
ally falls off like that of the former; the branches
extend wide on every side ; the young ones
have a brownish bark, but the old ones a gray
bark; the footstalks of the leaves are three
inches long; the leaves are seven inches long,
and ten broad ; they are cut into three lobes or
angles, and have several acute indentures on
their borders, with three longitudinal midribs,
and many strong lateral veins. The leaves are
of a light screen on their upper side and paler on
their under. The flowers grow in round balls
like the former, but are smaller. The leaves
and flowers come out at the same time with
the former, and the seeds ripen in autumn.
It is a native of most parts of America.

This is also an ornamental tree in the same
situations.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seed, layers, and cuttings ; but principally in
the two last methods.

The best season for sowing the seeds is au-
tumn, if they can be procured, otherwise in the
spring," upon a somewhat lightish, mellow soil :
the ground having been dug and raked, it should
be formed into four-feet wide beds, and the
seeds then scattered evenly on the surface, and
raked in, or with the back of a rake the earth
be previously trimmed off the surface near half
an inch deep into the alleys ; then sowing the
seed, and directly, with the rake turned the
proper way, drawing the earth evenly over the
seeds, and trimming the surface smooth, when
many of the plants will rise in spring, but pro-
bably not generally till the spring following.
When they are one or two years old, they should
be planted out in nursery-rows, two feet asunder,
and about half that distance in the lines ; to re-
main till of a proper size for being finally set
out.

In the layer method, some stout plants must
be planted for stools, which in a year after must
be headed down near the bottom, that they may
throw out many shoots near the ground con-
venient for laying; which, in the autumn after

P L E

P I, E

ihev are produced, should he laid down by 'In-
laying ; and by the autumn after, they will be
well rooted, and form plants two or three feet
high, which may be separated, and planted in
nursery-rows, a> the seedlings. They succeed
very readily in this wa\ .

Most oi the sorts take tolerably by cuttings of
the strong young shoots ; but the latter more
freely than the former kinds. The most proper
season for planting them is the autumn, as soon
as the leaf falls, or occasionally in the spring ;
choosing a moist soil for the purpose, when
many of the cuttings will grow, and make tole-
rable plants bv the autumn following.

These last two methods are the only ones in
order to continue the distinct varieties effectually.

Thev have a very ornamental effect in all sorts
of plantations, from their large growth and
the great size of their leaves.

PLEASURE-GROUND, any ornamented
ground round a residence. It comprehends all
the ornamental compartments or divisions of
ground and plantation ; such as lawns, plan-
tations of trees and shrubs, flower compart-
ments, walks, pieces of water, Sec., whether
situated wholly within the space generally con-
sidered as pleasure-ground, or extended over ha-
ha's, or by other communications, to the adja-
cent fields, parks, paddocks, or out-grounds.

In designs for pleasure-grounds, modern im-
provements reject all formal works, such as
long straight walks, regular intersections, square
grass plots, corresponding parterres, quadran-
gular and angular spaces, inclosed with high
clipped hedges, &c, as well as all other uni-
formities ; instead of which, open spaces of
grass ground of varied forms and dimensions,
and winding walks, all bounded with planta-
tions of trees, shrubs, and flowers, in various
clumps and other distributions, arc exhibited in
a variety of imitative rural forms, as curves,
projections, openings, and closings, in imita-
tion of a natural assemblage, having all the va-
rious plantations open to the walks and lawns.
A spacious open lawn of grass ground being
generally first exhibited immediately in the front
of the mansion, or main habitation, sometimes
widely extended in open space on both sides to
admit of greater prospect, Sec, and sometimes
more contracted towards the habitation, widen-
ing gradually outward, and having each side
embellished with plantations of shrubbery,
groves, thickets, Sec., in clumps, and other
parts, in sweeps, curves, and projections, to-
wards the lawn, Sec, with breaks or openings
of grass spaces at intervals, between the planta-
tions ; and serpentine gravel-walks winding un-
der the shade of the trees: extended plantations

being also carried round next the outer boundary

of the ground, in various opening-; and
having also gravel-walks winding through them,
for shady and private walking : and in the in-
terior divisions of the ground serpentine wind-
ing walk-, exhibited, and elegant grass opens,
arranging various ways, all bordered with shrub-
beries, and other tree and shrub plantations,
flower compartments, &c, disposed in a va-
riety of different rural forms and dimensi mis, m
easv bendings, c mcaves, projections, and straight
ranges, occasionally : with intervening breaks
or openings of grass ground, between the com-
partments of plantations, Sec, both to promote
rural diversity, and for communication and
prospect to the different divisions ; all the plan-
tations being so variously arranged, as gradually
to discover new scenes, each furnishing fresh
variety, both in the form of the design in dif-
ferent parts, as well as in the disposition of the
various trees, shrubs, and flowers, and other or-
naments atid diversities.

So that in these designs, according to modern
gardening, a tract of ground of any extent may
have the prospect varied and diversified exceeding-
ly, in a beautiful representation of art and nature,
so that in passing from one compartment to an-
other, new varieties present themselves in tho
most agreeable manner ; and even if the figure of
the ground be irregular, and its surface has many
inequalities, in risings and fallings, and other
irregularities, the whole may be improved with-
out any great trouble of squaring and levelling,
as, bv humouring the natural form, even the very
irregularities may be made to conceal their na-
tural deformities, and carry along with them an
air of diversity and novelty. In these rural
works, however, we should not entirely abolish
all appearance of art and uniformity ; for these,
when properly applied, give an additional beauty
and peculiar grace to all natural productions,
and sets nature in the fairest and most advan-
tageous point of view. One principal point in
laving out a pleasure-ground, is for the designer
to take particular care that the w hole extent of
his ground be not taken in at one view, as
where the contrary is the ease there is a tame-
ness and want of proper effect produced.

It is impossible to give any directions foi
planning a pleasure-ground; as the plan may be
varied exceedingly, according to the natural
figure, position, and situation of the land, and
taste of the designer.

In respect to the situation, it must be inimc-
diatelv contiguous to the main house, wh thei
high or low situated: however, a somewhat ele-
vated situation, or the side or summit of some
moderate rising ground, is always the most

P L I

P L U

eligible on which to erect the chief habitation,
arranging the pleasure-ground accordingly ;
such an exposure being the most desirable, both
for the beauts' of the prospect and hcathfuhuss
of the air ; a low level situation neither afford-
ing a due prospect of the ground, or the adja-
cent country, besides being liable to unwhole-
some dampness, and sometimes inundation in
winter : there are, however, many level situa-
tions, forming plains or flats, that possess great
advantages both of soil and prospect, and the
beauties of water without too much moisture ;
there are also sometimes large tracts of ground,
consisting both of low and high situations, as
level plains, hollows, eminences, declivities, and
other inequalities, which mav be so improved
as to make a most desirable pleasure-ground, as
the scene may be varied in the most beautiful
manner imaginable; but as the choice of situa-
tion and scope of ground is not always attain-
able, every one must regulate his plan in the
most commodious manner possible, agreeable to
the nature of the particular situation, extent of
ground, and plan which has been adopted.

The extent of pleasure-grounds may be vari-
ous, according to that of the estate or premises,
and other circumstances, as from a quarter or
half an acre to thirty or forty or more.

The ground for this purpose should previ-
ously be well fenced in, by a wall, paling,
hedge, or parts of each sort, and in some parts
a fosse or ha-ha, where it may be necessary to
extend the prospect, either at the termination of
a lawn, walk, or avenue ; and the close fences
should generally be concealed withinside, par-
ticularly the wall and paling fences, by a range
of close plantation, unless where the wall may
be wanted for the culture of wall-fruit. But
sometimes, when the pleasure-ground adjoins
to a fine park, paddock, or other agreeable
prospect* the boundary fence on that side is
often either a low hedge, or a ha-ha; but many
prefer the latter, especially at the termination of
any spacious open, both to extend the prospect
more effectually, and give the ground an air of
greater extent than it really has", at a distance ;
the ha-ha being sunk, nothing like a fence ap-
pears, so that the adjacent park, fields, &c,
appear to be connected with the grounds.

The arrangement of the several divisions, both
internal and external, must be wholly regulated
by the nature and extent of the ground.

And in whatever mode such grounds arc laid
out, the whole of the different quarters, walks,
and other parts, should be kept in an exact and
neat order.

PLIANT MEALY TREE. See Vibur-
num.

/

1'l.INIA, a genus comprising a plant of the
exotic shrubby kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Monagynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Rosacvce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, five- or four-parted : segments
acute, flat, small: the corolla five- or four-pe-
talled : petals ovate, concave : the stamina have
numerous capillary filaments, the length of the
corolla: anthers small: the pistillum is a su-
perior, small germ : style awl-shaped, longer
than the stamens : stigma simple : the pericar-
pium is a very large drupe, globular, grooved :
the seed single, very large, globular, smooth.

The species is P. pedttnculala, Red-fruited
Plinia, or Myrtle.

It has the leaves opposite, pctioled, simple,
even, like those of myrtle, ovate: the flowers
are peduncled, the length of the leaves, subum-
belled : the calycine leaflets four, ovate, con-
cave, spreading, coloured, reflex : the petals,
four or eight, obovate, sessile, twice as long as
the calyx : the filaments very many, capillary,
the length of the petals, inserted into the re-
ceptacle : anthers roundish : germ inferior,
roundish angular : the style filiform, the length
of the stamens : the stigma simple : the berry
roundish, the size of a plum, with eight swell-
ings, one-celled, umbilicated, with a four-tooth-
ed calyx, red and sapid : seed single, sub-glo-
bular. It is a native of Brasil, flowering in Ja-
nuary and February.

Culture. — It is increased bv the seeds, which
should be procured from abroad, and which
should be sown in pots, filled with rich mould,
plunging them in a bark hot-bed, when they
appear in the same season. They may also be
increased by planting cuttings of the young
shoots, in the later spring and summer months,
in pots filled with good earth, covering them
with hand- or bell-glasses, and watering them
occasionally. They may be so rooted as to be
fit for removing into separate pots the same year.

It is highly ornamental in stove-collections,
from its flowering in the winter season.

PLUM. SeePRUNUs.

PLUM,' MAIDEN. See Camocladia.

PLUMBAGO, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous flowering perennial kinds.

It belong to the class and order Pcntandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Plumbagines.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, ovate-oblong, tubular, five-
cornered, rugged, with a five-toothed mouth,
permanent : the corolla one-pctalled, funnel-
form : tube cylindrical, narrower at top, longer
4

P L U

P I. V

than ihc ealyj : border fivc-clcft, from erect-
spreadinsr, viA ovale segments : nectary of
five vcrv small acuminate valves ig the hot-
ton of the corolla, inclosing the germ : the
stamina have rive, awl-shaped filaments, free
within the tuhe of the corolla, placed on the
\alves of the sectary : anthers small, oblong,
versatile: the pistilluin is an ovate germ, very
small : style simple, the length of the tuhe :
>li«-ma five-cleft, slender : the pericarpium is
an oblong capsule, five-cornered, terminated by
the permanent stvle, one-celled, five-valved,
clothed with the calyx : the seed single, oblong,
aed to a thread, pendulous.
The species cultivated are : 1. P. europcea,
European Leadwort ; 2. P. zeylanica, Ceylon
Leadwort ; 3. P. rosea, Rose-coloured Lead-
wort; 1. P. scandens, Climbing Leadwort.

The first has a perennial root, striking deep
into the ground : the stalks many, slender,
three feet and a half high, and channelled : the
leaves three inches long and two broad, smooth,
entire, of a grayish colour. The upper part of
the stalks send out many slender side branches,
which have small leaves on them : these and
also the principal stalks are terminated bv tufts
of either blue or white flowers, which are small
and succeeded by rough hairy seeds. It is a
native of the South of Europe and Africa, flow-
ering: here in October.

The second species is a perennial plant, with
a strons fibrous root, from which arise manv
slender stalks, growing near four feet high :
the leaves about three inches long, and an inch
and half broad near their base, endinsr in acute
points ; they are alternate, and on short foot-
stalks : the upper part of the stalks divides into
small branches, having smaller leaves on thc*n,
and terminating in spikes of flowers : seeds co-
rered with the prickly calvx : the upper part of
the stalks and the calyx of the flowers are verv
sjlutinous, nicking to the fingers, and entang-
ling small flies that settle on therr.. It is a na-
tive of the East Indies and of the Society Isles,
flowering from April to September.

The third is a shrubby plant, which frequently
grows to the height of four or five feet, and is
perpetuallv putting forth flowering spikes; these
continue a long time, and hence, with proper
management, may be kept in flower during
most part of the year. The calyx has capitate
glutinous hairs scattered over it : the filaments
are dilated at the base and arched : the capsule
superior, clothed with the permanent calyx,
ovate-oblong, ending in the subulate-setaceous
style, obscurely five-cornered : the seed oblong,
acuminate above, of a dark blood-red or ferru-
ginous colour, suspended bv a filiform umbilical

chord, springing from the base of the capsule.

It is a nam e of the 1 last Indies.

The fourth species has a suffrutescenl -tern,
scandent, sometimes decumbent, loose, flex
branched, round, striated, smooth: the leaves
are alternate, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, nerv-
ed, spreading, entire, smooth on both sides :
two smaller leaflets at the base of the middle,
and two above it : the petioles very short, com-
pressed, channelled, half embracing, membra-
naceous at the edge, with a red spot at the base
underneath : the flowers terminating, subpa-
nieled, commonly in spikes, sessile, scattered,
approximating: the leaflets sessile under the
flowers; the calyx inferior, bellying in the mid-
dle and towards the base, five-grooved, with
glanduliferous hairs: the border of the corolla
five-parted: parts roundish, emarginate, with a
very short point in the middle : the nectariee
roundish, yellow, round the genu, inserted into
the bottom of the calyx : the filaments thicken-
ed, approximating, awl-shaped : anthers placed
on the top of the filaments, blue : style the
length of the stamens ; seed coated, as it were
included in a capsule, and covered with the per-
manent calyx. It is a native of South America
and Jamaica, flowering in July and August.

Culture. — The first sort is increased bv part-
ing the roots in the autumn, when the stems de-
cay, and planting; them id a dry soil. They
should afterwards be kept clean from weeds, and
have proper support.

The three other sorts should be raised from
seeds, which should be sown in pots, in the
spring, and plunged in hot-beds. They likewise
may sometimes be raised by planting slips and
cuttings in pots, and plunging them in the
same sorts of hot-beds.

These are all ornamental flowering plants ;
the first in the pleasure-grounds, and the others
in pots amonii hot-house collections.

PLUMER I A, a genus containing plants of the
succulent flowering exotic kind, for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Pentundr'tu
Afonogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ctatortee.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, blunt, very small : the corolla
one-petalled, funnel-form: tube long, widening
gradually: border five-parted, from erect-spread-
ing; segments ovate-oblong, oblique: the sta-
mina have five, awl-shaped filaments, from the
middle of the tube: anthers converging: the
pistillum is an oblong, bifid germ : styles scarcely
any : stigma double, acuminate : the peri-
carpium consists of two follicles, long, acumi-
nate, ventrieose, bent downwards, nodding,
one-celled, one-valvcd : the seeds numerous.

PLU

POL

oblong, inserted into a larger ovate membrane at
the base, imbricate.

The species are : 1. P. rubra, Red Plumeria,
or Jasmine; 2. P. alba, White Plumeria; 3.
P.oltum, Blunt-leaved Plumeria; 4. P.pudicn,
Close-flowered Plumeria.

The first rises to the height of eighteen or
twenty feet : the stalks are covered with a dark
green bark, having marks where the leaves are
fallen off; they are succulent, abound with a
milky juice, and within are somewhat woody:
towards the top thev put out a few thick succulent
branches, with leaves at their ends of a light-
green colour, full of milky juice, having a large
midrib and many transverse veins : at the ends
of the branches also come out the flowers in
clusters; shaped like those of the Oleander or
Hose bay, of a pale-red colour, and having an
agreeable odour. They are produced in this
climate in July and August.

The second species has the habit of the first,
but is not much branched, and rarely exceeds
fifteen feet in height ; it abounds, like that, in a
milky juice : the flowers are in spikes,, white
with a yellowish eye, and diffuse a very sweet
odour to a considerable distance. It is a native
of Campeachy.

The third produces small white flowers re-
sembling those of the second: the leaves are
oval-lanceolate, and the peduncles branched.
Some describe it as a thick tree, exceeding the
middle size, with an ash-coloured, smooth,
milky bark, a juicy brittle wood, and spreading,
thick, twisted branches : the leaves quite entire,
lars;e, flat, smooth, scattered, with many trans-
verse ribs : the flowers terminating, in com-
pound spreading upright racemes. It is a na-
tive of the West Indies.

The fourth species is an uprigdt milky shrub,
five feet in height, of the same habit with the
others : the leaves oblong, flat, veined : the
flowers numerous, yellowish, the border con-
tinuing erect and shut, even after they drop;
being rolled up like the flowers of Hibiscus:
they succeed each other continually for two
months together; and have an odour much
more agreeable than that of the preceding spe-
cies, or even of any other known flower. It is
a native of South America.

Culture. — These plants are capable of being
increased by seeds and cuttings of the young
branches.

The seeds should be procured from the na-
tive situation of the plants, and be sown in
pots, filled with a light sandy compost, plung-
ing them in a hot-bed, covered by glasses, or
the bark-bed in the stove, when they readily ve-
getate ; and when the plaids have attained a few

inches in growth, they should be removed into
separate pots, of a small size, which must be
plunged in beds of the same kind as the above.

The cuttings should be made from the young
branches, and after being laid in the stove or
some other dry situation, to dispel their succu-
lence, and heal over the wounds, be planted
out during the summer months, in pots, filled
with light dry mould, plunging them in the
bark-bed of the stove, giving occasional shade
and very slight waterings, till they have stricken
fresh root, and when they have become well
rooted, they may be removed into separate pots,
being managed as other stove exotics.

They afford much ornament and variety
among collections of stove plants ; especi-
ally the red sort ; and whenset out with other
potted plants in the summer, have a delightful
fragrance.

POISON- ASH. See Rhus.

POISON-NUT. See Strychnos.

POISON-OAK. See Rhus.

POLLMONIUM, a genus containing plants
of the fibrous-rooted, herbaceous flowering pe-
rennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
MoTiogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Campanacece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, half-five-cleft, inferior, goblet-
shaped, acute, permanent: the corolla one-
petalled, wheel-shaped: tube shorter than the
calyx, closed by five valves placed at the top :
border five-parted, wide, flat ; segments round-
ish, blunt: the stamina have five filaments, in-
serted into the valves of the tube, filiform,
shorter than the corolla, inclining : anthers
rovndish, incumbent : the pistillum is an ovate,
acute, superior germ : style filiform, the length
of the corolla : stigma trifid, revolute : the peri-
carpium is a three-cornered capsule, ovate, three-
celled, three-valved, opening three ways at top,
covered : partitions contrary to the valves : the
seeds very many, irregular, sharpish.

The species are: 1. P. coeraleum, Common
Polemonium ; 2. P. reptans, Creeping Polemo-
nium, or Greek Valerian.

The first has a perennial, fibrous root : the
herb smooth : the stems upright, rising to the
height of eighteen or twenty inches, seldom
more, leafy, panicled : the leaves alternate, un-
equally pinnate, many-paired ; leaflets elliptic-
lanceolate, quite entire: the corolla between
bell-shaped and wheel-shaped, blue : the calyx
bell-shaped, half-five-cleft : the filaments di-
lated at the base and membranaceous : capsule
clothed with the calyx, ovate-globular, obso-
letely three-grooved, thin, subpellucid : seeds

POL

P O L

six in each cell, in a double row, fastened to
the inner angle of the cell, variously angular,
eroded on the surface, of a dark rust colour. It
is a native of Asia, flowering in May.

There are varieties with white flowers, with
variegated flowers, and with variegated leaves.

The second species has creeping roots, by
which it multiplies very fast. The leaves have
seldom more than three or four pairs of leaflets,
which stand at a much greater distance from
each other than those of the common sort, and
are of a darker green. The stalks rise nine or ten
inches high, sending out branches their whole
length. "The flowers are produced in loose
bunches, on pretty long peduncles ; they are
smaller than those of the common sort, and of
a lighter blue colour. It is a native of America.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds and parting the roots.

The seeds should be sown in the spring, upon
a bed of light earth, and when the plants are
pretty strong they should be pricked out into
another bed of the same earth, four or five inches
asunder, shading and watering them until they
have taken new root ; keeping them clear from
weeds until the beginning of I he autumn, and
then transplanting them into the borders of the
pleasure-ground. The plants are not of long du-
ration ; but by taking them up in autumn and
parting their roots they may be continued some
years : but the seedling plants flower stronger
than those from offsets.

The varieties can only he continued by part-
ing the roots at the above season. They should
have a fresh light soil, which is not too rich,
as the roots will be apt to rot in winter, and the
stripes on the leaves to go off.

The second sort may be increased by seeds or
offsets in the same manner, and is equally
hardy, but much less beautiful.

They afford ornament among flowery plants
in the borders and other parts.

POLEY-MOUNTAIN. See Teucrium.

POLYANTHES, a genus containing plants
of the bulbo-tuberous rooted herbaceous flow-
ering perennial exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Corollaries.

The characters are : that there is no calyx :
the corolla one-petalled, funnel-form : tube
curved inwards, oblong: border patulous, with
six ovate segments : the stamina have six fila-
ments, thick, blunt, at the jaws of the corolla :
anthers linear, longer than the filaments : the
pistillum is a roumlish germ, at the bottom of
the corolla: stvle filiform, mostly shorter than
the corolla : stigma triiid, thickisb, melliferous :

Vol. II.

the perienrpium is a roundish capsule, obtusely
three-cornered, at the base involved in the co-
rolla, three-celled, three-valved ; the seeds very
main', flat, incumbent, in a double row, -emi-
orbiculate.

The species is P. tuVerosa, Tuberose, or In-
dian Tuberous Hyacinth.

It has an oblong bulb-like tuberous root,
which is white, si riding forth a few long but
very narrow leaves, and an upright, firm,
straight stem, of considerable length, which is
terminated by along spike of large white flow-
ers, placed in an alternate maimer, it is a na-
tive of India.

There are varieties with a double flower, with
striped leaves, and with a smaller flower. The
last is frequent in the south of France, whence
the root: have been often brought here early in
the spring, before those roots have arrived from
Italy which are annually imported ; the stalks
of it are weaker, and do not rise so high, and
the flowers are smaller than those of the com-
mon sort, but in other respects it is the same.

The Genoese are the people who cultivate this
plant to furnish all the other countries where
the roots cannot be propagated without great
trouble and care, and thence the roots are an-
nually sent to this and other countries. In most
parts of Italy, Sicily, and Spain, the roots thrive
and propagate without care where they are
once planted.

It has been long cultivated in this country
for the exceeding beauty and fragrancy of its
flowers.

Culture. — These plants are chiefly increased
by off-sets from the roots.

The blowing roots that are annually brought
from abroad, for sale, are mostly furnished
with off-sets, which should be separated pre-
viously to planting ; those also raised here in
the garden are frequently furnished with oft-sets,
fit for separation in autumn, when the leaves
decay. They should be preserved in sand during
winter, in a dry sheltered place; and in the
beginning of the spring, as March, be planted
out either in a bed of light dry earth in the full
ground, or, to forward them as much as possible,
m a moderate hot-bed, sheltering them in cold
weather either by a frame and lights or with
mats on arched hoops, letting them enjoy the
full air in mild weather, giving also plenty of
water in dry seasons during the time of their
growth in spring and summer.

They should remain in this situation till their
leaves decay, in autumn ; then they should be
taken up, cleaned from earth, and laid in a
box of dry sand, to preserve them tillspiing
following, at which time such roots as arc
2 K

POL

POL

large enough to blow may be planted and ma-
naged as directed below, and the smaller roots
planted again in a nursery-bed, to have another
year's growth ; afterwards planting them out for
flowering.

The roots of these plants are mostly sold at the
rate of about twelve or fifteen shillings per hun-
dred, care being taken always to procure as large
roots as possible, as on this depends the success
of having a complete blow.

Tn order to blow them in a perfect manner,
they require artificial heat in this climate, and
should be planted in pots, and plunged in a
hot-bed, under a deep frame, furnished with
glass lights; or placed in a hot-house, where
they may be blowed to the greatest perfection,
with the least trouble.

The principal season for planting them is as
above : but in order to continue a long succes-
sion of the bloom it is proper to make two or
three different plantings, at the interval of about
a month.

Where dung hot-beds are employed, six
inches depth of earth, or old tan, should be
laid, in which to plunge the pots; but if bark or
tan be used, no earth is necessary, as the pots
may be plunged immediately into the. bark.
Having the hot-beds ready, and the roots pro-
vided, and some proper sized pots, twenty-fours,
one for each root, fill the pots with light rich
earth ; and, after having divested the roots of all
loose outer skins, and all off-sets, plant one in
each pot, in depth, so as the top of the root be
about an inch below the surface of the earth,
plunging all the pots in the hot-bed close toge-
ther, or so that the bed may contain the num-
ber required ; and as soon as they are all thus
placed, put on the lights of the frame.

In the hot-house method, the pots of roots
as above should be plunged to their rims in
the bark-bed, or placed in the front part of the
house ; but the former is the better method.

They afterwards require to have a portion of
fresh air daily admitted, by tilting the upper
ends of the lights, keeping them close down on
nights ; also moderate waterings, which how-
ever should be applied very sparingly, till the
roots begin to shoot, when repeat them mode-
derately as occasion may require, taking care
when the shoot begins to advance to admit
fresh air more freely, in proportion, to strength-
en the stems, according as they advance in
height ; and when they have risen near the
glasses, it is proper to deepen the frame, cither
by the addition of another at top, or by raising
it at bottom six or eight inches, in order to give
the stems sufficient room to shoot to their full
stature, repeating this once or twice, as the

growth of the plants renders it necessary, still
assisting them with plenty of water, and a large
portion of fresh air daily, either by raising one
end of the lights as above ; or when the plants
are advanced some tolerable height, and in the
warm season, the lights may be taken away
entirely, occasionally, in fine mild davs, which
will strengthen and inure them gradually to the
full air : but always draw on the lights again to-
wards the evening, or at the approach of a
sharp air, cold blasts, or heavy rains ; but as the
summer approaches begin to expose them fully,
only giving occasional shelter in cold nights or
very wet weather, either by the glasses, or mats
supported on hoop arches, till they besrm to
flower, which will be about the middle or latter
end of June, or beginning of July; when the
plants in their pots may be removed where
wanted ; either to adorn any of the garden com-
partments, or any apartment of the house, a
tall straight stake being placed to each plant,
to fasten the stem to for support.

The plants must still be duly supplied with
water all the time of their bloom, as every other
day, or oftener, in very hot dry weather.

Sometimes roots when planted in May in the
full ground, will shoot tolerably strong, and
produce flowers in autumn.

They are all highly ornamental, but especially
the single and double sorts, among other tender
potted plants. The dwarf and variegated sorts
also afford a fine variety.

POLYANTHUS. See Primula.

POLYANTHUS-NARCISSUS. See Nar-
cissus.

POLYGALA, a genus containing plants of
the woody, under shrubby, and herbaceous per-
ennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia
Octandria, and ranks in the natural order of
hoinentacece .

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved, small perianth : leaflets ovate, acute :
two below the corolla, one above that, and two
in the middle, subovate, flat, very large, co-
loured, (the wings) permanent : the corolla sub-
papilionaceous : standard almost cylindrical, tu-
bular, short, with a small reflex mouth, bifid :
wings; keel concave, compressed, ventri-
cose towards the tip : appendix of the keel, in
most of the species two three-parted pencil-
shaped bodies, fastened to the keel towards the
tip : the stamina have diadelphous filaments
(eight connected) inclosed within the keel : an-
thers eight, simple : the pistillu-ni is an oblong
germ : style simple, erect : stigma terminating,
thickish, bilid : the pericarpium is an obcordate
capsule, compressed with an acute margin, two-

POL

1' O I.

celled, tvvo-valved : partition contrary to the
valves ; opening at each margin : the seeds so-
liurv, ovate (with a glandular umbilicus .
The species cultivated arc : J . P. myrtifoUa,
rtle-feaved Milk- wort j Z. P. Chamatuxus,
d Milk -wort.
The lirst has a shrubby stem, covered with a
smooth brown bark, ris'insr lour or five feet
high, and sending out sevirafspreading branches
. .irds the topfthe leaves about an inch long
and a quarter of an inch broad, lucid green, and
■;!e. The flowers are pr iduced at the ends of
the branches ; they are large, white on the out-
side, but of a bright purple within : wings ex-
panded wide, and standard incurved. It conti-
nues flowering mo.-t part of the summer : each
cell of the seed-vessel contains one hard smooth
shining seed. It grows naturally at the Cape of
i Hope.
The second species rises with a slender,,
branching, woody stalk, about a foot high,
when it "grows upon good ground, but on a
rocky suifit is seldom more than halt that height.
The branches are closely garnished with stiff
smooth leaves, of a lucid green : from between
the leaves, towards the top of the branches, the
flowers come out upon very short peduncles;
they are white on the outside, but within are of
a purplish colour mixed with yellow, and have a
grateful odour. According to Martyn, it is an ele-
it little evergreen shrub, of low growth, with
leaved like those of Box, producing flowers from
May to October, but most plentifully in May and
June : each flower stands on a peduncle, pro-
ceeding from a kind of triphyllous cup, formed
of floral leaves. It is a native oi Austria, Sec.

Culture. — The tirst sort may be increased by
seeds, which should be sown in small pots,
filled with light loamy earth ; soon after they
are ripe, placing them where they may have the
morning sun only till October, when they should
be placed under a hot-bed frame, and be plunged
into old tanners bark which has lost its heat,
where they may be defended from frost during
the winter, and in the spring the pots should be
plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which will
brinsT up the plants. When these appear, they
should not be too tenderly treated, but have
a large share of free air admitted to them ;
when" they are lit to transplant, they should
be carefully shaken out of the pots, and sepa-
rated, planting each into a small pot rilled
with sott loamy earth, and plunged into a very
moderate hot-bed, to forward their taking new
root, shading them from the sun, and gently re-
freshing them with water as they may require.
When "they are rooted, they must be gradually
inured to the open air, and in June they may be

placed abroad in a sheltered situation, •-
thev may remain '>iU the middle or latter
ober, according as the season provet

vourable; then they must be removed into the
green-house; and treated in the same «

The Orange-tree, being careful not to give them
too much wet during the winter season.

The second sort was formerly thought diffi-
cult to raise by seeds ; but at present it is readily
increased bv parting its creeping roots, and
planting them in bog earth, on a shady border,
'where it thrives very well, and spawns much.

The lirst affords variety when set out among
other potted plants of the green-house kind ;
and the latter, in the borders, N:c.

POLYGONUM, a genus containing a plant
of the herbaceous annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Octandria
Triaynia, "and ranks in the natural order of
Holoracece .

The characters are: that the calyx is a turbi-
nate perianth, coloured internally, five-parted ;
segments ovate, blunt, permanent: there is no
comlla, unless the calyx be taken for it : the
stamina have commonly eight filaments, awl-
shaped, very short : anthers roundish, incum-
bent : the pistillum is a three-sided germ : styles
commonlv three, filiform, very short : stigmas
simple : there is no pericarpium : calyx involv-
ing the seed : the seed single, three- sided, acute.

The species cultivated is~P. orientate, Oriental
Persicaria.

It has a root composed of many strong fibres,
growing in tufts : the stem is jointed, eight or
ten feet high, the lower part becomes woody,
and as thick as an ordinary walking-cane, of a
fine green, and a little hairy : the leaves are al-
ternate, often a foot long, and six inches broad
in the middle, terminating in acute points ;
thev have one strong midrib, and several trans-
verse veins, which run upwards towards the
point; their surfaces are a litt'e hairy, the up-
per of a bright green, and the under paler:
the petioles are broad, half embracing at their
base: the flowers in close terminating spikes,
seven or eight inches long, hanging downwards :
the stamens five, six or seven. The stipules
are deserving of notice, beiiiii unusual in their
form, and making the stem look as if ruffled .
Thunberg remarks that the margin of th
pules is entire and re volute. It is a native of
the East Indies, flowering from July to October.
There is a dwarf variety, and another with
white flowers.

Culture. — This plant is constantly raised from

seeds, and is said to rise from scattered seeds

better than when sown: but where they aie

sown, it should be in autumn, soon after they

SK 2

POP

POP

are ripe, as when sown in the spring they rarely
succeed ; or if some plants come up, they sel-
dom grow so strong. They may be removed in
the spring into the borders of the plantation or
flower-garden, giving them room. They are,
however, commonly sown in the spring with
other annuals; thinning the seedlings, when they
appear, so as to stand a foot apart. About the
beginning of July the side shoots should be
pruned off, to make them advance in height,
and preserve them within compass; and when
they are pruned up to five or six feet, they may
be permitted to shoot out side branches. It de-
lio-hts in a rich moist soil. 1'he plants are some-
times sown on hot-beds, in March, in order to
be more forward.

These plants are distinguished for their supe-
rior stature and the brilliancy of their flowers :
they frequently grow to th<- height of eight or
ten feet, and rival the sun-flower.
POMEGRANATE. See Punica.
POMPION. See Cucurbita.
POMUM. See Pyrus.
POPPY. See Papaver.
POPPY, HORNED. See Chelidonium.
POPPY, PRICKLY. SeeARGEMONE.
POPULUS, a genus containing plants of the
hardy deciduous tree kind.

It belong9 to the class and order Dioecia
Octandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Amentacece.

The characters are : that in the male — the
calyx is an oblong ament, loosely imbricate, cy-
lindrical, composed of one-flowered, oblong,
flat scales, torn at the edge : the corolla has no
petals : the nectary one-leafed, turbinate below,
tubular, ending at top obliquely in an ovate
border : the stamina have eight, extremely short
filaments : anthers four-cornered, large : female
— the calyx and scales as in the male : the co-
rolla has no petals : nectary as in the male: the
pistillum is an ovate-acuminate germ : style
scarcely manifest : stigma four-cleft : the peri-
carpium is an ovate capsule, two-celled, two-
valved : valves reflex : the seeds numerous,
ovate, flying with a capillary pappus.

The species cultivated are : \. P. alba, White
Poplar ; 2. P. Iremula, Trembling Poplar Tree,
or Asp ; 3. P. nigra, Black Poplar Tree ; 4. P.
dilatata, Lombardy or Po Poplar Tree; 5. P.
buhamifera, Common Tacamahaca Poplar Tree ;
C. P. candkuns, Heart-leaved Tacamahaca Pop-
lar Tree; 7. P. laevigata, Smooth Poplar Tree;
8. P. moridifera, Canadian Poplar Tree; Q. P.
Grceca, Athenian Poplar Tree ; 10. P. hetero-
phylla, Various-leaved Poplar Tree; 11. P.
angulata, Carolina Poplar Tree.

The first grows very tall, with a straight

trunk, covered with a smooth whitish bark:
the leaves are smooth, blackish green above,
but having a thick white cotton under-
neath. ; they are about three inches long, on pe-
tioles an inch in length, flatted and grooved on
each side : in young trees the leaves are round-
ish, but in adult ones angular, divided into
three, five or seven lobes ; they are without
glands, either at the base or on the serratures.
The flowers are exactly similar to those of the
second sort. It is a native of Europe, from
Sweden to Italy; also of Siberia and Barbary.

There are two varieties ; the Common White
Poplar, and the Great White Poplar, or Abele.
In the first, the leaves are rounder, and not
much above half the size of those of the latter ;
and the shoots of the latter are paler, the catkins
are larger, and the down of the seeds whiter and
longer.

In the latter the leaves are large, and divided
into three, four, or five lobes, which are in-
dented on their edges ; they are of a very dark
colour on their upper side, and very white and
downy on their under, standing upon foot-
stalks, which are about an inch long : the
young branches have a purple bark, and are co-
vered with a white down, but the bark of the
stem and older branches is gray. In the begin-
ning of April the male flowers or catkins ap-
pear, which are cylindrical, scaly, and three
inches long, and about a week after come out
the female flowers on catkins, which have no
stamina like those of the male. Soon after
these come out, the male catkins fall off, and
in five or six weeks after, the female flowers
will have ripe seeds inclosed in a hairy covering,
when the catkins will drop, and the seeds be
wafted by the winds to a great distance. Ac-
cording to Mortimer, the best sort comes from
Holland and Flanders. Hence in some places it
is called Dutch Beech.

The second species has a green smooth bark.
The leaves at first breaking out are hairy above
and cottony underneath, but when full grown
are smooth; they are slightly heart-shaped,
smaller and more approaching to circular than
in the preceding, with a few angular teeth on
the edges. According to Linnreus they are rolled
inwards at the edge, and have two glands run-
ning one into the other on the inner side above
the base. He also observes, that the leaf-stalks
are flatted towards the end, whence the perpe-
tual trembling of the leaves with every breath of
wind : but the petioles being flat in the White
and Black Poplars, as well as in this, Dr. Stokes
accounts better for the phenomenon, from the
plane of the long leaf-stalks being at right an-
gles to that of the leaves, which allows them a

POP

POP

much freer motion than could have taken place
had their plane? been parallel. This trembling
of the leaves has been so generally noticed as to
have become proverbial. This tree is of speedy
growth, and will grow in any situation or soil,
but worst in clay. It impoverishes the land :
its leaves destroy the grass, and the numerous
shoots of the roots spread so near the surface,
that they will not permit any thing else to grow.
The wood is extremely light, white, smooth,
woollv, soft, durable in the air. Pannels or
pack-saddles, cairns, milk- pails, clogs, pattens,
ice, are made of the wood. It is a native of
Europe, from Sweden to Italy.

The third has a naked lofty trunk, covered
with an ash-coloured bark, and a regular hand-
some head : the leaves are slightly notched on
their edges, smooth on both sides, and of a light
green colour. They have no glands at the base,
but the serratures are glandular on the inner
side: the petioles are yellowish. It is a tree of
quick growth, and on the banks of rivers and
in moist situations it grows up to a great height,
throwing out numberless suckers from the roots.
It loves a moist black soil, and bears cropping
well : the bark, being light like cork, serves to
support the nets of fishermen. The wood is not
apt to splinter : it is light and soft, and some-
times used bv turners. It is incomparable, ac-
cording to Evelyn, for all sorts of white wooden
vessels, as travs, bowls, and other turner's ware;
and is of especial use for the bellows-maker, be-
cause it is almost of the nature of cork, and for
ship-pumps, though not very solid, yet very
close and light. It affords useful rafters, poles,
and rails, and in a proper soil makes a very
quick return for such purposes. It is excellent
for floating-boards, and is much used for the
purposes of deal in some midland counties. It
is a native of Europe, from Sweden to Italy.

The fourth species differs from the third sort
chiefly in its close conical maimer or growth,
like the Cypress. Tha leaves are greater in
breadth than length, whereas in that the longi-
tud nal diameter is the greatest.

This has been esteemed by some as- no more
than a variety of that; and indeed itcan scarcely
be considered as a distinct species. It has
been stated in Mr. Young's Annals, that tiie
Italian Poplar is fit to cut for building uses in
twelve years, and that at eight years g;. /th they
are forty feet high. For rafters, small beams,
studs, boards, &cc. it is very durable.

he peculiar use of it in this country has hi-
therto been for ornamental plantations, and co-
vering unsightly buildings. To the latter pur-
pose its upright close conical mode of gr<
with its feathering very readily down to the very

ground, particularly adapts it. The conic form
of it, as a deciduous tree, is peculiar. Among
evergreens we find the same character in the
Cypress : raid both trees in many situations have
a good effect. One beauty the Italian Poplar
possesses which is almost peculiar to it ; anil
that is the waving line it forms when agitated
by wind. Most trees in this circumstance are
partially agitated ; one side is at rest, while the
otlter is in motion ; but the Italian Poplar waves
in one simple sweep from the top to the bot-
tom, like an ostrich-feather on a lady's head.
All the branches coincide- in the motion ; and
the least blast makes an impression upon it,
when other trees are at rest. Although this tree
sometimes has a good effect, when standing sin-
gle, it generally has a better when two ur
three are planted in a clump.

In the fifth, the growth seems not to be to a
very large size: the bark is smooth, like that of
the third sort ; the young branches have much
the same appearance, but their annual shoots
are seldom more than a foot in length. The
leaves resemble those of the Pear-tree ; arc about
four inches long, and an inch and half broad in
the middle, drawing towards a point at each
end ; their upper side is of a deep green, and their
under side is hoarv ; they stand upon long foot-
stalks, and are placed without order upon the
branches. The male flow ers come out front the
side of the branches in long catkins, in April
and May, and fall off soon after; their stamens
are numerous, irregular in height, and crowntd
with headed anthers of a purple colour. The
hermaphrodite flowers ate produced at the end
of the shoots upon long slender peduncles, in
verv loose catkins, havinsr a leafy involucre un-
der each, which is oval and entire ; and from
the bosom of that arises the peduncle, which is
very short. Upon the top is placed the petal or
calyx, (or nectary, according to Linnaeus) shaped
like a wide cup, having a lar^e stvle in the cen-
tre, and two stamens on one side, terminated
by pyramidal purple anthers. These flowers ap-
pear in July, and are succeeded by oval capsules
terminating in a point, and inclosing downv
seeds. The scaly covers of the buds abound
with a tenacious balsam in the spring, becoming
liquid by heat. It is of a yellowish colour and a

fragrant scent. It is a native of Canada

some other parts of North America.

There are varieties, with much wider leaves ;
the Daurian, with a longer ovate leaf, more like
this -ort ; and an Altaic variety, with a lanceo-
late leaf.

In Siberia the trunk is straightish, not tali,
covered with an ash-coloured bark; the
reddish, closer, and a little harder than in the

POP

POP

tree are more slender, and rod-like; in the Dau-
lian thick, short, knobbed, and wrinkled, with
a yellow skin sometimes of a very deep colour :
the leaves in the rod-like variety ovate-acumi-
nate, in the Altaic commonly lanceolate; in
the common Daurian ovate and thicker, so as to
be in a manner coriaceous ; in both very sharp,

common Poplars. The branchlets in the Altaic as possible, in which they may be planted finally

to remain, putting them in to the depth of one
or two feet.

In order to raise plants for regular plantations,
or for handsome standards, it is the best method
to raise them principally from young cuttings of
one vear's growth, or two at most. These young
cuttings should be made about fifteen or eigh-
serrate, quite smooth, shining as if varnished, teen inches long, and planted out in nursery-
deep green above, pale underneath : aments ter- rows two feet asunder, placing each cutting two
minating, thick, the female ones ripening in parts or half-way in the ground, and about a
June; containing ovate thick rugged capsules, foot distant in the lines, they readily take root,
subealycled with the receptacle "scarcely pe- and make good shoots the following summer,
duncled. care being taken to trim off the straggling late-

The sixth species is resinous, like the pre- rals in order to encourage the leading shoot to
ceding; but the leaves are different, being hoi- grow straight, and ri>e more expeditiously in
lowed° next the petiole and drawn out at the height: after having had from two to four or
point. It flowers earlier, as in March. It is a live years growth in this situation, they may be

native of Canada.

The seventh is a native of North America,
flowering in March and April.

The eighth species is a native of Canada,
flowering in May.

The ninth resembles the tenth species in

finally removed for the purposes for which they
are wanted.

The layers may be laid down in autumn,
choosing the lower young shoots, which are
conveniently situated, laying them by slit-lay-
ing. They will be well rooted, and fit to remove
growth and foliage. It is a native of the islands by the autumn following, in nursery-rows, to
of the Archipelago, flowering in March and have two or three years growth.
April. The suckers, which some of the sorts send

The tenth species is a large tree, having nu- up in abundance from the roots, as the fifth
merous branches, veined and angular; the Teaves sort, may be taken up after the fall of the leaf,
broad and slightly serrate : flowers in loose and be planted in nursery-rows, as directed for
aments, making little show. It is a native of the cuttings. They form good plants in two
Virginia and New York, flowering in April years.

and" May. The plants raised in any of the above methods,

The eleventh shoots very strong, and is gene- after having obtained from two or three to five

rally cornered, covered with a light green bark or six years growth, are of a proper size for tur-

like some sorts of willow. The leaves upon pishing plantations, or other places

youns trees, and also upon the lower shoots, are
Wry "large ; but those upon older trees are
smaller : as the trees advance their bark be-
comes of a lighter colour, approaching to gray :
the aments are like those of the third sort; and
the anthers are purple. It grows naturally in
Carolina, where it becomes a very large tree,
and flowers in March.

These trees are also capable of being raised
from seed, if care be taken to gather a quantity
as soon as ripe ; and sow them in autumn, in
beds either broad-cast or in drills, half an inch
in depth.

These trees may be employed in assemblage
for ornament in out-grounds, which are de-
tached from fine lawns and walks, as on ac-

Culture. — All the sorts are readily increased count of the great litter the falling of their cat-
by cuttings, layers, and suckers. kins in some sorts occasions, they are improper,
' The planting' of the cuttings is the most expe- but are excellent for planting towards the boun-
ditious mode of raising all these trees, as they daries of parks, paddocks, and fields, the sides
srow freely without any trouble, when made ei- of rivers and brooks, and to intersperse with
ther from the young year-old shoots, a foot and other trees in large plantations, itf any interior

a half in length, and planted a foot in depth, or
large truncheons of two, three, or more years
growth, from about a yard to five or six feet
long, planted in moist places : though these

parts. The White Poplar, the Carolina, Ta-
camahaca, Lombardy and Athenian Poplars,
are proper to introduce as ornamental trees, and
are finely adapted to be employed in assemblage

large cuttings or truncheons are not proper for in forming large avenues, open groves, and

general plantations, only in some particular clumps in parks, &c., though any of the sorts

parts, as in a marshy or watery situation, v\ here are eligible on the same occasions to increase

shade and shelter, 8cc, mav be required as soon the variety ; and all the sorts may be employed

POR

P O R

to advantage in any large tracts of plantation.
To marshy grounds no Trees are better adapted
than Poplars, especially the first three Bpecies, all
of which thrive remarkably in moist situations.

A- fot -t or timher trees, the White, Black,
Tremulous, and Lombardy l'opljrs are proper
to he employed.

Marshy lands may be improved to much ad-
vantage by coppicet of t':u- trees, to cut i
four, five, or > . and other small

purposes; being planted in rows a yard asu
and in seven ye rs they will be tit to cut for
many small uses, and the stools shooting up
again strong, afford a cutting every four or live
- afterwards.

Some sort> may aHo be planted occasionally
to form hedge- in moist or other situations,
more par'.i uiarlv- the Lombardy Poplar, as this
sort is peculiar in branching out numerously
from the bottom upwards, and ma) be planted
hedge-fashion along the sides, or top of outward
watery ditches, in large plants, so as at once to
form a hedge ; they being topped to five, six, or
seven feet.

PORRUM. See Allii m.

PORTLANDI A, a genus containing plants
of the trailing evergreen exotic kinds, for the
stove.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Rid ia

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-
leaved perianth, superior : lear'cts oblong-lan-
ceolate, permanent : the corolla one-petailed :
tube long, funnel-form-ventrioose : border
shorter than the tube, five-parted, acute: the
staminahavc five awl-shaped filaments, declined,
almost the length of the corolla, from the bot-
tom of the tube: anthers linear, erect, the
length of the corolla : the pistillum is a five-
cornered srerm, roundish, inferior: style sim-
ple, the length of the stamens : stigma oblong,
obtuse: the pericarpium is an obovate capsule,
rive-streaked, five-cornered, retuse, two-celled,
two-valvcd: opening at the top: partition con-
. seeds very manv, roundish, compressed,
imbricate.

The species cultivated is P. gra: I 1 reat-

flowered Portland ia.

It has a shrubby, upright stem, branched,
knotty, with a smooth bark cracking longitu-
dinally : the branches opposite,
round, scarcelv divided, leafy, covered with
smooth green bark : the buds are gummy : the
leaves opposite, spreading, somewhat length-
ened at the point, equal at the ba.-e, entire, very
smooth, paler beneath, marked with alternate
veins projecting on both sides : the footstalks

arc very short, thick, round below but flatfish
above: the stipules between the leaves, connate,
triangular, pointed, very smooth, pale, closely
priced to the branch : the flowers axillary,
mostly solitary, between the stipules, pedun-
cled, a little nodding, very large, white, beau-
tiful, most fragrant at eight, in the bud yellow-
ish tipped with red. It was found in the W i •:
Indies, flowering in Julv and August.

Culture. — These plants may be raised cither
from seeds or cuttings.

The seeds w hen procured should be sown in
pots, filled with light earth, in the sprinu,
plunging them in the tan-bed, in the stove.
When the plants are sufficiently strong, they
should be removed into separate pots, 7md be
replunged in the bark hot-bed, where tiiev must
nstantly kept.

The .uttings oi the young shoots should be
planted ont singly, in pots tilled with the same
sort oi mould, plunging them in the bark-bed
of the stove; when they have taken good root
'.hey should be removed into larger pots, re-
plunging them into the tan-bed, where they
must ematn.

They afford a fine effect, when trained on the
back part of the stove, in their larger flowers.

i;< 'RTULACA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous and shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria
Monogt/ma, and ranks in the natural order of
Si/cci/lentce.

The characters are : that the calvx is a bifid
perianth, small, compressed at the tip, perma-
nent (two-leaved, superior, caducous) : the
corolla has five petals, Hat, erect, blunt, lanrer
than the calyx : the stamina have manv fila-
ments (to twenty), capillary, shorter bv half
than the corolla : anthers simple : the pistillum
is a roundish germ (half inferior) : stvle simple,
short: srigraas five, oblong, the length of the
style : the pericarpium is a covered capsule,
ovate, one-celled (cut transversely) : recepta-
cle free (five, free, separate) : the seeds nu-
merous, small.

The species cultivated are: 1. P. ol-trtacea,
Garden Purslane; 2. P. Anncampseros-, Round-
■ .! Purslane.

The first is an annual herbaceous plant, with
a round, smooth, procumbent, succulent stem,
frequently red, and diffused branch .
throwing out fibres at the joints : the It
more or less wedge-shaped, oblong, him1',
fleshy, smooth, quite eni re, sessile, clustered,
especially at the ends of the branches : the
flowers are sessile, scattered : corollas yellow,
spreading; petals subtruncatc at the tip and
emarcinate : the stamens ten : the capsule one-

P O R

POT

celled, opening horizontally : the seeds round,
black, very small. It is a native of both In-
dies, China, Coch'mchina, and Japan. It was
formerly much in request as a wholesome salad
and pickle, hut at present is little in use.

There are several varieties. The garden Pur-
slane differs from the wild, only in having
larger and more succulent leaves. If it be per-
mitted to scatter the seeds, in two years it will
become in every respect like the wild plant. Of
the two other varieties, one is with deep-green
leaves, and the other with yellow leaves, which
is called Golden Purslane.

The second species has a shrubby stalk, four
or five inches high : the leaves are thick and
succulent. At the top of the stalk comes forth
a slender peduncle about two inches long, sup-
porting four or five red flowers, appearing in
July, but not succeeded by seeds in England.
It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds and cuttings, according to the different
kinds.

In the first sort, the seeds should be sown in
slight drills, or broad-cast over the surface, at
different times, in the spring and summer, from
March to June, or later, at the distance of three
weeks, the earlv sowing being made on slight
hotbeds, but the late ones in the open borders,
where the ground is light and dry, occasional
lio-ht waterings being given afterwards, both be-
fore and after the plants appear, which must re-
main where they come up, and arc mostly fit for
cutting in the course of a month or five weeks.
In gathering them, the young tops should be cut
oft' with a knife, and they afterwards shoot out
fresh tops.

In the second sort the cuttings should be
planted in pots filled with light dry mould, and
plunged in the tan-bed, in order to promote
their rooting, moderate shade and waterings be-
ing given till they have stricken good root, be-
ing kept in the stove, and afterwards managed
as the succulent kinds of aloes.

The last affords variety among other stove
potted plants.

I'ORTULACARIA, a genus furnishing a
shrubby plant of the succulent green-house kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Trigynia.

The characters are : that the calyx is a two-
leaved perianth, coloured, permanent: leaflets
roundishj concave, obtuse, spreading very much,
opposite: the corolla has five obovate petals,
obtuse, quite entire, concave at top, flat at the
base with the sides mutually incumbent, spread-
ing very much, almost three times as long as
I he calyx, permanent: the stamina have five

awl-shaped filaments, very short, erect, two on
each side of the germ, the other solitary : an-
thers erect, ovate: the pistillum is a three-
cornered germ, superior, the length of the pe-
tals : style none: stigmas three, spreading very
much, ascending at the tip, muricated above :
there is no pericavpium : the calyx and corolla,
now erect, closely embrace the base of the seed :
the seeds single, ovate-oblong, obtuse, winged-
three-sided.

The species is P. AJ'ra, African Purslane
Tree.

It rises with a strong thick succulent stalk to
the height of three feet, sending out branches
on every side, so as to form a kind of pyramid,
the lower branches being extended to a great
length, and the others diminishing gradually to
the top ; they are of a red or purplish colour and
very succulent. The leaves are also succulent
and roundish, very like those of Purslane,
whence the gardeners call it the Purslane Tree.
It is a native of Africa. It is not known that
it has yet flowered in this climate.

Culture. — It is readily increased by cuttings
of the stems or branches, planted during any of
the summer months, having been laid to dry
for some days before, in pots filled with sandy
earth, being placed in a frame, and shaded in
hot weather, and protected from wet. They are
also much forwarded by being plunged in the
bark-bed of the stove. It must be placed in a
warm glass case in winter, where it may enjoy
the full sun, and should have very little water
during that season. In summer the plants
should be placed abroad in a sheltered situation,
and in warm weather be refreshed with water
twice a week ; but the stalks being very succu-
lent, too much wet is always hurtful.

These afford variety among other green- house
plants.

POTATOES. See Solanum.

POTATOES, CANADA. See Helianthus

TuBF.ROSUS.

POTENTILLA, a genus containing plants
of the herbaceous and shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandrta
Polygyuia, and ranks in the natural order of
Senticosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, flatlish, ten-cleft perianth : the alternate
segments smaller reflex : the corolla has five
roundish petals, spreading, inserted by their
claws into the calyx : the stamina have twenty
filaments, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla,
inserted into the calyx : anthers clongate-lunu-
late : the pistillum has numerous germs, very
small, collected into a head: styles filiform, the
length of the stamens, inserted into the side of

POT

P O T

the germ : stigmas obtuse : there is no pericar-
pium : common receptacle of the seeds round-
ish, juiceless, very small, permanent, covered
with seeds, inclosed within the calyx: the seeds
numerous, acuminate-wrinkled.

The species chiefly cultivated arc : I. P. frn-
tieasa, Shrubby Cinquefoil ; -• P.Jragarioides,
Strawberry-leaved Cinquefoil ; 3. P. recta, Up-
right Cinquefoil ; 4. P. Mtmspclicnais, Montpe-
her Cinquefoil ; 5. P. gramlifiora, Great-flow-
ered Cinquefoil.

Other species may he cultivated for variety.

In the first, the whole plant is set with tine
silvery hairs: the stems erect, clothed with a
brown b3rk which cracks longitudinally, branch-
ing very much, nbout three feet (or in gardens
four feet) high, frequently reddish : the leaves
alternate, covering the branches, petioled, qui-
nate-pinnate, or consisting of five rarely seven
oblong leaflets, somewhat rolled back, quite
entire, hairv underneath ; the upper ones ter-
nate. Dr. Withering remarks, however, that
the leaves can h.irdlv be called pinnate, consist-
ing of two pairs set cross-wise, rising from the
same point, with a terminating one divided
down to the base into three open segments ; and
that the leaflets are linear-lanceolate, turned
back at the edges, dark green above, pale un-
derneath. Flowers terminating, solitary, pe-
duncled, of a bright yellow or golden colour,
and very ornamental. It is a native of Oeland,
England, Siberia, and China, flowering here in
June and July.

It has a beautiful appearance, in its numerous
flowers.

The second species has the root somewhat tu-
berous : the leaves silky on hairy petioles, with
three, five, or seven leaflets, which are ovate,
opposite, serrate, lessening as thev approach
the base : the runners are decumbent. It is a
native of Siberia.

The third has a stem about a foot high, rigid,
covered with a pile rather than hairs, reddish,
at top corymbed, or dividing into several pe-
duncles forming a sort of umbel : the leaves are
large, having each five or seven oblong villose
-. frequently of a russet colour, with ten
or twelve blunt teeth , when old almost naked :
the lower ones are peti-oled, the upper ones ses-
sde, finally becoming linear and stipular. The
flowers are abundant on the top of the stein,
erect on solitary peduncles, altogether makum
the stem panicled. It is a native of Germain and
the South of Europe, flowering in June and July.

The fourth species is a perennial plant: the
stalks grow erect, about a foot high ; thev are
very hairy : the leaflets oblong, serrate : the pe-
duncles come out above the joints of the stalk :

Vol. II.

the flowers are white and large : the) eon.

in June; and the ,-ecds ripen in autumn. It is

a native of the South of France.

The fifth has also a perennial root : the stems
trailing : the leaflets ovate, obtuse, bluntly in-
dented on their edges : the flowers larger than
in the fourth sort, and the whole plant "l a
deeper green. It flowers in Julv, and the seeds
ripen in autumn. It is a native of Switzerland
and Siberia.

Culture. — The first sort may be readily in-
creased by sucker-, layers, and cuttings, which
may be laid down or planted out in the autumn
or spring season, and be removed into the nur-
sery in the spring following ; and after having
two or three years growth in that situation,
they will be fit for planting out in the clumps
and shrubbery borders.

When removed from their natural situations
into these places, the best season is in the au-
tumn, before the frosts 'begin, that they may
get well rooted. Thev should be watered occa-
sionally in dry weather.

Thev succeed best in a cool moist soil and
shady situation.

All the other kinds may be increased by part-
ing the roots, and planting them out in the au-
tumn, or by sowing the seeds either in the au-
tumn or spring seasons.

Thev all afford ornament and variety in the
different parts of pleasure-grounds.

POTERIUM, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous and shrubbv perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Polyandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Miscellanea?.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four^
leaved perianth: leaflets ovate, coloured, cadu-
cous : the corolla four-parted : segment? ovale,
concave, spreading, permanent: the stamina
have very many filaments, (thirty to fifty) capil-
lary, verv long, flaccid : anthers roundish,
twin. — Female flowers in the same spike abov<
the males : the calyx a perianth as in the male:
the corolla one-petalled, wheel-shaped: tub*
short, roundish, converging at the mou'h:
border live-parted : segments ovate, flat, r
permanent : the pistillum has twi . - blong

germs, within the tube of the corolla : styles
two, capillary, coloured, flaccid, the length of
the corolla: Btigmas pencil-form, coloured: the
pericarpium is a berry formed of 'he tube <<j
the corolla, hardened, thickened, elosed: the
- two : inverted.

The species an : i. P. Sangu .'-ila. I.
Upland or Common Garden Burnet ; j. /'
hybridum, Sweet Burnet; ->. /'.
Prickly Shrubby Burnet.

POT

POT

The first has a perennial root, penetrating
deep into the earth : the stems nearly upright,
from nine inehes to a foot high, and a foot and
half ia cultivation; branched, striated, reddish,
smooth except at bottom, where they are slightly
hairy : the leaves unequally pinnate, on pretty
long peduncles, next the root collected into a
tuft, on the stem alternate : the leaflets smooth,

a bed or border of light mould, when they are
perfectly ripened. When the plants have at-
tained two or three inches in height, they should
be planted out on a bed, at the distance of a
foot, when for salads, or in the borders where
they are to remain.

The roots may likewise be parted in the au-
tumn, and planted where they are to remain, in

pale or blueish underneath, deeply serrate about the same manner as the above

the edge, the lower ones on the same leaf com
monly alternate, and the upper ones opposite :
the bottom leaves have seven or eight pairs of
roundish leaflets; the stem-leaves have five or
six, or at top only two pairs of ovate pointed
leaflets : the petiole is three-cornered, chan-
nelled, hairy, and somewhat membranaceous at
the base. Stipules toothed : the flowers are pe-
duncled in little roundish heads ; greenish,
sometimes purplish on the outside, the termi-
uatin<r one laraesti each head has male flowers

The second sort may be increased in the same
way.

And the last sort may be raised from slips or
cuttings, which should be planted in a bed of
light earth during the summer season, and co-
vered with glasses or in pots, and placed under
a frame and glasses, giving shade and water oc-
casionally.

They may also be had more forward by plun-
ging the pots in a moderate hot-bed under glasses.
They should be removed into separate pots when

below, and female or fertile flowers above, ex- they have stricken good root and are well csta

Banding before the former, which are frequently
imperfect hermaphrodites. It is a native of
England, Germany, Switzerland, &c, flowering
in May, and sometimes in April.

It is frequently cultivated for winter and
spring salads, and for cool tankards.

The leaves and seeds are mildly astringent,
and have been used in dysenteries and haemor-
rhages.

The second species is a biennial plant, decay-
ing soon after the seeds are ripe : the leaves are
composed of three or four pairs of oblong leaf-
lets, placed a little alternate; they are deeply in-

blished. They should afterwards be protected
from frosts in the winter, by being placed in a
mild hot-bed, and have but little water in the
winter season.

The first sorts are ornamental in the borders,*
clumps, and other parts, and the last among
other potted greenhouse plants.

POT, GARDEN, such as are made use of for
plants and flowers.

Pots of these kinds are particularly necessary
in the culture of numerous sorts of plants, such
as all tender exotics of the gresnhouse and stove
sorts, which must be planted in them for

dented, and have an agreeable scent : the stems the convenience of moving them in and out of

two feet high, with one of these leaves at each
joint, gradually diminishing in size to the top ;
and just above the leaf arises a long peduncle,
which supports two or three small ones, each
sustaining a small roundish spike of flowers.
These appear in July, and arc succeeded by seeds
which ripen in autumn. It is a native of the
South of France, Italy, and Barbary.

The third has a shrubby stalk, rising about

their departments as there may be occasion.

They are also exceedingly useful in raising
many young seedlings and cuttings that require
moving to occasional shade, shelter, and arti-
ficial heat; likewise for many young plants that
are tender whilst young, and require to be re-
moved under shelter for the first two or three
winters, but become hardy enough afterwards
to bear the full air the year round; and likewise

three feet high, and dividing into several slender to plant many of the more curious hardy flower-
ing plants and others, and choice flowering
shrubs, &c. in, to remove occasionally to adorn

branches, armed with sharp branching thorns :
the leaves are very small, unequally pinnate,
with six or seven pairs of opposite leaflets, of a
lucid green, and continuing all the year ^ the
flowers of an herbaceous colour, in small heads
at the ends of the branches : they appear the be-
ginning of June, and there is a succession of
them most part of the summer; but those only
which come early, are sometimes succeeded 'by
■ ■ <!< in England. It is a native of the Levant.

Culture. — The first sort may be readily in-
cr' ased by seeds and parting the roots.

The seeds should be sown in. the autumn, on

particular compartments or situations.

In general there are about eight different sizes
of this sort of pots made use of, which are ne-
cessary in order to suit the different sorts of
plants', as well as all sorts in their different
stages of growth ; as when the plants are young
and of small size, they may be first planted in
small ones, and as they increase in bulk be
shifted into those a size larger, repeating it as
often as necessary. See Planting in Pots and
Shifting Plants.

POT

V O T

The several siz^s are in regular grail. .
ze having us name f.>r the convenien I
readily supply" *s wanted ly>r particular

- reckoacd by the cast at the
houses, from two to sixty pots to each, ac-
cording to .heir sizes, the largest having only
two to a cast, and the smallest sixty ; so that,
. of eight different sizes or casts, thev are
led bv the following terms, twos,
eights, twelves, sixteens, twenty-fours, thirty-
twos, forts-eights, and sixties ; the several
casts from the twos being in a gradual diminu-
tion in size, and the price of the different casts
is the same ; those of two, &c, being as much
as those of sixty, and so of the rest : from two
to three shillings is the general price per cast at
the potteries in the vicinity of London.

In garden pots there is also a particular shal-
low sort of a wide, squat, pan-form make,
used on some occasions, especially among the
mvrtle-gardcncr* in the neighbourhood of Lon-
don, in raising great quantities of these plants
annually, in order to have alwavs a regular suc-
cession advanced to proper growth, for the mar-
kets. These kinds of wide shallow pan-pots
are employed to prick or plant out the requisite
supplies of numerous small myrtle cuttings, in
summer, Sec., for annual propagation, and
which are commonly called store-pans.

In these store-pans thev generally prick a
great number of such small slips or cuttings, at
only about an inch or two apart, often to the
amount of hundreds in each, just to- strike them,
and remain two or three months or more, till
advanced a little in growth ; in which time the
pans thus stored are convenient for removing
to different situations required, such as, at first
planting or afterwards, either into a hot-bed,
whereby to strike the cuttings more expedi-
tiously, or for the same advantage, when in
want of hot-beds, to be placed under a garden-
frame and lights, or under hand-glasses, either
with or without a hot-bed ; and also for remov-
ing to a green-house or garden-frame, for pro-
tection in winter, Sec, all of which being thus
continued in them, according to the proL
growth which they make; so that, when they
discover themselves to be well struck in bottom
radicles and have shot a little top, they may be
pricked out separately into small pots, or occa-
sionally three, four, or five in larger ones, for a
year, then separated as above, or sometimes
bedded out in the spring in beds of natural earth,
six or eight inches apart, to acquire an advanced
state of growth till autumn, and then potted off
sing! v.

The same kind of pan-pots are also useful for
several other purposes of propagation, both to

sow seeds and plant small cuttii . fcc.

in, of tender exotics, and ol

of curious or particular kinds ol ith of

the green-house, hot-house, and ;
ground, in order to have similar culture a
above. These pan-pots are from ten lo Iw
or fourteen inches in width, and about six ii
deep, having holes at bottom as in the
kind. And another sort ( f pot of different •
Irom the general kind is sometimes used I- r
planting some kinds of bulbous roots in.
for blowing in the apartments of the h
they are narrow and upright, of equal width
from bottom to top, six, eight, or ten inches
deep, or a little more, and from three to four or
five inches in width ; and are occasionally
for planting bulbs of the Guernsey lily and •
other similar kinds, to blow in autumn and
winter, in the windows or on the chimney-piece
of the dwelling or sitting-room, or in a green-
bouse, or hftt-house, kc, as thev appear neat,
and admit of being placed close, or in 2 smaller
space than the common pots, one bulb being
planted in each ; they being previously filled
with light sandy earth to near the top.
Planting in Pots.

All these several sorts of pots may be obtained
at th .■ potteries in the different parts of the king-
dom.

In choosing the pots it is necessary to see
that they are burnt sufficiently hard, and so per-
fectly sound as to ring when struck with your
knuckles, and that they have all holes at the
bottom to discharge the superfluous moisture
from the earth about the roots of the plants,
the larger sorts having generally four holes, one
in the middle of the bottom, and three around
the circumference, at equal distances ; but the
smaller kinds commonly only one in the middle
of the bottom.

In respect to the sizes of pots that are proper
for the different sorts of plants, it is commonly
mentioned in the culture of the plants where any
particular sizes are necess irv.

Where small pots are advised, it is generally
to be understood either as sixties, forty-eight-,
or thirty-twos, according to the sorts or sizes
of the plants that are to be potted.

POTTING ok PLANTS. The operation el
placingor planting different sorts of plants, roots,
and cuttings, See , in pots. In this business
more care and attention is necessary than is ge-
nerally bestowed.

POT- HERBS, such as are used for different
culinary purposes, consisting of different sort*
of the small aromatic kind, and some others
But in a more general signification they com-
prehend many of the other kitchen garden vege-
2 L a

P R A

P R I

tables, but are principally understood to be such
as are in request to improve soups, broths, and
some other similar culinary preparations, in
which, sometimes, several different kinds of
small herbs are used in different proportions,
both in composition, and singly.

They are chiefly the following sorts : thyme,
marjoram, savory, sage, parsley, mint, penny-
royal, sorrel, chervil, basil, coriander, dill_, fen-
nel, marigold, borage, burnet, tansey, tarra-
gon, chives, leeks, onions, green-beet, white-
beet, spinach, celery, endive, lettuce, love-
apple, capsicum, an.) purslane.

Those made use of separately, as salad-herbs,
are green and white spinach, to boil as separate
dishes ; celery, endive and lettuce, as choice
salad herbs, and sometimes to stew. But of
the above, the thyme, marjoram, savory, pars-
ley, sage, mint, marigold, penny-royal, leeks,
celery, and onions, are in the greatest request.

Pioper supplies of the different sorts may be
raised in the manner directed, under their parti-
cular heads. See Aromatic and Kitchen
Garden Plants.

PRASIUM, a genus containing plants of the
low shrubby exotic evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of VerticiUalce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium,campanulate-turbinate, erect,
bilabiate: upper lip wider, semitrifid, acute;
lower lip a little smaller, two-parted : the co-
rolla one-petalltd, ringent : upper lip erect,
ovate, obsoletely emarginate, concave: lower
lip wider, trilid, reflex : the middle segment
larger : the stamina have four awl-shaped fila-
ments, pressed to the upper lip, spreading,
shorter than the upper lip : two shorter than the
two others : anthers oblong, lateral : the pistil—
lum is a quadrifid germ: style filiform, lengthand
situation of the stamens : stigma bifid, acute,
with one segment shorter : the pericarpium con-
sists of four berries, at the bottom of the calyx,
roundish, one-celled : the seeds are solitary,
roundish.

The species are : 1. P.majus, Great Spanish
Hedge Nettle; 2. P. minus, Small Spanish
Hedge Nettle.

The first rises with a shrubby stalk two feet
high, covered with a whitish bark, and divides
into many branches which are declining : the
leaves are the size of those of baum, cordate,
smooth, blunt, petioled. The flowers come out
from the bosom of the leaves in whorls rovind the
stalks : are white, and have large permanent ca-
lyxes, cut into live points. It is a native of
Spain, Sec, flowering here from June to August.
8

The second species has a shrubby stalk tike
the former, but rises a little higher: the bark is
whiter, the leaves are .shorter and ovate, and of
a lucid green : the flowers arc somewhat larger,
and are frequently marked with a few purple
spots. It is a native of Sicily.

Culture. — These plants may he .'-creased by
seeds and cuttings.

The seeds should be soon on a bed of liejit
mould, in the early spring season, as about
April, the plants being afterwards kept clear
from weeds, and in the following autumn be
removed and placed in the situations where they
are to remain, or in pots to be gradually har-
dened as they advance in growth.

The cuttings should be taken from such
plants as are strong, and where the shoots ara
short and good, and if a joint of the former
year's wood be taken to each of them, they suc-
ceed belter. They should be planted out either
in a shady border or in pots in the latter part
of the spring season, as about the end of April.
When the plants have stricken good root in
the borders, they should be removed into the
situations where they are to remain, and those
in pots into separate ones. These in pots
should be placed under a frame during the
winter, or in the green-house, where they can;
have plenty of free air when the season is dry.
They only require to be screened from severe
frosts. When planted in the open ground they
should have a dry poor soil and sheltered situa-
tion. These plants afford much ornament in
the green-house collections, and among other-
evergreen shrubs of the more hardy kinds.

PRICKLY PARSNEP. See Echinophora,

PRICKLY PEAR. See Cactus.

PRIMROSE. See Primula.

PRIMROSE NIGHTLY, or TREE. See
Oenothera.

PRIMROSE PEERLESS. See Narcissus.

PRIMULA, a genus containing plants of
the low fibrous-rooted herbaceous flowery peren-
nial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
PrecicE.

The characters are : that the calyx is a many-
leaved involucre, many-flowered, very small :
perianthium one-leafed, tubular, five-cornered,
five-toothed, acute, erect, permanent : the co-
rolla monopetalous : tube cylindrical, the length
of the calyx, terminated by a small hemispheri-
cal neck : border spreading, half-five-cleft: seg-
ments obcordate, emarginate, obtuse : throat
pervious : the stamina have five very short fila-
ments, within the neck of the corolla: anthers
acuminate, erect, converging, included : the

P R I

P R I

I

istillum ia a globular germ : style filiform, tho
ength of the calyx: utigoia globular: the pt ri-
carpium is a capsule cylindrical, almost the
length of the perianth, covered, one-celled,
opening with a ten-toothetl top: the seeds
numerous, roundish : receptacle ovate-oblong,

The species cultivated are: 1. P. vulgaris,
Common Primrose; 3. P. vtatior, Great Cow-
alipor Oxlip; 3. P. officinalis, Common Cow-
dip or Paigle ; 4. P.farinosa, Bird's-eye Prim-
rose; 5. P. longifvlia, Long-leaved Bird's-eye
Primrose ; C. P. cortusoides, Cortusa-leaved
Primrose; 7. P. maigi/iala, Silver-edged Prim-
rose ; 8. P. Auricula, Auricula or Bear's-car.

The tirst has a perennial root, growing ob-
liquelv, appearing as it bit off at the end, beset
with thick reddish scales which are the remains
of past leaves, sending down numerous very
lon-i round whitish fibres ; it has a singular
smell, somewhat like that of anise: the leaves
are obovate-oblong, about a hand's-breadth in
length, nearly upright, tapering to the base,
blunt, veiny, wrinkled, smooth above, hirsute
beneath, rolled back at the edge when young,
slightly waved, unequally notched, the midrib
whitish, terminating in a footstalk of a reddish
colour, channelled on one side and keeled on
the other : the scapes or peduncles numerous,
the length of the leaves, upright, round, hir-
sute, pale green, having awl-shaped braetes at
the base, after the flowering is over bending
back : the flowers upright, large, sweet-scented:
the corolla is of a pale sulphur colour ; each of
the live clefts obcordate, and marked at the
base with a spot of a much deeper yellow : the
month has a faint rim round it. The flower of
the wild Primrose is a pale brimstone colour;
but in some places it is found of a purple hue.

The varieties are numerous, being partly wild
and partly produced by cultivation. The prin-
cipal of which are ; the Common Yellow-
flowered: the White: the Paper-white : the Red :
the Double Yellow : the Double White : the
Double Red: the Double Pink: the Double
Crimson Primrose. It is a native of most parts
of Europe, flowering in March and April with
the Wood Anemone.

It is observed, that a fine (lower of this sort
sh< uid possess a graceful elegance of form, a
rich;. ess of colouring, and u perfect symmetry
of parts. The properties are mostly similar to
which distinguish the Auricula, in what
relates to the stem or scape, the peduncles or
flower-stalks, and the formation of the umbel,
bunch or thvrse, vulgarly termed the trust : the
tube of the corolla above the calyx should be
short, well filled at the mouth with the anthers,

and fluted termination rather above the eve : the
eye should be round, of a bright clear vellow,
and distinct from the ground colour ; the ground
colour is most admired when shaded with a
light and dark rich crimson, resembling vel
with one mark or stripe in the centre of each
division of the border, bold and distinct from
the edging down to the eye, where il should
terminate in a line point: the petals, technically
termed the pips, should be large, quite Bat, and
perfectly circular, excepting the small inden-
tures between each division, which separate it
into tive (sometimes six) heart-like segments ;
and the edsjing should resemble a bright gold
lace, bold, clear and distinct, and so nearly of
the same colour as the eye and stripes, as
scarcely to be distinguished from il.

The second species has the leaves contracted
towards the middle, almost as in the Cowslip ;
the scapes few, erect, longer than the leaves,
manv-flowered : the flowers umbelled, pedicel-
led, the outer ones generally nodding; like those
of the Primrose iu form and colour, but smaller.
From which it is evidently distinguished by its
manv-flowered scape ; as it is from the cowslip
bv the flat border of the corolla. It is found
in the woods and other places in this Country,
flowering in April and May.

Martyn remarks tlvat if it be a variety, it is
rather of the former than the latter. And Dr.
Smith rather inclines to think that it is a hybrid
production, or mule from a Primrose impreg-
nated by a Cowslip.

It varies much in the colour of the flowers,
but the chief are purple-flo.v ered, red-flowered,
gold-coloured, orange-coloured, with various
shades of each.

The third, has a root like that of the Primrose,
but smelling more powerfully of anise: the
leaves obovate-oblong, contracted suddenly to-
wards the middle, or rather ovate with the pe*
winged, shorter than those of the Prun-
n by nearly one half, fuller at the edge,
which is somewhat folded as well as notched,
stronger, of a deeper green, not running so
taper at the base-, covered on the under side
with softer ami shorter hair : the petioles
smoother, whitish with scarcely any red in
them : the scapes few, three or four times
longer than the leaves, round, upright, pale,
villosc : the involucre at the base of the un
surrounding the peduncles, consisting ot many,
vt v small, concave, pale, acuminate leaflets :
the flowers in an umbel, unequally peehcelled,
hanging down, generally to one side, full yel-
low with an orange-coloured blotch at the base
of each segment, contracted about the middle
of the tube, where the stamens are inserted,

P R 1

P R I

paler underneath, very fragrant. It is a native
oJ Europe, flowering in April and May.

The varieties are the Common Single Yellow
Cow slip : Double Yellow Cow slip : Scarlet Cow-
slip ; and Hose, and Hose Cowslip.

The fragrant flowers of these plants make a
pleasant wine, approaching in flavour to the
muscadel wines of theSouth of France. It is com-
monly supposed tc possess a somniferous quality.
The fourth species has a perennial root, some-
what pixmorse, with numerous, long, per-
pendicular fibres, and sweet-scented: the leaves
obovate-lanceolate, bright green, smooth and
even, thickish, here and there turned back on
the edges, underneath veined and powdered
with white meal : the scape a hand's-b:cadth or
span in height, i'ar exceeding the leaves, round,
upright, stiff and straight, of a pale green co-
lour and mealy : the flowers sweet-scented, of
a purple yellow colour, in an upright umbel,
having at its base a many-leaved involucre, each
leaflet" of which is awl-shaped, and placed at
the base of each peduncle. It is an elegant
plant ; is a native of many parts of Europe,
flowerins; in July and August.

It varfes in the size of the plant, having been
found wild a foot and half in height, and in
the cultivated plant a tendency to become vivi-
parous, has been observed by Curtis, or to produce
one or more tufts of leaves among the flowers
of the umbel. In its wild state it seeds readily,
and frequently when cultivated : the flowers
also vary with different shades of purple, and
have been found entirely white.

The fifth bears a great affinity to the fourth,
but the leaves differ in form, colour, and mode
of growth ; when fully grown being twice the
length of those of the other: they are not
mealy, the under side being as green as the
upper, and they have a greater tendency to grow
upright : the scape is shorter and thicker : the
flowers form a similar umbel, but each is
smaller, and in point of colour much less bril-
liant. Upon the whole, though superior in
size, it is inferior to that in beauty. It flowers
early in May.

The sixth species, in the wrinkled appearance
of its foliage, approaches the first sort ; whilst
in its inflorescence, the colour of its flowers,
and solitary scape, which rises to an unusual
height, it bears an affinity to the fourth. In
the winter it loses the leaves entirely, and
forms a sort of bulbous hybernacle under ground:
tin.- circumstance is necessary to be known, as
it subjects the plant to be thrown away as dead.
It flowers in June and July ; and is a native of
Siberia.

The seventh, in its farinaceous tendency, ac-
7

cords with the eighth sort, but is very unlike it
in its wild state, the leaves being much nar-
rower: the flowers larger, and of a different
colour: the colour of the flowers approaches
to that of lilac : it becomes mealy, particu-
larly on the edges of the leaves, between the
serratures, where it is so strong as to make the
leaf appear with a white or silvery edge. It is
a delicate pretty plant, with a pleasing musky
smell, and flowers in March and April. It is
probably a native of the Alps.

The eighth species has the leaves f.eshv, suc-
culent, with the edges mealy, serrated ; or en-
tire, according to some — deeply and equally
toothed all round, as others affirm ; while some
say that the young leaves are entire : the adult
ones serrate above the middle : the petioles leafy
or winged : the leaflets of the involucre unequal,
wide, lanceolate or blunt : the flowers very
sweet, four or five, in an upright umbel : li'ie
calyx one-third of the length of the tube of the
corolla, bell-shaped, toothed, mealy, as is also
the scape : the tube of the corolia gradually
widening upwards, not contracted at the neck :
the border concave: the segments emarginate
but not deeply, and not cut to the neck : the
most common colours are yellow or red, but it
is found also purple and variegated, with a white
eye powdered with meal : capsule spherical or
nearly so, flatted a little at top, of a coriaceous-
cartilaginous substance, sprinkled with meal.
It is a native of the mountains of Switzerland,
Austria, &c, flowering in April and May.

It varies much in the leaves and flowers; as
the oblong-leaved ; roundish -leaved ; broad-
leaved ; narrow-leaved ; green-leaved ; white- or
meal-leaved ; the purple-flowered, of various
shades and variegations; red- flowered, with dif-
ferent shades and variegations; yellow-flowered,
of different shades; double purple-flowered ; dou-
ble yellow-flowered ; variegated purples, &c.

With regard to the properties of a fine auri-
cula, they are these according to Martyn: " The
stem should be strong, upright, and of such a
height as that the umbel of flowers may be
above the foliage of the plant : the peduncles
or footstalks of the flowers should also be strong,
and of a length proportional to the size and
quantity of the flowers ; which should not be
less than seven in number, that the umbel may
be regular and close : the tube, eve, and border
should be well proportioned ; w hich they will
be, if the diameter of the first be one part, of
the eye three, and the whole border six parts or
thereabouts : the circumference of the border
should be round or nearly so, or at least not
what is called starry : the anthers ought to be
large, bold, and rill the tube well ; and the tube

P R I

P R I

should terminate rather above the eye, which
should he very white, smooth and round, with-
out crack?, and distinct from the ground-co-
lour : the ground-colour should be bold and
rich, and regular, whether it be in mic uniform
circle or » bright patches : it should be di-
stinct at the eye", ami only broken at the outer
part into the edging; a fine black, purple, or
bright coffee-colour contrast best with the white
eye : a rich blue, or bright pink is pleasing,
but a glowing scarlet or deep crimson would be
most desirable, if well edged with a bright
green; this, how ever, can seldom be expected :
the green edge is the principal cause of the va-
riegated appearance in this flower, and it should
be in proportion to the ground-colour, that is,
about one-half of each : the darker grounds are
generally covered with a white powder, which
seems necessary, as well as the white eye, to
guard the flower from the scorching heat of the
sun's rays."

It is observed, that all flowers that want any
of the above properties are turned out into the
borders of the garden or rejected wholly by
every good florist ; for as there are varieties
every year from seeds, the bad ones must make
room for their betters : but in some the passion
for new flowers so much prevails, that supposing
the old flower to be greatly preferable to a new
one, the latter must take place, because it is of
their own raising.

Culture. — These beautiful plants are raised
without much difficulty, by proper care and at-
tention in their management with respect to
the parting of the roots, and the planting them
out in their due season ; they succeed best in a
strong soil, and some of them, as the Primrose
kind, in a shady situation.

Culture in t/ic Poli/ant/ui1; kiruls. — These are
all capable of being increased by seed and the
parting of the roots, the former being the only
method for obtaining new varieties, or a large
supply of plants. The seed should be collected
from such flowers as have large upright stems,
and which produce many flowers upon the stalk,
being large, beautifully striped, open, flat, and
not pin-eyed, as from such seed a great variety
of good sorts may he expected ; care should be
however taken that no bad or common flowers
ttaiul near them, as they will be apt to debase
them, by the admixture of their farina.

The seeds should be sown in boxes or large
pots filled with light rich mould. The proper
season for this business is in the autumn, or
the early spring; but the former is the better,
as bv sowing then the plants come up well the
same vear, and are strong and fit to plant out
the following spring, and are fine plants for

flowering the second sprine*. In the first season
the sowing should he performed as soon as pos-
sible after the seed becomes well ripened,
though some advise December as a good time ;
but when in the latter, or the spring season, it
may he dune in February, March, or the fol-
lowing month. The seed should be sown over
the surface tolerably thick, being covered in
very lightly, and the boxes or pots placed where
they may have a little of the morning sun, hut
not by any means the mid-day heats. The
plants mav be much forwarded by the pots or
boxes being plunged in a mild hot-bed ; in
the spring, when dry, they should be frequently
refreshed with water, in very moderate propor-
tions at a time, removing the plants more into
the shade as the heat advances, as it soon de-
stroys them. The autumn-sown plants should
have a warm situation during tin- winter, or he
protected from frosts or severe weather by-
glasses or other means.

In the spring or early summer the plants of
the different sowings will be sufficiently strong
to plant out, for which a bed or shady border
should be prq^ared, and made rich by neat's
dung, on which the plants should be set out
about four or five inches distant in every direc-
tion, care being taken to water them occasionally
till well rooted, after which they only require
to be kept free from weeds ; and when they
flower in the following spring the best flowers
should be marked, and the rest be removed into
the borders or other places for affording variety ;
and the valuable plants may be removed, when
they have finished flowering, into the borders or
beds where they are designed to flower and re-
main, in the same manner as above, watering
them slightly till well rooted again. The roots
afterwards require to be parted and removed an-
nually, and the earth of the borders renewed,
to prevent their degenerating.

It is necessary, m order to keep up a proper
stock of plants, to raise new seedling plants
every two or three years, as the old plants
mostly decline in beauty after the third year.

In the latter method, the roots should be
parted in the beginning of the autumn, as soon
as the flowering is over, and it may likewise be
done early in the spring; hut the former is the
best lime, as the plants get stronger and flower
better in (he spring.

In performing the work the plants should be
taken up out of the ground, and each bunch
divided into several slips, nut too small, unle-s
where a great increase is wanted, being careful
to preserve some root te each slip ; ihey are then
to be planted in a fresh dug border, enrochad
with dung as above, setting them live or *ix

P R I

P R I

inches asunder, giving them water directly, and
repeating it occasionally till they have taken good
root. The approved sorts may in this way be
easily preserved.

These plants are observed by the editor of
Miller's Dictionary to be very liable to the de-
predations of snails and slugs, in the spring of
the year ; the plants and pots therefore should be
carefully examined on all sides early in the
morning. But their worst enemy is a small red
spider or Acarus, which in summer forms its
web on the under side of the leaves. These
little insects, scarcely visible without a magni-
fying; glass, cause the leaves to become yellow
and spotted, and eventually destroy the plant :
they multiply with such rapidity as to take pos-
session of a whole collection in a very short
time. Such plants as appear infected should
therefore be immediately selected from the rest,
taken up, and soaked for two or three hours in
a strono- infusion of tobacco water, and then re-
planted in a fresh soil or compost, and removed
to a situation at a distance from the former.
But if the whole bed or border be overrun with
this insect, it is best to take up all the plants,
and, having soaked them, to plant them else-
where. The bed or border should then be
trenched up, and remain fallow to the next sea-
son, or be planted with another crop not liable
to this calamity.

In their after-management, they are said to
" blow at the same time, and require nearly the
same treatment, as Auricula*, both with respect
to soil and situation; they are however more
impatient of heat and drought, and more partial
to shade and moisture. They may be set in the
same sized pot&, and in the same compost as
the Auricula, only with the addition of more
loam ; or they may be planted on cool shady
beds or borders, being very hardy, and seldom
perishing in the coldest and wettest seasons, be-
cause their parent is a native of this country ;
but during the heats of summer they are fre-
quently destroyed, unless proper precautions be
taken. This dislike of heat seems to indicate,"
it is added, " that the Polyanthus is rather the
offspring of the Primrose, which requires shade,
than of the Cowslip, which grows in open pas-
tures ; though Mr. Miller seems to regard it as a
variety of the latter."

The roots of the wild plants, when they can
be procured, may be taken up, divided, and
planted out in the autumn, when they will
flower in the following spring.

The fourth sort readily seeds in its wild state,
and also frequently when cultivated : but it is
scarcely worth the pains to raise it from seed,
since a strong root may be divided so as to form

many plants ; the best time fordoing this is in
the spring, soon after the leaves are expanded.
Each off-set should be placed in a separate pot,
tilled with two parts of siifKsh loam, and one part
of light sandy bog earth, watering and setting
them in the shade, under a north wall or paling,
but not under trees, keeping them there during
summer in pans of water, but in the autumn,
as the wet season comes on, taking them out of
the pans, and either laying the pots on their
sides, or placing them during winter under a
common cucumber frame, to keep them from
immoderate wet, which this plant cannot bear,
although it be a native of boggy meadows. In the
following if not the same year these plants will
blow strong; and they should be thus treated
every year, as they require to have their roots
frequently parted.

The fifth sort is increased by parting the
roots, either in September or at the beginning
of March. It is hardy, of ready growth, and
will succeed either in the pot or border, by
guarding it from the sun in summer and from
severe frost and too much wet in winter.

The sixth species, which is yet a rare plant,
must be treated with care, as the fifth sort, and
may be raised from seeds, or increased by part-
ing the roots ; but it is apt to be lost if not
well attended to.

The seventh sort is delicate, and should ba
placed in a pot of stifnsh loam, mixed with one-
third rotten leaves, bog-earth, or dung, and
plunged in a north border, taking care that, it
does not suffer for want of water in dry seasons ;
as when thus treated it increases by its roots
nearly as readily as the Auricula.

Culture in the Auricula kinds. — These plants
may all be increased by seeds in order to pro-
cure r.ew varieties, and by, slipping the roots to
increase the approved kinds.

In order to obtain good flowers from seeds,
choice should be made of the best flowers,
which should be exposed to the open air, that
they may have the benefit of showers, without
which they seldom produce good seeds : the time
of their ripening is in June ; which is easily
known, by their seed-vessels turning to a
brown colour, and opening, being then care-
ful lest the seeds be scattered out of the vessel,
as they will not be all fit to gather at the same
time.

The proper soil for this sort of seed is good,
fresh, light, sandy mould, mixed with very
rotten neat's dung, or very rotten dung from the
bottom of an old hot-bed ; with which the pots,
boxes, or baskets in which the seeds are to be
sown should be filled ; and having levelled
the surface very smooth, the seeds should be

P R I

P R I

sown lifting over ihcm a little rotten willow
dj then covering them with a net or wire,
to prevent cats or buds from scratching out,
or burying the set - to destroy them,

never coyer the seeds but leave
then on the surface, fot the rain to wash them
into the ground, which is often the best me-
TUe boxes, 8ec., should then be placed
e half the day's sun, during the
winter season ; but in the beginning of March
moved, where they may have only the
morning sun till ten o'clock ; for the voung
plants now soon begin to appear, which, it ex-
posed to one whole day's sun only, are all de-
stroyed. The proper season for sowing the seed
is in the latter end of summer, <>r beginning of
autumn, as about September, but they may be
sown in the spring.

During the summer season, the plants in dry-
weather should be often refreshed with water,
never giving them too great a quantity at once.
In the July following, the plants will be large
enough to remove, at which time a bed mu.-t
be prepared, or boxes, filled with the above-
mentioned soil, in which they mav he planted
about three inches apart, and shaded when in
beds, every dav, till they are thoroughly rooted,
as also in very hot drv weather; but if they are
in baskets or boxes, they may be removed to a
shady situation.

When planted in beds, there shendd be some
rotten neats' dung laid about ten inches under
the surface, and beaten down close and smooth :
this will prevent the worms from drawing the
young plants out of the earth, which they ge-
nerally do where this is not practised. This
dung should be laid ahout half a foot thick,
which will entirely prevent the worms getting
through it until the plants are well established
in the beds : and the roots strike down into the
dung by the spring, which makes their Bo
stronger than usual : these beds should be ex-
posed to the ea- reened from the south
sun as much as is necessary.

In the spring following many of these flowers
will show; when such of them as have good
properties should he selected, which should
be removed each of them into a pot of the same
prepared earth, and preserved until the next
season, at which time a judgment of the good-
ness of the flower mav be formed ; but those
that produce plain-coloured or small fli
should be taken out, and planted in borders in
the out-parts of the garden, to make a show, or
gather for nosegays, Sec. ; the others, which do
not produce their flowers the same vear, may
be taken up, and set out into a fresh bed, to
remain t:il their properties are kn

Vol. 11.

In the second method, the offsets or slips
may be taken from the old roots, in the spring
or autumn, and bo planted into small p its
tilled with the same sort of earth as was directed
tor the seedlings, and during the summer
son be set in a shady place, and must be olten
gently refreshed with water, and in the autumn
and winter be sheltered from violent rains, [a
the spring following these plants produce €
ers, though but weak ; therefore, soon after they
are past flowering, they should be put into
pots, and the second year they will blow-
in perfection.

In order to obtain a fine bloom of these flow-
ers, the plants should be preserved from too
much wet in winter, which often rots and spoils
them, letting them have as much free open air
as possible ; but not be too much exposed to the
sun, which is apt to forward their budding for
flower too soon; and the frosty mornings, which
often happen in March, thereby destroving their
buds, if they are not protected ; to prevent
which, those who are curious in these Bowers
place their pots in autumn under a common
hot-bed frame, where, in good weather, the
plants may enjoy the full air, bv drawing off
the glasses; and in great rains, snow, or frost,
be screened by covering them.

Ahout the beginning of February, when the
weather is mild, the upper part of the earth
in the Auricula pots should be taken off as low
as can be, without disturbing their roots, filling
up the pots with fresh rich earth, which greatly
strengthens them for bloom. As those plants
which have strong single heads always produce
the largest clusters of dowers, the curious florist
should pull off the offsets a- soon a* it can be
done with safety to their grow ing, to encourage
she mother plants to flower the stronger; they
should also pinch off the flowers in autumn,
where thevare produced, and not suffer them to
open, that the plants may not be weakened bv
it. The pots should be covered with mats in
weather, during the time of their budding
for Bower, lest the sharp mornings biicht them,
and prevent their blowing. Vv hen the flower-
stems begin to advance and the blossom buds
grow turgid, they must he protected from hasty
rains, which would wash off their white meallv
farina, and greatly deface the beauty of their
flower*, keeping them as much uncovered as
possible, otherwise their -terns will be drawn up
too weak to support their flowers, (which is
often the case w lien their pot-, are placed neat-
walls) giving the :: gentle waterings to strengthen
them, but none of the water should be let fall
into the centre of the plant, or among the ]•

When the flowers begin to open, then

P R I

P R I

fhoukl be removed upon a stage (built witli
rows of shelves, one above another, and covered
on the top, to preserve them from wet : this
should be open to the morning sun, but shel-
tered from the heat ot the sun in the middle of
the day) : in this position they will appear to
much greater advantage than when they stand
upon the ground ; for, their flower? being low,
their beauty is hid; whereas, when they are ad-
vanced upon shelves, they are fully seen. In
this situation they may remain until the beauty
of their flowers is past, when they* must be set
abroad to receive the rains, and have open free
air, in order to obtain seeds, which will fail if
they are kept too long under shelter. When
the seed is ripe it should be gathered when it is
perfectly dry, and exposed to the sun in a win-
dow upon papers, to prevent its growing moul-
dv, letting it remain in the pods till the season
for sowing.

It is observed by the editor of Miller's Dic-
tionary, that " those who are very nice in rais-
ing Auriculas, direct the compost to be made of
one half rotten cow-dung two years old ; one
sixth fresh sound earth of an open texture ; one
eighth earth of rotten leaves ; one twelfth coarse
sea or river sand ; one twenty-fourth soft de-
cayed willow wood ; one twenty -fourth peaty
or moory earth ; one twenty-fourth ashes of
burnt vegetables, to be spread upon the surface
of the other ingredients. This compost is to be
exposed to the sun and air, turned over once or
twice, and passed as often through a coarse
screen or sieve; then be laid in a regular heap
from fifteen to eighteen inches thick, and in
this state remain a year, turning it over two or
three times, and keeping it free from weeds."

It is added, that " the pots for Auriculas
should be hard baked : the inner diameter of
the top be six inches and a half, of the bottom
four inches, and they should be about seven
inches deep, for common-sized blooming
plants : but smaller plants and offsets should
have smaller shallower pots, and very large
plants should have larger pots in proportion ;
the bottom should have a small degree of con-
cavity, and the hole should be half an inch in
diameter : the rims should project about half an
inch, in order to take up and remove them with
greater case and safety. The pots should be bu-
lled in wet earth, or immersed in water three or
lour days-or a week, before they are wanted, to
take off their absorbent property."

In the after-management of the plants, they
should be potted annually soon after bloom ;
curtailing their fibres, if grown very long, and
rutting off ihe lower part of the main root if
too long or decayed. The offsets at this season
1

strike freelv, and become well established be-
fore winter. The plants should be carefully ex-
amined, and where any unsoundness appears,
be cut out entirely with a sharp penknife, ex-
posing the wounded part to the sun, and when
it is quite dry, applying a cement of bees-wax
and pitch in equal quantities, softened in the
sun or before a fire. If the lower leaves be yel-
low or dried up, they should be stripped off in a
direction downwards. Having put the hollow
shell of an oyster over the hole of the pot, three
parts of it should be filled with compost, highest
in the middle, placing the plant there, with its
fibres regularly distributed all round; then filling
the pot up with the compost, adding a little
clean coarse sand close round the stem on the
surface, and striking the bottom of the pot
against the ground or table to settle the earth.
The true depth of planting is within half an inch
of the lowest leaves, as the most valuable fibres
proceed from that part ; and the offsets will be
thereby encouraged to strike root sooner. When
these have formed one or more fibres of an inch
or two in length, they may, by means of a piece
of hard wood, or by the fingers, be separated
with safety, and planted round the sides of a
small pot, filled with the same compost, till
they are sufficiently grown to occupy each a se-
parate pot : if a small hand glass be placed over
each pot it will cause the fibres to grow more ra-
pidly; but*if it be long continued, it will draw-
up and weaken the plants. And in the begin-
ning of May, as soon as the operation of pot-
ting is finished, the plants should be placed in
an airy, shaded situation, but not under the
drip of trees. Here they may remain till Sep-
tember or October, when they should be re-
moved into shelter.

The plants should, in the first favourable wea-
ther in February, be divested of their decayed
leaves ; and by the middle of that month earth-
ing them up; that is, taking away the super-
ficial mould of the pots about an inch deep, and
putting in fresh compost, with the addition of a
little loam, to give it more tenacity. This con-
tributes greatly to the strength of the plants,
and the vigour of their bloom ; at the same time
it affords a favourable opportunity to separate
such off-sets as appear to have sufficient fibre to
be taken off at this early season. The pots with
these off-sets should be placed in a frame, in a
sheltered situation till their roots are established.
Though frost, unless it be very rigorous, will
not destroy the plants, it will injure them, and
perhaps spoil the bloom, especially early in the
spring ; they should therefore be covered with
mats in a severe season. When any plant has
more than one or two principal stems, it is ad-

P R I

PRO

visable to pinch off the smallest and weakest,
in order to render the blossoms of that which
remains larger and more vigorous. And when
the flowers (pips) become turgid and begin to ex-
pand, the plants should be selected from the
rest, removing them to a calm shady corner,
suspending small hand-glasses over them.

In this culture the stages for the pots to stand
on whilst in bloom should have a northern
aspect, and should consist of four or five rows
of shelves, rising one above another, the roof
being covered with frames of glass ; the tallest
blowing plants being placed oebind, and the
shortest in front. The plants must be regu-
larly watered two or three times every week
during the blooming season.

All these plants are highly ornamental ; the
former in beds and borders, and the latter sorts
anions curious potted flowering plants.

PRINCE'S 1 KATHER. See Amaranth us.

PRINCE'S WOOD. See Cordia and Ha-

Ml.LIA.

PRINOS, a genus containing plants of the
deciduous and evergreen shrubby sorts.

It belongs to the class and order Hexantlria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Du7>wsee.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, half-six-cleft, flat, very small,
permanent: the corolla one-petalled, wheel-
shaped: tube none: border six-parted, flat:
segments ovate: the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, erect, shorter than the corolla :
anthers oblong, blunt : the pistillum is an ovate
germ, ending in a style shorter than the stamens,
and an obtuse stigma : the pericarpium is a
roundish berry, six-celled, much larger than
the calyx : the seeds solitary, bonv, obtuse, con-
vex on one side, angular on the other.

The species cultivated are : 1 . P. verlicillata,
Deciduous Winter Berry ; 2. P. glabra, Ever-
green Winter Berry.

The first rises with a shrubby stalk to the
height of eight or ten feet, sending out many
branches from the sides the whole length : the
leaves are lanceolate, about three inches long,
and one inch broad in the middle, terminating
in an acute point, of a deep green, veined on
the under side, alternate on the branches upon
slender footstalks : tin: flowers come out from
the side of the branches, single or two or three
at each joint: the berries are the size of those
of Holly, turning purple when ripe. It flowers
in July.

The second species has leaves alternate, peti-
ole d , oblong, of a firm texture, smooth, acute:
there arc commonly two serratures towards the
tip: the peduncles axillary, small, commonly

three-flowered. It is of lower growth than the
preceding ; the- leaves are shorter and serrate at
their points only. It is a native of Canadj,
flowering in July and August.

Culture. — In these plants it is effected by
seeds, sown soon after they are ripe, or early in
the spring, upon a bed of light earth, covering
them about half an inch with the same sort of
earth: but the seeds which are put into the
ground in the autumn will many of them come
up the following spring, while those which are
kept longer out of the ground, often remain a
whole year before the plants appear, as in Ilollv,
Hawthorn, and some others. The seeds may
be forwarded in their growth by means of a hot-
bed. \\ hen the plants have sufficient strength
they should be planted out, some in nursery-
rows and others in pots. They delight in a
moist soil and a shady situation. In hot land
they make little progress, and rarely produce
any fruit.

They are ornamental, and afford variety in the
pleasure-grounds and among potted plants.

PRIVET. See Ligustri'm.

PRIVET, MOCK. See Phillvrea.

PROTEA, a genus containing plants of the
ornamental shrubby exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tetrandr'm
^lonogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
siLSzregatce.

The characters are : that the calvx is a com-
mon perianth, usually imbricate : scales perma-
nent, various in form and proportion : perianth
proper none : the corolla universal uniform :
proper one, two or four pctalled, with the pe-
tals different in figure: the stamina have four
filaments, inserted into the petals below the
tip: anthers linear : the pistillum is a superior
germ, awl-shaped or roundish : stvle filiform :
stigma simple : there is no pericarpium: calyx
unchanged.

The species cultivated are : 1 . P. conifcra, Cone-
bearing Protea ; 2. P. artrenlea, Silvery l'rotea.

There are several other species that may be
cultivated for variety.

The first has a stem erect, three feet high.
with branches in whorls and subdivided: ti..1
leaves terminated by a concave smooth gland :
the cone tomentose ovate, the size of a pea:
the branches are in whorls and again subdi\
the leaves elliptic, the cone of flowers tonieii-
and the floral leaves concolour.
The second species has a strong upright stalk,
covered with a purplish bark, dividing into se-
veral branches which grow erect: the ll
broad, shining, silvery, making a fine ap]
anee, when the plant is intermixed with othei
exotics. It flowers in .'

M r:

PRU

P R U

Culture. — These plants are increased by seeds,
procured from the places of their native growth;
which, as soon as obtained, should be sown in
pots, filled with sandy loam, and placed in a
moderate hot-bed ; and when the plants are
come up, moderate air should be given, or they

The first pruning for wall fruit-trees, to give
the head its first regular formation, is effected
bv pruning short or heading down in spring all
the shoots produced the first year fiom budding
and grafting, and when a year old being mostly
pruned down in March, within lour or five eyes

should be placed in an airy glass case, or to- of the bottom, to throw the sap more into the
wards the front of a green-house; and be after- remaining lower buds, and thus, instead ot run-
wards managed as other similar exotics of that ning up to one stem, to push forth several
kind. strong shoots from the lower part the ensuing
They are also sometimes raised by cuttings, in summer, so as to fill the necessary space ot w.ill-
spring and summer, by the assistance of a" hot- ing and espalier regularly quite from the bottom,
bed, in the same manner. They should not which shoots being trained straight and regular
have much water afterwards, nor 'be treated in. in a spreading manner, each at full length all
too tender a manner. summer ; and in the winter or spring following,
They are ornamental among otherpotted plants, where a supply of more principal shoots shall
PRUNING of TREES. The operation of oc- seem necessary to form the head more effectu-
casionally cutting out parts, in order to give them ally, pruning short also these shoots, each to

anv desired form, and to retrench or reduce ir-
regular and redundant or superfluous growths.

It is particularly necessary to be practised on
many sorts of fruit-trees, more especially the
dwarf sorts, such as all kinds of wall and espalier
fruit-trees ; it is also necessary, occasionally,
for standard-trees, both dwarfs and half and full

four or five eyes, when they will throw out the
same number of shoots the same year, which,
according as they advance in length, should be
trained at regular distances at full length during
the summer, for the shoots of wall-trees should
not in general be shortened in the summer sea-
son, as that would cause them to push forth
standards, and for some sorts annually, as all many superfluous unnecessary lateral shoots ;
kinds of wall-trees, espaliers, and most other though sometimes, in order to fill a vacancy as
dwarf or trained fruit-trees; which is done in soon as possible, strong young shoots, by being
order to preserve the proper figure, and to keep pinched or pruned early in the season, as May
them within their limited bounds, as well as to or beginning of June, to four or five eyes, will
promote fruitfulness ; but as to common stand- throw out several proper shoots the same sum-
ards, whose heads have full scope of growth mer. The work of pruning short should be oc-
every,way, they require but very little pruning, casionally repeated one or two years, cither in
except just to retrench any occasional redund- general or on particular shoots, as may seem
ancv, ill-growing branches, and dead wood, necessary, till a proper set of branches are by
Wall-trees and espaliers require a general regu- that means obtained to give the head of the tree a
lation in this way, twice every year : in sum- proper formation ; afterwards it may be omitted,
mer, to retrench the evidently superfluous and except occasionally to any particular shoot to fill
ill-placed shoots of the year, and to train in a a vacant space ; but some sorts of wall -trees re-
supply of the most regular ones; and in winter quire almost a general shortening of their sup-
to give a general regulation both for the supply ply of shoots, such as peaches, nectarines, &c,
of young wood left in summer, and to the old which bear only on the young wood, have that
branches where necessary. of each year shortened, to force out a supply of

In pruning these sorts' of trees, as they have shoots for future bearing : other sorts of wall-
their branches arranged with regularity to the trees and espaliers are not, in the general course
right and left, one above another, in a parallel of pruning, to be shortened, such as pears, ap-
nianncr, four, five, or six inches asunder, and pies, plums, and cherries, which continue bear-
forming a regular spread, so as the branches ing in the same wood of from two or three to
of each tree completely cover a certain space of many years' growth. See Espaliers.
wall, &c, and as the whole spread of branches When the trees have been thus furnished with
constantly send forth every year a great number a proper spread of branches trained regularly to
of unnecessary and useless shoots, each should the wall and espalier, they every year throw out
be limited to a certain space. " An annual prim- many more shoots than are wanted, or can be
ing is consequently necessary to retrench the re- converted to use, by some being too numerous,
dundancies, and all irregular and bad shoots, others ill placed, and others of a bad growth ;
to give the proper bearing branches due room, all of which must therefore be regulated ac-
as well as to confine each tree within its proper cordingly by proper pruning; as the regular
limits, consistent with its regular form. figure of the tree, by being well furnished in

P R U

P R U

every part equally from the bottom to the top of
the wall or espalier with proper branches, capa*
1 ! of producing pood fruit, is the principal ob-
jeot of this operation.

In performing it the operator should be care-
ful to free the trees of every thing that is super-
fluous, irregular, or hurtful, both in the sum-
mer and winter primings. Those branches are
superfluous, which though good and well placed,
are more lhaa wasted or that can be properrv
laid in, end those irregular which are m ill
placed as not to be trained with regularity to the
wall or espalier, such as all fore-right shoots,
being such as grow immediately from the front
or back of the branches in a fore-right dn -
tion ; and those are hurtful which arc of bad

nrrhj such as all very rank or singularly lux-
uriant rude shoots. The superfluous or redund-
ant growths should of course be thinned by
pruning out all that seem to cause confusion ;
anil the irregular and hurtful rank shoots be dis-
placed, cutting all these oft" quite close to the
place whence iliev proceed, only leaving a pro-
per supply of the regular or best placed side-
shoots where necessary, so as to preserve every
part well furnished with bearing wood, trained
straight and close to the wall or espalier, at
equal distances. Some sorts of wall-trees, &c.,
however, require a general annual supply of
young wood, such as peach and all other trees
which bear only on the shoots of a year old ;
others require only an occasional supply of
wood, such as apples, pears, &c, and all other
kinds that bear on the old wood of from two or
three to ten or twenty years old or more; so
that the same branches continue in bearing many
vears, and the trees require only a supply of
young shoots now and then to replace any worn
out or dead branches. See Summi;r and Win-
tkp Pruning.

This art chieflv consists in being acquainted
with the nature of bearing in the different sorts
of trees, and in the forming an early judgment of
the future event of shoots and branches, as well
as other circumstances, for which some rules
may lie given ; but there are particular instances
which cannot be judged of but upon the spot,
and depend chiefly upon practice and observa-
tion.

With regard to the nature or mode of hearing
of the different sorts of wall- and espalier-trees,
Etc. peaches, nectarines, apricots, £cc, all pro-
duce their fruit principally upon the young wood
of a year old ; that is, the shoots produced this
year bear fruit the year following, and the same
of every year's shoots; so that in all these trees,
a general supply of the best regular shoots of
each year should be every w here preserved, both

in the summer and winter primings, at regular
distanci Irom ihebtittom to the extremity

of the trees on ever)' side, in such order as to
seem coming up regularly one after another;
and trained principally all at full length du
their sumnur's growth ; hut in the winter ]
ing generally shortened, according to the
strength ofttje different shoots, in order to pro*
mote their throwing out more effectually a sup-
ply of young wood the ensuing summer, from
the lateral eyes, in proper places for training in
for the next year's bearing; the fruit-buds I
mostly produced along their sides immediately
from the eyes, as they rarely form any consi-
derable fruit-spurs, as in the apple, pear, &c,
the same shoots producing the fruit and a supply
of shoots at the same lime for the succeeding;
year's bearing. All these trees also bear on
casual small natural spurs, sometimes arising
on the two and three years' wood, one or two
inches in length, which are generally well fur-
nished with blossom buds in the proper season ;
and should be preserved for bearing ; always
however depending on the main young shoots
as the principal bearers.

Vines also produce their fruit always upon
the young wood, shoots of the same year arising
from the eyes of the last year's wood only, and
must therefore have a general supply of the best
regular shoots of each year trained in, which
in the winter pruning should be shortened
to a few eyes or joints, in order to force
out shoots from their lower parts only, pro-
perly situated to lay in for bearing fruit the fol-
lowing year.

Figs bear also only upon the young wood of a
year old, a general supply of it is of course ne-
cessary every year; but these shoots should at
no time be shortened, unless the ends are dead,
as they always bear principally towards the ex-
treme part of the shoots, which if shortened
would take the bearing or fruitful parts away.
And these trees mosily throw out naturally a
sufficient supply of shoots every year for future
bearing without the precaution of shortening
them.

And as to apple-, pear-, plum-, and cherry-
trees, they hear principally generally on
arising in the general branches, of from two or
three "to ten or twenty years old, the same
branches and spurs continuing bearing a
number of years, as has been seen, so that hav-
ing one.' procured a proper set of branches, in
the manner already directed, to form a spread-
ing head, no further supply of wood is wanted
than only some occasional shoots now and then
to supply the place of any casual worn-out or
dead branch as before suggested ; these spurs or

PRU

PRU

fruit-buds are short robust shoots, of from about
half'an inch to one or two inches long, arising
naturally in these trees, first towards the once
extreme parts of the branches of two or three
years old ; and as the branch increases in length,
the number of fruit-buds increases likewise ;
this therefore determines, that in the general
course of pruning all these kind of trees, their
branches that are trained in for bearing must
not be pruned or shortened, but trained at full
length, as where shortened it would divest
them -of the parts where fruit-buds would have
first appeared, and, instead thereof, would throw
out a number of strong unnecessary wood-
shoots, from all the remaining eyes ; therefore
all the shoots or branches of these trees should
be trained principally at full length, and as they
advance still continue them entire. When how-
ever there is a vacancy, and only one shoot,
where rwo or three may be requisite, pruning or
shortening is allowable to force out the proper
supply. See Dwarf Trees.

In these trees care is necessary to preserve all
the proper fruit-buds or spurs, which arc readily
distinguished by their short, thick, robustgrowth,
rarelv exceeding one or two inches in length.

In the course of pruning all sorts of wall- and
espalier-trees, all improper and ineffectual shoots
and branches, necessary to be displaced, must
be taken off' quite close to the place whence they
arise ; which in the summer pruning, if attend-
ed to early, while the shoots are young and
tender, may readily be rubbed oft" close with the
thumb ; but when the shoots become older and
woody, as they do not readilv break, it must be
done with a knife, cutting them as close as
possible : all winter pruning should however be
performed with a knife.

In pruning in summer, the necessary supply
of regular shoots that are left for training in,
should never be shortened, unless to particular
shoots to fill a vacancy, or to reduce within
bounds any too long extended shoots ; as by a
general shortening in this season, all the shoots
so treated would soon push again vigorously from
everv eye, and run the trees into a perfect
thicket of useless wood; therefore all sorts,
whether they require shortening in the winter
pruning or not, should, in the summer dress-
ing, be lined in at full length.

Summer Pruning. — This is a necessary ope-
ration, as in spring and summer wall- and espa-
lier-trees abound with a great number of young
shoots that require thinning and other reforms to
preserve the requisite regularity and beauty of
the trees, and encourage tile fruit ; and the
sooner it i-; performed, the better ; it is there-
fore advisable to begin in May or early in the

following month, and disburthen the trees in
time of all redundant or superfluous growth,
and ill placed and improper or bad shoots ;
which may be then performed with more expe-
dition and exactness than when delayed till after
the trees have shot a considerable length and
run into confusion and disorder: besides the in-
jury of the fruit is prevented. It is therefore of
importance to proceed in this operation early,
when the same year's shoots are sufficiently
formed to enable you to make a proper choice.

The business now is to thin and regulate the
unnecessary shoots, by pruning away the super-
fluous ones, and all such as arc ill-placed and
of bad growth, retrenching the most irrecular-
placed, weakest, and all such as are evidently
not wanted for use, and where two or more
shoots any where arise from the same eye, clear-
ing all away but one of the best, reserving a suf-
ficiency of the .moderately strong and most re-
gular-placed side shoots, and always a leading
one at the end of every branch, where it com-
modiously occurs ; all of which should be re-
tained to be regularly trained in to choose from
in the winter pruning, leaving more or less in
proportion, according to what the trees are, or
the mode of bearing, though in all those trees
that bear always on the young wood, at least
doubly or trebly more shoots should be left in
this pruning than what may appear necessary,
especially of peaches, nectarines, apricots, vines,
figs, &c, as it is highly requisite to reserve
plenty of regular young wood in summer, to
choose from in winter pruning, to lay in for
next year's bearers ; but as to apples, pears,
plums, cherries, &c, which continue bearing
many years on the same branches, only here and
there some good well-placed shoots need be left
towards the lower parts, or in any vacancy be-
tween the main branches till winter ; and if then
not wanted, be easily retrenched.

Where, however, a tree is in general inclined
to luxuriancy, it is proper to retain as manv of
the regular shoots as can be commodiously
trained in with any regularity, in order to divide
and exhaust the too abundant sap, which causes
the luxuriancy ; as by humouring somewhat the
natural inclination of luxuriant trees by leaving
plenty of branches and these mostly at full
length, they may the most readily be reduced
to a more moderate state of growth.

Great attention should always be paid to the
lower parts of the trees, as it is frequently the
case to find proper shoots arising in places ne-
cessary to be trained in, either to supply a pre-
sent or future vacancy, or as a reserve to re-
place any decayed or worn-out or other bad
branch, so that if moderately strong well-

PRU

P R U

! shoots arise in sach par??, they arc pnrti-

cularly to be regarded at this time : and in

r pruning] such of ihem as are not wanted

be easily cut out and removed : but all

weak trifling .-hoots should now be taken out.
After having summer-pruned and cleared any

tree from all useless shouts, all the remaining
shoots should be directly, or as soon
as thev are lontr enough, trained in straight
and close to the '.\ all or espaliers, at full length.
When there is any great vacancy in some parti-
cular part, it may however be proper to cut
or prune one or more contiguous shoots to three,
four, or five eves or buds, in order to promote
an emission of literals accordingly the same sea-
son, more effectually to supply the vacant spa-
but all the rest should be trained at full
length till winter pruning, when they must un-
dergo another regulation. Those of such trees
as require it, as peach, nectarine, Sec, should
be shortened.

The work of training in the shcots in this
season, is performed when against w alls, both
bv nailing, bv means of proper shreds and nails,
and occasionally, by fastening in the smaller
shoots, with little slicks or twigs stuck between
the main branches and the wall; and for espa-
liers, by tying them with small osiers, rushes,
or bass string-.

Alter having tbns summer-dressed and trained
the trees, it v. ill be necessary to look them oc-
casionally over, in order to reform such branches
or shoots as may have started from their places
or taken a wrong direction, and according as any
fresh irregular shoots are produced, they should
be displaced; and likewise as the already trained
shoots advance in leneth or project from the
wall or espalier, be trained in close, continuing
them at full length during their summer's
growth ; every thing being kept close and regu-
lar, by which the trees will appear beautiful" to
the eye, and the fruit show itself, and attain its
due perfection more effectually.

tV inter- Pruning. — In this pruning, a gene-
ral regulation must be produced both in the
mother branches, ^nd the supply of young wood
laid in the preceding summer. The proper time
for this work is, in most wall-trees, anytime
in open weather, front th<- fall of the leaf in
November until March. And in performing
the business, it is proper to unnail or loosen a
great part of the branches, particularly of peach-
es nectarines, apricots, vines, and such other
as require an annual supply of young
wood, and considerable regulation in the general
branches.

All the principal or mother branches should

t be looked over, and examini if

any are worn out or not furnished with parts
proper for bearing fruit, and Mich branches be
cut down either to the great branch from which
thev proceed, or to any lower shoot or !■
branch thev may support toward their bottom
part, leaving these to supply its place ; hke-
u ist examining if any branches are become I
lonj; for the allotted space either at sides or i
and reforming them accordingly, by shortenin ■
them down to some lower shoot or branch pro-
perly situated to supply the place ; being careful
thai every branch terminates in a young shoot
of some sort for a leader, especially in all ]
where room to extend them, according as the
limited space admits, having the leader either
placed naturally at the termination of the branch ;
or, where too long in any particular parts of
tlie tree, pruned conformably to some lower
shoot, &c., so as that it may still terminate in
a proper leader, and the extended branches i
cut to naked stumpy or stubbed ends, as is
often practised by inexperienced pruuers. And
from the principal or larger branches, pass to the
young wood of the year : or, in proceedinsr both
in the occasional reform among the principal or
older branches, and more sreneral regulation in
the young wood of the year, or shoots of the
preceding summer, the above intimations rela-
tive to the principal branches should be ob-
served in the pruning in the whole, both on the
old and voting wood, and be carried on regu-
larly together at the same time, cutting out or
retaining according to circumstances ; as for
instance, in the older wood observing the above
particulars, and as below, and in the general
supply of young wood, cutting out close all
fore-right and other irregular shoots that m
have been omitted in the sunimer-pruninsi; like-
wise all very weak shoots, and those of v.
luxuriant growth, unless it be necessary to keep
some to supply a vacant place ; then of the re-
maining regular shoots, selecting a greater or
smaller portion to leave either as a general
supply for next \ car's bearing, as is requisite for
peaches, nectarines, apricots, vines, and
or only in others some occasional shoots, such
in full-trained apple-, pear-, plum-, and cberrj -
tr^es, kc., either sometimes to furnish
vacancies, or to supply the pi any de-

fective or improper branches, or ineffectual
bearers, as may casually occur, or that of de-
cayed or dead wood.

But as peach, nectarines, apricot', vines, and
figs, always hear principally on the year-old
wood, as already noticed, a general suppK
young shoots must be kit in every pail trora

PRU

P R U

bottom to top at regular distances, and, at the hud, or lateral shoot, or lower branch, which
same time, some proportional part of the most should be trimmed entire.

naked old wood, and of the two preceding years In this pruning, as in the summer drsssing,
pa-t bearers, be pruned out to make proper room it is of importance to have a strict eye to the
for this requisite voung successional supply of lower parts of wall-trees, &rc, to see if there is
future bearers in 'the following summer, to be any present vacancy or any that apparently will
now retained in a general manner, both laterally, soon happen ; in which cases, it any good shoot
and as terminals to the general patent branches, is situated contiguous, it should be trained m
which should be primed accordingly ; and mostly either at full length, or shortened to a tew eyes
all the said supply of the present retained shoots, to force out two or more shoots if they shall
except the fig, must be more or less shortened seem necessary ; for precaution should ever be
according to their situation and strength, to en- observed in taking care to have betimes a suf-
courage their furnishing more readily a proper ficient stock of young wood coming forward to
supply of shoots in spring and summer for the till up any casual vacancy, and substituting a
succeeding year's bearing, as noticed before, new set of branches in place of such as are
leaving the strongest shoots always the longest, either decayed or stand in need of retrenchment,
as is more fully, explained under each of their In wall-trees and espaliers there are some-
respective genera,', but as the figs always bear times many large disagreeable barren spurs, con-
tow ards the end of the shoots they must not be sisting both of old worn-out fruit spurs, and ot
shortened. clusters of stumps of shortened shoots project-

With respect to the apples, pears, plums, ing considerably from the branches, occasioned
cherries, &c, as they continue to bear on the by unskilful pruning when retrenching the su-
same branches of from two or three to many perabundant and irregular shoots, which, m-
years standing, the said bearers must be conti- stead of being cut out close, ate stumped oft to
iiucd accordingly ; and the trees only require an an inch or two long, and in the course of a tew
occasional supply of young wood, according as years, form numerous barren stumps, and very

anv of the branches become defective, or unfit
for bearing, and want removing; which should
now be. cut out as may seem necessary, training
in here and there in proper places some good re-
gular young shoots towards the lower part, and

ittle fruit, the trees appearing like a stumped
hedge. In this season of pruning, (in this case)
it is proper to reform them as well as possible by
cutting all the most disagreeable stumps clean
out close to the branches, leaving these at full

..here it may seem necessary, to be coming gra- length, especially in apples, pears, Sec, and re-
dually forward to a bearing 'state, to be ready to serving an occasional supply of young wood in
replace worn-out and other useless branches', to different parts : thus in two or three years such
be cut out, as they may occur : and of the trees may be reduced to a regular figure and a
young wood, selecting what may appear neces- proper state of bearing.

sary of the best well-placed shoots, and the su- It is observed that bad pruning ruins many a
perabundance, or those not wanted for that good tree, as is observable in numerous gardens,
purpose, together with all irregular-placed where the wall-trees and espaliers appear as just
shoots, rank luxuriant;, and other ineffectual described, pruned every year, yet never pro-
growths, should be now cut clean out, close to ducing any tolerable crop of fruit,
whence they originate, not leaving anv spur or Severe injudicious pruning in strong wood is
stump, as every one would push out several greatly prejudicial to the health of some sorts of
strong unnecessary shoots the next spring, to stone-fruit-trees, by causing them to gum and
the prejudice of the trees and fruit: particular soon decay. Plums and cherries, in particular,
regard "should be paid to preserve the shoots at are often greatly damaged by a too severe disci-
the termination of all the already trained branch- pline of the knife, these being very liable to
es entire, but not more than one to terminate gum by large amputations : it is therefore of im-
each branch; preserving also carefully all the portance to attend to these trees well in the sum-
proper fruit-spurs, taking care that the supply mer-pruning, to retrench all the superfluous and
of young wood he occasionally reserved, and the irregular shoots betimes in the summer while
branches in general of these trees be trained in quite young, and pinch others occasionally
at full length, and continued so in future, as w here wood is wanted to fill vacancies, so as to
far as the limited space will admit: and accord- require but little pruning out of large wood in
ing as any extend above the wall or espalier or winter.

any where beyond their proper limits, they be A general nailing, &c, must every year be
pruned down'with discretion to some convenient performed, according as the pruning advances,

P R U

P R V

as it is proper that even- tree, as soon as pruned,
be dircctlv nailed to the wall, or if espaliers,
i or nailed to the treillage, being careful in
the winter pruning, as the work of nailing, cce.,
will require to be performed more or less upon
all the branches, to train them with great regu-
larity, nailing them along horizontally, as
straight and close as possible; never crossing
any of the branches, but training them distinctly
and parallel four to five or six inches asunder,
or in proportion to the size of the leaves and
fruit of the different sorts, making the opposite
branches of each side arrange equally in the
same manner and position.

Pruning of Standard Trees. — Standard fruit-
trees require but very little pruning ; for, as their
branches have full scope above to extend them-
selves every way, they must not be shortened :
besides, as the standard fruit-trees, consisting
principally of apples, pears, plums, and cher-
ries, bear fruit on natural spurs arising to-
wards the upper parts of the branches, this de-
termines that they must not be shortened, nor any
other pruning be practised than just to reform
anv great irregularity, &c, in them. In these
trees, the first occasional pruning necessary is
the first two years of their growth, in order to
form their heads somewhat regular, by retrench-
ing anv irregular shoots ; and when designed to
have them form more regular spreading heads, to
prune the first shoots, when a year old, down
to four or live eves, in order to force out lateral
shoots from these lower buds the following sum-
mer, to give the head a proper formation. After
this, the branches should be suffered to take
their natural growth, except that, if, while the
trees are young, any very luxuriant shoots ram-
ble away considerably from all the others, and
draw most of the nourishment, it is proper to
prune them, either by retrenching entirely verv
irregular ones, or shortening others to some re-
gularity, to branch out consistently with the re-
quisite form of the head of the tree ; but except
in such cases of reducing irregularities, the
heads of all kinds of standards always should be
left to branch away as fast as possible, both in
length and laterally, agreeably to their natural
mode of growing ; and they will naturally fur-
nish themselves abundantly with bearing wood.

In standard fruit-trees of some years' growth,
as irregularities and disorder will occasionally
happen, they should be regulated a little by
pruning out the most conspicuously irregular
and redundant growths in the winter season.

For instance ; where any considerable branch-
es grow right across others, or in anv other
awkward direction, to incommode orcau.se cou-
fusion, or much irregularity in the heaJ, they

Vol. II.

should he retrenched close; likewise any branch
that rambles considerably from all the rest,
should be reduced to order, bv cutting it down
to some convenient lower branch, so u to pre-
serve some regularity. Where the head is con-
siderably crowded with wood, let the worst of
the redundancy be thinned oat at regularly as
possible, cutting them close to their origin ;
and as sometimes very vigorous shoots ari^e in
the heart of the tree, or towards the bottom of
the main branches, growing upright, and crowd
the middle of the head, they should be con-
stantly retrenched to their very bottom ; cutting
out also any very cankered parts, and all de-
cayed wood ; and clearing off all suckers from
the root and stem. The standard trees thus
disburthened from any consideiable irregularities
and confusion, so as all the proper branches
have full scope to spread free and easy in their
natural manner, will not fail to repay the trou-
ble in the superior quality of their future fruit.
See Orchard-Trees.

Pruning of Forest Trees, &!c. — With respect
to pruning of forest and ornamental trees, flow-
ering shrubs, &c, it is verv inconsiderable.
Forest trees, &c, must be suffered to run up as
fast as possible, so that their heads should not
be shortened ; all that is necessary is, to prune
off the lateral branches occasionally from the
stem ; or, if while young, any lateral shoot of
the head, which is of a very rude rambling
growth; but otherwise suffering the top and ge-
neral branches of the head to remain entire, and
take their own natural growth ; only pruning
the lower stragglers occasionally. It is however
very improper to trim up the stem too high, as
often practised to forest trees, as scarce to leave
any upper branches to form a head : never, there-
fore, trim the stem much higher than the full
spread of the principal branches, as a full head
is both ornamental and essentially necessary to
the prosperity of the trie. See Planting.

And as to the shrub kind, they should, for
the general part, take their own growth at top ;
and only be pruned occasionally in any lower
stragglers, from the interior part of the stem, or
any very irregular rambling shoot of the bead,
and all dead wood. Except in these cases, their
heads mostly should be Buffered to shoot in their
own way, according to their different modes (it
growth, in which they will appear arwa]
most agreeable. Where, however, it is re-
quired to keep shrubs low, they must be regu-
lated, as convenient, with the pruning-knifc, as
being more proper than the garden-shears,
which should never be u-ed in that business to
shrubs ;;nd trees in rural growth.

The particular method to be followed with
; N

P R U

P R U

each sort of tree has been shown under the proper
head to which it belongs.

Pruning Implements. — For the purpose of ge-
nera! pruning, several implements are necessary,
such as pruning-knives, saws, chisels, hand-
bills, hatchets, ice. Two or three different
sizes of knives are requisite, in order to prune
neatly ; a strong' one for cutting out larger
branches, shoots, &x., and a small one for the
more exact pruning among the smaller branches
and shoots of peach and nectarine trees, Sec.
These knives are generally made curving at the
point, and they should not be too long, broad,
and clumsy, but have rather a shortish narrow
blade, and but very moderately hooked at the
point, for when too crooked they are apt to hang
in the wood, and not cut clean ; it is also proper
to be furnished with a strong thick-backed knife,
to use by way of a chisel occasionally, in cut-
ting out any hard stubborn stumps, Sec, placing
the edge on the wood, and with your nailing
hammer striking the back of it, and it will rea-
dily cut through even and smooth. A long
knife with a concave edge, and a pruning-knife
with a convex edge, are also recommended by
Mr. Forsyth.

Hand-pruning saws are likewise proper for
cutting out any large branch too thick and stub-
born for the knife: these should be of mode-
rate sizes, one being quite small and narrow, in
order to introduce it occasionally between the
toiks of the branches, to cut to exactness.

And as saws generally leave the cut rough, it
is proper to smooth it with a knife or a pruning-
:hisel.

The pruning-chisels are necessaiv to use oc-
casionally, both 10 cut off any thick hard
branches and large hard knotty parts, or stumps,
and to smooth cuts in large branches, Stc, af-
ter a saw ; they should be flat, and from about
one to two inches broad .- sometimes large
strong chisels, fixed on along pole, are used in
pru.iing or lopping branches from the stems of
high standard forest trees, one man holding the
chisel against the branch, while another, with
a large mallet or beetle, strikes the end of the
pole. A hand-bill and hatchet are also neces-
sary to use occasionally among larger kinds of
the standard trees.- — See Tool.

All these pruning- tools, in their proper dif-
ferent sizes, may be had at the cutlery shops,
and of the ironmongers, and many of the nur-
sery ami set dsmen.

FRUNUSj a genus containing plants of the

fruit-tree, flow* ring and evergreen shrubby kind.

It belongs to the cla3s and order Icosandrie

Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of

Pomacece.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, bell-shaped, five-cleft, decidu-
ous : segments blunt, concave: the corolla has
five petals, roundish, concave, large, spreading,
inserted into the calyx bv their claws : the sta-
mina have twenty to thirty awl-shaped fila-
ments, almost the length of the corolla, in-
serted into the calyx : anthers twin, short : the
pistillum is a superior, roundish germ : style
filiform, the length of the stamens : stigma or-
bicular : the pencarpium is a roundish drupe:
the seed is a nut, roundish, compressed, with
sutures a little prominent.

The species cultivated are: 1. P. domestica,
Common Plum Tree; 2. P. insititia, The Bul-
lace Plum Tree; 3. P. Armeniuca, Apricock or
Apricot Tree ; 4. P. Ccraws, Common or
Cultivated Cherry Tree; 5. P. Avium, Small-
fruited Cherry Tree ; 6. P. Pudus, Common
Bird Cherry Tree; 7- P- rubra, Cornish Bird
Cherry Tree; 8. P. Vbginiana, Common Ame-
rican Bird Cherry Tree ; 9. P. Canadensis, Ca-
nadian Bird Cherry 'free; to. P. Mahaleji, Per-
fumed Cherry Tree; 11. P. Carolinian/!, Ever-
green Bird Cherry Tree; 12. P. Lauro-cerasus,
Common Laurel ; 13, P. iMsitanica. Portugal
Laurel.

The first is a tree of a middling size, growing
to the height of fifteen or twenty feet, branch-
ing into a moderately-spreading head : the leaves
are on short petioles, wdiich have one or two
glands towards the end ; they are slightly serrate
and smooth ; when young convoluted of coiled,
and pubescent underneath : the peduncles short,
commonly solitary : the calyx erect: the petals
white, obovate : the drupe is an oblong sphe-
roid-, swelling a little more on one side and
there grooved, of a blue colour, with a bloom
on it: pulp yellowish, tender: the shell bony,
ovate, pointed at both ends, and compressed :
it loves a lofty exposure, and is a native of Asia
and Europe. The cultivated garden Plums are
all derived from this species.

The varieties of garden and. orchard Plums
arc very numerous, differing in the form, taste,
colour and substance of the fruit; but those
mostly cultivated in this country are the follow-
ing, according to -Mr. Forsyth, and the times at
which they ripen :

The Jaunhative, or White Primordian, which
is a small plum, of a yellow colour, and mealy :
it ripens in the latter end of July, or beginning
of August : one tree of this sort will be suf-
ficient for a garden of the common size. The
Early Damask, which is commonly called the
Morocco Plum, and which is middle-sized, and
the flesh good : it ripens about the beginning
of August, or sometimes a little later. The

PRU

P R U

Little Black Damask, which is a rich fruit, a
good bearer, and becomes ripe about the latter
end of A or thereabouts. The Great Da-

mask \ HiK • -, which is a tine rich plum

or a bluci*h colour, and becomes ripe in August.
Red Orleans, which is large, of a rich juice,
and becomes ripe in the hitter end of August.
The Fotheringham, which is an excellent plum,
i dark red, and the juice rich : there is hardly
plum that excels it, according to the opinion
ot .1 be Blue Perdrigon, which is of a very-

good taste, and ripens in August. The White
Perdrigon, which is a pretty good fruit, and has
a sweetish taste mixed wish tartness : it ripens
in the beginning of September. The Red Impe-
rial, or Bed Bonum Magnum, which is a great
. ar.d mostly used for baking : it is ripe
about the latter end of September." The White
Imperial Bonum Magnum, or Egg, White
Holland, or Mogul, winch is a large fruit, and,
like the Red, mostly used for baking: it is a
great bearer, and ripens about the beginning of
October. The La Borate, which is a Tine plum,
equal to the Green Gage, but a shy bearer: it
is of a red colour, and ripens in the latter end of
September. The Little Queen Claudia, which is
a small rich fruit, becoming ripe in September.
The Large Oueen Claudia, orDauphiny, which
is an excellent plum, of a yellowish green, and
ripens about the beginning of October. The
Green Gage, which is of an exquisite tu-tc, and
eats l:ke a sweetmeat: its colour and size suf-
ficiently distinguish it from any other: it ripens
in - -.ptember: it has sever.:', sub-

varieties, all of which are of good qualities.
The Drap d'Or, which is a good plum, and a
plentiful bearer: it is ripe about the latter end
September. The Chester, which is rich, and
reat bearer: it is ripe about the latter end of
ember. The Apricot, which is large and
and is ripe in the beginning of October.
The Makre Claud, which is a "large round
whitish plum: the juice is very brisk, though
•t : it is accounted among the best white
plums that we have, and ripens about the be-
ginning of October. The Myrobolanus, or Cherry
Blum, which is a middle-sized sweet fruit, and
ripens about the beginning of September : this
plum is frequently planted for ornament, as
it blossoms early. The La Mirabelle, w bich is of
an amber colour, and small, but full of juice,
and excellent for sweetmeats : it bears well,
and becomes ripe about the beginning 01
teniber. The Brignole, which is esteemed the
best plum of any for sweetmeats: the flesh
is dry, but of a rich flavour: it is ripe about
the latter end of September. The Bed Diaper,
•tthichis large, and of a very high Savour: it

ripens about the beginning of September. The
Saint Catharine, w ne of the best, and

is much used for confectionary; ii is also very
good for the table, having a rich sweet jo
and is a good bearer, hanging the longest ol any
upon the tne: Mr. Forsyth says, he has had
m in gathering six weeks: it ripens about
the latter end of September. The [inperatrice, or
Empress, which has an agreeable dower, and
nP le ol October : it is one

of the latest plum t be gathered

till it begins to shrivel ; it will the.i eai like a
•nd make a great additi in to the ta-
ble in the latter end of October and beginning
of .November eur's, or the Wentwortb,

which is a large fruit resembling the Bonum
Magnum: it ripens about the beginning of
October, and is good for preserving, but too
sharp to be eaten raw. TheWinesour, or York-
shire, which is one oi •: tor preserving:
it is ripe in October. The Damson, of which a
tine large sort from Shropshire, raised from
suckers or stones, is an abundant bearer, of a
rich flavour, and good for baking or preserving:
it ripens in the latter end of September, and
continues till near the latter end of October to
be good and lit for use.

To these Mr. Forsyth adds the following list :
The Admirable, the Black Damascene, the
k Pear, the Blue Matchless, the Damas
.- de Tmrs, the Don Carloses, the Double-
flowered, the Early Blue Primordian, the f arly
B.d Primordian, the Early Amber, the Early
Tours or Precoce do Toms, the Early Violet',
the Early Orleans, the Fine Early Plum, the
Jacinthe or Hyacinth, the Koa's Imperial, the
La Prune the La Pnine Valeur Valeutia,

the Matchless, th rou, the Muscle, the

Persian, the Red Queen Mother, the Royal Pea,
the Royal Dauphin, ;:- the Semina,

.1 White Damascene, the Spanish Da-
mascene, the Striped-leaved, the True Prune,
the Verte-dock or Ver-dock, the Whitton or
meg, the While Bullaee, ;be White Or-
leans, the White Pear, the White Perdrigon.

The following ire ra immended oy the

same writer as proper for a small garden : The
balive, the Early Damask, the Orleans, the
Ea Royale, the Green Gage in different sorts,
the Drap d'Or, the Saint Catharine, and Impe-
; the Magnum Bonum for baking ; and
the W inesoor for preserving.

The second species i^ a tree which grows
twelve or fifteen : . or more: the bran

are generally thorny : the leaves on short peti-
oles, ovate attenuated at the base, serrate, nl-
lose underneath : the calyx is almo.-.t upright :
tile petals white, obovate : the drupe roiu
9 N 3

PRU

P R IT

The fruit is acid, but so tempered by sweetness
and roughness as not to be unpleasant, especially
alter it Is mellowed by frost. It is a native of
Germany, flowering in April.

It varies with black, and white or rather wax-
coloured fruit ; and also with a red, bitter, un-
pleasant fruit.

The third is sufficiently distinguished by its
broad roundish leaves drawn to a point at the end,
smooth, glandular at the base in front, where
they are sometimes slightly cordate, and unequal,
that is, one side longer than the other: the edge
is finely serrate : the petiole is from half an inch
to an inch in length, commonly tinged with
red : the vernant leaves convoluted, rolling up-
wards more or less ; the leaves have a disposi-
tion to this at all times : the flowers are sessile,
white tinged with the same dusky red that ap-
pears on the petioles : the fruit is round, yel-
low within and without, firmer than plums and
most peaches, inclosing a smooth compressed
stone, resembling that of the plum. It is a na-
tive of Asia.

There are many varieties of this ; but the fol-
lowing are the most commonly cultivated, ac-
cording to Mr. Forsyth : The Masculine, which
is a small roundish fruit : it is the earliest of
all the apricots, ripening about the latter end of
July; and is chiefly esteemed for its tart taste:
when fully ripe, it is of a red colour towards
the sun, and of a greenish yellow on the other
side. The Orange, which is pretty large, but ra-
ther dry and insipid, and fitter for tarts than for
the table : it is of a deep yellow colour when
ripe, which is about the latter end of August:
this is considered as the best for preserving.
The Algiers, which is a flatted-oval-shaped fruit,
of a straw colour, juicy, and high-flavoured : it
ripens about the middle of August. The Roman,
which is larger than the Algiers, rounder, of a
deep yellow, and not quite so juicy : it is ripe
about the middle or latter end of August. The
Turkey, which is larger, and of a deeper colour
than the Roman ; its shape more globular, and
the flesh firmer and drier : it ripens about the
latter end of August. The Breda, (brought from
thence to England,) which is originally from
Africa : it is large, round, and of a deep yellow
colour; the flesh is soft and juicy : it is an ex-
cellent fruit, especially if ripened on a standard,
becoming ripe about the latter end of August.
The Brussels, which is held in very great esteem
on account of its bearing so well on standards,
or large dwarfs : it is of a middling size, red
towards the sun, with many dark spots; and of
a greenish yellow on the other side : it has a
brisk flavour, is not liable to be mealy or doughy,
and is preferred by many to the Breda; but when
7

the Breda is planted as a standard, the fruit is
more juicy and of a richer flavour : it ripens in
August on a wall, but not before the latter end
of September on standards. The Moor-Park,
called also Anson's, Temple's, and Dunmore's
Breda, which is a fine fruit, and ripens about
the latter end of August. The Peach, which was
introduced from Paris, by his Grace the Duke
of Northumberland, at Sion-house, in 1767 :
it is the finest and largest of all apricots, and is
generally thought to be the same as the Moor-
Park ; but upon a minute examination the leaves
will be found to differ: it ripens in August.
The Black, which has been very lately intro-
duced, by Sir Joseph Banks, from France, in
which country it is highly esteemed. It is ob-
served, that " the trees that Sir Joseph planted
in his gardens at Spring Grove, near Hounslow,
bore fruit last season, (1792) for the first time
in this country ; but, in consequence of the wet
and unfavourable weather, it did not arrive at
perfection. It ripens about the second week in
August."

To the above list Mr. Forsyth has added the
following : The Great Apricot, the Holland
Apricot, the Provence Apricot, the Alberge,
theAngoumoise, the Blotched-leaved,the Nancy
Apricot, which has a fine large fruit ; the Dutch
Apricot, the Grover's Breda, the Persian, the
Royal Orange, the Transparent, the Portugal
Apricot, which has a small fruit.

The following are advised as proper for small
gardens, in order to have regular successions of
fruit : The Masculine, the Roman, the Orange,
the Breda, and the Moor-Park.

The fourth species is a tree that has ash-co-
loured, shining, roundish branches : the leaves
petioled, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
unequally serrate, veined; the younger ones
folded together flat, and more or less pubescent
underneath : the stipules toothed, glandular :
the umbels" leafless, few-flowered, nodding :
the calyx reflex : the petals white : the drupe
red and acid. It differs from the plum in having
the stone nearly globular, with the kernel of the
same shape. It is a native of Asia and Europe.

It loves a sandy soil and an elevated situation.

The varieties are numerous; but the following
are those most in cultivation, according to the
above author : The Small May Cherry, which is
the first ripe, and requires a good wall : one or
two trees of this kind may be sufficient for a
large garden : it is ripe in June. The May
Duke, which comes in about the same time as
the former, but is larger : it is an excellent
cherry, and bears well against a wall. The
Archduke, which, if permitted to ripen pro-
perly, is an excellent cherry : it becomes ripe

P R U

P R U

in June and July. The Hertfordshire Cherry,
which is a sort of Heart, but firmer and of a
liner flavour than Hearts in general : it does
n. >t ripen till the latter end of July, or begin-
ning of August, which renders it the more va-
luable, as it suceedB more early Cherries. The
Bleedine Heart, or Gascoign's, which is a very
lanre cherrv of a long form, and dark colour :
it has a pleasant taste, and ripens in the latter
end of Julv. The Harrison's Heart, which is a
fine cherrv : it was introduced from the East
Indies by Governor Harrison, grandfather to
the present Earl of Leicester, and first cultivated
at his seat of Balls in Hertfordshire : some of
the trees, Mr. Forsyth is informed, he presented
to George the First ; and they are at this time in
a flourishing state, bearing fine fruit, in Ken-
sington Gardens : it is ripe in July and Au-
gust. The Black Heart, which is a fine cherry,
but too well known to require any description.
The Morello, or Milan, which is a wry fine fruit
when kept till th" month of October, and makes
a very great add.! ion to the dessert at that
time of the year: it is the best cherry that we
have for preserving, and for making cherry-
brandy. The Carnation, which takes its name
from its colour, being red an .Lite: it is a
larsre round cherrv, out not so sweet as the
Duke Cherrv: :,->ens in the latter end of

July. The Yellow Spanish, which is of an oval
shape and amber colour, and is a sw eet pleasant
fruit : it is ripe in August and September. The
Corone, or Coroun, which resembles the Black
Heart, and which is an excellent fruit, and a
good bearer, ripening about the beginning of
August. The Lukeward, which comes in soon
after the former, and is also 3 fine pleasant fruit,
and a good bearer : it Tipens in the beginning
of August. The GrafBon, which is supposed by
manv to be the same with Harrison's Heart ;
but, upon a close examination, Mr. Forsyth finds
it to be a different cherry : its flesh is firmer
and the stone flatter : it ripens in July and Au-
gust. Ronalds's Large Black Heart, which was
introduced into this country in the year 1794
from Circassia, is a fine large cherry, a great
bearer, and valuable as a forcing sort : it is well
worth cultivating, ripening in the beginning of
Julv. The Fraser's Black Tartarian, which is a
fine large fruit. The Fraser's White Tartarian,
which is white and transparent. These cherries
are excellent bearers, but particular!}- the Black
kind : the fruit is of a fine brisk flavour, and
they ripen early. The Lundie Gean, cultivated
at Lord Viscount Duncan's, near Dundee,
which is black, and .dm st as large as a Black-
Heart Cherry : Mr. Fors\ th says, " it is now
common in the nurseries about Edinburgh ; and

that Messrs. Gray and Wear have had it for
some years in their nursery at Brompton-park."
The Transparent Gean, which is a small deli-
cious fruit.

To these the following list is subjoined : The
Amber Heart ; the Black Mazard ; the Churchill's
Heart; the Double-blossomed; the Flemish
Heart; the Gross Goblet ; the Holman's Duke;
the Jeffrey's Roval ; the Kensington Duke ; the
Large Spanish Cherry; the Late Large Morello;
the Montmorency ; the Ox Heart; the Purple
Heart ; the Red Heart ; the Spanish Black ; the
South's Large Black; the Swedish Black Heart;
the Tradescant's ; the Turkey Heart ; the Weep-
ing; the Wentworth Heart; the White Heart.
The following are recommended as proper for
a small garden": The May Duke ; the Large
Duke Cherry; the Archduke; the Black Heart ;
the Harrison's Heart ; the Ox Heart ; the Tur-
key Heart ; and the Kensington Duke Chenv.

The fifth grows to be a large tree, fit for tim-
ber, and is frequently found growing as such in
the woods. It is supposed to be a native of
England.

The only varieties raised by seeds, from this,
are the Black Coroun, and the Small Wild
Cherry ; of which there are two or three sub-
varieties, differing in the size and colour of the
fruit.

It is observed by the editor of Miller's Dictio-
nary, that " the wild cherries are proper to plant
in parks, because they grow to a Jarce size and
make beautiful trees. In spring, when they are
in flower, they are very ornamental ; the fruit is
good food for birds; and the wood is very useful
for turners. The-e trees thrive in poor land bet-
ter than most other sorts. The French often
plant them for avenues to their houses, on poor
land; they also cultivate them in their wo.
to cut for hoops; and the stones are generally
sown for raising stocks, to graft or bud other
Cherries upon, being of quicker growth and of
longer duration." It is added that " the Garden
Cherry grows only about fifteen or twenty feet
high, whereas this attains fortv or fifty feet in
height, with a more erect and lofty h«

The sixth species rises to the height of ten or
twelve feet, and, if permitted to stand, will have
a trunk of nine or tea inches in diameter. The
branches crow wide ..nil scattering, and an' co-
vered with a purplish bark : the leaves ovate-lan-
ceolate, alternate, slightly serrate: the flow-
arc in long loose bunches from the side of the
branches : the petals white, much smaller than
those of the Cherry : the flowers ranircd alter-
nately, each on a small pedicel : they have a
strong scent, which is very disagreeable to mos,t
persons. They appear in May, and arc sue-

P R U

P R U

ceeiled by small roundish fruit, at first green,
afterwards red, but when ripe black -, inclosing
a roundish furrowed stone or nut, which ripens
in August. It is a native of most parts of
Europe.

It is commonly propagated in the nurseries as
an ornamental tree 01 shrub, growing well iti
woods, groves or fields, but not in a moist soil.
It hears lopping, and sutlers the grass to grow
under it. It is sometimes called the Cluster
Cherry Tree.

The seventh rises with a straight upright stem
more than twenty feet high : the branches are
shorter, and closer together than those of the
sixth sort, and naturally form a regular head :
the leaves are shorter and broader, and not so
rough : the flowers grow in closer shorter spikes,
standing more erect : the fruit is larger, and red
when ripe. It flowers a little later than the sixth
sort, as in May and June ; and the fruit ripens
in August. It grows naturally in Armenia.

The eighth species rises with a thick stem
from ten Xo thirty feet high, dividing into many
branches,\vhich have a dark purple bark : the
leaves are ovate, alternate, on short footstalks,
of a lucid green, slightly serrate, and conti-
nuing in verdure as late in the autumn as any of
the deciduous trees : the fruit is larger than that
of the preceding, is black when ripe, and is soon
devoured by birds : the wood is beautifully vein-
ed with black and white, and polishes well. It
is a native of Virginia and other parts of North
America.

In the ninth (he branches are even : the leaves
less rigid than in the others, finely serrate, gre n
on both sides, but manifestly villose to the
touch, and ending in the petiole at the base. It
is a native of North America.

The.ienth species is a low crooked tree : the
wood is red, very hard, and sweet-scented : the
- wide, and pointed, approaching to those
of the wild pear: the flowers white: the tru.it
black, yielding a bitter purple juice, the stain
of which is not easily effaced : the stone is
smooth, round, and a little Hatted on the sides ;
inclosing a bitter perfumed kernel. The birds
are very" fond of the fruit. It is a native of
Germany, Switzerland, Austria, deflowering
..inland May. Hay calls it Rock Cherry.
The eleventh is rather a shrub, if we judge
from its growth in this climate : the stalk docs
not rise "more than three feet high, but sends
out lateral bra-aches spreading on every side,
red with a brown bark : the leaves are al-
ternate on very short footstalks, near two inches
lcju<* and three quarters of an inch broad, with
.small acute indentures on their edges; they are
of a lucid green, continuing their verdure all

the year. It is a native of South Carolina,
flowering in May.

The twelfth species is a shrub sending oft* long
spreading branches, covered with a smooth
brown bark : the leaves arc elliptical or obovate,
slightly serrate, alternate, upon strong, short
foot-stalks: the flowers on short axillary pe-
duncles: the calyx ovate; segments reflex,
pointed: the petals small, white: the filaments
about eighteen : the fruit resembling a black
cherry, both in its external and internal structure.
It differs from the Portugal sort in having the
twigs and petioles green, whereas in that they
are reddish brown. The leaves are of a yel-
lowish green, whereas the green on the upper
surface is very dark in that ; they are also much
wider in proportion and elliptical, but in that
they are rather lanceolate ; they are both too'.hed
about the edge, but this more slightly, and the
serratures of this arc very harsh to the touch,
as if they had piickles at the end : the veins art-
much more prominent at the back of the leaves
in this ; in that the leaves are commonly re-
pand along the edge; but in tln> they are fiat,
except that the edge is a little bent back. The
leaves in both are acuminate but end blun.ly,
and they generally bend clown at the point.
'I he young leaves are inclined to fold together
upwards, like those of the Cherry, in this;
but in that they are rcvolute, leaving a wide
longitudinal hollow above : the old leaves are
generally imperfect at the end, and in this are
sometimes retuse or emarginate. The glands,
which are ob-o'ete, are placed on each side the
midrib, about half an inch above the petiole.
It flowers in April, and is a native of the Le-
vant, of Caucasus, Sec.

The thirteenth rises with a strong tree-like
stem to the height of twenty feet or more, send-
ing out many branches on everv side, which
have a shining purplish bark : the leaves arc on
short foot-stalks, of a lucid green, about three
inches long, and an inch and half broad in the
middle ; they are sometimes slightly serrate, but
generally entire: the flowers are produced in
long bunches from the side of the branches,
white, and shaped like those of the twelfth sort :
the berries are oval, pulpy, at first green, then
red, and when ripe very dark purple; smaller
than those of the last sort and narrower at the
end ; enclosing an oval stone, like that of the
Cherry, but more pointed at the top. It flowers
in June ; and is one of the most beautiful ever-
green shrubs, having a fine appearance in long
racemes of line white flowers. It was intro-
duced from Portugal.

Culture in the Plum Kind. — It is obvious that
all the varieties were first obtained by seed, or

P R U

P K V

the stones of the fruit ; and the approved kinds
acquired in this manner were afterwards multi-
plied bv grafting and budding ; as they da not
continue the same sorts from seed. For from the
seed of one tree many different sorts may be
produced, and probably none like the mother-
tree, and very few that afford fruit worth eating:
but when in possession of ahy approved sorts,
they may be multiplied at pleasure, by ingrafting
shoots or buds of them into any kind of Plum-
stocks. Of course the mode of increasing these
trees is, bv grafting, budding, and occasionally
by layers ; but the two former arc the most usual
methods of practice.

The two tim modes may be performed upon
stocks of any sorts of the Plum-kind, which
have been raised from the stones, sown in au-
tumn in beds of good earth, about two inches
deep : and when the plains arc a year old, plant-
ed out in nursery rows two feet and a half asun-
der; when, after having from one to two or three
years' growth, Ihey are in a lit state for grafting
or budding with the desired sorts; which is
performed in the usual way, either low in the
stock for dwarfs, or at several feet height for
standards. Sec GlfAFTlKG and Inoculation.

These trees may be trained either as dwarf
wall trees, espaliers, or as standards and harf
standard-.

When the lirst shoots from the graft or bud
are one year old, those of the trees designed as
dwarfs for walls, Sec. should be headed down
within five or six inches of the bottom, parti-
cularly the budded trees, in order to force out
laterals from the lower eyes, so as to furnish a
proper set of branches, pioceeding regularly
from the bottom of the tree, to cover evcrv put
of the wall or espalier. With regard lo the
standards, their lirst shoots may either h< suf-
fered to run and branch in their own way, or
headed to a few eves, if it seem ncces:>arv, to
force out lower laterals to give the head a more
regular spreading lorn), afterwards letting them
all take their own natural growth.

When the trees raised in either of these modes
are from one to two or three years old, they
are of a proper size for being finally planted out
in the irarden, or other place ; though trees w Inch
are much older may be safely removed ; but the
younger thev are planted where ihey are to re-
main, the sooner and more firmly they ei
themselves, and form for bean

In the layer method, which is only practised
occasionally, the business may be performed any
time from November till March, choosing the
last summer's shoots, and laying them down by
sitt-laying; when in one year they v. ill he rooted,
and must then be separated, and planted in nur-
4

sery rows, being trained either for dwarfs or
standards as may be required.

And the Double Blossom, the Striped varie-
ties, and the Stoneless kind, are all increav
budding or grafting upon any kinds of Plum*
stocks, e ither for dwarfs, or half or full standards.

The Bullace kinds are capable of being in-
creased bv sowing the berries or stones an inch
deep in a bed of common earth in autumn; but
to continue the different varieties distinct, they
must he increased by budding, grafting, or lay-
ing, as in the other sorts.

The proper season for planting all the sorts of
these trees is any time, in open weather, from
November until March. Ami trees of all the
varieties will mostly succeed in any corl
soil, and open exposure ; but some of the best
sorts should always be put for walls ami -
liers, those for walls generally bavmg an east or
west aspect, or even a south wall for some <i
the choicest sorts ; and a few may also be planted
against a north wall, to furnish late fruit; and
those lor espaliers may be planted round any of
the open quarters^ as also the standards.

The trees designed for walls and espaliers
should be planted out fifteen or eighteen feet di-
stance ; (hough where the walls, 8tc. arc rather
low. eight en or twenty feet distance may be
requisite, in order thai, in default of a proper
height of walling, there may be more scope to
tram the branches horizontally. But when the
: i • thus planted are quite young, as only of
one war's shoot from the grafting or budding,
-liould in March be beaded down, as above,
to four or five ewes, to force out lower horizon-
tals in the ensuing summer 3 which, according
;.s thev advance in length, should be trained ho-
rizontally at lull length all sumnier, unless 't ! e
necessary to forward a further supply of lower
branches as fast as possible; in winch case, the
voung shoots should be pinched off in May down
to a few eyes, when each will throw oeit s
lateral branches the same year, which should also
be trained horizontally at full length during
summer's growth; and in the winter prunin ,
cutting out only any fbreright and back =hoots,
training-in all the regular ones at full length ; as
the branches of these trees should be shortened
only occasionally to procure wood to fill vacan-
cies, as the branches always form ii nit- spins
first towards their extreme p..rts, which would
be destroyed bv shortening: so that, alter haying
shortened the first and second year's shoots oc-
casionally, as above, and thereby procured a
propi r set of lower horizontals, to give the bead
its tust f'ii in; tl.e whole may then be trained in
entire about four, five, or six inches asunder ;
and. accordingly as the trees shout, eveiy suu

PRU

P R U

mer training in a necessary supply of the regu-
lar shoots to fill the wall, &c. at the same time
retrenching superfluities, and irregular and very
rank luxuriant growths, training the supply of
regular wood still at full length at the ahove di-
stances ; l>y which the trees will soon cover a
large space, and the same unshortencd branches
continue bearing many years. See Pruning.

The necessity of this sort of training is ob-
vious from all the sorts bearing principally upon
spurs, half an inch or an inch long, arising from
the sides of the branches, of from one or two
to many years old, which if shortened would
throw out a multiplicity of useless wood, and
hardly any fruit-spurs.

AH the sorts of wall and espalier trees of this
sort should be pruned twice every year, as in
summer and winter, in order to retrench the
superfluities of each year, and all foreright and
other irregular shoots, and bad wood, and to
train in a necessary portion of young wood
where -wanted to fill vacancies, or to supply the
place of decayed, worn-out, and other bad
branches. See Pruning.

The standard-trees should be trained as full
standards and half-standards, budding or graft-
ing the former six feet high, and the latter only
three or four; both kinds being worked low in
the stock, training the first shoots to those
heights for stems, then suffering them to branch
andf'orm heads: these may be planted out at
from twenty to thirty feet distance, letting their
heads form naturally.

Mr. Forsyth advises, that in choosing the trees
the same directions should be observed as given
below for apricots. " Clean straight plants,
with single stems, should be employed, as those
with two never make handsome trees on walls or
standards, and the oorder should be managed as
directed for apricots; digging the holes the same
width and depth, and loosening the bottom : then
fill up the holes with fine fresh loam, or the mould
that was used the preceding year for melon and
cucumber beds ; being careful to keep the mould
a proper height above the bolder, and the roots
of the trees as near the surface as possible,
spreading them horizontally. When there are
any tap-roots, they should always," he says,
" be cut off, as should also the fine hairy roots,
as they are liable to get mouldy and rot, and
thereby bring on a putrefaction of the mould
about the root of the tree. When the roots
are not spread near the surface of the ground,
it will," he says, " prevent the sun and air from
penetrating to them ; and the fruit, of course,
will not have so fine a flavour." He further ad-
vises "that the stems of young plum-trees
should never be cut when first planted, but be left

till the buds begin to break, when they may be
headed down to five or more eyes, always ob-
serving to leave an odd one for the leading shoot;
always cutting sloping towards the wall, and as
near to an eye as possible. Thus managed, the
shoots will," he says, "soon fill the wall with
fine wood. When it is found that some of the
shoots are too luxuriant, they may have the tops
pinched offwith the fing<*r and thumb, as above,
about the beginning of June in the first year
after planting; by doing which plenty of wood
may be obtained to fill the bottom of the wall."
He adds, that " a great deal depends on the
first and second year's management of the
trees."

With respect to the distance from each other
at which Plum-trees should be planted against a
wall, " it depends," he says, " on the height of
the wall. If the wall be ten feet high, which is
the common height, they may be planted at
eight yards distance from tree to tree ; but if the
wall be twelve feet high, or more, seven yards
will be sufficient." For his part, he prefers a
wall of ten or twelve feet, which will, he thinks,
be found high enough, if the branches are train-
ed horizontally ; by which means the trees will,
he thinks, be much more fruitful, and not grow
so luxuriantly. He further adds, that "by training
an upright shoot on the Plums, as directed for
Pears, fine kind shoots may be gotten from the
sides. The leading shoot should be shortened,
leaving it from one to two feet long, according
to its strength. If the leading shoot be very strong,
it may," he thinks, "be topped twice in the
summer, as for Pears, and at the same time re-
peating the same every year till the wall is filled
to the top." He would always recommend,
where it is convenient, to allot one wall for
Plums and another for Cherries, as they always
thrive best by themselves, or when distinct.

As there will be Plum-trees to spare, that were
planted between Pear-trees, when they begin to
meet, these should, he says, be planted aaainst
another wall, or as dwarf standards. Those in-
tended for standards should, he says, be prepared
in the following manner : The year before they are
to be planted they should be cut in the side-shoots
at different lengths, from one foot to three, ac-
cording to the size of the trees ; suffering them
to grow rude all the summer, neither nailing in
nor cutting the side and foreright shoots. And
some time during the winter the ground round
their roots should be opened, cutting in the strong
ones (which will cause them to put forth fine
young fibres) ; then filling in the earth. In the
following autumn, or during the winter (the
sooner the better), they should be transplanted
out as Standards. And in transplanting of the

P R U

p r r

trees, especially large oiks, he considers it to
be of great consequence that they be pla . .

the same position (that is, having the same parts
facing the same points of the comp;
merly. [f notice be taken when a tree is cut
down, it will, he says, be found that three parts
: mt of the grew th are on the north side.
When ii . d to plant them against a wall,

they should never he eut in the side-shoots, but
on!) the roots ; by this method the trees will, lie
says, bear fruit the first year alter transplanting,
and there will be a great savins: of time and
money. lie has often transplanted old Plum-
trees that have been headed down that have
made very line routs, which he has divided, and
thereby obtained four or five trees from one,
cutting the - ..- ;o form them into fine heads.
" Some that Acre transplanted in 1 70S were in
full blossom in 1 799, producing some fruit,
and in 1600 bearing a full crop."

It is recommended further by the same author,
that " the ground in the borders and quarters
where fresh trees arc to be planted should be
well trenched, two spits deep at least, to give the
roots room to run into the fresh-stirred ground."
And he says that when trees arc planted with-
out stirring the mould they seldom thrive well.
He advises that " when Plum-trees are plant-
ed for standards in an orchard which is to be
kept for grass, they should be in rows at the di-
stance of twenty yards from each other. If in
the kitchen -garden for standards, he would al-
ways recommend the plantina; of dwarfs." The
tree may be trained up to have a stem of about
three feet high, at the distance of seventeen
yards. " If the garden is laid out with cross-
walks, or foot-paths, about three feet wide,
the borders should be made six feet broad, plant-
ing the trees in the middle of them. In the
ro\al gardens at Kensington, which are very
long and narrow, and where the winds are very
hurtful, he has, he says, planted two rows of
apple-trees, intermixed with other fruit-trees,
alternately, one row on each side of the middle
walk (which runs the whole length of the <rar-
. at the distance of seventeen yards from
•each other. He has also made cross-walks of
three feet broad at the distance of seventy yards,
with borders on each side six feet a ide, having
two rows of trees in each border, about twelve
or fourteen feet asunder. The-e dwarf-trees are
very useful in breaking the force of high winds,
and are at the same lime of such a height that
a man standing on the ground may gather the
fruit. As Plum-trees may be planted in the
same manner and for the same purpose as the
above, he can have the quarters clear for crops
for the kitchen, and a free air be admitted, which
Vol. II.

can never be had where espaliers are planted 1
Dwarf Standards can, t. be k< pi to

what size you pkase; they lo.ik much hand-
somer than espaliers, and produce a greater
quantity of fruit."

In rtgard to the method of managing and
restoring old decayed trees of t!.
marks that he has I " some of them

which were so far decayed as to haw onlv
from one to two or three inches of hark left :
are now completely filled up with sound wood,
with large heads, which at four years' growth
tilled a wall sixteen feet high, and are at this
t.nie full of line Fruit; some of the
several inches in circumference, bearing treble
the crops produced bv young trees that have
been planted three times as Fonj as they have
been headed down. Where thetnmks are be-
come hollow, he always cuts out all the loose
rotten parts, and also examines the roots, cut-
ting off what is rotten, injured, or decayed.
This method should, he says, be pursued with
all hollow and decaved trees; and, if properly
executed, they maybe so completely filled up,
as scarcely to leave a mark behind, even where
the wood is totally decayed. He has had shoots
from trees of this sort which have been headed,
that have grown upwards of seven feet long, and
as large as a walking-stick, in one summer :
this should never be suffered; but they should
be pinched off with the finger and thumb, in
the beginning of June, close to an eve or a
bud, unless the wall be filled to the top ; in
which case they should never be cut while they
continue to bear handsome fruit. Before they
begin to cease from bearing, you must always,
he says, begin with shortening every other shoot,
leaving them only from six inches to a foot lone,
and nail them in till the second year, taking
care to rub off the superfluous and strong fore-
right shoots; by that time they will begin to
bear : then cut out the others that have done
bearing : by this method you will, he thinks,
keep the trees in a flourishing state. When the
branches are thus managed, they will frequently
throw out small dugs, or foreright shoots, about
an inch or two long, which will flower next
year. They should never, he savs, be shortened
tiil after die fruit is set and become about the
size of a large pea; bv that time the leaves will
have covered the fruit, and be able to protect it
from the inclemency of the weather. You may
now shorten these shoots close to the fruit,
which will leave them from one to two inches
long. This method he has praelised with <rrcaf
success for several vears. By leaving these short
foreright shoots, the fruit is, he savs, protected
till it is out of danger of being killed b
3 0

P R U

PRU

}

frost, or stunted by the cold north and north-
west winds that happen about the latter end of
March and beginning or' April. The cold chill-
ing rain and snow, which are also very injurious
to the fruit, will be thrown off by the branches
standing out from ihe trees. He by no means
likes to" see great spurs standing out from the
wall ; for they are always sure to be injured by
the frost and cold winds. When the shoots are
left naked, he has often seen the plums turn
ellow, and drop alter they have grown to a
considerable size, from their being exposed to the
cold frosty winds and rain. They should there-
fore, he thinks, in cold and frosty weather, be
covered in the same manner as Apricots. Plums
are, he remarks, more tender than any other
sort of stone-fruit, owing to the flower-cup
dropping sooner than that of peaches, necta-
rines, &c. And they are very liable to decay,
after cutting off large limbs or branches, which
always brings on the gum and canker, if it be
left to Nature to perform the cure. He would,
therefore, recommend the application of the
Composition (in the same manner as directed lor
other sorts of fruit-trees) to every shoot where
the knife touches, as soon as the trees are cut
and nailed." And with the intention of having
the fruit large and fine, care must be taken to
thin it where it is too thick ; but that must not
be done too soon, lest it should be pinched by
the cold. The fruit ought to be of the size of

standards is performed low in the stock, and
the tlrst shoot trained up for a stem.

The operation of budding should be performed
in August, being careful to procure shoots from
which to take the buds from trees of the best
sorts, performing the operation in the usual
way- See Inoculation.

The buds shoot in the following spring ; at
which time, before they begin to push, the
stock should be headed down a little above the
insertion of the bud ;- soon after which the
buds will shoot and advance rapidly, and by
autumn form a large shoot, and the trees are
then proper for planting out for good, especially
the dwarfs intended for wall-trees; or some may
remain a year or two longer in the nursery, and
be trained in a proper manner for planting
against walls ; and others for standards. But
whether they remain in the nursery, or are
planted out into the borders, the first shoot from
the bud should in the March following be
headed down to four or five eyes, to procure
lower horizontal branches, as in the Plum.

When those intended for wall-trees are of
one year's growth, with their first shoots or
head entire, they are of a proper size for plant-
ing out finally where they are to remain. They
may be planted out any time in open weather,
from October until the beginning of March,
choosing a south wall for the early and some
other kinds, to come in forward; but as those

a small marble, and well sheltered by the leaves, exposed to the full south sun are apt to become

before any attempt is made to do this." He
advises never to pull off the leaves that shelter
the fruit, till it is full-grown and begins to turn.
See Amygdalus.

In conclusion it is also observed, that " he
has taken up several old trees from the walls,
when they have grown too near each other, and
planted them out as standards, at the same time
shortening their branches to form handsome
heads, which are now full of fine fruit." These

soon mealy, it is proper to plant a principal
supply against east and west walls.

Mr. Forsyth however thinks, " the best time
for planting Apricots is in autumn, as soon as
the leaf begins to fall. The person who goes
to the nursery for the plants should, he says,
make choice of those which have the strongest
and cleanest stems ; and if he can procure such
as have been headed down, (to use the phrase
of the nurserymen) of two or three years'

hints and directions are highly deserving of growth, they will bear and fill the walls much

attention, as being the result of much practical
experience.

Culture in the Apricot kind. — These trees are
increased by budding them upon any kind of
Plum-stocks, for which purpose they are raised
from the stones of the fruit, sown in autumn in
beds of light earth two inches deep; when they
will come up the following spring, and in au-
tumn or spring after be fit to plant out in nur-
sery-rows ; when in a year or two they will be
fit to bud for dwarfs for walls, &c. but for half

sooner than those which have not been so
treated. He should make choice of trees with
one stem ; or, if they have two, one of them
should be cut off; for by planting those with
two stems the middle of the tree is left naked,
and, of course, one third of the wall remains
uncovered." And though it is a practice with
many to make choice of those with the smallest
stems, he thinks they always make weaker
shoots than the others.

These trees succeed in any common soil ; they

standards and full standards they must have are usually planted in a range close along the

three, four, or five years' growth, and be wall, at eighteen feet distance, with their heads

trained up with stems from three or four to six entire, which should be fastened either to the

feet high ; though sometimes the budding for wall or to stout stakes, one to each tree, to pre-

P R U

P R U

serve them steady until spring, when thev must
have their first pruning, ecc.

Mr. Forsyth however directs that, •* if the
borders wherein the trees are to be planted be
new, they should be made two feet and a half
or three icet deep, of good light fresh loam ;"
and that, "if the trees are to be planted in old
borders, where the earth has been injured by
the roots of the former trees, it will be neces-
sary to take out the old mould at least three feet
deep, and four feet wide, filling up the hole
with fresh loam, taking care to plant the trees
about eight inches higher than the level of the
old border, to allow for the sinking of the earth,
that they may not be too deep in the ground."

After being planted, if the trees are only one
year old, with their first head from the bud en-
tire, they should be headed down in the spring,
to four or five eves, to force out branches below ;
after which the trees should have water in dry
weather, and the shoots from all the remaining
eyes should in summer be nailed up regularly
to the wall at their full length ; and if any fore-
right or back shoots come out, thev should be
rubbed off", being careful to continue the regular
shoots to the wall all summer and the following
winter ; and in spring each shoot should be
shortened to about eight, ten, or twelve inches,
according to their strength, leaving the lower-
most ones, on each side, rather the longest ;
this pruning short being still necessary in order
to procure a further supplv of lower branches,
that every part of the wall may be occupied
quite from the bottom ; having particular atten-
tion to preserve nearly an equal number of
branches arranging on each side of the tree,
nailing them close to the wall horizontally,
four, five, or six inches asunder. In the sum-
mer following, each horizontal branch will push
out three or four, or more, new shoots, of
which, if any rise fore-right and behind the
branches, they should be rubbed off early in
the season, nailing in all the regular side- shoots
at full length during the summer, except it is
necessary to pinch anv particular shoot earlv
to (ill a vacancy. In the winter pruning, if
there be any superfluities, or irregular growths
left in summer,- they should be cut out close,
and all the regular-plated necessary shoots he
shortened, though thev should not now he
pruned so short as in the two first years, only
cutting each shoot according to its strength,
from about eight or ten to fifteen or eighteen
inches long : as the head of the tree is now toler-
ably well formed, therefore pruning only so as
to obtain a further supplv of wood, and a pro-
duction of fruit ; for as these trees bear princi-

pally upon the year-old Wood, it is proper to
train in a general supply of young shoots, o(
each year, in every part ; the same shoots pro-
ducing at the same time both a crop of fruit
and a supply of wood for next yiar's bearing.
The annual supply of wood must always, how-
ever, be shortened in the winter pruning ; for
if lift entire it would produce only some shoot*
near the top, and leave the bottom naked, so
as in a few years the whole tree would become
very thin of bearing-wood below, and bear only
a little towards the extreme parts of the branches.
In the winter pruning, the shoots should always
be shortened according to the strength of the
tree and situation and strength of the respective
shoots. And as these trees Dear also upon short
spurs, arising upon the two-years-old branches,
it is proper to preserve them wherever thev ap-
pear, only retrenching such as project consi-
derably fore-right; leaving all those of one or two
inches long, as the young shoots, of one year's
growth, are the principal bearers : those produced
one year bear fruit the next, and a general supply
must be every year retained, and not shortened
in summer, which would force out laterals from
every eye, arid spoil the shoots for next year's
bearing; but in the winter pruning, a general
shortening is necessary, and the whole tree
should then be regularly nailed to the wall.

Mr. Forsyth says that, "when the trees are
planted, they should by no means he headed
down till the month of April or Mav, when
they begin to throw out fresh shoots : strong
trees should be cut afoot from the ground ; anil
those that are weak, about half that length.
But in backward seasons, they should not be
headed down so early ; never until the buds are
fairly broken : always observing to cut sloping
towards the wall, and as near loan eye as pos-
sible, that the young leading shoot mav cover
the cut ; which operation should be again per-
formed in the next March or April : the shoots
that are then thrown out must be trained hori-
zontally, to cover the wall : the number of
these to be left ought to be from three to six on
each side, according to the strength of the main
shoot; taking care to rub off with the linger
and thumb the fore-right shoots all ovei
tree, except a tew which may be wanted to till
up the wall, near the body of it: and in ilu
second year the horizontal sh< ots must be
shortened in the same manner, according to
their growth ; and so on every ye. r till the wall
shall be completely covered from top to bottom."
He adds that " it is a frequent practice with some
gardeners, to head down the trees at the time of
planting; which often proves ratal to them."
2 0-2

P R U

P R U

These trees must be pruned twice every year,
as in summer and winter.

In the summer pruning, the irregularity of
the numerous shoots should be reformed, begin-
ning in May or early in June, and rubbing or
cutting off close all fore-right and back shoots,
and all superfluities or very rude growths ; re-
taining, however, in every part, a full supply of
the tegular side-shoots, as succession -wood for
the next year's bearing, training them in at full
length, as above, to remain till the winter
pruning; as it is of importance to leave more
than a' sufficiency of the well-placed shoots at
this season, to have plenty in every part to
choose from in the general winter pruning.
See Pruning.

In the winter pruning, a general reform
should be made in all the branches and shoots,
retrenching all worn-out and old naked branches
ill-furnished with bearing-wood; at the same
time selecting and retaining, in every part, the
best shoots for next summer's bearing, cutting
out close all the superfluous or unnecessary and
ill-placed shoots, and reducing part of the
former year's bearers and unfruitful old branches
in every part of the tree, to make due room to
train the necessary supply of young wood at
proper distances : being careful, in retrenching
the old wood occasionally, to prune it down
either to a young shoot, or to some convenient
branch it supports, which is furnished with one
or more such shoots, so as every branch may
also terminate in a young shoot for its leader,
cutting off all the small shoots arising from the
sides of the main ones, and letting the general
supply of young wood in every part be now
shortened moderately, according to theirstrength :
the smaller shoots may be cut to about eight or
ten inches, the middling ones to twelve or fif-
teen, and the strong shoots to eighteen inches or
two feet long, pruning them generally to a
wood-bud, in order to obtain a shoot at the end
for a leader. All dead wood, cankered parts,
decayed spurs, and stumps should be cut out ;
and as soon as one tree is pruned, let it be di-
rectly naded, which should be performed with
great regularity, training all the branches, &c.
horizontally, as straight and close to the wall
as possible, at equal distances. See Pruning.
When these trees are of a strong vigorous
growth, the shoots should be left thicker or
more abundant than in moderate shooting trees,
shortening them less in proportion, that by di-
viding the sap among many and a greater ex-
tent of branches, the hixuriancy may be re-
strained, as the more the strong young wood in
a luxuriant tree is pruned, or the shoots short-

ened, the more vigorous the tree shoots, and
produces little fruit. See Amvgdalos.

The old trees should be well attended to in
pruning, to continue them in a good fruitful
state, by encouraging young wood in proper
abundance ; as by this care the trees not only
more certainly produce crops, but the fruit ge-
nerally ripens earlier, and has a peculiar richer
vinous flavour. As these old trees are apt t*>
run up naked below in the main branches, care
should be taken when young wood advances in
these parts, as well as in all vacant spaces, to
preserve it so as to continue all the parts of the
tree, from bottom upwards, regularly furnished
with bearing wood.

In respect to old decayed trees, Mr. Forsyth
says, " it has been the general practice to train
wall-trees in the form of a fan, which occasions
the sap to rise too freely to the top, leaving the
lower part almost naked ; so that scarcely one
quarter of the wall is covered with bearing
wood." He says that, " in that case, it will
be necessary to cut down the whole of the tree,
as near to the place where it was budded as pos-
sible, always cutting it at an eye or a joint : if
there should be any young shoots on the lower
part of the tree, it will be proper to leave them,
training them horizontally, which will check
the flow of the sap, and thereby render them
much more fruitful." He adds that, " very
frequently, when large branches have been cut
off in a careless manner, and the wounds left
to nature, the whole tree is infected with the
gum and canker; which, if not checked, will
in a short time totally ruin it : the best remedy
in this case is, he thinks, carefully to pare off
the cankered part of the bark with a draw-knife,
or other convenient instrument. You will fre-
quently find the white inner bark infected,
which must also be cut away, till no appearance
of infection remains ; this may be easily known
by the brown or black spots, like dots made
with a pen, of which not one must be suffered
to remain : all the branches so cut and pared
should, he savs, be immediately covered with
the composition in a liquid stale." And f as
we sometimes see walls with all the trees in-
fected, it will in that case be most prudent to
cut every other tree, leaving the rest for a sup-
ply of fruit till those which are cut begin to
bear ; this will be in the. second or third year:
when trees are in a very bad condition, they
should, he thinks, be cut in a partial manner,
taking off the worst branches first, particularly
those in the middle of the tree, always tutting
as near to the graft as possible ; or every other
branch may at first be taken out, leaving the

P R U

P R U

rest to bear ; by which means there will he a
supply of fruit while the other parts of the tree
are renovating: it should be remembered, how-
ever, that all the cankered bark must he cut off
without loss of time ; otherwise the new wood
will be infected. Old trees thus headed down
will, he says, sometimes throw-out rcry strong
and vigorous shoots, which it may be necessary
to top, as it will cause them to throw out side-
*h iots. and soon till up the wall with fine bear-
ing wood ; .)iit they should never he suffered to
have any fore-right spurs, except little dugs:
the topping should be done in the beginning of
June, which will cause the tree to produce line
bearing wood for the next year : those trees
must he pruned in March following, shortening
the shoots from fifteen to six inches, but ac-
cording to their strength, always leaving the
strongest shoots longest. And wherever the
knife has been used, the Composition must, he
says, be immediately applied."

It is also observed hat, "■ after the fall of
the leaf, it will be proper to unnail the youn«-
shoots, leaving only a tew to prevent the tree
from being broken by the wind. By this method
they will he more exposed to the son and air,
which will ripen and harden the wood much
more speedily than if they he left nailed." lie
adds that " he has a great dislike to autumnal
pruning of fruit-trees, of all kinds of stone-
fruit in particular; for by pruning at that season
you seldom fail to bring on the canker: and no
fruit-trees are more liable to this disease than
the Apricot : the reason is obvious, — the ercat
acidity in these trees, the exposure of the
wounds, and the dormant slate of the sap, pre-
dispose to mortification ; whereas, in spring,
when the sap is beginning to flow, and will fol-
low the knife, the lips will quickly grow: if
the branches are small, a fresh bark and fresh
wood will in one season completely cover the
wound ; but if large, a time proportionate to
their size will be occupied : this process, how-
ever, is manifestly much accelerated by the ap-
plication of the composition, which excludes
the air and wet from the air- and sap- vessels of
the tree."

In regard to the standard-trees, thev some-
times in favourable seasons bear plentifully,
particularly the Breda and Brussels Jipricot,
either in half or full standards : tli half si I-
ards arc more out of the power of the winds
and cold air.

These should be planted in a sheltered warm
situation in the lull sun, that tb ■• raiaj have
the greater chance of setting a good crop of
fruit, and of ripening more effectually with a
rich flavour: their culture is nearly the same U
8

Tint of other Standard fruit-trees: thev require
but little pruning, only just i<> reduce or re-

li any very irregular growth or out-grow-
ing rambler, or occasionally to regulate con-
fused crowding branches, and to cut out decaud
wood; all which should be performed general!)
in winter*

( 01 ei protecting the Blossom mid young

Fnnt.--\* tins of this kind planted aj
walls blossom very early, both bios. mi ami
young fruit are very liable to be injured by frosts
and cutting blasts; it is therefore useful to afford
occasional protection, in unfavourable sei
to some of the forwarder and most valuable
kinds, either with mats suspended over the
trees, or twigs ol .evergreens stuek betwei n
branches, beginning the covering as soon s
the blossom becrins to expand, and continuing
it till the frail is fairly set: the mats to be used
only on nights and in bad weather, but the
evergreens to remain constantly till all danger
is n

Forsyth remarks that, " in severe wea-
ther, they ought to be covered before the flowers
begin to :pand; for he has often seen the blos-
soms drop off before they ope: .d : and he as-
serts that the be:-t cowring is old fish-nets,
which should he put on three-fold ; and if a
few branches of dry fern are stuck in among
the branches before the nets arc put on, they
will assist greatly in breaking the force of the
high winds.*1 The common practice of cover-
ing with mats in the night, and lakine: them off
in the day, by frequently exposing the trees to
the cutting winds, does, he thinks, more harm
than good. And the covering with branches of
spruce-fir and vew, by being too close, he sup-

. encourages a blight, and causes the leaves
of the trees to curl, and the shoots to break
very weak ; whereas the nets admit a lire < ircu-
lation of the air, and at the same time break
the force of the wind : when it happens to rain
or snow in the fore part o{' the night, and freeze
towards the morning, the drops are, he savs,
found hanging in icicles on the meshes, while
the tree is almost dry : when the shoots become
prettj long, and the leaves expand to cover the
fruit, it will be necessary, he savs, to keep the
in t clear from the tree, by placing forked sticks,
from six inches to a foot long, between it and
t wall : this will prevent the shoois and leaves
from growing through die net : the forked end
of the sticks should ie-i again t the meshes of
the int. Set A J1 <.i> \u"-.

Thinning out the fruit. — In some Beasons
iluse trees set many more fruit than can attain
perfei ion j and as thev sometimes are placed
very close, or often in clusters, and -it close to

PRU

PRU

the branches without any yielding footstalks, as
in cherries, &c. they, in their advancing growth,
must impoverish and thrust one another off;
thinning becomes necessary, which in wall-
trees particularly should not be omitted, and it
is also proper occasionally in standards in some
degree. This business should be begun when
about the size of large cherries, &c. and should
be done with great regularity, leaving the largest,
fairest, and best situated to grow to maturity,
mostly all singly, or at least never more than
two at the same eye, but most commonly single
in the large kinds. The fruit thinned off makes
excellent tarts, and should always be saved for
that purpose, and for which use they may be
thinned by degrees, both in wall-trees and
standards ; but not, in the former, so as to leave
the superabundant fruit to grow large in any
considerable degree, nor in great quantity, to
rob the continuing crop of its proper nourish-
ment : for this use they should always be ga-
thered before they stone, or harden in the heart
or middle.

Forcing of Aprtcois. — In this method the
fruit is obtained much more early than in the
natural way, and is effected by having the trees
in hot-houses, or on hot-walls, or in bark hot-
beds.

The proper trees for this purpose are the
dwarfs, trained as wall or espalier-trees, but
sometimes as small low standards : they are
mostly trained in the full ground till advanced
to some degree of bearing, and then planted
in the borders of the forcing-house and hot-
wall, and trained in the manner of wall-trees,
to a light open treillis : some also, as small
dwarf standards, placed forward in the former,
or occasionally in pots, and introduced in the
same situation ; in all of which, the trees, being
well fresh-rooted in their places, are forced at
the proper season by means either of fire-heat,
or bark-bed, or sometimes both occasionally in
forcing houses, but in hot-walls mostly by the
former : the forcing-houses and hot-walls have
mostly flues for fire-heat, and sometimes the
former have a pit for a bark -bed ; but where
this is not the case, the whole bottom space is
formed of good earth, and the trees planted in
are generally in assemblage with peaches, nec-
tarines, plums, &c. as the same degree of heat
is suitable to the whole.

The proper season to begin the work of forcing
is principally in January, or earlv in the follow-
ing month ; when, or rather a little time be-
fore, the glasses are shut close ; and at the pro-
per time the fires made in the furnace mode-
rately every evening and morning, to heat the
flues in a proper degree, to aftbrd a moderate

regular heat, to warm the internal air to a pro-
per degree, which forwards the trees to early
blossoming and fruiting ; having fresh air mo-
derately admitted in fine days, and more freely
when there is a warm sun ; being sometimes
watered both in the earth, and over the branches
after the blossom is past, and the fruit fairly
set. See Forcing-Frames, &c.

Culture in the Cherry kind. — These are all
increased by grafting, and budding them upon
stocks of any of the cherry kind, raised from
the stones of the fruit of any of the sorts ;
but for having larger-growing trees, for stand-
ards, walls, and espaliers, the most general
stocks used are the Wild Black and Red Cherry,
raised from the stones of the fruit : they, how-
ever, grow upon any sort of these stocks, and
likewise take upon Plums, though these stocks
are not proper for general use : they are also
capable of growing upon laurel-stocks ; which,
however, is only practised for curiosity, suffer-
ing a small part of the stock to grow up to show
the singularity of the two sorts growing upon
the same root. All the varieties likewise take
upon the Bird-Cherry stocks ; but this should
only be practised when it is required to dwarf
any of them as much as possible ; which in
this way are proper to train for small dwarf
trees, either to plant in pots, or in the open
borders, and in pots for forcing, or to plant in
the borders of a forcing-frame. See Forcing-
Frames.

But, for general use, stocks either of 3ny of
the Common Cherry varieties; or, to have larger
trees, the Wild Cherry-stocks, should be used,
as being the freest shooters and of longest dura-
tion ; though, in raising the stocks, it is from
the stones of the fruit, which should be sown
in autumn in beds of light earth, covering
them near two inches deep : they come up in
the spring, and in the autumn or spring follow-
ing, if the plants are strong, plant them out in
nursery-rows two feet and half asunder, to
remain for grafting, &c. which, when about
the size of a large goose-quill to that of a per-
son's little finger, or little more, they are fit to
work for dwarf trees ; but for standards, they
must have at least four years' growth, as they
must be grafted at five or six feet height. And
to have trees of more moderate growth either
for walls, small standards, or dwarfs, the Mo-
rcllo and small May Cherry stocks may be
proper.

The grafting and budding of all the sorts is
performed in the usual wav, though the former
is most proper for general practice, as thev are
not so liable to gum in the grafted part as in
that of the budded trees. Though both methods

P R U

P R U

niav be occasionallv used, and mav be practised
as the stocks occur in proper growth! See. whip-
grafting is the most proper in the most part, in
this method of raising them : the budding is
performed in the common way : the grafting
should be done in the spring, as February and
March, and the budding in summer, as June
or July : the dwarf's should be grafted or budded
near the ground, and the half and full standards
from three to six feet high : the grafted trees
shoot the same year, and the budded ones the
spring following.

When the first shoots from the graft or bud
are a year old, those of the dwarf sorts for
walls, &c. must be shortened down in March
or beginning of April, to five, six, or eight
inches long, according to their strength; to
procure lateral shoots to form the head, and
the standards may be shortened or left entire as
the case requires : when wanted to form a
spreading head, the first shoots should be short-
ened to force out lower branches ; after this,
the branches of the dwarfs and standards remain
mostly at their full length ; and while the trees
continue in the nursery, those designed for
walls, &c. should be trained to stakes, in a pro-
per position, occasionally pinching or pruning
young shoots of the year early in summer,
down to a few eyes or buds where necessary,
in order to procure a production of lateral
branches the same season, to train in for a fur-
ther supply of young wood, to increase the ex-
pansion of the branches as soon as possible to
continue entire.

When the trees have from one or two to five
or six years' growth thev are proper for being fi-
nally planted out : though, if planted when their
heads are not more than two or three years old,
they succeed much better than larger trees. Mr.
Forsyth advises the same attention in choosing
these trees, as for apricots, peaches, and nec-
tarines, and that they should be headed down the
first year.

The season for planting them out is any time
in open weather, from The end of October or
beginning of November till March.

The wall and espalier trees should be planted
eighteen or twenty feet distant; and where the
walls are tolerably high, a half or a full standard
may be planted in the spaces between the dwarfs,
that while these cover the bottom and middle,
the standards may cover the upper part of the wall.

When those planted against walls or espaliers
were planted when only one year old from the
grafting, &c. with the first shoot from the graft
or bud entire, they should be pruned short in
March or beginning of April, to furnish lateral
branches ; but if they were headed in the nur-
sery, and horizontal branches obtained, they

must not be shortened afterwards, except occa-
sionally in panicular shoots to fill a vacancy : as
the fruit-spurs first rise towards the upper end of
the branches, a general shortening would not
only cut away the tirst fruitful parts, but force
out a great deal of useless wood. The necessary
branches, arising every year after the first head-
ing down, should be trained horizontally at full
length, five or six inches asunder; and where
wood is wanted some adjacent young shoot may
be pinched in May or early in June, or shortened
in the spring fallowing, when it will push forth
two or three laterals; being careful to retrench
all fore-right and other irregular-placed shoots,
and continue training the regular branches still at
full length at equal distances, till they have fill-
ed the proper space of walling or espalier.

In trese trees the bearing-wood does not want
renewing annually, the same branches continu-
ing bearing several years, and only want renew-
ing with young wood occasionally, as any branch
becomes barren or an ill bearer, except in the
Morello, which generally bears the most abun-
dantly in the year-old young wood : a general
successional supply of each year's shoots should
therefore be retained for successional bearers.

The trees in all the sorts should be pruned
twice every year; a summer pruning being given
early in the season, to retrench all the super-
fluous shoots soon after they are produced, like-
wise all fore-right and other ill-placed shoots,
and rank wood, as soon as possible ; and to
pinch shoots where wood is wanted, so as there
may be as little pruning as possible upon the
older wood, w hich is apt to gum by much cut-
ting ; retaining, however, a general moderate
supply of the regular-placed shoots to choose
from in the winter pruning, training the whole
at full length: and in the winter pruning, ex-
amining the general branches, old and young,
both in the former trained bearers, and the re-
tained shoots of the preceding summer, retaining
all the fruitful and regular placed former trained
branches ; and if, among these, any irregularity,
disorderly or improper growths occur, the whole
should be reformed by proper occasional pruning.
In old trees, as well as others, it is proper to
retrench any worn-out or declined naked
branches, which are destitute of bearing-wood',
or fruitful spurs, and to cut out all decayed
wood ; retaining a plentiful succession of last
summer's young wood, in proper places, where
necessary, to supply the place of any unservice-
able old wood now retrenched ; and at the
same time cutting out all superfluous, or over-
abundant, and other unnecessary shoots re-
served last summer, not now wanted, leaving
only some well-placed ones, in any vacant spaevs,
or some in particular parts, to train in between

PRU

P R U

the main branches, to be advancing for bearers, rics, as too much use of the knife, in the larger

ready to supply any deficiency ; and generally a wood particularly, causes them to gum and

terminal shoot to the general branches in all canker ; all that is necessary is, occasionally to

parts where the allotted space admits of extend- retrench any verv irregular growing branch, and

ins; them in proper regularity : accordingly as all decayed wood.

each tree is thus pruned and regulated, the ge- In respect to old trees Mr. Forsyth says, " he

neral branches and shoots should be trained in has headed down a great many Cherry-trees

regularly, and nailed to the wall, &c. about which were almost past bearing, and so eaten

three to four or five inches asunder, all at their up with the gum and canker, that what few

full length, to the extent of their limited space. Cherries they bore upon old cankered spurs were

.Mr. Forsyth advises, in pruning these trees, not fit to be sent to the table;" and that " in

never to shorten their shoots, as most of them the years 17y0 and 1791 he cut, or headed down,

produce the fruit at their extremities, the fifty trees. The operation was performed in the

shortening, or cutting off of which very fre- months of April and May in each year. These

quently occasions the death of the shoot, at least trees made shoots from three to fixe feet the

of a great part of it. The branches, therefore, same summer, bore fine cherries the next year,

should be trained at full length, lie has often

seen the whole tree k:lled by injudicious pruning.
Wherever the knife is applied, it is sure to bring
"on the gum, and afterwards the canker ; which
will inevitably kill the tree, he says, if no re-
medy be applied to the wounds

and have continued to bear good crops ever
since: to the above trees he applied the Compo-
sition. At the same time he cut down twelve
trees in the same row, but did not apply the Com-
position ; these twelve trees all died in the second
and third years after. They now, he says, gather

The Morello in particular, and the Small Early more cherries from one tree where the Composi
May Cherry, bear both on the young wood of don was applied, than they did from the whole

number formerly; being also much finer and
larger fruit. When Cherry-trees are verv old, and
much injured by large limbs having been cut oft"
(which will, he says, infallibly bring on the canker
and gum, and, if no remedy be applied, in a short
time kill the trees) ; or if there are great spurs left

last summer, the fruit blossom buds issuing im
mediately from the eyes of the shoots very
abundantly, and upon small natural fruit-spurs
arising on the two and three years' wood and
continuing on the older branches ; but generally
bear the most plenteously on the young wood ;

the ends of some of the shoots. Sometimes
you will have a great difficulty to find any buds.
If that be the case, in the spring, before you
mean to head the trees, make some incisions in
the branches. This should be done on different

r

and therefore it is necessary, both in the summer standing a foot perhaps from the wall ; the best
and winter pruning, to attend to this and retain way to bring them to have fine heads, and to
a general supply of the young shoots of each cover the wall, is to head them down as low as
year trained in plentifully' in all parts of the tree possible, taking care to leave some small shoots,
in summer, of the most regular placed, as many f there are any ; if not, leave a bud or two at
as can be conveniently admitted with proper re-
gularity : and in the winter-pruning, making a
general selection of the best well placed shoots
of last summer, to train in for succcssional
hearers the ensuing season, cutting out the su-
perabundant, with part of the naked former branches, at the most convenient places for iill-
bearers occasionally to make room for the young ing the wall with good wood. The size of the
supply, leaving a terminal one to each mother incisions should be from one to two inches, ac-
brauch, and thus train in tin- general branches cording to the largeness of the branches; ob-
and shoot; horizontally, about three or four serving to make- them just above the joint where
inches asunder, all at their natural length. the buds should come out. If yon cut just be-

Thc Standard Cherry-trees should be planted low a joint, the shoot will die as far as the next

twenty-one feet distance at least; but if for a bud or joint ; and of course injure the tree, if

whole orchard, twenty-four feet, or eight yards no remedy be applied." lie adds that ''the

distant every way, will be requisite. The first time for performing this operation is in March,

shoots having been previously shortened in the April, or May. But this " method of making

nursery, if thought necessary to promote lower incisions is only recommended where there are

branches to form the head, plant them now with no young shoots or buds, and when the tree is

their heads entire, except just reducing any ir- in the last stage of the canker. Where you

regular growth, and suffer them to branch every have a few young shoots, or buds, he advises

way, and shoot in length as fast as they arc able, to cut down the head as near to them as vou

not shortening any, and all the branches will can, and to take great care to cut out the canker

soon form numerous fruit-spurs. till you come to the sound bark. The canker

Little pruning is retiuired for Standard Cher- makes its appearance in these trees in the same

P R U

P R U

manner as in poaches and nectarines, .r.id may be
easily discovered bv an attentive observer. " If
anv gum remains, it must, lie says, be cut or
scraped off ; the best time for doing which is
when it is moistened with rain ; you can then
scrape it orl" easily without bruising the bark.
I his operation is very necessary ; and it it be
neglected the disease will increase rapidly."
And wherever the bark or branches have been
cut oft", the edges should be rounded, and the
Composition applied.

It is observed that the general way of pruning
these trees has been to leave great spurs, which
continue to increase till they stand upwards of a
foot from the wall, and become as thick as a
man's arm : but it must be observed, that cut-
ting off from vear to year the shoots that are
produced from the spurs, increases the canker,
till large protuberances, like wens, are formed
an the branches, becoming very unsightly, and
these occasion them to produce only small and
ill-flavoured fruit at a great distance from each
other. When this is the case, the method he
pursues is, to head the trees down as before di-
rected.

And if the young shoots are properly trained,
they will, he says, produce fruit the following
\ear; and in the second year produce more
and finer fruit than a young tree that has been
planted ten or twelve years.

The same writer remarks, that " it has been
ageneral complaint, that Heart Cherries are bad
bearers when trained up as wall-trees; but by
pruning them as Duke Cherries, he has brought
them to bear in the same manner; that is, he
leaves a great manv fore-richt shoots in sum-
mer, tuckinsr them in with some small rods rut}
across underthe adjoiningbranches, to keep them
close to the wall, and prevent them from being
broken by the wind, and from looking unsightly.
He advises, " never to make use of the knife in
summer, if it be possible to avoid it, as the
shoots die from the place where they are cut,
leaving uglv dead stubs, which will infallibly
bring on the canlcer. These shoots may be cut
in the spring to about a couple of eyes, as Duke
Cherries, which will forin a number of flower-
buds."

Mr. Forsyth well observes, that " as Cherries

art a very considerable article of traffic in the

London markets, and the markets of most

towns throughout the kingdom, employing such

a great number of people during the summer

on in gathering, carrying to market, and

selling them, the raising of them is certainly

worth any gentleman's while, especially as the

trees may be rendered ornamental as well as

profitable, bv planting them in shrubberies, &c.

Vol. II.

Gentlemen of small fortunes, who are at a crcat
expense with their gardens and plantations,
may, he says, in a great measure reimburse
themselves by selling their cherries and other
fruit (for which there will be plenty of chap-
men), and thus enjoy at an easy rate the plea-
sures of a rational and useful recreation." And
he adds, that " in all parts of the country, there
are persons employed in collecting fruit for the
markets, and to hawk it about from place to
place ; and surely it is much better to sell it to
them, than to let it rot on the ground, or be
devoured by birds and insects."

It is advised, " when Cherry-trees begin to
produce spurs, to cut out every other shoot
to make the tree throw out fresh wood: when
that comes into a bearing state, whivh will be
in the following year, to cut out the old branches
that remain ; by that method you will be able
to keep the trees in a constant state of bearing,
taking the same method as before directed with
the foreright shoots. And great care should,
he says, be taken to rub off many of them in
the month of May, leaving only such a number
as you think will fill the tree. By so doing
your trees will continue in a fine healthy state,
and not be in the least weakened by bearing a
plentiful crop of fruit. The reason is obvious :
the great exhalation which would be occasioned
by the sun and air in the common mode of
pruning is prevented, by the Composition keep-
ing in the sap which nourishes the branches and
fruit."

He adds, that he " cut some trees, as directed
above, more than twelve years a^o, that are
now in as good a state of bearing as they were
in the third year after the operation, and likely
to continue so for manv years."

He states that " a row of Dwarf Cherry-trees
that stood against an old paling, with an old
thorn hedge at the back of it, (which every year
so infected them with a blight, accompanied bv
an immense number of caterpillars and other
insects, that even in a fine year they could not
gather eight baskets from the whole row) be-
came so fruitful after the hedge and paling were
removed, that they gathered forty -two pounds
a-day for six successive weeks, besides what the
birds, wasps, and flics destroyed. He mentions
the fact to stimulate market-gardeners and farm-
ers, who have large orchards and gardens, to
exert themselves in trying every method, how-
ever unimportant it may at first appear, to im-
prove and render them more fruitful, and
concludes, that the Duke and Heart Cherries
from these trees were as fine as any that were
produced from wall-trees. And, as they are
much more productive, he has been induced
2 1»

P R U

PRU

to fake up many old renovated trees from the
walls, and plant them out for dwarf stand-
ards, supplying their places with pears, plums,
peaches, &c." And further he says, that
" in all old gardens and orchards throughout
the kingdom, and particularly Kent, whence
the London markets are chiefly supplied with
Cherries, the greater part of the old trees will
hardly bear fruit sufficient to pay the expense of
gathering it; but if the above method of pruning,
&c., were practised, the owner would soon
find his account in it, and be amply repaid for
his trouble : the fruit would be much finer, and
he would have five times the quantity that the
trees produce in their present condition ; the
trees would be more sightly, and always keep in
a flourishing and bearing state : but when old
standard Cherry-trees become decayed and hol-
low, he would recommend heading them down,
as directed for wall-trees and dwarfs, to scoop
out all the rotten, loose, and decayed parts of
the trunk, till you come to the solid wood,
leaving the surface smooth ; then use the Com-
position."

Forcing of Cherries. — This sort of tree may
likewise be forced by artificial heat, in houses, so
as to obtain fruit at an early season, as in April
and beginning of May. And for this purpose
the earliest Dukes and May Cherry are the pro-
per sorts, but principally the former; trained
both in standards, of four, five, or six feet
stems, to elevate the heads near the top glasses
of the forcing-house, which are generally pruned
to a small compass for that purpose; and in
dwarf standards, with short stems and low
heads : both of which, for this use, should be
such as are previously trained in the full ground,
till the heads are of three, four, or five years'
growth, or till they have commenced bearers in
some tolerable degree. The forcing-houses for
this use are of different constructions, according
to circumstances, and the other purposes to
which they are applied. They have proper flues
for fire heat, and mostly internal borders of
good earth, either in the back part for the taller
trees, and in the front for lower ; or sometimes,
where no internal bark-pit is made, for bark-
bed heat : the forcing being effected wholly by
fire, the whole bottom space is entirely formed
into a bed of earth of proper depth, and the
trees planted in it in rows from the back to the
front, in some regular gradation according to
their height ; sometimes with dwarfs planted
between the taller standards, and towards the
front ; and occasionally with dwarf trees in
pots.

In this sort of forcing, a very slight degree of
fire-heat is sufficient; therefore when there are

back flues they need not be employed, only that
in the front being used.

The author of the Scotch Forcing Gardener
observes, that where " the situation is dry, the
bottom a kindlv sand, gravel, or clav, and the
soil a sandy loam to the depth of two feet; the
border will require no other preparation than
being well enriched with stable dung, and if
possible a little marie, which ought to be trench-
ed and well mixed twice or thrice during the
summer before planting. But, where it is
wet, the bottom a cankering gravel or cold clay,
and the soil either a poor sand, gravel, or stub-
born clay, care must, he says, be taken to
render them otherwise, by paving the border to
the breadth of twelve or fourteen feet, running
a drain in front to carry off the wet, and re-
moving the bad, and bringing in good soil ; so
as to compose a rich sandy loam to the depth of
thirty inches at the wall, and twenty-four in
front, allowing three or four inches for settling.
If a new building is erecting for Cherries, it is
immaterial, he thinks, whether the building or
border is completed first, (providing the latter
has a sufficient time allowed for the mixing and
incorporation of the soil) as the front wall and
flue stand on pillars, whose foundations ought
to be at least six inches deeper (if the border is
not paved) than the soil."

He considers " about the first of January to
be a good time for planting ; although a month
sooner or later at this season is of little conse-
quence, as there must be no fire-heat applied the
first year. Having provided the necessary num-
ber of healthv, well-rooted, maiden, or one-
year-trained May Dukes ; as experience, he says,
shows that no other Cherry deserves a place in
a forcing-house, let them be planted against
the trellis at the distance of eight, nine, or ten
feet, according as the length of the house will
best divide; filling-in the pits with vegetable
mould from decayed tree leaves, and settling all
with a little water. Riders, with five or six feet
boles, which have been trained two or thre*
years against a wall, and have produced a crop
or two, should be provided to fill the upper
part of the trellis, where they will yield a
few crops before the dwarfs require their re-
moval. These will generally produce a few
fruit the first, and be sure to produce a full crop
the second year."
' The surface of the border should, he says,
be forked over once a year, and a little well rot-
ted dung occasionally worked into it.

Tn respect to the trees, he observes, that
'•* the dwarfs or principals being the only ones
intended ultimately to fill the trellis, the riders
being planted sole\y for the purpose of obtaining

P R U

P R U

a crop or two while those are making their wood
and tbiming their fruit spurs, and, by being
checked by their removal, mav not be expected
to put forth much young wood while they re-
main there, it will be unnecessary in pruning
to thin them out much, only let them he dressed
regularly to the trellis, and (where not abso-
lutely requisite) divesting them of any shoots
they may make, paying respect to their fruit-
spors only; as when they have served this pur-
pose they will be of no further use."'

He says, that " after planting, the dwarfs, if
maiden trees, should be headed down to two or
three eyes, in order to make them put forth vi-
gorous shoots, to furnish the trellis from the
bottom : and, if they have been one year in
training, the bottom branches should be laid
well down, and the rest dressed in a regular
manner to the trellis, using strings of fresh
matting to tie with ; and be careful to allow suf-
ficient room in the tics, as much mischief is
done to fruit, especially Cherry-trees, (which
are so apt to gum) if not allowed a sufficiency
of room. He makes it a rule to allow every
shoot as much room in the shred, or tie, as
will at least admit another of the same size along
with it."

As these trees are " apt to gum, and the
branches decay, from the slightest injury, it
would be imprudent to train them horizontally ;
in which case, the loss of a branch is supplied
with much more difficulty than when trained in
the fan manner." This last method he therefore
recommends. And "when the tree has pro-
duced its shoots to the length of five or six
inches, they should be gone over and thinned,
so as to enable the operator to lay them in at
about the distance of ten or twelve inches;
pinching off any that are produced fore-right,
and which are, from their appearance, not
forming for fruit-spurs ; and, as they advance,
let them be neatly laid in, and divested of any
laterals they may produce. If all has gone well,
at the end of the first year they will, he'says, have
produced shoots from twelve to thirty inches
long, which should then be shortened to about
two-thirds of their length. In the second sea-
son they will shoot vigorously, and begin to
form many fruit-spurs on the preceding year's
wood, which roust be encouraged, for the pro-
duction of a few fruit the following year. The
should be kept clear of all superfluous and
lateral shoots, laying the leading ones at the
distance of eight or nine inches; and, at the
end of the season, shortening a lew oi the
strongest alternately, bo as to make thern breaM
their buds in the spring in a regular manner; as
they will not require lo beany more shortened.

Anel in the tjiird season, thev.ivili, he snv%
produce a few fruit, make tine spurs and mode-
rate shoots; which, as they advance to the
riders, room should be given, by lopping off
their branches, or thinning away their foliage,
so as to afford a tree circulation of .ur and ad-
mission of sun. In the fourth season, they
will produce a full Crop of fruit ; ami often make
such a progress towards the riders, that their
presence becomes unnecessary ; in which case, it
will, he say-, be advisable to sacrifice whatever
fruit, or appearance thereof, there may be on
them, to the encouragement of the principals.
After the trees have filled their spaces, and have
begun to produce plentiful crops of fruit, ihey
will make little or no wood ; and will require no
further care, on the score of training, than to
supply the place of any branch that from acci-
dent may die out or be destroyed."

These trees, from their nature, bear very little
artificial (especially fire) heat, on which account
he would not advise the forcing of them too early,
especially if there be no more than one compart-
ment for their culture ; since, in that case, there
would not be a continued succession for the sup-
ply of the table, and furnishing a dessert, till
they came in on the open walls. He considers
the first or middle of February to be an eligible
time for the commencement of the forcing ; but,
in a new planted house, the thiid year ought lo
arrive berore fire heat is applied. Were it not
for the sake of other articles that may be placed
or planted in the Cherry-house, it would, he
thinks, be better that the glasses were not put
on the first season at all ; but this is generally
too great a ■Sacrifice; however, if they are put
on, a free circulation of fresh air. even in the
night, ought to be encouraged. When in the
third year after planting, the trees have made
good progress, plenty of fruit-spurs, and a rea-
sonable hope of Success is entertained, the
glasses should be put on about the middle of
January, plenty of air being admitted through
the day, shutting them up at night. On the
first of February the lire may be lighted, which
must, he says, be made so moderate, that,
at eight at night, and eight in the mm
Fahrenheit's thermometer mav not stand above
40°. Iii which condition it should be kept as
near as possible till about the twentieth ol the
month; ami then increased gradual lv lo 1 5 :
at winch point endeavour to keep it till the fruit
is- fairly set Afterwards increase the heat to
50*, but n eft more, till the stoning if over, and
the timt are begun their se'eond swelling. Al-
1, lor the sake of the fruit, all danger i»
i. ,'i-i; yet, if too strong a lire heat is in-
d:ii<>cJ 111, li will, he -a', -.:,,. thl I ... ncv of
•J T J

P R U

P R U

drawing the shoots too weak : and therefore
be would not advise that the air of the house, at
the tore-mentioned hours, should ever pass 60°.

With regard to the admission of air, he says,
" the house ought to be uncovered all the first
season after planting : but, if this is not the
case; and if, from the nature of what other
plants are placed therein, it is imprudent to
leave a little air in the house in the night, it
should be opened by sun-rise in the morning,
having a large and free circulation all day, shot-
ting it up at sun-set. However, when the month
of May arrives, it ought, he thinks, to be entirely
uncovered. In the second season, he advises,
that the glasses be put on by the first of March,
large portions of air being admitted, as directed
above, and the glasses be removed by the first
of August. From the commencement of the
forcing, this article must, he says, be more par-
ticularly attended to ; the first ten days after
which, a very large share of air should be given,
to prevent the buds from breaking too suddenly,
and of consequence too weakly : besides, vegeta-
tion (in forcing) ought always to be brought on,
as it were, by stealth : the juices flow more
kindly ; and the plant suffers the first impulse
of reviving activity with more patience, than
when hurried on in a violent manner. But, af-
ter the buds begin to appear turgid, a more mo-
derate quantity may be admitted ; still having
respect to the temperature of the house, and the
prevention of frosty winds from hurting the
bloom." At all events, '• advantage should be
taken of sun-shine; which will allow a larger
portion than at other times. Nevertheless, let
no day pass (unless a severe frost) wherein less
or more air is not admitted ; and, in sun- shine,
to the extent that the thermometer may not rise
more than 10 degrees above the fire-heat me-
dium. After the crop is all gathered, if con-
sistent with the welfare of the other articles
contained in the house, the glasses should be re-
moved, and the trees exposed to the weather till
the next season.

" When planted, the mould should be settled
to the roots of the trees by a moderate water-
ing; and if the house remain uncovered the
first season, little attention (except in dry wea-
ther) will be required. Due attention should
be paid the second year to keep the border in a
moderately moist state, that the plants may
grow freely; and when their growth is stopt for
the season, withhold the water, that the wood
may ripen perfectly before they are exposed to
the weather. P'rom the time the forcing is be-
gun, plentiful wateiings shonld be given to the
border, until the bloom begins to open ; and
then in a moderate degree till the fruit is fairly

set. After which, a&ain increase the quantity
till the fruit begins to colour ; and then diniinish-
the quantity by degrees till you entirely with-
hold it, which ought to be done some time pre-
vious to the fruit's being ripe." It is also ob-
served, that " washing with the Innd-engine
should commence with the day the fire is light-
ed; and, except from the time the bloom be-
gins to appear till the fruit is fairly set, should
be repeated thrice a week in the evening, and
that with a considerable degree of force, till the
fruit begins to ripen. And in the interval of
washing, (viz. while in bloom, and till the fruit
is set) a little water should be poured on the
flue every evening when the fire is at the
strongest, which causes a fine agreeable steam
to arise in the house, greatly to the benefit of
the flowers and foliage. Soft and tempered
water should be used at all times, and on all
occasions."

With respect to the insects that infest the
Cherry House, they are, " the aphis, or
green fly ; the acarus, or red spider ; the cater-
pillar, and the grub. The first, and least hurt-
ful, is easily destroyed by a fumigation of to-
bacco. The second, by the process of washing
with the engine, which is indispensably neces-
sary to the health and vigour of the trees.
Therefore, when they begin to make their ap-
pearance at any time, the water, in the ordi-
nary course of washing, should be thrown
against the trees with greater force, making a
point of beginning at the contrary end of the
house each time ; whereby, if you happen to
miss any part the one way, you may strike it
the other. The caterpillar and grub have, be
says, given him more trouble than the pre-
ceding, or indeed any species of insect what-
ever ; and, after trying a variety of prescriptions,
being at much trouble and expense, he can ven-
ture to assure the reader, and the public, he has
at last discovered a cure", which is as follows :

" Take of soft soap, two pounds; flowers of
sulphur, two pounds ; leaf, or roll tobacco, one
pound ; nux vomica, two ounces ; and oil of
turpentine, a gill : boil them all together in eight
gallons of soft or river water to six ; and set the
liquor aside for use. And any time in winter, at
least a considerable time before the trees begin
to vegetate, let them be all untied or unnailed
the trellis or wall ; brush every part of the
branches and buds clean with a soft brush, such
as is used for painting : make the liquor milk-
warm ; and, with a sponge, carefully anoint
every part of the tree, trellis, &c. Dress the
trees neatly to the trellis again ; but use none of
the old ties or shreds : and let this operation be
repeated every winter. The first summer after

PRU

P S I

anointing, there may, lie snys, be a few appear,
whose eui^s have, by being concealed, escaped
the action of the liquor, which most be picked
off, to prevent their breeding ; but, if any,
there will be verv few, as it is of the most pene-
trating nature" But this liquor must on no
account, he savs, be used in summer, as it in-
stantly destroys the foliage Fruit-trees of all
kinds should be anointed with this liquor every
year; as it is, he says, equally destructive of
every insect and their eggs, which infest
them.

in cultivating Dwarf trees, in pots or boxes,
it is observed, that " where there is an exten-
sive variety of forcing, and a green-house, or
conservatory, Cherries may not only be produced
at an early season, but in a long succession, by
removing the pots or boxes from one house to
another. When there are twenty or thirty trees,
they should be divided into four or five equal
parts, to make as many successions ; and be
placed in equal rotation : first, (in November or
December) in the green-house, where they may
remain till they are fairly set ; then, in an early
peach- or vine-house, till they begin to colour ;
and lastly, in the pine or dry stove, to come to
maturity. And a very rich compost, such as is
used for cucumbers or melons, should be made
use of, watering them frequently with the drain-
ings of a dung-dill. They should also be wash-
ed or watered frequently over head with a hand
squirt or watering pan; and be placed in the
most airy situations."

The Double-blossomed sort may likewise be
increased by grafting or budding, as in the other
varieties, upon any kind of Cherry-stocks, and
be trained both as dwarfs, half and full stand-
ards, to effect the greater variety in plantations
and other places.

And the Wild Cherry is easily raised from
seed, as the stones of the fruit ; aud any variety
which affords large and fine fruit may be conti-
nued by grafting, &c., in which way it will
bear sooner, for which a quantity of stones
should be provided in autumn, when the fruit is
dead ripe, and be sown in beds of light earth an
inch and a half deep, when they will come up
in the spring, and after having one or two
years' growth may be planted out in nursery-
rows, with their tops entire, training them up
for standards, with stems six feet high, then
letting them branch out above every way, to
form heads.

They may he planted out as standards in
orchards or any open grounds for the fruit, and
in ornamental plantations of forest-trees, where
they have a good effect.

The Bird- Cherry sorts may also be increased

in the same manner, and likewise by layer";,
which will readily strike root, and be fit for
planting out iu one year. They will also grow
well by cuttings planted in autumn.

And the last sort is capable of being raised
by grafting, and sometimes by layers.

Culture in the Laurel kind. — These are readily
increased by seed and cuttings : but as cuttings
are the most expeditious mode, they are most
commonly raised in that way.

In the first mode, the seeds should be sown
in autumn, when ripe, in beds of light earth,
near an inch deep, allowing them some protec-
tion in severe frosts in winter, either by hoop-
ing and matting the bed, or covering it with
dry long litter ; but suffering them to remain
uncovered in mild weather. The plants come
up in the spring, giving occasional waterings in
dry weather ; and in the autumn or spring fol-
lowing, when the season is settled, planting
them out In nursery-rows to remain two or three
years, or till wanted.

The cuttings should be procured in August or
September, in moist weather, from the same
year's shoots, cutting them off' from about eight
or ten to twelve or fifteen inches long, with
about an inch of the' old wood to the bottom of
each, if possible, though this is not indispensa-
bly necessary : then strip off the leaves from the
lower parts, and plant them in a shady border,
in rows, twelve inches asunder, planting each
cutting half or two-thirds into the ground, giv-
ing water in dry weather, when those planted in
August will be rooted the same year ; and
all in the following summer, shooting at
top, perhaps a foot long, by the autumn ; at
which time, or in the spring after, they may be
planted or bedded out in wide nurscn -rows, to
acquire strength, till wanted. In either of these
methods the trees may be trained either bushy
or of a shrub-like growth, or trimmed up to a
single stem for standards.

These plants delight in a light loamy soil,
which is not too moist.

The proper season for planting them out is
in the early autumn or spring, according to the
soil.

They are highly ornamental in clumps and
plantations, in lawns, parks, or out-grounds.

Hedges are sometimes formed of the common
laurel tor ornament ; but where this is practised
it should not be trimmed with garden-shears,
which mangle and spoil the beauty of the large
leaves: all necessary cutting should be perform-
ed with a knife, in order to preserve the leaves
entire, so as to make a fine appearance.

PSIDIUM, a genus containing plants of the
exotic tree kind.

P S I

P s o

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Hesperidece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, bell-shaped, five-cleft, perma-
nent : segments ovate : the corolla has five
ovate petals, concave, spreading, inserted into
the calyx: the stamina have numerous filaments,
shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calyx :
anthers small : thepistillum is a roundish germ,
inferior: style awl-shaped, very long: stigma
simple: the pericarpium is an oval berry, very
large, crowned with the calyx, one- or many-
celled ; the seeds numerous, very small, and
nestling.

The species cultivated are : 1 . P. pyr/J'erum,
White Guava; 2. P. pomlfcrum, Red Guava.

The first, in its wild state, grows to the
height of seven or eight, sometimes of twelve
feet, but in the state of cultivation, where the
soil is good, it equals a middle-sized apple-tree,
the trunk being six feet in height, and a foot
and half in circumference : the bark is smoolh-
ish, of a yellowish brown colour, with large
ash-coloured spots : the wood very hard and
tough, used for ox-yokes and the like purposes,
and well adapted for fuel : the branches nume-
rous, the young ones four-cornered : the leaves
blunt, entire, smoothish, on short petioles, two
or three inches long, opposite: the peduncles
are solitary, short, supporting a white sweet-
smelling flower : the fruit smooth, having a pe-
culiar smell, yellow, sulphureous, or whitish on
the outside, roundish or more oblong, the size
of a hen's egg or bigger, according to the soil :
the rind is a line or two in thickness, brittle and
fleshy ; pulp rather firm, full of bony seeds,
flesh-coloured, sweet, aromatic and pleasant.
It is a native both of the West and East Indies.

This fruit is eaten with aviditv by the natives,
and also sometimes preserved with su^ar.

The second species has a pretty thick trunk,
twenty feet in height, covered with a smooth
bark, and dividing into many angular branches
towards the top : the leaves are two inches and
a half long, and one inch and a half bvoad in
the middle, rounded at both ends, having a
strong midrib and many veins running towards
the sides, of a light green colour, opposite on
very short foot-stalks : the peduncles are axillary,
an inch and a half long : the petals are large and
white ; the fruit shaped like a pomegranate,
crowned, when ripe having an agreeable odour.
It is a native of the West and East Indies.

Culture. — These plants are increased bv seeds,
which must be procured from the countries
where they grow naturally ; and when these are
brought over in the entire fruit, gathered full

ripe, they succeed with greater certainty : they
should be sown in pots filled with rich kitchen-
garden earth, plunging them into a hot-bed of
tanners bark, giving them water from time to
time, as the earth dries. When the plants
come up, they must have free air admitted to
them in proportion to the w armth of the season ;
and, when they have attained strength enough
to be removed, be each planted out in a small
pot, filled with the same sort of earth, and be
plunged into a fresh hot-bed, shading them from
the sun until they have taken new root, when
they should have a large share of free air ad-
mitted to them every clay in warm weather, to
prevent their drawing up weak ; they must also
be frequently refreshed with water in summer.

When they have filled these small pots with
their roots, they should be shaken out and their
roots pared, putting them into larger pots filled
with the same sort of earth, and repluneed into
the hot-bed, where they should remain till au-
tumn, when they must be plunged into the tan-
bed in the stove : during the winter they should
have moderate warmth, and not too much water,
and in summer have plenty of moisture, and in
hot weather a great share of air.

They afford ornament among other stove
plants.

I'SORALEA, a genus comprising plants of
the shrubby exotic kind for the greenhouse and
stove.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelpliia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Papilionacece or Leguminoscp.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, dotted with tubercles, five-
cleft : segments acute, equal, permanent; the
lowest double the length of the others : the co-
rolla papilionaceous, five-petalled : standard
roundish, emarginate, rising : wings crescent-
shaped, blunt, small : keel two-petalled, crescent-
shaped, blunt : the stamina have diadelphous fila-
ments, (one single and brittle-shaped, nine
united), ascending: anthers roundish : thepis-
tillum is a linear germ : style awl-shaped, ascend-
ing, the length of the stamens : stigma blunt :
the pericarpium is a legume the length of the
calvx, compressed, ascending, acuminate : the
seed single, kidney-form.

The species cultivated are ; 1 . P. pinnata,
Winged-leaved Psoralea; 2. P. aculeala, Prickly
Psoralea; 3. P. Iracteata, Oval-spiked Psoralea;
A. P. hirta, Hairy I'soratea ; 5. P.bituminosa,
Bituminous Psoralea ; 6. P. Americana, Ameri-
can Psoralea; 7. P. curylifoUa, Hazel-nut-
leaved Psoralea; 8. P. Dalta, Annual Psoralea.

The first rises with a soft shrubby stalk, four
or five feet high, dividing into several branches:

P s o

P T E

the loaves are of a deep green colour, composed
of three or four pans ot very narrow leaflets,
terminated by an odd one, standing upon short
footstalks, and coining out without order on < \ ery
side ot the branches : the flowers sit very close
to the branches, and are often in clusters : the
standard, which is erect and re flexed at the
top, is of a line blue; the wings are pair, and
the keel white. It flowers during a great part
of the summer, and the seeds ripen in autumn.
It grows naturally at the Cape.

The second species is a shrub with angular
branches, and lateral solitary flowers without
bractes. It is a native of the Cape, flowering
in June and July.

The third has a shrubby stem, determinately
branched, with round pubescent branches : the
leaves sessile : leaflets even, dotted, pointed at
the end with a patulous spine: stipules chaffy,
lanceolate, acuminate, eiliatc : the spikes termi-
nating, solitary, sub-villose, pedunclcd : the
flowers separated by ovate-acuminate ciliate
bractes, almost the length of the flowers ; the
corolla violet-coloured, with a white keel having
a violet spot in front. It is a native of the Cape,
flowering in June and July.

The fourth species is a shrub, with rough-
haired rigid branches : the leaves petioled : leaf-
lets sub-pelioled, sub-pubescent : the flowers at
the ends of the brandies : calyces pubescent :
corollas violet-coloured. It is a native of the
Cape, continuing in flower most part of the
summer.

The fifth has a perennial root, but the stalk not
of long duration, seldom lasting more than two
years : it rises about two feet high, sending out
two or three slender branches : the leaHcts about
two inches long, and one inch and a quarter
broad, on long foot-stalks: the leaves, if handled,
emit a strong scent of bitumen : the heads of
flowers are on axillary peduncles seven or eight
inches long, and blueish, smelling like black
currants. It is a native of Italy, Sicily ice.,
flowering most part of the summer.

The sixth species has diffused, herbaceous
stems, with glandular dots scattered over them:
the leaflets roundish, very blunt, obsoletcly
toothed or angular, sprinkled with glandular dots ;
the middle one lamer and petioled: the spikes
axillary, oblontr, on peduncles the length of the
leaves. It is a native of Madeira, flowering
late.

The seventh is an annual plant : the stalks
rise two feet high, and have at each joint one
leaf about two inches long, and an inch and a
half broad, having one strong midrib, from
which conic out several veins, that run towards
the top of the leaf: the flowers are produced on
long slender axillary peduncles, collected into

small round heads, and are of a pale Resh-colour.
It grows naturally in India, anu flowers in July
in this climate.

The eighth species is also an annual plant,
with a very branching herbaceous stalk, rising
a foot and half high, spreading wide on every
side : the leaves are composed of live or six
pairs of narrow wedge-shaped leaflets^ termi-
nated by an odd one : the flowers are colli et< 4
in close oblong spikes at the ends of the branches,
arc small, and of a light blue colour. Jt is a
native of Vera Cruz.

Culture. — These plant* are increased by sow-
ing the seeds in the early spring months, on a
moderate hot-bed, or in pots, plunging them in
it. When the plants have attained three or four
inches in growth, they should be planted out
into small pots separately, gradually hardening
them to the open air, so as to be placed out in it
in the beginning of the summer. They are
likewise capable of being increased by planting
cuttings of the young shoots in the summer
months, in pots filled with light earth, plunging
them in a moderate hot-bed and covering them
close with glasses, watering and shading them
well till they have stricken root.

They afford variety among other potted green-
house plants.

PSEUDO ACACIA. See Robinia.

PSEUDO ACORUS. See Iris.

PSEUDO ASPHODELUS. See Anthf.ri-

CUM.

PSEUDO CAPSICUM. See Solanum.
PSEUDO DIGITALIS. See Duacocepha-

L 0 M .

PTELEA, a genus containing a plant of the
shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tclraiulria
Monagynia, or Dioecia Tctrmidrla, and ranks
in the natural order of TerebintaoeCB.

The characters are: that in the male, the
calyx is a four-parted perianthium, acute, small,
deciduous : the corolla has four petals, oblong,
concave, spreading, larger than the calyx, co-
riaceous : the stamina have four awl-shaped li-
laments, erect, curved in at the top, flattiah and
viltose at the base, almost the length of the co-
rolla : anthers roundish: the pistillum is an
ovate germ, small, abortive: style very short,
bifid at the top : stigmas obsolete : female; the
calyx and corolla as in the male : the stamina
filaments, as in the male, much shorter than
the corolla : anthers roundish, barren : the pis-
tillum is an ovate germ, compressed, biggish:
style short, compressed: stigmas two, bluntish,
diverging : the periearpium is a roundish drupe,
large, juiceless, compressed, membranaeeous-
winged, two-celled; the seeds solitary, oblong,
attenuated upwards.

PUL

PUL

The species is P. trifoliata, Three-leaved
Ptelea, or Shrubby Trefoil.

It rises with an upright woody stem ten or
twelve feet high, dividing upwards into many
branches, covered with a smooth grayish bark,
garnished with trifoliate leaves standing upon
long fool-stalks : the leaflets are ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, smooth, and of a bright green on
their upper side, but pale on their under ; these
come out late in the spring, soon after which
the bunches of flower-buds appear, which is

fenerally in the beginning of June, the leaves
eing then but small, and afterward? increase in
size, but are not fully grown till the flowers de-
cay : the flowers are produced in large bunches
at the end of the branches ; are of an herba-
ceous white colour, composed of four or five
short petals, ending in acute points ; fastened
at their base to a short calyx, cut into four seg-
ments almost to the bottom. It grows naturally
in North America.

There is a variety with five leaves.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
seeds, cuttings and layers.

The seeds should be sown in the early spring
months, as March, in pots filled with light
rich mould, plunging them in a moderate hot-
bed to bring up the plants, giving them occa-
sional waterings during the summer season,
and protecting them during the winter from
severe frost, planting them out in the following
spring in nursery-rows, to get strong for being
finally planted out.

The cuttings should be made from the young
shoots, and planted in pots filled with light
earth in March, plunging them in a hot-bed to
strike them, but they should not have much
heat, due shade being given. They readily
strike root, and may be planted out in the fol-
lowing autumn.

The layers may be laid down in the autumn,
choosing the young shoots for the purpose,
giving them a slit underneath, and then placing
them in the soil. They are mostly rooted in
the course of a twelvemonth.

These plants are proper for shrubberies and
other places in pleasure-grounds, where they
have a very ornamental effect.

PUDDING-GRASS. See Mentha Piu.e-

filUM.

PULMONARIA, a genus furnishing plants
of the hardy perennial fibrous-rooted kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monvgijnia, and ranks in the natural order of
Asperifuiue.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianthium, five-toothed, prismatic-
pentagonal, permanent: the corolla one-petal-

the calyx : border half-five-ckft, blunt, from
upright-spreading: throat pervious : the stamina
have five filaments, in the throat, very short:
anthers erect, converging : the pistillum has four
germs : style filiform, shorter than the calyx :
stigma blunt, emarginatc : there is no pericar-
pium : calyx unchanged, fostering the seeds at
bottom : the seeds four, roundish, blunt.

The species cultivated are : 1 . P. officinalis.
Common Lungwort ; 2. P. avgustifolia, Nar-
row-leaved Lungwort; 3. P. Virgiriua, Virgi-
nian Lungwort.

The first has a perennial fibrous root : the
lower leaves rough, about six inches long, and
two inches and a half broad, of a dark green
on their upper side, marked with many broad
whitish spots, but pale and unspotted on their
under side: the stalks almost a foot high, having
several smaller leaves on them standing alter-
ternately : the flowers are produced in small
bunches at the top of the stalks, of different
colours. It is a native of Europe, flowering
from March to May.

The second species has leaves much narrower
than those of the first sort, and covered with
soft hairs, not spotted : the stalks rise a foot
high, and have narrow leaves on them, of the
same shape with those below, but smaller, and
almost embracing : the flowers are produced in
bunches on the top of the stalks, of a beautiful
blue colour. It is a native of Sweden.
It varies with white flowers.
The third has a perennial, thick, fleshy root,
sending out many small fibres : the stalks a foot
and half high, dividing at the top into several
short branches : the leaves near the root four or
five inches long, two inches and a half broad,
smooth, of a light green, on short footstalks ;
those upon the stem diminish in their size up-
wards, are of the same shape, and sessile. Every
small branch at the top of the stalk is termi-
nated by a cluster of flowers, each standing
upon a separate short peduncle. The most com-
mon colour of these flowers is blue ; but there
are some purple, others red, and some white.
They appear in April, and if they have a shady
situation continue in beauty great part of May.
It grows upon mountains in most parts of
North America.

Culture. — These plants are increased by seeds,
and parting the roots.

The seeds should be sown in the spring, in a
bed or border of common earth, raking them
in. They soon come up, and in the latter end
of the summer they should be put out, either
where they are to remain, or in nursery-beds, till
October, when they should be planted out finally.
The roots should be parted in the autumn, as

led, funnel-form : tube cylindrical, the length of about August or September, but the sooner

PUN

P Y R

*ftcr ilicy have done flowering, the better. Thcv
should not be divided too small, and he planted
directly ; when they flower strong in the Following
spring. Thev afford ornament in shadv situations.
' PUMPION or PUMPKIN. SeeCucuBBiTA.

PUNICA, a genus containing plants of the
tree and shrub kinds.

It belongs to the cla?? and order I iumdria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ponu,

The characters are : that the calvx is a one-
leafed, bell-shaped, five-cleft perianthium,
acute, coloured, permanent : the corolla has
five roundish petals, from upright spreading,
inserted into the calyx : the stamina have nu-
merous capillary filaments, shorter than the
calyx, and inserted into it: anthers somewhat
oblong: the pistillum is an inferior germ : style
simple, the length of the stamens : stigma
headed: the pericarpium is a sub-globular pome,
large, crowned with the calyx, divided into
two chambers by a transverse partition, the up-
per having about nine, the lower about three cells :
partitions membranaceous : the seeds verv manv,
angular, succulent: receptacle fleshy, scrobi-
cular, dividing each cell of the pericarp two ways.

The species are : 1 . P. granutum, Common
Pomegranate Tree; 2V P. nana, Dwarf Pome-
granate Tree.

The first ia a tree which ri<es with a woody
stem eighteen or twenty feet high, sending out
branches the whole length, which likewise put
out many slender twigs, rendering it verv thick
and bushy, some of which are armed with sharp
thorns : the leaves arc narrow spear-shaped,
about three inches long, and half an inch
broad in the middle, drawing to a point at each
end ; are of a light lucid green, and stand op-
posite: the flowers come out at the ends of the
branches, singly or three and four together ;
frec)uenily one of the largest terminates the
branch, and immediately under that are two or
three smaller buds, which continue a succession
of flowers for some months. The fruit is a
pome berry, covered with a hard coriaceous rind
including a pulp. It is a native of Spain, Por-
tugal, Soc. In the West Indies, where it is sup-
posed to have been introduced from Europe, the
fruit is larger and better flavoured.

There are several varieties : as the Large
Double-flowered, and the Striped-flowered.

The second species seldom rises more than
five or six feet high : the flowers are much
smaller than those of the common sort ; the
leaves are shorter and narrower ; the fruit is not
larger than a nutmeg, and has little flavour:
but it may be kept within compass ; and in the
West Indies, where it is a native, and is planted

Vol. II.

for hedges, it continues flowering great part of
the year.

Culture. — The first sort and varieties arc
readily increased by layers ; which should be
la;d in autumn, choosing the young branches
for the purpose, giving a little slit underneath at
a bud, and laying them in the usual way, giving
occasional waterings in summer; and by the
following autumn they will be well rooted, and
fit to be planted in nursery-rows for two or three
years, to get strength, and then planted where
they are to remain.

Those of the common sort and varieties may
be trained as half or full standards, or as
dwarfs; but those desis-ned for walls should
be managed as directed for peaches, &c.

This sort may be planted aeainst warm walls,
and be pruned and trained as other fruit-trees.

Of this sort, the double-flowering kind is
much more esteemed than the other in this
country for the sake of its large, fine, double
flowers, which are of a most beautiful scarlet
colour; and, if the trees are supplied with due
nourishment, continue to produce flowers for
two months successively ; which renders it one
of the most valuable flowering trees. This sort
may be rendered more productive of flowers by
grafting it upon stocks of the single kind, which
check the luxuriancy of the trees, and cause them
to produce flowers upon almost cverv shoot.

The second sort may be raised also bv layers,
as the former, but must be planted in pots tilled
with rich earth, and preserved in a greenhouse.
In the summer, when the flowers begin to ap-
pear, if the plants are exposed to the open air,
the buds will fall off without opening ; they
should therefore be placed in an airy glass case,
and a large share of air should be given them
every day in warm weather. Bv this treatment
the plants may be continued in flower upw arris
of three months, and make a fine appearance.

These are very ornamental trees for shrub-
beries and other places.

PURGING NUT. See Iatropha.

PURPLE APPLE. See Ansona.

PURSLANE. SeePoRTULACA.

PURSLANE TREE. See Portulacaria.

PYRUS, a genus containing plants of the
fruit-tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Petitagynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Pomacecc.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, concave, five-cleft, permanent :
segments spreading : the corolla has five petals,
roundish, concave, large, inserted into the calyx :
the stamina have twenty filaments, awl-shaped,
shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calvi :

e

P Y R

P Y R

anthers simple : the pistil] urn is an inferior germ :
styles five, filiform, the length of the stamens :
stigmas simple : the periearpium is a roundish
pome, umbilicate, fleshy, with five membrana-
ceous cells: the seeds some, oblong, blunt, acu-
minate at the base, convex on one side, flat on
the other.

The speciesare : 1 . P. communis , Common Pear-
tree; 2. P. Malus, Common Apple- tree; 3. P.
spectulilis, Chinese Apple-tree ; 4. P. pruvifolla,
Siberian Crab-tree; 5. P. conmaria, Sweet-scent-
ed Crab-tree; 6. P. Cydonia, the Quince-tree.
The first grows to a lofty tree, with upright
branches, the twigs or branchlets hanging down :
the leaves are elliptical, obtuse, serrate; the
younger ones clothed with a deciduous cotton
underneath and along the edge : the stipules li-
near: the flowers in terminating villose corymbs
of a snow white colour : the fruit is a pome. It
is a native of Europe.

It is observed that "the Wild Pear, the mother
of-all the orchard and garden varieties, is thorny.
The stipules are setaceous, white (or reddish),
deciduous : the peduncles alternate ; and the ca-
lyx clothed with a ferruginous wool."

There are numerous varieties ; but those of
most importance for cultivation are :

The Little Musk, which is often termed the
Supreme. The fruit, when ripe, is of a yellow
colour; the juice somewhat musky; and, when
gathered before it be too ripe, is a good fruit.
It becomes ripe about the latter end of July, but
continues good onlv a very short time.

The Chio, or Little Bastard Musk, which is
pretty much like the other, but smaller. The
skin, when ripe, has a few streaks of red on
the sun side.

The Green Chissel, or Hastings, which is a
middle-sized fruit, that always remains green,
and is full of juice when ripe. It becomes ripe
in the beginning of August.

The Red Muscadelle, which is a large early
pear, of great beauty ; the skin is of a beau-
tiful yellow striped with red, and the flesh has a
rich flavour. It sometimes produces two crops
in a year; the first about the end of July, and
the second in September, or thereabouts.

The Little Muscat, which is a small pear,
having the skin very thin, and of a yellowish
colour when ripe. This fruit has a rich musky
flavour, but does not keep long. It becomes
ripe about the beginning of August.

The Lady's Thigh, which is here commonly
called Jargonelle, is of a russet green colour
from the sun, but towards it inclining to an iron
colour ; the fle?h is breaking, and has a rich
musky flavour. It becomes ripe about the mid-
dle of August.

The Windsor, which has a smooth skin, and
when ripe is of a vellowish-grecn colour ; the
flesh is very soft, and, if permitted to hang but
two or three days after it is ripe, grows mealy
and is good for nothing. It becomes ripe about
the latter end of August.

The Jargonelle, which is commonly called
Cuisse Madame. According to Mr. Forsyth
it is certainly the true French Jargonelle ; and
the pear which commonly goes by that name
here is the real Cuisse Madame, or Lady's Thigh;
it being very probable that the names have
been changed in coming to this country. This
pear is somewhat like the Windsor; the skin is
smooth, and of a pale green colour. It is a
plentiful bearer; but the flesh is apt to be mealy
if it stands to be ripe, which is about the mid-
dle of August. It bears best on standards.

The Orange Musk, which is of a yellow co-
lour spotted with black ; the flesh is musky, but
very apt to be dry. It ripens about the latter end
of August.

The Great Blanquet, or Bagpipe of Anjou,
which has a smooth skin of a pale-green colour;
the flesh is soft, and full of juice of a rich fla-
vour. It ripens about the middle of August.

The Little Blanquet, which is much less than
the former ; of a pale colour, and the flesh tender
and full of a rich musky juice. It ripens about
the latter end of August.

The Long-stalked Blanquet has a very
smooth skin, white, and a little coloured towards
the sun, and is full of a rich sugarv juice. It
becomes ripe at the latter end of August.

The Skinless or Early Russelet, which is of
a reddish colour, the skin extremely thin, and
the flesh melting and full of a rich sugary juice.
It ripens in the latter end of August.

The Musk Robine, or Queen's Pear (also
called the Amber Pear), which is small, and of
a yellow colour when ripe ; it has a rich musky
flavour, and is a great bearer. It ripens about
the latter end of August.

The Musk Drone, which has a skin of a yel-
low colour when ripe, and a rich musky taste ;
but is apt to grow mealy if left too long on the
tree. It ripens about the beginning of September.
The Red Orange, which is of a greenish co-
lour; but the side next the sun changes to a
purple colour when ripe; the flesh is melting,
and the juice sugary, with a little perfume. It
ripens in the beginning of August.

The Cassolette, or Green Muscat, is a small
greenish pear with some specks in the skm. It
is full of a rich perfumed juice, and ripens in
the latter end of September.

The Great Onion, Brown Admired, or King
of Summer, which is of a brow nish colour next

PYR

P Y R

the sun, and becomes ripe in the beginning of
September.

The Musk Orange, in which the skin is green,
and the flesh melting. It ripens in the beginning
of September.

TheAvor.it, or August Muscat) which has a

smooth skin of a whitish yellow colour; the
juice is richly sugared and perfumed, and it is

esteemed one of the best Summer Pears vet
known. It is a great hearer, and becomes ripe
in the beginning of September.

The Rose, or Thorny Hose, which is shaped
like the Great Onion Pear, but much larger, of
a yettowish-ereen colour, but a little inclining
to red next the sun. The flesh is breaking, and
the juice musky. It becomes ripe in the be-
ginning of September.

The Poire du Puchet, which has the flesh soft
and tender, and the juice sugary. It ripens in
the beginning of September.

The Perfumed Pear, which is of a deep red
colour spotted with brown ; the flesh melting, but
dry, and has a perfumed flavour. It ripens in
the beginning of September.

The Salviati, which is red and yellow next
the sun, but whitish on the other side ; the flesh
is tender, and the juice sugary and perfumed.
It ripens about the middle of September.

The Rose Water, which baa the skit: rough,
and of a brown colour, the juice very sweet,
tasting like rose-water. It ripens in the latter
end of September.

The Russelet, in which the flesh is soft and
tender, and the juice agreeably perfumed. It
ripens in the latter end of September.

The Great Mouth water, which has the flesh
melting and full of juice. It ripens about the
latter end of September.

The Prince's Pear, which has a highly-fla-
voured juice, and is a great bearer, ripening
about the latter end of September.

The Summer Bergamot, which is sometimes
called Ilamden's Bergamot. The flesh is melt-
ing, and the juice highly perfumed. It ripens
about the- latter end ot September.

The Autumn Bergamot, which is smaller than
the former; the flesh is melting, and the juice
highly perfumed. It is a great bearer, and ripens
in the beginning of October.

The Summer Bonchretien, which is very full
of juice, and is of a rich perfumed flavour. It
ripens about the middle of September.

The Beurre Rouge, (the Red Butter Pear,)
which has the fie=h very melting and full of a
rich sugary juice. It ripens in the beginning of
October, and, when first gathered from the tree,
is one of the very best son of pears.

The Dean's Pear, which has the flesh melting

and full of juice, which is very cold. It is a jrcat
bearer, and ripens in the beginning of October.

The Swiss Bergamot has a melting flesh, and iv
full of juice. It i i pens in the beginningol October.

The Long Green, in which the flesh is melt-
ing and full of juice, h ripens in the latter end
of October. It is, by some, reckoned the same
with the Mouthwater.

The White and Gray Monsieur John, which
are the same ; the difference of their colour pro-
ceeding from the different soils and situations
wherein they grow, or the stocks on which th< \
are grafted. If this (.ear b^ rightlv man
there are not many sorts in the same season to
be compared with it. The flesh is breaking, and
full of a rich sugared juice. It ripens in the lat-
ter end of October, or beginning of November.

The Flowered Muscat, which is an excellent
pear; the flesh is very tender, and of a delicate
flavour. It ripens in November.

The Vine Pear, which is of a dark red colour ;
the flesh very melting, and full of a clammy
juice. It comes into eating in November.

The Rousseline Pear, which is of a deep red
colour, with spots of gray ; the flesh is very
tender and delicate, and the juice very sweet,
with an agreeable perfume. It ripens about the
latter end of October, but does not keep.

The Knave's Pear, which has the flesh fine
and tender, and the juice very much sugared. It
ripens in the latter end of October.

The Marquis Pear is a pear which, when it
does not change yellow in ripening, is seldom
good ; but if it does, the flesh will be tender,
delicate, and very full of juice, which is sugared.
It conies into eating in November.

The Crasane Pear, which has the flesh ex-
tremely tender and buttery, and full of a rich
sugared juice. It is the very best pear of the
season, and conies into eating about the latter
end of December.

The Lansac, or Danphine Pear, which has the
flesh yellow, tender, and melting; the juice is su-
gared, and a little perfumed. It is in eating the
beginning of December.

The Martin Sec (the Dry Martin), which is
almost like the Russelet in shape and colour;
the flesh is breaking and fine; and the juice
sugared, with a little perfume. It is in eating
about the beginning of December.

The Amadot, which is rather dry, but high-
flavoured : it is in eating about the middle of
December.

The Little Lard Pear, which is extremely fine;
the flesh melting; the juice much sugared, and
has an agreeable musky flavour, ft is in eating
the latter end of December, and is esteemed one
of the best fruits in that season.
SO c

P Y R

The Louisboa (the Good Lewis), which
has the flesh extremely tender, and full of a
very sweet juice. It is in eating about the mid-

dle or December.

The Col mar Pear, which is very tender, and
the juice greatly sugared. It is in eating about
the beginning of January, and is esteemed an
excellent fruit.

The L'Eschasserie, which has the flesh melt-
ing and buttery; the juice is sugary, with a
little perfume. It is in eating about the first of
January. It bears best on standards.

The Virgoukuse Pear, which is esteemed by
some as one of the best fruits of the season;
the flesh is melting, and full of a rich juice. It
is in eating about "the first of January. In dry
and cold seasons it is very apt to crack, which
greatly diminishes its value.

The Ambrette, which is esteemed a very good
pear; the flesh is quite melting, and full of
sweet perfumed juice. It comes into eating
about the beginning of January.

The Epine d'Hyver (the Winter Thorn Pear) ,
which has a very tender buttery pulp, of an agree-
able taste, with a sweet juice highly perfumed.
It is in eating about the latter end of December.
The St. Germain Pear, which is a fine fruit
and keeps long; the flesh is melting, and very
full of juice, which in a dry season, or if planted
on a warm dry soil, is very sweet. It is in eat-
ing from December till February. Mr. Forsyth
remarks, that it is " an excellent bearer, when
planted as a dwarf standard, aud comes in suc-
cession after the same sort of pears on wall-trees
are over."

The St. Austin, which is pretty full of juice,

and which is often a little sharp ; the flesh is

tender, but not buttery. It is in eating the latter

end of December, and continues good two

months, or longer.

The Spanish Bonchretien, which is a large

fine pear ; the flesh is breaking, and the juice

sweet. It is in eating in January.

The Wilding of Cassoy, which is also called

the Small Winter Butter Pear, is a small fruit ;

the flesh is melting, and the juice very rich : it is

an excellent bearer on standards. It is in eating

in January.

The Martin Sire, or the Lord Martin, which

is a good fruit ; the flesh is breaking and full of

juice, which is very sweet and a little perfumed.

It is in eating in January.

The Winter Russelet, which has the flesh

buttery and melting, and generally full of a sweet

juice. It is in eating in the latter end of January.
The Franc Real, or the Golden End of Winter,

which is only esteemed for baking.

The Brown Beurre, which is of a reddish-

P Y R

brown colour on the side next the sun, and yel-
lowish on the other side. The flesh is melting,
and full of a rich juice. It ripens in October,
and is esteemed an excellent pear.

The Holland Bergamot, Amoselle, or Lord
Cheney's, which is a very good pear ; the flesh
is half buttery aud tender, and the juice is highly
flavoured. It keeps from the end of January
till April.

The German Muscat, which is an excellent
pear; it is buttery and tender, and the juice is
highly flavoured. It is in eating from February
till April or May.

The Pear of Naples, or Easter St. Germain,
which is half-breaking ; the juice is sweet, and
a little vinous. It is in eating in March.

The Winter Bonchretien, which is very large;
the flesh is tender and breaking, and is very full
of a rich sugared juice. It is in eating from
the end of March till June.

The La Pastorelle, which is tender and but-
tery, and the juice sweet. It is in eating in
March.

The St. Martial, or the Angelic Pear, which
has the flesh tender and buttery, and the juice
very sweet. It is in eating in March.

The Wilding of Chaumontelle, which is
melting, the juice very rich, and a little per-
fumed. It is in eating in January.

The Brown St. Germain, which is a very fine
high-flavoured pear on dwarfs and standards,
and comes in after the Wall St. Germain. It
continues in eating from December to the end
of March.

The Pear d'Auch, which was introduced by
the late Duke of Northumberland. It much re-
sembles the Colmar, but is fuller towards the
stalk. It is in eating from Christmas to April,
and is, without exception, the best of all the
Winter Pears.

The Swan's Egg, which is a middle-sized
pear, in shape like an egg ; it is of a green co-
lour, thinly covered with brown ; the flesh is
melting, and full of a pleasant musky juice. It
comes in eating in November. It is healthy,
and bears well either as a standard or in any
other way.

The Bergamot de Pasque, which has also the
following names : — the Terling, the Amoselle,
the Paddington, and the Tarquin. It is a fine
handsome fruit, green when gathered, and of a
yellowish or straw colour when ripe. It comes
into eating about the month of April, continues
till June, and makes a very handsome appear-
ance at table.

The Golden Beurr6, which is a very fine pear;
it is of a beautiful scarlet colour next the sun,
and of a gold colour on the other side. The

P Y R

P Y R

flesh is melting, and the juice high-flavoured.
It ripens in Oetoher. It succeeds best OB an
east aspect, and a loamy soil. It is a plentiful
bearer. Mr. Forsyth observes, that it <; was
introduced from Burgundy by the late Marshal
Conway, and was first raised, in tins country,
at his seat of Park Place, near Henley-upon-
Tbames, now the seat of Lord Malmesbury."

The Williams's Seedling Pear, which resembles
a Summer Bonchreiien, but is more juicy, is a
great bearer, and ripens in September. Mr.
Forsyth savs that it " will be a valuable acqui-
sition to the market-gardeners, as it immedi-
ately succeeds the Windsor Pear."

The Citron de Cannes, which is a middle-
sized pear, of a yellowish-green cast, full at the
eve ; of a round shape, but tapering a little to-
ward the stalk, which is long. It becomes ripe
in July.

And the True Golden Beurre, which in shape
and size resembles the Brown Beurre ; but is of
a reddish-brown colour next the sun. It is a
very fine pear, but does not keep long. It
comes into eating in October.

Mr. Forsyth gives the following selection from
Anderson's and Co.'s Catalogue, of Edinburgh :

Of the Summer Kinds — The Pear James,
which is soon ripe, and soon rotten, has a little
flavour, and is the earliest pear in Scotland.

The Early Carnock, which is indifferent, of
a yellow colour, and bright red towards the sun;
making a beautiful standard tree.

The Lemon, Lady's Lemon, or Lady La-
inont, which is indifferently good, but princi-
pally valued for coming early, and being a good
bearer in common.

The Green Pear of Pinkev, which is a small
green pear, nearly round, of a sweetish taste or
flavour.

The Forrow Cow, a Clydesdale pear, which
is a large pear with a short stalk ; flat towards
the eye ; the colour red and yellow ; the flesh
tender, and musked in its flavour.

The Pear Sauch, a Clydesdale pear, which is
a big-beliicd beautiful pear ; the tree large, a
great bearer, and fit for an orchard ; but the
truit is not very good.

The Gray Honey, which is a pretty good
pear.

The Green Orange Pear, or Orange Vert,
which is a very good pear.

The Brute Bone, Chaw Good, or the Pope's
Pear, which is onlv an indifferent sort.

The Golden Knap, supposed Scotch, which
is a small Summer Pear, of tolerably good quali-
ties.

The Early Achan, an indifferent fruit; greatly
inferior to the Winter Pear of that name.

The Hanging Leaf, which is the name in
Clydesdale, is good and beautiful; almost round;
its colour red and yellow : a delicious sweetness
is found in its taste.

The Scots Bergamot, which is a large good
pear, of a yellow and red colour; the flesh
tender and juicv.

The Longuevillc, which is very good, but a
precarious bearer ; supposed French, though
not in their catalogues under that name.

The Musked Bonchreiien, Gratioli, Cucum-
ber, or Spinola's Pear, which is a very good
pear when grafted on a free stock ; its pulp be-
ing somewhat between short and tender, with a
great deal of perfumed juice; its colour red on
one side, and white on the other.

And the Saffron Pear, which is a pretty large
well -shaped pear, fit for the orchard or the
field.

Of the Autumnal Kinds — The Keather, which
is a Clydesdale pear, of middling size, and ob-
long shape, its juice agreeable.

The French Carnock, which is tolerably good.

The Elshin Haft, or Good-Man Pear, which
is a long pear, flat towards the eye; its colour
green and yellow ; its flesh hard, dry, and sweet
in the taste. «

The Drummond, or Late Scotch Carnock,
which is very good, if eaten before it grows
mealy ; its colour a bright red and yellow.

The Vicar, an oblong pear, with the colour
yellow, red and striped ; tender, sweet, and
musked, but dry in eating.

The Royal Orange Bergamot, which differs
from the Orange Bergamot in being yellower,
and sometimes having a faint red on one side.

The Green Pear of Ya:r, which is sw
juicy, and melting ; of a moderate size ; taking
ns name from Yair, on Tweed-side, where it
was first discovered.

The Rob Hind, which is very indifferent.

The Le Bcsideri, the Wilding of the forest ot
Ileri in Bretagne, which is a yellowish pear, of
middle size, but which is indifferent.

The Unicorn Pear, which is of a beautiful
red and yellow colour ; but rather austere in the
taste or flavour.

Of the IVinter Ends— The Winter Achan,
which is a Scotch Pear ; among the best early
Winter Pears, and equal to most of those of
the French kind.

The Brier Bush, which is Scotch ; a good
pear, aud will ripen in most seasons ; it is a
small pear, of a linn substance, and sweet taste.

The Brompton Park, which is a seedling sent
by Jefferys of that name.

The Round Winter, which is a Clydesdale
pear ; a very excellent Winter Pear.

P Y R

PYR

The Poir Portrait or Gate Pear, which is
proper for baking.

The La Double Fleur, or the Doublc-flower-
in»' Pear, which is a large flat beautiful pear,
with a smooth skin, and blush colour on one
side, and yellow on the other : it is the best to
preserve, taking a beautiful red colour from the
tire.

And to these the following list is added : — The
Ambrosia Pear, the Ashton Town, the Autumn
Musk Bonchretien, the Bishop's Thumb, the
Bloody Pear proper for baking, the Brocas Ber-
gamot, the Barland proper for perry, the Be-
sideri lit for baking, the Bear-re du Roi, the
Black Pear of Worcester fit for baking, the Bri-
tannia, the Burdelieu, the Doyenne or St. Mi-
chael, the Catillac fit for baking, the Easter
St. Germain, the Gansel's Bergamot, the Gol-
den Beurre, the Gray Beurre, the Gray Good-
wife, the Green Sugar, the Green Bergamot,
the Huntingdon Pear, the Huff cap proper for
perry, the King's Catharine, the Lammas, the
London Sugar, the Muscat Almain, the Musk
Blanquet, the Oldfield proper for perry, the
Orange Bergamot, the Pear Piper, the Pyrus
Pollveria, the Red Admirable, the Rough Cap
proper for perry, the Scotch Bergamot, the Se-
ven-angled, the Silver-striped, the Spanish
Red Warden best for baking, the Squash pro-
per for perry, the Striped Verte Longue, and the
White Beurre.

And for small gardens, where there is room
only for a few trees, the following are recom-
mended as proper for furnishing a regular suc-
cession of fruit :

Summer Kinds — The Musk Pear, the Green
Chissel, the Jargonelle, the Summer Bergamot,
and the Summer Bonchretien.

Of the Autumn Kinds — The Orange Berga-
mot, the Autumn Bergamot, the Gansel's Ber-
gamot, the Brown Beurre, the Doyenne or St.
Michael, and the Swan's Egg.

Of the Winter Kinds — The Crasane, the
Chaumonteile, the St. Germain, the Colmar,
the D'Auch, the L'Eschasserie, the Winter
Bonchretien, and the Bergamot de Pasque.

The second species is a spreading tree, with
the branches and twigs irregular and twisting,
more horizontal than in the first : the leaves
ovate, serrate, the younger ones pubescent un-
derneath : the stipules linear : the flowers in
terminating, sessile, villose umbels, white, finely
tinged with red on the outside : the fruit round-
ish, umWlicate at the base, and acid. It is a
native of Europe.

In its wild state it is called the Crab or
Wilding, and is armed with thorns, as well as
the Wilu Pear. Miller mentions two varieties in

the fruit of the Crab, one white, the other pur-
ple towards the sun; but it is commonly yel-
lowish green with a tinge of red. And also a
variety with variegated leaves.

There are a great many varieties of the Apple,
but the following are given bv Mr. Forsvth as
the most deserving of attention :

The Acklam's Russet, which is a small York-
shire apple, of a russet colour toward the sun,
and vellow on the other side ; it becomes ripe
in January, and keeps till March.

The Aromatic Pippin, which is a very good
apple, of a bright russet next the sun ; and the
flesh has a line aromatic flavour. It ripens in
October.

The Baxter's Pearmain, which is a real Nor-
folk apple, of a handsome size, and pale-green
colour, full of small dark spots. It is a fine
kitchen fruit, and will keep till April. It is
also a good eating apple.

The Beauty of Kent, which is a fine large ap-
ple, resembling a Codlin. It is streaked with a
fine red towards the sun, and of a beautiful yel-
low, with some streaks of red on the other side.
It is a very good apple, coming into eating in
September, and keeping till the latter end of
April.

The Belle Grisdeline, which is a new seedling
raised at Norwich, of much beauty, and never
failing to afford crops. It was first propagated
by Mr. Lindley, about seven years ago, who
gave it this name. It is a handsome apple, re-
sembling the Bursdoff, of a yellow colour, with
red toward the sun, and an excellent table ap-
ple, keeping till March.

The Bell's Pearmain, which is a real Norfolk
apple, large and handsome ; red toward the
sun, and yellow on the other side. It is a fine
kitchen fruit, and pretty good to eat raw, keep-
ing till June.

The Best Pool, which is a middle-sized ap-
ple, of a pale-green colour, streaked with red
towards the sun. It is a good apple, in eating
from January to April.

The Black Apple, which is a middle-sized
fruit, of a dark mahogany colour next the sun,
but fainter on the other side. It is of a plea-
sant sweet taste, keeping till the middle of April.

The Bland's Summer Pippin, which is a hand-
some apple, of a gold colour, and an agreeable
flavour. It is a great bearer, ripe in September,
and keeps till Christmas.

The Blatche's fine small Table-Apple, which
is about the size of a small Golden Pippin; red
toward the sun, and green on the other side. It
has a sugary taste, and comes into eating in Ja-
nuary.

TheBoomrey, which is a pretty large handsome

PYR

P Y R

apple, of a flat shape, and deep-red colour;
anil the flesh is streaked with red. It is not fit
to eat raw, hut will do well for cider, or for
the kitchen. It keeps till April.

The Bovey Redstreak, which is a handsome
apple, of a lattish shape, beautifully streaked
with a bright red next the eye, which is small,
and of a yellow colour ahout the footstalk. It
keeps till the latter md of October.

The Broad-eyed Pippin, which is a fine large
flat apple, with a very large eye j the colour is
a greenish-yellow , with a little red toward the
sun. It is a good apple, and keeps till May.

The Brandy Apple, which is about the size of
a Golden Pippin, Bat-shaped, and of a yellow-
ish russet colour. It is of a pleasant flavour;
conies into eating in January, and keeps till
March.

The BursdofT, or Queen's Apple, which is a
beautiful fruit, red next the sun, and of a tine
yellow on the other side. It is a very fine ap-
ple : in Mr. Forsyth's opinion, next in perlection
to the Golden Pippin, and about the same size. It
is in eating from November to the end of March.
The Cadbury Pound, which is a middle-sized
apple, of a light-green colour. It is of a good
flavour; ripening in January, and keeping till
March.

The Carnation Apple, which is a beautiful
middle-sized fruit, finely striped with red. It
is ripe in January, and keeps till May.

The Carbury Pippin, which in size and shape
resembles the French Crab, and is of a deep
green colour. It is a good baking apple, keep-
ing till March.

The Caraway Russet, which is a handsome
ri.;;ct-coloured apple, about the size of a Non-
pareil.

The Calville, Red and White, which are
good apples, and of a vinous taste. Some have
a red and some a white pulp, the white being
reckoned of a most delicious taste. They are in
eating in September and the following month.
The Cat's Head, which is a large oblong ap-

Cle, of a greenish-yellow colour, with a little
rownish red next the sun ; sometimes the co-
lour inclines to a russet. It is a good bak
apple, and is in eating from October to De-
cember.

The Cockagee, which is a conical-shaped
middle-sized apple, red on that side next '
sun, and of a fine yellow colour on the other.
If properly managed, the fruit keeps till Fe-
bruary. It is a famous cider apple, and also
bakes well.

The Codlin, which is generally the first ap-
ple that is brought to market. Its fruit is so
well known that it needs no description. It is
3

in eating from July to December; and is good
either tor baking or boiling.

The Cornish Nonpareil, which is rather un-
der the middle size, is a little flatted, and I
russet colour. It is a very good apple, and
keeps till the middle of March.

The Cornish Pearunain, which is of a middling
size, and long shape ; of a dull green colour on
one side, and russet on the other. It is a very
good apple, and keeps till the latter end of
April.

The Court-of-Wick Pippin, which is de-
scribed hv Mr. Billingsly, in his " Survey of
Somersetshire," as " the favourite apple, both
as a table- and cider-fruit, taking its name from
the spot where it was first produced. It origi-
nated from the pip or seed of the Golden Pip-
pin, and may be considered as a beautiful va-
riety of that fruit. In shape, colour, and fla-
vour, it has not its superior : the tree is large,
handsome, and spreading, and a very luxuriant
bearer. On the whole, it cannot be too strongly
recommended," It is larger than the Golden
Pippin, of a yellowish-green colour, and a lit-
tle tinged with red next the sun. Ij comes into
eating in January.

The Cockles Pippin, which is a handsome
oval-shaped apple, below the middle size, of a
russet colour, mixed with yellow and red. It
keeps till April.

The Corpendu, or Hanging Body, which is
a very large apple, and has a red cast on the
side towards the sun; but is pale on the other
side. It takes its name from always hanging
downwards; and comes into eating in Sep-
tember.

The Dalmahov Pippin, which is about the
sze of a Golden Pippin, of a green colour, and
a little streaked with red towards the sun. It
has a tolerably good flavour, rather sharp ; and
is in eating from September to February.

The Dimock's Red, which is under the mid-
dle size, of a tine red colour, intermixed with a
little yellow on the side from the sun. It is ripe
in January, and keeps till March.

The Drt Ige's Seedling, which is a fine large

apple, s-.nped with re.! wext the sun, and of a

iwish-green on the other side. This is an

excellent kitchen apple, of a pleasant taste, and

keeps till the latter end of January.

The Dredge's Beauty of Wilts, which is a
beautiful apple, of a good size, and one of i:..
-t \et known in point of general utility. It
is of a fine bright yellow colour, spotted with
red towards the sun; and has an excellent vi-
n us flavour. It is good either for the table or
baking, ai.d keeps tifl March.
The Dredge's Russet, which is a small apple,

P Y R

P Y R

veenish-russet colour, and of a pleasant
flavour. It is ripe in November, and keeps till
Midsummer.

The Dredge's White Lily, which is a fine
apple, of an exceeding high flavour, and keeps
till March.

The Dredge's Fair Maid of Wishford, which
is a fine middle-sized apple, of a yellowish-
green colour, with some russet next the sun,
and of an excellent flavour. It is a great bearer, streaked with red.
and is in eating from Christmas to Easter, be- a cider apple
ing an excellent dessert apple.

The Fenouiilet, ou Pommc d'Anis, the Fen-
nel or Anise Apple, which is a middlesized
fruit, of a gray colour; the pulp is tender, and
has a spicy taste, like aniseed. It becomes ripe
in September and October.

The Flower of Kent, which is a large hand-
some apple, of a yellow colour, and pretty
good flavour. It keeps till the middle of April.

Fhe Fox-whelp, which is a small apple,
It is ripe in January. It is

The Dredge's Oucen Charlotte, which is a
beautiful middle-sized apple, of a gold colour,
with red towards the sun. It is of an exquisite
flavour, comes into eating about Christmas, and
keeps till February.

The Dredge's Fame, which is a good-sized
apple, red towards the sun, and streaked like

the Ribston Pippin on tire other side. It is a apple, of a deep green colour, with a little red
most excellent apple, being "in eating from next the sun It will keep all the year; is a
Easter to Midsummer. good baking apple, and, if the summer be

The Dumpling Apple, which is a handsome warm, pretty good for eating, and is a great bearer,
apple, and rather above the middle size, flat- The French Codlin, which is a pretty large

Fhe Franklin's Golden Pippin, which is a
handsome middle-sized apple, of a conical
shape and gold colour, beautifully marked with
dark spots. The fruit has a fine aromatic fla-
vour, and deserves the first place at the table ;
but it is a shy bearer. It comes into eating
about the middle of November.

The French Crab, which is a large handsome

shaped, and of a greenish-yellow colour, with
some faint streaks of red. It keeps till March.

The Dutch Queening, which is a large ap-
ple, somewhat resembling the Cat's Head in
shape. The colour is red next the sun, and
green on the other side, with sometimes a little
red. The fruit is fit only for the kitchen, and
for making cider. It is ripe in January, keep-
ing till the end of March.

The Elton's Yellow Kernel, which is a hand-
some middle-sized apple, of a vellow colour

apple, of a conical shape, and green colour,
with red towards the sun, coining into eating in

January.

The Fearn's Pippin, which is of the shape and
size of a Nonpareil. It is of a beautiful scarlet
next the sun, and of a golden yellow on the
other side. It makes a fine show at table, and
keeps till the latter end of February.

The French Spaniard, which is a large ap-
ple, in form of a hexagonal prism with the an-
gles a little rounded, and of a yellowish-green

It is a good table apple, being in eating from colour: is pretty good, and keeps till the latter

end of April.

The French or White Rennet, which is a
large fruit, of a yellowish-green colour, with
some gray spots. It has a sugary juice, and is
good either for eating or baking.

The Gargey Pippin, which is a handsome co-
nical-shaped apple, under the middle size, of a

Januarv to March

The English Rennet, which is a handsome
apple, beautifully streaked with red, but darkest
towards the sun ; of a tolerable flavour, but apt
to grow mealy when kept too long. It keeps till
the middle of May.

The Embroidered Apple, which is pretty

large, and the stripes of" red very broad, from greenish yellow colour, with a little red towards

which circumstance it takes its name. It is the sun. This is a pretty good apple, and keeps

commonly used as a kitchen apple, becoming till May.

ripe in October. The Gilliflower, which is a fine handsome

The Everlasting Striped Apple, which is be- apple, red towards the sun, and of a yellowish-
low the middle size, of a conical shape. The green on the other side, having a fine flavour,
colour is a striped green towards the footstalk, and keeping till the latter end of March,
and red towards the eye. The Golden Rennet, which is a beautiful ap-

The Fameuse, which is a pretty large apple, pie, a little flatted ; of a fine red colour towards

of a beautiful dark red, with a little yellow on
the side from the sun. Its flesh is very white,
and full of a rich sugary juice; coming into
eating about the latter end of October. It was
introduced from Canada by Mr. Barclay of
Brampton.
4

the sun, and yellow on the other side. It is a
o-ood eating apple, and keeps till February.

The Golden Russet, which is a fine middle-
sized apple, of a golden-russet colour, from
which it takes its name. It is a good apple,
and keeps long.

PYR

P Y R

The Golden Pearmain, which is a fine apple,
above the middle size, of a fine deep red towards
the sun, with a little yellow on the other side :
when much exposed to the sun it is sometimes
red all over.

The Golden Mundi, which is a fine hand-
some apple, beautifully streaked with red,; of a
good flavour, excellent for baking, and will keep
till January. It is a good sauce apple.

The Golden Glocester, which is a handsome
middle-sized apple, of a Hat shape, and gold
colour, with red toward the sun. It is a good
apple, and keeps till March.

The Golden Knob is a handsome thoutih ra-
ther small apple, of a line gold colour, some-
limes inclining to a ru*set. It has a pleasant
flavour. •

The Golden Pippin is well known ; and the
French own it to be of English origin. It is
almost peculiar to this country ; for there are
Few countries abroad where it succeeds well.
It is yellow as gold ; the juice is very sweet ; the
skin (especially where exposed to the sun) is
often freckled with dark yellow spots. It is
certainly the most antient as well as the most
excellent apple that we have. It ripens in Oc-
tober, and keeps through the winter. It has se-
veral sub-varieties.

The Godolphin Apple, which is a very hand-
some large line fruit, streaked with red on the
side next the sun, and of a yellowish colour on
the other side. It is in eating from the latter
end of September to December.

Tbe Green Dragon, which is a fine large ap-
ple, of an excellent flavour, and pale-green co-
lour. It is rather too large for the table, and
is therefore mostly used as a kitchen apple. It
keeps till March.

The Great or Large Russet, whjch is a mid-
dle-sized fruit, of a russet-colour, with a little
dark -red toward the sun. A pretty good apple,
and keeps till April.

The Griddleton Pippin, which is a large an-
gular-shaped apple, of a green colour, with a
little blush toward the sun. It is a baking ap-
ple, and keeps till March.

The Gruinas's Pippin, which is about the size
and shape of a Golden Pippin ; of a dingey-
green colour next the sun, and of a dull yellow
on the other side. It is ripe in January, and
keeps till April.

The Hagloe Crab, which is a yellow-coloured
conical-shaped apple, below the middle size.
It is ripe in January ; but is only fit for making
cider, or for baking.

The Hall Door, which is a fine large apple,
of a flat shape, beautifully streaked with red to-
ward the sun, and of a greenish-yellow on the

Vol. II.

other side. It is of a fine flavour, and is in eat-
ing from January oil Much.

The Hallingbury, which it a large flat-shaped
apple, with large ridges from the base to the
crown. It is of a beautiful red toward the sun,
and of a yellowish colour on the other aide and
towards the eye.

The Hampshire N*»nsucb, which is a pretty
large well -shaped apple, of a greenish-yellow
colour, streaked with red. It keeps till the Lit-
ter end of November.

The Harvey's Russet, which is so called in
Cornwall, is a large russet-colonred apple, with
a little red toward the sun. It is a famous
kitchen fruit, and tolerably good raw, with a.
musky flavour.

The Holland Pippin, which is a middle-sized
apple of a flattish shape. Its colour is yellow,
in some places inclining to green, with, some-
times, a little red toward the sun. It is a
pretty good apple, keeping till the middle of
April.

The Hollow-eyed Pippin, which is a middle-
sized apple, of a yellow colour, beautifully spot-
ted with red toward the sun; and the eye is
pretty deep. It is a good sharp-flavoured apple,
keeping till the middle of May.

The Hollow-eyed Rennet of Cornwall, which
is a handsome flat-shaped apple, under the
middle size, of a greenish-yellow colour, some-
times intermixed with russet. It is of an excel-
lent flavour, and keeps till April.

The Hedge Apple, which is a new fruit, of
middle size and handsome conical shape, red
toward the sun, and of a straw-colour on the
other side. It is of a tolerably good flavour,
and keeps till the latter end of April.

The Hogshead Apple, which is a small red
fruit ; the flesh is red, and the taste austere. It
is a cider apple, becomes ripe in January, and
keeps till March.

The Hubbard's, or the Russet Pearmain, which
is a real Norfolk apple; and, though not hand-
some, is one of the best table apples. It is of
a dark russet colour, becomes ripe in January,
and keeps till April.

The John Apple, which is a middle-sized
handsome fruit, of a green colour, with a little
red toward the sun ; the foot-stalk being very
small. It is an excellent cider and baking apple,
from Devonshire; is of an excellent flavour, and
keeps till March.

The Isle-of- Wight Pippin, which is a hand-
some middle-sized apple, of a greenish-yellow
colour.

The Juneting, or Jenneting, which is a small
yellowish apple, red on the side next the sun.
It is a pretty fruit for early variety, and ripens
2 R

P Y R

P Y R

about the latter end of June or beginning of the
following month.

The Kernel Redslreak, which is of a greenish-
yellow, with broad streaks of a dark-red all over
it, and a yellow ground finely speckled with red
next the sun.

The Kernel Pearmain, which is a small hand-
some apple, red toward the sun, and of a yel-
lowish-green mixed with red on the other side.
It is of a good flavour, keeping till the middle
of May.

The Kentish Pippin, which is a good-sized
apple, finely streaked with red. It is of a fine
flavour, comes into eating about Christmas, and
keeps till February.

The Kentish Nonpareil, which is a handsome
flat-shaped apple, of a light-russet colour, in-
clining to red toward the sun. It is of a good
flavour ; and keeps till May.

The King of the Pippins, which is a middle-
sized apple, of a fine gold colour, a little streak-
ed with red towards the sun. It is ripe in Ja-
nuary, and keeps till the latter end of March,
when it becomes mealy.

The King Apple, which is a middle-sized
apple, of a conical shape ; and its colour is that
of a beautiful red intermixed with a little yel-
low on one side. This apple is of a pleasant
sugary taste, and keeps till the latter end of
April.

The Kirke's Seedling, which is a large beau-
tiful apple of a fine red colour towards the base,
and yellow toward the eye. The footstalk is
slender, and the eye large.

The Kirke's Scarlet Pearmain, which is a
handsome middle-sized apple, of a beautiful red
toward the sun, and a little yellow on the other
side ; becoming ripe in January.

The Kirke's Scarlet Admirable, which is a
good apple for baking, and of a beautiful scar-
let colour, is in eating about the month of Ja-
nuary.

The Kentish Fill-Basket, which is a species
of Codlin, of a large size, and generally used
for baking. It is in eating from August to
October.

The Kirton ot Crack'd Pi

ippin, which is a
middle-sized apple, of a greenish-yellow co-
lour, with little dark spots. The coat is gene-
rally rough toward the footstalk. It is a good
apple for the table, coming into eating in Sep-
tember.

The Lady's Finger, which is an excellent table
apple, of a conical shape ; red next the sun,
and of a yellowish cast on the other side, hav-
ing a sweet pleasant flavour, and keeping till
May.

The Largo Styre, which is a handsome cider
l

apple, of a yellow colour, with a little red next
the sun. It becomes ripe in November.

The Lisbon Pippin, which is a handsome
middle-sized apple, of a flat shape, a fine red
toward the sun, and of a reddish-yellow on the
other side. The flesh is firm, and has a sharp
pleasant taste. It comes into eating in Novem-
ber.

The Loan's Pearmain, which is a lage oval-
shaped apple, of a dull green colour intermixed
with a brownish red, deepest next the sun. It
is a pretty good table apple, of a sharp taste,
ripening in September and keeping till May,
but is apt to grow mealy.

The London Pippin, or Five-crowned Pippin,
which is a fine large apple, of a green colour,
streaked'with red toward the sun. It resembles
the Ribston Pippin, but is larger. It has a pretty
agreeable taste ; and will come into eating about
the latter end of November. It is good for the
kitchen and table; and a most abundant bearer.
It keeps till the middle of April.

The Le Calville d' Automne, the Autumn
Calville, which is a large fruit, of an oblong
figure, and of a fine red colour toward the sun,
having a vinous juice, and is much esteemed by
the French.

The Long Laster, which is a middle-sized
apple, of an angular shape, and fine yellow co-
lour, with a beautiful red next the sun. It is of
a tolerable flavour, and keeps till the middle of
May, but is apt to become mealy.

The Lemon Pippin, which is a handsome
oval-shaped apple, of a gold colour. It is of a
fine flavour, and will keep till the beginning of
March.

The Long Seam, which is a large angular-
shaped baking apple, of a pretty good flavour,
with light green colour. It keeps till the latter
end of January.

The Lord Cheney's Green, which is a middle-
sized Yorkshire apple, resembling the Yorkshire
Greening. It is of a dark green colour, with a
little of a chocolate colour next the sun. It is
a baking apple, and keeps till the middle of
May.

The Lord Arundel's Apple, which is large, of
an angular shape ; the colour is green, with a
little dingey red toward the sun. It is from
France, and good for sauce, keeping well.

The Lord Camden's Rennet, which is a good-
sized seedling, of a yellow colour, with a little
brownish red next the sun. It is a good-flavour-
ed apple, and keeps tiil March.

The Lucas's Pippin, which is a handsome
middle-sized, cylindrical-shaped apple, of a
beautiful orange colour. It is a pretty good
fruit, and keeps till the latter end of April.

PYR

P Y R

The Maiden's Blush, which is a small apple,
of a dark mahogany colour next the sun, but
paler on the other side, and sometimes of a
greenish cast. The taste is austere, and of course
this fruit is not fit for the table; but does verv
well for baking, or for cider. It keeps till the
beginning of March.

The Mansfield Tart, which is a large Notting-
ham apple, but most known in Yorkshire. . It
is handsome, of a grten colour, having a little
cast of a brownish red, with dark spots next the
sun, being a baking apple, and keeping till Fe-
bruary.

The May Gennet, which is rather under the
middle size, of a greenish-yellow colour, slightly
streaked with red next the sun. It keeps till
April.

The Major Hemmings's Apple, which is a
handsome middle-sized fruit, of a light-green
colour, with a little brownish-red towards the
sun. It is an excellent apple.

The Margil, which is an excellent apple,
about the size of a Nonpareil. It is of a red
colour with some yellow on one side ; continues
in use from November to the latter end of
March ; and is often sold in the London mar-
kets for a Nonpareil.

The Margaret Apple, which is a fine and
beautiful fruit, yellow striped with red, of a de-
licate taste, sweet scent, and generally eaten off
the tree. It is ripe in August.

The Minchall Crab, which is a handsome
middle-sized Lancashire apple, of a yellow co-
lour, with some brown spots. It is common in
the Manchester market, and keeps till April.

The Monstrous Rennet, which is a very large
apple, turning red towards the sun, and of a dark-
green on the other side. It is generally pre-
served on account of its magnitude, as the flesh
is apt to be mealy. It becomes ripe in October.
The Mother Rennet, which is rather under
the middle size, of a greenish culour, with a
little blush towards the sun. The eye is large
and deep, and the footstalk small.

The New-England Pippin, which is a large
an«rular-shaped apple, of a green colour, with a
little brownish-red towards the sun. It has a
pretty good flavour, and keeps till March.

The Newtown Pippin, which according to
Mr. Forsyth is an American Apple, but said to
be originally from Devonshire. It is a fine
large apple, of a greenish-yellow colour, and
red, with dark s-pots next the sun. When much
exposed, it is of a beautiful red towards the sun,
and of a gold colour on the other side. It has a
fine flavour when not kept till it i« too ripe, as
then it becomes mealy. It is in eating from
mber to January.

The New Red Must, which is a fine large
apple, of a pak red towards the footstalk, and
of a greenish colour towards the eye. It is a
cider apple, and for baking

The New Red Pippin, which is a beautiful
middle-sized apple of a dark-red colour, with a
mixture of yellow on the side from the sun.
It keeps till March.

The Nonsuch, which is a good bearer, and
very lit either for the table or kitchen ; the cooks,
however, complain that it makes but a very
small proportion of sauce. It is ripe in Sep-
tember and October.

The Nine Square, which, according to For-
syth, is a Gloucestershire apple. It is a large
angular-shaped fruit, of a fine red towards the
sun. and yellow on the other side, with a small
mixture of red, keeping till April.

The Norfolk Colinan, which is a middle-
sized apple, of a mahogany colour towards the
sob, and a dark green on the other side. It
keeps till Autrust.

The Norfolk Bcetin, which is a good-sized
apple, rather flatted, of a deep red colour to-
wards the eye, but paler towards the footstalk.
The Norfolk Paradise, which is a large ap-
ple, of a dark red colour towards the sun, and
green on the other side. It is a nice baking
apple, and of a tolerable flavour for eating, h
keeps till the middle of May.

The Norfolk Storing, which is a pretty large
apple, of a dark red colour towards the foot-
stalk, and green towards the eye. It is of a
pleasant sharp flavour, being in eating from the
latter end of January to the latter end of April.

The Northern Greening, which is a fine ob-
long apple, full at the footstalk, of a pale-green
colour, with a little red towards the sun. It is
nearly of an equal size from the base to the
crown, and has a fine flavour, beinc ripe in
January.

The Nonpareil, which is a fruit deservedly
valued for the briskness of its taste. It is sel-
dom ripe before Christmas, and, if well pre-
served, will keep till May. It is justly esteemed
one of the best apples' that have been yet
known.

The Oak Peg, or Oaken Pin, which is an
oval-shaped middle-sized fruit, of a green co-
lour striped with white. It is verv full towards
the footstalk, which is small, keeping till June.
The Old English Pearmain, which Is an oval-
shaped apple, of a middle size, and fine red co-
lour, with a little yellow towards the eve. It is
of a pleasant sweet flavour; and is in eatino-
from January to March.

The Old Red Must, which is a fine large ap-
ple, somen hat remnbling the New Rcd^Must
-2 R 2

P Y R

P Y R

both in shape and colour, with the addition of
dark red spots toward the footstalk.

The Old Red Pippin, which is a middle-sized
apple, red towards the sun, and of a greenish
colour on the other side. It is a good apple,
and keeps till March.

The Orange Pippin, which is about the size
of a large Golden Pippin ; of a beautiful gold
colour, with a little pale-red towards the sun.
It is a handsome apple, of a good flavour, and
makes a fine appearance at table, being in eating
in October, and keeps till March, but gets flat
in the taste when too long kept.

The Orleans Pippin, which is a small flat-
shaped apple, of a dark red colour ; resembling
the Orleans Plum.

The Paradise Pippin, which is a handsome
middle-sized apple, of a reddish cast. It comes
into eating in October, but will not keep. It
grows mealy when too ripe.

The Pauson, which is below the middle size,
of a conical shape, and of a greenish yellow or
light green colour. It is ripe in January.

The Pile's Russet, which is a middle-sized
longish-shaped apple, russet about the foot-
stalk, yellow towards the middle, and of a
brownish red about the eve. It is a very firm
fruit, of a sharp acid flavour, being much
esteemed for baking. It ripens in October, and
will keep till April.

The Pigeonette, .which is rather below the
middle size, of a conical shape. It is of a
pink colour, pretty dark towards the sun.

The Pearson's Pippin, which is a nice apple,
about the size of a large Golden Pippin, of a yel-
lowish colour, and the form a little flat. In
Devonshire, according to Mr. Forsyth, they
put these Pippins into the oven just after the
bread is drawn, laying a weight over them to
flatten them, in the same manner as they do the
Beefin in Norfolk, and bring them to table as
a sweetmeat. It is a very good dessert apple,
and keeps till March.

The Pomme Grise, which is a fine apple,
from Canada, of a flattish form, and russet co-
lour, streaked beautifully with red. It ripens
late, and keeps till March. It is an excellent
eating apple.

The Pomme d'Api, which is much valued for
its colour, being of a bright red. The tree is a
good bearer, and the fruit is not subject to be
shaken with high winds. The fruit should be
suffered to hang on the tree till October or No-
vember, if the frost do not set in. It comes into
eating in February and March, and keeps long ;
but is more admired for its beauty than its flavour
or fineness of taste.

The Pontine Violette, the Violet Apple, which

is a pretty large fruit, of a pale-green, striped
with red towards the sun. It has a sugary juice,
and a flavour of violets, from which it takes its
name. It ripens in October, and continues in
eating till February or later.

The Pomroy, or King's Apple, which ripens
nearly as soon as theJuneting; and, though
not so beautifully covered, is larger and much
better tasted. It has a sub-variety, which is a
winter apple.

The Pound Pippin, which is a large handsome
apple of a greenish colour; and is good for
baking. It becomes ripe in January.

The Poor Man's Profit, which is a din-gey-
coloured oval-shaped apple, below the middle
size. It is raised freely from cuttings; and
keeps till January.

The Oueening, which is from Gloucester-
shire, is a large apple of an irregular shape,
having large ridges from the base to the crown.
It is of a dark red, but deepest towards the sun.
It is a good cider apple, and bakes well, keep-
ing till the latter end of November.

The Oueening Kernel, which is a fine apple,
above the middle size, of a deep red colour, co-
vered very thick with small whitish specks. It
is a tolerably good apple, and keeps till the lat-
ter end of April.

The Queen's Pippin, which is a small hand-
some apple, of a yellowish-green colour, some-
times inclining to red on the side next the sun.
It is a fine flavoured apple, verv tit for the ta-
ble, coming into eating in January, and keep-
ing till May ; but is apt to grow mealy when
kept too long. Mr. Forsyth says, " the tree
never grows to the height of other apple-trees."
TheOuince Apple, which is a middle-sized
fruit, of a yellow colour, with a little red to-
wards the eye. It is of a pleasant *harp flavour j
ripe in January, and keeps till April.

The Ramborn, which is a large fruit, of a
fine red next the sun, and striped with a yel-
lowish green. It ripens about the middle of
September.

The Red Pearmain, which is smaller than the
Pearmains in general. It is of a deep red, with
a little yellow on one side. A pleasant sweet
apple; and keeps till the middle of April.

The Red Streak, which is a handsome mid-
dle-sized apple, beautifully streaked with red.
It is a good cider apple, becoming ripe in Ja-
nuary.

The Red Streak Seedling, from Longleat,
which is from the Dorsetshire Red Streak,
is a beautiful apple, of a yellow colour streaked
with red, particularly next the sun. Forsyth
says, it is sold in the Bath and Bristol mar-
kets in the latter end of September and begin-

P Y R

P Y R

oing of October. It is a pretty good apple, but
dot-- no: keep long.

The Red Bag, which is a beautiful lartre He-
refordshire apple, of a longUh shape, sTreakcd
all over with a dark red ; ana h) in eating about
the middle of October.

The Red Must, which resembles the Old Red
Must in shape ; bin is of a dark reil colour to-
wards the sun, and yellow on the oilier side. It
is ripe about the middle of November.

The Rennette Grise, which is a middle-sized
fruit, of a gray colour next the sun ; it is a very
good juicy apple, of a quick flavour, and ripens
about the latter end of October.

The Red Sweet, which is a small round ap-
ple, red towards the sun, and of a greenish-
yellow on the other side. It is a good bearer,
according to Forsyth, " and much esteemed
among the country people of Cornwall for mak-
ing a kind of tart or pie, one of their dainties
at Christmas." It is a pretty good table apple,
and keeps till March.

The Kibiton Pippin, which is a fine apple,
from Ribston Hall, near Knaresborough, in
Yorkshire. It is a little streaked with red to-
wards the sun, and yellow on the other side,
being one of the best apples for eating and
baking, and continues in use from the end of
October till April. It bears very well as a dwarf,
and no garden should be without it.

The Robinson's Pippin, which is about the
size of a Golden Pippin, of a green colour, and
partakes of the flavour both of a Golden Pippin
and a Nonpareil. It keeps till May.

The Royal George, which is a fine large ap-
ple, of a beautiful yellow on one side and green
on the other. It is a good apple, and keeps
till June, but then grows mealy.

The Royal Nonpareil, which is a handsome
apple, of a rlait^h shape, with a small foot-
stalk and fine eye. It is about the size of a
common Nonpareil, of a green colour, with red
towards the sun. It is ripe in January, and
keeps till the latter end of March.

The Royal Pcarmain, which is a fine large
apple, beautifully streaked with red. It is
ripe in January and keeps till March, being a
pretty good apple.

The Royal Russet, or Leather-coat Russet,
which is a large fruit, and one of the best kit-
chen apples that we have. It is also a pleasant
eating apple, and a great bearer, being in use
from October to April.

The Russet Pippin, which is of a rough russet
colour towards the sun, and of a green colour,
sometimes iin lining 10 yellow, on the other
side. It is i good keeping apple, and fit either
for baking or eating raw. It is ripe about

the beginning of February, and keeps till
March.

The Red and White Calville, which are good
apples, of a vinous taste ; sonic have a red, and
some a white pulp ; and the white is reckoned
of a most delicious flavour. They are in eating
in September and October.

The Summer Pearmain, which is striped with
red next the sun ; the flesh is soft, but soon
turns mealy; so that it is not much esteemed.
It is in eating m August and September.

The Silver Pippin, which is a handsome mid-
dle-sized conical-shaped apple, of a fine yellow
colour, with a faint blush towards the sun. The
flesh is firm and very white, and of an excellent
flavour. It keeps till the middie of Mav, or later.

The Seek no Farther, which is a handsome
apple, rather above the middle size, of a pale-
green colour, a little streaked with red. It is of
a pleasant though not very high flavour ; and
is in eating from January to May ; but is apt to
be mealy when kept longer than the beginning
01 April.

The Sykehouse, which is a handsome mid-
dle-sized apple, from Sykehouse in Yorkshire,
of an orange colour towards the sun, sometimes
inclining to red, and yellow on the other side.
This is a fine eating apple ; ripe in Januarv,
and keeps till April.

The Stone Pippin, which is of a green colour
streaked with red towards the sun. It is of a
sharp taste, and is in eating from January till
the middle of May.

The Stoup Cbdlin, which is a large handsome
apple, of a pale -green colour, with a little red
towards the sun. It is a baking apple, of a
pleasant taste. It keeps till May.

The Striped Nonpareil Russet, which is a
handsome apple, of a greenish-russet colour,
with a little brownish-red towards the sun. It
is about the size of a large Nonpareil, is ripe in
January, and keeps till March.

The Spice Apple, which is a handsome mid-
dle-sized angular-shaped apple, of a yellow co-
lour, and a pleasant flavour. It is ripe in Ja-
nuary, and keeps till March.

The Skenn's Kernel, which is a conical-
shaped middle-sized apple, beautifully streaked
with red, deepest towards the eye, and having a
good deal of yellow towards the footstalk. It is
ripe in January, and keeps till March.

The Spice Renin t, which is a handsome ap-
ple, below the middle size, red towards the sun,
and vellow on the other side.

The Spanish Pcarmain, which is a middle-
sized oblong apple, of a carnation colour, and
dark-red towards the sun. It is a pretty good
apple, and keeps till the beginning of May.

PYR

P Y R

The Spanish Onion, which is a handsome The Wiltshire Cat's-head, which is a large
round apple of a russel colour, with a dull red handsome apple, red towards the sun, and
towards the sun. This apple, which is rather green on the other side. It is a very fine baking
below the middle size, is very good for the
dessert, keeping till March.

The Sharp's Russet, which is below the mid-
dle size, of a brownish-red colour towards the

le
sun

and a pale green on the other side. It is

apple, and of a good flavour, being ripe in Ja-
nuary.

The Winter Pearmain, or Herefordshire Pear-
main, which is of a fine red next the sun, and
striped with red on the other side ; the flesh is

shaped like the fiustum of a cone ; is of a pretty juicy, and stews well. It is fit for use in No-

good flavour, and keeps till May
" The Spencer's Pippin, which is a middle-
sized apple, of a yellowish colour, with many
dark spots, being a baking apple, and keeping
till the middle of May.

The Tankerton, which is a conical-shaped
yellow apple, with sometimes a little blush to-
wards the sun. It is an excellent sauce apple,
and bakes well, being of an agreeable taste, but
too large for the table. It will keep till February.

The°Transparent Apple, which was intro-
duced from St. Petersburg; but is more curious
than useful : a tree or two, therefore, will be
sufficient for a garden
and October.

The Trevoider Rennet, which is a small hand-
some russet-coloured apple, of an excellent fla-
vour, and will keep till May.

The White Corpendu, w hich is a middle-
sized long- shaped apple, of a yellowish colour.
It is a good eating apple, and ripens in January

vember, and if properly managed will keep till
the latter end of March.

The Winter Pomroy, which is a pretty large
conical-shaped apple, of a dark-green colour,
a little streaked with red towards the sun. The
coat is rather tough. It is a good baking ap-
ple, keeping till January.

The Winter Box Apple, which is a middle-
sized fruit, of a light-green colour, and keeps
till February.

The Woodcock, which is a good-sized ap-
ple, of a dark-red next the sun, and paler, with
a little mixture of yellow, on the other side. It
It ripens in September is ripe in January, and keeps till March, being
a good cider apple.

The Wright's Nonpareil, which is a Salopian
apple, being a great bearer, of a good size, and
a little flatted. It is a good kitchen apple, and
keeps till June. The tree is smaller in size than
most other apple-trees.

The Yorkshire Greening, which is a good-

The Ward Apple," which is a beautiful flat- sized flatted apple, of a dull-red colour, with a
shaped apple, rather below the middle size, of little green towards the eye. It keeps till Au-
a fine red towards the eye, and of a yellowish- gust, or often later.

To these the following list has been subjoin-
ed, of useful Apples, for different purposes :

The Aged Pippin ; the Aromatic Broading,
which is sometimes known by the title of the
Summer Broading; the Autumn Pcaimain; the
Barcelona Pearmain, the Beaufin, which are
good for baking, and sometimes known bv the
names of the Lincolnshire Beaufin, the York-
It keeps till the latter end of shire Beaufin, and the Norfolk Beefin ; the Black

Moor, which is good for cider ; the Bontradue,
the Cawood Timely, which is good for eating ;
the Chardin's Sans-pareil, which is good for
eating; the Chester Pearmain; the Costard,
which is proper for cider ; the Cotton Pippin,
the Covadies, the Darling Pippin, the Derby-
shire Crab, the Devonshire Buckland, the Dou-
ble-blossom Scarlet Crab, the Dowsen's, the
Dutch Paradise ; the Early Nonpareil, also good

green towards the footstalk. It is a sharp-fla-
voured fruit, and keeps till June.

The Wheeler's Russet, which is of middling
size, the flesh firm, and of a quick acid flavour;
it is an excellent kitchen fruit, and keeps long.
It ripens in October.

The Wine Russet, which is a middle-sized
conical-shaped apple, of a dark russet colour,
and sharp flavour
April.

The Wheeler's Extreme, which resembles the
Pomme Grise, and is about the size of a Non-
pareil. It is a flat-shaped apple, beautifully
clouded with red on a yellowish-russet ground;
is of an excellent flavour, and keeps till April.

The White Must, which is a middle-sized
handsome apple, of a greenish-yellow colour,
with a little red towards the sun ; the flavour is
rather tart, but agreeable. It is ripe in January.

The Whitmore Pippin, which is a good-sized
handsome apple, streaked with red towards the
sun, and of a pale vcllow on the other side. It
has firm flesh, of a tolerably good flavour, and is
in eating from November to the ratter end of
April, or later.

for eating; the Everlasting Hanger, which i
good for cider ; the Eyer's Greening, also good
for baking ; the Frank Rambour, the Frazer's,
the French Pippin, the French Paradise; the
Gennet Movie, good for cider ; the Golden
Doucet, the Golden Noble, the Golden Lustre,
the Gray Noble, the Gray's Pippin : the Green

P Y R

P Y R

Blundixl, which is good for cider ; the Green
Pcarinain, which is also proper tor that liquor ;
the Havers's Monster, the Hay's tine large
baking Apple ; the Hertfordshire Under-leuf,
which is fine for cider; the Hughes's New Gold-
en Pippin, the June Keeping, the Kipling's
Pippin, the Kirke's Incomparable ; the Kitchen
Rennet, good for baking; the Lancashire House-
wife, useful in the same way ; the Large Yellow
Pippin, the Large Golden Pippin, good for eat-
ing, sometimes known by the name of Baker's
Gulden Pippin ; the Lartre Apple Williamson,
the Lawman's j the Lincolnshire Rennet, proper
for baking; Lord Islay 's Pippin, the Neal's Sum-
mer Kentish; the New England, good for baking;
the New York Pippin, the Nutmeg, the Orge-
line, or Orjeline; the Oxhead Pearmain, esteem-
ed for eating, also known by the name of
Earl of Yarmouth's Pearmain; the Pie Pie, the
Pine-Apple Russet, the Pipy Russet ; the Poni-
philia, esteemed for eating ; the Queen's Pear-
main, the Red- fleshed Be-aufin, the Red Vacan,
the Ronald's Queen Charlotte; the Robine, good
for baking; the Royal Wilding, proper for cider ;
the Scarlet Pearmain, the Sheppard's Russet, the
S. «;rian Crab, the Sir Charles Wager's, the
Spu, the Stout Buckland ; the Striped Beau fin,
whicn is good for baking ; the Stubbard ; the
Sty-re, proper for cider; the Summer Redstreak,
which is also used in the same way ; the Summer
Pippin, the Summer Russet ; the Summer Col-
man, which is good for baking ; the Summer
Majetin, the Ten Shillings, the Tom Two Years
Old ; the Transparent Codlin, esteemed for
baking; the Virgin ; the White Pippin, good for
eating ; the White Sour, the Welch Lemon
Pippin, the Whykins's Pippin, the Wine Sop ;
the Winter Redstreak, esteemed for cider ; the
Winter Colman, good for baking ; the Winter
Broading, also proper for baking; the Winter
Majetin, and the Yellow Buckland.

The sorts of apples advised for a small gar-
den are the following: The Juneting, the Golden
Pippins, the Nonsuch, the Ribston Pippin, the
Nonpareils, the Queen's Apple, the Sykehouse,
the Golden Rennet, the Aromatic Pippin, the
Gray Leadington, the Scarlet Pearmain, the Le-
mon Pippin, the Pomme Grise, the French
Crab, and different sorts of Russetins and Cod-
lins, for baking.

There are other varieties and sub-varieties
that may be equally valuable with many of
the above.

The third is a tree which, when it blossoms in
perfection, is highly ornamental. It blossoms
about the end ot April or beginning of May.
The flowers are large, of a pale red when open,

and semi-double ; the buds are of a much deeper
hue. The fruit is sparingly produced, and of
little value. It is probably a native of China.

The fourth species has a strong woody stem,
sending out many side-branches, and covered
with a smooth brown bark. The leaves are
shaped like those of the cherry-tree; are of a
deep green on their upper side, hut paler on
their under, slightly serrate, and on long foot-
stalks. The flowers come out in bunches from
the side of the branches on long slender pe-
duncles ; the petals are white, and shaped like
those of the first sort, appearing in April ; and
are succeeded by roundish fruit, about the size
of large Duke cherries, changing to a yellowish
colour variegated with red, of a very austere
taste, decaying like the fruit of the Medlar, and
then more palatable. It is supposed to be a na-
tive of Siberia. There are varieties in the size
of the fruit.

The fifth has the umbel on smooth peduncles.
The calyxes are smooth on the outside ; to men-
tose within : the leaves like those of the Apple,
but more smooth, and more finely serrate, longer
and narrower, and cut into acute angles on their
sides. The flowers have a fragrant odour. It is
a native of America, where the inhabitants plant
them for stocks to graft apples upon. It flowers
here in May.

The sixth species is a low crooked and dis-
torted tree, covered with a brown bark, and
much branched. The leaves are roundish or
ovate, entire, above dusky green, underneath
whitish, on short petioles. The flowers large.
Corolla pale red or white. The calyx spreading,
serrate, the length of the corolla. The fruit a
pome, varying in shape in the different varieties
— globular, oblong or pear-shaped. It is sup-
posed anative of Austria &c; flowering in May
and June.

There are the following varieties : — The Pear
Quince, with oblong-ovate leaves, and an ob-
long fruit lengthened at the base ; the Apple
Quince, with ovate leaves and a rounder fruit ;
the Portugal Quince, with obovate leaves, and
an oblong fruit which is more juicy and less harsh
than the others, and therefore the most valuable.

The Quince is a very beautiful tree when m
flower, as well as when the fruit is ripe in the
autumn, and was cultivated in this country at a
very earlv period. According to Mr. Forsyth,
" the best sort for planting in the fruit-garden is
the Portugal, being the fittest for baking or
stewing. It is of a fine purple colour when
dressed, and is much better for marmalade than
any of the other sorts. The oblong kind,
and the Apple Quince, are also planted," he says

P Y R

PYR

w in these sitw.ation?, and olh'er 01 1 aVe employ-
ed in the shnbberies for producing variety."

The above sort is likewise valuable for mix-
ing ujih apples in making pies, puddings, &x.
.is they add a qnifckness to the flavour when flat.

Culture in the Pear kind — These trees are
raised by grafting and budding upon any kinds
of pear-stocks ', occasionally upon quince-
stocks, and sometimes upon white-thorn stocks;
but the first sort are preferable for general use to
have lame trees, and the second for moderate
growers.

The numerous varieties of these trees having
+>een first accidentally obtained from seed, and as
these seedlings rarely produce the same sorts
again, the approved kinds are continued and in-
creased only by grafting or budding upon stocks
raised from thelcernels of the kinds just men-
tioned. In order to restrain the growth of these
trees white-thorn stocks have also been used; but
these are not so generally successful, and are
almost in total disuse in the nurseries : of course
pear-stocks are proper for general use, for prin-
cipal large trees, both for walls, espaliers, and
standards ; and quince-stocks for smaller
growths. For raising the stocks, the seeds or
kernels of the different sorts should be sown in
the latter end of autumn, as October, Novem-
ber, or December, or early in the spring, in
beds of light earth, covering them near an inch
deep ; they come up in the spring : and in au-
tumn, winter, or spring following, the strongest
should be planted out in nursery-rows to remain
for grafting and budding, for which, after having
from one to two or three years' growth, they
will be of proper size.
The operations of grafting and budding should
be performed in the usual method ; the former in
the spring, and the latterin summer. See Graft -
iNGand Budding. For this purpose the grafts and
buds should be procured from such trees as pro-
duce the finest fruit of the respective sorts ; those
designed as dwarfs for walls, espaliers, or stan-
dard-dwarfs, being grafted or budded near the
bottom ; and in those for half and full stand-
ards, the stocks may either be previously trained
up from three or four to seven or eight feet high
to form a stem, then grafted near the top, or be
grafted low in the stock, like the dwarfs, and the
first main shoot trained for a stem the above
height : the grafted trees, both dwarfs and stand-
ards, shoot the same year, but the budded ones
not till the spring after ; and when their heads
arc two years old from the grafting and budding,
they may, if thought proper, be planted out
for good, or remain longer in the nursery, as may
be found convenient.

The dwarfs for walls, espaliers, See. whethfr
they remain longer in the nursery, or be trans-
planted at a year old into the garden, should have
the first shoots from the graft or bud,. when a
year old, headed down in March to five or six
eyes, to force out a proper supply of four, six,
or more lateral branches near the ground, to
furnish the wall or espalier with bearers quite
from the bottom, these readily producing others
to cover the upper part.

Standards, supposing them to be grafted on
high stocks, may either be headed near the top
of the stock, or permitted to run up, as the case
may require, so that if shortened it will force out
laterals near the head of the stem, and form a
more spreading full head ; and if suffered to run
up with the first shoots entire, they form higher
and generally more upright heads in the end.
Such standards, however, as are grafted or bud-
ded as low in the stock as for dwarfs, must have
the first shoot trained upright at full length, six
or seven feet high for a stem ; if for full stand-
ards, they may either be topped at six feet
height, to force out laterals near that part to
form a spreading head, or suffered to run and
branch in its own way to form a more erect and
higher head.

The headed trees, both dwarfs and standards,
on being cut down in the spring, soon branch
out from all the eyes immediately below ; when
care should be taken during the summer to trim
off all shoots from the stem, suffering all the top
shoots to remain entire ; when they will form
handsome beginning young heads by the end
of summer, and in autumn, winter, or spring
following, may be finally planted out into the
garden, &c.

When from necessity they are retained longer in
the nursery, the whole should have proper prun-
ing to reform irregular growths, and the different
trees be trained accordingly, suffering the whole to
branch away at full length, not shortening any
afier the above general heading down, when a
year old, except it should seem occasionally ne-
cessary, either to reduce any casual irregularity,
or to procure a more full s\ipply of lowerbranch-
es ; after which no further general shortening
should be practised to these sort of trees ; for,
after having obtained a proper set of regular
branches near the head of the stem, they
readily furnish more in their turn to increase the
head on the upper part.

In regard to planting out the trees, they are
mostly of proper growth for this purpose when
from one or two to four or five years old, from
the graft or bud ; but if larger trees are required,
those of six or eight years old may be safely

8

P Y R

P Y R

transplanted ; younger tries, however, always
succeed well, even when onlv two or three years
old.

In selecting pear-trees for planting, Mr. For-
syth advisee the choosing of the oldest trees that
can be found instead or the young ones, and
such as have strong stems ; to have them care-
fully taken up, with as much of the roots as
possible, and carefully planted, after cutting in
the roots a little, spreading them as horizontally
as can be done. Then to till up all round the
roots with light dry mould ; forcing it in, about
those which lie hollow, with a sharp-pointed
stick; filling the whole up to the top without
treading the mould, till the hole be first rilled
with as much water as it will contain, leaving it
a day or two until the ground has absorbed the
water ; then to throw on some fresh drv mould
and tread it as hard as possible, filling the hole
up again with mould to within an inch of the
top, and giving it a second watering, leaving the
mould about three inches higher than the bor-
der, to settle of itself, and to receive the rain
that falls, for at least a month. When the
mould has become quite dry, it mav be trodden
a second time ; then make a large bason all
round the tree, and giving it another watering,
mulching the top over with some rotten leaves
or dung, continuing to water the trees once a
week in dry weather, and sprinkling the tops fre-
quently with a pot, or hand engine, to keep the
wood from shrivelling till they have taken fresh
root : — and where the trees are planted against a
wall, the stems should stand sloping towards it ;
the lower parts of them being six inches from the
bottom of the wall, to give them room to grow,
as when planted close to the wall at bottom, the
stems, in growing, will, he says, be confined on
the back, grow flat, and be very unsightly.
If any roots are in the way, to hinder it from
being planted near enough to the wall, they
must be cut off; at the same time taking care
that the tree does not lean to either side, but
that, when viewed in front, it appear perfectly
upright. Sometimes standards and half-stand-
ards are, he says, seen planted a foot or two from
the w all, which gives them a very disagreeable ap-
pearance : six inches is, he thinks, quite suffi-
cient. Much care should be taken not to wound
the stem or root of the tree in planting.

When young trees have two stems, he advises
always to cut off one of them, leaving the stout-
est and straighlest, planting that side outwards
which has most buds on it.

It is added, that when the buds begin to break

well, the trees should be headed down to three or

four eyes, to fill the wall with tine wood, but ne-

vct afterward, except the leading shoot to fill the

Vol. II.

wall, leaving the fore-right shoots to be pruned,
as hereafter directed. He has "had some trees
that had forty pears on them the second war;
while some of the same kind bore only eleven
pears the fourteenth year after planting, with the
common method of pruning."

When such old trees as recommended above
cannot be procured, the stoutest and cleanest of
the onr-year's old after grafting should, he says,
be provided.

Where any of these trees become stunted after
a number rf years, they should be headed down
as hereafter directed, which will bring them into
fresh vigour and fruitfulness.

The proper season for planting them out is
any time in open weather from the end of Oc-
tober till March, but the autumn or early win-
ter arc the most advantageous periods.

They succeed well in any common garden
soil, or good fertile orchard-ground, or field, that
is not very wet, or of a stiff or stubborn qua-
lity, but moderately light and friable to the depth
of one spade at least, and if more the better.
The ground should be prepared by proper trench-
ing one or two spades deep, as the depth of good
soil will admit, wholly if for a full plantation,
or only along the place for each row of trees, in
the place for each tree ; or only a hole for each
tree at proper distances.

The proper distance for planting the dwarf
sorts for walls or on espaliers, is for those on
free stocks at not less than twenty feet, but if
twenty-five, or more, the better, especially if the
walls be rather low, &c. that there may be full
scope to extend their branches considerably in a
horizontal direction, as they will effectually fill
that space, or even much more if it be allowed
them ; but they are often planted much nearer
together. It is however of importance to give
these trees sufficient room, and the higher'the
walls the better, as is evident by those trees grow-
ing against the ends of high buildings, as they
extend themselves very considerably every way.
Some plant cherry-trees or other moderate
shooting fruit-trees in the intervals for a few
years, till the pears advance in growth and ap-
proach one another, when they should be re-
moved. They are to be planted in the usual way,
with their heads entire. See Planting.

But for trees that are dwarfed by grafting or
budding upon quince-stocks, from fifteen to
eighteen feet may be a proper distance for plant-
ing, either for walls or espaliers.

In respect to the distance at which pear-
trees should be planted against walls, it is ob-
served by Mr. Forsyth that when they " are
grafted on free stocks, such as Colmars, Pear
D'Auche,Crasanes, L'Eschasseries,Virgouleusea,
2S

PYR

P Y R

and Winter and SummerBonchrcticns, it should
be at least twelve yards distant from each oiher,
supposing the walls to be from twelve to sixteen
feet high"; but when they are only ten feet, fif-
teen yards will be little enough for the pur-
pose."

Where they are planted on south walls, vines,
peaches, nectarines, or apricots, may be plant-
ed between them, till the trees extend so far as
nearly to meet each other : then they may be
removed to any other situation in the garden
where they are wanted. And where the pears
are planted on west walls, the same sort of trees
mav be planted between them as on south walls ;
the fruit on a west aspect will, he says, come
into use to succeed that on the south. On an
east wall different sorts of plums and cherries
may be planted, he says, between the pear-trees
till they almost meet, then transplanted as stand-
ards or wall-trees.

He advises that the borders for pear-trees in
a large garden should not be less than from ten
to twenty feet wide, with a foot-path about
three feet from the wall, covered over at top with
coal-ashes or road-sand, to make a dry walk for
getting at the trees to cut and nail them, to ga-
ther the fruit, kc. And that the depth of the
mould for them should never be less than three
feet, laying the best mould at top, to encourage
the roots to come as near the surface as possible.
If the bottom be c.lay,it will, be says, be very ne-
cessary, once in every five or six years, to open
the ground round the roots of the trees, and cut
off all the large ones that are inclining to run
into the clay; as by this practice the trees will
throw out fresh roots that will run near the sur-
face, provided the mould is good near the top of
the borders.

He suggests that a crop of early peas, lettuces,
spinach, or any other small crops, may be grown
on the borders, during the winter and spring ;
but no late crops by any means. If the ground
can be spared, he would advise to have no sum-
mer crops, but keep the borders hoed, in particu-
lar after rain ; otherwise the ground, if a strong
toamy or clayey soil, will be apt to crack in dry
weather ; but by frequent stirring between wet
and dry this will in a great measure be prevent-
ed, and the sun's rays admitted into the mould,
which will greatly heighten the flavour of the
fruit. When you can conveniently spare the
borders in winter, they should be ridged up to
sweeten the mould, which may be very well done
if you sow early peas on the sides of the ridges ;
which is by far the best way to preserve the peas
from the frost, and to prevent them from rotting,
which will sometimes happen, if the land be
strong, before they begin to vegetate : or, you

you may sow an early crop of carrots or spinach
on these borders.

In regard to the general management in the
training and pruning of these trees, if the young
wall and espalier trees thus planted are only one
year old from the graft or bud, having their
first shoots of a year-old entire, these should in
the spring be headed down to five or six inches,
to force out lower horizontal branches ; but if
they have been previously beaded, as advised
above, and have thrown out laterals to form a
regular set of horizontal branches, consisting of
six or more near the bottom, they should not
now be shortened, but trained to the wall or es-
palier at full length horizontally, preserving an
equal number on each side five or six inches
asunder : they will readily emit a further supply
of horizontal shoots to cover the wall, &cc. regu-
larly upward, and at the same time not being
shortened, they gradually form themselves for
bearing, as every shortening of the branches of
these trees retards their bearing a year at least :
if, however, there is a want of branches, some
of the middlemost may be pruned short, and
trained to the wall or espalier. According as
the trees shoot in summer, a further supply of
all the regular shoots in everv part where they oc-
cur, should be trained in at full length, unless it
shall seem necessary to prune some strong shoots
to obtain a greater supply of horizontal branches
the same year, in order to furnish the head as
soon as possible: at this time, however, displace
all the fore-right and other irregular growths of
the year, continuing the supply of regular shoots
close to the wall, as they advance in length du-
ring their summer's growth. And in the winter
pruning, the supply of shoots attained in sum-
mer should be well examined, selecting all those
that are veil placed and properly situated for
training in, to increase the number of horizontal
branches on each side, which should be left
wholly entire, and at the same time retrenching
any superfluities and ill-placed shoots omitted fn
summer ; then the whole supply of regular ho-
rizontal branches in every part should be trained
in straight and close to the wall or espalier,
equally on both sides of the tree, every branch
at the full length, at four, five, or six inches
apart. See Wall- and Espalier-Trees, and
Pruning.

There is another method sometimes practised
in training these trees for walls and espaliers,
which is, that after their first heading down and
having thrown out several laterals, to select three
of the strongest and most regularly placed, one
on each side and one in the middle, nailing the
two side ones horizontally at full length, and the
middle sine upright ; the tree having produced a

P Y R

P Y R

further supply of shoots in the following year,
add two or tour of them as side branches, ar-
ranging them on each side of the stem as the two
former, training the middle shoot still in an up-
right direction ; observing that where it does not
furnish horizontals low enough, it may be
shortened so as to make it throw out shoots at
any requisite height, continuing the middle one
always upward for a stem, and the side ones for
bearer?.

In either of these methods of training the
trees, continue yearly increasing the num-
ber of horizontal shoots, till the full space of
walling or espalier is regularly covered with bear-
ers at equal distances, constantly com inning them
all at full length, as far as the scope of walling,
fee. will permit; as they naturally form fruit -
spurs at every eve, almost their whole length,
and the same branches continue in a fruitful
state a great length of time.

When the trees have once filled the wall or
espalier with branches, they need but very little
further supply for many years, and that only oc-
casionally, according as any worn-out or de-
cayed branch occurs, and wants renewing with
young wood. See Pruning.

In the after-prunings in the summer, which
should be begun in May, or early in June,
rub off all the superfluous and unnecessary
shoots of the year, and all fore-right and other
ill-placed shoots, retrenching them quite close,
being careful to leave the terminating shoot of
every horizontal or bearer entire ; and reserving
here and there a well-placed shoot towards the
lower parts in particular, and where there arc any
apparent vacancies, to train up between the mo-
ther branches, till winter pruning, when if not
wanted they must be retrenched.

In the winter pruning, which mav be per-
formed anytime from the fall of the leaf until
March, the branches should be generally ex-
amined to see if thev are any where too
much crowded, or trained irregularly ; and where
any such occur, they should be regulated as
they may require ; and where there are any va-
cancies, some contiguous shoots, reserved in the
summer dressing, should be laid in, and all the
other shoots not wanted must be cut clean out
close to the branches, being careful still to pre-
serve the terminating shoot of every branch en-
tire, in all parts, as far as the allotted space
admits, likewise all the fruit-spurs in every
part, fastening in all the branches regularly at
full length.

In pruning old trees at this season, where de-
cayed and worn-out branches occur, they should
be cut out, and young wood trained in its stead;
likewise^ where any branch, through age or any

other defect, is become barren or worn out, it
should be retrenched, and son;' eHgiMe lower
young branch or shoot be laid in in its place.

Where any of the choicer sorts of these trees
are become worn out and barren, they should
be renewed with young bearers, by heading the
branches wholly down near the bottom in win-
ter or spring, when they break out in the old
wood, and in the following summer furnish a
large supply of strong young shoots, which
should be trained according to the rules ahead)
laid down, when they will soon form a sort of
new tree, and bear good fruit.

After each winter-pruning, the trees which
arc against walls and espaliers require a general
nailing, Sec, which should always be done with
great regularity. See Wall-Treks, and Espa-'
lier-Trees.

The mode of training dwarf standard trees of
this sort is shown in speaking of trees of that
kind. See Dwarf Trees.

In respect to the culture of the borders where
this sort of wall- or espalier-trees are grow-
ing, it is commonly digging them once every
year, adding manure occasionally in common
with the other parts of the garden ; but if some
good rotten dung be applied every other year,
and the ground well dug or trenched every win-
ter, it greatly promotes the size ^and perfection
of the fruit.

In regard to standard-trees of this kind, any
of the sorts bear plentifully in any open situa-
tion, though the fruit may not always be so
large and fine as those of wall- and espalier-trees:
summer and autumn pears however ripen in
great perfection on standards, as also most of
the common winter pears. In planting them,
trees of from two or three to four or five years
old, having: tolerable heads, are of a proper a<'e
and size for the purpose, and are preferable to
older trees for any general plantation. They
should be planted with all their heads entire,
except retrenching any very irregular-placed
branch, in the usual manner of tree-planting.
See Planting.

In their future growth they should be suffered
to branch naturally, so as to form large branchy
heads, suffering them all to remain entire.

The general culture of this sort of trees, in re-
spect to pruning, is very trifling, and only re-
quired occasionally, probably only once in several
years ; such as the retrenching any irregular
growing branches, and thinning such branches
as are very much crowded, cutting out all de-
cayed wood, and eradicating suckers from the
roots and stems. Sec Pruning.

Where standard-trees arc situated in a garden,
in which the ground is necessarily due over and
5S{

P Y R

P Y R

trenched annually for the reception of the under-
crops, and occasionally enriched with dung, they
generally produce finer fruit than in orchards, or
other places where the ground is not in similar
culture.

Mr. Forsyth observes that " the method of
pruning pear-trees is very different from that
practised for apple-trees in general, in which the
constant practice has been to leave great spurs
as big as a man's arm, standing out from the
walls from one foot to eighteen inches and up-
wards." The constant pruning, he says," inevi-
tably brings on the canker; and, by the spurs
standing out so far from the wall, the blossom
and fruit are liable to be much injured by the
frost and blighting winds, and thus the sap will
not have a free circulation all over the tree. The
sap will alwavs find its way first to ihe extre-
mities of the shoots; and the spurs will only re-
ceive it in a small proportion, as it returns from
the ends of the branches ; and the fruit stand-
ing at so great a distance from the wall is too
much exposed to the weather, and, of course,
is liable to be hard, spotted and kernelly."

The following method, he says, he has prac-
tised where the trees were all over cankered, and
the fruit small, and not fit to be sent to the
table. " He cut the tops off as near as possible to
where they were grafted, always observing to
cut as close to a joint or bud as possible. The
bads are hardly perceptible, but it canalways, he
savs, be known where the joints, or forks, are,
bv the branches breaking out of the sides."

He adds, that " finding the pear-trees in Ken-
sington Gardens in a very cankery and unfruitful
state, in the years 1784 and 5, he took out the
old mould from the borders against the walls,
and put in fresh loam in its stead ; at the same
time lie pruned and nailed the trees in the com-
mon way, and left them in that state upwards of
eighteen months, to see what effect the fresh
mould would have on them ; but, to his great
surprise, he found that it had no good effect."

After this trial he began to consider what
should be done in order to recover these old
trees. In this attempt he " began with cutting
down four old and decayed pear-trees of different
kin.'', near to the place where they had been
grafted: this operation was performed on the 15th
of May, 1 786. Finding that they put forth fine
shoots, he headed down four more on the 20th
of June in the same year (for by this time the
former had shoots of a foot long), which did
equally well, and bore some fruit in the following
year. One of the first four that he headed down
was a St. Germain, which produced nineteen fine
hirge well-flavoured pears next year, and in the
third bore more fruit than it did in its former

state when it was four times the size. He left
seven trees upon an east wall, treated according
to the common method of pruning, which bore
the following mimber of pears upon each tree :
Epined'Hyver produced eighty-six pears, and the
tree spread fifteen yards ; a'Crasane produced one
hundred pears, and the tree spread fourteen
yards ; another Crasane produced sixteen pears,
and the tree spread ten yards : a Virgoleuse pro-
duced one hundred and fifty pears, and the tree
spread nine yards ; a Colmar produced one hun-
dred and fifty pears, and the tree spread nine
yards ; another Colmar produced seventy nine
pears, and the tree spread ten yards ; a L'Es-
chasserie produced sixty pears.

" But seven trees headed down and pruned
according to his own method, leaving the fore-
right shoots in summer, bore, he says, as follows,
in the fourth year after heading : — a Louisbonne
bore four hundred and sixty-three pears, and the
tree spread nine yards ; another Louisbonne bore
three hundred and ninety-one pears, and spread
eight yards ; a Colmar bore two hundred and
thirteen pears, and spread six yards ; a Brown
Beurre bore five hundred and three pears ; an-
other Brown Beurre bore five hundred and fifty
pears ; a Crasane bore five hundred and twenty
pears; a Virgouleuse bore five hundred and
eighty pears. And he adds that the branches
of the four last trees spread nearly in the same
proportion as the first three. He also states that
a young Beurre, the second year after heading,
bore two hundred and thirty pears ; and a St.
Germain four hundred. All the above trees
stood in the same aspect and the same wall,
and the fruit was numbered in the same year.
A great many pears which dropped from the
trees are not reckoned. The trees that were
pruned according to the old practice covered at
least one-third more wall than the other.

From this statement it appears, he says,. that
the trees headed down bore upwards of five
times the quantity of fruit that the others did ;
and that it keeps increasing in proportion to the
progress of the trees. This is an important
statement in the culture and management of old
trees of this sort ; and the following fact with
respect to standards is deserving of great atten-
tion : —

" On the 20th of June he headed several
standards that were almost destroyed by the
canker ; some of them were so loaded with fruit
the following year, that he was obliged to prop-
the branches, to prevent their beinj; broken
down by the weight of it. In the fourth year
aft r these standards were headed down, one of
theiu bore two thousand eight hundred and forty
peaio. There were three standards on the same

P Y R

P Y R

border with the above, two of which were St.
Germains; the old tree was of the same kind.
One of these trees, twenty vears old, had live
hundred pears on it, which was a great crop for
its size: so that there were on the old tree, which
had been headed down not quite four years, two
thousand three hundred and forty p -ars more
than on the tree of twenty years growth. When
t'. men numbered the pears, there »;n. la-
near a barrowful of Wiad-falls at the bottom of
the old tree, which were not included.

These and other statements are given in- his
useful Treatise on the Culture of Fruit-Trees.

The following is the method which he pur-
sues in training trees that are cut near to the
place where they were grafted : —

" In the month of March, every year, he
shortens the leading shoot to a foot or eighteen
inches, according to us strength : this shoot
will, he says, if the tree be strong, grow from
live to seven feet long in one season ; and, if
left to nature, would run up without throwing
out side-shoots. The reason for thus shorten-
ing the leading shoot is, he says, to make it
thiow out side-shoots ; and if it be done close to
a bud, it will frequently cover the cut in one
season, leaving only a cicatrix. When the
shoots are very strong, he cuts the leading ones
twice in one season ; by this method he gets two
sets of side-shools in one year, which enable
him the sooner to cover the wall. The first
cutting is performed any time during the spring,
and the second about the middle of June.
When you prjuu :he trees, and cut the fore-
right shoo*-;, which hould be done in February
or March, always cut close to an eye or bud,
observing where you see the greatest number of
leaves at the lower bud, and cut at them ; for at
the footstalk of everyone of tiiese will be pro-
duced a flower-bud. The same will hold good
to cutting the superfluous shoots on standard
pears." He adds, that " you will have in some
sorts of pears, in a favourable season, from five
to nine peats in a cluHer. This cutting should
not he later than March, or the beginning of
-April, on account of the leading shoot begin-
ning to grow : the next topping, when the lead-
ing shoot grows quick enough to admit of it,
should be about the middle of June ; and the
length of the shoots should be according to their
strength, having from three eyes, or buds, to
fix on a side,"

It is added that " the cankery part beginning
to afl'eet the new bark, he cut offall the canker at
the bottom, and plastered the place with some
cow-dung, mixed with wood-ashes and powder
of burnt bones, put into as much urine and
buapsuds as would make it of the consistence of

thick paint ; this he laid on with a painter's
brush. After it had been applied about three
hours, he patted it gently down, with his hand,
close to the tree. By 30 doing, begets rid, he
says, of all the air-bubbles that may be under
the Composition, and makes it adhere to the
tree, preventing it from being washed off by hea-
vy rains. And in the beginning of August he
shortens the foreri-ht shoot- : -about foul inches
long ; bv this time tiie shoot will have made its
full growth for thi - on, and will produce fine
strong eyes for the »g year. Such shoots

as grow near the stem of the tree, if any arc
wanted to fill up the wall, may, he says, be
tucked-in as directed for peaches. This will
prevent them from looking unsightly, and save
them from the fury of the autumnal and winter
winds. "

He further advises, that " whenever the trunk
is hollow, it be followed under ground till
you have cut out all the decayed parts and rotten
roots, otherwise you will lose the tree. I5v pro-
ceeding according to the foregoing directions,
the root will, he says, be renewed, while the
tree is forming a fine handsome head. In the
mean-time the borders should be trenched,
taking up all the old roots, and adding some
fresh mould to then), if you can conveniently
get it ; if you cannot, remove all the sour mould
that is about the roots of the trees, and put in
some taken from the border, at a distance from
the wall ; always remembering to lay the top
spit next to the roots of the trees ; also, to mix
some vegetable mould, from the melon and cu-
cumber beds, with rotten leaves, as a manure
for the borders."

lie has " headed down, he savs, manv trees
that had not this preparation ; and vet they
throve very well, but did not send forth such
fine roots and shoots as those that were so pre-
pared."

He concludes by observing, that " if the
above directions be followed, more pears will be
procured in three or four years than can be dene
in twenty-five years l>v planting young trees,
and pruning and managing them in the com*
mon way. It is added, that if it should h.
iound, that, before the pears arrive at ha!! their
natural size, they get stunted, after cold blight-
ing winds, and frosty nights, he would recom-
mend a new operation to be performed when
the weather begins to grow mild, which is to
take a sharp penknife, and with the point of it
make an incision through the rind of the pear
from the footstalk to the eye, in the same wav
as in scarifying a bark-bound tree, taking care
to penetrate as little into the flesh of the pear as
possible. At the same lime beat up some fresh

P Y R

P Y R

•Jung with wood-ashes, and with your fore- of November ; but the eatable kinds do not ac-
finger rub in a littie of this Composition where quire maturity for that purpose on the tree, or
you made the scarification 3 as the wound heals, for some considerable time after they are ea-
ilie Composition will be discharged from the thered, some probably in a month, others two
fruit ; this will prevent the pears from cracking or three, and some more, and some sorts not
and bursting, which renders them good for no- till the spring following. But the baking kinds
thing. The"sorts that are most liable to this dis- may be used any time from October or Novem-

l.r are, he observes, the Colmar, Virgou- ber during their continuance,
leuse, and Crasane. He only, however, recom- All Winter pears should be indulged with a?
mends this operation for wall pears, as it may full growth on the tree as the weather will per-
be thought by some a troublesome operation, mit, even until the end of October or first week
and it will certainly take up some time." in November in the later kinds, if the season con-

Tbe maturity of the pear is generally known tinucs mild : be cautious, however, to get them
by its changing from a green to a yellow or gathered before attacked by much frost. And
reddish colour, &c, and by the frequent falling in gathering all the sorts for keeping, drv wea-
fiom the tree, and when with a gentle twist or ther should be chosen, and when the fruit is
turn upwards, it easily quits its hold ; but these also quite dry, being careful not to bruise them,
sisrns of ripeness are more particularly observable See Fruit.

^Summer and Autumn pears; as Winter pears Forcing of Pears. — These sorts of trees are
not being maturely ripe whengathered, often re- sometimes forced by artificial heat, in some
quire a good pull before they quit the branches, of the prime early summer kinds, to obtain

The Summer pears ripen in succession in dif- a portion of fruit as early in the season as
fcrent sorts, from about the beginning or mid- possible. This is effected by means of hot-
die of July till the middle of September ; many walls and forcing frames; having previously
of the earliest ripening all at once, as it were, some trees of the choicest early summer pears,
and continuing good but a few days, either on such as the Jargonelle, or any other early sort,
the tree or when gathered, nor will any of the trained as wall-trees against a south wall, till
sorts keep good long ; and none of these sorts advanced to some tolerable state of bearing ; be-
should hang on thelree till soft ripe, as in that ing then inclosed with glass frames, in the man-
case most of them would be mealy and insipid, ner of forcing-frames or hot-walls, and having
These sorts should be gathered as soon as they internally either flues for fire heat, erected for-
are arrived to full growth, and just begin to co- ward and extending long-ways, or otherwise a
lour and discover maturity, but before they be- pit arranged in that direction, in the interval
come soft and mellow. For family use, they space between the trees and the glass-work, for
may be gathered from the tree according as they a bark or dung hot-bed ; and by one or other of
attain perfection; but the. general crops of each these methods a proper degree of artificial heat
sort should be alwavs taken down before they is produced internally to force an early growth
ripen fully, and be laid in any dry room; none in the trees, and forwatd them to early flowering

if the kinds will keep long, some only a few
days, and scarcely any of them above a fortnight,
though from different varieties ripening at dif-
ferent times, the succession is continued for
eight or ten weeks.

The Autumn sorts ripen in different varieties,
from about the middle of September till the end
of October ; some of the forwardest become
eatable on the tree, others requiring to lie some
time after being gathered before they acquire

and fruiting, managing them in the common
way, as other trees in forcing-frames, so as
to have some ripe fruit early in June, or some
time in that month.

Culture in the Apple Kind. — The whole of the
varieties of the apple were first accidentally ob-
tained by raising them from the kernels of the
fruit ; but as these cannot be depended upon to
continue the same sort of fruit, grafting is the
mode made use of to increase and continue the

perfection. The different sorts of these pears different varieties of them, which is perform-
should be gathered according as they arrive to ed upon Crab, or any kind of Apple slocks,
maturity: "those designed to keep some time, raised from the kernels, for dwarfs as well as
may be gathered in dry weather, just when they standards: and sometimes upon Codlin and Pa-
have attained full growth, as shown by their radise Apple stocks raised from cuttings and lay-

frequent dropping, and bv their readily quitting
the trees on being handled, and laid in a dry
close room, or in baskets, each sort separately.
The Winter kinds attain their full growth on
the trees about the end of October or beginning

ers, when designed to have espaliers and other
dwarf trees, or for small standards, ai low as
possible, to be confined within a moderate space:
some sorts may also be raised by layers and cut-
tings, as the common Codlin.

P Y R

P Y R

The method of raising the different sorts of
stocks for the purpose is, in the Crab and Ap-
ple stocks from the kernels of the fruit ; but in
the Cudlin ami Paradise stocks by cuttings and
layers, to continue them with certainty of the
same kinds and moderate growths. The Crab
and Apple stocks may he raised from the kernels
of any of the sons, procuring them in autumn
or winter, either from t lie fruit, or from such as
have been pressed for verjuice and cider, clearing
them from the grossest ot the pulp ; then sowing
them in beds of light earth, moderately thick,
over the bed, or in drills, covering them about
an inch deep. They come up in the spring;
when, if the season prove drv, they should be
watered occasionally, to forward and strengthen
the growth of the plants ; and in the autumn,
winter, or spring following, the largest mav be
planted out in nursery-rows, shortening their
tap-roots a little, and placing them in lines
two feet and a half asunder, to remain for graft-
ing : after having from one to two or three
years' growth, they will be tit for grafting upon,
particularly for dwarfs, or even for full and half
standards, if intended to form the stem from the
graft, which is an eligible method for these
trees ; but if the stock is to form the stem, they
require three or four years' growth, to rise to a
proper height, seven feet for full, and four or
five for half standards. The modes of grafting
all the sorts is the same as for other fruit-trees,
and should be performed in March, either by
whip- or cleft-grafting, according to the size of
the stock. See Grafting.

Having provided proper grafts of the different
sorts of apples intended to Be raised, the stocks
designed for dwarfs of all sorts must be grafted
within six inches of the ground; and the stand-
ards may also be grafted low, one shoot from
the graft being trained up for a stem, or on tall
stocks, at live or six feet in height, but for low
and half standards, at two or three, to four or
five feet, and lower for dwarf standards. The
grafts of all the sorts shoot the same year; and
by the autumn following, the trees having form-
ed little heads, consisting of two, three or four
shoots, may then be planted out finally where
they are to remain, or be retained a year or two,
or longer, in the nursery, as may be requisite,
training them for the purposes intended, as
dwarfs, espaliers, &C., 8cc, and uprights for
Standards, heading the dwarfs down in March
following, within six inches of the graft, to
force out more lateral shoots below to form a
fuller head, proceeding immediately to turn them
near the bottom, so as to fdl the espalier, &c,
equally with branches, quite from within six or
eight inches of the ground, regularly upward. In
4

the standards, those grafted low must be trained
with one shoot upright, at full length, for a
stem, five or six feet high at least, for full Stand-
ards, before it is topped; though if grafted "'i
tall stocks of height sufficient for a stem, the
shoots from the graft mav either he headed to
live or six eyes ; or, if 10 form a more spreading
head, remain entire, and aspire more in height,
and assume a more upright growth : in all the
modes of training, care should he taken to keep
the stems clear from all lateral shoots, displ.n ini
all such as soon as they appear, encour
only a proper set of branches at top to form the
head.

When these trees have beads from one to two
or three years old from the graft, they are of a.
proper age tor final planting out ; though trees
of four or five years old will also succeed verv
well, and even those of six or eight years' growth
mav also be safely planted if required.

Thenursery-grounds are mostly furnished with
all the varieties of these trees for sale, either
quite young from the graft, or trained of several
years' grow th.

In choosing the different kinds of trees for
planting, care should be taken to have a collec-
tion of the principal varieties, both in espaliers
and standards, in proportion to the extent of
ground, as the trees of the best sorts are as easily
raised and cultivated as the indifferent ones, al-
lotting a smaller portion of the summer kinds, as
such as ripen from August to about the middle of
September, for immediate use off the trees, as
they will not keep long ; a larger supply of the
autumn sorts, and most of all of the principal
winter keeping apples : observing, in the sum-
mer kinds, that it is advisable to allot a principal
supply of the common Codlin in small stand-
ards, as being generally both a great bearer, and
the fruit the most useful of the summer apples
for culinary purposes, from its voung green
growth in June or July, till its full maturity in
August and September, when it becomes also a
good eating apple : and as the tree is a moderate
grower, it admits of being planted in small
standards closer or more abundant in a small ex-
tent of ground than most of the principal apple
kinds.

In choosing apple-trees from the nursery, they
should, Mr. Forsyth says, have strong, straight,
and clean stems. And he advises not to suffer
the dwarf-trees to run higher than twelve feel.
as otherwise they become naked at bottom, the
fruit is liable to be blown down, and the
broken by high winds.

The proper season for planting all the sorts of
apples is in mild weather, from the end of Ot>
tobcr till March ; but when planted in autumn,

P Y R

P Y R

or early iu winter, they establish themselves in the kitchen garden, at thirty feet distance in the
more firmly before the drought of the following rows; and for an orchard thirty feet distance every
summer. way. In planting, for each tree a wide hole

They succeed in anv common soil and open should be opened, trimming any long straggling
situation, except in low very moist land, in and broken roots, leaving all the others entire,
which they are apt to canker, and soon go off: and planting them with the usual care. As soon
in a pliable mellow loam they generally answer as planted out, every tree should be well staked
very well . The ground should be properly pre- to support them firmly upright, and prevent then-
pared, by good Trenching, where the ranges of being disturbed in rooting by winds. See
trees are 'to" stand. Orchard and Planting.

In the planting of Espalier Apple-trees they Smaller growing standards, such as Codlins,
should be ranged at not less than eighteen or or other low standards grafted upon Codlin
twentv feet distance; the latter especially for stocks, and dwarfs upon these or Paradise stocks,
trees grafted on Crab or Apple stocks, which be- may, if required, be planted only at fifteen or
ing free shooters, the branches readily fill that twenty feet distance in the rows, and not less
space. For the trees grafted on Codlin and Pa- than twenty or twenty-five feet between the
radise stocks, fifteen or eighteen feet maybe linesof trees ; though, if there be room to allow
sufficient; though the latter, in particular, is a greater distance both ways, it will be advan-
sometimes planed onlv twelve or fifteen feet tageous, especially in planting in kitchen gar-
asunder, as being a very moderate shooter : it is, dens, in which it would be proper to allow dou-
howevcr, advisable to allow every sort full room, ble that distance between the rows of trees, of
according to their growth, to have proper space the larger growths of these kinds,
to extend their branches always at full length. The standards thus planted with their heads
The trees should be planted with all their heads entire, should be suffered to advance with their
entire, only retrenching any verv irregular branches at full length, and in general take
Growths, that do not range consistently with their natural growth, when they soon form nu-
the intended form, and pruning any broken merous natural spurs in every part for bearing,
roots. Then having opened a proper hole for In respect to pruning these standards, little is
each tree, plant them in the usual manner, be- required, only the occasional retrenching any
ing careful to place them with their branches very irregular cross-placed bough, or the re-
ranging the way of the espalier. As soon as the ducing to order any very long rambler ; orwhen
earth of the holes and of the roots is properly the head is become greatly crowded and con-
settled, all the branches should be trained in ho- fused, to thin out some of the most irregular
rizontally to the right and left, an equal number growths, likewise all strong shoots growing up-
on each side, at full length, as above. right in the middle of the head, and all dead

The general culture in espalier trees thus wood, and suckers from the stem and root,
planted and trained, as the same branches or As to half and dwarf standards of these trees,
bearers continue fruitful many years, is to con- they may be dispersed in different parts of the
tinue them as long as they 'remain of proper garden to cause variety, managing them as the
growths, constantly giving them a summer and full standards.

winter pruning annually, as explained above. The former on dwarf Paradise stocks, being

In wall-trees also, any of the principal choice very moderate shooters, may be planted in a
varieties of eating-apples' may be trained, to for- little compass; and are sometimes planted in
ward and improve the growth., beauty, and fla-
vour of the fruit ; such as Jennetings, Margaret-
apple, Golden-pippins, Golden-rennets, Pear-
mains, &c, or any other approved eating kinds,
a tree or two of a sort, against a south or south-
west or east wall

pots for curiosity, to place on a table, amidst a
dessert, with the fruit growing on them. See
Dwarf Trees.

It is observed by Mr. Forsyth, that " in head-
ing down old decayed apple-trees, for the sake of
symmetry, it will be necessary to cut at the forked

Standard apples when planted in the garden branch as near as can be to the upper side of the

should be arranged thinly, to admit of under- fork, cutting them in a sloping manner to carry

crops growing freely, without being shaded by off the wet, at the same time rounding the edges,

their spreading branches. To begin at the lower branches, cutting just

Full standards should be chieflv planted for above the lower fork ; and proceeding upwards,

the general crops, and half and dwarf standards cutting the rest of the branches from one to six

for variety. joints, or forks, according to their strength,

The standards, when trained as above, should till you have finished cutting-in the whole head,

be planted out with all their heads entire, when If any of these branches should have the canker,

P Y R

P Y R

all the infected part must, he says, be cm out.
\\ hen the tree is all prepared, the Composition
should be immediately applied, beginning at the
top of the tree, and finishing with the powder of

wood-ashes and burnt bones as you descend,
which will save it from being rubbed off during
the operation ; and the Composition will prevent
the sun and air from injuring' the naked inner
bark. A nee thus prepared, will, he adds, in
the course of three or four years, produce more
and liner fruit than a maiden tree that has been
planted upwards of twenty vears."

These directions, if properly attended to, will
be sufficient, be thinks, to enable anv one to
bring old decayed trees into a healthy bearing state.

lie supposes, that in large orchards and gar-
dens, it may be necessary, at lirst, to head down
only every other tree; cutting some of the
branches of the rest, which are in a decayed and
cankery state, and which bear no fruit. This
will, he says, be preparing them to throw out
new wood, and furnish the tree much sooner
with bearing branches. He recommends the
performing the operation as early as possible ;
as by so doing the wood will be the stronger, as
in May, or the two Following months.

lie adds, that w hen the trees are become hol-
low, the same method should be followed as di-
rected for plums ; but by no means to cut them
down unless the tops are quite decayed ; observ-
ing to cut the loose rotten wood clean out of the
hollow and other decayed parts, applying the
Composition ; at the same time to open the
ground, and cut out all the rotten parts that
may be found in the lower part of the stem, to-
gether v. itli all the decayed roots, which, if this
be not done, will infallibly injure the fresh wood
and bark, and prevent a cure from being effect-
ed. He would recommend heading down all
apple-trees that are much cankered and have ill-
shaped heads ; as by so doing much labour will
be saved, and the trees will amply pay the pro-
prietor. He advises never to shorten the young
branches, except they are very thin, when it will
be necessary to do so to till the trees with young
wood: nor prune any of the young shoots the
second year (he means the year alter they are
cut), as many of the eyes, almost to the end of
the shoot, will, if it be strong, become fruit-buds
next year; and so on every year. He savs, that
in the month of May in the first year after the
trees have been so cut, it w ill be necessary to go
over them, and rub off with your finger and
thumb all the superfluous young shoots; leav-
ing from three to six eyes on each shoot, accord-
ing to the size and strength of the branch cut.
These shoots will hear from three to four years;
bv which timethev will be pretty much exhaust-

Vol. II.

cd i>y the- great quantity of fruit produced fi m

them: they should then be cut down to two
eyes to produce new wood. He alwavs leaves
three different years' branches on the ti
when the first shoot is cul off. This \$ fully
shown in a plate it: hi> useful work; and the next
shoot will he full of fruit-buds, if it has not
been shortened : when ;t begins to grow weak,
it should be cut off; and the" next cutting roust
be made when the former branch is tired of
hearing: by proceeding thus all over the tree
with care and attention, the advantages of this
method of pruning, above the common mode,
will, he says, soon be perceived; ashy it you will
he able to keep the trees in a constant stateof bear-
ing, which, it left to nature, would only produi •
crop of fruit onee in two or three years. When
the shoot that has done bearing is cut oft", the
Composition should constantly be applied, rub-
bing oil'the shoots where they are too numerous.

He thinks the best time to prune apple-trees
is in the month of April, or in .May, after the
operation has been performed on tlie peaches,
nectarines, and cherries : and that soon alter
this pruning, about the middle of May, it will
be proper to look over the trees, and to pick off
any caterpillars that may be on them. It will
then be seen what shoots arc infected with the
canker, and which might have escaped your no-
tice at the time of pruning; and wherever you
observe the least appearance of infection, which
may be known by the wood appearing of a
brownish colour, the shoot must be cut down
till you come to the sound white wood

The small shoots that cross each other should
be cut oft", leaving the strongest to (ill up the tree,
and make a line handsome head. The suckers
that spring from the root should be carefully
grubbed up, and the side-shoots from the stem
cutoff; for, if left to grow, they greatly weaken
the nee. The knobs, where old branches haw
been cut oft", slmuld also be pared away, leaving
the surface of the tree as smooth as possible":
after which, the Composition should be applied:
the young bark will soon, be says, begin to grow,
and by degrees cover the old wounds with a
fresh smooth surface, and thus prevent the can-
ker from gaining ground on the tree, lie has
seen some old wounds of considerable size heal-
ed over in one year: and he adds, in confirma-
tion of the utility of this practice, that " thr
trees which he pruned and dressed, as above di-
iceted, in the course of the summer, 170;,, are
all perfectly cured, the wounds being filled up
with sound wood, and covered over with new-
bark : they all continue in a healthy state, and
bear fine handsome fruit." And he has advised
several nurserymen to follow the practice, head*

e T

P Y R

P Y R

ing clown their apple-trees after the season of
drawing for sale is over. Messrs. Gray and
Wear have headed a great many of such trees as
were formerly thrown to the faggot-pile, and
have been amplv recompensed for their trouble.
Trees thus headed down, provided the stems be
strong, will, he thinks, in the first and second
vear,"produce as much fruit as will refund the
purchase-money ; besides, a great deal of time
will be saved, which would be lost by planting-
younger trees : as, where you can procure trees
of the above description that have been headed
down three or more years, they will be all co-
vered with fruit-buds ; and, if carefully taken up
and planted in the autumn, if the season proves
favourable, they will have a tolerable crop of
fruit the first year. Such trees must not be
headed down like maiden-trees, but only thin-
ned oft' where the branches run across and rub
against one another, which should never be suf-
fered in these cases.

He says, he would never recommend training
apple-trees as espaliers ; as by doing so the
air is kept from the quarters of the garden; and
by constant pruning and cutting off all the side-
shoots which you cannot tie to the espaliers,
you prevent them from bearing, and, moreover,
bring on the canker.

And when the dwarf trees have handsome
heads, more and much finer fruit will be gotten,
he says, from one of them than from six espa-
liers ; at the same time, a free air is admitted to
the crops in the quarters, and the constant ex-
pense of stakes and labour, in laying the trees to
the espaliers is saved. Espaliers may, he ob-
serves, be converted into dwarf standards by
shortening the branches at different lengths, so
as that they may be able to support themselves
without the stakes ; but not to shorten them all
regularly ; and if cut with judgment, as near to
a leading shoot, or an eye, as possible, they will
in the course of two years form fme heads, and
in the third year bear six times as much fruit as
they did in their former state, and of a finer fla-
vour. The same method of pruning as already
laid down for standard apple-trees is also ap-
plicable to espaliers.

He observes, that " the borders where you
make your crossings in gardens should be six or
eight feet broad at least, to let the trees spread on
each side, at the distance of twelve feet from tree
to tree, and they should be well trenched, two
feet and a half deep at least. If there should be
gravel, or sour clay, it must be taken out, and
good mould put in its place ; leaving the ground
as rough as possible for the frost and rain to
mellow it. When you level the ground it
should be done after rain : you may then sow

some small crops in the borders ; such as lettuce
or spinach, or cabbage for transplanting; but let
not any of the Brassica tribe come to full growth.
Leaving cabbage and brocoli on borders, near
fruit-trees, draws the ground very much, fills
the borders with insects, and also prevents the
sun and air from penetrating into the ground.
And when the sun can have free access to the
border, it adds much to the flavour of the fruit.
If you can spare the ground on the cross-borders
in winter, it will be of great service to the trees
to ridge it up as loose as you can, and let it lie in
that state all winter, to mellow and sweeten.

Where the soil is strong, he would recom-
mend planting of apple-trees that are grafted on
Paradise stocks; but if the soil be light, free
stocks will do much better: and when the
ground is a strong clay or brick-earth, it should
be mixed with old lime-rubbish or coal -ashes,
street-dung, or sand : but what he uses for the
borders against the walls, and which he prefers
to every other manure, is a vegetable mould pro-
duced from leaves of trees.

Of this a good coat should be given once in
two or three years, which will be sufficient, he
thinks, for the borders where the wall-trees
stand, and much better than dung, which he by
no means approves of for trees, unless it be per- '
fectly rotten and mixed up with mould.

In respect to grafting old apple-trees, he says,
" it frequently happens, that, through some
mistake or other, after waiting ten or twelve
years for a tree to come into a bearing state, it
is found that the fruit is neither fit for the tabic
nor kitchen; in such cases they should always
be grafted the following spring, observing to
graft on the finest and healthiest shoots, and as
near as possible to the old graft, and where the
cross-shoots break out ; as by so doing you will
have some fruit the second year ; and in the
third, if properly managed, you will have as
much as on a maiden-tree of fifteen years stand-
ing : the canker, if any, must be carefully pared
oft' the branch, and the scion must be taken
from a sound healthy tree. Whenever an inci-
sion is made for budding or grafting, from that
moment the canker, he savs, begins. He would,
therefore, recommend to those employed in bud-
ding or grafting, as soon as the incision is made,
and the bud or graft inserted, to rub in with the
finger, or a brush, some of the Composition be-
fore the bass is tied on ; then to cover the bass
all over with the Composition as thick as it can
be laid on with a brush, working it well in. If
this operation be performed in a proper manner,
and in a moist season, it will answer every pur-
pose, lie says, without applying any grafting-
clay : as he has frequently done it, and found it

PYR

P Y R

succeed perfectly to his wishes. The matting
which is wrapped round the bud should not be
slackened too soon ; tor in that case you will lind
the incision opened, which very often occasi
the death of the bud. If, says he, nurserymen
and gardeners would give this method a fair
trial, and use the same composition as he .
for curing defects in trees, instead of loam
and horse dung (which bmd so haul as to pre-
vent the rain and moisture from penetrating to
the graft to moisten the wood and bark), they
would tind that the crafts would succeed much
better. The composition, for this purpose,
should, he says, be rather softer than grafting-
day generally is j and, instead of applying so
large a mass as is generally doue of clav, it need
not, in most cases, be more than two or three
inches in circumference, to effect the purpose.

Apples come to full growth in different sorts
successively, from Julv until the end of October:
the summer kinds continue but a short time, but
the autumn- and winter-apples keep from two or
three to six or eight months, in different varie-
ties. The signs of perfection or full growth of
the different sorts of apples, are bv their assuming
a lively colour, emitting a fragrant odour, fre-
quently falling from the tree, and by quitting their
hold easilv on being handled.

In the gathering of all the sorts of apples for
keeping, dry weather should always be chosen,
and when the trees and fruit are also perfectly
dry : observe likewise in gathering apples for
the table, and all kinds of apples designed for
keeping any considerable time, that they be
pulled one and one by hand. See Fkuit.

The other species may be increased bv graft-
ing and budding them upon the common Crab

: k : they should have sheltered situations, as
they are rather tender while young. These trees
afford ornament and variety in the clumps and
shrubbery parts of pleasure-grounds.

Culture in the Quince Kind. — These trees may
be raised from the kernels of the fruit sown in
autumn ; but there is no depending on having
the same sort of good fruit from seedlings, nor
w'd4»iL*.v soon become bearers. But the several
varieties may be continued the same by cuttings
and layers; also by suckers from such tree- as
grow upon their own roots, and likew ise bu in-
creased by grafting and budding upon their own
or Pear-stocks raised from the kernels in the
same manner as for apples.

The raising by cuttings, layers, and suckers is
performed in autumn, winter, or spring, choosing
young wood for the cuttings and layers, which
should be planted and laid in the common method,
when they will be rooted by the following au-
tumn, then planted out into nursery rows two
feet asunder ; plant the suckers al;o at the same

distance, and there training the whole for the
purposes intended: if for standards, run them
up with a stem to any desired height, from
three to five or six feet, then encourage them to
branch out at top, to form a head ; and those
designed as dwarfs must be beaded near the
ground, and trained accordingly lor espaliers,
or dwarf standards, as directed under those ar-
ticles : the grafting or budding is effected on
(Juince- or I'ear-stocks, and trained as above.

When they have formed tolerable heads, they
should he planted out finally.

Mr. Forsyth advises that the layers oreuttings
should be planted in a shad\ place, in rows at
about a toot distant from each other, and about
three inches from plant to plant in the rows ;
mulching them with rotten leaves, or rotten
dung, which w ill keep the ground about them
moist ; and watering them frequently in hot
weather. About Michaelmas those that are well
rooted may be planted out, and those that are
not should remain another year. They may al-
so be propagated by budding or grafting ; and
these trees will bear sooner, and be more fruit-
ful than those raised by any other method.

He observes, that the quince-tree may be
pruned much in the same way as an apple-tree,
taking care to cut out all the old diseased and
dead wood, and the cross branches in the middle
of the tree, which are apt to injure each other by
friction. In general you will find old trees
much hurt by injudicious pruning: in that case
they should be headed down, cutting out all the
cankery parts, and also all the diseased and dead
wood where the tree is hollow, or where large
branches have been cut or broken off; applying
the composition as for apple-trees: and as
quince-trees are very apt to have rough bark,
and to be bark-bound, in these cases it will be
necessary to shave off the rough bark with a
draw-knife, and to scarify them when bark-
bound, brushingthem over with the composition.

It is also advised to plant quince-trees at a
proper distance from apples and pears, as bee-
and the wind may mix the farina, and occasion
the apples or pears to degenerate.

Standard quinces, designed as fruit-1:
may be stationed in the garden or orchard, ami
some by the sides of anv water, pond, watery-
ditch, Js:c. as they delight in moisture, suffering
the whole to take their own natural growth:
and as espaliers, they may be arranged in assem-
blage with other moderate-growing treis. such
as apples and pears on paradi>e and quince*
stocks, cherries, cic. being trained as directed
for apples and pears in espaliers. They may
also be planted in shrubberies either as toll
low standards, and permitted to take their own

v. iv of growth. See Orchard.

2 T -2

QUE

QUE

QUEEN'S GILLIFLOWERS. See Hes-
PERIS.

(JUEHCUS, a genu? furnishing plants of the
forest deciduous evergreen ornamenta'rtree-kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Pohfandria, ( V.nncandria Monogyiiia, Octamiria
TctragyniaJ , and ranks in the natural order of
Amentacece.

The characters are: that in the male flowers
the calyx is a filiform anient, long, loose : peri-
anth on:-leafcd, subquinquefid : segments acute,
often bifid : there is no corolla : the stamina
have from five to ten filaments, very short : an-
thers large, twin ; females sessile in the bud, on
the same plant with the males : the calyx is an in-
volucre, consisting of very many imbricate scales,
united at the base into coriaceous hemispherical
little cups ; the outer ones larger, one-flowered ;
permanent: perianth very small, superior, six-cleft,
permanent : segments acute, surrounding the base
of the stvle, pressed close : there is no corolla :
die pistillum is a very small germ, ovate, infe-
rior, three-celled : rudiments of the seeds double:
style simple, short, thicker at the base : stig-
mas three, reflex : there is no pericarpium : the
seed is anut (acorn) ovate-cylindrical, coriaceous,
smooth, filed at the base, one celled, fixed in a
short hemispherical cup tubercled on the outside.
The species cultivated are : — K Q. Robitr,
Common Oak Tree ; 2. Q. Phellus, Willow-
leaved Oak Tree ; 3. O. Primis, Chestnut-leaved
Oak Tree ; 4. Q. nigra, Black Oak Tree ; 5: 0.
rubra, Red Oak Tree; 6. Q. alba, White Oak
Tree; 7. Q. escutus, Italian or Small Prickly-
eupped Oak Tree ; S. Q. JEgilopi, Great Prickly-
cupped Oak Treej o. 0. Carts, Turkey Oak
Tree; 10. Q. Ilex, Evergreen or Holm Oak
Tree; 11. O. Grumitntia, Holly-leaved Ever-
green Oak Tree; 12. Q. Suber, Cork -barked
Oak, or Cork Tree ; 13. O. coccij'era, Kermes
Oak Tree.

The first is well known, and- attains a very
great size, but slowly. In woods it rises to
a very considerable height, but singly it is ra-
ther a spreading tree, sending off horizontally
immense branches, which divide and subdivide
very much. The trunk is covered' with a very
rugged brown bark. The leaves alternate, ob-
long, blunt, and broader towards the end ; the
edges deeply sinuate, forming obtuse or rounded
lobes, dark green and shining above, paler un-
derneath and finely netted, five inches or more
in length, two and a half in breadth : they are de-
ciduous, but often remain on the tree till the new
buds are ready to burst. A native of Europe.
There are several varieties ; as with the acorns
en long peduncles. This is found in the wilds

of Kent and Sussex, where there are many large
trees. The leaves are not so deeply sinuated.
nor are they so irregular, but the indentures are
opposite; thev have scarce any footstalks, but sit
close to the branches : but the acorns stand up-
on very long footstalks. The timber of this
sort is accounted better than that of the common
oak, and the trees have a better appearance.

The Broad-leaved Evergreen Oak, which grows
upon the Apennines, and also in Suabia and
Portugal. The leaves are broader and not so
deeply sinuated as those of the common oak ;
they are of a lighter green on their upper side,
and' pale on their under, have very short foot-
stalks, and their points are obtuse ; the acorns
have very long footstalks, which frequently sus-
tain three or four in a cluster.-

The Dwarf Oak, which grows in the South of
France and Italy, and is a low bushy oak,
rises but six or seven feet high, sending out
mariy slender branches the whole length. The
leaves are oblong and obtusely indented, about
three inches hong, and are inch and half broad,
standing upon slender footstalks ; the acorns
small, growing in clusters.

There are also many other varieties of common
oak which dealers in timber and woodmen distin-
guish by their use, qualities, and accidents, and'
to which they give different names ; but these be-
ing merely local, and not founded on permanent
characters, it is difficult to ascertain them.

The second species grows naturally in North
America, flowering in May and June. There they
distinguish two sorts, one of which is calleil
The Highland Willow Oak, and grows upon
poor dry land; the leaves are of a pale green and
entire, shaped like those of the willow tree. The
acorns are very small, but have pretty largecups.

The other grows in low moist land, and rises
to a much greater height : the leaves are larger,
and narrower, but the acorns arc of the same
size and' shape. It is suggested, as probable,
that their difference may be owing to the soil in
which they grow. Martyn observes, that the
latterhecomes a large timber tree, and that there
are said to be several varieties of it.

The third species has scommglv two varieties,
one of which grows to a much larger tree than
the other; but this maybe occasioned by the
soil, for the largest trees grow in rich low
lands, where they become bigger than any of
the North American Oaks. The wood is not of
a very fine grain, but is very serviceable ; the
bark is gray and scaly ; the leaves are five or
six inches long, and two inches and a half broad
in the middle, indented on the edges with many
transverse veins running from the midrib to the

QUE

QUE

rsj they arc of a bright green, and so nearly
resemble tho^c of the chestnut-tree as scarcely
to be distinguished from it. '1 he acorns arc very
large, and their cups are short. The leaves of
the other variety arc not so large, nor so strongly
veined, and the acorns are smaller and a little
longer. The different varieties are distinguished
by the form of the leaves, which in the one is
ovate and in the oilier oblong. It {lowers here
in May ar.d June.

The fourth species grows on poor land in
most parts of North America, where it never at-
tains to a large size, and the wood is of little
value. The bark is or' a dark brown colour.
The leaves arc very broad at the top, where they
have two waved indentures, which divide them
almost into three lobes ; they diminish gradually
to their base, where they arc narrow ; they are
smooth, of a lucid green, and have short foot-
stalks. The .".corns are smaller than those of the
common oak, and have short cups.

The fifth arrives at a large size in North Ame-
rica, where it grows naturally. The bark is
smooth, of a grayish colour, but that of the
younger branches is darker. The leaves six
inches long, two inches and a half broad in the
middle, obtusely sinuate, each sinus ending in a
bristly point, bright green, standing upon short
footstalks : the leaves continue their verdure
very late in autumn ; so that unless bard frost
comes on early, they do not fall till near Christ-
mas, and do not even change their colour much
sooner. The acorns are a little longer than
tho&e of the common oak, but not so thick.
There are several varieties.

The sixth species is esteemed preferable in.
America to any of their other sorts for building,
being much the most durable. The bark is
gravis)) ; the leaves are lisrhi green, six or seven
inches long, and four broad ; they are regularly
cut almost to the midrib, and stand on short, foot-
stalks. The acorns greatly resemble those of the
common Oak.

'I ; v seventh has the leaves smooth..and deeply
sinuated ; some of the s.nuscs are obtuse, and
others end in acute points; they arc on very
short footstalks : the branches are covered with
a purplish bark when young: the acorns are
long and slender; the cups rough and a little
prickly, sitting close to the bi i hi s. These
acorns are sweet, and frequently eaten by the
poor in the South of Fiance : in times ot .-car-
city they grind them and make bread with the
flour. It is a native of the South of Europe,
flowering in May.

The eighth species is one of the fairest species
of oak. The tiunk rises as high as that of the
common oak; the branches extend vcrv wide on
every side, and arc covered with a grayish bark,

intermixed with brown spots. The leaves are
about three inches long, and almost two inches
broad, deeply cut with most of the teeth turning
back, and terminating in acute points ; thev are
Stiff, of a pale green on their upper side, and
downy on their under. The acorns have very
large scaly cups, which almost cover them ; the
scales arc woody and pointed, standing out a
quarter of an inch ; some of the cups are as large
as middling apples. A native of the Levant,
whence the acorns are annually brought to
Europe for dyeing.

1 be ninth has the leaves oblong and pointed,
and frequently lyrate; they are jagged ami acute-
pointed, a little hoary on their underside, anil
stand on slender footstalks. The acorns are
small, and have rough prickly cups. It is a na-
tive of the South of Europe.

There are several varieties.

The tenth species lias several varieties, differ-
ing greatly in the size and shape of their leave- ;
but thcoe will all arise from acorns of the same
tree; even the lower and upper branches have
very frequently leaves very different in size and
shape, those on the lower branches being much
broader, rounder, and their edges indented and
set with prickles ; but those on die upper long*
narrow, and entire. The leaves are from three
to four inches long, aud an inch broad near the
ba.se, gradually lessening to a point ; thev are of
a lucid green on their upper side, but whitish
and downy on their under, stand upon pretty
long footstalks, and do not fall till they are
thrust off by young leaves in the spring. The
acorivs are smaller than those of the common
oak, but of the same shape. It is a native ol the
South of Europe, Cochincina, and Barbary.

The eleventh is hardly a distinct species from
the common Evergreen Oak. It is a native of
the South of France, and Bowers in June.

7 he twelfth species has two or three varieties ;
one with a broad leaf, a second with a narrow
leaf, both evergreen j and one or two which
cast their leaves in autumn ; but the broad-
leaved evergreen is the most common. The
leaves of this are entire, about two inches long,
and an inch and quarter broad, with a little
down on their under sides, on very short foot-
stalks : these leaves continue green through the
winter till the middle of May, whi i the) gene-
rally fall off just before the ncu I aves come
out : so that the trees are often almost bare lor
a short time. The acorns are verv like those o£
the common oak. It is a native of tl.c SoutLiof
Europe, Barbary, ice.

The exterior bark forms the cork, which is
taken from the tree every eight or ten years ; but
there is an interior bark which nourisliC3 them,
so that stripping off the outer bark is so far from

guE

injuring the trees, that it is necessary to continue
them ; tor, when the bark is not taken oft", they
seldom last longer than fifty or sixty years in
health ; whereas trees which are barked every
eight or ten years will live 150 years or more.
The bark of a young tree is porous and good for
little : however, it is necessary to take it oft" when
the trees are twelve or fifteen years old, for with-
out this the bark will never be good: after eight
or ten years, the bark will be fit to take oft" again ;
but this second peeling is of little use: at the
third peeling; the bark will be in perfection, and
will continue so for 150 years, as the best cork
is taken from old trees. The time for stripping
the bark is in Julv, when the second sap flows
plentifully : the operation is performed with an
instrument like that which is used for disbark-
ing the oak.

The thirteenth is of small growth, seldom
rising above twelve or fourteen feet high, send-
ing out branches the whole length on every side,
so as to form a bushy shrub : the leaves are armed
with prickles like those of the holly ; the acorns
are smaller than those of the common oak. The
leaves resemble those of the Ilex, but are less,
thinner, and green on both sides. It is a na-
tive of the South of Europe, the Levant, Bar-
barv, &c., flowering in May.

From this species they collect the Kermes or
scarlet grain, a little red gall, occasioned by the
puncture of an insect called Coccus ilicis. With
this the antients used to dye cloth of a beautiful
colour.

Culture. — These trees are all capable of being
raised from the seed or acorns, which, in the
common oak, should be gathered in autumn
when quite ripe, just as they drop from the trees ;
but those of most of the foreign oaks are gene-
rally procured from abroad, and sold by the
seedsmen.

All the sorts should be sown as soon after
they are obtained as possible, as they are apt to
sprout if they remain long out of the ground;
and for their reception a spot of light ground
in the nursery should be prepared by digging or
ploughing, dividing it into four-feet-wide beds,
in which the acorns should be sown, either in
drills, two inches deep, in five or six rows,
lengthwise of the bed : or rake the mould oft" the
bed, the depth of two inches, into the alleys;
then sowing the acorns all over the surface,
about two or three inches apart, press them down
with the spade, and spread the earth evenly over
them two inches thick.

When they come up in the spring they should
have occasional waterings and weeding ; and
when the plants are ope or two years old, it is
proper to plant them out in nursery-rows : this
may be done in autumn, winter, or early in the

O U E

spring, taking them carefully up out of the seed-
bed, shortening their perpendicular tap-roots,
and trimming oft* any lateral shoots from the
stem, leavins; their top perfectly entire ; then
planting them in lines two feet and a half asun-
der, and fifteen or eighteen inches in the rows,
where they should stand, with the usual nursery
care, till of a proper size for final planting out
either as forest-trees, or for ornament, training
them up as full standards, with clean straight
stems, and with their tops still entire.

But in raising the striped-leaved varieties of
the common oak, and any particular variety of
the other species, it should be by grafting, (as
they will not continue the same from seed,)
which should be performed upon any kind of
oakling stocks raised from the acorns, and train-
ed for standards as in the other kinds.

With respect to the final planting out, it may
be performed in all the sorts of deciduous oaks
any time in open settled weather, from Novem-
ber till February or March, andm the evergreen
kinds in October, November, or the spring ; and
in a mild open season in any of the winter months.
When the trees of all the sorts are from about
three or four to six feet stature, they are
proper for being planted out for good, though,
as forest- or timber-trees, it is better to plant
them out finally while they are quite young, as
from two to three or four feet in height ; or
when planted immediately from the seed-bed,
where they are to remain, it may be advantage-
ous, as the very young oaks root more freely
than older trees, and take a freer growth. Those
designed as forest- or timber-trees, should be
planted in large open tracts of ground to form
woods, placing them in rows only four or five
to ten feet asunder, and from two or three to five
or six feet in the rows, to allow for a gradual
thinning. See Plantation and Planting.

Sometimes large plantations of these trees,
for woods, are raised by sowing the acorns at
once in the places where they are to remain ; it
being generallv found that the trees raised at
once from the acorn, from their not being
checked, much outstrip the transplanted trees in
their growth. The method of performing it is
this : the ground being prepared by good plough-
ing and harrowing, in the. autumn, having pro-
cured a proper quantity of acorns, draw drills
across the ground four feel asunder, and two
inches deep, dropping the acorns into them six
or eisrht inches asunder, allowing for failing and
thinning, covering them in evenly with the earth
the depth of the drills ; or instead of drilling
them in, thev may be planted with a dibble, the
same depth and distance.

The general management of these trees in
woods or timber plantations is the same as

C U I

Q ui

dircc'.c! ts :n general. See Plax-

tat •

AH ts of trees may be employed

to diver- ornamental plantations in out-

f;rounds, and in forming clumps in spaci
awns, parks, and other extensive open spat
the evergreen kinds in particular have great me-
rit for ail ornamental purposes in pleasure-
grounds and plantation-. And all the larger
growing; kinds, both deciduous, and evergreens,
are highly valuable as forest-trees for timber: but
the first sort claims precedence as a timber-tree,
for its prodigious height and bulk, and superior
worth of the wood.

In planting any of the species for ornament
or variety in large pleasure-grounds, some mas-
be disposed in assemblage in any continued
plantation, some in clumps, and others sii

QUICK, a term applied to signify any sort of
young plant, but especially those of the white-
thorn kind. Ev it is also often understood a live
hedge, of whatever plants composed, in contra-
distinction to a dead hvdge, but more properly
the shrubs of which such live hedge is formed.
In a strict sense it is however applied to the
Cratcpgu> oxyacantha, or Hawthorn, the young
plants or set= of which are commonly sold bv
the nurserv-gardeners under the name of Qui - k.
In the choice of these sets, those which are
raised in the nursery are in general to be pre-
ferred to such as are drawn out of the woods,
as the latter have seldom good roots : many per-
sons, however, prefer them, as they are larger

plants than are commonly to be had i'i the
nursery. See Crataegus.

QUINC l NX, in gardening-, is a form of
planting in which the trees are planted by ti,.-.<-,
four of them forming a square, and the fifth
placed in the middle,
# *

thus * and may be repeated over and

*
over in one continued plantation, with as many
trees in several ranges as may be proper. It was
formerly a fashionable mode of planting groves
and other regular plantations. It is seen more
fully below :

*******

*******
********

Something of this mode of arrangement ha*
always a good effect in the disposition of shrub-
bery-plants, Sec, though not in the regular or-
der of it, but something nearly so, which gi\T-
the shrubs a greater scope of growth, and shows
them to greal -r advantage. It is likewise a
mode of planting that is proper in the kitchen-
garden, in transplanting many kinds of esculent
plants ; such as lettuces, endive, strawberries,
and i ven all the cabbage kinds, and many other
plants, which gives them a greater scope to grow
than if planted exactly square at the samedi-
stance from each other.

QUICKEN TREK. See Sorb. ■>.

QUINCE TREE. Sec Pykus Cydoxia.

R A C

R A C

RACER, a name applied to a sort of sward-
cutter, or cutting implement used in racing
out or cutting through the surface of grass sward,
and dividing it into proper widths, lengths, and
thickness, for turf intended to be cut up for lay-
ing in pleasure-grounds, and always necessary
preparatory to the work of fl lying or cutting up
the turf with the turfing-iron. It is also useful
for cutting and straightening the edges of grass
- in such grounds.
It i> a simple tool, consisting of a strong
wooden handle about four feet long, having the
cutter fixed at the lower end in the form of a
half moon with the edge downward, to cut into
the sward j the handle should be about an inch

and half thick, growing gradually thicker to-
wards the lower end. See Plate on Implk-
mknts.

In using it is pushed forward so as to cut or
race out the sward in an expeditious manner.

In cutting turfs with it, it is necessary tir<t to
mark out on the sward the width oi the turf in-
tended, which should generally be a foot wide
and a yard long, and about an inch or inch and
a halt deep; then -train a lint tight, first length-
ways, striking the rater into the sward close to
the hue, running it along expeditiously so as to
cut its way, and divide the sward to a proper
depth, afterwards placing the line a foot further,
and racing it out as before, and so on to as many

RAK

R A K

widths as may be wanted; and then with .the
line placed crossways, to race out the sward ac-
cordingly in yard ' lengths. The sward heing
thus raced out,' the turf-cutter with the turfing-
iron should proceed to cut thorn up, and flay
them oft". See Turf.

RADISH. See Raphanus.
RADISH, HORSE. See Cochlf.aria.
RAGGED ROBIN. See Lychnis.
RAGWORT. See Senecio.
RAKE, GARDEN, a well known sort of tool
for raking the ground, as well as for putting in
seeds, Sec. with. In order to suit every kind of
gardening work with rakes, there should be
Three or four different sizes, from about six to
eighteen inches long in the head, having han-
dles from six to eight feet in length, and the
heads toothed with iron teeth two or three inches
lon£, being placed from one to two inches
asunder, according to the respective sizes.

The first or largest rake should have the head
about fifteen to eighteen inches long, the teeth
three inches, and placed two inches asunder,
which is proper for raking stubborn or rough
duo- ground, and for putting in large kinds ot
seetls, raking off large weeds after hoeing, and
many other purposes in large gardens.

The next size should have the head twelve
inches [one, the teeth three inches, being placed
one inch and half asunder, which is proper for
all common raking in ordinary light ground,
and for raking in most kinds of small seeds, as
well as other purposes.

A third sort of small rake should have the
head about nine inches long, the teeth two and
a half, being placed one inch asunder ; proper
tor tine-raking beds, borders, &c, and raking
in some particular fine seeds ; as well as between
rows, &8., of certain plants occasionally, where
larger rakes cannot be introduced.

The smallest sort should have the head six
inches long, the teeth two and a half, and placed
one inch asunder; being very useful for raking
between small plants in beds and borders and
other small parts, where the plants stand close,
a-; well as several other purposes of that kind.

These sorts of rakes are constructed both with
wooden heads and iron teeth, and with the heads
wholly of iron in both; of which the teeth are
generally flattened, the back edge rounded off
and narrowing gradually to the point, the other
straight, and placed on the heads edge- ways
across^ with the back edge outward, and with
the points all inclining very moderately inward,
jn-a regular manner: the wooden -headed rakes
havjng each end of the head hooped with a thin
flat iron ring, to secure it from splitting.

The first sort are generally lightest and cheap-
3

est, being proper for any kind of garden raking;
but the latter, or iron-headed rakes, when made
neat, and as light as possible, with the teeth
well set, in a proper position, and firmly
fastened, arc equally proper, and in some
cases preferable, such as in wettish or moist
soils, as not being liable to clog so much as
wooden rakes, and more durable. They are,
however, more proper for middling and small
rakes, than for large ones ; as, in strong raking,
the teeth are more liable to get loose, than in the
wooden-headed rakes.

Roth the sorts, in their different sizes, are
sold at the principal ironmongers' shops, both
with and without handles.

Rakes having the heads, teeth, and han-
dles, wholly of wood, are sometimes used for
particular purposes ; such as raking in light kinds
of kitchen-garden seeds in light ground, and
taking off large hoed- up weeds in wide clear
spaces, rakmg up swartbs of mowed short trrass
before the sweepers, also fallen leaves of trees in
autumn, and clippings of hedges, Sec, as well
as several other uses.

RAKING, a necessary operation in garden-
ing, to break the surface of the soil small, and
render it fine for the reception ot particular sorts
of small seeds and plants previous to sowing
and planting, as well as to render it neat and
even.

It is also employed in raking in seeds, as be-
ing an expeditious mode of covering them in. In
all kinds of small seeds of hardv plants, the
ground being dug, Sec, and the surface remain-
ing rough after the spade, the seed is sown, and
then raked in with an even hand, once or twice
in a place, as a back and a fore stroke.

This operation is useful also among growing
plants that stand distant enough to admit the
rake, particularly where the surface is inclina-
ble to bind : or where numerous small seed-
weeds appear, as it loosens the soil, and retards
the growth of the weeds, and promotes the
growth of the young plants : it is also good cul-
ture at particular seasons, to annoy slugs, espe-
cially in kitchen gardens, to rake between the
rows of small plants in autumn and winter, Sec.

And raking the beds, borders, and other com-
partments of pleasure-grounds, now and then,
smooth and even, gives an air of culture and
neatness.

This sort of work should generally be per-
formed in dry weather and when the ground is
also moderately dry, as when done in rainy wea-
ther, or when the ground is very moist and
cloggy, the surface is apt to cake and bind hard ;
this should he well attended to in sowing seeds.
Routrh dun ground does not rake well when it is

li A N

)l A N

become verv dry at top, especially it it was dug
Wet, and suffered to lie till the clods have be-
come very dry and hard, in which ease it will
not rake well until mellowed or pulverised by
a shower irf rain. Put common light garden
ground generally rakes best when Fresh dug,
perhaps the same c'.av. ur day after at the furth-
est; before dried too much by the sun and wind,
pi re'.uiered wet lie rain. 8c<S. The operation
should, however, be performed when the ground
is in such order as the clods will reaildv break
and fall to pieces under the rake without clog-
L'lns: much thereto.

RAMPIONS. See Campanula.

HAM SONS. See Ai.r.n v.

P.WIMA. See Glsrobnia.

RANUNCULI S, a genus containing plants
of the hardv herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pobjavdria
I'olygbiia, and ranks in the natural order of
Multisiliquee.

The characters are : that the calvx is a five-
leaved perianth : leaflets ovate, concave, colour-
ed a little, deciduous : the corolla has live petals,
blunt, shining, with small claws: the nectary
a little cavity just above the claw, in each petal:
the stamina have very many filaments, shorter
bv half than the corolla : anthers upright, ob-
long, blunt, twin: the pistillum has numerous
germs, collected into a head : styles none : stig-
mas reriex, verv small : there is no pericarpium:
the receptacle connecting the seeds bv vcrv mi-
nute peduncles : the seeds verv nianv, irregular,
varvintr in figure, naked, with a reflex point.

The species cultivated are: 1. R. A sialic// «■,
Persian Crowfoot, or Garden Ranunculus; 2. R.
aconi/ifo/ius, Aconite-leaved Crowfoot ; 3. R.
acrU, Upright Meadow Crowfoot ; 4. R. repens,
Creeping Crowfoot ; 5. R. amplexicautis, Em-
bracing-leaved Crowfoot.

There are other species that may be culti-
vated for varielv.

The tirst has. an upright branched stem, pu-
bescent, round, as are also the peduncles : the
lower leaves simple, lobed, gashtd, acute, pu-
bescent underneath, as are aKo the pelicses:
the root is composed of many thick Beany fangs
or fibres, unitinsr at top into a head ; From these
are sent forth many slender long fibres', striking-
deep in the ground : from the \op arise several
leaves, composed of three, six, or nine robe* of
irregular forms, and cut at top into various -
ments; between these arise the flow* r-stalks,
about a font high, taper, hairy, ami branehmg
out at a little distance from the root: stem-
leaves dividing into three parts, these again cut,
and generally terminated by trilid points: the
petioles are embracuitr at the base : the leaves
Vol. II.

are all hairy ; the lower ones nmeli l.itrrer and
more compound than the unpen the flowers art
terminating, with the stem naked for a consi-
derable length below them. They vary much in
MBe and colour, am! the petals are frequent!. ,.)
different colours on the two surfaces, Thev ap-
pear in May; and in utodenl -. or where

they are shaded from the sun m the heat of tl..
dav, there will he a succession at least during a
month : the seeds ripen in July. It is a i
of the levant.

The varieties are exceedingly numerous, being
sometimes divided into I . is theOlel

Turkey kinds and the Persian kinds, the varieii. s
of the latter amour.:::, vi; to many hundreds, and
-iderabiy more various, rich, and beau-
tiful in colour, than the others.

In the former of these they rise with a strong
generally unbranchmg stalk a foot hi<rh, termi-
nated by one large double flower, sometimes
emitting one or two smaller ones from its
-and of which there are red-flowered, searlet-
ilowered, yellow-flowered, and scarlet turban-
flowered, bee, being seldom tinged with differ-
ent colours, as in the Persian kinds.

The latter rise eight or nine inches high, pr-
nerally branchins; from the bottom, producing
from five or ten to twenty or more flowers on
each root, and of which there are single-flow-
ered, semi-do .iblc-huwered, full -double-flow-
ered, large and full like a double rose, being ge-
nerally filled with petals to the very centre,
forming a regular globular body, of admirable
elegance, of all sorts of the most beautiful co-
lours indifferent varieties, an 1 of numerous de-
grees of deeper and lighter shades, stripes, and
tinges in the several colour-.

Martyn observes, that" the varieties produced
of late years from the seeds -f semi-double flow-
ers are unbounded; and that Mr. Maddock re-
marks that they are more numerous than of any
other flower. Accordingly his catalogue, he

. beasts marly eight hundred, all with
proper names'; ranged tmder th of —

•nd Dark Pur
; Crimson.
Orange, ccc. ; Yellow an d Ycllow-rniotti cl, &c. -
White and White- Sfiflfiwd, kc.; ('
Purple and Coffcv-Stri" d VtU

low -Striped ; Ked and White-.

According to Mr. Maddock. •• a fine1 K:i'i':n-
culus should have a forcing ■ from

eight to twelve inches hieh. The riov. «r s
be of a hemispherical form, at i
in diameter, consisting ol numc:
dually diminishing in size to the centre*, lvin^
over euch other, -u as neither 10 I >
too much . but having i

R A N

RAN

prndicular than horizontal direction, in order to
display the colours with better effect. The pe-
tals should be broad, with entire well-rounded
edges ; their colours dark, clear, rich or bril-
liant, either of one colour or variously diversi-
fied, on an ash, white, sulphur or fire-coloured
ground, or else regularly striped, spotted or
mottled, in an elegant manner."

The second species is very handsome, three
or four feet high and branched : the stem hol-
low within : the leaves large, digitate, three-
lobed, divided to the base: segments lanceolate,
serrate all round, somewhat hirsute, especially
at the base : the flower white, terminating each
branch. It is a native of the Alps of Europe.

There is a variety with double flowers, which
has been obtained by seeds, and is preserved in
many curious gardens for the beauty of its flow-
ers. It is by some gardeners called Fair Maid
of' France. The root is perennial, and com-
posed of many strong fibres: the leaves are di-
vided into five lanceolate lobes : the four side-
lobes are upon footstalks coming from the side
of the principal stalk, and the middle one termi-
nates it ; they are deeplv serrate, and have seve-
ral longitudinal veins. The stalks rise a foot and
a half high, and branch out at the top into three
or four divisions, at each of which there is one
leaf, of the same shape with the lower, but
smaller. The flowers are pure white, and very
double, each standing upon a short footstalk.
It flowers in May.

The third has a perennial, tuberous root, with
many long simple white fibres : the stem up-
right, about two feet high, round, hollow, hav-
ing close-pressed hairs on it, not very leafy,
much branched at top : the leaves are three-
parted and five-parted, many-cleft ; the seg-
ments black or deep purple at the points: the
root-leaves on long upright petioles : the stem-
leaves nearly sessile, less, and more finely cut:
the uppermost linear and sessile : sheaths of the
footstalks hairy. It flowers in June and July.

There is a variety with double flowers, which
is the sort cultivated in the garden. It is fre-
quent among other herbaceous perennials, un-
der the name of Yellow Bachelor's Buttons.

The fourth species has a perennial root, con-
sisting of numerous whitish fibres : the stems
generally several from one root, a foot or more
in length, beset with rough hairs, throwing out
Jong creeping runners : the leaves are ternate,
trifid and gashed, generally hairy on both sides,
but sometimes smooth and shining, frequently
marked with white (black) spots, on long hairy
petioles dilated at the base : the leaflets also are
on petioles, and arc sometimes divided only into
two segments : the leaves are broad, dark, and

distinctly divided twice: the uppermost are quite
entire: the flowering-stems are erect, branched
and leafy, generally supporting two flowers. It
flowers in June.

There is a variety w'ith double flowers, which
is the sort cultivated in the gardens.

In the fifth the leaves in part surround the
stalk at their base, whence the trivial name : in
colour they differ from most others of the genuSj
being of a grayer or more glaucous hue ; which,
joined to the delicate whiteness of the flowers^
renders it verv desirable in a collection of hardy-
herbaceous plants, more especially as it occu»
pies little space, and ha3 no tendencv to injure
the growth of others. It is a native of the
Apennine and Pyrenean mountains,, flowering in
April and Mav.

Culture. — The first sort and the different va*
rieties may be readily increased by the off-sets
taken from the root, and new varieties may be
raised from the seed.

In the first method the off-sets, should be se-
parated from the roots in dry weather, in the
latter end of summer, when the flowering is
over, and the stems and leaves are declining,
being placed in bags or boxes, in a dry place,
till the autumn, when they should be planted
out in rows six or eight inches apart, and six of
them in separate beds, prepared with light sandy
earthy compost, to the depth of two or three feet,
taking care to protect them carefully from the
frost during the winter. When the buds begin
to break through the ground they should be kept
perfectly clear from weeds, protecting them from
frosts; and when they have flowered and the
stems are decayed, the root should be taken up,
cleared from dirt, and placed in bags or boxes
till the autumn, when they must be planted
again.

In the second mode, the seed should be col-
lected from the best plants, of the semi-double
kinds, and be sown in flat pans or boxes, filled
with light rich earth, in August, covering it in
about a quarter of an inch thick with the same
sort of earth, placing them in a shady situation,
so as to have a little of the morning sun. The
pots should remain here till the beginning of
October, when the plants sometimes appear,
though it is often later before this happens, when
they should have a more open exposure with the
full sun ; but when frost is apprehended, they
should be removed under a common hot-bed
frame, being only covered in the nights and
bad weather with the glasses, guarding them
well against rains and frost.

In the spring following they should beexposed
to the open air, being verv slightly refreshed
with water, having a situation to enjoy the

RAN

RAP

■morning sun ; and when tlicir leaves and stems
besrjn to decoy, the roots may be taken up, dried
in a proper place, and then put up in bags to be
planted out in the same manner as the old roots
in October.

In the following summer thev will produce
flowers ; when such as are good should be mark-
ed, and the others removed from them. The
plants intended to flower should not be suffered
to run to seed, as roots which have produced
seeds seldom furnish line flowers afterwards.
The disappointments experienced in purchasing
these rootschiefly depend upon this circumstance.

The roots intended for the borders should be
planted towards the spring in little clumps or
patches, three, four, or five roots in each, put-
ting them in either with a dibble or trowel about
two inches deep and three or four asunder in
each patch, and the patches from about three
to five or ten feet distance, placing them in a
varied manner in the borders.

In regard to their general culture after plant-
ing, such of the forward autumnal-planted roots
of the choice sorts in beds as have shot above
ground, should in winter, where convenient,
have occasional shelter from hard frosts by mats
supported on low hoop arches ; or in verv severe
weather be covered close with dry long litter, re-
moving all covering in open weal her : and in the
spring, when the flower buds beeiin first to ad-
vance, shelter them in frosty nights with support-
ed mats, suffering them however to be open to the
full air every day ; but the latter plantings, that
do not come up in winter or very carlv in spring
whilst frosty nights prevail, will not require any
protection, and all those distributed in patches
about the borders must also take their chance in
all weathers : those of the different seasons of
planting will succeed one another in flowering
from the beginning of April until the middle of
June, though the May blow generally shows to
the greatest perfection.

After the blow is past, and the leaves and
stalks withered, the roots should be taken up
and dried in the shade, then cleared from all off-
sets and adhering mould, putting them up in
bags or boxes till next planting seasons, when
they must be planted again as directed above.

In each season of planting, it i« hiirhlv nc-
cts.-ary, in the principal fine varieties, to put
them either in entire new beds, or the old ones
refreshed with some fresh rich earth or compost,
working the old and new well together, in order
to invigorate the. growth of the plants.

'1 he other species are capable of being easily
raised by the roots, which should be slipped or
pined in autumn when past flowering, or in the
spring before ihtif begia to shoot, and the slips

be cither planted at once where they are to re-
main, or in nursery-rows for a season, then
plained out finally. They succeed in any com-
mon soil and situation, and may be dispersed
about tiie different flower-borders and clumps,
where they constantly remain, only trimming
them occasionally ; and once in a- year or two.
or when they have increased into large bunches,
taking them up in autumn or sprint to divide
them for further increase, replanting "them again
directly.

In saving seed for raising new varieties, ii
must be suffered to continue on the plant till it
becomes brown and dry, then be cut off, and
spread upon paper, in a dry room, exposed to
the sun, and when quite dry be put into a bag,
and hung in a dry place till it is wanted.

All these plants are highly ornamental ; the
first sort in beds and pots, and the other in the
borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-
grounds.

RAPE. See Brassica.

KAl'MANUS, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous annual esculent kind.

It belongs to the class and order 'I'ltrachjnnmia
Siliquosa, and ranks in the natural order of
Siliquosee.

The characters are: that the calyx is a four-
leaved perianth, erect : leaflets oblonsr, parallel,
converging, deciduous, gibbous at the base :
the corolla four-petalled, cruciform: petals ob-
cordate, spreading : claws a little longer than
the calyx: nectariferous glands four; one on
each side, one between the short stamen and
pistil, and one on each side between the longer
stamina and the calyx : the stamina have six,
awl-shaped filaments, erect; of these, two that
are opposite are of the same length with the
calyx, and the remaining four are The length of
the claws of the corolla : anthers simple: the
pistillum is an oblong germ, ventricose, attenu-
ated, the length of the stamens : style scarcely
any : stigma capitate, entire : the pcricarpiuni
is an oblong silique, with a point, ventricose
with little swellings, subarticulate, cylindrical :
seeds roundish, smooth.

The species cultivated is: R. sat'wus, Com-
mon Garden Radish.

It has an annual root, large, fleshv, fusiform
or subglobular, white within, red or white or
black on the outside : the stem upright, thick,
very much branched and diffused, rough with
pellUcid bristles : the leaves rouch, Ivrate : the
calyx green, rough-haired : the petals pare vio-
let, with large veins running over (hem : the
pod long, with a sharp beak, fungous, white.
with distant streaks, many-celled: cells mem-
branaceous, closed, in a double lonrritudm '.
2 I '

RAP

RAP

row, along the middle septum : the seeds, one
!.i each cell, but in each row from three to
i.velve, subglobular, large, ferruginous, co-
iL-n:d with very minute raised dots. It is a na-
tive of China.

There are several varieties ; some of which
have the appearance of distinct species, from
their shape," size, and colour of the roots ; as
the Long-rooted, which is that commonly cul-
tivated in kitchen-gardens for its roots. Of this
there are several subordinate variations : as the
Small-topped, the Deep Red, the Pale Red or
Salmon, and .the Long-topped Striped Radish.
The small-topped is most commonly preferred
by the gardeners near London, as they require
much less room than those with large tops ; for
as forward radishes are what produce the great-
est profit to the gardener, and these are com-
monly sown upon borders near hedges, walls or
pales,' the large-topped sorts would be apt to
grow mostly at top, and not swell so much in
the root as the other, especially if the plants
should be left pretty close.

The Small Round-rooted, which is not very
common here, but in many parts of Italy it is
the only one cultivated; — the roots of this are
very white, round, small, and very sweet. It
is now frequently brought to the London mar-
kets in the spring, generally in bunches, and is
sometimes mistaken there for young turnips:
when eaten young, it is crisp, mild, and pleasant.

The Large Turnep-rooted or White Spanish,
which has a moderately large, spheroidal white
root, and is esteemed chiefly for eating in autumn
and the early part of winter. Both these sorts
M-c commonly called indiscriminately Turnep

Radishes). .

The Black Turncp-rooied Spanish, which has
a root like the preceding, white within, but with
a black skin ; and is greatly esteemed by many
for autumn and winter eating.

Culture. — These are raised from seed by dif-
ferent sowings from the end of October till
April or the following month. They should
have a light fine mould, and the more early sow-
ings be made on borders, under warm walls,
or°other similar places, and in frames covered
bv glasses.

' The common spindle-rooted, short-topped
sorts are mostly made use of in these early sow-
ings, the seed being sown broadcast over the beds
after they have been prepared by digging over
and raking the surface even, being covered in
with a slight raking. Some sow carrots with the
early crops of radishes.

It is usual to protect the early sown crops in
the borders, during frosty nights and bad wea-
ther, by mats or dry wheat straw, which should

be carefully removed every mild day. By tin*
means they are brought more forward, as well
as form better roots.

Where mats are used, and supported by pegs
or hoops, they are readily applied and removed.
A second more general sowing should be
made in January or February.

When the crops have got their rough leaf,
they should be thinned out where they are too
thick, to the distances of two inches, as tnere
will be constantly more thinning by the daily
drawing of the young radishes.

When the weather is dry in March, or the
following month, the crops should be occa-
sionally well watered, which not only lorwards
the growth of the crops, but increases the size
of the roots, and renders them more mild and
crisp in eating.

The sowings should be continued at the di-
stance of a fortnight, till the latter end of March,
when they should be performed every ten days,
until the end of April or beginning of the fol-
lowing month. In sowing these later crops, it is
the practice of some gardeners to sow coss-let-
tuces and spinach with them, in order to have the
two crops coming forward at the same time, but
the practice is not to be much recommended,
where there is sufficient room.

In sowing the main general crops in the open
quarters, the market-gardeners generally put
them in on the same ground where they plant
out their main crops of cauliflowers and cab-
bages, mixing spinach with the radish seed as
above, sowing the seeds first, and raking them
in, then planting the cauliflowers or cabbages ;
the radishes and spinach come in for use before
the other plants begin to spread much, and as
soon as those small crops are all cleared off for
use, hoe the ground all over to kill weeds
and loosen the soil, drawing earth about the
stems of the cauliflowers and cabbages.

The Turnep Radish should not be sown till
the beginning of March, the plants being al-
lowed a greater distance than for the common
spindle-rooted sort. The seeds of this sort are
apt to degenerate, unless they are set at a di-
stance from that kind.

The White and Black Spanish Radishes are
usually sown about the middle of July, or a
little earlier, and are fit for the table by the end
of August, or the beginning of September, con-
tinuing good till frost spoils them. These should
be thinned to a greater distance than the com-
mon sort, as their roots grow as large as tur-
nips, and should not be left nearer than six
inches.

To have these roots in winter, they should
be drawn before hard frost comes on, and laid

Q

R A U

R A U

m dry sand, a9 practised for carrots, carefully
guarding them from wet and Ir >st ; as in this
way tlnv nay be kept till the spring.

In regard to the culture of the general crops,
thev require very little, except occasional thin-
ning wh-ie they are too thick, when the plants
are come into tile rough leaf, either by hoeing
or drawing them out by hand ; though for large
quantities, small-hoeing is the most expeditious
mode of thinning, as well as most beneficial to
the crop bv loosening the ground; in cither me-
thod thinning the plants to about two or three
inches distance, clearing out the weakest, and
leaving the strongest to form the crop.

In order to save the seed, about the beginning
of May some ground should be prepared dv dig-
ging and levelling; then drawing some of the
straightest and best-coloured radishes, and plant
them to rows three feet distant, and two feet
asunder in the rows; observing, if the season be
dry, to water them until they have taken root :
after which they will only require to have the
weeds hoed down between them, until they arc
advanced so high as to overspread the ground.

When the seed begins to ripen, it should he
carefully guarded against the birds. When it is
ripe, the pods will change brown: then it must
be cut, and spread in the sun to dry ; after
which it must be thrashed, and laid up for use
where no mice can come at it.

Culture on Hotbeds. — This method is some-
times practised in order to have the roots early,
as in January or the following month. They
should have eighteen inches depth of dung to
bring them up. and six or seven inches depth of
light rich mould. The seed should be sown mo-
derately thick, covering it in half an inch thick,
3nd putting on the lights: the plants usually
come up in a week or less ; and when thev ap-
pear, the lights should be lifted or taken otf oc-
casionally, according to the weather; and in a
fortnight thin the plants to the distance of an
inch and half or two inches, when in six weeks
they will be fit to draw. Where there are no
frames to spare, the beds may be covered with
mats over hoops, and the sides secured by boards
and straw-bands. And when in want of dung,
if the beds be covered with frames, and the lights
put on at night and in bad weather, the plants
may be raised for u=e a fortnight sooner than in
the (.pen bard

RASPBERRY. Sc»Rubls.

RATTAN. See Calami-.

RATTLE, RED. See IV.dkulauis.

RATTLE, YELLOW. SccRhinanthus.

RAUWOLFIA, a genus containing plants
of the tender exotic shrubby kind for the
• re.

It belongs to the class and order Paitc
M iogynia3 and ranks in the natural order of
Con tort <•<•.

The characters are: that the calvx i^ a live-
toothed perianth, very small, permanent : the
corolla one-petalled, iuiuiel-furm : tube cylin-
drical, globular at the base : border live-parted,
Hat: segments roundi.-h, emargiaate: the sta-
mina have live filaments, shorter than the tube:
anthers creel, simple, acute : the pistillum is a
roundish germ : st\ Ic very abort: Stigma capi-
tate : the pericarpiuin a subglobular drupe, oa
celled, with a groove on one side : the seed two
nuts, convex at the base, attenuated at the top,
compressed, two-celled.

The species are : ]. R. nitida, Shining Rau-
wollia ; 2. R. earieseais, Hoary Rauwolha.

The first is a small tree, shining all over very
much, upright, full of a white glutinous milk,
twelve feet high : the leaves at the joints of the
twigs in fours, lanceolate, quite entire, sharp,
petioled ; the two nearest live inches in length,
twice as long as the two others. Common pe-
duncles racemed, terminating, half an inch long,
two or three together: the flowers small, with-
out scent, having white petals. The fruits are at
first yellowish, but at length become very dark
purpie, are milkv, and three times as large as i
pea: globular, fleshy, twin, two-seeded : the
nuts or stones, like those of grapes, of a bony
substance. It is a native of South America,
flowering here from June to September.

The second species is an upright ?hriib, the
whole of it milky, from one to eight feet in
height, with all the parts of a corresponding size,
according to the soil and situation. The younger
branches subtomentose : the leaves in fours,
obovate, attenuated to the base, acu;e, vtrink;
tomentose underneath, quite entire, the two
nearest longer than the other two. Petioles hir-
sute, round. Common peduncles branched,
terminating in fours. (Cvmes peduncied, se-
veral, and two at the forkings of the stem.)
Flowers reddish, small, without scent. It .
native of the Caribbee Islands, 8cc.

Culture. — These mas be increased bv the
seeds or berries, which should be sow n in pots
filled with light mould, in the auiumn or spring,
plunging them in a mild hot-bed. When the
plants have attained some grown., thev should
be removed into separate pots, and h:u ..• the
management of other exotic stove plains.

Thev may likewise be raised by layers and
cuttings, laid down or planted out in \
plunged in the hot-bed in the spring and Bummer
months, till they base stricken root, being
afterwards managed as those Irom seed.

They afford much ornament aud variety in

REE

RES

hot-house collections, both in their foliage and
flowers.

REED HEDGE, that sort of hedge or fence
which is formed from reeds. They are a sort
of temporary internal fences made with these
dried materials which may be had cheap, and
be expeditiously formed into hedges by the as-
sistance of posts and railing, being of great uti-
lity for occasional use in gardens, to inclose
particular internal spaces of ground, so as to af-
ford shelter to certain seedling plants, both in
nurseries and large kitchen-gardens ; and in some
nurseries, to form places of shelter for many sorts
of seedling trees and shrubs, &c. which being
tender whilst young, require the shelter of a
fence in winter to break oft' severe or cutting
blasts two or three years, till they gradually ga-
ther strength and a greater degree of hardiness.
They are also useful in training several sorts of
wall-fruit-trees against, to form them for rows,
or what are called Trained Trees; admitting ©f
planting trees against each side of them, six,
eight, or ten feet asunder. See Nursery.

In large open kitchen-gardens they are occa-
sionally made use of to inclose the melonary, or
place for raising early melons and cucumbers in,
and often as cross internal fences, under which
to form warm borders for the purpose of raising
various early crops of esculents.

The proper sort of reeds for these fences are
flie dried stems of the common marsh reed,
which grows in great plenty by river sides, and
in lakes, and marshy places, furnishing a crop
of stems annually fit to cut in autumn, when
they should be bound in bundles, and stacked
up, or housed to remain for use.

These fences are sometimes erected in fixed
ranges, and sometimes formed into moveable pan-
nels!. In the first mode, some stout posts should
be placed six or eight feet asunder, and five or
six high, and from post to post carry two or
three ranges of flat thin railing, one range near
the bottom, another near the top, and a third in
the middle; against this railing, the reeds must
be placed about two inches thick, having other
railing fixed directly opposite, so that the reeds
being all along between the double railing, the
bottoms resting either upon a plate of wood, or
let into the ground, but the former is preferable;
and as soon as one pannel is formed, the railing
should be nailed as close as possible, driving some
long spike-nails through each double railing, or
binding them with strong withy bands, or tar
rope-yarn, but nailing is the best, in order to
bring' them as close as may be, to secure the
reeds (irmly in the proper position ; the top
should be cut even afterwards.

Iu the better method, a frame- work of railing

should be prepared as above, each pannel six 01
eight feet long, and the reeds fixed therein as be-
fore directed ; then, where they are intended to
be placed, posts must be ranged six or eight feet
distant .to support the different pannels. Or
sometimes the pannels may be placed inclining
against the wall or other fence, in time of severe
weather, when the borders are narrow. These
sorts of fences are now in much less use in gar-
dening than formerly.

RESEDA, a genus containing a plant of the
flowering sweet-scented kind, ft belongs to the
class and order Dodeeandria Trigijnia, and ranks
in the natural order of Miscellanece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, parted : parts narrow, acute, erect,
permanent ; two of which gape more, for the
use of the melliferous petal. The corolla con-
sists of some petals (3-. 5. 6.), unequal, some of
them always half-three-cleft ; the uppermost
gibbous at the base, melliferous, the length of
the calyx.

Nectary a flat upright gland, produced from
the receptacle, placed on the upper side between
the stamens and the uppermost petal, converg-
ing with the base of the petals. The stamina
have eleven or fifteen short filaments. Anthers
erect, obtuse, the length of the corolla. The
pistillum is a gibbous germ, ending in some
very short styles. Stigmas simple. The pericar-
pium is a gibbous capsule, angular, acuminate
by means of the styles, gaping between them,
one-celled : the seeds very many, kidney-form,
fastened to the angles of the capsule.

The species cultivated is : jR. odorala, Sweet
Reseda, or Mignionette.

It has the root composed of many strong
fibres, which run deep in the ground. The
stems are several, about a foot long, dividing
into many small branches. The leaves are ob-
long, about two inches in length, and three
quarters of an inch broad in the middle, of a
deep green colour. The flowers are produced
in loose spikes at the ends of the branches, on
pretty long stalks, and have large calices ; the
corollas are of an herbaceous white colour, and
a fine smell. It is supposed a native of Egypt,
flowering from June to winter. It is biennial.

Mr. Curtis observes, that " the luxury of the
pleasure-garden is greatly heightened by the
delightful odour which this plant diffuses; and
as it grows more readily in pots, its fragrance
may be conveyed into the house: its perfume,
though not so refreshing perhaps as that of the
sweet-briar, is not apt to offend the most deli-
cate olfactories."

Culture. — This is raised from seed, which
should be sownon a moderate hot- bed in March.

R H A

R 11 A

and when the plants arc strong enough to trans -

Elant, he pricked out upon another moderate hol-
ed to bring them forward, having a large share of
air in warm weather to prevent their drawing
up weak. Or they may be sown in pots of
light mould and plunged in the hot-bed, which
is probably the better practice, In the first
mode, about the end of Way the plants may be
planted out, some into pots, to place in or near
the apartments, and others into warm borders,
where they may remain to flower and seed. The
plants which grow in the full ground often
produce more seeds than those which are in pots;
but at the time when the seed-vessels begin to
swell, the plants are frequently apt to be infest-
ed with green caterpillars, which, if they are
not destroyed, cat oft' all the seed-vessels.

When the seeds are sown on a bed of light
earth in April, the plants come up very well ; and
when not transplanted, grow larger than those
which are raised in the hot-bed; but they do not
flower so early, and in cold Seasons scarcely
ripen their seeds. In a warm dry border, how-
ever, the seeds often come up spontaneously,
and <rrow very luxuriantly : but to have the
flowers early in spring, the seeds should he
sown in pots in autumn, being kept in frames
through the winter, or on a gentle hot- bed in
spring. The plants may also be preserved
through the winter in a green-house, where they
continue flowering most part of the year, but the
second year thev are not so vigorous as in the first.

It is cultivated for the fine fragrant smell
which it affords.

REST HARROW. See Ononis.

RHAMNUS, a genus furnishing plants- of
the tree and shrub kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Ho/iogi/niu, and ranks in the natural order of
Dumosee.

The characters arc ; that there is no calyx,
unless the corolla he taken for it : the corolla is
an imperforate petal, externally rude, internally
coloured, funnel-form : tube turbinate-cyhndri-
cal: border spreading, divided, acute: scalelets
five, very small, each at the base of each divi-
sion of the border, converging: the stamina
have as many filaments as there are segments
of the corolla, awl-shaped, inserted into the pe-
tal under the sealelet. Anthers small : the pis-
tillum is a roundish germ. Style filiform, the
length of the stamens. Stigma blunt, divided
into fewer segments than the corolla: the peri-
carpium is a roundish berry, naked, divided
into fewer parts internally than the corolla : the
seeds solitary, roundish, gibbous on one side,
flatted on the other.

The species cultivated are : J. li, cat hart ii us,

Purging Ruekthorn ; 2. R. coluiiinu<, Pubes-
cent Rhamnus, or Buckthorn — Hcdwood ; 3.
It. Jrangula, Alder Buckthorn, or Berry-bear-
ing Aider; 4. R. paliiirut, Common Christ's-
thorn ; 5. R. aitrternus, Common Alaternus ;
C. R. jujitba, Blunt-leaved liuekthorn ; 7- R.
oenoplta, Pointed-leaved Buckthorn ; 8. R.
zizyfj/ius. Shining-leaved Buckthorn, or Com-
mon Jujube j y. R. Spina C/iristi, Syrian
Christ's-thorn.

The first rises with a strong woody stem to the
height of twelve or fourteen feet, Mending out
many irregular branches : the young shoots
have a smooth grayish -brown bark ; but lite
older branches a darker and rougher bark, and
are armed with a few short thorns. The leaves
are two inches and a half long, by one and a
quarter broad, dark green above but pale or
light green beneath, having a pretty strong mid-
rib, and several nerves proceeding from it, which
diverge towards the sides, but meet again near
the point : they stand upon pretty long slender
footstalks. The flowers come out in clusters
from the side of the branches: those of the male
have as many stamens as there are divisions in
the petal ; those of the female (or hermaphro-
dite), have a roundish germ, which afterwards
becomes a pulpy berry of a roundish form, in-
closing four hard seeds. It is a native of Europe,
flowering from the end of April to June, and
ripening its berries about the end of September.

It is found that the juice of the unripe berries
has the colour of saffron, and is used tor stain-
ing maps or paper, being sold under the name
of French berries : the juice of the ripe berries
mixed with alum, is the sap-green of the paint-
ers ; but if the berries be gathered late in the
autumn, the juice is purple. The bark affords a
beautiful yellow dye.

The second species is an upright tree, with
most of the branches spreading out horizontally.
The twigs, petioles, peduncles, lower surface
of the leaves, and outer surface of the calyx, are
covered with a slight ferruginous nap. The
leaves are oblong-ovate, acute, entire, the upper
surface smooth and shining, alternate, for the
most part distich. The racemes short, co-
rymbed, axillary, seven-flowered or thereabouts.
The flowers are without scent, all pointing up-
wards, with greenish scales. It is a native of
several islands in the West Indies, where it
flowers in January, June, and November, but
here in June.

The third rises with a woody stem to the
height often or twelve feet, sending out many
irregular branches, covered with a. dark bark.
The leaves are o\ ate- lanceolate, about two
inches long and an inch broad, having seseral

1

R H A

R H A

transverse nerves from the midrib to the sides,
the flowers arc produced in clusters at the end
of the former year's shoots, and also upon the
first and second joints of the same year's shoot,
each upon a short separate pedicel ; they are
small, of an herbaceous colour, and are succeed-
ed bv small round berries, which turn red, but
are black when ripe. The flowers appear in
June, and the berries ripen in September.

Tt is a native of most parts of Europe, flower-
ins; earlv in May, and sometimes in April.

The berries gathered before they are ripe, dye
wool green and yellow — when ripe, blue-gray,
blue, "and green. The bark dyes yellow, and
with preparation? of iron, black.

There are two varieties, the broad-leafed,
which has larger and rougher leaves — it grows
naturallv on the Alps ; and the dwarf or round-
leafed, which is of humble growth, seldom
rising above two feet high — it grows on the
Pvrenees.

The fourth species is a tree which rises with
a pliant shrubbv stalk to the height of eight or
ten feet, sending out many weak slender
branches, garnished with oval leaves placed al-
ternately, standing upon footstalks nearly one
inch long; these have three longitudinal veins,
and are of a pale green. The flowers come out
at the wings of the stalk in clusters, almost the
lenuih of the young branches ; they are of a
greenish-yellow colour, and appear in June, and
are succeeded by broad, roundish, buckler-shaped
seed-vessels, which have borders like the brims
of a hat, the footstalks being fastened to the
middle ; these have three cells, each containing
one seed. It is a native of the South of Eu-
rope, &c.

The fifth is a shrub with alternate, shiningever-
green leaves, ovate, ovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate,
often glandular at the base, having remote ser-
ratures- about the edge. The flowers small,
numerous, axillary, in short blunt racemes.
There is a very small bracte at the base of each
pedicel. The flowers are male and female or
imperfect hermaphrodites, on the same or dif-
ferent individuals.

It is a native of the South of Europe and of
Barbarv. The fresh branches or young shoots,
with the leaves, will dye wool a fine yellow. It
flowers in April.

There are varieties with variegated leaves,
commonlv called Bloatched Phillyrea by the
nurserymen : and with the leaves striped with
white and with yellow, called Silver and Gold-
striped Alatemus.

The latter has the leaves much longer and
narrower, and the serratures on the edges much
deeper: this shoots its branches more erect,

forms a handsomer bush, and is equally
hardy.

It is observed, that the Phillyrea is some-
times, and according to some, there are also the
large-growing, the small growing, the broad-
leaved, the narrow-jagged-leaved, the vellow-
striped jagged-leaved, the white-striped jagged-
leaved — All which are confounded with the
Alatemus, by such as are not botanists; but
they may easily be distinguished by the posi-
tion of their leaves, which are alternate in this,
but placed opposite by pairs in that.

It is observed, that the Alatemus was much
more in request formerly than at present; hav-
ing been planted against walls in court-vards to
cover them, as aho to form evergreen hedges in
gardens, for which purpose it is very improper,
as the branches shoot very vigorously, and being
pliant are frequently displaced by the wind ;
in winter, when much snow falls in still wea-
ther, the weight of it often breaks the branches;
these hedges must also be clipped three times in
a season to keep them in order, which is both
expensive and occasions a great litter in a
garden.

The sixth species is a tree with round branches.
The leaves are very finely serrate, three-nerved,
at the base on one side narrower, retusc, and
there more deeply crenate, petioled. The
flowers very many, axillary, each on very short
pedicels, five-cleft, five-stamened ; style bifid.
Close to the petioles is a very small recurved
prickle ; but sometimes this is wanting. But
according to Miller, it rises with shrubby stalks
ten or twelve feet high, sending out many slen-
der branches, which have a yellowish bark, and
are armed with single recurved thorns (prickles)
at each joint. The leaves are round, heart-
shaped, about two inches in length and breadth,
and indented at the footstalk ; they have three
nerves, and are covered with a yellowish down
on their under side. The flowers come out in
clusters from the wings of the branches, are
small, of a yellowish colour, and succeeded by
oval fruit about the size of small olives, inclosing
a stone of the same shape. It is a native of the
East Indies.

The seventh is a tree which has the leaves
half-cordate or so on the upper side, but half-
lanceolate on the hinder side, three-nerved, with
the nerves branching, tomentose underneath,
glaucous, on the wider side scarce manifestly
serrate, petioled. In the axils on the opposite
side are very many small clustered flowers, but
on the same side with the petiole behind, is a
recurved prickle. It is a native of the island of
Ceylon.
In the eighth, according to Thunberg, the stem

R II A

R 11 E

is shrubby Mid branched ; the branches and
branchlets filiform and smooth ; the prickles
scattered, solitary or in pairs, commonly erect ;
the leaves alternate, on very short petioles,
scarcely cordate, ovate and ovate-oblong, blunt
with a very line point, sometimes (but seldom)
rctuse, serrate, smooth, pale underneath, three-
nerved, an inch long ; the flowers axillary, two,
three, or more together, very short and unequally
peduncled; styles two, very short, with capitate
etigmas. It is a native of the South of Europe,
China, and Japan.

The fruit is sold in the market at Canton
during the autumn. In Italy and Spain it is
served up at the table in desserts during the win-
ter season, as a dry sweetmeat.

The common or cultivated Jujube, according
to Miller, has a woody stalk, dividing into
□rany crooked irregular branches, armed with
strong straight thorns, set by pairs at each joint :
the leaves are two inches long and one broad,
slightly serrate, on short footstalks : the flowers
are produced on the side, of the branches, two or
three from the same place, sessile, small and
yellow : the fruit oval, the size of a middling
plum, sweetish and clammy, including a hard
oblone: stone, pointed at both ends.

The wild Jujube has slender woody stalks,
which send out many weak branches, covered
with a grayish bark, and armed with spines in
pajrs, one longer and straight, the other short
and recurved : the leaves small, oval, veined,
half an inch in length and breadth, and sessile.
It is found about Tunis in Africa.

The ninth species sends up several shrubby
stalks, dividing into slender branches, armed
with straight spines, (prickles) set by pairs at
each joint : the leaves are small, ovate, veined,
alternate, upon very short footstalks : the
flowers are small, yellow, axillary : the fruit
round, about the size of the sloe. It is a native
of Ethiopia.

Culture. — The first, third, and fourth sorts
may be increased by seeds, layers, und some-
times by cuttings : the seeds should be sown
in autumn as soon as ripe, on a bed of light earth,
and slightly raked in : the plants mostly ap-
pear in the follow ing spring, and when they
have had a vear or two's growth they should be
planted out in nursery-rows, te have two or
three years more growth, when they may he
finally set out.

The layers should be made from the young
shoots and be laid down in the autumn, in the
usual wav, giving a little twist or nick at the
time, in the bark at a joint. They mostly be-
come well rooted in twelvemonths.

Cuttings of the first and third sorts may be
Voi,. II.

made from the young twigs, and be planted in
rows in the autumn, in a bed of good earth,
when most ol them will succeed.

The evergreen or Alatemus kinds may be
raised from seeds and by layers. The plain sorts
succeed in both methods, but the variegated
sorts only with certainty l>\ layers.

The seeds should be put into the ground in
the early autumn in the same manner as above,
and the layers laid down in the autumn as in the
other kinds.

The oilier species mav be raised by sowing the
Stones ol the fruit in pots in the spring, plunging
tlieni in a moderate hot-bed. When the plants
have attained some growth they should be re-
moved into separate pots and managed as other
tender plants.

They also succeed by suckers from the roots
and layers as in the above sorts.

The sixth and eighth sorts may be placed in
the green-house, and the others in the stove.

These, are all ornamental plants; the hardy
sorts for the pleasure-ground, and the more ten-
der sorts for tl>e green-house and stove, among
other potted plants.

RHEUM, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous perennial luxuriant kind.

It belongs to the class and order linneandria
Trigytiia, and ranks in the natural order of Ilo-
loraicee.

The characters of which are: that there is no
calyx ; or, which otherwise appears as the co-
rolla, monopetalous, narrow at the base, and
impervious, divided above into six parts, alter-
nately smaller : the stamina have nine capillary
filaments inserted into the corolla, and termi-
nated by oblong didymous an there; the pis-
tillnm is a short triquetrous gernien : the styles
three, scarcely visible, and three reflexed plumose
stigmas : there is no pericarpium, but one large,
triquetrous, acute seed to each flower, having a
membraneous border.

The species chiefly cultivated are: 1. R. Rlm-
pojiticuw, Hhaponiic or Common Rhubarb, : 2.
R.pulmutuin, I'almutcd-lcavcd, or Ttue Chinese
Rhubarb: B. H. Compintum, Compact Tine k -
leaved Rhubarb: 4. R. «»</«/<//'/«, Waved- leaved
Chinese Rhubarb : 5. R. riln-t, Wasted-leaved
Persian Rhubarb : <i. R. Taturkum, Tartarian or
Heart-leaved Rhubarb.

The first has a large, thick, (leshv, branching,
deeply-striking root, yellowish within, crowned
by very large, roundi-di-hcarl-shapi d snin->ih
leaves, on thick, slightly-furrowed footstalks ;
and an unusual upright strong stem, two or
three feet high, adorned with leaves singly, and
terminated by thick close spike* ol v. lute flow en.
It is a native of Thrace and Scythta. This sort

e X

R II E

R H E

is of inferior quality to some of the follow-in?;
but the plant being astringent, its young stalks
and footstalks of the leaves being cut and peeled in
sprins', are used for tarts and other culinary uses.
It is slated, on the authority of several cultiva-
tors of this plant, by the editor of Miller's Dic-
tionary, that, by proper attention in the growth
and preparation of the root, it mav be obtained
here nearly in equal goodness to the foreign.

The second species has a thick fleshy root,
which is yellow within, crowned with very large
palmated leaves, being deeply divided into acu-
minated segments, expanded iike an open hand ;
the stems upright, five or six feet high or more,
terminated by large spikes of flowers. This is
said to be the true rhubarb.

The third has a large, fleshy, branched root,
which is yellow within, and crowned by very
large heart-shaped, somewhat lobated, sharply
indented, thick smooth leaves ; and an upright
large stem, five or six feet high, garnished with
leaves singly, and branching above; having all
the branches terminated by nodding panicles of
white flowers. It has been supposed to be the
true rhubarb, which, however, though of supe-
rior quality to some sorts, is accounted inferior
to the second sort.

The fourth species also has a thick, branchy,
deep-striking root, which is yellow within, and
crowned with large oblong, undulate, somewhat
hairy leaves, having equal footstalks, and an up-
right firm stem, four feet high, garnished with
leaves singly, and terminated by long loose spikes
of white flowers.

The fifth has a thick fleshy root, and very
broad leaves, full of granulated protuberances,
and with equal footstalks ; the stems upright,
firm, three or four feet high, terminated by
spikes of flowers, succeeded by berry-like seeds,
being surrounded by a purple pulp. It is a
plant of much singularity.

The sixth has a thick fleshy root, and heart-
ovate, plane, smooth leaves ; the petioles half
cylindric-angled. It is a native of Tartary.

Culture. — These plants are all increased by
seeds, which should be sown in autumn soon
after they are ripe, where the plants are design-
ed to remain, as their roots being large and fleshy
when they are removed they do not recover it
soon ; nor do the roots of such removed plants
ever grow so large and fair as those which re-
main where they were sown. When the plants
appear in the spring, the ground should be well
hoed over, to cut up the weeds ; and where they
are too close, some should be cut up, leaving
them at the first hoeing six or eight inches
asunder ; but at the second, they may be sepa-
rated to a foot and half distance or more. When

any weeds appear, the ground should be scuffled
over with aDutch hoe in dry weather; but after the
plants cover the ground with their broad leayes,
they keep down the weeds without any further
trouble. The ground should be cleaned in au-
tumn when the leaves decay, and in the spring,
before the plants begin to put up theirnew leaves,
be dug well between them. In the second year
many of the strongest plants will produce
flowers and seeds, and in the third year most of
them. It is advised, that the seeds be carefully
gathered when ripe, and not permitted to scat-
ter, lest they grow and injure the old plants.

The roots continue many years without decay*
injr, ; and it is said that the old roots of the true,
rhubarb are much preferable to the young ones.

These plants delight in a rich soil, which is
not too dry nor over moist; and where there is
a depth in such land for their roots to run down
they attain a great size both in the leaves and
roots.

Some cultivators think that the sowing is best
performed in the later spring months ; but in
this way, as the seeds are slow in vegetating,
there is much time lost. And a hot-bed has
been sometimes employed, though it is not much
advised.

The rhubarb plants may be also increased from
offsets, separating some of the eyes or buds
which shoot out on the upper parts of the root,
together with a small part of the root itself,
having some of the fibres to it. These offsets
may be taken from roots of three or four years
old, without any injury to the plant. By this
method a year is saved, the plants are not in
such danger of being devoured by vermin as
those from seed, nor so uncertain in growing ;
they are not so tender, and only require keeping
clear of weeds. There is no difference in the
size of the roots thus raised, from those which
grow from seeds. This method was practised
by Mr. Hays, and in Air. Hayward's practice
several offsets were slipped from the heads of
large plants in the spring, and set with a dibble
about a foot apart. Four years after he took
up the roots, and found them very large, and of
excellent quality. *f On further experience,
when he took up his roots, either in spring
or autumn, he divided the head into many parts j
these he planted directly, at two feet distance,
•if intended for future removal ; but if to remain
for a crop, at four feet and a half."

In the culture of this root for medicinal uses
the nature of the aspect is said not to be very
material, provided it be not shaded too much oa
the south or west. The indispensable points-
are the depth and good quality of the soil, which
should be light, loamy, and rich, but not too

RUE

R II O

much so, lest the roots be too fibrous : it
can scarcely be too dry, for more evil is to be
expected from ■ Buperabimdancy of moisture
than Irom any actual want of it. II, with these
advantages, the plantation can be placed on a
gentle declivity, such a situation may be said to
be the most desirable. Where a plantation does
not possess the natural advantage of being on a
declivity, nanower beds and deepened trenches
are anions; the arti lici.il means that should be
adopted; but most situations will require some
care to prevent the ill effects of water remaining
on the crowns of the plants: therefore, when
the seedstalks are cut off, which ought always
to be done immediately upon the withering of
the radical leaves, they should be covered with
mould in form of a hillock. This process will
answer two good purposes ; that of throwing oft'
the rain, and keeping open the trenches by tak-
ing the earth from them.

It is observed that, the injuries to which the
voung plants are most liable, are from slugs
and other small vermin, from inattention to the
season and manner of planting, and front too
great an exposure to frost. Little damage is to
be feared from heat ; and in general they are
hardy and easy of cultivation when arrived be-
yond a certain term.

It is advised to take great care of the nursery-
bed, as the pains bestowed by constant water-
ings, and protecting the young plants from the
ravages of insects, will amply repay the planter.
Roors that thrive well here, will in three years
arrive at an equal size with others, that have
not succeeded so well, at the end of live. When
a. plantation is to be formed, or a vacancy filled
up, select the finest and most thrifty plants.
No plant will come to any thing when it has
lost its principal bud.

It is observed, that there is a difference of
opinion in respect to the age at which the roots
ought to be taken up for use ; but is probably
best done from four to eight year*.

It is best taken up in the autumn in a dry
time, and should be immediately dryed and pre-
pared by cutting into pieces and cleaning.

Some plants of each of the sorts may also be
introduced in the drv borders and clumps for the
ornamental effect of the leaves and flowers.

RHEXIA, a genus containing plants of the
hardv herbaceous perennial kind. It belongs to
the class and order Octanrlr'm Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Calycantkema-.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, ventricosc at bottom,
oblong, with a four-cleft border, permanent :
the corolla has four roundish petals inserted in-
to the calyx, spreading : the stamina have eight

filiform filaments longer (ban the calyx, and :n-
Scrtid into it : anlhus declining, grooved, li-
near, blunt, versatile: the pi>tilliim is a roundish
germ : style simple, the length of the staiDena
declining : stigma thickish, oblong s the peri-
carpimn is a roundish four-celled, four-valvad,
capsule, within the belly of the calyx : the seeds
numerous, roundish.

The species are: 1. R. vireinica, Virginian
Rhexia: •_•. R.Mariana, Maryland Rhexia.

The first rises with an erect stalk near a foot
and half high, four-cornered and hairy : the
leaves lanceolate, hairy, about two inches long,
and half an inch broad, entire and opposite :
the stalk has two peduncles coming out from the
side opposite to each other at the upper joint,
and is terminated by two others; these each
sustain two or three red (lowers with heart-shap-
ed petals, spreading open in form of a cross, and
appear in June. It is a native of North Ame-
rica.

The second species sends up an erect stalk
about ten inches high : the leaves lanceolate)
about an inch long, and a third part of an inch
broad, set on by pairs ; and from every joint of
the stalk two short shoots come out opposite,
with small leaves of the same shape ; the whole
plant is thick set with slinging iron-coloured
hairs : the stalk divides at the top into two
peduncles, spreading from each other, having
one or two reddish flowers on each, with a
single subsessiic flower between them ; they
have four heart-shaped petals, which spread
open as in the preceding. It flowers about the
same lime, and is a native of Maryland, Brasil,
Surinam, Sec.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
sowing the seeds procured fiom their native si-
tuations, in the autumn or spring, in pots tilled
with good fresh mould, placing them under the
protection of frames, or if in a mild hot -bed they
will be rendered more forward. When sown at
the latter season, the plants seldom appear the
same year. When the plants have attained suf-
ficient growth they should be planted out partly
in a dry sheltered iast border and partly in pots,
to have the protection of a frame against the
frosts in winter. They flower the second year,
and with care continue three or four.

They afford ornament in the borders as well as
among flow erv potted plants.

RHODIA. See Rhodiola.

RHODIOLA, a genus comprising a plant of
the low herbaceous, odoriferous, succulent per-
ennial kind. It belongs to the class and order
Dioecia Ortandria, and ranks in the natural
order of Sttcculctitce.

The characters of which are : that in the
2X-:

R H O

R H O

male, the calvx is a four- parted perianth, con-
cave, erect, obtuse, permanent: the corolla has
four oblong ohtuse petals, from erecUspreading,
double the length of the calyx, deciduous. Nec-
taries tour, erect, emarginate, shorter than the
calvx : the stamina have eight av\ l-shaped lila-
nunts longer than the corolla. Anthers simple:
the pistillnm has four oblong acuminate germs.
Styles and stigmas obsolete : the periearpium is
abortive : female ; the calyx is a peiianth af in
the male: the corolla has four petals, rude, erect,
obtuse, equal with the calyx, permanent. Nec-
taries as in the male : the pfstilium is as four
loblowg adufrtihate germs, ending in simple
straight stvles i stigmas dbtose's the pericar-
dium has lour horned capsules opening inwards:
the see- is vcrv manv, roundish.

The species cultivated is : Jl. rosea, Common
or Yellow lu^iwort.

It has a vcrv thick fleshy root, which when
bruised or cut sends out an odour like roses ;
with fnany heads, whence in the spring come
out thick' succulent stalks about nine inches
t(S»g, closely garnished with thick succulent
leav~es of a gray colour, an inch long, and half
an inch broad,' indented on their edges towards
the top, and placed altematrly on every side the
stalk; which is terminated by a cluster of yel-
lowish herbaceous flowers, male and female, on
distinct plants appearing early in May. They
have a very agreeable scent, but are not of long
continuance." It is a native of Lapland.

There is a variety in which the roots are small-
er; the stalks small, and not above five inches
long; the leaves small, ending with a purple
point; the petals are purplish, and the stamens
little longer than the petals. It flowers later.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
planting cuttings of the stalks in the beginning
of April, soon "after they come out from the
head, in a shady border ; covering them close
down with a glass, and keeping them dry, when
they mostly put out roots in about six weeks ;
but the cuttings should be laid in a dry room at
least a week before they are planted out, other-
wise they are apt to rot, and be destroyed.

They may also be raised by parting the roots
in the beginning of autumn, when the stalks
t" .''I to decay; and when the fleshy parts are
cut or broken they should be laid to dry a few
days before they are planted. They require a
shady situation, and a dry undunged soil, in
which they will continue many years. They af-
ford variety in the borders, clumps, £cc.

RHODODENDRUM, a genus containing
plants of the hardy, deciduous, and evergreen,
lowering, shrubbv kinds, Dwarf Rose-bay.

It belon'js to the class and order Dtcandrla

Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Eicornes.

The characters are: that the calyx is a rive-
parted permanent perianth : the corolla onc-
petalled, whecl-funnel-form : border spreading,
with rounded segments : the stamina have ten
filiform filaments, almost the length of the co-
rolla, declined. Anthers oval : the pistillnm is
a five-cornered retuse germ. Style filiform, the
length of the corolla. Stigma obtuse : the pe-
riearpium is an ovate capsule, subangular, five-
celled, divisible into five parts : the seeds nu-
merous, very small.

The species are: J . R. Jerru^incnm, Rusty-
leaved Rhododendron: 2. R. hirsuium, Hairy
Rhododendron: 3. R. chamacistus, Dwarf Rho-
dodendron, or Rose- bay: 4. R. pan/icum, Purple
Rhododendron: 5. R. maximum, Broad-leaved
Rhododendron.

The first rises with a shrubby stalk near three
feet high, sending out many irregular branches,
covered with a purplish bark. The leaves are
lanceolate, an inch and half long, and half an
inch broad in the middle, entire, with relkxed
borders, lucid green on their upper surface, and
rustv-coloured underneath, placed all round the
branches without order. The flowers are pro-
duced in round bunches at the ends of the
branches: the corolla is funnel-shaped with a
short tube, and is cut into live obtuse segments
at the brim, spreading a little open, and of a pale
rose colour. It is a native of Switzerland,
flowering from May to July.

The second species seldom rises two feet
high, and sends out many short woody branches,
covered with a light brown bark. The leaves
are ovate-lanceolate, about half an inch long,
and a quarter of an inch broad, sitting pretty
close to the branches; they are entire, and have a
great number of fine ferruginous hairs on their
edges and under side. The flowers are produced
in bunches at the ends of the branches. The
tube of the corolla is about half an inch long:
the five segments of the brim are obtuse, spread
half open,"and are of a pale red colour. It is a
native of the mountains of Switzerland.

The third is a small shrub, very much branch-
ed, the extreme branches leafy. The leaves are
oblong, hard, on short reddish petioles. The
peduncles one, or more, an inch long, viilose,
reddish brown, terminating. Calyx deeply five-
cleft, of the same colour with the peduncle; the
segments acute. The corolla purple, the seg-
ments ovate. The stamens longer than these.
The style longer than the stamens. It is a na-
tive of Austria, &e.

The fourth species has an upright trunk,
shrubby, commonly the height of a man, but

R PI U

R II U

sometimes only half so high, frequently thicker
than the human arm. very much branched from
the bottom irregularly ; the wood white, the
bark ash-coloured. The branches round, scar-

v.ith a smoothish testaceous bark. The
leava alternately scattered, coriaceous, large,
quite entire, very smooth, becoming ferruginous
underneath, scarcely nerved exempt the midrib,
having a longitudinal streak on the upper sur-
face, of a wide-lanceolate form, more attenuat-
ed towards the thick petiole. The flowering-
buds formed in autumn for the year following,
and consisting of ferruginous, ovate-acute, con-
cave, vcrv smooth, imbricate scales. The
flowers in a short raceme at the end of the
branchlets, about ten, and very handsome. It
is a native of the Levant, flowering in May and
June.

The fifth rises in its native soil, fifteen or
sixteen feet high, with a shrubbv stalk, sending
out a few branches towards the top. The leaves
stiff, smooth, six inches long and two broad, of
a lucid green on their upper side, and pale on
their under, whilst voung; but after* ards chang-
ing to the colour of rusty iron: they have short
thick footstalks, and are placed without order
round the branches : between these the buds are
formed for the next vear's flowers; these swell
to a 1. - ■ during the autumn and spring

the till the beginning of June, when the

s bum out from their covers, forming a
roundish sessile bunch or corvnib. It is a na-
tive of North America, flowering here from
June to August.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
sowing the seeds, which are very small, as
'lie alter thev are procured, ei-
ther in a shady border, or in pots filled with

loam, having them verv lightly covered
with a tittle tine mould, and plunging the pots up
to their rim? in a shady border, and in hard
nx»1 coverim.: them with !>el!- or hand-g:
taking them off in mild weather. \\ ben they

tvii earlv in autumn, the plants come up
the following spring, when they must be kept
shaded from the sun, especially the lirst sum-
mer, and dulv refreshed with water : in tile au-
tumn following removing them to a Miadv situ i-

on a loamy sort, covering the ground
about the roots with moss, to guard tiitm from

u winter and keep the ground moist in
-maimer season.

, may also be increased from suckers or

. which they produce plentifully where
a» naturally, but seldom in ti.

y are verv ornamental in the border,
clumps, and other parts ofshrubberw
IUilBA-RB. See Khu.m.

RHUS, a genus containing plants of the tree
and shrub kinds ; Sumach ana endron.

It belong In the el.iss ami order Peniandrit,
Trigutias and ranks in the natural order of Du-

BB8I

The characters are : that the calvx is a
parted perianth, inferior, erect, permanent : the
corolla has five ovate jx-tais, from upright
spreading: the stamina have five vcrv short
filaments : anthers small, shorter than the
corolla : the pistillum is a superior roundish
germ, the size of the corolla: styles scarerly
any : stigmas three, cordate, small : the peri-
carpium is a roundish one-celled berry : the seed
one, roundish, bony.

The species are ; 1. R. coriaria, Elm-leaved
Sumach; 2. R. typhinwn, Stag's Horn Vir-
ginian Sumach; 3. R. glabrum, Scarlet Sumach;
4. R. eligans, Carolina Sumach ; 5. R. copalli-
num, Lcntiscus-leaved Sumach ; 6. R. ootimts,
Venice Sumach; 7. R. toxicodendron, Trailing
Poison-oak, or Sumach ; 8. R. vi-rniv, Varnish
Sumach ; 9. R. radiants, Rooting Poison-oak, or
Sumach ; 10. R. tomentosum, Wooly-leaved
Sumach; I ] . JR. august [folium, Narrow-leaved
Sumach; 1-2. R. lucidum, Shining-leaved Su-
mach.

The first has a strong woody stem dividing
into many irregular branches, and rises to the
height of eight or ten feet; the bark is hairv,
and of an herbaceous brown colour w hilst voung:
The leaves are composed of seven cr eight pairs
of leaflets terminated by an odd one: the su
leaflets are qbout two inches long, and half an
inch wide in the middle, and of a yellowish
green colour. The flowers grow in loose pani-
cles at the end of the branches, each panicle
being composed of several thick spikes of flow*
ers sitting close to the footstalks : they are of a
whitish herbaceous colour, and appear in July .
It grows naturally in Italy, Spain, fccc.

The branches are used instead of oak-bark
for tanning leather, and it is said that Turkev
leather is all tanned with this shrub.

The second species has a woody stem, from
which are sent out many irregular branches,
generally crooked and defoamed. The young
branches are covered with a soft velvet-like
down, greatly resembling that of a rnua
horn bo;h 111 colour and texture, whence it has

.rlv the name of the Stag's Hera Tree. I b
lea: II pan.- ot leaflets, termi-

nated bv an odd one ; their under surface and
the midrib are hairy. The fldweTfl are produced
in close tutts at the end of the branches in July,
and are followed by seeds, inclosed in purple
woolv succulent covers, 10 that the bunches are
of a beautiful purple colour in autumn : U

R H U

R H U

leaves also then change first to a purplish, and,
before they fall, to a feuilicmort colour. It is a
native of Virginia and Carolina.

The third is not so high as the second ; the
branches are much more spreading and smooth,
the leaflets are wider and less serrate, they are
oFa deeper green, and have only a hoary cloud
or bloom on the under surface, which may be
wiped oft' with the finders ; whereas in that they
are covered with a hoary pubescence; the pani-
cle is more diffused. It is a native of North
America.

There are several varieties ; as the New Eng-
land Sumach; in which the stem is stronger,
and rises higher than that of the second sort ;
the branches spread more horizontally, they are
not quite so downy, and the down is of a brown-
ish colour; the leaves are composed of many
more pairs of leaflets, and are smooth on both
sides: the flowers are disposed in loose panicles,
and are of an herbaceous colour. The Canada
Smooth Red Sumach, w hich has smooth branches
of a purple colour, covered with a gray pounce:
the leaves are composed of seven or eight pairs
of leaflets which are four inches and a half long,
and one inch broad in the middle, terminating
in acute points, and a little serrate, of a lucid
green on their upper surface, but hoarv on their
under, and smooth : panicle large, composed
of several smaller, each on separate footstalks,
the whole covered with a gray pounce : the
flowers are of a deep red colour.

The fourth species rises commonlv to the
height of seven or eight feet, and divides into
many irregular branches, which are smooth, of
* purple colour, and pounced over with a grav-
ish powder ; as are also the petioles, which are
of a purplish colour. The leaves have seven or
eight pairs of lobes, not alwavs exactly opposite ;
they are three or four inches long, and almost
an inch broad in the middle; above they are of
a dark green, underneath hoarv but smooth.
The flowers of a bright red colour, in very close
thick large panicles, appearing in July and Au-
gust, and continuing till autumn. It is a na-
tive of South Carolina.

The fifth seldom rises more than four or
five feet high, dividing into many spreading
branches, which are smooth, of a light brown
colour, and pretty closely furnished with pinnate
leaves ; these have four or five pairs of narrow
leaflets, which are entire, two inches long and
half an inch broad, ending in acute points ; of a
light green on both sides, and in autumn change
to purple : the petiole has on each side a winged
or leafy border, running from one pair of leaflets
to another, ending in joints at each pair. The
flowers are produced in loose panicles at the end

of the branches, of a yellowish herbaceous co-
lour, and appear in July. It is a native ol North
America.

The sixth species rises with an irregular
shrubby stalk to the height of ten or twelve feet,
sending out inanv spreading branches covered
with a smooth brown bark, garnished with
single obovate leaves about two inches long,
and of the same breadth, rounded at their points,
and stand upon long footstalks ; are smooth,
stiff, and of a lucid green, having a strong mid-
rib, whence several transverse veins run towards
the border. The flowers come out at the end of
the branches upon long hair-like footstalks,
which divide and branch into large hair-
like bunches of a purplish colour ; are small,
white, and composed of five small oval petals,
which spread open. Thev appear in July. It
is a native of the South of France, &c.

The root is used for dyeing; : the leaves and
voung branches dye black ; and the bark is used
for tanning leather.

The seventh has the stalks rising higher than
those of the ninth sort ; the branches are slender
but woody, and have a brown bark : the leaves
are on prettv long petioles; leaflets oval, two
inches long, one inch and a half broad, indented
angularly, and hoary on their underside: the
male flowers, which are produced on separate
plants from the fruit, come out from the side
of the stalks in close short spikes, and are of an
herbaceous colour : the females are produced
in loose panicles, agree in shape and colour
with the males, but are larger and have a round-
ish germ supporting three very short styles. It
is a native of many parts of North America.

The eighth species has a straight trunk : the
leaflets four or five pairs, sometimes more, the
upper surface green and smooth, the lower paler
and pubescent, entire about the edge, or some-
times slightly sinuate, with oblique superficial
veins, and the midrib inclining to the inner side,
except in the odd leaflet, which it divides into
equal parts : the petioles oblong, purple : from
the base of these come out the peduncles, which
are green, and bear many flowers in a racemed
spike ; these are small and herbaceous : fruit
a juiceless drupe, slightly compressed. It is
common in swamps in North America. Flowers
here in July.

Martyn says, that " the milky juice stains
linena dark brown. The wholeshrub is, in a high
degree, poisonous ; and the poison is communi-
cated by touching or smelling any part of it."

The ninth has a low shrubby stalk, which
seldom rises more than three feet high, sending
out shoots near the bottom, which trail upon
the ground, putting out roots from their joints.

R II U

R TI U

v hereby it iniilti plies and spreads greatly. If it
be near a wall, the fibres will strike into the joints
and support the stalks when severed from the
not. When it is thus supported, the stalks l>e-
c nine more woody, and rise much higher than
when it trails on the ground. The petioles are
near a loot long ; the three leaflets are ovate-
cordate, live inches long, three inches and a
halt broad, each on a short petiole; the two siilc
ones oblique to the petiole, but the middle one
equal; they have many transverse veins running
from the midrib to the borders. The flowers
come out trom the side of the stalk in loose
panicles, are small and of an herbaceous colour,
jnale and female on distinct trees ; the latter
succeeded by roundish, channelled, smooth ber-
ries, of a gray colour, inclosing one or two seeds.
It grows naturally in many parts of North Ame-
rica, and flowers in Julv.

Having, in common with ivy, the quality of
not rising without the support of a wall, tree, or
hedge, it is called in some parts of America
Creeping Ivy. It will climb to the top of high
trees in woods, the branches every where throw-
ing out fibres that penetrate the trunk. When
the stem is cut, it emits a pale brown sap of a
disagreeable scent, and so sharp that letters or
marks made upon linen with it cannot be got out
again, but grow blacker the more it is washed.

Like Rhus vernix it is poisonous to some
persons, but in a less degree. Kalm relates, that
of two sisters, one could manage the tree with-
out being affected by its venom, whilst the
other felt its exhalations as soon as she came
within a yard of it, or even when she stood to
leeward of it at a greater distance ; that it had
not the least effect upon him, though he had
made many experiments upon himself, and once
the juice squirted into his eve ; but that on an-
other person's hand, which he had covered very
thick with it, the skin, a few hours after, be-
came as hard as a piece of tanned leather, and
peeled off afterwards in scales.

There is a variety with a straight and stout
trunk, having a brownish ash-coloured bark :
the leaves smooth, veined, bright green above,
somewhat paler underneath, pendulous, and
somewhat bent back : in the male plant, the
leaves arc rather wider and longer, and arc drawn
more to a point; in the female they are shorter
and blunter, and the petioles are reddish, where-
as in the other they are green : the flowers
axillary, in raeemes ; the males larger, whitish
yellow ; the femals smaller, herbaceous, on the
germ instead of the stvle there arc two, some-
times three black dots : fruits round, the size
and form of coriander seeds, streaked with live
lines, remaining on the tree till new flowers

come out ; when the outer rind i

a cretaceous subs) mce comet .

which an ash-coloun

volved, slightly di\ idi d on the np
somewhat kidney-shaped.

The tenth rises with a v. . the

height of seven or eight feet, ah a

brown bark, and having miin irw
tiie leaves on long petioles : the mgu-

lar, near two inches bog and one inch I I
dark green above, downy underneath: tin:
flowers come out in slender bunches :
side of the branches, are of a whitish hem.:
colour, and soon fall away. It is a native of the
Cape.

The eleventh species rises with a woody stalk
seven or eight feet hijrh dividing into several
irregular branches, covered with a dark brown
bark : the leaves are on pretty long footstalks :
the leaflets two inches lon<> and half an inch
broad in the middle, ending in acute points,
lucid green above, but downy underneath: the
flowers are produced in small loose bunches
from the side of the branches ; are small and
herbaceous. It is a native of the Cape.

The twelfth rises with a woody stalk dividing
into many branches, covered with a brown bark :
the leaflets are of a lucid green colour. It is a na-
tive of the Cape, flowering in Julv and August.

Culture. — The first nine of these plants are
capable of being raised by seeds and layers, and
some of them also by suckers, or their rooting
branches.

In the first method, such of them as do not
send up suckers should have the seed procured
from abroad, and sown in pots of a large size
or in beds of light mould, bc-iiiLt covered in
about the depth of half an inch in the autumn.
Those in pots should be protected from the
frosts during the winter, and if plunged in a
moderate hot-bed in the earlv spring they will
be rendered more forward) letting the plants
have a free air when they appear. Those m the
open ground often remain long before they ve-
getate ; thev should be kept Free from weeds, be
well watered in summer, and have the pro* ction
of mats the first winter. When the plants have
had the growth of a year or two they may be
planted out in nursery-rows till lit to be set out
in the places where they are to remain. 'I he
potted plants should have the protection of the
frame the second winter, air being freely admit-
ted ill mild weather: and in the spring billow-
ing they may be shaken out of the pots •'
injuring the roots, and be set cut in nuiscry-
rows, three feet apart, and a foot distant in the
rows, where they may remain two years, and
then be planted out where they are to remain.

H 1 B

R I B

Such sorts a; have young branches sufficiently
iow, may have them laid clown in the autumn
in the slit method ; when they will mostly have
stricken root in the course of a year, and may be
taken oft" and planted out where they are to re-
main, or in the nursery.

Those sorts that send up suckers from the
roots should have them taken up during the
winter, and planted out in nursery- rows in the
manner of the seedlings, till of a proper growth
to be planted out.

The seventh and ninth sorts mav likewise be
increased bv their trailing branches, which have
stricken root as they rest on the ground, which
should be taken up with their roots entire in
the autumn, winter, or any early spring, and
be planted out either where thev are to remain
or in nursery-vows, till of sufficient growth for
the purpose they are intended.

The first and fourth sorts being the most ten-
der require the most sheltered situations.

Most of these plants afford a milky juice,
which is extremely acrid and corrosive.

The three last sorts may be raised by cuttings
and lavcrs with great facility.

In the lirst method, the cuttings of the young
shoots should be planted out in pots of light
fresh mould, in the spring and early summer
months, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed,
where they readilv strike root, being occasion-
ally w atered and shaded ; and when they have
formed good roots they may be potted off into
separate pots.

In the latter mode any of the young wood
may be laid down in the usual manner, in the
early spring, when by the autumn they will
mostly have stricken good root, and may be
taken off, and be potted out the same way as the
cuttings.

The first nine sorts have a fine effect in mix-
ture with other deciduous shrubby plants, in
the borders, clumps, and other parts of plea-
sure-grounds ; and the three last afford variety
among other potted green-house plants of the
less tender kinds.

RHUS COBBE. See Schmidei.ia.

RIBES, a genus containing plants of the
hardy deciduous shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
PomacecB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, half-five-cleft, ventricose : seg-
ments oblong, concave, coloured, reflex, per-
manent: the corolla has five, small, obtuse
petals, erect, growing to the margin of the ca-
lyx : the stamina have five, subulate, erect fila-
ments, inserted into the calyx : anthers incum-

bent, compressed, opening at the margin: the
pistillum is a roundish germ, inferior: styie
bifid : stigmas obtuse: the pericarpium is a glo-
bular berry, umbihcated, one-celled : recepta-
cles two, lateral* opposite, longitudinal : the
seeds ver) many, roundish, somewhat com-
pressed.

The species cultivated are: 1. R. rulnnn%
Common Currant; 2. R. nigrum, Common
Black Currant; 3. R. Grossuluria, Rough-fruit-
ed Gooseberry ; 4. R. Una crispa, Smooth-fruit-
ed Gooseberry ; 5. R. reclinutum, Procumbent
G<K>6ebfcny ; 6. R. oxi/acanthoidcs, Hawthorn-
leaved Currant; 7- R. cynosbati, Prickly-fruited
Currant.

The first has smooth branches : the leaves on
Jongish petioles, doubly serrate, subpubescent :
the racemes simple, nodding, when in fruit
pendulous : the bracte ovate, small, shorter
than the pedicels : the corolla yellowish green,
with obcordate petals: the berries acid, shining.
It is a native of Europe, flowering in Mav.

It is observed by Martyn, that this shrub U
very apt to be infested with the Aphis Riles, in
which case the green leaves become red, pitted,
and puckered. It has been long cultivated in
the garden and greatly improved. i here are se-
veral varieties : as the common sort with small
red fruit; with white fruit, with pale fruit, com-
monly called the Champaign Currant, differing
only in being of a pale red or flesh colour. But
since the White and Red Dutch Currants have
been introduced and become common, the old
sorts have been almost banished, and are now
rarely to be found.

Mr. Forsyth mentions the Fine new white
Dutch, Long-branched red, Striped-leaved red
white Currant, and Large pale and red Dutch.

There are also the Sweet Currant, the Small-
fruited Currant, and a variety with blotched
leaves, which is kept in some plantations ; but as
the variegation is apt to go off when the plant is
vigorous, it scarcely deserves a place in them.

The second species is distinguished bv its
more humble habit, its strong-smelling leaves
glandular underneath, its hairy racemes, tubu-
lar calyx, and black fruit, but especially by its
solitary, one-flowered peduncle at the base of
the receme, and distinct from it : the buds are
glandular: the bractes woollv, and as long as the
pedicels: the flowers villose, turban-shaped ;
the petioles also subvillose and glandular. It is a
native of most parts of Europe, flowering in May.

There is a sort often termed the American
Black Currant. The berries have a very pecu-
liar flavour, which many persons dislike ; but
are commonly eaten in puddings in some parts,
and make a tart little inferior to the Cranberry.

R I B

R I B

Tlje juice is frequently boiled down loan ex-
tract, with the addition of a small proportion of

;■ : in this state it is called Rob, and used
in sore throats.

mt< are by some supposed the most use-
ful of all the small fruits, either For tabic or cu-
linary uses, as well as for wine, continuing long
in succession with due management. 'Hie black
sort is seldom sun to table

This sort may be infused in spirit of any kind,
in which way they make a good liquor.

The third is a low branching shrub: the

[>rickles under the buds one, two, or three: the
eaves three-lobed, gashed, subpubescent : the
petioles hairy, commonly longer than the leaves:
the peduncles one-ilowcred, nodding, having
one, two or three opposite ovate ciliale bractes
in the middle : the germ vdlose : the berries pen-
dulous, hairy.

I: is observed by the editor of Miller's Dic-

ary, that if the bractes do pot distinguish

this from the following, the roughness or

smoothness of the berries will hardly do it, as

Mr. Robson has found that seeds from the same

Slant will produce both rough and smooth fruit.
Ic cannot regard them as different species. It
is a native of several parts of Europe.

The fourth sort has the buds woolly : the ca-
lyx bent back : the peduncle woolly : the bracte
ovate, embracing, generally with three divi-
sions : the flowers solitary, pendent : the stipule,
ciliate with knobbed hairs: a triple thorn be-
neath the buds : the berry crowned with the per-
manent calyx, pcduncled, pulpy, subdiapha-
nous, pale, amber-coloured, red or purple,
smooth, the pub watery and. sweet : receptacles
formed of the skin of the berry thickened, ob-
long, narrow; with filiform umbilical chords,
the length of the seeds, and inserted into their
inner and blunter extremity : seeds as far as
y, ovate oblong, with a pellucid jelly about
them, rufeseei.t. It is a native of the northern
parts of Europe.

Martyn remarks that the Gooseberry seems
to have been formerly a fruit in very little
esteem, hi:! Iu.s received so much improvement
that it is now become valuable, not only for
tarts, pies and sauce?, both fresh, and preserved
in bottles, but as an early dessert fruit, and pre-
d in sugar for winter use, to answer the
same pun

The most important varieties are of the Red
kind; the hairy, smooth, deep red, damson or
dark-red blueish, red raspberry, early- black-
red. ( iic, Sec.

Of the Green kind ; the hairy, smooth, Gas-
coigne, raspberry, &c.

Of the Yellow kind : the great oval, great
Vol. II.

large

taw-

common, white-

urserymen, at

amber, hairy amber, early amber,
nc-y or great mogul, Kc.

Of the White kind; the
veined, and Luge crystal.

But besides these, there is the rumbullion,
large ironmonger, smooih ironmonger, hairy
globe, and innumerable others, some of very
large size, annually raided from seed, weighing
from ten to fifteen pennyweights, but there are
small ones belter tasted. Thee are said to be
upy ardsof two hundred, at least in name.

Mr. Forsyth gives the following list from the-
Catalogue of Messrs. kirk, N
Bromptpn, near London : —

Supreme Red, Perfection Red, High Sheriff
of Lancashire, Royal George, L nicorn, Rough
Amber, White Walnut, Ackerley's Double
Bearer, Royal Oak, Miss Bold's, Sparkler,
Akerley's Rodnev, Ihunp-m's Caesar, Monk's
Charles Fox, St. John, Pigeon Egg, Worth-
inglowe's Conqueror, Golden Eagle", Rovder's
Triumph, Williamson's Yellow Hornet, Swing-
ham, Jackson's Golden Orange, Goliah Cham-
pion, Warrington Red, Golden Drop, Coster-
diner Goliah Champion, Hairy Amber, Nixon's
Golden Eagle, Worthington's White Lily, Lay-
lord's Seedling, Nixon's White Heart, Ridme's
0!d England, Bakeley's Swingham, Tillotsqn's
St. John.

And he adds another " list of the largest new
sorts shown in Lancashire in the summer
(1S0O), with their colour and weight, as com-
municated by Messrs M'Niven, nurserymen,
Manchester : —

Red Gooseberries.

Alcock's King — —

Duke of York —

Boardman's Royal Oak —

Brundrit's Atlas — —

Chapman's Peerless — —

Dun's Glory of England —

Fairlow's Lord Hood —

Fisher'.- Conqueror —

Fox's Jolly Smoker — —

Hall's Porcupine — —

Lomax's Victory — —

Mason's Hercules — —

Taylor's Volunteer — —

Worthington's Glory of Eecl> s
)'( Hon Gooseberries,

Brundrit's Sir Sidney —

Davenport's De lender —

■ Creeping Ceres

Hanmet's K.iltou — —

Hili's Golden Gourd — —

Royal So. 1 . —

Leigh's Prince pi Orange —

Parkinson's Goldtinder —
•-• Y

Iw.

gr-

If]

15

16

1

15

4

17

1

15

21

16

2

11

5

17

19

15

a

13

90

16

1 1

13

h;

16

17

1 :

10

j J

lo

1 s

111

0

i "1

•j

13

17

17

10

1.1

0

M

."1

R I B

R I B

Robinson's Crudus — —

Withington's Sceptre —

Green Gooselerries.

Blakeley's Chissel — —

Boardman's Green Oak —

Brundrit's Tickle Toby —

Chadwick's Hero — ■ —

Dean's Lord Hood — —

Mill's Langley Green —

Read's Satisfaction — —

Robinson's Stump — —

Smith's Green Mask —

Yates's Duke of Bedford —

White Gooseberries.

Adams's Snow Ball — —

Atkinson's White Hall —
Chapman's Highland White

Davenport's Lady — —

Gibson's Apollo — —

Holding's White Muslin —

Kenyon's White Noble —

Moor's White Bear — —

Woodward's White Smith —

dw.

Sr-

13

17

13

7

17

0

14

1

14

6

13

10

15

10

16

2

15

4

13

21

13

20

14

11

12

22

14

8

12

0

15

0

14

20

13

0

13

6

14

19

17

2

a hazel-nut, armed all over with stout prickles.
It is a native of Canada, flowering in April.

Culture in the Currant Kind. — These may be
raised with great facility from layers, seed, cut-
tings, 8cc.

In the first mode, when the trees are cut low,
Mr. Forsyth advises the laying down some of
the branches either in the winter or spring sea-
sons, when the ground in the quarters or rows
is dug, which should always be done annually.
In the autumn following, these layers will have
made fine roots ; then they may be planted out
where they are to stand, and they will mostly
bear fine fruit in the following summer.

In the second method, the cuttings should be
chosen of the strongest and straightest shoots,
which should be cut six or eight inches in
length, and be planted out on an east or north
border, in the early autumn, at the distance of a
foot from row to row, leaving only a few inches out
of the ground. In this way they may be kept per-
fectly free from weeds. In dry weather, during"
the spring, they should be often refreshed with
water. Some also raise these plants from suck-

In favourable seasons, he says, many of the ers, but this is a method that should be avoided
above sorts have been known to weigh more by as much as possible, as they never grow hand-

several pennyweights

The fifth has the leaves not only wider, but of
a darker colour ; prickles to each leaf one or two,
but sometimes none; short and much weaker
than in the common Gooseberry, besides others
that are harmless and much shorter scattered

some, and are apt to throw out suckers.

In respect to the seed, it should be sown on
a border where the mould is fine, either in the
autumn or early in the spring, and the young
plants when they appear kept free from weeds.
When they have attained sufficient growth they
may either be planted out where they are to re-

over the branches : the fruit when ripe com-
monly dark purple, but sometimes red or even main, or be set out in nursery-rows
yellow. It is a native of Germany, flowering But Mr. Forsyth observes, that under the
in April, and the fruit ripening in June and bushes that have been covered for late fruit,
ju]y. plenty of self-sown plants may constantly be
The sixth species has more frequent and milder found, which he advises to be planted out
prickles than the common Gooseberry ; the by themselves. And those who make currant-
leaves are smooth and more deeply cut; the fruit wine, may, he says, save the seed, after the
small and round, the size and shape of a Cur- fruit is squeezed, and dry it : it may then be
rant; colour at first purple, but when ripe dark sown in the manner directed above, by which,
purple with a blue bloom ; it is smooth, on a most probably, some fine varieties may be ob-
short slender peduncle; the pulp subacid, dusky tained. As in many gardens there still remains,
purple with one or two brown seeds, of a round the same writer says, a small sort of red and

form slightly angular. The stems are ash -co
loured, with frequent slender brownish prickles,
like the Burnet Rose, but less rigid; the young
shoots are pale green, and have green prickles:
the flowers one or two from an axil, white and
yellowish white. It is a native of Canada, flow-
ering in April and May

white currant not worth cultivating, he would
advise those who have any of them to root them
up, and plant in their room, the large red and
white Dutch, the long-bunched red, and
Champagne large pale red.

These plants may be planted out, Mr. Forsyth
says, either in quarters or single rows round the

The seventh has the appearance of the other edges of the quarters, in the gardens or other
species, but the leaves are little gashed : the places

leaves are
prickle like a thorn under the axils : the pedun
cles generally three-flowered : the germ in the
flower hairy,' but not prickly. It has the co-
rolla of the third sort : the berries the size of

And he " would particularly recommend
planting a few against a south or west wall, or
paling, which will produce fruit much earlier
than in quarters, &c. Also to plant some be-

R I B

R I B

twcen other fruit-trees on north walls, or palings,
for later crops; these may be covered with
double nets, to preserve them from birds ; tuck-
ing in a few fern branches between the two nets,
which will prevent the heat of the sun and dry-
ing winds from shrivelling the fruit. In the
quarters they should be covered with mats for
the same purpose; at the same time permitting
all the leaves to remain on the bushes, to shade
the fruit and make it keep the longer in a pro-
per state."

In regard to the pruning of the hushes, the
work may, according to the above author, " be
begun in the month of November, and conti-
nued till March, as it suits the planter's conve-
nience. And they should never be left too thick
of wood; but a great deal depends on the ma-
nagement of them in summer, to have strong
an3 tine wood for the following season. If they
have been neglected for some years, and suf-
fered to run up to long naked wood, they must,
he savs, be cut down near the ground ; thev
will then set forth fine strong shoots. In this
case, he would recommend heading down every
other tree, and cutting the others partially, by
taking out every other branch as near as can be
to the ground, unless they are trained up with
single stems, in which case it will be necessary
to cut them as near as possible to where the
branches begin to break out and form the bead."

And " in the winter pruning, the strongest
and finest shoots should be preserved, leaving
them from nine to eighteen inches long, ac-
cording to their strength, and from eight to ten
inches apart, and as regular as possible from top
to bottom of the tree ; taking care to cut out all
the dead and weak shoots." And '* particular
attention should be paid in summer, keeping
the middle of the bush open to admit the sun
and air; preserving the finest and strongest
shoots that are nearest the stem. Some, he says,'
are fond of training them up with single stems,
to a considerable height, to form fine round
heads, which are very ornamental, if not suf-
fered to run up too high ; as in that case they
are liable to be broken by the wind, if not well
supported by stakes. Care must be taken not to
let the shoots run to more than six inches long,
because such short shoots will not be so liable
to be damaged by the wind as long and weak
ones are, especially when loaded with fruit. He
prefers dwarfs from three to four feet high."

It is added, that " the same manner of prun-
ing, &c, will do for Black Currants; but, as
they grow stronger than the red or white, the
shoots should be left thinner, and laid in longer,
which will make them produce larger and finer
fruit." And " those against walls and palings

should have the shoots laid in thinner than those
in the quarters, and trained as horizontals as
possible, shortening them in the winter pruning
to a toot or eighteen inches, according to the
strength of the shoots."

And as this sort of fruit " is very liable to
be devoured by earwigs, which take shelter un-
der their leaves and branches, bundles of bean-
stalks should, he says, be hung up some time
before the bushes are covered w ith mats or nets.
If proper attention be not paid to this, the fruit
will generally suffer very much from these in-
sects. After the bushes are covered, take the
mats off once in three or four days, and kill the
earwigs that have got into the bean-stalks, which
it will be necessary still to keep hung up. As
there is a sweetness in the inside of beanstalks
which attracts the earwigs, they very readily
take shelter in them from rain. By proper atten-
tion to these directions, these destructive insects
may be kept under, and the greater part of the
fruit be preserved."

It is also necessary to carefully stock up all
suckers at the roots of the trees, and keep them
as clean as possible, otherwise they will prevent
the sun and air from penetrating to the roots,
and greatly weaken and injure the trees.

These plants are very liable to be infested with
aphides and other insects, from which they
should be freed as soon as possible, by proper
picking, washing, and liming.

Culture in the Gooseberry Kind. — These are
capable of being raised by cuttings and layers,
as well as seeds for new varieties. They are
likewise sometimes increased by suckers ; but
this last is not an advisable method, as the plants
raised in this way are more apt to throw out
suckers than those from cuttings or seed.

The cuttings should be made from the strong-
est and cleanest shoots, and have the length of
seven or eight inches, being planted out in he
early autumn, in a border which has an eastern
or northern aspect, at the distance of about a
foot from row to row, and having only about
three or four inches of each cutting above the
ground ; as by this means they may be kept clean
by hoeing. They require to be frequently wa-
tered in the spring season, when the weather is
dry.

The layers may be laid down anytime in the
autumn or spring season, in the common wav,
when they readily strike root, and in the follow-
ing autumn may be taken off and planted out
where they are to remain, or in nursery rows,
to get strength to be finally planted out.

The seed obtained from the ripened berries
should be sown in the autumn or verv early
spring, in a bed of fine light mould ; the
2 V 2

R I B

R I B

plants come up readily, and should be kept per-
fectly clear from weeds ; and whin they have had
one or two years growth may be removed into
nursery-rows, in the same manner as the Cur-
rants, to remain till they become fit for being
planted out.

In this wav good new varieties may be pro-
cured. Mr. Forsyth remarks, that the gardeners
in the vicinity of Manchester have made great
additions to the varieties of this fruit, and by
mixing up a rich soil to plant them in, carefully
watering, shading, and thinning the fruit, have
brought the berries to a size much larger than
had been before met with in this country ; but
that some of the layers are much thicker in the
skin, and not so well flavoured as many of the
old sorts.

The methods of planting out this sort of plants
are extremely various. According to Mr. For-
syth, the market gardeners in the vicinity of the
metropolis set them out in rows from eight to
ten feet apart, and six from plant to plant. In
cases of this sort he recommends that they should
be pruned in the autumn, as about the beginning
of October, when the ground between may be
planted with coleworts, or beans- for a spring
crop; and by so doing, there will be no occasion
to tread over the ground and hurt the coleworts
in pruning the bushes; as before the Goose-
berries begin to shoot, the coleworts will be all
cleared off the ground.

And after this time (or before if you find it
convenient), a good coat of rotten dung should
be laid on the ground ; then dig it and plant
early potatoes ; but not so near as to hurt the
Gooseberries by their growth.

He likewise advises ^hat the roots of Goose-
berries should be kept clear to admit the sun and
air. In small gardens he would recommend
planting them in a quarter by themselves, at the
distance of six feet between the rows, and four
feet from plant to plant: they may be planted
round the edges of the quarters, about three
feet from the path ; in which case the ground
will be clear for cropping, and a man, by set-
ting one loot on the border, can gather the
Gooseberries without injuring the crop that may
be on the border.

And that, as they like a rich soil, they should
be dunged every year, or at least have a good
coat of dung once in two years. They should
never he planted under the shade of other trees,
as it injures the flavour of the fruit.

In respect to the pruning of the bushes, " it
is a practice too common, Mr. Forsyth says, to
let them branch out with great naked stems, suf-
fering them to remain in that state for years.
When that is the case, they should be cut down

near to the ground in the winter pruning, as it
will make them throw out line strong healthy
shoots, which will bear fruit the second year :
and as Gooseberry-bushes, in general, bear their
fruit on the second year's wood, great cai\-
should be taken in summer to keep the middle
of the bush clear to admit a free air, leaving the
finest and strongest shoots from six to ten inches
distant from each other. This will, he says,
help to ripen and harden the wood. It is a prac-
tice with some to shorten the shoots in the au-
tumn or winter pruning, which should be al-
ways near to a wood-bud ; which may be known
bv its being single, whereas fruit-buds are in
clusters. The shoots may, he thinks, be short-
ened to eight or ten inches, according to their
strength. Some leave them at full length for
three or four years, thinning out those that are
superfluous. He advises always to leave a pro-
per number to be trained up between the full-
length shoots, to succeed them when they are
tired of hearing ; and then to cut the old ones
down to the young ones that are to succeed
them. By these means the bushes may always
be kept in a constant state ofbearing."

Those branches which were cut the first year,
will in the second throw out short dugs, or
spurs, which produce the fruit; and these should
by no means be cut off, unless the branches are
in a sickly state, and require to be cut close
down when the bushes are overloaded with
fruit. "It will then, he says, be necessary to
cut out a good deal of the old wood, to assist
nature to recover herself after producing so great
a quantity of fruit."

He advises that " great attention be paid to
the cultivation of the early and late sorts. In
some old gardens, in particular, there are, he
says, very valuable sorts that have been of late
too much neglected; he would therefore recom-
mend to those who live in the neighbourhood
of such gardens, to observe their time oi ripen-
ing, ancTto cultivate those especially which are
early and late."

He adds, that " it is a practice with some to
clip the tops of Gooseberries with a pair of gar-
den shears, as they would clip a thorn hedge ;
this he by no means approves of, as the trait will
not be half the size, nor of so fine a flavour, as
when the bushes are kept clear of such wood as
is unnecessary."

It is recommended that great " care should
be taken in spring and summer to stock, or
grub up, all the suckers from the roots or the
bushes, leaving their stems clear and unencum-
bered. And as many of the Lancashire sorts are
apt to grow horizontally, and the branches fre-
quently" trail on the ground, which renders the in

R I B

R I C

liable to he broken by high winds, especially
when they are loaded with fruit, be won I J re-
commend two or llirec hoops to be put round
them, to which the branches may be tied, to
port them, and prevent their being broken
bv the wind, or any oilier means."

When it is wished to have them very late,
they should be planted on north walls and pa-
lings, between the other trees, when they may
be removed as the trees begin to meet. It laid
in thin, they will bear very tine and handsi
fruit. He would advise to plant the finest lale
sorts; as by tins method the table will be sup-
plied much longer titan bv the common custom
of planting in quarters of thi

And " immediately alter pruning, he always
applies the Composition to the ends of the
snoots and cuttings ; and be finds it of great
use in preventing the exhalation of the sap, and
preserving the cuttings till they take root and
become established."

These sorts of plants arc very much inf
with a small green caterpillar, v hich frequently
devours both leaves and fruit : great attention is
of course necessary to observe their first appear-
ance on the bushes ; as. if not destroyed early,
they increase so fast, that they soon devour all
the leaves, and -the fruit is good for nothing. It
is observed, that " they first appear generally on
the edsres and under- sides or me leaves."

In order to destroy them, he advises to " take
some sifted quick-lime and lay it under the
bu-hes; but not at first to let any of it touch
the branches or leaves ; then shake each bush
suddenly and smartly, and the caterpillars will
fall into the lime; if the hush he not shaken
suddenly, the caterpillars, on being a little dis-
turbed, will lake so linn a hold ,i~ no: easily to
be shaken off. After this is done, some ot the
lime should be sifted over the hushes ; this wrll
drive down those which may have lodged on the
brandies. The caterpillars Ought, he says, to
be swept up next dav, and the hushes well
hed with clear lime-water mixed with urine;
this will destroy any caterpillars that may still
remain, and also the aphides, if there are any
on the bushes at the time."

Fbrcingj— -Sometimes trees of the goose-
berry and currant kinds are ton ed lor early fruit-
ing, by means 'of artificial heat in fruttrforcing-
houscs, hot-walls, or Forcing-frames, &c. Fhr
this purpose, some young ant-

ed in largish pots, one plant in each, and being
advanced to a full state of growth for plentiful
bearing, should be mtrodrj d in any ol the
above forcing departments thai are in work by
foe, or hot-bed heat, or both, in forwarding

any principal sorts of fruit-trees, plants, or

flowers, at the pi on, as about January

or February, in which the same culture, in re-

! to the degree of ! cat, am! other requisites,

Sec, is suitable lor
these. Water sii Id bi given oci ly to

the earth in il ne times afl rt he-

fruit is set, throwj |y over the branches

on a warm sunny I they will thus pro-

duce i. p.' fruit in April or the following month.

II' ol tins gorl of fruit is now how-

ever seldom much attended to.

RIC1 ',1 S, a genus containing plants of the
tall herb:1 ou t( nder annual kino.

Ii belongs to the class and order Mbnoecia
Monadelphta, and ranks in the natural order of
Trim, ,

The characters are : that in the male the calyx
is a one-leafed, five-parted perianth: - ments
ovate, concave : there is no coroll i . the stamina
have very numerous filaments, filiform, branch-
ing- collected below into various bodies : anthers
twin, roundish : — females on the same plant: the
calyx is a one-leaf d perianth, three-parted • seg-
ment ovate, concave, decjdnons : there is no
corolla: the pistillum is an ovate germ, covered
with subul tte corpuscles: styles three, two-
pa.' ... from erect spreading, hispid : stigmas
simple; the pericarp! am is a roundish capsule,
three-grooved, prickly all over, three-celled,
three-valved : .be seeds solitary, subovate.

The species cultivated is R. communis, Com-
mon Palma Christi.

It rises with a strong herbaceous stalk to the
height of ten or twelve feet; the joints areata
great distance from each other; the stalk and
branches are of a gray colour ; the leaves large,
and on long footstalks ; deeply divided into
n lobes, and arc gray on their under side.
The flowers are disposed in long spikes, which
spring from the division of the branches: the
males are placed on the lower part of the spike ;
the females, which occupy the upper, part, have
prickly calyxes; the root is biennial, long, thick,
whitish, and beset with many small fibres. It
is a native of the Indies, flowering here in July
and August.

It becomes a tree in its native situation, and
the seeds afford the castor oil of the sho]

There are several varieties, as tl Ame-

rican Pal ii, which has brown stalks

that divide into two or three branches, and rise
six or seven fee) high ; the 'I ire broad

and not so deeply divided ; they are of a d

ii on both sidi 5, and arc unequalh serrate.
The spikes of flowers are shorter, the s(
els rounder and of a brownish colour, anil

R I C

R I D

the seeds are much less, and brown. It is a na-
tive of the West Indies.

The Green-stalked American Palma Christi,
which has a thick herbaceous stem, of a grayish
green, with the joints not so far asunder as in
the preceding sorts : it rises about four feet high,
and is divided at the top into three or four
branches, which spread out almost horizontally :
the leaves are large, of a deep green on their
upper side, but grayish on their under ; they are
deeply cut into six or seven (sometimes eight)
lanceolate segments, which are unequally serrate:
the petioles spread out more horizontally than
those of the common sort, and are much short-
er: the principal stalk and branches are termi-
nated by loose spikes of flowers : the covers of
the capsules are green, and closely armed with
soft spines : the seeds are smaller and lighter
coloured than those of the preceding. It is
also a native of the West Indies.

The Wrinkled-capsuled Palma Christi, which
rises with an herbaceous stalk about four feet
high : the lower part is purplish, and the upper
deep green, the joints pretty far asunder: the
leaves are of a deep green on their upper side,
but paler underneath ; they are not so deeply
divided as some of the others, and are more re-
gularly serrate : the spikes of flowers are large :
The males have more stamens, with yellow an-
thers : the capsules are oval and wrinkled, but
have no prickles : the seeds are small and brown.
It is a native of both Indies.

The Red-stalked Palma Christi, which rises
with a large reddish stalk to the height of ten or
twelve feet, with many joints, and dividing into
several branches : the leaves are very large, some
measuring more than two feet and a half in di-
ameter ; are of a dark green, unequally serrate,
and not so deeply cut as in some of the varieties:
the spikes of flowers are large, and brown, with
whitish anthers : capsules large, oval, and closely
set with soft prickles : the seeds are very large,
and beautifully striped. It is a native of Africa
and both Indies.

The Small American Palma Christi, of which
there are two sub-varieties, one with a red, the
other with a pale-green stalk, distinguished in
America by the names of Rert and White Oil-
seed : the stems seldom rise more than three feet
high, sometimes dividing at the top into two or
three branches : the leaves are much smaller and
more deeply divided than in the other varieties;
their borders are unequally serrate, and the seg-
ments of the leaves are frequently cut on the
sides : the spikes of flowers ate smaller and more
compact : the capsules are also smaller, rounder,
of a light green, and closely set with soft prickles :

the seeds small, and finely striped. It is a na-
tive of Carolina, &c.

The Livid-leaved Palma Christi, which is an
evergreen tree, ten feet in height, and more :
the trunk, during the first year, is blood-red and
very shining; afterwards it becomes woody, as
thick as the wrist, hollow with transverse septa,
pithy, with circular warts at the joints from
fallen stipules, ash-coloured, interruptedly and
slightly streaked : before the leaves come out,
they are wrapped up in red stipules like sheaths,
that fall off soon after : the leaves are divided
halfway into eight, sometimes ten lobes, which
are serrate and acute, and the petiole is long ;
they are of a dark blood-red colour on the up-
per surface, and livid on the lower, with blood-
red veins, the largest less than a foot in diame-
ter, quitesmooth, without any hairiness whatever:
the fruit of a livid colour, with long soft pric-
kles : the seeds shining, variegated with black
and brown. It is a native of the East Indies.

Culture. — These plants are capable of being
increased bv seeds, which should be sown upon
a hot-bed in the spring, and when the plants are
come up, be each planted into a separate pot
filled with light fresh earth, and plunged into a
fresh hot-bed, watering and shading them until
they have taken root ; after which they must
have a great share of free air when the season
is mild, otherwise they draw up tall and weak.
As the plants grow fast, and their roots in a short
time fill the pots, they should be shifted into
larger pots, filled as above; and about the end
ot May, when the season is warm, be hardened
to endure the open air by degrees ; when, if
some of the plants be shaken out of the pots,
and planted out into a very rich border, and in
dry weather duly watered, they grow to a large
size, and produce a great quantity of flowers and
seeds. If it be intended to preserve any of the
plants through the winter, they must not be
planted out in the full ground, but be shifted
into larger pots occasionally, as their roots re-
quire, placing them in the open air during the
sunimei season in some warm situation, where
they may remain until October, when they must
be removed into the green-house with other ex-
otic plants, watering them sparingly in winter,
and admitting free air in mild weather, as they
only require to be protected from frost and cold
winds.

They have a fine ornamental effect in their
leaves among other potted green-house plants,
and also in the large open border or clumps,
when cultivated as annuals, but they require
room.

RIDGING of GROUND, the practice of

R I D

R I V

throwing it up into high ridges, in order to lie
fallow in winter, Soc, to mellow, and improve
in its quality and fertility.

This is work of great utility in the kitchen
garden, as well as in other parts, but more
especially in stiff and heavy soils, and cold wet
lands. It is accomplished by trench-digging
the ground over, laying the earth or each trench
in a raised, rough ridge, lengthways, that by
thus Kins as high, open and hollow , as possible,
jt may meliorate and ieriihse more effectually by
the sveaihcr during the winter. And it receives
further improvement from the levelling it down
aoam, which is expeditiously effected, for the
reception of the intended seeds, plants, roots,
kc, which breaks, divides, and pulverises the
earth still more effectually.

This ridging is generally performed either in
the latter end of autumn, or any time in winter,
or early in the spring, as the ground is the most
vacant at those seasons, and not generally im-
mediately wanted for any principal sowing or
planting.

Thissort of work is executed by beginning at
one end of the plat of ground, and digging out
a trench one or two spades in width, and a full
spade's depth, removing the crumbs from the
bottom, in the length-ways across the ground,
and wheeling the earth to the finishing end, to
be read v to till up the last trench : so marking
out a second trench close to the first, of the same
width, then proceeding in the trenching and
ridging, previously paring the top of the second
trench, with all weeds, rubbish, or dung there-
on, if anv, into the bottom of the first, and
then digging the grouud of the second along
regularlv, the proper width and depth as above ;
turning the earth spit anu spit into the first open
trench, laving it in a raised ridge lengthways
thertoi, without breaking it fine, so that it
may lie somewhat rough and hollow, according
as the nature of the soil mav admit : proce-.ding
thus with another trench in the same manner,
and continuing the same with the whole, trench
and trench, to the end of the plat of ground ;
filling up the last trench with the earth of the
first opened, laying it no.w ridge- ways as in the
preceding ireuches.

In the work of levelling down ridged ground,
as wanted, it should proceed regularly, ridge
and ridge, long-ways, levelling the earth equally
to the right and left, loosening any solid parts,
and breaking all large rough lumps and clods
xnoderalc'v line; forming the whole in an even
regular surface, in order tor sowing and planting
as required.

And in general, it is not advisable to lay down
more than can be sown the same or next day,

while the surface is fresh stirred, especially in
broad-cast sowing and raking in the Betd, as
most generally all tolerably light mellow
are more yielding to the rake while the surface
is fresh moved ; or before rendered wet bv ram,
&c, or very dry and hardened in the top earth
by the sun, air, and winds, in dry weather, in
the spring months, ike, and likewise, for sow-
ing seeds by bedding in and covering in with
earth from the alleys, &c., or with earth raked
oft the beds for that purpose, it would generally
be most successful to perform it in a fresh stirred
surface; though it is not so material in drill
sowing : and besides, when seeds are committed
to the earth while it is in a fresh turned up sur-
face, especially in a dry season, they are more
forwarded in a free regular germination than in
ground that has lain some time after digging or
levelling down. Though some grounds of a
wet, or heavy, stiff nature, sometimes require
to lie a few days after digging or levelling down,
in order for the rough cloddy surface to mellow
in some degree, either by drying a little, or by
having a moderate rain, or sometimes both, to
meliorate the lumpy clods, pliant to the rake, in
the case of broad-cast sowing and raking in the
seed.

RIVINA, a genus containing plants of the
shrubbv evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tetrandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Holorucece.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
leaved perianth, coloured, permanent : leaflets
oblong-ovate, blunt : there is no corolla, unless
the calyx be taken for it : the stamina have four
or eight filaments, shorter than the calyx, ap-
proaching by pairs, permanent : anthers small :
the pistillum is a large germ, roundish : style
very short : stigma simple, blunt : the pericar-
pium is a globular berry, placed on the green re-
flex calyx, one-celled, with a point curved in -.
the seed one, roundish, lens-shaped, rugged.

The species cultivated are : 1.7?. humilis,
Downy Hivina; 2. R. Iceiis, Smooth Rivina;
3. R. octandra, Climbing Rivina.

The first grows taller than the second, and the
branches are more erect : the leaves are smaller,
heart-shaped, and covered with short hairy
down : the spikes of flowers are ml so long ;
the flowers are not so closely placed together,
and have longer peduncles. It is a native of the
West Indies.

The second species rises with shrubby stalks
six or eight feet high, dividing into several
spreading branches, and covered with a gray
spotted bark: the leaves alternate, lanceolate,
entire, two inches and a half long and one inch

ROB

ROB

broad in the middle, drawing to a point at each
end, smooth, of a lucid green, and pretty thick
consistence, on long slender footstalks, and
placed at pretty great distances on the branches :
the flowers in long bunches, from the side and
at the end of the branches, each on a slender pe-
duncle near half an inch long : calyx scarlet :
stamens eight, longer than The calyx : berry
roundish, with a thin pulp, outwardly scarlet
changing to purple; inclosing one roundish hard
seed. It resembles the preceding very much,
but is wholly smooth; but the leaves are pur-
plish about the edge, and the flowers red on the
outside. It is a native of the West Indies, flow-
ering most part of the year.

The third rises with a climbing woody stalk
to the height of twenty feet, covered with a
dark gray bark : the leaves are oval-laneeolate,
near three inches long, and an inch and half
broad, smooth, entire, on short footstalks : the
flowers come out in long bunches from the side
of the branches, shaped like those of the second
sort. The berries are blue, of the same size
with those of the other. It is a native of the
West Indies.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds procured from the places where they are
natives, sowing them as soon as they are ob-
tained, in pols filled with fresh light earth,
plunging them in a hot-bed when in summer,
but in the tan-bed of the stove in the autumn or
winter. The earth should be well moistened
during the summer season, but very sparingly in
the winter. They should be carefully preserved
in these situations till the seeds vegetate, which
is often a great length of time, of course the pots
should not he disturbed.

When the plants have attained about two
inches in growth, they may be removed into se-
parate small pots, filled with light loamy mould,
plunging them into a hot-bed, shading them
till fresh rooted.

They afterwards require the management of
other stove exotic plants.

They may likewise sometimes be raised by
layers and cuttings, assisted by the heat of the
bark hot-bed.

After these plants have been preserved in the
stove of the hot-house till they have attained a
good growth and strength, they are capable of
being preserved in moderate warmth in winter,
and in the warmest part of summer in the open
air, in a warm sheltered place.

They afford variety among other potted ever-
green stove plants.

ROBINIA, a genus comprising plants of the
hardy deciduous tree and shrub sorts, with
tender kinds for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia
Decandria. and ranks in the natural order « I
Papilionacece or Legiuimiosce.

The characteis are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed 'perianth, small, bell-shaped, four-cleft :
the three lower toothlets more slender ; the up-
per fourth toothlet wider, scarcely cmargiuate
to the naked eye, all equal in length : the co-
rolla papilionaceous : standard roundish, larger,
spreading, blunt : wings oblong, ovate, tree,
with a very short blunt appendix ; keel almost
seroiorbicular, compressed, blunt, the length of
the wings: the stamina have diaddphous fila-
ments, (simple and nine-cleft) ascending at top :
anthers roundish : the pistilluni is a cylindrical,
oblona germ : style filiform, bent upwards :
stigma villose in front at the top of the style :
the pericarpium is a legume large, compressed,
gibbous, long: the seeds few, kidney-form.

The species cuhivatedare: \.R. Pseud- Acacia,
False or Common Acacia: 2. R. hispida', Rose
Acacia, or Robinia ; 3. R. Caragana, Siberian
Abrupt-leaved Robinia; 4. R.frutescens> Sbjub-
by Robinia; 5. R. pygmeea. Dwarf Robinia;
6. R. spinosd, Thorny Robinia; 7- R- viulacea,
Ash-leaved Robinia; 8. R. mitis, Smooth In-
dian Robinia.

It grows very fast whilst young, so that in a
few years from seed, the plants rise to eight or
ten feet high, and it is not uncommon to see
shoots of this tree six or eight feet long in one
summer: the branches are armed with strong
crooked thorns : the leailets eight or ten
pairs, ovate, bright green, entire, sessile : the
flowers come out from the side of the branches
in pretty long bunches, hanging down like those
of Laburnum : each flower on a slender pedicel,
white, and smelling very sweet : they appear in
June, and when the trees are full of flower,
make a line appearance and perfume the air
round them ; but they seldom continue more
than a week. It is a native of North America,
where it grows to a very large size, and the wood
is much valued for its duration.

There is a variety which has no thorns on the
branches, but which is easily known at first
sight by its peculiar appearance.

""And' the Echinated, or Prickly-podded Ame-
rican False Acacia, in w hich the pods arc much
shorter, and closely beset with short prickles,
but in other respects agiees with the common
sort.

The second species rises in its native situation
sometimes to the height of twenty feet, but in
this climate seems to be of low growth ; the
branches spread out near the ground, and pro-
duce their flowers very young : the young-
branches, and also the peduncles and calyxes are

R O B

R O li

closely armed with small brown prickles, flir ra-
ther stiff bristly hairs, like raspht 1 some
sorts <Jf roses : the heaves are like those of title
first sort, but the leaflets ardrirgc* tntl rounder :
the flowers, are larger, and df u deep n>- co-
lour, but Ihoy have no scent: they coineotit
early in June, and make a tine appearand ;
each flower is on a short separate pedicel] the
legumes flat oblong, it is a native of Carolina.

The third has arboreous trunks, commonly
bcanched from the bottom, -lender, with a
smooth, shining, coriaceous harltj covered- by a
:>h ash-coloured skin : branches alternate,
very much divided ; twigs rod-like, weak, very
Italy, ash-coloured or greenish, with longitu-
dinal nerves running from hud U> bud : buds al-
ternate, frequent, bearing bbth leaves and (low-
ers, unarmed, with the stipules of the btid*-
leaves soft, but in the new branches spVnescerit,
divaricating, rigid. It is a native Of Siberia,
flowering in April and May.

The fourth species has a bran* bed trunk from
the bottom, with a duskv or greenisli-'ash-co^
lourcd bark ; there are commonly many lateral
shoots or suckers from the root : the branches
rod-like, pliant, loaded With leaves and flowers,
of a shining yellowish colour, with longitudinal
gray nerves, with triple spit.es: the leaves on
the shoots of the: year alternate, with spjneseent
stipules; from the buds in bundles, wiih un-
armed stipules : the leaflets clustered, obovate,
attenuated at the base, with a spinule at the
end : petiole spinescent, after the leaves are-
fallen, hardening with the stipules into a ti i pie
spine : the peduncles on the b»a"nches of the pre-
ceding year from each hud, one, two, or three,
bent a little at the joint, one-flowered. It is a
native of Siberia, by the Volga, &c.

Tii' fifth has trunks covered with a shining
yellowish hark : wood of a very deep bay, almost
as hard as horn : the older twigs round, with
a beautifully golden shining cuticle; branchlets
gray, with very frequent twO-spined buds : the
spinules slender like needles, spreading, arising
from the stipules, in the older branches decidu-
ous: the leaflets four or six in the spontaneous
shrub clustered in bundles, quite sessile, linear
acuminate, a little hispid : the peduncles spring-
ing singly from most of the buds on the h'anch-
lets among the leaves, the length of the leaflets,
bent at the joint. In this climate it is a low
shrub, seldom rising more than three feet. The
flowers are yellow, and appear in April. It is a
native of Siberia.

The sixth species resembles the third sort, but
is distinguished by its stiff or thorny stipules :
it is a shrub above the height of a man : tbi
lets six or eight, ovate, even: common .

Vol. II.

<vo •>"'. . the whole of it

end : the stipules aw

nial : the trunk i I halt in

diaineti r, Withbr I i letttrtb,

ed a, id i'
a hi I, full ■ I branched and

tho

whole summer, it appear.- ven beautiful: thie
wood/ bay-coloured within, oi
low, am! verj hard : the cuticle on the you i
bra' How, less shilling, and

more strigose than in the fifth sort, with ash-
coloured longitudinal nerves, running from
branch to brat : I md, di-

varicatin . the thorns spreading out

every way almost at r . dterna'e, very

large, arising from the permanent petioles en-
larged, marked also with the scars of the leaf-
lets, and having at the base on each side a small,
bristle-shaped spindle, standing up, and arising
from the stipules : there are several lea< s and
two or three flowers from the axils oi all the
spines on the branches : the petioles are spines-
cent : the 1 only two pairs, but
sometimes three and even four, lmear-laneeo-
late, mucronaie at the end with a spinulc, op-
posite and remote': tHe peduncles are so short
that the flowers seem to be sessile. It is a native
of Siberia.

On account of the length and toughness of
the branches, and its large stout thorns, it is
admirably adapted to form impenetrable hedges,
and is sufficiently hardy to bear our climate.

The seventh is an upright tree without thorns,
growing to the height of twelvi feet: the leaves
alternate, numerous, shining ; having three leaf-
lets on each side, sometimes two, very seldom
five : these are ovate, blunt, emarginate, entire,
petioled, opposite, two inches long: the ra-
cemes axillary, half a foot in length; pedicels
short, two-flowered, numerous : the flowers
have the smell and colour of violets. It is a na-
tive ( '.' CaPthagena.

The eighth species h is- ,i shrubby stem, three
feet high, upri ht»br i ted : the leaflets ovate-
lanceolate, smooth, bright green, two- or three-
paired : the t terminating, short: th<
corolla vellow : the legume oblong, narrowing
to each end, s'rtioOth : the brandies round, un-
armed : the leaflets five, ovate, smooth, quite
entire: the racemes have three flowers fixed at
each tooth, each oh its proper pedicel : the c\l\ x
Bubtruncate. It is a native < !' the East Indies,
&c.

Culture. — The first six hardy sorts are all ca-
pable of being raised from ■> i lings-, layers,
and suckers ; but the seed method is said to af-
1 r I the best plants.

i7

RON

R O S

The seeds should be sown about the end of
March or beginning of the following month,
on a bed of light mould, being covered to the
depth of about half an inch. In the first sort
and varieties the plants mostly appear in the
course of six or eight weeks; but in the other
kinds often not till the next spring. They should
be well weeded and watered, and when suffi-
ciently strong be set out in the spring or autumn
in nursery-rows, for two or three years, in order
to remain to have proper growth for final plant-
ing out.

The cuttings should be made from the young
shoots, and planted out in the beginning of au-
tumn, in a shady border where the soil is mel-
low. They are mostly well rooted in the course
of a twelvemonth, when they may be removed
into nursen -rows as above.

The layers should be made from the young
wood, being laid down in the autumn, when in
the course of the year they mostly become well
rooted, and may be taken off and planted out in
nurserv-rows as the seedling plants.

The' suckers, which are produced in plenty
from the two first sorts, which may be removed
in the early autumn or spring, and planted out
in nursery-rows or in beds, to be afterwards re-
moved into them.

The two last, or tender sorts, may likewise be
raised from seeds and cuttings, but they must
be sown and planted in pots, filled with good
mould, to have the assistance of a hot-bed in the
stove, by being plunged in it. When the
plants have attained a little growth, they should
be shaken out of the pots, and planted separately
in small pots, filled with the same sort of earth,
plunging them in the tan-bed, affording due
shade till well rooted, managing them afterwards
as other tender stove plants.

The plants are most tender while young; they
should 'therefore be kept in the stove tan-bed
till they have acquired strength, when they may-
be preserved in the dry stove, with a temperate
heat in winter, and be exposed in the open air
in .-umnier, in a warm sheltered situation when
the. weather is tine.

The hardy soils have a fine effect in the border
clumps and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and
the tender kinds afford variety in the stove col-
lections.

R( >HINSON CRUSOE'sCOAT. SeeCACTus.

ROCAMBOLE. See Allium.

ROCK-ROSE. See Cisxus..

RONDELETIA, a genus containing plants
of the woudv exotic stove kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pvn/rmdria
M'niogijnia, and ranks in the natural order of
Rvbiacece.

The characters are: that the calyx is a on
leafed perianth, superior, five-parted, acute.
permanent: the corolla oue-petalled, funnel-
shaped : tube cylindrical, longer than the calyx,
bellying a little at top : border five-parted, from
reflex flat ; segments roundish : the stamina
have five awl-shaped filaments, almost the
length of the corolla : anthers simple; the pis-
tillum is a roundish, inferior germ : style fili-
form, the length of the corolla : stigma bifid : the
pericarpium is a roundish capsule, crowned, -
two-celled : the seeds several, or sometimes so-
litary.

The species chiefly cultivated is R. Americana,
American Rondeletia.

It rises with a woody stalk ten of twelve feet
hi oh, branching out on every side ; the branches
covered with a smooth greenish bark : the leaves
are oblong, ending in acute points, entire, t lie
upper surface lucid green, the under pale ; thev
are a little crumpled, and stand alternate : the
flowers come out in bunches at the end of the
branches, are white, and have little scent. Thc\
appear in autumn, but are not followed by seeds
in this climate.

Culture. — This plant may be increased by
sowing the seeds on a moderate hot-bed in the
early spring, and when the plants have attained
a little growth they should he removed into se-
parate pots, being plunged in the bark-bed of
the stove, where they are to remain and be ma-
naged as other tender exotic plants of a similar -
kind..

They afford' variety in stove collections.

ROSA, a genus containing plants of the de-
ciduous flowering shrub and evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandriu
Polijgyitia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sdnticosce,

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth : lube ventricose, contracted at
the neck ; with the border spreading .five-parted,
globular.: segments long, lanceolate-narrow (in
some of them two alternate ones appendicled on
both sidles : two others, also alternate, naked on .
both sides ; the fifth appendicled on one side
onlv) : the corolla has five petals, obcordate,
the length of the calyx, inserted, into the neck
of the calyx : the stamina .have very many fila-
ments, capillary, very short, inserted, into the
neck of the calyx : anthers three-cornered : the
pistilluvn has numerous germs, in the bottom of
thecalvx: styles as many, villose, very short,
compressed'close by the neck of the calyx, in-
serted into the side of the germ : sligmas blunt:
there is no pericarpium : is a fleshy berry, tur-
binate, coloured, soft, one-celled, crowned with
the rude segments, contracted at the neck,

R 0 i

R O S

formed from the tube of the calyx : Ibt se
numerous-, oblong, hispid, fastened, to the ihner

Tin- ■ ' . . Single

Yellow Rose; 2. ft. iidphnrtn, 1)>- How

Rose; 3. ft. hlanda, Hudson's-Ba'y Rose; 4.
R. an now . >. Cinnamon :>. R. afvm-

. White Dog R©s« ; 6. ft. phnpwMj'olia,

ill J >in i . ; 7 . ft. Din,

Scotch I; 'flora, Small-flow

American !. fi i, Shining-leaved

American I ; lO.ft. Carolina, Carolina R

1 I. ft. . : I ..'. /.'.

Pro vcntifolia, I Jundred-

leaved Roa ; 14. ft. Gallica, Red Rose; l '>. ft:

I 1 6. R. sempt rvir<
Evergreen Rose ; 17. R.pumila, Dwari Austrian
Rose; 18. ft. tur&inata, Frankfort Rose'; to.
ft. riibiginosa, Sweet Briar Rose; -20. ft. h

, H i Provence Rose; •-!. ft. moschafa,
lMu- " ; 82. ft. alpinA, Alpine Rosa; '23.
ft. sim; s, Deep-red China1 Rosevj 24;

R, alba, V\ bite Rose.

The first has weak stalks, which send out
many Slender branches closely armed with short
crooked brown prickles : the leaflets two or three
pairs, ovate and thin, smooth, of a light green,
sharply serrate : the flowers on short peduncles,
single, bright yellow, without scent. Jl is a
native of Germany, &c.

There is a variety termed the Austrian Rose,
which has the stalks, branches and leaves like
those of the Single Yellow Rose, but the leaves
are rounder. The flow ers are also larger ; the
petals have deep indentures at their points ; are
of a pale yellow on the outside, and ot a reddish
copper colour, orange-scarlet, or Barn colour
within ; are single, have no scent, or a disa-
greeable one, and soon fall away. It has some-
times flowers entirely vciiowon one branch, ami
copper-coloured on another.

'1 he second species differs from the preceding,
not only in the doublencss of the flowers j but
in having the leaflets 6imply serrate, not glan-
dular, pubescent and glaucous underneath;
whereas in that they are doubly serrate, glan-
dular and glutinous, and of a shining green co-
lour, the stipules lacerated ; the fruits hemi-
spherical and glandular, which in the other are
subglobular and smooth : the prickles on the
stem are of two sorts in this ; a tew being larger,
and many smaller. It is a native of the Levant,
ung later than that, as in July.
The third has the stems, when full grown,
unarmed; the younger ones, or those of the
♦irst year, are armed with slender straight pric-
kles bent a little back at the top : branches
...id, unarmed, shining, reddish : '.he leaflets

cftmmonl) - n, oblong, sharpl
equally serrate, smooth : tl

lly ; ii" ..I with oni 1 1 if

a native oundland and Hudson's B

Owwet

The fourth specie i l about I

i a purpli I
bark, and have no spines, except
immediately under the leaves, when
commonly placed'by pairs; they are sh

thi leaflets 5< u. ovate,
(in (.heir under side : the lea\ es of tbc
narrow and entire: the flower siTiall, •

i hke cinnamon, whcnci its name. But,
according to Parkinson, the sh
what red, yel nut so red as the double kind,
armed with great thorns, almost like the Eglan-
tine bush; thereby sh'owii • '1 by the
multiplicity of its shoots as the quiekne s and
hi ol its shooting, its wild nature: the
somewhat large, and of a pah:
red rolottr. It is a native ot the South of
Europe.

There is a double variety, in which the shoots
are redder ; the flowers small, short, thick, and
double, of a pale red colour at the end of the
leaves (petals), somewhat redder and brighter
towards the middle. It is the smallest and ear-
liest of the double garden roses, flowering in
May.

The fifth has round, glaucous, often maho-
gany-coloured stems ; with very long, th.ong-
like branches, bowing, with scattered, hooked
prickles, smaller than in the common Dog-
Rose: the leaflets live or seven, but mostly live,
ovate, pointed, smooth, simply serrate, glauccs-
cent underneath : the petioles prickly : pedun-
cles three or five in a terminating cyme, (rarely
solitary) mahogany-coloured, covered with a
ndular roughness, not all exactly from one
point, accompanied by a few lanceolate bractes,
and each bearing a single white flower, like the
common Dog- Rose, but never red or blush-
coloured, and less fragrant: fruit oblong; but
in ripening n becomes globose, and deep red :
the styles, as soon as they have passed through
the neck of the calyx, are compacted into a cy-
linder, resembling a single style, terminated by
a knob compo-. d of the stigmas, which distin-
guishes it from the other species. It is a native
of England. -v- 1

The sixth species has been confounded with
what is commonly called the Scotch Rose ; and
some think it is not distinct from that. In the
garden plant, according to Pallas, there arc
larger and setaceous prickles intermixed, and
nine leaflets, the lower ones smaller. Theflowers
are white, and th( segments of the calyx ent
9 '/ 0

ROS

R O S

And the Siberian shrub is very elegant, a foot
and half or at most two feet in height ; the trunk
thorny all over, the thickness of the little fin-
der, very much branched, the branches collect-
ed into an ovate form : the spines on the trunk
and branches very frequent, bristle-shaped,
transverse or reclining, gray : the leaves very
small, on red petioles, sometimes smooth, some-
times with small prickles on them: the stipules
very narrow with wider earlets, external and
serrate : the leaflets commonly seven, but some-
times nine or five, the size of the little finger
nail, oval, cut round, sharply double-serrate,
stiffish, rugged, more or less retuse, on some
shrubs rather acute : the peduncles sometimes
rough, sometimes smooth, with a ternate and
simple leaf, almost to the flower : the fruit glo-
bose, smooth, and when rip^? black, dry and
insipid, being crowned with the segments of the
calyx. It is a native of the South of Europe as
well as Asia, flowering here in May and June.

'['he seventh has its stems about two feet
high, upright, much branched, with numerous
straight, unequal, very slender needle-like pric-
kles, on the young branches, which often dis-
appear from the old ones : the leaflets seven or
nine,small, roundish, blunt, serrate, smooth, ses-
sile: their common petiole is sometimes prickly:
the peduncles solitary, one-flowered, smooth,
or very seldom prickly : the stipules small, hal-
bert- shaped, toothed: the tube of the calyx al-
most hemispherical, smooth : the segments are
entire : the petals white or cream-coloured, yel-
low at the base, delicately fragrant, sometimes
striped with red : the fruit globose, deep red,
black when quite ripe, smooth, but sometimes
somewhat prickly. Jt is a native of most parts
of Europe.

There are several varieties, as the Striped-
flowered, or with variegated flowers, red striped
with white.

The Red Scotch Rose, which seldom rises
more than a foot high : the stalks are covered
with a brown bark, and arc closely armed with
.--mall spines ; the leaves are very small ; the
flowers are also small, sessile, and of a livid red
ccilour: the fruit is round, of a deep purple co-
lour inclining to black when ripe.

And, according to Withering, there is also a
variety with prickly peduncles, and cream-co-
loured flowers, changing to white.

Lawrence likewise mentions a double Scotch
Rose.

The eighth species very much resembles the
two following sorts ; but differs in having the
stem two feet high, the petioles hairy at the top,
and the flowers in pairs. It rises with several
slendei stems to the height of two or three feet,

covered with a brownish-green bark, and armed
with a few sharp spines : the leaflets arc seven or
nine, oblong-ovate and sharply serrate : the
leaves of the flower-cup have often linear leafy
elongations : the corolla is single and of a pale
reddish colour.

There is a variety with a double flower.

The ninth rises with several smooth stalks to
the height of five or six feet : the young branch-
es are covered with a smooth purple bark : the
leaves are, composed of four or five pairs of spear-
shaped leaflets, smooth on both sides, of a lucid
green on the upper surface, but pale on the un-
der, and deeplv serrate : the segments of the ca-
lyx long, narrow and entire : the flowers of a
livid red colour, single, with little scent, appear-
ing in July.

The tenth species has the stem five or six feet
high, smooth: the stipular prickles two: the
leaflets seven, oblong-ovate or nearly lanceolate,
smooth, not shining, but opaque, serrate, paler
underneath : the petioles prickly : the peduncles
several, branched, forming a corymb; unarmed,
with glandular hairs scattered over them : the
leaflets of the calyx undivided, hispid on the
outside : the petals obcordate, red. It is a sort
that flowers late ; and, like the two preceding,
a native of North America.

The eleventh grows upright to the height of
four feet or more : the branches are upright and
short : the prickles on the stem and branches
scattered, small, awl shaped, nearly straight :
the leaflets seven, elliptical, bluntish, clothed on
both sides with short velvet-like down, fragrant
when rubbed, their serratures fringed with
glands : the petioles downy, prickly, glandular :
the peduncles terminating, mostly solitary, one-
flowered, rough with rigid glandular bristles :
the germ globular, bristly : the segments of the
calyx long, downy, prickly on the outs.de: the
corolla of a full rose-colour, not very odorife-
rous : the fruit globular, larger than in anv
other sort, and for the most part bristly and
blood-red. It is found in Europe and Asia, and
known as a cultivated sort in plantations, &c,
both in a single and double state.

The fruit has a pleasant acid pulp surrounding
the seeds, and is sometimes made into a con-
serve or sweetmeat, and served up at table in
desserts, &c.

The twelfth species is well known in gardens,
and one of the most beautiful sorts: the flow-
ers are sometimes very large, and the petals
clostlv folded over each other, like cabbages,
whence it is called the Cabbage Rose : the flow-
ers have the most fragrant odour of all the
sorts.

According to Parkinson, the Great Double

R O S

R O S

Damask Provence, or Holland Rose, has its bark
of a reddish or brown colour : ihe leaves likewise
more reddish than in others, and somewhat

. Ii usually grows very like the D
. and much to the. same height,: the I
ate of the same 'Jeep blush colour, or rather
somewhat deeper, but much thicker, broader,
and more double by three parts almost, the
outer leaves turni.-.g back, when the Bower hath
stood long; blown, the middle part itself being
folded hard with small leaves: the scent comes
•t the Damask Rose, but is much short
of it.

There: arc several varieties, as the Red Fro-
Rose: the stem ami branches are not so
ureal as those o! the other, but greener, the
hark not being so red : the flowers are not so
lar^e, thick and double, hut of a little deeper
damask or blu>h colour, turning to red, but not
coming near the fullcolour of the best Red Rose:
nor is the scent so sweet as that of tiie Damask
Provence, but coming near that of the ordinary
Red Rose. It is not so plentiful in bearing as
the Damask Provence.

The Blush Provence Rose, in which the stalks
rise from three to four feet high, and are un-
armed : the leaves are hairy on their under side :
the peduncles have some small spines : the seg-
ments of the calyx are semi-pinnate : the co-
rolla has five or six rows of petals, which are
large, and spread open; they are of a pale blush
colour, and have a musky scent.

The White Provence Rose, which differs only
in the colour of the flowers.

The Great and Small Dwarf Provence Roses,
called Rose de Meaux, differ from each other
in htlle except size : the smaller of the two is
generally known by nursery-nun and gardeners
by the name of Pompom Rose. It throws out
numerous stems, which rarely exceed a foot or
a foot and half in height; usually straight, rigid,
and very prickly i the flowers very small, and
distinguished by the brilliant colour of the cen-
tral petals, appearing in June.

All the sorts flower from July to August.

The thirteenth n-< * with prickly stalks about
three feet high : the leaves have three or live
leaflets, which are large, oval, smooth, and of
a dark green with purple edges : the peduncles
are set with brown bristly hairs: the segments
of the calvx are smooth and m- mi pinnate: the
flowers are very double, and of a deep red co-
. but Lave little -cent. It is a native of
China.

The varieties are very numerous ; as the Dutch
Hundred-leaved Rose; the Blush Hundreds
Rose i the Singleton's lluudred-leaved
B (a,

The Simrle and Double Velvet Rose, which,

■ rding to Parkinson, has-lhc old stein co-

v< id wnli a dark-coloured bark, but the voting

shoots of a sad green, with few or no thorns:

the leave a sadder green than in m

-, and very often seven on a sialk : the
flower is single; or double with two rows of
petals, the outer linger, ol a deep red like
crimson velvet ; or more double, with sixteen
> or more in a flower, most of them equal :
they have all ie?s scent than the ordmai) red

The Burgundy Rose, which is an elegant
little plant, not more than a foot or eighteen
inches in height.

The Su| : the Stepney Rose : the

Gurnet Rose; the Bishop Rose; and the Lisbon

Rose.

The fourteenth species has the stalks growing
erect, and scarce am spines ; th<
to four feet high : the leaves are composed of
three or five large oval leaflets, which are hairy
on their under sidei the leaves off the calyx are
undivided : the flowers are large, but not very
double, spread open wide, and decay soon ;
thev are of a deep red colour, and have an agree-
able scent. " Parkinson jgwes the Red' Rose the
epithet of English, as this and the White are the
most antient and known Roses to the country,
and assumed bv our precedent kings of all
others, to be cognizances of their dignity, and
because the Red is more frequent and used in
England than in other places. The flowers, he
savs, vary in colour ; some are ol an orient red
or deep crimson colour, and very double, al-
though never so double as the White; some
again are paler, tending somewhat to a damask ;•
and some are of so pale, a red, as that they are
rather the colour of the Canker Rose ; yet ,dl lor
the most part with larger leaves than the elamask,
and with uianv more yellow thread-, (stamens)
in the middle : the stent is much belter than in
the White, but not comparable to the excellent y
of the Damask Rose ; yet this, being well dried
anil kept, will hold both colour and scent longer
than the Damask."

These are several varieties : as the Reel Offi-
cinal Rose ; the Mundi Rose, which lias the
flowers yerj elegantly striped or variegated uith
red and w bite : in other crcetiusluni i - ;i SO per-
fectly resembles the Red RoBej that there can be
no doubt of its being a \ a: lit

frequently happens that a Red Rosa or two ap-
pear* on the same plant Willi the variega'
flow i i -.

ling Rose, the Marbled Rose, and>
the Double \ -e, winch have great af

fumy with each other, according to Miller.

R O S

R O S

The fifteenth rises with prickly stalks eight or
ten feet bighj covered with a greenish bark, and
armed with fhort prickles : the leaver; are com-
posed ui live or seven oval leaflets, dark green
above, but pale nnderneath ; the borders fre-
quently turn brown am! are slightly Sewate ; the
peduncles are set with prickly hairs ; the calyxes
are serriipinnate and hairy : the corolla is of a
soft pale red, and not very double, but has an
agreeable odour: the heps are long and smooth,
li is a native of the South of France, fee.

There are several varieties : as the Red Da-
mask Rose, the Blush Damask Rose, which
differ only in the shade of colour.

The York and Lancaster Rose, which agrees
with the Damask in stalk, leaf, Sec, differing
only in the flower being variegated with white
stripes. Mr. Hail's Rose has the white stripes
more distinct : the flowers in these being let S
double than in several others, are frequently
succeeded by fruit, and have ripe seeds, from
which other varieties may be obtained. Ac-
cording to Parkinson, " sometimes one half of
the petal is of a pale whitish colour, and the
other half of a paler damask than common ; or
one petal is while or striped with white, and the
other half blush or striped with blush ; some-
times also all striped or spotted -over, and at
other times little or no stripes or marks, and
the longer it remains blown open in the sun, the
paler and the fewer stripes, marks or spots will
be seen in it. The smell is of a sweet Damask
Rose scent."

The Red Monthly Rose, the White Monthly
Rose, which are so called from their continu-
ing to blow in succession during the greater part
of the summer ; not that thev blow in every
month, as the name implies. They are in every
respect like the Damask Rose; unless it be that
they are more full of prickles than that.

The Blush Belgic Rose, which rises about
three feet high, with prickly stalks : the leaves
are composed of five or seven leaflets, which are
oval, hairy on their under side, and slightly ser-
rate, : the peduncles and ealvxes are hairy, and
without prickles ; the calyxes are large and se-
mi pinnate.; the flowers very double, of a pale
flesh colour, with little scent, generally in great
quantities.

The Red Belgic Rose, which differs only in
having the colour of the flower a deep red.

The Great Royal Rose, and the Imperial
Blush Damask Rose,

The sixteenth spiscies has slender stalks which
trail upon the ground unless they are supported,
and it trained up to a pole or the stem of a tree
will use twelve or fourteen feet high ; thev are
armed with crooked reddish spines, and have

small leaves, with seven oval acute leaflets, of
a lucid green, and serrate : the leaves continue
on all the year : the Cowers are small, •
white, and have a muskv odour. In their na-
tural place of growth thev continue in r-uccession
great part of the year, but their time of flower-
ing in this .climate is June. It vs a native of
Germany.

The seventeenth has the branches with a great
abundance of prickles, which tall off on the
stems : the fruits are large aud pear-shar>ed. It
is a native of Austria and Italy.

The eighteenth species has the young shoots
covered with a pale purplish bark, set with a
number of small prickles like hairs: the older
branches have but few thorns : the fruit is very
large: the flower is thick and double as a !>■!-
rose, but . so strong swelling in the bud, thSI
many of them break before they can b- fill!
blown i; and then they are of a pale red-rose co-
lour, between a ;x.i\ and a damask', with a <rer\
thick broad hardtiniboneof short yellow tht
in the middle : the segments of the calyx are
quite entire : the smell is nearest a red rose.

The nineteenth has yellow hooked prickles on
the stem, which is live or six feet high : the leaf-
lets seven, very fragrant, elliptic or subovate,
above smooth and wrinkled, underneath rust-co-
loured with resinous atoms or little dots : serra-
t tires glandular : the petioles also glandular and
prickly : the peduncles niuricatc and in corymbs :
the calyx glandular: the petals rose-coloured,
-white at the base : the fruit scarlet, muricate,
but sometimes smooth, farinaceous, insipid.

The cultivated plant grows larger and more
erect : the leaves are bigger and much sweeter
than in the wild one, the rusty -colour of them
disappears, and the whole puts on a more vigo-
rous appearance : the sweet scent is supposed to
proceed from the gland. It is a native of most
parts of Europe.

There are varieties with double flowers: as
the Common Double Sweet Briar, the Mossy
Double Sweet Briar, the Evergreen Double
Sweet Briar, the Marbled Double Sweet Briar,
the Red Double Sweet Briar, the Roval Sweet
Briar, and the Yellow Sweet Briar.

The twentieth species, which is mostly deno-
minated the Moss Rose, from the moss-like pu-
bescence on the calyx, has the stalks and
branches closely armed with brown spine-. : the
peduncles and calvx are covered with long hair-
like moss : the flowers are of an elegant crim-
son colour, and have a most agreeable odour.
It is known to us only in its double state, and
the country to which we are indebted for it is
not ascertained.

The twenty-first, or Musk Rose, rises with

3

ROS

R O S

weak staiks to the height of ten or twelve feet,
covered with a smooth greenish bark, anil
armed with short strong spines: the Ka;et>
seven, light-green and serrate: the flowers in
large hunches, in form of umbels, at the end oi
the branches, are white, and have a line musky
odour, appearing in July ami August, .mil con-
tinuing .n succession till the fro i stops them.
The stalks are too weak to support themselves.
There is a variety with double flowers.

The editor of Miller's Dictionary considers the
Evergreen Mu^k Hose of Miller to be the same
Willi this.

I ^ enty second species is a low shrub, with
reddish-brown stems, the lower halt' or there-
abouts of which is covered with straight awl-
shaped slender white not pungent prickles ; the
upper pan is quite naked : the Stipules cihate-
glandular at the edge : the petioles hispid, and
glandular : the leaiicts commonly seven, smooth
on both sides, ovate, bi serrate, ciliate, glandular:
the peduncles naked, unarmed : flowers solitary,
red, middle-sized. It is a native of the Alps,
Sec., flowering in June and July.

The twenty-third has a height seldom exceed-
ing three feet: the flowers large in proportion
to the plant, semidouhle, with great richness of
colour (dark red) uniting a nicst delightful fra-
grance, coming out in succession during the
greater pan of the year, only more sparingly
in the winter months the segments of the ca-
lyx leafy at the end, one larger than the rest.:
the germs and peduncles sometimes, but rarelv,
smooth. It is a native of China.

The twenty-fourth species in its wild state
has ovate leaves, smooth and deep green above.
paler and slightly hairy underneath, uncqiiallv
serrate and blunt : the stem and petioles villose,
prickly : the peduncles solitary, long, hispid :
fruits ovate, smooth, hut more, frequent] v having
a few slender piickle> on them: calyxes smooth,
en, half- pinnate. It is a native of Europe,
China, 8cc. .

irding to Parkinson there are two varie-
ties of the \\ liitc Garden Hose; one attaining
sometimes the height of eight or ten feet, with a
stock. o£ a 'great bigness, tin other seldom higher
than a Damask Rose. Both have somew
smaller and whiter-tureen leaves than in m.iiiv
other roses, In ■- most usually, on a stalk, and
paler underneath; as also a « biter-green bail:,
armed with short piickjcst 'I he flowers in rhe

are whitish, with an eye of blush, especii
towards the bottom, very double, and for the
most part no( so fully as the lied or Da*

In the other more white, less double,
.md opening more. Some have only two or three
rows of petals; and all have little or no smell.

Culture. — In all the sons the increase m.iv

or h\ budding
oi . thi r sorts ofn
isoul\- practised for some pecuhai
do DO! gK)« well upon their own slocks, and
send fo«h suckers sparingly. Where more
s< rts than one are to hi had upon the same
plant, miiIi sorts only should be budded upon
the same stock as .in nearly equal in their man-
ner of growth, otherwise the strong one will
draw all the nourishment from the weaker.

The suckers should be taken oft in October,
and planted out either in nursery-rows, or the
places where they are to remain ; as w lie re they
are permitted to stand upon the roots of thi
plants more than one year, they grow woody,
and do not form so good roots as if planted out
the iirst year.

The best method to obtain good-rooted plants
is to lav down the young branches in autumn,
which will take trood root by the autumn lol-
lowing; especially when watered in dry weather;
when they may he taken off from the old plants,
and be planted out where they are to remain.
The seeds are sometimes sow n in the autumn, to
produce new varieties^ in beds of light mellow
earth, or in drilN, especially lor the Common
Sweet Briar kinds, and for raising hedgesof them.

Almost all the sons delight m a rich moist
soil and an open situation, in which they pro-
duce a greater quantity of flowers, and those
much fairer, than when they are upon a drv
soil, or in a shady situation.- The pruning
which they afterwards require i> only to cut out
their dead wood, and take oft; all the suckers,
which should be done every autumn ; and if
there are any scry luxuriant branches, which
draw the nourishment from the oilier parts of
the plant, they should be taken out, or shorten-
ed, to cause them to produce more branches, if
there be occasion for them to supply a vacancy ;
but it is best to avoid crowding them yvith
hich is a> injurious to these plants as
to fruit-trees j for, il the branches hue not
equal benefit from the sun and air, tlity will not
produce their flowers so strong, or in
plenty, as when they are mon opi u, and beltei
exposed to the sun, so as to ha re free

in. n ol air A- the Moss i'i >v
seldom si nds mil s uokers, and
freely by layers; it i^ often increased by budding
it upon stocks of the other sorts •, but the plant;
are best w hen raisi d from laj ■ i -.

The besi sort lor flowering early and late is
the Monthlv, next to which in (1 n the

ppen air i- the Cinnamon, which is mini
followed by the Damask Rose, then thi ;
York, and Lancaster; after which, the Provence,

R O S

ROY

Dutch Hundred-Cleaved, While, and most other
sorts : and the latest sorts are the Virginia ami
Musk Roses, which, it' planted in a shady situa-
tion, seldom flower until September; and, if
the autumn proves mild, continue often til! the
middle of October. And the plants Of the two
sorts of Musk Hosts should be placed against a
wall, pale, or other building, that their branches
mav be supported, otherwise they are so slender
and weak ps to trail upon the ground. These
plants should not be pruned until spring, be-
cause their blanches are somewhat tender; so
that when rhey are cut in winter, they often die
after the knife; these produce their Mowers at
the extremity of the same year's shoots in large
bunches, so that their branches must not be
shortened in the summer, lest the flowers should
be cut off The shrubs will grow to he ten or
twelve feet high, and must not he checked in
their growth, if intended to flower well. They
are all highly ornamental plants, mostly for the
shrubbery borders and .clumps, being planted
according- to their habits of growth.

ROSE-BAY. SeeNEiuuM.

ROSE, CAMPION. See Agrostemma.

ROSE, CHINA. See Himscus.

ROSE, GUELDER, See Viburnum.

ROSEMARY. See Rosmarinus.

ROSE of JERICHO. See Anastatica.

ROSE, ROCK. See Cistus.

ROSE, ROOT. See Rhodiola.

ROSMARINUS, a genus containing plants
of the hardy shrubby evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diaiidria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Vertinllatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, compressed above :
mouth upright, two-lipped: upper lip entire,
lower bifid : the corolla unequal : tube longer
than the calyx ; border ringent : upper lip two-
parted, upright, shorter, acute, with the edges
bent back : lower lip bent back, trifid ; the
middle segment very large, concave, narrow at
the base; the lateral ones narrow, acute: the sta-
mina have two awl-shaped filaments, simple
with a tooth, inclined towards and longer than
the upper lip.. Anthers simple : the pistillum
is a four-cleft germ : style of the same figure,
situation and length with the stamens: stigma
simple, acute : there is no periearpiuni : calyx
containing the seeds at the bottom : the seeds
four, ovate.

The species are: I. R. njfficwalis, Officinal
Rosemary.

It has a strong woody fibrous root. The
stem shrubby, covered with a rough gray bark,
divided into many branches, and in gardens

rising frequently to the height of eight or ten
feet; but in its natural state much lower. The
leaves numerous, sessile, linear, entire, blunt,
contracted at the edges, dark green above, gray-
ish or whitish underneath, with small glandular
excavations, placed in whorls on the branches :
the (lowers from ihe axils of the leaves, from
six to twelve together, larye, pale blue, some-
times w liite with blue spots and dots. It is a
native of the South of Europe, &c., flowering
from Jamuirv to May.

There are van'-ues with narrow leaves ; with
broad leaves; with silver- striped leaves, and with
gold striped leave,.

Culture. — In ;.l! the sorts it may be effected
by planting slips Or cuttings in the early spring
months as from March to May ; as well as by
layers, in performing the first methods of which,
a quantity of yotmg shoots should be cut or strip-
ped otffrom about five or six to eight or ten inches
long, stripping off the lower leaves, and then
planting them in a border of light earth, in rows
a foot asunder, giving a good watering and re-
peating it frequently till they are rooted, which
thev effect in a short lime, in the same vear,
shoot at tup, and b -come tolerable little plants
by autumn; when about the beginning or middle
of September, or in Spring following, they may
be transplanted where they are designed to re-
main for growth.

The layers should be laid down in any of the
convenient lower young blanches, into the earth,
in the spring, summer, or autumn, and they will
be welt rooted by autumn following, when they
may be taken off and planted out where they are
to remain for plants.

Almost all the varieties are moderately Bardy
evergreen plants, though the common green
sorts are the most so; the striped kinds being
liable to suffer by hard frosts, if much exposed,
or planted in wet ground, of course they as well
as all the sorts shouid have a warm situation and
dry soil : some of the variegated kind? should
also be potted, in order to have shelter of a
green-house in winter. They are most dura-
ble in dry poor soils.

They afford variety in the border, clumps, and
other parts of gardens and shrubberies.

ROYENA, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby evergreen exotic kind for the green-
house.

It belongs to the class and order Decandr'ia
Digynia, and ranks in the natuial order of Be-
comes.

The characters are. that the calyx is a one-
ieafed, pitcher-shaped, fivc-cle.tt, permanent pe-
rianth : the corolla one-petalied : tube the length
of the calyx: border spreading, revolutc, five-

ROY

RUB

parted ; segments ovate : the stamina have ten
very short filaments fastened to the corolla : an-
thers oblong, acute, twin, erect, the length of
the tube : the pistillum is an ovate germ, end-
ing in two styles, a little longer than the sta-
mens : stigmas simple : the pericarpium is an
ovate capsule, four-grooved, one-celled, four-
valved : berry globular, fleshy, four-celled, co-
vered by the permanent corolla : the seeds,
four nuts, oblong, triangular, wrapped in an
aril : seeds solitary, in all four or two, oblong
or elliptic, subtriquetrous or plano-convex.

The species cultivated are: 1. R. lucida, Shin-
ing-leaved Royena, or African Bladder-nut ; 2.
R. villosa, Heart-leaved Royena, or African
Bladder-nut ; 3. R. glabra, Myrtle-leaved Roy-
ena, or African Bladder-nut ; 4. R. hirsata;
Hairv-leaved Rovena, or African Bladder-nut.

The first is in height eight or ten feet, putting
out branches on every side : the leaves alter-
nate, shining, continuing all the year : the
flowers from the wings of the leaves along the
branches, having little beauty : the fruit a Berry
covered with the permanent calyx, which is
coriaceous, torn, and striated within, globular,
smooth, red above, pale below, four-celled : the
flesh or pulp firm, whitish, almost like that of
the apple : the cells filled with a pulp clear like
giass, and not invested with any proper mem-
brane, two of them commonly abortive, com-
pressed, crescent-shaped : the seeds solitary,
and two or four in all. It is a native of the
Cape, flowering in May and June.

The second species resembles the preceding ;
but the branches are villose: the leaves elliptic or
oblong, cordate at the base, tomentose under-
neath, bluntish on short villose petioles : the
flowers axillary, nodding, solitary, on villose pe-
duncles the length of the flowers : the bractes
two, opposite, ovate acute, pubescent, larger
than the calyx and immediately under it, deci-
duous.

The third rises with a shrubby stalk, five or
six feet high, sending out many slender branches,
covered with a purplish bark : leaves less than
those of the Box-tree, entire, of a lucid green,
and continuing all the year. The flowers
come out from the wings of the leaves round
the branches, and are white. Fruit roundish,
purple, ripening in the winter. It flowers in
September.

The fourth species rises with a strong woody
stalk seven or eight feet high, covered with a
grav bark, sending out many small branches al-
ternately: the leaves about an inch long, and a
quarter of an inch broad in the middle, covered
with soft hairs : the flowers come out on short
peduncles from the side of the branches ; are of

loV. II.

a worn-out purple colour and small : they ap-
pear in July, but are not followed by seeds in
this climate.

Culture. — These plants are often rather trou-
blesome in raising, but their culture may be at-
tempted by cuttings and layers. The cuttings
should be made from the young shoots, and Be
planted in the early spring in small pots filled
with a loamy earth, plunging them in a very
moderate hot-bed, covering them carefully with
hand glasses, refreshing them often with water
in small proportions. When they have stricken
roots and are begun to shoot, inure them gradu-
ally to the open air, and when they are well
rooted remove them into separate small pots,
managing them afterwards as other rather tender
green-house plants, such as the Orange-tree, &c.
The layers may be made from the young bot-
tom shoots, laying them carefully down by slit-
ting them as for Carnations, watering them often
in the warm season, but very moderately in the
cold. When they are become well rooted,
take them off and plant them in separate pots
in the same manner as the cuttings, giving
them the same sort of management afterwards.

The last sort often sends up suckers from the
roots, and may sometimes be increased by plant-
ing in the same way as the cuttings.

They afford variety among other green-house
plants.

RUBTA, a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tetrandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Stellatce.

The characters are : that the calvx is a very
small pe;ianth, four-toothed, superior: the co-
rolla one-petalled, bell-shaped, four-parted,
without a tube: the stamina h«ve four awl-
shaped filaments, shorter than the corolla : an-
thers simple : the pistillum is a twin inferior
germ : style filiform, bifid at top : stigmas ca-
pitate : the pericarpium-berries two, united,
smooth : the seeds solitary, roundish, umbili-
cate.

The species mostly cultivated is R. tine-
torum, Dyer's Madder.

It has a perennial root, and an annual stalk.
The root is composed of many long, thick, suc-
culent fibres, almost as large as a man's little
finger ; these are joined at the top in a head,
like the roots of Asparagus, and strike very deep
into the ground, being sometimes more than
three feet in length. From the upper part (or
head of the root) come out manv side roots,
which extend just under the surface of tin-
ground to a great distance, whereby it propagates
very fast; for these tend up a great number of
3 A

RUB

RUB

shoots, which, if carefully taken off in the stalks decay, cutting them clown, and then
spring, soon after thev are ahove ground, he- slightly digging the ground between the rows,
come so many plants. These roots are of a raising it somewhat ridge-ways along the rows
dark colour on their outside, somewhat transpa- of the plant.;, an inch or two thick over their
rent, and have a yellowish red pith in the middle, crowns; or, if they arc in beds, they may be
which is tough and of a bitterish tase ; from the landed up from the alleys to the same depth ; the
root arhje many large, four-cornered, jointed same culture being repeated till the autumn of
stalks, which in good land will grow live or six the third year, when the roots will be fit for
feet lono-, and, if supported, sometimes seven or taking up for use. This is performed by trench-
eight ; thev are armed with short herbaceous ing the ground the way of the rows, beginning
prickles, and at each joint are placed five or six at one end of it, and opening a two-feet-wide
spear-shaped leaves, about three inches long, trench close along by the first row of plants,
and near one broad in the middle, drawing to a digging down to the depth of the roots to get
point at each end; their upper surfaces are them clean out to the bottom; then opening
smooth, but their midribs on the under side are another trench close to the next row, turning
armed with rough herbaceous spines ; the leaves the earth into the first; and so on, trench and
sit close to the "branches in whorls. From the trench, till the whole is taken up and removed,
joints of the stalk come out the branches, which These plants succeed best in a light rich deep
sustain the flowers ; they are placed by pairs op- soil: the roots are sometimes used fresh for
posite, each pair crossing the other ; these have dyeing, being prepared by washing and pound-
a few small leaves toward the bottom, which are ing ; but commonly when designed for keep-
by threes, and upward by pairs opposite ; the ing, or to be sent to a distance, are dried in
branches are terminated by loose branching some covered airy shed; then all the mould being
spikes of yellow flowers, which are cut into four rubbed off, and the roots made sufficiently dry,
segments resembling stars. They appear in are sold to those who manufacture them for
June. It is a native of the South of Europe, use, if not performed by the cultivator : this
the Levant, and Africa. consists in drying them in a kiln or some

Madder is so essential to dyers and calico- stove-house, &c. then thrashing them to beat
printers, that these businesses cannot be carried off the outer skin, in order to separate it from
on without it. the inner part of the root, as being of an inferior

Culture.— They are increased by offsets or suck- quality. The roots being then dried in a kiln
ers, from the root's of the old plants in the spring, about twenty-four hours, are removed to a mill
as April or the following month; which should be or pounding-house, where they are pounded in
slipped offsoon after they appear above ground, by along hollow oaken block, with stampers kept
opening the earth round the roots, and taking off in motion by the mill ; and when thus reduced

the side suckers.with as much root-part and fibres to powder, sifted and put up in casks.

to each as possible, preserving the tops entire ; The plants are sometimes employed for variety

which should be planted directly, in the manner in the border or other open parts of gardens or

directed below. The ground being well prepared pleasure-grounds.

by frequent deep ploughing, or trenching over, RUBUS, a genus containing plants of the

and the proper quantity of sets or suckers pro-
vided, they should with a dibble be planted in

rows two feet asunder, and one distant in the

row, putting each plant low enough in propor-
tion to the length of its root, leaving most of

the green top out of the ground, and closing the

earth well about each set, as the work proceeds.

Some set these plants in beds, three rows

]en<nh-ways, at two feet distance, with wide

alleys between bed and bed, in order for land-

ino- ur> the crowns of the roots two or three

inches deep in winter.

They shoot up into stalks the same year in

either mode, but the roots require two or three

years' growth before they are large enough for

under-shrubby and herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Polygynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Senticosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed, five-cleft, perianth: segments oblong,
spreading, permanent: the corolla has five round-
ish petals, the length of the calyx, from upright
spreading: the stamina have numerous filaments,
shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calyx:
anthers roundish, compressed: the pistilluni has
numerous germs : styles small, capillary, spring-
ing from the side of the germ : stigmas simple,
permanent : the pericarpium is a berry com-
pounded of roundish acini, collected into a con-

use ; during which perio'd they should be kept vex head, concave below ; each one-ceiled : the
clean from weeds all the summer by broad-hoe- seeds solitary, oblong : the receptacle of the pe-
mg, in dry weather ; and in autumn, when the ricarps conical.

RUB

R U B

The srwies are: 1. R. uleru<, Raspberry; ?.
R. aci brail Raspberry; 3. R.ruio-

ratiis, Flowering Ra9pberr»; 4. It. fun
Common Bramble ; 5. /?. hispitkts, Bristly
mm, Dewberry Bramble; 7-
A', arcticus, Dwarf Crimson Bramble; 8. R.
cemorus, Mountain Bramble, or Cloud-

\

The first has the stems sutTruticose, biennial,
upright, round, aruleate-hispici, or thick set
with small prickles, two feel high ; they produce
fruit the second year, alter which they lie down.
The leaflets rhomb ovate, acute, marked with
. unequally serrate, white underneath. The
petioles pubescent, prickly. The peduncles his-
pid. The flowers in panicles. The fruit red,
ful to the smell and taste, deciduous, bristly
with the permanent styles placed upon a conical
receptacle. It is a native of many parts of Eu-
rope, flowering in May end June.

The varieties are: the Red-fruited, the White-
fruited, the Tw ice-bearing, of which the tirst
crop ripens in July, and the second in October,
those of the latter season having seldom much
flavour; the Smooth Raspberry, and the large
Antwerp. The sorts mostly cultivated, accord-
ing to Mr. Forsyth, are : the Early White, the
Double-bearing Wblte, the Large Common
White, the Large Red, the Large Red Antwerp,
the Large White Antwerp, the Smooth Cane
Double-bearing, and the Woodward's New
l! iflpberry.

The second species rises with purplish stalks,
a little higher than the common sort. The leaves
are of a lucid trreen on their upper side, but
hoarv on their under; their foot-stalks are taper;
the fruit is of a deep black when ripe, has little
flavour, and ripens late in autumn. It is a na-
tive of North America, flowering in May and
June. It varies v :*h a red fruit, more acid and
pleasant than the European Raspberry.

The third has a perennial creeping root. The
stems many, from four to seven feet high, about
the size of a man's little finger, covered with a
smooth bark of a light brown colour, and
branching out a littie towards the top. The
leaves six inches long and seven inches broad,
cut into three, four, or five angular lobes, end-
ins in acute points, serrate, having several veins
ar^hc; from the midrib, running upwards, di-
vir<rin<r towards thv' borders, deep green above,
but li<_ht green and smooth beneath; on foot-
stalks fortr inches long, coining out alternately.
The flowers in loo-e terminating bunches, each
on a long peduncle. Petals large, roundish, of
a light purple colour. The fruit is rarely pro-
duced here ; but in North America, its native
country, it is like the common Raspberry, only

not so pleasant. It flowers from June to Sep-
tember.

Tin- fourth species has very long, trading, or
rather arching, woodv stems, of a purplish lu, .
tough, with the angles strongly marked) and the
prickles booked. The leaves quinatc, or some-
times ternate ; leaflets somewhat elliptical, dm
blv-serrae, acute, dark-green and shining abow,
white and downy beneath ; but sometimes tlie
under side is merely bairy and of a paler green.
All the leaflets are petioled ; and the petioles arc
pricklv. The stipules bfistlc-ihaped. The pa-
nicles tuany -flowered, subracemed, tomentose.
The fruit of a dark violet colour, with a maw kish
sweet taste, composed of verv numerous acini or
grains. There arc several varieties ; but that
winch is chiefly introduced as a garden shrub
the Double-flowered Urainhle.

The fifth fua> the stems with long procumbent
woodv shoots I ke these of the vine; these lo-
be* with the petioles have stiff bristles scat-
tered over them. The leaflets gash-senate, ti: ■
middle one petioled. The peduncles also
htspuT. It is a native of Canada, flowering ui
August.

The sixth species has the stems pros!
round, rooting, pale green with a vivid glaucous
tinge: though woodv, tluv are only annual, or
at most biennial. The leaflets gashed and ser-
rate, downy (not hoary) beneath : the lateral
leaflets sessile, generally lobed on the outside,
of various forms. Stipules lanceolate. The peti-
oles downy, prickly, obscurely chanr.eiied above.
The flowrrs tew together, in termin.; ay,

somewhat prickly panicles. The fruit black,
with a bright blue tinge or bloom, composed of
few large grains. Its flavour is agreeably acid,
without the faint taste of the fourth sort. It is
a native of Europe, flow ering in June and Julv.

The seventh has a creeping root, bnt no run-
ners. The stems are from a hand to a span in
height, upright, simple, angular. The leave.-,
unequally serrate, commonly altogether smooth.
The flowers solitary, peduncled, terminating,
deep rose-coloured, with the petals sometimes
jagged. The fruit purple, sweet and fragrant,
veiy pleasant, and, according1 to Linnaeus, al-
most as large as a mulberry. It is a native or the
North of Europe.

The eighth species is a plant of an clcgai
pcarance, with a creeping root, a
hardlv a foot high, upright) j mall but

smooth and hardish leaves, petioled', i
five-lobed, plaited, wrinkled, unequal!)
The Bowers terminal, peduncled, white; u
and female, the former withal
tils, the latter with abortive >tainens. The uer*
rics are of a tawny or dull
' 3

RUB

RUB

posed of many acini, acid, mucilaginous and not
unpleasant. It is a native of Sweden, &c.

Culture. — In the first sort and varieties it may
be effected by suckers and layers. The plants
should always have a portion of ground to them-
selves, being planted at the distance of about six
feet from row to row, and four in the rows, with
the exception of the Early White sort, which
may be set out closer.

According to Mr. Forsyth, the ground should
first be well trenched over and dunged ; then,
making choice of the strongest and finest plants
that come out from the sides of the stools, where
they have been standing for some years, or en-
couragina the strongest plants that come out
betwixt the rows after digging, which should be
done annually, they may be planted out as above.
In digging the ground, it frequently happens
that the roots are cut with the spade, which
occasions a great number of small plants to come
up; of these the strongest and finest should,
he says, be selected, hoeing up all the superfluous
ones. But he prefers laying down some of the
strongest outside shoots in the month of March;
as by the following autumn they will make fine
roots, and may be planted out in a quarter or
piece of ground where they are intended to re-
main. These will not be so liable, he thinks, to
throw out suckers as those which are produced
from suckers. The fresh pieces of ground should
always be planted in moist weather, as the roots
are very delicate, and liable to be hurt when ex-
posed to a dry air. If, however, they are planted
in dry weather, he advises that care be taken to
moisten the roots with water, and cover them
well with wet litter, or leaves, during the time
in which they are planting out. In performing
the work a trench should be opened with a spade
along the line where the suckers or layers are to
be pfanted, cutting oft' all the small fibry roots
with a knife, leaving only the stronger roots; put-
ting them into thetrench, andcovenng them with
some earth ; then watering them well, and throw-
ing the remainder of the earth over them, letting
them remain till you have finished planting the
piece ; then, whe're you first began to plant, be-
ginning to tread the ground with the foot as hard
as possible along each of the trenches, and in
the same direction as planted ; then with a spade
levelling all the ground smooth, and running it
over with a rake, taking oft' any stones and rub-
bish that may be left on the surface, so as to ren-
der it perfectly even.

The plants' should be watered two or three
times a week when the season is dry till they
have taken root ; and it will be necessary to stake
the Antwerp, and other strong-growing sorts,
with stout stakes, running a couple of small rails

at top to tie the branches to, which will prevent
their being broken by the wind, or beaten down
by the rain. The Early White and smaller sorts
may be plaited together at top, tying them round
with the small yellow willow, which will keep
them together. Some of the Early Raspberries
may, he says, be planted between the trees on a
west aspect, to produce early fruit before those
in the quarters come in. The Antwerp, thrive
exceedingly well against north walls or palings,
and produces late crops. Such as are planted
against walls or palings should be tacked to
them, to keep them in their places.

It is advised that where any of the small red
and white sorts are found they should be de-
stroyed, planting the Large Red, the Smooth
Cane Double-bearing, the Large Red and White
Anlwerps, the Large common White, the Dou-
ble-bearing White, and Woodward's New Rasp-
berry in their stead. In respect to the cutting or
pruning of these plants, some, Mr. Forsyth says,
prefer pruning them in autumn, a practice of
which he by no means approves of. As they
bear the fruit on the wood of the preceding year,
they are, he thinks, very liable to be killed hy
the frost in severe winters ; but, by deferring the
pruning till the month of February, there will be a
great choice of fine wood for bearing the follow-
ing summer, being careful to root out or cut
down all the wood that bore fruit the preceding
year, which generally dies, selecting only from
five to seven of the most vigorous and strong
shoots from the last year's wood to bear fruit
the ensuing season. These shoots may, he
says, be pruned to the length of three or four
feet, aceording to their strength, when they
are of the Smooth Cane Double-bearing sort
(which generally bears a second crop in autumn,
and will in fine seasons continue bearing from
June to November) ; but, if the Large Antwerp,
the shoots should be left five or six feet long in
these prunings.

In regard to the Early White, which never
grows so strong as the above sorts, it should,
he says, be shortened to two feet and a half, or
three feet. These should be planted in rows
about three feet distant from each other, and
two feet from plant to plant in the rows ; always
remembering to keep them clear of suckers, and
to cut out the dead or last year's wood, as
above; making choice of the strongest shoots
for bearing wood. Great care should, however,
be taken not to cut off" the little spurs on the
sides, which bear the fruit in this kind.

Plants of this sort continue in bearing five or
6ix years ; by which time a fresh plantation
should be in readiness to succeed them. The
young plants often bear some fruit the first year,

R U D

and come into full bearing in the second after
planting. If they be suffered to remain more
than five or six years on the same ground, he
say<, they degenerate and bear small trait. And
much care should be taken not to leave above
eight or ten of the strongest shoots, rubbing off
or pulling up all the superfluous ones ; and
keeping the ground well hoed and cleared of
weeds between the rows, as well as in other
places.

In the other sorts the increase may be effected
by suckers, layers, cuttings, and dividing the roots,
and in the two last or herbaceous kinds by seed.

The suckers should be taken up in autumn,
winter, or spring, with roots ; and the strong-
est be planted at once into the shrubbery, and
the others in nursery-rows for a year or two,
or till wanted for planting.

The layers should be made from the shoots,
which may be done almost any time, as they
readily emit roots at every joint, and become fit
to plant out in the autumn following.

The cuttings should be taken off from some of
the younger shoots, and divided into lengths a
foot long, and planted in a shady border, either
in the spring or summer season.

The roots in any of the raspberry or herba-
ceous sorts, when increased into larlre bunches,
may be divided or slipped into several distinct
sets, and planted out separately.

The last two sorts may likewise be raised from
seeds, which should be taken from the ripened
fruit, and sown in a moist situation where the
plants are to remain, keeping the young plants
clean afterwards.

The first species and varieties are highly useful
for their fruit ; for the table, preserving, and
other culinary purposes.

The other sorts afford variety in the borders,
clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds,
among other hardy plants.

RUDBECKIA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous biennial and perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Syn^neiia
Polygamia Fruslraiiea, and ranks in the natural
order of Compositce Oppositifiolus.

The characters are : that the calyx is common
■with a double row of scales : scales flat, widish,
curtailed, six in each row: the corolla compound
radiate: corollets hermaphrodite, numerous, in a
conical disk ; females about twelve, very long in
the ray : proper of the hermaphrodite, tubular-
funnel-form, with a five-toothed border: female
hgulate, lanceolate, with two or three teeth, flat,
pendulous: the stamina in the hermaphrodites:
filaments five, capillary, very short; anther cy-
lindrical, tubular : the pistillum in tin hcinia-
phrudites: germ four-cornered: style lihionn,
3

R U D

the length of the corollet : stigma two-parted,
revolute: in the females: germ very small:
Style none: stigma none: there is no pericar-
pium : calyx unchanged : the see. Is in the her-
maphrodites solitary, oblong, crowned with a
membranaceous four-toothed rim : in the fe-
males none : the receptacle chaffy, conical,
longer thin the common calyx:' chaffs the
length of the seeds, erect, chau'nclled-concave,
deciduous.

The species cultivated are: I. R. laciniata,
Broad Jagged-leaved Kudbeckia; 2. R. digitata,
Narrow jagged -leaved Kudbeckia; 3. A'. Inrta,
Hairy Kudbeckia ; 4.R purpurea, Purple Kud-
beckia; 5. R. angustifolia, Narrow Simple-
leaved Rudbeckia;^0. R. triloba, Three-lobed
Rudbeckia.

The lirst is by some divided into two species,
which are thus described : the root of the former
is perennial, but the stalk is annual : the lower
leaves are composed of five broad lobes, deeply
cut into acute points, and some of them ju^ed
almost to the midrib ; the outer lobe is frequently
cut into three deep segments : the stalks rise se-
ven or eight feet high, and divide at top into se-
veral branches; are smooth, green, and have
single, oval heart-shaped leaves, some indented
on their edges, others entire : the peduncles
naked, terminated by a single flower with yel-
low rays, like the sun-flower, but smaller: the
latter is also perennial, and has smooth green
stalks ; but they rise higher : the leaves ha\ e all
five lobes, which are much narrower, end with
sharper points, and are very acutely indented
on their sides : the flowers are smaller, and the
petals narrower. They are both natives of
North America, flowering here in July.

The second species has a perennial' root like
the former : the leaves at bottom are com-
posed of seven or nine lobes, some entire,
others jagged to the midrib ; they are of a dark
greeu and smooth : the stalks rise six feet
high, and divide into many branches ; they are
of a purple or iron colour, and very smooth :
the stem-leaves towards the bottom are hand-
shaped, and composed of five lobes ; higher up
they have but three lobes, and at top the leaves
are single : the flowers are smaller than those of
the preceding, but of the same shape and colour.
It is a native of North America, flowering in
August and September.

In the thud, the root continues four or five
years: the leaves are oblong, ovate, and hairy :
the stalks rise a foot and half high, and have one
or two leaves near the bottom : the peduncle is
naked near a foot in length, and is terminated
by one pretty large yellow flower, shaped like
the sun-flower : the florets of the ray are very

RUD

R U M

sli-ff, and slightly indented at their points : the
disk is very Prominent, and of a dark purple co-
lour. The flowers will continue six weeks, and
there is a succession of them from the mid.!'
Julv, till the frost puts a stop to them, it is a
native of Virginia.

The fourth species is a perennial plant like the
third. The leaves are longer and broader, are
smooth, and have three veins : the peduncles are
taller, and have two or three narrow leaves on
each, placed alternately: on the top is one flower,
with lone; narrow, reffexed, peach-coloured
florets in "the ray : the disk is very prominent,
and of a dark purple colour : it flowers at the
same time with the third, but the flowers are of
not so long duration. It is a native of Carolina
and Virginia.

The fifth has the root perennial : the stalks
four or five feet high : the leaves narrow, smooth,
opposite : the florets in the ray of the flower
yellow, long, twelve in number: disk dark
red : the scales of the calyx spreading and al-
most awl-shaped. It is a native of Virginia,
flowering in August and September.

The sixth species is biennial : the lower leaves
are divided into three lobes, but those upon the
stalks are undivided ; they are hairy, and shaped
like those of the first sort': the stalksbranch out
on their sides, and are better furnished with
leaves than the others : the flowers are very like
those of the first sort, but smaller. It grows
naturally in several parts of North America.

Culliirc. — All the sorts of these plants may be
increased bv offsets, parting the roots and seeds.
The offsets in the perennial sorts should be
taken off and planted out in the early autumn:
when the stems decay the roots may also be di-
vided and planted out at the same time, or in the
early spring months.

As these'plants are often liable to go off soon,
some should be frequently raised to keep up the
stock ; and as others have a tendency to become
biennial, and decav without increasing the root,
they should have the flower-stems cut down in
the early summer, to encourage the growth of
the root offsets, for slipping ra the following-
autumn.

All the sorts mav be raised from seed, and the
biennial sorts must always be raised annually in
thatwav; likewise such of the perennial kind
as are biennially inclined, sowing the seeds in
April, in a border of light earth, raking them
in ; and when the plants are two or three inches
high, pricking them out in nursery-rows till
autumn, then planting them out where they
are to remain, Thcv should have a light dry
soil an 1 rathe! warm situation.

They afford much ornament and variety in

the borders and clumps, among other flowering
plants.

RUE. See Rota.

RUM EX, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous perennial and a oodv evergreen kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Hexundria
Tr'myuia, and ranks in the natural order of
Holomcece.

The characters are : that that the calyx is a
three-leaved perianth : leaflets obtuse, reflex,
permanent : the corolla has three ovate petals,
bisrsrer than the calvx, and like it, converging,
permanent : the stamina have six Capillary fila-
ments, very short: anthers erect, twin: the
pistillum is a turbinate-threc-sided germ: styles
three, capillary, reflexed, standing out between
the clefts of the converging petals : stigmas
large, laciniate : there is no pericarpium ; co^
rolla converginsr, three-sided, inclosing the
seed : the seed single, three-sided.

The species cultivated are: 1. E. acetosa,
Common Sorrel ; 2. R. saita/us, French Sorrel ;

3. R. Pa/ien/ia, Patience Dock, or Rhubarb';

4. R. sanguineus, Bloodv-veined Dock, or Blood-
wort : 5. R. Lvnaria, Tree Sorrel.

The first has a perennial root, running deep
into the earth: the stem mostly simple, erect,
round, deeply striated, leafv, from one to two
feet high : the radical and lo\ver stem-leaves on
long foot-stalks, with a membranous cylindrical
sheathing stipule embracing the stem and torn
at the top ; these leaves are arrow-shaped, blunt,
entire or but little waved in their sides, but at
the base cut into two or three large sharpish
teeth pointing backwards, and not, as in some
of the species, divaricated into a right angle
with the outline of the leaf : the upper leaves
sessile, gradually more entire, embracing, acute,
a little rolled back ; those at the top of the stem
only slightly crisped at their base: a compound
sort of whorled spike or branched panicle termi-
nates the stem; its branches alternate and nearly
erect : the barren flowers are on a separate plant
from the fertile ones.

The whole herb is acid, with a degree of
astringency, not unpleasant or unwholesome.
It is often cultivated as a culinarv herb.

There is a variety with broad leaves, termed
Great Mountain Sorrel.

The second species has a hard, fibrous, peren-
nial root: the stem from a foot to eighteen
inches in height, very slightly angular, glaucous,
smooth, dividing into alternate spreading branch-
es : the leaves are cordate or hastate, glaucous,
smooth, soft, fleshy, blunt, entire, an inch and
half in length and breadth, on petioles two or
three inches long, channelled within : the flow-
ers in a sort of whorls, forming all together

R U M

R I! S

spike-shaped racemes, nodding .md coming out
three or lour together on capillary pedicels from
a white sheatlilel : valves subcoi J ate, lari£e,
bright pose-colour, entire, without any grams.
It is a native or German*,

This, which is called Round-]* sved Sorrel, i» a
more grateful acid than the first sort, and of
course preferred for kitchen me, in soups, Sec.

The third has a large root, dividing into many
thick fibres, which run downwards ; the bark is
brown, but the ins de is yellow, with some red-
dish veins : the leaves are broad, lone, acute-
pointed, on petioles of a reddish colour : the
strins from tour to six feet high, dividing to-
wards the top into several erect branches, bay-
ing a few narrow leaves on them, and termi-
nated by spikes of large flowers, which appear
in June. Jt is a native of Italv.

The fourth species has a fusiform root : the
stem is upright, branched, angular, leafy,
smooth; all the leaves petioled, smooth, veined,
somewhat curled about the edge : the root-
leaves verv large, cordate at the base : ra-
cemes terminating, spreading, almost leafless ;
w ith the flowers in alternate bundles, pedicelled,
nodding.

The fifth species rises with a woody stalk ten
or twelve feet high, covered with a smooth
brown bark, and sending out many branches :
the leaves are smooth, roundish-heart-shaped,
two inches long, and an inch and half broad, al-
ternate upon pretty long footstalks : the flow-
ers come out in loose panicles towards the end
of the branches : are of an herbaceous colour,
and sometimes succeeded by triangular seeds
with smooth covers ; but the seeds rarely ripen
in this climate. It is a native of the Canary
Islands.

Culture. — The first and second sorts and va-
rieties may be increased by seed and parting the
roots, but more particularly the first, as the lat-
ter may be very readily increased bv the roots.
The seeds should be sown in a bed or border in
the earlv spring, as March, raking it in evenly.
When the plants come up thev should be regu-
larly thinned, and when of some grow th, in the
summer, be planted out in row s on a bed or
border, about eight or nine inches apart in the
common sort, and in the other a foot or more,
watering them well ; when thev will be proper to
cut the latter end of the same rammer and in
the autumn, continuing for several years: but as
the seedling plants in the first kind mostly pro-
duce larger leaves than the older plants, fresh
supplies should be raised annually or v. try other
year.

'I he parted roots may be planted out in the
1

same season, or in autumn, in ro

(riy*ng them ■ goo. I watering ; when thev

grow readily, and furnish leaves in tDO latter end
of sum. i) r and in the autumn.

The second 30«t is readily rawed in this wav.
They afterwards only require- to be kept clean,
and to have the seed Stems cut down in the sum-
mer, as '.veil as the rank leaves in the autumn,
that more full supplies of fresh leaves 11
afforded.

The third and fourth sorts may be raised also
from seeds in the same way, and the forme'
from offsets of the root planted out in the au
tumnal season ; when thev grow very readily.

The last sort is easily increased bv cuttings or
the young shoots in the spring and rammer
months, being planted in pots at the former
season, plunging lliein m a hot-bed; but in the
latter they succeed without artificial he-it, either
in pots or the natural ground, beine occasion-
ally shaded and watered; when they become well
rooted by the autunui.

The third and fourth sorts afford variety in the
clumps and borders, and the last among the
green-house collections.

RLSCUS, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby and under-shrubby evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Si/n-
genesia, and ranks in the natural order of Sar-
meiitacece.

The characters are : that in the male, the ca-
lyx is a six-leaved perianth, from erect-spread-
ing : leaflets ovate, convex, with the lateral
margin reflexed : the corolla has no petals, un-
less the alternate calyx-leaves be called so : nec-
tary central, ovate, the size of the calyx, in-
flated, erect, coloured, perforated at the top :
the stamina have no filaments: anthers three,
spreading, placed on the top of the nectary it-
self, united at the base — female: the calyx is a
perianth as in the male: tiie. corolla petals as in
the male : nectary as in the male : the pistillum
is an oblong-ovate germ, concealed within the
nectary: Style cylindric, the length of the nec-
tary : stigma obtuse, prominent beyond the
mouth of the nectary : the pericarpium is a glo-
bular, three-celled berry: the seeds mo, globular.

The species cultivated are: 1. R. aculealus,
Prickly Butcher's Broom ; g. R. Hypoplujllum,
Broad-leaved Butcher's Broom ; .'>. /,. 7.

■it, Doublc-Kaved Buteher'a Broom ; j.
K- "•• . Alexandrian Laurel; b. R. an-

drogynus, Climbing Butcher's Broom.

The tir-t has the roots thick, white, twining

about each other, putting out frequent fibres like

aragus, oblique, striking deep in

the ground : the stem aiitl'rutieosc, tough, stiff,

R U S

R U S

green, round, striated, from eighteen inches to
three feet in height, sending out from the sides
many short branches ; having many leaves on
them, nearly of the same shape and size with
those of myrtle, hut very stiff, and ending in
sharp prickly points : they are alternate, about
half an inch long, and one-third of an inch
broad near the base, ovate, quite entire, sessile :
from the middle of the leaf above comes out a
single flower, on a very short pedicel ; it is small,
and yellowish green or purplish ; when it first
appears, it is the size and shape of a small pin's
head ; when expanded, composed of three outer
widish calyx-leaves, and three inner narrower
like rays, ending in a narrow point. The female
flowers are succeeded by berries, which are red,
bigger than those of the asparagus, and almost as
large as some cherries, of a sweetish taste; hav-
ing two large orange-coloured seeds in each :
the flowers come out in March and April. Jt is
a native of the Southern parts of Europe.

The second species has the roots with large
knotty heads, and long thick fibres like those of
the preceding sort ; from which arise many
tough limber stalks near two feet high : the
leaves stiff, ovate-oblong, ending in points, more
than two inches long and almost one broad,
placed alternately : the flowers are produced on
the under surface of the leaves near the middle,
sitting close to the midrib ; are small and her-
baceous : the female flowers are succeeded by
small red berries about the size of those of ju-
niper. It is a native of Italy, flowering in May.

The third has the root like the preceding: the
stems about ten inches high : the leaves lanceo-
late, about three inches long, and one inch broad
in the middle, drawing to a point at both ends,
and having several longitudinal veins running
from the footstalk to the point : they are mostly
alternate, but sometimes opposite: on the mid-
dle of the upper surface comes forth a small leaf
of the same shape ; and at the same point, from
the bosom of the small leaves, come out the
flowers, which are of a pale yellow colour. The
berries are almost as large as those of the first
sort; are red, and ripen in winter. It is a na-
tive of Italy, &c. flowering in April and Mav.

The fourth species has roots like those of the
other species: the stalks slender and much more
pliable : they rise about four feet high, and send
out many side branches : the leaves oblong,
acute-pointed, about two inches long, and one-
third of an inch broad, rounded at the base,
smooth, of a lucid green, placed alternately, and
sessile : the flowers are in long bunches at the
end of the branches, of an herbaceous yellow
colour : the berries like those of the first sort,

but smaller, ripening in winter. It is a native
of Portugal.

The fifth species sends out pliant stalks which
rise seven or eight feet high, and have several
short branches proceeding from their sides : the
leaves are stiff, about two inches long, and one
inch broad towards their base, where they are
rounded to the footstalk, but they end in acute
points ; many longitudinal veins run from the
footstalk to the point : the flowers are produced
in clusters on the edges of the leaves, and are
white: the berries yellowish red, not so large as
those of the first sort. It differs from the other
sorts in having androgynous flowers divided into
six equal segments to the bottom, but falling off
in one piece, and arising from the edge, and not
the disk of the leaf. It is a native of the Canary
Islands, flowering most part of the summer.

Culture. — They are capable of being readily
increased by the roots, which send up nume-
rous stalks or suckers which may be taken up
in autumn, winter, sr spring in open weather,
and divided into many separate sets each forming
a proper plant, though they need not be divided
very small unless where a great increase is re-
quired, planting the largest at once where they
are to remain, and the smallest in nursery-rows,
&c, when each plant soon increases by offsets,
and assumes a bushy growth.

They are capable of being raised from seeds,
but they often remain in the ground till the se-
cond spring. The seeds of the hardy sorts
should be sown in any bed or border an inch
deep, and the tender kind in pots, placed under
shelter in cold weather ; and when the plants
are a year old, pricking them out in March, the
hardy sorts in nursery-beds for two or three
years, and the tender sorts in pots.

The different hardy sorts are proper for the
verges of shrubberies, or any close plantations,
as they thrive under the drip of trees, and re-
main green the year round.

But the last tender sort requires the shelter of
a green-house in winter, where it affords variety
among other potted plants.

RUSH, FLOWERING. See Butomus.

RUSH, SWEET. See Acorus.

RUTA, a genus containing plants of the under-
shrubby evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Maltisiliquce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, short, permanent : the corolla
has five petals, spreading subovate, concave;
with narrow claws : the stamina have ten fila-
ments, awl-shaped, spreading, the length of the

RUT

RUT

corolla, widish at the base : anthers erect, very
khort : the pistillum is a gibbous germ, inscribed
with a cross, surrounded at the base by ten ho-
ney-dots, raised on a receptacle punctured wiih
ten honey-pores : style erect, awl-shapcd: stig-
ma simple: the pencarpium is a gibbous cap-
sule, five-lobed, half-five-cleft, five-celled, open-
ing into five parts between the tips : the seeds
Very many, rugged remform-angular.

The species cultivated arc : 1. R. grmeuhns,
Common Hue; 2. 7?. montana. Mountain Rue ;
3. R. chalepensii, African Rue; 4. R. palavina,
Three-leaved Rue.

The first has the root woody, branched : the
stems frutescent, covered with a rugged, grav,
striated bark, eighteen inches high and more :
the branches, especially the young ones, smooth
and pale green : the leaves glaucous, pulnv,
dotted, divided like the umbellate plants, doubly
pinnate, or more properly supcrdecompound :
the leaflets obovate, sessile ; the lower ones
smallest ; the end one commonly trifid, with the
middle lobe much larger than the rest : the
flowers in a branching corymb on subdivided pe-
duncles. It is a native of the South of Europe;
flowering from June to September.

The varieties are : the Common Broad-leaved
.Rue, the Narrow-leaved Rue, and the Varie-
gated-leaved Rue.

The second species has the lower leaves com-
posed of several parts, which are joined to the
midrib in the same manner as other branching
winged leaves, and have linear leaflets standing
without order: the stalks are from two to three
feet high, branching out from the bottom, and
garnished with leaves divided into five parts, and
those at the top into three, which are as small
and narrow as the bottom leaves ; are of a gray
colour, but not so fetid as those of the preceding :
the flowers grow at the end of the branches in
loose spikes, which are generally reflexed. It is
a native of the South of Europe, and Barbary,
flowering in August and September.

The third is very like the first, and is its off-

spring: the first flowers are five-cleft, and the
others four-cleft, as in that: the stem u three
feet high, upright, round, very much brain hoi :
the leaves supcrdecompound, oblong-ovate,
smallish, cinereous, smooth, strong-smelling:
the flowers in a terminating panicle. It is a na-
tive of Africa.

There are varieties with broad leaves and with
narrow leaves.

In the fourth species the stalk rises sincly
from the root, is about a foot high, and herba-
ceous : the leaves alternate, narrow : the stalk
branches at the top in form of an umbel, sus-
taining many yellow flowers, composed of five
entire plane petals, having no hairs on their bor-
ders : it seems to be a plant of short duration.
It was found in Italy.

Culture. — All the species and varieties maybe
readily increased by seed, slips, and cuttings.
The seed should be sown in the open ground, in
March or April, on a bed of lighj earth, rakm»-
it in : the plants soon come up, which when
two or three inches high should be planted out
in nursery-rows, and watered till fresh rooted.
And from the scattered or self-sown seeds of the
common sort, many young plants often rise in
autumn and spring, which form good plants ;
but by slips or cuttings is the most expeditious
method of raising all the sorts, as every slip or
cutting of the young wood will readily grow.
It is the only method by which the different va-
rieties can be continued distinct. The slips or
cuttings should be made from the young shoots
six or eight inches long, and planted in a shady
border, in rows half a foot asunder, eiving a
good watering, and repealing it occasionally ;
By which they will soon emit roots below and
shoots at top, so as to form little bushy plants
by the autumn following.

They all afford variety in the borders and other
parts, and the first sort and varieties are useful
medicinal plants. The third sort should have a
dry soil and sheltered situation.

SAC

SAC

SAB1NA. See Juniperus. The characters are: that the calyx is a two-

SACCH ARUM, a genus containing a plant valved glume, one-flowered : valves dblong-lan-

ot the lender perennial reed kind. ceolate, acuminate, erect, concave, c.maCa- ti-

lt belongs to the class and order Tr'mndria less, surrounded with along lanugo at the ba<e-
Digyma, and ranks in the natural order of the corolla two-valvcd, shorter, sharpish, wry

under : nectary two-leaved, very small : the sta-
3 B

Gramina
Vol. II.

SAC

SAL

mina have three capillary filaments, the length
of the corolla : anthers somewhat oblong: the
pisrtilluni is an oblong germ : styles two, fea-
thered : stigmas plumose : there is no pericar-
pium : corolla invests the seed : the seed single,
oblong.

The species cultivated is S. qfficinarum, Com-
mon Sugar-cane.

It has a jointed root, like that of other sorts
of cane or reed : from this arise four, five, or
more shoots, proportionable to the age or
strength of the root, eight or ten feet high, ac-
cording to the goodness of the ground : in some
moist rich soils, canes have been measured near
twenty feet long; but these are not near so good
as those of middling growth ; abounding in
juice, but having little of the essential salt : the
canes are jointed, and these joints are more or
less distant, io proportion to the soil : a leaf is
placed at each joint, and the base of it embraces
the stalk to the next joint above its insertion,
before it expands ; hence to the point it is three
or four feet in length, according to the vigour of
the plant ; ihtre is a deep whitish furrow or hol-
lowed midrib, which is broad and prominent,
on the under side ; the ed^es arc thin, and armed
with small sharp teeth, which are scarcely to be
discerned by the naked eye, but will cut the
skin of a tender hand, if it be drawn along it :
the flowers arc produced in panicles at the top of
the stalks ; are from two to three feet long, and
composed of many spikes nine or ten inches in
length, which are again subdivided into smaller
spikes : these have long down inclosing the flow-
ers, so as to hide them from sight : the seed is
oblong-pointed, and ripens in the valves of the
flower. It is a native of both the Indies, and
the Islands of the South Seas.

There are three remarkable varieties mentioned
by Loureiro, differing in the culm, not in the
flower: the White Sugar-cane, with the culm
long, white, of a middling size, very sweet, the
knots distant ; the Red Sugar-cane, with the culm
short, thicker, red, very juicy, the knots ap-
proximate; the Elephantine Sugarcane, with
the culm very thick, red, long, less sweet, the
knots approximate : and there are, probably, no
others in a plant so much cultivated.

Culture. — This plant is capable of being in-
creased by slips or suckers from the root, and by
cuttings of the main stalks ; but here generally
by slips from the bottom ; or any side-shoots
arising from the stems near the root, having
earth raised about the bottom, part will soon
emit fibres, and be fit for separation : the slips
or offsets may be taken off at any season in
which they appear fit i'or the purpose, being

careful to detach them with some fibres to each,
and plant them separately in pots of rich earth,
plunging them in the bark-bed, watering and
occasionally shading them till they have got root,
retaining them always in the bark-bed in the
stove, treating them as other exotics of that sort.

They afford variety among other stove plants.

SAFFLOWER. See Carthamus.

SAFFRON. See Crocus.

SAGE. See Salvia.

SAGE OF JERUSALEM. SeePuLOMis.

SAINT ANDREW'S CROSS. See Ascy-

RUM.

SAINT BARNABY'S THISTLE. See Cen-

TAUREA.

SAINT JOHN'S BREAD. See Ceratonia.

SAINT JOHN'S WORT. See Hypericum.

SAINT PETER'S WORT. See Hypericum.

SALIX, a genus containing plants of the de-
ciduous tree aquatic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Di-
andria, and ranks in the natural order of Amen-
tacecE.

The characters are: that in the male the calyx
is an ament oblong, imbricate every way, con-
structed of an involucre from the bud, consist-
ing of scales one-flowered, oblong, flat, spread-
ing : there is no corolla : petals none : nectary,
a gland cylindric, very small, truncate, mellife-
rous, in the centre of the flower : the stamina
have two straight, filiform filaments, longer than-
the calyx i. anthers twin, four-celled — female :
the calyx anient and scales as in the male : there
is no corolla: the pistillum is an ovate germ, at-
tenuated into a style scarcely distinct, a little
longer than the scales of the calyx : stigmas two,
bifid, erect: the pericarpiuin is an ovate-subu-
late capsule, one-celled, two-vaived : valves re-
volute: the seeds numerous, ovate, very small,
and crowned with a simple hirsute pappus or
down.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. triandra,
Long-leaved Three-stamened Willow ; 2. S.
pentandra, Bay-leaved Willow ; 3. S. vitcllina,
Yellow Willow; 4. S. amygdalina, Broad-
leaved Three stamened Willow ; 5. S. hastata,
Halbert-leaved Willow; 6. S. fragilis, Crack
Willow; 7. S. Babylouica, Weeping Willow ;
8. S. purpurea, Bitter Purple Willow ; 9. S.
Helix, Rose Willow ; 10. S.Jissa, Basket Osier;
11. S. rubra, Green Osier; 12. S. ccrprea,
Round-leaved Sallow ; 13. S. cineiea, Cinereous-
leaved Sallow; 14. S. ulba, White WTillow;
15. S. vtminalis, Osier.

The first is naturally a tree thirty feet or more
in height, but being one of the best osiers for
the use" of basket-makers is generally cut and

SAL

SAL

kept low: the bark of the stem and branches
peels off spontaneously, almost like that of the
plane-tree: the branches are upright, lone,
slenJer, pliable and tough, though somewhat

brittle'at their insertion; their bark is brownish
and smooth : their leaves abont three or four
inches long, tapering away towards the base,
and the breadth on each side the nerve is as
nearly equal as possible ; they terminate in a
point ; their margin is thickly serrate, tin- serra-
turcs incurved and rounded, a little glandular ;
both sides smooth, the under rather glaucous.
Mr. Curtis remarks that it is not usual for wil-
lows to flower both in spritm and autumn, but
he has frequently found this species to do so. It
is a native of many parts of Europe.

It may be admitted into ornamental planta-
tions, the male catkins being very numerous, of
a bright yellow colour, and of an agreeable
scent : the male tree should on this account be
preferred for ornament ; and also because the fe-
males quickly shed their catkins and make a
litter.

The second species is sufficiently well known
by its broad odoriferous leaves, the serratures of
which exude a copious yellow resin, and its nu-
merous stamens, commonly about five to each
flower. It frequently nrows to a tree ten or twelve
feet high, with a trunk as large as a man's thigh :
the twigs are of a reddish colour tinged with
yellow : the leaves are stiff, shininsr, smooth on
both sides, finely serrate with close numerous
cartilaginous teeth; when full grown they are
about three inches long, and an inch and half
vide: their footstalks are short, broad, and
sprinkled with glands : each scale in the male
catkin has usually live stamens, but often six,
and sometimes seven. These catkins are very
sweet-scented. It is a native of Britain, &:c.

The third is a middle-sized tree, much
branched at the top : branches upright •: the
bark gray, chopped, cinnamon-coloured with-
in, bitterand astringent: the female trees, when
left to themselves, have pendent branches, but
w'.en hipped are stiff and straight : male cat-
kins at first upright, then turned down ; cylin-
drical, slender, serpentine, two inches long or
more; on fruitstalks half an inch lung : necta-
ries two : stamens two : female catkins from
two to three inches in length, on fruitstalks
from an inch to an inch and half Ions: the
leaves alternate, upright, slightly serrate, with
a yellowish midrib ; they are about three inches
long and one inch broad, but always broader in
the female tree : the male tree is generally
smaller and less common than the female. It
I native of the more temperate parts of
Europe.

The shoots are used by hi4.et-nial.trs: the
wool! is white and very tough; the cotton will
make ordinary paper, and may jerve some "i
the purposes (.f genuine cotton: the ha;!.
be used in dyeing, and medicinally in agu< -.

The fourth species never rises into a tree: the
bark is deciduous: the leaves are shorter tl an ill
the first sort, scarcely two inches long, oi i
brnadish ovate figure rounded at the base, by no
means linear; oblique, the width of tin
sides being unequal: the stipules are remarkably
large, varying from a roundish to a half-!
shaped form, crenate, deciduous: female flower-
and capsujes much as in that sort. It is a native
of sever J parts of Europe.

The fifth is distinguished by its sessile ovate
smooth leave-, sharply and very finely but scarce
apparently serrate : audits subcordate stipules.
It becomes a tree, but never tall : the branches
are round, very Btraigfct, cinereous: the |i
hard, with very minute and scarcely visible ser-
ratures, cinereous beneath, but smooth on both
sides, rigid, appendicled with two ovate entire
leaflets. It is a native of Lapland, &c.

The sixth species grows to be one of the larg-
est trees of the kind : the branches break off ea-
sily at the shoot of the preceding year: the leaves
are large, four inches long, an inch and half
broad, distinctly and deeply serrate, smooth and
shining on the upper side, glaucous underneath :
the stipules scarcely any, but instead of them
the footstalks are dotted with prominent trlands :
the catkins have two or three fugacious leaves at
the base of the peduncle. It is a native of the
greater part of Europe, especially the northern
parts, and is of quick growth, soon forming a
shade in wet places ; the males are fittest for this
purpose. Bees are fond of the male flowers.

The seventh grows to a considerable size, as
four feet and a half in circumference at three feet
above the ground, and thirty feet in height. It
is generally esteemed for its long slender pen-
dulous branches, which give it a peculiar cha-
racter, and render it a beautiful object on the
margin of streams or pools : the leaves minutely
and sharply serrate, smooth on both sides,
cons underneath, with the midrib whitish; on
short petioles: the stipules, when present,
roundish or semilunar and very small ; but more
frequently wanting, and then in their stead a
glandular dot on each side: the catkins axillary,
small, oblong: in the male the filaments I
than the scale, with two ovate erect eland-
fastened to the base : the female, on two leaved
peduncles, scarcely longer than half an inch. It
is a native of the Levant.

Tie' editor of Miller's Dictionary remarks that
in No. 681 7> Aug. 95 to 07, 180), of 1!
. 1; l

SAL

SAL

James's Chronicle, there is the following para-
graph, but on what authority he is not ac-
quainted : — " The famous and admired weep-
ing willow, planted by Pope, which has lately
been felled to the ground, came from Spain,
inclosing a present to the late Lady Suffolk.
Mr. Pope was in company when the covering
was taken off; he observed that the pieces of
stick appeared as if they had some vegetation,
and added, Perhaps they may produce something
wc have not in England/ Under this idea he
planted it in his garden, and it produced the
willow tree that has given birth to so many
others."

The eighth species is a bushy shrub three or
four feet high, with long slender tough purple
shining branches: the leaves some opposite,
others alternate, nearly linear, but broadest up-
wards, serrate chiefly towards the summit, very
smooth, glaucous beneath, destitute of stipules:
the male catkins are very slender, scarcely an
inch long, nearly sessile, consisting of many
thick-set flowers, the uppermost of which expand
first : the scales black at the tip, hairy : nectary
a solitary gland opposite to each scale : the sta-
men one solitary simple, never dividing, bear-
ing an orange-coloured double or four-lobed an-
ther : the female catkins exactly like the male
in size and form. It is particularly distinguish-
ed by the length as well as delicate slenderness
of its twigs, and its subglaucous spurge-like
leaves, but above all by their extreme bitter-
ness when chewed. It is a native of many parts
of Europe.

The ninth rises to the height of nine or ten
feet, and is a small slender tree : in the form of
its leaves it differs from the eighth, being more
truly lanceolate and taper-pointed, by no means
obovate : the female catkins are somewhat
longer, and twice as thick, and stand on longer
stalks : the germ is sessile, ovate and silky ; but
the style is considerably lengthened out, quite
smooth and naked : the stigmas also, instead of
being short and ovate, are linear and considera-
bly elongated : the leaves are less glaucous be-
neath and not so bitter : the rose-like excrescen-
cies are more common at the ends of the branch-
es in it ; whence its name of Rose-Willow. It
is a native of many parts of Europe.

The tenth species is a shrub four or five feet
nigh, with upright flexible and very tough
branches, of a yellowish ash-colour, often pur-
plish : the leaves alternate, on footstalks, two or
three inches long, minutely toothed or some-
what serrate, principally towards the top; smooth
on both sides except when very young; dark
green above, glaucous beneath. : the stipules
none : the catkins on short stalks, cylindrical.

blunt, first red, then yellow, flowering first at
the top. It is a native of some parts of Europe
on the sandy banks of rivers, flowering in
April.

With us it is cultivated in the fens, and pre-
ferred to all other willows or osiers for basket-
work.

The eleventh is a shrub which has the branches
very long, slender, tough, smooth, gray or pur-
plish : the leaves about four inches long when
full grown, slightly toothed or serrate, by no
means entire, of a bright green on both sides,
smooth in general, but sometimes sprinkled with
a few slender hairs beneath : the stipules, if
present, linear-lanceolate, a little toothed ; but
generally wanting. It appears to be little known,
though amongst the most valuable as an osier.
It is a native of this country, &c.

The twelfth species often becomes a large
tree : the branches when young palish, downy :
the leaves slightly tapering to a point at both
ends, above green and scarce sensibly downy,
underneath pale green with a very thin woolli-
ness : edge marked with some notches which
are scarcely apparent unless carefully examined,
but from the middle downwards evidently waved :
the lower buds produce leaves, the upper ones
catkins not leafy. It is useful for bees, as flow-
ering early.

The thirteenth is more than six and sometimes
near twelve feet high ; in exposed boggy grounds
spreading more, but not rising so high : the
leaves alternate, rude, rugged, wrinkled and
green above, beneath rough with hairs, the veins-
indistinct, the edge serrate, on loose petioles two
lines in length : stipules in shape of half a heart,
on each side serrate with three glands : the cat-
kins brownish, placed below the leaves, on a
peduncle with a few small spear shaped leaflets.
It is the common Sallow, and a native of Eu-
rope, flowering in April.

The fourteenth species, when suffered to grow
without lopping, becomes a large and lofty tree :;
it is of quick growth, but when lopped soon de-
cays : the trunk is straight with a gray roifgh,
bark full of cracks : the branches numerous, up-
right, but diffused, gray or brownish green, the
upper ones often dusky red : the inner bark is
green : the leaves sharply and elegantly serrate ;
shining but pubescent above, white and silky
underneath: the male catkins cylindrical, blunt,.
from an inch and half to two inches in length,,
four lines in breadth, on peduncles half an inch
long: the stamens two : the nectaries two, one
before the stamens obcordate, the other behind
them oblong : the female catkins slender, cylin-
drical, two inches long, three or four line*
broad, on peduncles near an inch in length. It

SAL

SAL

is a natireof Europe, floweringin April and May.
Its wood is white, light, and tough.

The fifteenth is a very tall, slender, obsequious,
muck -growing shrub : the leaf and flower-bads

distinct : the lea.es rolled back at the edges be-
fore they unfold. It is frequently arborescent :
the bark grayish, smooth, with here and there a
crack : the branches very long, straight, slender,
touch : the leaves, especially the lower ones, a
span long or more, waved at the edge : the male
calkins ovate or oblong, from an inch to an
inch and half in length, three or four lines in
breadth, on verv short peduncles : stamens two:
nectary one: the female catkins ovate-oblong or
cylindrical, of the same length with the male,
half an inch broad ; peduncle two lines lon^ :
the leaves being silvery underneath, the nectary
in the male flower being long and slender, and
the style in the female flower being very long,
are sufficient marks to distinguish it by. It is a
native of most parts of Europe. It is the true
Osier.

There are a vast number of varieties in culti-
vation for the uses of the basket-maker. Evelyn
has enumerated three vulgar sorts : one of little-
worth, being brittle, and very much resem-
bling the Sallow, with reddish twigs, and more
greenish and rounder leaves : a second, called
Perch, of limber and green twigs, having a very
slender leaf: the third totally like the second,
onlv the twigs not altogether so green, but yel-
lowish. Tins is the very best, he says, for use,
touch and hardv. The most usual names ap-
plied to them by basket-makers about London
are : the Hard-Gelster, the Horse-Gelster,
Whyningj or Shrivelled-Gelster, Black-Gelster,
in which Suffolk abounds. Then the Goldstoncs^
the Hard and Soft, Brittle and worst of all the
Goldstones ; the Sharp and Slender-topped Yel-
low Goldstone ; the Fine Goldstone. Then
there is the Yellow Osier, the Green Osier, the
Snake or Speckled Osier, Swallow-tail and
Spaniard. To these, the editor of Miller's Dic-
tionary savs, may be added the Flanders Wil-
low, which will arrive to be a large tree — with
these coopers tie their hoops to keep them bent.
Lastly, the White Swallow, used for green-
work ; and if of the toughest sort, to make
quarter can-hoops. It is further suggested, that
innumerable varieties are cultivated in the osier-
crounds for the basket-makers ; and the same
frequently under different names in different
places, so that it would be difficult and of little
use to enumerate them; but that the Dutch and
Wire Osiers are esteemed about London. The
true Velvet Osier, which is a valuable sort, has,
it is said, been made out to be distinct from
the vimlnalis.

Culture.— All these plants are capable of be-
ing readily increased by Cttttingl o! the v
shoots of one or two years old, in length*
a yard or two or three feet ; and th reral

years growth in truncheons or sets, of from three
or four 10 live or six feet long, according to the
purposes for which they ire designed"! which
strike root most readily in low moisT soils. The
proper season for planting them out is any time
in open weather, from the beginning of autumn
till March; but the early autumn" and spring
months are the best, according as the soil may
be more moist. In the planting, a long iron-
shod dibble is used for the smaller cuttings, and
an iron crow for nuking holes for the larger
sets, or holes may be made with a spade for
very large long pole-cuttings ; though some use
no instrument in planting the smaller cuttings,
but sharpen the ends of "them, arid thrust them
into the ground, especially in soft land ; but as
this method is apt to force off the bark from the
lower part of the cutting, it is best to cut the
bottom of each cutting even, and plant them
with some instrument in the above manner.

These sets are planted for different purposes ;
as for timber trees — to form osier grounds — to
cut for poles, — for pollards for lopping, &c.

When they are intended to be raised for tim-
ber, the larger growing sorts, such as the white-
yellow, and purple, or red willows, Sec. should
be chosen, taking cuttings of the strong youno-
shoots, which should be planted at once where they
are to remain, in any low maishy, or rather moist
situation, where they grow with great rapiditv.
The ground should be prepared by proper dig-
ging, or ploughing, as may be most convenient,
and then a quantity of cuttings of the stromr
young shoots, of one or two years' growth, cut
to half a yard or two feet lengths," should be
provided and planted in rows, only six feet
asunder, and three or four distant in the rows,
that they may draw each other up fast in growth,
and allow for a gradual thinning, each catting
being inserted two parts of three Into the ground!
They soon emit roots, and shoot strongly at top
in spring and summer ; but to have them run
up with clean stems for full standards, all should
be cleared away but one of the strongest leading
shoots for a stem, which should be suffered to
run up at full length in its future growth. Af-
ter a few years, when the trees approach one
another, they should be thinned for poles, &c. ;
repeating the thinning a few years afterwards,
according as the branches of the different trees
interfere, leaving them at last about twelve or
fifteen feet asunder, to attain their full growth :
in this way they draw each other up vei .
ditiously with straight handsome stems, to forty

SAL

SAL

or fifty feet in height, or more; and in twenty
or thirty years become fit to sell as timber.

When intended to form osier grounds for low
stools, for producing twigs annually for the
basket-makers, they should be planted in rows
two or three feet asunder, and be always kept to
low stools a foot high, in order to force out a
more plentiful annual crop of twios and rods,
proper for use in one summer's growth. For this
purpose, waste bogey land in the sides of large
rivers are the most proper, both in respect to the
soil, and the conveyance of the wands.

These situations should be dug over or plough-
ed, for the reception of the osiers: then, in the
proper season, as above, a sufficient quantity of
osier sets of different sorts, in cuttings of the
one or two vears old shoots, should be formed
into two feet or two feet and half lengths,
planting them in lines two feet and half distance,
.inserting each cutting from ten or twelve to fif-
teen inches into the ground, leaving the rest out
■to form the stool, and let them be two feet and
half distant in each row: having thus formed
the plantation, the cuttings will root firmly in
the spring, and shoot at top tolerably strong in
■summer, each stool generallv throwing out several
shoots, of an erect growth. During the first sum-
mer, all large weeds should be kept down, that
the stools may have full scope to produce the first
shoots as strong as possible, which, by the end
of autumn, will probably be advanced some con-
siderable length ; and if much wanted may be
cut in the following winter or spring; but for
iii 11 plantations they should generally be suffered
to continue their growth for two years, till the
stools are firmly rooted and become strong;
then be cut down with all the tops close to the
heads of the stools, which serve for poles, &.c.
Next year the stools shoot out strong, a nume-
rous crop of twigs and rods, fit for cutting for
the basket-makers in the winter following; and
the stools still remaining, continue to furnish an
annual crop fit for cutting every winter: the
twigs when cut should be sorted in sizes, tied in
bundles, and stacked up for use.

Where intended to cut for poles, the planta-
tions of stools may be made in any waste wa-
tery situations, as along the sides of brooks,
rivers, watery ditches, and other similar situa-
tions ; to cut every three, four, five, or six years,
according to the purposes for which they may
be employ ed.

In forming them, a quantity of sets, of two
years old shoots, in cuttings about two feet and
half long, should be provided, and planted in rows
a yard asunder, introducing each cutting two
parts of three into the ground; theyreatlily grow,
Mid each sends out several elect shoots, which,

in three or four years, will become large poles fit
to be cut for use.

Large cuttings or truncheons, three or four
feet long, may likewise be thrust down along
the sides of rivers, brooks, ditches, &c. which
will often take root, and shoot out strongly at
top for poles.

When designed for pollard standards to cut
over for poles, for hurdles, &c. also for fuel,
every fifth, sixth, or seventh year, the sets or
cuttings may be obtained in plenty from the lop-
pings of any old pollard willows, &c. choosing
the large straight poles, cut from about seven or
eight to nine or ten feet lengths, which should
be planted cither with an iron crow, or some
other similar implement, forced into the ground
to make wide holes, two feet or two and a half
deep, for their reception : or, if the ground be
stubborn, the holes should be dug with a spade
to that depth, planting one set in each hole,
placing them from a foot and half at least to
two feet and half in the ground, leaving six,
seven, or eight above for the stem : these sets,
though so large and long, if planted in moist
places, readily strike root, and shoot out at top
the following spring and summer, into many
erect branches, which, after four or five years
growth, become fit to lop for poles, &c. The
trees thus continue to afford a lopping as above,
or may be suffered to grow larger, according to
the purposes for which the loppings may be
wanted.

When for the purpose of forming hedges
quickly, either as fences, blinds, or shelter, cut-
tings, either of strong young shoots, formed in
two or three feet lengths, and planted in a
row half a foot asunder, and twelve to fifteen
or eighteen inches deep, may be employed, or
larger truncheons of several years growth, cut
into sets, two, three, four, or live feet long or
more, be used : in either case, when the sets
have made the first year's shoot, the shoots may
be plashed together in winter, both to stiffen the
hedge and give it a thicker form, and afterwards
be kept regular by clipping it annually, or suf-
fered to take its own natural growth.

But, in order to form a willow hedge as
quickly as possible, large straight sets of live or
six feet long may be used, planting them che-
quer-ways, placing each set half a yard in the
ground, leaving three or four feet above ; which,
being arranged, cross one another in the above
manner; and ranged all of an equal height, they
at once form a good firm fence.

And where a speedy fence is wanted, by way
of blind or shelter, a quantity of loppings, five,
six, or seven feet long , well furnished with late-
ral branches to the bottom, may be provided and

SAL

SAL

planted in a deepish trench, pretty close toge-
ther, which soon grow , and form a sort ot fence
immediately.

When for twigs for garden uses, a moi-t si-
tuation should be chosen, and .1 quantity of the
most pliant kind of osier sus, or cuttings of
the vomit: shoots, half 8 yard or two teet long,
should be provided and planted in rows, t>'. 0
pans of three into the ground. They grow
Freely, and furnish plenty ot twigs every year,
managing them as those in the osier plania-

CO '

tions.

The after-culture in all these cases is princi-
pallv the keeping down large weeds the firs) and
second vears after planting, bu' which is more
particularly necessary in the plantations 01 young
low cuttings, till they are a little advanced in
their growth.

\\ nen intended for nursery collections, ajl
the different sorts should be kept, being raised
from young cutting-) of a year or two old, in
half-vard or two feet lengths, and planted in
rows, two or three feet asunder, to grow till
wanted for use.

Some of these sorts of willows may be used
with good effect, as ornamental trees on the sides
of ponds or other places, especially while, yel-
low, purple, sweet, almond-leaved, and weeping
kinds, being disposed thinly in large out -planta-
tions; but the Babylonian or Weeping Willow,
for its curious pendulous growth, demands atten-
tion in a particular manner, and should be dis-
posed singly, or detached, both by the side of
water, and in spacious openings of grass ground,
also near urottoes, cascades, caves, rums, 8cc

SALLAD HERBS, the different sorts
culent plants from which herbs for Ballads are
collected. These by different sow ings, plantings,
he. are obtained at ail times of the year; but
the most tenerallv esteemed sortq may be com-
prised under the heads of Lar^c, Small, and Oc-
casional Sallad Hetbs.

The first con-isi chiefh of the different sorts
of lettuces; the dilierei endive, and aH

the varieties of celery, which soils are in 1.
perfection for use when amved at the full
growth ; any of which may be < ■ sallad

alone, orall mixed t' getb r, a n ilha pro per quan-
tity of small sal lading, especially 1:1 winter and
spring; as theBmalfsalladingbeii .mna-

ture rentiers the sa lad more grateful and whole-
some. Lettuce - d roost io
summer, when full grown ai d firmly cabbaged,

:\ be uSed at
ceitr\ are excellent for autumn and win
lads, being in. I from Se|

the end ; . they art full

and finely blanched, audotieii cot u> to-

lerable perfection all winter and spring.
Lvci in, ClCBORlUM, and Al'U M.

l'he second sorts are CICMCS, mustard, r..
rape, and some others; in all of which herbs, the
yoi 1 - are the useful pans for the purp

of sallad, and an- always in 1 he best perfection
when quite young, as a lew davs, or a week old
at most, while in their first lca.es; cuiting tbeiQ
up, stalks and top together, close to the ground,
as when used thus quite young they eat exc
inj tender, w ith an agreeably warm relish, but be-
come too hot bv age. .K i.SalladIIk

I he I asi sorts are principally corn sailad, or
lamb's lettuce — purslane — spear-mint — water-
cress— borage and borage-flowers — nasturtium-
flowers and the young leaves — chervil — buruei,
and sometimes red -cabbage — radishes — redbcu-
root — rinochia, or Azorian fennel — sorrel — tarra-
gou — young onions — ci\es — and sometimes
hor?e-radish, incorporated with oilier herbs;
most of which sorts are occasionally used in
composition with other sallad herbs, and some
alone as a Ballad, such as red-cabbage, water-
cress, young borage, cce. See their respective
genera.

S ALLOW. See Salix.

SALSOLA, a genus containing a plant of the
shrubby evergreen kind.

It belongs to the class and order Penlandria
Digy/iia, and ranks in the natural order of Holo-
racctr.

The charac ers are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth: segments ovate, concave, per-
manent : there is no corolla, unie.-s the calyx be
called so: the stamina have t'i\c very short lila-
lnenis inserted into the segments, of the c.\\\ \ ;
the pistilluin is a globular get in : stylethree*
parted or two-parted, short: stigmas recurved; the
pericarpium is an ovate capsule, wi ipped iq the
calyx, one-celled : the seeds single, very large,
spiral.

species cultivated is S. Jruticosa,
Slin S wort, or Stone CropXree.

It has th* stem about two feet high or more,
woody, ere,-t, round, very much branched ; the
branches also erect, and tiiieklv clothed with
alternate, s. semi-cylindrical, blunt ish,

lleshv. even, almost upi...;, rather giaui
leaves : thi fl >w ers iuc< ispi< n .

lie, solitary, green;; with three small, eon-
cave, scariose bractes. The leaves have an her-
baceous flavour, with a slight de.r^e of sait .mil
some acrimony. It forms an elegant 1 ■.
shrub, Bower iug in July and August. It is a na-
tive ol i'rav ■'. \c.

Cit!tiut. — This plant may be in..:
layers. 01 cuttings, though **lh difficulty in .
method.

SAL

SAL

The young branches should be laid down in
the spring, and when well-rooted, in the follow-
ing autumn, be taken off and planted out where
thev are to remain, a warm sheltered situation
being provided for the purpose.

Though these plants are inhabitants of the
sea shores, they may be introduced in the bor-
ders and clumps of the shrubbery with other
evergreens.

SALVIA, a genus containing plants of under-
shrubby, heibaceous, and shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diandria
Monogynia, ana ranks in the natural order of
Verticillalce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, striated, gradually wi-
dening and compressed at the top : mouth erect,
two-lipped ; lower lip two-toothed : the corolla
one-petalled, unequal : tube widening at the
top, compressed ; border ringent, upper lip con-
cave, compressed, curved inwards, emarginate ;
lower lip wide, trifid, middle segment larger,
roundish, emarginate : the stamina have two
filaments, very short ; two threads are fastened
transversely to these almost in the middle, on
the lower extremity of which is a gland, on the
upper an anther : the pistillum is a four-cleft
germ : style filiform, very long, in the same si-
tuation with the stamens: stigma bifid : there is
no pericarpium. Calyx very slightly conver-
ging, having the seeds in the bottom of it : the
seeds four, roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. officinalis,
Garden Sage ; 2. S. grandiflora, Broad-leaved
Garden Sage ; 3. S. triloba, Three-lobed Sage,
or Sage of Virtue ; 4. S. sclarea, Common
Clary ; 5. S. argentea, Silvery-leaved Sage or
Clary ; 6. S. vei-lenaca, Vervain Sage or Clary ;
1 . S. Indica, Indian Sage or Clary ; 8. S. Hor-
vninum, Red-topped Sage or Clary ; 9. S. gluti-
nosa, Yellow Sage or Clary; 10. S. Mexicana,
Mexican Sage; U.S. Canariensis, Canary Sage ;

12. S. Afrkana, Blue-flowered African Sage;

13. S. aurea, Gold-flowered African Sage; 14.
S. pomifera, Apple-bearing Sage; 15. S.for-
wiosf/, Shining-leaved Sage.

The first is a branching shrub, about two feet
in height : the younger branches are tomentose
and whitish : the leaves are wrinkled, cinereous
white or tinged with dusky purple, on very short
petioles, sometimes eared at the base : the flow-
ers terminating, in long spikes composed of six-
flowered whorls, approximating, yet distinct.
It is a native of the South of Europe and Bar-
barv-

The varieties are : the Common Green Sage,
the Wormwood Sage, the Green Sage with A va-
riegated leaf, the Red Sage, the Red Sage with a

variegated leaf, the Painted or Parti-coloured Sa<rf
with red leaves striped with white, or white red and
green mixed, found, says Johnson, " in a country
garden by Mr. John Tradescant, and by him
imparted to other lovers of plants." There is
also Spanish or Lavender-leaved Sage, in which
the leaves are linear-lanceolate, very narrow and
quite entire, in clusters on the side of the stalks;
they are very hoary, and the branches are cover-
ed with a hoary down : the leaves on the upper
part of the stalk are narrower than those of
Rosemary ; the flowers grow in closer spikes,
and are of a light blue colour.

But the variety with red or blackish leaves is
the most common in cultivation ; and the
Wormwood Sage is in greater plenty than the
common green-leaved Sage.

In the second species the stalks do not grow
so upright as those of the common Sage; they
are very hairy, and divide into several branches :
the leaves are broad, woolly, on long petioles,
serrate, and rough on the upper surface : the
leaves on the flower-stalks are oblong-ovate, on
shorter petioles, and very slightly serrate : the
whorls are pretty far distant, and few flowers in
each ; they are of a pale blue, and about the
same size with those of the common sort. It
flowers in June, and in good seasons the seeds
ripen in autumn. This sage is preferred to all
the others for tea. It is often called Balsamic
Sage.

The third has the leaves narrower than those
of the common sort ; they are hoary, and some
of them are indented on their edges towards the
base, which indentures have the appearance of
ears. The spikes of flowers are longer than
those of the two preceding sorts, and the whorls
are generally naked : the flowers are smaller,
and of a deeper blue than those of the Common
Sage. It is a native of the South of Europe.

The fourth species has the lower leaves large,
in good ground seven or eight inches long, and
four broad at the base, ending in blunt points :
the stems large and clammy, about two feet
high, with leaves of the same shape, but smaller,
and sending out small opposite side branches :
the flowers in loose terminating spikes, com-
posed of whorls, of a pale blue colour. It is
biennial, and a native of Syria, &c. flowering
from July to September.

It is observed, that" a wine is made from the
herb in flower boiled with sugar, which has a
flavour not unlike Frontiniac."

The fifth has the leaves of a thick consistence,
having several irregular indentures on their bor-
ders : the stem near a foot and half high, send-
ing out two or four branches near the bottom,
which grow erect : the whorls of flowers large,

S A L

SAL

towards the top barren. It is a native of the
island of Candia, and biennial, flowering in June.
The sixth has a perennial brown root, the
thickness of the middle linger, striking deep in-
to the earth, and famished with numerous fi-
bres: the stems nearly upright, two Beet high, set
with horizontal somewhat viscid hairs, purplish,
especially at the joints : the root-leaves on long
petioles, varying in form, oblong, rounded at
the end, sometimes a little pointed, not (infre-
quently heart-shaped at the base, but more com-
monly the leaf runs down on each side the foot-
stalk, and to a greater length on one side than
on the other, very slightly hirsute, on the mar-
gin irregularly waved and serrate or toothed,
paler beneath, veiny and marked with small
glandular concave dots : stem-leaves somewhat
remote, the lowermost on short footstalks, the
uppermost .sessile : the flowers in whorls, almost
naked, containing about six flowers. It is a
native of all the four continents, flowering
during the whole summer from June, and even
in October.

The seventh has the lower leaves heart-shaped,
acutely crenatc, of a thick consistence, seven or
eight inches long, and four broad at the base,
where thev are eared : the stem four feet high,
having two or three pairs of smaller leaves on
the lower part at the joints : the upper part, for
the length of two feet, has whorls of flowers, at
two or three inches distance from each other,
without any leaves under them : the calyx is
hairv and blunt : the helmet of the corolla
arched, erect and blue, terminating in a blue
point; the two side segments of the under lip
are of a violet colour ; the middle segment,
which is indented at the point, is white, and cu-
riously spotted w ith violet on the inside ; the
two side lobes turn yellow before the flower
drops. It is a native of India, flowering from
May to July.

The eighth has the stems erect, about a foot
and half high: the leaves shaped like those of
the common Red Sage, gradually diminishing
in size to the top: the stems have whorls of
-mall flowers, and are terminated by clusters of
small leaves, and forming two varieties; one
with purple and another with red tops. For
the sake of this coma they are preserved in
gaidens for ornament. They flower in June and
July, and their seeds ripen in the autumn. It is
a native of the South of Europe.

1 lie i, in 'u has an abiding root, composed of
strong woody fibres: the leaves four inches
long, and three broad at the base, of a pale yel-
low ish green colour, upon footstalk-; three or four
inches loner: the stemsstrong, near four feet high,
having smaller leaves below, and the upper part

Vol. II.

closely set with whorls of large yellow flowers.
The whole plant is verv clammy, and has a
strong scent, somewhat (ike common Garden
Clary. The flowers arc u-,cd in Holland to giv<*
a flavour to the Rhenish wines. It is a native ot
( u Tinam', &c. flowering from June to November.

The tenth has the stem shrubby, eight or ten
feet high, sending out slender four-cornered
branches of a purplish colour: the leaves thin,
pale green, and hairy on their under side, on
long slender footstalks: the flowers in close
thick spikes at the end of the branches, having
a fine blue colour. It is a native of Mexico,
flowering from May to Jury.

The eleventh has the stem shrubby, five or
six het high, dividing into many branches co-
vered with a flocky down : the leaves three
inches and a half long, and an inch and halt
broad at the base, where are two acute angular
ears: petioles long and woolly : the top of the
stalk branches out into many footstalks, forming
a sort of panicle : the flowers are of a light blue
colour, and are ranged in whorled spikes, having
two small leaves under each whorl. It is a na-
tive of the Canary Islands, flowering from June
to September.

The twelfth rises with a shrubby stalk four or
five feet high, dividing into branches : the leaves
are ovate, of a gray colour : the flowers come
out in whorls towards the end of the branche.s ;
they are of a fine blue colour, larger than those
of the common Sage, appear in succession most
of the summer months, and those which come
early are often followed by seeds ripening in au-
tumn. It is a native of the Cape.

The thirteenth also rises with a shrubby stalk
seven or eight feet high, covered with a light -
coloured bark, sending out branches the w hole
length which grow almost horizontally : the
leaves are of a gray colour: the flowers, iii thick
short spikes at the end of the branches, are very
large, and of a dark gold colour. It is a na-
tive of the Cape, flowering from May to No-
vember.

The fourteenth has the stem shrubbv, four or
five feet high, dividing into several branches :
the flowers of a pale blue colour : the branches
have often punctures made in them by ins
producing protuberances as big as apples, in the
same manner as galls upon the Oak, and the
rough balls upon the Briar. It is remarked by
Martynj that the common Sage has the same
excrescences in the island of Candia or Crete, and
that they cany them to market there under the
name of Sage Apples. It was found at Candia

The fifteenth lias the stem Miflruticosc, the
height of a man, upright, brachiate, somewhat
knotty, loosely chapped, ash- coloured : the

3 C

SAL

SAL

branches and branchlets opposite, spreading,
four-cornered, naked at the base, rufous: shoots
four-grooved, green at the top, clammy: the
leaves spreading, acute (in the garden bluntish),
crenate-serrate, somewhat wrinkled, veined,
with the midrib and veins prominent only be-
i.eath, subcoriaceous, greenish, but paler on the
bac!\: petiole scarcely half as long as the leaf,
round on one side, grooved on the other :
flowers very many, from the axils of the shoots,
in a sort of whorl, in the garden commonly five
together, the two lower of which are later: they
are on short, spreading, one-flowered peduncles,
jointed at the top. It is a native of Peru,
flowering most part of the summer.

Culture. — These plants are in most of the
sorts raised without much difficulty7.

Culture in the Sage Kind. — This in all the
varieties may be effected by slips or cuttings of
the young shoots from the sides of the branches,
sometimes also by bottom rooted off-set*, and
likewise by seed. Slips both of the former and
same year's growth may be used.

Those of the first sort may be employed in
April, but the latter not till May, or later: these,
however, most readily strike root, and assume
a free growth.

In either case, moist weather should be
chosen ; and having recourse to some good
bushy plants, a proper quantity of the outward
robust side shoots, about five, six, or seven
inches long, should be slipped off, trimming off
all the lower leaves, then planted out in some
shady border, with a dibble, in rows half a foot
asunder, putting them down almost to their tops,
giving water directly, to settle the earth close,
as well as to promote an early emission of root-
fibres, and repeating the waterings occasionally
in dry weather : the slips in general soon emit
fibres, anil shoot freely at top : when they have
a tendency to spindle up with slender shoots, or
run up to flower, it is proper to top them short in
order to force out laterals below, to assume a
bushy growth: they mostly form tolerably bushy
plants by the autumn, when, or in the spring
following, they may be removed, with balls of
earth about their roots, and planted where tbey
are to remain, either in four-feet beds, or in
continued rows, a foot and half asunder, if de-
signed as a close plantation for use : those de-
signed for the pleasure-ground should be dis-
posed in the borders, 8cc. so as to afford va-
riety.

Where there are rooted off-sets, tbey may be
slipped off separately with the fibres to them,
either as the plants stand in the ground, or the
bunches of plants taken up and divided into as
many separate slips as are furnished with roots,

being planted out at once where they are to
remain.

The plants raised from young slips generally
form the strongest and most bushy plants.

In raising these plants from seed, which is
but seldom practised, it should be sown in April,
in a bed of light rich earth, raking it in : the
plants soon conie up ; and when about two or
three inches high, should be pricked out, the
strongest in nursery rows, half a foot asunder,
to gain strength till the autumn or spring fol-
lowing, and then planted out with balls where
they are to stand.

In the after-culture of this species and va-
rieties, all that is requisite is the keeping them
clean from weeds in summer, cutting; down the
decayed flower-stalks in autumn, and slightly
digging between the rows in the same season, to
keep them clean and decent during the winter,
&c. But where this digging is not done in the
autumn it should not be omitted in the spring.

The leaves of the Sage should be gathered-
with care and attention, not to cut the tops too
close, to render the plants naked and stubby,
especially when late in autumn and winter ; in
which they would be more liable to suffer from-
severe frost than when the head is preserved
somewhat full and regular: besides, in this state
the plants continue longer in a prosperous free
growth.

When, in any old plantation, naked, stubby,
or decayed parts occur, they should be cut out,
and any straggling irregular growths reduced to
order by occasional pruning in spring or sum-
mer, by which the plants will more readily emit
fresh shoots and form full heads.

Fresh plantations of Sage should be formed as
the old ones decline.

In continuing them where the ground is much
impoverished, a little dry rotten dung should be
pointed in lightly, to give more vigour to the
plants.

Culture in the Clary Kind. — These in the
herbaceous kinds are easily raised from seed, and
in the perennial sorts by parting the roots.

The seed should be sown in March, in any
bed or border of common earth, raking it in ;
and when the plants have got leaves of two or
three inches growth, they should be planted out
in showery weather, in rows eighteen inches
distant, and at the same distance in the lines :
they soon strike root, and grow large, furnishing
large leaves, fit for use in autumn, winter, and
the following sprang.

The perennial sorts are raised from seed in
the same manner, setting the young plants out in
the summer in nursery-rows till autumn, when
they should be planted out into the borders, 8cc.

S A M

SAM

The annual sorts may be som n in spring in
the borders, in patches to remain.

The roots in the perennial kinds niav be
parted in autumn, or early in the spring, and
planted out where they are to remain.

Culture in the tender Shrubby Kinth. — These
are easily increased by cuttings of the young
shoots; they should be planted in pots in the
spring, and plunged in a hot-bed, where they
soon emit roots at bottom and shoots at top,
and should be gradually hardened to the full air:
but cuttings planted in summer will often strike
without the aid of a hot-bed when planted either
in pots or in a bed of natural earth, under
frames and lights, or covered close w ith hand-
glasses, and shaded from the mid-day sun, being
occasionally watered.

The young plants should afterwards be potted
off separately, and managed as other shrubby
exotics of the green-house.

The last sort requires a warm drv green-house
in winter, and to be very sparingly watered. See
Grbrn-house Plants.

Some of the sorts are useful as culinary plants,
others for the purpose of ornament in the bor-
ders, &c. and the tender sorts in green- house
collections.

SAMBAC. See Jasminum.

SAMBUCUS, a genus containing hardy de-
ciduous trees, shrub and herbaceous peren-
nials.

It belongs to the class and order Penlamhia
Trigytiia, and ranks in the natural order of
Dumosts,

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, superior, five-parted, very small,
permanent: the corolla one-petalled, rotate-
concave, five-cleft, blunt : segments reflex :
the stamina have live awl-shaped lilaments, the
length of the corolla : anthers roundish : the
p.stillum is an inferior, ovate, blunt germ : style
none; but instead of it a ventrieose gland: stig-
11 s three, blunt: the periearpiutn is a roundish
one-celled berry: the seeds three, convex on
one side, angular on the other.

The species cultivated are : 1. S. nigra, Com-
mon Elder ; 2. S. raa-mosu, Ked-bemed Elder ;
3. S. Liulus, Dwarf Elder j 4. S. Canadensis,
Canadian Elder.

The first species grows to a bushy tree twelve
Gr sixteen feet in height, much branched, and
covered with a smooth gray bark when voung,
which becomes rough on the trunk and older
branches : the wood is hard, tough, yellow,
polishing almost as well as the box-tree ; the
younger branches containing a very large pro-
portion of medullary matter or pith: the leaves
opposite, unequally pinnate: leaflet: omuionly

live, smooth, nearly equal at the base, with very
small or no stipules: the cymes terminating;
dividing into live principal branches, and many
small ones : the flowers cream-coloured, with a

sweet hut faint smell, especially when dried. It
is a native ol I' tin and many other parts of

Europe; a!- ti Africa, Japan, Sec, flowerieg

in May and June.

There are varieties with white or green berries,
with variegated leaves ; and the Parsley-leaved

Elder, which has the leaflets narrower, and cflt
into several segments, whii h are again deeply
indented on their edges regularly, in form of
winged leaves : the stalks are much smaller, and
the shoots are short ; the leaves have not so
strong an odour, and the berries are a little
smalier.

There are also the Guld-siriped-leavcd, the
Silver -striped -leaved, and the Silver-dusted
Elder.

The second species sends up many shrubby
stalks from the root, rising ten or twelve feet
high, and dividing into many branches, which
are covered with a brown baik: the leaves are
opposite; the lower generally composed of two
pairs of leaflets, terminated by an odd one,
shorter and broader than those of the first, and
deeply serrate; the upper have frequently but
three leaflets ; they are of a pale green colour and
pretty smooth : the (lowers are of an herbaceous
white colour, appearing in April, and some-
times succeeded by berries, which are red when
ripe. It is a native of Germany, Switzerland,
Italy, &c.

The third has a creeping root : the stems herba-
ceous, three feet high, upright, roundish, groov-
ed, leafy, somewhat enlarged at the joints, pur-
plish, branched above; the branches opposite
and upright: the leaves Opposite; unequally pin-
nate, dark green, smoothish : leaflets four to six
pairs, ovate-lanceolate, veined, acute, serrate,
unequal, and generally glandular at the base,
smooth above, downy with a slight roughness
underneath, and whiter; the lowermost often
lobed : the stipules large, leafy, serrate, some
times accompanying a pair of leaflets as well as
the whole leaf: the cyme terminating in three
principal branches, and those dividing into many
others, hairy and many-flowered: all the (lowers
pedicelled. It is a native of many parts of Eu-
rope.

Ft was formerly called Wallwort or Wale-
wort, and Danewort, and differs Iron: the first
sort in being herbaceous, in basing a creeping
root, and narrower leaflets, more numerous, and
sometimes lobed.

There is a variety with cut leaves in which the
roots do not creep so much, nor the ;iaiu r;se
3 C ■_•

SAP

SAP

They have a very ornamental effect in the bor-
ders and clumps, when kept properly trimmed in
and tastefully intermixed with other similar
plants, in the fronts and more conspicuous
parts.

SAPINDUS, a genus containing plants of
the tree, shrubby, and tender exotic kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Octandria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Tri-
hilalcB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
leaved perianth, spreading; leaflets subovate,
almost equal, flat, spreading, coloured, decidu-
ous; two of them exterior: the corolla has four
ovate, clawed petals ; two of them more ap-
proximating : nectary of four oblong concave
erect leaflets, inserted into the base of jhe pe-
tals : glands four, roundish, inserted also into
the base of the petals: the stamina have eight
filaments, length of the flower; anthers cordate,
erect: the pistillum is a triangular germ : styles
three, short : stigmas simple, obtuse: the peri-
carpium has three capsules, fleshy, globular,
connate, inflated : the teed is a globular nut
(two-celled).

The species are : 1. S. Sapovaria. Common
Soap-berry Tree; 2. S. rigidus, Ash-leaved
Soap-berry Tree.

There are other species that may be culti-
vated for variety.

The first rises with a woody stalk in its native
situation, from twenty to thirty feet high, send-
ing out many branches towards the top, which
are garnished with winged leaves, composed of
three, four, or five pair of spear-shaped leaflets,
which are from three to four inches long, and
2n inch and a quarter broad in the middle, draw-
ins to a point at both ends : the midrib has a
membranaceous or leafy border running on each
side from one pair of leaflets to the other, which
is broaden in the middle between the leaflets ;
thev are of a pale green colour, and are pretty
s-tiff; the flowers are produced in loose spikes
at the end of the branches; are small and white,
making no ereat appearance : these are suc-
ceeded by oval berries as large as middling cher-
ries, sometimes single, at others two, three, or
four are joined together ; these have a sapona-
ceous skin or cover, which incloses a very
smooth roundish nut of the same form and
of a shining black when ripe. It is a native
of the West Indies.

The nuts were formerly brought hither for
buttons to waistcoats, some tipped with silver,
and others with different metals, and were very
durable, as they did not wear, and seldom
!'i"ke.

The second species, according to Miller, has
a strong woody stalk which rises about twentv
feet high, sending out many short Strom'
branches, covered with a smooth gray bark :
the leaves composed of two pairs of spear-shaped
leaflets, very stiff* and smooth ; the inner pair
small, seldom more than an inch and half long;
the two outer near three inches long, and almost
an inch broad in the middle, drawing to points
at both ends ; they are oblique to the footstalk,
of a pale green, and sit close to the midrib : the
ends of the branches are divided into two or
three footstalks, each sustaining a loose spike
of flowers : the berries roundish; generally two,
three, or four joined together. It is a native or'
the West Indies.

Culture. — These plan's may be raised from
seeds, procured from their native situations,
which should be sown in small pots filled with
rich fresh earth early in the spring, plun-
ging them in a hot-bed of bark, and watering
them frequently : — when the plants appear, the
glasses should be raised daily to admit fresh air,
and when they have had some growth, they
should be shaken out of the pots, carefully se-
parated, and plained in distinct pots filled with
light rich mould, re-plunging them in the hot-
bed, and shading them from the sun till they have
stricken root, when they should have free air
admitted daily when the weather is warm, and
be frequently watered : as they soon fill the pots
with their roots, they should be often removed
into larger ones, and be gradually inured to the
open air, as when too much forced in the sum-
mer they are apt to die in the winter. In the
beginning of the autumn they should be re-
moved into the bark-bed of the stove, or be
placed upon the shelves of it, where they often
succeed better, beinii managed as other stove
plants of the same nature.

Thev afford variety in stove collections.
SAFONARIA, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous perennial and annual kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Deoandrid
Digynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Can/ophillei.

The characters are: that the calyx is a onc-
lcafed, naked, tubular, five-toothed permanent
pcrianthi the corolla has five petals; claws
narrow, angular, length of the calyx ; border
flat, with the plates wider outwards, blunt : the
stamina have ten awl-shaped filaments, length of
the tube of the corolla, alternately inserted into
the claws of the petals, five later; anthers oblong,
blunt, incumbent : the pistillum is a subcylin-
drieal germ : styjes two, straight, parallel,
length of the stamens ; stigmas acute : the pen-

S A R

S A R

earpium is a capsule, length of the calyx, co-
vered, one-celled, oblong: the seeds numerous,
small : the receptacle tree.

The species cultivated is S. officinalis, Com-
mon Soapwort.

It has a perennial root, striking deep and
Spreading wide, and creeping by runners: the
stems a toot and half in height, upright, round,
rigid, jointed, smooth, often reddish, panicled
at top: the leaves opposite, connate, quite en-
tire, three-nerved, smooth: the panicle hemi-
spherical, muny- flowered, bractcolate : the co-
rolla flesh-coloured or rosq-cploured, varying to
white, smelling sweet: the petals entire, crowned
at the throat i the seeds blackish, with a granu-
lated surface. It is a native of the Southern
parts or Europe, flowering from July to Sep-
tember.

There are two varieties : as with double flowers,
which is preserved in gardens, but has the same
fault with the single one, of spreading very much
at the root.

The hollow-leaved, in which the roots do not
spread like those of the common sort : the stalks
are shorter, thicker, and do not grow so erect ;
they rise a foot or more in height ; the joints
are very near and swelling : the leaves are pro-
duced singly on the lower part of the stalks, but
towards the top they are often placed by pairs;
they are about three inches long and two broad,
having several longitudinal veins or plaits, and
are hollowed like a ladle : the flowers are dis-
posed loosely on the top of the stalk, have large
cylindrical calyxes, only one petal, and scarcely
any visible stamens ; they are of a purple colour,
and appear in July.

Culture. — These plants are readily increased
by parting the roots, and planting them out
either in the autumn or early spring : the hol-
low-leaved variety may likewise be raised from
slips or cuttings planted at the same seasons. It
should have adry situation, where the air is good.

The double sort affords variety in the borders
and other parts, and the hollow-leaved variety
is useful for ornamenting rock work.

SARRACENIA, a genus containing plants
of the herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria
Monos>/>iia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sucrulo/iicB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a double
perianth; lower three-leaved: leaflets ovate,
very small, deciduous; upper live- leaved;, leaflets
suhovate, very large, coloured, deciduous : the
corolla has five ovate petals, bent in, covering
the stamens: claws ovate-oblong, straight: the
stamina have numerous small filaments: anthers
>imple : the pistillum is a roundish germ : style

cylindrical, very short: stigma clypeate, peltate,
live-cornered, covering the vt.u/iins, permanent :
tin. periearpium is a roundish, five-celled cap
the seeds numerous, roundish, acmniiu'e, small.

The species are: i. S.Jtava, Yellow Side-
saddle flower ; i!. S. pin (jurcd, Purple Side-
saddle Flower.

The first has the leaves mar three feet high,
small at the bottom, bat widening gradually to
the top ; they are hollow, and arched over at the
mouth like a liiar's cowl: the flowers glow on
naked pedicels, rising from the root to the
height of three feet, and are of a green colour.
It is a native of Carolina, Virginia, Sec. flower-
ing in June and July.

The second species has a strong fibrous root,
which .'trikcs deep into the soft earth, from which
arise five, six, or seven leaves, in proportion to-
the strength of the plant ; these are about five
or six inches long, hollow like a pitcher, narrow
at their base, but swell out large at the top j.
their outer sides are rounded, but on their inner
side they are a little compressed, and have a
broad leafy border running longitudinally the
whole length of the tube; and to the rounded
part of the leaf there is on the top a large ap-
pendage or ear standing erect, of a brownish
colour ; this surrounds the outside of the leaves
about two thirds of the top, it is eared at both
ends, and waved round the border : from the
centre of the root, between the leaves, arises a
strong, round, naked footstalk, about a foot
high, sustaining one nodding flower at the top :
the leaflets of the upper calyx are obtuse, and
bent over the corolla, so as to cover the inside of
it; they are of a purple colour on the outside,
but green within, only having purple edges: tha
petals are of a purple colour, and hollowed like
a spoon. It is a native of most parts of North
America, in boggy situations.

Culture. — As these plants grow naturally in
soft boggy situation*, they are raised with diffi-
culty here. The best mode is to procure them
from the places of their natural growth, and to
have them taken up with large balls of earth to
their roots, and planted in tubs of earth ; they
should be constantly watered during their pas-
sage, otherwise they decay before they arrive :
as there is little probabifity of raising these
plants irom seeds, so as to produce flowers in
many years, if the seeds should even grow, young
plants should be taken up for this purpose, as
they are more likely to stand than those which
have flowered two or three times. When the
plants arc brought over, they should be planti d
into pretty large pots, which should be filled
with soft spongy earth, mixed with rotten wood,
moss, and turf, which is very like the natural

SAT

SAT

sou* in which they grow-1; These pots should be
put into tubs or large pans which will hold wa-
ter, with which they must be constantly sup-
plied, and placed in a shady situation in sum-
mer; but in winter be covered with moss, or
sheltered under a frame, otherwise they will not
live in this climate ; having free air admitted in
mild open weather.

SASSAFRAS. See Laorus.

SATTIN, WHITE. See Lunaria.

SATUREIA, a genus containing plants of
the low under-shrubby and herbaceous peren-
nial and annual kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Didyriamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order of
Verticillalce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a ene-
leafed perianth, tubular, striated, erect, perma-
nent : mouth five-toothed, almost equal, erect :
the corolla one-petalled, ringent : lube cylindri-
cal, shorter than the calyx : throat simple :
upper lip erect, blunt, acutely emarginate, length
of the lower lip: lower lip three-parted, spread-
ing ; segments blunt, equal, the middle one a
little larger : the stamina have four filaments,
setaceous, distant, scarcely the length of the
upper lip; the two lower a little shorter: anthers
converging: the pistillum is a four-cleft germ :
style setaceous, length of the corolla: stigmas
two, setaceous : there is no peiicarpium : calyx
converimia:, containing the seeds in the bottom :

1*1

the seeds four, roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. montana,
Winter Savory; 2. S. Iwrlcnsis, Summer Sa-
vory ; 3. S. Juliana, Linear-leaved Savory ;
4. S. Thymhra, Whorled Savory; 5. S. capltata,
Ciliated Savory.

The first is a perennial plant, with a shrubby
low branching stalk : the branches rise about a
foot high, are woody, and have two very narrow
stiff leaves, about an inch long, opposite at each
joint : from the base of these come out a few
small leaves in clusters : the flowers axillary
upon short footstalks, shaped like those of the
second sort, but larger and paler. They appear
in June, and the seeds ripen in autumn. It is a
native of the South of France and Italy.

The second species is an annual plant, with
slender erect stalks about a foot high, sending
out branches at each joint by pairs : the leaves
opposite, about an inch long, and one eighth of
an inch broad in the middle, stiff, a little hairy,
and having an aromatic odour if rubbed : the
flowers towards the upper part of the branches
axillary ; each peduncle sustaining two flowers :
the corolla pale flesh-colour. It is a native of
the South of France and Italy, flowering from
June to August.
1

The third has very slender woody stalks, which
grow erect, about nine inches high, sending out
two or three slender side branches towards the
bottom : the leaves opposite, stiff: the flowers
in whorls for more than half the length of the
stalk, seeming as if they were bundled together:
the corolla small and white : the whole plant
has a pleasant aromatic smell. It is a native of
Italy, flowering from May to September.

The fourth species rises about two feet high
with a woody stem, and divides into many
branches, so as to form a small bush : the leaves
somewhat like those of Common Savory, having
a strong aromatic scent when bruised.

In this the whorls are four or five, whereas
in the preceding there are nineteen or twenty.
It is a native of the island of Candia.

The fifth has a low shrubby stalk, which
sends branches on everv side, about six inches
lon<j, and hoary: the leaves stiff, narrow, acute-
pointed : the flowers in short roundish spikes
at the end of the branches, small and white: the
whole plant is hoary and very aromatic. It never
produces seeds in this climate. It is a native
of the Levant, flowering from June to October.
Culture. — The first sort may be raised from
seeds, or hv planting slips.

The seeds should be sown in the early spring,
as the end of March or beginning of April, on a
bed of light rich earth, raking it in lightly; when
the plants appear they should be occasionally
watered, and kept properly thinned.

Some of these plants, when a few inches
high, are often taken up, and planted out in
nursery rows six inches apart in moist weather,
to remain to the autumn or spring, and then
planted out with balls of earth about their roots,
in rows a foot asunder, to remain.

But the better method is by planting slips or
cuttings at the above period, which readilv take
root, and form good plants, which in the au-
tumn may be planted out with balls to then-
roots, in beds or rows a foot apart,

The second sort is raised from seeds, which
should be sown thinly in the beginning of April
upon a bed of light earth, where the plants are
to remain.

Some, however, transplant them in the same
manner as the above.

The plants should afterwards be kept clean
from weeds, and managed in the same manner
as has been directed for Marjoram.

The other tender sorts may be increased by
slips or cuttings of the most strong side-shoots,
planting them out in pots, (or in a shady-
border protected by mats) the pots being plunged
in a moderate hot-bed: they soon begin to grow,
and should have free air and water: when well

SAT

S A X

rooted in the autumn, they should be removed
into separate small pot?, tilled with fre>h un-
dumrcd mould, and placed in the shade till well
rooted) and afterwards in a sheltered situation
till tiie autumn, when tkev should he taken
under a garden frame, haviug tree air when the
season is line, but be well pr >s «ted (rum frost.

As these plants seldom continue more than a
few years, some should be frequently raised a* a
supply aeam:-t thev decline.

The two lirst sorts are useful pot-herbs, and
the other kinds afford variety among collections
of green-house plants.

SATYRIL'M, a genus containing plants of the
-bulbous-rooted, hardy-flowering perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Gynandria
Diandr'uiy and ranks in the natural order of Or-
■ch'uiete.

The characters are : that the calyx is, as the
spathes, wandering : spadix simple : the perianth
none: the corolla has fire ovate-oblong petals :
three exterior; two interior converging upwards
into a helmet: nectary one-leafed, annexed to
the receptacle bv its lower side between the di-
\ istoa ot the petals ; upper lip erect, very short ;
lower flat, pendulous, prominent behind at the
base in a scrotiform bag : the stamina have two

intents, very slender and very short, placed on
the pistil : anthers obovate, covered by the two-
cclled fold of the upper lip of the nectary: the
pistillum is an oblong germ, twisted, inferior:
style fastened to the upper lip of the nectary,
very short: stigma compressed, obtuse: the
pencarpium is an oblong capsule, one-celled,
three-keeled, three-valved, opening in three
parts under the keels, cohering at the top and

torn: the seeds numerous, very small, irre-
gular like saw-dust.

The species are: I. S. hird/utm, Lizard Sa-
tvrion, or Lizard-flower; 2. S. riride, Frog Sa-
tvrion ; 3. S. allidum, White Satvrion.

The first frequently attains the height of three
feet, and produces from twenty to sixty or
more flowers, remarkable lor their fetid goat-
like smell : the upper part of the lip is downv,
ar.d marked with elegant purple spots on a
white ground; otherwise the flowers are more-
singular than beautiful : the leaves are near
inches long and half an inch broad ; the spike of
'.ers is six inches in length: the corolla of a
dirty white, with some linear stripes and spots
of a brown colour ; the middle. segment ot the
lip ot the nectaiv is two inches long. It is a

..-. e ot Germany, &c.

It is often called Goat Orchis : " It has been
occasionally met with in the neighbourhood
about Darttord ; but the greediness of the col-
Lectors has frequently endangered its total de-

VOL. II.

struction, and in some seasons none can be
found in flower."

" The circumstance of its varying in size aiyl
the breadth of the leaves, has given occasion to
old authors to make two species of it : the flower:,
are sometimes quite while."

•2. " It was found at the Cape of Good Hope,
on the top of the Table mountain; whence it-,
trivial name."

3. " It is large and panicled : found at the
Cape."

4. " Tbis is a fathom in height, with large
orange coloured flowers."

5. " In this the lip is muricate with white and
purple prickles. Both these were also found at
the Cape."

The second species has a stem from five to
eleven inches high, and solid, w ith unequal sharp
angles, formed from the edges of the leaves and
bractes : the spike lanceolate, from one to three
inches long, loose with few flowers : the bractes
subulate-lanceolate, keeled, somewhat bowed -
in. It is a native of many parts of Europe,
flowering from May to August.

The tbird has the stem from nine to fifteen
inches high : the lower leaves oval, sheathing
the stem ; upper lanceolate, acute : the flower*
very numerous, in a long (an inch and half,
cylindrical,) close spike : the bractes lanceolate,
very acute, longer than the germ : the petals
white, oval-lanceolate, all converging: lip of
the nectary short, green, divided into three acute
segments, the middle one longest and more
blunt, the spur blunt, about half as long as the
germ* It is a native of Scania, Denmark, &c.
flowering in June and July.

Culture. — These plants are not raised without
some difficulty : the best mode of increasing
them is by taking up the roots with a good ball
about them from their natural situations, and
planting them 'in a soil as similar as possible,
where they are to grow, let ting the ground
around them afterward* remain wholly undis-
turbed.

They sometimes also succeed bv seed and off-
sets fioui the roots planted out after the stems
decay .

They afford variety in borders among other
similar plants.

SAVIN'. See Jdmpb&hs.

SAVORY. Sec Satl'KEIA.

SAVOY CABBAGX See Brassica.

SAXIFRAGA, a genus containing plants of
the low hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dccandria
Hi^i/nia, and ranks in the natural order of Suc-
culent(C.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a one-

3D

SAX

SAX

leafed perianth, five-parted, short, acute, perma-
nent: the corolla has live petals, spreading,
Barrow at the base : the stamina have ten awl-
shaped filaments: anthers roundish : the pistil-
Jum is a roundish acuminate germ, ending' in
two short styles: stigmas blunt: the pericar-
puim is a subovatc two-beaked' capsule, two-
celled, opening between the points : the seeds
numerous', minute.

The species mostly cultivated are: 1. S. Coty-
ledon, Pyramidal Saxifrage; 2. S. granulate,
White Saxifrage; 3. S. crassifolia, Thick-
leaved Saxifrage; 4. S. umbro.ta, London Pride ;
5. S. hypnoides, Mossy Saxifrage, or Ladies'
Cushion; 6. S. sarmehtosct1, China Saxifrage;
7. S. rotundifolia, Round-leave J Saxifrage.

There are other species that may be culti-
vated.

The first has the panicle very much branched,
many-flowered, or branched a little with few
flowers: the petals unspotted or spotted; and
according to Miller, who has made three species
of it, the roots are perennial and fibrous, and
the leaves are gathered into circular heads, em-
bracing each other at the base like the common
Houseleck, in some of the sorts tongue-shaped,
about two inches long, and a quarter of an inch
broad: the stem about a foot high, purplish, a
little hairy, and sending out several horizontal
branches 'the whole length: the flowers are in
small clusters at the emfof the branches ; white
with several red spots on the inside. But in
others the leaves are smaller. It is a native of
the Alps.

Tt is observed, that when these plants arc
strong they produce very large pyramids of
flowers, which make a fine appearance ; and be-
ing kept in the shade, and screened from wind
and rain, continue in beauty a considerable
time : they flower in June. There are several
varieties.

The second species has the root composed of
several little grains or knobs, attached to one
main fibre, and throwing out small fibres from
their base : the stem is erect, round, pubescent,
leafy, somewhat viscid, branched and panicled
at top, of a brown or reddish hue, with which
colour the leaves, &c. are also tinged, giving the
whole herb a rich glowing appearance ; these
parts are also clothed with the same kind of
hairs, especially the calyx, which is very clammy
to the touch : the leaves are somewhat fleshy,
lobed, and cut ; those next the root on long foot-
stalks ; those on the stem alternate, subsessile.
It is a native of Europe, flowering in May.

It varies with double flowers, in which state it
is cultivated as an ornamental plant.

The third has the rpot superficial, black,

scalv, with the relics of dead leaves, the thickness
of a finger or thumb, round, sending down fili-
form fibres from the lower surface : the stems
from the axils of the leaves of the > car pre-
ceding at the tops of the roots alternate, very
short, almost upright, covered with the sheatks
of the leaves, quite simple, but branched in au-
tumn: the leaves three or four, alternate, spread-
ing very much, obovate-oblong, ercnulate,
subretuse, very smooth, veined, a span lung,
flat, coriaceous : the petioles shorter by halt
than the leaves, roundish, channelled, smooth,
with a wide membrane at the base, ot an ovate
form, embracing, and in the winter season serv-
ing for a gem : the seape or peduncle terni -
nating, solitary, erect, a span high, the thick-
ness of the little finger, roundish, very smooth,
purplish, almost naked, many-flowered: the
panicle contracted, naked, blood- red, composed
of pedale racemes : the flowers inferior, drooping,
pedicelled : the pedicels short, round, rugged.

It is observed, that '? the stem changes every
year into root ; that which flowers one year
losing its leaves during the winter, turning to
the ground, becoming black, and putting forth
fibres :" and after the plant has flowered, the
stem puts forth branches from the axils of the
leaves, which have the panicle of flowers for the
next year included in their gems.

Acaording to Curtis, the leaves are large, red
on the under, and of a line shining green on
their upper surface, and may he ranked among
the more handsome kinds ol foliage : the flower-
ing stems, according to the richness and mois-
ture of the soil in which they are planted, rise
from one to two or even three feet high ; at top
supporting a large bunch of purple pendulous
flowers, expanding in April and May, and, if tiae
season prove favourable, making a fine appear-
ance. It is a native of Siberia.

It is remarked, that '• there is another Saxifrage
in gardens, exceedingly Lke this inappearance, but
differing, in producing larger bunches of flowers,
and in having larger, rounder, and more heart-
shaped leaves."

The fourth species has the leaves all radical,
aggregate in tufts, spreading, running down in-
to the petiole, even and quite smooth, ottsn
purple beneath : the scape a span high, erect,
red, hairy, many-flowered, with a few small al-
ternate bractes : the flowers upright : the calyx
finally refle.xed : the petals obovalc-lanceolatc,
white or flesh-coloured, most beautifully dotted
with yellow and dark red : the germ altogether
superior, rose coloured: the capsule ventneose,
tipped with purple. It is a native of Ireland and
England, flowering in June and July. It has the
names of None-so-pretty, and London Bride.

S A X

S C A

The fifth has long slender fibroiU roots, throw-
ing out many procumbent leafy shoots, which
prow matted together, forming thick tufts: from
the common origin of these arises a solitary erect
mund stem, bearing two or three straggling
linear undivided leaves, and terminating id an
ight panicle of-a few large white flowers: the
leaves are alternate, linear, acute) pale green,
oth, their edges only often hairy with soft
white woolly threads: the leaves on the shoots
simple and undivided ; those at the bottom <>t
the stem all deeply three-cleft, with the segments
divaricate. According to Withering, the sum,
fruit-talks, and calyx are thickly set with short
hairs terminated bv red globules, and the rest of
the plant thinly set with fine white hairs. It is
a native of Britain, flowering in May, and often
again sparingly in July and August.

The >ixth species has the root-leaves pclioled,
conJate-suborbicular. hairy, crenate, with blunt
lobules, olcraceous, having white veins on the
upper surface, beneath liver-coloured : the pe-
tioles roundish, longer than the leaf: the stem
herbaceous, round, a foot and hall high, almost
leafless, pubescent, as the whole herb is, with
hairs standing out; the whole raceme compound,
the partial racemes drooping at the end before
they flower. Branclud runners proceed ia
abundance front the axils of the root-leave?, ter-
minating in rootinsr off-sets : three of the petals
are smaller, whitish stained with red ; two
larger, white. It is observed, that " its round
variegated leaves, and str.iwberrv-like runners,
with die uncommon magnitude of the two lower
pendent petals, joined to the very conspicuous
glandular nectary, in the centre of the flower,
half surrounding the germ, render it strikingly
distinct." It is a native of China and Japan,
flowering in June and July.

The seventh has the lower leaves almost
round, on Ions footstalks, deeply divided, hairy
and green above, pale beneath : the stems erect,
about a foot high, channelled and hairy, with
kidney-shaped leaves: the stem puts out a tew
slender footstalks from the upper part, which,
together with the stem itself, are terminated by
small clusters of flowers, white spottul with red.
It is a beautiful plant, and a native of Switzer-
land, kc.

Culture. — The first sort may be readily in-
creased by planting off-sets taken from the
sides of the old plants in small pots filled with
fresh light earth, placing them in the shade
during the summer, but letting them be exposed
to the influence of the sun m winter: all the
off-sets should be taken off, as by that means
they will flower much stronger: the young
plants afford flowers the second year.

The second sort may likewise be increasi i
the same way, which should be planted out
where they are to remain in Julv, when (he
stuns decay, in fresh undunged earth, giving
them a shady situation till winter: the) should
be set out in large lulls, and when in tin
ground have a shady place assigned them.

The third sort may be increased with little
trouble by parting the roots, and planting them
out in tlu siiiing or autumn in the open ground,
or in pots in the former situation, being pro-
tected in severe weather, and in the latter re-
moved to the green-house or a garden frame.

'I he fourth may also be raised by offsets in
the same way, a shade situation being chosen.

The fifth sort is easily increased bv planting
its trailing rooted branches in the autumn where
they are to remain: it should have a moist soil
and shaded situation.

The sixth may be readily raised bv the run-
ners, which may be planted in pots to be placed
in the green-house, though it will bear the open
air in mild winters in a warm sheltered situa-
tion.

The last mav be increased bv parting the
roots and planting them out in the early au-
tumn : it should have a moist shady situation,
with a rather stiff loamy soil.

They all afford ornament and variety in the
clumps, borders, and other parts of pleasure-
grounds; except the sixth, which must have a
place in the green-house collection.

SCABIOSA, aacnus containing plants of the
herbaceous, annual, biennial, perennial, and
shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Tdronlria
Monogynidy and ranks in the natural order of
Aggreguttt.

The characters are : that the calvx is a com-
mon perianth, many-flowered, spreading, many-
leaved : leaflets in various rows surrounding toe
receptacle and placed upon it, the inner ones
gradually less: proper perianth double, both
superior : outer shorter, membranaceous, p!aitcd,
permanent; inner five-parted, with the seg-
ments subulate-capillaceous : the corolla uni-
versal equal, often from unequal ones : proper
one-petalled, tubular, four- or live-cleft, equal
or unequal : the stamina have four filament-,,
subulate-capillarv, weak : anthers oblong, in-
cumbent : the pistillum is an inferior genu, in-
volved in its proper sheath as in a calvcle : Style
filiform, length of the corolla : stigma obtuse,
obliquely etriarginate; there is no pericarpium :
the seeds solitary, ovalc-oblong, involute,
crowned variously with proper calyxes : the re-
ceptacles common convex, chaffy, or naked.

The species uio»llv cultivated are: I. if. cl-
' 3 D •;

S C A

S'C A

pina, Alpine Scabious ; 2. S. h-i/cantha, Snowy
Scabious; 3. S'. succha, Devil's-bit Scabii us ;
4. S. integrifb/ia, Red -flowered Annual Scabi-
dus ; 5-. S. tataricu, Giant Scabious ; 6. S.
L'1-amitntia, Cut-leaved Scabious ; '/'• Si s'tl/ata,
Starry Scabious; 8. S. airoparpurta, Sweet Sca-
bious; 9- S. argentea, Silvery Scabious ; 10. Si
gramiiujhlia, Grass-leaved Scabious; 11. S.
jifribana, African Scabious; 12. S. Crclka, Cre-
tan Scabious.

The first has a perennial root, composed of
many strong fibres which run dc p in the
ground: the stems several, strong, channelled,
upwards of four feet high: the leaflets four or
five pairs, unequal in size and irregularly placed,
ftSdirig in acute points: the flowers are on naked
peduncles at the ends of the branches, of a
whitish yellow colour, appearing at the end of
June. It is a native of the Alps of Switzer-
land, &c.

The second species has a perennial root : the
lower leaves almost entire, serrate : stem stiff,
two feet high, bifid at top, spreading ; in the di-
vision arises a naked peduncle, which, as also
the divisions, are each terminated by a single
flower, composed of many white florets. It is
a- native of the South of France, &c.

The third has also a perennial, oblong,
blackish root, near the thickness of the little
finger, often growing obliquely, stumped at' the
lower end so as to appear as if bitten off, whence
its trivial name, and furnished with long whitish
fibres : the stem from a foot to eighteen inches
in height, upright, branched at top, round,
rough with hair, and often of a reddish colour :
the branches are lengthened out, and each bears
one flower : the root-leaves are ovate, quite en-
tire, blunter than the others; the stem-leaves
lanceolate, the lower ones remotely toothed, but
the upper ones entire ; all dark-green, rather
coriaceous, harsh and hairy : the flowers in nearly
globular heads. It is a native of Europe, flower-
ing from August to the end of Octobei*.

The fourth species has an annual root : the
stem is not hispid : the branches patulous : the
foot-leaves, like those of the Daisy, ovate,
bluntish, fugged, more acutely serrate ; stem-
leaves few ; branch-leaves lanceolate, embracing,
ciliate at the base, seldom toothed or pinnatifid,
very long. It is a native of Germany, flower-
ing from June to August.

The fifth rise's with a strong branching
stalk four or five feet high, closely armed with
stiff prickly hairs ; lower hairs spear-shaped,
about seven inches long, and near four broad
in the middle, deeply cut on the sides ; the
steirl-lea-ves more entire, sortie of them sharply
serrate; those at the top linear and entire : the

flowers from J\\c sides and at the t6p of the
stalks, white, and each sitting in a bristly calvx :
the root is biennial. It is a native of Tar-
tars', Sec.

file sixth species has the root- leaves villose,
ash-coloured, deeply pinnatifid ; with the pin-
nules blunt, distinct, the lower ones linear and
entire, the upper gradually wider, blunt, gash-
toothed: the stem-'; aves bipmnate, with the
leaflets linear, narrow, unequal, scarcely pu-
bescent : the stem a foot and half in height : it
flowers very late, even in November, and is.
perennial. It is a native of the South of
France, &c.

The seventh is annual, the stems three feet
hich, hairy : the leaves oblong, deeply notched ;
the upper ones cut almost to the midrib into fine
segments : the flowers on long peduncles : the
receptacles are globular: the florets large,
spreading open like a star, of a pale purple co-
lour. It is a native of Spain and Barbary,
flowering in July and August.

It vanes with different jair<ied leaves, and with

. J CO *

red and white flowers.

The eighth species has a fibrous annual bien-
nial root, crowned with a large tuft of oblong
leaves, variously jagged and cut on the edges: the
stems upright, numerously branched on even' side,
three feet high or more: the calyx is twelve-leaved,
recurved, linear, the length of the corolla ; the
flower very dark purple, with white anthers : the
fruit ovate: the receptacle subulate, with bristle-
shaped chaffs. It flowers from June to October :
the flowers are very sweet, and there is a great va-
riety in their colour, some being of a purple ap-
proaching to black, others of a pale purple, some
red and others variegated. It abo varies in the
leaves, some being finer cut than others : and
sometimes from the side of the calyx come out
many slender peduncles sustaining small flow-
ers, like the (prohftrous or)'Hen-and-cbicken
Daisy.

The ninth is a low perennial plant, with a
branching stalk spreading wide on eveiyside;
the leaves are of a silvery colour ; the flowers
are small, pale, and have no scent : the stem
has white hairs thinly scattered over it : the
root leaves are somewhat toothed; stem-leaves
undivided, and ciliate towards the base. It is a
native of the Levant, flowering from June to
October.

The tenth species has a perennial root, from
which arise three or four stalks, the lower parts of
which have linear leaves about four inches long,
and the eighth of an inch broad, of a silvery co-
lour, ending in acute points: the upper part of
the stalk is naked for six or seven inches in
length, and sustains at the top one pale-blue

S C A

S C A

fl«wer. It is a native of the mountains of
ibine, lowering in July.

The eleventh h Ik, which

divides into . Bond rises about

Ave feet high : the loaves aw ovate-lanceolate^
three inches long, and an inch anil hull broad,
deeply creuate, of alight greenyuod a littU hairy:
peduncle terminating, sustaining one
i-coloured tlower. It is a native of Africa,
flowering from Jtdy to October: it vanes in tho
leaves. The variety with lha leaves finely cut,
fu-. according- to Milter, rf» stalks li.un,
dividing into several branched : tlw bottom
ire lanceolate crenate and entire; hut
(hose on the upper part of the s-'.aik are bipin-
nate : the flowers- are produced on long Baked
footstalks From the end of the branches ; are
or" a pale fiesh-colour and large, but have iu
scent.

twelfth rises with a shrubby stalk three
feet high, and divides into several woody knotty
branches: the leaves are narrow , silvery, entire,
r inches long, :ul a quarter of an inch
broad : the flow., rs a od upon very loBg naked
peduncles at the end of the branches, and are of
a line blue colour. It is a naiive of Candia and
Sicilv. According to Miller, the plant from
Candia has shorter and much broader leaves,
and not so white as those of the Sicilian ; the
flowers aro not so large, and are of a pale purple
colour.

Culture. — All the annual and biennial sorts
mav be increased by seed, which should be
sown in a bed or border of common mould, or
in pots to be forwarded iu the hot-bed in the
earlv spring months ; but the biennial sort is
better sown in the Litter end of the summer, as
about August, as they flower stronger and more
fully the following summer. Some mav how-
ever be sown at both seasons.

When the plants have attained some growth,
in the spring-sow n last, they should be pr.cked
out into the places where they are to grow, on
beds, to be afterwards removed : and in the au-
tumn-sown sorts into nursery-vows, -ix or eight
inches apart, to be removed into the places
where thev are to remain, with balls about their
roots, in the following spring, being duly wa-
tered and kept free from weeds.

The starry sort is best sown in patches in
the borders or clumps where the plants are to
lower.

The herbaceous perennial kinds may be readily
increased bv sowing the seeds in a Led or border
of good light earth, in tiie spring season, the
plants being planted out when iney have at-
tained a little gro.vth where liK-v are to grow :
they are also capable of bcir.g raised* by parting

the roots and planting them out where they aru
to grow in the autumn.

The shrubby kinds may be readily rai-.
planting slips or cuttings of the young branches
in the spnng or stun ->>n, in tne former

and plunged in a/ moderate hot-
bed, or under a glass frame ; but in the latter,
in tiie open ground, being well .-haded an .

ion become t )lerably well rooted;
and in the autumn may be potted off intr
rate pits filled with light loamy earth, ami
managed in the sam« manner as other exotic
green -house plant * during the winter.

The annual and perennial sons alford orna-
ment and variety among other plants of the
flower kind m the bonders, ixc, and the shrubby
kinds produce variety in green-house collec-
tions.

VLUOX. See Ali.h-u.

LNDiX, a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous annual and perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Bmttaniria

hi, and ranks in the natural order ol
beilatce or Umbeliyvncb.

1 he characters are : that the calyx is an uni-
i umbel, loner, with lew rays.: partial more

abundant: involucre universal none: partial
live-leaved, length of the umbdlct : perianth
proper obsolete: the corolla universal difTorm,
radiate : florets of the disk abortive : proper
petals five, inllcx-emarginate : the inner ones
smaller; outmost larger: the stamina have live
capillary filaments : anthers roundish: the pis-
tillum is an oblong inferior germ : styles two,
awl-shaped, length of the least petal, distant,
permanent: stigmas in the radiant florets ob-
tuse: there is no pericarpium : fruit very long
a\\ l-shaped, bipartite: the seeds two, awl-shaped,
convex and grooved on one side, ilat on the
other.

The species is S. cert folium, Garden Cher-
vil.

It has an annual root : the leaves are of an
exceedingly delicate texture, smooth, shining,
tppinnale, with the seirnieit-decplysemipiunaie,
and the lobules lanceolate, shortly two-toothed,
or three-toothed : the stem smooth, from afoot to
two feet in height, hairy only under the origin of
the branches, whence alwavs are produced two
branches and a single leaf: the Cowers white.
It i- a native of many parts of Kurope,
in May. It was formerly much more cultivated

' [.resent. It is us' d as a culinary plant in
winter and ipring, and i.- ■ Mauve ot the Levant.
Culture. — This plant mav be raised from teed
bv sowing at different times in the early sprint),
as from February to M.e.h. and also in August
for winter use, in txd5 of common earth, raking

SCH

S C I

the seed in : it afterwards only requires to be
kept clean from weeds.

The leaves are used in their young state while
green and tender..
° SCARLET JBEANi . See Piiaskolus.

SCARLET CARDINAL FLOWER. See
Lobelia.

SCARLET CONVOLVULUS. Sec Ipo-

M/T. \.

SCARLET HORSE CHESTNUT. See
P,\ vi a.

SCARLET JASMIN. *See Bignonia.

SCARLET LUPIN. Sec Lathyrus.

SCARLET LYCHNIS. See Lychnis.

SCARLET OAK. See Quf.rcus.

SCHINUS, a genus affording plants of the
shrubby evergreen exotic kinds for the green-
house and stove.

It belongs to the class and order Dioccia De-
Bandria, and ranks in the natural order of Du-

7)1 Of (P.

The characters are : that in the male the ca-
lyx is a one-leafed, five-parted perianth, spread-
ing, acute: the corolla has live oval petals,
spreading, petioled : the stamina have ten filiform
filaments, length of the corolla, spreading : an-
thers roundish; the pistillum a rudiment with-
out a stigma. Female —the calyx is a one-
leafed, five-parted perianth, acute, permanent :
the corolla has five oblong petals, spreading,
petioled : the pistillum is a roundish germ :
style none : stigmas three, ovate : the pericar-
pium is a globular three celled berry : the seeds
solitary, globular.

The species are: 1. S. molle, Peruvian
Mastick Tree; 2. S. Arena, Brasilian Mastick
Tree.

The first rises with a woody stem eight or
ten feet high, dividing into many branches, co-
vered with a brown rough bark : the leaves are
alternate on the branches, composed of several
pairs of leaflets from ten to fifteen, each about
an inch and half long, and a quarter of an inch
broad at the base, lessening gradually to the
point, and having a few serratures on their
edges; they arc of a lucid green, and emit a
turpentine odour when bruised. The flowers
are produced in loose bunches at the end of the
branches; are vt ry small, white, and have no
odour. It is a native of Peru.

The second species differs from the first only
in having the leaflets entire and all equal in size.
It is a native of Brazil and Peru.

Oultwe. — The first is increased by sowing
seeds obtained from its native situation in pots
filled with fresh mould, plunging them in a mo-
derate hot -bed ; fresh air and water should be
frequently given, when in five or six weeks the

plants will he fit in plant out in separate small
pots filled with soft loamv mould, re-plunginc
them in the hot-bed, and giving proper shade
till they are fresh rooted. They should after-
wards be gradually inured to the open air during
the summer season, being taken under shelter
before the frosts commence.

They are tender while young, requiring a little
warmth in winter, but the protection of the green-
house will be sufficient afterwards.

It is also capable of being increased bv layers
and cuttings ; the former may be laid down in
the spring, and the later planted out in the early
spring; the plants when well rooted being treated
as tile seedlings.

The second sort may be increased in the same
method ; but the plants require to be continued
in the stove for several winters, when they may
be preserved in a moderate green-house.

They afford variety among other exotic plants
in green-house collections.

SCILLA, a genus containing plants of the
hardy, bulbous-rooted, perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Moriogi//iia, and ranks in the natural order of
CorouarinB,

The characters are : that there is no calyx :
the corolla has six ovate petals, spreading very
much, deciduous : the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, shorter by half thjn the co-
rolla : anthers oblong, incumbent : the pistil-
lum is a roundish germ : style simple, length of
the stamens, deciduous : stigma simple : the pen-
carpium is a subovate capsule, smooth, three-
grooved, three-celled, threc-valved ; the seeds
many, roundish.

The species are: 1. S. marltlma, Officinal
Squill ; 2. S. Ulio-Hyaciiitkus, Lily-rooted
Squill ; 3. .S'. Jtalica, Italian Squill ; 4. S.
Peruviana, Peruvian Squill; 5. S. amtena,
Nodding Squill ; 6. S. campanulata, Spanish
Squill ; 7. S. aiilumnalis, Autumnal Squill.

The first has a very large root, Somewhat
pear-shaped, composed of many coats as in the
Onion, and having several fibres coming out at
the bottom, and striking deep in the ground.
From the middle of the root arise several shining
leaves, a foot long, and two inches broad at
their base, lessening all the way to the top,
where they end in points ; they continue green
all the winter, and decay in the spring: then
the flower-stalk comes out, rising two feet
high, naked about half way, and terminated by
a pyramidal thvrsc of flowers, which are white.
It is a native of Spain, Portugal, &c. flowering
here in April and May.

There are varieties with a red, and with a
white root.

S C I

SCO

Tht second species has a scaly root like the
Lilv ; it is oblong- and yellow, vuy hke that of
N1 art agon: theleaw- are shaped like thoseofthe
White Lily, but are smaller: the s'talk is »l<
and rises a foot high ; it is terminated bj blue
flowers, which appear in June. It is a native
of Spain, Portugal, &ci

The thinl has a roundish solid bulb, like that
of {he hyacinth : the leaves come out sparsedly,
and are very like those ol the English hare-bells' :
■ in seven or eight inches high, terminated
by clustered flowers of a pale blue colour; at
first disposed m a sort of umbel or depressed
spike, but afterwards drawing up to a point and
foi nine- i conical corymb.

The fourth species h;is a large solid root,
raised a little pyramidal in the middle, covered
with a brown cot, from this come out before
winter live or see n leaves, six or eight inches
long, of a lucid green, keeled, and spreading
almost flat on the irround : from the centre of
these come out one, two, or three scapes,
thick, succulent, six or eight inches high, ter-
minated by a conical corymb of flowers, upon
prcttv long pedicels.

There are varieties with a deep blue, and with
a white flower ; it is often known by the name
of I [yacinth ot Peru. It is a native of Spain, Por-
tugal, and ISarbarv.

The fifth has a large solid purplish root, from
which come oat five or six leave-. lying on the
ground, above a loot lone', and an inch broad,
keeled, channelled, and of a lucid green ; from
among these arise two, three, or tour pi rplish
stalks, eight or nine inches high, sustaining to-
wards the top live or six flowers, which come
out singly from the side; they are of a violet-
blue colour, anil appear in April. It is a native
of the Levant.

In the sixth species the bulb is oblong, white,
whence come out five or six leaves, a tool long,
and halt" an inch broad, of a lucid green, and a
little keeled : scape nine or ten inches high,
firm, and sustaining many flowers at the top,
disposed in a loose panicle, each on a pretty
long pedicel which is erect, but the flower it-
self nods: the corolla is of a deep blue violet
colour. It is a native of Spain and Portugal,'
flowering in May.

The seventh has the bulb ovate roundish,
coated, whitish : the leaves numerous, much
shorter than the scape, two or three inches long,
In" ir, obtuse, channelled, spreading, scape from
three or four to six inches in height, round,
upright, striated, below whitish green, above
purplish, appearing villose when magnified.
Sometimes there is a second scape : the flowers
six, ten, or even twenty in a corymb, which is

soon tenj tit into a raceme. It is a na-

tive of France, Spain, <

It is observed that '• most old writers distin-
guish a larger and a smaller sort; but these diilcr
merelv in size.- and some have noticed a vanity

w ith white flowers."

Cu/titrc. — These plants may be increased by
offsets frflm the root-, and by seids, but the
li;st i» the better mode.

The offsets may be taken off every other year,
and be planted out at the time the leaves and
sterns di cay.

The seed should he sown in the autumn, on
light mould in shallow boxes or pans, in the
Same manner as in the Hyacinth, the same cir-
cumstances UL-'mg attended to in the culture.
The plants are long in flowering in this way,
except in the last species, which should have a
dry loamv soil.

The first sort,asberng a native of the sea-shores,
cannot be well propagated in other situations,
as the plants are apt to be destroyed by the frosts
in winter, and to grow indifferently in the Bum-
mer season from the want of salt water.

They afford variety in the beds and borders
of pleasure-grounds.

S< ORPl&N SENNA. See Coronilla.

SCORPI'URUS-, a genus containing hardy
herbaceous plants of the annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Difldi !
Decatidria, and ranks m the natural order of
PapilionacetB or Legurninos(e.

flu characters arc : that the calyx is a simple
umbel : perianth one-leatnl, erect, inflated,
verv slightly compressed, half-five cleft, acute:
teeth alii tl : the upper ones less divided:

the corolla papilionaceous : banner roundish,
emarginate, reflexed, spreading : wings sub-
ovate, lobse, with a blunt appendix : keel half-
mooned, with the belly gibbous, acuminate,
erect, two-parted below : the stamina have
diadelphous lilamcnts, (simple and nine-cleft,)
ascending: anthers small: the pistillum is art
oblong germ, cylindrical, a little reflexed : style
bent-in upwards : stigma a terminating point :
the pericarpium is an oblong legume, subcylin-
drical, coriaceous, striated, rugged, revolute,
divided internally into several transverse cell<,
obscurely knobbed externally by the contraction
of the joints : the seeds are solitary, roundish.

The species cultivated are : \. S. vermiculath,
Common Caterpillar; 2. S. muricata, Two-
flowered Caterpillar ; 3. St sulcata, Furrowed
Caterpillar.

The first has the stalks herbaceous, trailing, above
a foot long, lying on the ground, and having at
each joint a spatulatc leaf on a long footstalk :
the peduncles axillary, sustaining at the top one

SCO

SCR

Vellow flower, which is succeeded by a thick
twined pod, the size and appearance of a large
green caterpillar. It is -a native ot the South
of Europe.

The second species has stronger stalks than
the first ; the leaves are much broader ; the pe-
duncles support two smaller flowers; the pods
'are slender, longer and more twisted, and are
armed with blunt spines on their outside. It is
a native of the South of Europe.

The third has slenderer stalks than either of
the former ; the leaves stand upon shorter foot-
stalks, but are shaped like those of the first sort;
the peduncles are slender, and frequently sup-
port three flowers ; the pods are slender, not so
much twisted as the former, and armed on their
outside with sharp distinct spines. It is a na-
tive of the South of Europe, and Barbarv.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
sowing the seeds in the places where thev are to
remain in the early spring months, three or four
seeds being put in, in a place, the plants should
be thinned properly and kept clean from weeds
afterwards, when they will produce flowers, and
pod= having the resemblance of caterpillars,
about the month of June.

The first sort is the most deserving of culii-
vation, as being the largest in the pods and
most perfectly formed.

They afford ornament and variety in their
curious pods.

SCORZONERA, a genus containing a plant
of the tap-rooted esculent kind.

It belongs to the class and order Syngencsia
Polygamia jEqualis, and ranks in the natural
order of Composite Semijlosculosce.

The characters are: that the calyx is com-
mon, imbricate, long, subcylindrical : scales
about fifteen, scariose at the edge : the corolla
compound, imbricate, reniform : corollets her-
maphrodite numerous, the outer a little longer :
proper one-petalled, ligulate, linear, truncate,
live-toothed : the stamina have five capillary
filaments, very short: anther cylindrical, tubu-
lar : the pistillum is an oblong germ: style fili-
form, length of the stamens : stigmas two, re-
flexed : there is no pericarpium T calvx ovate-
oblong, converging and finally spreading and
reflexed : the seeds solitary, oblong, cylindrical,
striated, shorter by half than the calyx : pappus
feathered, sessile, with chaffy .and bristly ravs
mixed : the receptacle naked.

The species cultivated is S. Hispanica, Gar-
den Viper's-grass, or Spanish Scorzonera.

It has a carrot-shaped root, about the thick-
ness of a finger, and covered with a dark brown
skin ; it is white within, and has a milky juice :
■the lowtr leaves nine or ten inches long,' and. an

inch and half 'broad in the middle, ending with
a long acute point : the stalk three feet high,
Siiioi.t'u, branching at top, and having on it a
few Harrow embracing leaves : the flowers are
bright ycilow. It is a native of Spain, the South
of France, ike.

It is cultivated for the root, which is boiled
and eaten as carrots, or it may be fried in bat-
ter, which is probably the belter way of using
it. They are ready for use in the autumn and
winter season.

Culture. — These crops should be raised from
seed sown either in the autumn or spring sea-
son, about April, in an open spot of ground
where the soil is light and fine. The best mode of
sowing them is in shallow drills, about a foot
apart, in a thin manner, covering them in to
the depth of half an inch : the plants, when of
some growth, should be thinned out when they
are too thick, to the distance of six or eight
inches, keeping them clean from weeds by hoeing.

Same also raise them by sowing the seed
broad-cast over the surface, and afterwards
thinning the plants or transplanting them into
other beds ; but the first is the most successful
method, and transplanting should never be
practised with tap- rooted plants.

The roots ma)' be taken up in the autumn,
and preserved in the same manner as those of
carrots ; but they are sometimes left in the
ground to be pulled as they are made use of.

In order to save seed, some of the best plants
should be left where sown, to run to seed, which,
when perfectly ripened, should be collected and
preserved in a dry situation till wanted.

SCOTCH FIR, See Fin us.

SCREW-FINE. See Fandanus.

SCREW-TREE. See Helictehks.

SCROFHULARIA, a genus comprising
plants of the fibrous-rooted, herbaceous, and
shrubby kinds-
It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Angwspermiu, and ranks in the natural order of
Personatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, five-cleft, permanent : segments
shorter than the corolla, rounded : the corolla
one-petalled, unequal : tube globular, larger,
inflated : border five-parted, very small : seg-
ments, the two upper larger, erect ; two lateral,
spreading a little ; one lowest, bent back : the
stamina have four linear -filaments, declining,
length of the corolla; of which two are later:
anthers twin : the pistillum is an ovate germ .
style simple, situation and length of the stamens :
stigma simple: the ptsicarpium is a roundiih
capsule, acuminate, two-celled, two-valved :
partition folded, constructed of the margins of

SCR

S E A

the valves bent in ; opening at the top : the
seeds very many, small: the receptacle roundish,
insinuating iuell into earn cell.

The species cultivated are: I. S. Jrutescens,
Shrubby Figwort; '2. S. trifbliata, Three-l
Figwort ; 3. S. sambucij'olia, Elder-leaved Fig-
wort ; ■). S. lucida, Shining-leaved Figwort.

'I he first h:is the stem perennial, (or becoming
woody,) four-cornered, acute-angled, brachiate
below: the kaees ovate, toothed, shining,
smooth, small, opposite: (be lower obovate ; the
upper oblong: the raceme terminating, leafy,
with quite entire bractes, and opposite uilid pe-
duncles, the length of the bractes : corollas small,
verv dark purple, with the lateral segments while,
and the lowest very .small. A native or Portugal.

The second species has the stem simple or
sparingly branched, erect, smooth, tour-cor-
nered, striated : the leaves cordate, smooth and
even, shining, veined, obtuse, unequally and
obtusely double-toothed, petioled ; the lower
ones often eared at the base: the raceme inter-
rupted : the peduncles alternate : the flowers
pedicellcd, in raceme-lets. According to l'luke-
net, they are beautifully variegated with red a:rd
yellow. It is a native of Corsica and Africa,
and is biennial or perennial.

In the third the stem is erect, four-cornered
from the de-current petioles: the leaves pinnate,
with five or seven leaflets, (besides the smaller
ones placed between them) cordate, wrinkled,
smooth above, serrate, with the end one larger:
the raceme terminating, composed of verv short,
subdiehotomous, axillary peduncles in pairs :
flowers large, purple with the lower lip greenish.
It is a native of Portugal, flowering from July
to September, and perennial.

The fourth species, according to Miller, is a
biennial plant, with stalks fifteen inches high,
thick, smooth, and having scarcely any corners:
leaves pinnate, narrow, of a lucid green, thick,
succulent, and divided into many leaflets, which
are again divided (bipinnate): flowers in loose
bunches on the sides and at the top of the stalk,
of a dark brown colour with a mixture of green.
It is a native of the kingdom of Naples.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, which should he sown in autumn in the
borders or other places where the plants are to
remain. The plants should be kept free from
weeds; when the roots continue several years,
unites destroyed by severe frosts. It is there-
fore a good practice to have some in pots pro-
tected by a frame and glasses: and as the young
plants flower the strongest, a proper sue
should be sown annually. They may also be
sometimes raised from the parted roots; and the
shrubby sorts by cuttings in the summer.

They afford ornament in the clumps, ccc.

Vol. II.

SCULL-CAP. Set Scdtrli i
SCU I ELLARIA, a genus containing plant.?
of the hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Did) • xifria
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural ord
i . I', : !irtl lata-.

Tile characters ate: that the calyx is a oik -
baled perianth, very short, tubular: mouth
almost entire; after flowering closed with a lid ;
the corolla One-petal led, ringent: tube very si,
bent backwards : throat long, compressed: upper
lipconcave, trifid ; middle little segment concave,
emarginate; side ones Cat. sharpish, King under
the middle one; lower lip wider, emarginate:
the stamina have four filaments, concealed be-
neath the upper lip, of which two are longer:
anthers small: the pistillum is a four-parted
germ: style filiform, situation and length of the
stamens: stigma simple, curved in, acuminate:
there is no pericarpium : ealvx closed by a lid,
helmet-shaped, doing the office of a capsule,
three-sided, opening by the lower margin : the
seeds four, roundish.

The species are: 1. S. integrifolia, Entire-
leaved Skull-cap; 8. 5. peregrina, Florentine
Skull-cap; 3. S. altissima, Tall Skull-cap.

The first has the stems two feet high, sending
out many side branches: the lower leaves heart-
shaped and serrate, standing upon pretty long
foot-stalks; upper leaves ovate and entire: the
flowers in very long loose spikes at the end of
the branches; they are of a purple colour, and
appear at the end of June. It is a native of
North America.

The second species has the stem hairy, two
feet high: the (lowers are purple or white.' It is
a native of Italy, See.

The third has the stems three or four feet
high, sending out a few slender branches: the
ilowers are purple, with longer tubes than those
of any of the other sorts. It is a native of the
Levant.

Culture. — These are all raised from seed,
which should be sown in the autumn or spring,
but the former is the better season, in the places
where they arc to remain, or in a border to be
removed afterwards. When the plants are up
they should he properly thinned out and kept
free from weeds.

They afford variety in the borders, clumps,
and other parts of pleasure-grounds.

SEA CABBAGE. See BBASSICA and
Cbambb.

SKA DAFFODIL. See I'ancratm m.

SKA GRAPE. Sec Coccoloba.

SEAHOLLY. SeeERYHGiow.

SEA EAI IREL. See I'hyi.i. \nti.

SF.A ONION. SeeScitiA.

SEA l'EA. See Pisum.
I E

S E D

S E D

SEA PINK. See Cerastiom.

SEA PURSLANE. See Atuii-lex.

SEA-SIDE GRAPE. See Coccoloba.

SEA LAUREL. See Xvi.ofhvlla.

SEA PIGEON-PEA. See Sofhoba.

SEAL, SOLOMON'S, See Convallaria.

SEDUM. a genus containing plants of the
hardy herbaceous succulent kind.

ft belongs to the class and order Dccandria
igynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Siuciii'-riLe.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
cleft perianth, acute, erect, permanent: the
corolla has five petals, lanceolate, acuminate,
flat, spreading: nectaries five; each a very small
emarginate scale, inserted into each germ at the
base on the outside : the stamina have ten awl-
shaped filaments, length of the corolla :
anthers roundish: the pistillum has five oblong
germs, ending in more slender styles : stigmas
obtuse: the pericarpium five capsules, spreading,
acuminate, compressed, emarginate towards the
base, opening on the inside longitudinally by a
suture: the seeds numerous, very small.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. Telephium,
Orpine Stonecrop; 2. S. Anacampseros, Ever-
green Orpine ; 3. S. Aizoon, Yellow Stonecrop ;
4. S. populijblinm, Poplar-leaved Stonecrop;
l>. S. stellatum, Starry Stonecrop; 6. S'. Cepcea,
Purslane-leaved Stonecrop ; 7- $. dasyphyllum,
Thick-leaved Stonecrop ; 8. S. reflexum, Yellow
Stonecrop ; 9. S. rupestre, Rock Stonecrop ;
10. S. Fiispanicum, Spanish Stonecrop; 11.- S.
album, White Stonecrop; 12. S. acre, Biting
Stonecrop, or Wall Pepper; 13. S.sexangulare,
Insipid Stonecrop ; 14. S. Anglicum, English or
Mild White Stonecrop; 15. S.annumn, Annual
Stonecrop.

The first has a perennial tuberous root : the
stems from one to two feet high and upwards,
upright, simple or unbranched, leafy, round,
smooth, solid, reddish and often dotted with
red : the leaves almost covering the stem, sessile,
ovate, fleshy, tooth-serrate, smooth and even,
of a blueish green colour: the corymbs termi-
nating, many-flowered, close or heaped together:
the flowers deep purple, very rarely white in this
climate, though that seems to be the most com-
mon colour in some foreign countries. It is a
native of Portugal.

There are several varieties, as with purple
flowers, with white flowers, with broad leaves,
and the Greater Orpine.

The second species has fibrous perennial
roots : the stems trailing : the leaves standing
alternate round the stems, almost an inch long,
and half an inch broad : the flowers in a com-
pact corymb, sitting close on the top of the
stem: they are star-shaped, of a purple colour,

and appear in July. It is an evergreen ; and a
native of Germany.

The third his a perennial root, composed of
many thick fleshy fibres, from which come out
several stalks rising near a foot high : the leaves
are alternate on every side, thick, two inches
and a half long, and three quarters of an inch
broad, and slightlv serrate : the flowers bright
yellow. It is a native of Siberia, flowering from
July to September.

The fourth species has the leaves cordate,
thick and fleshy : the stem herbaceous, branched,
erect, patulous, even, a foot high : the leaves
alternate, remote, only at the ramifications,
blunt, fleshv, smooth. When it grows in an
open situation, exposed to the sun, the leaves
and stalks become of a bright red colour. It is
a native of Siberia, and the onlv hardy Sedum
cultivated with us that has a shrubby stalk : the
leaves are deciduous. It flowers in July and
August, and is proper for a rock plant.

The fifth is a low annual plant : the stalks rise
three inches high, dividing at top into two or
three parts : the flowers come out singly from
the side of the stalk; are white, star-pointed,
and succeeded bv star-pointed rough capsules.
It is a native of Germanv, 8cc.

The sixth species has also an annual root : the
stalks six or seven inches high, dividing into
smaller branches, which sustain small white
flowers growing in large panicles. It is a na-
tive of Germany, France, &c.

There is a variety which has the stem more
erect, and the lower leaves in threes or fours,
the next opposite, and the uppermost alternate.

The seventh has a perennial (biennial) root,
composed of small white fibres : the stems nu-
merous, weak, prostrate and creeping, about
three inches long or somewhat more, branched,
in tufts, round, weak, clammy, leafv : the
flowering branches erect : the leaves mostly op-
posite, closely imbricate, sessile, very thick and
fleshy, broader than long, convex on the lower,
nearly plane on the upper surface, glaucous
often with a tinge of purple ; dotted and some-
times having a net of red veins : on the flower-
ing branches they are alternate. It is a native
of many parts of Europe, as France, &c.

When introduced into a garden, it propagates
itself freely upon walls, in waste places, and
about garden pots ; and no plant is better
adapted to the purpose of decorating rock-work,
as it grows without any trouble, in anv aspect,
multiplying very much by young shoots, and
always looks beautiful.

The eighth species has also a perennial root :
the stems round, leafy, branched at the base,
often hanging down, erect at the top ; the leaves
scattered, alternate, adnate-sessile, loose at the

S E D

SE1)

base and produced, erect above, comp
acuminate, extremely succulent, smooth, rather
glaucous, frequently tinged with red; the lower
oiks turned ba^k ; when old they easily tall oft":
the flowers are in a terminating Bubcymed pani-
cle, with many-flowered branches, tor the most
part recurved : the Bowers erect, bright yellow.
Jt is a native of Europe, and is common here on
walls and thatched roofs, and rocks in the
northern counties, flowering in July.

The ninth is a little smaller than the eighth :
the leaves closely imbricate (before flowering)
in five or six rows, glaucous, flatted a little,
acuminate ; on the flowering stem somewhat
remote, as in that sort, all erect, not bent back
at the point. According to Withering, the dis-
position of the leaves in live or six rows may
be best observed bv viewing the plant with the
ends of the branches opposed to the eye : the
panicle subcymed, many-flowered, with the
branchlets scarcely reflex ed: the flowers of a
briglk yellow or gold colour, often six-cleft. It
is a native of England and Wales, &c, peren-
nial, flowering in July.

This, as well as the above, is cultivated in
Holland and Germany to mix with lettuces in
salads.

The tenth has a slender, fibrous, perennial
root: the stems several, a hand high, reclining
at the base, and then erect, round, tinned with
red : the leaves, ou the flowering stems, pale
green dotted with purple, oblong, thickish,
round on one side and flat on the other ; towards
the top, under the flowers, more swelling and
shorter : leaves on voung plants or barren shoots,
in bundles, glaucous, without anv purple dots,
thinner, from a narrow base widening gradually,
and ending in a blunt point: the stems divide at
top into a few branchlets, forming a sort of
umbel, (or rather cyme,) bearing sessile, star-
like white flowers, stained with pale purple from
a purple groove running along the petals: these
are six, sometimes seven in number, keeled and
cusped. It is a native of Spain and Carinthia,
flowering in July.

The eleventh species ha? a perennial, fibrous
root: the stems decumbent at bottom, and there
throwing out fibres: flowering stems upright,
from three inches to a span in height, round,
leafy, branched, smooth: the leaves scattered
thinly, spreading out horizontally, sessile, cy-
lindrical, very blunt, smooth, fleshy, somewhat
glaucous and generally reddish: panicle termi-
nating, alternately branched, subcymose, manv-
Bowercd, smooth. It is a native of Europe, on
rocks, walls and roofs, flowering in July.

It is eaten by some as a pickle.

The twelfth has also a perennial, fibrous root :
ems numerous, growing in tufts, much

branched, decumbent, and creeping at the 1
then upright, threeinches high, smooth, round,'
very leafy: the leaves closely imbricate, blunt,
rimed a little, from upright spread
the base : the cymes lerminatin .
flowered: the flowers erect, sessile. It is a na-
tive of Europe, flowering in Julv.

The thirteenth species has the habit of the
preceding sort, but is somewhat larger: the
leaves are subcylindrical ; not ovate, and CO
out mostly by threes in a double row, and heoCe
appear to be imbricate in six rows ; this is i.
obvious in the young shoots : they are very
spreading, loose at the base, and scarcely gi -
bous: the cyme is leafy : the flowers of a gbfoeo
yellow colour. It is not acrid. It is a nativ
many parts of Europe, flowering at the end of
June.

The fourteenth has an annual, fibrous mot:
the stems in tufts, decumbent at the base,
smooth, red, leafy: the leaves mostlv alternate
or nearly opposite, bluntish, somewhat glau-
cous, produced and loose at the base: the cymes
terminating, solitary, almost leafless, raeerned :
the flowers erect, live-cleft. It is a native of
Britain and Norway.

The fifteenth species is also an annual plant,
with an erect stalk, seldom rising above two or
three inches high : the leaves are of a gravish
lour : the flowers are small and white, and grow
at the top of the stalk, in a reflexed spike, "it is
a native of the North oi Europe.

Culture. — These plants are all raised Without
much difficulty, by proper care and attention to
have the soil dry and of the poor sandy kind.

Culture in the Orpine sorts. — These niav all be
readily increased by planting cuttings, during
the summer months, in light mould m a shady
situation, or in pots placed in similar situations.
The plants in the open ground, as well as those
in pots, should be kept clean from weeds, and
be watered frequently when the weather
dry.

They may likewise be raised by parting the
roots, and planting them in a suniiar manner in
the spring or autumn. When the plants .
once well established, they spread rapidly, and
retjuire little or no care.

Culture in the Stonecrop kind. — These are
raised without much trouble, by planting out
their trailing s'alks in the spring or summer ?
son, which readily take root. They thrive n;
perfectly on old walls, buildings, or rock- .
Whcre cuttings <r roots of the perennial kinds
are planted ir. some Soft mud, placid upon -

situations, they quickly take root and spread into
ihc different joints and crevices, covering t
whole in a verv short tune.

The seeds ol the annual sorts also, when ■
3 E e

SEL

S E M

soon after they become ripe in such situations,
soon come up and support themselves without
further trouble.

Most of the perennial sorts are kept in the
nurseries in full plants, fit for setting out in the
borders, pots, ike. either in the spring for flower-
ing the same year, or in the autumn to flower
in the following year.

These plants may be planted out in any dryish
light soil, in borders, beds, and other places,
and in the sides of dry banks, or in any elevated
rubbishy soil, as well as in pots to move to dif-
ferent parts occasionally ; or also some of the
evergreen kinds, to introduce in their pots among
winter plants under shelter, to increase the vari-
ety. In most sorts, they may also be introduced
as rock plants, to embellish artificial rock-works,
ruins, and other similar places in pleasure-
grounds The Stonecrops and other low trailing
kinds may also be made to occupy the tops of
any low walls, peat-houses, sheds, or other low
buildings.

The twelfth and thirteenth sorts may likewise
be disposed in patches towards the fronts of bor-
ders, &c. as they spread thick and tufty close to
the ground, and flower abundantly ; and being
planted in pots, are proper to place in the out-
side of windows, copings of low walls, and in
balconies, and court yards, in assemblage with
other low fancy plants; they will closely over-
spread the surface, and flower profusely as far
as they extend.

SELAGO, a genus furnishing plants of the
shrubby and under-shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of Aggregated.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed, four-cleft perianth, (five-cleft,) small,
permanent: lower segment larger : the corolla
one-petalled : tube very small, filiform, scarcely
perforated : border spreading, five-parted, al-
most equal ; the two upper segments smaller;
the lowest larger : the stamina have four capil-
lary filaments, length of the corolla, into which
thev are inserted ; the two upper ones longer:
anthers simple: the pistillum is a roundish
germ : style simple, length of the stamens :
stigma simple, acute: there is no pericarpium :
corolla (calyx) involving the seed : the seed one
or two, roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. cvrymlosa,
Fine-leaved Selago; 2. S. spuria, Linear-leaved
Selago ; 3. S. ovata, Ovate-headed Selago.

The first has slender woody stems, rising
seven or eight feet high, but so weak as to re-
quire support; they send out many slender
branches : the leaves are short, linear, hairy,
coming out in clusters: the flowers small, and

of a pure white ; appearing in July and August,
but not followed by seeds in this climate.

The second species has a suffruticose stem:
the leaves alternate, clustered : the spikes ovate-
oblong, blunt, closely imbricate; with oblong,
membranaceous bractes : the corollas five-cleft,
violet; with a long filiform tube: the capsule
six-valved. It is biennial, flowering in June.

The third has white (lowers, with a yellow
spot on the two uppermost segments, and some-
times on all of them, and an orange spot at the
mouth of the tube. It is valuable not so much
on account of its beauty, as the curious struc-
ture of its spikes, and the fragraney of its
flowers. It (lowers in June and July, and as
well as the rest it is a native of the Cape.

Culture. — They may be increased by cuttings
and layers. The cuttings should be made from the
young under shoots, and be planted out during
the summer months in abed of fresh earth, cover-
ing them close with a bell- or hand-glass, shad-
ing them from the sun, and refreshing them now
and then with water. They should be gradually
hardened, and then transplanted into small pots,
placing them in the shade till they have taken
root. The layers may be laid down in the
autumn or spring, and when well rooted be
taken off and planted out in pots, as above. The
plants should afterwards be placed out with
other hardy greenhouse plants, and about the
end of October removed into the dry stove.
They only require protection from frost, beinc
treated in the same manner with the hardier sort
of greenhouse plants.

They afford ornament and variety in green-
house collections.

SEMPERVIVUM, a genus containing plants
of the succulent, hardy, herbaceous, evergreen,
and shrubby perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria
Pulygi/nia, (Dodecagvnia,) and ranks in the
natural order of Succdientce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a six- to
twelve-parted perianth, concave, acute, perma-
nent: the corolla has six to twelve petals, ob-
long, lanceolate, acute, concave, a little bigger
than the calyx; the stamina have from six to
twelve filaments (or more), subulate-slender:
anthers roundish : the pistillum from six to
twelve germs, in a ring, erect; ending in as
many spreading stvles: stigmas acute.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. tectorum,
Common Houseleek ; 2. S. glob'iferum, Globu-
lar Houseleek; 3. S. arachnoidtum, Cobweb
Houseleek; 4. S.montamim, Mountain House-
leek; 5 S. arboreum, Tree Houseleek; 6. S. Ca-
nariense, Canary Houseleek.

The first has a perennial fibrous root: the
root-leaves in form of a full-blown double-rose,

S E M

S E M

" •, wedge-shaped or obovate, somewhat
more than an inch long, very fleshy, thick, li.u
above, a little convex beneath, keeled and whitish,
smooth on both Bides, the edges fringed with
hairs and generally tinged with red, pointed,
ht, gradually smaller inwards: onsets on
long footstalk*, globular, the size of a pigeon's
egg or larger, composed of erect leaves lying
each other: toe Bowering-stem upright,
from nine mehes to a foot in height, round,
fleshy, pubescent, having alternate, lanceolate,
thinner leaves on it, of a reddish colour, at top
branched and forming a sort of corymb; the
branches spreading and bending back : the (lowers
numerous, clustered, upright, pubescent, flesh-
coloured, all growing one way. It is a native
of Europe, flowering in Jeily.

The second species has the leaves much nar-
rower, and the heads furnished with a greater
number of them than those of the first sort,
which grow more compact, and are closely set
en their edges with hairs: the offsets arc globu-
lar, their leaves turning inward at the top, and
1> i iiiT close over each other ; these arc thrown off
from between the larger heads, and, falling on
the ground, take root, whereby it propagates
very fast: the flower-stalks are smaller, and do
not rise so high as those of the former ; and the
flowers are of a paler colour. It is a native of
Russia, Austria, &:c. flowering in June and
July.

The third has much shorter and narrower
haves than the first : the heads are small and
very compact: the leaves are gray, sharp-pointed,
and have slender white threads crossing from one
to the other, intersecting each other in various
manners, so as in some measure to resemble a
spider's web: the flower-stalks about six inches
; mlent and round, having awl-shaped

ent leaves placed ou them alternately : the
upper part divides into two or three brandies,
upon each of which is a single row of flowers
ranged on one side; each composed oi eight
lanceolate petals, of a blight red colour, with a
deep- red line running along the middle; they
I open in form of a star. It is a native of
Switzerland and Italy, flowering in June and
July.

The fourth species ereatly resembles the first,
but the leaves are smaller, and have no inden-
tures on their edges: the offsets spread out from
thi side of the older heads, and their leaves are
open and expanded : the flower-stalk is
nine or ten inches high, having somt narrow
leaves below; the upper part is divided into
three or tour branches, closely set with deep red
flowers composed of twelve petals, anil twenty-
four stamens with purple anthers. It is a native
ui Germany, kcc. flowering in June and July.

The fifth rises with a flesh v smooth stalk
or ten feet high, dividing into many bran
which are terminated by round heads or clustt r*
of leaves Ij ::ig over each other like the petals of
a double rose, succulent, of a bright green, and
having very Bmall indentures on il
the -talks arc marked with the \
fallen leaves, and have a light brown bark : the
flower-Stalks rise from the centre of these h
and the numerous bright-yellow flowers form a
large pyramidal spike, or thyrse. It is a native
of Portugal, See. flowers through the winter,
commonly from December to March.

The sixth species seldom rises above a foot
and a halt high, unless the plants are drawn up
by tender management: the stalk is thick and
rugged, chiefly occasioned by the vestiges of
decayed leaves: at the top is a very large crown
of leaves, disposed circularly like a full-blown
rose, large, succulent, soft to the touch, and
pliable, ending in obtuse points which are a little
incurved: the flower-stalk comes out from the
centre, and rises near two feet high, branching
out from the bottom, so as to form a regular
pyramid of flowers, which are of an herbaceous
colour. It is a native of the Canary Island,
flowering in June and July.

A variety of this with variegated leaves was
obtained from a branch accidentally broken from
a plant of the plain sort, at Badmington, the
seat of the Duke of Beaufort.

Culture. — The different herbaceous sorts are
all capable of beinc increased without difficulty
by planting 'heir on-set hcai'.s, which should be.
slipped witli a few root tihres to them, and
planted in the spring season on rubbish rock-
works, or other places, or in pots for vari
and the tender green- house s
from cuttings of the branches and from
but the tir< t i - I he he ttl I m- 'hod.

The cuttings should be made from (he smaller
branches in the early summer month'-, and iie
planted out in p its, or a be 1 of line earth,
warm shaded situation: where the cut-
succulent, they should be laid in a dry place for B
I vs to heal over the cut part ; they should be

shaded from the sunj and those in pots lightly
watered in dry weather: when thi come

well rooted, they should be carefully removed
into separate pots of a middle size, being ;
in the green house. Some forward these plants
by mear.s of I, .irk hot-beds.

The see els of the { 'anary kind should be sown in
the autumn or earlyspring in pots of light mould,
pi icini! the 'u i.: i g itect them

from frost, having the air freely admitted in mile!
weather: when tile plants aie come up, and
have a little strength, they should be removed
into small pots and placed in the grccn-tn .

SEN

S E R

The first sorts are ornamental on walls, build- beautiful purple colour, and the disk yellow. It

mgs, and rock-works, as well as in pots ; and
the last two kinds among other potted green-
house plants.

SENA. See Cassia.

SENECIO, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous, annual, and perennial kinds

is a native of the Cape, flowering from June at
Julv till the beginning of autumnal frosts.

There are varieties with very double purple,
and with equally double white flowers. The
former is now chiefly cultivated.

There are many other species that may be cul-

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia tivated for variety

PolytrumicTSupeijlua, and ranks in the natural Culture.— The first and two last sorts are

order of Composites Discoidece. readily increased by planting cuttings of the

The characters are: that the calyx is common branches in pots filled with line mould in the
calycled, conical, truncate : scales awl-shaped, summer season, shading them till they have
very many, parallel in a cylinder contracted taken root ; and, as the winter approaches, re-
above, continuous, equal, fewer covering the moving them under the protection of the green-
base imbricatewise, the tops mortised : the co- house, where they should remain till May, when
rolla compound, higher than the cal vx : corollets they may be planted out in the borders or clumps,
hermaphrodite, tubular, numerous' in the disk : They may likewise be raised from seed, which
females ligulate in the ray, if any present : pro- should be sown in the spring in pots, and placed
per in the hermaphrodites funnel-form : border in a gentle hot-bed.

reflex, five-cleft: in the females, if any, ob- The second sort should be more carefully at-

long, obscurely three-toothed : the stamina in tended, being raised from off-sets, which should

the hermaphrodites, filaments five, capillary, very be planted in pots in the spring season, and

small: anther cylindric, tubular: thepistillum in plunged in the hot-bed of the stove, where the

both: germ ovate: style filiform, length of the plants should be constantly kept.

stamens: stijjmastwoj oblong, revolute: there is The first and two last sorts afford variety in

no pericarpium : calyx conical, converging: the borders, and among potted plants ; and the se-

seeds in the hermaphrodites solitary, ovate: pap- cond in stove collections.

pus capillary, long ; in the females very like the
hermaphrodites: the receptacles naked, flat.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. hieracifolius,
Hieracium-Ieaved Groundsel ; 2. S. Pseudo-
China, Chinese Groundsel; 3. S. hastatus,
Spleen wort-leaved Groundsel ; 4. S. elegans, Ele-
gant Groundsel, or Purple Jacobaea.

The first is an annual plant, with a round,
channelled, hairy stalk, rising three feet high :
the flowers in a state of terminating umbel,
composed of dirty-white florets. It is a native
of North America, flowering in August.

The second species has a perennial root, com

SENGREEN. See Saxifraga.

SENNA. See Cassia.

SENNA, BLADDER. See Colutea.

SENNA, SCORPION. SccEmerus.

SENSITIVE PLANT. See Mimosa.

SERRATULA, a genus containing plants of
the tall, hardy, herbaceous, perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia
Polygamia JEaxtaVis, and ranks in the natural
order of Composites Capitatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is common
oblong, subcylindrical, imbricate, with lance-
olate, acute or obtuse, awnless scales : the co-

posed of some 'thick fleshy tubers, sending out rolla compound tubulous, uniiorm : corollets

many fibres on every side ; from which come out hermaphrodite, equal: proper one-petalled,

some large cut leaves shaped like those of the funnel-form : tube bent in ; border ventricose,

turnep, but smooth: the flower-stalk slender, five-cleft: the stamina have five capillary, very

afoot and half high, sustaining at the top a few short filaments: anther cylindrical, tubulous:

yellow flowers. It is a native of the East Indies, thepistillum is an ovate germ: style fihrorm,

The third has a herbaceous perennial stalk, length of the stamens: stigmas two, oblong,

branching out at the bottom, and rising about reflex: there is no pericarpium: calyx

two feei and a half high; having narrow leaves
at bottom, seven or eight inches long: the
upper leaves are smaller, and embracing ; they
are very clammy: the upper part of the stalk
divides into several very long peduncles, each
sustaining one yellow flower. It is a native of
the Cape, doweling most part of the summer.

The fourth species is an annual pl.mt, having
m&nv herbaceous branching stalks, near three
feet high: the flowers are produced in bunches

changed : the seeds solitary, obovate : pappus
sessile, feathered: the receptacle chaffy, flat.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. Noveboracen-
sis, Long-leaved Saw-wort; 2. S.prtcalta, Tall
Saw-wort; 3. S. glauca, Glaucous-leaved Saw-
wort : 4. S.si/uarrosa, Rough-headed Saw-wort ;
5. S. scariosa, Ragged-cupped Saw-wort; 6. S.
spicata, Spiked Saw-wort.

The first has a perennial root: the stalks se-
veral, channelled, seven or eight feet high ; the

on the top of the stalks ; are large, the ray of a leaves from four to five inches long, and one

SER

SUA

inch broad in the middle, slightly serrate, downy
on their under side, sessile: the upper | irt ol
the stalk divides into peduncles, sustaining pur-
ple flowers, which appear at the end of July.
It h a native of North America.

Tie second species has a large, perennial,
fibrous root : the stem branching, from four to
seven or eight feet hitih : the leaves seven in<
Inns, and an inch and half broad in the mid-
dle, ending in acute points, entire, hairy on
their under side, sessile : the (lowers in loose
bunches at the end of the branches : the calyxes
oval, composed of few scales terminating in
bristles : the flowers are of a pale purple colour.
It is a native of Virginia, Carolina, &c.

The thud has a perennial root: the stalks six
or seven feet high, purple and channelled : the
leaves about three inches long, and an inch and
half broad in the middle, ending in acute points,
stiff, serrate, and of a light green on both sides :
the flowers in a loose terminating corymb, pur-
ple, with roundish calyxes. It is a native of
Maryland, Virginia and Carolina, flowering in
Oc ober.

The fourth species has a tuberous root, from
which comes out a single stalk, rising near three
feet high : the leaves stiff, about three inches
long, entire, rough to the touch, pale green on
both sides : the upper part of the stalk is adorned
with purple flowers, having oblong, rough,
prickly calyxes, coming out from the side alter-
nately ; and the stalk <s terminated by one head
larger than the others. It is a native of Virginia,
flowering in July and August.

The fifth has a large tuberous root, from which
comes out one strong channelled stalk, three or
four feet high : the leaves frequent, about three
inches long, and half an inch broad : the flowers
purple, in a long loose spike, coining out from
the side upon pretty long blunt peduncles; they
have large rough calyxes composed of wedge-
shaped scales. The upper flowers blow first,
and appear in August.

The sixth species has a tuberous root, from
which comes out a single stalk from two to three
feet high : the leaves very narrow, smooth, at
bottom more than three inches long, but gradu-
ally diminishing to the top, sessile, and placed
round the stalk without any order: the flowers
purple, smaller than in the fourth and filth
sorts, sessile, and forming a long loos£ spike.
It is a native of North America, flowering from
August to October.

Culture, — These plants may all be increased
by parting the roots and planting them out in
the autumn when the stuns decay, or in the
spring; but the former is the better season. The
old plants should not he parted oftener than
every third year, and then not too small.

They are likewise all capable of being in-
creased by Beetle, when they can he had good,
which should be sown in the autumn or early
spring, in a border to the east, in slieht drills.
When the plant- are a few inches Ingh, they
should be pricked out in nursery-rows to remain
till the following autumn, and then planted out
where they are to remain.

They afford ornament in the borders, clumps,
Sec. being planted to the middle or the back
parts.

SI RVICETREE. See Sorbus.

SHADDOCK. Sec Citrus.

SHADE, any thing that intervenes to ob-
scure or protect from the rays of the sun. It is
effected in various ways in gardening ; as by
mats, covers, &C.

SHADING of PLANTS, the art of pro-
tecting plants of young and tender growths in
seed-beds, &c. from the sun. It is a necessary
work on many occasions, in warm, dry, sunny
weather in spring and summer, &c. in pricking
out various sorts of small young plants from
seed-beds into nursery-beds, pots, &c. as well
as small cuttings, slips, above-ground off-sets,
pipings, &c. as likewise occasionally in trans-
planting any kind of more advanced plants,
flowers, &c. into beds, or pots, in a hot, drv
season ; and sometimes to seed-beds of particular
sorts of small or curious seeds in hot sunny
days; also to plants in hot-beds, under frames
and glasses, both of young and. more advaim I
growths. It is the most commodiously and ef-
fectually performed by garden mats in a sort of
awning over the beds, to plants in the full
ground, or to those in pots placed close u>-
gether; or sometimes to seed-beds, cither in that
way, or by being spread on the surface; in the
latter method, being occasionally watered over
the mats : or sometimes, in hot dry weather, by-
some loose straw litter strewed over seed-beds-,
which by screening the surface from the parch-
ing sun, and preserving the moisture in the
earth, promotes a more quick, regular, and free
germination in the seed ; and when the plants
are come up, the covering is soon drawn e>fi
lightly with a wooden or other rake. Te> plants
under glasses in frames, eVc. the occasional
shading is effected either by mats spread thinly
over the glasses, or sometimes by a little loose,
long litter, shaken lightly over them, just
during the fierce heat <>t the sun. In all i
the shaele shenild not be niaele loo thick, so as
to darken the plants too much.

In the business of occasional shading, it is
in general only to be continued in the warmest
time of sunny days, generally longer te> plants,
cuttings, cce. which have not struck re>e>t, than
those that are in a growing state; and in common

S H I

S H I

with all plants in the full ground, or others de-
signed for placing in the open air, where occa-
sional shading is necessary, it should he discon-
tinued on evenings, mornings, and nights, that
they may enjoy the heneiit of the full fresh air
at these times; as also the tender sorts, striking
or advancing in growth under glasses, having oc-
casional shading when the sun is powerful, in
the warmer part of the day, should remain un-
shaded before and after that time, that they may
receive the necessary beneficial influence of light
and air in a proper degree. But in plants,
cuttings, slips, &c. that have had occasional
shading till they have struck good root, and be-
gin to advance a little in a renewed growth, the
shading should be mostly discontinued gradually,
• specially for those in beds, pots, &c. in the open
ground, or others designed for transplantation,
or for placing in pots, in the. full air for the
summer, according to their kinds: but in
some small tender plants of slender growth,
the occasional shading may probably be necessary
in longer continuation, as till they acquire more
strength; and to plants remaining all summer
in hot-beds, or under frames and glasses, the
n'cinuance of occasional moderate shading in
hot sunny days will be proper; but in most
oung plants, cuttings, Sec. pricked out or
planted as above, and designed for the full ground
or open air, not continued under glasses, the
having the benefit of occasional shade till well
struck, is all thev require.

The sorts of plants which require this kind of
management are verv numerous ; but it is con-
stantly mentioned in tbeirculturewherenecessary.
SHALLOT. See Allium.
SHIFTING of PLANTS, the business of
removing plants in pots from smaller into larger
ones, Sec. to give them fresh earth or mould, it
is necessary occasionally in all plants in pots, to
assist them with larger ones according as the
advanced growth of the particular sorts renders
it proper, and at the same time to supply an
additional portion of fresh earth about the root
fibres of the plants, to promote their growth ; and
sometimes for the application of fresh compost,
either in part or wholly, from the plants having
remained long unremoved, and the old earth in
the pots being much decayed, or on account of
some defect of growth in the particular plants.

In regard to the necessity of shifting, it is,
in some degree, according to the advancing
growth of the different sorts of plants: some
sorts of a strong free growth require shifting
once every year or two ; others, more moderate
growers, or of more settled growths, once in
two or three years; and some large growing
kinds, which are advanced to a considerable
size, having been occasionally shifted, in their

increasing growth, from smaller into larger pots
of different proportionable sizes, and some from
large pots into tubs, of still larger dimensions,
as large plants of the American aloe, orange
and lemon tree kinds, etc. in that advanced
state sometimes only need occasional shift-
ing once in three or several years, especially
when the pots or tubs are capacious, containing
a large supply of earth, and are occasionally re-
freshed with some new compost at top, and a
little way down round the sid.'S about the ex-
treme roots. And in some small slow-growing
plants, as in many of the succulent tribe, shift-
ing them once in two or three years may be suf-
ficient: other sorts want shifting annually into
larger pots, according as they advance in a free
growth, as the hardy and tender kinds of herba-
ceous and shrubby plants, &c. And some of
the tender annual flower-plants, cultivated in
pots, and forwarded in hot- beds, being planted
first in small pots, want shifting, in their in-
creasing growth, into larger sizes, once or twice
the same season, as from April to the beginning
of June, when being shifted finally into the re-
quisite full- sized pots, they remain during their
existence.

But though large-grown plants, either of the
shrub or tree kind, as well as other plants of large
growths, after being finally stationed in the fullest
siz "d large pots and tubs, succeed several years
without shifting, they should in the interval
have the top earth loosened, and down round
the sides to some little depth, removing the
loosened old soil, and filling up the pots, tubs,
&c. with fresh earth, settling it close by a mo-
derate watering.

The usual season for occasional shifting such
plants as require it, is principally the spring and
autumn, as from March to May for the spring
shifting; and from August to the end of Sep-
tember for the autumn ; though in plants that
can be removed with the full balls of earth about
the roots, it may be occasionally performed al-
most at any time; however, for any general
shifting, the spring and autumn are the most
successful seasons, as the plants then sooner
strike fresh root; and many sorts preferably in
the spring, by having the benefit of the same
growing season, and that of summer.

In performing the business, it is mostly proper
to remove the plants from the smaller to the
larger pots, with the balls of earth about the
roots, either wholly, or some of the outward old
earth, the dry or matted radicle fibres only being
carefully trimmed away, so as not to disturb the
principal roots in the bodies of them, a^ by this
means the plants receive but little cheek in their
growth by the removal. Sometimes, when any
particular plants, shrubs, or trees, &c. in their

S II I

SHI

pots, discover by their tops that tlicy are in a
declining slate, as probably the defect may be

either iu the root, or the- old balls of earth, it
may he proper to shake all the earth entirely
away, in order to examine the mots, and to trim
and dress them as the case may require, re-plant-
ing them in entire fresh compost or mould.

Jn preparing lor the business, where necessary
to give larger p us, e<c. it is proper to provide
them of suitable sizes in some regular gradation
larger than the old ones, according to the nature
and growth of I he plants, the whole being placed
ready, with a proper quantity of fresh compost
earth in proportion to the number and size of
the. plants intended to be -bitted: then let those
plants intended to be removed with balls, be
taken out of their old pots separately, with the
whole balls or clumps or" earth about the roots as
entire as possible ; and when large or tolerably
full, with a knife trim oft' some of the outward
loosest earth, and the extreme fibres of the roots;
but when small, and adhering together com-
pactly, the whole may be preserved entire; and
in either case, where there are very matted, dry,
or decayed fibres surrounding the balls, they
should be trimmed as it mav seem necessary :
in those of a fresh lively growth, the loose strag-
gling parts only should be cut away : the requi-
site pruning, trimming, or dressing in the heads
or tops should also be given where it mav seem
proper, according to the state of growth, and the
natural habit of the different plants ; but many
sorts require littlt-or none.

Having prepared the intended pots for the re-
ception of the plants, by placing some pieces of
tile or oyster-shell, &:c. loosely over the holes at
bottom, and laid in a little fresh earth two, three,
or four inches deep or more, according to the
size of the pot, the plant should be set in with its
ball of earth, as above, tilling up around it with
more fresh mould, raising it an inch or two over
the top of the ball ; and giving directly a mo-
derate watering to settle the earth close about
the ball and roots regularly in every part, in a
proper manner : in such cases where the ball in
particular plants appears very compactly hard
and binding, it may be proper to loosen it a
little, by thrusting a sharp-pointed stick down
into the earth in different parts, giving it a gentle
wrench to open the earth moderately ; or some-
times it may also be proper to trim away some
of the old earth on the top and sides; then planting
it as above, and filling up round and over the
ball with fresh earth, and watering it afterwards.

In shifting hardy or tender, shrubby, succu-
lent, or herbaceous plants, when any appear of
a sickly, weak, or unhealthy growth, it may be
advisable to clear off a considerable part of the

Vol. II.

outward old earth from the bail- about the root :,
or, in some cases, to shake it wholly away, that
the defects in the growths, occasioned either by
faults in the roots or in the: earth, may be re-
moved by pruning out any decayed or bad parts
of the roots, and re-planting them wholly in
fiesh earth.

Sometimes particular sorts of plants in
require shifting, more for the advantage of
having fresh earth, than tor want oi n ■'■ 01
larger pots ; and as in this case some of the
same pots may be still of an eligible size to re-
pot them in, these pots should be well cleaned
from all adhering parts of the old earth, and be
replenished with entire new at the time of re-pot-
ting the plants ; which being removed out of
their pots, either with the entire balls about the
roots, and part of the old mould cleared off all
round, to admit of a larger portion of fresh earth
in the pot at re- planting; ; or in some, appearing
of an infirm or declining habit, the w hole balls
of old earth displaced clean to the roots; then
having furnished the pots with fresh earth, the
plants should be replaced in them, filline; up the
pot regularly with a sufficiency of the same
fresh mould, and finishing with a moderate wa-
tering to settle the whole close about their roots.

After shifting, when the plants are not wa-
tered at the lime, a moderate watering both to
the earth in the pots to settle it close about the
roots, and in most sorts highly over the tops
or heads of the plants, should be given, in order
to wash off any foulnesses; then the pots of plants
should be set in their respective stations in the
garden, &c.: the hardy kinds, if warm sunny
weather, may be placed in a shady border for two
or three weeks, till they have struck fresh root in
the new earth : the lender sorts shou'd be dis-
posed in their places among the green-house and
stove plants, or to have the benefit of shade in
the middle of hot sunny days, till fresh struck,
or probably some of the more tender particular
sons may require to be plunged in a hot-bed or
bark-bed, especially some of the stove kinds :
some principal sorts of the more curious or ten-
der green-house plants, in order to expedite the ir
fresh-rooting more effectually; and sometimes
tender annuals in hot-beds, potted in their early
young growth, may require to be replungcd in
the hot-bed to fresh strike, and forward them till
June ; but generally all the full ground or open
air plants only require a little occasional shade In
hot dry weather the first two or three weeks, and
some shifted with full balls about the roots only
need occasional watering : afterwards, on the
whole, both the hardy and lender kinds should
have repeated moderate waterings given them,
according to their kinds.

SF

S I D

S I I)

SHOT INDIAN. See Canna.
SIDA, a genus containing plants of the ex-
otic, tedder, herbaceous, perennial kind, for the
hot-house.

It belongs to the class and order Monddelphia
Polyandria, and ranks in the. natural order of
Columniferce.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, angular, half-five-cleft, perma-
nent : the Corolla lias five petals, wider above,
emarginate, fastened below to the tube of sta-
mens": the stamina have very many fila-
ments, united below into a tube, in the apex
of the tube divided: anthers roundish: the
pistillum is an orbicular germ : styles five or
more; or else one many-cleft : stigmas headed:
the pericarpium is a roundish-angular capsule,
composed of five or more cells, (corresponding
with the number of the styles or stigmas,) two-
valved, awnless, acuminate or horned, opening
above, or close, and finally separating: the seeds
solitary, two, three, or five, roundish, mostly
acuminate, convex on one side, angular on the
other, fastened to the interior suture.

The species chiefly cultivated are: 1. S. rhom-
lifolia, Rhomb-leaved Sida; 1. S. periplocifolia,
Great Bindweed-leaved Sida; 3. S. triquetra,
Triangular-stalked Sida; 4. S. Alutilon, Broad-
leaved Sida ; 5. S. alba, White-flowered Sida ;
6. S. cordifolia, Heart-leaved Sida.

The first has the leaves lanceolate rhomb-
shaped with the axils two-thomed. It is a
native of the East Indies and Jamaica.

The second species has an annual root : the
stem from two to four feet high, erect, simple,
round, pubescent, sometimes divided towards
the top into spreading branches : the leaves pe-
tioled, alternate, smooth, somewhat wrinkled,
hoary beneath : the panicle terminating, half
the length of the stem, erect, almost simple,
spreading : the peduncles simply subdivided,
alternate, filiform, the last one-flowered : the
flowers pale, sometimes light purple. It is a
native of the West Indies and Ceylon.

The third species is a shrub three feet in
height, with subtomentose branches, having
each of the three sides hollowed out with a
blunt groove : the leaves cordate without angles,
very soft, obscurely tomentose, bluntly serrate,
acuminate : the peduncles axillary, one-flowered :
the flower is of a yellow colour. It is a native
of the West Indies.

The fourth species is in height about four
feet, putting out some side branches towards the
top : the leaves soft and woolly : the flowers
axillary, on long peduncles. It is annual, and
a native both of the East and West Indies, Vir-
ginia, and Siberia.

The fifth has the leaves round : the corolla
is white with purple stigmas, and the tips of the
petals purplish. It is annual.

The sixth has a hairy annual root : the stem
simple, more than three feet high, sending out
several erect branches from the sides : the leaves
two inches and a half long, and two broad, of a
light sjreen colour, soft to the touch, on very
long hairy footstalks : the calyx hairy : beaks
of the seeds, when the corolla falls, prominent,
in a bundle the length of the calyx: the capsules
from seven to ten : the flow ers small, of a pale
obscure yellow- or sulphur-colour. It is a na-
tive of the East Indies and the Cape.

Cidlure. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, which should be sown upon a moderate
hot-bed in the early spring, or in pots deposited
in them. In the. first case, when the plants
have attained some growth, they should he re-
moved to another hot-bed and set out four
inches apart each way, or into separate pots,
rcplunging them in the hot-bed, being shaded till
they have taken new root ; a large proportion of
free air being admitted in fine weather, and also
frequent waterings : they should afterwards be
gradually hardened to bear the open air in the
summer season.

Some of them may also be raised from offsets
and cuttings planted in pots in the summer
season.

The fourth sort is sufficiently hardy to bear
the open air : the seeds should be sown where
the plants are to remain, as they do not bear
transplanting well. It is an annual plant.

Some of the species do not flower till the se-
cond year; of course they should be placed in
the stove in the autumn, and be managed during
the winter as other tender exotic plants of the
same nature.

They afford ornament among other potted
plants in the stove, and the fourth sort in the
borders.

SIDERITIS, a genus containing plants of
the under shrubby, and shrubby exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in the natural order
of VerticillalcB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, oblong, about half-five-
cleft: segments acute, almost equal: the corolla
one-petalled, almost equal : tube cylindrical,
throat oblong, roundish : upper lip erect, bi-
fid, narrow : lower lip trifid ; lateral segments
sharper, commonly smaller than the upper lip ;
middle segment roundish crenate : the stamina
have fourfilaments, within the tube of the co-
rolla, shorter than the throat, two of which are
smaller : anthers roundish, two twin : the pis-

S I D

S I D

lilluni is a four-cleft germ : style filiform, usually
longer than the Stamens: stigmas two: upper
cylindrical, concave, truncate; lower membi
ceous, short* . hing the upper : tberei

pencarpium : calvx cherishing the seeds in its
Boson : the sei ds four.

The are: 1. S Ctmaru

Canary Iron-wort : 9 S Oretica, Cretan Iron-
won ; 3 S. Si/riacn, Sage-leaved lron-wi it.

The first has the stem five or six feet high,
sending out several woody branches covered
with a sc ft down: the leaves on long footstalks;
in young plants often live or six inches long,
ami two and a halt' broad near their base ; but
in older plants not more than half that size;
they are very woolly, especially on their under
side, which is white, but their upper surface is
of a dirk yellowish green: the Mowers, which
grow in thick whorled spikes at the end of the
branches, are of a dirty white, and appear early
in June : the plants frequently produce flowers
again in autumn. It is a native of the Canaries
and of Madeira.

The second species is a shrub with divaricating
branches, very thickly tomentose and snow-
white : the leaves cordate, crenate, tomentose
on both sides, obtuse, very thickly tomentose
and snow-white beneath, green above: the
spike from the division of the branches, pe-
duncled, pendulous, tomentose, snow-while to-
gether with the calyxes, which are blunt : the
flowers about eight in each whorl. It is a na-
tive of the island of Crete or Candia.

The third has a short woody stem, with a few-
branches about a toot long: the leaves thick,
wedge-shaped, very downy and white : the
flowers in whorls towards the end of the
branches, yellow with smooth downy calyxes.
It has the appearance of a Sage, but is longer.
The whole plant is covered with a very close
white cotton. It is a native of the Levant,
flowering from June to September.

There are other species that may be cultivated.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
-, cuttings and layers.

The seeds should be sown in pots in the
spring, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed :
when the plants have had some growth thev
should be removed into separate small pots
filled with light mellow mould, being afterwards
treated as other shrubbv green- house plants.

The cuttings and layers may be planted out or
laid down in the subwh r season, and w hen suffi-
ciently rooted managed as the other sorts.

The third sort may be increased by planting
the slipped heads either in pots or a shady bor-
der, to be afterwards removed into pots lor pro-
tection in the winter in a frame.

They afford variety in ereen-hou?c colic
among otl • d plant*.

SIDEROXYJLON, a genu Lints

of the shrub! . \ , exotic Iti

It belongs to the class and order 1'intc

::iu, and iani-> in the nail r of

.

The characters are : that the calvx is a Ir-e-clcft
perianth, small, erect, permanent: the corolla one -
Detailed, wheel -shaped : scj ve, roundi

concave,erect: loothlci ite,atlheb

of each division of the petal, tending inwan

-tamina have fiveawUshaped filaments, length
of the corolla, alternate with the toothlcU : an-
thers oblong, incumbent : the pistillum is a
roundish germ : style awi^shaped, length of the
stamens: stigma simple, obtuse: the pencarpium
is a roundish berry, one-celled: the seeds five.

The species cultivated are: l. S. iiierme,
Smooth Ironwood; 2. S. lycioidis, Willow*-
leaved Ironwood.

The first in its native situation rises to the
height of an apple-tree ; but in this climate it
is rarely more than eight or ten feet high : the
wood is so heavy as to sink in water, and being
very close and hard, the name of Iron- wood
has been given it: it divides into many branches,
which are covered with a russet bark : the lea.
about three inches long, and an inch and half
broad in the middle, ending in points at both
extremities, placed w ithout order on the branches,
having footstalks an inch long: they are smooth,
of a lucid green, and continue all the year : the
flowers come out iu clusters from the side of the
branches upon short footstalks, which branch
out into several smaller, each sustaining a single
flower, which is small and white. It flowers
in July, and is a native of the Cape.

The second species is a tree with axillary so-
litary spines and alternate leaves : the peduncle?
axillary, one-flowered, very many, a little longer
than the petioles : the calyx live-cleft, obtu-
the corolla funnel-form, five-cleft, obtuse; with
the - - concave, scarcely unfolded : nec-

tary five-leaved, serrate, short, each lobe to each
lent of the corolla: the stamens ten, av. I-
shaped, length of the nectary ; anthers sagittate :
germ globular, style filiform; stigma very small:
the berry black, globular, from three- to tive-
celled, commonly abortive. It is a native of
South America.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
procured from abroad, which should be
sown in the spring in pots filled with fresh
mould, and plunged in the tan-bed ol the stove:
when the plants have some growth, thev should
be removed into separate pots and be reptnnged
in the bark-bed.

3 F 9

S I L

S I L

They are sometimes raised from slit-layers
and cuttings in the summer season; but they are
tedious in forming roots in this way, and the
plants are not so good.

The first is tender, affording variety in the
stove ; but the last is more hardy, and may

foot and half long, which trail upon the ground,
opposite: the leaves oval, acute-pointed : the
flowers come out singly from the axils, upon
shori peduncles ; they are huge, and ot a bright
red colour, resembling these of the common
Wild Red Campion. It is a native of Sicily and

sometimes be introduced in the shrubbery borders Crete or Candia, flowering in May and June,
in warm sheltered situations. The fourth species has a biennial root : the

SILENE, a genus containing plants of the stalk round, clammy, a foot and half high,

hardy herbaceous, of the annual and perennial having swelling joints : the leave

kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandrla
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural oider of
Caryophyllei.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, ventricose, five-toothed, per-
manent : the corolla has five petals: claws nar-
row, length of the calyx, margined : border flat,
obtuse, often bifid : nectary composed of two
toothlets in the neck of each petal, forming a
crown at the throat : the stamina have ten awl-

smooth, growing round the stalk in clusters :
the upper part of the stalk divides into spread-
ing branches by pairs, and has red flowers
coming out singly from the axils, and sessile :
the plant is extremely viscid. It is a native of
the South of France, &c.

The fifth has a biennial root : the lower leaves
roundish and hollowed like a spoon : those up-
on the stalks obtuse, and standing by pairs,
threes or fours round the stalks; they arc deep
green, smooth and sessile : the stalks round,

shaped filaments, alternately inserted into the smooth, from two to three feet high : the
claws of the petals, and later than the other flowers in loose spikes at the top, of a green

five: anthers oblong : the pistillum is a cylin-
drical germ : stvles three, simple, longer than
the stamens: stigmas bent contrary to the sun's
apparent motion : the periearpium is a cylindri-
cal capsule, covered, one- or three-celled, opening
at top into five or six parts: the seeds very
many, kidney-form.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. armeria,
Common or Lobel's Catchfly ; 2. S. quinque-
vulnera, Variegated Catchfly ; 3. S. pendula,

colour. It is a native of Spain, &c. flowering
in June and July.

The sixth species has a somewhat woody per-
ennial root : the stems several, simple, (ac-
cording to Mr. Woodward frequently branched
from the root,) a foot or more in height, erect,
leafy, round, pubescent, jointed at the base,
viscid in the upper part, terminating in a forked
panicle, the summit and branches of which
all droop towards one side : the leaves Ian-

Pendulous Catchfly; 4. S. muscipula, Spanish ceolate acute, quite entire, pubescent on both

Catchfly; 5. S. viridijhiru, Green-flowered sides, of a palish green; the radical ones

Catchfly; 6. S.mduns, Nottingham Catchfly; inclining to obovate, and forming thick tufts :

J. S.fruticosa, Shrubby Catchfly. the flowers drooping, white, of a delicate lex-

The first is an annual plant w;ith erect stalks,- ture. It is a native of several parts of Europe,

a foot and half high, for more than an inch be- flowering in June and July.

tow each joint very glutinous : the lower leaves
broad, oblong, smooth, sessile : the flowers in
terminating bunches, standing erect, and form-
ing a kind of umbel. It is a native of Denmark,
Sec. flowering in July and August.

There are varieties with a bright purple
flower, with a pale red, and with a white flower.

In the second, from a small fibrous annual

The seventh has the stem low, shrubby, di-
viding into several short branches : the leaves
smooth, ending in acute points : the flower-
stalks rise about a foot high, and divide into
spreading panicles, sustaining two and three
flowers, of an herbaceous white colour. It is
a native of Sicily, flowering in June and July.

Culture. — The annual and biennial sorts may

root arise several flaccid spreading stems, round, be raised by seeds, which should be sown in the
hairy, and a little viscid ; as are also the leaves
in a slight degree : numerous flowers spring in
an alternate order from the bosoms of die upper
leaves, on pedicels which are erect, or but little
divaricated even when the fruit is ripe: the pe-
tals are remarkable for the deep red spot in their
centre, like a drop of blood. It is a native of
the South of Europe.

The third is an annual plant, from whose
toot come out several branching stalks, near a

spring or autumn seasons, where the plants are
to grow ; but the latter is the better time. Some
sow at both seasons, which may be a good prac-
tice. The seed should be put in in patches in
the borders, clumps, Sec. : when the plants are
up they should be thinned to two or three
plants in each clump, and be kept clean from
weeds. With the biennial sorts it is sometimes
the practice to sow them in beds, and when the
plants are up to remove them into nursery-rows

S I L

S I L

till the autumn, v. hen they arc planted out in

tlic borders, ccc.

s perennial sorts may likewise be inci
•ceds m the same manner ; but the

- or the head-, ami parting the
roots, planting them out in - - in the

snmnfer months. The shrubby
may be increased Lv slips am! cut)
the branch..? or shoots, winch should be planted
out in similar situations in the spring and sum-
nier seasons.

They all afford ornament and varietv in the
clumps ami borders of pleasure- grounds.

SILI'HI L'M, a genu* containing plains of the
tall-erowing, herbaceous, perennial kind.

It belongs to the class ami order Syngene&ia
Polysomia Necessnria, and ranks in the natural
order of Composiite Oppasiiifolia*.

The characters are: that the calyx is common
ovate, imbricate, squarrose: scales ovate-oblong,
bent back in the middle, prominent every way,
permanent : the corolla compound radiate : co-
rollets hermaphrodite in the di-k many : females
in the ray fewer: the proper of the hermaphro-
dites one-petalled, funnel-form, five-toothed ;
the tube scarcely narrower than the border : —
of the females lanceolate, very long, often three-
toothed : stamina in the hermaphrodites : fila-
ments five, capillary, very short : anther cylin-
drical, tubular: the pistillum in the hermaphro-
dites: germ round, very slender: style filiform,
very long, villose : stigma simple: — in the fe-
males, germ obcordate : style simple, short :
stigmas two, bristlc-'haped, length of the style:
there is no pericarpium : calyx unchanged : the
seeds in the hermaphrodites none : — in the fe-
males solitary, submembranaceous, obcordate,
■with the euge membranaceous, two-homed,
emarsinate : the receptacle chaffy : chaff's linear.

The species cultivated are : 1. S. luiiniutum,
Jagged-leaved Silphium ; 9. S. ttreiinthiiium,
Broad-leaved Silphium ; 8. S. Asleriscus, Hairy-
stalked Silphium j 4. S. trijoliatum, Three-
I Silphium.

The first has a perennial root : the stem
twice the height of a man, as thick as the
thumb, quite simple, smooth below, above rug-
ged with brown tubercles and white spreading
hairs, round : the leaves petiolcd, two feet in
length and a foot in breadth, embracing at the
base, pinnatifid ; segments on each side four or
five, distant, narrow, tooth-sinuate, rugged, with
very solid i J on both sides; margin of

the upper leaves purplish: the cal\x of ten
scales, ending in large awl-shaped spines : the
petals of the ray thirty, length of the calvx, with
a bifid slender style : the florets of the disk yel-
low, many, separated by chaff's, attenuated at

the base, with i simple style. It is a ,

From July to Sept em
I he second species lias two or three stems,

looth ; panicled

\/<, but without any branches throughout

the whole length, being best t with distant leaves s

radical and lower cat. hue leaves large, hcart-
b, sharply toothed on the
edges, and ciliated With very short hiirs ; they
are wry v<.i;i\\ but not wrinkled: the footstalks
are long, ana embrace the stem at their bai
the stem-leaves are similar, but scarcely hearted
at the base, and the others are more obi.
and half embrace the stem: the peduncles are
gated, round, and mostly leafless ; though
a few ol them are furnished with two oppoi

lets : the terminal Bower on the stem Bowers
first, and when this begins to seed the lateral
incles of the. panicle begin to extend and
proceed to flower : the snail of the flower,
which is moderately large, and' j similar

to that of the Sun-flower. It is a native of
North America, flowering in August and Sep-
tember.

The third has a perennial root: the stem four
or five feet high, thick, solid, set with prickly
hairs, and having many purple spots: the lower
leaves alternate; upper opposite and sessile,
rough, about two inches long, and an inch broad
near the base, having a few slight indentures on
their edges : the upper part of the stem dh ,
into five or six small branches, terminated by
yellow radiated flowers like those of the peren-
nial Sun-flower, but smaller, having genera
nine florets in the ray. It is a native of North
America, flowering from July to September.

1 be fourth species has a perennial and woody
root: the stems annual, rising five feet high or
more in good land, of a purplish colour," and
branching towards the top: the leaves oblong,

i, having s,,me -harp teeth on lh(
they are from three to tour inches long, "and
almost two broad; towards the bottom of the
stem they siand b\' fours at each joint ; higher
up they are by threes, and at the top by pa.
sitting close to the stems : the flower's upon
pretty long peduncles, solitary.. It is a native
of many parts of North America, flowering from
July to October.

Culture. — They are all readily increased by
parting ihe roots and planting them out in the
autumn or spring, where they are to remain in
the borders and clumps. Thev may also he
raised by planting the slips in the same manner:
thev .should he afterwards managed as the per-
ennial Sun-flower,

They afford a good variety and effect among
perennial plants in the aun on.

S I N

S I s

SILVER BUSH. See Anthvllis.

SILVER TREE. See Protea.

SIMFLER'S JOY. Set- Verbena.

SINAFIS, a genus containing a plant of the
hardy herbaceous annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tetradynanua
Siliquosa, and ranks in the natural order of
SUiquosts or Cniciformes.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
leaved perianth, spreading: leaflets linear, con-
cave-channelled, cruciform-spreading, decidu-
ous: the corolla four-petalled, cruciform: petals
roundish, flat, spreading, entire : claws erect,
linear, scarcely the length of the calyx : nec-
tareous glands four, ovate: one on each side be-
tween the shorter stamen and the pistil, and
one on each side between the longer stamens
and the calyx : the stamina have six awl-shaped
filaments, erect : two of them opposite, the
length of the calyx, and four longer: an! hers
from erect spreading, acuminate : the pistillum
is a cylindrical germ ; style length of the germ,
height of the stamens : stigma capitate, entire :
the pericarpium is an oblong silique, torose be-
low, rugged, two-celled, two-valved : parti-
tion for the most part twice the length of the
valves, large, compressed; the seeds many, glo-
bular.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. alia, White
Mustard ; 2. S. nigra, Common or Black
Mustard.

The first has an annual root: the stem strong,
hard, nearly round, upright, branched, striated
or finely grooved, set with numerous stiflish
hairs pointing downwards, from a foot and half
to two feet in height : the leaves petioled, al-
ternate, pale green, rough with strong hairs on
both sides, all deeply indented or lobed, the ter-
minating segment very broad and large, and fre-
quently a pair of small wings on the petiole : the
lowerones deeplypinnatifid; the upperonessubly-
rate: the flowers on loose racemes or bunches at
the ends of the branches, on horizontal pedicels,
which have four grooves or corners, and strong
hairs pointing downwards. It is a native of
Germany, &c.

It is generally cultivated in gardens as a sallad
herb, with Cresses, Radishes, &x. for winter and
spring use.

The second species has an annual small root :
the stem upright, round, streaked, the upper
part smooth, three or four feet in height-, with
many distant spreading branches : the leaves
petioled, variously lobed and toothed ; those
next the root lyrate, rugged ; on the .stem
smooth, the upper ones frequently simple, lan-
ceolate and sharply toothed; the very uppermost
quite entire. It is a native of Europe.

It is the flour of the seed of this plant that
affords the common mustard for the table.

Culture. — The first sort is sown along with
other small sallad herbs at all times of the year,
sometimes every week or fortnight, in a bed or
border of light earth, sown generally in shallow
drills very thick, covering it very thinly with
earth ; and in winter, and early in spring,
during cold weather, in hot-beds. The herbs
are alwavs cut for use whilst in the seed-leaf
and but a few days old ; otherwise they become
too strong and iank-tasted for use. See Sallad
Herbs and Small Sallading.

In order to have seed of this sort for garden
use, it should be sown on an open spot of
ground in March or April, either thinly in drills
a fool asunder, or bioad-cast all over the surface,
and the plants be left to run up to stalk, when
they wili fiiroish ripe seeds in August.

But in order to raise the plants for the seed
for mustard, the seeds should be sown in the
spring, any time in March, in some open situa-
tion, either in the kitchen-garden or in open.
fields : in cither ease; having dug or ploughed
the ground, the seed should be sown broad-
cast all over the surface, and raked or harrowed
in lightly ; or it may be sown in shallow drill*
a foot a-amder, and be slightly covered in : the
plants soon come up, and when they have four
or more leaves an inch or two broad, if they
stand very thick, those sown in the broad-
cast way particularly should be hoed and thin-
ned, leaving them six or eight inches asunder,
cutting up all weeds, repeating the operation
once or more if necessary ; alter this the
plants will soon spread and cover the ground,
and shoot fast up to stalks for flowers and seed,
which ripen in July or August, when the stalks
should be cut or pulled up, and the seed, being
properly hardened, and dried in the pod, should
either be thrashed out directly, or stacked up
dry and thrashed at occasional opportunities
afterwards ; but the first is the best method.

SISYMBRIUM, a genus containing a plant
of the hardy herbaceous kind.

It belongs to the class and order Tetradyna-
mia Siliqitosa.-, and ranks in the natural order of
Si/ic/uosce, Crucifurmes or Cruc'iftrce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
leaved perianth : leaflets lanceolate-linear, spread-
ing, coloured, deciduous: the corolla four-petal-
led, cruciform : petals oblonsr, spreading, com-
monly less than the calyx, with very small claws :
the stamina have six filaments, longer than the ca-
lyx ; of these two opposite a little shorter: anthers
simple: the pistillum is an oblong filiform germ:
style scarcely any: stigmaobtuse: the pericarpium
is a silnjue, long, incurved, gibbous, round, two-

SIS S I u

celled, two-valvcd: valves Jn opening straightish, The species are : i. S. Bermudiana, fris-Icaved
partition a little longer than the- valves: the Sisyrinchium j 9. S. anceps, Narrow •leaved Si-

scc-tls very many, Binall. svnnehium.

The - is S. Nasturtium, Common The lir-t has a fibrous root, from which arise

Water Ci ss, boom stiff sword-shaped leaves, lour or tne

It has perennial roots, consisting of long inches long and halt an inch broad] of a dark

white fibres, the lowermost fixed in the soil, the green colour: from am ids these comes out the

rest suspended in the water: the stems spread- stalk (scape) six inches high ; it is com

ing, declining or floating, angular, branched, and has two borders or wings running the

leafy: (he leaves alternate, pinnate, somewhat whole length, and three or I

lvrate, the terminating and upper leaflets being leaves embracing it ; these grow erect, and

the largest : all the leaflets roundish, more or hollowed like the keel of a boat: the stalk is

! heart-shaped, smooth, shining, waved or terminated by a cluster of six or seven flowers,
toothed, frequently tinged with a purplish on short peduncles, and enclosed in a two-
brown hue: the flowers white, in a corvmb, leaved, keel-shaped sheathj before they open ;
soon lengthened out into a spike : the pods they are of a deep blue colour with yellow bot-
shortish, on horizontal pedicels, but the pods toms, which, when fully expanded, are an inch
themselves recurved upwards : the stigmas over. It is a native of Bermuda.
nearly sessile : but according to Curtis, the The second species has a perennial librous
root is annual. Withering marks it as bien- root, from which arise many very narrow spear-
nial. It is a native of Europe, Asia, See. shaped leaves, about three inches long,

Culture. — This may be effected by parting the scarcely an eighth of an inch broad, of a i
roots, or by seed. In the first method, while green colour1: the stalks about three inches
the plants are young, a quantity of slips should high, very slender, compressed and bordered,
be made with root-tibres to them, and be planted having short, narrow, sword-shaped, embracing
out immediately in a shallow, trickling, watery leaves: they are terminated by two small pale-
situation, when they will readily strike roots, blue flowers, inclosed in a two-leaved sheath,
seed, and increase themselves. upon longer peduncles than those of the first

The seed should be collected during the sum- sort, flowering about the same time. It is a

mer season, and sown in the same places 5 or, native of Virginia,

which is better, the plants, with the ripened It is observed, that the leaves, stalks, and

seeds upon them, be thrown into them, where flowers of the lirst sort are three times as large

they will strike root, and shed their seeds for as in the second, and the sheath incloses six or

future increase. seven flowers; whereas the second has rarely

These plants are in much esteem as winter and more than two, and these expand only for a

spring sallad herbs. short time in the morning, while in the former

SISYRINCHIUM, a genus containing plants they continue open the whole day,
of the flowery perennial kind. Cull ine. — These plants may be increased by

It belongs to the class and order Mnuaihlpkia seeds and parting the roots : in the former me-

Triandiia, and ranks in the natural order of thod the seeds of the lirst sort should be sown

Ensutcp. in the autumn as soon as they become ripe, on

The characters are : that the calyx is a com- a border which has an eastern aspect, in drills

mon ancipital spathe, two-leaved : valves com- at three or four inches distance, covering them

pressed, acuminate: proper several, lanceolate, about half an inch with tine mould : they

concave, obtuse, one-flowered : the corolla one* should afterwards be kept clean from weeds

petalled, superior, six parted : segments obovate with care. They succeed best in a loamy soil in

with a point, from erect spreading: three outer a shady situation, and where the ground has not

alternate, a little wider : the stamina have three been manured.

filaments, united into a subtriquetrous tube In the latter sort the seeds should be sown in

shorter than the corolla, distinct at the top : pots, in order that they may be protected in the

anthers bifid below, fastened by the hack : the gTcen-hottse.

pistilluin is an obovate inferior germ : style " The first affords ornament in the large open

three-sided, length of the tube : stigmas three, borders and clumps, and the latter among other

thickish, awl-shaped at the top, erect : the peri- green-house plant-:.

carpium is an obovate capsule, round' d, three- STUM, a genus containing a plant of the

sided, three celled, three- valved ; with the par- bardy, herbaceous, esculent kind.
litions contrary : the seeds several, globular. It belongs to the class and order Pentc

S I u

S L I

Digyniq, and ranks in the natural order of Utn-
beftatce or Umbelliferee.

The characters are : that the calyx is an uni-
versal umbel, various in different species: par-
tial spreading, flat: involucre universal many-
leaved, reflex, shorter than the umbel, with lan-
ceolate leaflets : partial many-leaved, linear,
small : perianth proper scarcely observable : the
corolla universal uniform: floscules all fertile:
proper of five index-cordate, equal petals : the
stamina have five simple filaments: anthers
pimple: the pistillum is a very small germ, in-
ferior : styles two, reflex : stigmas obtuse : there
is no pericarpium: fruit subovate, striated, small,
bipartite: the seeds two, subovate, convex and
striated on one side, flat on the other.

The species cultivated is S. si.iamm, Skirret.

Tt has the root composed of several fleshy
tubers as large as a man's little finger, and join-
ino- together in one head : the lower leaves are
pinnate, having two or three pairs of oblong
leaflets terminated by an odd one : the stalk
rises a foot high, and is terminated by an umbel
of white flowers, which appear in July, and are
succeeded by striated seeds hke those of Paisley,
ripening in autumn. It is a native of China, See.

It was formerly much cultivated for the roots,
which were eaten boiled, and stewed with but-
ter, pepper, and salt ; or rolled in flower and
fried ; or else cold with oil and vinegar, being
first boiled.

Culture. — Tt may be raised either by seeds or
slips from the roots, but the first is the best
method, as in the latter mode the roots- are apt
to become stickv : the seeds should be sown
about the beginning of April, either in broad-
cast over the surface, or in drills, the ground
being previously well dug to a good depth ; light
and rather moist land being chosen for the pur-
pose. The plains mostly appear in five or six
weeks, and when they can be sufficiently di-
stinguished by their leaves, the ground should be
welf hoed over, in the same manner as for car-
rots, the plants being properly thinned out to
the distance of five or six inches. The hoeing
should be repeated as often as necessary, in dry
weather.

In the autumn when the leaves begin to de-
cay the roots will be fit for use, and will con-
tinue so till the spring.

In the offset method, the old plants should be
dug up in the spring before they begin to shoot,
the side shoots being then slipped off" with an eye
or bud to each, planting them in rows a foot apart,
and four or five inches distant in the rows; they
should afterwards be cultivated as the others.

These roots are prepared by boiling, and eaten

in the same manner as above, or as c.irrots and
parsnips. They are wholesome, but not in such
request as formerly.

SLIPS, such portions of plants as are slipped
off from the stems or branches for the purpose
of being planted out.

A number of plants, both of the woody and
herbaceous kinds, are propagated by slips, which
is effected in the woody kinds by slipping off
small young shoots from the sides of the branches,
&c. with the thumb and finger, instead of cut-
ting them off with a knife, but there is no ma-
terial difference, in the success or future growth,
between slips and cuttings, only the former in
small young shoots is more proper to be slipped
off by the hand, which in numerous small,
shrubby plants will grow ; but is more com-
monly practised on the lower ligneous plants,
such as sage, winter-savory, hyssop, thyme,
southernwood, rosemary, rue, lavender, and
others of low shrubby growths. The best sea-
son of the year for effecting t lie work is gene-
rally in spring and beginning of summer, though
many sorts will grow if planted at almost any
time, from the spring to the latter end of the
summer, as shown in speaking of their culture.

In performing the work of slipping in these
sorts, the young shoots of but one year's growth,
and in many sorts the shoots of the year should
be chosen as growing the most readily, even
when to plant the same summer they are pro-
duced, especially the hard-wooded kinds : but
in the more soft-wooded plants, the slips of one
year's growth will also often readily grow ; be-
ing careful always to choose the moderately grow-
ing side-shoots situated on the outward part of
the plants, from three to six or eight inches
long, slipping them off" close to the branches,
and clearing off the lower leaves ; then planting
them either in a shady border, if in summer,
and watered, or so as they can be occasionally
shaded in hot sunny weather, especially small
slips, inserting the whole two parts of three in
the ground, giving occasional water, in dry
warm weather, till properly rooted; and then
towards autumn, or in spring following, trans-
planting them where they are to remain.

But in planting slips of the shoots of tender
shrubby exotics of the green-house and stove,
many sorts require the aid of a hot'-bed or bark-
bed, to promote their emitting roots more ef-
fectually, as shown in their respective culture ;
but some others of the shrubby kinds, such as
geraniums, will root freely in the natural earth
in summer ; and many of the herbaceous tribe,
producing bottom-rooted offsets for slips, as
aloes, &c. also readily grow, either with or

S M A

S M A

without a hot-bed 5 but where there is the con- ten or twelve days old, whilst ihey remain

vemence of hot-beds in which to plunge the mostly in the - e , cut up close

pots of slips of tender plants, it runs them off to the ground for use; lor, bein

more expeditiously: and most hor-house plants warm relish, in which consists their chief ex-

in particular require that assistance. cellence for winter and spring salads, if suffered

But many shrubby plants growing into large to grow large, and run into the rou-m leaf
bunches from the root of the small under- they become of a disagrei hot
shrubby kinds, a« thyme, savory, hyssop, sage, taste; but when used as a; ey eat ex-
be.- as- well as those of larger growth, as roses, ceedingly tender, with an agreeable warm Ha
spiraeas, raspberries, and numerous other sorts, vour.

may be slipped quite to the bottom into separate For the purpose of salading, th.-se plants

plants, each furnished with roots, and planted may be obtained young al all times of the year

either in nursery-rows, or at once where they in spring and summer in thi tund, and

are to rcmam. in winter under the shelter of" frames and glass

And as to the slipping of herbaceous plants, and occasionally on hot-b ds.
various sons multiply by the roots, &c. into This sort of salading is procured by sowing

large bunches, which may be slipped into many the seed-, of the different plants at different times

separate plants, by slipping off the increased throughout the whole year.

suckers or offsets of the root, and in some sorts Winter mid Spr'mg Culture. — In the winter

by the offsets from the sides of the head of the and spring it may be raised either in hoi-beds or

plants, anil in a few sorts by slips of their hot- in the- open border-, and, according as it may be

torn shoots, as well as of the stalks and branches required, early or late; but when il is required

in plants of bushy growth; but the greater part as early as possible, it must be sown in hot-beds

by slipping the roots, as in many of the bulbous
rooted tribe and numerous librous-rooted kinels
of plants.

The slipping of the bulbous plants is performed

under frames and lights, eve. or in a bed or bor-
der of natural earth under glasses.

The sowing should be made on hot-beds any
time in December, January, or February ; anil

in summer when their leaves decay, the roots where a considerable supply is daily required] may

being then taken up, slipping off all the small be continued sowing every week or fortnight in
r-tlsus from the mam bulb, which are generally hot-beds till March, or during the cold weather.
soon planted again in nursery-beds for a year or for which a moderate hot-bed of dung should'
two. See Bulbous Roots. be made for one, two, or more sarden-frames,
In the fibrous-rooted sorts, the slipping but only half a yard or two feet dt-plh of dung,
should generally be performed in the spring or according to the temperature of the season, as the
early part of autumn, which may be effected heat is onlv required to bring up the plants
either bv slipping the outside offsets with roots, quickly, and forward them a week or two in
a- the plants stand in the ground ; or more ef- growth, placing; a frame directlv thereon, and
fectnally, by taking the whole bunch of plants moulding the bed all over with light rich earth,
up, and slipping them intoseveral separate parts, five or six inches thick, makingthe surface level
slip being furnished also with roots, planting and smooth ; when, if it is to be forwarded as
them, it small, m narsery-rows for a year, to much as possible, directlv sow the seed, which
gam strength; or such as are strong maybe may be done either in drills as shallow as pos-
planted at once where they are to remain. See sible, about two or three inches broad, and (lat
the Culture of the different sorts. at the bottom, and thre inches asunder, sowing
SMALLAGE. SeeApiUM. the seeds of each sort separate and very thick.
SMALL SALAD HERBS, such young so as almost to cover the around, onlv just co-
tender heibs as are made use of through the vcring them with earth; or, to make the most
year for the purpose of furnishing salads. For of the bed, it may be sown all over the surface,
this use several young seedling herbs of a warm previously smoothing it lightly with the b .
nature are in request To mix with the larger prin- the spade, the different sorts Separately, and all
cipal Salad Herbs, as lettuces, endive, and very thick ; and after pressing them all ['even and
celery, in order to improve their flavour and lightly down with the spade, covering them very
wholesome quality. thinly with earth, by sifting over as much light
The sorts mostly in use are cresses, mustard, Mould as will onlv just cover the teed ; and" as
radish, rape, and turnep ; also sometimes cab- soon a- the Bowing is performed in either ,ne-
bage-lcttuce for winter and earry spring use; thod, putting on the lights: the seeds
all ot which tor this use are in perfection when conic up, as in two or three days or l<
quite young, thai is, not more than a week or careful at this time to give vent to the steam
vol. il. at;

S M A

s r.i a

arising in the bed, as well as to indulge the- plants
with plenty of Free air daily, either by tilting the
lights in the back or front, according to the
temperature of the weather, or by drawing the
lights a little down, or taking them quite oft
occasionally in mild days at first ; for the hot-
bed bcinir vet new, there will lie a considerable
steam arising ; and the salading coming up
very thick, unless due vent be given to pass off
the steam and admit fresh air, they will be apt
either to bum or fog (as the gardeners term if)>
and mould oft" as fast as they come up. Such
hot-beds, however, as are not fresh made, do
not require this precaution ; but in new-made
beds it must be strictly observed till the salad-
ing is all fairly come up, and as long as the strong
steam continues : the plants will mostly he fit
for use in a week or ten or twelve days from the
time of so wine; the seed.

In order to have a proper succession, the sow-
ing in the hot-beds should be repeated every
week or fortnight during the cold weather ; the
same hot-bed sometimes retaining its heat will
admit of two sowings, by sowing again as soon
as the first crop is gathered : however, to obtain
a regular supply dailv, it is necessary to continue
making fresh hot-beds occasionally.

Where only a small quantity may be wanted
at a time, and there is the convenience either of
cucumber and melon hot-beds, or a hot-house,
&c., some seed of each sort may be sown in
pots or boxes, and placed in these hot- beds or
the stove, just to bring up the plants fit for use.
Where there are not frames and glasses, hand-
or bell-glasses may be used, or the bed be arched
over with low hoop-arches, in order to cover
with mats every night, and in bad weather.

And where there are no hot-beds, in cold
weather, early in the spring, part of a warm
border, or abed of light earth in a sunny situation
may be prepared, for garden-frames and lights,
hand-glasses, See. raising the ground somewhat
to the sun ; and having dug it, and raked it
fine, sow the seed as above, covering it lightly
with earth ; and having set on the frames and
glasses, the seeds will soon come up, and the
salading be ready a considerable time sooner
than in the open ground.

Culture in the full Ground. — From about the
end of February, or beginning of March, ac-
cording to the forwardness or mildness of the
season, Small Salading may be sown in the
open ground, repeating the sowings every week
or ten days ; the first sowing being performed
on a warm border ; continuing the sowings in that
situation till the beginning or middle of April,
when it may be sown in any of the open quar-
ters, and in which the sowings may be repeated

weekly, or once a fortnight, as required ; but
according as the -hot weather approaches, sowing
in a somewhat shady situation.

The ground for each sowing in the different
situations should be properly dug, and the sur-
face raked smooth and even.

These sowings are mostly made in shallow
drills, which should be drawn with a small hoe
cither with the corner, or held edge-ways ciown-
waial, horizontally, drawing the drills along
evenly, as shallow as possible, and flat or level
at bottom, at three or four inches asunder, in
which ihe seed should be put evenly all along
the bottom, each sort separate, and very thick,
covering them in evenly with the finest of the
mould, not more than a quarter of an inch deep;
or if the smaller seeds are but just covered, it is
sufficient ; for when sown very thick, if deeply co-
vered with mould, the plants do not rise regularly.
In these early spring sowings, on cold nights
and all bad weather it is proper to cover the
ground, both before and after the plants begin
to rise, with large mats, which will be better
if supported on low hoop-arches, or ranges of
pegs stuck in the ground just high enough to
support the mats a little from the earth, by
which a more effectual as well as forward crop
is produced.

In tlie later sowings, when dry warm weather
commences, it is proper to give occasional wa-
terings.

It is likewise sometimes necessary, where the
surface of the ground becomes crusted, from
wet, &c. as the plants rise thick, to slightly brush
over the surface with the hand or a soft broom,
so as to reduce the surface mould a little, and
promote their coming up.

Summer Sowings. — When the so wings are prac-
tised in summer, they should be made more fre-
quently, and the ground be kept watered occasion-
ally, both before and after the plants are come up.
Autumn Sowings. — The sowings may be con-
tinued in the open ground all September and
October, also occasionally in November in mild
seasons ; and until towards the middle of Octo-
ber they may be made in any open situation ;
but from the middle or latter end of Octo-
ber and in November they must be on warm
south borders, performing the sowings as above;
and in cole nights bestowing a covering of mats,
or hand-glasses, he. repeating the sowings every
week or ten days, or a fortnight, as required.

In gathering young salading, it should be cut
carefully close to the ground while quite young,
in performing which, a large pair of scissars is
very convenient.

In order to have good seed, some plants should
be preserved annually for the purpose.

S M I

S M I

SMILAX, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby, climbing, evergreen kinds.

It belongs to thcclass and order Dioecia ffex-
andria, and ranks in the natural order ot" Sar-
meiiiacere.

The characters are: that in the male the calyx
is a six-leaved perianth, spreading, bell-shaped :
leaflets oblong, approximating at the base, bent
back, and spreading at the tip: there is no corolla,
unless the calyx be taken for it: the stamina
have six simple filaments: anthers oblonir :
female — calyx as in the male, deciduous : there
is no corolla, the pistillum is an ovate germ :
styles three, very small : stigmas oblong, bent
back, pubescent : the pericarpiuni is a globular
berry, three-celled : the seeds two, globular.

The species cultivated are : 1 . S. aspera,
Rough Smilax : C. S. execlia. Tall Snnlax ;
3. S. Sarsaparilla, Medicinal Smilax or Sarsa-
parilla ; 4. S. laurijh/ia, Bay-leaved Smilax ;
'■■. S. famnoides, Black Briony-leaved Smilax;
<!. S. htrlacea, Herbaceous Smilax; 7. 5. China,
Chinese Smilax; 8. S. Pseudo-China, Bastard
Chinese Smilax.

The first has a perennial root, composed of
many thick fleshy fibres, spreading wide, and
striking deep : the stems several, slender, angu-
lar, armed with short crooked spines, and
having claspers on their sides, bv which they
fasten themselves to any neighbouring plant for
support, and rise five or six feet high: the leaves
stiff", heart-shaped, and acute-pointed, three-
quarters of an inch broad at the base and about
two inches long, of a dark green, marked with
five longitudinal nerves, and the edges set with
a few slvnt reddish spines: the flowers axillary
in short bunches, small and whitish : those on
the female plants are succeeded bv red berries
■which ripen in autumn, but sometimes black. It
is a native of the South of France, Italv, &c.

There is a variety which has the leaves cared
at the base.

The second species has the roots like those of
the preceding : the stems four-cornered and
prickly, mounting to the tops of trees bv their
elasptrs : the leaves two inches long, and an
inch and three quarters broad at the base, having
five longitudinal nerves, but no spines on their
edges : the flowers and fruit are like those of the
fj r>t sort. It is a native of Svria.

The third has a perennial root divided into se-
veral branches, which are somewhat tl
than a goose quill, straight) cxtemaliv brown,
internally white, and three or four feet in length :
the stems shrubby, long, slender, scandent :
the leaves alternate, pointed, with loner let
at the base: the flowers lateral, usually three or
four together upon a common peduncle. It is a
native of America, flowering in July and August.

The fourth species has a thick stalk, taper,
rising bv ,r twelve feet high : the

leaves thick, three inches and a half loni
an inch and half broad: the Rowers axillary in

round bunches, and succeeded by black berries.
It is a native of Virginia and Carolina, flowering

in July.

The fifth has the stem-: taper : the haves four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad at
their base, having seven longitudinal veins : the
flowers come out in long loose bunches from
the side of the stalks, and the berries are black.
It is a native of North America, flowering in
June and July.

In the sixth the leaves have the form of the
hederaceous plants, but not the consistence, for
they are thin : the little umbels of small flowers
are on very long slender peduncles, from the bo-
som of the leaves. It is a native of North
America, flowering in Jttlv.

The seventh has a taper stem, vcrv strong,
armed with short stiff spines, and risiiiu twenty
feet high by their clampers : the leaves thick,
four inches long, and three inches and a half
broad at their base, ending in an obtuse point,
and having five longitudinal vein; : the flowers
in close bunches : the berries red: the root ho-
rizontal, creeping far and wide, with obloti"-
tubers, knobbed and waned, sometimes branch-
ed, pale or reddish w ithin, half a foot long,
roundish, scattered. It should be chosen full,
heavy, and compact, of a reddish colour, and
free from rottenness ; for it is much subject to
be gnawed by worms. It is a native of China,
Cochinchina, and Japan.

The eighth species has a shrubbv stem, very-
long, slender, with few scandent branches : the
leaves small, the lower cordate, the upper ovate-
lanceolate, three-nerved, quite entire, flat, with
the margin bent back: the flowers in lateral um-
bels : the berries red : the root is horizontal,
simple, thick, short, tubercled, with many long
undivided fibres: but according to Browne,
small, and divided into a number of slender
branches. It is a native of Virginia, Jamaica,
China, Sec.

Culture. — The six first hardy sorts mav be
increased by slipping the roots, Livers, ' and
seed .

In the first mode the stalks arising from the
roots should be slipped with roots to each in
the autumn, and be planted out either in nun
rows for a year Or two, or, which is better, where
they are to grow.

In the laj r method, the stalks should be laid
down in the common manner in autumn, and
when well rooted, in the autumn following be
taken off and planud out as above.

The seed should be obtained from abroad1, and
3 G 3

S M Y

SOL

be sown in pots filled with fine mould in the
spring, being plunged in a hot-bed to forward
their coming up : when the plants have attained
some growth they should be planted put and
managed as the others.

The two !a*i tender sorts may be increased
bv layers of the young shoots, and dividing the
rootsj which should be laid down, or planted
out in the spring season in pots, in order to
have the culture of other woody green-house
plants of the same nature

The lavers will be ready to take off in the
Spring following.

The first sorts ?re proper for shady situations,
borders, &c. and the latter afford variety in the
green -house collections.

SMYRNIUM, a genus containing a plant of
the herbaceous esculent kind.

It belongs to the class and order Penlandria
Digynia, and ranks in the natural order of Urn-
leflalce or Umbelliferce.

The characters are : that the calyx is an uni-
versal umbel, unequal, becoming daily bigger :
partial erect : the involucre universal none :
partial none : perianth proper scarcely apparent :
the corolla is universal uniform : flpscules of the
disk abortive : proper of five lanceolate petals,
slightly bent-in, keeled : the stamina have five
simple filaments, length of the corolla: anthers
simple: the pistillum is an inferior germ : styles
two, simple : stigmas two, simple : there is no
pericarpium : fruit oblong, striated, bipartile: the
seeds two, lunulate, on one side convex, marked
with three angles, flat on the other.

The species cultivated is S. Olusalrum, Com-
mon Alexanders.

It has a biennial root, fleshy, branched : the
whole herb of a pale bright green, often of a
sickly yellowish cast, smooth, succulent, in fla-
vour something like Celery, but more strong and
bitter: the stem round, strong, deeply grooved :
the upper leaves ternate, lower triternate; leaf-
lets wide, varying in form, gashed and serrate,
subpetiolcd : the common petiole dilated at the
base, ventricose, and nerved : umbels terminat-
ing, globular, many-rayed : the flowers small,
numerous, irregular, greenish yellow : the fruit
large, black, remarkably gibbous, deeply grooved.
It is a native of France, Spain, Italy, See.

Culture. — These plants are raised from seeds,
which should be sown in the spring in any light
soil and open situation, in shallow drills, fifteen
or eighteen inches asunder; and when the plants
are come up two or three inches high, be thin-
ned out to six or eight inches distance in the
rows, to give them room to shoot up strong ;
when earth must be drawn up about them gra-
dually, in order to blanch or whiten them a
little below, that they may be more crisp and

tender for autumn and winter use ; but as in
the spring following they shoot out again vigo-
rously, some earth should be hoed up close about
each plant, and in three or four weeks they will
be blanched fit for use.

It is used as a culinary plant, when blanched,
in the same manner as celery, and is of a warm
aromatic quality.

SOIL, the mould or earth in which plants
grow. For the general purposes of gardening,
those of the dry, light, friable, loamy kinds are
the most valuable, especially when they have
been well impregnated and enriched with ma-
nure. See Earth, Compost, and Manure.

SNAIL-FLOWER. See Phaseolus.

SNAIL-TREFOIL. See Medicago.

SNAKE-GOURD. See Tricosanthks.

SNAP-DRAGON. See Antirrhinum.

SNAP-TREE. See Justicia.

SNOWBALL-TREE. See Viburnum.

SNOWBERRY. See Chiococca.

SNOWDROP. See Galanthus.

SNOWDROP-TREE. See Chionantiius.

SOAP-BERRY. See Sapindus..

SOAPWORT. See Saponaria.

SOLANUM, a genus containing plants of
the herbaceous, shrubby, and tuberous-rooted,^
esculent kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Penlandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Luridce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, half-five-cleft, erect, acute, per-
manent: the corolla is one-petalled, wheel-
shaped : tube very short : border large, half-
five-cleft, from reflex flat, plaited : the stamina
have five awl-shaped filaments, very small : an-
thers oblong, converging, subcoalescent, opening
at the top by two pores : the pistillum is a
roundish germ : style filiform, longer than the
stamens: stigma blunt: the pericarpium is a
roundish berry, smooth, dotted at the top, two-
celled ; with a convex fleshy receptacle on each
side : the seeds very many, roundish, nestling.

The species cultivated are : ) . S. Lycopersi-
cum, Love-Apple, or Tomato ; 2. S. JEthivpi-
cum, Ethiopian Nightshade ; 3. S. Melongena,
Large-fruited Nightshade, or Egg Plant; 4. S.
Dulcamara, Woody Nightshade, or Bitter-sweet j
.">. S. verbascifolium, Mullein-leaved Nightshade;
6. S. Pseudo-Capsicum, Shrubby Nightshade, or
Winter Cherry ; 7. S. quercijblium, Oak-leaved
Nightshade; 8. S. ■mummosum, Dug-fruited
Nightshade; 9. S. Indicum, Indian Nightshade;
\o7S. Carol inense, Carolina Nightshade; U.S.
sodomeum, Black-spined Nightshade; 12. S.
sanctum, Palestine Nightshade; 13. S. tubero-
sum, Tuberous-rooted Nightshade, or Common
Potatoe.

SOL

SOL

The first is an annual plant, with an herbace-
ous, branching, hairy stalk, rising to the height
nt six or ciiiht Feel it suppoited, otherwise the
b an< ties « ill Fall in the ground : the leave s pin-
n tc, of a verv rank disagreeable odour, com-
posed of four or ti\e pairs oi leaflets terminated
bv an odd one, cut on their edges, and ending
in acnte points : the flowers axillary on pretty
lung peduncles, eaoh sustaining several yellow
flower*, tunning a single long bunch. The
fruit is smooth, but - m, s ze and co-

lour, Irom which Miller has formed two sorts.

The liist o* these is commonly cultivated in
the South of Europe to put into soups and
sauces, to which it imparts an agreeable acid
flavour: the fruit is very large, compressed both
at top and bottom, and deeply furrowed all over
the sides, and ot a red or yellow colour.

The latter round, about the size of a large
sherry, either yellow or red. It is a native of
South America, flowering from July to September.

The second species has an annual root : the
stem stiffish : the leaves a hand in length, and
blunt .- the fruit red, large, depressed, so deeply
furrowed as to be in a manner cut into lobes,
hard: the branches diffused : the leaves ovate-
oblong, sinuate-repand : the Bowers solitary and
vioiet. It i< a native of China.

The third has an annual stun, thick, twisted,
two feet high, with the branches reclining: the
leaves ovate, sinuate, large, few, scattered, on
thick petioles : the flowers pale violet; pedun-
cles axillary, thickened, bent down, one-flow-
ered, mosi commonly solitary, but not unfre-
quenlly two or three together : the berry large,
sliming, two-celled, many-seeded, esculent. It
is a native of Asia, Africa, and America.

There are varieties with oblong violet -coloured
fruit, with an oblong white large fruit, with a
globular violet-coioiired tint, and with a globu
lar white or varu^aied fruit.

The tourlh species has a perennial root,
v y, according I o Dr Beddoes, smelling like
the Fotatoe : the stem shrubby, roundish, branch-
ed, twisted and climbing to the height of several
feet : the Laves alternate, petioled, ovate-lance-
olate, quite entire, smooth, si .'. veiny; the
lower cordate, the upper more or less hastate:
the rlowers in racemes or < yme-sl •'; ed pa'
but not proj erly in cymes, opposite to a leaf or
terminating, nodding, verv elegant, purple with
two green dots at thi . f each segment, and

the segments reiic >eme> elliptic, scar-

let, very juicy, bitter and | -. It is a

native of Europe, A.iica, &c. flowering in June
and July.

'flare are varieties with flesh-coloured, with
white flowers, and with var.egatce. leaves.

The fifih is an nrarmed tree, above the height
of a man. with a trunk as thick as the human
arm: but according to Miller it only rise- with a
sin', 'h ghn buy stalk six or eight feet high, co-
vend \vfth a brown bark, and divides into many
branches, which have spear-shaped leaves three
inches and a half long and an inch and half
broad ; th \ have a few smuated indenture? on
their edge-, and end iii acute points; they are
smooth, and ot a light-green colour : the flow-
ers are produced in small umbels from the sidi s
of the stalks, standing erect; they are pretty
. whne, and the petal is cut into five stax-
.d segments It is a native of America.

The sixth rises with a strong woody sta'k four
or five teet high, and divides into many slender
stiff branches, having spear-shaped leaves turn-
ing backward : the flowers are white, and grow-
in small umbels, or singly on the side ot the
branches, to which thev sit close; they appear
from June to September, and are succeeded by
berries as large as small cherries, which ripen in
winter. It is a native of the island of Ma-
deira.

There are varieties with red, and with a \ei-
lowish fruit.

The seventh has the stems angular, erect,
rugged: the leaves oblong, decurrent into the
petiole, veined, smooth, rugged beneath, pin-
natifid : the peduncles branched : the corollas
violet-coloured, blunter than in Dulcamara, w ith
two greenish spots at the base of each lobe: an-
ther* yellow, shorter than the style : the berries
It is a native of Peru, flowering in July.

The eighth species rises with a prickly herba-
ceous staTk three or four feet high ; the spines
are strong and crooked; the leaves are large,
angular, woolly, and armed with the like spines;
the rlowers are produced in bunches from the
side of the stalks; ihey are of a pale blue o lour,
and are succeeded by yellow Iran, the shape and
size of a Catherine Pear unci ted The plant is
annual here. It grows common in all the
West India Islands, where it is called Bachelor's
Pear.

The ninth has the stem shrubby, two or three
feel high, sending out several woody branches
armed »itii short, stronp, yellowish spines: the
leaves an inch and half long, and an inch broad,
. (.11 both sides, and angularly indented,
armed with spines on both sides along the mid-
rib : the flowers come out in longish bunches Irom
the side of the stalks, and are bine : the berries
round, of a gold colour, as large as cherries. It
is a native of the East and Wot Indies.

The tenth species has the stem in a manner
shrubby, but vet annual : the leaves rugged,
scarcely lonieutose, entire at the base, sinuat*

SOL

SOL

with sharpish angles, and spines on the midrib, Early Forcing Potatoe — the Early Dwarf-
not at the sides ; the racemes longer than the white — Brown Early — Cumberland Early —
leaves, loose, simple : the berries round, the Early Scot — Golden Dun — Early Champion —
size of a large pea, yellow when ripe. It is a White Blossom — Manly White.

native of Carolina, flowering in July.

The eleventh has a strong thick shrubby stalk,
which rises from two to three feet high, sending
out many short thick branches, closely armed
with short strong yellow spines on every side :

Kidney White and Red — Red-nosed — True
White — Flat White — Superfine White Early.

Culture. — The three first species, which are
annual, may be raised from seed, which should
be sown in the early spring on hot-beds moulded

the leaves are about four inches long and two over to the depth of six or seven inches with
broad; are cut almost to their midrib in obtuse light rich mould, in drills, or pots plunged into
segments, which are opposite, regular, and the beds. When the plants come up, they
formed like winded leaves ; these segments have should be properly thinned, have a pretty free
several obtuse indentures on their edges ; are of admission of air, and occasional waterings; and
a dark green colour, and armed with the same the Love Apple, kinds, when they have attained
sort of spines as those on the stalks, on both some growth, as five or six inches, and the wea-
sides : the flowers come out in small bunches on ther becomes settled warm, should be removed
the side of the branches, are blue, appearing in into the open ground, planting them in a warm
June and July, and are succeeded by round yel- sheltered border, placing them at a considerable
low berries', as large as walnuts. It grows na- distance. Some may be trained against a south
turally at the Cape°of Good Hope. fence to have the advantage of the full sun :

The twelfth species has the stem tomentose, they should, always be supported by some means
ash-coloured, with thick straight short yellowish or other to show themselves, and ripen their
prickles, tomentose except at the end: the leaves fruit. But the egg plants should be pricked out
ovate, shorter on one side of the base, tomen- when a few inches in height into another hot-
tose thick, blunt ; the young ones pinnately bed prepared for the purpose, at the distance of
sinuate, whitish at the edge, having three four or five inches ; ancb som-e may be put in
prickles on the rib : the petioles are prickly un- separate pots and plunged in the bed, giving
derncath : the peduncles from the side of the water and shade till they are fresh rooted : the
stem: the primary pedicel with thecalyx spiny, the waterings should be duly repeated, and fresh air
rest male and unarmed: the corolla, like that of freely admitted when the weather is fine: it
Borage, purplish-blue. It is a native of Palestine, may also be requisite to remove them with balls
The thirteenth is well known for its tuberous about their roots on to a third hot-bed in order
root : the stem from two to three feet in height, to have them very fine and strong : the frame
succulent, somewhat angular, striated, slightly should be raised as they advance in growth, and
hairv, frequently spoited with red, branched ; when the weather becomes fine and hot they
the branches long and weak : the leaves inter- should be gradually hardened, and finally set out
ruptedly pinnate, having three or four pairs of in the pots, &c. where they are wanted,
leaflets, with smaller ones between, and one at The fourth sort may be increased by layers
the end laroer than the rest; the leaflets are and cuttings, which may be laid down or planted
somewhat hairy, and dark green on the upper out in the autumn or spring, where they will be
surface: the flowers are either white or tinged well rooted by the following autumn, when they
with purple ; or, according to Gerarde, of a may be taken off and removed into nursery-
li<dit purple, striped down the middle of every rows, or where they are to grow.
fold or well with a liirht show of yellowness : The eight following sorts may be increased by
the fruit is a round berry, the size of a small seeds, which should be sown thinly in rich light
plum, cjeen at first, but black when ripe, and earth in the parly spring in small pots, plunging
containina; many small flat, roundish, white them in the hot-bed under frames and glasses,
seeds. It is probably a native of Peru

The principal varieties may be distinguished
into two kinds — as the red-rooted and white-
rooted sorts ; the subvarieties of which arc ex-
tremely numerous ; but for garden purposes the
following are the most useful

watering them frequently, when the plants will
soon come up, admitting fresh air daily ; and

when the plants are about two inches high, they
should he pricked out upon another hot-bed,
giving water and shade till they are fresh-rooted ;
and some may be put into pots, plunging them

The Ear'y Dwarf-red — the Round-red — the in the bed. As the warm weather advances, they

Ob ong red — the Pale-red — the B.ood-red — the should be gradually hardened to the open air, so

Insh-rc1, or Painted Lord — Ojd Winter-red — as to be set out into it about the middle of the

Rough-red — and Smooth-red. summer.

SOL

SOL

They should afterwards be managed as other
shrubby exotic greenhouse plants.

These plants are verv ornamental among other
potted plants : and the first is cultivated tor the
fruit as a pickle : the fourth is also ornamental
in the border-, fee.

Culture in the Potaioe Kind. — The last sort is
highly valuable for its tubetous esculent root,
which is well known under the title of Potaioe.

These roots nuv be obtained f r use plenti-
fully almost the year round : the early sorts
being planted forward in the spring, often af-
ford tolerable crops tit to take up in June and
Julv following, especially in rich warm grounds;
but the main crops are permitted to continue
growing till autumn, as about the latter end of
October or beginning of November, when the
stalks or haulm begin to decay, when the roots
irill be arrived to full maturity ; and being
then taken out of the ground, and housed in
some close dry apartment, keep in good per-
fection for eating all winter and spring, until
the arrival of the new crops in the tollowing
summer.

All the varieties may be cultivated with suc-
cess in anv open situation. Thev delight in a
moderately light dry soil and open situation,
which should be enriched and rendered light
with dung.

The plants are increased by the root, either
whole or cut in pieces, each cutting forming a
proper set or plant : but they may likewise be
raised from seed to gain new varieties.

The general season for planting is from
about the middle or the latter end of February
to the middle of April ; the early sorts, for for-
ward crops, being planted in the latter end of
February or earlv in March, but for the general
crops, March, and the first fortnight in April,
is the most proper planting season, especially
in moist land, as, if planted earlier, and much
wet should succeed, it would rot the sets, more
particularly if cuttings : though in cases of ne-
cessity, where the ground is not ready, they may
be planted anv time in April, or even in May,
and yield tolerab'e crops by October.

The ground should be dug over for the recep-
tion of the plants to one full spade deep.

As to the planting, it may be pcrfoimed by
means of a dibble, by holeing in with a spade,
or drilling in with a hoe, bedding in, &c. in
rows two feet asunder, twelve or fifteen inches
distant in each row, and not more than four or
five inches deep.

.Dittle-plunting. — This is performed either
with a common large garden dibble, blunted at the
bottom, making holes, about four or live inches
deep, at the distance before mentioned, drop-

ping r>ne set in each hole as yr>u go on, and
striking the earth over Ihent.

The surface of the ground shou'd after.vards
be raked perfectly even.

Drill-planting. — In this mode the drills niav
be formed either with a large hoe, two Feel
asunder, and lour or live inches deep, in which
drop the sets, a foot asunder, and cover tin. in
in with the earth equally the depth of the drill.

Holing-in planting — This is performed with
a spade. A man having a light handy spade,
and beginning at one end of the line, takes out
a -pii of earth, forms a small aperture four or
five inches deep, another person directly follow-
ing after drops a set in the hole, the earth of the
next spit immediately covers it up, and so on to
the end.

Furrow-planting. — This is performed by the
spade, by turning over or taking out a spit of
earth all along, putting in the dung, and then
dropping the sets in the furrow immediately
upon it, and with the next spit turning the earth
in upon the sets of the lirst; and in another fur-
row, two feet from this, dropping another rosv of
sets, which are covered in as above, and so on till
the whole is finished.

Trenching- in. — This is sometimes practised in
light ground, and is effected as the person pro-
ceeds in digging or trenching the ground, being
trenched in the common way, each trench two
spades wide, and one spade deep, placing one
row of potatoes in each trench : beginning at
one end of the ground, opening a trench the pro-
per width and depth, as above, then paring id
the top of tne next trench deeply, putting it
with some good dung in the bottom of the first,
levelling it evenly, then digging along about
half the width of the next or second trench,
turning the earth into the first upon the dung,
only two or three inches in depth, and upon
which lay the potatoe-sets in a row along the
middle a foot or more asunder ; then digging
along the rest or w hole width of the said second
trench a moderate spade deep, turning the earth
of it into the first trench, oxer the sets, three or
four inches deep; this done, dung the bottom of
the open trench, and proceed with the digging
and planting as before; and thus continue trench
and trench to the end.

/.'■ f ding- in. — This is sometimes done in low
wettish land, for the sake of raising the beds,
and sinking the alleys deep enough to drain off
the too copious moisture, and is thus per-
formed : The ground is divided into four, five,
or mx feet wide beds, with alleys two or three
feet wide between bed and bed; and the beds
being dug. the notatoe sets are placed upon the
surface in rows lengthwise ; and then the alleys

SOL

SOL

dug out a spade deep, casting the earth over the
sets about three or four inches thick ; or the
alleys may be first dug out to raise the beds, and
the sets then planted with a dibble in the com-
mon method : thus by either of these methods,
in wet ground) the alleys bping sunk, and the
beds raised, the allevs dram otF the redundant
moisture, which might rot the sets before they
begin to sprout.

This method of planting is sometimes per-
formed on grass sward, marking out beds as
above, with alleys between of proportionable
width ; then, without digging the beds, the po-
tatoesets are placed immediately upon the sward,
at proper distances; the alleys being then dug and
the spits turned grass side downward upon the
beds over the sets, covering them the proper
depth as above, in which, if any additional depth
is wanted, it may be supplied from the under
earth of the alleys; and ihus the sets being be-
tween two swards, grow, and often are pro-
ductive of very good crops if permitted to have
full growth.

In the after- management where weeds begin
to overrun the ground, two or three hoeings
should be given to kill them and loosen the sur-
face of the soil; and where the plants have
some growth, some hoe up a ridge of earth close
to each side of every row of plants in the first
or second hoeing, to strengthen their growth
more effectually, and render them more prolific,
as the bottom of the stalks so landed up gene-
rally emitting roots in the earth that become
productive of potatoes the same as the principal
roots.

In October, when the potatoes are full grown,
they should be wholly taken up before they are
attacked by frost, and deposited in some dry
apartment for keeping : some may however be
taken up before for occasional use : this business
is usually performed by a three-pronged fork.

When it is intended to raise new varieties from
seed, some of the first-flowering plants should
be marked, the seed should be gathered iir au-
tumn when full ripe, and in the March or April
following sown in some light soil, in an open
situation, in shallow drills, a toot asunder; and
when the plants come up, they should be kept
clear from weeds till autumn, when, about the
end of October or beginning of November, the
roots may be taken up, selecting the finest and
largest, which preserve in sand till spring ; then
plant them in the common way, and by autumn
following thrv will have made proper increase,
and attain full perfection; when their properties
must be determined.

SOLDANKLLA, a genus containing a plant
of the low herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogynia, and ra::ks in the natural order of
Pi rice.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, straight, permanent ; segments
lanceolate: the corolla one-petailed, bell-s'napeu,
widening gradually, straight : mouth torn into
many clefts, acute : the. stamina have five awi-
shaped filaments anthers simple, sagittate : the
pistillum is a roundish germ: style filiform,
K ngth of the corolla, permanent: stigma simple:
the pericarpium is an oblong capsule, round,
obliquely striated, one-celled, opening by a
many-toothed top : the seeds numerous, acumi-
nate, very small : the receptacle columnar, free.

The species is S. alpina, A pine Soldauella.

It has a perennial fibrous root: the leaves al-
most kidney-shaped, about three quarters of an
inch over each way, of a dark green colour, on
long footstalks : among these arises a naked
flowerslalk or scape, about four inches long,
sustaining at ihe top two small open bell-shaped
flowers, with I he brim cut into manv tine seg-
ments like a fringe : the most frequent colour in
blue, but it is sometimes snow-while. It Sow-
ers in April, and the seeds ripen in July. It is a
native of the Alps.

There is a variety which has all the parts
smaller ; the petiole is shorter and more :-lenfier,
and the leaves are not so much rounded, but
gradually widen from the petiole.

Culture. — This is increased by parting the
roots in the autumn about September, planting
them in pots or in a cool shady situation, where
the soil is of a moist loamy kind, bemsj fre-
quently watered when the season is dry", and
kept from the sun.

The seeds soon after they become ripe mav also
be sown in pots or boxes filled with the above
sort of mould, being placed in the shade, and
frequently watered. The plants rise in the
spring, and in the autumn following should he
removed into separate pots, to have the protec-
tion of a frame in winter. They succeed best
in a northern aspect.

These plants afford variety among other pot-
ted plants.

SOLDIF.R-WOOD. See Mimosa.

SOLIDAGO, a genus containing plants of
the tall, herbaceous, flowering, perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Syngeuesia
Polygamia Superfluiti, and ranks in the natural
order ot Composilee Di^coidece.

The characters are: that the calyx is oblong,
imbricate, common: scales oblong, narrow,
acuminate, straight, converging : the corolla
is compound radiate: cprollets hermaphrodite
tubular, very man}', in the d,wk : — feiiaie ligw-

SOL

SOL

late, fewer than ten, (commonly five) in the
ray: proper of ihc hermaphrodite funnel-form,
\\ nh a tive-clcft, patulous border : — female ii<ru-
latc, lanceolate, three-toothed : the stamina in
the hermaphrodites : filaments live, capillary,
verv short: anthers cylindrical, tubular: the
pisti him in the hermaphrodites : germ oblong :
ie filiform, length of the stamens : sti.nna
bifid, spreading: — in the teniae-- ecrin obkxig:
style li.ifonn, length of the hermaphrodite :
stigmas two. revouite : there is no pericarpium :
calvx scarcely chanced: the seeds in the herma-
phrodites solitary, ohovatc-ob'ong: seed-down
ca; iilarv : — in the females very like the others :
the receptacle fiattish, naked.

The species cultivated are: 1. 5. f'irgm/rea,
Common Golden-rod; 8. S. fill mttii m i'i . Cana-
dian Golden-rod ; 3. S. alliss'ima, Tall Golden-
rod ; 4. S. AltTiaina, Mexican Golden-rod ;
5. S. i iminra, Twigey Golden-nod ; 6. .S. lico-
Inr, Two-coloured Golden-rod ; 7 • S. rigida,
Hard-leaved Golden-rod; 8. S.ccesia, Maryland
Golden-rod ; 9. 8.Jiexiantlis, Crooked-stalked
Golden-rod; 10. S.semptriircin, Narrow-leaved
Evergreen Golden-rod.

The first has a perennial Toot, of long simple
fibres : the stem very various in height, from
ten inches to three feet, commonly branching
into a panicle, more or less fiexuose, never en-
tirely stiff and straight, leafy, angular, striated,
a little downy ; at the base round and often
purple : the leaves elliptic-lanceolate, somewhat
nigged, and stiffish ; those next the root wider,
on longer petioles, and more widely serrate;
stem-leaves for the most part indistinctly cre-
nate-serrate, sometimes almost quite entire,
varying in size, often recurved ; the upper ones
gradually diminishing into lanceolate downy
bractes : all somewhat hairy, or covered with
fhort stiff down, paler underneath; footstalks
winged : the (lowers in terminating and axillary
I clusters or corymbs, forming a dense leafy
pubescent panicle, which varies extremely as to
luxuriance and number of flowers; in a barren
soil and on mountains being shorter, more dense
^nd less compound. They are of a golden colour.
It is a native of Europe, Siberia, and Japan, flow-
ering from Julv to September. It has sometimes
ti;<- names of Wound-wort and Aaron's rod.

There are several varieties; as the purple-
stalked broad-leaved, which has the stalks stiff",
purplish brown, two feet high : the panicles
axillary and terminating; each Bower on a long
slender footstalk, pale yellow, appearing at the
beginning of August : the leaves lanceolate,
almost lour inches lone, and a quarter of an inch
broad, deeply serrate, pale green beneath.

The Common Golden-rod, w Inch has the lower
leave' ovate-Janceolale, two inches long and an
Vol. II.

inch broad, slightly serrate, on arett) long foot-
stalk*: the stems slender, a loot and halt high;
with small, narrow, entire, sessile leaves : the
flowers in panicfed bunches, clustered
forming a thick erect spike, appearing ni \-.-
gus' and September. The narrow -leaved, winch

h:i? ;hc stalk round, smooth, a foot and half
high : the leaves narrow-lanceolate, an inch and
Quarter long, and an eighth of an inch broad,
almost entire, sessile: the flowers in small
clustered hunches from the axils, to which they
sit very close; and the stalk is terminated by a
roundish bunch. The Dwarf Golden-rod. which
has the lower leaves indented : the stalk s
more than a foot high, branching out almost
from the bottom : the branches terminated hv
short, clustered, erect spikes: the leaves on 1 lie
stem and branches eery narrow, acute-pointed
and entire. The Welch Golden-rod, which has
the lower leaves narrow -lanceolate, an inch an d
half long, and a quarter of an inch broad,
smooth, slightly serrate, a little hoary on the
under side : the stalk about six inches high, w iih
the same sort of leaves on it, only smaller : the
flowers in roundish clustered terminating spikes,
much larger than those of the common sort, and
appearing five or six weeks earlier in the season.

The second species has the stalks round,
smooth, and two feet high ; the leaves narrow
and rough, with three longitudinal veins, two
inches and a half long, and a quarter of an inch
broad in the middle, sessile, ending in acute
points, and having sometimes a few- slight scr-
ratures : the flowers in a roundish terminating
panicle, the lower spikes of which are reflcxed,
but those at the top erect and joined very close.
These appear in July. It is a native of Canada.

The third has the stems numerous, straight,
rigid, from three to four feet and a half ln»b,
the thickness of a straw or more at the base,
round, slightly streaked, hirsute, clothed from
top to bottom at short distances with leaves,
which are widish, oblong, pointed, rough, at
their upper and lower parts thinly crenate, in
the middle s< rratc, the serraturcs minutely cre-
nate; those on the upper branches not serrate,
hut onlv minutely crenate ; they arc green on
both sides, with a few oblique veins, "and arc
hairy along the nerve and veins at the back, but
without hairs every where else: the flowers very
many, on the upper branches, in long rod-like
spikes, somewhat reflcxed, having four, fn .
sjx florets in the ra\ : they appear in Angus: ,-i i
September. It i< a native of New England.
Virginia, and Carolina.

There are several varieties ; as '.lie TaHest
Golden-rod — the Ilair\ GolJcn-rod — thi
curved Golden-rod — the Virginia Golden-rod.

The fourth species ha- oblique stalks, a foot
3 11

SOL

SOP

and half high, smooth, with a brown bark : the
leaves smooth, spear-shaped, entire, three inches
long, and three quarters of an inch broad : the
flowers come out on branching footstalks on the
side of the stalks, are ranged on one side, and
have a few small leaves under the flowers, which
appear at the end of August. It is a native of
North America.

The fifth has smooth erect stalks, a foot and
half high : the leaves narrow, smooth, entire,
dark green : the flowers in close compact pa-
nicles at the top of the stalk ; spikes short, clus-
tered : the flowers large, bright yellow, appearing
jn September. It is a native of North America.

The sixth species has the lower leaves oval,
six inches long, and three broad, ending in acute
points, serrate, having several strong longitudi-
nal veins on long footstalks which have leafy
borders or wings : the stalks a foot and half
high) branching out almost from the bottom,
garnished with small, spear-shaped, entire
leaves: the branches grow erect, are closely fur-
nished with small leaves below, and are ter-
minated by short close spikes of white flowers ;
or rather, having a yellow disk and a white ray,
in close racemes. It is a native of North Ame-
rica, flowering in September.

The seventh has the stalks two feet high : the
lower leaves ovate, stiff, smooth and entire, four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad,
on footstalks four inches in length ; those on
the upper part of the stalk are spear-shaped,
entire, and embrace the stalk half round : the
flowers in loose, spreading, terminating panicles;
spikes short, clustered, bright yellow, appearing
in August. It is a native of New England.

The eighth species has the stalk slender,
smooth, a foot and half high : the leaves nar-
row-spearshaped, two inches long, and half an
inch broad, indented on their edges, and ending
in acute points : the flowers in a loose ter-
minating; panicle, with the spikes closer and
thicker towards the top. It is a native of Mary-
land, flowering in September.

'1 he ninth has the lower leaves four inches long,
and almost two broad; their footstalks two inches
long, having a membrane or wing on each side:
the stalk rises two feet high ; they are slender,
smooth, and of a light purple colour: the leaves
ovate-lanceolate, indented, near two inches long,
and three quarters of an inch broad, of a pale
green on their under side : the flowers are pro-
duced in short hunches from the axils almost
the whole lefigtfr; the lower spikes are an inch
lopg, hut the upper, ones are almost round : the
flowers are of a brimstone colour, and appear
late in August. It is a native of Canada.

The tenth species is remarkable for its red
stalkj higher than a man, with very smooth and

somewhat fleshy leaves, a little rugged at the
edge, continuing the whole winter ; it flowers
very late, so that in the Northern countries the
frost commonly prevents them from opening.
It is a native of North America.

Culture. — These plants are ai'l readily in-
creased by slipping or parting the roots, and
planting them out in the autumn or winter
soon after their stems decay, or very early in the
spring before they begin to shoot; but the
former is the better season, in the places where
they are to grow : they succeed in almost any
soil or situation, and afterwards require only to
be kept clean from weeds, and to have the de-
cayed stems cut down when they begin to decay
in the autumn. When they have increased con-
siderably in the roots, they should always be slip-
ped as above.

In planting out they require much room, as
they spread considerably.

They afford considerable variety and ornament
in larger borders and clumps.

SOLOMON'S SEAL. See Convallaria.

SOPEBERRY. See Sapindus.

SOPEWORT. SeeSAPONARtA.

SOPHORA, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous, flowery, perennial, and shrubby
exotic kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
PapilionacecB or Leguminosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, short, bell-shaped, gibbous at
the base above : mouth five-toothed, oblique,
obtuse: the corolla papilionaceous, five-petalltd:
standard oblong, gradually wider, straight, re-
flexed at the sides : wings two, oblong, appen-
dicled at the base, length of the standard : keel
two-petalled, with the petals conformable to the
wings, the lower margins approximating and
boat-shaped : the stamina have ten filaments,
distinct, parallel, awl-shaped, length of the
corolla within the keel : anthers very small, ri-
sing: thepistillum is an oblong germ, cylindrical :
style size and situation of the stamens : stigma
obtuse: the pericarpium is a legume very long,
slender, one-celled, knobbed at the seeds: the
seeds very many, roundish.

The species cultivated are: I. S. tetraptera,
Wing-podded Sophora; 2. S. microphylla,
Small-leaved' Shrubby Sophora; 3. S. alopecu-
roides, Fox-tail Sophora; 4. S. austra/is, Blue
Sophora; 5. S. ti/icloria, Dyer's Sophora; 6.S.
alba, White Sophora ; 7 . S. tomttitusa, Downy
Sophora; 8. S.occidc)itaU.<;, Occidental Sophora ;
<). S. japonica, Shining-leaved Sophora; in. S«
capensis, Vetch-leaved Sophora; 11. & mirea,
I rtild< n-flowered Sophora; 12. 6'. myrtUlifaUa.
Round-leaved Sophora.

SOP

SOP

The first is a magnificent tree, displaying iu
pendulous brandies of large golden flowers in

May and June. It is a name of Now Zealand.

The second species is a smooth tree, with

small leaves almost ft edge-shaped ; I lie flowers

large and yellow ; the legume compressed, toru-

. flat at the back and belly, keeled at the

sides with longitudinal membranes. It is a na-

i New Zealand, flowering in May and June.

The third has I perennial creeping root, from
which arise several erect stalks from three to four
high: the leaves unequally pinnate: the
rs pale blueand small, in lonj axillary spikes
standing erect close to the stalk: thev smell
sweet. It is a native ot" the Levant, flowering
in Jnlv and August.

The fourth species has a herbaceous stem,
commonly decumbent : the leaves cuneate-
oblong, smooth, yellowish green; the stipules
ensiform, longer than the shortest petiole; the
flowers are blue. It is a native of Carolina,
flowering in June and July.

The fifth has a perennial root, from which
arise several stalks about a foot and half bisrh,
sending out from the bottom a great number of
small branches : the flowers come out towards
the end of the branches in short spikes; are
vellow and appear in July. It is a native of
Barbadoes and Virginia.

The sixth species has the stem even, high,
dark purple : the leaves, like those of Laburnum,
even, elliptic, smooth on both sides, an inch
and half long: the stipules scarcely any: the
ne a foot long, pendulous: the flowers
White, the size of those of Laburnum. It flowers
in June, and is a native of Virginia and Carolina.

The seventh species has a downv stem, six or
seven feet high: the leaves unequally pinnate,
composed of rive or six pairs of leaflets: the flowers
in short loose axillary spikes, large and yellow, not
unlike those of Spanish Broom, void of scent:
the pods larger, woolly, five or six inches lontr,
having four or five large swellings, in each of
which is a roundish brown seed as big as a pea.
It i- a native of Ceylon.

The eighth is a shrub, with a round hoary -
pubescent stem, and round spreading subtomen-
tose branches, six or seven feet in height : the
leaves on alternate, long, spreading, round,
hoary petioles, thickened at the base: leaflets
opposite, mostly six-paired with an odd
entire, flat, hoary, white tomentose beneath,
on short round petioles : the flowers in a sort of
spike: the peduncle terminating, erect, a foot
long, simple, round, many-flowered : flowers
frish, ped'.incled, yellow, Itisanativeof
the West-Indies; flowers there in May and June.

The ninth species has the branches round,
even, purplish: the leaves alternate, unequally

pinnate : leaflets subop) rt pe

tides, oblong, blunt with a point, quite entire,
glaucous beneath, smooth, spreading an inch
long: the flowers on panicled raccmed branch-
let.-, of a white colour. It is a native of Japan.
'I lie tenth is a tender j I shrub, when

more advanced in its wild state naked £ the
leaves alternate, unequally pinnate t leaflets
twenty-three, narrow -lanceolate, equal,
entire, shining above, subtomentose beneath :
the raceme terminating, composed of white re-
curved flowers. It is a native of the Cape.

The eleventh species is a shrub the height of
a man: the root lias the smell and taste ,of li-
quorice : the stem upright, round, tuberclcd,
gray : branches alternate, spreading, like the
stem : the haves alternate, unequally pinnate,
spreading, eight inches long: petioles round on
one side, channelled on the other, pubescent:
the leaflets from twelve to fifteen pairs, opposite,
on short petioles, those of the outmost longer,-
quite entire, one-nerved, bright green,
beneath, spreading very much, flat: the stipules
linear, acute, pubescent, brownish, erect, per-
manent: the racemes axillary, solitary, peduu-
cled, spreading, bractcd, pubescent, tour or live
in. lies long: the Bowers alternate, nodding,
yellow , eight or nine lines in length, on round
pedicels jointed at the top. It is a native of
Africa, and flowers there in July.

The twelfth has a shrubby, round, leafy, even
stem : the branches almost upright, tonic:
somewhat angular towards their tops: the leaves
scattered, on short petioles, ten lines long, and
four broad, quite entire, rounded at the end with
a reflexed point, grooved above and keeled !u-
neath, coriaceous. On each side of the petiole
an awl-shaped tomentose stipule, twice as long
as the petiole : the flowers towards the end of
the branches from the axils of the leaves, soli-
tary, on peduncles the length of the aeljacent
leaf, whitc-tomentose ; seldom two-flowered.
It is a native of the Cape, (lowering from No-
vember to January.

Culture, — The first five sorts are hardy, and
may be increased by seeds or parting the roots.

The seeds should be sown in the spring in
pots of tine mould, and when the plants are
up they should be removed into separate pots,
till they have obtained sufficient strength, when
they may be planted out where they at

The roots may likewise, in many of the soil:-,
be parted at the same season and planted in pots,
or where thev are to remain.

'I he first and second sorts may also be raised
from cuttings and layers, planted or laid .
at the same season. These, when planted against
a wall, so as to be protected from frost iu « inter,
succeed very well.

3 ii a

SOR

SOR

All the other sorts are tender, and require the
hot-house or stove. They are increased by
sowing the seed in the early spring, in pots filled
with fine mellow light mould, and plunged in
the hot-bed under glasses, or in the bark-bed.
When the plants have advanced a little in
growth, they should be removed into separate
pots, filled with soft loamy mould, being well
watered and replunged in the bark-bed till fresh
rooted ; being afterwards managed as other exotic
stove plants, with but little water. They like-
wise sometimes succeed by layers and cuttings,
treated in the same manner.

The first sorts afford variety in the borders
and among potted plants, and the iattcr in stove
collections.

SORB TREE. See Sorbus Domestica.

SORBUS, a genus containing plants of the
ornamental tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Po-
macece.

The characters are : that the calvx is a one-
leafed perianth, concave-spreading, five-cleft,
permanent : the corolla has five petals, roundish,
concave, inserted into the calyx : the stamina
have twenty awl-shaped filaments, inserted h-.to
the calyx : anthers roundish : the pistillum is an
inferior germ: styles three, filiform, erect:
stigmas headed : the pericarpium is a soft globu-
lar berry, umbilicate: the seeds three, somewhat
oblong, distinct, cartilaginous.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. ava/paria,
Mountain Service, Mountain Ash, Quicken
Tree, Roan Tree ; 2. S. domestica, True Service
or Sorb ; 3. S. hylr'ida, Bastard Service, or
Mountain Ash.

The first is an elegant tree, of slow growth ;
the wood tough and close-grained, not very
hard ; the hark smooth and erav ; the young
branches purplish brown : the leaves unequally
pinnate : leaflets (five, six, seven or eight pairs)
serrate except at the base, smooth above, and
nearly so beneath, except a few fine scattered
hairs ; their under side is also glaucous : they
are sessile, lanceolate ; the middle ones longest,
and the odd one is rather oblong-ovate : the
midrib is channelled, and often purple. And,
according to Miller, the leaves on the young
trees in the' spring are hoary Oil their under side,
hut about midsummer the hoar mess goes off,
and those upon the older branches have very
little at any season : the flowers are in large,
terminating, pubescent corymbs, very much
branched : the fruit bright red or scarlet when
ripe, nearly round, the size of a lar^e pea,
juicy, with an astringency. It is a native of the
colder parts of Europe, &c.

The leaves make a pretty variety when mixed

with other trees in plantati»ns : it is also hand-
some when in flower, and in the autumn, when in
fruit; but the blackbirds and thrushes are so fond
of it, that they devour it before it is well ripe.

The second species is a tree of a middling
size, not unlike the first, of verv slow growth,
not flowering till it arrives at a great age; the
wood is very hard : the leaves alternate, com-
posed of from six or seven to ninepairs of op-
posite, sessile, ovate or oblorg, equal leaflets,
with a terminating one of the same size ; ail en-
tire at the base, serrate from about half way to
the end, smooth above, downy btneath, but
that downiness goes off towards autumn: the
flowers in terminating panicles, subcorymbed,
tomentose : the fruit pear-shaped, reddish and
spotted, extremely austere, and not eatable till
it is quite mellowed by frost or time, when it
becomes brown and very soft. It is a native of
the warmer parts of Europe, flowering in May.

There are varieties in the fruit: as with apple
shaped fruit ; with pear-shaped fruit ; with oval
fruit; with turbinated fruit; and with compressed
fruit.

The third is a middle-sized tree : the leaves
lobed in front, pinnate at the base, serrate,
wiihoul any stipules, smooth above, white-to-
mentose beneath : the corymbs terminating,
tomentose, many-flowered : the flowers white :
the styles three, or sometimes two only : the
fruit as in the first, but a little larger.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of being
raised from se\;d, and also by layers; but the first
is the best method.

The seeds, when well ripened in the autumn,
should be sown on small beds of light fine
ground in the nursery, either in drills or over the
surface, covering them in to the depth of about an
inch. When the plants rise in the following or
second spring, they should be kept clear from
weeds, and when of a year's growth, be planted
out in nursery-rows, to remain till of a proper
size for planting oat.

The second sort is sometimes sown in large
pots and forwarded in a hot-bed, so as to be
sooner fit lor planting out in nursery-rows.

In the layer method, some of the best trees
should be cut down near to the ground while
young, by which young shoots will be sent off,
which should be laid down in the usual way in
the autumn or spring season, where they readily
strike root, and become proper for being planted
out in nurserv-rows in one year. In order to
continue any particular variety, this method
must constantly be adopted.

In cultivating the second sort for the purpose
of fruit, the best method is by grafting or bud-
ding upon stocks of any of the sorts raised as
above, or upon pear stocks-

sou

s o w

These trees in rearing should be trained fur
standards, each with a single upright sum, in
tin.- nursery, till from three to six or eight feet
bigh, when they are proper for any plantation,
and mav be transplanted as required.

They may be introduced in any large shrub-
bery or other ornamental plantation, and in
those of forest-trees. Sonic of the domestic
Service! may also be introduced as fruit-trees in
gardens and orchards, principally as standards,
but occasionally in espaliers, fcce. in both of
which they should be planted and managed as
apple- and pear-trees, permitting the standards
to shoot freely above into hill heads; the others
being regulated according to their order of
training. Thcv will produce plentiful crops of
fruit annually, alter some lime, to gather in
autumn. In gathering of which for the table,
it is proper to lay some in the fruitery, &c. a
little time, to mellow, become soft and tender,
in which state it is eatable, and of an agreeable
taste and flavour.

SORREL. SceRuMi-x.

SORREL TREE. See Andromeda and
Rl.mex.

SOUR GOURD. See Adansonia.

SOUR SOP. See Annona.

SOUTHERNWOOD. See Artemisia.

SOUTH-SEA TEA. See Ilex.

SOW-BREAD. See Cyclamen.

SPANISH BROOM. See Spahtium.

SPANISH ELM. See Cordia.

SPANISH POTATOES. See Convolvulus.

SOUP HERBS, such as are made use of in
soups and other culinary preparations. Various
sorts of herbaceous vegetables are in estimation
for this purpose, a list of which may be useful
m assisting the memory in furnishing tbe garden
with the proper sorts; but under the denomina-
tion of Soup Herbs, all the sorts of Pot-herbs
used occasionally in soups and broths, &c. are
included, as well as several sorts used as Salad-
herbs.

The princpal sorts are: Celery, Endive, Leeks,
Lettuce, Spinach, Green and White Beet, Chard
Beet, Orach, Borage, Bugloss, Burnet, Chervil,
Sorrel, Parsley, Coriander, Pot-Marigold,
Thyme, Winter Savory, Summer Savory, Pot
m Winter Marjoram, Sweet Marjoram, Spear-
Mint, Tarragon, Basil, Lovc-Apple or Toma-
toes.

In all of which, except the Marigold and
Lovc-Apple, the leave.- are the only useful partSJ
but in the Marigold the rower- are the only part
used, and in the Love-Apple the fruit. All the
sorts, except the last two, (Basil and Lovc-
Apple) arc of a haidy temperature, and may be
easily raised in the natural ground ; and the
greater part are biennials and annuals, that re-

quire to be raised from seed every vc.ir; hut the
Thyme, Winter Savory, l\>t or Winter Marjo-
ram, Sorrel, Mint, Burnet, and Tarragon, are
perennials ot many years' duration, being raised

m some sorts both by seeds and slips, but ill
otiicrs principally by slips; and the Basil and
Love-Apple, being lender annuals, require to
be raised from seed in a hot-bed. See the Cul-
tures of the different saris,

SOWING OF SEEDS) the practice of putting
seeds into the ground i io which different me-
thods arc made use of, according to I be sorts : as
Broad-cast bowing and raking-tu, Drill-sowing,
Beduing-in sowing, J\c.

The tirst is the most common and expeditious
method of sowing, both for many of the princi-
pal crops to remain, and for transplantation ;
and is performed by sowing the seed with a
spreading cas; evenly all over the surface of the
ground, either in one continued plat or divided
into beds, which is immediately raked with a
large rake Io bury all the seeds a due depth iu
the earth, some requiring to be raked in as liuht
as possible, others half an inch or an inch or
more deep, according to their sizes, tve.

In preparing lor this method of sowing, the
ground is previously diur over in the common
way, making the surface level with the spade as
the wmk proceeds, and, according to the nature
of the seed, sowing it as soon as possible after-
wardj.

This sort of sowing should generally be per-
formed in dry weather, particularly the cailv
sowings in winter and spring; but in bet
weather, in summer. and autumn, it mav often
be eligible to take advantage of sowing imme-
diately aiter a showei or moderate rain.

As to the sowing the seed in the Broad-
cast way, it is effected occasionally both with
an open and locked hand. In the former
case, it is performed by delivering the seeds
with an open band, and broad-spreading cast,
as practised in sowing corn in ll.c open fields,
previously stepping out thegrouud in breaks, or
certain w idths, as a guide io sow w ith the gr< ater
regularity; proceeding with the sowing along
each space with a regular step and east, giving
the hand a proper sweeping cant forward, fully
expanded at the delivery of the seeds, ma
them spread abroad evenly in every part ; and
thus proceeding up o;.e space and down another
till finished ; which method is practised in large
kitchen grounds in sowing any consul
space in one continued plat.

But the latter is practised occasionally, both
in sowing large continued plats ol ground, and
narrow bed-, tN:c. hut more' generally ihe lattei ;
especially when intended sowing (hem bed and
bed separately, or on narrow borders, and other

sow

so w

small plats of ground, commonly sowing or de-
livering the seeds with a locked or close hand,
discharging them from between the fore-finger
and thumb, opening or pinching the thumb
more or less, according to the size and nature
of the seeds and thickness they require to he
sown, giving the hand a sort of jerking turn,
or cant forward, at the delivery, to cause the
seeds to spread regularly.

' As soon as the seeds are sown they should be
directly raked in, before the surface of the ground
is rendered either too dry by the sun or wind, or
made too wet I ■ rain, in a regular and even man-
ner, so as to bury them sufficiently according to
their kinds, all large stones, lumpy clods, and
rubbish being cleared off; smaller or larger rakes
being used, as they may be necessary. See Rake.
But previous to the raking in the seeds sown
on the general surface in one continued space,
where the ground is loose, light, and dry, and in
a dry Season, it is sometimes the practice, after
sowing, to tread them in evenly by treading the
ground all over lightly and regularly with the feet.
It is also sometimes proper to pare up the loose
earth of the alleys an inch or two deep, and
spread it thinly over the surface. The work of
tread ins; in the seeds is performed with the feet
nearly close together, taking short regular steps,
treading the surface all over, once in a place,
with but small spaces between the steppings.

But in extensive market kitchen-gardens,
where large tracts of ground are sown at once,
instead of raking in the seed, they, for the sake
of expedition and cheapness, have light short-
ened harrows to draw with men, with which
they harrow in the seeds; and sometimes in
light dry ground, and a dry surface, they after-
wards rolfthe ground with alight wooden roller,
to close and smooth the surface over the seeds
more effectually, performing it when the surface
is a little dried so as not to adhere to the roller.
And in large garden-farms in fields, where they
commonlv~plough and harrow the ground for
the reception of the seeds, they practise only
the Broad-cast sowing in continued tracts for al-
most all their esculent seeds, except peas, beans,
and kidnev-beans ; the ground being prepared
by ploughing, and afterwards rough- harrowed,
to smooth the surface moderately, the seeds
being then sown in the spreading open-handed
manner, and harrowed in either with a light
short-toothed horse-harrow, or by men for par-
ticular crops ; when, if very dry weather, they
roll the surface afterwards with a wooden roller,
drawn bv horses, &c. to smooth the surface.

The second method of sowing is necessary
for many sorts of seeds, both esculent, flower,
tree and shrub kinds in the nursery, both for
the plants to remain where sown, and for

transplantation, which is performed in drills
from a quarter or half an inch, to two or three
inches deep, according to the sizes and sorts
of seeds, which being sown evenly along the
bottom of the drill, the earth is drawn evenly
over them with a hoe or rake, the depths as
above, and the surface lightly raked smooth.
This mode is always proper for large kinds of
seeds, such as peas, beans, kidnev-beans, and
many large kinds of tree and shrub seeds, nuts^
and berries ; it being not only the most ready
method of committing those large seeds to the
ground the proper depth, but, by being in rows
at a distance, best suits the natureof thegrowthof
these sorts of plants and their methods of cul-
ture. Many lands of small seeds are also the
most conveniently sown and cultivated in drills;
such as several of the kitchen-garden plants, as
parsley, chervil, coriander, all the sorts of
small-salading, and sometimes spinach, beet,
&c. also some of the aromatics, when designed
■ as edgings; and also occasionally in rows in beds,
both to remain and for transplanting, such as
thyme, savory, hyssop, &c. likewise many
sorts of flower-seeds for transplantation, arid
sometimes to remain. It is performed bv drawing
the drills with a common drawing hoe, larger
or smaller, in proportion to the sorts of seeds
to be sown, setting a line as a g'iide to draw the
drills straight by, which are drawn of different
depths, as the sorts and sizes of the seeds mav
require, and at proportionable distances, from
three or four inches to as many feet, according
to the nature ot the plants. Sometimes, when
very small drills are required tor line or small
seeds, to be sown in a bed, border, or hot-bed,
it is done with the end of the linger, or with the
end of a small flat stick.

The seeds should in general be sown and
covered in directly, if the ground is dry and m
good order; but if the soil is wet, especially at
an early season, it may be proper to sutler the
drills to lie open exposed to the sun and air an
hour or two, or more, to dry a little, particularly,
for tender seeds in early sowings, in the full
ground. The sowing in the drills is performed
for the most part with a locked or close hand,
discharging the seeds from between the fore-
finger and thumb, scattering them evenly along
the bottom of the drill, some sorts requiring to
be sown thinly just along the middle, such as in
the angular drills drawn corner-Ways of the hoe,
for peas and many other larger seeds ; also some-
times for smaller seeds when intended for
edgings ; but in the shallow flat-bottomed drills,
it is generally intended for the seeds to be scat-
tered evenly the whole width of the drill, thicker
or thinner, according to the nature of growth of
their respective plants.

sow

SPA

The work of covering or turning in the earth
in the drills over the seeds, may be performed
occasionally both with the rake, hoe, and feetj
but the rake or hoe is the most proper for ge-
neral practice for all smaller seeds, draw mil: the
earth evetilv into the drills a regular depth
fullv to the depth of the drill, whether deep
or shallow : however, peas, beans, kidnev-
beans, and such-like larger seeds in l.irsrc drills
at wide distances, are often covered in with
the feet, by slipping them lightly along each
side of the drill alternately, turning the earth
evenly in over the seeds ; the surface being
then lightly trimmed along with the rake, to
smooth it and clear otf iarge stones, Sec.

In tile last method, the ground being dug and
formed into four or live feet-wide beds, with
alleys a spade's width or more between bed and
bed, and the earth drawn off the top of the
bed with a rake or spade half an inch or an inch
or more deep into the alley, the seed is sown all
over the surface of the bed ; which done, the
earth in the alley is immediately, either with a
rake, drawn spreadmglv upon the bed again over
the seeds the same depth, or spread over with a
spade, and the surface raked smooth and even in
a similar manner.

It is often practised in the nurseries, especially
in sowing some large sorts of seeds, as well as
others, but not very frequently in kitchen-gar-
dens, it is not so expeditious as the Broad-cast
sowing:, but is very proper for many sorts of
small seeds, and many sorts of the tree and
shrub kind, being a very regular method of sow-
ing so as to cover all the seeds an equal depth,
and is performed two or three different ways ;
such as bv the rake, by the spade, and by sifting.

It is also sometimes performed with the rake
and spade together, particularly when -intended
to sow any large seeds a good depth, using the
rake to shove or rake the earth from off the bed
into the alleys ; or if it cannot be conveniently
performed with the rake a proper depth, it is
effected with the spade, trimming or paring the
earth evenly off the surface into the alleys : then
sowing the seeds all over the surface; and if
they are of the larger berry, nut, or stone kind,
or any other large seed, previous to covering
them, pressing or patting them all evenly down
into the earth with the back of the spade ; and
then, either with the rake or 6pade, spreading
the earth out of the alleys evenly over them ;
1 1 1 < j v i o h if it is a deep covering, especially whan
taken off with the spade, it is must eligible to
he same implement in returning it, being
il to spread it evenly, to cover the seeds all
equally a proper depth, smoothing the surface
with the rake.
1

Another method sometimes practised with
large <eeds is, that when the ground is Lid out in
beds unraked, the si iwnon the surface,

and with a rake stricki n a little into the earth,
then with the spade paring the alley, and easting
the earth evenly over the bed, half an till I
an inch or more deep, as may he required,
raking the surlaer even. Tbia is also sometime-.

practised in wettish ground, at an early season,
when it does not readily admit of treadn
raking. And by deepening the alleys, and raising
the beds, it drains the moisture from the surface.

The method by sifting is sometimes practised
for several small or light .-eeds of a mote delicate
nature, that require a very light covering of
earth when sown ; as in order to cover them as
shallow as possible, it is done by sifting li:ie
earth over them out of a wire or chip •
Before the seed is sown, the surface of the bed,

- raked line ; then the earth thinly -'
oil' the surface of the bed with the back of the
rake into the alley, makine the surface as smooth
as possible, and then sowing the seed, smooth-
ing it down lightly with the spade, and sifting
the earth in the alley evenly over it, to a suitable
thickness, as half a quarter or a quarter of an
inch deep ; or sometimes the surface is only
raked as smooth as possible, without drawing
off the earth, or sometimes lightly smoothed
with the back of the spade, then sowing i|)e
seed, and letting some loose fine earth from ihe
alley, or some brought for the purpose, he sifted ;
thinly over it.

The modes of sowing the different sorts of
seed crops are more fully explained under their
respective heads.

SPADl, an useful garden implement, used
for digging and preparing the sod lor the re-
ception of all sorts of seeds and plants.

There are several soits and sizes of spades oc-
casionally employed, though ihe common large
digging spade is, in most places, almost com-
monly used for all kinds of digging anil spade.-
work, which, however, m many instances, cannot
be so conveniently used as a middling or small
spade; it is therefore eligible for eiery garden
to be furnished with three different sizes of
spades, to suit every department of trardening
the more eommodiousiv ; such as the common
Large digging Spade, tor all common di
and spado-work ; a Middling, and
for digging particular narrow compartments,
and between small plants closely placed in beds
and bordeia, .

i is usually from q t,,

fifteen inches long in the plate, and nine broad,
narrowing gradually hall m inch or m inch
I t the bottom.

SPA

SPA

The second sort should be about a foot long
k» the plate, and seven or eight inches broad.

The Small Spade, which is about eight or
nine inches long: in the plate, and five wide, is
convenient in pointing up or slight digging, and
m fresh loosening the surface between close-
placet! small plants, in beds and borders, &c.
where neither of the two former spades can be
readily introduced: it is also useful in planting
and potting many sorts of small plants, taking
lap small roots, and other light purposes.

And a very Small narrow Spade, having the
plate about seven inches long, by three and a half
or four wide, is also very useful in small com-
partments of-heds, borders, &c. containing some
particular close-placed, small plants of flowers,
and others, both in occasionally slightly digging,
or loosening the earth between them with greater
care and effect, than a larger sized spade ; also
sometimes in similar compartments in occasion-
ally trimming round the bottom part of some
straggling fibrous -rooted plants; and it is also
often useful in taking up and transplanting small
plants, and taking off root off-sets and slips, in
particular sorts, in which a larger spade would
not be so convenient. And a "Semicircular, or
Scooped Spade, is another sort, of a smallish
size, having the plate made hollow like a scoop-
ed garden-trowel, which is very useful in taking
up small plants with balls of earth, to preserve
the ball more firmly about the roots.

Proper Garden Spades have the plate wholly
of iron, not above a quarter of an inch thick up-
ward, growing gradually thinner from the middle
downward ; the tree or handle being generally of
ash, about two feet long, and an inch and half
thick, with a firm open handle at top, formed
out of the solid wood, just big enough to admit
of taking readv hold.

SPARTIUM, a genus containing plants of the
deciduous and evergreen kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
PopilionavetS or Leguminoscp.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, cordate-tubular: at the upper
edge very short, below towards the tip marked
with five toothlets, coloured, small: the corolla
papilionaceous, five-celled : standard obcordate,
the whole reflexed, very large : wings ovate,
oblong, shorter than the standard, annexed to
the filaments: keel two-petalled, lanceolate,
oblong, longer than the wings, (the carinal
margin connected by hairs,) inserted into the
filaments: the stamina have ten connate fila-
ments, adhering to the germ, unequal, gradu-
ally longer; the uppermost very short; the
lower nine-cleft : anthers oblongish : the pistil-

lum is an oblong germ, hirsute: style awl-
shaped, rising: stigma growing to the upper
side of the top, oblong, villose: the pericarpium
is a cylindric legume, long, obtuse, one-celled,
two-valved: the seeds many, globe-kidney
form.

The species cultivated arc: 1. S. scuparii/m,
Common Broom; 2. S. jienceum, Spanish
Broom; 3. S. radiation. Starry Broom; 4. .S.
nionaspermum, White-flowered Single-seeded
Broom; 5. S. spluerocarpum, Yellow -flowered
Single-seeded Broom; C. S. Scorpius, Scorpion
Broom; 7. S. angidaliim, Angular-branched
Broom; 8. S. spinosum, Pricklv Broom.

Tbe first grows from three to six feet high or
more, very much branched ; the branches up-
right, rushy, evergreen, angular, flexible, leafy,
smooth except the very young ones which are
downy; the leaves ternate, small, ovate, acute,
downy and edged with soft hairs bending in-
wards; the leaf- stalks are also slightly hairy,
and flattened : the flowers axillary, solitary or
two together, rarely three, nodding, on round
smooth peduncles, furnished on each side with
a very minute stipule, of a fine yellow colour.
It is a native of Europe, flowering in May and
June.

There are several varieties, some of which
merit a place among flowering shrubs ; as that
with a purple calyx, and the flowers strongly
tinged with orange, as well as that which is
verv hoary.

The second species has the branches smooth,
flexible, eight or ten feet high ; the lower ones
have small smooth leaves, at the end of the
shoots of the same year; the flowers are disposed
in a loose spike, are large, yellow, have a strong
agreeable odour, appear in July, and in cool
seasons continue in succession till September.
It is a native of all tbe Southern countries of
Europe.

There is a variety with double flowers.

The third has low stems, with opposite four-
cornered branches : the leaves opposite, sub-
sessile : leaflets sessile, thin, subpubescent : the
petioles extremely short, but permanent, three-
cornered, gibbous, very blunt, thicker than tire
branchlet to be supported: the flowers termi-
nating, in threes, sessile. In its natural state
it is a low shrub ; when cultivated it becomes
much larger, though rarely exceeding two feet
and a half in height, but the branches spread
very much and form a large bush ; they arc an-
gular and pliable, and always come out by pairs
opposite : the leaves narrow and awl-shaped,
placed round the stalk, spreading out like the
points of a star: the flowers in small spikes at
the end of the branches, bright yellow, but not

6 r a

i V A

e than hall" the size of ilic second sort, and
without scent, Ji Rowers in June, mid is a na-
tive of Italy.

The fourth species has a thick stalk, covered
with a rugged bark when old; it rises eight or
nine feet nigh, sending out many slender rush-
like branches of a silvery colour, almost taper,
which terminate in very slender bending ends ;
these have a few narrow spear-shaped leaves on
the lower branches : the flowers are produced in
very short spikes or clusters on the side of the
branches ; are small and white. It is a native
of Spain and Portugal, flowering in June and
July.

The fifth has an upright stem : the branches
numerous, slender, round, smooth, slightly
striated, having a lew tubercles scattered over
them, below leafless: the leaves on the younger
branchlets small, lanceolate, deciduous, silky,
with very short hairs pressed close: the flowers
small, raccmed, each on a very short pedicel.
It is a native of the South of Europe and Barbary,
flowering in June and July.

The sixth species is a shrub wholly covered
with alternate spines, on which the flowers are
placed; this renders it quite inaccessible: the
branches and leaves are striated and ash-coloured,
and the latter are a little villosc : the flowers are
yellow and rather large. It is a native of the
South of Europe and Barbary, flowering in
March and April.

The seventh has the stalks and branches
■slender, having a few trifoliate and single leaves
towards the bottom : the branches have six-
angles or furrows: the flowers small, of a pale
yellow colour, produced in loose spikes at the
ends of the branches, rarelv producing seeds in
this climate. It is a native of the Levant.

The eighth species has stalks five or six feet
high, sending out many flexible branches, armed
with long spines : flowers terminating in clusters,
each upon a long pedicel : corolla bright yellow,
appearing in June. It is a native of Italy and
Spain.

Culture. — The three first sorts are hardy, but
the others more tender, especially in their young
growth.

They are all capable of being raised from seeds,
and the double-blossomed sorts bv layers and
cuttings. The seeds should be sown in the early
spring, as about April; the hardy sorts in beds
of common earth, either in drills or by bedding
in to the depth of an inch : but in the tender sorts
in pots or beds hooped over to protect them in
frosty weather. In the following spring they
should be removed into nursery-rows or larger
pots, according to the kinds, shortening their
tap-roots, and setting them out in rows two feet
Vol. II.

apart, at the distance of one in the rows, to re-
main two or tin , wlun I be
planted out in the shrubbery, or other plat t» : the
tender suits in p.us being removed to the green-
house or garden for protection in winter, hcinc
managed as the hard)' sorts of plants of this
kind.

The layers should be laid down in the autumn
or spring, and the cuttings may be planted out
in the spring or summer, some in the 01
ground, and others in pots plunged in the hot-
bed to promote their striking root. They 1:
be managed afterwards as the other sorts.

This is the only certain mode of preserving
the varieties.

The hardy sorts are very ornamental in the
borders, clumps, and other parts, and the tender
kinds in greenhouse collections, and among
other more hardy potted plants.

SPAWN, the progeny or offspring of plants
or other vegetables; out it is mostly applied to
such small offsets, suckers, and sprouts as riae
numerously from the roots, 8cc. of certain
plants, serving for the purpose of increase, w Inch,
as being parts similar to the whole plant, when
separated from the parent vegetable and planted
out, readily grow, and commence proper plants,
and thereby renew or increase their respective
kinds with great facility and abundance.

In a general acceptation, it is, however, more
peculiarly applied to the progeny of mushrooms,
being an offspring from the root of those fungi,
consisting of minute white parts, shooting and
running in the earth or dung, like small white
thready fibres, assuming the appearance of slen-
der white strings, which are productive of nu-
merous minute white knobs, appearing at first the
size of small pin-heads, the w hole smelling strong
of the mushroom ; and those little knobs being
infant plants, they gradually increase in size to
proper mushrooms, which are quick of growth,
and of very short duration; but the same spawn
running in the earth, kc. furnishes a plentiful
supply of mushrooms from the bottom in regu-
lar succession for a considerable time, some-
times several months. See Agaricus.

It may be procured at all seasons of the year,
but more plentifully towards the end of summer
and in autumn, from the places of its growth; such
asold mushroom beds, old horse-dung hot-beds,
and horse-dunghills that are moderately dry, and
which baVe remained undisturbed several months ;
also sometimes in old compost heaps, consisting
chiefly of horse-dung; in all of which the
spawny substance discovers itself in dry lumps
of dung and earth, which lumps should be
taken up entire : likewise in stable-yards,
where any quantity of horse-dung has lain drr

3 I

SPA

SPE

and undisturbed any considerable time, lumps of
spawn are often obtained. It is also found in tine
perfection in the horse-rides belonging to great
inns, livery-stables, and horse-dealers, especially
on the sides next the walls : likewise in horse-
mill tracks, where horses are constantly em-
ployed in working; also in kitchen -gardens,
where any piece of ground has been dunged in
the spring, with new, or but moderately-rotted
stable-dung, or old dry hot-bed dung, Sec.

And sometimes it is produced naturally all
over the surface of an old cucumber or melon
hot-bed, both in the dung and earth, in autumn
or winter, where the frame and lights have been
continued over the bed ; and where the earth of
the bed is of a loamy nature, the spawn is oiten
remarkably fine and strong ; for in this kind of
earth, of a moderately-light quality, it is gene-
rally of a superior quality, and very productive ;
so as sometimes, in such old beds where the
frames and glasses remain, and the surface of
the bed is covered thickly with dry straw, litter,
or hay, under the glasses, to produce a full
crop of good mushrooms towards the spring. See
Agaricus.

Mushroom spawn is also obtained in mea-
dows and pastures towards the end of summer
and in autumn, before the rain and cold com-
mences, as in the months of August and Sep-
tember, when the mushrooms rise naturally,
serving as a direction to the place where to find
it ; but that found in the other places is mostly
the best.

It is necessary to observe, that there is also a
fruitful and barren sort of mushroom spawn ;
the former is distinguished by the substance of
the fibry or stringy white shoots, &c. and mush-
room-like smell, as before observed ; but in the
tatter sort, the thready fibres are far more abun-
dant, fine, and downy, often appearing like a
fine white down, and, being of no substance,
produce only a flash of small white fungi desti-
tute of the fleshy part, and which, by the mush-
room-men, is commonly called White-cup.

Methods are sometimes practised to obtain
mushroom spawn more abundantly by art, by
the effects of horse-dung, both in hot-beds and
in compost heaps ; sometimes, in the former
c.isc, by planting small pieces of spawn, or
spawny earth, along the top edge of the later cu-
cumber hot-beds in summer, or in the sides of
any horse-dung heaps, having a little warmth
remaining ; so that the moderate heat of the
dung in the bed or heap may set the spawn
a-running, so as sometimes to produce a few
mushrooms in autumn, and increase it consider-
ably for future use in spawning proper mushroom
beds : and in the second case, by a compost of

dung and loamy earth together ; procuring in
spring, or early in summer, a quantity of fresh
horse-dung, consisting of plenty of short stuff,
and a due proportion of long ; and casting
the whole into a heap to ferment a fortnight
or a month, that the rank burning vapour may
pass away ; then having some loamy earth, or
other good substantial mould, or any spawny
soil from old beds, form the duns; into a long
narrow ridge, mixing some of the earth occa-
sionally towards the outside ; and in a fortnight
or three weeks, when the heat becomes quite
moderate, covering the whole with dry long
litter to defend it from the wet, permitting the
whole to remain a considerable time, when good
spawn will often be produced.

In collecting it from any of these places, the
lumps of dung and earth in which it appears
should be taken up as entire as possible, put in
a basket, and' carried into some dry shed, or
other place, till wanted, or it may be immedi-
ately used.

SPEARAGE. See Asparagus.

SPEAR-KING'S. See Asphodelus.

SPEARMINT. See Mentha.

SPERAGE. See Asparagus.

SPERMACOCE, a genus containing plants
of the herbaceous, annual, and shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Telrunchia
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Slellatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a small
four-toothed perianth, superior, permanent : the
corolla one-petalled, funnel-shaped: tube cylin-
drical, slender, longer than the calyx : border
four-parted, from spreading rerlexed, obtuse! :
the stamina have four awl-shaped filaments,
shorter than the corolla, or standing out : an-
thers simple : the pistillum is a roundish germ,
compressed, inferior: style simple, but cloven
above: stigmas obtuse: the pericarpium has
two capsules, connate, oblong, gibbous on one
side, flat on the other, obtuse; each two-horned:
the seeds solitary, roundish.

The species cultivated are: t. S. tenuior,
Slender Button-weed; 2. S. uerticiltata, Whorl-
flowered Button-weed.

The first grows to the height of two feet and
a half: the stalks are stiff, a little angular, and
covered with a brown bark ; the branches come
out by pairs : there are two leaves at each join?
placed opposite, two inches lone:, and almost a
quarter of an inch broad ; bet « ten these come
out three or four smaller k-avts, which stand in
whorls round the stalks; they are smooth, and
have one strong nerve or rib in the middle : the
flowers grow in slender whorls toward the top
of the stalks ; arc small, white, and scs.-ile.,

S P I

s r i

having a whorl of leaves close under them. It
is a native of Carolina and the West Indies,
(lowering in June.

The second species has a shrubby Mem, three
ttr tour feet high, sending out a lew slender
branches,, with narrow leaves on them, not bo
lung as those on the lirst sort; ihey are smooth,
of a light green, and stand in a kind of whorl
round the stems, two being larger than the
oi'iers in each whorl : the (lowers grow in thick
i!ar whorls towards the top, and one ter-
minated the stem ; ibey are small and very
white. It is a native of Jamaica and Africa,
flowering here from June to August.

Culture. — These plants are increased by sow-
ing the seeds on a moderate hot-bed early in the
spring, or in pots to be plunged in it : when the
plants have attained some growth, tin v should
be removed into separate pots filled with good
triable mould, n plunging them in the bed.

They should aiterwards be managed as other
plants of the exotic stove kind.

They afford variety in stove collections.

SPINACIA, a genus containing a plant of
the annual culinary kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Pen-
tandria, and ranks in the natural order of Holo-
racca>.

The characters are: that in the male the calyx
is a five-parted perianth: segments concave, ob-
long, obtuse : there is no corolla : the stamina
have five capillary filaments, longer than the
calyx : anthers obloiirr, twin : — female, the
calyx is a one-leafed perianth, four-cleft, acute,
with two opposite segments very small, perma-
nent : there is no corolla : the pistillum is a
round compressed germ : styles four, capillarv :
stigmas simple : there is no pericarpium : calyx
unites and hardens: the seed one, roundish, co-
vered bv the cal\ x.

The species is S. ohracca, Garden Spinach.

It has an annual root : the leaves sagittate :
the stem hollow, branching, herbaceous, about
two feet high : the male flowers are herbaceous,
in long spikes ; they abound in pollen, which,
when ripe, flies out when the plants are shaken,
and spreads all round; after which the plants
soon decav : the female flowers, which are on a
separate plant, sit in clusters close to the stalks
at every joint ; they are small, herbaceous, and
^:c succeeded bv roundish seeds, which in the
prickly variety are armed with short acute
spines. Its native place is not known.

There are varieties of this, which differ in the
size and shape of the leaves, and the more or
less prick-mess of the seeds, — a- ;bc Triangular
with prickly seeds; the Round with smooth seeds,
which has ovate thick leaves, not angular at

their base; both stalks and leaves arc much
more fleshy and succulent ; and the H
smooth without any spines Of this ah
are two or three subvarieties, differing in the

shape, thickness, and size of their lc.r.

Cull int. — In these plants it is effected only
by seed, by -owing it every year in spring ami
autumn ; the former furnishing ibe main spring
and summer crops; and the latter the winter,
and tor earlv spring

The Prickly sort is the best for winter crops,
and the Round for the summer ones.

It should be sown at several intervals of tip. ,
from January till August, as every month,
three weeks, or fortnight, according to the easi-
ness or advanced period of the season, so as to
obtain a regular succession most part of the
year.

The general spring crop should be sown in
March, and the general winter crop about the
beginning of August.

Jn the spring sowings, as the crops in the very-
early sowings in January run soon to seed, a
moderate quantity should only be sown.

But in the autumn sowings, as the plants do
not run the same year, good full crops, to stand
for winter and early spring use, should be put m.

It succeeds in any common soil of the kitchen-
garden ; but the richer in dung the better;
always choosing an open situation, not too near
low spreading trees, inc., as it never succeeds in
close or shady places, in which it is always drawn
up weak, and soon runs to seed, without attain-
ing perfection : a warm border may be proper
for the early crops ; but for the main crops in
general, the open quarters are the most suitable,
though a broad warm-lying border mav also be
proper for some part of the later sown winter-
crops occasionally, for the purpose of having
the advantage of a little shelter of the fence,
and benefit of the sun during the winter season;
and fresh seed should be procured for each sow-
ing ; as this will be found of great importance
in the free growth of the plants : for the autumn
sow ings of the winter crops, it is of advantage
to procure new seed of the same year.

After the ground has been dug, the seed may
either be sown broad-cast, and raked in, or in
shallow drills a foot asunder ; though broad-
cast is the most expeditious, and probable the
-most proper method for the growth of the crops,
in the product of large full leaves; sowing it all
over the surface moderately thin, cither in one
continued plat, and trodden down evenly, iJ
light ground, and taked in with a large rake or
light harrow; or the grouud mav be divided into
four- or live- feet-wide beds, with foot-wide alleys
between; especially for the early and wintei

3 I 2

5 p i

crops in moist ground ; the seeds being sown
as above, raking them in evenly : drill-sowing
may also be occasionally practised, drawing the
drills with a hoe flatways, near an inch deep,
and ten or twelve inches asunder, scattering the
seeds thinly along them, raking the earth over,
full half an inch deep; which mode is very pro-
per in sowing between other crops, as between
wide rows of beans, peas, cabbages, &c. as it
admits of hoeing up the weeds between the
rows with facility ; and if sown thin, and the
plants be thinned properly, they grow large and
fine, and the produce is very conveniently ga-
thered. It may likewise be sown in wide drills
alone, about a foot distance for a distinct iull
crop : or in rows two feet asunder, to admit of
intercropping in the intervals with rows of cab-
bages, beans, and other things occasionally.

In these sowings the seeds should be scattered
moderately thin, and the plants be thinned out to
three inches distance at least, being directly
raked regularly in : and when sown broad-cast
all over the surface, if in light loose land, and a
dry warm season in the advanced part of spring,
or in the summer and autumn, it may be pro-
per first to tread the seed evenly down, then
raking it in effectually with a large rake.

The seeds mostly come up in a fortnight ; or
perhaps, if sown very early in spring, three
weeks or a month.

In respect to the after-culture of the crops,
when the plants have three or four leaves an
inch broad they should be thinned and cleared
from • weeds, either by hoe or hand ; but the
former is the most eligible, especially for the
broad-cast-sown crops ; choosing dry weather,
and cutting out the plants to three or four
inches distance, together with all the weeds in
everv part ; but the above distance is scarcely
sufficient, unless intended to begin thinning
out the plants for use while young : in other
cases it is advisable to hoe them out six or
eight inches asunder, especially the spring and
summer crops of the Round Spinach, which,
having proper room, will grow very large, and
spread its broad leaves widely, and does not run
to seed so soon as if left close. When the
spring- and summer-sown crops are left too
close, they are apt to draw up weak, and soon go
to seed. The winter crops of Triangular or Prickly
Spinach, when thinned out finally to three or
four inches distance, will be sufficient.

These crops are often sown in spring with
other crops, for the sake of cropping the ground
to the best advantage ; but it is best alone.

When the plants have leaves two or three
inches broad, they may be gathered.

The nv.thod of which is, either by cutting up

S P I

with a knife, wholly ro the bottom, or cleaning
out by the root if the crop wants thinning ; or
only cropping the large outer leaves; the root and
heart, remaining, shoot out again. With the
spring crops, when the plants want thinning,
they may be cut up wholly to the root, thinning
them out where thickest in a gradual manner,
so as to leave the standing plants at least six or
eight inches distant to grow to perfection,
which, when beginning to shoot for seed, may
also be cut up wholly to the bottom : and in the
winter-crops, if the plants stand too close at
first, some may be thinned out quite to the bot-
tom, afterwards the larger outer leaves must only
be cropped in the winter, and early part of the
spring ; but when the spring is more advanced,
and the plants grown large and require thinning,
or when they begin to run to seed, cutting them
up to the bottom in a thinning order.

Some of the best of the different sorts of
plants should be left in the spring to stand for
seed, which should be collected when well
ripened.

SPIRAEA, a genus containing plants of the
shrubby and herbaceous kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Icosandria
Pentagyinu, and ranks in the natural order of
Pomaceoe.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed five-cleft perianth, flat at the base, with
acute segments ; permanent : the corolla has
five petals, inserted into the calyx, oblong-
rounded : the stamina have more than twenty
filaments, filiform, shorter than the corolla, in-
serted into the calyx : anthers roundish : the
pistillum has five or more germs : styles as
many, filiform, length of the stamens : stigmas-
headed : the pericarpium is an oblong capsule,
acuminate, compressed, two-valved : the seeds
few, acuminate, small, fastened to the internal
suture.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. saliafolia,
Willow-leaved Spiraea; 2. S. tomeiitosa, Scarlet
Spiraea ; 3. S. hyperkifvlia, Hypericum-leaved
Spiraea; 4. S. argentea, Silvery-leaved Spira?aj

5. S. cliamcedrijolia, Germander-leaved Spiraea;

6. S. crenata, [Jawthorn-leaved Spirsea ; 1. S.
triloba, Three-lobe-kaved Spines ; 8. S. opuli-

J'olia, Currant-leaved Spirsea ; 9. S. sorbrjolia,
Service-leaved Spirsea; 10. S. Aruncus, Goat's-
bcard Spiraea; 11. S. filipendiila, Common
Dropwort ; 12. S. rdmaria, Common Mea-
dow Sweet; 13. S. trifoliata, Three-leaved
Spiraea.

The first has the stalks very taper, and rough
towards the top, and covered with a reddish
bark : the leaves about three inches long, and
an inch broad in the middle, bluntly serrate,

S P I

S P I

and of a bright green colour. In rich moist
ground the stalks rise five or six feet high, but
in moderate land from three to four; as their
whole height is one year's growth from the
root : they are terminated by spikes of pale red
or flesh-coloured flowers. It flowers in June
and July ; and in moist seasons there are fre-
quently young shoots from the root which
flower in autumn. It is a native of Siberia.
' There are several varieties : as the Flesh-co-
loured Willow-leaved, the Alpine Willow-
leaved,, the Panicled Willow-leaved, and the
Broad Willow-leaved Spiraea.

The second species has the stalks slender, and
branching out near the ground, with a purple
bark covered with a gray mealy down: the leaves
smaller than those of the first, downy and veined
on their under side, but of a bright green above :
the branches terminated by a thick raceme of
flowers, branched towards the bottom into small
spikes : the flowers verv small, of a beautiful
red colour, appearing in July, August, and Sep-
tember. It is a native of Pensylvania.

The third rises with several slender shrubby
stalks five or six feet high, covered with a dark
brown bark, sending out small side branches
the whole length : the leaves small, wedge-
shaped, having many punctures on their surface:
the flowers in small sessile umbels, each on a
long slender pedicel, and white : they appear in
Mav and June ; and as the flowers are produced
almost the whole length of the branches, it
makes a good appearance during the time of
flowering. It is a native of Italy and America.

The fourth species has striated erect branches,
with short branchlets : the leaves alternate, pe-
tioled, silky-tomentose on both sides : the ra-
cemes longer than the branchlets : the flowers
very small, w ith villose germs. It is a native of
New Granada.

The fifth has abundant shoots, seldom two
ells high, the thickness of the finger, wand-
like, branched : the wood brittle : the baik of
the shoots yellowish-brown, with prominent
dots scattered over it : the branches alternate,
commonlv angular, with a testaceous bark some-
what striated, and in the younger branches co-
vered with a tender ash-coloured epidermis,
which falls off; the annual shoots are grooved
and pubescent : the leaves alternate, softiah,
pubescent with prostrate hairs, quite entire at
the base, but commonly gash-serrate from the
middle to the end, where they are sharp : co-
rymbs at the top of the stems frequent, manv-
flowcrcd, terminating the annual alternate shoots :
in gardens and in moist shady places these co-
rymbs are more elongated ; but in a ruder soil
most of the peduncles arc clustered at the top

like an umbel: the flowers bigj.ih, white,
having a weak virose smell, and lugacious.
It is a native of Siberia, &e.

It varies very much, with larger or smaller
Waves, more or less cut, but more commonly
quite entire and ovate-acute.

The sixth species has several stems, scarcely
two ells high, very much branched from the bot-
tom : the branches rod-like, round, with a tes-
taceous bark cloven longitudinally: the leaves on
the younger branches and annual shoots alter-
nate, attended with smaller oues in little bundles,
hoary or glaucous, three-nerved, hardish, vary-
ing in form and size ; on the luxuriant shoots
or branches sometimes ovate-acute, widish, ser-
rulate from the tip beyond the middle; but com-
monly oblong, bluntish, crenulate, or serrulate
towards the tip, or more commonly quite entire:
the corymbs at the ends of the annual twig*,
very abundant, disposed along the branches on
one side, in hemispherical clusters : the flowers
smallish, white, odorous. It is a native of
Spain, &c, flowering here in April and May.

The seventh has numerous stems, scarcely
thicker than a swan's quill, very much branched',
upright, with a gray bark more or less pale, and
somewhat angular, with sharp streaks runninc
down from the branches : the branches an3
branchlets alternate, those of the last year very
smooth and yellow, leafy, and terminated by an
umbel : the leaves alternate, on very short pe-
tioles, smooth, glaucous, wide-ovate, retuse,
gash-trilobate : they vary even in the garden,
with fewer or more frequent gashes, with the
teeth or lobes obtuse or acute, in breadth, Sec. :
the umbels very frequent at the ends of the an-
nual branches : peduncles often more than
thirty, besides a few axillary ones scattered be-
low the umbel : the flowers middle-sized, white.
It is an elegant shrub, and a native of Siberia.

The eighth species rises with many shrubby
branching stalks, eight or ten feet high in iiood
ground, but generally five or six ; the)' are co-
vered with a loose brown bark which falls oft':
the leaves about the size and shape of those of
the common currant bush, ending in acute-
points, and serrate on their edges : the flowers
are produced in roundish hunches at the end of
the branches ; are white with some -pots of a
pale red. It is a native of Canada and Virginia.
It is commonly known in the nurseries by the
name of Virginian Geldcr I.

The ninth rises with shrubby stalks like the
first, but sends out horizontal branches, which
are slender, and covered with a brown bark: the
leaves are of a thin texture, and a bright green
colour on both side.-, slightly and acutely ser-
rate : the flowers in terminating panicles,' small

S P I

S P o

and white. It is a native of Siberia, flowering

i August

The tenth species lias a perennial root: the
stenTammal, from three to four feet high : the
ieaves doubly pinnate ; each having three or
four pairs of oblong leaflets terminated by an
odd one : thev are two inches long, and almost
an inch broad, serrate, and ending in acute
points : the flowers disposed in long slender
spikes, formed into loose terminating panicles ;
they are small, white, and of two se.xes in the
same spike. It is a native of Germany, flower-
ing in June and July.

The eleventh has a perennial root, consisting
ef oval tubers or solid lumps, hanging from the
main body by threads, which has given occasion
toits common names, Filipendula and Dropwort.
These tubers enable the herb to resist drought,
and render it very difficult to be eradicated : the
stem is erect, from a foot to a foot and half in
height, angular, smooth, leafy, a little branched
at top : the leaves alternate., interruptedly pin-
nate, serrate, and jagged, smooth, composed of
several pairs of leaflets, all of each set uniform
or nearly corresponding in size; the terminating
leafiet three-lobed : a pair of roundish united
indented stipules at the base of each leaf, em-
bracing the stem : the flowers many in a cymose
loose erect panicle, cream-coloured often tipped
with red, or red on the outside. It is an ele-
gant plant, which in gardens grows very luxuri-
ant, and has often double flowers. It flowers
early in July.

The twelfth has a perennial fibrous root : the
stems erect, three or four feet high, angular and
furrowed, tinged with red, leafy, branched in
the upper part: the leaves interruptedly pinnate:
leaflets very unequal in size, sharply serrate,
clothed beneath with white down, the end one
remarkably large and three-lobcd : a pair of
rounded serrate stipules are joined to the com-
mon leaf-stalk, and clasp the stem : the flowers
white, in a large very compound cyme, the side-
branches of which rise much above the central
one : it perfumes the air with the sweet haw-
thorn-like scent of its plentiful blossoms from
June to August.

There are varieties with double flowers, and
with variegated leaves.

The thirteenth has a perennial root : the
stalks annual, about a foot high, sending out
branches from the side the whole length : the
leaves for the most part trifoliate, but sometimes
single or in pairs ; they are about an inch and
half long, and half an inch broad, ending in
acute points, sharply serrate, of a bright green
above, and pale beneath : the flowers in loose
terminating panicles, on slender peduncles. It

is a native of North America, flowering in June
and July.

Culture. — In all the shrubby sorts, this may
be performed by suckers, layers, and cuttings.

The suckers should be taktn off in the au-
tumn and planted out where thev are to remain,
or in nursery-rows, to attain a fuller growth.

The first sort requires to be cleared of these
suckers every two years at furthest.

The lavers should be put down in the au-
tumn or in the spring, and may be taken off
and planted as above, in the autumn or spring
following : all the sorts may be raided in this
way ; but it is most proper for such sorts as do
not send off suckers.

The cuttings may be made from the shoots
of the preceding summer, and be planted out in
a shad)' border in the early autumn : when they"
have become well rooted they may be removed
and managed as the others : they succeed in this
way with more difficulty than in either of the
others.

All the herbaceous sorts may be increased by
seeds, or parting the roots.

The seed may be sown in the autumn or early
in the spring ; but the first is the better mode,
on a bed of tine mould: when the plants- appear
they should be kept clear from weeds til! the au-
tumn, when they may be planted out where
they are to remain, or in the nursery tor a year
or two.

The roots should be parted in the autumn or
spring, when the stems decav, beior-e they shoot
oiit new ones, being planted immediately where
thev are to grow.

The double-flowered and stiped varieties can
only be preserved in this way.

They all afford variety and ornament in the
shrubberv and other parts.

SPONDIAS, a genus containing plants of the
exotic tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Penlrigyuiu, and ranks in the natural order of
Terehintaccce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, subcampanulate, small, five-
cleft, coloured, deciduous : the corolla has five
oblong petals, flat, spreading*: the stamina have
ten awl-shaped filaments, erect, shorter than the
corolla, alternately longer: anthers oblong: the
pi still um is an ovate germ : styles Jive, short,
distant, erect : stigmas obtuse : the pericarpium
is an oblong drupe, large, marked with five dots
from the falling of the stvles ; ten-valved: the
seed is an ovate nut, woody, fibrous, five-corner-
ed ; live-celled, covered with a fleshy elastic aril.
The species is S. Momliii, Purple Hog- Plum,
or Spanish Plum.

S P R

S T A

Its usual height in its native situation is ten

or twelve feet, "and the stem is as large as a
ni*n's lcn, sending out branches towards the
top covered with a gray bark; these are desti-
tute of leaves for some m rid in the
spring, before the leaves appear, many purple
flowers come oat from the side of the branches ;
these are succeeded by Fruit like plums, having
a luscious thin pulp, covering a large fibrous
stone: the leaves which come out afterwards
are imcquallv pinnate, with four or five.
pairs of leaflets, about an inch long and half
an inch broad. It is a native of South Ame-
rica.

It is cultivated in its native state by many
for the sake of the fruit, which is pretty plea-
sant.

There is a variety of this fruit called The
Leathercoat, from the appearance of its skin.

Culture. — It is increased by sowing the stones
of the fruit in pots filled with light mould, plung-
ing them in the bark-bed of the stove; and In-
planting, cutting, or putting down layers, and
managing them in the S3me way : the plants
may be taken off and removed into separate pots
when thev have stricken good roots, being re-
plunged in the bark-bed.

They require afterwards to be kept constantly
in the stove, and to have the same management
as other woody exotics of the same nature.

They afford variety in stove collection*.

SPONGE-TREE. See Mimosa.

SPRUCE FIR. See Pi.nus.

SPURGE. See Euphorbia.

SPURGE LAUREL. See Daphne.

SPURGE OLIVE SeeDArauB Mbzbuwm.

SQUASH-GOURD. See Cocbbbita.

SQUILL. See Srn.LA.

SQUIRTING CUCUMBER. See Momor-

VICS.

SPROUTS, the sma'l young shoots or suck-
ers emitted front the sides of the stems and heads,
of vegetables, being in manv instances a sort
of compendium ot the plant that produced
them ; and, when detached and planted, al-
though destitute of roots, often emit fibres,
shoot at top to mature growth, and exhibit
leaves, flowers, and <?<:Ct, as the parent plant.

In some herbaceous esculent plants, the young
sprouts arc excellent eating ; as in the cabbage
kinds, 8cc. affording a very profitable after-crop:
the sprouts produced from the forward cabbage-
stalks in summer and autumn are always larger

and finer than the winner and "»pring spr tut! 1

sometimes the sprouts produced en the stalks of
the early-cut cabbages often also cabbage into
tolerable little firm heads towards autumn ; in
the Sugar-loaf Cabbage particularly, and other

forward kinds ; producing abundance of fTne
sprouts in summer, winch, being gathered w
young and green, constitute tnmeoi the
cellenl culinary greens ion;likev

ward Savoys being cut early in autumn, the re-
roainingstalka produce fine large sprouts the same
year, tit for use in the early part of winter; later
crops of the same plants produce also abundan
small sprouts in the spring ; and the Borecoli
remarkable for its great production of sprouts
towards spring, emitted all along the small
stems from the very bottom to top ; also Purple
Brocoh never fails to produce a secondary crop-
of excellent sprouts Furnished with little tender
heads.

In the culture of all the varieties of the cab-
bage kind, it is proper, therefore, after gathering
the main-heads, to leave a quantity of the stalks
of the. best and more forward crops, of the re-
spective sorts, to produce sprouts; and if, to-
wards autumn or winter, &c, tlie ground should
be wanted for other crops, the stalks may be re-
moved and trenched in by the roots in another
place, not in any shady by corner, as often prac-
tised, nor placed too close, a< the sprouts would
prove small and trifling, and be liable to be eaten
up by slug^ ; but in an open situation, in row*
afoot asunder, in which method the sprouts will
continue their growth in much greater perfection,
though probably not in s<> good as if the stalks
had remained undisturbed.

As the stalks of Cauliflowers and Cauliflower-
brocoli rarely produce any sprouts, it is needless
to leave them standing on the ground.

STANDARD TREES, such as stand singly
with an upright stem without being trained 10
3iiy wall or other support. The term is appli-
cable to all sons of fruit- and forest- trees, as Wl II
as other tree and shrub kinds that have upright
stems, and which stand detached erectly witb-
out sup|v>rt; though it is more generally under-
stood ot such trees as grow with tall erect stems,
six or eight feet high or more, before tlicy
branch out to form the head ; such as the com-
mon apple-, pear-, and other fruit-trees in or-
chards and gardens, and the common forest -
trees of the woods and fields. In gardening,
they arc distinguished into three sorts ; as Full
Standards. Halt Standards, and Dwarf Standards-,
from their being a >v trained in all these

s; Inn forest and tall ornamental trees rarely
ioanyothcT than Fi.il Standards; though, in
the shrub trilie, they are occasionally formed
both into Hall and Dwarf Standards) according
to their natural growths.

Full Sim - •These are such trees as are

trained with tall, straight, clem stems, six
seven feel high or more, then suffered to brai

S T A

S T A

out at that height all around to form a head, as
in common standard apple- and pear-trees, fo-
rest-trees, &c.

Such trees as are designed for full-standards,
should be trained accordingly in their minor
growth, by trimming off all lower lateral branches
gradually as the stem advances in height, to en-
courage a clean straight growth to the proper
height, and promote the aspiring of the top or
leading shoot more expeditiously ; suffering the
leader always to remain entire, especially in all
forest-trees ; or, if it should happen to fork,
taking off the worst, and leaving the straightest
shoot to run up, to continue the prolongation
of the stem; and having thus run them up with
clean stems gradually from six or seven to eight
or ten feet or more, especially the deciduous
kinds, suffer them to branch out into a full
head, and run in height as fast as possible ;
though in fruit-trees the stem is often lopped at
six or seven feet height, to force out. a set of la-
terals in that part, to form a regular spreading
head of but moderate height, for the greater con-
venience of gathering the fruit; but for all kinds
of forest-tree standards the tops should never be
reduced, but the leader be permitted to remain
entire to run up in height ; as the beauty and
worth of such trees consist in their lofty growth.
But in several forest and ornamental standards
of the evergreen tribe, the trimming their stems
from laterals while young, in this wav, must be
but sparingly practised ; such as the pines, firs,
cedars, and several others, which, being of a re-
sinous nature, do not succeed if too closely
pruned ; besides, when designed for ornamental
plantations, the trimming up the under branches
would greatly diminish the beauty of their pe-
culiar growth ; for the disposition of the branches
in most of them, covering the stem in circular
rays to the very bottom, is thought additionally
ornamental. The lower disorderly stragglers
should of course only be taken off.

Most sorts of fruit-trees may be trained for
full standards, except vines ; though some of
them will not ripen their fruit effectually in this
way, as peaches, nectarines, apricots, and figs ;
but, on the other hand, all sorts of apples, pears,
plums, and cherries, ripen their fruit freely on
standards.

All fruit-trees for this purpose are raised by
grafting, &x. on the freest strong-shooting
stocks, and trained with straight clean stems,
as above, either the stock trained up to that
height, and then grafted or budded, the graft
or bud branching out forming the head, or the
stock grafted, near the ground, and the first
shoot from the graft or bud trained up for a
stem to the proper height, then suffered to send
2

forth branches; in either method, it is next to
be considered whether it be intended the tree
shall form a spreading open head, or assume a
more erect and aspiring growth ; in the former
case, if the leading shoot of the graft or bud be
topped at six or seven feet from the ground, it
will force out lateral shoots at that height, and
commence a spreading head open in the middle,
suffering, however, the whole afterwards to take
their own growth ; and in the latter by permitting
the leading shoot to remain entire, it will aspire
in height, and the whole head will assume a
more upright and lofty growth ; in both me-
thods the heads will afterwards naturally branch
out abundantly, and furnish themselves suffi-
ciently with bearing wood, producing fruit, in
some sorts, in two or three years from the
grafting and budding, as in cherries, apples, 8cc.
but pears are sometimes four, five, or six years
before they bear.

It is expedient to train most of the principal
hardy fruit-trees as full standards, that, when
planted in continued rows, either in gardens or
orchards, by having tall stems, they may admit the
influence of the sun and air more freely to the
heads, and permit the obtaining crops of es-
culents, grass, &c. from the ground underthem.
In respect to the management of full standard
fruit-trees, little is required after the first train-
ing, to form the stem to the proper height, and
the first shoots are advanced at top to give the
head its first formation, being allowed to ad-
vance nearly in their natural order, except re-
ducing any very irregular growths, permitting
the whole to shoot both in length and branch la-
terally in their own way ; by which they na-
turally form fruit-spurs along their sides up-
wards for bearing

The irregular branches must, however, be re-
moved, and the heads kept properly thinned,
as well as the suckers rubbed off from the stems
or other parts. See Pruning.

Standard fruit-trees with high stems are some-
times planted against walls, and trained as wall-
trees ; this is practised for high walls, so as im-
mediately to cover the upper parts of them,
whilst Dwarfs and Half Standards cover the bot-
tom and middle parts, and thus every part of the
wall is fully occupied at once : but in these cases
the dwarf-trees are to remain, the others being
wholly destroyed aftera time. See Wall-Trees.
These sorts of high standards are likewise oc-
casionally placed against the ends of buildings ;
some choice sorts of pears in particular : also
apricots in a southerly aspect, and other fruit-
trees of the same kind.

Half Standards. — These are trees trained with
stems only three or four feet high, then suffered

S T A

S T A

to branch out to form heads. It is practised for
many sorts of fruit-trees, hoth as detached
standards for variety, and with fanned spreading
beads, as wall-trees for high walls.

The method of raising these is ncarlv the
same as for the full standards : only ihey are
grafted or budded upon lower stne'ks, training
them wiih upright single stems onlv three or
four feet high, by the stocks on which they are
grafted being trained up to that height for a
stem : or bv being grafted or budded low in the
stock, and the first main shoot of the graft. 8cc.
led up for a stem, and topped at that height to
force out branches to form the head ; suffering
the heads in those designed as detached stand-
ards, to branch out all around, and run up to a
full spread, nearly according to their natural
mode of growth, except just reforming any ill-
growing branch, as shortening the branches
should he sparingly practised, as it would force
out numerous useless shoots, and prevent the
formation of bearing wood, especially in the
apple, pear, plum, and cherry kinds.

When Half Standards are intended for walls,
they should have the head trained in a some-
what Fanned manner, to spread to the wall like
a common wall -tree.

When it is necessary to have them to form
heads of as moderate growth as possible, espe-
cially in the detached half standards forsmall com-
partments, they should he grafted or budded upon
the more dwarfish sort of stocks, as apples upon
codlins, and pears upon quinces, &c. ; in which
case the heads will always shoot moderate, and
never ramble wide or grow high. See Stocks.

But though a few of this sort of trees may
be eligible as detached half standards for variety,
they are not proper for the open quarters of the
garden ; as their branches coming out lev inav
impede the growth of under-crops.

For walls, however, that are eight or nine
feet high, they are proper to plant between the
dwarfs or principal residents, to cover the mid-
dle or upper half of the wall, whilst the dwarfs
occupy the lower space. See \V \ll-Tkees.

Hall Standard cherries, apricots, Jkc. are also
proper to plant in forcing-frames to produce
early fruit. See Forcjng-Fkaxies.

The after-managtment of detached trees of
thi> sort, in respect to pruning, is nearly the
same as the full standards, as, after having shot
out at top to form the head, they should be per-
mitted to branch both in length and laterally
nearly in their own way, except joet pruning to
order any considerable irregularity, crowding
branches in the middle or long ramblers, ana
detaching all suckers from the root, stem, and

Vol. H.

head, and to cut out casual dead wood ; and
thus the regular branches remaining at length,
will emit fruit-spurs abundantly in every part
for bearing.

The Half Standards against walls are to he

pruned and managed a^ other wall-trees, each
according to its nature.

Du-arj Standards. — These arc trained with
low stun; only one or two feet high, and then
.1 to force out branches to form the head.

Several sorts of choice fruit-trees aie trained
as dwarf standards, with stems not more than
one foot high, branching out at that height,
forming proportionally low heads : being occa-
sionally planted round the bonh rsof thekrtchen-
or pleasure-garden, &c, instead of espaliers.
and the heads either kept down low by close
pruning, or suffered to branch upward nearly in
their natural grow th. These are raised by graft-
ing. Sec. upon the most dw arfish stocks, such as
apples on codlin- or paradise-stocks, and pears
on quinces, Sec. in order to dwarf them as much
as possible in their growth; and as they shoot in
height, each year's shoots either pruned short,
to keep the head down and confine it within
a small compass; or the branches permitted to
shoot in length, except just reducing casual
ramblers and disorderly growers. These kinds
of dwarf standards are not so generally intro-
duced now, as espalier fruit-trees have been
brought to a proper degree of perfection in train-
ing and bearing.

Some have Dwarf Standard fruit-trees in pots,
for the purpose of forcing in hot-houses, forcing-
frames, hot-beds, &c. particularly early May and
Mav-duke cherries, plums, peaches, nectarines,
apricots, figs, vines, gooseberries, currants, Sec.
which being placed as above, in January or early
in February, often ripen a few fruit very early
in tolerable peiftction, some of which might be
brought to table growing on the trees in the
pots. Dwarf Standard fruit-trees are also pro-
per to plant fully in the borders in forcing-
frames. See Forcing-Frame, and Dwarf-
Trees.

The different varieties of currants and goose-
berries may be trained with a single stem a
foot or more high, and then permitted to branch
out into a regular head, keeping the internal
part always tolerably open, and the branches
moderately thin ; and shortening them but
sparingly, particularly the gooseberry, by which
dwarf >hrubbv pl.ant < are formed.

STAFF-TREE. See Celastrus.

STAG'S-HORN-TREE. See Rm«.

STAPEUA, a genus i-ontaining plants of the
succulent perennial kind.

3 K

S T A

S T A

Tt belongs to the class and order Peritandiia
Disynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Cmiturtce.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, five-cleft, acute, small, per-
manent : the corolla one-petalled, large, flat,
thick, five-cleft bevond the middle : segments
wide, flat, acuminate : nectary, five leaflets,
spreading, linear, grooved, cmarginate with a
dagger point, opposite to the segments of the
corolla: leaflets five others, fastened alternately
with these a little higher to the. tube of the fila-
ments, and running along it, vertical, bifid :
interior segment erect, with the summit bent
outwards ; outer segment straight, compressed :
the stamina have five filaments, united into a
short tube; each anther fastened internally to
the base of each vertical leaflet of the nectary,
and wider than it, incumbent on the stigma,
short, two-lobed, two-celled, produced below
on both sides into an earlet, contiguous at the
margin to each of the neighbouring anthers as
far as the tip, and ascending at the tip : pollen
united into ten corpuscles, crescent-shaped,
flattish, ascending obliquely into the cells of the
anther, each on a very short pedicel, (with a
tranverse base, incumbent on the upper margin
of the earlet,) fastened by pairs to five small
twin coloured tubercles, placed on the apex of
the earlets, and adhering to the angles of the
stigma : the pistillum has two ovate germs,
flat inwards : styles none : stigma common to
both germs, large, placed on the tube of stamens,
acutely five-cornered, flat above, obliquely trun-
cate-excavated at the sides for the reception of
the anthers : the pericarpium two follicles, long,
awl-shaped, one-celled, one-valvcd ; the seeds
numerous, imbricate, compressed, crowned
with a down : the receptacle free.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. hirsiita,
Hairy Stapelia : 2. S. variegata, Variegated Sta-
pelia.

The first has the root composed of many
strong fibres, from which arise several stalks,
which send out other branches of the same
shape from their side, having indentures at each
angle their whole length, the points of which
are erect : the stalks or branches deep green,
but the angles and points of the indentures in-
clining to brown, especiallv if the plants be ex-
posed to the open air in summer. The flouers
tome out from the side of the stalks upon long
lleshy peduncles : the petal is of a thick leathery
substance j the inside variegated and hairy, and
the borders of the segments closely furnished
with long brown hairs : in the centre is the
double starry neclarium, the points of which

are lacerated, and it is of a purple colour. Tt is
a native of the Cape, flowering in June and July.

The second species has many branches the
size of a man's finger, four or five inches long,
having several protuberant indentures on iheir
sides which spread open horizontally, and end-
ing in acute points ; these branches spread on
the ground and emit roots from their joints;
they are angular, and of a deep green colour in
summer, but in winter change to purplish ; thev
abound with a viscous juice of a nauseous taste:
from the side of the branches towards the bot-
tom comes out the peduncle, at one of the
sinuses ; it is short, and sustains one flower of
a yellow colour spotted with purple ; it is a na-
tive of Africa, flowering in June and July. There
are others that mav be cultivated.

Culture. — These sorts are readily increased
by cuttings or slips of the young branches,
which should be exposed a few days in a dry co-
vered place to heal over the cut part, and'be then-
planted in pots filled with light poor dry fresh
sandy earth with lime rubbish, plunging them
in the tan-bed of the stove, where thev soon
strike root; when they are well rooted they may
be removed into separate pots, replunging them
in the bed till fresh rooted, when they may be
placed on the tops of the flues, or on shelves in
the hot-house ; they are also capable of beino-
preserved in the green-house; they have a fine
effect in their leafless watery appearance and the
beauty of their flowers.

STAPHYLEA, a genus containing plants of
the hardy deciduous flowering shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Trmilatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, concave, roundish, coloured,
almost as big as the corolla : the corolla has
five oblong petals, erect, like the calyx : nectary
from the receptacle of the fructification, in the
bottom of the flower, concave, pitcher-shaped:
the stamina have five oblong filaments, erect,
length of the calyx : anthers simple : the pistil-
lum is a thickish germ, three-parted : styles
three, simple, much longer than the stamens:
stigmas obtuse, contiguous : the pericarpium
has three capsules, inflated, flaccid, united lon-
gitudinally by a suture, opening inwards by the
acuminate apexes : the seeds two, bony, globu-
lar, with an oblique point and an orbicular ex-
cavation by the side of the apex.

The species are : 1 . S. phmata, Five-leaved
Bladder-nut : 2. S. trifolia, Three-leaved Blad-
der-nut.

The first has several shrubby stalks arising

S T A

from the same root, and growing ten or twelve
feet high, covered with a smooth bark, and
dividing into several branches, which are soft
and pithv : the leaves are composed of two pairs
of ovate leaflets terminated bv an odd one ; these
differ greatly in size, according to the strength
and vigour of the shrub ; some being more than
two inches long, and an inch and half broad;
but on old weak shrubs they are much smaller,
are smooth, entire, and of a light-green colour,
standing upon prettv long footstalks: the flowers
come out upon long slender pendulous pedun-
cles, front the axils of the stalks near their ex-
tremity, in oblong bunches : the petals are
white, and expand in form of a rose : the
flowers appear in May. It is a native of the
South of Europe.

The second species has a more substantial
stem than the first, the bark of the old branches
and stalks is smooth and of a gray colour; that
of the voung ones of a light green and very
smooth : the ica^ets are ovate, ending in a
point, and serrate on the edges ; the la: _
three inches long and two broad : but in old
plants they are not much more than half the
size : the flowers are produced from the side of
the branches in longer bunches than those of the
former sort, but their peduncles are much
shorter ; the flowers are of a clearer white, and
their petals are somewhat larger ; as are also the
bladder capsules. It is a native of North America.
Culture. — These plants may be increased bv
seeds, suckers, layers, and cuttings. The seeds
should be sown as soon as they become ripe, in
the autumn, in a bed of common earth, to the
depth of an inch ; they should be kept clear
from weeds, and refreshed in dry weather with
water frequently : in the following autumn or
spring the large plants should be removed into
nursery-rows, at two feet apart and one foot di-
stant in the rows, to remain till of sufficient
growth for the shrubbery; the suckers may be
taken up in autumn or earlv in the spring, with
root fibres to thein, and planted in nursery lines
in the above manner : the layers may be put
down from the voung branches being cither slit
or twisted, and when properly rooted in the
following autumn be planted out in the nursery
as above : the cuttings should be made from the
lower parts of the voung shoots of the preceding
year, planting them in a shady border in the
autumn, and watering them frequently during
the spring and summer when the weather is dry ;
and when well rooted, in the autumn following,
planting them out in nurserv-rows as above, or
where thev are to remain : they afford ornament
and variety iu the shrubbery parts of pleasure-
grounds.

STAR APPLE. See CmtTsoraruuM .
STAR FLOWER. See Ounithoum.
STAR 11V VCINTH. SeeScn.1
STAR OF BETHLEHEM. SeeOmrrnio-

G \i.r\t

S I AR THISTLE. See Centaurea.

S I A I ICE, a genus comprehending plants of

the hardy, herbaceous and under-shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the clan and order Pentandria

!'■■ wtagyntOj and ranks in the natural order of

Aggregates

The characters are : thai the calyx is a com-
mon perianth, of a different structure in the »■-
veral species : the perianth proper one-leafed,
funnel-form : tube narrowed : border entire,
plaited, scariose : the corolla funnel-form:
petals live, united at the base, narrowed below,
above wider, obtuse, spreading: the stamina
have five awl-shaped filaments, "shorter than the
corolla, inserted into the corolla by their claw- i
anthers incumbent: the pistillum is a very
minute germ : styles five, filiform, distant :
stigmas acute : the pericarpium is an oblom'
capsule, somewhat cylindrical, membranaceous^
five-cusped, one-celled, valueless: propercaKx
contracted at the neck, expanded in the border,
cherishing the capsule when the corolla withers:
seed single, oblong, hanging from a long cord .
The species cultivated are : 1. S. Armeria,
Thrift, or Sea Gilliflower : 2. S. Limonlum, Sea
Thrift, or Sea Lavender: 3. 5. cordata, Htart-
leaved Sea Lavender: 4. S. reticulata, Mat-
ted Sea Lavender : 5. S. ecliioides, Rou°di-
leaved Sea Lavender: 6. S. speciosa, Plan-
tain-leaved Sea Lavender : 7.5. talarica, Tar-
tarianSea Lavender: 8. S.pectinata, Triangular-
stalked Sea Lavender: 9. 5. stiff- ;u//coi(7, Narrow-
leaved Shrubby Sea Lavender : 10. S. monopetala,
Broad-leaved Shrubby Sea Lavender : 11. S.fe-
rulacea, Cut-leaved Sea Lavender: 18. S. mm-
ata, Scallop-leaved Sea Lavender.

The fir?t has a perennial woody root, bearing
many thick tufts of lax, linear, channelled,
smooth, entire leaves : the scapes erect, simple,
pubescent, varying much in height (from Mo
to eight inches or even a foot), terminated by a
globular head of many flowers, encompassed by
a many-leaved involucre, the base of which is
attached to a singular cylindrical membranous
sheath, about an inch long, and investing the
top of the scape, its lower end being loose and
lacerated, so that it seems to have been torn off
from the root, and carried up with the voung
growing Stem : the calyx small, erect : the co-
rolla rose-coloured or pink (varying to deep
red, scarlet and white). It is a native of Europe
atul North America: it flowers from June to

AULrU-l.

3K8

S T A

S T A

There are several varieties: as with red flowers,
with scarlet flowers, with white flowers. Great
Thrift with red flowers, with white flowers ; and
Small Sea Pink, with flesh-coloured flowers.

The second species has scarcely any resem-
blance to lavender, and none of its aromatic
quality ; has a strong, perennial, woody root :
it varies much as to luxuriance, being sometimes
found with leaves scarcely an inch long, and
not more than six or eight flowers in a panicle,
and at other times much larger, with the flowers
far more abundant, of a bright blue colour,
which distinguish it at a distance : it is a beau-
tiful plant. It is a native of Britain, flowering
in July.

There are several varieties : as Common Great
Sea Lavender; Great Late-flowering Sea Laven-
der; Olive-leaved Sea Lavender ; Deep Blue-
flowered Sea Lavender j and White-flowered Sea
Lavender.

The third has the stalks naked, about six
inches high : leaves wedge-shaped, emarginate
at the end, and sometimes quite entire, rigid,
running down into the petiole ; varying in size,
according to the soil : the flowers numerous,
blue, imbricate, one-ranked, sometimes pale
red, appearing in August, but never produce
seeds in this climate. It grows naturally near
the sea, about Marseilles, Leghorn, &c.

The fourth species has a strong root, woody
and perennial, bearing thick tufts of small nar-
row obovate spatulate or wedge-shaped leaves,
slightly pointed but not awned, and entire : the
scapes prostrate, very much branched : the
branches flexuose, matted and entangled with
each other, having an ovate sharp membranous
bracte at each divarication : many of the branches
are barren, and those often reflexed, but not
always : the flowers few together in simple ter-
minating spikes or bundles, ereet, each enve-
loped in three or four larger blunt bractes : the
ribs of the calyx, and the petals, are of a bright
purplish blue, which turns white in drving. It
is a native of the South of France and Malta.

The fifth is an annual plant, (biennial) with
long narrow leaves, which are set with rough
tubercles ; the stalks about eight inches high,
dividing into two or three small branches, which
are terminated by short reflexed spikes of pale
blue flowers, coming out late in August, and
seldom perfecting seeds in this climate: it is a
native of the South of Europe and Barbary.

The sixth species has many radical leaves,
oblong, smooth, curled, ending in a sharp point :
the stems a foot high, branched, round, firmer
than in the other species, sometimes winged,
three or four spreading round the bottom, where
there is abundance of very elegant flowers which

are larger than those of the second sort and
white, forming a handsome silvery head. —
It is a native of Russia, flowering in July and
August.

The seventh has the leaves about four inches
long, and thee quarters of an inch broad in the
middle, diminishing gradually to both ends :
the stalks rise about five or six inches high, di-
viding into several spreading branches, which
are again divided into smaller ; these are termi-
nated by spikes of pale-blue flowers ranged on
one side the footstalk : the whole, when grow-
ing, being spread wide, has somewhat the ap-
pearance of an umbel of flowers, which come
out in August, but never ripen seeds in this
climate. It is a native of Russia, flowering in
June.

The eighth species is a native of the Canary
Islands, flowering in September and October.

The ninth is a native of Siberia, flowerino-
most part of the summer.

The tenth species has a shrubby stalk about
two feet high, dividing into several woody
branches, which spread out on cverv skte; the
lower parts of these are closely furnished with
gray leaves of a thick consistence: the branches
are terminated by panicles of blue flowers, com-
ing cut singly at a distance from each other,
having one funnel-shaped petal, with a lono-
tube, and dividing into five spreading segments
at top : it flowers from June till autumn, but
never produces seeds in this climate. It is a na-
tive of Sicily.

The eleventh has round stems, somewhat
woody, naked with alternate chaffs, panicled :
the branchlels very much subdivided, in bun-
dles, filiform, imbricate with very minute chaffs,
terminated by a lit* le bristle : the flowers subim-
bricate, ascending, directed one way, yellow.
It is a native of Spain, of Portugal, and of Bar-
bary.

The twelfth is a biennial plant : the lower
leaves, which spread on the ground, are in-
dented almost to the midrib; these indentures
are alternate and blunt : the stalks rise a foot
and half high, dividing upwards into several
branches, having at each joint three narrow
leaves sitting close to the stalks, from the base
of which proceeds a leafy membrane or wing
which runs along on both sides the stalk ; these
are rough and a little hairy : the stalks are termi-
nated by panicles of flowers, which sit upon
winged peduncles, each sustaining three or four
flowers of a light blue colour, which continue
long without fading : it flowers in July and Au-
gust ; but unless the summer is warm and dry,
the seeds do not ripen in this climate. It is a
native of Sicily and the Levant. There are two

S T A

S T O

varieties, which differ in their leaves, stems, anil
flowers.

Culture. — All the sorts are capable of being
increased, by parting or slipping the roots : tins,
with the lirst kind, should be performed in the
autumn or very early spring season, planting
them immediately .-. or in the borders;

they should not however be parted too .small.

When planted out as edgings, a quantity of
Blips should beobtained in these seasons from old
plants, bv slipping or dividing the ofi'-seis of
their roots, each slip being furnished with roots
and tops; then, having made up the edge of the
bed or border even and firm, planting ihetii
either with a dibble in one range, two or three
inches distance in the row ; or to form at once
a close edging, so near as to touch one another,
or in a small trench, close, as in planting box
edgings: these edgings should every summer,
immediately after flowering, be trimmed with
garden-shears, or a knife, to cut off all the de-
caved flower-stalks close to the bottom ; like-
wise to trim in anv projecting irregularity of the
edging at the sides or top : a.so when it spreads
considerably out of bou -. - .ould be cut in
evenly on each side, in due proportion ; per-
forming those trimmings in moist weather, and
not too late in autumn, otherwise the drought
of summer, or the cold iu winter, will be apt
to injure them when newly cut, and cause them
to have a shabby disagreeable appearance : but
when these edeings grow considerably out of
hounds, or become very irregular, it is neces-
sary to lake them up, slip the plants small, and
immediately replant them again as before, in a
neat regular edging : they sometimes require re-
planting every threeorfouf years in this manner.

The second sorts may likewise be raised by
parting the roots in the autumn or spring, pre-
serving some mould to them, and planting them
out again immediately, being placed in an east
border, where the soil is loamv.

They may also be raised from seeds obtained
from abroad, sow ins them on a similar border,
keeping the plants clean, and when of sufficient
growth planting them out in pots: it is the
common practice in treating the second sort, ac-
cording to Martyn, to consider it as a green-
house plant : and it appears to the greatest ad-
vantage in a pot, as it is much disposed to throw
up new flowering- stems : by having several
pots, some plants will be in flower throughout
the summer ; on this account, and for the
singularity of its large blue calyx, it is a plant
that merits attention. The Echioidea is also a
green-house plant.

The eighth, ninth, tenth sorts, &c, maybe
increased by planting cuttings of the young

shoot-', in Julv, in a shady border, watering
them frequently \ when the plants have a little
growth, they should be taken up ..nd pla< ed in
separate pets, filled with light loamy mould,
putting them in the shade till rerouted ; the
plants of these sorts must be removed into shel-
ter in the autumn, but they only require pro-
tection from hard trust, ot coum ma\ be ;
with myrtles, and other hardy green ;
plants, where they often continue to flower a
great part of winter, and make a pretty variety ;
sorts afford variety among other potted
more hardy green-house plants.

STAVE'S ACRE. See Delphinium.

STOCKS, >uch young trees a- an n
from seed, suckers, layers, and cuttings, and
designed for the reception of grafts and buds of
other trees, to continue them the same and he-
come trees in every respect like the parent trees
from which they were taken.

Stocks fur general use are proper when front
the size of a good large goose-quil to half an
inch, or not more than an inch thick, in the
part where the graft, 8cc, is to be inserted ; but
they are sometimes used when two or three
inches in diameter: these are made use of in
most kinds of fruit-trees, and occasionally for
some varieties of forest and ornamental trees,
and many of the shrub kind : they should in
general be species or varieties of the same genus
as the trees with which they are to be encrafted.

They are usually divided into three kinds ; as
Crab Stocks, Free Stocks, and Dwarf Stm
each comprehending various sorts, both of the
same and different genera, species, and \a-
rieties.

Crab Stocks. — These are all such as are raised
from seeds, &c, of any natural or ungrafted
trees, particularly of the fruit-tree kind ; such
as the crab-apple of the woods and hedges, any-
kind of wild thorny uncultivated pears, plums,
wild black and red cherry, &c, and also of
such trees as have been grafted or budded : some-
sorts, being strong shooters and hardy, are ] re-
ferred, on which to graft particular spec:.
improve the size and duration of the trees; for
example, apples are very commonly worked
upon the common wild crab stock, and cherries
on the great wild black and red cherry Stock, as
tending to promote a large, hardy, and durable-
growth, proper for common standards and the
larger kinds of dwarf trees. In using crab stocks
to graft any sorts of fruit-trees, it is proper to
reject such of them i< a very wild * rab-

like growth, or of a siuiiiy, thorny nature, pn -
ferriug those that are the freest clean growers :
sometimes, however, the appellation of crab
stocks is given lo all stocks indiscriminately,

1

STO

S T O

"before being grafted ; whether raised from the
seed, &c, of wild or cultivated trees, until
worked with grafts or buds ; but with the di-
-stinttion of wild crabs, and free crabs.

Free Storks. — This is commonly applied to
such as are raised from the kernels of the fruit,
layers, &c. of any of the cu'tivated garden and
orchard fruit-trees and others, which often prove
more free clean shooters than the wild crabs,
and are more proper than they for choice apples,
pears, peaches, nectarines, apricots, and plums,
to improve the growth of the trees and quality
of the fruit.

Dwarf Stocks. — These are such as are raised
•from low growing trees, of a shrub-like nature,
or but very moderate tree-growth, being used
•for the lower and middling sorts of standards,
and to form. dwarfs, either for wails or espaliers,
•or as dwarf standards in small gardens, and
others occasionally for variety, as well as for
planting in forcing-frames, or to pot for forc-
ing, or curiosity, See, as the paradise apple and
codlin stock, for dwarfing apples; the quince
stock, for pears ; the bird cherry, morello, and
small May cherry stock, for cherries; the bullace
•and muscle stock for dwarfing apricots, peaches,
and nectarines, and sometimes dwarf-almond
stocks for the two latter, when designed to have
'these trees of a very dwarfish growth, either to
-pot for curiosity, or for forcing in small forcing-
frames.

The most dwarfish kinds are : the paradise
stock, bird-cherry, black bullace, and dwarf
almond ; but they are not so proper in general
culture as common dwarf trees, as they never
attain a large growth, sufficient to produce any
considerable quantity of fruit : the codlin dwarf
stocks, quince stock, morello cherry, and mus-
cle-plum stocks, are proper for the middling
or larger kinds of dwarf trees, either for walls
or espaliers, or dwarf and half standards : they
are all raised from suckers, lavers, or cuttings.

Sorts of Stocks adapted to each Kind. — For
apples, in a'l the kinds, thev are those of their
own sort, raised from the kernels of any of the
cultivated apples or crab for common standards,
and the larger kinds of dwarfs ; but the wild
crab stock is often esteemed preferable to the
free stock, for its hardy and durable nature, on
which to graft common standards, and some-
times dwarfs for espaliers; and for lower dwarfs,
the codlin, Siberian crab, and paradise stock
arc sometimes used ; the former for middling
dwarfs, and the latter for the smallest dwarfs :
they are all easily raised, the free stock and
crabs from the kernels of the fruit ; and the cod-
lin and paradise stock, likewise from suckers,
layers, and cuttings. Sec 1'yrus Malus.

For the pear, it is chiefly grafted and budded
on pear stocks for general use, but on quince
for dwarfs ; the former chiefly raised from the
kernels of any sort of pears; and the latter freelv
by suckers, layers, and cuttings ; but the pear
stock is always to be preferred for the general
supply of larger trees, for all common standards,
and the larger dwarf pear trees for extensive
walls and espaliers : the quince stock is estima-
ble principally for its dwarfing property, or in
being productive of moderate shooting trees for
walls, espa^ers, or midd ing standards, sooner
arriving to a bearing growth. In order to form
dwarf pears, white-thorn stocks, raised from
seed, were formerly sometimes in repute, but
they are very improper, as the trees rarely pro-
sper well ; as the goodness of the pear is often
improved or diminished by the nature of the
stock on which it is grafted, it is of importance
to use free stocks, raised from the kernels of the
best summer and autumn pears as much as pos-
sible ; and the prime pears should be worked
always on the finest free-shooting stocks of the
most cultivated-like growths : sometimes, to im-
prove the quality of particular choice kinds of
pears, it is the practice to double work them,
which is to graft the best sorts into free stocks
in the spring, which shoot the same year ;
then about midsummer, or soon after, to bud
the young shoots of the graft with buds of the
prime sorts of pear, suffering only the shoots
from the second budding to run up to form the
tree : the breaking kind of pears are often ren-
dered less hard and stony in this way, and the
melting property of others is considerably im-
proved. See I'vrus communis.

For quinces, two sorts of stocks are occa-
sionally used, as that of its own kind, and the
pear stock ; the quince stocks are raised from
seed, suckers, and cuttings, &c, and the pear
kinds from the kernels of any sort of pears; but
as all the varieties of quinces are so expedi-
tiously raised with certainty the same by lavers
and cuttings, it renders the raising of stocks for
grafting or budding them on almost unneces-
sary. See Pyrus Cydonia.

For plums, the operation is performed only
upon stocks of their own kind, raised from the
stones of any sort of cultivated plum, or by suck-
ers and layers, as the most certain methods to
obtain any particular variety of free plum stock,
as the muscle-plum stock, which many prefer
as the best stock of all on which to work the
finer kinds of plums, as generally producing
very thriving moderate-growing, fruitful trees ;
raising it, not from seed, which would vary ex-
ceeding y, but by suckers from the root of real
muscle-plum trees, or of those worked upon

S T O

STO

the true muscle stock, or from layer stocks of
the muscle-plum tree : the plum will aNo grow
upon the apricot and cherry stock, but not in a
thriving state for any lentrth of time. See
Pkuncs domes tica.

lor cherries, the proper stocks are those of
the i hcrrv kind only; as the great wild cherry
stock for large trees, the cultivated garden cher-"
ries for the more moderate growths, and the
bird-cherry stock for small dwarfs : the two
former are raised from the 'tones of the fruit,
and the latter also by teed, or by layers and
cuttings: for general use, the wild black and
red cherry stocks, being strong free growers,
are preferable for all common large standard
cherries, also the larger dwarf-tree for exten-
sive walls and espaliers ; as these stocks, being of
strong hardy growth, generally priJuce lareer,
more hardy and durable trees than the culti-
vated cherry stocks : sometimes stocks of the
rnorello and May cherry, as being moderate
growers, are used to raise the smaller cherry-
trees, either in dwarfs for low walls and espa-
liers, or for small or moderate standards ; but
the former when raised from layers is more
certain of producing the real sort in its naturally
moderate growth: the common bird-cherrv, as
being a very moderate grower, is used to raise
dwarf cherry-trees, either to plant in borders,
pots, forcing-frames, or to pot for forcing, &c. :
they are raised plentifully from seed, cuttinsjs
and layers; and have the effect of dwarrlntr trees
exceedingly, so as to bear fruit when but one or
two feet high ; and shooting very little to wood,
generally bear abundantly for their size : and
cherries will also grow upon pham, apricot, and
laurel stocks, as being of the same genus. See
Prunus Ctrasus.

For apricots, these prove the most durable on
slocks of the plum kind, as common plum
stocks of any variety for all common wall, espa-
lier, and standard trees ; and the bullace stock
for small dwarfs ; the plum stocks are raised
from the stones of any kind of cultivated plum,
or by suckers from the root ; and the bullace
from seed, suckers, and layers: though thev
succeed almost equallv well upon stocks of any-
kind of plum, it is probable thev may prove the
most successful on the muscle-plum Mock, like
peaches, &c, as being of a more moderate re-

fular growth, and more prolific nature : the
ullace stock is only used occasionally to raise
moderate small dwarfs for low walls, or to plant
in pots, or in forcing frames for forcing: the
apricot will likewise grow on its own, and on
peach and almond stocks raised from the stones,
but never in so prosperous or durable a manner.
Sec PauNL-s Armeniaca.

For peaches, several sorts of stocks are oeca-

sionallyused; asalmond, peach, nectarine, apri-
cot, and plum stocks: they arc all raised from
the stones of the fruit, and the latter also by
suckers and layers; hut the plum stock, being
the most hardy, is the mosl proper for general
use : hut the tree plum stock IS preferab'e for all
the sorts of peaches and nectarines, as being
productive of the most hardy, thriving, and du-
rable trees; though it is remarkable, one sort
of plum stock in particular is generally prefera-
ble on which to work peaches, which is that of
the muscle-plum, as producing the most pro-
sperous trees, and of a more moderate, regular,
and fruitful growth, the fruit being of asuperior
quality, when the stocks are genuine ; being
raised from suckers or layers of the true muscle-
plum-tree, or bv suckers from the roots of such
peach, nectarine, plum, fee., as are worked on
muscle-plum stocks, which srenerallv sen I tip
plenty from the roots annually ; planting them
oft at one year's growth into the nursery to train
them for use : doub'e stocks, or double working;
is sometimes used for the more delicate peaches,
to improve their bearing, and the flavour of the
fruit.

For nectarines, the same stocks as in the
peach are used ; as almond, peach, nectarine,
apricot, and plum ; all raised as for the peach
tree: the plum stock should be preferred in
general as for peaches.

For almond-trees, when raised for their fruit,
the approved varieties may be budded into stocks
or any sort of almond, peach, nectarine,
cot, or plum, raised from the stones, and the
latter also from suckers, &c, but the trees are
generally the most hardy and durable on plum
stocks. See Amvgdahs.

For medlars, three or four different stocks are
occasionally used, to raise the approved va-
rieties: as the medlar, white-thorn, pear, and
quince stocks, the three former raised from
seed, and the latter from suckers, layers, and
cuttings; the medlar seedling-raised stocks are
very proper to graft the approved varieties ; and
the white thorn and quince stocks are onlv used
occasionally; but free stocks, raised from the
kernels, of medlars or summer or autumn pears,
are preferable to the two last for all the varie-
ties of common medlar, which, either on their
own or pear stocks, generally assume a more
tree growth, and produce the fruit in greater
perfection and abundance. See MesPILI .

For sweet service-trees; when designed a- fruit-
trees, the a (proved varieties should he grafted
or budded upon proper Mocks; citlur princi-
pally their own raised from the seed, or
•tonally on pear or quince Mocks, raisti1

S T O

S T O

the medlar and other trees ; though any of the
sorbus, or the pear, are preferable to the quince
to work this tree on to have it large and durable :
but quince stocks may be used to have trees of
smaller growth, for low standards, espaliers, &c.
For the wild maple-leaved service berry-trees,
the proper stocks are either their own kind, or
those of the hawthorn, raised from the seed ;
they also take upon pear stocks, &c.

For hazel nuts, filbert, Sec, the stocks of the
common nut-tree, raised either from the nuts,
or by suckers from the root, may be used ; but
this method is seldom employed. See Cokylus
avellana.

For orange trees, these are worked upon
stocks of their own kind only, as any kind of
orange, lemon, or citron stocks, raised from
the kernels of the fruit ; though the Seville
orange, as being a very free strong shooter, is
generally preferred for orange stocks ; but the
lemon and citron being also free growers form
very proper stocks to raise any variety of oranges
on. See Citrus Aurantium.

For lemon and citron trees, these varieties are
also budded or inarched upon lemon, citron, or
orange stocks, raised from the kernels of the
fruit, as for oranges. See Citrus medica.

It is evident, that in this method, forcuriosity,
the same stock may be made to support two,
three, or more different varieties of fruit, graft-
ed or budded, either all into the stock, being
previously trained with branches, forking off
for the purpose one for each graft, or by cleft,
or crown-grafting single large stocks, with two
or more different sorts; or in smaller single
stocks, bv inserting two or more different buds
by inoculation ; likewise, the stock being singly
grafted or budded, different sorts may be in-
serted into the shoots arising from the graft or
buds; and thus two, three, or more sorts of
apples may be had on the same root ; and by
the same method, different sorts of fruit may be
had upon the same stock, as plums, cherries,
and apricots all on a plum stock ; or peaches,
nectarines, and apricots on the same, or on
stocks of their own kind ; and pears, medlars,
and quinces upon the pear stock ; also red
and white currants, or currants and gooseberries,
on a currant or gooseberry stock ; or white and
red grapes on a vine stock ; likewise red and
white roses, or other different sorts, upon a
common rose stock ; as well as on numerous
other trees and shrubs, which are species or va-
rieties of the same genus.

Raising the Stocks. — All the different sorts
may be raised by seeds, suckers, layers, and
cuttings.

In the first mode, various sorts of stocks may

be raised from the stones and fruits of different
sorts of trees : as the kernels of all the apple
kinds, pears and quinces; and the stones of
plums, cherries, apricots, peaches, and nec-
tarines; the seeds or stones of medlars, services,
&c. ; also nuts, when designed for stocks ; all
of which should be obtained in autumn from
their respective fruits when fully ripened ; and
when well cleared from the pulpy substance,
each sort may be sown separately, in beds of
common light earth in the nursery, either di-
rectly, or after being preserved in sand till Fe-
bruary, but the e.irlv autumn is the best season ;
and if the winter should prove severe, the beds
of the more tender kinds, as almonds, and
peaches, &c, may be covered with drv litter to
defend the seed from the frost. See Nursery.
Before the appearance of the plants above
ground, where the surface of the bed is hard
bound or caked, it is beneficial to stir the sur-
face lightly with a small iron rake; also, if very
dry weather prevails, to give frequent moderate
waterings, both before and after the plants are
up, repeating the waterings occasionally in dry
weather all spring and early part of summer,
to encourage a free strong growth ; being like-
wise careful to keep the beds very clean from
weeds by diligent hand-weedings ; and by thus
giving every encouragement, the seedling stocks
will grow so freely during the summer, as by
autumn or spring following to be mostly of a
proper size to plant out into nursery lines in the
open quarters, in rows two feet asunder, to re-
main for grafting and budding ; though, if they
have made but middling progress the first sum-
mer in the seed-bed, and are rather small and
weakly, the strongest only should be planted
out, leaving the rest growing until next autumn,
when they will be all of full size for planting
out wholly into the open prepared nursery quar-
ters, forking the seedling plants up out of the
beds, shortening anv perpendicular tap-root and
long stragglers, but leaving all their tops entire,
and then planting them m lines, either by
t reneh-plan ting, slit -plan ting, or dibble- planting,
as the sizes of the plants admit, in rows two feet
or two feet and a half asunder, setting the plants
one foot or fifteen inches apart in each row, in
an upright position ; and after having planted
one row, treading the earth gently all along
close to the roots of the plants, to fix them firm-
ly in the earth all evenly in a straight range, pro-
ceeding in the same manner, row and row, till
the whole is planted, levelling the surface of the
ground between all the rows with the spade or
rake: their future culture, till grafted or budded,
consists in occasional waterings in the first spring,
hoeing over the ground every summer, digging

S T O

S T O

between therows annually in the winter or spring;
and training the stocks each to one stem; pre-
serving their top always entire ; but trimming off
the strong laterals below, to encourage tht Btrength
nf the main stem, when they will be fit for graft -
or budding, in from one to two or three

. See I'l. WTING.

They are proper for working when from
about the size of a large goose-quill, as already
observed, to the thickness of a man's little fin-
ger, or a little more ; but the sooner they are
worked after they are of a due size, the better
thev succeed, and the sooner they form trees.
Sec Grafting and Budding.

In some eases, however, where the stocks
hive shot freely the lirst summer after planting
out from the seed-bed, many of them may pro-
bably be of a due size to graft the following spring
and summer, at live or six inches height, to
form dwarfs for walls and espaliers, 5cc., or
even, in some sorts, for full or half standards,
provided the first main shoot from the graft or
bud is trained up singly, two or three years, to
form the stem, of trom four or five to six or
seven feet stature: however, if thev have grown
but moderately the first and second seasons, and
arc not generally in a condition for the opera-
tion of grafting or budding, it is belter to let
them have another year's growth.

In the second mode, the suckers of all the
trees which afford them should be planted off at
one year's growth in autumn, winter, or spring,
which is a very expeditious method of raising
several sorts of stocks ; so that, alter being trans-
planted into the nursery, thev often in one or
two years' growth afford proper stocks for the
reception of grafts and buds ; and many of them
are often iit For budding in the summer follow-
ing, at the proper budding season, or for graft-
ing i he spring

The suckers are generally fit to take up for
the purpose of stocks, when of one year's
growth, about the size of a tobacco-pipe, or
but little bigger, and should be collected in au-
tumnor the early part of winter ; taking them up
as well rooted as possible, cutting off all knots
or knobbed woody parts of the old roots that
may adhere to their bottom, trimming the strag-
gling fibres, and cutting off all side-shoots from
tlu Mem; then planting them in rows two feet
asunder, and one foot distant in the lines :
treading the mould gently to their roots, and
finishing the work by levelling the surface be-
tween the rows: the culture afterwards, till graft-
ed or budded, is nearly the same as that ol the
seedling slocks, keeping them clean from weeds in
summer by hoeing ; and probably some ol the
strongest shooters niav be fit to bud in the July

Vol. II.

or August following; though fhe general part
will require two years' growth before they are
proper for working; still continuing them all lo
one stun, by timely displacing strong laterals,
and preserving their top or leading shoot gene-
rally entire until grafted, ccc.

The third method is practised for some sorts
of .-locks of fruit and other trees, and when any
particular variety of stock is required, such as
the paradise slock for apples, muscle-plum lor
peaches, Sec, that they may be obtained of the
real sort with certainty : but as tins met!
raising stocks would be attend'-. i with great
trouble for general grafting and budding, it is
only practised occasionally. In providing them
in autumn or winter, some of ih
of such trees as have the branches naturally
growing near the ground, or in which the stems
nave been cut down low while young, to force
out branches mar the bottom, to furnish shoots
properly situated for laying, should he slit-laved
in the common method, when they will mostly be
rooted by the autumn following, and be lit to take
off and plant into the nursery, being managed
as directed for the seedling an 1 sucker stock-.

In the last method, cuttings of the last year's
shoots should be chosen in autumn, planting
them in the nursery, in a somewhat shady bor-
der, giving occasional waterings the following
spring and beginning of summer in dry weather,
when thev will be mostly well rooted by next
autumn, and may he then planted out in nur-
sery-rows two feet asunder, managing them as
the others : thev should he kept with upright
stems, except any should assume a stunted or
crooked growth, in which case they should be
headed down to the ground in spring, when they
will push out strong from the bottom the en-
suing summer, training them to . and
with their 1 top-shoot entire as above ; a id
according as all lh( sort- advance in growth, they
should be divested of strong lateral shoo-
low, repeating it particularly in the lallcrstail

mrage their upright direction more
expeditiously to the proper grafting and budding
heights.

The proper methods of grafting and budding
are shown under the culture of the di
kinds.

fNE-CROP. See Sbdom.

STONE -CROP TREE >n m.

STOOLS, - ch hcaded-down yot
and shrubs in the nursery propria el

for the production of an annual supply ol •
shoots or branches near the ground, proper'.
situated for la erin £ Layi \g.

Trees and shrubs for th s purp
rally headed down lo the bottom in (he uu
3 L

STO

S T O

8jc.j in order to force out more effectually a
plentiful supply of branches near the ground, to
afford layers conveniently situated for laying
down in the earth, which being layed in autumn,
winter, or spring, they strike root in a year or
two; each layer commencing a distinct plant,
and is planted off into the nursery in autumn
following; the stools, remaining, send out a
further supply oflowcr shoots the following sum-
mer, for laying as before ; and thus the same
stools continue affording supplies tit for laying
annually, or every other year : for this purpose,
some of the strong young trees and shrubsshould
be chosen, which should be planted in the nur-
sery, Sec, at from five or six, to eight or ten feet
distance, according to their size or nature of
growth; and after having remained a year or two
till firmly rooted, and they have acquired some
substance, all those of the tree kind, or such
others as run up with stems, without affording
lower branches near the ground for laying,
should, in the autumn, winter, or early in the
spring, be headed down within a few inches of
the ground; by which, in the summer following,
they push out from the bottom plenty of strong
young shoots near the ground for laying, which
may heputdown in the succeeding autumn, win-
ter, or spring; or, if any remain, till the second
autumn, the first shoots sending out many late-
ral or side shoots the ensuing summer, which
may furnish an additional supply, of a proper
growth for laying; these small laterals being
often better adapted for rooting than the first
vigorous shoots that rise immediately from the
stool, and each of which laved will form a new
plant. See Laying.

Every year, soon after the layers are separated
from the stools, the latter should be dressed, by
cutting off all the parts of old branches and
scraggy stumps from the head, within an inch
or two of the main stool ; and then digging and
levelling the ground neatly about and between
the whole, and in the spring and summer giv-
ing occasional hoeings in dry weather to destroy
weeds : sometimes stools for layers are formed
occasionally of trees, Sec, that are considerably
grown up, not having been headed down to
form low stools, but the branches of which are
of considerable height from the ground ; in
which case, the branches, if flexible and long
enough, are bowed down to the earth ; or, if
inflexible aud too stubborn to bend, are plashed,
by making a gash or cut on the upper side ; or
if too large for plashing, or the nature of the
wood does not bear that operation, the tree or
shrub is sometimes thrown on its side by open-
ing the earth about the roots, loosening or cut-
ting those on-one side to admit of lowering the
8

head sufficiently for laying the branches in the
ground ; and sometimes, when stools are formed
from grown-up trees, whose branches aretoo hi^h
for layjng in the full ground, a temporary sta»e
or scaffold is erected,, on which the pots or tubs
of earth are placed for the reception of the layers.
See Laying.

STOVE, a sort of garden-building or erec-
tion constructed with brick-work behind and
on the north, as well as partly in front, and
roofed wholly with glass sashes to the south, being
furnished internally with a pit, or long, wide,
deep cavity, for a hark hot-bed or beds, and
with flues round the inside of the walls for lire-
heat; the whole calculated to produce a certain
temperature at all seasons, adapted to the cul-
ture of the tenderest exotic plants, as well as
for forcing variouskinds, both hardy and tender,
into flower and fruit, Sec, at an early season ;
and which was so named before the use of bark-
beds, from being worked only by means of lire-
heat. See Hot-House.

Besides their nsc in the growth and preserva-
tion of various tender exotic plants as just no-
ticed, by their means the gardener is also en-
abled to forward many hardy plants to early
perfection ; such as various sorts of curious
flowers, fruits, salad-herbs, kidney beans, straw-
berries, Sec, probably one, two, or three months
sooner than they could possibly be obtained in the
open ground ; and likewise many sorts of seeds,
cuttinsrs, and layers of exotics are made to grow
freely in the bark-bed of the stove, that without
such aid would not grow at all in this country ;
also cuttings, Sec, of many curious hardy plants
that root reluctantly in the full ground, are fa-
cilitated considerably in their rooting by the
bark-bed of this department.

Different sorts of stoves are used occasionally
for different purposes; as the Bark Stove, for
common use, which has both a bark-bed aud
flues: the Dry Stove, for particular succulent
plants, Sec, which is furnished only with flues
for fire-heat, having no bark-bed : the Forcing
Stove, which is employed purposely for forcing
hardy fruits, flowers, Sec, into early perfection ;
beine constructed both with bark-bed and flues,
or only with flues.

By the uniform moderate moist growing heat
in the first sort of stove, many kinds of such
plants as have been mentioned are brought for-
ward and preserved, and in which, some require
the bark-bed, others succeed in any part of the
house; and still others, as the succulents, require
the driest situation near the flues : many of the
more tender, herbaceous, and shrubby plants
succeed best when plunged in the bark-bed,
though the greater part of the herbaceous and

S T O

S T O

troojy sorts succeed well enough in any part:
the bark-bed is principally allotted lor the pine-
apples ; and most of the smaller succulents, p r-
ticularlv, may be stationed n bslly over the top
ol the flues upon shelves out of the way or' mois-
ture, as being naturally very replete with' hu-
midity: and the hardv plants designed for for-
cing, such as straw berries, kidney beans, and
various sorts of flowers, Sec, that are botled,
may be placed upon shelves, or on (he pa-
rapet wall of tire bark-bed; hut the nearer the
glasses the better, particularly the strawberries :
out good early kidney beans may be raised in
almost any part of the stove. When any sort of
flowers are to be forwarded, such as roses, pinks,
Sec, or any bulbous flowers, as early as possible,
they may be plunged in the bark-bed, and some
be placed upon shelves, Sec, to succeed them.
See Hot-House.

The second sort of stove, from its affording a
dry heat, is intended principally tor the cul-
ture of very succulent tender exotics of parched
soils, that require to be kept always dry. Where
there are large collections of this sort of plants,
it is very useful to deposit the most succulent of
them in separate stoves, for fearof the others which
perspire more freely occasioning a damp air in
winter, which may be imbibed by the succu-
lents, and injure them, as being impatient of
much moisture, particularly in that season : in
this kind of stove moveable stands or shelves are
erected above one another, on which to place
the pots of plants ; such as the tenderer sorts of
aioes, cereuses, euphorbiums, melon-thistle,
and other very lender succulent plants, Sec;
but most of them may be cultivated in a com-
mon stove.

The third sort of stove is sometimes used
principally for flowers, as is common about
London, to force large quantities of early roses,
pinks, and numerous other flowers for market,
where they fetch a very great pice at an early
season : others are intended principally for fruit-
trees, and some serve both for forcing Sowers
and fruits, and several sorts of small plants, as
strawberries, kidney beans, Sec ; so that they
consist of two kinds, which are a bark forcing
stove, furnished with a bark-bed and flues ; and
a fire forcing stove having only flues for tire
without any bark-bed : the former of which is
constructed like a common bark stove, being
furnished with a pit for a bark-bed to receive the
pots of particular sorts of plant- intended for
forcing, in order to forward them as early as
possible ; and with flues for fire-heat occasional-
ly ; and sometimes it is formed capacious enough
in width to admit of a border of earth behind
the bark-bed, next the back wall, serving for

fruit-trees, to be planted in the full ground;
such as cherries, peaches, apricots, \c, t,.r
early forcing : the bark-bid is for receiving \.i-
rious sorts of plants in pots in winter, for for?
eingto maturity oF growth or production in that
i-eaMiu or early in spring; as pots of r. . -
pinks, dwarf tulips hyacinths, narcisstu
honeysuckles, Hypericums, and many other
flower plantsof small or moderate growth, both of
the shrubby and herbaceous kinds j also anv cu-
rious tender annual flowers, such as balsahiines.
Sec, may be forwarded in it; likewise pots qf
strawberries, dwarf cherries, and other small
fruits plunged either in the bark-bed, or placed
any where towards the glasses ; also pots or boxes
of kidney-beans, saladmg, Sec

The season to begin forcing in these stoves
is principally from about the 'latter end of De-
cember to the end of January, according as the
flowers, fruits, Sec, may be wanted; the plants
and trees intended for forcing in pots should
have been potted either a year before, or in the
preceding spring or autumn, and in winter
sheltered from severe frost till the forcinc time :
it is necessary for the shrub and tree kinds in
particular, as if planted or potted the precediii"-
year or before, and they are well rooted and
firmly established in the earth, it is of essential
advantage ; being all previously raised in the
open ground, till advanced to a proper growth
for flowering and fruiting; and the fruit-trees at
the same time, trained in the requisite order :
those intended for planting in the internal bor-
der of earth behind should be planted fully
therein early in autumn, without being potted ;
some of which, such as peaches, nectarines,
apricots, Sec, being trained as wall-trees, others
as low standards, particularly cherries; and
vines, planted also against the front without-
side, have the stems trained in through small
holes, and conducted up under the sloping-
glasses ; but such plants as are to be raised
from seed should not generally be sown till the
time the pots are placed in the stove for forcing.
When the plants, seeds, Sec, have been pro-
perly arranged in thoe stoves, thev are soon
set in motion by the bark -bed heat, and afterward*
by making moderate (ires on cold nights, and on
days occasionally, in very severe weather, to
support a constant proper warmth to continue
the plants always in moderate growth ; bv
which means, various flowers and fruits may
be obtained two or three months before their
natural season in the open' air.

The latter kind, or such sto\cs as are worked
by lire-heat only, are mostly used for forcing
fruit-trees, having the whole or most part of the
bottom space within formed of good rich earth,

a La

S T O

S T O

full two feet deep, in order to plant the fruit-
trees entirely in the ground to remain ; an alley
or walk being either formed next the back wall,
or earried along the middle, allotting a raised
border along the baek part, for the reception of
the choicer fruits to he trained as wall-treesj and
the main middle space for small standards of
moderate growth : in these the best sorts of
apricots, peaches, nectarines, cherries, plums,
vines, and ligs ; likewise any small fruit plants,
as gooseberries, currants, raspberries : also tufts
of strawberries, which should ail be first trained
in the open ground to a bearing state; may be in-
troduced : i he peaches, nectarines, apricots, and
figs, should beplanted principally toward thebaek
wail, and trained to a treillis as wall trees: theche'r-
ries as standards, both small-headed, moderate,
full standards, half standards, and dwarfs, disposed
in the middle space, the tallest behind, and the
lowest forward ; with pots of strawberries and
low flowers, upon shelves near the glasses; and
the vines either within towards the front, or
wholly without, close against the front wall,
and the stems, or a .strong shoot of each plant
drawn in through a small hole made for each,
cither in the wall, or in the timber of the front
erections; and the branches within trained up
to the inside of the sloping glass upon treillis
work : in the vines planted on the outside, it is
necessary to guard the stems in winter, espe-
cially some time previous to, and during, the
forcing season, with hay-bands wrapped closely
round them, also to lay some dry mulch over
the roots, to protect the whole as well as possi-
ble, that the progress of the sap may not be
much retarded by the external cold, and to pro-
mote its flowing more freely for the advantage
of the internal growth of the vines, &c.

The season to begin forcing or making the fires
in these stoves is January, or early in February,
continuing it moderately every night and morn-
ing, during the cold weather in winter and spring,
toCforward the different fruits to as early per-
fection as possible. See Hot- House.

STORAX, See Sty rax.

STOVE PLANTS, such tender exotics from
the hot parts of the world as require the aid of
the stove to preserve them in this climate.

The following are the principal sorts cultivated
in th s country in these departments :

TREE KINDS.

Alrorna, Ma pie -leaved Abroma.
4chras Sapota, Mammee-tree— Common Sa-
pota — Mammee Sapota.

lansonia, -/Ethiopian Sour Gourd.
'denariLhera, Bastard Flower Fence— Pavo-
njna — Falcotaria.

Anacqrd'mm, Acajow-, or Cashew-Nut.

Jnnona, Custard Apple — Nettled Custard!
Apple — Prickly Custard Apple — Sealv Custard
Apple, or Sweet Sop — Marsh Annona, or Water
Apple — Broad -leaved Annona.

Bombax, Silk Cotton-Tree — Thorny Bombax,
or Cuba — Pentandrous Smooth Bombax — Hep-
taphyllous Smooth Bombax.

Carica, Papaw or Pepo Tree — Common In-
dian Papaw Tree — Posoposa, or Branching Su-
rinam Papaw Tree.

Cassia, Wild Sena — Purging-Tree Cassia —
Bi Morons Shrub Cassia.

Cedrtla, Bastard Cedar.

Chamoerops, Dwarf Palm, or Palmetto.
(Frondose.)

Chiococca, Snowberry-Tree.

Chn/^oialaniis, Cocoa Palm.

Cinchona, Jesuit's Bark -Tree.

Clusia, Balsam -Tree.

Cocos, Cocoa-nut Tree. (Frondose.)

Cratcevctr, Garlic Pear.

Crescentia, Calabash Tree.

Croton, Tallow Tree.

Draccena, Dragon Tree.

Fagara, two species.

Ficus, Fig Tree — Sacred Fig, or Indian God
Tree — Svcaniore Fig Tree — Bengal Fig Tree —
Indian Long- leaved Fig Tree — Dwarf Indian Fig
Tree.

Guaiacum, Lignum Vitse; three species.

Gvettarda, one species.

Giulandina, several species.

Hcemaloxylum, Blood-wood, or Log-wood.

Htlicteres, Screw Tree.

Hernandia, Jack-in-a Box Tree— Sonorous
Hernandia — Oriental Hernandia.

Hymencea, American Locust Tree.

Laurus, Bay Cinnamon Tree — Alligator Pear.

Mammea, Mammee Tree — American Mam-
mee Tree — Asiatic Mammee Tree.

Mavgifero, Mango Tree.

Mclastoma, American Gooseberry.

Mdia, Bead Tree — Evergreen Bead Tree of
Ceylon — Azadirachta, or Indian Bead Tree.

Musa, Plantain Tree; all the three species.

Myrtus, Myrtle Tree — Pimento, or All-spicc
Tree — Dioecious Myrtle— Brasilian Myrtle, &c.

Parkinsoriia, Park in son ia.

Physalis, Winter Cherry.

Robinia, False Acacia — Violet American Ro-
binia— Smooth Indian Robinia.

Sapindus, Soap-berry Tree.

Swietenia, Mahogany Tree.

Tamarindus, Tamarind Tree.

Theobroma, Chocolate nut Tree — Cocoa, or
Chocolate-nut Tree — Gauzuma, or Bastard
Cedar of Jamaica.

Tinus, several species.

S T O

S T O

Toluifera, Balsam of Tolu Tree.
Ximenia, American Prickly Ximenia — Un-
armed Jamaica Ximenia.

Zamia, Dwarf American Palm. (Prondose)

SHRUBBY KINDS.

Ajbrus, Jamaica Wild Liquorice.

Aiirji';*, Sweet Wood.

Apocynum, Dog's Bane — Shrubby Upright
Ceylon Apocynum, with varieties — Climbing
Dow's Dane, with varieties.

Banimteria, several species.

Bauhinia, Mountain Ebony — Prickly Bauhi-
nia— Tomentose Bauhinia.

Begonia, Shining-leaved.

Bellonia, Rough-leaved.

liixa, Dyeing Metella, Sec.

Bocconia, Tree Celandine.

Bontia, Barbadoes Wild Olive.

Brunia, several species, cither for the 6tove
or greenhouse.

Bntnsfelsia, Brunsfelsia.

Buddleia, American Buddleia — Occidental
Buddleia.

Camellia, Japan Rose.

Cappari<, Caper Bush.

Capsicum, Guinea Pepper — Shrubby Capsi-
cum, with many varieties.

Cateslea, Lily Thorn.

Ceanothus, New Jersey Tea — Asiatic Cea-
noihus.

Celastius, Staff Tree ; two or three species for
stove or green -house.

Ccstriun, Bastard Jasmine, or Jasminoiele.

Citharexylcn, Fiddle Wood.

Cliffortia, three species, for stove or green-
house.

Clitoria, three species.

Cluytia, Elutaria, or Indian Cluytia.

Coccoloia, Sea-side Grape.

Coffea, Coffee Tree.

Crotalaria, Laburnum leaved.

Dracontium, Dragons.

Ekrttia, two or three species.

Elccocarpus, one species.

Eriocepludu*, three species, for the stove or
grcen-hou-e.

Erytlirina, Coral Tree — Corallodcndron, or
Smooth Coral Tree — Spinous Coral Tree.

sypium, Cotton-plant; consists of herba-
ceous and shrubby species. See Gossypium.

Grettia, Oriental Grew ia.

Helintropium, Turnsole.

Hibiscus, Syrian Mallow— Mutable-flowered
Hibiscus, or China Rose — Rosa Sinensis, or
Rose of China — Viscous Mallow, or Scarlet
Hibiscus.

Indigofera, Indigo.

IxorOf Indian Wild Jasmine,

Lantana, American Viburnum — Trifoliate
Lantana — rnvolucrum-headed Lantana — Ca-
mara, or Leafless-headed Lantana — Prickly

Lantana.

Lawsonia, Lawsonia.

Lobelia, Cardinal-flower — Plumier'a Lobelia
— Surinam Lobelia — Pine-leaved Lobelia.

Loranthus, Loranthus.

Mesua, Indian R >se Chesnut.

Mimosa, Sensitive Plant. All the speci

WTO, Oleander — Double- flowered —
Striped-leaved.

Nyctanthes, Arabian Jasmine — Sambac, or
Common Arabian Jasmine — Undulate-leaved
Nyctanthes, or Malabar Jasmine — Arbor Tristis,
or Sorrowful Tree — Hairy Sorrowful Tree.

Ophiexylon, Climbing Ophioxylon.

Panax, Genseng.

Pentapetes, Shrubby .I'entapetes.

Phyllantliifi, Sea-side Laurel.

Phytolacca, American Nightshade.

/'/>< idia, two species.

Poinciana, Barbadoes Flower Fence, See. —
Fair Poinciana, or Double-spined Barbadoes
Flower Fence — Bijugated Single-spined l'oinci-.
ana — Spineless Poinciana.

Portulaca, Pur-lane.

Ptelea, Shrubby Trefoil, Viscous Indian Ptelea.

Randia, two species.

Ranu o/Jia, Raiiwolria-.

Rhamtms, Buckthorn — Spina Christi, or
Ethiopian Jujube — GSnoplia, or Cej Ion Jujube.

Rhus, Sumach — Cnbbe, or Ceylon Sumach.

Suleroxylon, Iron Wood — Incrmo - or
Smooth ..-Ethiopian Sidero.xylon — Spinous Ma-
labar Sideroxylon.

Solatium, Nightshade — Guinea Nightshade —
Fiery-thorned .Nightshade — Bahama Nightshade
— Trilobate Nightshade, Sec.

Sophora, Sophora.

SpotheUa, Spothelia.

Taberncemontana, Tabernsemontana.

Tournefortia, Shrubby Tournefortia — Volu-
bilate or Twining Tournefortia — land or
Stinking Tournefortia — Hairy Tournefortia —
Serrated Tournefortia — Cymose Tournefortia,

Vinca, Periwinkle — Rose Periwinkle of Ma-
dagascar.

Vitis, Vine — Indian Wild \'ine — Trifoliate
Indian Vine.

( M>l K-Mll.l BBT KINDS.

Acanthus, Bear's Breech — Shrubby Holly-
leaved Acanthus.

Vblkameria, Prickly Volkamcria — Unarmed

or Smooth Volkamcria.

Ill 1. B KINDS.

Achyranthes, Bloody or Red Indian Achy-,
ranthea — Woolly-cupped Indian Achyranthes.

STO

Alstropmeria, two or three species.

Amaryllis, Lily Daffodil — Jacobrean Lily —
Mexican Lily — Zilon Lily.

Amomum, Ginger — Common Ginger — Broad-
leaved Wild Ginger, &c.

Arum, Wake-Robin, See. — /Egyptian Arum,
or Colocasia.

Asclepias, Swallowwort — American Scarlet
Asclepias, &c.

Barleria, several species.

Busella, Malabar .Nightshade — Red Malabar
Nightshade — White Malabar Nightshade.

Bromelia, Ananas Pine Apple — Common
Ananas, or Pine Apple — Wild Pine Apple, or
Pinguin — Korates, or Acanlous Wild Pine Ap-

ple-
ha.

>ramidal Bromelia — Linguated Brotue-

Browalia, Spreading, Upright-

Calceolaria, Slipper-Wort.

Erytkrina, Herbaceous.

Ferraria, Waved-leaved.

Gloriosa, Superb Lily.

Hcemantlm s, Blood-Flower — Scarlet Hseman-
thus — Radish Hsemanthus — Carinated Heeman-
thus — Ciliated Hsemanthus.

Heliceniu, Bastard Plantain.

Hydrangea, Great-flowered.

Kcempferia, Galangale ; both the species.

Maranta, Indian Arrow Root — Arundinaceous
Maranta — Galanga, or Indian Arrow Root.

Martynia, Perennial Martynia.

Mesembryanthemum, (ficoides) Fig Marigold
— Diamond Ficoides, or Ice Plant.

Pandamis, Screw Pine.

Petiveria, Guinea-hen Weed.

Piper, Pepper ; several sorts.

Polyant/ies, Tuberose, or Indian Tuberous
Hyacinth.

Saccharum, Sugar Cane — Common Sugar
Cane — Spiked Sugar Cane.

Senccio, Senecio.

Sida, Indian Mallow.

Tulbagia, Tulbagia.

Verbena, Vervain.

Xylophylla, Love-Flower.

WOODY KINDS.

JEschynomene, Bastard Sensitive Plant — Tree
/Eschynomene — Grandiflorous^Eschynornene —
Sesban, or /Egyptian ^Eschynomcne.

Areca, Faufel Nut Palm.

Arundo, Reed — Bamboo Cane, or Indian Tree
Reed.

Caryophi/llus, Clove Tree.

Chrysophyllum, Goldv-leaf, or Star Apple.

Elceagnus, Wild Olive, or Oleaster— Thorny
Elaeagnus.

Hura, Sand Box Tree.

STO

Jalropha, Cassada, or Cassava Plant. Most
of the species are stove plants.

Justicia, Malabar Nut — Hyssop-leaved Justi-
cia, &c.

Malpighia, Barbadoes Cherry. All the species.

Pass/flora, Passion Flower — Sawed-leawd
Passion Flower — Laurus-leaved Passion Flower
— Vespertilious, or Bat's Wing Passion Flower
— Red Passion Flower — Maliformous, orAppie-
fruited Passion Flower — Silky Passion Flower —
Multiferous Passion Flower — Quadrangular Pas-
sion Flower — Suberous, or Cork-barked Passion
Flower.

Pisonia; two species'.

Plumbago, Lead-Wort — Ceylon Plumbago —
Rose Plumbago.

Plumeria, Red Jasmine — Red Plumeria —
White Plumeria — Obtuse Plumeria.

Rivinia, Dwarf Tetrandrous Rivinia — Climb-
ing Octandrous Rivinia.

Rondele.tia, Rondeletia.

Schinus, Indian Mastic Tree — Melle Tree of
Clusius, or Peruvian Mastic Tree — Areira; or
Brasilian Mastic Tree.

Triumfella, Lappula, or Berry-capsuled Tri-
umfella.

Urena, Angular-leaved Urena — Sinuated
Urena — Procumbent Urena.

Woltheria, American Waltheria — Indian Wal-
theria— Narrow-leaved Waltheria.

SUCCULENT KINDS.

Agave, American Aloe — Viviparous Ameri-
can Aloe — Stinking American Aloe.

Aletris, Guinea Aloe — Hyacinth-flowered
Aletris — Ceylon Aletris — Cape Aletris — Fra-
grant Aletris.

Aloe, African Aloe. Most of the species, ex-
cept the Aloe uvaria, may be considered both
as greenhouse and stove plants ; for, although
they may all be wintered tolerably well in a
greenhouse, yet, if placed in the stove, in winter
particularly, they more certainly flowerannually
in greater perfection.

Cactus, Melon Thistle, Torch Thistle, Sec-
Greater Hedge-hog Melon Thistle, with varie-
ties— Mammiilary or Smaller Melon Thistle —
Torch Thistle ; several upright sorts — Creeping
Cereus, or' Trailing Torch Thistle — Climbing-
Creeping Cereus — Ficus Indica, or Indian Fio- —
Greater Indian Fig — Cochineal Indian Fig — In-
dian Fig of Curassoa — Sword-leaved Opuntia —
Pereskia, or American Gooseberry.

Cotyledon, Navelwort — Cut or Jasrged leaved
Cotyledon.

Crassula, Lesser Orpine.

Euphorbia, BurningThorny Plant — Euphorbia
of the Antients — Canary Euphorbia — Oleander-

STR

S T U

lertved Euphorbia — Medusa's TTead Euphorbia —
Tithvmcloid Euphorbia, or Bastard Spurge.
. one species.
Stapetkt, Variegated Stapelia — Hairy Stapelia.

1:1 l.HOl S KINDS.

yinlhohjza, Ethiopian Corn Flag ; several
spc<

Cnmim. ' I Lily — American Asphodel

Lilv — Asiatic Asphodel Lily.

/ ttodorttm, Limodorum.

Manama, Broad-leaved — Narrow- leaved.

Pancratium, (Pancratium Lilv) Sea Daffodil —
Ceylon EJuiflorons Pancratium — Mexican Biflo-
rous Pancratium — Caribbaun Multiflorous Pan-
cratium— Ambovna Broad -leaved Pancratium.

Sonic of tb fse sorts of plan's are also inserted
in the green-house list ; as, where there is no
stove, they mav lx- preserved tolerably well id a
good green ho -

STRAWBERRY. Sec Fragarm.

STRAWBERRY BLITE. See Bt.itpm.

STRAWBERRY SPINACH. See Blitum.

STRAWBERRY TRICE. See Arbutus.

STRELITZ1A, a genus affording a plant of
the herbaceous exotic perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentavdria
yfonogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sc'/aminece.

The characters are: that the calyx is an uni-
versal spathe, terminating, one-leafed, chan-
nelled, acuminate, from spreading declining,
manv-flowered, involving the base of the flowers;
partial spathes lanceolate, shorter than the
flowers: perianth none: the corolla is irregular :
petals three, lanceolate, acute ; the lowest boat-
shaped ; the two upper bluntlv keeled : nectary
three-leaved : the two lower leaflets a little shorter
than 'he petals, from a broad base awl -shaped,
waved at the edge, forded together, including
the genitals, towards the tip behind augmented
with a thick appendix, in form of half an arrow
head ; the lowest leaflet short, ovate, compressed,
keeled: the stamina have five filaments, filiform,
placed on the receptacle: three in one leaflet of
the nectarv; two with the stvle inclosed in the
other leaflet : anthers linear, erect, commonly
longer than the filaments, included: the pistil-
lum is an inferior germ, oblong, obtusely three-
cornered : style filiform, length of the stamens :
stigmas three, awl-shaped, higher than the
petals, erect, at the beginning of flowering time
glued together: the pericarpium i- asubcoriaeeous
capsule, oblong, obtuse, indistinctly three-
cornered, three-celled, three-valved : the seeds
numerous, adhering in a double row to the cen-
tral receptacle.

The species is S. Regitue, Canna-leavcd
Strclitzia.

It has all ttM leaves radical, petioled, oft
quite entire, with the margin a: bottom
and curled, viry

coriaceous, a FoOl long, permanent ■■ the ■ .■.
somewhat compressed, three tea lulls ami
more, the thickness of the thumb, sheathing,,
erect, smooth: the scape the length and tl
ness of the peti'iKs. erect, round, covered With
alternate, remote, acuminate sheaths, green v\ith
a purple margin : the general spathe a span
long, green on the outside, purple at the edge ;
partial spathes Whitish ; the petals yellow, I ut
inches long: the nectary blue: according to
Curtis, the spathe contains about six ,;r eight
flowers, which becoming vertical as they spring
forth, form a kind of crest, which the glowing
ornngt of the corolla, and fine azure of the nec-
tary, render* truly superb. A native of the (

Cii'hn i .- -These plants are raised from St
brought t their native situation, and sown

in pots of • oil line mould, plunged in a hot-
bed to get them up; the plants when of some
growth should be removed into separate pots,
and be replunged in the tan-pit of the stove ;
afterwards, when the plants are large, they should
have plenty of mould, that the roots mav be ex-
tended into the rotten tan, and in that way ren-
der them more strong for blowing their flowers:
it may likewise sometimes be raised from the
roots, when they are suffered to strike in the
above manner; it is said to succeed best in the
drv stove and conservatory-

It is highlv ornamental among stove plants.

STUA'RTIA, a genus Furnishing a plant o£
the hardy deciduous flowering shrubbv kind.

It belongs to the class and order Mtmadeiphla
Polyandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Cbhmrtiferet.

The characters are : that the calvx is a one-
leafed perianth, half-live-eleft, spreading; seg-
ments ovate, concave, permanent : the corolla
has live petal-', obovatc, spreading, equal, large:
the stamina have numerous filaments, filiform,
united into a cylinder below, shorter than the
corolla, connecting the petals at the base: an-
thers roundish, incumbent: the pistillum i- a
roundish germ, hirsute: stvle simple, lihl'oim,
length of the stamens : stigma five-cleft : the
pericarpium is a juice' re, five-lobed,

five-celled, soluble into live close! puts : the
seeds solitary, ovate, compressed.

The species cultivated is S. "Maiacodendron,
tin- Malacodendron.

I i- a ibrrrb, rtsingwitlTstrbng ligneous stalks
to the height often or twelve feet, sending out
branches on every side covered with a brown
bark, and garnished with oval spear-shaped
leaves, about two inches and a half broad, jawed

STY

sue

on the edges, pretty much veined, and stand
alternately: the flowers are produced from the
wings pt" the stalk; they are white, with one of the
segments of a yellowish tinge: it flowers in the
Jat erend of Mav. Itgrows naturally in Virginia.

Culture. — This plant may be increased bv
seeds, layers, and occasionally by cuttings : the
seeds should be procured from abroad, and sown
in pots, filled with light earth, in the early
spring, plunging them in a good hot-bed, water-
ing them well now ; and when the plants are up
protecting them under frames, or in the green-
house, lor two or three winters, and hardening
them in the summer, then putting them into
small pots separately, in the spring placing them
in the hot -bed till fresh rooted, watering them
occasionally, and giving proper shade till fresh
rooted, then hardening them for the summer,
but protecting them in the following winter:
then in the spring following, when the weather
is fine and settled, turning them out with balls
about their roots into the open ground, placing
them in a warm situation. The young shoots
may be laid down early in the autumn", in the
slit method, watering them frequently in the
following spring and summer, and shading them
from excessive heat : when well rooted, "in the
following spring they may be taken off and
planted out in separate pots, plunging them in
a hot-bed till they have taken fresh roots, when
they should be managed as the others.

The en' lings of the young shoots should be
planted out in the spring, in, pots of fine light
mould, plunging them in a hot-bed; and when
they have stricken good roots they may be re-
moved into separate pots and managed as the
others.

These plants afford ornament and variety in
shrubberies, and among potted plants.

STYltAX, a genus furnishing an aromatic
deciduous tree of the exotic kind.

Jt belongs to the class and order JDecandria Mo-
n6gynia,&nii ranks in the natural order oi'Bicornes.

The characters are: that the calyx isaone-ieafV
ed perianth, cylindric, erect, short, five-toothed :
the corolla one-petalled, funnel-form : tube
short, cylindric, length of the calyx: bolder
five-parted, large, spreading ; segments lanceo-
late, obtuse, the stamina have ten filaments,
erect, in a ring, scarcely united at the base,
awl-shaped, inserted into the corolla: anthers
oblong, straight: the pistilhim is a superior
germ, three-celled, many seeded: style simple,
length of the stamens: stigma truncate: the peri-
carpium is a roundish drupe, one-celled : the
seeds are nuts oneortwo, roundish, acuminate,
convex on one side, flat on the other.

Hie species is S. oj/ichiale. Officinal Slorax.

It rises in its native situation twelve or four-
teen feet high : the trunk is covered with a smooth
grayish bark, and sends out many slender
branches on every side ; the leaves about two
inches long, and an inch and half broad, of a
bright green on their upper side, but hoary on
their under ; the}' are entire, and placed alter-
nately on short footstalks : the flowers come
out from the side of the branches, upon pedun-
cles sustaining five or six flowers in a bunch ;
are white, and appear in June. It is a native of
Italy and the Levant.

Culture. — It may be increased bv seeds, ob-
tained from abroad, by sowing them in pots of
light earth an inch deep ; and as thev are of a hard
stony nature, and rarely come up the first year,
the pots should be plunged under a frame during
cold weather, and be in the shade in summer,
and in the second spring be plunged in a hot-bed
to forward them, being careful to give water, and
to harden the young plants gradually to the full
air in summer, in a shadv place during the hot
weather, beins; often watered ; and in winter
the pots be replaced under a garden-frame, &c,
to have shelter from frost ; then in spring fol-
lowing let them be potted off separately, and
managed as hardy green-house plants for three
or four years, when some of them mav be turned
out into the full ground in a sheltered situation,
trained against a south wall, and some mav be
retained in pots for the green-house collection :
they afford ornament and variety in these diffe-
rent situations.

STYRAX. See Liouidambar.

SUBER. See Ouercus.

SUCKERS, such young offspring plants
as arise immediately from the rootsof olderveee-
tables, and which, being generally furnished also
with roots, when transplanted, readily grow, and
become proper plants, similar to the mother ones.

They are proper for increasing their kinds by in
many cases, and incertain instances asuremethod
to continue any approved or desirable species or
variety ; but in grafted and buckled trees, the
suckers partake only of the nature of the stock.

Some sorts of trees furnish plenty every sum-
mer, which are often furnished with root-fibres,
affording proper plants for setting out in one
season, and of course become a ready means of
increase: in trees, &c, that are wholly the same
sort, root and ton, thev prove the same invari-
ably in every mode of growth, as certainly as by
layers, cuttings, grafting, &c.

The season for taking up or transplanting
suckers of trees and shrubs, is almost any time,
in open weather, from October till March, being
careful to dig them up from the mother plant
with as much root-fibres as possible, and trim-

s u c

sue

ming them ready for planting, by shortening
the long straggling fibres, and culling off any
•knobbed part of the old root that may ad-
here to the bottom, leaving only il.c fibres
arising from the young wood ; though it is pro-
bable some will appear with hardly any i"
but as the bottom part having i under

ground, and contiguous to the root of the main
plant, is naturally disposed to send forth fibres
forrooting, preparatory to planting them out, the
stems of the shrub and tree wickers should like-
wisc be trimmed occasionally, by cutting off all
lower laterals ; and any having long, slender,
and weak lops, or such as are intended to as-
sume a more dwarfish or bushv growth, may be
shortened at top in proportion, to from about
half a foot to one or two feet in length, ac-
cording to their nature or strength ; and others
that are more strong, or that are designed to
run up with taller stems, may have their tops
left entire, or shortened but little: when thus
taken up and trimmed, they should he planted
out in rows in the nursery ; the weak suckers
separately in close rows ; and also the shortened
and stronger plants each separately in wider
rows ; so that the rows may be from one to two
feet asunder, in proportion to the size and
strength of the suckers : and after being thus
planted out, they should have the common
nursery culture of cleaning from weeds in sum-
mer, and digging the ground between the rows
in winter, Jcc, and in from one to two or three
years thev will be a proper size for planting out
where they are to remain : and some kinds of
trees, &c, produce suckers strongeuou^h in one
season to be fit for planting where thev are to
reman : as some sorts of roses, and numerous
ether (lowering shrubs ; also some of the strong
shooting gooseberries, currants, raspberries, ice.

The increase by suckers, as in some particular
sorts of trees and shrubs, as currants and goose-
berries, Sec, is objected to for anv general sup-
ply, on the supposition that the trees so raised
are more adapted to run too greatly to suckers,
and overrun the ground round" the mother plant,
than such as are raised bv other methods: how-
ever, it may generally be observed of such trees and
shrubs as are naturally disposed to send up many
suckers, that by whatsoever method they are
propagated, whether by seeds, suckers, layers,
cuttings, Sec, they commonly still continue
their natural tendency.

When it is therefore required to have anv
sorts produce as few suckers as possible, not to
overrun the ground, or disfigure the plants, it
13 properboth at the time of separating the sock-
are, or planting them off from the main plants,
and at the time of their final removal from the
nursery, to observe if at the bottom part they

Vol. 11.

show any tendency to emit suckers, by the np-
pearance of prominent bads, which, i; the case,

should all be rubbed off as close ■

.r, many sorts of trees and shru!
liable to throw out considerably more than may
be wanted, they should always be cleared
annually at least, and in such as are not wanted
for increase, it is proper to cradicaie them con-
stantly, as they are produced in spring and sum-
mer.

Numerous herbaceous and succulent plants
arc productive of bottom off-sel suckers from
the roots, by which they may be increased, cither
generally or occasionally, according to the dif-
ferent sorts, both of the fibrous-, bulbous-, and
tuberous-rooted tribes ; all the off-sets from the
root, and above-ground bottom side heads, of
these kind of plants, may be deemed a sort of
suckers ; those for planting should be taken off
when of one summer's growth, or two at most,
which, in the fibrous-rooted kind, may be per-
formed in autumn or spring ; and in the bul-
bous-, and many of the tuberous-rooted sorts,
in summer and autumn, when the stalks and
leaves decay.

In slipping and planting these sorts of off-set
suckers, the smaller ones should be planted in
nursery-beds, pots, &c, according to the na-
ture of growth and temperature of the different
sorts, to have the advantage of one summer's
advanced growth ; and the larger ones at once,
w here they are to remain, in beds, borders, pots,
Sec, according to the sorts.

SUGAR CANE. See Saccharum.

SUGAR MAPLE. See Acer.

SULTAN, SWEET. See Ck.ytaurj.a.

SUMACH. See Coriaria and Rhus.

SUMMER CYPRESS. See Chknopodiim.

SIN, the luminary that affords light and
heat to plants and vegetables, and is the first
mover of all their actions ; by the genia! heat
which it affords, and its influence upon the
soils, it promotes the growth of them all.

Plants, therefore, which in their growth are
more or ks; exposed to t • i c son, are, for the most
part, more prosperous, forwarder, and a
greater perfection than suchai grow in any con-
siderable shade: and most fruits in a sun:
p sure are considerably more beautiful, sooner
ripe, and acquire superior q.iahty in flavour
to those growing in shady places : and as it has
a highly fen. n the earth,

the ground designed to be mellowed should al-
ways be turned up in rough ridges, to git
access to the influence of the sun and air ; like-
w ice all compost heaps should generally be prepa-
red in sunny situation?, in the fuH air, not in
shady corners, or in sheds, as is often practised
by gardeners.

3 M

S W I

S Y M

SUN-DEW. SeeDRosERA.
SUN-FLOWER. See Helianthus.
SUN-SPURGE. See Euphorbia.
SWALLOW-WORT. See Ascijseias.
S W EET A PPLE. See Asnon a.
SWEET BRIER. See Rosa.
SWEET FLAG. See Aconus.
SWEET GUM. See Liquidambar.
SWEET JOHNS. See Dianihus.
SWEET MAUDLIN. See Achillea.
SWEET PEA. See Lath Vitus.
S W E ET 1 1 U S H . S ee A c o n u s .
SWEET SOP. Sec Annona.
SWEET SULTAN. See Cj-.ntaurea.
SWEET WEED. See Capraria and Sco-
paria.

SWEET WILLIAM. See Diaxthus.
SWEET WILLOW. See Mviuca.
SWIETENTA, a genus furnishing a plant of
the exotic tree kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
Monoeg/nia, and ranks in the natural order of
TrihiluUe.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, live-cleft, obtuse, very small, de-
ciduous : the corolla has five petals, obovate, ob-
tuse, concave, spreading : nectary one-leafed, cv-
lindric, length of the petals, mouth ten-toothed :
the stamina have ten filaments, very small, in-
serted below the teeth of the nectary : anthers ob-
long,erect : the pistillum is an ovate germ: style
awl-shaped, erect, length ot the nectary : stigma
headed, flat : the pericarpium is an ovate cap-
sule, large, wood)', one-celled, at the top five-
celled, five-valved, valves opening at the base :
the seeds very many, imbricate, compressed,
oblong, obtuse, having a leafy wing : receptacle
large, five-cornered.

The species cultivated is S. Mahagoni, Ma-
hogany Tree.

In its native state it is a loftv and very branch-
ing tree, with a wide handsome head ; the
leaves reclining, alternate, shining, eight inches
Ions;, numerous on the younger branches : leaf-
lets for the most part four pairs, but often three,
seldom five, without any odd one, falcate-lan-
ceolate, quite entire, acuminate, bent in back-
wards, petiolcd, opposite, an inch and half
long: the racemes subeorvmbed, with about
eight flowers in each, axillary, solitary, two
inches long ; the flowers are small, whitish ;
the capsule large, (sometimes attaining the size
of a child's head,) woody, ovate, ofasmoky-
rufescent colour (or ferruginous), towards the
lop five-eelled, but in other parts widely one-
eelled, five-valved : valves thick, opening from the
base, caducous, covered within by a thick flexile
coriaceous lamina, exactly equal to them in size.
A native of the warmest parts olAmerica, &x.
2

Culture. — This plant may be increased bv
sowing the seeds obtained from abroad in small
pots, filled with light sandy mould, in the spring,
plunging them in a hot bed, and watering
them occasionally: when the plants are a few
inches high, they should be carefully removed
into other pots separately, replugging them in
the hot-bed, giving them shade till re-rooted ;
they should afterwards have the management of
other stove plants. They afford variety and cu-
riosity in stove collections.

SYMPHYTUM, a genus containing plant*
of the hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order PcnlandriA
Monogynia, and ranks m the natural order of
AsperifalitiB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, erect, five-cornered, acute,
permanent: thecorollaone-petalied, bell-shaped z.
tube very short : border tubular-bellying, a little
thicker than the tube : mouth five-toothed, ob-
tuse, reflexed : throat fenced by five lanceolate
says, spinulose at the edge, shorter than the
border, converging into a cone : the stamina
have five awl-shaped filaments, alternate with
the rays of the throat; anthers acute, erect,
covered; the pistillum is as fourgerms : stvle fili-
form, length of the corolla : stigma simple : there
isno pericarpium : calyx larger, widened: seeds
four, gibbous, acuminate, converging at the tips.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. offuinak,Com-
mon Comfrey : 2. 5. tuberosum, Tuberous-
rooted Com frey, 3. S. orientate, Oriental Comfrev.

The first has a perennial root, fleshy, exter-
nally black ; the stem two or three feet high,
upright, leafy, winged, branched at the top,
clothed with short bristly hairs that point rather
downward : the leaves waved, pointed, veiny,
rough ; the radical ones on footstalks, and
broader than the rest ; the clusters of flowers
in pairs on a common stalk, with an odd flower
between them, recurved, dense, hairy : the co-
rolla yellowish-white, sometimes purple : the
rays downy at each edge. It is a native of Eu-
rope and Siberia.

There are varieties with white flowers, purple
flowers, with blue flowers, and with red flowers.

The second species has the roots composed of
many thick fleshy knobs or tubers, which are
joined by fleshy fibres : the stalks rise a foot and
half high, and incline on one side: the leave;
on the lower part are six inches lone, and two
inches and a half broad in the middle, ending
in acute points, and not so rough and hairy as
the first ; they are alternate and sessile: the two
upper leaves on every branch stand opposite,
and just above them are loose bunches of pale
vtllow flowers, the corolla of which is stretched
out further beyond the calyx than in the com-

SYR

S Y R

mon sort. It is a native of Germany, Sec, and
flowers from Maj to Ouobcr.

'lie third lias a perennial root : tlie stalks
two feet high : the leaves rounder, and armed
with rough priekiv hairs : the flowers in hunches
like the first fort, but blue : they appear in
March, but seldom produce seeds in this climate,
round near Constantinople.

Culture. — These plants mav be increased
by seeds or parting the roots, but the latter is
more practised. The seeds should be sown in
the spring, in a border of common earth; in
the autumn the plants will be proper to set out
where they are to remain, or to remove into
other pots. The roots should be parted in the
autumn, and planted out either in beds about a
toot from plant to plant, or where they are to
remain; almost evervpart will grow, and the
plants are hardy, and succeed in any soil or situ-
ation : they only require to be kept clean after-
wards. They produce variety in mixture in the
borders.

SYKIXGA, a genus containing plants of the
deciduous flowering shrubby kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diandria
Monogyeia, and ranks in the natural order of
Sepiarice.

The characters arc : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, small : mouth four-
toothed, erect, permanent : the corolla one-
petalled, funnel-form : tube cvlindric, very
long: border four-parted, spreading and rolled
back: segments linear, obtuse: the stamina
have two 61aments, very short: anthers small,
within the tube of the corolla : the pistillum is
an oblong germ: stvle filiform, length of the
stamens : stigma bifid, thiekish : the pericar-
pium is an oblons capsule, compressed, acumi-
nate, two-celled, two-valved : valves contral-
to the partition : the seeds solitary, oblong, com-
pressed, acuminate at both end.--, with a mem-
branaceous edge.

The species cultivated are: 1. S. vulgaris,
Common Lilac : 2.S. Persica, Persian Lilac.

The first is a shrub, w hich grows to the height
of eighteen or twenty feet in good ground, and
divides into many branches; those of the White
sort grow more erect than the Blue; and the
Purple or Scotch Lilac has its branches vet more
diffused. The branches of the White are covered
with a smooth bark of a gray colour; in the
other two it is darker; the leaves of the White
are of a brighter green : they are heart-shaped
in all, almost five inches long, and three inches
and a half broad near the base, placed opposite,
on foot-stalks an inch and half in length. The
buds of the future shoots, which are verv turgid
before the leaves fall, are of a very bright green

in the White sort, but those of the other two are
dark green. The fl e always prod ;

at the ends of the shoots of the former year j and
below the flowers other shoots come out to suc-
ceed them; as that part upon which the flowers
stand decays down to the shoots below every
winter. There are generally two bunches or
panicles of flowers joined at the end of each
shoot; those of the Blue are the smallest, the
flowers also arc smaller, and placed thinner than
either of the others ; the bunches on the \\ bite
are larger, hut those of the Scotch are larger
still, and tlu (lowers fairer; it of course m
the best appearance : the panicles of flowers
growerect, and, being intermixed with, the bright
green leaves, have a line effect, which with The
tragrancy of the flowers, renders it one of the
most beautiful shrubs of the garden : the flow ers
appear early in May, or towards the end of
April, and when the season is cool continue
three weeks; but in hot seasons soon fade. It
is supposed a native of Persia.

There are several varieties : as with white
flowers, with blue flowers, with purple flowers,
or Scotch Lilac.

The second species is a shrub of much lower
growth than the common sort, seldom rising
more than five or six feet high : the stems are
covered w ith a smooth brown bark : the branches
are slender, pliable, extend wide on every side,
and frequently bend down where they are not
supported : the leaves two inches and a half
long, and three fourths of an inch broad, of a
deep green colour : the flowers in large panicles
at the end of the former year's shoots, as in the
former ; of a pale blue colour, and having a
very agreeable odour. They appear at the end
of May, soon after those of the common sort,
and continue longer in beauty, but do not per-
fect their steds in this climate.

There are several varieties : as the common
purple-flowered, white-flowered, blue-flowered,
and the laeiniated or cut-lea', d.

Culture. — These plants are mostly raised by
suckers or layers, and sometimes b The

suckers should he taken off in the autumn or
spring, with root-fibres to them, and he planted
out either in nursery-rows, tq,remain a year or
two, or where they are to remain. Tthc layers
may be made from the voting pliant shoots, and
be laid down in the autumn, in the usual way,
when in the autumn following they may he
taken off and planted out, as in the suckers. The
fi rs t sort may likewisi

in a bed of common earth, in the autumn or
. keeping the plants clean when they
come up. They afford variety in the large bor-
ders and other parts of shrubberies.
J.M 3

T A B

T A B

ry^ABERN/EMONTANA, a genus contain-
\ J|_ ing plants of the woody exotic and hardy
perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogywiu, and ranks in the natural order of
Contoi tw.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-
clefi perianth, acute, converging, very small:
the corolla one-petalled, tunnel-form ; tube
cylindric, long; border five-parted, flat; seg-
ments obtuse, oblique: nectary glands five,
bifid, standing round the germ : the stamina
have five filaments, very small, from the middle
of the tube : anthers converging : the pistillum
has two simple germs ; style awl-shaped ; stig-
ma oblong, headed : the pcricarpium has two
follicles, horizontally reflexed, \entricose, acu-
minate, one-celled, one-valved : the seeds nu-
merous, ovate-oblong, obtuse, wrinkled, im-
mersed in pulp, imbricate.'

The species cultivated are: 1 . T. citiifolla,
Citron-leaved Tabernaemontana; 3.T. lawifolia,
Laurel-leaved Tabuaiaemontana; 3. T.slmwiiia,
Virginian Taberncemontana; 4. T. an gust [folia,
Narrow-leaved Tabernasmontana.

The first rises with an upright woody stalk, to
the height of fifteen or sixteen feet, covered
with a smooth gray bnrk, abounding with a
milky juice, and sending out several branches
from the side, which grow erect, and have
many joints : the leaves are thick, milky, from
five to six inches long, and two inches broad in
the middle, drawing to a point at each end ;
they are of a lucid green, have many transverse
veins, and stand opposite on footstalks an inch
long : the flowers come out in roundish axil-
lary bunches ; they are small, of a bright yellow
colour, and have an agreeable odour. It is a
native of Jamaica, Martinico, &c.

The second species rises with a shrubby stalk
twelve or fourteen feet high, sending out a few
branches towards the top, which grow erect :
the leaves are four inches long and two broad,
of a lucid green colour: the flowers are pro-
duced in a sort of umbel from the side of the
branches; are small, yellow, and have an agree-
able odour. It is a native of Jamaica, St. Do-
mingo, &c.

The third is a perennial plant, sending up in
the spring two or three herbaceous stalks near
a foot high : the flowers are oroduced in small
terminating bunches, white and void of scent.
It is a native of North America, flowering in
May and June. '

The fourth species is a perennial plant, native
of North America, flowering in May and June.

CuUwc. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, which must be procured from the coun-
tries where the plants grow naturally, and be
sown earlv in the spring on a hot-bed ; and
when the plants are come up, and (it to remove,
be carefully planted out into small pots filled
with light rich earth, and then plunged into a
hot-bed of tanner's bark, being careful to shade
them in the heat of the day until they have
taken new root ; after which they should have
free air admitted to them every day w hen the
weather is warm ; but on cold nights have
the glasses of the hot-bed covered with mats
every evening, soon after the sun goes off from
the bed : they must be often refreshed with
waler, but not in large quantities, especially
while they are young, as they are fu'l of a milky
juice, and are subject to rot with much moisture :
they may remain during the summer season in
the hot-bed, by stirring up the tan to renew the
heat when it wants, and a little new tan being
added ; but when the nights begin to be cold,
the plants should be removed, and plunged into
the bark-bed in the stove, where, during the
winter season, they must be kept in a moderate
degree of warmth, and in cold weather have but
little water given them : they should constantly
remain in the stove, where, in warm weather,
they may have free air admitted to them by
opening the glasses, but in cold weather be kept
warm. With this management thev thrive and
produce flowers; and, as their leaves are alwavs
green, make a pleasant diversity among other
tender exotic plants : they may be increased like-
wise by cuttings in the summer season, which
should be cut off from the old plants, and laid
to dry in the stove five or six days before they
are planted, that the wounded parts may heal over:
these should then be planted in pots filled with
fresh light earth, and plunged into the hot-bed
of tanner's bark, and closely covered with a
hand-glass, shading them from the sun in the
middle of the day in hot weather, refreshing
them now and then with a little water : when
they have taken root, they may be planted out
into separate pots, and be treated in the same
manner as those raised from seeds.

The third and fourth sorts are capable of living
in the open air here, provided they are planted
in a warm situation ; they love a light soil, rather
moist than otherwise; of course, when planted
in dry ground, they should be frequently watered

T A G

T A M

in drv weather. They are increased by ofT-siMs
from the roots, which should be planted out in
tbc autumn.

The first two sort? afford variety in the stove,
and the latter sorts in this a< well as the border*.

TACAMAHACA. See Populus.

TAGEXES, a -icnus furnishing plants of the
herbaceous annual kind.

It belongs to the class and order S
Poh/gamia SuperJIua, and ranks in the natural
order of Compo\it<P OppOSlttfol

The characters are : that the calyx is com-
mon, quite simple, one-leafed, tubular, oblong,
five-cornered, five-toothed : the corolla com-

f)ound radiate : corolle'.s hermaphrodite, tubu-
ar, many, on an elevated disk : females ligular,
five, in the ray : — proper in the hermaphrodites,
tubular, half-five-clctt, erect, longer than the
calyx, segments linear, inwardly villi se: — in
the females ligular, longer than in the her-
maphrodjes, almost cqua! in length and breadth,
•very blunt, narrower towards the tube, tomen-
tose, permanent: — the stamina in the hermaphro-
dites : filaments five, capillary, very short : an-
ther cylindrical, tubular: the pislillum in the
hermaphrodites: germ oblong: style filiform,
length of the stamens : stigma bifid, slender,
reflexed : — in the females germ oblong : style
filiform, length of the hermaphrodite: stigma
bifid, slender, reflexed: there is no pcricarpium:
calyx unchanged : the seeds in the hermaphro-
dites solitary, linear, compressed, a little shorter
than the calyx : down with live, erect, acumi-
nate, unequal chaffs. — In the females like the
others : the receptacle naked, small, flat.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. patula,
French Marygold : 2. T. erecta, African Alary-
go hi.

The first has the stem a foot and half high,
almost upright, smooth, diffused : the leaves
deeply piuoatifid, (pinnate with a winged rachis)
the segments lanceolate, serrate s,mooth, dark-
green, paler at the hack, and punched : the
flowers solitary, tern, mating, gold- coloured, on
a long upright peduncle. It is probably a na-
tive of Mexico, flow ering from July to autumn.

There are several varieties : as the pale yellow-
flowered, deep vellovv-flowered, golden yellow-
flowered, crimson-coloured, velvety, variegated
crimson and yellow, striped crimson and yellow ;
each of which has both single and double flowers.

The second species has the stem three or four
feethi»h, straight, round, green, dividingfrom
the middle into many branches, each bearing
one large flower : the leaves long, pinnate ; leaf-
lets dark-green : the flowers yellow, from brim-
stone to orange colour. It is a native ot Mexico.

There are varieties : as with pa!e-ycllow or

brimstone-coloured t deep ;

lowers, with orange-coloured :

with single, double, and fistulow

middling African, with orange-coloured Cowers,

and the sweet-scented Afrie

Culture. — These plants are in- reased
which should be sown in the beginning of
April upon a hot-bed, and when (he , i .
pear, they should have plenty of fresh air, and
after they have attained some growth be trans-
planted on to another hot-bed, which is arched
over by hoops, at the distance ches,

watering ami shading them well till fresh ro<
being afterward gradually im.rcd to the open
air ; and about the beginning of May they mav
be taken up with balls of earth about their re>ot-,
anel planted in pots, to be set out in the courts,
yards, &c, about the house, shading them till
fresh rooted, and giving them water occa-
sionally : but the first sort divides ami spreads
out widely near the ground, in a rambling man-
ner, anel requires to be trimmed up at bot-
tom to a single stem, and its branches occa-
sionally, to preserve the head somewhat regular,
ami within due bounds.

The stcond species in particular, and the va-
rieties, as thev always grow firmly erect, both
in stem and branches, require but very little
trouble after their final planting out: they afford
ornament and variety among other plant;, in
the borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-
grounds, as well as in pots for particular places
about the house, among other potted annual
plants. The seeds of each species, and their
varieties, should be annually saved from the
best plants.

TALLOW TREE. See Croton.

TAMARINDUS, a genus containing a |
of the exotic tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia
Triundr'ui, (Tr'mndiia ^lonosi/nia,) and ranks
in the natural order of Lomentacai'.

The characters are : that the calyx is a rne-
leafcd perianth; tube turbinate, compressed,
attenuated below, permanent ; mouth oblique ;
border four-parted, deciduous; segments ovate,
acute, flattish, reflexed, coloured ; the upper
and lower a little wider: the corolla has three
petals, ovate, concave, acute, crenste, waved,
reflexed, length of the calyx, inserted into tin-
mouth of the" tube, the two lateral ones a little-
larger : the stamina have three filaments, in-
serted into the orifice of the calyx at the
sinus, length of the corolla, awl-shaped, untied
below up to the middle, bowed towards the co-
rolla: anthers ovate, incumbent, large : threads
five (rudiments ot stamens), alternate with the
filaments, and uniteil below, but separate above,

T A M

T A M

bristle-shaped, headed, very short ; tin two
lateral ones lower than the others : bristles two,
springing from the calyx below the ti laments,
and incumbent on then), verv small : the pistil—
him is an oblong germ, compressed, curved in,
placed on a pedicel fastened to the bottom of the
calyx, and growing longitudinally to its lube un-
der the back, beyond the tube, with the upper
margin villose : stvle awl-shaped, ascending, pu-
bescent on the lower margin, a little longer than
the stamens : stigma thickened, obtuse : the peri-
carpium is a legume, oblong, compressed, blunt
with a point, swelling at the seeds, covered with
a double rind, the outer dry and brittle, the
inner membranaceous; a soft pulp between
both; one-celled, not opening: the seeds few,
annular- roundish, piano-compressed, shining,
hard.

The species is T. Indica, Tamarind-tree.

It grows to a very large size in the countries
where it is a native: the stem is very large,
covered with a brown bark, and divides into
many branches at the top, spreading wide every
way ; the leaves pinnate, composed of sixteen
or eighteen pairs of leaflets, without a single
one at the end ; they are about half an inch
long, and a sixth part of an inch broad, of a
bright green, a little hairy, and sit close to the
midrib : the flowers come out from the side of
the branches, five, six, or more together, in
loose bunches ; the pods are thick and com-
pressed ; those from the West Indies from two
to five inches in length, with two, three, or
four seeds; those from the East Indies are al-
most twice as long, and contain five, six, and
even seven seeds. It is a native of both the
Indies, ike.

Culture. — This plant is increased from seeds,
which should be sown in the spring on a hot-
bed, and when the plants are come up, each
planted in a separate small pot filled with light
rich earth, plunging them into a hot-bed of tan-
ner's bark to bring them forward, watering and
shading them until they have taken root; and as
the earth in the pots becomes dry, they must be
watered from time to time, and have air given in
proportion to the warmth of the season, and the
bed in which they are placed : when the pots in
which thev are planted are filled with their roots,
the plants should be shifted into pots of a larger
size, which must be filled up with rich light
earth, and again plunged into the hot-bed, giving
them air as before, according to the warmth of
-the season ; but in very hot weather the glasses
should be shaded with mats in the heat of the
day, otherwise the sun will be too violent for
them through the glasses ; nor will the plants
thrive if they are exposed to the open air, even

in the warmest season ; so that they must be
constantly kept in the bark-stove both summer
and winter, treating them in the same manner
as the Coffee-tree. These plants have a good
effect in the stove collections.

TAMARIX, a genus furnishing plants of the
hardy, deciduous, tree, and shrub kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Penlandria
Tngynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Succulentee.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, obtuse, erect, permanent,
shorter by half than the corolla : the corolla has
five petals, ovate, concave, obtuse, spreading:
the stamina have five capillary filaments : an-
thers roundish : the pistillum is an acuminate
germ : style none : stigmas three, oblong, revo-
lute, feathered : the pericarpium is an oblonn-
capsule, acuminate, three-sided, longer than
the calyx, one-ceiled, three-valved : the seeds
very many, very small, pappose.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. Gallica,
French Tamarisk; 2. T. Germanica, German
Tamarisk.

The first in its native situation grows to a tree
of middling size, but in this climate seldom
more than fourteen or sixteen feet high : the
bark is rough, and of a dark brown colour: it
sends out many slender branches, most of which
spread out flat and hang downward at their ends ;
these are covered with a chesnut-coloured bark,
and garnished with very narrow finelv divided
leaves, which are smooth, of a bright green
colour, and have small leaves or indentures
which lie over each other like scales offish : the
flowers are produced in taper spikes at the end of
the branches, several of them growing on the
same branch : the spikes are about an inch long,
and as thick as a large earth-worm : the flowers
are set very close all round the spike, are
very small, and have five concave petals of
a pale flesh colour, with five slender stamina ter-
minated by roundish red anthers : they appear in
Jul v. It is a native of the South of France, &c.

The second species is rather a shrub than a
tree, having several woody stalks arising from
the same root, which grow quite erect, sending
out many side branches which are also erect;
they have a pale- green bark when young, after-
wards changing to a yellowish colour : the leaves
are shorter, and set closer together than those
of the first sort, and are of a lighter green, ap-
proaching to a gray : the flowers are produced
in long loose spikes at the end of the branches,
standing erect, and are larger than those of the
first. It is a native of Germany, &:c.

Culture. — These plants may be increased
either by laying down their tender shoots in

T A M

T A N

autumn, orbv planting cuttings in an cast bor-
der, which will takeioot in a snort time, il
are supplied with water in the- spring, b
they begin to shoot in dry weathei ; but tiiey

should not be removed until the following au-
tumn, at which tunc they iikiv he either p
in a nursery to be trained up two or threi
OF where they arc designed to remain, mul
their roots, and watering them accord i

ason requires, until they have taken root ;
after which, the only culture they will require,
is to prune oft" the atraggling shoots, and keep
the ground clean about them.

The layer method is not only tedious but un-
necessary, as the cuttings grow readily, and
the layers often will not strike at all. The
cuttings should be of the last summer's shoots,
and a moist border is most proper for them. In
two years they will be good plants for the shrub-
bery, and may be planted out in almost any
soil, though they like a light moist earth best,
especially the latter sort, which grows naturally
in low watery situations.

They are very ornamental in the shrubbery
borders, clumps, and other parts of grounds.

TAMUS, a genus furnishing plants of the
hardy herbaceous climbing perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Hex-
andria, and ranks in the natural order of S'ur-
mentaceee.

The characters are: that in the male, the calyx
is a six-parted perianth: leaflets ovate-lanceo-
late, spreading more at top : there is no corolla :
the stamina have six simple filaments, shorter
than the calyx: anthers erect: female — calyx
a one-leafed perianth, six-parted, bell-shaped,
spreading: segments lanceolate, superior, de-
ciduous : the corolla petals none : nectaries an
oblong point, fastened internallv to each calveine
segment at the base : the pistillum is an i
oblong germ, large, smooth, inferior: stvlc
cylindrical, length of the calyx : stigmas three,
reflexcd, emarginate, acute : the pertcanmim is
an ovate berry, three-celled: the seeds two,
globular.

The species are : 1. T. Communis, Common
Black Bryony; 2. T. cretica, Cretan Black
Bryony.

The first has a verv large tuberous root,
blackish externally, whence its old Latin and
English names: the stems smooth, twining
about every thing in their wav, and thi

. ithout the aid of 1 ht of

ten or twelve feet in hedges or among bi
which their festoons of tawny Laves ail

s decorate in autumn : the leaves alternate,
pctioled, smooth and shining, quite entire ; the
nerves raued beneath, varying from kidney- to

henrt -shaped, heart-spear-shaped, triangular
d, and even ha!hert-sh;
greenish, in p hunches

from the side of the stalls, .

the barren and fertile ones on sep h

is a nati\ e of E

The second specie- h is a rounder root than
the other : the stalks tw me m the s ime manner;
but the principal difference consists in the leaves

divided into three lobes. It was disco
in the island of Crete or Candia.

Culture — These plants are readily incr i
by sowing the seeds soon after the) are ripe under
the shelter of bushes, where, in the spring, the
plants will come up, and require no further
or in beds to be afterwards planted out. The
roots will abide many years, and somelimi I
up suckers, from which plants may be raised In-
setting them out in the autumn or spring where
they are to remain.

They are useful in thickets and wilderness parts.

TAX. See Bark,.

TANACETUM, a genus furnishing plants of
the herbaceous and shrubby perennial Kin

It belongs to the class and order Syngt
Polygamia Superflua, and ranks in the natural
order of Composites Discoidece.

The characters are : that the calyx is common
hemispherical, imbricate: scales acute, com-
pact: the corolla compound tuh;dar, con
corollets hermaphrodite numerous, tubular, in
the disk; females some in the ray: proper of
tin: hermaphrodite funnel-form ; with a five-cleft
d border: female triiid, more deeply di-
vided inwardly: the stamina in the hermapbro-
filaments five, capillary verv short : an-
ther cylindric, tubular: the pistillum in the
hermaphrodites germ ob'ong, small: -t\l
form, length of the stamens: stigma bifid, rc-
volute; in the females germ oblong : sivl<
pic: stigmas two, refiexed : there is no pericar-
pium: calyx unchanged: the - 'tare,

oblong: down slightly margined : the i
convex, n<

The species cultivated an-: ] . T. I .
Common Tansy j 8. T. amimtm, Annual Ti ;
3. T. Balsamta, i ■

.ii Tansy; 5. 7' TuffrtUicosum, Shrubby
Tansy; d.T.jlabelliforme, Fan-IeavcdTs

The first has a fibrous creeping root, which
will spread to a great distance: the bitter,

and has a strong aromatic smell : - up-

n from two t<»
.
: the leai . UK Iv

i, or somewhat hairy
at the base, cmbra .n .- pinnules lam
and acu the flowi

T A N

TAR

terminating corymbs, of a golden colour and
riatiish. ]t is a native of Europe and Siberia,
flowering from June to August.

There arc varieties with curled leaves, called
Double Tansy; with variegated leaves; and with
larger leaves, which have little scent.

The second species is an annual plant, rising
about two feet high : the stem stiff", but herba-
ceous, sending out many side branches their
whole length ; the lower ones four or five inches
long, gradually shorter to the top: the leaves
come out in small clusters from the joints ; they
are very narrow and short; some end in three
points, others are single : the branches are ter-
minated by clusters of flowers of a bright yellow ;
each corymb on a short peduncle. They appear
in July or August, and continue till the frost
destroys them. It has a fine aromatic scent, and
is a native of Spain and Italy.

The third has a hardy root, fleshy and creep-
ing: the lower leaves near three inches long,
and an inch and half broad, of a gravish colour,
and on long footstalks: the stems rise from two
to three feet high, and send out branches from
the side: the leaves on these are like the lower
ones, but smaller and sessile: the flowers are
produced at the top of the stems in a loose co-
vvmb; they are naked, and of a deep yellow
colour, appearing in August. The whole plant
has a soft pleasant odour. It is a native of the
South of Fiance, Spain, and Italy.
i The fourth species has the leaves linear, pin-
nate: pinnas linear, filiform, often hind or
trifid, quite entire : the corymb terminating and
others axillary, few-flowered; flowers yellow :
the root is fibrous perennial: the stalks more
than two feet high. It flowers in June and July,
and is a native oi Siberia.

The fifth species rises with a branching shrubby
stalk, three or four feet high: the segments of
the leaves are very narrow, and frequently cut
into acute segments : the flowers are produced in
small roundish bunches, at the ends of the
branches, of a bright yellow, and appear in
August. It is a native of the Cape.

The sixth species has all the florets herma-
phrodite and five-cleft: the receptacle naked,
not chaffy. It is a native of the Cape, flowering
from May to August.

Culture. — The different herbaceous species are
increased by parting the roots, and by seed.

In the first mode the business is effected by
nlipping or dividing the roots in autumn or
winter, when the stalks are decayed ; or early in
pring, before new stalks shoot forth, planting
the slips at once where they are to remain ; those
for the kitchen-garden, a« the Common Tansy,
. ;. in any bed or border a foot and a half

asunder ; and those intended for variety in the
pleasure-ground, singly here and there, at suit-
able distances, to cflect a proper diversity.

The seed saved in autumn should be sown in
the spring following, in beds of light earth,
broad-cast and raked in, when the. plants will
soon come up, and in July be fit to prick out ia
beds, in rows a foot asunder ; some to remain,
and others to be planted out in autumn where
thev are to grow.

The shrubby sorts are easily increased by cut-
tings of the branches, which should he planted
any time in spring and summer, choosing ths
young and most robust shoots, which should be
cut off in proper lengths ; and if early in spring,
&c. be planted in pots of good ea th, several in
each, plunging them in a hot-bed, v. here they
will be rooted, and fit for potting off separately
in six weeks; or, if in summer, the young
shoots may be planted in the full ground, in a
shady border, or where they mav be shaded with
mats from the sun ; or in pots, and placed in
the shade, or under a garden frame, &c; in all
of which methods, giving plenty of water, they
will readily take root; but those in the hot-bed
will he forwardest : they however will all be
well rooted the same season, and should then be
transplanted in separate pots, and managed as
other shrubby green-house plants. See Gm:en-
hodse Plants.

The former sorts require to be afterwards
kept free from weeds, cutting down the decayed
stalks annually in autumn ; and as the roots in-
crease fast into large bunches, spreading widely
round, they should be cut in, or be slipped oc-
casionally, otherwise they are apt to overrun
the ground ; and to have the ground dug between
the plants annually.

The latter sorts are somewhat tender, but only
require shelter from frost, being kept in pots,
and deposiu-d among the green-house plants,
and treated as other shrubby exotics of that col-
lection. They effect a very agreeable variety at
all times of the year, but particularly in summer
and autumn, when in flower.

TARCHONANTHUS, a genus containing a
plant of the shrubby evergreen exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Sij agenesia
Fotygamia JEqiialis, and ranks in the natural
order of Nucamtntaecce.

The characters are: that the calyx is com-
mon turbinate, one-leafed, commonly half*
seven-cleit, coloured internally, shorter than
the corolla, sharpish, permanent: the corolla
compound uniform : florets about twenty : co-
rollcts hermaphrodite, numerous, equal: proper
one-petalled, funnel-form, five-toothed: the
stamina have five filaments, capillary, very

TAX

TAX

short: anther cvlindric, tubular, lcn<rtli of the
cornileL, tailed at the base: the pistillura is a
superior germ, oblong: style twice as long is
twer: stigmas two, gaping; there is no
pcricarpium : calyx unchanged: the seeds soli-
tary, oblong: down hairy, investing th<
all round : lite receptacle hairy, very small,
lijirs length of the calyx.

The species cultivated is T. camphoratus,
Shmhbv African Fleabane.

h has a strong woody stem, rising to the
height of twelve or fourteen feet, sending out
many woody branches at the top, w Inch mav be
trained to a regular bead : the leaves are in shape
like those of the Broad leaved Sallow, having a
downy surface like Sage, and their under sides
white j in smell they resemble Rosemary leaves
when bruised : the flowers are produced in spikes
at the extremity of the shoots, but, being of a
dull purple colour, do not make much show :
they appear in autumn, and continue ureat
past of the winter. It retains its leaves all the
year, and is a native of the Cape.

Culture. — This plant mav be increased bv
■cuttings, which should be planted out in the
■spring or early summer seasons in pots filled
with light mould, giving them shade and water
occasionally. They soon strike root, and in three
or four months may be potted off into separate
pots, affording them shade and water as before,
and placing them under shelter. They also
strike root in the summer season when planted
in a common border and covered with hand-
glasses, and may in these cases be potted off in
the autumn.

They afterwards require the management of
other hardy green-house plants.

Thev alVord variety in these situations.

TARRAGON, See Abtbmisia.

TAXI'S, a genus furnishing a plant of the
v evergreen tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dioecia Mo-
iiudelpliia, and ranks in the natural order of
Coin)

The characters arc: that in the male there is
no calyx, except a bud like a four-leaved peri-
anth: corolla none: the stamina have numerous
filaments, united at bottom into a column,
longer than the bud : anthers depressed, blunt
-at the ederc, eight-cleft, gaping every way at
the base, and, when they have discharged their
pollen, flat, peltate, and remarkable for their
cight-ckft margin: female — the calyx as in the
male: corolla none : the pistillum is an ovate-
acuminate germ : style none: stigma obtuse: the
pericarpiuin is a berry from the receptacle, elon-
•gated into a pra'putium globular, succulent, gap-
~ Vox.. II.

ing at the top, coloured, at length waatio|
dryness^ and evanescent : the seed on .
oblong, prominent at the lop, beyond il. ■ berry.

The ^:> ctes cultivated is /'. uaeoata, Com-
mon Yew-tree.

It has a straight trunk, with a smooth deci-
duous bark : the wood very hard, tough, and of
a line grain: the leaves thickly set, I,
smooth, evergreen: the flowers axillary,
veloped with imbricate braetcs : the nule on
tree, sulphur-coloured, without a calyx ; the
female on another, with a small green calyx,
sustaining the oval flaltish seed; which calyx at
length becomes red, soft, and full of a sweet
slimv pulp. It is a native of Europe, North
America, &c.

It varies with very short leaves, with broad
shining leaves, and with striped or variegated
leaves.

Culture. — In this tree the increase may be
effected by seeds, and sometimes bv layers and
cuttings.

After having procured a quantity of the Yen
berries, and divested them of the pulp or mucilage,
they Should be sown in beds of light earth, either
in shallow drills, or scattered over the surface,
in the autumn or spring season (but the former
is the best method, as the plants rise in the fol-
lowing spring), and be covered near an inch deep
w ith light mould, out of the alleys, Sec. They re-
quire no further care, only to keep the beds clean
tram weeds before and after the plants come up,
and to give occasional waterings in dry weather,
in spring and summer, to forward and strengthen
the plants in their growth. They should have
two years' growth in the seed-bed; then in the
autumn or spring be planted out upon four-fcet-
wide beds, in nursery-rows, a toot asunder, to
remain two, three, or four years, when some
may be planted out final!)' tor hedges, where
required ; others in the nursery quarters, in
rows, two or three feet asunder, to be trained
in a suitable manner for the purposes they arc
intended.

After grow'mir in the nursery till they obtain
from half a yard to four or live feet stature, they
may be finally planted out in autumn or spring,
for their intended purposes; when they will rise
with [a lar<_rc spread of root-. They should be
planted in their places as soon after removal as
possible, giving each plant a good watering at
the time.

In the future culture, those trained in hedges,
Sec. must be clipped annually, once or twice in
the summer ; and those in the shrubberies and
rural plantations have the lower branches pruned
up occaMonallv to a tingle stem: but the head
t \

TAX

T E R

should generally be permitted to spread agreeably
to ils natural mode of growth, except just re-
ducing any considerable rambling branch, &c.

The Striped or Variegated Yews, and othei
varieties, should be increased by layers or
cuttings, as they are rarely permanent by seeds.

The layers should be made from the young-
shoots of not more than a year or two old, being
laid down in spring, summer, or early in au-
tumn, whon many of them will take root, and
in one or vo years be fit for planting off into
nursery-r jws.

The cuttings should be made by cutting or
slipping off a quantity of the one-year's shoots,
divesting khem of the lower leaves, and planting
them in a shady border thick together, in small
trenches, in the early spring or autumn, giving
water at planting, and afterwards occasionally in
dry hot weather. They will be well rooted in
two years, and fit for being planted out into wide
nursery-rows.

These plants may be employed as ornamental
evergreens and as forest-trees ; and they were
formerly much used in hedges and trained figures :
they have a good effect in shrubberies among
others of the evergreen tribe, being permitted to
assume their natural growth, in common with
other trees and shrubs ; and when planted as de-
tached standards, in extensive distant opens of
grass-ground, in parks, and the sides of hills,
<kc. likewise when introduced as forest-trees in
timber plantations of the evergreen kind. See
Plantation.

For hedge- work, where internal hedges are
required, either for ornament or shelter, no
tree is better calculated, from its forming the
closest, even, moderate-growing hedge of any
tree of the evergreen collection. It is also cal-
culated for training into formal or fancy figures,
both in hedge-work and as detached objects, from
its branches and leaves growing exceedingly
close, and shooting very moderately and with
regularity.

For these purposes the trees should be trained
in their minor growth in the nursery ; if for
hedges or any fancy figures, by suffering the
plants to branch away immediately from the
very bottom, and cutting them with garden
shears once or twice every summer ; and if for
the shrubbery or other rural plantations, by
pruning them up a little at bottom to a single
stem, and suffering the heads to branch out on
all sides and at top diffusively ; likewise, if for
larger detached standards, by trimming up the
stems gradually to elevate them in proportion,
and encourage the heads to branch out, and
spread widely*

TELEPHIUM, a genus furnishing a plant of
the small hardy perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order PentavJria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of Por-
tulacecB.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved perianth : leaflets oblong, obtuse, con-
cave, keeled, length of the corolla, permanent :
the corolla has five petals, oblong, obtuse,
narrower below, erect, inserted into the recep-
tacle; the stamina have five awl-shaped fila-
ments, shorter than the corolla: anthers in-
cumbent : the pistillum has a three-sided acute
germ: style none: stigmas three, acute, spread-
ing : the pericarpium is a short capsule, three-
sided, three-valved, one-celled : the receptacle
free, shorter by half than the capsule : seeds
very many, roundish.

The species cultivated is T. Imperati, True
Orpine.

It has a root composed of yellowish woody
fibres, spreading out wide : the stalks and
branches are slender, trailing, eight crnine inches
long : the leaves small, ovate, grayish, smooth
and" pretty stiff, having one longitudinal nerve
running through the middle: the flowers termi-
nating, in short thick bunches, or corymbs,,
reflexed, of a white colour. It is a native of
the South of France, Spain, &c. flowering
from June to August.

Culture. — This plant is increased by sowing-
the seeds in the autumn or spring, in dry light
mould, either where the plants are to remain,
or in beds to be afterwards planted out. They
appear in the spring, when they should be kept
clear from weeds, and they will flower the fol-
lowing year.

It is also capable of being increased sometimes
by offsets, slips, or cuttings, planted out in the
spring season.

The plants afford variety in the common
borders and clumps.

TEA-BUCKTHORN. See Rhamnus.

TEA, NEW JERSEY. See Ceanothus.

TEA, NEW ZEALAND. See Philadel.-

PHUS.

TEA, OSWEGO. SeeMoNARDA.

TEA TREE. See Thea.

TEA, WEST INDIAN. See Sida.

TERRACE, a sort of raised bank of earth,
&c. regularly formed in an oblong manner to
any length, broad enough to admit of a spacious-
level walk at top, and elevated considerably
above the level of the general surface ; having
the sides uniformly sloped, and laid with grass,
and the top formed into a flat or level, suffi-
ciently broad for a grass or gravel walk, of pro-

8

T E R

T E T

portionable width ; designed in garden* as a
high, airy walk, to command a better preen ot
of the adjacent places around, within and w iih-
ovit the garden occasionally, as well a> to enjoy
the fresh air in summer more Freely- In ihc
former st\le of laving out gardens, it was con-
sidered as very ornamental, but is at present
much in disuse.

The height of a Terrace-walk may be more or
less as the situation admits, as from one foot to
one or two yards ; or even three or four yards
or more in particular situations, and where time
are plenty of earihv materials, rubbish, &c. to
form it, allowing breadth in proportion, from
five to ten or twenty feet or more, and extended
to any length required. They are sometimes
formed on some naturally high, rising around,
to save as much trouble as possible, in bringing
stuff from a distance ; and sometimes raised
wholly of forced materials.

The situation for a Terrace may be varied as
the natural situation of the place may require.

In respect to form, they should always be
broader at the base than the top, and extend
lengthways to any distance required; having the
sides regularly sloped, of more or less acclivi-
ty, as the width, height, and situation admit.
Sometimes both sides are sloped, and sometimes
only one side, the other perpendicular, and
faced with a substantial wall, &c. or formed
against the side of a hill, or some naturally*
rising ground ; being finished always broad
enough at top to admit of a proper walk. In
some naturally-elevated situations, Terraces are
sometimes formed one above another in two or
more ranges, each having its separate side slopes,
and elevated walk ; in all of which the slopes are
to be neatly laid with grass, and the walk at top
occasionally of grass or gravel.

The entrances leading to Terrace-walks were
formerly sometimes formed by an easy acclivity
of a grass or gravelled slope, and sometimes by a
grand flight of stone steps.

Where a rising ground, of considerable ele-
vation, naturally presents itself in a proper situ-
ation, it is an eligible opportunity for forming
a Terrace with the least expense and trouble,
on account of its not requiring the addition of
so much earth and rubbish as when raised en-
tirely on a perfect level, wholly of made earth.
Where there are any excavations of ground in-
tended to form ha-has, pieces of water, &c.
the excavated earth may be employed in forming
Terraces, Sec.

In the forming of a Terrace, the base must
be staked out wider than the intended width at
top for the walk, in order to admit of the ascent
of slopes being moderate. And the whole of

the made earth and rubbish n'.u>t be well rammed
and rolled down from tune lo lime BS it is BO
plied, in order to render the whole equally
firm, that it may not settle irregularly alter
being finished. The slopes may ether o
with turf, or sown with era — dsj but the
first is much the best method when ii can be
employed. See Grass-Grodno.

'I ETRAGONIA, a genus containing plants
of the shrubby and herbaceous succulent" peren-
nial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Icosmdria
Pemtugynia, and tanks in the natural ordei ol
Sitccii/e'iUe.

The characters are: that the calyx is a four-
lcaved perianth, superior: leaflets four, ovate,
bent down anil flat, rolled back at the ed«e,
coloured, permanent : there is no corolla, unless
the calyx be called so : the stamina have twenty
filaments, capillary, shorter than the calyx :
anthers oblong, incumbent: the pis till um is a
roundish germ, five-cornered, inferior : styles
four, awl-shaped, recurved, letujth of 'the
stamens : stigma longitudinal of the style, pu-
bescent: the pericarpium is a coriaceous drupe,
four-cornered with four longitudinal wings; the
opposite angles narrower, not opening: the
seed one, bony, four-celled : kernels oblong.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. frvticosa,
Shrubby Tetragonia; <2.T. demmbens, Trailing
Tetragonia; 3. T. herbacea, Herbaceous Tetra-
gonia; 4. T. cchinata, Hedge-hog Tetragonia.

The first has slender woody stems, rising
three or four feet high if supported, otherwise
trailing, covered with a light gray bark, and di-
viding into a great number of trailing branches,
which when young are succulent, ot an herba-
ceous colour, and covered with small pellucid
drops, which reflect the light, somewhat like
the Diamond Ficoidcs : as the branches grow
older, they become more woody : the leaves are
narrow, thick, succulent, about half an inch
long, and a tenth of an inch broad, concave and
blunt-pointed; they are placed alternately, and
at their base conies out a cluster of smaller
leaves, which have the like pellucid drops with
the stalks : the flowers axillary, at every joint
towards the ends of the branches, solitary, or
two or three together. The fruit is an inferior
juiceless drupe.

The second species has larger stalks than the
preceding, but they branch out in like manner :
the branches trail upon the ground ; the young
branches are very succulent, and almost as thick
as a man's little finger : the leaves are two inches
long, and an inch broad; their surface covered
uuli very small pellucid drops, as are also the
young branches : flowers larger, upon pretty
3N 2

T E T

T E U

long footstalks, three or four from the same
pomt: the calyx and anthers are of a pale
sulphur colour. It flowers from July to Sep-
tember.

The third has large fleshy mots : the branches
weak and trailing, generally decaying about
midsummar, and new shoots produced late in
autumn . the leaves come out in bunches ; they
are oval, plane, and not so thick and succulent
as in the other sorts; they are little mere than
an inch long, and half an inch broad : the
flowers are produced from the wings of the
leaves in February ; they are like those of the
second sort, and have long slender footstalks.
It flowers in June and July.

The fourth species has a biennial root : the
stem herbaceous, near the root dividing into
diffused branches, rendered angular by the pe-
tioles running down them, scarcely a foot lon<r:
the leaves succulent, spreading, an inch in
length : petioles shorter by half than the leaves :
the peduncles axillary, solitary, filiform, co-
vered with shining bladders, purple, very short:
the flowers pendulous, appearing as if frosted
with crystalline bladders. It flowers from May
to August.

They are all natives of the Cape.
Culture. — The first and fourth sorts may be
increased by cuttings, which should be cut off
from the plants a few days before they are
planted, that the part where they are cut may
be healed, setting them out in July, that they
may have time to make good roots before winter,
on a bed of fresh earth, shading them from the
sun in the heat of the day. They should after-
wards be frequently refreshed with water in small
quantities. In a few weeks, when well rooted,
they should be taken up, and planted into pots
filled with light fresh undunged earth, and
placed in a shady situation until they have taken
new root, after which they may be placed with
other hardy exotic plants in a sheltered situation,
where they may remain till the middle or latter
end of October; at which time they should be
removed into the green-house, and placed where
they may enjoy as much free air as possible in
mild weather, as they only require to be pro-
tected from the frost, being pretty hardy with
respect to cold. As when planted in the full
ground in the summer season they are apt to
grow rank and large, or even when permitted
to root into the ground through the holes at the
bottom of the pots, the pots should be fre-
quently removed to prevent it, as they are in-
jured by it.

The first and second sorts are likewise capable
of being raised by seeds, sown in a gentle hot-
bed or in a warm border of light fresh earth, in

the spring. When the plants are about four
inches high, they may be planted out in pots,
treating them in the same manner as the cut-
tings.

And "the third sort will grow from cuttings
planied early in the spring, in the same man-
ner as the others.

They afford ornament among other potted
plants.

TEUCRIUM, a genus furnishing plants of
the under-shrubbv and herbaceous kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dhlynaniia
Gi/m/wspermia, and ranks in the natural order
of Vertic'illatai.

The characters are: that the calvx is a one-
leafed perianth, half-live-cleft, acute, almost
equal, gibbous at the base on one side, perma-
nent: the corolla onc-petalled, ringent: tube
cylindric, short, ending in an incurvaled throat:
upper lip erect, acute, deeply two-parted beyond
the base ; the segments at the sides distant : lower
lip spreading, triiicl: the lateral segments of the
same form with the upper lip, almost erect; the
middle one very large, and somewhat rounded :
the stamina have four awl-shaped filaments,
longer than the upper lip of the corolla and
ascending in the cleft of it, prominent: anthers
small: the pistillum is a four-parted germ:
style filiform, situation and size of the stamens:
stigmas two, slender: there is no pericarpium :
calyx unchanged, fostering the seeds at the
bottom: the seeds four, roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. flavum,
Yellow-flowered Shrubby Germander; 2. T. Seo-
rodnnia, Sage-leaved Germander, or Wood Sage;
3. T. Canudaise, Nettle-leaved Germander; 4.
T. montanum, Dwarf Mountain Germander ;
5. T. Pyrejiaicum, Pyrenean Germander; 6. T.
Polium, Poley; 7 -T. capitatum, Hound-headed
Germander ; 8. T.pumilurn, Dwarf Germander;
9- T.fruticans, Narrow-leaved Tree Germander;
10. T. latifolivm, Broad-leaved Tree German-
der; 11. T. Creticum, Cretan Germander; 12.
T. Marum, Common Marum or Cat-thyme.

The first has a shrubby, branched, pubescent
stem, often procumbent at the base : leaves ovate,
shining above, pubescent beneath, crenate, ob-
tuse, petioled ; the upper ones quite entire ;
the whorls from two to six-flowered, distinct :
the flowers pedicelled. According to Miller,
they are of a -dirty white colour, and appear in
July. It is a native of the South of Europe, &c.

There is a variety, which is hairy, with yel-
low flowers, with pale white flowers, and with
purple flowers.

The second species has a perennial creeping
root : the stems afoot and half or two feet high,
four-cornered, nearly upright, hairy, leafy, hard.

T E U

T E U

often purple : panicle racemed : leaves opposite,
wrinkled, hairy, veiny, and wrinkled like S
somewhat glutinous, strongs-smelling, bitter:

the (lowers are in pairs, on 1 nig opposite naked
el led. It is a native of Europe

and Morocco, flowering ti-om July to Septem-
ber, It is used sometimes as hops in beer.

The third is a perennial plant, verv like the
second, but does not creep at the root as ihat
does : the stalks are erect : the leaves are white
on their under side, and deeply senate: the
flowers yellow in terminating racemes. It is
observed by Marshall, that the plant from Cana-
da has narrower leaves, equally serrate, tonien-
beneath, flat : the spike is composed of
whorls or scattered flowers, with a verv small
bracte under each. But the garden plant has
larger wrinkled leaves, unequally senate, scarcely
pubescent beneath ; and flowers in a subspiked
raceme, of six -flowered, six-leaved whorls, with
serrate bractes. It is a native of North Ame-
rica, flowering in August and September.

The fourth species, according to Miller, has
the root composed of many woody fibres, which
spread wide ; hence arise several weak, trailing,
woody stalks, eight or nine inches long, send-
ing out many branches : the leaves are small,
of a deep green : the flowers white, appearing
in June and Julv ; but seldom succeeded bv seeds
in this climate. It is a native of Germany.

There is a variety with much smaller leaves,
hoarv on their under side.

The fifth has slender shrubby stalks, which
trail close upon the ground ; they have a purple
bark, and are covered with while hairs : the
leaves are round at the top, but at their base are
contracted in form of a wedge, so as to resem-
ble at first sight the leaves of Ground-ivy, but
they are hairv, and of a thicker consistence :
the flowers are collected ill round bunches at the
end of lite branches : the corolla is larue; and
half of it is purple, the other white. It
flowers great part of the summer, hut seldom
produces seeds in this climate. It grows natu-
rally on the Pyrenean mountains.

The sixth species has the stems surlruticosc,
round, procumbent: the whole plant tomentose
and hoarv : the leaves are oblong, lanceolate or
almost linear : the flowers sessile, close and
King over each other, small : bractes the length
of the calyx: corolla yellow : the middli
nient concave, entire. It is a native ot the
South of Europe, the Levant, 8cc.

There are several varieties : as Common Yellow

Polev, which has the stalks rather herbaceous

and trailing, about six inches long anil hoary :

leaves woolly, about halt an inch long, some

-.-shaped, others oblong, ending in obtuse

points, and crenate towards their ends : the
flower* collected in oblong thick - .: the

end of the branches, of a deep yellow colour,
and appearing at th< beginning ot June. This
grows naturally in Sp i

The N rroM leaved Yell >••■' Polcy, which has
woody st.dks, erec . >«ng, a id ci

with a hoary' down, rising six or eight inches
hiirii : the lca> ry woolly, about half an

inch Ion;:, having sometimes two or three slight
indentures on tfa S : the flowers collected

m roundish spikes a. ibe end of the bran
they are bright yellow , nave woolly calyxes, and
appear in June and July. It grows naturally in
Spain and Portugal..

The White Poley, which has the sums a loot
long and trailing : the leaves are a little cottony,
entire on I . but toothed at the cud : the

flowers arc pretty large, white tinged a little
with purple. It' it a native of the South of
France. There is also the Purple IMey.

The seventh is shrubby, branched at the b
the branches round, tomeutose, erect : the
leaves sessile, linear-lanceolate, obtuse, often
temate: the flowers corymbed, headed, close:
calyxes viltose-tnmentose : the corolla small,
pale yellow or white, h his the habit of Origa-
num Majorana, but is tomentose, and has nar-
row leaves. It is a native of Prance, eec.

There is a variety w hieh has an erect branch-
ing stalk, which rises a foot high; the lower
paTt becomes woody, but the upper is herba-
ceous : the leaves arc linear-lanceolate, about
an inch long, crcnate, of a pretty thick consist-
ence, and a little woolly : the flowers collected
in a corvmb at the end of the branches, white,
appearing in July and August.

1 lie eighth species has~ ligneous procumbent
slender downy stem-, lying on the ground : the
leaves in clusters.; the flowers'reddish, collected
into small heads at the ends of the branches;
coming out in June and July. It is a native ot
Spain.

The ninth has a shrubby branching stalk,
rising six or eight feet high, and coveted with
a hoarv bark : the leaves opposite, ovale, sessile
or on very short petioles, near an inch long, and
half an inch broad, smooth and of a shining
green above, and hoarv beneath : the flowers are
axillary from the upper part of the branches,
one on each side at a joint, on short peduncles.
A native of Spam, eve., flowering in February.

There is a variety which is a hi lie niure
branched, and has smaller shorter leaves : the
flowers are paler, the stamens somewhat longer,
the anthers smaller and brown, whereas in the
larger sort they are violet : and another w Uh
variegated leaves.

T H A

T H A

The tenth species is a shrubby plant, growing
seven or eight feet high, and may be trained to
a much greater height : the flowers are some-
what shorter and smaller, though the leaves are
larger ; they are not blue but purplish, with
more conspicuous veins and streaks ; the an-
thers are of a dusky greenish colour ; the leaves
are broader, of a rhomboid form, more hairy,
and whiter on their under side. It is a native of
Spain, flowering from June to September.

The eleventh has the leaves acuminate, white
beneath : the flowers in threes, or solitary : the
calyxes are spiny. It is a native of Candia and
Egypt.

The twelfth species has a low shrubby stalk,
sending out many slender woodv branches, in
warm countries rising three or four feet high,
but in England rarely half that height : the stalks
are very hoary, and have small leaves placed
opposite at each joint, about the size of those of
Thyme, and pointed at both ends, green above,
hoary underneath, having a grateful scent, but
so piercing as to cause sneezing : the flowers
grow in loose whorled spikes at the ends of the
branches ; they are very downy, and of a bright
red colour; appear in July and August, but
produce no seeds in this climate. It is a native
of Spain.

Culture. — All the herbaceous and ligneous
kinds may be readily increased by parting the
roots, by slips of the young branches, and seeds :
the roots may be divided in the autumn, or
early spring, and the slips of the branches be
taken off" in the spring and summer, being
planted out in moist shady situations ; and when
well rooted, they may be removed to where
they are to remain, though it is best to plant
them at once where they are to grow : the seeds
may be sown in a bed or border of common
earth in the early spring season.

In the Polmm kinds the seeds should be sown
in a bed of light earth, and the plants be either
put out in nursery-rows, or set where they are
to remain, in the latter end of summer.

The shrubby sorts may likewise be increased
by slips or cuttings of the young shoots of the
branches, which should be planted in pots filled
with light mould, in the spring and summer
months, in order to be removed under the pro-
tection of the green-house in winter, being after-
wards managed as other green-house exotics.

The first sorts afford variety in the borders,
&c, and the latter in assemblage with green-
house plants.

THALICTRUM, a genus containing plants
of the hardy, herbaceous, fibrous-rooted, peren-
nial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria

Polygyma, and ranks in the natural order of
MidthiliqiuB.

The characters are: that there is no calv.x,
unless the corolla be taken for it : the corolla
has four petals, roundish, obtuse, concave,
caducous: the stamina have vcrv many filaments,
wider at top, compressed, longer than the co-
rolla: anthers oblong, erect: the pistillum,
styles very many, very short : germs many,
commonly pedicelled, roundish: styles none :
stigmas thickish: there is no pericarpiuin : the
seeds many, grooved, ovate, tailless.

The species cultivated are : J . T. tuberosum,
Tuberous-rooted Meadow Rue : 2. T. Cornuti,
Canadian Meadow Rue: 3. T. fcetidum, Fetid
Meadow Rue : 4. T. anguslijblium, Narrow-
leaved Meadow Rue : 5. T. lucidum, Shining-
leaved Meadow Rue : 6. T. aquilegifolium,
Columbine-leaved Meadow Rue, or Feathered
Columbine.

The first has knobbed roots : the leaves small,
obtuse, indented in three parts at their points,
of a grayish colour and smooth : the stalks rise
a foot and half high, and are naked almost to
the top, where they divide into two or three
small ones, under each of which is placed one
leaf; every division is terminated by a small
bunch of pretty large flowers, disposed almost
in form of an umbel, each composed of five white
petals. It is a native of Spain, flowering in June.

The second species attains the height of three
feet : the stems sufTVuticose, daTk purple,
branched : leaves resembling those of Colum-
bine, but glaucous : the flowers in many pale-
purple heads, five-petalled and white. It is a
native of North America, flowering from May
to July.

There is a variety, which is smaller, with pale
purple filaments.

The third has the stem about six or seven
inches high : the leaves downy, composed of a
great number of small leaflets, which are bluntly
indented, and have a fetid scent : the flowers in
loose panicles, small, and of an herbaceous
white colour : the leaves are somewhat hairy on
both sides, pulpy and soft : the petals themselves
are somewhat hairy, in the young plant reddish,
but in the adult whitish, almost a foot high,
and not very leafy. It is a native of the South
of France, Switzerland, Stc, flowering from
May to July.

The fourth species has the stems from two to
three feet high : the flowers small, collected in
terminating panicles, and of an herbaceous white
colour. It is a native of Germany and Switzer-
land, flowering in June and July.

The fifth has the stems upright, channelled,
five or six feet high, having at each joint pinnate

THE

THE

leaves, composed of many linear fleshy leaflets,
which are tor the most part entire, arid end in
acute points: the flowers are of a yellowish
white colour; they appear m July, and are suc-
ceeded by small angular capsules, n ah one small
oblong seed in each, which ripens in August.
It is a native of France about Paris, and of Spain.

The sixth species has a thick tibrous root ;
the stems taper, rising tbiee feet high : the
leaves like those of Columbine : the Bowers in
large terminating panicles. It is a native of
Scania, Switzerland, &c.

There are varieties with a green stalk and
while stamens, and with a purple stalk and
stamens. There arc other sorts that may be
cultivated for variety.

Culture. — AH the sorts are readily increased
by parting the roots, and planting them out in
the autumn when the stems decay, or in the
spring before the new ones are sent forth, in
the strongest where they are to remain, and the
a eaker ones in nursery-row s for further grow th :
they may also be raised from seeds, which
should be sown in a bed or border in the spring ;
when the plants rise, they should be kept clean,
and be planted out where they are to remain, in
the following autumn. They afford variety in
the borders, and other parts of ornamented
grounds.

THEA, a genus furnishing plants of the ex-
otic shrubby find.

It belongs to the class and order Pohjandria
Monoeynia, (Trigynia,) and ranks in the
natural order of Comnmiferae.

The characters are: that the perianth is five-
parted, very small, flat, inferior, permanent :
segments roundish, obtuse, equal : the corolla
has six petals, (three to nine) roundish, con-
cave, large; of which two are exterior and a lit-
tle smaller : the stamina have numerous fila-
ments, (more than two hundred) filiform,
shorter than the corolla, inserted into the re-
ceptacle : anthers cordate, fastened bv the back :
the pistilium is a globular-trigonal germ : stvJes
three, united at the base, at bottom erect,
tloeely approximating, and as it were united
into one; above the stamens diverging, some-
what recurved at the top, after flowering sepa-
rated to the verv base, rellexed' at the top :
stigmas simple: the pericarpium is a tricocoous
capsule, trilocular, gaping at the top, in three
directions : the -eeds solitary, globose, angular
on the inward side.

The species is Thea, Tea-Tree.

It is commonly about the height of a man.
It is described indeed by different authors, as
varying much in size, from that just mentioned
to thirty and even two hundred feet. Probably
it may attain the height of thirty feet or more

when left to itself; but in general the tree? are
cut down periodically, that they may make
stronger shoots, and therefore are seldom seen
to be above live or six feet high. The trunk is
branching and round : the branches alternate or
vague, snffi-h, inclining to an ash-colour, but
reddish toward- the COO: the leaves alternate,
elliptic, smooth, glossy, of a firm texture,
bluntly serrate except near the base, blunt and
for the most part slightly emarginatc at the end,
veined on the under side, on very short petioles,
round and gibbous beneath, flatfish and slightly
channelled above : the stipules to the I
none: peduncles axillary, alternate, single,
curved, one-flowered, incrassate, having at the
base a single stipule or braete, which u awl-
shaped, erect, elliptic, obtusely serrate, with
the edges between the teeth recurved : the co-
rolla white, varying in the number and size of
the petals : the stamens, according to Loureiro,
inserted rather into the base of the corolla than
into the receptacle.

In respect to the varieties, Martyn has con-
sidered them all as forming one species, in
which, he is, he says, supported by the best au-
thorities. " K.a;mpfer," says he, " attributes their
difference to soil, culture, age of the leaves,
and method of curing them. .Mr. Ellis directly
asserts that the Green and Bohea Tea are one and
the same species ; and that it is the nature of
the soil, the culture, and manner of gathering
and drying the leaves, that makes the difference;
and a Green Tea-tree planted in the Bohea coun-
try will produce Bohea Tea, and the contrary.
So also Sir George Staunton -ays ; every infor-
mation received concerning the Tea plant con-
curred in affirming, that its qualities depended
upon the soil in which it grew, •„ I the age at
which the leaves were plucked off the tn
well as upon the management of them after-
wards; Linnaeus, it is well known, distinguished
tv. o species of Thea ; th* Bohea with six-pet
flower-, and the ViriUs or Green with nine-
petalled flowers : but it is now well ascertained
that the number of petals is very uncertain ; and
Dr. Lettsom informs us that he has examined
several hundred flower- both from the Bohea and
Green countries, and thai their botanical el,
iii- have always appeared uniform. In the cata-
logue of the royal botanic garden al Kcw, two
varieties of Thea Bohea are given,
by the leaves; namely, Laxaor Broad-leaved
with elhptic-oblong wrinkled leavt - ; and Stricta,
or Narrow-leaved lei, with lancei late flat ]< .
The Bohea Tea-trees now introduced ii many
botanic gardens near London, exhibit
varieties : the leaves are of a d lour,

and not so deeply serrated ; and the -uilk is usually
of a darker colour : but the botanical characters

T II E

THE

are the same. Thunbcrg also distinguishes two
varieties from the leaves, which in one are smaller,
Hat, darker green, villi straight serratures, and in
the other larger, waved, brigl iter green, with sinu-
ate serratures: but they can scarcely be considered
as distinct species. Loureiro observed little dif-
ference in the Sou-chong, which he examined :
both these have a brown colour, but are more
odoriferous and precious than the common Bo-
hea of the province of Fo-kien, which he had
.not an opportunity of seeing in a living state,
though it is the most common and cheapest of
all. "lie examined the dry flowers of the Green
lea, from the province of Kiang-si, and observed
the same inconstancy, as to the number of parts
in the calyx and corolla, as in the Bohea. Upon
the whole he concludes that all the differences of
Chinese tea form only one botanical species,
owing their variation to soil, culture, and
method of preparation; all retaining the same
inconstancy in the parts of the flower, which
save occasion to Linnaeus to consider them as

c

two species.'

It is added, " that many varieties of tea are
known in China, from mixture and manage-
ment." The distinctions chiefly regarded in
Europe arc the following.

" Green Teas. — 1. Bing, Imperial or Bloom
Tea, with a large loose leaf, of a light green
colour, and a faint delicate smell.

"2. Hy-tiann, Hikiong, Ilavssuen or Hee-
chun, known to us by the name of Hyson Tea :
the leaves are closely curled and small, of a
green colour verging towards blue. Another
Hvson Tea, with narrow short leaves, is called
livson-utchin. There is also a green tea named
Gobe, with long narrow leaves.

" 3. Song-lo or Singlo, which name it re-
ceives, like several others, from the place where
it is cultivated."

" Bolwa Teas. — 1. Soo-chuen, Sut-chong,
Sou-chong, or Su-chong, called by the Chinese
Saa-tvang, and Sact-chaon or Sy-tyann, is a su-
perior kind of Cong-fou Tea. It imparts a yel-
lowish green colour by infusion, and has its
name from a place or province in China. Padre
Sutchong has a liner taste and smell : the leaves
are large and yellowish, not rolled up, and
packed in papers of half a pound each. It is
generally conveved by caravans into Russia ;
without much care it will he injured at sea. It
is rarely to be met with in England.

" 2. Canj-ho or Soum-lo, called after the
name of the place where it is gathered: a fra-
grant tea with a violet smell ; its infusion is pale.

"3. Cong-fou, Congo, orBong-fo: this has
t^cr leaf than the following, and the inl'u-
is a little deeper coloured. It resembles the
o i anon Bohea in the colour of the leaf.

" There is a sort called Lin-Kisam, with nar-
row rough leaves. It is seldom used alone, hut
mixed with other kinds. By adding it to Congo,
the Chinese sometimes make a kind of Pekoe lea.

" 4. Pckao, Pecko, or Pekoe, by the Chinese
called Back-ho or Pack-ho. It is known by
having the appearance of small white flowers
intermixed with it.

" 5. Common Bohea or Black Tea, called
Moji orMo-ee by the Chinese, consists of leaves
of one colour. The best is named Tao-kvonn.
An inferior kind is called Au-kai, from a place
of that name. In the district of Honam, near
Canton, the tea is very coarse, the leaves yellow
or brownish, and the taste the least agreeable of
any. By the Chinese it is named Honam te,
or Kuli-te.

" Besides these, Tea both Bohea and Green
is sometimes imported in balls, from two ounces
to the size of a nutmeg and of peas. The Chi-
nese call it Poncul-tcha. The smallest in this
form is well known under the name of Gun-
powder Tea.

" Sometimes the succulent leaves are twisted
like packthread, an inch and half or two inches
long; three of these are usually tied together at
the ends by different-coloured silk threads. Both
Green and Bohea are prepared in this manner.

" The manner of gathering and preparing the
leaves, as practised in Japan," according to
Ka?mpfer, " as far as our information reaches,
is in a great measure conformable to the me-
thod used by the Chinese.

" The leaves are gathered carefullv one by
one, and each person is able thus to collect from
four to ten or fifteen pounds in one dav. The
first gathering commences about the end of our
February, or beginning of JNIarch, when the
leaves are young and tender: thev are called
Fieki Tsjaa or powdered tea, because thev are
pulverised and sipped in hot water: they are
disposed of to princes and rich people onlv, and
hence this kind is called Imperial Tea.

"A similar sort is called I'dsi Tsjaa, and
Tacke Sacki Tsjaa, from the places where it
grows. Peculiar care and nicety is observed in
gathering these leaves.

" The second collection is made at the end of
March or beginning of April. This is called
Tootsjaa, or Chinese Tea, because it is infused
and drunk after the Chinese manner.

" The third gathering is made in June, when
the leaves are full grown. This is called Ban
Tsjaa; it is the coarsest, and is chiefly con-
sumed by the lower class of people. By sorting
these, several other varieties are produced.

'; Whether the Chinese collect the tea pr< -
cisely at the same seasons as in Japan, we arc
not well informed ; but most probably the tea

THE

T II F.

harvest is nearly at the same periods, the natives
baring frequent intercourse, and their com-
mercial concerns with each other being very ex-
tensive.

" The tea leaves should be dried as soon as
possible after they are gathered. For this pur-
pose public buildings arc erected, containing
from five to ten, and even twenty small furnaces
about three feet high, each having at the top a
large iron pan. There is also a long table co-
vered with mats, on which the leaves are laid,
and rolled bv workmen who sit round it. The
iron pan being heated to a certain degree bv a
fire made in the furnace beneath, a few pounds
of the leaves arc put upon the pan, and conti-
nually turned and shitted by the hands till they
become too hot to be endured ; they arc then
thrown upon the mats to be rolled between the
palms of the hands ; after which, they are cooled
as speedily as possible. In order that all the mois-
ture of the leaves mav be completely dissipated,
and their twisted form be better preserved, the
above process is repeated several times with the
same leaves, but less heat is employed than at
first. The tea thus manufactured is afterwards
sorted according to its kind or goodness. Some
of the younc tender leaves are never rolled, and
are immersed in hot water before thev are dried.

" Country people cure their leaves in earthen
kettles, which answer every necessary purpose,
at less trouble and expense, whereby they are
enabled to sell them cheaper.

" After the tea has been kept for some months,
it is taken out of the vessels in which it was
stored, and dried again over a very gentle
fire, that it may be deprived of any humidity
which remained, or it might have since con-
tracted.

" The common tea is kept in earthen pots with
narrow mouths ; but the best sort used by the
emperor and nobility is put into porcelain or
china vessels. The coarsest tea is kept bv the
country people in straw baskets, made in the
shape of barrels, which thev place under the
roofs of iheir houses, near the hole that lets out
the smoke."

Culture. — These plants may be raised in this
country by seeds, layers and cuttings of the
voting branches. The editor of Miller's Dic-
tionary advises that the seeds should be procured
from China, and that care should "be taken that
t he- v be fresh, sound, ripe, white, plump, and
moist internally. After being well dried in the
sun, they may be inclosed in bees-wax, or, left
in their capsules, they may he put into very
close canisters of tin or tutenaguc. Thouin, in
his directions to Perousc, he savs, recommends

Vol. II.

these and other lecda ■■ d m die-mate

layi ra of earth or s ind, in tin bo) d up

exactly, and placed in solid i I with

n is a cloth ; the boxes to be pli cd in a part of
hip the least accessible to moisture-, and
the most sheltered from extreme- beat or cold."
And •■ Mr.Sneyd," he adds, "was very sua
in hai ds packed up in absorbent paper,

and surrounded by raisins or moist sug.ir, winch
kept them in a state fit lor vegetation. Ameri-
can seeds are frequently brought over, by put-
ting them into a box, not made loo close, upon
alternate layers of moss, in such a manner as to
admit the seeds to vegetate. This might be- It u il
with the seeds of the Tea- tree ; and to succeed
more certainly, some of the seeds might be sow a
in pots or boxes, when the vessel arrives at St.
Helena, and after passing the tropic of Cancer,
near the latitude of thirty degrees north. Hut
the best method" says he, "seems to be, to sow-
ripe seeds in good light earth in boxes, at leav-
ing Canton ; covering them with wire, to pre-
vent rats and other vermin from coming to them ;
and taking care that the boxes be not exposed to
too much air, nor to the spray of the sea. A
little fresh or rain water should be sprinkled
over them now and then ; and when the seedling
plants appear, they should be kept moist, and
out of the burning sun. If young plants can be
procured in China, they may be sent over in a
growing state in boxes, forty inches long by
twenty broad, and as much in depth, having a
few holes bored through the bottom. When
the trees arrive here they must be kept in a
green-house during the winter, and in the open
air during the summer; and if thev come in bad
condition, it may not be amiss to plunge the
pots into which they are transplanted, in a gen-
tle hot-bed, or to set them in the tan-pit, to
make them strike and shoot more freely." It
is further remarked, that " though the Tea-tree
will not at present bear the rigour of our winters,
in the open air, yet it is not impossible but it
may gradually become naturalized to our climate,
like i lie Magnolia, among several other irees
and shrubs ; especially it it were to be brought
from the coldest provinces of China, where it
errow >, or from the parts of Europe a little to
the southward o£ua, when it shall have been
naturalised there." ft is increased freely from
cuttings, when managed in the same manner as
Gardenias: and it also sometimes grows from
lav i is laid (low n in the autumn or spring.

Some of these plants should Ik always kept in

pots, to be removed under the shelter either ol a

. or deep Garden t<

m winter: and others be planted in a dry,

i o

THE

THE

sheltered, warm, conspicuous part of the shrub-
bery, to afford occasional covering from rigorous
frosts.

They afford variety in green-house collections,
as well as in the shrubberies.

THEOBROMA, a genus containing a plant
of the exotic tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyadelphia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of Co-
lumniferce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved perianth : leaflets lanceolate, acute, spread-
ing, deciduous : the corolla has five petals,
smaller than the calyx : claws wide, arched,
concave like a helmet, emarginate at the tip,
scored internally with a thick triple line inserted
into the nectary at the base : borders roundish,
acuminate, spreading, each narrowed at the base
into a small claw which is from upright recurved,
and fastened into the claw : nectary a short
little pitcher, putting forth five little horns,
which arc awl-shaped, long, erect, acuminate,
bent in and converging, decurrent along the
pitcher: the stamina have five filiform filaments,
erect, bent outwards at top, lying within the
claws of the petals, growing externally to the
nectary, alternate with and shorter than the
horns : anthers on each filament two, (one on
each side at the tip,) vertical, one cell superior,
the other inferior : the pistillum is an ovate
germ : style filiform, (striated, Aubl.) a little
longer than the stamens: stigma five-cleft: the
pericarpium is an oblong capsule, coriaceous,
unequal, five-cornered, five-celled, valveless, not
opening: the seeds very many, subovate, nestling
in a buttery pulp, fastened to, a central columnar
receptacle.

The species is T. Cacao, Chocolate Nut Tree.

It grows in a very handsome form to the
height of twelve or sixteen feet: the trunk is
upright, and about as hiffh as a man before the
head spreads out : the wood is light and of a
white colour, and the bark is brownish and
even: the leaves lanceolate-oblong, bright green,
quite entire, alternate, from nine to sixteen
inches long, and three or four inches wide at
most, on a petiole an inch in length and thicken-
ed at both ends : the peduncles slender, about
eight or ten together, chiefly from the scars of
the fallen leaves ; one of them only for the most
part fruitful, the rest abortive: the flowers
small, reddish, inodorous : fruit smooth, yel-
low, red, or of both colours, about three inches
m diameter : rind fleshy, near half an inch in
thickness, flesh-coloured within: pulp whitish,
the consistence of butter, separating from the
rijid in a state of ripeness, and adhering to it

only by filaments, which penetrate it and reach
to the seeds. Hence it is known when the seeds
are ripe, by the rattling of the capsule when it is
shaken: the pulp has a sweet and not unpleasant
taste, with a slight acidity; it is sucked and
eaten raw by the natives : it may be easily sepa-
rated into as many parts as there are seeds, to
which it adheres strongly, and they are wrapped
up in it, so that each seed seems to have its own
proper pulp : the seeds are about twenty-five in
number : when fresh they are of a flesh-colour :
gathered before they are ripe, they preserve them
in sugar, and thus they are very grateful to the
palate : they quicklv lose their power of vege-
tation, if taken out of the capsule, but kept in it
they preserve that power for a long time : the
tree bears leaves, flowers, and fruit all the year
through ; but the usual seasons for gathering
the fruit are June and December : in two years
from the seed it is above three feet high, and
spreads its branches, not more than five of which
are suffered to remain : before its third year is
complete it shows for fruit : a tree yields from
two to three pounds of seeds annually. It is a
native of South America.

Culture. — It is increased by seed obtained from
abroad, sowing it as soon after its arrival as pos-
sible, in pots filled with light earth, and plun-
ging them in a bark-bed, where they will soon
come up ; and when the plants are about three
inches high, potting them off separately, and re-
plunging them in the bark-bed in the stove,
managing them as other woody exotics of the
stove kind afterwards.

They afford an agreeable variety in stove col-
lections.

THERMOMETER, an instrument construct-
ed for the purpose of measuring the degrees of
heat and cold at all seasons, arid which is of
great utility in the culture of tender exotic stove
plants, by serving as a guide to regulate the pro-
per degree of heat for the hot-houses containing
such plants.

Their construction for this use consists of a
long slender glass tube, or pipe, about eighteen
inches or two feet long, having a small glass
ball or globe at the lower end ; and it is fixed
longitudinally on a brass or wooden plate or
frame, the same length, or longer, and four or
five inches broad ; the glass tube and ball being
furnished with a quantity of coloured liquid
spirit, or other fluid, which is affected by heat
and cold so as to ascend higher or lower in the
tube proportionably, a scale being marked on
the frame along each side of the tube, divided
into the different degrees of heat and cold : and
the spirit ascending by the heat of the internal

T II I

T II O

air of the stove, promoted by fire, Sec. points
•out on the scale the proper degree of heat re-
quired, having the name of some remarkable
exotic, such as the anana, or pine-apple, written
on the scale as a standard mark of the requisite
temperature of heat, so as when the internal
heat of the stove raises the spirit to that mark, or
within five degrees over or under, is the proper
temperature for the growth of the ananas, and
all other tender plants from the hottest parts of
the world ; so that the fires requisite for the
stove in winter, are to be made stronger or
weaker accordingly.

They are more particularly useful in winter,
during the time the fires are made in the flues
for warming the air internally ; one being generally
hung up toward the centre of the stove, so as the
warmth may operate moderatelv and equally on
every side, and discover the real temperature of
the general internal heat, which should be sup-
ported always nearly equal bv the aid of bark
hot-beds and real fire, sufficient to raise the spirit
or other fluid in the tube to the mark ananas,
or but a little over or under it.

They should not onlv be suspended nearlv to-
wards the centre of the stove, but also out of the
sun, that the glass tube and ball containing the
spirit or other fluid may be shaded as much as
possible ; and also at some medium distance
from the fire-place and flues, so as neither the
direct rays of the sun, or heat of the fire, darting
immediately on the tube and ball, may affect the
operation of the inclosed fluid, and cause it to
mount higher than would be effected by the real
general warmth of the air of the stove, and
thereby lead into an error, in supposing the in-
ternal heat to be much stronger than it really is,
-when probably it is not strong enough. See
Ananas.

THICKETS, a sort of close plantations of trees
and shrubs, in pleasure-grounds, parks, &c.
Thev are designed for different purposes, as some-
times to repel the force of tempestuous and cold
cutting winds, either from the habitation, or
some particular part of the garden ; or to form
places of shade or retirement in summer, having
spaces for walks, recesses, &c. under the um-
brage of the trees, and occasionally to conceal
from view any unsightly or disagreeable object,
and also sometimes to form a screen or blind ar-
ranged towards some outward boundary.

On some occasions, they are introduced in the
internal parts of large pleasure-grounds, and
parks, in contrast to the more open and airy
plantations, in which to have shady wood-
walks winding variously through them, also
to form recesses, by environing particular spaces,

rendering them retired, -hady, and sheltered, by
the surrounding trees uid shrubs composing the

thickets : close thickets of hardy Met

shrubs are sometimes also disposed in det i
clumps in capacious open situations, to ei
diversified ornamental variety, the clumps being
distantly stationed so as not to obstruct the new
ot any desirable object.

They are sometimes planted wholly of the
large tree kinds, five or six to eight or t>
asunder, some in regular lines like a close grove,
or more generally in a sort of promiscuous plant-
ing, but with some degree of order in the di-
stances : they are also often composed of various
trees and shrubs together to effect a more full,
close growth below and above, and to display a
greater diversity in the plantation, by disposing
the various shrubs properly between the larger
trees, in some order of gradation, the lowest to-
wards the front, and the taller growths back-
ward, so as to form a sort of close underwood
thicket below, while the trees run up and form
a thickety growth above : and sometimes they
are formed wholly of shrubs of different sorts and
degrees of growth, from the lowest placed for-
ward to the tallest behind.

They are sometimes formed wholly of parti-
cular sorts of trees disposed separatelv in distinct
plantations, as of elm, ash, beech, poplar, alder,
willow, &c.

The planting of thicket plantations should be
effected with young trees of from four, five or six,
to eight or ten feet growth, and the shrub kinds
proportionally; in all of which the planting may
be performed in the common seasons of autumn,
winter and spring.

In the culture of thicket plantations, little is
required bat that of keeping them clear from
large overbearing weed-, while the trees and
shrubs are in young small growth.

THISTLE,' GLOBE. See Echinops.

TH ISTLE, M EI.ON. Sec Cactus.

THISTLE, TORCH. See Cactus.

THORN APPLE. See Datuk a.

THORN, BOX. SeeLvciUM.

THORN, CHRIST'S. See Rhamm s.

THORN, COCKSPUR. See Chatjboi

THORN, EGYPTIAN. See Acacia.

THORN, EVERGREEN. See MusriUJi.

THORN, GLASTONBURY. See Ckaive-

GUS.

THORN, GOATS. See Tragacantha.
THORN, HAW. See Crat.kgus.
'THORN, LILY. See Catksb.*.a.
THORN, PURGING. See Rhamicos.
THORN, WHITE, See (hat.*..,. I.

THORNY TREFOIL. See Fago.ma.
3 O a

T H U

T H U

THOROW-WAX. SeeBuptEURUM.

THUJA, a genus containing a plant of the
hardy evergreen tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Montvcia
Monadelphia, and ranks in the natural order of
Conifer ce.

The characters are : that in the male flower
the calyx is an ovate anient, composed of a
common rachis, on which opposite flowers are
placed in a triple opposition : each flower has
for its base a subovate, concave, obtuse scale :
there is no corolla : the stamina have four fila-
ments (in each floret) scarcely manifest: anthers
as many, fastened to the base of the calycine
scale : — female flower on the same plant : the
calyx is a common subovate strobile, surrounded
with opposite florets; composed of two-flowered,
ovate, convex scales, converging longitudinally :
there is no corolla: the pistillum is a very small
germ : style awl-shaped : stigma simple : the
pericarpium is an ovate-oblong strobile, obtuse,
opening longitudinally, with oblong scales, al-
most equal, convex outwardly, obtuse: the seeds
oblong, girt longitudinally with a membrana-
ceous wing, emarginate.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. oeciden talis,
American Arbor-vitae; 2. T. orientalis, Chinese
Arbor-vitae.

The first has a strong woody trunk, which
rises to the height of forty feet or more : the
bark, while young, is smooth and of a dark
brown colour, but as the trees advance the bark
becomes cracked, and less smooth : the branches
are produced irregularly on every side, standing
almost horizontal, and the young slender shoots
frequently hang down: these branches stand but
thin, and the vounger branches only have leaves,
so that when the trees are grown large they
make but an indifferent appearance, being so
thinly clothed with the leaves : the young
branches are flat, and the small leaves are placed
over each other like the scales of fish : the flow-
ers are produced from the side of the young
branches, pretty near to the footstalk : the
males grow in oblong catkins, and between
these the females are collected in form of cones.
When the former have shed their farina, they
soon drop off; but the latter are succeeded by
oblong cones, or strobiles, having obtuse smooth
scales, containing one or two oblong seeds. It
is a native of Siberia and Canada, where it is
very plentiful, but not much further south.

There are different varieties ; as the American
Sweet-scented, and Variegated-leaved.

The second species has the branches growing
closer together, and much more adorned with
leaves, which are of a brighter green colour, and

make a much better appearance than the formers
the branches cross each other at right angles t
the leaves are flat, but the single divisions are
slender, and the scales smaller, and lie closer
over each other than those of the first sort : the
cones (strobiles) are also much larger, of a
beautiful gray colour, and their scales end in
acute reflexed points. It is a native of China
and Japan.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, layers, and cuttings.

Good seeds should be obtained and be sown
soon after they are ripe, or as soon as they can
be obtained, in autumn or spring, in pots or
boxes of light earth, covering them half an inch
deep, placing the pots, Sec. in a sheltered warm
situation, or under the shelter of a frame in bad
weather, especially when sown in autumn, that
they may he protected from severe frosts : they
sometimes come up in the spring, but are fre-
quently apt to remain in the ground till the se-
cond year. When the plants are come up, the
pots should be placed in an east border to have
only the morning sun, but open to the free air,
giving frequent but very moderate waterings all
the summer ; and in winter removing the pots
again to a sheltered place till spring, when they
may be pricked out in nursery-rows ; or, when
they are small and weakly, continued in the
pots another year, placing them in a shady si-
tuation during summer, and in a sheltered place
in winter; and in spring following planting
them out in the nursery, in rows a foot or two
asunder, to remain to acquire size and strength
for planting out where they are to remain.

The layers should be made from the young
shoots of one or two years growth, which may
be laid down early in autumn, bending down
the branches to the earth, and laying all the
young wood in by slit- or twist-laying, with
the tops only appearing a little above ground ;
shortening any that have much longer tops
than the others : they mostly emit roots in
the earth, and form proper plants by autumn
following; when, or rather in spring after, they
shouldbeseparated from the stools, andbe planted
in nursery-rows, to remain two or three years,
or till of a proper size for the shrubbery, &c.

The cuttings should be made from the strong
young shoots of the same year's growth, which
should be planted in the autumn, in a shady
border, taking the opportunity of showery
weather, if possible, for the business : tliey
should be cut off with a small part of the old
wood, where practicable, and be planted in rows
a foot asunder, closing the earth well about
them : they will be properly rooted in one year

THY

T II Y

for planting out in wider nursery-rows : they
wav also be planted in pots, and plaecd in a hot-
in order to have them more forward.

They may he planted out into the borders, &c.
in the autumn or early spring months.

They are highly ornamental evergreens, pro-
per tor adorning the shrubbery and other parts,
having a fine effect also when disposed singly in
borders, &c. and in open spaces of grass ; in all
of which situations thev should be suffered to
grow with their full branches, in their own na-
tural way, except reducing with a knife an) tew
stra>ia;linir or rambling branches occasionally:
this is all the culture they require afterwards.

They may also be employed a< timber-trees,
in the evergreen forest-tree plantations.

And those in the pots, as the Chinese Arbor
Vita?, mav be placed among other potted plants
to adorn any particular compartment, and in as-
semblage with jreen-hoiise plants for variety.

THUYA. See Thuja.

THYMBRA, a genus furnishing plants of the
under shrubby, exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Gymnospermia, and ranks in. the natural order
of VerticiUatce or hahiatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, subcylindrical, keeled at the
sides, two-lipped at the mouth: upper lip wider,
half- three-cleft, equal, converging ; lower nar-
rower, two-parted : the corolla is ringent : tube
subcvlindrical: upper lip flat, straight, half- two-
cleft, obtuse; lower three-cleft, almost equal,
flat : the stamina have four filiform filaments,
approaching bv pairs : the t.vo lower ones
shorter : anthers two-lobed : lobes remote* un-
der the upper lip of the corolla : the nistilkim is
a four-cleft germ : stvle filiform, half -two-cleft:
stigmas two, acute : there is no pericarpium :
calyx unchanged : the seeds four.

The species cultivated are: I. T. spicala,
Spiked Thymbra ; 2. T. uerticillata, Whorlcd
Thymbra.

The first is a low shrubby plant like heath,
branching out into slender woody stalks which
arc six or eight inches long, covered with a
brown bark, and garnished with narrow acute-
pointed leaves about half an inch long, sitting
close to the stalks opposite; they have an aro-
matic odour when bruised : the stalks are ter-
minated bv thick close spikes of purple flower-.
near two inches long : the calyxes are stiff and
hairy ; they are cut half their length into acute
segments : out of these the flowers peep, with
their two lips; the upper is concave and arched,
the under cut into three equal portions, and
these are a little reflexed : they appear ia June

and July, and in warm seasons are sometimes
succeeded by so da w hich ripen in autumn. It is a
native of Mount Libanus,Ma

'1 he second spec:

seldom rises much more than a toot bigb,
ting out many small woody branches', which
have narrow spear-shaped leaves with many
punctures ; they stand opposite, and arc of an
aromatic flavour : the (lowers crow in whorlcd
spikes at the end of the branches : the leaves
which stand under each whorl are broader than
those below, and are covered with fine hairs : the
flowers are purple, and sit close to the stalks: the
upper lip is concave, and ends with two obtuse
points ; the lower ends with three equal points:
these appear about the same tune with the other,
and in warm seasons the seeds ripen in this
climate. It is a native oi Spain and Italy.

Culture. — These plants may be increased bv
seeds, slips, and cuttings.

The seeds should he sown in the early spring
in a warm border, and sheltered from bad
weather by glasses ; or, which is better, in pots
filled with Tight mould, and placed in a mild
hot-bed : when the plants have attained some
growth they should be set out or removed into
separate pots.

The slips and cuttings should be planted out
in the spring and summer, and when well rooted
removed where they are to grow : they also
sometimes succeed by bottom offsets planted out
as above.

They afford variety among other potted green-
house plants.

THYME. SeeTHriius.

1 HYMUS, a genus containing plants of the
low, aromatic, perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
G-mno^permia, and ranks in the natural order
of VertidUnta- or Ltdia/<p.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, half-five-cleft into two
lips, permanent, having the throat closed with
villosc hairs : upper lip wider, flat, erect, three-
toothed : lower lip two-bristled, of equal length :
the corolla one-pctalled, ringent; tube 1
of the calyx : throat small : "upper lip shorter,
flat, erect, emargmate, obtu-e; lower lip longer,
spreadiiiiT, wider, irilie1, obtuse: middle-
men! wider : the stamina have four fllan
curved in, two of which are longer: anthers

small : the pislilliim is a four-parted germ :
style filiform: stigma bifid, acute: there i-
no pericarpium : calyx narrowed at the neck,
cherishing the- seeds in its bosom: ;. «
four, small, roundish.

The species cultivated are : 1. T. St-rpi

THY

THY

Wild Thyme ; 2. T. vulgaris, Garden Thyme ;
3. T. Mastichina, Mastic Thyme ; 4. T. Virgi-
nian, Virginian or Savory Thyme.

The first has a woody, fibrous, brown, peren-
nial root : the stems numerous, woody, branch-
ed, leafy, pubescent, commonly tinged with
red : branches alternate : the leaves petioled,
elliptic or ovate, obtuse, quite entire, hollow-
dotted with little pellucid glands, ciliateat thebase
and on the petiole with a few fine white hairs ;
otherwise it is commonly smooth, though some-
times hairy all over : the heads of flowers ter-
minating, roundish, with little leaves among
them : the flowers pedicelled, and of a purplish
red colour. It is a native of Europe, flowering in
July and August.

There are several varieties ; as the Broad-
leaved, Narrow-leaved, Variegated-leaved, Sil-
ver-striped-leaved, Citron-scented or Lemon
Thyme, Great Purple-flowered.

The second species is more hoary, higher,
harder, and more woody than the first : the
leaves are whiter, narrower, and the flowers
smaller. It is a native of the South of Europe
and Siberia, flowering from May to August.

There are different varieties ; as the Broad-
leaved, the Narrow-leaved, and the Variegated-
or Striped-leaved Thyme.

The third is a shrub, a foot in height, or a little
more : the leaves heaped on the stem, linear or
even ovate, the lower hoary beneath, the upper
ones smooth : whorls hirsute : the teeth of the
calyx hairy, and as it were feathered. It is a
native of Spain.

The fourth species has a perennial root ; but
the stalk is annual, rising about a foot and half
hisrh, stiff, angular, branching out towards the
top : the leaves stiff, pointed, about an inch and
half long, and a quarter of an inch broad in the
middle, pointed at both ends, and having a
strong scent of pennyroyal : the flowers are
white, collected into globular heads, appearing in
July ; but the seeds seldom ripen in this climate.
Jt is a native of North America.

Culture. — These plants may be easily raised
from seed, by slipping the roots and branches,
and by cuttings; but the seed method is seldom
practised except with the second sort, or Garden
Thyme : the seed should be sown in the early
spring on light, rich, dry ground, which should
be properly dug over, and the surface be made
moderately smooth with the spade : as the seed
is small, it should not be sown too thick, or be
covered too deep : the seed is best sown while
the ground is fresh 6tirred, either broad-cast on
the surface, raking it in lightly, or in flat shal-
low drills, earthed over thinly ; the plants appear

in two orthree weeks. It is necessary to be careful
to keep them well weeded, giving occasional light
waterings in dry weather; and by June they will
require thinning, especially if the plants are to
grow stocky, and with bushy full heads; in
which case they should be set out to six or eight
inches distance ; when those thinned out may
be planted in another place, in rows, six or eight
inches asunder, giving water till fresh rooted,
keeping the whole clean from weeds by occa-
sional hoeing between them in dry davs, which
will also stir the surface of the earth, and much
improve the growth of the plants: they will be in
perfection for use in summer or early in autumn.

Sometimes the market kitchen-gardeners raise
large quantities in beds, for daily supply, leaving
the whole thick : when of proper growth they
pull them clean up root and top together, from
time to time, as wanted, and tie them in bunches
for sale.

But it is always proper to thin out, or trans-
plant a quantity in single bunches, to grow
stocky and bushy for occasional supplies.

When intended to increase any particular
varieties, and continue them the same with cer-
tainty, it can only be effected by slips and cut-
tings.

In respect to the offsets and slips, all the
sorts multiply by offsets of the root and slips of
the branches : the rooted slips are the most ex-
peditious method, as the old plants increase into
many offset-stems rising from the root, each
furnished with fibres ; and by taking up the old
plants in the spring, &c. and slipping or dividing
them into separate parts, not too small, with
roots to each, and planting them in beds of
good earth, in rows half a foot asunder, giving
water directly, and repeating it occasionally in
dry weather till they have taken root, and begin
to shoot at top ; they soon grow freely, and form
good bushy plants in two or three months.

The strong slips of the branches without
roots, succeed when planted any time in the
early spring season in a shady border, in rows
four or five inches distant, giving due water-
ings ; and become good plants by autumn, when
they may be planted out where they are to re-
main.

The cuttings of the young branches grow
readily, the same as the slips, when planted at the
same season in a shady place, and well watered.

The Common Thvme is in universal use as a
pot-herb for various culinary purposes; it mav
also be employed in assemblage with other small
plants, to embellish the fronts of flower-
borders, shrubbery clumps, 6mall and sloping
banks, &c. placing the plants detached or singly,

T I L

T I L

to form little bushy tufts, and in which the va-
riegated sorts, and the Silver Thyme and L mod
Thyme particularly, form a eery agreeable va-
riety. The Lemon Thyme is aUo in much esti-
mation for its peculiar odoriferous smell, Some
of each of these sorts may als.> be potted, in or-
der to move occasionally to any particular places
as may be required, and under occasional shelter
in severe winters to preserve the plants more ef-
fectually in a Hvelv state ; likewise some of the
Mastic Thyme. Spanish and Portugal Thymes
are also sometimes potted for the same purpose,
and to place under the protection of a garden
frame or green-house in winter, to continue
them in a more fresh and lively growth : and
sometimes some of the smaller Thymes are
sown or planted for edgings to particular beds or
borders for variety, such as the Lemon Thyme,
Silver-leaved and variegated sorts ; also occa-
sionally the Common Thyme; and all kept low,
close, and regular, by clipping them at the sides
and tops annually in the summer season.

TICKSEED-SUN-FLOWER. See Core-
opsis.

TILIA, a genus containing plants of the or-
namental tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Polyandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Cohmrniferte.

The characters are: that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, concave, coloured, almost the
size of the corolla, deciduous : the corolla has
live petals, oblong, obtuse, crenate at the tip :
the stamina have numerous filaments, (thirty
and more) awl-shaped, length of the corolla : an-
thers simple: the pistillum is a roundish germ :
style filiform, length of the stamens : stigma a
blunt pentagon : the pericarpium is a coriaceous
capsule, globular, five-celled, five-valved, open-
ing at the base : the seeds solitary, roundish.

The species are : 1 . T. Europaa, European
Lime Tree ; 2. T. Americana, Broad-leaved
American Lime Tree; 3. T. pubesceiis, Pubes-
cent Carolina Lime Tree; 4. T. alba, White
Lime Tree.

The first is a tall upright tree, with smooth
spreading branches thickly clothed with alternate,
petioled, heart-shaped, smooth, serrate leaves,
pointed at the end, oblique at the base, glau-
cous beneath, and the veins, where they branch
off from the nerve, being furnished with a tuft
of glandular wool, as in the Laurustinus : the
flowers, which are delightfully fragrant, espe-
cially at night, come forth in July, in umbels or
cymes, (from three to five together,) on long
axillary peduncles, with a singular, oblong,
blunt, membranaceous, pale, entire bracte, nearly

as long as the peduncle, and attached to it for
about nail iu length, and falling off with it. It
is a native ot Euroi e, -

It is, though fittli used, a handsome tree,
having a smooth tapir straight trunk, and the
branches forming a beautiful cone. The foliage
also is smooth and elegant: it crows to S

large size, and affords good shade: it makes a
fine detached object in parks and open lawns,
planted singly : the branches are so tough as
seldom to oe broken by the winds, and the
flowers have a delightful fragrance : the wood is
soft, but capable ot being turned into light bowls
and dishes, &c.

There are several varieties; as the Nar-
row-leaved, the Broad-leaved, the Elm-leaved,
the Red-twigged, tbe Smooth Small-leaved, the
Smooth Large-leaved, the Soft Hairy-leaved,
the Wrinkled-leaved, and the Stripcd-lcavcd.

The second species has the branches covered
with a dark brown bark : the leaves are large,
heart-shaped, ending in acute points, are deeply
serrate, and of a full green on their upper side,
but of a pale green and a little hairy on their under
side, standing upon long slender footstalks : the
petals arc narrower, and have nectarjums growing
to their base: the flowers do not appear till late in
July, a full month after the common sort. It is i
native of Virginia and Canada, and was brought
from New England by the name of Black Lime.

The third is a tree of much smaller growth
than either of the former : the branches "spread
more horizontally : the leaves are smaller, ami
have a smoother surface; they are lieart-shaped,
but the midrib runs obliquely to the footstalk,
so that one side of the leaf is much larger than
the other; the edges are slightly serrate, and
their ends run out into long acute points : the
bunches of flowers st ami upon long slender
footstalks ; the petals are narrow, and end in
acute points; have each a narrow, nectarium
fastened to their base on the inside, standing
erect close to the petals: the flowers emit a
very fragrant odour, and come out toward;, the
end of July. It is a native ot Carolina.

The fourth species has the leaves Bnow-whito
beneath, and the flowers as in the second
il It r. It is a native of North Aim
or I iungary.

Culture. — Tli may be increased bv

seeds, layers j:ul cut tin

Tlie seed, w hen rip' in the autumn, should
iten down, keeping the green-twigged and
red-twigged sort3 separate; and be sown •
after, or preserved drv and sound till sprint; ;
sowing it in a bed or border of common i
previously digging the ground, and dividi

T O L

T O U

into four-feet wide beds ; drawing the earth off
the surface evenly') about an inch deep, into the
alleys ; then sowing the seeds thinly, touching
ihem lightly down into the earth with the back
of the spade, directly earthing them over to the
above depth.

When they come up in the spring, the beds
should be kept clean from weeds, giving mo-
derate waterings ia dry weather, to forward the
plants in growth as much as possible, in order
to be fit for planting out in nursery-rows by au-
tumn or spring following; though, if they have
shot rather weakly, they should stand another
year, then be planted out in rows two feet and
a half asunder, by eighteen inches distance in
the lines, to remain three or four years or more
to acquire a proper size for the purposes intend-
ed, trimming off the large side-branches from
the lower part of the stem occasionally, to en-
courage their aspiring more expeditiously at top,
which should be suffered to remain entire : these
trees, when raised from seed, generally assume
a more handsome and expeditious growth than
such as are raised from layers and cuttings.
When they are from about five or six to eight
or ten feet high, they are of proper size for final
planting out ; though, when designed as forest-
trees for timber, it is advisable to plant them
finally while they are young, as not more than
from three or four to five or six feet high.

They are all raised readily by the layer method ;
and for this purpose proper stools must be prepa-
red, and the young shoots of a year or two old are
the proper parts for being laid down, which
should be performed in autumn or winter, by
slit-laying, shortening the tops of each layer
within a little of the ground : they are mostly
rooted by autumn following, and fit to plant
out in nursery-rows, being then managed as the
seedlings.

When cuttings are employed, the strong young
shoots of the year should be chosen in autumn or
spring, and planted in a moist good soil ; or any
scarce sorts may be planted several together in
pots, and plunged in a hot-bed, as they more
readily strike root in that way.

These two last methods are the proper ones
for raising the varieties with certainty.

These trees afford ornament and variety
among other deciduous trees in the shrubbery,
plantations, &c.

TINUS. See Viburnum.
TOAD-FLAX. See Antirrhinum.
TOBACCO. SeeNiconANA.
TOLUIFERA, a genus comprising a plant of
the exotic tree kind for the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Decandria
1

Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Terebinlucece.

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, bell-shaped, five-toothed, al-
most equal, with one angle more remote: the
corolla has five petals, inserted into the recepta-
cle, of which four are. equal, linear, a little
longer than the calyx ; the fifth twice as big,
obcordate : claw length of the calyx : the sta-
mina have ten filaments, very short : anthers
longer than the calyx : the pistillum is an ob-
long germ : style none: stigma acute : the pe-
ricarpium is a round berry, four-celled, four-
seeded: the seed single, ovate.

The species is T. Balsamum, Balsam of Tolu
Tree.

It is a tree of large size : the bark is very
thick, rough, and of a brown colour: the
branches spread out wide on every side : the
leaves are alternate, oblong-ovate, four inches
long, and two inches broad in the middle,
rounded at the base, acuminate at the end,
smooth, of a light green colour, on very short
strong footstalks : the flowers are produced in
small axillary racemes or bunches, each on a
slender pedicel : the fruit roundish, the size of
a large pea, divided into four cells, each con-
taining one oblong-ovate seed. It is a native of
Spanish America ; and is the tree from which
the Balsam of Tolu is made.

Culture. — This tree is raised from seeds, which
should be obtained from its native situation,
and be sown as soon as possible afterwards
in pots of light earth, plunging them in the
bark-bed of the stove. When the plants have
three or four inches growth, they should be
potted off separately, giving them water, and
replunging them in' the bed. They afterwards
only require to be managed as other woody stove
plants.

They afford variety in stove collections.
TOOTHACH TREE. See Zanthoxylum.
TORCH-THISTLE. See Cactus.
TOUCH-ME-NOT. See Impatiens and

MOMOKDICA.

TOURNEFORTIA, a genus containing plants
of the shrubby exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Penlandria
Mo?wgynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Asperifulice.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, small: segments awl-shaped,
permanent : the corolla one-petalled, funnel-
form: tube cylindrical, globular at the base:
border half-five-cleft, spreading: segments acu-
minate, horizontal, gibbous in the middle : the
stamina have five filaments, awl-shaped, at the

TOU

T R A

throat of the corolla: anthers simple, In the
throat, converging, acuminate: the pistillum
is a globular superior germ : style simple, length
of the stamens, club-shaped : stigma circum-
cised, entire : the pericarpium is a globular
berry, two-celled, perforated by two pores at
top: the seeds four, subovate, separated by
pulp.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. hirsutUsima,
Hairy Tournefortia; 2. T. vohtbiKs, Climbing
Tournefortia ; 3. T.foetidissima, Fetid Tourne-
fortia ; 4. T. humilis, Dwarf Tournefortia ; 5.
T. cym.sa, Broad-leaved Tournefortia; 6. T.
argentea, Silvery Tournefortia; 7 . T. stiff rut i-
cosa, Hoary-leaved Tournefortia.

The first has a shrubby stem, somewhat scan-
dent, branched, covered with a ferruginous
shasginess : the leaves oblong, entire, nerved,
hairy all over, but extremely so beneath : the
spikes or racemes very much branched, stiff and
straight, spreading a little: the flowers white,
djrected all one way. It is a native of the islands
in the West Indies.

The second species has a twining woody stalk,
which twists about the neighbouring trees for
support, and rises to the height of ten or twelve
feet, sending out several slender woody branches :
the flowers are produced in branching spikes
from the side and top of the branches; are small
and white, and succeeded by small white suc-
culent berries, having one or two black spots on
each. It is a native of Jamaica, flowering in
July and August.

The third has shrubby stems, ten or twelve
feet high, sending out many branches : the
leaves alternate, five inches long, two inches
and a half broad in the middle, hairy on their
under side, standing upon short foot-stalks :
the branches are terminated by long branching
spikes of flowers, ranged on one side ; some of
the foot-stalks sustain two, others three, others
asrain four spikes of flowers, near five inches in
length, reflexed at the top: the flowers are of a
dim- white colour, small, and closely set ; they
are succeeded by small succulent fruit. It is a
native of Jamaica.

The fourth species has low shrubby stalks,
which seldom rise more than three feet high,
sending out a few slender woody branches : the
leaves are rough, dark green on their upper, but
pale on their under surface : the flowers come
out in single axillary spikes: are while, and
succeeded by small succulent berries. It is a
native of South America.

The fifth has the stem a fathom in height : the
branches herbaceous, angular, grooved, smooth :
the leaves ovate-lanceolate, long, petioled,
smooth, wrinkled beneath : the flowers sessile.

Vol. II.

on one side, disposed in two rows. It i? a nt-
tivc off Jamaica, Bowerine in Julv.

The sixth species is a shrub, scarcely the
height of a man : the trunk is very sbort, co-
vered with a deeply cloven bark : the branches
spreading very much, hirsute: the leaves at ihe
ends of the branches, alternate, approximating
into a rose as in Sempervivum Canariense, ovate
or tongue-shaped, (being narrowed into the
petiole,) sessile, rounded at the end, white all
over, with a silky hairiness pressed close to
them : the panicle large, divided into spikes,
directed one way, and rolled back : the (lowers
snow-white, li is a native of the shores of the
sea of Ceylon, &c.

The seventh has woody stalks which rise fivi-
or six feet high, from which spring out many
slender woody branches j the leaves about two
inches long, and an inch broad in the middle,
rounded at each end with acute points ; of a dark
green on their upper surface, but having a while
down on their under side, and sitting oil
the branches : the flowers terminating and axil-
lary, in slender branching spikes, which are re-
curved ; and ihe flowers ranged on one side of
them, white, and succeeded by small succulent
berries. It is a native of Jamaica.

Culture. — These plants may all be increased
by seeds, which should be procured from t lie-
countries where they grow naturally, and sown
in small pots filled with light earth, and plunged
into a hot-bed of tanners bark. They some-
times grow the first year, but often remain in
the ground a whole year : therefore, when the
plants do not come up the same season, the pots
should be plunged in autumn into a tan-bed in
the stove, where they should remain all the
winter, and in the spring be removed and
plunged into a fresh tan-bed, which will soon
bring up the plants if the seeds were good.
When these are fit to remove, thev should be
each planted in a small pot, and plunged into a
tan-bed, where thev must be shaded from the
sun till they have taken new root, and then he
treated in the same way as other tender plants
from the same countries, which require to be
kept constantly in the bark-stove. They m <
sometimes be increased by cuttings, which should
be planted in pots and plunged into the bark-bed.

Thev afford variety in Btove collections.

TOXICODENDRON. See Rhus.

TRACES, LADIES'. See Oprbts.

TRACHELII M, a genus containing a hardy
herbaceous plant of the perennial kil

It belongs to the class and order I'entandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Com pan n

The characters are : that the calvx is a fivc-
3 l»

T R A

T R A

parted perianth, very small, superior: the co-
rolla one-petalled, funnel- form : tube cylindri-
cal, very long, very slender: border patulous,
small, five-parted : segments ovale, concave :
the stamina have five capillary filaments, length
oi the corolla: anthers simple: the pistillum is
a three-sided-roundish inferior germ: style
filiform, twice as long as the corolla: stigma
globular : the pericarpium a roundish capsule,
obtusely three-lobed, three-celled, opening by
three holes at the base : the seeds numerous,
very small.

The species cultivated is T. cceruleum, Blue
Throatwort.

It has a perennial (biennial) fleshy, tuberous
rootj sending out many fibres which spread wide
on every side: the leaves about two inches long,
and one inch broad in the middle, ending in
acute points; the stalks rise a foot and half high,
with leaves on them shaped like those at the
bottom : sometimes there are two pretty large
leaves, and one or two smaller from the same
point, or one large and three smaller; these
come out alternate, and the upper part of the
stalk, immediately under the umbel, is naked,
except two or three narrow leaves, which are
close to the foot-stalks of the flowers ; these are
disposed in form of an umbel composed of many
small ones: the flowers are small, and of an
azure blue colour, appearing in June and July.
It is a native of Italy and the Levant.

Culture. — It is raised from seeds, which
should be sown in the autumn when well ripened,
or in the spring, in a bed or border of light
mould. And when the plants are two or three
inches in height, they should be set out in
nursery rows six inches apart, to remain till the
following autumn, when they should be planted
out where they are to remain.

They afford ornament in rock-works, and
other situations where the earth is poor.

TRADESCANTIA, a genus furnishing a
plant of the hardy herbaceous perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hcxandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ensatcc.

The characters are : that the calyx is a three-
leaved perianth : leaflets ovate, concave, spread-
ing, permanent: the corolla has three orbicu-
lar petals, flat, spreading very much, large,
equal ; the stamina have six filiform filaments,
length of the calyx, erect, villose, with jointed
hairs : anthers kidney-form : the pistillum is an
ovate germ, obtusely three-cornered: style fili-
form, length of the stamens : stigma three-
cornered, tubulous : the pericarpium is an ovate
capsule, covered by the calyx, three- celled,
three-valved : the seeds few, angular.

The species is T. Virgiirica, Common Virgi-
nian Spiderwort, or Flower of a Day.

There are other species that may be cultivated.

It has roots composed of many fleshy fibres :
the stalks smooth, rising a foot and half high:
the leaves long, smooth, keeled, embracing:
the flowers in clusters, composed of three larue
spreading purple petals ; they appear early in
June ; and though each flower continues but one
day, yet such is the profusion, that there is a suc-
cession of them through the greater part of the
summer. It is. a native of Virginia and Mary-
land, flowering; in June.

There are varieties with deep blue flowers,
with white flowers, with red flowers, and with
purple flowers.

Culture. — They are readily increased bv part-
ing the roots, and planting them out in the
autumn, or early in the spring, in a bed or
border of common earth.

And also by seeds sown at the same seasons
in similar situations, the plants being pricked
out into other beds in the summer, and removed
in the autumn to the places where they are to
grow.

They afford ornament in the common borders
among other flower plants.

TRAGOPOGON, a genus containing plants
of the hardy, herbaceous, biennial, and peren-
nial kinds.

It belongs to the c'ass and order Syngencsia
Pohjgumla JEqualiS} and ranks in the natural
order of Composite Sem[ft,usculosce .

The characters are: that the ca:yx is common
simple, eight-leaved : leaflets lanceolate, equal,
alternately interior, all united at the base : the
corolla compound imbricate, uniform : corollets
hermaphrodite, many, exterior ones a little
longer : the proper onc-petalled, ligulate, trun-
cate, five-toothed : the stamina have five fila-
ments, capillary, very short : anther cylindrical,
tubulous : the pistillum is an oblong germ : style
filiform, length of the stamens: stigmas two,
revolute: there is no pericarpium: calyx con-
verging, acuminate, length of the seeds, ventri-
culose, at length reflexed : the seeds solitary,
oblong, attenuated to both ends, angular,
rugged, terminated by a long awl-shaped down-
bearing stipe : down feathered, flat, with about
thirty-two rays : the receptacle naked, flat,
rugged.

The species are : J • T. porrifolius, Purple
Goat's-beard, or Salsafy ; 2. T.pralensis, Com-
mon Yellow Goat's-beard; 3. T. crocifolius, Cro-
cus-leaved Goat's-beard; 4. T. Dalechampii,
Great-flowered Goat's-beard.

The first has a biennial root, long, tapering
or round-fusiform, that and the whole plant

T R A

T R A

abounding with a sweet milky juice, which soon
turns to a brown resin, from the evaporation of
its watery particles : the herb. smooth, glaucous,
about four feet higli : the stem round, erect,
branching, leafy: the leaves lanceolate, scarcely
wared] ending in a tapering straigbtish point: the
flowers solitary, terminating: the stalk which
supports them tapering from the calyx down-
wards ; of a purple colour.

It is cultivated in gardens under the name of
Salsafy. The roots boiled or stewed have a
mild sweetish flavour. The stalks are also cut
in the spring, when they are Jour or five inches
high, and dressed like Asparagus.

The second species has a biennial root, fusi-
form or fleshy tapering, abounding with milk,
which is sw cet not acrid : the w hole herb smooth
and very even: the stems several, branched,
eighteen inches or two feet high, leafy, round,
often tinged with purple: the branches elongated
into a simple naked peduncle : the leaves alter-
nate, sessile, some radical, others embracing
the stem and branches, all broad and somewhat
inflated at the base, but terminating in a long
narrow point, which is flaccid or apt to hang
down; very generally the margin towards the
bottom is more or less waved or curled : the pe-
duncles terminating, solitary, one-flowered, not
swelling out at top, but of an equal thickness
throughout : the flowers large and handsome,
opening at day break, and closing before noon.
It is a native of Europe and Siberia, flowering in
June.

The third resembles the first, but is scarcely a
foot high: the leaves arevillose at the base, but
become smooth by age: the flower- violet, of
two rows only, but in the middle rather yellow.
It is a native of Italy and the South of France,
and is biennial.

The fourth species has a perennial, thick and
succulent root: the stems about a foot high,

■i times less : the leaves large, thick, villose,
toothed and sinuated ; the upper ones often en-
tire: from the centre of the root-leaves, which
spread in a tose, rises a naked thick flower-stalk,
villose and thicker in the upper part, where it
terminates in a very large flower of a pale yel-
low or sulphur colour. It is a native of Spam,
and the South of France, Sec. flowering from
June to October.

Culture. — The first sort is only raised from

■ i, which should be sown in the spring, in
an open situation to remain, either broaclcast
and raked in, or in shallow di I or nine

inches asunder, scattering the seeds thinly, and
covering them half an inch deep; and when the
plants are come up two or three inches in height,
they should be thinned and weeded bv hand or

the hoe, leaving them eight or U D inches .min-
der, repeating the weeding as required dui
the summer, which is all the culture they re-
quire, and they will have large roots by the
autumn, as September or October, when tl
may be begun taking up for use; and in No-
vember, when the leave- p a

quantity he preserved in sand tor use in mi,
severe rrost, when those in the ground can
ot up.

In spring, when those remaining in the
ground begin to shoot, the -hoots, when a lew
inches high, may be cut for use, which, »• |
quite young and tender, on being boiled,
excellent eating. A few plants should be suf-
fered to run up to stalk every spring, to produce
seeds.

The two following sorts may also be r. '
from seed in the same way, and the plant-,
w In n a little advanced in growth, be planted out
if they are required fir variety in any particular
part.

The third sort may also be propagated by
parting the roots in autumn and spring, anil
planting them where they are to remain.

The first is a culinary plant, and the others
afford variety in the borders, Sec.

TRAINED TREES, such young fruit-trees
as are designed for walls and espaliers, being
trained in the nursery lo the intended form, by
planting against any kind of walls, pales, rted-
hedge, or other close fence; when a year old
from the grafting or budding, training them in
the manner of wall or espalier trees, for two,
three, or more years, till they obtain a good
spread of branches, and aie arrived to a fruitful
stale, in Order that those who are in ha<lc to
have their walls or espaliers covered at once with
bearing trees, may have u accomplished in one

ill. I he tree.- thus trainee! in I rv,

Sec. on being planted out in autumn or spring
to the places intended, cover the wall or espalier

in - i manner at once, and often bear fruit the

ensuing summer.

In the nurseries !..>
of trees are always kept ready trained lor sale,
particularly peaches, nectarines, andaprii
walls ; in many place s. also, cherries and pluu
&1C, al-o apples, pen-, and other

proper to furnish t1
and espalier* of new gardens, and occasionally
those "I "id on. ,,, to I, e,,r fruit, till j
trees, planted untrained, become fruitful, or I
supplying the of old trees that fail, or

bear bad fruit.

V. n it i- in tied fruit-i

for luantUy ol the I

voun : pi. nits ot th . ii .mi)

T R A

T R A

half standards, of one year old, with the first
shoots from the budding and grafting entire,
should be planted out in autumn against some
kind offence m a free open situation, not less than
four or five feet high, placing them from five or
six to eight or ten feet distant, to remain for
tiaininsr. These in the spring following, just as
they begin to make an effort tor shooting, should
be healed down, with a clean sloping cut up-
ward, to within four, five or six eyes or buds of
their origin, or place of insertion in the stuck,
especially those intended for dwarfs, and the halt-
standards, if worked on tall stocks; which pre-
vents their running up too high with a single
naked stem, and causes them to throw out lateral
shoots from the lower part to fill the wall or
espalier regu'arly with branches quite from the
bottom upward ; as they soon after push forth
Strong shoots from all the remaining lower buds,
sufficient to give the tree its first proper forma-
tion as a wall tree, Sec; which shoots, when
advanced in length in summer, should be trained
along to the fence equally to the right and left,
in a somewhat inclinated position at full length
till next spring, when these shoots may also be
cut down to six or eight inches length, to force
out a further supply of more branches near the
bottom, as it is proper that they should be well
furnished with branches below, in order to cover
the wall, Sic. well at the bottom part.

The summer's shoots should be shortened
in this manner ; more or less the two or three
first springs, as may be necessary, in order to
obtain a proper spread of lower branches to give
the tree its intended form ; though this work of
pruning short to obtain laterals may also be per-
formed occasionally in summer, in May or early
in Jane, on the strong young shoots of the year,
cutting or pinching them down to a few eyes;
but the first is the best mode.

As the supply of branches thus obtained ar-
rive at proper lengths, in the summer they should
be all trained in along close to the wall, and if
any fore-right or back shoots come out, they
should be rubbed oft" close, leaving all the well-
placed side and terminal shoots in every part,
and letting the whole, or as many as possible,
be tra'.ncdm during this season, to have a plenty
to choose from in the general pinning season,
laying them in close to the wall, &c. equally to
the rijrht and left, on each side of the tree, in a
spreading somewhat horizontal manner, no.
where crossing one another but at parallel di-
stances, and mostly all at full length during the
summer's growth, to remain till the general
winter or spring pruning.

Tn the winter pruning, where more wood was
trained up in summer than appears necessary,

or than can be trained in with due regularity, it
should be retrenched, as well as any remaining
fore-right or back shoots and other irregular
growths omitted in summer, be now all pruned
out, cutting them quite close to their origin.
The whole should then be close nailed to the
wall.

Having thus procured proper heads, they
should afterwards he pruned according to the-
method peculiar to each respective sort, as di-
rected under their culture, se>me requiring the
branches to be shortened annually, others to be
mostly trained at full length. See Dwarf and
Espalier Trees, Pruning, &c.

The training of espalier trees is effected ex-
actly in the same manner, only these may be
trained as they stand in the nursery lines, in the;
open quarters or borders, 8cc. by ranging some
stout stakes in the ground along one side of each
tree, not in a continued straight range immedi-
ately the way of the row, hut those of each tree
ranged separate and obliquely, somewhat cross-
wavs the row as it were, that the branches of
the different trees may range beside one another,
and thereby have more room to extend the
branches both ways, than the common distance
in the nursery lines would admit, if ranged di-
rectly the way of the row.

It may be remarked that in general, unless
good Trained Trees can be readily obtained, of
from three or four to five or six years old, of a
clean free growth, it will be belter to plant entire
young untrained trees of one or two years old,
immediately from the nursery, putting them at
once where they are to remain, managing them
afterwards as the Trained Trees, to give them
the proper form of head.

Some, in order to have as great a chance as
possible, plant young untrained trees to remain,
and Trained Trees of a bearing state, dwarfs and
half-standards between, to cover the wall more
effectually at once, ai.el furnish a supply of fruit,
until the young ones are trained and arrive at the
bearing siate; then, according as the trees of
both sorts advance in that state of growth, rhose
which appear the most prosperous are retained,
and the others are gradually cut away, leaving
the more thriving trees to occupy the wall wholly
at last.

In most of the public nurseries, they raise
Trained Trees for sale, which occupy all their
close fences of walls, pales, &c. where they may
be procured of almost any size, differing in
price from three to rive or ten shillings or more
per tree, according to the sorts, age, and good-
ness of growth.

TRAILING ARBUTUS. See Ehig^a.

TRAVELLER'S JOY. See Clematis,

2

T R E

T R I

TREE CELANDINE. See BOCCOKZA. espalier, five feet is generally ot' sufficient he

TREE GERMANDER. See Tbuckium. as, if much higher, the winds, havi
TREE MALLOW. See Lavateua. power, will loosen and displace them.

TREE PRIMROSE. See Obnothbra. Where walls are buill with large stones with

TREFOIL, SHRUBBY.. See Ptblia. the joints irregular and far asunder, and which

TREFOIL, SNAIL. See Medicaoo. do not afford opportunities, like brick walls

TREILLAGE, a sort of rail work consisting nailing properly in the regularity which is n>
of ranges of light posts and ratlings, for the pur- quired, a neat Treillage is sometimes uniformly
pose or training espalier trees to, and occasion- erected all along close to the will, to train
ally for wall tree3, where the walls do not admit nail or tie the branches to in a regular manner.
of nailing the branches immediately against it ; These may be made of coarse pied
likewise tor training wall-trees in forcing frames, battens, railings, &c. or of such as are wrou
&c. They are made in different ways, for use in a neat manner, according to the convenience
and ornament, as well as of different dimen- and taste of the person who Das them,
sions, from four or five to six or seven feet In frames and stoves, where wall trees are
h'gh- intending for forcing, as they are planted both

For common espalier fruit-trees in the open against the back wall, and occasionally in a de-
ground, they are absolutely necessary, and may tached low range forward towards the middle or
either be formed of common stakes and rails front space, Treillage s are indispensably neccs-
nailed together, or of regular joinery work. sary upon which to arrange the branches of the

The cheapest and the easiest, and soonest trees in a regular expansion, not to train them
made Treillage for common espalier trees, is immediately clone to the wall of the flues of that
that formed with any kind of straight poles or department, but detached several inches, and
stakes of underwood, as cut in the coppices, funned with light neat squared Upright battens
being then cut into proper lengths, and driven and small horizontal rails, uniformly framed
into the ground in a range at foot distances, all together in a light open manner.
of an equal height, and then railed along the FRE1LLIS, a term sometimes employed to

top with the same kind of poles, to preserve the signify the same as tie llatre. See Ti. ullage.
whole straight and firm in a regular position. TRILLIUM, a genus furnishing plants of
See Espalier. the low, tubeious-rooted, flowery, perennial

And to render these still stronger, two or k.nd.
three horizontal ranges of rods may be nailed It belongs to the class and order Hexandr'm
along the back part of the uprights, a fool or Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order oi' Sar-
eighteen inches asunder. menlacete.

The more elegant and ornamental Treillages The characters are : that the calyx is a three-
are formed with regularly squared posts and rails leaved perianth, spreading: leaflets ovate, i
of hard timber, neatly planed and framed to- raancnt : the corolla has three petals, suhov.ve
gether; having for this purpose deal or oak a little bigger than the calyx : the stamina have
posts, uniformlv worked two or three inches six awl shaped filaments, shorter than the ca-
square; but if the main posts are of oak, it will lyx, erect: anthers terminating, oblong, length
be of advantage in respect to strength and durabi- of the filaments: the pistillom i-> a roundish
litv, fixing the main posts in the ground ten or germ: styles filiform, recurved: stigmas simple:
tu eh e feet asunder, with smaller ones between, the pericarpiutn is a roundish berry, three-celled :
ranging the horizontal rai ings from post to post the seeds many, roundish.

in three or more ranges; the first about a foot The species are: I. T. cernuum, Drooping
from the bottom, a second at lop, and one or Trillium; '-'. V. erectum, Upright Trillium;
two along the middle space, and, if convenient, 3. T. sessile, Sessile-flowered Trillium.
one between each of the intermediate space-; The first has a perennial tube ions root : the

then fixing thin slips of lath, or the like, upright stem is erect, a foot high, simple, round, slightly
to the horizontal railing as far as the branches Striated, smooth : the leaves three together, ter-
of the trees extend, ten inches or afoot asunder; minating, on short footstalks, spreading, ihom-
and painting the whole white in oil colour, to boidal, pointed, entire, veiny, , paler

render it more ornamental and durable. In beneath: the flowers solitary, among the leaves,
traininff the trees, their branches are tied both without bractes : the flower-stalk round, a little
to the railing of ihe Treillage, and the upright waved, smooth. It is a native ot North Ame-
laths, according as they extend in length on riea.
each side. In either ot the above cases, for an The second species has a taller stalk; the three

T R I

T R O

leaves ave placed at a distance from the flower,
which stands upon a long footstalk, and is erect :
the petals are purple, larger, and end with sharper
points. It is a native of Virginia, Canada, &c.
The third has a purple stalk : the three leaves
grow at the top like the first; but they are much
longer, and end in acute points : the petals are
long, narrow, and stand erect ; are of a dark
brownish red : the calyx leaves are streaked with
red : the leaves mottled. It grows in Carolina
and Virginia.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, which should be sown on a shady border
as soon as they become ripe in the autumn :
when they appear in the spring, the plants
should be kept clean from weeds, and in the
autumn following be planted out where they are
to remain and flower.

They succeed best in a light soil, where the
situation is rather shaded.

They afford variety in such places.
TKIUMFETTA, a genus furnishing plants
of the shrubby and herbaceous kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria
Monogijnia, and ranks in the natural order of
Cohtrriniferce .

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved perianth : leaflets lanceolate, arilled be-
low the tip, deciduous : the corolla has five pe-
tals, linear, erect, obtuse, concave, bent back,
awned below the tip: the stamina have sixteen
filaments, equal, ascending, length of the co-
rolla, awl-shaped, erect ; anthers simple: the
pistillum is a roundish germ : style length of
the stamens : stigma bifid, acute: the pericar-
pium is a globular capsule, fenced on every side
with hooked prickles, four-celled : the seeds
two, convex on one side, angular on the other.
The species cultivated are : I. T. Lappula,
Prickly-seeded Triumfetta ; 2. T. annua, An-
nual Triumfctta.

The first rises with an upright stem to the
height of six or seven feet ; towards the bottom
it becomes woody, and at top divides into four
or five branches : the leaves placed alternately
(he whole length of the stem, about two inches
and a half long, and almost two inches broad
near (he base, divided almost into three lobes
toward the top, and the middle division ending
in an acute point ; thev are veined on their un-
der side, arc covered with a soft brown dow n,
and have several nerves running- from the mid-
rib to the sides; their upper side is of a yel-
lowish green, and a little hairy; their borders
are acutely but unequally serrate, and stand up-
on footstalks an inch in length : the branches
are terminated by long spikes. pf flowers, which

come out in clusters from the side of the prin-
cipal footstalk, at the distances of about an
ineh : the flowers are small, the petals narrow
and of a yellow colour ; they arc succeeded by
burry capsules, round, and with long prickles
placed on every side. It is a native of Jamaica,
Martinico, &c. flowering in July and August.

The second species is an annual plant, rising
about two feet and a half high, and sending out
several branches on every side : the leaves end-
ing in long acute points; some are heart-shaped,
others have an angle on each side towards the
point; they are from three to four inches long,
and almost as much in breadth where broadest ;
they stand upon very long footstalks, and are
notched on their edges : the flowers come out
in long loose spikes at the top of the plant ; are
small and yellow. It is a native of India, flow-
ering in September.

Culture. — This is increased by seeds, which
must be procured from its native place, and be
sown on a hot-bed, or in pots plunged in the
bark-bed of the stove : when the plants have
one or two inches growth, they should be re-
moved into separate pots, replunging them in
the bark-bed till well re-rooted.

They afterwards require to be kept constantly
in the stove, or hot-house, and to have the
management of other ligneous plants of the
stove kind.

They produce variety in stove collections.

TKOP^EOLUM, a genus furnishing plants
of the herbaceous, annual, and perennial, trail-
ing and climbing kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Octandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Triltilatce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, five-cleft, from upright spread-
ing, acute, coloured, deciduous ; the two lower
segments narrower ; horned at the back with an
awl-shapcd, straight, longer nectary: the co-
rolla has five petals, roundish, inserted into the
divisions of the calyx ; two upper sessile ; the
others lower, with oblong, ciliate claws : the
stamina have eight awl-shaped filaments, short,
declining, unequal : anthers erect, oblongj
rising: the pistillum is a roundish germ, three-
lobed, striated : style simple, erect, length of the
stamens: stigma trifid, acute: the pericarpium
berries (or nuts) somewhat solid, three, on one
side convex, grooved and striated; on the other
angular: the seeds three, gibbous on one side, an-
gular on theother, roundish, grooved and striated.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. mimtss Small
Indian Cress, or Nasturtium ; 2. T. maji/s,
Great Indian Cress, or Nasturtium.

T R O

TUB

The first has an herbaceous, (railing stem:
the leaves almost circular, smooth, gravish : the
flowers axillary, on very long peduncles ; c
posed of five acute-point* the two

per large and rounded, the three under nan
jointed together at bottom, and lengthened out
into a tail two inches long.

There are varieties with deep orange-coloured
flowers inclined to red, with pale yellow flowers,
and with double flowers.

The second species is larger in all it* parts :
the borders of ihe leaves arc indented almost
into lobes ; and the petals arc rounded at the
top. The fruit consists of three berries, be-
coming juiceless when ripe, fungous, deeply
grooved and wrinkled, gibbous on one side, an-
gular on the other, narrowing upwards. It be-
gins to flower in July, and continues till the ap-
proach of winter.

There are varieties with pale yellow flo
orange- coloured flowers, and the double-flowered.

They are both natives of Peru, and cummonlv
esteemed to be annual plants, though thev may
be continued through the winter, if thev are
kept in pots, and sheltered in a green-house or
glass case, in like manner as the variety with
double flowers.

The stalks will climb six or eight feet high,
when they are trained up, and thus the flowers
make a good appearance; but when thev trail
upon the ground, thev will spread over the
neighbouring plants and become unsightly : the
flowers are frequently eaten in salads; they
have a warm taste like the garden cress, and
hence the plant has its common name of Nas-
turtium ; they are likewise used for garnishing
dishes : the seeds are pickled, and bv some are
preferred to most pickles for sauce, under the
false name of capers.

Culture. — These plants in all the single varie-
ties may be increased by seeds, which should be
sown in the spring in patches where they are to
flower in the borders, or in drills in the garden.

Thev attenvards onlv require to he kept tree
from weeds, and to be well supported bv stick-.

The double variety miistbe increased by plant-
ing cuttings of the branches in pots of light
mould in theearlv part of summer, placing them
in the shade, and giving frequent light water-
ings : those planted early may be rendered more-
forward bv being plunged in a moderate hot-bed.

It requires to be protected in the grccn-h
in the winter, being well supported with SI
They all afford variety in the borders, clu
&C in the summer, and the double soils at
potted plants.

TROWEL, GARDEN, a trowel made of
iron, in a hollow or scooped form, which is an

useful implement in taking up numerous
of small plants and bulbous roots, and replant-
ing them in pots, sowing in patches, and rat
other similar light works : u should be from
six to twelve inches hug in the plate, and half
as broad, and fixed on a short handle, to hold
with one hand. From its being hollowed scmi-
eireularly, it is remarkably handy in removing
many" sorts of small plants with a ball or lump
ot earth whole about their roots, so as not to
feel their removal ; biting several sous of bul-
bous Bower roots, after the flowering is past in
summer; planting bulbs in patches or little
clumps about the borders, and also lor digging
smalt patches in the borders for sowing hardy
annual flower-seeds on; likewise for filling mould
into small pots in planting any sort of : plants,
stirring the surface of the mould in pots, and
fresh earthing them when necessary: it is also
highly useful for tilling in earth about plants in
hot-beds, and under tianies, or any small com-
partments w here a spade cannot be readily in-
troduced.

They should be had of dirferent sizes to suit
different purposes.

TRUMPET FLOWER. See Bignoma.

TRUMPET HONEYSUCKLE. Sec Loni-

CERA.

TUBEROUS ROOTS, such as consist of one
or more swelled or knobbed tubers, of a solid
fleshy substance.

In this tribe are comprised many plants of the
ornamental flowery kind, and some esculents of
the kitchen garden ; as in the former anemone,
ranunculus, filipendul.t, many sorts of iris, aco-
nitum, pseony, orchis, cyclamen, w inter-aconite,
day lily, &c. some also with bulbo-tuberous
roots, as gladiol r tuber

ophrys, See. and of the esculent tuberous roots
are the potatoe and Jerusalem artichoke ; all
of which plants are principally perennial in their
roots, being perpetuated annually bv offsets.

1 I US, a sort of boxes calculated for contain-
ing < Bchouse exotics, and other potted
plants ana tiees when grown too large lor the
)x>ts.

Q-bouse plant*, particularly in boss
the larger gro rts, in a fist* y( - in

become too large to be contained longer i
even in those ol the largest size; which being
times bolb Loo small lor the increased roots
ol the plants, sufiicic nt strength to admit

ot moving tboin with the plants a» large orange
and lcmon-lrces, myrtles, oleanders, and other
as well as large plants of the great
American aloe, be. : when any of these, or
other similar large-growing tree, and j
advanced considerably in size in their general

1

T U L

TUL

growth ; some proper strong tubs of larger di-
mensions than the pots containing the plants
f liould be prepared in proper time, in which to
shift ihem.

These tubs are made by the coopers proper
for this purpose, somewhat in the garden-pot
form, a little wider at top than at bottom, from
a foot and half to two and a half deep ; the
width in proportion ; constructed of the strong-
est thick staves and bottoms, and well hooped
with iron, and with two iron handles at top, by
which to remove them ; these handles being
strong and generally hooked, especially in very
large tubs, in order to receive a pole in each oc-
casionally, that the tub and plant together may
be more readily moved : the bottom of the tubs
have auger holes bored in different parts, at re-
gular distances, by which to discharge the su-
perfluous moisture after watering, &c.

In tubbing large-grown plants, they should
be removed from their present pots, with the
balls of earth about the roots entire ; and having
earthed the bottom parts of the tubs, the plant
should be set in with its whole ball of earth,
filling up properly around, and an inch or two
over the top of the ball with more fresh mould,
and then watering. See Shifting Plants and
Potting.

TULIPA, a genus furnishing plants of the
bulbous-rooted, flowery perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Hexandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Coronmice.

The characters are : that there is no calyx :
the corolla bell-shaped : petals six, ovate-ob-
long, concave, erect : the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, very short : anthers quadran-
gular, oblong, erect, distant : the pistillum is a
large germ, oblong, from three-cornered round :
style none : stigma three-lobed, triangular :
angles protuberant, bifid, permanent : the peri-
carpium is a three-sided capsule, three-celled,
three-valved : valves ciliate at the edge, ovate :
the seeds numerous, flat, incumbent in a double
row, semicircular, separated by similar flocks.

The species cultivated are: 1. T. Gcsneriana,
Common Garden Tulip ; 2. T. sylvestris, Wild
or Yellow Tulip.

The first has the stem nearly upright or bend-
ing a little, taller and stronger than in the second,
from a foot to eighteen inches in height : the
leaves three, four, or five, embracing, doubled,
lanceolate, acute, nerved, glaucous ; the lowest
near the bulb two inches and a half wide, the
others gradually narrower : the flower large,
erect, in a wild state most commonly red with
a black base : petals ovate, blunt, smooth : the
anthers commonly very dark-coloured or black ;

the stigma thrce-lobed, each lobe bifid, bent
back, and the edge curled back : the cap?ule
superior, of a triangular prismatic form, three-
grooved, transversely striated: the valves having
a partition in the middle, and ciliate at the su-
tures with white silky vibrissas turned inwards :
the seeds obovate, narrowed towards the navel,
flat on both sides, margined, rufescent, fastened
horizontally in a double row to the central mar-
gin of the partitions. Before the fruit is fully
ripe, the vibrissa; in this genus are glued to-
gether into three thin membranes, which being
interposed between the columns of seeds, make
the unripe capsules six-celled. It is a native of
many parts of the Levant.

It is distinguished from the other, according
toMartyn, by "its pubescent scape, spread-
ing sweet-smelling corolla, the earliness of its
flowering, and the smallness of its size."

In respect to the varieties, the editor of Mil-
ler's Dictionary observes, that " the old authors
divided Tulips into Prcscoces or Early-blowers,
and Serotince or Late-blowers, with an inter-
mediate division of Duhice Medice, Doubtful or
Middle-blowers, which flowered between the
two others, and for the most part rather be-
longed to the late-blowers. Modern florists," he
says, "have almost neglected the early-blowers."
The first sort, according to Miller, " are not
near so fair, nor do they rise half so high as the
late ones ; they are chiefly valued for appearing
early in the spring : some of them will flower
the middle of March in mild seasons, if planted
in a warm border near a wall or other shelter,
and others will succeed them, so that they will
keep flowering until the general season for these
flowers is come, which is towards theend of April.

" The several varieties of these early-blowing
Tulips rise to different heights in their stems,
and scarcely any two of them are equal. The
Duke Van Toll, which is one of the first that
appears in the spring, is generally very short-
stalked, and the others in proportion to their
earliness are shorter than those which succeed
them ; and the late-blowers are all considerably
longer in their stems than any of the early-
blowers.

** The late-blowing Tulips producing much
finer flowers than the early ones, have engrossed
almost the whole attention of the florists. It
would be to little purpose to enumerate all the
varieties, since there is scarcely any end of their
numbers, and what some value at a considerable
rate, others reject ; and as there are annually
many new flowers obtained from breeders, those
which are old, if they have not very good pro-
perties to recommend them, are thrown out and
despised,"

TUL

It is observed that " modern florists in- Hol-
land and Flanders, and our English floris;-
them, boast a prodigious variety of late-blowing
Tulips." And that "Mr.Maddock of Walworth,
in his catalogue of flowers for 1 ?!>•-. has no leu
' than about 0'65 of these admired beauties, all
ranged under their proper families and colours,
with their nanus and prices : besides the early
sorts, double tulips, parrot-tuiips, French tu-
lips, and breeders.

It is added that " the late-blowers are distri-
buted into five families: 1. Prima Boguets;
very tall ; tine cups with white bottoms, well
broken with fine brown, and all from the same
breeder: S. Bagutt Rigauts j not quite so tall,
but with strong steins, and very large well-
formed cups with white bottoms, well broken
with fine brown, and all from the same breeder:
3. Incomparable f'crports; a particular kind of
Bi/blocmens, with most perfect cups, very fine
white bottoms, well broken with shining brown,
and all from the same breeder; some of ihc»e
are from two to live guineas a root: 4. liylLje-
mens; with bottoms white, or nearly so, from
different breeders, and broken with variety of
colours ; those of the Verports are cherrv and
rose: 5. Bizarres; ground yellow, from dif-
ferent breeders, and broken with variety of
colours. — These barbarous terms, used by the
Dutch florists, are, it is said, a mixture of Dutch
and French. Baguet is from the French Ba-
guette, a rod or wand, so named from its tall
slender stem. Bizarre is also French; and the
Tulips of that family have the name from the
variety and irregularity of their colours. Kieauts
are probably from the name of some eminent
florist, Rigaud. The other terms are Dutch. —
'Breeders are of one colour, and when broken
produce new varieties."'

" The properties of a fine variegated late
Tulip, according to the best modern florists, are,"
lie savs, " these : 1. the stem should be strong,
upright, and tall, about thirty inches high : ^.
the flower should be large, composed of six
petals, proceeding a little horizontally at first,
and then turning upwards so as to form an al-
most perfect cup, with a round bottom, rather
wider at the top : 3. the three outer petals should
be rather larger than the three inner ones, and
broader at their base : all the petals should have
the edges perfectly entire ; the top of each should
he broad and well rounded ; the ground colour
at the bottom of the cup should be cleat white
or yellow ; and the various rich stripes which
are the principal ornament of a fine flower should
be regular, bold, and distinct on the margin,
and terminate in fine broken points, elegantly
feathered or pencilled: 4. the centre of each

Vol. II.

TUL

petal should contain one or more bold blotches
;pcs, intermixed t of the

lour, abruptly broken into many
irregular obtuse points. Some dorisis," he adds',
"areofopiniou that the central stripes or blotches
do not contribute to the bcaulv of the Tulip,
unless tiny arc confined to a narrow stripe ex-
actly down the centre; and that they should be
perfectly free Irom any remains of the original
colour: it is certain that such flowers :..

beautiful and delicate, especially when they
have a regular narrow feathering at the .
but it is unanimously agreed, that the Tulip
should abound in rich colouring, distributed in
a distinct and regular manner 'throughout the
flower, except in the bottom of the cup, which
should indisputably be of a dear bright white or
yellow, free from stain or tinge, in order to
constitute a perfect flower. The Double and
Parrot Tulips are," say- be, "in no sort of esteem
among the florists."

The second species has the bulb ovate, gib-
bous : the stem quite simple, nearly upright,
round, smooth, leafy in the middle, 'attenuated
at the base: the leaves alternate, slightly em-
bracing, lanceolate, acute, keeled, glaucescent :
the flower always yellow, greenish'on the out-
side: the petals elliptic-lanceolate, without any
nectary: the filaments flatted : the anthers termi-
nating, versatile, oblong: thegerm three-corner-
ed: stigma sessile, three-cornered. A native of
the South of Europe, Sec, flowering in April.

'• It has most of these characters'" in common
w ith the Garden species ; but the circumstances
that abundantly distinguish this are ; the narrow
leaves, the nodding flower, the hairiness at the
base of the stamens and on the tips of the petals,
and especially the simple obtuse form of the
stigma, which is totally different from that of
the Garden Tulip : the' flower too is fragrant ;
the pollen yellow, not black ; and the anthers
remarkably long. In the Flora Danica they are
represented short and round."

Culture. — All the different sorts of tulips may
be increased by offsets from the roots, and by
sowing seeds io produce new varieties. The
offsets should be separated from the old roots
in June, on taking them up when the flowering
is oyer, planting them in nursery-beds, in rows
six inches apart, and to the depth of three, four,
or five, in the beginning of autumn. They may
also in the old root, be planted in beds, or in the
borders or other parts where they are to remain
and blow , in patches of four or five, placed irre-
gularly ; and to have a succession, thev may be
planted at different times; they are' usually
planted with a blunt dibble: the new roots
should alwavs be planted bv themsclve-.

TUL

T U L

The early and late sorts should likewise be each
put in, in places by themselves, and it is advised
that therootsofthe early blowing kinds should be
planted the beginning of September, in a warm
border, near a wall, paling, or hedge ; as, when
they are pat into an open spot of ground, their
buds are in danger of suffering by morning
frosts in the spring. The soil for these should
be renewed every vear, where people intend to
have them fair. The best soil for this purpose
is that which is taken from a light sandy pasture,
with the turf rotted amongst it, and to this
should be added a fourth part of sea sand. This
mixture may be laid about ten inches deep, which
will be sufficient for these roots, which need not
be planted more than four or five inches deep at
the most.

The offsets should not be planted amongst
the blowing roots, but in a border by themselves,
where they may be set pretty close together,
especially when they are small; but these should
be taken up when their leaves decay, in the
same manner as the blowing roots, otherwise
they would rot if the season should prove very
wet, as they are not so hardy as the late blowers,
nor do they increase half so fast, so that more
care is requisite to preserve the offsets of them.

When these sorts come up in the spring, the
earth upon the surface of the beds or borders
should be gently stirred and cleared from weeds ;
and as the buds appear, if the season should
prove very severe, it will be of great service to
cover them with mats, for want of which, many
times they are blighted, and their flowers decay
before they blow, which is often injurious to
the roots, as is also the cropping of the flowers
soon after they are blown ; as their roots, which
are formed new every year, are not at that time
arrived to their full magnitude, and are of course
deprived of proper nourishment or support.

When these flowers are blown, if the season
should prove very warm, it will be proper to
shade them with mats, &c, in the heat of the
day ; and when the nights are frosty, they
should be covered in the same manner, by which
means they may be preserved a long time in
beauty ; but when their flowers are decayed, and
their seed-vessels begin to swell, they should
be broken off just at~the top of the stalks, as
when they are permitted to seed it injures the
roots very greatly.

In these sorts when the leaves are decayed,
which is usually before the late blowers are out
of flower, their roots should be taken up,
and spread upon mats in a shady place to dry ;
after which they should be cleared from filth,
and put in a dry place where vermin cannot
come to them, until the season for planting
8

them again, being verv careful to preserve every
sort separate, that it may be known how to dis-
pose of them at the time of planting.

For this purpose, it is a good method to have
large flat boxes made, which are divided into
several parts bv small partitions, each of which
is numbered the same as the divisions of the
beds ; so that when a catalogue of the roots is
made, and the numbers fixed to each sort in the
beds, nothing more is necessary, in taking up
the roots, but to put every kind into the di-
vision marked with the same number in the bed.
This saves a great deal of trouble in making
fresh marks every time the roots are taken up,
and effectually answers the purpose of preserving
the kinds separate and distinct.

Jn raising these plants from seed, it is, from
the time of sowing, seven or eight years before
they produce flowers ; and after all, they at first
appear only single-coloured, often requiring
two, three, or more years longer before they
break into different colours or variegations ; so
that the tediousness of raising seedling tulips to
a flowering state often deters from the under-
taking. It is, however, the method by which all
the fine varieties were first obtained, and by w hich
new varieties are still annually gained; as many
persons sow some every year, in expectation that
after the first six or seven years a new show of
flowers will be produced, out of which many
new varieties may annually discover themselves
in each parcel. It is bv this process the Dutch
are so famous for furnishing such an infinity of
fine varieties, supplyingalmost all other countries.

In effecting this business, great care should
be used in the choice of the seed : the best is
that which is saved from breeders which have
all the good properties before related, for the
seeds of striped flowers seldom produce any
thing that is valuable ; and the best method to
obtain it is to make choice of a parcel of such
breeding Tulip roots as are wished to save seeds
from, and place them in a separate bed from the
breeders, in a place where they may be- fully
exposed to the sun, planting them at least nine
inches deep, as when they are planted too shal-
low their stems are apt to decay before their
seed is perfectly ripened : the flowers should be
always exposed to the weather, as when they are
shaded with mats, or any other covering, it
prevents their perfecting the seed. About the
middle of July, according to the season, the
seeds will be fit to gather, as shown by the dry-
ness of their stalks and the opening of the seed-
vessels, at which time they may be cut off, and
the seeds be preserved in the pods till the season
for sowing, being careful to put them up in a
dry place, otherwise they will be subject to

TUL

T U It

mould, and be rendered useless. The beoin-
DiBg <'t September is the proper season tor sow-
ing the seed ; tor which there should be provided
a parcel of shallow seed-pans, or boxes, which
uld have holes in their bottoms to let the
moisture pass oiV; these should l>e filled with
fresh sandy earth, laving the surface very even,
upon winch the seeds should be sown thinlv as
rcgularlv as possible ; some of the same light
sanciv earth being lifted over them, about half
an inch thick. These boxes or pans should be
placed where they mav have the morning sun
till eleven o'clock, in which situation thev may
remain until October, at which time they
should be removed into a more open situation,
where thev mav enjoy the benefit of the sun all
the day, and be sheltered from the north winds,
where thev should remain during the winter sea-
son ; but in the spring, w hen the plants ap-
pear with grassy leaves, they should be again
removed to their first situation ; and if the sea-
son be dry they must be refreshed with water
while the plants remain green ; but as soon as
their tops begin to decay, no more should be
given. The boxes should be placed in a shady
situation during the summer season, but not
under the drip of trees. The weeds and moss
should be kept constantly cleared off from the
surface of the earth in the boxes, and a little
fresh earth be sifted over them soon after their
leaves decay ; and at Michaelmas thev should be
fresh earthed again, and as the winter comes on
be again removed into the sun as before, and
treated in the same manner, until the leaves de-
cay in the spring, when the bulbs should be
carefully taken up, and planted in beds of fresh
■sandy earth, which should have tiles laid under
them, to prevent their roots from shooting
downward, which they often do when there is
nothing to stop them, and are destroyed. The
earth of these beds may be about five inches
thick upon the tiles, which w ill be sufficient for
nourishing the roots while young. The distance
of planting them need not be more than two
inches, nor should thev be planted above two
inches deep. Toward the end of October, it
v. ill be proper to cover the beds over with a little
fresh earth about an inch deep, which will pre-
serve the roots from the frost, and prevent moss
or weeds from growing over them ; and when
the winter is very severe, it may be proper to
cover the bed eitherwithmats or pcas-baulm, to
prevent the frost from entering the ground, as
these roots arc muh tenderer while young, than
after thev have acquired strength. In the next
spring the surface of the ground should be again
gently stirred to make it clean, before the plants
come up; and when the spring proves dry, they

must be frequently refreshed with water in
portions during the time of their growth;
and when the leaves are >'
should be taken oil", and the
ircsh earth, a» before, which -i
repealed again in the autumn. W
bulbs have been managed in ibis way
thev should in the summer following, whentheir
leaves decay, there ■ by that lime con-

siderably improved in growth, be again I
up, and planted in a fresh prepared bed, in
drills three or four inches asunder, in wbi<
reman two years longer ; then, at the dec
the leaf, be again planted out into fresh beds, in
rowsas before, where they should be let remain lo
blow, being afterwards ordered as the flowering
bulbs. When they are in full flower, thev
should be examined, in order to mark such of
them as discover the best properties, that they
mav be separated from the others at the proper
lifting season, and be replanted m bet's by them-
selves for breeders ; removing them annually at
the proper season into different beds of opposite
or contrary soils, as one year in poor hungry
earth, the next in a much richer mould ; con-
tinuing tbern so till they break into variegations
and stripes of different colours, which are the
only modes bv which it can be assisted. When
the leaves and flower-stems are decayed and
withered, and the roots have ceased growing
and drawing nourishment from the earth, it is the
proper period for lifting or taking the old roots
out of the earth, to reserve them till autumn
for planting, being preserved in the manner
directed above.

The early dwarf sorts are the most proper for
forcing for early blowing, and also for being
placed in glasses, in rooms, iScc.

The second species may be managed in the same
manner. They are all highly ornamental flowers,
from their much varied and most beautitul colours.

TURF, the green surface or sward cut from
pastures, &c, for the purpose of laying down
grass-grounds; aslawns, plats, bowling-greens,
&c.

It is flayed with the turfing-iron, in regular
lengths of two or three feet, and a foot wide ;
and being properly laid down close and regular
in the places intended, it immediately forms an
even grass sward, which quickly sinkis root in
the ground, in proper growth and verdure. This
6ort of work may be performed any time in
autumn, winter, and spring, in open weather,
or occasionally in summer, in a moist season,
but the autumn is the best season. The best
turf is mostly procured from line close fed pas-
tures, commons, or downs, &c, where the
sward is close and even ; or that of any grass
3(^2

T U R

T U R

field of similar close firm sward, where the
grass is not rank and coarse, nor abounding in
weeds, or much overran with the common
wild daisy.

In the operation of cutting, a line should be
drawn tight lengthways of the grass-ground, and
then the cutting-racer be stricken into the sur-
face of the sward, close to the line, pushing it
along so as to cut or score the sward in a straight
cut the length of the line, about an inch and
half deep ; and having thus raced out one length,
the line should be moved a foot width further
to race out another length as before, proceeding
in the same manner to a third, and so on to as
many lengths of the line, in foot widths, as
may be necessary; then, by the same means, the
sward is to be raced cross-ways in yard distances,
and thus the proper widths and lengths are
formed. After the sward has been thus raced
out, it should be flayed, or cut up with the
turfing-iron, beginning at one side, cutting
evenly longways the whole length of each raced
line, about an inch or inch and half thick ; a
person following immediately after to roll them
up separately in yard lengths, grass side inward,
as close and tight as possible : having thus cut
up one range, proceed with another in the same
manner, and so continue with the whole. As
the turfs are rolled up, they should be piled
close and regular together, ready for carrying
away. When cut by the hundred, as is often
the case where large quantities are required, they
are commonly piled up in tens ; four below,
three next, then two, and one at top, for the
more ready reckoning of the number wanted.

TURFING, the operation of laying down
turf. In preparing the ground for this purpose,
it should, where loose, be well trodden, or oc-
casionally rammed; then be properly levelled
with the spade, and afterward raked smooth;
when it is ready for laying. In laying the turfs,
they should be unrolled regularly on the ground,
each in its place, making them join close edge
to edge, so as to form at once a close even
sward ; beating the whole down close and even
afterwards with heavy wooden beaters, to settle
the roots of the grass close to the earth, as well
as to form the surface equally close, firm, even,
and smooth ; the turf thus soon strikes root
below, and grows above, without any further
care in this part of the business, except occa-
sionally beating down any swelling inequalities,
and sometimes rolling it with a heavy iron roller.
Sometimes when turf is laid in the summer, or
early part of autumn, in dry hot weather, it will
shrink and open considerably at the joinings,
and assume a decayed-like appearance. In this
case, a few good waterings would be serviceable;

but should this be omitted, the first heavy rain
will mostly recover the whole effectually, and
swell the sward, so as to close all the chasms,
and revive the verdure of the grass plants, when
a heavy rolling should be given, to settle the
whole firm and even, and give the surface a
neat appearance. The principal circumstance
to be regarded in this sort of work, is to have
the surface of the ground well levelled before the
turfs are laid down.

In respect to the after-culture of ground
formed with turf, it is chieHy to give occasional
mowings, from the spring through the summer
till October, and occasionally poling and rolling
the surface to keep it even and level. The
mowings in these cases should constantly be
performed before the grass gets too high a
growth, so as to injure the surface appearance.
See Gkass-Ground.

TURFING-IRON, an implement made use
of for flaying or cutting up grass turf from land
for the above purpose: it is formed with an iron
plate for the culler, six to seven or eight inches
wide, a little rounding forward at the edge,
which is thin and sharp for cutting, but thick-
ening gradually behind to the upper part, where
it is forged to a long bent iron handle, the bend-
ing so formed as to admit of the plate or cutter
resting flat with its back on the ground, in the
proper position for readily cutting or flaying the
turf evenly, alia regular depth; the handle at
top being either formed of iron with an opening
like the top of a spade, or a socket in which to
fix a short wooden handle of that kind. It is repre-
sented at fig. 4. in the annexed plate. In using it
in cutting the turf, the workman takes hold with
one hand in the top handle, the other below,
with the latter guiding the tool in the proper
position, whilst the upper hand is placed against
his knee, &c, which assists him in thrusting it
forward into the ground evenly under the sward;
and thus he proceeds along in a regular man-
ner, moving the tool gradually along at each
stroke, level and even, at an equal depth.

TURKEY-BERRY TREE. See Cordia.

TURKEY WHEAT. See Zea.

TURK'S CAP. See Lilium.

TURNEP. SeeBRAssiCA.

TURNERA, a genus comprising a plant of
the woody, flowering, exotic kind, for the
stove.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Column, [f'erce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, funnel-form, deciduous : tube
oblong, erect, cylindric-angular : border erect,
five-parted : segments lanceolate, length of the

T U

T W A

tube : the corolla has five petals, obcordatc,
acuminate, fiat, from upright spreading : claws
narrow, inserted into the tube of the calyx : the
stamina have live awl-shaped filaments, shorter
than the corolla, inserted into the tube ot" the
calyx : anthers acuminate, erect : the pistiilum
is a conical germ: Styles three: filiform, length
of the stamens : stigmas capillaceons-multiiiii :
the pcricarpium is an ovate capsule, one-celled,
three-valvcd : receptacles annexed to the valves
longitudinally, linear: the seeds numerous, ob-
long, obtuse.

The species cultivated is T. ulinifvlia, Elm-
leavcd Tumera.

It has a shrubbv stem, eight or ten feet high,
«e iding out branches on every side the whole
length: the leaves ovate-lanceolate, two inches
and a half long, and an inch and half broad,
rough on their upper side, and of a lucid green;
their under side has many strong veins, and is
of a lighter green, the edges are serrate: the
flowers sit close upon the footstalks of the
leaves, having two pretty large leafy appen-
dages to the calyx : the corolTa is large, and of
a bright yellow. It is a native of the West
Indies.

There is a variety with narrow leaves, which
rises with a shrubby stalk to the height of eight
or ten feet, with branches less slender and stiff

than in the broad-leaved sort : the haves narrow-
lane, iry, near three in
about three quarters of an inch broad, termina-
ting in acute points, obtusely scrr.uc on their
, and standing upon very short foot, talks;
when rubbed, they emu a disagreeable odour:
the flowers are of a pale yellow : the p tals large
and oval, with the lads or claws twisted and
joining: they are not so large or of so bright a
yellow as iu the true Elm-leaved sort. It is a
native of Jamaica.

Culture. — These plants arc casilv raised from
seed, which should be sown in the sprti
pots, and plunged in the bark-bed, or anv Other
hot-bed, under glasses; and when the plant,
arc come up two or three inches in height,
should be planted separately in small pott,
plunging them in the stove of the bark-bed, to
forward them a little in growth : they may af-
terwards be placed in any part of the stove, and
be managed as other stove exotic plants. They
are also capable of being increased by cuttings,
planted in pots, and forwarded in the above
manner. They afford a good variety among
stove plants.

TURNSOLE. See Croton.

TURPENTINE TREE. See Pist.acia.

TUTSAN. See Hypericum.

TWAY-BLADE. Sec Ophkvs.

ULE

tTLEX, a genus furnishing shrubby plants of
j the thorny kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia
Decandria, and ranks in the natural order of
PapiiionacecB or Leguminosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a two-
leaved perianth, permanent: leaflets ovate-ob-
long, concave, straight, equal, a little shorter
than the keel : upper leaflet two-toothed, lower
three-toothed : the corolla papilionaceous, five-
pctalled : standard obcordate, emarginate, erect,
very large : wings oblong, obtuse, shorter tban
the standard : keel two-pctalled, straight, ob-
tuse, converging by the lower margin : the
stamina have diadelphous filaments, simple and
nine-cleft : anthers simple : the pistiilum is an
oblong germ, cylindrical, hirsute: style fili-
form, rising: stigma obtuse, very small:
the pericarpium is an oblong legume, turgid,
scarcely longer than the calyx, straight, out-

ULE

celled, two-valved: the seeds few, roundish,
emarginate.

The species cultivated arc: 1. lT. Euro;
Common Furze, \Yh:n, or Gorsc ; -J. C. nmus,
Dwarf Furze; 3. U. Capemis, Cape or African
Furze.

The first is a well known shrub, which ba-
its branches very close, dceplv furrowed, wool-
ly or hirsute, full of thorns, w hich are stretched
out, branched, angular, very sharp, smooth,
evergreen, leafy, frequently flower- bearing ;
according to Withering, awl-shaped) a little-
bowed downwards, woolly .it the base, yellow
at the ends: the leaves ;it the base oi ibespinea
and spinules, -olitury, awl-snaped, terminating
in sharp yellowish thorny points, somewhat
nigged, often hirsute, deciduous: the peduncles
axillary, single or two together, one-flowered,
villose : the flowers oi .1 fine vellow or gold
colour. It is a native of Brit J

ULM

U L M

The second species is much lower than the
common sort, with decumbent brandies: the
spines horizontal or partly deflexed : the bractcs
very small, brown, often scarcely apparent,
pressed close to the calyx : the calyx more silky
and less tomentose, with the teeth very con-
spicuous, deeply cut and distant: corolla little
longer than the calyx, oi" a less (laming colour;
legume rough-haired. It is found with the
other chieily on dry elevated heaths, but by no
means so general ; flowering irom August to
October.

The third has a woody and hard stem, covered
with a greenish bark when young, but after-
wards becomes grayish : the branches slender
and woody. It has not produced any flowers in
this climate. It is a native of the Cape, where
it usually grows to the height of five or six feet.
Culture. — These plants maybe increased from
seeds. These in the first sort should be sown
in the autumn or spring, in any light mould,
where the plants are to remain. They are like-
wise sometimes sown in drills in nursery-
beds, to be transplanted afterwards while very
young; but the first is the -better practice,
as they do not remove well. Hedges of this
plant are best raised by sowing them in drills an
inch deep where they are to remain.

In the second and third sorts the seed should
be obtained from abroad, and be sown in pots
of fine mould, plunging them in the hot-bed ;
when the plants are up a few inches in height,
they should be removed into separate small pots,
being afterwards managed as other shrubs of the
green-house kind.

The last sort is difficult to raise, either by
layers or cuttings.

The first sort and varieties afford ornament in
shrubberies, and the two latter among potted
plants of the green -house kind.

fU'LMUS, a genus containing plants of the
deciduous timber-tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Digynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Scalridce.

The characters are : that the calvx is a one-
leafed perianth, turbinate, wrinkled : border
five-cleft, erect, coloured within, permanent:
there is no corolla : the stamina have five fila-
ments, (sometimes four or eight,) awl-shaped,
twice as long as the calyx : anthers four-groov-
ed, erect, short: the pistilluni is an orbicular
germ, ciect: styles two; shorter than the sta-
mens, reflexed : stigmas pubescent: the peri-
carpiuni is an oval berry, laige, juiceless, com-
pressed, membrannceous-winged, one-celled:
the seed one, roundish, slightly compressed.
The species ate: l. U. eampestris, Common

Elm; 2. U. sulerosa, Dutch Elm; 3. U. ?non-
tana, Broad-leaded Elm, or Wych-Hasel ; 4. /"'".
Americana, American Elm; '5. U. nemoralis,
Hornbeam-leaved Elm,- 6. U. pumilu, Dwarf
Elm.

The first is a great, high tree. The bark of
the young trees and the "boughs of the older
trees are smooth and very tough, and will strip
or peel from the wood a great length without
breaking : the bark of the body of the old tree,
as the trees grow in bigness, tears or rends,
which makes it very rough. The innermost
wood is of a reddish yellow, or brownish colour,
and curled ; and after it is dry, very tough and
hard to cleave. The wood next the' bark or sap
is white. Before the leaves come forth, the
flowers appear, about the end of March, grow-
ing on the twigs or branches, closely compacted
or thrust together, of a red colour ; after which
come flat seeds, more long than broad, foi the
most part falling away before, or shortly after
the leaves spring forth, but some hang on a great
part of the summer : the leaves dark green, the
middle-sized ones two inches broad and three
inches long, rough or harsh on both sides, in-
dented about the edges, and many times crum-
pled, having a nerve in the middle, and many
smaller nerves growing from it, on one side
always longer than on the other. It is a native
of Europe and Barbary.

There is a variety called the Narrow-leaved
Elm, which is like the other, but much less
and lower : the leaves are usually about two
inches and a half long, and an inch or an inch
and quarter broad ; indented about the edges,
and having one side longer than the other, and
being harsh on both sides like the other. It is
called in the nurseries, the English Elm. It is
stated by Dr. Smith, as the opinion of Mr.
Crowe, that this is the origin of all the culti-
vated varieties : and Miller says there are seve-
ral other varieties, but not w:orth noticing ;
among these is that with variegated or blotched
leaves Gilpin also makes mention of the Weep-
ing Elm.

The second species is chiefly remarkable for
its quick growth, and fungous rough bark : the
leaves are very large, and harsh on both sides,
not so unequal at the base as the others: the
flowers, according to Schkuhr and Willdenow,
have only four stamens. It is a native of Eu-
rope, and is often called the Cork-barked or
the Dutch Elm, as it was introduced from Hol-
land at the beginning of king William's reignl
the wood is of very inferior quality.

The third has the bark of the branchlets
smooth and even : the leaves are wider than in
the preceding, less harsh, and acuminate : the

XT L M

ULM

flowers arc on longer pe 'uncles, and spread out
loosely : the fruit is roundish : itie wood is U it
solid : the uunk Boon divide*) into long wide-
spreading winged branches ; and when at its lull
growth seldom rises to above one third of the
height of the lirst species : it flowers when even
under thirty feet high, whilst thai seldom Bow-
ers till it has gained a much greater age and
height : the branches are verv brittle : the
Bowers scentless, from six to fifteen in a corymb,
on Ions pedicels : it grows however to be a very
gnai tive, and also very high, especially in
woods among other tries: the hark on the
outside is hi ickcr than that of the lirst, and is
also very tough, so that when there is plenty of
sap, it will strip or peel from the wood of the
boughs from the one end to the other, a dozen
feet ic length or more without breaking: the
timber is in colour nearly like the lirst: it is
not so linn or strong for naves, but will more
easily cleave : the branches or young boughs are
grosser and bigger, and spread themselves
broader, and hang more downwards: the seed
i> somewhat bigger : the leaves are much broader
and longer than an\ of the kinds of £lm, usually
three or four inches broad, and five or six
iiK'l s long, also harsh on both sides, indented
about the edges, ncarlv resembling the leaves of
the Hasel : the one side of them is most com-
monK longer than the other.

The variety termed the Smooth-leaved Elm
is in bigness and height like the lirst, but the
Doughs grow as those of the Wych Hasel do,
hanging more downwards than those of the
common Elm: the bark is blacker than that of
the lirst kind, but will also peel from the bounhs:
the tlowers and seeds are like those of the first :
the leaves also, in form, are like that, but
smooth in handling on both sides: the wood is
said to be more desired for naves of carts than
thai of the first.

The fourth species has three varieties, accord-
ing to iheKew catalogue: the first is the Red
or Canada Elm, which grows in its native
country to a vast size: the leaves are ovate,
wrinkled and scabrous, broader than those of
our Dutch or Wych Elms, .smoother and of a
much more lively green : the branches are red,
whence it has the name of Red Elm. It grows
very fast in this climate.

In the second variety, or the White Elm, which
is so named from the whiteness of the branches,
the leaves are scabrous, but oblong; and, ac-
cording to Gronovius, having narrower leaves
than the Red, and the trunk beset at intervals
with twigs closely clustered together below the
boughs. Boats are made from the bark of it.

The third, or the Drooping or Weeping Elm,

is distinguished hy its oblong smooihish leaves
and its pendent branches.

Marly fi observes thai the American differs
from the European Elm in having the leaves
equally, or, as Gronovius expresses it, quite
simply or singly serrate. It is a native ot the
forests of \ irginia and other pans of North
America.

The fifth species, or the Hornbeam-leaved
Elm, is also a nat.ve of North America.

The sixth species his the branches more slen-
der than in the other species, divaricating, and
of a grayish ash-colour: the leaves alternate,
some simply, others unequally, others again
doubly serrate, smoother than in the iir-t, equal
or unequal at the base, less so, however, than in
the others, and the petioles a little longer: both
petioles an 1 l\\ igs are smooth : the Stipules rust-
coloured, nicmbranaceous-biistle-shapcd : the
seeds on short peduncles, collected into sessile
globular umbels; the surrounding membrane is
almost orbicular, cut but not acuminate, with
the teeth of the cut very shortly curved in ; it is
smooth, very tender, and finely veined, pale
gray: the seed itself is also gray, and ripens in
May, if not sooner : the wood is very hard and
tough, gray, remarkably waved with transverse
lines of a deeper colour, larger fibred, and w hen
exposed to the air becomes yellower than Oak,
and is preferable to it: the ashes exported from
Riga, under the name of Waiddsche, are made
entirely from the wood of this and other Elms,
burnt in brick furnaces; the root is beautifully
variegated and fit for the use of the turner, &c:
the bark does net readily peel off, and therefore
is not used for making ropes : it is said, in
Southern Russia, to often contend with the
Oak in stature.

There is a variety with both young and old
branches winged and rendered irregular with
compressed fungous excrescences of ihe bark
variously interrupted ; and in mountain rocks
there is a variety which has shorter, thicker
branches, winged wiin fungous excresceu
the bark.

Culture. — In these trees ii is effected in differ-
ent ways ; as by seed, suckers, layers, and
grafting. The seed, when perfectly rip-, tied, may
be collected and sown in the autumn or spring,
in four-feet-wide beds, half an inch deep; that
h is kept to the spring being preserved by
diymj'it well, out of tac mui, then pulling it up
close till towards autumn, when it should be
mixed with Baud, to preserve it more ell eiu ilv
through the winter ; when about the iniddit of
February it should be town M above. The
plant" should afterwards be carefully shaded,
watered, and kept clean from weeds. The plai.w

U L M

URE

should have one or two years growth in the
seed-bed, and then be planted out in nursery-
lines, in rows two or three feet asunder, and the
plants fifteen or eighteen inches distant in each
row, giving them the common nursery care,
and training them for the purposes intended.
If for standards, for timber, or ornamental
plantations, they should be trained each to a
single stem, and as they advance in height
clearing the steins from all lateral shoots, leaving
only the very small twigs, just to draw and de-
tain the sap, for the better increase of the stem ;
suffering the leading top-shoot to remain entire,
as also the principal branches of the head ; but
those designed for hedge-work, Sec, should be
let branch out all the way, and become feathered
to the bottom, or as low as may be requisite for
the purposes intended, oulv trimming them oc-
casionally with the knife or garden shears, to
give them the intended form. When the trees
have had four or five years growth, and are from
four or five to .six, eight, or ten feet high, they
are fit for planting out where they arc to remain.

The suckers which most of the sorts send up
'rom the roots, but especially the English and
Dutch sorts should be taken up carefully with root-
fibres, in autumn, winter, or spring, trimming
them for planting by cutting them down at top
•to six or eight inches, placing them in small
trenches or drills, five or six inches deep, one
row in each, half a foot apart, and the drills
■about half a yard asunder; giving waterings in
spring and summer; letting them remain two
years, to form good roots, then planting them
in wide nursery-rows, and managing them as
directed for the seedlings.

The layers of all the sorts may easily be made
by previously preparing a quantity of stools to
produce shoots, situated near the ground : the
proper season for laying them down is in the
autumn, winter, or early in the spring, per-
forming it by slit-laying; and as soon as the
whole are laved and moulded in, every layer
should be lopped with a knife, down to one eye
above the ground. In this way they readily take
root in the spring and summer following, shoot-
ing at top sometimes two or three feel long
bv the autumn, when they should be detached
from the stools, and be planted in nursery-rows,
two feet or a yard asunder, and half a yard
distant in the rows: when they begin to shoot
they should be trained with one leading shoot
only, as the seedling Elms, managing them in
the same manner.

In the grafting method all the varieties of
elms may be increased and continued distinct,
which should be done upon stocks of the Wych
Elm, raised from seed, suckers, or layers,

though the seedling stocks are preferable. For
which purpose some rows of Wych Elms should
be allotted for stocks, which, after having two
years, growth in the nursery-lines, will be tit to
graft on: when about the beginning of February,
the cuttings of the young moderate shoots of
the best English Elm, or any other variety,
should be inserted into the stocks bv the
method of whip-grafting, putting them in as
low as possible, for which the earth should be
removed away a little dpwn to each root, then
cutting off the head of the stock, within two or
three inches of the bottom ; the grafts be in-
serted one in each stock, as above, binding
them close, and claying them well ; then draw-
ing the earth up about and over the clay, the
more effectually to secure it from falling off by
the effects of frost or other causes : when they
begin to shoot they should be trained with only
one leading shoot, so that if they fork at top
into two or more the weakest should be taken
off, leaving the best shoot for the leader; dis-
placing all large side-shoots from the stems, and
letting the tops or leading shoots remain always
entire, as also the general upper branches of the
heads.

These trees are highly useful, both for timber
and in the way of ornament, when planted out
singly on large open spaces ; likewise for being
clipped, or cut into particular forms, and as
forming hedges in various situations.

UMBRELLA TREE. See Magnolia.

URENA, a genus comprising plants of the
woody perennial exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia
Polyandria, and ranks in the natural order of
Columniferce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a double
perianth : outer one-leafed, five-cleft : seg-
ments wider : inner five-leaved : leaflets narrow,
angular, permanent : the corolla has five petals,
oblong, wider at the tip, blunt with a point,
narrower at the base, growing to the tube of
stamens : the stamina have numerous filaments,
united at the bottom into a tube, at top free :
anthers roundish : the pistillum is a roundish
germ, five-cornered : style simple, length of
the stamens, ten-cleft : stigmas headed, hairy,
reflexed : the pericarpium is a roundish capsule,
echinate, five-cornered, five-celled, or soluble
into five close cells : the seeds solitary, on one
side roundish, on the other angular-compressed.

The species cultivated are: 1. U. lobala,
Angular-leaved Urena : 2. U. sinuata, Cut-
leaved Urena.

The first rises with an upright stalk upwards
of two feet high, which becomes woody towards
the autumn. It sends out a few side branches

URT

U R T

which are taper, still", and have a dark -tureen
hark : the leaves about two inches ami a quarter
broad, dark-green above, and pale-green beneath,
upon pretty long footstalks : the (lowers axillary,
solitary, sessile, shaped like those of the Mal-
low, but small and of a deep blush colour. It
is a native of China, flowering here in Julv and
August.

The second species has a sufTruticose stem,
upright, three feet high, with ascending branch-
es:- the leaves Sinuate-palmate, with obtuse
sinuses, serrate, rough, alternate, petioled,
having a single glandular pore on the middle
rib underneath : the flowers are rose-coloured,
small, subsolitary, axillary. It is a native of
the East Indies.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, which should be sown on a hot-bed, or
in pots plunged into it, in the early spring sea-
son. When the plants have some growth, they
should be removed into separate pots, being re-
plunged in a fresh hot-bed, requirintr. afterwards
the same management as tender exotic plants.
When placed in the stove in the sprine, they
ripen seeds the first year, but otherwise in the
second, and seldom continue longer.

Thev afford variety among other stove plants.

URTICA, a genus furnishing plants of the
hardv herbaceous kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monoecia
Tetiaridria, and ranks in the natural order of
ScairidcB.

The characters are : that in the male flowers
the calyx is a four-leas'ed perianth : leaflets
roundish, concave, obtuse : the corolla petals
none: nectary in the centre of the flower, cup-
shaped, entire, narrower below, very small :
the stamina have four awl-shaped filaments,
length of the calyx, spreading, each within each
caryx-1eaf: anthers two-celled: female flowers
either on the same or a distinct plant : the calyx
is a two-valved perianth, ovate, concave, erect,
permanent : there is no corolla : the pistillum is

an ovate trcrni ■ style none : stijma viliosc: there
is no pc j.iipium: calyx com raring: th
one, ovate, blunt,

The species cultivati a arei • . I ' catuit
Hemp-leaved Nettle : .•. ( . I , I m.ulu

Nettle: 3. U. niuea, Chinese or Whin
Nettle.

The first has a perennial root : the -tunsli.c
or six feet high : the leaves oblong, deeply cut
into three lobes, which are acutely indented on
their edges, and placed on loot; petioles: the
flowers axillary in long cylindrical catkins :
males en the lower part, females on the upper.
It is a native of Siberia, flowering in Julv.

The second species has also a perennial i
the stems two feet high : the flower* in axillary
branching aments ; appearing towards autumn,
hut seldom followed by seeds in this climate.
It is at first male only, hut afterwards ha- nude
and female flowers on the same plant. It is a
native of Canada and Virginia.

The third is a perennial plant, sending up
many stalks from the root, which rise three or
four feet high : the leaves are four inches long,
and two inches and a half broad, serrate, of a
deep green on their upper side, but very white
on their under ; having five longitudinal veins;
they stand upon very long footstalks : the flow ers
axillary in loose aments, and not succeeded by
seeds in this climate. It is a native of th<
Indies.

Culture. — These plants may be increased bv
parting or slipping the roots in the autumn or
earl\' in the spring, and planting them out where
thev are to remain.

The third sort is rather tender, and should
have a dry situation where it is warm and shel-
tered, or be kept in pots to be sheltered under
frames, or in the green-house, during the seve-
ritv of the winter season.

The two first sorts afford variety in the borders
and clumps of pleasure grounds, and the la^t
among potted plants.

V A L

V A I.

\ "VALERIANA, a genus containing plants
of the hardy herbaceous perennial Kind.
It belongs to the class and order Triandria
ilonogynia, and ranks in the natural order of

Aggregate.
The

characters are: that there is scarcely any
calyx ; a superior margin : the corolla a nectari-
ferous tube on the lower side, gibbous : border
live-cleft: segments obtuse: the stamina three,
Vol. II.

or fewer (in one species four): filaments awl-
shaped, erect, length of the corolla: ai
roundish : the pistillum is an inferior germ :
style filiform, length of the stamens : stit'ina
thickish: the pericarpium a crust not opening,
deciduous, crowned : the seeds solitary, oblong.
The species cultivated arc : l. /". ruora, Com-
mon or Broad-leaved Red Valerian; 9. )
guslifulia, Narrow-leaved Red Valerian : !
3 R

V A L

V A L

Calcitmpa, Cut-leaved Valerian : 4. V. Phii,
Garden Valerian ; 5. V. tripteiis, Three-leaved
Valerian; 6. V.montana, Mountain Valerian;
7. V. Celtica, Celtic Valerian: 8. V. tnbernsa,
Tuberous-rooted Valerian; 9. V. Pyrevaica,
Pvrenean Valerian j 10. V. oliloria, Common
Corn-Salad, or Lamb's Lettuce.

The first has woody perennial roofs, as thick
as a man's finger, spreading very wide : the
stems about three feet high, round, smooth,
grayish, hollow: at each joint are two (some-
times three) smooth, spear-shaped leaves, near
three inches long, "and an inch broad ; the upper
part sends out branches bv pairs, which, with
the principal stem, are terminated by red flowers
growing in corymbs. It is a native of France,
Switzerland, Italy, 8cc. flowering all the summer
and autumn.

The second species has the root not so large
as in the first sort: the stems two feet high or
more, branching on each side from the root to
within six inches of the top: the leaves three or
four inches Ions:, but as narrow as those of flax :
the upper part of the stem naked, and termi-
nated by a compact corymb of bright red flowers,
smaller than those of the former. It is a native
of the mountains of France, Switzerland, &c.

The third is an annual plant : the lower leaves,
which spread on the ground, are. cut into many
obtuse segments: the stalks, when the plants
are in good ground, rise near a foot and half
high, but upon dry stony soils not halt so high,
and when they grow out of the joints of old
walls, not more than three inches in height ;
are hollow, smooth, and round, sending out
branches by pairs from the upper joints : the
segments of the pinnatifid leaves are very nar-
row : stem and branches terminated by tufts
(corymbs) of flowers shaped like those ot the
fourth sort, but smaller and tinged with flesh-
colour at the top. It is a native of the South of
France, Sec. flowering early in the spring.
It vaiies with the lower leaves pinnatifid.
The fourth species has thick roots, fleshy,
jointed, spreading near the surface in a very
irregular manner, crossing each other, and
matl'mcc together by their small fibres : many of
the root leaves entire, others divided into three,
five, or seven, obtuse lobes, of a pale green and
quite smooth : the sterns three or four feet
high, hollow, sending out lateral branches by
pai.s: the stem-leaves opposite at each joint,
composed of four or five pairs of long narrow
leaflets, terminated by an odd one : the stem and
branches terminated by corymbs of small white
flowers. It is a native of Silesia, Barbary, &c.
flowering from May to July, with the odour of
the flowers very pleasant.

The fifth has a perennial root, long, unequal,
brownish, strong-smelling: the root-leaves ob-
long-cordate, bluntish, smooth, obtusely ser-
rated-toothed, on long petioles: the two first of
these that come out are move inclined to
roundish, and are only slightly crenate: the
stem upright, undivided, about a foot high : the
stem-leaves two or three pairs, smooth, ternate,
on short petioles: leaflets confluent at the base,
lanceolate, acute, unequally subserrate, the
middle one larger th;m the others; they vary
much, being gash-serrate, crenate, or even quite
entire; the uppermost arc sometimes lanceolate-
linear and quite entire, sometimes pinnate with
five leaflets : the flowers numerous, white, in
loose corymbs. It is a native of the Alps of
Switzerland, (lowering here from March to May.

The sixth species agrees in stature and habit
with the preceding; but this is more tufted, and
has the root commonly creeping horizontally,
more divided, and not smelling so strongly: all
the leaves arc acute, unequally serrate ortoothed
and smooth ; the root-leaves are on long petioles,
and more or less attenuated at the base towards
the petiole: the stem-leaves vary in number, are
on short petioles, and rather oblong : the stem
is upright, simple, a foot or eighteen inches
high : The flowers in a corymb, whitish or pur-
plish. It is a native of Switzerland, Austria,
&c. flowering here in June and July.

The seventh species has a perennial root,
black, oblique, with long fibres, 'smelling very
strong, aromatic, caulescent at top and scaly with
the remains of the deciduous leaves ; it is often
in tufts with an upright stem, four or five inches
high : all the leaves are quite entire and obtuse ;
the root-leaves subovate, and attenuated into the
petiole at the base; stem-leaves two, opposite,
linear and sessile, about the middle of the stem,
but there are sometimes none : the stem slender,
simple, terminated by a few small whitish
flowers in a corymb. It is found in Switzer-
land, flowering m June.

The eighth species has roots perennial, and
tuberous,"by which it is easily distinguished. It
is a native of the South of Europe, flowering in
Mav and June.

There is a variety with the roots in the form
of an olive.

The ninth species has a perennial fibrous root,
from which come out many heart-shaped leaves,
on petioles more than a foot in length ; they are
four inches over each way, bluntly serrate,
smooth, and of a blight green on their upper
surface, bul pale and a little hairy underneath :
the Stalks rise th.ee feet high, are hollow,
channelled, and send out opposite branches
towards the top: the stem-leaves opposite,

V A L

V E R

shaped like the lower ones, but a little pointed ;
and frequently at the top there are temate leaves
Standing upon short foot-stalks: the item and
tranches are terminated 1>\ umbels of pale llesh-
coloimd flowers, having verv short spurs. It
flowers in June, and is a native uf the 1'vrenees.

The tenth has a small annual, fibrous, pale
bn-wn root : the stem dichotoinous, somewhat
spreading, from tour inches to a span, and even
a root or more in height (in gardens) ; round,
grooved, or ansrular, tender, often tinged with
porple on one side : the leaves glaucous, pale,
obovate- lanceolate or rather linear-tongue-
shaped : the bottom leaves many, usually entire,
but sometimes very slightly toothed near the
base, somewhat spreading, rather succulent,
smooth, veiny, and a little wrinkled, from
three-quarters of an inch to two inches in
length : the stem-leaves opposite at each subdi-
vision, sessile, remote, usually more toothed
than the bottom leaves: both these and the stem
are ciliate or fringed at the edge with fine white
hairs: the flowers are very small, ot a pale
blueish colour, and collected into a close little
corymb, protected by an involucre. It is a na-
tive of Europe and Karbarv, flowering in April
and Mav. It is us d in salads in the early spring
and winter, under the name of Corn Salad, or
Lamb's Lettuce.

There is a variety, which is smaller, with
jagged leaves.

Culture. — The two first sorts mav be increased
bv parting the roots, aud planting them out in
the autumn or spring season where they are to
grow.

They may also be raised from seed sown at
' the same times, in the situations where the
plants are to grow.

The third may likewise be raised from seeds,
by sowing them as above, without any trouble.

The fourth mav be increased by parting the
roots, and planting them out in the autumn on
fresh ground where thev are to grow.

The filth may be raised in the same way,
beinir allowed good room as it spreads.

The three following sorts are more difficult to
preserve, requiring a stony soil and cold ex-
posure.

The ninth sort mav be raised from seeds sown
in a moist shadv border soon after they are ripe,
managing the plants as in the first soft.

The last sort, when cultivated for the purpose
©f salads, should he sown in the latter end of
summer, or beginning of autumn, in an open
place where it is to grow ; the plants being after-
wards thinned out by hoeing, and kept clean
from weeds; when they will be lit for use very
early ID the spring while quite young.

All the sorts except the last mav be inrro-
duced in the borders tor the purpose of variety.
and most of them continue many years.

The last is used at an < nlv spring salad herb

VENUS'S COMB. See Scamoix.

\ I IN UK'S FLY- THAI'. See Dion.*a.

VENUS'S LOOKING-GLASS. See Cam-
panula.

VENUS'S NAVEL-WORT. See Cvno.

GLOSSOM.

YERATRUM, a genus containing plants of
the hardy herbaceous perennial kind."

It belongs to the class and order Polygamta
Monoec/a, and ranks in the natural order of
Coronarice.

The characters are : that in the hermaphro-
dite there is no calyx, unless the corolla be
considered as such: the corolla has six petals,
oblong, lanceolate, thinner at the edge, ser-
rate, permanent : the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, pressing the germs, more
spreading at the tips, shorter by half than the
corolla: anthers quadrangular : the pistillum has
three erect germs, oblong, ending in scarcely
apparent styles: stigmas simple, patulous: the
pericarpium three C3psules, oblong, erect, com-
pressed, one-celled, one-valved, gaping in-
wards: the seeds many, oblong, blunter at one
end, compressed, membranaceous, fastened in
a double row : male flower on the same plant,
below the hermaphrodite — the calyx, corolla,
and stamina, as in the hermaphrodite: the pis-
tillum an indistinct, vain rudiment.

The species cultivated are: 1. V. all urn,
White-flowered Veratrum, or While Hellebore;
2. V. nigrum, Dark-flowered Ycratrum ; 3. V.
lull tun, Yellow-flowered Veratrum.

The first has a perennial root, composed of
many thick fibres gathered into a head : the
leaves oblong-ovate, ten inches long, and live-
broad in the middle, roundi d at the end, and
having many longitudinal plaits : the stems three
or four feet high, branching out on every side
almost their whole length: under each of these
branches is placed a narrow plaited leaf, and
these diminish in size as they are near the top
of the stem: the branches and principal stem
are terminated by spikes of Bowers set vary close
together, of a.greenish white of herbaceous co-
lour; appearing in July. It is a native of Greece,

The second species has a perennial root like
the tii-t sort : the leaves arc lunger anJ thinner,
plaited in like manner, but are of a yellowish
green colour, and appear sooner in the spring:
tin- stalks also rise higher: it has fewet l<

and does not branch out into so many Spikes-:
the Sowers are of a dark red colour, with the
petals spread open flat; appearing almost ■>
3 R 2

VER

V E R

month sooner. It is a native of Austria and
Siberia.

Tlie third has a large tuberous root : the
leaves oblong, having several longitudinal fur-
row?, or plaits ; they are four or five inches
long, and two broad in the middle, and spread
themselves on the ground; between these comes
out a single stem, near a foot high, having a
very few small leaves or sheaths placed on it al-
ternately : the flowers are produce d at the top,
in a single thick close spike ; are small, and of
a yellowish white colour, appearing in June. It
is a native of North America.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seed and parting the roots.

The seed should be sown in the autumn or
early spring upon a bed or border of light earth,
or in a box filled with the same sort of mould.
When the plants are come up in the spring keep
them clear from weeds, and refreshed with
water occasionally when the season is hot and
dry ;• and in the following autumn, when the
leaves decay, take them up carefully without
injuring the roots, and plant them out about
half a foot square in a fresh bed of light mould ;
and when they have remained in it till fit for
ilowerino;, they should be removed into the
borders,"clumps, or other parts. This is how-
ever a tedious method, as they seldom flower in
less than four years ; therefore the root method
is mostly had recourse to.

The roots may be divided in autumn when the
leaves decay, and be planted out in a light fresh
rich mould where they are to grow; they should
not be removed oftener than once in about four
years. The roots should not be parted too small.

These plants have a fine effect in the middle
of large borders, clumps, and other similar si-
tuations.

VERBASCUM, a genus furnishing plants of
the hardy annual, biennial, and perennial kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Mnnogynut, and ranks in the natural order of
Luridts.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, five-parted, small, permanent :
segments erect, acute: the corolla one-petalled,
wheel-shaped, a little unequal: tube cylindric,
very short: border spreading, five-parted: seg-
ments ovate, obtuse : the stamina have five fila-
ments, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla:
anthers roundish, compressed, erect: the pis-
tillum is a roundish germ: style filiform, length
of the stamens, inclined: stigma thickish, ob-
tuse : the pericarpium is a roundish capsule,
two-celled, two-valved, opening at top : recep-
tacles half ovate, fastened to the partition : the
seeds numerous, angular.

The species cultivated are : 1 . V. Boerhaavii,
Annual Mullein ; 2. V. Blattaria, Moth Mul-
lein ; 3. V. Thapsus, Great Mullein ; 4. V.phlo-
moides, Woolly Mullein ; 5. V. Lychnitis, ~Wb\tc
Mullein; 6. V. sinuatum, Scollop-leaved Mul-
lein ; 7. F.j'crrugineum, Rusty Mullein ; 8. V.
Phceniceum, Purple Mullein ; 9. V. Myconi,
Borage-leaved Mullein.

The first has an annual root: the stem from
three to four feet high: the leaves sessile but not
decurrent, spatulate, narrower at the base, si-
nuate but scarcely lyrate, almost naked above,
somewhat tomentose beneath : the spike loose,
terminating, with the flowers sessile, not
crowded very much together, but several to each
bracte : the corollas are.yellow, with the stamens
and pistils purple: the flowers have an agreeable
scent at a little distance; but if smelt to long,
or too near, it becomes less pleasant ; they ap-
pear in June and July. It is a native of the
South of Europe.

The second species has an annual fusiform
root : the stem about three feet high, erect,
branched, leafy, angular, smooth : the leaves
obovate-oblong, doubly-serrate, smooth, em-
bracing : root-leaves sublyrate : the racemes
terminating, glandular-hairy, stiff, many-
flowered : the flowers peduncled, solitary, yel-
low streaked more or less with purple, having
each a single ovate bracte at the base of the
peduncle. It is a native of the South of Europe,
Germany, Switzerland, &c; and is very orna-
mental, flowering from July to November, or
even later in mild weather.

The third has a biennial root, spindle-shaped:
the stem erect, simple, stiff, and straight, from
three to five feet high, leafy, woolly, angular,
winged: the leaves alternate, decurrent, oblong,
nearly entire, very thickly clothed on both sides
with white branched intricate villose hairs : the
spike terminating, erect, cylindrical, many-
flowered: the flowers sessile, closely set, bright
yellow, sometimes but rarely white. It is a na-
tive of Europe and Siberia, flowering in July
and August.

The fourth species has a biennial root : the
stem erect, spiked, very tomentose : the leaves
ovate, not at all cordate, crenate ; the lower
ones on a petiole which is flat above ; the upper
ones sessile, half embracing but not decurrent :
the raceme spike-shaped, with scattered lance-
olate bractes; within each of which are four
flowers, the middle ones blowing first, then the
lowest, and lastly the two lateral ones. It is a
native of Italv, Germany, an J the South of
Fiance; flowering in June and July.

The fifth has a biennial root: the stem erect,
seldom more than three feet high, stiff and

VER

V E R

Straight, angular, woolly, leafy, terminating in
a panicle very much branched: the leaves ell i p-
tic-obkmg, somewhat wedge-shaped, crcnate,
closely woolly beneath, but nearly smooth on
the upper-side, nettcd-veined; the radical ones
attenuated at ihe base: the stem-leaves ovate,
sessile, but not decurrent: the branches of the
panicle racemed, many-flowered: the Bowers
pedicelled, in bundles, cream-coloured with
yellow filaments and saffron-coloured anthers.
It is remarkable for its straight wand-like angu-
lar stem and cream-coloured Mowers, which are
produced in great numbers in a compound clus-
tered terminating raceme. It is a native of
Europe.

The sixth species has a biennial root : the ra-
dical leaves repand, or obtuselv sinuate-pinna-
titid : stem-leaves oblonsr, waved, decurrent a
little at the base on each side: branch leaves
ovate or cordate, a little decurrent ; the first of
these are opposite, the rest alternate: the flowers
sessile, glomerate, in an interrupted spike. It
is a native of the South of France, Italy and
Barbarv ; flowering in July and August.

The seventh has a perennial root : the bottom
leaves are ovate-oblong, indistinctly crcnate,
(doubly crenate,) dark green above, pale green
beneath, standing upon pretty long iootstalks :
the stalk rises three or four feet high, branching
out on each side, and has a few sharp-pointed
small leaves on the lower part, sitting close to
the stalk : the flowers are disposed in a long
loose spike on the upper part of the stalk ; they
come out upon short slender pedicels, three or
four from the lower joints ; above these there are
two at each joint, and at the top they are single;
they are of a rusty iron colour, and larger than
those of the common sort ; they appear in July
and August. It is a native of the South of Eu-
rope.

The eighth species has also a biennial root :
the radical leaves ovate, subsessile, naked,
even, wrinkled, scarcely crenate: the stem
erect, simple, two feet high : the branches from
the lowest axils, erect, simple, length of the
stem, all angular, subpubescent with hairs
clammv at the tip: the stem leaves cordate,
sessile, smooth, wrinkled and veined: the ra-
ceme of all terminating, simple, a foot long :
the peduncles simple, solitary, one-flowered.
It is a native of the South of Europe.

The ninth has a perennial root, composed of
slender fibres : the leaves, which spread tlat on
the ground, arc of a thick fleshv substance, of
an ovate shape, indented on their edges, woolly,
and of a dark green colour ; they are sessile or
subsessile, embrace the crown of the root, and
he over each other; thev continue in verdure all
the year, but in winter change to a much darker

green: from among th < -errai

scapes or naked bIci

high, which divide into three or tour pedicels .it

:», hairy and of a brown-purplish a
each sustaining one large flower, i i .1 fine blue,
so deeply divided a* to appear to be five-petalleds
the segments are oval, ootu •, and spn .'open
flat, like the Auricula : the (lowers are lai
proportion to the size of the plant, of a blueish
purple colour, and highly ornamental, appear-
ing in Mav, and continue successively in blos-
som for several months. It is a desirable plant
to cultivate, especially for decorating rock-work.
It is a native of the Pyrenees.

Culture. — These plants may all be increased
by seeds, and offsets taken from the roots.

The well ripened seeds should be sown in the
autumn or earlv spring in a bed of light mould,
or in the borders or other parts where they are
to remain, covering them lightly in. When
the plaats arc up a few inches in height, in the
bed method, they should be removed into
nursery-rows till the autumn, when they must
be removed to where they are to remain.

The annual sort is however best sown at once
where the plants are to grow, which is best done
in patches.

The offsets of all the perennial sorts should be
taken off in the autumn, or vcrv early in the
spring, and be planted out where they are to
grow. This is better than afterwards transplant-
ing them.

They are all hardy plants, that succeed in al-
most anv soil.

They afford a good effect in their different
foliage, and sweet scent of their flowers, in
the Targe borders, clumps, and other parts of
pleasure grounds ; the larger sorts being placed
backwards in them.

\ KWBENA, a genus containing plants of the
hardv herbaceous and tender exotic kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Diatidria
gynia, (Didynamia Gymnoi , and

ranks in the natural order of Personates.

The characters arc: that the calyx is a One-
leafed perianth, angular, tubular, linear, five-
toothed, the fifth loothlet truncate, permanent :
the corolla u one-petallcd, unequal : tub*
lindrical, straight tor the length oi the caly/X,
then widening and curved in: border spreading,
half five-cleft : segments rounded, shoos) equal :
imina have two or four filaments, bristle-
shaped, very short. King within the tube ot the
corolla; two of them shorter (when
four:) anthers cuntd in, a~ many as there are
filaments: IhepisliHum is a four-corm
mple, filiform, length of the tub*
: the pericarpium is very
scarcely manifest, or almost ttoni :

V E R

V E R

taining the seeds: the seeds two or fwjr, ob-
long.

The species cultivated are: ). V Indica, In-
dian Vervain; 2. V. supina, Trailing Vervain;
3. F. oruiica, Betony-leaved Vervain; 4. V Ja-
mukensis, Jamaica Vervain; 5. V. Mexicana,
Mexican Vervain; 6. V. glolijlora, Globe-
flowered Vervain; 7- V. bonarientis, Cluster-
flowered Vervain ; 8. V. hastata, Halberd-leaved
Vervain; 9 V.triphylhi, Three-leaved Vervain.

There are many oilier species that may be cul-
tivated tor variety.

The first is an annual plant, very much re-
sembling the fourth sort, but easily distinguished
from it by the stem and branches being smooth,
except the base of the leaves and the part of the
branches between the leaves, which are ciliate :
the leaves also are much narrower, being truly
lanceolate and drawn to a point at both ends :
the spike is the same, but the colour of the co-
rolla is purple. It is a native of Ceylon, flower-
ing in August.

The second species has a biennial root (an-
nual) : the stalks near two feet high, branching
out greatly : the leaves sessile: the flowers dis-
posed in long loose spikes singly at the end of
the branches ; they are of a light blue colour,
and large. It flowers in July and August, and
is a native of Spain, Portugal and Algiers.

The third arises with a shrubby stalk near
three feet high, divided into three or four
branches : the leaves oblong-ovate, placed by
pairs, deeply serrate, deep green above, but
hoarv beneath ; their footstalks are short, and
have leafy borders running from the base of the
leaves: the flowers grow in thick terminating
spikes about a loot in length ; are large, of a
fine blue colour, and have small acute-pointed
leaves intermixed with them; they come out in
June and July. It is biennial, and a native of
South America.

The fourth species has the stem three or four
feet high, very much branched and diffused, and
being suffrutescent at the base it seems to be
more than annual: the stem and branches rough
with hair: the leaves opposite, ovate, obtuse or
acute, serrate, gradually and for a considerable
length attenuated at the base : from the axil be-
tween two opposite branches comes forth a fleshy
*pike, a foot long, unequally cylindrical, stiff
and green : the flowers blow in succession, be-
ginning at the bottom, very few together, violet-
coloured, with the throat and long slender in-
curved tube white. It is a native of Jamaica,
Barbadoes, &c.

The fifth has a shrubby stalk, which rises five
©r six feet high, and divides into several
branches : the leaves sessile, oblong, serrate,
ending in acute points, two inches long, one

inch broad near the base, of a light green colouf
on both sides : the branches are terminated by
slender loose spikes of small pale flowers, the
calyxes of which afterwaid-. become swelled and
almost globular ; are reflexed, and set with
stinging hairs. It is a native of Mexico, flower-
ing in July and August.

The sixth species is a fragrant shrub: the
stem erect, branched, ash -coloured, the height
of a man: the branches erect, round, like the
stein : the brancblets rugged, pithy, bav-co-
loured : the shoots villose, rugged, from lour-
cornered round, green at top: the leaves oppo-
site, seldom three together, spreading, sharp at
both ends, crenate or bluntly serrate, except at
the base, where they are entire, attenuated into
the petiole, marked with lines above, and with
erect, alternate, prominent nerves beneath, very
much veined, wrinkled, villose, rugged, re-
clining, permanent, fragrant : petioles" shorter
than the leaf, round on one side, grooved or flat
on the other, villose, edged with the decurrent
leaf: heads terminating, axillary, peduncled,
roundish, bracted, imbricate : the peduncles
erect, single or two from each axil, scarcely
longer than half the leaf, villose, rugged: the
flowers sessile, one to each bracte, very close,
compressed, white. It is a native of South
America.

The seventh has four-cornered stalks which
rise to the height of five or six feet, sending out
side branches oy pairs . .he leaves three inches
long, and about three quarters of an inch broad,
of a pale green colour, and serrate : the spikes
terminating, clustered, the longest about two
inches, the others about half as long : the
flowers blue, appearing late in summer. It is a
native of Buenos Ayres.

The eighth species sends up many four-
cornered furrowed stalks from the root, which
rise five or six feet high : the leaves opposite,
oblong, about three niches long, and an inch
broad near the base, ending in acute points,
deeply serrate on slender petioles : from the same
joints come out short branches, set with smaller
leaves of the same form : the stalks are termi-
nated by spikes of blue flowers in clusters, which
appear in August. It is a native of Canada.

The ninth is a very sweet-smelling under-
shrub : the stem upright, branched, round, ash-
coloured, a fathom in height : the branches
three or four in a whorl, spreading very much,
rugged : the branchlets six-cornered, bay-co-
loured : the leaves generally three together,
sometimes four, spreading, of a bright green
colour, and very pleasant smell like that of the
lemon: the flowers in an erect terminating pa-
nicle, composed of spikes.

Culture. — These plants are not raised without

V F. R

V F. R

difficulty and attention. They may he increased
bv seeds, which should be sown in pot>, or on a
hot-bed, in the early spring, plunging the pots in
the bed. When they are ia a stare oi growth
to remove, thev should be planted in separate pots
and replunged in a fresh hot-bed, shade being
given till thev have taken new root, when they
BMttt have the management of tender plants of
the exotic kind. The annual sorts should be
kept in the stove, or a glass case, where there is
a bark-bed to plunge them in when too large to
be continued under the frames ; and the peren-
nial sorts mav be placed simply in such cases,
atr being admitted in a cautious manner.

Of these kinds, such as do not afford good
seeds in this climate, may be increased by plant-
ing cuttings in the summer months in pots of
good mould, placing them in the bark-bed of
the stove, where they may be preserved many
years.

The eighth sort mav be raised from seeds by
sowing them in the autumn, and by parting the
roots and planting them out at the same time.
Thev succeed best on a soft loamy soil, and are
so hardy as to thrive in the open air.

The ninth sort mav be readily increased by
planting cuttings in the spring or autumn in pots
of goocT mould. It should have the protection
of the green-house or a glass case.

Thev afford variety among other potted plants
in the green-house and stove, and some of the
hardv sorts occasionally in the open ground.

VERBESINA, a genus affording plants of the
herbaceous and woody flowering exotic kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Sy agenesia
PvlySfimin Suprrftua, and ranks in the natural
order of Compos'iler OppositiJ'olice.

The characters of which are: that the calyx
is common concave : leatlets oblong, chan-
nelled-concave, erect, commonly equal, in a
double row : the corolla compound radiate :
corollets hermaphrodi'e, many, in the disk :
females about live in the ray : proper of the her-
maphrodite funnel-form, five-toothed, erect : —
female lisiulate. tnlid and wide or simple and
very narrow : the stamina in the hermaphrodites:
filaments live, capillary, very short : anthers cy-
lindrical, tubular : — the pistil I um of the herma-
phrodite : germ somewhat oblong: style fili-
form, length of the stamens : stigmas two, re-
Hexed : — in the females, germ somewhat oblong:
style filiform, length of the beraiaphrodiu :
stigmas two, refkxed : there ia no peiicarpinm:
calyx unchanged : the seeds in the herinapliio-
•iiies solitary, ihukish, angular : pappus of two
awl-shaped unequal awns: in the females wry
hke the others : the receptacle chaffy.

The species cultivated are: I. /'. alatu. Wing-
staJked Verbesina ; 2. V. CJrimeutif, Chinese

Verbesina; 3. V. nnJiflora, Se-sile-ri !

Varbesioa; ». F.JtuUcmo, Shrubbj \.
5. /'. gigantte, Tree Verbesina.

The lirst is ua herbaceoua plant, with an on-
right stem about two feet high, subdivided,
miaul, winged, rough-haired i the branch
ternate, erect, axillary: the leaves oblong, acu-
minate, angular-toothed, nerved, somewhat rug-
ged, rough-haired : the Btem has four •
formed by the leaves running down ii ; the pe-
duncles elongated, terminating, pubescent, with
Bowen in single heads, oi a deep orange-colour.
It is perennial, and a native of South America,
flowering most part of the summer.

The second species is a shrub with a single,
round, subiomentosestem and undivided branches
from the upper axils of the leaves ; which are
somewhat tomentose, bluutish, pctioled: the
flowers terminating, solitary, peduncled, and
yellow.

The third has an annual root : the stem her-
baceous, branched, a foot high, round, even :
the leaves sessile, mostly terminating, cuneate-
o\ ate, acuminate, nerved, hi-pid: the flower- m-<-
sile in the axils of the terminating leaves, two '>r
three together, yellow, appearing in July. It ia
a native of the West Indie-.

The fourth species rises with a shrubby stalk
seven or eight feet high : the leaves deeply ser-
rate and cut somewhat like those of the ever-
green oak : the flowers are yellow, prod
from the side of the stalks, and appear in July.
It is a native of the West Indies.

The fifth has the stem fifteen feet high, and
the thickness of a thumb at the lower part,
smooth, green, and viscid; it is tilled without
interruption by a white inodorous pith, as in a
rush ; is simple, or at least but verv slightly di-
vided at top: and the whole stem is aphyllous,
the leaves occupying only the upper part
branchlets: they are alternate, foot-stalked, and
the largest are about a foot and a halt long; thev
are villose and pinnatilid, with distant oblong
lobes : from the boaoms of the upper leaves
spring round whitisb-villose peduncles, bearing
at their tips the flowers, which are slightly *
stalked, and closely heaped together, forming a
kind of panicle : trie corollets are while, a. id the
anthers black. It is a native of the V. -
Indii -.

Culture. — These plants may be increased b\
sowing the seeds upon a moderate hot-bed, 01 it
pots plunged into it. m the earl) spring m ••■
and when the plants are of sufficient growth
should be removed into separate pots, or
into a new hot-bed, giving shade till th<\ be-
come new-rooted ; afterwards managing them
as tender annual plant-, being careful not 10
draw them up weak: about the middle ol .-um

V E R

V E R

mer they may be taken up with balls to their
roots, and be planted in a warm sheltered
border, being protected and watered till re-
rooted, little care being afterwards necessary :
these produce seeds often in the autumn ; but
in the stove they may frequently be preserved
over the winter.

They produce variety in stove- and green-
house collections, and sometimes in the borders
during the summer season.

VERONICA, a genus comprising plants of
the herbaceous perennial and shrubby kinds.

It 'belongs to the class and order Diandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Pers,onatre.

The characters are : that the calyx is a four-
parted perjanth, permanent: segments lanceolate,
•acute : the corolla one-petalled, wheels-shaped :
tube length almost of the calyx: border four-
parted, flat, with ovate segments ; the lowest
narrower, the segment opposite to this wider :
the stamina have two filaments, narrower at bot-
tom, ascending: anthers oblong : the pistillum
is a compressed germ: style filiform, length of
the stamens, declined : stigma simple : the pe-
ricarpium is an obcordate capsule, compressed
it the top, two-celled, four-valved : the seeds
numerous, roundish.

The species cultivated are: 1. V. Silirica,
Siberian Speedwell ; 2. V. Firginica, Virginian
Speedwell; 3. V. spuria, Bastard Speedwell;
4. V. mar'itima, Sea Speedwell ; 5. V. longifolia,
Long-leaved Speedwell ; 6. V. hylrida, Welsh
Speedwell ; 7. V. i/icisa, Cut-leaved Speedwell ;
8. V. decussata, Cross-leaved Speedwell.

The first has a perennial root : the stem four
feet high, rough-haired : the leaves six or seven
in whorls, twice as wide as those of the second
sort : peduncles terminating solitary ; the lateral
ones with two opposite oval leaflets : the calyxes
five-eleft: the corollets blue, with an oblong
tube, and small acute border : the stamens and
pistil twice as long as the corolla. It is a native
of Siberia, flowering in July and August.

The second species has the stems erect, four
or five feet high, having four or five lanceolate
leaves in whorls at each joint, serrate, and end-
ing in acute points : the stems are terminated
by long slender spikes of white flowers, which
appear late in July. It is a native of Virginia
and Japan.

It varies with blush-coloured flowers.

The third has a perennial root, sending out
many offsets : the lower leaves two inches long,
and half an inch broad, pale green and hairy:
the stems a foot high, with very narrow lanceo-
late leaves, placed opposite, and having a few
••light serralures on their edges : the stems ter-
minated by long spikes of blue flowers, which

appear in June and July. It is a native of Siberia-
and Germany.

There is a variety of this also with a flesh-co-
loured flower.

The fourth species has the stalk9 not so long
as those of the preceding : the leaves by fours
and threes round the stalk, on longer footstalks;
they are broader at the base, run out into long
acute points, are unequally serrate, and of a
bright green colour : the flowers are of a bright
blue, and appear in July. It is a native of the
sea-coasts of Europe.

There are varieties with leaves opposite, in
threes or in fours, with blue, blueish, flesh-co-
loured, and with white flowers.

The fifth has the lower leaves two inches
long, and an inch broad in the middle, draw-
ing to a point at each end, serrate, and of
a lucid green colour : the stems a foot and
a half high, with leaves of the same shape
but smaller, and placed opposite ; they are ter-
minated by long spikes of blue flowers^ which
appear in June. It is a native of Germany,
Austria, and Russia.

The sixth species has the stems very white
and woollv, about a foot high : the leaves ob-
long, hoary, two inches and a half long, three
quarters of an inch broad, sessile : the flowers,
deep blue in terminating spikes, and from the
upper axils : they appear in June and July. It
is a native of Russia, Ukrain Tartary, &c.

There is a varietv with white flowers.

The seventh has the spikes aggregate, the
flowers large, the leaves an inch long, lanceolate
wed^e-shaped at the base, with lanceolate seg-
ments. It is a native of Siberia, flowering in
July and August.

The eighth species is a bushy shrub about two
feet high : stem upright, round, very much
branched : the branchlets alternate, spreading,
round or indistinctly quadrangular, closely leafed
on every side, having a pubescent line on each
side running down from the oppositions of the
leaves, which spread very much, are scarce an
inch long, acute, coriaceous, smooth and even,
jme-nerved, paler underneath, evergreen, border
cartilaginous, on very short concave smooth pe-
tioles, gibbous at the base on the outside : the
racemes single, short, few-flowered, towards the
end of the branches, not terminating, but just
below the top : the pedicels alternate, short,
quadrangular, one-flowered. The regular growth
of the leaves, decussated or crosswise, distin-
guishes this species immediately.

Culture. — These plants may be raised by seed
and parting the roots.

In the annual sorts the seeds should be sown
in the autumn or very early spring, in the bor-
ders or places where the plants are to grow, be-

V E R

V E R

ing lightly covered in : if the seeds be permitted
to scatter, good plants may be raised : some-
times they are sown on beds to be afterwards re-
moved.

In the perennial sorts the roots may be parted
in the autumn or early spring, and planted out
where they are to grow, or in nursery-rows to
be afterwards removed.

They should not be parted too small, or oftener
than everv two vears : the large-growin<r sorts
are proper for the borders, clumps, &c. and the
trailing kinds for banks and shady slopes, or
other similar places : they are hardy, and require
only to be kept clean afterwards.

The eighth sort is readily increased by cut-
tings in the spring and summer, being managed
as a hardy greenhouse plant in the same way as
the Myrtle.

In very mild winters it sometimes stands se-
cure in the open air.

The annual and perennial sorts afford variety
in the borders, clamps, and other parts of plea-
sure-grounds, and the last among plants of the
hardy potted green- house kinds.

VERMIN, a term applied to various small
animals that are injurious to garden crops.

Rats and Mice are of this kind, and do much
mischief in sheds and other places, w here thev
frequently destroy beans, pease, and other seeds :
they should therefore be extirpated as much as
possible.

And there are different modes of destroying
them; as by traps, poison, &c. But Mr. For-
syth advises never to use arsenic, or corrosive
sublimate, for that purpose, except under parti-
cular circumstances, as they are deadly poison :
mix vomica will, he thinks, generally answer
the end as well, without the danger. He has sug-
gested it as a very good plan 10 prevent acci-
dents, to " enclose the traps in cases, having
holes in the ends of them large enough to admit
rats, but small enough to exclude dogs, cats, Sec."
The following is recommended as a bait for
rat-traps. " Take a pound of good flour, three
ounces of treacle, and six drops of the oil of
caraways : put them all in a dish, and rub them
well together till they are properiy mixed ; then
add a pound or crumb of bread. The traps
baited with this mixture should be set as near
their haunts as possible; but, for two or three

following mixture, for the purpose ot eniiL.ng
the rats into them.

"Take twenty drops of oil of rhodium, six or
seven grains of musk, and half an ounce •
of aniseed; put them in a smail phial, and
shake u well before using; then dip a bit of
twisted paper, or rag, in "the mixture, and rub
each end of the trap with it, if a box-trap, and
put two or three drops on the bridge, leaving the
paper or rag in the trap. Of whatever kind the
trap is, it should, he says, be scented ; but once
in a twelvemonth will be sufficient. Then throw
some chaff mixed with a little wheat about
the bottom of the trap, in order to deceive the
rats; for thev are very sagacious, and will not
enter a suspicious place. This will be necessary
to be done only at the tirst lime of setting the
traps, for after some rats have been caught and
have watered and dunged in them, rats will en-
ter boldly when they find others have been there
before them: do not, therefore, wash or clean
out the trap, as some people do before thev set
it again, but let the dung and urine remain in it.
Keep the places where the traps are set as pri-
vate as possible ; and when thev are Bet for
catching, mix no bread with the bait, as the
r.u> will in that case be apt to carry it awav."

It is advised, "when the holes are found
quiet, and that no rats use them, to slop them
up with the following composition. Take a
pint of common tar, half au ounce of pearl-
ashes, an ounce of oil of vitriol, and a good
handful of common salt, mix them all well to-
gether, in an old pan or pot. Take some pieces
of paper, and lay some of the above mixture
very thick on them; then stop the holes well up
with them, and build up the mouth of the holes
with brick or stone, and mortar; if this bepro-
pcrlv done, rats will, he asserts, no more ap-
proach these, while either smell or taste remains
in the composition."

In order to destroy the rats in places where
traps cannot be set, he recommends us to " take
a quart of the above bait, then rasp into it three
nuts of mix vomica, and add a quarter of a
pound of crumb of bread, if there was none be-
fore ; mix them all well together, and lav it into
the mouth of their holes, and in different pi
where they frequent; but lirst (jive them <<i the
bait without the mix vomica, tor three .jr

days, so as not to fall or strike on the rats going succeeding nights ; and when thev find it ■■.
in, but letting them have free liberty to go in
and out at pleasure, as this makes them fearless.
Some of the bait should also be laid at the rat-
holes, and a little of it scattered quite up to the
traps, and so on to the bridge of each trap,
where a handful may be placed." It may also-,
lie savs, '* be proper to scent the traps with the
Vol. II.

with them, thev will eat that mixed with the
nut with greediness."

It i-- observed that " rats arc frequently very
troublesome in sewers and dram>. In such
ca^ei arsenic may be used v.,

me dead rats, and having put some
white arsenic) finely powdered, into an old pep-

' 3 S

V E R

V I B

pcr-box, shake a quantity of it on the foreparts
of the dead rats, and put them down the holes,
or avenues, by the sides of the sewers at which
they come in ; this puts a stop to the live ones
coming any further ; for when they perceive the
arsenic, they will, he says, retire immediately;
whereas if they were put down without the arse-
nic the live ones would eat them."

We have, however, found that these animals
take arsenic best when it is prepared by being
finely levigated and mixed up with very strong
old cheese and oatmeal. In order to destroy
mice, Mr. Forsyth advises to "lake a quart of the
bait for rats before there is any bread mixed with
it ; then take four nuts of nux vomica, and rasp
them very fine, otherwise the mice will pick out
the food from it, on account of its bitter taste ;
rub them well together ; lay some of it on a piece
of paper, or, if without doors, on a piece of
tile, removing all other food from the place, and
it will kill all that eat of it. What is not eaten
should be taken away in the morning, and re-
placed at night. If this be in a garden, shelter
it with boards or tiles, that it may not get wet.

" Open traps should likewise be set, as mice
are shy in entering close ones. And care should
betaken not to convey these animals into gardens
by the straw litter, or other similar materials."

' Slugs are a sort of animals that are frequently
found harbouring about the foundations of walls,
and about the roots of pease, lettuce, &c. " They
may," Mr. Forsyth says, "be picked off, and kill-
ed, bv putting them into a pot in which is a little
fine unslaked lime ; or the ground where they
are should be well watered with soap-suds and
urine, mixed with tobacco-water. When they
are numerous on the surface of the ground,
which frequently happens after rain, or in a
dewy morning, fine unslaked lime thrown over
the borders, &c, will, he says, destroy them.
But he prefers the above mixture, which, if the
ground be well watered with it, will bring them
up out of their holes, when they very soon die ,
it will also destroy their eggs, which they always
deposit in the earth.''

"Snails also, during the winter," he says, "ga-
ther themselves together in clusters; and in that
season are frequently found in great numbers
behind wall trees, and in holes of the walls.
They should be carefully picked off and crushed,
which is the only effectual way of getting rid of
them. If any should escape, they should be
destroyed as they make their appearance in the
spring. As they also deposit their eggs in the
ground, the borders should be well watered in
the above manner."

Wasps and flies are highly destructive of all
sorts of fruit : therefore, as soon as the wasp and
2

large flesh-fly make their appearance, "get ready
several bottles or phials; then mix up grounds
of wine or beer, with sweepings of su?m , honey,
or grounds of treacle, and with this mixture fill
the bottles half or three -quarters full, then place
some of them at the bottom of the wall, and
hang a sufficient number up by a piece of yel-
low willow, or packthread, on the nails against
the walls in different place?, observing to empty
them frequently, as . lv> :ill with flies and wasps-;
first pour the liquor into an empty boUie, and
then shake out the dead insects, crushing them
with your foot, that none of them may revive;
then pour back the liqaor into the bottles and
phials as at first. In this manner a grea. many
may be destroyed, he s <ys, before the fruit be-
comes ripe. If you begin to hang up the bot-
tles as soon as you see the Pv, which comes
much earlier than the wasp, you will be able to
destroy great numbers of them, and will have
the bottles ready for the wasps when thev make
their appearance. The fly will be found as de-
structive as the wasp to grapes." And " when
the weather is hot, and the wasps are numerous,
if they do not enter the bottles fast enough,
(which will happen when the fruit is very ripe),
a little oil may, he says, be put in a cup, and
with a feather dipped in it touch their backs and
they will instantly dropdown; when you will
find them turned black and green by the effects
of the oil."

Birds attack fruit much when it begins to
ripen. The best preventive in this case is, Mr.
Forsyth says, " to cover the trees with nets, or
bunting, a sort of cloth of which ships' colours
are made." See Vitis.

There are many other animals of the insect
tribe that are likewise highly destructive to
fruits and garden crops, but which are noticed
under the articles which they are found to injure.

VERVAIN. See Verbena.

VERVAIN MALLOW. See Malva and
Urena.

VIBURNUM, a genus containing plants of
the deciduous and evergreen flowering kind.

It belongs to the class and order Penlandriu
Trigynia. and ranks in the naturaj order of Du-
mosce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, superior, very small, permanent:
the corolla one-petallcd, bell-shaped, five-cleft:
segments blunt, reflexed : the stamina have five
awl-shaptd filaments, length of the corolla : an-
thers roundish: the pistillum is an inferior germ,
roundish : style none, but in its stead a turbinate
g!and : stigmas three : the pericarpium is a
roundish berry, one-celled : the seeds bony,
roundish.

V I B

V I B

The species cultivated are : i. V. Lantantt, twenty "feci if permitted to stand ! the stem be-
Wayfaring Tree; 2. V. Opului, Water Elder; comes large; (tie branches grots irregular, ami

3. V. Lentqgo, Pear-leaved Viburnum; 4. I.
Cassinotih j, Thick-leaven1 Viburnum ; .*>. /'. bi-
tidurn, Shining-leaved Viburnum j fi. V. la-ri-
gcitum, CaSsioberry Bush ; 7- ('.nudum, Oval-
Feaved Viburnum ; 8. V.prunifbUum, Plum-leaved
Viburnum ; 9- V, dmtatum, Tooth-leaved Vi-
burnum; 10. V. Tiiim, Laumstiuus or Lau-
rustine.

The first is a thickly-branched shrub or small
tree, having round, pliant, mealy twigs, with
the same kind of tutted stellated pubescence as
is found on the flower-stalks, backs, and even
upper surfaces of the leaves: the leaves opposite-

arc covered with a gray bark : me leaves arc di-
vided into three or lour lobes, sOmewbst like
those bf the Maple ; tbey arc about three ii

long, and two and a halt broad, fagged on their
edges, and of a light green colour: the 11
come out in a large corymb, arc vety white, and,
being all neuters, are barren; from their extreme
whiteness, and swelling out into a globular
form, some country people have given this shrub
the name of Snow-uall I ice. ft is also some-
times called "Elder AW and R >« III ' Lr.

The third has the branches bent or hanging

down: the petioles waving on the edge: the

somewhat elliptical, cordate, obtuse, serrate, leaves thick, like those of the tenth sort, smooth,

strongly veined, turning dark red before they fall serrulate with very small teeth: the germ ter-

in autumn : stipules none: the flowers whitish, initiating, awl-shaped, ventricose at the base.

in larfe terminating, solitary, many-flowered It is a native of North America, flowering here

cymes. It is a native of most parts of Europe, in July.

flowering here in May. It is sometimes known The fourth species has the lowest leaves ob

by the name of Pliant Mealy Tree ; and according ovate ; the next ovate ; the upper ones lanceolate.

to Withering the bark of the root is used to make It is a native of North America. It llowcrs in

birdlime. June.

There is a variety in North America with The fifth is a native of North America. It

larger leaves, of a bright green ; and with va- flowers in May and June.

negated leaves in nurseries. The sixth species has the leaves petioled,

The second species is a small bushy tree, broad-lanceolate, sharpish, without any raised

smooth in all its parts, and very much branched : veins: the petioles deeurrent along the back,

branches opposite, round: the leaves subcordate, whence the twigs are ancipital : the corymb

with three great unequally serrate lobes, veined, short: the stem twelve or fourteen feet In,

paler beneath ; their petioles bearing several sending out branches from the bottom to the

cup-like glands towards the top, and a pair or top: the leaves about an inch long, and more

two of erect linearappendages, scarcely to be call- than half an inch broad, of a light green colour,

ed stipules, near the base, the cymes terminating, opposite, on short footstalks: the peduncles

solitary, composed of many white flowers, ra- axillary, very short, supporting small umbels of

diant; the inner perfect, small, resembling those white flowers, which appear in July. It is a

of Elder ; those in the margin abortive, consist- native of South Carolina.

ing merely of a large irregular flat petal without The seventh ha< a strong stem, covered with

anv organs of fructification: the stigmas nearly a brow n smooth bark, and rising to the height

sessile, close together: the berries drooping, of ten or twelve feet, sending out woody

globular, crowned with five very small scales of branches on every side the whole length, which

the calyx, red, very succulent. It is a native of have a smooth purplish bark : the leaves oppo-

Europe, flowering early in June ; the bright-red site, five inches long and two and a half broad,

berries ripen about September, and towards the smooth and of a lucid green above, veined and

middle of October the leaves assume a beautiful Of a light green beneath, entire at the edg< -,

pink colour. (indistinctly notched,) and rounded at both

There is an American variety, which is a shrub, cnd>; of the same thickness with those ol the

that has the twigs of a shining red colour, and Broad -leaved Lailrustinut: tne flowers are pro-

which rises eight or ten feet nigh, with many duccd in large umbels (cyinc-i at the end of the

side branches, covered with a Smooth purple branches, are in shape and colour like those of

the common Laurustinus, but smaller1; and the
stamens are much larger than the corolla: they

bark: the leaves cordate-ovate, ending in ai ute
points, deeply serrate, having many strong veins,
and standing upon very long slender foot-:

There is another beautiful variety common in bcrric
plantations under the name of Guelder Hose, native of America, flowering in May and June.
bearing large round bunches of abortive flowers There arc varieties with deciduous and ever-
only, which rises to the height of eighteen or green leaves.

3 S 2

ir in July, and arc succeeded bv roundish
s, which, when rip.-, arc black. It i-

V I B

V I B

The eighth species rises with a woody stalk
ten or twelve feet high, covered with a brown
.bark, and branching its whole length : the
branches, when young, are covered with a
smooth purple bark : the leaves two inches long,
and an inch and quarter broad, slightly serrate,
and on short slender footstalks, opposite or with-
out order : the flowers in small umbels (cymes)
lateral and terminating; these are white, and
smaller than in the first sort, appearing in June,
and are sometimes succeeded by berries. It
grows naturally in most parts of North America,
where it is commonly called Black Haw.

The ninth has the stalks soft and pithy,
branching out greatly from the bottom upward,
and covered with a gray bark : the leaves three
inches long, and nearly as broad, strongly
veined, of a light green colour, placed opposite
upon pretty long footstalks : the flowers in termi-
nating corymbs, white, and almost as long as
those of the first sort, appearing in June. It is
a native of North America.

There are varieties with the leaves smooth on
both sides, and with the leaves downy under-
neath and drawn out to a point.

In the tenth species the leaves are seldom more
than two inches and a half long, and an inch
and quarter broad ; they are rounded at their
base, but end in acute points, are veined and
hairy on their under side, and not of so lucid a
green colour as the following sort on their upper.

There are several varieties; as the smaller hairy
leaved, in which the umbels (cymes) of flowers
are smaller, and appear in autumn, continuing
all the winter. The plants are much hardier.

The shining-leaved, in which the stalks rise
higher, and the branches are much stronger :
the bark is smoother, and turns of a purplish
colour: the leaves are larger, of a thicker con-
sistence, and of a lucid green colour : the umbels
(cymes) are much larger, and so are the flowers ;
these seldom appear till the spring, and when
the winters are sharp, the flowers are killed, and
never open unless they are sheltered.

There is a sub-variety of this with variegated
leaves; with gold-and silver-striped ; in which
the branches are warted, the younger ones four-
cornered : the leaves opposite, ovate, on short
petioles, rigid, shining, perennial ; the younger
oneshirsute, with short ferruginous villose hairs:
flowers in crowded cymes, with little bractes be-
tween them : the corolla white; and the berries,
when ripe, blue.

The common, with narrower leaves, hairy only
on the edge and veins underneath : the fruit
smaller.

And the Upright Laurustinus.

Culture. — These plants may some of them

be increased by seeds, most of them by layers,
many by cuttings, and a few by suckers.

The seeds in the deciduous kinds should be
sown in the autumn or spring in beds of light
fine mould, being well covered in. The plants
appear in the first or second year, and when they
are of a twelvemonth's growth they should be
planted out in nursery-rows, to be continued
till of proper growth to plant out in the shrub-
beries or other parts of pleasure-grounds, as
from two to five feet.

In the Laurustinus kinds, the seeds after being
mixed with mould in the autumn soon after they
become ripe, and exposed to the air and rain in
the winter, should in the spring be sown on a
gentle hot-bed, or in pots plunged into it; the
plants being continued in the bed till the autumn,
when they should be removed and managed as
in the layer method. The plants raised in this
way are said to be hardier than those raised from
layers.

The first sort is tedious in being raised from
seeds.

In the layer, which is the most expeditious
mode of raising most of these plants, the young
lower branches should be laid down in the au-
tumn or spring, being pegged down in the usual
manner in the earth, when they mostly become
well rooted in a twelvemonth, and may then be
taken off* and planted out where they are to re-
main, or in the nursery; and sometimes, in
some of the kinds, a few are put in pots.

The best season for removing the tenth sort
is in the early autumn, that they may be well
rooted before the winter.

The first sort succeeds best by layers put down
in the autumn. And the striped variety may be
increased by budding it upon the plain sort.

The cuttings may be made in the autumn from
the strong young shoots, being planted in a
moist border in rows, when in the following
summer many of them will be well rooted, and
form little plants. Most of the deciduous sorts
may be raised in this way.

The suckers should be taken up in the autumn
or spring with root-fibres, and be planted out in
nursery-rows to have a proper growth. The
Guelder Rose may be readily increased in this
way, and sometimes the Laurustinus.

The fourth sort is rather tender in winter
while in its young growth, as well as the sixth,
and should have protection in that season. A
plant or two should be constantly laid in pots
under shelter. This last is easily increased by
layers.

These plants afford much variety and effect in
shrubbery and other parts of pleasure-ground,
when planted out in a mixed order. The ever-

V I c

green sort are often used to cover disagreeable
objects. The flowering evergreens are likewise
often set out in pots.

VICIA, a genus furnishing plants of the
biennial, perennial, and annual hardy kinds

It belongs to th

V I c

The Broad Spanish, which is a little later than
the other, but conies in before the common
sorts, and is a good bearer.

The Sandwich Bean, which comes soon after
the Spanish, and is almost as large as the Wind-

e class and order Diadtlplda sorBean; but, being hardier, is commonly sown
nks in the natural order of a month sooner. It is a plentiful bearer, but not

Decandria, and ran
PapiUonace<e or Legumirwsce

The characters are: that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, erect, haif-five-cleft,
acute: upper teeth shorter, converging, all of
equal breadth : the corolla papilionaceous : ban-
ner oval, with a broad oblong claw, at ihe tip
emarginate with a point, bent back at the sides,
with a longitudinal compressed raised line :

very delicate for the table.

The Toker Bean, which comes about the same
time with the Sandwich, and is a great bearer.

The White and Black Blossom Beans, which
are also by some much esteemed; the beans of
the former, when boiled, arc almost as green as
peas; and being a tolerable sweet bean render*
it more valuable. These sorts are very apt to

Wings two, oblong, erect, half-cordate, with an degenerate, if their seeds are not saved with great

oblong claw, shorter than the banner : keel with care. =

an oblong two-parted claw, the belly compressed, The Windsor Bean is allowed to be the best

semiorbicular, shorter than the wings: the sta- of all the sorts for the table: when these are

mina have diadelphous filaments, single and planted on a good soil, and are allowed sufficient

nine-cleft: anthers erect, roundish, four- room, their seeds"*wi!I be very large, and in mat

grooved: a nectareous gland springs from the plenty; and, when they are irathered voting are

receptacle between the compound stamen and the sweetest and bent-tasted of all the sorts* but

the germ, short, acuminate: the pistillnm is a these should be carefully saved, by pulling out

linear germ, compressed, long: style filiform, such of the plants as are not perfectly right, and

shorter, ascending at an erect angle: stigma ob- afterward by sorting out all the good from the

tuse, transversely bearded below the tip: the bad beans.

pericarpium is a long legume, coriaceous, one- This sort of bean is seldom planted before

celled, two-valved, terminated by a point : the Christmas, because it will not bear the frost so

seeds several, roundish. well as many of the other sorts; so it is eene-

The species cultivated is V. Faba, The Bean, rally planted for the main crop, to coinc iifjune

It has an annual root : the stem upright, and Julv.

about two feet high to three or four in the And of the small early varieties, there is one

larger garden varieties, thick, angular: the which is chiefly planted for curiosity. It is a

leaves without tendrils
pairs, ovate-oblong,

the leaflets about three
tomentose, convoluted :
the flowers several together in the axils, w hue
with a black silken spot in the middle of the
wings : the legumes thick, roundish, straight,

dwarf, six or ten inches in height, w ith branches
spreading like a fan, and flowers succeeded by
small pods, both in clusters; whence it is called
Dwarf l\\n or Cluster Bean.

Also of the middle-sized later beans, a sort

pointed, very woolly within, containing several now very commonly cultivated is the Long
large ovate flatted seeds. It is a native ofEgypt. podded Bean, a yard or mere in height, a great

There are several varieties of garden beans; as bearer, the pods'lon^ and narrow, closely tilled
the Mazagan Bean, which is the first and best with oblong middle-sized seeds. Of this there
sort of early beans at present known. It is are several sub- varieties, as the early, the ull,
brought from a settlement of the Portuguese on the Turke-v, Sec.

the coast of Africa, just without the Straits of The White-blossomed Bean, which has none
Gibraltar, and smaller than those of the Horse of the black mark on the wings. The seed is
Bean. semitransparent, and having Ien-of the peculiar

The early Portugal or Lisbon Bean, which is '
the next, and appears to be the Mazatran sort
saved in Portugal, as it is very like those which
are the first year saved in this countrv. It is
the most common sort used by the gardeners for
their first crop, but they are not near so well
tasted as the Mazagan.

The small Spanish Bean, which comes in soon
after the Portugal sort, and is rather a sweeter
bean.

bean flavour, when young, than any of the
others, is by many in much esteem. It bears
abundance of smallish, long, narrow pods, and
the seeds are almost black w hen ripe.

And there is a red blossomed bean, with
smallish . .ds and seeds, but which is not
so palatal. !e as that with white blossoms.

There are also either varietii

Culture. — These crops arc raised with much
facility by towing them at different times from

V I c

V I N

October to March, or later. The small sorts
are mostly used for the earliest crops, and the
first two or three of the above sorts are the most
proper for the purpose; but the Mazagan kind is
the earliest of all, and most proper to plant for
the first crop, and the Portugal and Small Spanish
Bean next, all of which should be planted early
on warm south borders, or other sheltered sunny
exposures, under or near walls, pales, or hedges,
or other warm defended quarters, every month
from October till the beginning of February; in.
order that if the first planting should fail by in-
clement weather in winter, the others may suc-
ceed ; and if all the crops should survive the
frost, they will succeed one another regularly in
bearing. The planting should be performed in
rows, ranging south and north, two feet and a
half asunder, an inch and half deep, and two or
three inches apart in each row. Thev may also
be planted in one row length-ways close along
under a south wall, 8cc.

The Dwarf Bean is not proper to be planted
for any general crop, only a few for variety; and
for which purpose it may be put in in autumn
or winter, or in any of the spring or summer
months till June or July, in rows two feet
asunder, or in patches about the borders.

Of the middle-sized sorts, the Long-pods,
Broad-Spanish, and White-blossomed Bean are
the best for general culture ; though some of all
the others may be planted occasionally ; and the
season for these sorts being put in, is for the
first crop in November or December, on a broad
warm border, or in any cf the most sheltered
kitchen-garden quarters, in rows two feet and
half or a yard asunder, three inches distance in
the row, and two or three inches deep ; repeating
the planting every month till March, in the open
quarters.

Of the large kind, the Sandwich and Toker
kinds, being generally more plentiful bearers,
and of somewhat less succulent growth than the
Windsor, are rather hardier to resist the frost,
and may be planted earlier, as before Christmas,
for the first crop ; and any time after, till May,
if required; and of the Windsor, a small or
moderate crop may be planted in December, in
open mild weather, and a dry soil ; in a larger
supply in January ; and a first full crop in Fe-
bruary; and thence in full supplies, of these or
any of the other larger sort, every three or four
weeks, till ihe end of April, for the main crops ;
continuing planting them till the end of May,
to have successions as long in the season as pos-
sible. These should constantly be planted in
open exposures, in rows a yard asunder, or three
feet and a half for the large Windsor sort; fouror
five inches asunder in each row, and three deep.

They succeed in any common soil, but where
the land is manured for them it is the best.

The general method of planting them is by
the dibble, or in drills; for earlv planting in dry
ground, a shallow drill may be first made, then
planting the beans in a row along the bottom,
allowing from two to four or five inches distance
in the row, according to the size or growth of
the different varieties, and from one and a half
to three inches deep in the small and large beans ;
and when the plants are come up about three
inches high, they should be landed or earthed
up on each side of the row with a drawing hoe,
keeping them clear from weeds by occasional
hoeing in dry weather; and after having advanced
nearly to full growth and in bloom, u is proper
to top the plants in general, which throws all
the nourishment to the embryo pods, and
greatly promotes their setting, and forwards their
growth; and in the latter crops prevents their
being so much annoyed with the small black fly.

In gathering the crops, avoid pulling up the
stems, especially when the land is moist.

VINCA, a genus comprehending plants of the
shrubby, evergreen, upright, and trailing kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Pentandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Contortce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
parted perianth, erect, acute, permanent : the
corolla one-petalled, salver-shaped: tube longer
than the calyx, cylindric below, wider above,
marked with five lines, the mouth a pentagon:
border horizontal, five-parted : segments fast-
ened to the apex of the tube, wider outwards
and obliquely truncate : the stamina have five
filaments, very short, indexed and retroflexed:
anthers membranaceous, obtuse, erect, curved
in, fariniferous on both sides at the edge : the
pistillum has two roundish germs, with two
roundish little bodies lying by their sid<s: style
one common to both, cylindric, length of the
stamens: stigma capilate, concave, placed on a
ilat ring: the pericarpium has two follicles,
round, long, acuminate, erect, onc-valved,
opening longitudinally: the seeds numerous,
oblong, cylindric, grooved, naked.

The species cultivated are: 1. V. minor, Small
Periwinkle; 2. V. major, Great Periwinkle; 3.
V. rosea, Madagascar Peiiwinkle.

The first has a perennial creeping root, with
branched fibres : the whole plant smooth and
shining: the stems round, slender, leafy, erect
when in flower, from nine inches to a foot in
height, and much higher when supported by
bushes, marked on each side with a groove
faintly impressed; after flowering, prostrate,
elongated, taking root at their joints. Accord-

V I N

V I N

ing to Woodward, the flowering-stem is upright
in the spring, hut in autumn the flowers are
I »m« on the shoots of the year, which are trail-
ing : the leaves opposite, on footstalks about
one fourth the length of the leaves, which arc
quite entire, evergreen, shining, somewhat like
those of Privet, not having the fringed edge
observable in the second sort: the liowers ax-
illary, alternate, solitarv, void of scent, on nearly
upright peduncles, almost twice the length of the
leaves, round, smooth, and sliming, pale blue.
It is a native of Germany.

h vanes in the colour of the flowers; with
pale blue, with purple, and white, and with
double flowers ; and the foliage is sometimes
variegated either with white or yellow stripes.

Th. second species is larger in all its parts
than the preceding: the stems erect, finally
rooting at the end : the leaves broad-ovate, three
inches ion<r and two broad, of a thick consist-
ence, fiiielv fringed with short rigid hairs at the
edge, on thick iootstalks : the flowers solitary,
alternate, on peduncles half the length of the
leaves, of a purple blueish colour. It is a native
of France, Spain, Sec. flowering in May.

The third has an upright branching stem,
three or four feet high, when young, succulent,
jointed, purple; but as the plant advances the
lower parts become woodv : the branches have
the joints very close, are covered with a smooth
purple bark, and have oblong, ovate, entire
leaves, two inches and a half long and an inch
and half broad, smooth and succulent, setting
pretty close to the branches: the flowers axillary,
solitary, on very short peduncle* : tube long and
slender: brim spreading open, flat, divided into
five broad obtuse segments, which are relieved
at their points: the upper surface of the petal is
of a bright crimson or peach colour, ami their
under side pale flesh- colour : there is a succession
of flowers, from February to the end of October.
It is a native of Madagascar, China, &c.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of
being increased by layers, cuttings, and suckers.

In the first method, when the layers of the
trailing branches are put down into the ground,
they readily take root at almost any season. This
ery much the case with the first sort, as al-
most every joint furnishes plants in the course of
the summer ready to be put out in the autumn.

The cuttings may be made from the stalks
and branches, and he planted in shady borders
in the autumn or early spring, where they will
become well rooted by the following autumn.

All the sorts succeed in this way.

In the third sort the cuttings should he n
from the voting shoots and be planted in pots,
plunging them in a hot-bed or the bark-bed,

where they will become perfectly well rooted in
the tame year, and m iy be p Hied ■> lv,

being placed in the stow, add shifted as ma)
meessary into large pott.

Tins sort may likewise be raised lion.
which should be sown in pots in the tub • | ring
filled with light rich earth, covering iheui well
in, and plunging the pots in the bot-bed, or the
bark-bed of the Btovej and when the pi
have a tew inches gro« th, they should be pi icked
out into separate pots, rftplnnging them in a hot-
bed, giving proper shade and water, managing
them afterwards as the cutting*!

The sucker- may be taken iff with root-fibres
in the autumn or spring, and planted where they
are to grow.

The two first sorts afford variety in the boi
clumps, ceo. while the last has a line effect in
stove collections.

VINE. See Vitis.

VINERY, a sort of garden erection, con-
sisting of a wall twelve or fourteen feet in height,
extending from east to west, furnished with
stoves, and proper flues, with roof and lights of
glass, covering a border of some extent ; as ten
feet or more in width. When vines are to be
forced at an early season, upright glasses two
and half or three feet in height are often em-
ployed in front, to support the roof, and toadniit
sun and light to the border, which is frequently
occupied with low-growing vegetables ; but
when they are not wanted early, a low wall will
answer equally well. In plate D. is seen an
improved vinery, or house of this kind; in
which fig. 1. shows the elevation : fitr. 2, sec-
tion of the end: fig. 3. section showing the
flues: fig. 4. the plan. It has been found to
answer well in actual practice. In houses of
this sort, supposing the wail to be twelve I
high, the breadth ten feet, and the height of
the upright wall in front three feet, the roof
will form an angle of about forty-three degrees,
which experience has shown to be a suitable pitch.
for forcing vines with advantage.

These sorts of buildiugs may likewise he con-
structed on a plan somewhat similar to that of a
single-pitted pine-stove, having the back wall
fourteen feet high; the roof slanting, and • o-
vcring an extent of about sixteen feet; with a
flue running from east to west ni ir th< I ont
wall. This is well suited not only for g:.
but early crops of melons, sti. , and

other similar kinds.

To save the expense of glass ; where
peach-housi , tl em-

ployed for the vinery, when construct* ' with
this intention, and good grapes may beobtuinefl
from vines trained against walls about, i

V I N

V I O

high, by means of melon-frame glasses, where
a small slanting roof is made proper to receive
them. But a small degree of fire-heat is of
great advantage, and might he applied either by
a fined wall, the flue running through the house,
or by cast-iron pipes for the purpose.

" These houses," Mr. Nicol says, " vary ex-
ceedingly in construction; and although some
lay great stress on this article, and there are ex-
tremes which ought not to be followed ; he is
convinced the failure of success, in the production
of the grape, is much less a consequence of lad
construction in the house, than in the prepara-
tion of the border, the choice of the kinds, and
the general management. It has fallen to his
lot to have the construction and management of
three several and differently constructed grape
houses, in the same garden, under his care, for
years, which have equally and uniformly pro-
duced excellent crops. This, in his opinion, is
a proof of the necessity of a greater niceness in
the formation of the border being observed,
than in the construction of the house ; the fire-
place and flues excepted, which should always
be particularly attended to."

He also thinks that the site of a vinery is an
object of such consequence to the welfare of the
plant, and successful cultivation and production
of well-flavoured fruit, that the greatest care
should be taken in the choice of it. " A gentle
hill, having a south aspect, and considerable
declivity that way, the soil a strong brown loam
of two feet, over a bottom of dry sand, gravel,
or soft clay, is, he says, the most desirable, and
would be the least expensive of all situations.
In this case, the border requires no paving or
draining ; and admits of a proper mixture of
sandy loam, vegetable mould, marie, and dung,
by the removal of two feet of the natural bot-
tom, with the natural soil, to form a border,
perfectly adapted to the growth of the vine, in
the following proportion, viz. One half strong
brown loam, a quarter light sandy loam, an
eighth vegetable mould of decaved tree leaves,
and an eighth stable dung; to which add about
a fiftieth part of shell niarle. This is the com-
position, he says, of the vine borders at Wemyss
Castle, none of which are less than four feet
deep, and one (owing; to the accidental situation
of the house) is six." See Forcing of Vines.

In order to form borders against these hot-
walls in other cases, they should have the earth
taken out two feet deep where the ground is dry,
but in other cases one foot will be sufficient, as in
wet sills the borders should be raised at least
two feet above the level of the ground, to pre-
vent the roots of the vines from being inju-
red by the wet. The bottom of this trench
5

should be filled with stones, lime rubbish, &c.,
a foot and a half or two feet in thickness, which
should be levelled and beaten down pretty hard,
to prevent the roots from running downward.
The trenches should be made five feet wide at
least, otherwise the roots will in a few years
extend themselves beyond the rubbish, and,
finding an easy passage downwards, run into
the moist ground, and be thereby much injured
or destroyed; but before the rubbish is filled
into the trench, it is a better method to raise a
nine-inch wall, at that distance from the hot-
wall, which will keep the rubbish from inter-
mixing with the neighbouring earth, and also
confine the roots to the border in which they
are planted. This wall should be raised to the
height of the intended border, and may be use-
ful to lay the plate of timber of the frames upon,
which will be necessary to cover the vines with
when they are forced ; and where the borders
are raised to any considerable height above the
level of the ground, these walls may preserve the
earth of the borders from falling down into the
walks ; but in carrying them up it will be proper
to leave little openings about eight or ten feet
distant, to let the water pass off by. As soon as
the wails are finished and thoroughly dry, the
rubbish should be filled in, as directed above,
when there should be fresh light earth laid upon
it two feet thick, which will be a sufficient depth
of mould for the vines to root in. The borders
should be prepared in this manner at least a month
or six weeks before the vines are planted, in order
that they may have time to settle. See Vitis.

VIOLA, a genus containing plants of the
herbaceous fibrous-rooted perennial kind.

It belongs to the class and order Sy agenesia
Monogamia (Penta?id>ia Monogynia) , and ranks
in the natural order of Campanacece .

The characters are : that the calyx is a five-
leaved perianth, short, permanent : leaflets
ovate-oblong, erect, more acute at the tip, ob-
tuse at the base, fastened above the base, equal,
but variously disposed : of which two support
the uppermost petal, two others each a second
and third lateral petals, and the remaining one,
the two lowest petals together : the corolla five-
petalled, irregular : petals unequal : the upper-
most petal straight, turned downwards, wider,
blunter, emarginate, finishing at the base in a
blunt horned nectary, prominent between the
leaflets of the calyx : the two lateral ones paired,
opposite, obtuse, straight : the two lowest
paired, bigger, reflexed upwards : the stamina
have five filaments, very small ; two of them,
which are nearest to the uppermost petal, enter
the nectary by annexed appendages : anthers
commonly connected, obtuse, increased by

V I o

V I o

membranes at the tip : the pistillum is R superior
germ, roundish: Btyle filiform, prominent be-
yond ihe anthers : stigma oblique : the pcricar-
pium is an ovale capsule, three-cornered, ol>-
tuse, one-celled, three- valved : the seeds many,
ovale, appendiclcd, fastened to tlte valves : the
receptacle linear, running like a line along each
valve.

The species cultivated arc: I. V. oderata,
Sweet Violet : 2. V. pithitata, Palmated Violet ;
3. /' pedata, Multilid-leavcd Violet; 4. V.
tricolor, Pansy Violet or Heart's Ease.

The first has a fibrous whitish root ; in old
plains the upper part becomes knobby, and ap-
pears above ground, ihe knobs being formed
from the ba<e of the petioles which are left
yearly ; from the bosom of these knobs spring
the scions or runners which creep on the ground,
and are furnished with leaves and the same kind
of stipules which are observable at the bottom of
the plant; these runners are very long, and in
general do not produce (lowers till the second
year: the leaves somewhat rounded at the tip,
notched at the edge, on the upper side smooth
and shining, underneath slightly hairy, when
young rolled in at the edges on longish upright
nearly smooth footstalks, which sometimes,
however, have a few scattered hairs: the stipules
from the stump of the root in pairs, lanceolate,
toothed, pale : each tooth terminates in a minute
gland: the flower-slalks springing from the
root, taller than the leaves, smooth, bearing a
pair of narrow bractes, pressed to the stalk, and
placed above the middle of it : they are incur-
vated at top, and support one nodding flower of
a dark purple colour. It is a native of every
part of Europe, flowering in March and April.
It is in general very highly esteemed for its fra-
grance.

There are different varieties : as the single
blue and white, the double blue and white,
and the pale purple ; it is also found with while
flowers; and it has been found wild with
double flowers. This variety is in much esteem,
both for the superior size of the flowers and
their extreme fragrancy ; and as they appear
later they keep up the succession.

The second species has a perennial root : the
leaves live- parted : the segments ovale: the
middle segment wider: the outer one toothed
onlv at the base. It is a native of Virginia,
flowering here in May and June.

It is curious, and rare in this country, having
no sweet scent to recommend it.

The third has the leaves divided into seven
parts or lobes, which are sometimes toothed ;
they are of the sort called pedate : the flowers
stand upon naked foot-stalks, arc blue, and have

Vol. II.

no scent. It is a native of North America,
flowering in June.

The fourth has the stem about four or six
inches high, angular, pubescent, at bottom of
a dull purple colour : branches alternate, erect :
the leaves alternate, petioled, hairy especially
about the edge, but sometimes smooth ; the
lowermost often smaller and roundish, the up-
permost narrow and slightlv indented : the pe-
duncles alternate, nearly quadrangular, chan-
nelled on the back, bent in at top : the petals
obcordatc, shorter than the calyx, and wl
or yellow-white, in its wild State, but I
than the calyx, and variegated with yellow and
purple in gardens. The truly wild plant has
sometimes a few purple streaks, and in a some-
what improved state is blue or purplish, with or
without yellow or white. It is a native of Eu-
rope and Japan, flowering from Mav to Sep-
tember.

It varies with more than two colours ; as
purple, blue, yellow, white, improved and en-
larged by garden culture.

Culture. — The first sort may be increased by
seeds or parting the roots : the seeds may be
sown in a bed of light earth, soon after they
become ripe, in the beginning of autumn ; and
when they have some growth be removed into
a shady border, until the autumn, w hen they
may be set out where they arc to grow. The
double-flowered sorts afford no seed. The best
mode is, however, by parting the roots in the
early autumn, or after they have flowered, and
planting them out in the borders, or in beds at
good distances, at the latter season watering
them well. When intended for flowers they
should not be parted oftencr than once in three
or four years.

The second and third sorts succeed best by
being planted in pots filled with loam and boir
earth well mixed, plunging them in the moulS
of a north border, where they should be protect-
ed in winter, or removed under a common hot-
bed frame.

The fourth sort rises readily from scattered
seeds, and may be raised by sowing the
where the plants are lo grow in the autumn or
spring.

They may likewise be increased bv planting
out the off-set slips of the large bushy plants,
taken off with root-fibres, in the autumn or
spring, in the borders, or in beds for incre
their growth. The varieties may be preserved
in this way with safety.

These plants afford variety in the borders and
other parts; and the first sort is useful for the
flower-.

VIOLET. See Viola.
3 T

V I T

V I T

VIOLET, DAMASK, and DAME'S. See
Hesferis.

VIOLET, DOG-TOOTH. See Erythko-

N1UM.

VIPER'S GRASS. See Scorzonera.
VIRGA AUKEA. See Solidago.
VIRGINIAN ACACIA. See Rorinia.
VIRGINIAN CREEPER. See Clematis.
VIRGINIAN GUELDER ROSE. See Spi-

B,M\ OPULIFOLIA.

VIRGINIAN POKE. See Phytolacca

DECANDRA.

VIRGINIAN SILK. See Periploca.

VIRGIN'S BOWER. See Clematis.

VITEX, a genus containing plants of the
bardy and under-shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Didynamia
Angiospermia, and ranks in the natural order of
Personates.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, tubular, cylindric, very short,
five-toothed: the corolla one-petalled, ringent:
tubecvlindric, slender: border flat, two-lipped:
upper lip trifid, with the middle segment wider:
lower lip trifid, with the middle segment big-
ger t the stamina have four filaments, capillary,
a little longer than the tube, two of which are
shorter than the others : anthers versatile : the
pistillum is a roundish germ: style filiform,
length of the tube : stigmas two, awl-shaped,
spreading: the pericarpium is a globular berry
or drupe, four-celled: the seeds solitary, ovate.

The species cultivated are: l. V Agnus cas-
tas, Officinal Chaste Tree ; 2. V. incisa. Cut-
leaved Chaste Tree; 3. V. trifolia, Three-leaved
Chaste Tree ; 4. V. Negundo, Five-leaved
Chaste Tree.

The first has a shrubby stalk eight or ten feet
high, sending out their whole-length opposite
branches, which are angular, pliable, and have
a grayish bark : the leaves for the most part op-
posite upon prettv long footstalks ; they are
composed of five, six, or seven leaflets, spread-
ing out like the fingers of a hand ; the lower
ones small, and the middle largest; thev are
smooth and entire ; the largest are about three
inches long, and half an inch broad in the mid-
dle, ending in blunt points, of a dark green on
their upper side, but hoary on their under : the
flowers are produced in spikes at the extremity
of the branches, from seven to fifteen inches in
length, composed of distant whorls; in some
plants they are white, in others blue. They are
generally late before they appear. They have
an agreeable odour when they open fair, and
make a good appearance in autumn, when the
flowers of most other shrubs are gone. It is a
native of Sicily.

There are varieties with narrow leaves, with
broad leaves, with blue flowers, and with white
flowers.

The second species has the stature of the pre-
ceding, but smaller in all its parts, with qui-
nate acuminate pinnatifid leaves pubescent un-
derneath. It is a shrub seldom rising more
than three feet high, sending out on every side
spreading branches, which are slender and an-
gular : the leaves opposite upon pretty long foot-
stalks; some composed of three, others of five
leaflets, which are deeplv and regularly cut on
theirsides, like pinnatifid leaves, and end in acute
points : the largest of these leaflets is about an
inch and half long, and three quarters of an
inch broad in the middle; they are of a dull
green colour on their upper side, and gray on
their under: the branches are terminated by
spikes of flowers three or four inches long, dis-
posed in whorls ; in some plants they are white,
in others blue, and some have bright red flowers:
they are in beautv from the middle of July to
the beginning of September. It is a native of
China.

The third has the leaflets ovate, acute, quite
entire, tomentose underneath, the two nearest
to the petiole smaller : the stem is shrubby,
branched, round, eight feet high, the thickness
of a finger, procumbent, sometimes creeping:
the leaves ternate, seldom quinate : leaflets
waved, dusky, green above, cinereous-hoary
beneath, soft : common petioles long, opposite :
the flowers violet in dichotomous, terminating
racemes : the fruit small, globular, hard,
smooth, black, like pepper, four-seeded. It
is a native of trie East Indies.

The fourth species has the stem arboreous,
twisted, the thickness of the human arm, with
spreading branches : the leaflets lanceolate, for
the most part quite entire, but sometimes ser-
rate, flat-veined, of a dusky ash colour, on op-
posite petioles : the flowers purplish, in loose,
terminating, erect racemes. It is a native of
the East Indies.

Culture. — The first sort may be increased by
cuttings and layers : the cuttings should be
planted out in the early spring, in a fresh light
soil, being often refreshed with water till they
have taken root; afterwards the plants must be
kept clear from weeds, and be protected during
the following winter with mulch or mats; and
about the middle of the following March, when
the season is fine, be removed into the places
« here they are to grow, or into the nursery for
two or three years to become strong ; being
pruned up to form regular stems.

The layers of the branches may be laid down
in the spring, being careful not to split them>

V I T

V I T

watering them in dry weather ; when in about
a year they may be taken dff ami planted out in
the same manner as the cuttings.

The second sort mav likewise be increased by
cuttings, which should be planted in pots,
plunged in 8 moderate hot-bed, covering them
with glasses; when well rooted they maybe
taken up, and be planted in separate small pots
filled with li^lu earth, placing them in the shade
till fresh rooted, afterwards placing them in a
sheltered situation, with other green-house
plants, until the autumn, when they must have
protection from Frost, and have very little
water. They arc late in putting out leaves in
the spring, so as almost to appear dead.

The third sort is raised from cuttings, which
should be planted in pots in the early spring, as
April, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed,
covering them with hand-glasses, being slightly
watered ; when they have taken root, they
should have free air admitted in a gradual man-
ner; then they may be taken up and planted
out in separate pots filled with liszht earth, re-
plunging them in the bed, and giving due shade.
They should afterwards have plenty cf free air
when the weather is suitable, being treated as
tender plants. It must be constantly kept in
the stove, having free air in the summer season.
It retains its leaves all the year. This may also
be raised from layers.

The fourth sort may also be raised from cut-
tings, in the same manner as the second.

The first sorts may be introduced in the
shrubberies, clumps, Sec, and the latter kinds
afford variety in stove and green-house collec-
tions.

Y1TIS, a gemis containing plants of the de-
ciduous climbing kind.

It belongs to the class and order Pentamlria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
1. . ■(<-.

The characters arc : that the calvx is a five-
toothed perianth, very small: the corolla, petals
five, rude, small, caducous : the stamina have
live awl-shaped filaments, from erect spreading,
caducous : anthers simple : the pistillum is an
ovate germ: style none: stigma obtuse-headed:
the pcricarpium is a globular or ovate berrv,
two-celled: the seeds two, bony, turbinatu-
cordate, contracted at the base, semihilocular.

The species cultivated are: 1. /". rini/rta,
Common Vine; 2. /". Iadica, Indian Vine;
3. /". laciniasa', Parsley-leaved Vine ; 4. /'.
arborea, Pepper Vine.

The tirst is universally known to have a thick
twisted irregular weak stem, covered with a
brown cloven bark, and having very long tough
iY.uble branches, trailing along the ground, \>t

climbing trees by means of tendril- : the lca\e*
are lobed and sinuated, serrate, smooth and al-
ternate, on long foot-st.dks : the tendrils are
opposite to a leaf, and are attended by the flowers
in a raceme: the flowers are whitisn or herba-
ceous, veiy small and insignificant m appear-
ance, but having a very agitable smell : the
petals cohering at the tip and concealing the
genitals iu manner of a veil, but soon fall off:
the berry globular, in some i
fore it is ripe regularly divided into five
but afterwards one-celled, aJninsi pellucid,
coloured in some, colourless in others. It is a
native of most of the temperate parts of the
world. In very cold regions it refuses to er.nv,
and within 95° or even 30° <>t the equinoctial line,
it seldom flourishes so as to produce good fruit.
In the northern hemisphere, the proper wine
countrv is from 95° to '>1 ' ol latitude.

According to Forsyth, the following arc the
varieties which are in most esteem in this elim-
inate, for the hot-house, vinery, and the natural
wall.

SORTS PROPER FOR THE HOT-HOUSE.

The White Muscat of Alexandria, or Alex-
andrian Frontinac, in which the berries are
oval, and the bunches long. It has a rich vi-
nous juice, and is esteemed an exceeding good
grape for the hot-house.

The Red Muscat of Alexandria, which re-
sembles the former, only the berries are of a red
colour.

The Black Muscadel, which has large oval
berries of a black colour and pleasant juice.

The Red Muscadel, which has large red ber-
ries of an oval shape, and ripens late; the
bunches are very large.

The Black Damascus, which has large, round,
black-coloured berries ; the flesh is rich and
well flavoured. It is an excellent late grape.

The Black Grape from Tripoli, which has
large black berries, and is an excellent grape.

The White Hamburgh, which has large oval-
shaped berries, and is a pretty good bearer.

The lied Grape, from Syracuse, which is a
very line large grape.

Le Cceur Grape, or Morocco Grape, which
has berries of a tawny colour, and is highly
c sti i med.

The Golden Galician Grape, which has large
oval berries of a yellow colour, and tolerable
l:a\ our.

The Black Raisin Grape, which has '
black berries ol an oval form ; the skin is ih
and the ilesh linn.

'J he White Raisin Grape, which resemble!
the preceding ; only that the berries are white.

The Malvoise, soim lull' s called the Blue

a Ta

V I T

V I T

Tokay, which has small brownish berries pow-
dered with a blue bloom ; the juice is vinous.

The Syrian Grape, which has large, white,
oval berries, with a thick, skin and hard flesh,
and is a good bearer.

The Damson Grape, which has very large
berries of a purple colour.

The Cornichon Grape, which has berries of a
remarkable shape, long and narrow, of a white
colour, with a firm sweet flesh.

The Red Chasselas, which is very like the
Chasselas Blanc in size and shape, but is of a
dark-red colour ; it is a very good grape, but
ripens later than the White.

SORTS PROPER FOR THE VINERY.

The Red Frontinac, or Muscat Rouge, which
is a very fine grape, and greatly esteemed : it
has large brick-coloured berries, and the juice is
of a highly vinous flavour.

The Large Black Cluster, which is larger than
the former, and has a very rough harsh taste.
Mr. Speechly says, that he had this grape from
Lisbon, and was assured that it is the grape of
which they make red port wine. He has had the
same grape eight or ten years.

The White Grape, from Alcobaca, which
bears large bunches of white juicy berries.

The White Parsley-leaved Grape, or Ciotat,
which has round berries, white, juicy, and
&weet. There is a sort of the Parsley-leaved
Grape with red fruit.

The White Corinth Grape, which has a small
round berry, with a fine juicy flesh of an agree-
able flavour.

The St. Peter's Grape, which has a large oval
berry, of a deep black colour when ripe; the bunches
are large, and the flesh juicy ; it ripens late.

SORT PROPER FOR THE WALL.

The White or Common Muscadine, by some
called the Chasselas, which resembles the Royal
Muscadine, but the berries are smaller ; and,
although it is not so sweet as the Royal, it is the
best grape that we have for a common wall, and
a great bearer.

SORTS PROPER FOR THE HOT-HOUSE AND
VINERY.

The Black Muscadine, which is a good bearer,
and the berries are beautifully powdered with a
blueish bloom.

The Royal Muscadine, D'Arboyce, or Chas-
selas Blanc, which is an excellent grape ; the
bunches are large, and composed of round am-
ber-coloured berries of a rich vinous taste. In
a fine season it ripens in September.

The White Muscat, from Lunel, which has

large oval berries, of an amber-colour, and full
of a vinous juice. It is a plentiful bearer, and
highly esteemed.

The Black Spanish, or Alicant Grape, which
has black berries of a pleasant flavour.

The Black Grape from Lisbon, which has
large round juicy berries, and the bunches re-
semble the Black Hamburgh. It is a good grape.

The Black Frontinac, or Muscat Noir, which
has pretty large round berries, black when ripe,
and covered with a mealy powder.

The Grizzly Frontinac, which has round ber-
ries, of a colour composed of brown, red, and
yellow. It has an excellent flavour.

The Black Hamburgh, which has the bunches
large, composed of large oval black berries, of a
pleasant sweet juice and vinous flavour. It
ripens in November.

The Red Hamburgh, which has thin-skinned
berries of a dark-red. They have a rich vinous
flavour, and ripen about the same time with the
former.

The White Morillon, which has an oval-
shaped juicy berry, and the leaves are downy on
the under side.

The Aleppo Grape, which has middle-sized
berries, with a juicy flesh of a very fine flavour.
It is a curious grape, frequently striped black
and white.

The Genuine Tokay, which is a white grape,
with a thin skin, delicate flesh, and agreeable
juice.

The Lombardy Grape, which has fine, large,
flame-coloured berries, full of a fine juice ; and
the bunches grow to a great size, frequently
weighing more than six pounds.

The Smyrna Grape, which has a large red
berry, of a very fine flavour, and is esteemed a
very good grape.

The Brick Grape, so called from its colour,
has small berries, but the juice is sweet.

The Claret Grape, which has small black
berries with a blood-red juice ; but the grape is
very harsh, if not perfectly ripe.

The Cat's Grape, which has small berries, of
a pale-green colour; the flesh is soft and juicy,
but of a very disagreeable taste, unless quite ripe.

The Greek Grape, in which the berries arc of
a blueish white colour; and it is esteemed a fine
grape.

The Black Corinth, or Currant Grape, which
has a small roundish berry, generally without a
stone, of a deep black colour ; it has a sweet
juice, and ripens in October.

The New Muscat of Jerusalem, which has
large round berries of a red colour; some of
which, in fine seasons, are as large as a
gooseberry j but, as it does not ripen well on

V I T

V I T

the natural wall in this country, it might be
worth while to try it in a hot-house or vinery.

The Black Prince, which has tine large ber-
ries, and the bunches grow to a large size : Mr.
Forsyth has had them in a favourable season, on
the natural wall, weighing a pound and a halt ; it
ripens on the natural wall in October. It de-
serves a place in the hot-house and vinery.

SORTS PROPER FOR THE VINERY AND WALL.

The July Grape, or Morillon Noir Hatif, is a
small round black berry or a sugary juice ; and
is principally esteemed tor being early ripe,
which is in September.

The Malmsey Muscadine somewhat resem-
bles the preceding; the juice is very sweet, and
ot'a high flavour. This is a good bearer, anil a
very line grape.

The Black Sweet Water has a small roundish
berry, of a sweet taste ; but, being apt to crack,
is not in much repute. The birds are very fond
of this grape, which ripens in September.

The Small Black Cluster has small oval ber-
ries ; the leaves are covered with a hoary down.
This is a very pleasant fruit.

The Early White Grape, from Tencriffe ; the
berries are of a middling size, and the flesh re-
markably sweet and juicy.

The Auvema, or True Burgundv Grape,
sometimes called the Black Morillon, is an in-
different fruit for the table, but is esteemed one
of the best for making wine.

SORTS PROPER FOR THE HOT-HOUSE, VIXERY,
AND WALL.

The White Sweet Water, which has a large
bcrrv of a white colour, and very agreeable
juice; it is esteemed an excellent grape, and
ripens in September.

The White Frontinac, orMuscat Blanc, which
has large bunches composed of round berries : the
juice of this grape, when fully ripe, is exquisite.

To this list are added the following sorts,
without any descriptions : —

The Black Franlcindale, the Black Gibraltar,
the Black Muscat of Alexandria, the Miller
Grape, the New White Sweet Water, the Passe
Musk, the Pearl Muscadine, the Red Con-
stantia, the Red Raisin, the Sir Abraham Pit-
cher's Fine Black, the West's St. Peter, the
White Constantia.

The following are the sorts recommended for
a smal garden, by the same author : —

" The White Muscadine, White Sweet W.i-
ter, Black Sweet Water, Large Black Cluster,
Small Black Cluster, the Miller Grape ; anil
the St. Peter's, and the Black Hamburgh,
answer well in favourable seasons."

The author of the Scotch Forcing Garden- r
observes, that *• amongst the numerous vari
of grapes, he docs not know above eight,
twenty kinds worth a place in the vinery, and
even that number cannot have places in an ordi-
nary-sized house; hut where there arc !■
three houses, a variety to the extent of twenty -
four kinds may be encouraged, without trans-
gressing the bounds of moderation." The fol-
lowing is the list which he advises : —

White Sweet W.ner, White Muscadine,
Royal do. Black do. Black Frontinac, White do.
Red do. Grislv do. Black Hamburgh, White do.
White Raisin', Red do. Syrian, White 'I
Flame-coloured do. While Passe Mosque, Gre-
cian, White Muscat of Alexandria, 1;].!
Large Black Cluster, Black Constantia, White
do. St. Peter's Grape, Lombardy.

Out of which, he thinks, the proprietors of
grape-bouses may choose so as to stock any
grape-house.

The second species has the trunk woody,
sending out many slender branches furnished
with branching tendrils, by which they fasten
themselves to trees : the flowers in bunches like
those of the other sorts ; succeeded by berries
or grapc> of an austere taste: the size of the
common vine, but with gray hairs scattered
over the whole: the leaves undivided, almost
smooth above, but villose and veined beneath
with thick vessels: it has a simple tendril from
the axils, and simple raceme from the middle
of the tendril : the flowers white, like those of
the common vine, and equal, on small lateral
racemes: the berries round, brownish-green,
small, watery, acid, eatable. It is said lo pro-
duce a great quantity of small black grape< in
the lower hills of Jamaica; but they are of a
rough taste, and would doubtless make an ex-
cellent red wine if properly managed. It >ecnis
to thrive best in the Red-hills. It is there known
by the name of Water-withe. It is a native of
the East and WTest Indies, &c.

The third has the stalks and branches like
those of the common grape, but the leaves are
cut into many slender segments : the grapes are-
round, white, and disposed in loose bunch) ■;.
It is now little known, as the fruit Ins little
flavour, and ripens late in autumn ; only a few
plants are preserved for the sake of variety.

The fourth species ha- the stein woody, send-
ing out many slender branches, which climb bv
tendrils: the leaves are composed of many

smaller winged leaves, divided somewhat like
those of common Paisley, of a lucid green on
their upper side, hut much paler on their under:
the flowers axillary in loose bum lies, verv small,

white, composed of five small petals, wnicl

V I T

V I T

pand and soon fall off: they are not succeeded
bv any fruit in this climate; but the berries which
come from North America, their native place
of growth, have generally three seeds in each of
.them .

Culture. — The vine may be increased in dif-
ferent ways : as by seeds, cuttings, layers, as
well as grafting and inoculation ; but the cut-
ting and layer methods are the most commonly
employed.

In raising vines from seeds, they should be
sown in the early spring, as about the begi li-
ning of March, in small pots filled with mould
of the light fresh kind, to the number of three
or faur seeds in each, plunging the pots in a
moderate hot-bed, the mould being gently
sprinkled over with water, from a fine-rosed
watering pot, every day when the weather is hot
and dry, which should be performed in the lat-
ter part of the day as the sun disappears from
the frame. But when the season is such as to
keep the mould in the pots properly moist, the
waterings may be omitted. As soon as the wa-
terings have been performed, the frames should
be shut down, and be kept in that state during
the night when the heat is not too great.

When the heat of the bed begins to decline,
a lining of horse dung and fresh leaves should
be added; or the heat be renewed by stirring the
old beds up and making slight additions to them.
This should be continued till the plants have
acquired sufficient strength to support themselves
without bottom heat.

It will be necessary about the end of August,
Mr. Forsyth says, " to take the lights off, that
the plants may be hardened before winter, ta-
king care to shelter them in frames covered with
mats, which will prevent the frost in the latter
end of October and beginning of November from
injuring the tender shoots."

And when the plants are about six inches
high, they should, he says, "be transplanted
singly into deep pots, forty-eights, filled with
the same sort of vegetable mould that is directed
to be used for vines; taking great care not to
hurt the roots, nor to break the leaders ; then
plunging them again into the hot-beds : but if
the heat of the old bed be too much decayed, it
will be necessary to have a new one prepared
before-hand, to receive the pots as soon as the
plants are transplanted. When they grow vigo-
rously, it will also be necessary to shift them
into thirty-twos. When the plants are above
six inches high, they should, he says, be care-
fully tied to small rods, leaving only one stem
for the first year. The rods should be as high as
the frames will permit." And when the leaves
begin to drop, they should, he says, " be care-

fully picked off the pots, to prevent the plants
from getting mouldy, which would very much
injure their growth."

He likewise advises, that they " should be
kept under frames, or put into the green- house,
in hard winters, to shelter them from severe
frosts. In the spring, about March or the be-
ginning of April, if from seed ripened in this
country, they may be planted out against the
walls where they are to remain ; but, if from
seed imported from vine countries, he would
advise not to plant above one or two against the
wall, or in the hot-house, before a specimen of
the fruit has been obtained, and proof afforded
that the vines are worth cultivation." It is
likewise recommended that after they are plant-
ed, they should be cut at the third eye, if
strong ; but at the second, if weakly ; at the
same time rubbing off the lower bud with the
finger and thumb, as directed below.

Where the method by cuttings is made use
of, these should be chosen from the shoots that
are best ripened, and have the shortest joints ;
always having one or two joints of the last year's
wood, cutting it perfectly smooth and a little
rounding at the lower end, and as near to a joint
of the old wood as possible. The upper end
should also be cut smooth and sloping towards
the wall ; but if they are planted in beds or
borders, the cut should always face towards the
north. When cuttings are planted against piers
or walls, it should be at about a foot distance
from each other, according to the vacant space,
and so deep as to have the second eye level with
the ground, constantly rubbing off the lower
eye; as by this means, where no accident hap-
pens to the top bud, there will be a shoot pro-
duced from each eye, with a little one under,
which should always be rubbed off as soon as it
begins to swell ; as if suffered -to grow to any
considerable size there will be danger of inju-
ring the large one in rubbing the small one off.
All the runners and side-shoots should likewise
be picked off as directed above, leaving only
two shoots, which should be trained at their
full length. About the beginning of February
they may be pruned, leaving one or two eyes
on each according to the strength of the shoot,
which should be managed as explained below.

" For the first year," Mr. Forsyth says,
" especially if the summer be dry, and proper
attention be not paid to the watering of them,
they will make but little progress; but in the
second year it may be plainly discerned which
is the strongest plant, which only should, he
says, be left to fill up the vacant space on the
wall ; the rest should be taken up and planted in
other situations where they are wanted for fruit."

V I T

V I T

A method is made use of by Mr. Speedily
and others of propagating the vine from one
eve, and a few inches of toe preceding year's
i, which thev prefer to those raised by cut-
ti lilt- in the common way, on these accounts :
" they have more abundant roots, grow shorter
jointed, are more prolific, and will, if permit-
ted, come into bcariog the second year."

It is advised that choice .should be made of
cuttings after a warm dry season, when the
wood ripens well; each cutting having two
inches of the old wood, with one eve of the
new. When the vines are pruned there is great
choice ; they should therefore be then selected
of a middling size, the wood round and per-
fectly ripened.

After this, pots are to be filled with rich light
mould, that has been well meliorated and pre-
pared s ime time before; The cuttings being
then prepared for planting, by the bottom
part being cut perfectly smooth; if any of the
old dead snags remain, thev should be cut off
close to the quick wood, and the top cut sloping
towards the back of the hot-house or frame,
when placed in them. Mr. Forsyth recom-
mends " planting only one cutting in each pot,
which as to size should be a deep forty-eight ;
by that means he thinks the plants will grow
much stronger and quicker than when many are
crowded together, and the sun and air will have
a freer admission to ripen the wood; for, when
inanv are planted in one pot, thev shade one
another, and in a considerable degree prevent
the sun and air from passing freelv among them.
When the plants begin to get strong, and the
pots full of roots, it will he necessary to shift
them from the forty-eights to thirty-twos.'1
"This mode is," he says. •'•' best adapted for pri-
vate gardens; but for nurserymen, 6ce., who
raise plants tor sale, and cannot conveniently
spare so much room, it may be necessary to
plant three or more cuttings in each pot."

And in these cases the same rules for water-
ing, transplanting, shifting, kc., are to be at-
tended to as was directed for the seedling plants.

Mr. Forsyth observes, that it is '■' a method
verv frequently practised by nurserymen and

fardeners, when they wish to have their plants
t for sale the same year, to plant them in pots,
and place them in the hot-house among the tan,
on the flues, or round the curbs ottlu pit. And
he has seen it employed with great success. In
this way they may, her-avs, "be raised either by
planting them singly in small pots, or several in
a pot, according to its size, planting them out
separatelv when they have taken root, ha\ •
hot-bed ready to plunge the pots in as soon as
they ate transplanted. In this manner they be-

come much forwarded in their growth, and are
before tin autumn in a state fit for tall ."

In raising vines in the layer manner, the
method usually made use of is by stools, m the
open quarters of the garden, in the same man-
ner as nursery-men propagate forest-trees and
shrubs : but the hist way, according t
is to take layer ;e on walls or palings,

training the shoots at full length duiing the sum-
mer; when ibout the month of February tome

of the finest id stto.-.^i >t shoots should be cho-
sen, laving them across the foot-path into
(twenty-fours or sixteens] filled with fresh
mould, aud plunging them in the ground about
two inches below the surface; at the same time
making an incision or two in the old wood, or
giving it a twist just below a joint ; and tfa
they will generally take without notching or
twisting, it is nevertheless advised, as the -ure^t
way, to have that done. The layers should then
be cut, leaving two or three strong eyes upon
each. And when the shoots begin to run, they
should lie tied to long Stakes, to prevent their
being broken by, the wmd j all the runners and
side-shoots being picked off, leaving only two
or three fine strong shoots on each plant, which
should be trained at full length during the sum-
mer season.

As soon as the shoots are laid down, it will be
necessary to mulch them with good rotten dung,
or rotten leaves, which will keep the niomd
moist ; and in very dry summers, a good water-
ing should be given once or twice a week : this
will wash in the dung or leaves about the roots,
and induce the layers to shoot with more vigour.
Mr. Forsyth savs, " that in this method of lay-
inn, two or three rows of layers may be had
from one wall : taking care to lay the branches
alternately, and to keep the pots plunged about
two inches below the level of the ground."

Thesame writeradvisesm choosing vines from
the nurserv, to select " those which have the
strongest and longest shoots."

He observes that where the above directions
are properlv attended to, the plants will be well
rooted in the pots before autumn, and lit tor
planting in vineries, hot-houses, or other situa-
tions. "And when they are to be planted out,
thev should, bethinks, be carefully cut oil" from
the mother vine and carried in the puts to where
they are intended to be planted ; taking care to
preserve the balls as mueh as possible w lieu they
are turned out of them.

It is added that "if the season Ik warm and

fiiK, the grapes of the early kind- ripen very

well on these layers before they i up;

and, if properly managed, they will bear some
fruit the lir:t year after planting. One oi

V I T

V I T

strongest shoots must, he says, be left nearly
at full length, cutting it as high as the upper-
most full bud, leaving nothing but round well-
ripened wood. If there are three shoots, the
remaining two should be cut so as to leave only
two full eyes upon each, which should be trained
at length, as before directed, to produce fine
wood for the next year. The shoot which was
trained the preceding year should then be cut
down, leaving only two strong eyes to produce
wood for the following year ; and so on every
year, cutting the branches alternately : by this
means the walls always may be kept covered
with fine healthy .bearing wood, and a great
deal of time be saved in furnishing hot-houses,
vineries, and other places. It is remarked that
" this method of laying is practised with great
-success, by many nurserymen in the neighbour-
hood of London."

In the producing of vines by grafting, choice
should be made of cuttings for grafts, or scions,
from the best-bearing branches of the sorts in-
tended to be propagated at the season of pruning.
In general the bottom part of the last year's
shoot is to be preferred ; but in well-ripened vi-
gorous wood, any part of the shoot will answer,
provided it be not too long jointed. These cut-
tings should be preserved in pots filled with light
sandy earth till the time of grafting.

The periods for performing the operation are
different according to the vines ; for those in the
pine stove, the beginning of January may be proper,
but the middle of March for those growing in the
open air. In general they should be grafted
about three weeks before they begin to break in-
to bud. And upon small stocks not more than
an inch in diameter, cleft-grafiing is the most
proper; but upon larger stocks, whip-grafting is
to be preferred. In both methods care should
be taken in fitting the stock and scion together,
and the operation should be performed with
great exactness ; fastening them together with
bass matting, and covering them with clay in
the usual way. After the operation the scion
will sometimes begin to push in a few weeks,
but it frequently remains dormant two or three
months ; during this period the stock must be
stripped of all its shoots as soon as they appear;
and to preserve the scion in a vegetative state,
the clay must be kept moderately moist, by
wrapping wet moss round it, and by keeping
the moss constantly sprinkled with water. And
when it has made shoots five or six inches lone,
the clay and bandage must be carefully taken on".

The method of grafting by approach is ad-
vised by some, however, as the best mode of
raising vines. In this case it is necessary to have
the plant intended to be propagated, in a pot.
I

Strong plants, that have been two or three yeara
in pots, are to be preferred ; but plants from
the nursery may be potted, and grafted in the
same season, if brought into a hot-house or
vinery. It is suggested that fine grapes and
good wood may be obtained even the first sea-
son, by any of these methods, but particularly
by the last ; in which it is evident the graft has
a double support, as from the stock, and the
plant in the pot.

In this sort of grafting the clay and bandage
should remain two or three months after the
graft has formed an union ; for, if it be taken off
sooner, the graft will be verv liable to spring
from tbe stock. The pot should be plentifully
supplied with water till the month of August,
when the graft should be separated from the
plant in the pot. Two or three inches of wood
below the bottom of the graft may be left, but
should be taken clean off at the next pruning in
winter.

The Syrian Vine is recommended as the most
proper for stocks, and plants of this sort raised
from seeds are greatly preferable for this pur-
pose to plants raised either from layers or cut-
tings.

The principal advantages of the grafting mode
of raising vines are; that if a wall should have
been planted with bad kinds, instead of stub-
bing them up, and making a new border, by
which several years must elapse before the wall
can again be completely filled, in this way their
nature may be changed immediately ; as good
grapes may be obtained from the same year's
graft; and in a hot-house the grafts, if per-
mitted, will frequently shoot thirty or forty feet
the first summer; that in small vineries or
frames, where great variety could not be had in
the common way, it may be procured by this
means on the same plant; — and that of the im-
provement of the various kinds, particularly the
small ones, which generally make weak wood.
The method by inoculation may likewise have
advantages in some cases of a similar kind.

When any of the vines that have been raised
from seed do not prove of a good flavour, tiny
are proper for grafting or inarching the finer
sorts of vines on ; for, as the coarser sorts grow
more vigorously than the finer, they are, on
that account, more fit for grafting or inarchine.

It is remarked, that " the best manure for
vines is a mixture of vegetable mould, rotten
spit-dung, and fresh loam (turf and all); this
should be thrown in a heap, and frequently
turned, for a year or two before it is made use
of."

Pruning and Training Vines. — In themanaee-
ment of the vines after being thus raised and

V I T

V 1 T

trained, u they rarely produce any bearing
from wood that is more than one year i
should be taken to bare su< h wood in every pari
of the trees j lorihclii.it is always produced upon
the shoots of the same yearj which conre out from
buds or ibe last year's wood. The method
practised by gardeners is i<> shorten the bran
of the former year's growth, down to three or
four eyes, at the thne of pruning j though some
leave these shoots much longer, and think that
by this practice th< y obtain a greater quantity of
fruit : but what is gained in quantity is probably
lost in quality; therefore the best method is
perhaps to shorten the bearing shoots to about
four eyes in length, as the lowermost seldom is
good, and three buds are sufficient, as each
will produce a shoot, which generally has
two or three bunches of grapes : so that from
each of those shoots there may be expected six
or eight bunches, which is a sufficient quantity.
These shoots must be laid in about eighteen
inches asunder; as where they are closer, when
the side shoots are produced, there will not be
room enough to train them against the wall,
which should always be provided for ; and as
their leaves are very large, the branches should
be left at a proportionable distance from each
other, that they may not crowd or shade the
fruit too much.

In the winter pruning of the vines, it is ad-
vised to make the cut just above the eye, sloping
it backward from it, that, if it should bleed, the
6ap may not flow upon the bud ; and where
there is an opportunity of cutting down some
young shoots to two eyes, in order to produce
vigorous shoots for the next year's bearing, it
should always be done, as in stopping; of those
shoots which have fruit upon them as soon as
the grapes are formed, which is frequently prac-
tised, it often spoils the eyes for producing
bearing branches the following year. The usual
season lor this pruning is the end of October.

About the end of April, or the beginning of
the following month, when the vines be<iin to
shoot, they should be carefully looked over,
rubbing oft' all small buds which may come from
the old wood, which only produce weak dan-
gling branches ; as also when two shoots are pro-
duced from the same bud, the weakest of them
should be displaced, which will cause the others
to be stronger; and the sooner this is done the
better. And in the middle of the last mouth
they should be gone over again, rubbing off and
displacing all the dangling shoots as before, and
at the same time fastening up all the strong
branches, so that they may not h&og from the
wall ; for, if their shoots hang down, Their leaves
will be turned with their upper sur&ces the
Vol. II.

By, and when the shoot, are •
wards trained upright, they will have their un-

; and until the leaves are
turned again, and have taken their ria|,t p .
tion, the fruit will not thrive; bo that tbi
serving this management will cause
grapes to be a fortnight or three wet ks latet be-
fore they npen: ksid.-s, by suflcrirfg the fruit
to hang from the wall, and be shaded with the
closeness ol the branches, it is greatly retarded in
its grow in ; therefore during the growing season
you should constantly look over the pines, dig*
placing all dangling branches and wild wood,
and fasten up The other shoots regularly to the
wall ; and towards the middle of Jane the bear-
ing branches should be stopped, which will im-
prove the fruit, in doing which three eves should
always be left above the bunches. But though
this is practised on those shoots which have fruit,
it is not to be performed upon those which arc
intended for bearing the next year, as these
must not be stopped until the middle of July, as
by stopping them too soon it may cause the
eyes to shoot out strong lateral branches, and in
that way injure them. In the summer season
care should he taken to rub off all dangling
branches, and train up the shoots regularly to
the wall as before, which greatly accelerates' the
growth of the fruit, and admits the sun and air
more freely to them, which is necessary to ripen
and give the fruit a rich flavour; but the
branches should not be too much divested of
their leaves, as is the practice with some.

Mr. Forsyth has, however, attempted another
modeofpruningand training vines, from trials
made on vines planted against the piers of a
south wall, among peaches, nectarines, and
plums, &c, in winch the fruit was so small
and hard as to be unfit for the table. They bad
been trained upright, which induced such a
luxuriance of growth asmade the sap to flow into
the branches in the place of the fruit. "Ha let,"
he says, " in 17S0, two strong branches grow
to their full length without topping them in the
summer, and in the following year trained them
in a serpentine form, leaving about thirty eyea
on each shoot, which produced one hundred
and twenty fine bunches of grapes, weighing
from one pound to a pound and a quarter each.
Kvliv dm that saw them said i hat tne large ones
were as line as forced grapes; while the" small
ones produced from branches of the same vine,
I and pruned in the old way, were bad
I) lEOial grapes, and not above twice the size of
large currants. And in order more fully to
prove the - f the experiment, he next

year trained live plants in the same way, allow-
ing thi shoots intended for bearing wood to run

31/

V I T

V I T

to their full length in summer, training them lay in the wood very thin in the summer season,
wherever there was a vacancy between the old that the sun and air may be freely admitted to
where there was none, he ran them along ripen it well, as by these means it will grow very

tarees;

the top of the wall, without topping them. In
winter he trained them in a serpentine manner
so as to fill the wall as regularly as possible ;
they were, he says, as productive as those in the
former year. And after a three vears' trial, he
thought he was warranted to follow the same
practice with the whole ; when in the year 1793
he sent, he says, for the use of his majesty and
the rural family, three hundred and seventy-
eight baskets of grapes, each weighing about
three pounds, without planting a single vine
more than there were the preceding year, in
which he was able to send only fiity-six baskets
of the same weight ; and those so bad and ill-
ripened that he was ashamed of them, as they
were not lit to be sent to the table."

This, he thinks, sufficiently proves the great
advantage that the serpentine method of training
possesses over the common method. He ad-
vises that the shoots should be brought as near
as possible from the bottom of the vine, that the

strong. Great care should also be taken to keep
the shoots nailed to the wall, which will prevent
their being broken by high winds ; picking off
all the side-shoots every time they are nailed,
which should be done several times during the
summer months, according to the quickness of
their growth. In line weather they grow so very
rapidly that it is necessary to look them over
once every fortnight or three weeks to have them
in irpod order. The vines should never be suf-
fered to run together in a cluster, and mat, as
it infallibly ruins them for bearing the succeeding
year. The shoots that have been trained in a
serpentine manner, are advised by Mr. Forsyth
to be topped, as soon as the grapes come to the
size of very small green peas, at a joint or two
above the fruit ; but neither the leading shoot,
nor that which is intended to bear fruit the
next year, should ever be topped.

In the second year Mr. Forsyth never recom-
mends "the pruning of vines to be performed till
wall may be well covered. When the walls are the beginning of February, except in such sea-
hio-h and the shoots from the serpentine sons as are very forward. It is, however, the
branches strong, thev are sometimes let remain ; common practice with some to begin pruning
but if the watls are low, and the serpentine soon after the fall of the leaf, before the wood
branches produce weak shoots, they are cut out becomes hard ; but if a frost sets in before the
in the autumnal pruning, and the strongest of wood is hard, in particular after wet summers
the young wood trained up in their room. and autumns, it is apt to be very much injured ;

As the size and fineness of the bunches of he has frequently seen it almost killed alter
crapes depend in a great measure on the bearing autumnal pruning. And he observes that there
wood being strong and well ripened, great at- is often fine weather in the months of October,
tention should be'paid to these circumstances. November, and December, with sun and drying
Where the vines produce small bunches, they winds, which helps to ripen the wood after wet
should be cut down to two or three eyes, in order autumns."

to have strong wood for the ensuing year. And It is advised, " when the vine leaves begin

as it has heen seen that vines bear their fruit on to fall, to take a soft broom and sweep them

the wood that was produced the preceding year, off upwards in a gentle manner, which will be

when there is a great deal of old naked wood on of great service in assisting to harden the wood."

them, as generally is the case, with some small In beginning to prune in February, it is recom-

weak shoots at the extremities, they should al- mended always to make choice of the strongest

ways be cut down as near to the ground as pos- and longest shuots, leaving them as long as the

sible, in which case there will be no fruit for eyes are found good and plum]), and the wood

that year. But another mode is sometimes prac- round ; but by no means to leave them when

tised, which is to cut every other shoot, leaving they become Hat, as in that case they seldom

the old ones to produce some small grapes; when bear fruit ; and if they do, it will be very small.

in the following year there will be plenty of fine Mr. Forsyth never lays in any that has less than

wood, provided care be taken to nail in the fifteen, and from that to thirty good eyes, ac-

strongest shoots, and pick off all the side-shoots cording to the strength of the shoot, which will

that are produced from the eyes, pinching them produce two bunches from every good eye. He

oil" with the finder and thumb, or cutting them has had seventy bunches of grapes from one

out with a sharp penknife close to the bud or shoot. The shoots that have borne fruit in the

eye; but never twisting them; as by twisting preceding year should be cut out the next year,

them the bud that produces the grapes the except where the wall is to be filled and the

next year is hurt; being always attentive to cut shoots are very strong. Plenty of fine healthy

as near to a bud as possible, and taking care to young wood is easily provided, if care be takea

V I T

V I T

in the winter pruning; therefore, none should deep enough to lay them in across the footpath
be left but the fine strong wood, cutting con- at lot nl about

stantly at the second, third, or fourth eye; rah- and tied them to staki

b:i:g the lowest bud off, and that which conies hers, laying in the wood as dii wall-

out at the joint between the in w and last year's and keeping them it they

wood. By these means as much fruit will, be says, might not shade the bottom of the wall- he also
be procured from these short shoots as by the pruned them as be does those against walls lav.

mon way of pruning. It is necessary to leave mg the shoots in very long, except tii
two or three of the strongest shoots for next were intended to bear fruit next -
year's bearing wood, and never to top them, which Ik- took off all the side-shoots and run-
V :i there is not room to train them, they "era against the wall and espaliers. In a favour-
may he led over the tops of the other trees, if able season these bear, he says, verv tine fruit,
the vines are planted against piers; or be run better than what is got from the walls by the
behind the standards, if there be any, which is old method of pruning."

generally the case where the walls are high. In The use of the composition is advised as soon
this way all the wall will be covered, which will after pruning as possible ; lor, as the vine is verv
have a very beautiful appearance when tl.e porous, it soon imbibes the wet and moisture
fruit is ripe, besides furnishing a plentiful sup- which brings it quickly to decay. He adds
ply of fine grap?s. The shoots at the bottom of that " if at any time a vine should be cut late m
the wall may be run behind the dwarf trees, the season, it will be apt to bleed much • in
or be tacked down over the top of the wall on which case the powder should be applied re-
the other side where the walls are low. Mr. pealing the application till the bleeding stops."
Forsyth has had very fine grapes on east and He stales that he " cut two strong vinc-oranches
vest walls, in good seasons, between peaches, in the month of June, and three" more in July
plums, Sec, particularly when the trees are in very hot weather, on purpose to try the ti:
young." In these cases he advises to " keep of the powder in stopping the bleeding. The
cutting in the vines as the other trees grow and sap rose so strong that it worked out at~the ton
fill Up the walls. He also trains them over the in a froth ; he applied the powder, which in a
tops of trees on each side; which, he says, never short time entirely stopped it." These direc -
does any harm to the trees below, provided they tions are chiefly for vines on the natural wail
are kept nailed to the wall. He has also planted though the same method lus been advised to be
vines between trees on north and east aspects, practised for forced grapes.
and trained them over the lops of the south and Grape-vines require a dry light soil, and such
w est w alls to fill the upper parts, till the peaches a situation as has a full south aspect,
and nectarines cover them." He then cuts Mr. Forsyth advises, "after the crapes are
away part of the vines, leaving only as many set and begin to swell, to water them with
shoots as he inav think necessary. " Two years the barrow engine, sprinkling I hem ail over the
-. he removed some old apricots that leaves and fruit, pressing the tore finger over the
covered a wall about one hundred and sixty-five top of the pipe; by which the water can be
feet long, and planted them against a new wall, thrown as fine as small rain, which will wash
leaving five vines that were planted against the all the dust off" the vines and leaves, that are
piers. These five plants have, in the course of frequently covered with it, especially where the
two years, covered the above wall from top to garden is near a public road. The instcts should
bottom, and bear plenty of fine srrapes every likewise be washed off the trees. In fine weather
year. He says he alsomoved an old vineon a wall he sprinkles all the wall-trees three times a week,
near to the above, and cut it in pretty close, which keeps them clear from insects, and pro-
when it has in three vear? spread twenty-six motes the swelling of the fruit; but this opera-
yards, and bears very tine fruit. And against tion mu-t never, he savs, be performed when the
one of the piers had, he says, been planted a nights arc cold and frosty. The sprinkling of
black Hamburgh grape, and at the other side of the trees should be begun when the sun is in an
the same pier a Muscadine, at the distance of oblique direction, or gone off the wall, which
about two feet from each other ; he pruned them may be about four o'clock on a south aspect ; as
both according to his method, and the second by doing it at this time the leaves will ban
year after, they produced one thousand one time to dry before night, and so prevent the
hundred bunches of fine grapes." It is added frost, if there should beany in the night, from
" that he also tried an experiment bv taking some injuring them. In verv hot and (fay weather the
shoots from a south wall, optuing the ground trees should have a uood bottom watering once

3 U 2

V I T

V I T

a week, which will forward the swelling of the cording to the distance between the bunches, and
fruit. Vines require a great deal of watering ; a little on the outside of the fruit at each end j
but when the fruit is fully swelled, you should both ends being sealed with some common
leave it off, particularly when the nights begin to sealing-wax, such as wine merchants use fur
get cold, as it would hurt the flavour of the fruit, scaling their bottles with, which you may buy
" In order to preserve the grapes, as soon as at the wax chandler's ; then hang them across a
the large flv makes its appearance, plenty of line in a dry room, taking care to clip out, with
bottles a little more than half filled with some a pair of scissars, any of the berries that begin
sweet liquor should be provided to entice the to decay or become mouldy, which if left would
flies to enter them, where they will be drowned, taint the others. In this way he has kept grapes
The bottles should be hung on the nails at pro- till the sixth of February ; but if they are cut
per distances all over the vines, and also some before the bunches are too ripe, they may be
of them placed at the bottom of the walls. The kept much longer than that period,
blue flv comes much earlier than the wasp, and " They may also, he says, be kept by pack-
is no less destructive to the fruit. It is there- ing them in jars, (every bunch being first wrap-
fore necessary to hang up the bottles betimes, in ped up in soft paper), and covering every layer
order to destroy as many of them as possible be- with bran, which should be well dried before it
fore the wasp makes its appearance, to have the is used, laying a little of it in the bottom of the
bottles ready for this second enemy. jar ; then a layer of grapes, and so on, a layer

" When the grapes begin to ripen, the birds of bran and of grapes alternately, till the jar is
begin to attack the fruit ; when it is necessary filled, then shaking it gently, and filling it to
to bag some of your fine handsome bunches, the top with bran, laying some paper over it,
but to bas them all would be an endless trouble andcovering the top with abladder tiedfirmlyon
v. here there is a full crop and a large garden. to exclude the air ; when the top or cover of the

" Of course where the bunches are very thick, jar should be put on, observing that it fits as
the quickest way is, he says, to cover the trees close as possible, placing them in a room where
with nets, or buntine (a kind of stuff of which a fire is kept in wet or damp weather."
ships' colours are made), which will admit a free Forcing of Vines. — This is performed in dif-
air to the grapes, and dry soon after rain. They ferent sorts of buildings, contrived for the pur-
willalsoiuihespring,hethinks,beagoodcovering pose; such as hot walls and vineries, as well as-
for the trees, in cold, wet, or snowy weather. The by hot-houses or stoves. See Vinery.
bunches of grapes should always be kept under In the former cases, when the borders have
the shade of the leaves till they begin to ripen ; been prepared and made up in the manner di-
vhen you may begin to pick off the leaves rected under the head Vinery ; when proper
which cover the fruit (leaving those a little plants of one or two years growth in pots can-
above it to be a shelter from the wet and frost in not be procured, cuttings, Mr. Nicol says,
the nights) : this will assist the ripening of the should be made use of. Others, however, pre-
fruit ; and take off only a few leaves at a time, fer cuttings in all cases, planting two in each
according to the quantity of grapes to be gathered hole, to guard against failure, the weakest, where
at once ; by these means the fruit will continue both grow, being afterwards removed. These
three times as long in succession as it would if should be planted about the beginning of April,
the leaves were picked off all at one time. He being chosen from good bearing vines, and such,
has often seen all the leaves taken off from the shoots as are well ripened, otherwise they never
fruit soon after it was set, which prevents it from make good plants. The distance they should be
swelling, and it becomes hard and small, and allowed to remain is about six feet. In planting
generally cracks. When the leaves are not too them out, holes should be opened with a spade,
thick, they admit, he says> the rays of the sun about eighteen inches deep ; the cuttings beinc
to pass through, and a warm glow of heat will laid in the holes a little sloping, the earth beino-
be reflected fiom the wall. then filled into the holes, and gently pressed

" It is often convenient to let the grapes hang with the foot to them, and raised in a heap so as
as long on the walls as possible; he has often just to cover the uppermost eyes, afterwards ap-
let them hang till the middle of November, only plying a little mulch on the surface of the
covering them w ith nets, or buntine. But when ground about them to prevent the sun and air
the frost begins to set in sharp, they should then from drying the earth ; and when the sprint is
be gathered. Where there are several bunches vervdry,alittle water should begivenonceaweek..
on one branch it may be cut off, leaving about Under this management they usually make
ux inches in length, or more, of the wood, ac- strong shoots the first summer,.

v r t

V I T

Mr. Nicol, where rooted plants are ernpWed,
advises ihe pits to be half filled with vegetable

mould, and the plants to be carefully taken out
or the p.t- with thin balls entire, and, unless"
when rooted, be placed in that manner ia the
pits, filling them in with vegetable mould, and
settling them with a little water. This work, in
his opinion, may be performed any tune from
the beginning of November to the lirst of March
with equal sue

But though the above distance of planting
mav be proper when the vine-; are full grown,
it may be beneficial to have them put in at half
that distance at lirst; as a crop or two maybe
obtained before it is necessary to thin them out;
two of a kind being placed together for the
greater convenience of thinning,

The management of the vines, for the three
first vears alter planting, is the same as practiced
for those against common walls, which has been
described above, being, however, encouraged
as much as possible, and the shoots not left too
long, or too many in number on each root, that
thev mav be duly ripened and prepared for bear-
ing the fourth year, which is the soonest they
shouid be forced : when any sorts of fruit-trees
are forced by fire too young, they seldom con-
tinue long in health ; so that what fruit they
produce is small, and not well-flavoured.

By the middle of June the grapes will be al-
most full grown, therefore the glasses may be
kept off continually in the day time, unless the
season be very cold and wet, in which case they
must be kept on, and only opened when the
weather is favourable ; for as the racy vinous
flavour of these fruits is increased bv a free air,
so duriug the time of their ripening they should
have as large a share as the season will admit to
be given them.

Mr. Nicol advises ': in the first and second
seasons, to keep the border ;na moderately moist
state while the plants are growing; hut, after
their growth begins to abate, particularly the
second season, to withhold the waterings by
degrees till it is quite stopped, in order to make
them harden and ripen their shoots for the
production of a crop the third year. Water
frequently with the drainings of a dunghill. And
wash with the hand engine twice or thrice a week
in the evening, in order to refresh aud keep the
plants clean. Steaming is, he thinks, unneces-
sary.

" In the third season, keep the border also in a
moderately moist state, till the fruit begin their
last swelling. Then give large quantities till
they begin to colour ; after which, entirely with-
hold it till the crop is gathered; and then g:\c
two or three hearty waterings, to recover the

state the border ought to remain in for the
winter."

lie likewise advises " to wash twice or thrice
a week till the flowers begin to open, i:.
withhold till the fruit is fairly -' i -. wa
again till they begin to colour, and then with-
hold entirely for th Vid in the inte-
rim of washing, to steam every night when the
fife is at the strongest, by pouring water 00 the
lines till you cannot see an object at the distance
of two or ihrc yards: and repeat this early in
the morning, it the temperature of the house
require the making of tires, or it there is a suf-
ficient heat in the flues to produce it, even lit a
middling degree."

The insects which infest the grape house arc
chiefly the green fly, ilirips, red spider, and
wasp. The two first are, Mr. Nicol says, "■
destroyed by a fumigation of tobacco ; the third
is kept under by the engine in summer ; and
the last, by the destruction of their nests, phials
filled with honey and water, or BUgar and small
beer, and bird-lime. All these methods are,
however, sometimes ineffectual for the destruc-
tion of w asps where they abound in vast quan-
tity ; and their fondness for grapes renders it
sometimes necessary to inclose the bunches in
bags of gauze, or silken paper, which is a mis-
fortune; as the grapes, by being so much ex-
eluded from the action of the sun aud air, fall
greatly ofTin flavour."

Birds must also be guarded against by some
means or other ; such as have been mentioned
above.

All sorts of grapes should continue on the
trees till fully ripe.

It is advised by some, that these vines should
not be forced every year, but under good ma-
nagement every other year, or every third year.
Of course, in order to have a supply ot fruit an-
nually, there should be a s ifhcient extent of
walling to contain as mam v i u • a a* are at W
for two or three \ ears ; and by having the ti
in front moveable, they may be slutted from
one part of the wall to another, as the viiu
alternately forced. These hot-walls are com-
monly plan ted with early kinds of grapes, in
order to have them forward in tin
though some think it hardly worth the trouble,
in order to have a few grapes earlier by a m
or six weeks, than those common \

The sorts of vin useful in this mode of

culture have been mentioned abo

are grown to full
they must be pruned and ill .:> | tue

same manner as has been tor th.isc

against common walls, with this difference t
that in those reasons when tnej are not forctd.

V I T

V I T

they should be carefully managed in the summer great care must be taken ; for the shoots of these
for a supply of good wood, against the time of forced virus are very tender, and very subject to
their being forced, divesting Them of their fruit break when any violence is offered. The shoots
fir the purpose. should also be trained very regular, so as to lie

But when the vines are forced, the only care as near as possible to the espalier, and at equal
is to encourage the fruit, without having much distances, that they may equally enjoy the benefit
regard to the°wood, so that every shoot should of the air and sun, which are absolutely neces-
be pruned for fruit, and none of them shortened sary for the improvement of the fruit. When the
for a supply of young wood, as ihev may be so grapes are formed, the shoots should be stopped
managed by pruning in the wars of their rest- at the second joint beyond the fruit, that the
ing, as to 'replenish the vines with new wood, nourishment may not be drawn away from the
Those which are designed for forcing in the fruit in useless shoots, which must b-; avoided
spring, should be pruned early in the^autumn as much as possible in these cases, no useless
before, that the buds which are left on the wood being left to shade the fruit, and exclude
shoots may receive all possible nourishment the air from it by the leaves,
from the root, and at the same time the shoots In speaking of the temperature of the vinery,
should be fastened to the trellis in the order they Mr. Nicol says, " fire should not be lighted the
are to lie; but the glasses should not be placed first season, unless it proves cold or wet, and
before the vines tilf about the middle or end of the wood is not ripened in good tune ; in which
January, at which time also the fires must be case, a mo erate fire heal, from the first of
lighted; for, if they are forced too early in the September, would greatly encourage the growth,
year, they will begin to shoot before the weather and promote the ripening of the wood. And
is warm enough to admit air to the vines, which as the plants will bear gentle forcing the
causes the young shoots to draw out weak, and third season, it will be advisable (for that pur-
tbeir joints too far asunder to afford a good and pose) to forward them the second in a moderate
full supply of fruit. degree. Forthis purpose, says he, let moderate fires

When the tires are made at the above period, be made about the first of April, (by which time
the vines begin to shoot the middle or latter the plants will begin to vegetate), so as to raise
end of February, which is six weeks earlier than the air of the house at six in the morning and
they usually come out against the common walls; eight at night to about 55' ; in the course of a
so that by the time fhaf other vines are shooting, fortnight increase it to 60-; and in another
these will be in flower, which is early enough fortnight to 70°; at which let it continue
to ripen them. The fires should not be made till the first or middle of June, and then be
very strong in these walls; as, if the air is heated totally discontinued for the season. But in
to about ten degrees above the temperate point the third season, the forcing may commence on
of the botanical thermometer, it will be suf- the first of March, without injuring the plants ;

ficiently warm to force out the shoots leisurely,
which is much better than to force them vio-
lently. These fires should not be continued all
the day-time, unless the weather be very cold,
and the sun does not shine to warm the air, at
which times it w ill be proper to have small fires
continued all the day; for, where the walls are

and, if carefully performed, a fair crop of fruit
be obtained. Begin then by making and regu-
lating the tires, so that the thermometer may
not stand above 50 degrees at seven in the
morning, and eight or nine at night ; keep it so
till every eye in the house is broken; and then
gradually increase it to 60, 65, 70, and when

rightly contrived, a 'moderate fire made every the bloom begins to open, to 75 degrees. He
evening, and continued till ten or eleven o'clock Has already hinted that vegetation in forcing
at night, will heat the wall, and warm the in- ought to be brought on as it were by stealth;
closed air to a proper temperature ; and as these which is the cause of bis advising the above
fires need not be continued longer than about gradual and progressive rise in the climate of the
the end of April (unless the spring should prove house ; and w here this is not particularly attend-
very cold), the expense of fuel will not be very cd to in the first stage of the operation, disap-
great, because they may be contrived to burn pointments will follow, as the plants will not
coal, wood, turf, or almost any other sort of break their eves (and of consequence not show
fuel : though where coal is to be had reasonable, fruit) regularly." He advises to keep the air of

the house as near to 75 degrees, till the fruit is

fairly set, as possible, as grapes in general are

found to set best in a moisl heat of about 75 de-

But he has found by experience that all

it makes the evenest and best fires, and will not
require so much attendance. When the vines
begin to shoot, they must be frequently looked
over to fasten the new shoots to the trellis, and
rub off all dangling shoots ; in doing of which

grees.

the kinds ot irontinacs requite a much

V I T

V I T

degree of heat, not only when in flower, but
from the time the clusters aguishable;

while tli >?e ot" the white sweet water, and white
and royal muscadines, require a much less de-
. the former being apt to curl up and become
sterilfor want of beat, and the latter to produce a
greater quantity ol small berries in consequence
of too much. Therefore, where there is any
difference of climate (which is sometimes occa-
sioned by the placing of the lire-places) in the
house, this hint should be taken advant
But it may then be let down to 7(> or 7- degrees ;
at which endeavour to keep it till the crop is
all gathered ; after which, no further attention
to the climateis necessary." It is addeJ, " that in
the following season, the forcing may,' when
requisite, be begun a month or six weeks sooner;
as about the middle of January or first of Febru-
ary ; in which earlv season great attention must
be paid to the regulation of the fire-heat."

He observes, that " a month may be gained
every season (where there are two or three
grape-houses ; and it is required to have grapes
at a very earlv season), until you begin to force
the first so early as the first of October 3 but
where there is but one or two houses, the first
of March in the one case, and of January in the
other, is, he thinks, quite soon enough."

It is advised that " as the season advances and
the weather becomes warm, there should be a
proportionable share of free air admitted to the
vines every day, which is absolutely necessary
to promote the growth of the fruit ; but the
glasses should be shut close every night, unless
in verv hot weather, otherwise the cold dews in
the night will retard it. The bunches in some
of the sorts should be carefully looked over, and
the small grapes cut out with very narrow-
pointed scissars, in order to thin thern."

Mr. Nicol recommends "adue portion ofair to
be admitted every day after planting, from sun-
rise to sun-set, until the buds begin to break; after
which, a more punctual regulation should be
observed, being guided much by the tempera-
ture of the weather, and the quantity of sun-
shine, but admitting less or more every day,
unless the severity of frosty winds renders it im-
prudent to do so. And as the summer advances,
to be vcrv liberal in this article in serene weather ;
as it greatly tends to the strengthening of the
voung shoots." It is, he says, " a practice
with many to uncover grape-houses in winter;
this he never did, not so much disapproving of
the practice, as owing to the expense attending
it, not only in removing and putting on, but in
breaking the glasses, and wasting the flues by
the extremes of frost and blanching rains. His
method is to admit an equal and free circu-

lation ofair, by opening th lately

at top, bottom, and middle, to the extent nf
.it least a third part of the whole covering, and
letting them remain so da\ and night ; ne\er
shutting up fir any cause but that ol too mui '1
wet In the second season, much the same re-
gulation should be observed as above ; and, if
lire is applied lor the forwarding of the wood,
due attention should be paid at thai tunc, U the
sudden breaking out of tbeson in dull weather,
when there is a good deal of fire heat in the
, is attended w ith much danger." Suppo-
sing the plants to have made good wood lor the
production of acrop, and that they are to be forced
from the first of March, sav-* he, '-let the house
be shut up at night from the middle of February,
and have the same quantity ofair in the day it
enjoyed all winter From the time the rirc is
J, give a moderate quantity every day if
possible, till the buds have all broke, to the a-
tcnt that in sun-shine the thermometer may not
ri<e more than 10' above the tire-heat medium :
hut after the buds have broke, and the tempe-
rature of the house is increased, be careful in
the admission of frosty, or foul damp air. The
latter may be entirely excluded, except perhaps
for an hour or two in the middle of the dayj and
the bad effects of the former, by opening the
top sashes only a little way, to pa=s off' the rae-
fied air occasioned by the sun heat, which is
frequently vr-ry intense in clear frosty weather
in the months of March and April. In clear
sun-shining weather, his mode of practice is to
give and take away air bv degrees : ih.it is, by
giving half air about eight in the morning, full
air about ten or eleven, reducing to half air
about two or three, and shutting up about
four or five in the afternoon, according to the
season. It is necessary from the tune the fruit
begins to colour, to give large portions of air
till the crop is all gathered, the flavour being
much augmented by it ; and afterwards to ex-
pose the house night and day tor the winter, as-
directed above ; shutting up, however, if much
wet, or hard frost, should happen during the
first ten or twelve days alter the plants have been
pruned for the winter season."

In tl>e latter modoof forcing, or that in hot-
housesorpine-stoves, after they have been proper-
ly prepared and rendered dry in the bottom parts,
thearea should be tilled up with acompost-mouldr
composed of one fourth strong loam : one fourth
turf from a pasture where the soil is a sandy
loam ; one fourth sweepings or scrapings of.
pavements or hard roads; one eighth rotten
and stable-yard dung mixed; and one eighth of
vegetable mould from i ak leaves; th

• be well rotted, and the whole worked

V I T

V I T

her til! it is uniformly mixed. Where
•] cannot he bad, common sand may
used 5 and the mould of rotten sticks or
old woods, or from hollow trees, may be sub-
stituted for the decayed leaves.

" Wheu the border has been prepared, if the
i r permit, the vines may be planted at the
end of February or the beginning of March, in
the front of the hot-house or stove; having first
aulion to put a little moss round
■per part of each stem, with two or three
ol paper over it, tied with bass matting,
) prevent the eves iron; beiim; injured in putting
' le plants through the holes in the wall. A
hole two feet over, and one foot deep, should
be made opposite to each rafter and close to the
' i I wall, making the mould taken out of the
• iine, and adding a little of the compost.
'I'i:.:i turn the plant carefully out of its pot, and
put the upper part through the hole. If the
shoot just reach the bottom of the rafter, when
planted, it is sufficient; but as the earth may set-
tle a little, it is better to allow two or three
inches more. In closing the mould to the plant
care should be taken to preserve the roots, their
fibres being exceedingly brittle. Lay a thin coat
of rotten dung over the mould, and give the
plant a gentle watering; then take oft' the band-
age, and fasten the top of the shoot to the raf-
ter. Only one shoot should remain on each
plant. Two mav be left for a time; but when
one is secure, the other must be taken off, but
not close to the old wood, as that would occa-
sion it to bleed, and greatly injure it."

It is observed that "from the timethevines be-
gin to grow, they will require constant watering,
especially in dry weather, and before the roots
have penetrated sufficiently deep into the border
or earth in wdiich they are planted. It is the
common practice, in these cases, to train a shoot
up to each rafter ; and if the rafters be not a suf-
ficient depth to keep the leaves of the vines from
touching the glass, to have iron pins of about
nine inches in length, fixed at proper distances
under each rafter; which should have a small
hole or eve at the bottom, through which a small
iron rod or strong wire should be thrust, for the
support of the branch, which pins or wires
should be painted."

Mr. Forsyth, however, remarks that when
vines are trained straight up the rafters in this
manner, they only throw out a few eyes at the top,
the rest of the branch being naked ; he therefore
ad\ ises the serpentine method as much preferable.

The plants often show fruit at one year old,

but it should not be suffered to stand, except a

single bunch, to ascertain the sort. In the

summer season the shoots should be constantly

7

trained, keeping them regularly fastened to the
rafters ; divesting them of their wires and lateral
shoots ; and awarding them well against the red
spider and other insects.

The vines may in general be suffered to run
two-thirds of the length of the rafters before
they are stopped ; and those which grow re-
markably strong, the whole length. When these
shoots are stopped, which is done by pinching
off their tops, they will, in general, push out
laterals, at three or four eyes on the upper part
of the shoot, which should be allowed to grow
twelve or fourteen inches before their tops are
pinched oft"; when these in their turn will push
out other laterals, which should be pinched off"
at the second or third joint; and thus the sap
may be diverted till the end of the season.

When the leaves begin to fall is the best sea-
son for pruning. In the first season, supposing
the vines to have grown with equal vigour, the
shoots mav be pruned alternately to three, four,
or five eyes, or about twenty feet; but when
they have grown moderately strong, the shoots
should be pruned down to about eleven feet; as
by this alternate pruning the former shoots will
make fine wood for the succeeding season, and
the latter will produce a crop of fruit; after
which, these fruit-bearing shoots must all be
cut down nearly to the bottom of the rafters.
But when any of the plants appear weak, and
have not made shoots more than eight, ten, or
twelve feet long, it will be proper to prune every
shoot down to two, three, or four eyes. In
performing the work the shoots should be taken
off" with a clean sloping stroke, about half an
inch above the eye, making choice of a bold eye
to terminate the shoot, and fastening it to the
rafter in a complete manner.

The vines in pine-stoves begin to make weal*
shoots early in January ; the house being then
kept warm on account of early crops raised in
most hot-houses. But when it is kept to a pro-
per degree of heat for pines during the winter
months, they seldom begin to push till about
the middle of February. It is usual for them to
push only towards the ends of the shoots, the
other eyes remaining in a dormant state, and
causing a long space of naked wood ; but to make
them push more generally, as soon as the sap is
in motion, the house should be kept for a short
time a few degrees warmer than usual. In the
morning the thermometer should be 5° or 6°
above temperate, and in the day-time the house
be kept as warm as the weather will permit. It
will also be necessary to guard the stem of the
vine on the outside against frost ; tor one severe
night would greatly injure, if not totally destroy,
the hopes of a crop. This may be done by

v r t

V I T

wrapping the part exposttl round with n

id thick with bass matting ; which cover-
uld remain en till- epi ■ are over,

and then the stem be washed well to dean it.
The vine&shouldbedivestedttf the least promis-
ing and supernumerary Bboots as soon as
sible, and great care should be taken net to leave
too abundant a crop ; as a few bunches in a high
state of perfection are preferable "to many in a
poor state.

lie time of flowering, should the weather
■rove hot and dry, with brisk winds ; to prevent
the berries of different sorts from falling oft at
the time ol their j-ctting, it is proper to water the
rents of the vims plentifully, to keep the house
a^ close as the weather will permit, and to water
the walks and flues in the hot-house constantly,
especially late in the evening, when the glasses
should be immediately closed, by which a bene-
ficial sort of dew is produced.

In these situations, when the grapes are at
their last swelling, are becoming transparent,
and change from green to red or black, and till
they are nearly on the point of being ripe, plen-
tiful supplies of water, especially if the season
prove hot and dry, should be given to the vines.

After the fruit is cut, no other management
is required till the pruning season, but that of
taking off the lateral shoots in the same man-
ner as in the preceding case. But in the next
winter's pruning all the vines that produced a
full crop of fruit, should be cut down nearly to
the bottom, that is, to the lowermost summer
shoot, which should also be cut down to the
first or second eye; while all those that were
cut down nearly to the bottom the preceding
season, and which will, in general, have made
very strong wood, must be left to the length of
tweniy-one or twenty-two feet each, with the
intention of producing a full crop of fruit the
follow ing season.

The management of them during the next
summer will be nearly the same as in the pre-
ceding ; only, as they have increased in strength
and size, thev will be enabled to produce and
support a larger burthen of fruit. Hut the crop
should always be proportioned to the size and
vigour of the plants; but whilst they are young,
great moderation should be used as to the num-
ber of bunches that are allowed to stand and
ripen. Thev should be well thinned when the
berries are about the size of a small shot. And
the main shoulders, as less projecting

parts of the bunch, should be suspended by
small strings to the rafters, and evi ry pari raised
to a horizontal position. In (binning the ber-
ries, great care should be taken to leave all the
most projecting ones ou every side of the bunch.

VOL.II.

In rety close-growing bunches it will be n<

sary to clip out more than two-thirds, of the

berries; in some, one half; but in the lo

growing kinds, one third is generally -

By this means the rcmaii rill swell

well, grow- to a grc d not be ■

rot ; as ti.ey are apt to do in a hot-house, when
thev are wedged together in a close manner.
It h observed that " not only the raft*
roof of the hot-house, but the back wall
above the Hue, maybe turn. shed with fruit.
For this purpose, let every fourth or fifth vine-
plant be trained in one shoot cputc lo the top of
the rafter, and then directed • ten or

twelve feet along the top (if the back wail. At
the winter's pruning, bring down that part of
-hoot perpendicularly, and cut it off at one
foot above the top of the Sue. The next spring
encourage only two shoots from the two extreme
or lowermost eyes of each :>hoot so brought
down, and train them in a horizontal direction
one fo.Ot above the top of the flue. I hese shoi
however, will grow- with greater readiness, if
they are trained upwards during the summer;
and they may easilv be brought to the desired
position at the next winter's pruning. They will
then form against the back wall the figure of
the letter T inverted. And in the next season
the horizontal shoots will produce new wood
from almost every eve, provided all the sho.
be pinched off from every other part as soon as
they appear;" laying in the shoots from oik:
to two uet apart, according to the kind of vine.
It is advised in these cases, to "'train all the
shoots in a perpendicular direction, and, pro-
vided they are strong and vigorous, to suffer
them to grow to the length of live or six feet
before they are stopped ; but all these must be
cut down to two or three eves at the next win-
ter's pruning." And " only one shoot should be
permitted to rise from each spur the following
season; and although thev will in cmeral be
sufficiently strong, and produce two or three
bunches apiece, yet only one bunch, should re-
main on each shoot : these will then be large
and tine, and the wood will be greatly benefited
by such practice. Uut these shoots must be
pruned next winter very differently. One shoot
must be left four feet, that next it only a tew
inches long, and so alternately." It is added
that " the vines on the rafters will require a
management .in future seasons nearh similar to
that described above ; and though it maw not be
advisable to prune them alternately so near to the
bottom of the rafters as was directed lor the two
preceding reasons, it will be frequently fouud
neceCS try to cut an old shoot down to the lower-
most summer shoot, as near to the bottom «4
3X

V 1 T

the rafter as can be. The side shoot on the
-.- rafters should not be permitted to ramble
over the adjoining lightfi; but at the end ot
every season it wilt be proper to cut such shoots
down to the second or third eye next the old
wood, provided the bottom eyes are bold and
strong : this must be done not only to strengthen
the vines, but also to prevent the root ot the
house from being too much crowded with old
word. Whilst the vines are young, one r-atter
wili suffice for a vine-plant ; but when they be-
come older, they will require a larger space ;
especially the strong-growing kinds, which
produce 'large leaves and bunches. It will be
proper therefore to train shoots sideways on the
wall-plate, from the stem of the plant, im-
mediately at its entrance into the house. These
shoots should be carried up the adjoining ratters,
and the plants crowing against such ralters must
be taken entirely away ; except it should happen
that the plant 'growing against such ratter is
trained forward to furnish the back wall. And
when a vine-plant occupies two or more ratters,
it will be right to prune occasionally, particularly
whilst the vine is young, one or more of such
shoots down nearly to the bottom of the ratter,
as this will not only contribute to strengthen
the plant, but afford means to furnish the rafters
with a succession of young wood." When the
*hoots are thus conducted to different rafters,
every one may be considered as a separate plant, '
and be trained up in one shoot; requiring ma-
nagement similar to that mentioned above.

Mr. Nicol, however, rejects the method of
planting the vines on theoutsides of the houses,
and his reasons are these: " first, he thinks it
unnatural that one part of a plant should be as
it were in Greenland, and the other in the West
Indies; and secondly, because he is convinced
that no plant (especially the Pine) will live and
thrive as well under the shade of another, as
when exposed to the free sun and air." To ob-
viate these objections, he plants the vines in
the lobbies between the stoves and peach and
grape bouses ; introducing them through the
partitions, and training them horizontally on
trellises fixed against the. back walls and upright
sashes in front. By which means he renders
each of the stoves as good as any grape-house,
without being in the least injurious to the pines.
In these cases, he says, " the front walls of
the lobbies were built on pillars ; and a border,
both without and within, prepared for the
dants, in the same manner as for the grape -
rouse." It is addfd, that in one trial, "the
second year after introduction into the stove,
the plants completely filled the whole trellis ;
and a fine crop, the third year, gave a lustre and

£

V I T

richness to the house (in conjunction with a
good crop of pines) highly gratifying."

He remarks that ""the same methods in re-
gard of watering, washing, and steaming, are to
be practised here as m the grape-house. Air is
admitted solely for the sake, and to answer the
nature, of the pines; the temperature of the
house is also regulated for their sakes. But
the mode of training and pruning is very diffe-
rent from that in the grape-house. Here, you
have it not in your power to bring on vegetation
in that slow and regular manner as in the grape-
house ; and consequently, were the shoots to be
laid in at as great lengths, they would only
break perhaps a few eyes at the extremities, and
the rest remain naked. This he found from ex-
perience to be the case; although it did not
happen for the first three or lour years, owing
to the youth and vigour of the plants ; but when
they had exhausted themselves a little by Searing
a tew crops, they began to break their buds in
the manner above stated. He then ore made it
a practice to train them only to five or six feet in
summer, and shorten them down to one or two
in the pruning season ; by which they generally
broke all their eyes, and produced plenty of
fruit." He further states, that in one house he
tried, for two seasons, to produce crops by
laterals ; but found that method attended with
more inconveniency than the above, from the
difficulty of procuring a proper succession of
strong shoots to produce the laterals, without
which they bear very insignificant clusters. He
also, in the other house, produced a second
crop, for two seasons ; but finding it to exhaust
the plants very much, he discontinued it ; the
more especially, as, having so many compart-
ments tor grapes, the practice of it was the less
necessary. "The method is, he says, this : "Just
about the time the fruit is ball ripe, and when
the under part of the shoot is also ripe to the
length of about two or tin ee feet, and the ex-
tremity of it in a growing state, shorten it at about
two or three feet above the ripe part. It will
push again, and will generally bring two clus-
ters. "Sometimes, also, the second and third
eye will push, and bring a cluster or two. In
winter pruning, shorten down the first, or
spring-made part of the shoot, to two or three
feet. This method may be repeated, he thinks,
with pretty good success once in two or three
years: but, if done every year, it will (in the
course of three or four years) occasion the cut-
ting of the plants down to the ground, in order
to make them put forth a fresh stock of wood."
He adds that " in the event of severe frost,
and the plants being in an early state of vege-
tation, the border on the outside should be co-

3

VOL

VOL

vcred with a quantity of stable dung, or long
litter, to prevent the roots from being injured
by the weather. And unless the plants are-
wished to produce a second crop, thev must not
be pruned for good sooner than October ; and at
ime time, that operation should not be de-
ferred longer than the Grst of November, lest,
when thev begin to vegetate, they should bleed.
He concludes by observing, that grape vines will
bear forcing, and last for many years, when
under judicious management."

des these modes of cultivating vines, they
are capable of being grown with advantages un-
der hand- glasses, so as to produce a few bunches
on each plant.

The second species requires artificial heat in
this climate, and may be increased from seeds,
obtained from abroad, which should be sown m
small pels, and be plunged into a hot-bed of
tanner's bark. When the plants come up and
are fit to remove, they should be each planted
out into a separate small pot filled with light
earth, and plunged into a fresh hot-bed, shading
them from the sun till they have taken new root ;
when thev must be treated in the same way as
other tender exotic plants, always continuing them
in the stove, otherwise they will not succeed well.

The third should be planted agaiust a wall,
and treated in the same way as the common
vine, being raised by cuttings or layers in the
same manner.

The fourth sort is preserved in some gardens
for variety ; but it rarely produces flowers in this
climate, and has not much beauty. It is increase d
by laying down the young branches in the spring,
which put out roots in one year fit to re-

. when they may be taken oil" and planted
out where they are to remain. These require
support: ami as their ybung branches are ten-
der, and liable to br killed by frost, they should
be planted against a wall, or pale, exposed to the
south. The young shoots should be shortened
down lo two or three buds in the spring, w hich
will cause the shoots of the following summer
to be much stronger.

\ OLKAMKRIA, a genus furnishing plants
of the exotic tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Diihjnamia
Ang'wspermia, and ranks in the natural order of
Ftrsonutce.

The characters are : that the calyx is a one-
leafed perianth, turbinate, live-cleft, nearly
equal, acute: the corolla nionopetalpOJ, ringtnt :
tube cylindric, twice as long as the calyx j bor-
der five-parted, nearly equal, flat: tegmenta
retlexed to one side, gaping chiefly 0D the upper
side: the stamina have four filiform filaments,
very long, on the gaping side of the corolla:
anthers simple : the pistillum is a four-corn<
germ: style filiform, length of the stamens:
Stigma bifid : one of the segments acute, the
other indistinct : the pericarpium is a berry
(drupe) roundish two- i>,ir-grooved : the

seed, nut solitary, two-celled, grooved.

The species cultivated are: 1. /•'. untfeala,
Prickly Volkameria : 8. V. incrmis, Ovate-
leaved Smooth Volkameria.

The first is a shrub five or six feet high,
branched, upright, the whole loaded with white
flowers, which nave no scent : the stamens most
Commonly five, but sometimes six, purple: the
fruit brown. It is a native of the West Indies.

The second species has the leaves opposite,
annual, petroled, blunttsh : the peduncles from
the upper axils, opposite, solitary, a little shorter
than the leaf, three-deft, three-dowered, more
seldom simple and one flowered : it rises higher
than the first sort : the stem antl branches are
stronger, and grow more erect : the bark is very
while : the leaves frequently grow round the
branches in clusters or wh iris : flowers on long
axillary peduncles, supporting several flowers
which generally stand erect. It is a native of
the East Indies.

Culture. — The=e plants are increased by cut-
tings, which should be planted in pots filled
with light good mould, in the summer season,
plunging them in a moderate hot-bed, covering
them close with hand glasses : when they are-
well rooted, they should be removed into sepa-
rate small pots, replunging them in the hot-bed
till they arc fresh rooted ; then gradually inure
them to the open air in warm weather, conti-
nuing them in warm sheltered situations in the
open air, till the approach of frosts, when they
must be taken into the house where thcte is a
moderate heat. They will not succeed in a com-
mon green-house.

They afford ornament among other more, hardy
stove plants.

3X2

W A C

W A L

"YXTACHENDORFIA, a genus furnishing
yy plants of the exotic flowering perennial
kind, for the green-house.

It belongs to the class and order Triqndria
Monogynia, and ranks in the. natural order of
En mice.

The characters are : that the calyx is a two-
valved spatbe: the corolla six-petallcd, une-
qual : petals oblong, the three upper ones more
erect, three lower spreading: nectary of two
bristles at the inner sides of the upper petal : the
stamina has three filiform filaments, declined,
shorter than the corolla: anthers incumbent:
the pistillum is a superior germ, roundish, three-
cornered: style filiform, declined: stigma sim-
ple : the peri carpi um is a subovate capsule,
three-sided, obtuse, three-celled, three-valved :
seeds solitary, rough-haired.

The species cultivated are: 1. // '. tliyrs'ijlnra,
Simple-stalked Wachendorfia : 2. IV. panteu-
lata, Panicled Wachendorfia: 3. IV. hirsula,
Hairy Wachendorfia.

The first has a thick tuberous root, reed-like,
of a deep-red colour, sending out many perpen-
dicular fibres of the same colour, and spreading
into several offsets : the leaves, which rise im-
mediately from the root, are large, with five
plaited folds ; the biggest are two feet long, and
three inches broad, of a deep green-colour : the
flower-stalk rises from the centre of the heads
between the leaves to the height of three or four
feel, with leaves of the same form with those
below, but narrower, and ranged alternately,
embracing the stalk half round with their base :
the flowers when young are enclosed in sheaths,
which, after some time, open and make way
for the flowers to come out ; then they wither
and dry, but remain upon the stalk like those of
the yellow Asphodel : they form a loose spike,
and there are several upon one common pedun-
cle, which open one after the other : the upper
flowers stand almost upright, but the lower nod ;
they are hairy and of a saffron colour on the
outside, but smooth and yellow within. It is a
native of the Cape.

The second species, when in flower, is a foot
high : the root perennial, a little creeping, fur-
nished with oblong cylindrical and nearly per-
pendicular tubercles : the leaves radical, two-
ranked, sessile, equitant, vertical, spreading,
dilated on the inner side at the base, channelled,

linear-lanceolate, pointed, entire, nerved, bright
green, very like those of the first, but only one-
third of the size, dvins; soon after the plant has
done flowering, and not appearing again for
some months: the stalk erect, cylindrical, bear-
ing one or two small leaves, branched, many-
flowered : general flower-stalks alternate, spread-
ing, racemose, bearing from three to five
flowers, cylindrical, downy : partial ones short,
downy, all directed upwards, single-flowered.
It is a native of the Cape.

The third seems chiefly to differ from the
second in having hairy leaves, a more slender
and taller stem, reddish-brown, and not green
as in it ; its branches more divaricate, the two
upper lateral petals more contiguous, and its
flowers when closed form a slenderer and more
compact column : the incumbent anthers seem
also to be shorter and rounder: the root-leaves
oblong, lanceolate, three or four, about three or
four inches high: the. stem about three limes
Iheir length : the segments traversed longitudi-
nally on the outside by a brown hairy fillet;
outer upper one wholly brown aud pubescent
outwards : the flowers scentless, opening in
succession, closing towards evening: they ex-
pand in the month of July. It is a native of
the Cape.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
offsets, taken from the. heads of the roots, in
the beginning of autumn, planting them in pots
filled with soft loamy earth, mixed with a little
sea sand, and when the season proves dry, pla-
cing them so as to have only the morning sun,
until the offsets have taken new roots, when
they must be placed in a sheltered situation, of
as to have the full sun. On the approach so
frosts, they should be placed in frames, and
managed as plants of the tender kind.

The second sort is very impatient of cold,
and seldom flowers in this climate.

They produce variety among other potted
plants of the green-house kind.

WALK, a dry firm track in the garden
or pleasure ground, which is formed of dif-
ferent sorts of materials ; as gravel, sand, &c. ;
but where these cannot be procured, it is
sometimes laid with powdered coal, sea-coal
ashes, and powdered brick : these are, however,
rarely used, when either gravel or sand can be
procured. Where sea-coal ashes can be had,

W A L

W A L

they are preferable to powdered coal or bricks,
as they bind very hard, and never stick to
the feet in frosty weather. And for wil-
derness walks they are before most other
substances. There are likewise walks some-
times Formed of turf, or what are called crass
walks. In forming the !ir>; sort of walks, when
they have been marked out, the earth should be-
taken away lo a certain depth, that the bottoms
maybe filled with lime rubbish, coarse gravel,
flnu-stones, or other rocky materials, to pre-
vent weeds from growing through the gravel, as
well as to keep away worm-casts. It should be
laid ten inches or a foot thick, over which the
coat of gravel should be six or eight inches,
which should be very 6ne, but nol
the large stones only being taken out. When
the gravel has been laid to this thickness, they
must be exactly levelled, and raked true from all
great drips, as well as little holes : by this means
most of the stones will be raked under thi
which may cither be evenly sprinkled back over
the last length that is raked, or buried in the
bottom. Walks are frequently laid too round,
so as scarcely to be walked upon with pleasure,
and so as to lessen the effect of their breadths.
The usual allowance for a gravel walk of five
feet breadth, is about an inch rise in the crou n :
consequently, if twenty feet wide, it will be tour
inches higher in the middle than on each side;
and for twenty-live feet, five inches, for thirty
feel, six inches, and so on in the same propor-
tion. When the walk has been carefully laid,
trodden down, and raked, either in lengths, or
the whole together, it sbould be rolled well,
both in length and cross-ways ; the person
who rolls wearing shoes with flat heels, that he
may not make holes ; as, when these are once
made in a new walk, they are not easy to roll
out again. In order to lay them firm, it will be
necessary to give them three or four rollings,
after good waterings or heavy rains, as this
will cause the gravel to bind, so that when they
become dry they will be as hard as terrace. Iron-
mould gravel is said to be best for binding, or
such as has a little binding loam amongst it ;
which latter, though it be apt to slick to the
heels of shoes in wet weather, nothing binds
better in dry w eather ; and when the gravel is
over-sandy or sharp, clay is frequently mixed
with it, which, when cast together in heaps
and well mixed, binds like a rock : loose gravel
b very uncomfortable and uneasy to walk on.

Walks of this sort are not only necessary near
the bouse ; but one should always be carried
quite round the garden, a^ being soon dry after
rain, and proper for walking ou in ail seasons.

bee Gardbi Plan.

Those about the house should be large, and
laid out according to the nature and -.
the ground.

The walks laid with sand or other materials,
in the other different parts of gardens or pi
grounds, should be formed in the Same manner,
having regard to the nature oi the Boil, so M In
render them as dry as possible at all seasons.
The breadth in these walks should be in some
measure according to the nature of the ground.
Where this is small, five or six reetmayne suf-
ficient ; but in large grounds much w i.ier, as tea
or twelve. In modern grounds of this
they are mostly laid out in winding serpentine
directions, according to the nature of the sites,
so as to have them concealed, and rend* i
private as possible, by the trees and plants ou
tiieir sides; the turns being contrived in as
and natural a way as can be effected. S •
G&Al

\\ ALT., a sort offence erection in gard
built for the purpose of ripening all such fruits
as are too delicate to be perfected in this climate
without such assistance. Walls are buik with
different materials, as stone, brick, &c, ac-
cording as they can be best procured, and at
the cheapest rate. But for fruit-trees, brick is
the best, as being not only the handsome-;,
but the warmest and kindest for the ripening
of fruit, as well as affording the best conveni-
ence of nailing, for smaller nails will serve in
them than in stonewalls, where the joints are
larger; and brick walls, with copings of free-
stone, and stone pilasters or columns, at proper
distances, to separate the trees and break off the
force of the winds, make not only the most
beautifuJ but the most profitable walls that can
be erected.

Sometimes walls are built of mixed materials,
as stones and bricks ; but in this way they should
be carefully built, or the brick front will sepa-
rate from the stone behind.

Where walls arc built entirely of stone, there
should be trellises fixed up against them, tor
the more convenient fastening the branches of
the trees: the timbers of these espaliers need not
be more than an inch and a half thick, and
about two incites and a half broad : these should
be fixed across each other, at about four inches
distance ; for, if they are al a much greater di-
stance, it will be difficult to fasten the shoots of
the trees properly. As this trellis will be Lid
close to the wall, the branches of the trees will
lie about two inches from the wall, in which
position the fruit ripens belter than when it lies
quite close to the wall.

Many improvements have been attempted in
building walls in different forms, as in aemicu>

WAL

W A L

cular methods, in angles of various forms, and allowed to lower walls; for, as being more ex-
projecting more towards the north, to screen oft' posed to strong gales of wind, if th< uot
the cold winds ; hut not any method has yet been well built, they are in danger of being blown
found which succeeds so well as that of mak- down. The piers in these cases should be pro-
inc them straight, and building them in an up- jected the length of a brick in the backside, and
ri'dit manner." the thickness of a brick in the front, and be

COther schemes of expediting the ripening of built about ten or twelve feet asunder,

fruits on walls have been tried, such as painting There is, however, no necessity for building

them black, or of a dark colour, as the d;irk
colour is supposed to imbibe more of the sun's
rays, and retain the warmth longer. This has,
however, on the same principle, answered better
in theory than practice.

Walls, where substantially built, answer
much better than those which arc slight, not
only in their duration, but also in their warmth.
A wall two bricks thick will be found to an-
swer better than one brick and a half; and if in

walls higher than nine or ten feet, unless for
pears.

In building of hot-walls, the ordinary height
is usually about ten feet, which is sufficient for
any of those sorts of fruits which are generally
forced ; for, by forcing the trees, they are mostly
weakened in their growth, so that they do not grow
so vigorously as those which are exposed to the
open air ; and where there is not a quantity of
walling planted sufficient to let one part rest

the buildinc of garden walls they are grouted every other year, the trees are never very healthy,
with soft mortar, to fill and close all the joints, and last but a few years. In these walls the
the walls will be much stronger, and the air not foundations should be made four bricks and a
so easily penetrate through them, as it does half thick, in order to support the flues; other-
through those which arc built in the usual man- wise, if part of them rest on brick-work, and
ner. the other part on the ground, they will settle

Tn respect to the aspect for walls in this climate, unequally, and soon be out of order ; for, where -
those which have one point to the eastward of the ever there happen any cracks in the flues, through
south are the best, as they enjoy the benefit of the which the smoke can make its escape, it will
morning sun more, and are less exposed to the prevent their drawing; and if the smoke gets
west and south-west winds, which are very in- within the glasses, it will greatly injure the fruit,
jurious to fruits, than those which are built due and give it a smoky taste. This thickness of
south. wall need not be continued more than six inches

And the next best aspect is due south, and above the ground, where the foundation or bot-
after that the south-east. But as there will, for torn of the first flue should be, which will be
the most part, be south-west and west walls, sufficient to raise it above the damps of the
these may be planted with some sorts of fruit earth : then the wall may be set off four inches
which do not require so much heat to ripen on each side, which will reduce it to the thick-
them as those designed for the best walls : but ness of three bricks and a half, so that the back
wherever there are north walls, those will only wall may be two bricks thick, which is abso-
be proper for baking pears, plums, and morello lutely necessary to throw the heat out more in
cherries, for preserving: or duke cherries may be front; for, when the back walls are built too
planted against these walls, to continue them thin, the heat escapes through them. The wall
longer in the season. in front next to the fruit should be only four

The usual thickness of building walls with inches thick, whereby there will be an allowance
brick is thirteen inches, or a brick andahalf; ofnine inches for the flues, which may be covered
but this should be proportionable to the height: with twelve-inch tiles; for, if they have an inch
for, if they are built twelve or fourteen feet high and a half bearing on each side, it will be suf-
or more, as is often practised, then the founda- ficient. The places in which the fires are made
tions of the walls should be at least two bricks must be contrived on the backside of the walls,
and a half in thickness, and brought up a foot or which should be in number proportionable to
more above the level of the surface of the ground, the length of the walls. The length usually al-
of the same thickness; then be set oft' two lowed for each fire to warm is forty feet, though
inches on each side, which reduces them to two thev do very well for fifty feet : they should be
bricks ; and five or six feet above the surface of shedded over with brick and tile, to keep out the
the ground they may be diminished on each wind and rain, otherwise the fires will not burn
side, to reduce them to the thickness of a brick equally; and as it is quite necessary to have the
and a half ; which must be continued to the fire-places or ovens below the foundation of the
top. The piers in these high walls should also first flues, there must be steps down into the
be proportionably stronger than is commonly sheds, to come to the mouth of them to supply

\V A L

W A L

the fuel ; of course tin y should not be narrower
than eight feet in the clear. \\ here the length
of walliug requires two ovenSj they in:iy he in
the middle, being included iu one shed, which
will save expense, and allow more room to at-
tend the fires ; as in this case the sheds niusl be
at least ten feet lonsr, hut not more than six in
breadth ; the steps down being at one end.

In regard to the lower flue through which the
smoke first passes from the Gre, it may be twp
feet and a half deep ; of course the hack wall
should be at least (wo bricks and a half thick,
a^ high as to the top ol this flue; and then it
may lx' set off to two bricks, u Inch must be
continued to .trie .lop of the wr.il. The s coud
flue, which should return over the first, may be
made two feet, the third a foot and a half, and
the fourth one foot deep ; which lour iiue.-., with
their coverings, will rise near eight feet in height,
so that there will be about two Feel left for fixing
of the frames at the top to support the glasses,
and for the coping of the wall : these four re-
turn* will be sufficient to warm the air in the
frames. But in the carrying up these walls,
some strong iron hooks should be well fastened
at convenient distances projecting about two
inches from the wall, to which the trellis must be
fastened which is to support the trees. The
flues must be well pargeted with loam on their
inside, and loam be spread under the tiles which
cover them, to the thickness of the hooks, that
the flues may be very smooth. At each end of these
flues small arches should he turned in the back
walls, in such a manner that there may be holes
opening to clean the flues of soot whenever there
is a necessity for it. With respect to the bor-
ders in front of these walls, they should be
about four feet wide, which will make a suf-
ficient declivity for the sloping glasses ; and on
the outside of them should be low walls, rising
four or six inches above the level of the borders,
upon which the plate of timber must be laid, on
which the sloping glasses are to rest. The
- must be divided into two ranges, being
contrived in such a maimer, as that the upper
row may slide down, and be fastened at suitable
distances, but the lower may be either fixed or
moveable; and the sloping timbers which sup-
port the glass frames, must be fastened at bot-
tom into the ground-plate in the front of the
border, and at the top into strong iron cramps,
fixed in the upper part of the will for the pur-
pose. They are best made of fir, which docs
not twist, as oak and some other wood, where
it is laid in such position; and on the top should
be fixed, in a close manner, a strong hoard, un-
der which the upper row of glasses should glide,
in order to secure the upper part of the glasses

from being raised by the winds, and keep the

wet from the trees. It m iv project on to the

s about two inches. The width of the

names may be about line feet, or according to

the extent of the wall, the bars being placed

I them. See 1 Iot-WalL,

WALL TREES, such fruit- ti es as are
planted against walls, and have ihejr branches
trained 10 them in a fanned regular manner,
from three or four to live or six inches asunder,
in order to produce their fruits in a superior de-
gree of perfection. They are trees of the nunc
tender kinds, or such as will not ripen iluir
fruits in this climate, unless trained a.
walls of a southerly aspect, to have the advan-
of the full sun; and several sorts of the
hardier kinds, to obtain their fruits in earlier nn-
turity, and of an improved growth and flavour.
The trees must be trained to south walls for the
principal sorts of the more delicate or tenderer
kinds, such as peaches, nectarines, apricots,
grapes, figs, &c, to have the benefit of the full
sun, as they do not ripen in good perfection
without this assistance. Some of the best va-
rieties of the principal sorts of the hardier fruit-
trees, as the most esteemed cherries, plums, and
pears, should be also trained to these walls to
produce early fruit in the greatest perfection ;
also some trees of the choicer sorts of summer
and autumn apples, to have the fruit earlier,
and of an improved rich flavour for immediate
eating; likewise some of the best red and white
currants and gooseberries: and on west and
east walls to have trees of most of these sorts, to
ripen in good perfection, in succession to those
on the south walls, especially cherries, plums,
and pears, and occasionally some common
peaches, nectarines, and apricots; but vines and
figs generally on south walls, especially vines,
which require all possible benefit of the full sun
to ripen the grapes in proper season, and with a
rich flavour: the north walls are eligible for an v
of the common hardier summer and autumn
fruits, as cherries, particularly morcllos, plums,
and pears, for late ripening, to succeed those of
the more sunny exposures, and to continue a
longer succession of particular sorts, which ripen
for immediate eating from the trees; also white
and red currants fur successional ripening in the
autumn. Tree-, of this sort may be considered
as of two orders ; common dwarf u all-trees and
half-standard wall-trees. See, Staxdaud Thicks
and Tb AiNicn TREES.

The proper season for planting wall-trees is
either in autumn, as in October, November,
£cc, or in spring, as Fcbru March, or

not later than thtTbeginuinjj of April, hull
that time, if possible ; as late spring-plan

W A L

WAT

after the young trees begin to push their shoot-
buds, is often attended with bad success.

The soil for wall-trees should be a good dry
mellow garden earth, not less than one full
spade deep; but if two or more, it will be ad-
vantageous : or where a good moderately light
loamv soil prevails, it is superior for most sorts
of fruit-trees ; and when enriched by good garden
compost it is still more beneficial.

The most proper aspects for the different
kinds are as above ; and the methods of plant-
ins;, training, pruning, and nailing, of the dif-
ferent sorts are explained under their particular
culture, in the several heads.

WALL-FLOWER. See Chkiranthus.

WALL-PEPPER. See Seddm.

WALNUT TREE. SccJuglans.

WALTHERIA, a genus affording plants of
the woodv exotic kind.

It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia
Tentatidria, and ranks in the natural order of
Columniferic

The characters are: that the calyx is a perianth
(double : outer one-sided, three-leaved, deci-
duous; cav. inner) one-leafed, half-five-cleft,
acute, cup-shaped, permanent : the corolla has
five petals, obcordate, spreading, fastened at
bottom to the uibe of filaments : the stamina
have five filaments, united into a tube, free
above, spreading, short : anthers ovate : the
pistillum is an ovate germ : style filiform, longer
than the stamens: stigmas pencilled : the peri -
carpuun is an obovate capsule, one-celled, two-
valved : the seed one, obtuse, wider above.

The species cultivated are : 1 . IV. Americana,
American Waltheria : 2. IV Indica, Indian
Waltheria: 3. JV. angusl'ifolia, Narrow-leaved
Waltheria.

The first has a soft, woody stem, about two
feet high, sending out two or thee side branches :
the leaves alternate, of a pale yellowish green
colour, soft and hairy : the flowers collected in
a close thick spike at the top of the stem, having
soft hairy calyxes: the petals connected at their
base, small, bright yellow, spreading. It is a
native of South America, &c.

The second, species rises with a shrubby
branching stalk to the height of eight or ten feet,
and is covered with soft hairs : the leaves alter-
nate, petioled, four inches long, and two inches
broad in the middle, rounded at both ends, of a
yellowish green colour, very hairy and soft,
having several longitudinal veins : the heads
axillary, sessile, composed of clusters of very
small yellow flowers, which just peep out of
their soft yellow calyxes. It is a native of India.

The' third has woody stalks, six or seven feet
high, dividing into several branches, which are

less hairy than those of the second sort : the
leaves about three inches and a half long', and
an inch and half broad, of a yellowish green
colour, not so soft as those of the second, having
many veins running from the midrib, standing
upon very long footstalks : the flowers very
sma 1, yellow, collected into round clusters,
standing upon very short peduncles, close to the
axils. They appear in June, July, and August.
It is a native of the East Indies.

Culture. — These plants may be increased by
seeds, which must be sown on a hot-bed ; and
when the plants are (it to plant out, they must
be each removed into a separate small pot, and
plunged into a fresh hot-bed, being afterward
treated in the same manner as other tender plants
of the same nature, being kept in the bark-
stove. In the second year they flower arid pro-
duce seeds, but may be continued three or four
years if they be often shifted, and the roots
pared to keep them within compass. In the
view of keeping the roots out of the tan, they
should be drawn up out of it at least once
in six weeks, during the summer season, and
the plants be shifted out of the pots once in two
months : with this management the second and
third sorts may be continued several years, but
the first seldom endures longer than two.

Thtey have a good effect in stove collections.

WART-WORT. See Euphorbia.

WATER, a well known useful article in
gardening, for watering numerous sorts of young
plants and trees, seed-beds, &c, especially in
the droughty spring and summer seasons, both
such as grow in the full ground, and in pots in
the open air, as well as those in green-houses,
stoves, hot-beds, &c. : and also in ornamental
designs, in pleasure grounds, parks, &c, either
when formed into regular pieces, circular, oval,
or in oblong or serpentine canals, &c., likewise
when varied in a somewhat natural expanse in
curves and bendings.

In forming designs of this sort, the nature of
the supply should be first considered, whether it
be by springs in or near the place, by currents
or streams passing through, or so nearly adja-
cent as to admit of being conducted to the
place : or by being conducted from some neigh-
bouring river, brook, or lake, ike, by means
of pipes or small cuts, or by being collected
issuing from higher grounds, and conducted by
proper channels. And another circumstance
equally necessary is to consider the means by
which it may be retained afterwards. In a loose
earthy, sandy, or gravelly bottom, it will soon
sink away, especially in dry weather, unless
there is a constant current or flow of water run-
ning in j but in a naturally strong clayey bottom

W A T

W A T

of proper thickness both at sides and below , it
may be retained in some tolerable degree.

In most eases art, however, will be necessary
in this business. See Basons, &c.

Where it i6 easily attainable in any of the
above modes, it should not be omitted, in a
smaller or larger scale, especially in grounds of
■ny considerable extent; but where intended
principally as reservoirs for watering gardens,
thev may be of much more moderate dimensions
than when designed for ornament ; and may be
formed either in a circular manner, an oblong
canal, pond, or cut, Sec, where the supply of
water can be most conveniently procured.

Ornamental plats or pieces of water in plea-
sure-grounds are very desirable, as being great
additions to the beauty, variety, and embellish-
ment of them, when properly disposed, and con-
trasted with some nearly-adjoining detached
clumps of plantation, and bounded with a proper
expanse of grass ground, spreading from the
verge considerably outwards.

fn general, when any spaces of water, on a
larger or smaller scale, are intended, thev should
be disposed as conspicuously as possible in some
principal division; either sometimes at or near
the termination of a spacious open lawn, or oc-
casionally in some other similar open space ; and
sometimes disposed more or less internally in
6ome central or other grand opening; in all of
which, an expanse of water has a fine effect.

The particular forms may be adapted to the
nature of the situation, and the extent to that
to the supply of water that can be had.

Cascades or waterfalls are also occasionally
introduced in extensive pleasure-grounds where
there is the advantage of a rivulet, oy which they
iiiiv be formed cither in one large fall, or in two
or three smaller ones in succession, having large
rough stones placed below to break the water,
and increase the sound of the torrent in its fall
and passage over them, in some degree similar
to that peculiar 10 natural cascades. And foun-
tains, spouting water from images, Sec. are
sometimes introduced in the centre of small or
moderate basons, or other reservoirs of water
in gardens, or grounds v. here a supplying head
of "water is conveniently situated sufficiently
high to raise and throw the water from the jet
orspout in a continued full stream to a consi-
derable height, which falling in the bason, keeps
the water of it in motion, prevents stagnation,
and is thereby rendered more proper for keeping
and breeding 6sh of the gold and silver kinds,
£cc. and the spouting and falling of the water baa
■ eshing effect in the he it of summer.

In the business of forming the ground for
-. the earth must be excavated to a proper

Vol. II.

depth, gradually sloping from di verge lo (he
middle, from three lo four »r I deep;

sometimes, however, in low situations, tl •

is naturally hollowed in some de
to require a general excavation, or only in parti-
cular parts, and some general regulations to the
whole, which in extensive designs is a consi-
derable advantage. Where the side< and b i
are of a sandy, gravelly, or stony nature, or
abound in loose soil, and there is not a coi
supplying stream, thev must be well secured by
the application of a thick coat of wcll-w fought
clay. And where this claying is necessary, in
the preparatory excavation, a proper allowance
should be made for the additional coat of clav,
to the extent of twelve or fifteen inches in thick-
ness, and of several inches of gravel over it, to
preserve the clav from being wasted bv the mo-
tion of the water, and keep it clear, which
would otherwise be muddy. But previous to the
claying, the loose and uneven parts in the bot-
tom and sides of the cavity should be well
rammed, to make the whole firm, even, and
smooth ; then beginning in the middle space
with the clav, and proceeding gradually outward,
being careful that no stones, sticks, or other
matter, get mixed with it, to occasion fissures
or cracks, bv which the water may escape,
laying it evenly, a small thickness at a time,
and spreading it regularly, treading it well with
the naked feet ; and if dry weather casting water
on it occasionally, ramming it well from time to
time with wooden rammers; then gradually ap-
plying more clav, in the same manner, to the
proper thickness, being careful that every part
is so well puddled and rammed, as not to lea\e
the smallest vacancy. Thus continuing the
claying in a regular manner each way from bot-
tom to the top of the circumference, smoothing
the surface evenly, and in dry weather covering
it, as the work proceeds, with mats or straw
litter, or with the stratum of pebbly gravel,
When the whole is finished, the water should
be let in.

When this has been done, the top or verge
must be regulated and levelled, forming it evenly
from the edge of the water in a gradual regu-
lar expansion to some extent outward, without
any stiff slope close to the water, distinct from
• surrounding superficies; laying the ground
with grass turf, especially along the margin,
continuing it a- far down as the general level ot
the water." Where the extent is considerable, it
may be sown with ds.

W \ TER CRESS. See Sistmbhiom.

WATER LILY. See Ntmphju.

WATER MELON. See Cocobbr* Ci-

TRULLl --.

3Y

W I N

W O R

WHIN. See Ulf.x.

WHIN, PETTY. See Genista.

WHITE BEAM. See Crat^gus.

WHITE LEAF. See Crataegus.

WHITETHORN. See Crataegus.

WIDOW-WAIL. SeeCNioRUM.

WILD OLIVE. See El/eagnus.

WILLOW. See Salix.

WILLOW, SWEET. See Myrica.

WINTERA, a genus containing a plant of
the exotic tree kind.

It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
dlasniolice.

The characters are : that the calyx is bell-
shaped, tri-lobed, with the lobes roundish and
concave : the corolla has five oblong, sessile
petals, longer than the calyx, and a conical,
pitcher-shaped nectariurri: the stamina have no
filaments ; but twelve or sixteen linear, distant
anthera, affixed to the outside of the nectarium :
the pistillum is an oval germ, cylindric style,
with three obtuse stigmas : the pericarpium is a
roundish, trilocular berry, with two heart-shaped
3eeds.

The species is IF. Canella, Winters, or Bas-
tard Cinnamon.

It rises with a thick woody stem, branching
on every side, almost the whole length, growing
near twenty feet in height, having a lightish-
coioured aromatic bark : the leaves are oblong,
obtuse, light-green: the flowers red, in umbel-
late clusters, at the ends of the branches, suc-
ceeded by roundish berries. It is a native of
South America.

Culture. — This may be increased bv planting
cuttings of the shoots in pots filled with mellow
loamy mould, plunging them in the bark-bed of
the stove. When the plants have attained .*.
good root, they may be removed into separate
pots, replunging- them in the bark-bed, giving
shade and a little water till fresh rooted; being
afterwards managed as other woody stove plants.
It must always be kept in the stove.

This plant afFords variety in the stove among
other aromatics.

WINTER-BERRY. See Prinos.

WOODBINE. SeeLoxicERA.

WOOD, WAXEN. See Genista.

WORMWOOD TREE. See Artemisia.

X E R

XERANTHEMUM, a genus containing
plants of the herbaceous, flowering, annual
and shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia
Polygamia Superftua.

The characters are: that the calyx is a com-
pound flower, having the general calyx composed
of many long spear-shaped scales : the corolla is
composed of many hermaphrodite florets in the
disk, each consisting of one funnel-shaped petal,
five-parted at top; and tubular female florets in
the radius, more slightly cut at the brim : the
stamina five very short filaments, and long
cylindric antherse : the pistillum is a short
.germen, filiform style, having a bifid stigma in
the hermaphrodites ; and in the females iwo re-
flexed stigmas: there is no pericarpium; each
floret succeeded by an oblong, coronated seed,
placed on a < haffy receptacle.

The species cultivated are: 1. X. annuum,
Annual Xeranthemum, or Common Eiernal
Flower; 2. X. ret or turn, Reflexed- leaved Eternal
Flower; 3. X. speciosis^imum, Golden Eternal
Flower; 4. X. Sesamoides, Silvery Eternal
Fl iwer ; 5. X. proliferum, Proliferous Eternal
Flower; 6. X, vest it urn, Leafy -flowered Eternal

X E R

Flower; 7 • X. imlricatum, Imbricated Eternal
Flower.

The first rises with an herbaceous, angular,
downy, branching stalk, to the height of two or
three feet : the leaves are spear-shaped, spread-
ing, hoary, close-sitting ; and all the stalks and
branches terminated by large flowers singly, of
different colours in. the varieties, appearing from
July to September, and succeeded by ripe seeds
in autumn. It is a native of the Cape.

There are varieties with large white flowers,
with purple flowers, with double while flowers,
with double purple flowers, and with double
violet-coloured flowers.

' The second species has under-shrubbv trailing
stalks, set with recurved, reflexed, hoary-silvery
leaves^ ihe flowers come out at the axillas of the
branches, having white rays and yellow disks.
It is a native of Africa.

I he third has an upright shrubby stem,
branching ttiree or four feet in height, being set
v ith spear-shaped, trinervous, sessile leaves ;

id at the termination of the branches large
bright golden-yellow flowers. It is a native of
the Cape.

The fourth species has also an upright shrubby

X E R

X Y I.

stem, with slender hoary branches, rising three
or four feet in height : toe leaves small, linear,
adprcsscd, laid close to the branches; anil the
branches are terminated with large silvery
white flowers. This plant is also a native of the
Cape.

The fifth has shrubby proliferous stalks: the
leaves arc granulous-roundish, lightly imbri-
cated : the (lowers sitting close to the branches.
The sixth specit s rises with an upright shrubby
stem, branching three or four feet in height:
the leaves arc linear spear-shaped, miicronated :
and the flowers arc terminal, leafy, white. It
is a native of Africa.

The seventh has the stalks shrubby; and the
leaves oval-awl-shaped, smooth, imbricated:
the flowers at the end of the branches.

These plants have the name of Eternal Flower,
from the circumstance of their continuing long
after beinsi plucked.

Culture. — In the first sott and varieties the
culture is readily effected by sowing the seeds in
pots of light fresh mould in the autumn or
spring, or at other seasons for a succession,
plunging them in a moderate hot-bed, to bring
forward 'the plants. In the spring they may also
be sown in patches where they are to remain, or
in beds to be afterwards removed. When the
plants have a few inches growth, they should be
pricked out in rows a foot apart on beds, or into
the borders, clumps, or other places where they
are to grow. They should afterwards be kept
clean from weeds, and have occasional waterings
immediately after pricking out, and afterwards
in dry weather.

The other sorts are raised by planting cuttings
of the young shoots in the summer in pots filled
with light mould, giving them a little water and
shade; or, which is better, plunging them into
a hot-bed, and covering them with hand-glasses.
When they arc become firmly established in
the autumn, they should be carefully removed
into separate pots, being replaced in the hot-
bed till re-rooted, after which they should have
the management of other shrubby green-house
plants.

The first ort produces a fine effect in the
borders, clumps, &c. while growing, as well as
in pots when the flowers are taken off. And the

other sorts afford variety in green house collcc-
tions.

X^ LOPHYLLA, i genus containing plants
of the tender exotic kind lor the stove.

It belongs to the class and order Petltandria
Trigynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Euphorbice.

'1 he characters are : that the calyx is a six-
parted coloured cup : the corolla has no petal- ;
but nectariums composed of six glandules af-
fixed to the germ en : the stamina five short
filaments and single anthers; the pistillum is a
roundish germ, three short styles, crowned with
lacerated stigmas : ihe pericarpium is a roundish
trilocular capsule: the seeds double.

The species cultivated are: 1. A", longifo/ia,
Long-leaved Love Flower; 2. X. lutifolia,
Broad-leaved Love Flower; 3. X.falcata, Fal-
cated Love Flower.

The first rises with four-angled branches,
which are set with long linear leaves. It is a
native of America.

The second species also rises with round
branches: the leaves are broad spear-shaped. It
is a native of the West Indies.

The third has a woody stem and branches :
the leaves are linear spear-shaped, shining,
placed irregularlv: and at the upper part of the
branches the flowers are produced upon the
edges of the leaves, being very closely placed.
It is a native of America.

Culture. — These plants are increased by sow-
ing the seeds in pots in the early spring, and
plunging them in a hot-bed : when the pla -
are come up two or three inches in growth, they
should be pricked out in separate pots, replun-
ging them in the bark-bed : they may afterward*
be managed as other stove plants of a similar
growth.

They are also, some of them, capable of being
raised by off-sets, slips, and cuttings, assisted
bv a hot-bed in the same manner.

Thev require the constant protection of the
stove in winter, but in the hot summer months
may be set out in their pots in a sheltered situ-
ation, being taken in on the approach of cold
nights.

They afford variety, and arc curious in store
collections.

o Ys

YUC

y u c

\7EW TREE. See Taxus.
X YUCCA, a genus containing plants of the
succulent, evergreen, shrubby, hardy, and ten-
der kinds.

It belongs to the class and order llexandrui
Monogynia, and ranks in the natural order of
Li Ha.

The characters arc: that there is no calyx:
the corolla is monopetalousy bell-shaped, and
divided into six large oval segments : the stami-
na, six very short reflexed filaments, having
small anthers : the pistillum is an oval three-
cornered germ, longer than the stamina; no
style, but an obtuse three-furrowed stigma: the
pericarpium is an oblong, triangular, trifid,
trivalved capsule of three cells, containing many
seeds lying over one another in a double series.

The species cultivated are: 1. Y. gloriosu,
Common Adam's Needle ; 2. Y. filamentosa,
Thready Virginian Yucca ; 3. Y. aloij'olia, Aloe-
leaved Yucca; 4. Y. Draconis, Dragon Tree-
leaved Yucca.

The first has an erect, ligneous, thick stem,
two or three feet in height, having very long,
narrow, stiff, entire leaves, ending in a long,
sharp, black spine, garnishing the stem almost
to the bottom, and in a large tuft at top: from
the centre of the top leaves rises a long branching
peduncle, sustaining a panicle of bell-shaped
white and purple flowers. It is a native of Ca-
nada, flowering in August.

The second species rises with an upright,
thick, ligneous stem, two or three feet high,
adorned at top with a tuft of very long spear-
shaped, stiff", blunt-pointed, sawed, filamentose
leaves, emitting long threads from the sides,
hanging downward ; and from the top of the
stein amidst the leaves an erect peduncle or
flowerstalk, several feet high, which is set with
many large white and purple striped leaves. It
is a native of Virginia, flowering in August and
September.

The third rises with an erect, thick, fleshy
s>tcm, eight or ten feet in height : it is crowned
with a large tuft of long, narrow, stiff, crenated,
aloe-like leaves ending in sharp spines : from the

centre of the crown of leaves comes out the-
flowerstalk, branching pyramidally two or three
feet in height, having all the branches terminat-
ing in a spike of flowers, purple without and
white within, appearing in August and Septem-
ber. It is a native of America.

The fourth species has an upright, thick,
brown stem, three feet in height, crowned with
long, narrow, serrated leaves ending in spines
and nodding downward : in the centre of the
leaves arises the flowerstalk very branchy, with
aH the branches terminating in spikes of flesh-
coloured flowers, which appear in August and
September. It is also a native of America.

Culture. — These plants are all capable of being
raised by off-sets or suckers, from the roots and
heads of the old plants, as well as by seed.

The off-sets and suckers may be taken off any
time in the spring or summer seasons, being
laid in some dry place for a few days, till the
wounded part caused by the separation from the
plant is dried and healed over ; when they may
be planted out separately in pots of light sandy
compost, and be placed in a shady situation
till they have taken root in a perfect manner.
When assisted by a hot-bed, they often succeed
better.

The seed obtained from abroad should be sown
in the spring in pots of light earth, plunging
them in a hot-bed, in which the plants soon
come up; and when they are two or three inches
high, they should be pricked out separately in
small pots of light sandy mould, re-plunging
them in the hot-bed to forward their growth,
assisting them with moderate waterings and fresh
air daily, and hardening them by degrees to the
full air, so as to be set out in June to remain till
October, when they should be removed into the
green-house for the winter..

Some plants of all the sorts should constantly
be preserved in pots.

They are all very ornamental ; the two first
after they have been hardened, in the dry borders,
where the soil is light and where the situation is
warm and sheltered ; and the others in green»
house collections, among other potted plants.

Z A N

zn

ZAXTHOXYLUM, a genus containing
plants of the hardy and tender exotic
shrubby kinds.

It belongs to the clx^s and order Dicccia Pen-
tandria.

The characters are : that the male flowers have
the calyx a perianthium deeply cut into rive oval
coloured pans : there is no corolla : the stamina
have live awl-shaped erect filaments, with didv-
mous, sulcated, roundish anthers : — female
flower, cal\x as the male: there is no corolla:
the pistillum, a roundish gennen, an aw 1-
shaped style, with an obtuse stigma: the peri-
carpium, an oblong capsule, formed of two
valves and one cell, containing a single smooth
roundish seed.

The species cultivated are: 1. Z. Claua Her-
culis, Canada Tooth-ach Tree, or Hercuks's
Club ; 3. Z. trifoliatum, Chinese Tooth-ach
Tree.

The first grows to the height of twelve feet,
with a rough bark armed w ith short spines : the
■eaves are winged, of a dark-green colour,
growing irregularly on the branches ; each con-
sist< ot four or five pair of spear-shaped folioles,
which are terminated bv an odd one : the Bowefs
come tut from the end of the branches in loose
panicles; they are apetalous and have no great
appearance, and succeeded bv unilocularcapsule-,
containing the seeds. It is a native of North
America.

There is a variety ; the Ash-leaved Tooth-ach
Tree, with oval-oblong folioles, and prickly
mid-ribs.

The second species rises with a woody stem,
branching several feet in height, being set with
trilobate leaves, composed of three egg-oval
folioles. It is a native of Ch na.

Ciin ri . — These plants may be increased by
steel and layer*.

Tin. seeds should be sown in the spring, either
in an ea^i border, or in pots placed in the morn-
ing cun all the summer, bung sheltered in a
frame iu winter j and in the spring following re-
moved u. ilu full air till October, giving pn
waterings all the summer; and. towards wk
be placed again under shelter from fro.-it till
Martli, when the young plants may be p< ttLd
separately ; and thus continued for a vcar <>r
two, being sheltered in the winter, when they
may be transplanted into the shrubbery, where
they are to remain.

The layers of the voung wood may be laid
down in autumn or early spring, and when they

have stricken good root be taken off and managed
as the seedlings.

They also succeed hy cuttincs in spring or
summer, planted in pots, assisted b) a hot-bed,
in which they soon strike, when they should be
inured to the lull air ; and the young plants will
be fit for planting oat in the autumn, or the
spring following.

The Bret is a very ornamental plant in the
borders and other dry parts of shrubberies, and
the latter among potted plants in the green house
collections.

Zi.A, a genus containing a plant of the hardy
herbaceous ann.ua! kind.

It belongs to the class and order Mmicccia
Triunarta, and ranks in the natural order of
Gramivete.

Thl characters are : that male and female
flowers are separate on the same plant; loosely
disposed ; the calyx, a bivalve, two-flowered
husk : the corolla, two oblong valves, the out-
1 one obtuse and bellied, and the interior
bidenlcd at top, and are inclosed in the calyx,
with a very short, diphyllous nectarium : the
stamina,, three capillary filaments in the males,
with bifid prismatic anthera?, opening at top;
the female flowers are closely collected in a spike
below the males on the same plant : the calyx a
single- flowered husk, with two valves; with a
corolla, a glumose husk, and four membrane-
ous unequal valves : the pistillum, a very small
germen, slender pendulous style, and simple
Stigma: there is no pericarpium; many com -

fuissed, roundish seeds, immersed in an ob-
ong, thick five- angled receptacle, forming to-
gether a long, thick, close head of corn.

1 be ;|Kcies cultivated is ZMays, Maize, or
Indian Corn.

It rises with a large, strong, herbaceous stem,
ten or twelve feet high, irarnished with long,
broad, pendulous leaves : mate flowers at the
upper part of the stalks, in Spil '. or ten

inches long; and females arising at the axil I
of the leaves below the males, in long, close,
thick spikes, covered with thin lea.' suc-

ceeded by numerous seeds placed round (he long
reeq tacfe in a compact order. Native ot America.

There are varieties ; with yellowish-white
. with deep yellow seeds, and with purple-
blue <eeds.

Culture. — These plants may be raided Lv sow-
ing seed iu the spring, as March or April, in a
drj warm situation, where the plants are in-
tended to remain, in patches, ol two or th:ee

D A H

D A H

not mentioned in any work previous to the Para-
di<;i< Lond'm&nsis, where it is figured and de-
scribed by the name of Bidentifolia. Though
the parcels of seeds which came from Cavanilles
himself had the title of Crocata, the flowers
turned out yellow.

It is not intended here to describe minutely
these plants; it is sufficient to say, that they
elevate themselves majestically like the Holy-
hock, and bear both axillary and terminal showy
flowers late in the autumn.

Culture. — The first Dahlias introduced into
England were lost by taking too much care of
them. As they are natives of the hilly parts -of
Mexico, they will thrive in the open ground very
well, and accustom themselves in a very few
generations to ripen seeds here annually. By
giving the history of those plants which have
grown in the gardens of Holland-House, Ken-
sington, it is only meant to offer hints for their
culture, leaving the rest to future experience and
observation.

On the 20th of May, 1801, the Right Ho-
nourable Lady Holland sent home from Spain a
parcel of seeds. Though so late in the season,
part of them were sown in pots, in a hot-bed,
and among these was the Da/i/ia Pinnata,' with
a wrong name on the parcel. When the plant
was about fourteen inches high, it was planted
in the open around and grew luxuriantly, pushing
up several stcms-to the height of seven and eight
feet. The Coccinea and Crncata, the seeds of
which aUo came up, but did not grow so full.
In the middle of September the first flowers ap-
peared, bv which the plant was known to be the
Pinnala of Cavanilles, and it was figured by Mr.
Andrews the same year. The seeds did not ripen,
and the roots were taken up on the approach
of a sharp frost, and placed in the green-house in
a pot for the winter.

In the spring of 1805 all the parcels of seed
sentfrptn abroad were sown, and many Dahlias
came up among them, which at the time of
flowering showed four distinct species or varie-
ties. It seems that Cavanilles, and the French
botanists after him, mean to make as many spe-
cies as there are different coloured Dahlias; but
the learned Mr. Salisbury, one of the Vice Presi-
dents last year of the Limiean Society, considers
them all simply as varieties of only two distinct
Species, and has in the Paradisus Londinensis
named them, not according to their colour, but
after the differences of their leaves, being inclined
to believe that they will in time vary like the
China Aster ami Marygold.

And, in fact, with regard to the Dahlia Pin-
vala, now commonly called Purpurea, we have
great .reason to confirm, that botanist's suspicion,

having seen nine different varieties of it, either in
the colour or multiplication of the petals. The
flower, in its natural state, has only eight ligu-
lated petals : a few had twelve. There was also one
plant with archdonble flowers, exceedingly pale j
another with archdonble flowers, exceeding deep
purple, exactly like that figured in the Annales
du Mus. but the flowers were so complicated to-
gether, and the autumn of 1805 so cold, they
never expanded. We must observe, that the
leaves of this plant were bipinnated, but whether
it is a real distinct species is not yet positively
ascertained.

The Dahlia Rosea was last year (1805) the
most handsome, and ripened plenty of seeds.
The Purpurea ripened fewer and weaker seeds,
though they now (loth May, 1806) come up
freely; the plants, however, look weak. Of the
seeds of Coccinea and Crucala, no plants have yet
appeared, though to the eye they seemed as per-
fect as those imported from Spain.

All the plants of 1S05, except one, were taken
up before Christmas, and planted in pots or large
pans; but though kept in a very cold green-
house, they began to push new shoots in the
middle of April, and will be planted in the open
ground without the help of any artificial heat.
Some rich mould round the roots is the only
culture they require. The plant left all the win-
ter out of doors was situated close to a south
wall ; and though it had no covering of any kind,
it is now pushing up new shoots. It is necessary
to add, that several plants of Dahlias have been
raised by cuttings, which are now in good
health, and which will probably flower and pro-
duce seeds next autumn.

10th July, 1806. Above a hundred plants of
Dahlias are now growing in various parts of the
oardens at Holland-House in the highest luxu-
riance : among them are several of the yellow-
flowered Bidentifolia, raised from seeds saved
there last year, though the autumn proved so
unfavourable. One plant of the Purpurea of
Andrews's Bot. Repository is already showing
flowers.

The true Rosea of Cavanilles, with doubly
pinnated leaves, is also growing most vigorous!}',
and one of its stems has been pinched to produce
lateral shoots for cuttings. A plant left in the
middle of one of the borders of the French gar-
den at HoUand-House by mistake, and exposed
to the severity of the winter, without any shel-
ter, is as strong and vigorous as any of the other
two-year old plants; so that there is not a doubt
that this magnificent genus will soon be a com-
mon ornament of the gardens in this island.

In plate 19* is a representation of a plant, of
the Dahlia Pinnata or Pitrpurea.

INDEX

INDEX

GENERA OF THE PLANTS.

ABROMA Abroma

■" Abrus Jamaica Wild Liquorice

Acanthus Boar's Breech

Acer Maple Tree

Achania Bastard Hibiscus

Achillea: Milfoil, Yarrow

Ac/iras Sapola Tree

Aclturanthus Rough Silician Acliyranthus

Aconitum Aconite, Monk's Hood

Acorns Sweet Rush

Acrostichum Acrostichura

Actaa Herb Christopher

Adansonia African Calabash Tree

Adcnanthera Bastard Flower-Fence

Adiantum Maiden Hair

Adonis Adonis Flower, Pheasant's Eye

Adoxa Hollow Root,Tuberous MoschateJ

JEschynomine Bastard Sensitive Plant

AZsculus Horse Chestnut Tree

Agapanthus African Lily

Agaricus Common Mushroom

Agaze American AJoe

Ageratum Hairy Ageratum

Agrimonia Agrimony

Agrostemma Wild Lychnis, Rose Campion

Ailanthus Ailanthus

Aitonia Aitonia

A i 'ru Bugle

Albuca Bastard Star of Bethlehem

Alcea Hollyhock, Rose Mallow

Alchemilla Ladies' Mantle

Aletns Guinea Aloe

Garlick, Onion, Leek, &c.

Aloe Aloe

Alstramcria Alstnwncria

Althzu Mar>h .Mallow

Ali/ssum Madwort

Amaranthia Amaranth, or Flower Gentle

Amaryllis Lily, Daffodil, &c.

Ambrmia Ambrosia

Amellus Star Flower

Amerimman Amerimnura
Ametht/stea .< thystea

nam Ginger
Amorpha ird Indigo

ulus Almond Tree, Peach, &c.

Sweet-Wood

Hum ( askew Nut Tree

His An .

Stinking Bean-Trefoil

Anustatica Bote of Jericho

Anc/t Bugtosa, Garden Alkanet

Andrachne Bastard Orphine

Andromeda Andromeda

Andryala Andryala

Anemone Anemone, Hepatica, &c.

Anethum Dill, Fennel, occ.

Angelica Angelica

Annona Custard Apple

Anthemis Chamomile

Anlhericum Spider-wort

Aulhnlyza /r'.thiopian Corn-fla;

An thospermum Amber Tree

Anthyllis Anthyllis

Antirrhinum Snap Dragon

Apium Parsley, Celery

Apocymtm Dog's Bane

Aquilegia Columbine

Arubis Alpine Wall-cress

Aralia Berry-bearing Angelic*

Arbutus Strawberry Tree

Arctotis Arctotis

Arduina Cape Buckthorn

Areea 1 aosel-nut Palm

Argrmonc Prickly Poppy

A nstoloe/ua Birth-wort

Arnica Leopard'9 Bane

Artemisia Mugwort,Sotithcrnwood,Taragon,&c.

ArtoatrpHS Bread-Fruil Tree

Arum Arum, Cuckow Hint

Arundo Reed, Portugal Reed, &c.

Alarum Asarabni

Asc/epias Sn allow-wort

Atcyrum St. Peter's Wort

Aspalathut African Broom

Asparagus Asparagus

Asphodelus Asphodel laly, King's Spear

Aster Asti r, Starwort

Astragalus Milk Vetch, Goat's Thora

Athanasia Ath i

Atraphaxis Atra| I

lex 'I he Orach

Amerii an limn ysu< kle

': iarit I', i iris, Plouf hman's Spiki i
Banisteria teria

ria I'm
i .

' I

Berberis ,

li,t„

I'' tula Birch and Alder

■da '1 1'iinjMi 1 lower

Btxa Anotta, American :
3 Z

INDEX TO THE GENERA OF THE PLANTS.

Blitttm

i cconia

I

I

B

B Htniu

I ika

lia
tillia
B ■ a

iclsia
Bulitm
Buckttera

i •limn

I j Uhulmum
/;.< " i urum

Hal i mini
Bu.xiis

Cacdlia

Curt us

Custlpinia

{ '<<■.' ndula

Calia

i arpa

Cull ha

Cali/cantlius

Ctiinellia

Campanula

Canarina

Canella

Carina

( iparis

I Icum

Carica

Carpinus

Cai thamut

Carttm

CaryophyUus

CflSStO

( tsine
i nche

Catesbeea
Ceanothus
Ceilrcla
Cilastrut
Celosia
( !i It i

Celtu

Centuurea

Cephalantkut

C( rastium

< ", atonia

i i

C> rinthe

Oestrum

Chanutrops

Cheiranthui

Chetedonium

( 'In

Chenopodium

Chioi occa

Chionanthut

Chironia

Chrysanthemum

l fa ysobt lunus

Chrytocoma

ChrytophyUum

Ckhonum

Blito, or Strawberry Spinach

Parrot-Weed, Tree ( 'elandine

Silk-Cotton Tree

Bontia, Barbad es W ild Olive

I

Borbonia

n-rod Tree
Cabbage,Cauliflower, Brocoli, Turnep
Pino Apple
I i Jlia
Brunia

felsia

Bu< knera
Buddlea

Mountain Saffron
Ox-< ye
Hare's Ear
I ! >\vering Rush
Box Tree

Foreign Colt's Foot

Melon Thistle, Creeping Cereu*,&C.

Barbadoes Flower Fence

Marigold

/Ethiopian Arum

Callicarpa

Marsh .Marigold

Carolina Allspice

Japan Rose

Bell Flower

Canary Bell Flower

White Cinnamon

Indian Flowering Reed

Caper Bush

Guinea Pepper

Papaw Tree

Hornbeam

Bastard Saffron

Caraway

Clove Tree

\\ ild Senna

Hottentot Cherry

Candy Lion's Foot

The Lilv Thorn

New Jersey Tea

Bastard Cedar

Staff Tree

Cock's Comb

Celsia

Nettle Tree

Centaury Blue Bottle, &c.

Button Tree

Mouse-ear Chiekweed

Cavob Tree

Judas Tree

Honey Wort

Bastard Jasmine

Dwarf Palm

Wall Flower, Stock, &c.

Horned Poppy

Chelone

Goosefoot

Snowberry Tree

\ irginian Snowdrop, Fringe Tree

Chironia

Chrysanthemum

( locoa l'alm

Go dy Locks

Broad-leaved Star-Apple

Succory, or Endive

Cineraria

I

I haroxyion

Citrus

Clematis

Clet lira
Ciiffbrtia
Clitoria
Clus a

•

( 'n* oritm

i 'occo

i aria
I ' cos

( cum
Colu tea

tonia
Conrallaria
Convo aulas
I

Copaifera
Cordta
Coreopsis
Coriandnum
Coriaria
Cornus
Com u tin
Coronella
Cortusa
Corylus
Cot 1/ 1 ■!>ll

I eaon

Crambe

< 'rassula

Cratu-gus

Craiama

Crepis

I' esa ntia

Ci inum

I Miim

Crocus

( 'rotatoria

Croton

Cucumis

Cueurbita

Cupressus

Cyclamen

Cynara

Cynoglossum

Cypripediiim

Curtunthus

Ct/tisus

Dais
Daphne
Datura
Daucus

Delphinium
Driiltiria
D uitlliiis
Dictamnus
I) eitalis

Dill a all

Diosma

• nrus
l);,,:,i
I) sandria
I j dai l in
Doikcuthcon

1 aria, Sky Fl< 'ef

(, is! i.r. Rock Rose

Fiddle \ >od

( itron Tn e, < (range Tree, &c.

Virgin's Bj.k.'

Cleome

( I lira

i fortia

Clitoria

1'.. 1 1 sum Tree

t ! lytia

Wi i Wail, Spurge Olive

Sea-side Crape

Horse Radish

Coeoa Nut Tree

( 'off< e Tree

Meadow Saffron

Bladder Sena

Comptonia

Lily of the Valley

Convolvulus

Flea B u»

i of Capivi Tree

Cordia

Thick-seeded Sun-Flower

Coriander

Myrtle-leaved Sumach

Dog-Wood

Cornutia

Coronella

Bear's- F.ar, Sanicle, or Matthiolus

Hazel, or Nut Tree

Fan Palm

Navel-Wort

Sea Cabbage

Lesser Orpine, or Live Ever

Hawthorn, Wild Service, eve.

Gariiek Pear

Bastard Haw k-Weed

Calabash Tree

Crinum

Sea or Rock Samphire

Crocus

Crotalana

Tallow Tree

Cucumber Melon

Gourd, Pompion, &c

Cypress Tree

Snow-bread

Artichoke, Caidoon

Hound's Tongue

Lady's Slipper

Cyrtanthas

Cytisus or Laburnnm

Dais

Spurge Laurel, Mezereon

Thorn A, j I

Common Carrot

Dolphin Flower

Tooth-Vt ii r

Sweet V. Ui.mi, Pink, &C.

White Dittany

1 ox Clove

Venusfs Fly Trap

Diosma

Indian Date Plum

Lt ather-Wood

I (isandria

Dodarria

Virginian Cowslip, or Meadia

IXDF.X TO THE CEXERA OF THE PLANTS.

Dodon/ra Dodotwa

] I - Rane

.. nit I

rephalum Drug, n'a Head, Balm ofGilead, &c

I ntium i uiu-li\n .

I ! borjy

/ < llobe Thistle

/ i n Ehretia

/ 'nut Wild •

,us I' A

I 'rum Black-berried Heath

I ! ubby Horse Tail

/ Trailing Arbutus

/ Hum Willow Herb

/ J. inn Alpine Barrenwort

Erica Heath

J .1 ron I ran

Erinut Erinus

I Eriocephalas

/ i Eryngo, Sea Holly

J i i Mustard

J ' rinu I oral Tree

/ hronium Dog's Tooth Violet
/ iiia

Euunymut - indie Tree

I "mm Hemp Agrimony

nl/ia Spurge

I -era Fagara

Beech Tree

Eerraria Iciraria

Ferula Fennel (Jiant

/ 1 ig 1 n e

/ rgilla 1 othergilla

/ j "i ui Strawberry

I mut Ash Tree

Eritillana } miliary

Eucktia I ii bt>ia

,' tria Fumitory

Gulunl hus Snow Drop

Garcmia Gacciata

(' tenia I Jasmine

(it //...</ I. lu

('< i i:m

' uum I • Bill

i '• uuet

' Olut

< ! . ttia kcacia

' Globular BUic Daisy

G

' nia ( lloxinia

I Glyciui or Kidney Bean Tree

' ' .ICC

i< a Tree i

' Annual Globe Amaranth

i loll) Bay

' fria Gorti

• Cotton £ .irub

« Grewia

( I num Vitas

' Buuduc, or Xicker Tree

// mthut I II. /u. r

// | urn Ulood Wo wood Tree

Ii Snow-] Iron Tree

//• ria African II. Honeysuckle

II \\ ii< h Hazel
}!■ Conunon Ivy

luut French Honeysuckle

'hut

Annual Sun-Flovar

";ii/

Lotaiu

Si rew 1 a i

■tin

I' in inn 1 urnsole

II 'ouial

lit loniai

1 tll/.S

Dai Lily

/',

Hi rmania

// I'n

Jack-in-e-box Tree

II

.\ ight-smelliiig Etocket

II '■ scut

Hibiscus

II > i turn

Hawk Mil

Ii

Si a Ii". '■ lorn

Ins

Hop

Hum

Sand-Box Tree

il litis

Hyacinth

II figta

lluli

Hydra

Canadian Yellow-root

Iliiintiiita

I ocusi Tree

.a 111 us

("in ii Henbane

II > . u tint

St. John's Wort, &c.

II *>]IIIS

Hyssop

Tberis

( an.lv Tuft

I

( omen n 1 lolly

Tllecebrum

1 i inn

luipc I

Common Yellow Balsam

1 %ofera

Dyer's In

I n a In

Inula

Ipninaa

Ipoma a

1

Iris

ll in

Itea

1

False Jesuit's Bark Tree

I tia

Ixia

1 tora

Ixora, or Indian W ild Jasmine.

Jaa/uinia

Jacquinia

Jasminum

Common Jasmine

J 'lujiha

Physic Nut

Juglans

WallllU 1

Jiittlft 1 us

• ommon Juniper

Juslicia

Justicia

■', i ia

Galangale

htllllhll

K

it ria

1 i l.iria

knuutia

Knuutia

a alia

Larlienalia

1. ctuca

Commi i nice

■nia

Lagei -■ -I'lnia

cia

> Cummin

Laitluiia

1 .ii, it. ii. ii

hat lii/rut

Everlasting

1 tula

( ommon 1 avender

1 ■ ia

Lavatera, 1 <. • Hallow

i

i . Sweet Bay

i nia

La^ -

■'

Marsh Leiii or \V ild Rosi n m •

( 'ommon l rest

i - ,,|i

i

(

•

( anion Privet

1

Lily, ( 'onunon \\ luti . etc.

1 Lol nil

'

Flax

Liquidambar

idambar

1 tin

1 .. ■

I

1

1 klc

LulUlltltUS

Lorauthui

INDEX TO THE GENERA OF THE PLANTS.

Lit us

Bird's Foot Trefoil, Winged Pea

Lunaria

Honesty

Lupinw

Lupine

Luc III! is

Lychnis, Wild Campion

Li/tiiim

Box Thorn

Lysimachia

Loose Strife

1. n tli ruin

Willow Herb

Magnolia

Magnolia

Mahertua

Mahernia

\! i:>! e

Malope

Malpighia

Barbadoes Cherry

Matva

Mallow

Mummed

MammeeTree

Mangifera

Mango Tree

Muranta

Indian Arrow Root

Marrubium

Horehound

Murti/nia

Martynia

Massonia

Massonia

Matricaria

Common Feverfew

Mauritia

Maiden-hair Tree

jl ledeola

Mcdeola

Hfedicago

Tree Medic

Melastoma

American Gooseberry

Melia

Bead Tree

Melianthut

Honey Flower

Melissa

Baum

Melittis

Bastard Baum

Hfenupermutn

Moon-Seed

Mentha

Mint

Mesembri/anthemum Fin Marigold

Mespilus

Medlar

Mesua

Indian Mesua

Michauxia

Michauxia

Michelia

Indian Michelia

Mimosa

Mimosa

Mimulus

Monkey-Flower

Mirabilis

Marvel of Peru

Moluccella

Molucca Baum

Momordica

Male Balsam Apple

M u tarda

Monarda, Lion's Tail

Monsonia

Monsonia

Mortea

Mora?a

Morina

Morina

Morus

Mulberry Tree

Miisa

Banana Tree

Mj/rica

Candleberry Myrtle

Mursine.

African Myrsine

Myrtus

Common Myrtle

yapira

Napa;a

Narcissus

Common Daffodil, &c.

A'''/ tin

Common Catmint

Nerium

Common Rosebay

Nicotiana

Tobacco

Nigclla

Fennel Flower

"Solatia

Nolana

Nyctanthes

Nyctanthus

Nymphtea

Water Lily

NySSO

Tupelo Tree

Ocimnm

Basil, or Basilicum

(Emit herd

Tree Primrose

Oka

European Olive

Ononis

lust Harrow

Ophioxylum

Ophioxylum

Ophryt

< Iphrys, orTwayblade

Orchis

Orchis

Origunum

Origany, or Marjoram

Ornithogalum

Mu of l!i thlehem

i hobiu

Bitter Vetch

Oryga

Rice

Osteospermum

Osteospermum

( hyris

Poet's Cassia

Othonna

liagwort

Oralis

Wood Sorrel

Pa-onia.

Peony

Panax

Panax

Pancratium

Pancratium

Pan da nas

Pandanus

Papaver

White Poppy

Parie.taria

Tree Pellitory

Parkinsonia

Parkinsonia

Parthenium

Parthenium

Passerina

Sparrow Wort

Passiflora

Passion Flower

Pastinaca

Parsnip

Pelargonium

Crane's Bill, &c.

Pentapetes

Pentapetes

Pentustcmon

Bastard Asarum

Pei ip/oca

Periploca

Petivcria

Guinea-Hen Weed

Petrea

Petrea

Phaseolus

Kidney Bean

Philadelphia

Syringa, Mock Orange

Phil/yrea

Phillyrea

Phlomis

Phlomis

Phlox

Lychnidea, or Bastard Lychnis

Phauix

Date Plum Tree

Phy/ica

Phylica

Pln/llunthus

Sea-side Laurel

Phyllis

Bastard Hare's Ear

Phy salts

Winter Cherry

Phytolacca

Phytolacca

Pimpinella

Anise

Pinus

Wild Pine Tree, Fir, Sec.

Piper

Black Pepper

Piscidia

Jamaica Dogwood Tree

Pisonia

Prickly Pisonia

Pistucia

Pistacia

Pisum

Common Pea

Plutanus

Plane Tree

Plinea

Plinea, or Myrtle

Plumbago

European Leadwort

Plumeria

Plumeria

Polcmonium

Polcmonium, Greek Valerian

Polyanthes

Indian Tuberose Hyacinth

Polygala

Polygala, Milk Wort

Polygonum

Knot Grass, Persicaria

Pop u las

Poplar Tree

Port landia

Portlandia

Portulaca

Purslane

Portulacaria

African Purslane Tree

Potent ilia

Cinquefoil
Garden Burnet

Poterium

Prasium

Hedge Nettle

Primula

Primrose, Auricula

Prinos

Winter Berry

Prolcu

Protea

Prunits

Plum Tree, Apricot, Cherry Tree, &c

Psiitiiim

Guava Tree

Psoralea

Psoralea

Pte/ca

Ptelca, or Shrubby Trefoil

Pulmonaria

Lungwort

Punica

Pomegranate Tree

Pi/rtts

Pear Tree, Apple Tree, and Quince

QlUICIIS

Oak Tree

Ranunculus

( iarden Ranunculus

Rapha nits

Garden Radish

INDEX TO THE GENERA OF THE PL \N 1 J.

Rauwolfia Rauwolfia

Reseda Sweel Reseda, or Miznionetto

Rhamnus Buckthorn, Alatcruu>. .V .

llhaim Rhubarb

RJkesia Rhexia, American Soapwort

Rhodiola Yellow Roseroot

Rhododendrum Rhododendron, Dwarf Rose Bay

R/nts Sumai i lice

Ribts Currant Tree, Oc5o*cbcrry

Ricinus Common Talma I hristi

Rirhtia Rivinia

Robinia False Acacia

Rondeletia Rond.

R M Rose Tree and Sweet Brier

Rosmarinus Rosemary

Royena African Bladder Nut

Rubia Dyer's Madder

Riibus Raspberry, Bramble

Rudbcckia Radbeckia

Rumer Sorrel, Dock

Ruscus Butcher's Broom

Ruta Rue

Saccharum Susrar Cane

Saliz Willow Tree, Osier

Safsola Shrubby Saltwort, Stonecrop Tree

Salvia Sage

Sambueus Elder Tr.ee

Sanguinaria Puccoon, Bloodwort

Santolma Lavender Cotton

Supindtts Soap-berry Tree

Saponaria Soapwort

Sarracenia Saddle Flower

Saturcia Savory

Satyrium Satyrion, or Lizard-flower

Sajif'raga Saxifrage

Scaoiosa Scabious

Scundir Garden Chervil

Schinus Mastic Tree

Sci/la Squill

Seorpiurus Caterpillar Plant

Scorzoncra Vipers Grass, Spanish Scorzonera

Scrophularia Figwort

Scutellaria Skull-cap

Sfdum Stonecrop, Houselcek

Selago Sola...

Sempercivum Hou>clcck, Tree Sccluin

Sencciu Groundsel

Scrratula Saw-wort

Sida Sida, Indian Mallow

Sideritis Iron-wort

Siderorylon Imn-w ood

Si/tne < atthfly

S Mum Silphium

Sinapis Mustard

Sisymbrium Watt r-cresa

Sisyrinchiwa - syrinchiom

Ski net

Sini/ojc - lilai

Smyrnium Common Alexanders

Solatium Nighl -i.li-, Love Apple, Potatoe

alia 8oldan< lla

Solidagq Golden 1! id

>ra bora

Sorbut Mountain Service, Id sb, &c.

turn Broom

^pimmcoce Button-*

•'<•«» lacli
Vpirira

■Has Hog

■Ha

Vol. H.

Sfnpln/len

Statice

S I :ia

Shnirtia

Styrajt

■ .'i in
Symphytum
Syrmga

Tabcniermontana

■

j'aimirindus

Tamarix

Tarn us

Tanacetum

Turchonaiitltus

la t us

Tclrpliiv.m

Tetragonia

• urn
Thaliclrum
The,:

Tlicobroma
Thuja
Thymbra
Thymus

Ti'tia

Tmus

Totuifera

Toumcfortia

Trachelium

Tradescantia

Traeopogon

Trillium

Triumfetla

Tropteoium

Tulipa

Turncra

Vkx

I'lmus
Urena

I uleriona
Veratrum
I erbascum

I i rln ml
ma

I cronica

Viburnum £

Ticiu

Viuca

I

I

I

J ulkameria

! dorfia

Walt her ia
Wiutt : it

Ai ranthanum
Xylophylla

Y uce a

Zanthoxylum

-

• vllum

Bladder Nul

Thrift, or Sea Gilliilowcr, Tint

Strelitzia

Malacodendron

.'\
Mahogany Tree
1 Direy

Tabernarnontana

French and African Marygold

Tamarind Tree

Taniai isk

Black Bryony

Tansy, KC.

Shrubby African Flea-Bane

Yew I

True Orpine

Tetragonia

Germander

Meadow Rue

I ree
1 date Nut Tree
Arbor Vitas, &c.
Mountain Hyssop
Thyme
Time Tree

Tinus, or Tree Volkameria
Balsam of Tolu Tree
Tournefortia
Throatwort
Virginian Spiderwort
1 ■ Isafy

Trillium
Triumfetta

Nasturtium, or Indian Cress
Tulip
Turnera

Furze, Corse, or Whins
Elm Tree

Indian Mallow

rian
1 1. Ilebore

'in
\ i rrain

Indian Hemp Agrimony
\ on . ■. - • I well
Wayfaring Tree, Guelder

Laumstmus
Garden Bean
Periwinkle
Violet, Heart's Base
I Til e

Vine! n i
Volkameria

Wachendorfia

Waltln r.a

W interana

Eternal Flower
L/ne Flower

Adam's Needle

Tonth-acli I I I

. or Indian I

Zinnia
Bean <

4 A

INDEX

ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS.

ABELETree
-'*' Acacia
Acacia, False
Acacia, Scarlet
Acacia, Three-thorncd
Acajou
Aconite

Aeonite, Winter
African Marigold
Agaric
Agrimony
Agrimony, Hemp
Akitcrnus
A la tern us, Bastard
Alder T ta
Alder, Berrr-bearing
Alexanders
Alkekengi
All-spice
Alligator Pear
Almond Tree
Aloe, African
Aloe, American
Altluca Frutex
Alysson
Amaranth

Amaranthus, Cock's-comb
Amaranthus, Globe
Amber Tree
Amelanchicr
Ainellus
Ananas
Andrachne
Andromeda
Anemone
Angelica

Angelica, Berry -bearing
Angelica Tree
Anotta
Apple Tree
Apple, Custard
Apple, Love
Apple, Mad
Apple, Male Balsam
Apple, Pine
Apple, Soap
Apple, Star
Apple, Sweet
Apple, Thorn
Apricot Tree
Arbutut

Populus
Mtmosa
Robinia
Robinia
Gleditsia
' Anacurdiwn
Aconitum
Helleborui
Tagetes
Agaricus
Agrimonia
Eupatorium
R/iamnus
Phyltca
Bctula
Rhumnus
Smyrnium
Physalis
Myrtus
Laurus
Amy gdal us
Aioe
Agave
Hibiscus
Alyssum
Amaranthus
Celosia
Gonijihrcna
Anthospermum
Mespdus
Aster
Bromelia
Arbutus
Andromeda
Anemone
Angelica
Arulia
Arulia
Bixa
l'yrus
Annona
Solamim
Solanum
Momordica
Bromelia
Sap Indus
Chrysop/iyllum
Annona
Datura
Prunus
Arbutus

Arbutus, Dwarf

Arbutus, Trailing

Artichoke

Artichoke, Jerusalem

Arum, African

Asarabacca

Ash Tree

Ash, Mountain

Ash, Poison

Asparagus

Aspen Tree

Asphodel

Asphodel, African

Asphodel, Lily

Asphodel, Lily

Atamasca, Lily

Avens

Avogate Pear

Auricula

Azarole

Balm

Balm of Gilead

Balsam, or Balsamine

Balsam Apple, Male

Balsam Tree

Balsam Tree

Balsam of Gilead Tree

Balsam of Capivi Tree

Balsam of Mecca Tree

Balsamine, Female

Bamboo Cane

Bonana Tree

Bane Berries

Barba Jovis

Bark, False Jesuit's

Barren Wort

Base Trefoil

Bachelor's Button

Bay Tree

Bay, Loblolly

Bay, Rose

Bay, Dwarf Rose

Bay, Plum

Bead Tree

Bean, Common

Bean, Kidney

Bean Tree, Kidney

Bean Trefoil, Stinking

Bearberries

Bearbind

Arbutus

Epigtra

Cynara

Heliunthus

Cut la

Asarum

Eraxinus

Sorbus

Rhus

Aspuragus

Populus

Asphodelus

Anthericum

Cj ilium

Hemerocallis

Amaryllis

Geum

Laurus

Primula

Cratagus

Melissa

Dracocephalum

Impatient

Momordica

C/usia

Pistacia

Amyris

Copuifera

Amyris

Impatient

Arundo

Musa

Aetna

An I by His

Iva

Epimedium

Cytisus

Lychnis

Laurus

Gordonia

Verinin

Rhododendrum

Psidium

Mc/iu

I nia

J'/iaxio/us

Glycine

Anagyris

Arbutus

Convolvulus

Rear's Breech
Bear's Ear
Bear's Ear, Sandle
s Fool

' ''• -'"piter's
Bee I |.,»<r

Bee i-irksnur

Beech Tn«

Beet

Bfil I lower
Bell|)mir-C

1 I Pepper

Belladonna L,lr

oelndere
Bi ojamin Tree
Benuet, Herb
Berl i ITV

Bind-weed
Bind-weed, Itouel,
Bind-weed, BUcI

Bird, Tree
Bird Cherry
Bird Pepper
Bird's. Eye

B'rdWoot Trefoil
Birds .\,5[

Bird s Service
Birthwort

Bitter \ etch
Bitter Wort
Bladder .\ ut

Bladder Sena

g,"e'erSeM'JointoHH>d«Ied

Blood Flower

Blo.«l W„od

Blood W„rt

Bloody D„, k
Blue Bottle
Bonduc Trie
Borecole
Borage
Bottle Flower
Box free

ar *****

Brai.k, fau

Bread-Fruit Tree

Breakstone

Brocoli

Broom

Broom, African

Broom, Dyer's
" ", Spanish
groom, H„t, tier's
Brj'onv, Black
Buckthorn

Aorn, Sea
Bogie

Bug

Boflace Tree

Burnet. ( ;:ir,|,.n

Hut..

Tree

*WW to mousn kamk of the

Acanthus

' "tt/ti
"Sit
IttlUIHlru$

' tatis
AntigUii

0/ii„,ls

Delphinium

I IgUt

fit (a

' •wAi

Campanula
Ifyacmtiug
' licum
AmmyUit

Chcm>j„uj;,m

J-mirus

Gettm

B, / /«-«

*■ "tvnlvulus

Tvmus

lit tula

J'iuuus

' isictaa

Adonis

Zotus

Ophrvt

Orchis

& 'bus

AristobcJiia

Orobus
Gcnliuna

Cobttea
Ceronilit

■Blitum
ll'imunthus
Ha mutuxj/luin
Burner

RumAs
Cntaurea

Guituuduia
Brasstca
Borago
Ccntuurca
Bit rtts
ifyrtine
urn
Celattru*
Jit.

Acanthus

Artocarput

Sarifraga

Jim

Sport turn

-thus
Qt ,

Spar/, urn
11 ncus

£amu

llbi.mnus

r'tuc

Auchusa
1' 'units
htm

Euphm biu

PLANTS,

I Button \\ . i i

( 'abb
( abb

urcTree
base Tree
. unrip
ash
Calabash Free

.nit
Cajamint, 9

Camp, .
< am|

Campion, Roaa
> ampion

'», Viacom
'■•i"'"'v Bejl-Flower
Candleberry MyrUe

):""<> 1 '--Font

■Tuft

C andy-TuftTree
' ane Reed
Cane, Sugar

Canterbury Bells

* •'!" r Bush

* araway
( aragana
Cardinal Plowe*
< ardoon
Carnation
Carnation Tree
I arob Tree
Carrot
Carui

Cashew Nut
' assava
' assia, Poet's

1 I >ny

Catalpa

Catcmly

<>» Inly, Fobel's

Catchfly, German

* '■"'rpdlar Plant

Caterpillar Trefoil

t-at-Mint

Cauliflower

J ;«K Barbadoes

^edar, Beamudas
■ « «roJina
nion

( edar, Ucian

niciaa

• Vir,„„an
Cedar, White
■line
i "e Tree
Cel, riac

t- entaury

Chamomile
Chardon (flansjooai
i baste Tm
' berry '!>, ,•

• Barbadoa*
■ Bird

' ..liau
. Dwarf

Ulirry, JlotUutOt

Spcrmacoct

1 <ira
' '"be
-lit, a
' ilia
Bratsiea

1/

M< i.i hi
Ahthrhmmm

'- trai

-'-

I HIS

ne
1 "i:ia

I ■ n's
I ' 1 1- is
Arunda

arum
Campanula
Copparis

n
Bobinia
Lobelia
' :ar,t
Ui,i,.
Cficalia
1 ■ tonia
J ' 'irits
' I urn

Anacardaen
Jatropha
< ' frit

('"ap/ia/ium
Bigtwuiu
I ''mis
Sitae
lychnis

i.trus
li, Jicago
-\- .ta
Brussica
< ' '/ tlu
Juii.

Juui/iirus
J't'i'it CcJrus
Juni/icrus

Jin,
J 1. 1,

Ckeiidoruum

■nia

Aptum

Ap in,,,

1 ■ ,'us

' lura
I ,t. i
J'ritniis
M.i/,„z/„a
l'ru
("runs

. era
T'uiins
Cussinc

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS.

Cherry, Laurel
Cherry, Winter
Cherry, Winter
( Cherry, Plum

< h n il, Garden

( Chen il, fireat Perennial
Chesnut Tree
Chesnut, Horse
China-Aster
China-Root
( China I'ink
China Rose
( Chinquapin

< Chocolate Nut Tree
1 hi -tmas Rose
Christopher Herb
Christ's Thorn

■ Chrysanthemum
Chrysanthemum, Bastard
Chrysanthemum, Hard-sec ded
1 i mles
Cicely, Sweet
Cinnamon Tree
Cinquefoil
Cinquefoil, Shrub
Cistus, Rock Rose
Cistus, Marsh
Cistus, Lesser Marsh
Citron Tree
Citrul
Cives
Climber
< Climber
( 'loud Berry
Clove Gilliflower
( love Tree
Cob \ut
Cock's-Comb
( Cock's-Spur Thorn
< !ocoa-Nut Tree
( Cocoa Plum
Codlin Tree
Coffee Tree

Colchicum, or Meadow Saffron
Cole Seed
Colewort
Colewort, Sea
Colt's-Foot, Alpine
Columbine

Columbine, Feathered
Colu tea, Joiiited-podded
Comfrey
< Conval Lily
Convolvulus
Convolvulus, Scarlet
Coral Tree
Coriander
Cork Tree
Corn, Indian
Corn Flag *

( Corn Marigold
Coin Hose
Corn Salad Herb
Corn Bottle

Cornel Tree

( Cornelian Cherry

( 'ostmary

Cotton

Cotton, Lavender
( Cotton Tree, Silk
Courbaril

Prunus

Physalis
Sotanum

Prunus

Scandix

Scandix ■

Fagus

AEsculus

Aster

Sinilu.v

Dirmthus

Hibiscus

Fagus

Theobroma

He 1 1 chorus

Aetna

Rhamnus

Chrysanthemum

Silphium

Osteospermum

Allium

Scandi r

Laurus

Poientilla

Potent Ma

Cistus

Led tun

Andromeda

Citrus

Cucurhita

Allium

Climates

Smilax

Ruins

Dianthus

Caryophyllus

Corylus

Celosia

Cratagus

Cocas

Chrysobalanus

Pyrus

Coffca

Colchicum

Prassica

Prassica

Crambe

Caca/ia

Aquilegia

T/ialictrum

Coronilla

Symphytum

Convatlaria

Convolvulus

Ipomota

Hrythrinu

Conundrum

Quercus

Zea

Gladiolus

Chrysanthemum

Papaver

Valeriana

Centaurea

Cornus

Cornus

Tanacelum

Oossypium

Santolina

fiombux

Hymenaa

Cowslip

Cowslip, Virginian

Crab Tree

Crab, Siberian

Crane's Bill

Crane's Bill, Shrubby African

Creeper, Virginian

Cress, Garden

Cress, Indian

Cress, Water

Crocus, Spring

Crocus, Autumn

Crocus, Saffron

Crow Berries

Crowfoot

Crown, Imperial

Cuckow-Pint

Cucumber

Cucumber, Spirting

Cudweed

Currant Tree

Cushion, Lady's

Custard Apple

Cypress Tree

Cypress, Summer

Daffodil
Daffodil, Lily
Daffodil, Lily
Daffodil, Sea
Dahoon Holly
Daisy

Daisy, Blue
Daisy, Ox-eye
Daisy, Michaelmas
Dame's Violet
Damson Tree, Common
Damson Tree
Date Tree
Date Plum, Indian
Day Lily
Devil-in-a-Bush
Devil's Bit
Dewberry Bush
Dill

Distaff Thistle
Dittany-
Dock, Bloody
Dog's Bane
Dog's Bane
Dogberry
Dog's Stones
Dog's Tooth Violet
Dog Rose
1 Jog Wood
Dog Wood, Jamaica
Dragons
Dragons
Dragon's Head
Dragon Tree
Dragon, Sua])
Dropwort
Dyer's Broom
Dyer's Weed
Dyer's Weed

Ebony
Egg Plant
Eglantine
Elder Tree
Elder, Dwarf

Primula

Dodecutheun

Pyrus

Pl/IUS

Geranium

Pelargonium

Hedera

Eepidium

Tro/ia'otum

Sisymbrium

Crocus

Crocus

Crocus

Empetrum

Ranunculus

Fritillaria

Arum

Cucumis

Momordica

Gnaplialiam

Ribes

Saxifraga

Annona

Cupr

Chenop

•essut

lopoatu

Narcissus

Amaryllis

Pancratium

Pancratium

Ilex

Bellis

Globularia

Chrysanthemum

Aster

Hesperis

Prunus

Chrysophyllum

Plurnix

Diospyros

Hemerocallis

Nigeila

Scabiosa

Rubus

Anethum

Carthumus

Origanum

Rumex

Asclcpias

Apocynum

Cornus

Orchis

Frythronium

Rosa

Cornus

Fn/thrina

Arum

Dracontium

Dracocrphulum

Droctrua

Antirrhinum

Spires

Genista

Genista

Reseda

Ebenus

Sola7ium

Rnsa

Sambucus

Sumbucus

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS.

F.lemi Tree, Gum
Elemi, Gum
Elephant's Foot
F.I in Tree
Endive
F.ryngo
I halot
Eternal Flower
Eternal Flower
Eternal Flower
Evergreen Oak
Evergrec n Thorn
Everlasting
Everlasting Flower
Everlasting Pea
Euonymus
Euonymus, Bastard
Euonymus, Climbing

Fair-Maid-of-Kcnt

Fan Palm

Pause! Nut

Feather, Prince's

Feathered Columbine

Fehvort

Fennel

Fennel Flower

Fennel, Giant

Fennel, Sea

Feverfew

Ficoides

Fiddle Wood

Fig Tree

Fig, Indian

Fig, Coohineal

Fig .Marigold

Figwort

Filbert Tree

Filipendula

Fingrigo

Finochio

Fir Tree

Flag, or Flag Flower

Flag. Common

Flag, Sweet-scented

Flax

Flax, Toad

Pli abane

Fleabane, Shrubby African

Flos Adonis

Flower, Gentle

1 i r of an Hour

Flower de Luce

Flower, Bastard

Fl) Honeysuckle

Fly Honeysuckle, African

Fly Trap, Venus1*

Fool's Stones

Pour o'clock Flower

1 ox Glove

Fos Glove, False

Frankincense Tree

Frankincense, Jew s

Fraxinella

French or Kidney Bean

French Honeysuckle

French .Marigold
French Willow
Friar's Cowl
Fringe Tree
FritiUary
Vol. II.

Pistucia

Amuris

I hautopus

I Imns

i irittm

Erungium

Attorn

Xeranthemum

Gnaphalium

Gompkrena

Querctu

.1 /. tpika

Gnaphalium

( Arena

J.'-ttiyms

Eiiimyinut

< '< !..slius

I -.'/us

Ranunculus

Ckanutrops

Arete

Aitiarantlius

Thaliclnan

Or it tin nu

J in I hum

Nigelia

Hernia

Critkmum

Matricaria

Men inbrt/anthemum

Cithai, nylon

Fiats

Cactus

Cactus

Mesembtyanthenatm

Scrophufaria

Corylut

Sjiirtea

l'isouia

Anethum

Pin us

Ins

Iris

Acona

Lin urn

Antirrhinum

GoHjfta

'J'urclitinanthus

Adoni$

Aaoranthtu

Hibiscus

his

Aili uuntlicra

Ijtaitccra

llulUria

Dininta

On his

Mn a bit is

Diuitalis

\i: il: II I US

Pi iias
Sli/iai
l)t, lainnus

Phaseolui

Hi t/i/sti/uin

Vagetet
EpiloOium

Aram

Cltitmnnthus

Frttilluria

Pritillary, Crassa Major
Fi Miliary, Crassa Minor
Fumitory
Purze

Gale, or Sweet Willow
i ralangale
mum
Gariick
Gariick Pear
i older Rose
Gentian
Gentianella
( lenseng
' lentie Flower
( rermander Tree
G« rmander, Water
Gilead, Balm of
Gilliflower
( 'illiflower, Clove
Gilliflower) Queerft
Gilliflower) Stock
Ginger
Ginkgo
Gladiole
Gladiole, Water
Gladwin, Stinking
( ilastonbury Thorn
(.lass Wort
' rlobe Amaranthua
Globe Daisy
Globe Ranunculus
Globe Thistle
Goat's Thorn
Golden Mouse-ear
Golden Hod
Golden Hod Tree
Goldy Locks
Goldy Locks

Good Henry

Gooseberry Tree

Gooseberry, American

Gooseberry of the Americans

Gooseberry, Barbadoes

Gorse

Gourd

Gourd, Ethiopian Sour

Gourd Tree, Indian

< .rain. Scarlet

( drains of Paradise

< rrape Tree
Grape, Hyacinth

< fn ek Valerian
' Iroundsel Tree
I hiava

( iuai a. Preach

( ru< Ider Rom

Guelder Rose, Currant-leaved

Guelder Hose, Virginian

i kiernw j Lily

< 'Miii Anime
( rum Elemi

( iuni Elemi Tree
( oiin. S .-. i > I

Gum Tragaoanth
Gum Arabic

< rum Galbanum

Hard-beam Trcnj

liar. '

1 [are's Ear

Hare's Far, Bastard*

i B

Staprlm

Sta, ■
Futnaria
I

1 1 ra ■
:iit tt
Pubnn
Allium
< »

Vtbiirn'im
(lent until
(it ritiittia
Putin r
Ainurailtlius

"tin
I ' crium
Dracitctp/tulum

Dianthttt

Diautltus

Hi .ill .5

Che riitit/tlis
Ail. 711 ill

Maui

GmJiolus

ButtlKlUt

Iris

Crattegvt

Sabofa

'trcna
I ■ i ini ta

TroUiw

Echinops
As' ruga/us
llniucium
Sti/it/ugo
Bostu
Chiysocoma
Gnupltnlium
( '/n nnpodiuiH

Ribei

Hi stoma
Cactus
Cactus
I 7, t

Cucurbit a
AdanHmia
Crisccntiii
Quercus
Amomum
I' t Its

Ili/ucinthiis
'ilium
Pucchttris
1 'si, Hum
Cassia
t'tburiium
Spirira
Spirita
Amen yl/is
Ili/im ii,tii
Ami/iis
Pistucia
l.n/utttulnbtir

Atirog&hu

Mm
li'lbvlt

Ctirjitnus
HyachUktu
Bupleat urn

Phyllis

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS.

Hai twort, Shrubby Ethiopian Bupleurum

Hawk Weed Hieracium

Hawk Weed, Bastard Crepis

Hawthorn Crattegus

Hawthorn, Black American Viburnum

Hay, Burgundy Medicago

Hazel-nuc Tree Con/hit

Hazel, Witch Humamelcs

Heart's Ease Viola

Heath Erica

Heath, Mountain Suxifraga

Heath, African Phylica

Heath, Berry-bearing Empetrum

Heath, Black-berried Empetrum

Heath Pea Orobus

Hedge-hog Trefoil Medicago

Hedge-hog Thistle Cactus

Hedge-hog Holly Ilex

Hedge-nettle, Shrubby Prasium

Heliotrope Heliotrtipium

Hellebore Hel/eborus

Helmet Flower Aconitum

Hemp Agrimony Eupatorium

Hen-weed, Guinea Petiveria

Hep Tree Rosa i

Hepauca Anemone

Herb Bennet Geum

Herb Christopher Aetna

Herb of Grace Rata

Herb Mastick Satureia

Herb Twopence Lysimuchia

Herb, Willow Epilobium

Herb, Willow Lythrum

Herb, Willow Lysimuchia

Hennodactyle Iris

Hiccory Nut Tree Juglans

Hind Berry Rubus

Hollow Boot Adoia

Holly Ilex

Holly, Knee Ruscus

Holly, Sea Eryngium

Hollyhock Alcea

Holm Oak Quercus

Holm, Sea Eryngium

Honesty Lnnaria

Honey Flower Melianthus

Honey Locust G/editsia

Honeysuckle Lonicera

Honeysuckle, African Fly Halleria

Honeysuckle, American Upright Azalea

Honeysuckle, French Hedysarum

H'Hieywort Cerintke

Hooded Willow Herb Scutellaria

Hop Humulus

Hop Horn-beam Carpinus

Horn-beam Carpinus

i lorn-beech Tree Carpinus

Horned Poppy Ctlidomum

Horns Medic ,igo

Horse Beech Carpinus

Horse C'hesnut JEsculus

Horse Radish Cochleariu

Horse Tail Equisetum

Horse Tail, Shrubby Ephedra

Horse Tongue Ruscus

Hottentot Cherry Cassine

Hound's Tongue Ci/noglossum

Houseleek Sempcrvivum

Houseleek, Lesser Sedum

Humble Plant Mimosa

Hummingbird Tree C/ieluiie

Hyacinth

Hyacintkus

Hyacinth, African Blue

Crinum

Hyacinth, Lily

Scilla

Hyacinth, Peruvian

Scilla

Hyacinth, Starry

Scilla

Hypericum, Frutex

Spirtea

Hyssop

Hyssopus

Ibiscus

Hibiscus

Icace

Chrysobaluiius

Immortal Flower

Gnaphalium

Indian Arrow Root

Maranta

Indian Corn

Zea

Indian Cress

Tropttolum

Indian Fig

Cactus

Indian Gad Tree

F/cus

Indian Mallow

Sida

Indian Oak

Tectona

Indian Reed

Cunna

Indian Shot

Canna

Indigo

Indigqfera

Indigo, Bastard

Amorpha

Iris

Iris

Iris, Bulbous

Iris

Iris, Persian Bulbous

Iris

Iris Uvaria

Aletris

Iron Wood

Sideroxylum

Iron Wort

Sideritis

Ivy

Hedera

Ivy, American

Kalmia

Jaca Tree

Artocarpus

Jacinth

Hyacinthus

Jack-in-a-box

Hernandia

Jacob's Ladder

Polemonium

Jacobasa Lily

Amaryllis

Jalap

Mirabilis

Jalap

Coyivolvulus

Jasmine

Jasmiman

Jasmine, Arabian

Jasminum

Jasmine, Cape

Gardenia

Jasmine, Bastard

Cestrum

Jasmine, Scarlet

Bignonim

Jasmine, Red

Plumaria

Jasmine, Persian

Syringa

Jericho, Rose of

Anustatica

Jersey Tea, New

Ceunothus

Jerusalem Artichoke

Helianthus

Jerusalem, Oak of

Chenopodium

Jerusalem Sage

Phlomis

Jesuit's Bark Tree, True

Cinchona

Jesuit's Bark Tree, False

Iva

Jew's Frankincense

Styrax

Johnsonia

Callicarpa

Jonquil

Narcissus

Judas Tree

Cercis

Jujube Tree

Rhumnus

July Flower, Clove

Dianthus

July Flower, Queen's

Hesperis

July Flower, Stock

Cheirunthus

Juniper Tree

Juniperus

Tupiter's Beard

Anthyllis

Jupiter's Beard, American

Amorpha

Kadanaku

Aloe

Kale

Brussica

Kale, Sea

Crambe

Kalnua

Kalmia

Kennes Oak

Quercus

Ketinia, Bladder

Hibiscus

Kidney Bean

Phaseolus

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF THE HANTS.

Kidney Bean Tree

Kidney Veti h

K iiiii"~ Spear t

Knap-v < d
Knee 1
Knee Holm
Knot (ira^

Labrador Tea

Laburnum

Lac, or Gum Lac

Lace Bark

Ladanum

Ladder, Jacob's

Lady's Bower

Lady's Cushion

Lady's Finner

Lady'. Mantle

Lady's Slipper

Lady's Traces

Lamb's Lettuce

Larch Tree

Larkspur

Lavender

Lavender Cotton

Lavender, Sea

Laurel

Laurel, Alexandrian

Laurel, Dwarf American

Laurel, Sea-side

Laurel, Spurge

Laureola

Laurel-leaved Tulip Tree

Lauro-cerasus

Laurustinus

Leadwort

Leather Wood

Ledon

Leek

Lemon Tree

Lentisc

Leopard's Bane

Leopard's Banc, Mountain

Lettuce

Lettuce, Lamb's

Lite, Tree ot"

life, Wood of

im Viue
Lilac
Lily

Lily. African Blue
Lih, African Scarlet
Lily, Asphodel
Lily, Atamasco
Lily, B< l! ulonna
Lily, Ceylon
lai'v. Daffodil
Lily, Daffodil
Lily, Day
Lily, Hyacinth
Lily, Japan
Lilv, Marlagon
Lily, May
Lily, I It ■' an
1 nan

Lily. P ramidal
I - uperb

Lily, Wati r
Lily of the Valley
Lily Thorn
Lime I ree

Glycine
Anthyllis

AsplivJelus
Cintauna
Rutins
Ruse us
Polygonum

Ledum

CuHfiis

C rot on

Daphne

Cistits

Polemoninm

Clcmc.t.i

Sti-ii!

A ni fiu I /is

Alehemilla

Cypripedium

Ophrys

Vu'eriana

Pinus

Delphinium

Lavandula

Santolina

Stat ice

Pr units

Ruscus

Kalmia

Phyllanthus

Daphne

Cestmm

M gnoSa

Prunts

Vibui nium

Plumbago

Dirca

Cist its

Allium

Citrus

Pistacia

Dorontcum

Arnica

Lactuca

Veronica

Thuya

Guttiucum

Guuiacu.ni

Syringa

Li/turn

Agapanthus

Amaryllis

Crinum

Amaryllis

Amaryllis

Amaryllis

Pancratium

Amaryllis

Hi 1111 rocallis

Sctila

Amaryllis

Lilhim

t'oiaullaria

Amaryllis

Frttillurta

IJItum

(1 iriOM

i\ rlnza

( llaria

< !*ru

Citrus

Limon

Lion's Foot

Lion'a Tail

Liquorice

Liquorice

Liquorice Wtch, Knob-rooted

Live-ever

Liverwort

'■hfly

Loblolly Bay

Locker Gowlana

Locnsl Tree

Locust Tree

Locust Tree

Locust Tree, Honey

Logwood

London Pride

Looking-glass Plant

Looking-elass, \ tnus's

Loose Strife

Loose Strife

Lords and Ladies

Lote Tree

Lovage

Love Apple

Love lies Bleediug

Lungwort

Lupine

Lychnidea

Lychnis, Scarlet

Lychnis, Dwarf

Macaw Tree

Macedonian Parsley

Mad Apple

Madder

MadwOTt

Mahalcb

Mahogany Tree

Maiden-liair Tree

Malabar Nut

Malt Balsam Apple

Mallow

Mallow. Indian

Mallow, Hose

Mallow Trie

Mallow, Venice

Manimec-sapola

Mainmee Tree

Mandrake

Mango

Mango Tree

Manihot

Mangrove Grape Tree

Manna Ash

Maple Tree

Marigold

Marigold, African
Mai igold, Corn
Marigold, 1 ij
Marigold, French
Marjoram, Common Sweet

Marjoram, Pot
Marjoram, Wild
Marjoram, Winter
Marsh Elder
Marsh Hallow

.Marsh Mill izold

Martagou Lily

Marum

Maruin. Syrian or Cretan

Citrus

Cutunanche
Phlnmis
' • rhtza

A^trurulus
Glycine
& Sum
Anemone
i

Gordonia
I iiits
Ccratonia
Hymentra
Robinia
(r/it/itsin
lLinuitoiylum
Sarifraga
Hirit, | :u
Campanula
Anngnllis
Lythrum
Arum
Cell is
l.tgusticum
Solatium
Amaranthus
Pulmonuria
Lupinus
Phlox
Jjichnis
Silent

Cocos

Bubon

Solanum

Rubia

Alyssttm

Primus

Sicietcnia

Sa/isburia

Justicia

Momordica

Malta

Sida

Alcea

Laratera

Hibiscus

Acliras

Munimea

Atropa

AlangiJ'era

Mangffera

Jutnipa

Coccoloba

t'riutnus

Acer

1 .lula

Taxetes

Cnriisuhthemum

Alt simbiyuntliintum

ttt
1 inuM
Origunum
< ' num
Origuiium
J iburnum
Althaa
Caltkm
Ju'ium
v I ui
Origanum

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS.

Marvel of Peru

Marygold

Mastic Tree

Mastic Tree, Indian

Mastic Herb

Mastic Tliyrae

Maudlin

Maw Seed

May Hush

May Lily

Meadow Rue

Meadow Saffron

Meadow Sweet

Meadows, Queen of the

Mealy Tree

Media

Medlar

Medusa's Head

Melancholy Tree

Melon

Melon, Water

Melon Thistle

Mclopcpo

Mezereon

Mignonette

Milfoil

Milk Vetch

Milkwort

Mint

Mint, Cat

Mint, Pepper

Mock Orange

Mock Privet

Moldavian Balm

Moly

Monkey Flower

Monkey's Beard

Monk's Hood

Monk's Rhubarb

Moon Seed

Moon Trefoil

Moon Wort

Morocco Heed

Moschatel, Tuberous

Mother of Thyme

Mountain Ash

Mouse Ear

Milkwort

Mulberry Tree

Mulberry Rlite _

Mullein '

Mule Pink

Mushroom

Mustard

Myrrh, or Sweet Fern

Myrtle

Myrtle, Candlebep-y

Myrtle-leaved Sumach

Myrto-cistus

Myrtle, Dutch

Napellus
Napo-Brassica

Napus

Narcis60-Leucoium
Narcissus, Common
Narcissus, Autumnal
Nasturtium
Navel»'ort, Venus'i
N'uvew
N< I. nine

Mirabilis

Calendula

Pistacia

Schinus

Satureia

Thymus

Achilles

Papaver

Cratiegus

Convallaria

Thalictrum

Colchicum

Spiraea

Spircra

Viburnum

Dodecathcon

Mespilus

Euphorbia

Nyrtanthes

Cucumis

Cucurbita

Cactus

Cucurbita

Daphne

Reseda

Achillea

Astragalus

Poli/ga/a

Mentha

Nepeta

Mentha

Philadelphus

Phillyrea

Dracoccphalum

Allium

Mimu/us

Adansonia

Aamitum

Rumex

Menispcrmum

Medicago

Lunaria
Adonis

Adoxa

Thymus

Sorbus

Hieracium

Artemisia

Mortis

Blilum

Verbascum

Dianthus

Agaricus

Sinapis

Scandir

Murtus

J\ lyrica

Coriariu

Hypericum

Myrica

Aconitum

Hrussica

Brassica

Leucoium

Narcissus

Amaryllis

Trap solum

( ',1/ i/ledon and Cynoglossum

Brassica

Amygdalue

Nep

Nettle, Snowy

Nettle, Hemp Tartarian

Nettle, Canada

Nettle Tree

New Jersey Tea

Nickar Tree

Nightshade

Nightshade, American

Nightshade, Deadly

Nightshade, Malabar

Nolana

Noli MeTangere

None so Pretty

Nose Bleed

Nut Tree

Nut, Bladder

Nut, Cashew

Nut, Chocolate

Nut, Cob

Nut, Cocoa

Nut, Fausel

Nut, Hazel

Nut, Malabar

Nut, Oil

Nut, Physic

Nut, Pistacia

Nut, Wall

Oak

Oak, Evergreen

Oak, Jerusalem

Oak, Poison

Oil Nut

Old Man's Beard

Oleander

Oleaster

Olive

Olive, Spurge

Olive, Wild

Olive, Wild, of Barbadoes

Onion

Onion, Sea

Onion Tree

Orach

Orach, Berry-bearing

Orach, Wild

Orange Tree

Orange, Mock

Origany

Orpine

Orpine, Lesser

Orpine Tree

Osier

Oswego Tea

Ox-eye

Ox-eye Daisy

Ox-slip

Oxyacantha

Oxycedrus

Paeony

Painted Lady
Painted Lady Pea
Palm Tree
Palm Tree, Dwarf
Palm, Cocoa Nut
Palm, Fausel Nut
Palm, Mountain Fan
Palma Christi
Palmetto

Nepela
I 'rtica
Uitica
I 'rlnii
Celt is
Ceunothus
Guilundinu

Solatium

Phytolacca
Atropa
Basel/a
Nolana
Impatiens
Suxifraga
Achilleas
Corylus
Stup/it/lita
Anacardium
Theobroma
Corylus
Cocos
Arcca
Corylus
Justicia
Ricinus
Jo trap ha
Pistacia
Juglans

Quercus

Quercus

Chenopodium

Rhus

Ricinus

Clematis

Nerium

Elan gnus

Oka

Daphne

ElaagnuS

Bontia

Allium

Scilla

Allium

At ri pi ex

Blittim

Chenopodium

Citrus

Philadelphus

Origanum

Scduin

Crassula

Telephium

Sulix

Monurda

Bupht hulmum

Chrysanthemum

Primula

Berheris

Juniperus

Puonia
Dianthus

Luthyrus

Chunherops

Chfimccrops

( 'oebs

Arcca

Corypha

Rcinus

Chuuhcrops

INDEX TO ENCLISII NAME9 OK TI1F. I'L\N 1«

Pansics. Of Pant}

Papaw Tree

Papa* Trio, North American

Paradise, Thee 01"

Park Leaves

Parsley

Parsley, Macedonian

Parsley, Stone

I a -

■ I lower

Passion Flower
;ce

~ Bctony
1' .

Pea, Crown
Pee, Everlasting
Pea, Heart
Pea, Heath
Pi i. Painted Lndv

I . Scarlet
Pea, >«<.ct
Pea, Tangier
Pea, Winged
Pea, Wood

Peach Tree
Peach, Wolf:,
Pear Tree
Pear, Avocado
Pear, Prickly
Pear, Gallic
Peerless Primrose
Petitory, Iiastard
Pellitory ot" Spain
Penguin
Penny Royal
Pensteraon
Peony
Pepper
Pepper, Bell
Pepper, Bird
Pepper, Grape
Pepper, Guinea
Pepper, Jamaica

Peppermint

Pepper, Wall

Pepper Wort

Pcnwincle

Perola

Persea

Persian Lily

Persica

Per=icaria

Persimon Plum

Peruvian Mastic Tree

Petola

Petty Whin

Pheasant's Eye
mt's Bye

Phillvrea, (ape
PhilKrca, Cuiiiiikiii
Philhrca, i
Phu'
Plus.'
Pigeon 1\ a
Pimento Allspice)
reel

Pinaster
Pinca

Ipple

I . S

Vol. II.

1 "tola

Pino Tre-e

Carica

Piuguin

A >i nona

Pink

Pink Indian

cum

Pink, Mule

A pin in

Pink. Si .

BuUm

:liow

liubon

Pipe

1'astinaca

Pipe Tree, Pudding

Anemuue

Piper

Pussiflora

Piper, Jamaica

Burr

Piperidge Tree

Veronica

Pippiu

Pitum

Piquettes

lJi.<uiii

Pisliainin Plum

Lat/iyrus

U Ina Nut

Curdiospcrmum

Pitch Tree

Orobus

Plane Tree

Lathyrus

Plane Tree, False

Cytisus

Plantain Tree

Lathy rut

Plant, Burning Thorny

Lathyrus

Plant, Egg

Lithyrut

Plant, Humble

Lotus

Plant, Ice

Orobus

Plant, Sensitive

Amygdalus

Plant, Bastard Sensitive

SoJtmum

Pliant Mealy Tree

Pyrtu

Plowman's Spikenard

Laurus

Plowman's Spikenard

Cactus

Plum

Qrata ;u

Plum, American Black

A/orctttui

Plum, Bay-

Achillea*

Plum, Brasilian

A nt lit: m is

Plum, Indian Date

Bnmu/iu

Plum, Pishamiu orPersimon

Mentha Pulcgium

Poison Ash

Chelone

Poison Nut

Petonia

Poison Oak

Piper

Poison Tree

Capsicum

Polyanthus Narcissus

Capsicum

Polyanthus

Vitis

Poly, Mountain

Capsicum

Pomegranate

Myrtus

Pompion

Ah nt ha

Pomum

St (turn

Poplar Tree

Lepidium

Poppy

Vincu

Poppy, Horned

Momordica

Poppy, Prickly

Laurus

Porruin

Fritillariu

Potai

Amygdulut

Potatoes, Canada

Po/ygtnuiit

Potatoes, Spanish

■ ros

Prickly Pear

SchinuM

Prick-wood

Mn'Mirdica

Primrose

Genista

Primrose, Nightly, or Tree

Admin

Primrose. Peer

Diunthus

Prince's 1 eathcr

CetMme

Prince's Wood

1 pea

Privet

R/utmiius

Privet, I'ii if

lltll

Privet, Mock

Jutrvpha

■cia

Cytisus

!'-

Myrtus

P 10 Asphodelus

AnagmUu

Jjm uilo Capsicum

Pseudo Digitalis

VlllllS

Puccoon

y-J rlia

Pudding ( .ra-~

Pandanut

Pun •; ..ee

•l c

Pnim
Jirumelia

I' thus
'hut
Diunthus
Slutice
Cmtus
Syrinpa
I

Capsicum
Myrtus Punenta
Berber it
Pyrut
Diunthus
Diospyrns
Pistachm
Pinut
P/alanut
Acer
H, hconia
Euphorbia
S.i/unum
Mimosa

1 f. ,mibn/antltcmui*
Mimosa
jEschynomcne
Viburnum
Bacchant
Conyza
Prunut
Ctirysobclanut
Psidium
Spondias
Diotpyros
Diospi/ros
Rhus'
Strychnns
Rhus
Rhus
Knrcitsus

Prim

Teucrtmm

Punicii
Cucuibita
Pyi us

!'is
Papavcr
i ■nium

AiLt'inone
Allium
Sol u n ii in
Hi ithus
Convo l
Cud <i*
EuoHymut

ula
(Knot f'i ra
<sns

• thus

I lid J ' i ■ lelia

• rum

• um
rea

Rotinia
I .

A at he rtcum
- mm

i phalum
SuiiL'innariu
Mi nthu Pulteium

Cum

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS.

Pulsatilla, nr Pasqua Flower Anemone.

Purupion, or Pumpkin Cucurbita

Purging Nut Jatropha

Purple Apple Annona

Purslane Portu/aca

Purslane, Son Atrip/ex

Pursl tne Tree Portutacaria

Pyracantha Mespilus

Quamoclit lpomaa

Queen ot'tlic Meadows Spiraa

Queen's Balm Dracocephalam

Queen's Gilliflowers Hesperis

Queen Margnercttc Aster

Queen's Violet Hesperis

Queen-stock Gillitlower Cheiraiit'/ius

Quick Cratagus

Quicken Tree Sorbus

Quick-beam Tree Sorbus

Quince, Bastard Mespilus

Quince Tree Pyrus Cydonia

Radish Raphanus

Radish, Black Spanish Raphanus

Radish, Horse Cocldearia

Radish, Turnep Ra/ihunus

Ragged Robin lychnis

Ragwort Sene.cio

Ragwort, Sea Cineraria

Ragwort, African Othonna

Rampions Campanula

Ramsons Allium

Randia Gardenia

Ranunculus, Common Ranunculus

Ranunculus, Globe Trollius

Rope Brassica

Raspberry Rubus

Rattle, Red Pedicularis

Rattlesnake Root Polygala

Rattle, Yellow Rhiuunthus

Red Cedar Juniperus

Reed, Bamboo Arundo

Reed, Common Arundo

Reed, Spanish or Portugal Arundo

Reed, Indian Flowering Canna

Rest Harrow Ononis

Rhodia Rhodiola

Rhubarb Rheum

Rhubarb, Monk's Rumex

Rhus Cobbe Schmidetia

Roan Tree Sorbus

Robert, Herb Geranium

Robinson Crusoe's Boat Cactus

Rocambole . Allium

Rock Rose Cistus

Rocket Brassica
Rocket, Dame's Violet, or Gilliflowcr Hes/ieris

Rocket, Bastard Reseda

Rocket, Night-smelling Hesperis

Rod, Aaron's So/it/ago

Rod, Golden. SoHdugo

Rod Tree, Golden Bosea

Root, China Smilux

Hi pot, False China Senccio

Root, Hollow Adoxa

Root, Ruse Rhodiola

Root, Rattle-snake- Polygala

Root, Snake Ansti, lochia

Root, Sweet Rosa

Rose Bay Nerium

itose Bay, Dwarf Rhododendron

lose Bay, Mountain
Rose Bay, Willow Herb
Rose Campion

Rose, China
Rose, Christmas
Rose, Corn
Rose, Guelder
Rose, Japan
Rose Mallow
Roserna y
Rosemary, Wild
Rose of Jericho
Rose, Rock
Rose Root
Rue

Rue, Meadow
Rush, Flowering
Rush, Sweet
Ruyschiana

Sabina

Sal/lower

Saffron

Saffron, Meadow

Sage

Sage, Indian Wild

Sage of Jerusalem

Sage Tree

Sage, Wood

Saint Andrew's Cross

Saint Barnaby's Thistle

Saint Bruno's Lily

Saint-foin

Saint John's Bread

Saint John's Wort

Saint Peter's Wort

Saint Peter's Wort, Shrubby

Sallad, Corn

Sallow

Sambac

Samphire

Sand Box Tree

Sancile, Bear's Ear

Sapota, Mammec

Sapota Tree

Sarsaparilla

Sassafras

Satin Flower

Satin, White

Savin

Savory

Savoy, Cabbage

Savoy, Spidervvort

Saw Wort

Saxifrage

Saxifrage, Golden

Scabious

Stallion

Scarlet Bean

Scarlet Cardinal Flower

Scarlet Convolvulus

Scarlet Horse Chesnut

Scarlet Jasmine

Scarlet Lupin

Scarlet Lychnis

Scarlet Oak

Scorpion Senna

S< i itch Fir

Scotch Kale

Screw Pine

Screw Free

Rfimlndchdrcn

JSpilobium

Agiostemme

Hibiscus

Helleborus

Papaver

Viburnum

Camel lia

Afcea

Rosmarinus

ledum

Anastutiea

Cistus

Rhodiola

Rut a

Thalictrum

Butomus

Acorns

Hracocephalum

Juniperus

Carlhumus

Crocus

Colchicum

Salvia

Lantana

l'h I amis

Pit lorn is

Teucrium

Ascyrum

Centaurea-

Anthericum

Hedysarum

Ccratonia

Hypericum

Ascurum

Lonicera

Valeriana

Salix

Jusminum

Crithmum

Hura

Cortusa

Achras

Achras

Smilax

Lnurus

Lunuriu

Lunaria

Juniperus

Satureia

Brassica

Anthericum

Serratu/a

Saxifrage

Chrysospleniunt

Scubiosa

Ail i a in

P/tuseofus

Lobelia

Ijhiiriaa

Pavia

Bignonia

Lot 'ii/rits

Lychnis

Querent

Ctiruuilla

Pi u us

Bn.ssica

J'uiidanus

Helicteres

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF TIIE PLANT*

S<-u!l Cap

ran

; lucktbora
fn m ( 'abbage
Sea Dunodil
St ;i ( tape

' ! illy
Son Laurel
rjrel
Si ■ Lavender
.Sea ' hiion
N ■ Pea
Sea Pink
S-a Pigeon-pen
Sea Purslane

■ :e Grape

Solomon's
Sebesten
Sedum, Lesser Houseleek

Seduui Tree
" Sena
Senega, Rattle-snake Root
Sengreen
Senna

Senna, Bladder
Senna, Soorpioa
Senna, W .<!
Sensitive Plant
Sensitive Plant, Bastard
Service Tree
Service Tree, Bird's
Service Trcet, Sweet
Service Tree, Maple-leaved
Service Tree, Wild
Shaddock
Shallot
Shot, Indian
Siberian Crab
Side-saddle Flower
Silk Cotton Tree
Silk, Xv im
Silver Bush
Silver Hr
Silver Tn e
Simpler'* J" y
Skirret
Skiul Cap
Sky Flower
Slipper. Lady's
Slipper Wort

age
Snail Flower

: uiot
Snail Trel <il
Snake, i ucumber

, i. nurd

!; i .t

.r, Rattle
Snap Dragon
I'm

\'. ,irt
-ball Tren
Snow-berrjf Tree
Snow-drop
Snow-drop, Greater
Snow-drop Trie
'■■ rry

.hi, American
-wort

■ r \Y ...I
Solomon's Seal

Scutellaria

i

Hippophae

Crumbe

VuncrutiHm

Ertj-\

1 mthut
A fvlla
S
S

Pisum
i - ' itim
S 1 1 ino

At'i h T

i oba

( aria

>

S reimtm

1

l'o/ui;a/a
Sn ri/'raga

I

Cl>. V.'tV!

Coronilla

Cassia
MimOta

. ! nomene
Stirbus
S"rbut
Siirlms
Cratirgut
Crattrgus
Citrus
Allium
Cun /m
Pyrus
S ,rracenia
A. ™/><jjr
Periploca
Ant hy His
Paau
Protea
I \rbtna
Sum

Sc'iti.taria
Cineraria
Cupriptdium
Calceolaria
Apian
Phateolut
I ' i ago

Hint
(in limit

I

A list i'
Polyi

Ant 1 i/nnum
Just ii in
Acki
Viburnum

I irrn

I .'tuts

1a m jam
* ■ nthut

i/llS

Khcrin
s niu

w
Convallaria

Snpe Be itt
Sope-wort
Sorb Tnc

.!... Wild
Sorrel

Tree
Sorrel, V* 1

■•• tul Tree
Sour I >ourd
Nmr Gourd, .Ethiopia*

Sip
Southei nwood
South-Sea Hread-Fmit Tree
South-sea Tea
Snow Bread
Spanish Br >om
Spanish Elm
Spanish Potatoes
"Sparagus
Sparrow Wort

lie
Sp< .ir, King's

p>aniiiiit

Si
Speedwell

Sperage
Spice, All
Spice, Carolina All
Spider Wort
•Spider Wort, Virginia
Spikenard
Spinach

Spinach, Strawberry
Spindle Tree
Spindle Tree, Bastard
Spirting Cucumber
Spira?a Frutcx
Spirea, African
Tree

vi Wnrt

Spruce Fir

Sparge

Spurge Laurel

■Spurge Olive

Squash Gourd

Squill

Squill, Lesser White

Squirting Cucumber

SjaffTrei

Stag's Horn Tree

Star Apple

Star 1 lower,

Star Flower

^..r Hyacinth

Star nl Hi thlehem

St.ir I

s

Star Wort

star U oi t. Bastard

Stave's

Sto k, I Iwarf, Annual
iilliflower
Ten Weeks

Stoat i rop

Stuni I r..| Tree

■

Storaj , Liquid

Stl ill: i

Stra* i

Strav I

Strawberry Spinach

1 . h.r*
£ .rii*

S a lilt

h ■ M r
A'i'li'iinril.a&Rumcs

Olil/lS

NyctantAet

Ailimymui
•niu
A n 'ii inn
A: tunisia
Artocarpus
[in

Cyclatm. n
Sfiirtium
I 'i nitiii

Convolvulus
Asparagus

Pussernta
Asparagus
Aipkodekis
Mentha
Veronica
A/parasiit
Mi/rtus
Calycanthus
Anthericum
Iradeset ■
Hm\ harts
Spi uitcia
HUt urn
EuoKymui
t rus
dtia
Spirea
Diotma
Mimosa

I . -via

P'mut

Euphorbia
Daphnr

T)up''llt

Cucurbiia

Scilla

Pancratium

itlxU

C i lust rus

Rhus
Ctrusopkulhtm

A, in litis
Ornithogalum

i v ' hogawm
1 thagaluia
i urea

A>h r
ifu hthali
limit

t ithtIS

Chftranthns

I .<it hit*

( Hopodhtm

l.'i/ni i .
)> i/i

.- in

li/tt im

INDEX TO ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS.

Strawberry Tree

Styrax

Subor

Succory

Sugar Cam;

Sugar Maple

Suitan Flower

Sultan, Sweel

Sumach

Sumach, Cupi u

Sumach, Myrtle-leaved

Summer Cypress

Sun I )ew

Sun Flower

S,,u Flower, Dwarf American

Sunflower, Little

Sunflower, Tick-seeded

Sun Spurge

Superb Lily

Supple Jack

Swallow Wort

Swallow Wort, African

Sweet Apple

Sweet Brier

Sweet Flag

Sweet (ium

Sweet Johns

Sweet .Maudlin

Sweet Pea

Sweet I toot

Sweet Rush

Sweet Sop

Sweet Sultan

Sweet Weed

Sweet William

Sweet Willow

Sycamore Tree

Sycamorus Fig

Syringa

Tacamahaca

Tallow Tree
Tamarind Tree
Tamarisk
Tansy
Tar Tree
Tarragon
Tarton-raire
Tea, Buckthorn
Tea, New Jersey
Tea, New Zealand
Tea, Oswego
Tea, South Sea
Tea Tree
Tea, West Indian
Thistle, Globe
Thistle, Melon
Thistle, Torch
Thorn Apple
Thorn, l!ox
Thorn, Christ's
Thorn, Cockspur
Thorn, Egyptian
Thorn, Ev< rgr< i n
Thorn, < Jlastonbury
Thorn, < loot's
Thorn, Haw
Thorn, Lily
Thorn, Purging
Thorn, White
l'lioiuv Trefoil

Arbutus

Liquidambar

Quercus

( 'ichurium

Saccharum

Act i-

t 'entaurea

('< ntaurea

Coriaria and Rhus

Coriariu

I ' iriaria

Chenopodivm

Drosera

Heliaathus

Rudbeckia

Ctst US

( 'oreopsis

E'tp/tnrbiu

(1 loriosa

Rhammus

Asclepias

Stapelia

Anuoiut

Rosa

Acorus

Liquidambar

Diauihus

Achillea

LathyrUS

(ih/ci/rrhiza

Acorus

Annona

( '.entaurea

Capraria & Scoparia

lliiuithus

71 lyrica

Acer

Vicus

Philadelphus

Popufits

Croton

Tumarindus

Tamarix

Tanacetum

Pi II US

Artemisia

Daphne

Ilhamnus

( \ anothus

l'luludelphus

Monarda

Ilex

Theu

Sida

Echinops

Cactus

Cactus

Datura

Lycium

lihamnus

Cvatctgus

Acacia

Metpilus

I'nitrrgUS

Tragacanthus

Cratagus

Catesbtra

Rhumnus

( 'ratagus

Fugonia

1 horow Wax
i hrit't

Throat Wort

Throat Wort, Blue Umbelliferous
Thuya
Thyme

Thyme, Mastic
Thyme, Mother-of-
Tickseed Sun-flower
Tinus
Toad Flax
Tobacco
Tola Tree
Tomatoes
Toothach Tree
Torch Thistle
Touch me Not
Touch me Not
Toxicodendron
Tragacauth, Gum
Traces, Ladies'
Trailing Arbutus
Traveller's Joy
Tree Celandine
Tree Germander
Tree, Mallow
Tree, Primrose
Tree of Life
Trefoil, Shrubby
Trefoil, Moon
Trefoil, Snail
Trefoil, Bean
Trefoil, Tree
Tricolor
Tricolor
Trumpet Flower
Trumpet, Honeysuckle.
Tuberose
Tulip

Tulip, African
Tulip, Chequered
'Tulip Flower
Tulip Tree

Tulip Tree, Laurel-leaved
Tupelo Tree
Turkey Berry Tree
Turkey Wheat
Turk's Cap
Turnep

Turnep, French
Turnep, Cabbage
Turnep, Radish
Turnsole
Turnsole
Turpentine Tree
Tutsan
Tway Blade
Twopence, Herb

Umbrella Tree

Valerian
Valerian, Greek
Varnish Tree
Venus's Comb
Vemis's Fly Trap
Venus's Looking-glass
Venus's Navel-wort
Vervain

Vervain Mallow
Vetch, Bitter

Riiplcnrum

Slalice

Campanula

Trachelium

Thuja

Thymus

Saturcia

Thymus

Coreopsis

Viburnum

Antirrhinum

Nicotiana

Toluifera

So/a a ion

Xanthoxylum

Cactus

Impatient

Momordica

Ixhus

Astragalus

Ophrys

Epigeai

Clematis

Bocconia

Teucrium

Ijivutcra

(Knother*

Thuya

Pte'lea

Medicago

Medicago

Cytisus

Cytisus

Amarunthus

Viola

Bignonia

Lonicera

Polyanthus

Tidipu

Hamantlius

Fritillaria

Bignonia

Liriodendron

Magnolia

Nissu

Cordia

Zea

Li Hum

Brassica

Brassica

Brassica

Raphunus

Croton

Heliotropiunt

Pistacia

Hypericum

Ophrys

Lysimachia

Magnolia

Valeriana

Polcniunium

Rhus

Scandic

Diond'a

Campanula

Cynoghsstim

Verbena

Malm

Vrobiis

INDEX TO THE ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS REPRESENTED IN THE PLATES.

fetch, Liquorice Astragalus

Vetch, Kiu Anthytlis

Vetch, Knob-rooted Liquorice Glycine

Viburnum, American Ztnntmma

Vine fit is

Viae, Black Him
Violet

t, Dame's HesperU

Violet, Damask II • trit

ioth 1. ythnmium

\ iper G - SconoMra

Circa \ - B St>lidmg6

Virginian Acacia mm

\ I Clematis

Virginian Guelder Rose A/>ir<ra

\ ... iiau Pike Phytolacca

Virginian S Periploca

\ rgin's Bower Clematis

Vita, Arbor Thuya

Vitz, Lignum Cuciiucuia

Wake Kt)l)in Arum

Wall blower Chtiranthus

Wall Pel per Sedum

Wall. ut Tn Juglans

Walnut Tree, Jamaica i/arci

Wartwort Euphorbia

Waler-cteSS Sisymbrium

Water Lily Xymphaa

Water Melon Cucurbita

Wayfaring Tree Viburnum

Wheat, Indian .Sra

Wheat, Turkey 2<-a

Whin Efer

Whin, Petty Genista

White Beam Cratttgus

Leaf , C>6f.

White Thorn

Wicker Tree

Widow Wail

WildO

Willow

U illow, Frcn. h

Herb
U illow Herb
Willow, Spiked
Willow. Swe< i
Wind Flower
Wind Seed
Winter's Bark
Winter Berry
Winter Bloom
Winter Cherry
Winter Cherry
W inter Savory
W oodbine
Wood, Waxen
Wormwood Tree-
Wood of Life
Wound Wort

Xiphium, Bulbous
X\ losteum

Vapon

Yarrow
Vaiva Mora
Yew Free

Zealand Tea. Nt w

Zeruinhct

Zingiber

Zuiphus

('nil
&irbus
I rum

RUtagnM
Salix

I 'turn

I 'itim

l.ytin

Spiraa

M rial

Anemone

Arctotit

\\ interim

"Prima

I tolit

Sn/unum
Satureia

Lonicern
Gt nitte

Artemisia

CnitiMcum
Achillea

Iris

Lonicera

Ilex

Achillea
host a
Tumi

Philadclphus
Amontum

Aiimmum
Rliuinitus

INDEX

TO Tilt

ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PLANTS REPRESENTED IN THE PLATES.

A FRICAN Auapanthus
•**■ African IjIv
Albui-i. Lesser

Alb- na

Alpine I : i n_i

■ i.tlla
Althea rn.ti \
Alyssum, Yellow
Ann ■ Flower

. ican Ik rb '■
Annual Lavatera
Ash-leaved Frunipct Flower
Asphodel. Yellow
Aster, Italian

/Etlllo; i

Autiiiuiial Crocus
Azalea, Scarlet

Apapanthus I'mbellutus
.thus
a M.nor
( 'u Up anth u I F7< irnlus
Eryngrum Aipinvm
Solilune/lu Atpina
turns
Alyssum Saxatile
Trailing Americuiius
Ac/an Kacemota

• id Irimtstris
Piuwiiiu Htulicuns
Asphixielus Luttus
Aster A in tit us
C-allu AZthiopica
I ■mi Autumnale

Azalea Suiiihiu Cvtcinea

Bell-flow i ,-« i! Sf|uill Scil/u Cumimnulata

Berry-In tided Strawberry BlitenV/fnrn Cepitatum
r-hi' ( atananche Cattnanckt C.<'*/i«

VOt. II.

F,g

PI.

1

3

2

4

I

ia

o

23

2

41

2

28

2

5

1

57

4

o

1

33

1

10

2

3

1

7

1

12

a

15

2

9

2

51

3

2

3

16

Blue-Flowered Lathynis
Blue Gn i It \ alerina
Box-leavi d Milk Wort
Broom, Spanish

-. i Ifficinal
Uulbucodiuiu, firing

Calla, .Ethiopian
Campanula, N'tttl, -leaved
Canadian Columbine
Candy Tuft [Gibrs

C.n.na- . S WUla

Cardinal Mom r
Carolina Ulspice
' 'haste Tn e, Fivc-li aved
Chelone, Red Bowi
Cherry, \\ .itir
( liini -•■ btia
Chinese \\ ater IjIv
Cobv i h lio..-
Columbiiii, ( tuiadiaa

lAilhyrusSutirus

■mum dint/rum
I ( Imma- Hunts

& srtii m Juw i urn

I hula Officinalis

hulbvcmitum Vcrnum

Callu JEtkiopica
Campanu '■.- Kapmcvioidet

( n iiutU litis
lit nil G .7'. attarica
S'n tit :•!/ Hegina
I i

Cnlyctut/ius TioriJus
I iii i Negundo
('In /fit Obiiama
J In-

I ('In in. ists

turn
acknoidexm
At/uthgtu Canadensis
4 a

Pis

I".

M

8 11

1

12

1

14

3

2

.'

1

a

53

1

1

2

1

15

a

15

i

i

i

a

a

INDEX TO THE ENGLISH NAMES OF THE PL \NTS REPRESENTED IN THE PLATE?.

Columbine, Feathered
Common Bladder Senna
( .minion Passion Flower
Common Philadelphia
Convolvulus, Small Blue
Creeping Money Wort
Creeping-rooted Hcdysarum
Crocus, Autumnal
Crocus, Spring
' Irown, Imperial
Cyclamen, Persian

Dahlia, Purple
Dahlia, Yellow
Daphne, Trailing
Devil-in-a-Bush
Dingy-Flowered Glycine
Dittany of Crete
Dodecatheon, Mead's

Dog's Bane, Fly-catching 5

Douhle Purple Groundsel

Dragon's Head, Virginian )

Eastern Conifrey
Eastern Poppy
Eryngo, Alpine
Evergreen Orpine

Colutea Arborescens
Passijloru Cccrulea
Philadc/phus Coronarius
Convolvulus Tricolor
Lysimachia Nummularis
Jledysarum Obscnrum
Colcbicum Autumnale
Crocus Vermis
F, iti I In ria Imperii* lis
Cyclamen Persicum

Dublin Finnata
Dabliti Crocata
Daphne Cneorvm
Nigel In Damascend
Glycine Rubicunda
Origanum Dictamnus
Dodecatheon Medea
Apocynvm Androsamifo-

lium
Seneeio Elegans
Draeocephutum Virgini- ]

anum S

Symphytum Orientate
Papuver Orientate
Eryngium Alpiniini
Sedum Anucampseros

Feathered Columhine

Feather, Prince's

Five-leaved Chaste Tree
Five-leaved Pieony
Flowering Hush

Fly-eatching Dog's Banc

Foetid St. John's Wort
Fumitory, Hollow-rooted

Gentian, Large-flowered
German Iris
Gibraltar Candy Tuft
Glaucous Kalmia
Globe Flower, American
Glycine, Dingy-flowered
Great-flowered Heath
Great Globe Thistle
Great Honey Wort
Greater Nasturtium
Green 1 It-11 bore
Gum Cistus

Tbalietrum Aquilegil'olium 3
l Amaranthus Hypoaum- > „
l driucns $

Vitex Negundo 2

Picon ia Tenuifolia 2

Butomus Umbellatus 2

( Apoeyuum Androsamifo- ) ..
I Hum {

Hypericum Wrcimim 2

Fumaria Cava 2

Gentiana Acaulis
Jris Germunica
Iberis Gibraltarica
Kalmia Gliutcu
Trol/ius Americanus
Glycine Rubicuitdu
Erica Grandiflora
Eeliinops Sphicrocepbalus
Cerinthe Major
Tiopirolum Majus
Hilleborus Viridis
Cistus Ladaitiferus

Hare's Ear, Shrubby Bupleurum Fruticosum

Hawk Weed, Yellow Crepis Hurbata

Heath, Great-flowered Erica Grandiflora
Hedysarum, Creeping-rooted Hcdysarum Obscnrum

Hellebore, Green Hclleborus Viridis

Hollow-rooted Fumitory Fuiharia Cava

Honey Wort, Great Cerinthe Maja

Houseieek Cobweb

Imperial, Crown

Indian Sage

i rig, ' rerman

Irih, Various-coloured

In-, Variegated

[ris-leaved Sisyrinchium

Italian Aster

Jonmiille

. PI.

56

18

43

43

14

3i

32

15

19

25

19

19"

19*

20

3?

26

39

22

8

2 54

2 20

1 48

1 42

3 23
1 52

SempervivumArachnoideumi

Fritilluria Impcriulis 1

Salvia Indicu 2

Jris Germunica 1

Iris I ersicolor 2

Jris Variegata 3

Sisyrinchium Iridioides 2

Aster Amelias 1

56

7

60
40
10

27
25

26
30
29
31
5?
26
24
23
16
57
27
17

11
14
24
32
27
25
16
53

25
48
30
30
30
55
7

Narcissus Jonijuil/a 2 37

Kalmia, Glaucous

Laburnum

Large-flowered Gentian

Larkspur

Lathyrus, Blue-flowered

Laurustinus

Lavatera, Annual

Lesser Albuca

Lilac

Lily, Chinese Water

Liiy-of-the-Valley

Lily, Town

Lily, White

Lobe-leaved Meadow Sweet

Love-in-a-Mist

Lung-Wort, Virginian

Lychnis, Scarlet

Kalmia Glauca

Cytisus Laburnum
Gentiana Acaulis
Delphinium Elatum
Lathyrus Sutivus
Viburnum Tinus
Lavatera Trhncstris
Albuca Minor
Syringa Vulgaris
Nclumbiuw Speciosum
Convalluria Mujalis
Hemerocallis Vulva
Li/ium Candidum
Spirira Lobuta
Nigel/a Damnscena
Pulmonaria Virginica
Lychnis Chalcedoniea

Madagascar Periwinkle Vincu Rosea

Marvel of Peru Mirabilis Julapu
Meadow Sweet, Lobe-leaved Spirau Junccum

Mead's Dodecatheon Dodecatheon Medea

Mexican Argcmone Argemone Mexieana

Milk-Wort, Box-leaved Po/yga/u Cimiinr-Buxus

Money-Wort, Creeping Lysimachia Numiuularia

Fig. PI.

l

31

2

18

1

26

1

21

2

34

2

59

1

33

2

4

1

50

1

38

1

16

1

28

a

35

1

55

1

37

2

42

1

34

1

59

1

30

3

54

1

22

1

9

o

45

3

34

Nettle-leaved Campanula
New Jersey Tea Tree
Nolana, Trailing

Officinal Bugloss
Orauge Apocynum
Oxlip

Panicled Lychnidea
Panicled Wachendorfia
Pajony, Fine-leaved
Passion Flower, Common
Perennial Sun-Flower
Periwinkle, Madagascar
Persian Cyclamen
Peru, Marvel of
Philadelphia, Common
Pontic Rhododendron
Poppy, Eastern
Poppy, Yellow-horned

Prince's Feather

Purple Dahlia
Purple Rudbeckia

Red-flowered Chelone

Red Valerian

Rose Acacia

Rose Bay, Willow Herb

Rose Campion

Rudbeckia, Purple

Rush, Flowering

Campanula Rapunculoidts 1 14
Ceauothus Americanus 3 13

Nolana Prostrata 2 38

Ancbusa Officinalis
Asclepius Canadensis
Primula Veris

Phlox Paniculata
Wachendorfia Paniculata
Pteoniu Tenuifolia
Passijloru Cierulea
Hclianthus Multifiorus
Vinca Rosea
Cyclamen Persicum
Mirabilis Jalapa
Philudelphus Coronnrius
Rhododendron Politician
Pupaver Orient ale
C/iclidonium Glauciim

[Amaranthus llypoclwn- J
driacus $

Dahlia Finnata
Rudbeckia Purpurea

Chelone Obliqna
Valeriana Rubra
Robiniu Hispidu
Epi/obium August ifobum
Agroshiiwiii ( \triinariii
Rudbeckia Purpurea
Butomus Uiubellutus

Salvia Indira
cjiirriieena Flara
Ant hi ricuvi Hoi /crisis
Scdbiosa A trap urp u ecu

Sage, Indian

Sarradena, Yellow

Savoy Anthericum

Scabious, Sweet

Scarlet Azalea

Scarlet-flowered Crassnla

Scarlet Lobelia, or Cardinal ) , .,». .. ,. ,-,
... [ Lvbcltu ttirdiitu/is

t low er $

Scorpion Senna Coronilla Emcris

Sea Pancratium Pancratium Muritimum

Senna, Scorpion Coivntlla Emcris

Ar.altu Niidifciu Coccineu
Crassnla Coccineu

2

o

3

2

1

40

1

45

1

60

n

40

o

43

1

32

1

59

1

19

1

36

1

43

1

47

1

42

o

17

o

7

1

19*

1

46

1

15

1

58

2

47

2

24

1

2

1

46

2

10

2

48

2

50

1

4

1

51

o

9

1

15

1

W

2

12

1

41

2

12

INDEX TO TIIECEXERIC NAMBS OF THE PLANTS REPRESENTEE) IN THE PLATES.

Sensitive Plant
le Trillium
Shrubby Hare's Ear
Shrubby Oenothera
Siberian Speedwell
Single Yellow R

Si-vriniliiuin, Iris-leaved
Small Blue Convolvulus
Seildanclla, Alpine
Sophora, Winged-podded
Spanish Broom
Speedwell. Sil i rian
Spider-Wort, Virginian
Spring Rulbix*odi'ini
Spring C'rorus
Spring Snow-flake
Squill, Bell-flowered
Star Anemone
Strawberry Tree
Strelit/ia, fauna-leaved
Sun Rower, Perennial
Sweet Scabious
Sweet William
Syringa, or Mock Orange

Tea Tree, New Jersey

Mimosa Sentitha
Trillium Sessile
I urum Fruticatum
• 'hero Pruticosa
I ■ lea Sibirica
Rosa I.' i tea
SiturtncAium Irioidcs
I : lor

SoMatulla Alpima
5 ora Tetrapti
Spartkum Jumceum
Veronica Sibtrua
Iradestantia Vir^inica
BsMocadiuni Vemmm
Crocus Vermst
Leueofum Verttum
Seillu Campanulmtm
Anctmiif Hortcnsis
Arbutus I'm do
St relit zin Retina
Htitanthiis Mult I

Ecabiam Atroyurpurea

])iaiilluis Rarbutus
Philadelphia Coronunus

Cettnotkut Americamtt

Tig

■

2

1
1

Pi

30
6
a

39
58
M
55

14
II
59
54
58
96

2
19
34
M

4

5
53
39
51
91
i)

3 13

Thistle, Great Globe Fchmnps S,hmoctphalm
Town Lily UemeneaUis Intra
Trailing Daphne Dm \m t mm
Trailing Nol A . J ,ta
1 '<<■■ Pua Unit,,.
Trumpet Rower, Asb-leaved Btgnonia Radicam

Fig. PI

1 94

1 28

1 90

2 38
9 31
1 10

Valerian, Red

\ arions-coloun d In-.

Variegated Lris

Valeriana Rubra
Iris Versicolor

1 . :

1
2
3

58
30
30

Virginian Dragon's Bead
dan Lung-wort

( Draeotepbahim Vhrgy-

(_ niiinnm
Putmonariu Virginica

!«

19

Wacbendorfia, Paniclcd
Winter Cherry
White Praxinella

White Lily
William, Sw

Willow-leaved Golden Rod
W bged-podded Sophora

Wtic'i-nrlorfia Paniculate
Phytala Alkekengi
Dietanmut

Liliuni Cundidum
Diuntlms l»;:latut
j <':icta
Sophoia Tct rapt era

i

a
i

■
!

2

6
4*

99
35

ei
11

59

Yellow A.'vssuin
Yellow Asphodel
Yellow Dahlia
Yellow Hawk Weed

Alussum Saratile
Atpltodilus Lutcus
Dahlia Crnrata
( 'repis Harbata

1
•

a

2

.*•

.1

19*

U

INDEX

10 THE

GENERIC NAMES OF THE PLANTS REPRESENTED IN THE PLATES.

Smooth Bear's Breech
American Herb Christopher
African Agapauihus
Rose Campion
Lesser Albuca
^ ellow Alvssuin

JCAXTHVS Mollis

■**- Actita Racemosa

Agapanthus Vmbellatus

Agrostemma Coronariu

Albuca Minor

Alussum Saiati/e

Amaranthus Hypockou-1^. , Feather

driacus )

Amcrullis Formosissiinu Jacobean Amaryllis

Aiu-husa Officinalis Oflicinai Bugloss

Anemone Hortensis Star Anemone

Anthcricum Liluistritm Savoy Anthericam

Antirrhinum Purp'trcum Purple Toad Flax

Apoci/iuiin Androsttmi- } r. i~> • r>

yvjwm Fly-catching Dog sB

Aauilrfria Canadensis

Arbutus I in no

A i ' M> ■ tu a

Aiphodtlut l.utt'js
Aster Amellus

Canadian Columbine
Strawberry Tree
M< Mean Argentone
Grange Apocvtium
Yellow Asphodel
Italian AsU r

Azalea Xudifira Coccinea Scarlet Azalea

Bignonia Radicans
Htitum Capita! a in
Bulbocodnam Verman
Hup:* urum Frutit ontm
Butvmus Vinbttlatus

Ash-leaved Trumpet Flower
Berry-headed Strawberry Blite
Spring Rulbocodium
Shrubby Hare's Ear

1 low i rmg Rush

Calla AZthiopiea .Ethiopian (alia

Culucuiithus Ftoridttl Carolina Alspice

Campanula Rupunca- ) -■ . , ... , i ,

.', * ', Nettle-leaicd Campanula ) I

Catananthe C-arulen Blue Catananche

'■ thus Amtrkamsu New Jersey Tea-Tree

Bfl

PI.

l

1

4

o

1

3

1

2

s

4

(1

5

o

7

o

6

9

2

1

4

1

6

o

8

1

8

3

o

1

5

1

9

o

1

o

3

1

7

2

9

1

10

3

11

2

11

1

11

1

10

1

12

1

13

1

It

:i

15

13

CerintliC Major
C/ictidoni'im Olaueum
Cliclt'iic Obliqua
Cistus Ladanifaus
Colchicum Autumnale
Colutca Arborescent
Con i a liuriu Mujalis
Convolvulus Tricolor
Coronilla Emeris
Crassula Coccinea
Crtp'lS Harbata
Crocus Vernus
Cyclamen Persicum
Ct/tisus Laburnum

Dahlia Ciocata
Dahlia Piiinata
Daphne Cmoruin
Delphinium E/utitm
Diuntln

Dictammus Albus
Dodecalheon Medea
Draeocephalum Virgin
nianum

Great Honey Wort
Yellow Horned Poppy
Red-flowered Chelone
Gum Cistus
Autumnal Crocus
Common Bladder Senna
Lily of the Valley
Small Blue Convolvulus
Scorpion Senna
Scarlet- flowered Crassula
Yellow Hawk Weed
Spring Crocus
Persian Cyclamen
Laburnum

Yellow Dahlia
Purple Dahlia
Trailing Daphne
Larkspur

s«trt William
\\ lute Frai

-Me ad's Dodecathcoii

'• \ irginian Dragon's Head

EclitiiopsSpltdTOCCfiliiiliit Great Globe Thi-lV

EpilobiumAni Kuse-baj Willow Herb

I < intnttitltira Orent-flowered Heutli

Eryngittm Alpiuum Alpine Bryogu

Pritillaria Imptriulu
puinaria Cm a

(it at mini At astlis

GtfCme KnbicnuJa

Crown Imperial
Hollow tooted Fumitory

Large-flow n d ' -■
1 ' )-:lowcred C

Fig. PI.

2 16

2

17

1

15

I

17

2

15

3

13

1

16

3

14

2

12

1

18

I

M

2

19

1

19

o

18

a

19*

i

18*

i

20

i

91

9

21

2

22

1

22

9

90

1

iS

o

ii

1

.

1

•

-

25

1

aa

»

INDEX TO THE GARDEN APPARATUS, BUILDINGS, &c. REPRESENTED IN THE PLATES.

fledt/sorum Obscurum
Heliuuthus Multifiorus
Hellcborus Viridis
Hi'incrocu/tis Fulva
11 bUcus Syruicus
Hypericum Hircinum

Iberis Gibraltarica
Iris Germanica
Iris Versicolor
Iris Vuriegata
Ixia ChinensU

Kalmia Gluuea

Lathyrus Sativus
] /trot i ra Trimestris
Lew yum Vernum
Lilittm Candida 1:1

Lobelia Cardindlis

I.innm Arboreuta
Lychnis Chalccdonica

Creepmg-rooted Hedysanun
Perennial Sun-flower

Green Hellebore
Tom u Lily
Altliea Frutex
Foetid St. John's Wort

Gibraltar Candy Tuft
German Iris
Various-col 1 1 u red Iris
Variegated Iris
Chinese Ixia

Glaucous Kalmia

F.,

PI.

o

J2

1

32

1

sr

1

28

2

28

o

27

o

29

1

30

2

30

3

30

1 29

1 31

Lysimachia Nummularia Creeping Moneywort

Blue-Flowered Lathyrus 2 33

Annual Lavatera 1 33

Spring Snowflake 2 34

White Lily . 2 35

; Scarlet Lobelia, or Cardinal's 7 . „.

► Flower <j

"•Tree Flax 2 31

Scarlet Lychnis 1 34

3 34

Mim isu Sensitive!
MirabilU Jalapa
MonarJu Villoma

Narcissus Junnuillu
Nehtmbium Speciosum
Nigella Dumuscina
Kolunu Prostruta

Ocnotheru Fruticosu
Origanum Dictumnut

Pttoniu Tenuifolia
Pancratium Muritimum
Puparer Orientate
Pasiiftara Cterulea
Philadelphia Coronarius
Philadelphia Coronarius
Phlox Paniculata
Physalis Alkekengi

Sensitive Plant
Marvel of Peru
Scarlet Moiiarda

Jonquil

Chinese Water Lily
Love-in-a-Mist
Trailing Nolana

Shrubby Oenothera
Dittany of Crete

Fine-leaved Pieony
S?a Pancratium
Eastern Poppy
Common Passion Flower
Syringa, or Mock Orange
Common Philadelphia
Panicled Lychnidea
Winter Cherry

2 So
1 36

3 36

37
38
37
38

39
39

40
41
42
43
44
43
45
45

Polemonium Carxdeum
Poli/gald Chamee-Buiius
Primula I cris
Pubnonaria Virginia]

Blue Greek Valerian

Box-leaved Milkwort

Oxhp

Virginian Lungwort

Rhododendron Politician Pontic Rhododendron

Robinia Hisplda Rose Acacia

Rosa Lutea Single Yellow Rose

Rudbcckiu Purpurea Purple Rudbeckia

Sabiia ludica

. uinuria Canadensis
Sarracena F/ava
Saxifraga Crassifotia
ScabioSU Atrophrpurea
Sri i /a Cumpunalala
Sedum Anacampseros
Sempervivum Axaehnoir

dcum
S, n'ecio Elegant
Sisyrinchium Iridioides
SotdanelUi Alpina
Sotidago Strictu
Sophora Tetraptera
Spartium Juueeum
Spirit a Lobuta
Strelitzia Regina
Symphytum Orientate
Synngu Vulgaris

Tlutlictrum Aauilegifo-

Hum
Tradescantia Virginica
Trillium Sessile
Trollius Americauits
Tropteolum Majus

Vn/i riana Rubra
Vi ronicu Sibirica
Viburnum Tinus
Vinca Rosea

Viti t Negundo

Indian Sage
Canada Puccoon
Yellow Sarracena
Oval-leaved Saxifrage
Sweet Scabious
Bell-flonered Squill
Evergreen Orpine

( Cobweb Houseleek

Double Purple Groundsel
Iris-leaved Sisyrinchium

Alpine Soldanella
Willow-leaved Golden Rod
Winged-podded Sophora
Spanish Broom
Lobe-leaved Meadow Sweet
Canna-leaved Strelitzia
Eastern Comfrey
Lilac

I Feathered Columbine

Virginian Spider Wort
Sessile Trillium
American Globe Flower
Greater Nasturtium

Red Valerian
Siberian Speedwell
Laurustinus
Madagascar Periwinkle
Five-leaved Chaste Tree

Fig.

P.'.

2

44

2

45

1

40

o

42

1

47

2

47

2

45-

3

46-

1

43

1

49

2

50

2

49

1

51

2

51

I

52

o

53
54

o

55

2

41

1

54

2

52

3

54

1

55-

o

53

1

43

1

50

3 56

1

56

9

56

1

57

2

57

1

58

2

58

s

59

1

59

9

60

Waclrendorfia Paniculata Tanicled Wachendorfia

1 60

INDEX

GARDEN- APPARATUS, BUILDINGS, &c. REPRESENTED IN THE PLATES.

VOL. I.

Plate A. Fig. 1. Mushroom Bed. — Fig. 2. Improved Bark-Pit
— Fig. '■'<■ Section of. — Fig. 4. Common Bark-Pit.
—Fig. 5. Small Bark-Pit.

B. An Improved Conservatory. — Fig. 1. End Eleva-
tion.— Fig. 2. Section of Do. — Fig. 3. Longitudinal
S( Ctiori of Hack-Wall.

C. Fig. 1. Ground Plan of Conservatory. — Fig. 2. Front

Elevation of Do.

D. An Improved Cucumber-Frame. — Fig. 1. Ground

Plan. — Fig. 2. Front Elevation — Fig. 3. End Fle-
vation. — Fig. ■). Longitudinal Section. — Fig. 5. Sec-
tion showing Baik-1'it. — Fig. ti. Section showing
Flue.

E. An Improved Melon-Frame or Pit — 7-/^.'. 1. Ground

Plan. — Fig. 2. Front Elevation. — Fig. 3. Section
across the Bed.

F. A Plan for laving out Gardens in the most improved

Manner.

G. An Improved Hothouse — Fig. 1. Section showing

Fire-Place and Construction of Flues, so a* to pro-
duce the proper Heat with the least possible Con-

sumption of Fuel. — Fig. 2. is the Ground Plan. —
Fig. 3. A Section showing the Form of the Bark-
Pit, &c.
Pl.ATE II. An Improved Hot-Wall. — Fig. 1. Ground Plan of
Wall and Back-Shed.— Fig. 2. Longitudinal Section
showing the Passage of the Flue. — JP7g. 3. Section
across the Wall.

VOL. II.

A. Fig. 1. Section of Improved Ice-House. — Fig. 2.
Plan of Well ou Level of Passage-Floor* — tig. 3.
Lower Plan of Well. —Fig. 4. Front Elevation of
Entrance,

B. An Improved Stove, Peach ami Succession-House.

C. Section and End Elevation of Hothouse, &C —
Fig. 1. and 2. Sections. — Fig. 3 End Elevation.

D. An Improved Vinery. — Fig. t. shows the Front
Elevation. — Fig. 2. is a Section of the End. —
Fig. 3. is a Section showing the Flues. — Fig. 4. is
the Plan.

E. Improved Implements of Gardening

[R.Tatlor, and Co. 38, Shoe Lane.}

/ r j //ui i /

N
^

III

Of
ipw Of LUHC1S

I

s

TV Of I* !

*-

OF rne

/'/A A A ) or G A / AA HOUS-E .

^1

r

I

mi

7U

/■/Hi/ ' //<////!

ffiii./, it / 11,111

//,//,/, //

• /,

//////, ///

/ ////

'/n*i>.t /ft i/t/t/l4 litj

/f/l.t / / > i

,.,/„/ ./„,

f/iiti/ ■ n m/r A>1

l - n*m-t

/'■'I Ati'/r- ft. I !<.-/„.>

/ii .'i itt/utiy /
Al'tU fr/: v, ,i /;,,i /ft///.*

Jt

IHtftt/l fl«J '»'*/

/ J

. 'tt-

I

lii tliE

m .

»>

v

>/

m'- r*Wt

jfcr.^Jfc5^